CRIMINOLOGY Licensure Examination 2015 - Guevara

agencies of the national and local governm ent, as w ell as
private research foundations, com m ercial an d bu sin ess

enterprise. Law enforcem ent agencies su ch as the
national B u re a u of Investigation, The Philippine National
Police an d the Philippine D ru g Enforcem ent Agency, The
B u re a u of Corrections, The B u re a u of Jail M anagem ent
an d Penology, Parole an d Probation Adm inistration,
Courts, the National G u a rd forces an d the Philippine
Industrial Security System also em ploy m an y in the field,
generally requiring licensed crim inology professionals. In
term s of both professional advancem ent an d pay, basic
research in the field m ay be m ost rew ard in g for those are
properly equipped by training an d tem peram ent.
The pa ssag e of republic Act 6506 paved the w ay

for crim inology professionalization in the Philippines. To
practice the profession one is required to p a ss the
governm ent licensure exam ination given by the B o a rd of
Crim inology of the Professional Regulation Com m ission,
w hich m ay be availed of gradu ates o f B.S. Crim inology
from CHED Accredited learning institutions.The
Professional Crim inologist Association o f the Philippines
(PCAP) is the only accredited professional organization
for crim inologists; it is the active force in helping
prom ote an d advance the stu dy of crim inology in the
A sia Pacific Region.
R E V IE W R E M IN D E R S
1. G ath er the best m aterials w hich com prehensively

cover the Crim inology Licensure S yllabu s.
2. Prepare an organized an d realistic tim etable an d

rigorously follow it.
3. Choose y ou r review center wisely.
4. Devise w ay s an d m ean s to study effectively and

efficiently.
5. M ake it a habit to gain know ledge d u rin g daytime, to

acqu ain t y ou r body system an d train it to capably
function d u rin g the day, the b o ard licensure exam ination
is adm inistered only d u rin g daytime this will help you
condition you r m ind an d body in taking the
exam inations.
6. W rite all significant an d im portant term inologies on

index cards w hich you can brin g w herever y ou go.
7. Develop an optimistic attitude.
8. Attend all y ou r review class w ithout fail.
9. Learn to m an age you r time well an d learn how to

prioritize.
10. E at well, sleep well an d have time for rest an d

relaxation
11. Invoke the aid of divine providence.
“H E W H O FAILS TO PR E PA R E M U S T B E P R E P A R E D TO
F A IL’
G O O D LUCK A N D MAY O U R G O O D LO RD B LE SS AND

G U ID E US!!!
vii
C R IM IN O L O G IS T S C O D E O F E T H IC S
As a law enforcem ent officer, my fu n dam ental

duty is to serve m ankind; to safegu ard lives and
property; to protect the innocent against deception;
the w ea k against oppression or intimidation, an d the
peaceful against violence or disorder; I will keep my
private life u n su llied as an exam ple to all; m aintain
cou rageous calm in the face of danger, scorn or ridicule;
develop self-restraint; an d be constantly m indful of the
w elfare of others.
H onest in thought an d deed in both my personal

an d official life, I will be exem plary in obeying the law s of
the land an d the regulation o f my departm ent. W hatever
I see or h ear of a confidential nature or that is confided
to me in m y official capacity will be kept ever secret
u n less revelation is necessary in the perform ance of my
duty.
I will never act officiously or perm it personal

feelings, prejudice, anim osities or friendships to
influence m y decisions. W ith no com prom ise for crime
an d w ith relentless prosecution of crim inals. I will
enforce the law courteously an d appropriately without
fear or favor malice or ill will, never em ploying
u n n ecessary force or violence an d never accepting
gratuities.
I recognize the badge of my office as a sym bol of

public faith, an d I accept it as a public trust to be held
so long as I am true to the office of the police service. I
will constantly strive to achieve these objectives an d
ideals, dedicating m yself before G O D an d to my chosen
profession.................law enforcement.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preface i
Dedication ii
Acknow ledgem ent iii
O ther P u blish ed W o rk s of the A uth or iv
Introduction v - vi
I-C R IM IN A L J U R IS P R U D E N C E A N D P R O C E D U R E
Scope 1 ■
Crim inal Law B ook I 1 - 2 7
C rim inal Law B ook II 27 - 59
C rim in al Procedure 59 - 81
Evidence 81 - 100
C ou rt Testim ony 100 - 107
II-L A W E N F O R C E M E N T A D M IN IS T R A T IO N
Scope 107 -108

Police O rganization an d A dm inistration 108 - 133
Industrial Security M an agem en t 133 - 146
Police Patrol O perations w ith Police C om m unication
System 146 - 157
Intelligence an d Secret Service 157 - 170
Police Records an d Personnel M anagem ent 170 - 187
Com parative Police System 187 - 206
III-C R IM IN A L IS T IC S
Scope 206 - 207

Police Photography 207 - 221
Personal Identification (Dactyloscopy) 222 - 23!'
Forensic Ballistics 235 s'-VI
Q uestioned D ocum ents Kxninm >i i<■iim 24 “ J63
P olygraphy 4
Forensic M edicine/Chem istry an d Toxicology 279 - 315
IV -C R IM E D E T E C T IO N , IN V E S T IG A T IO N AND
P R E V E N T IO N
Scope 315
F u n dam en tals of C rim inallnvestigation 3 1 5 -3 3 6
Special Crim e Investigation 336 - 350
Traffic M anagem ent an d Accident Investigations50- 363
O rganized Crim e Investigation 363 - 372
D ru g E ducation Vice Control 372 - 394
A rson Investigation 394 - 407
V -C R IM IN A L S O C IO L O G Y , E T H IC S AND HUMAN
R E L A T IO N S
Scope 408
Introduction to Crim inology w ith Psychology o f Crim es
408--428
Philippine Crim inal Justice System 428 - 441
Police Ethics an d V alu es 441 - 453
Juvenile D elinquency& Crim e Prevention 453 - 466
H u m a n Behavior an d Crisis M anagem ent 466 - 478
Crim inological Research 478 - 485
V I-C O R R E C T IO N A L A D M IN IS T R A T IO N
Scope 486
Institutional Corrections 486 - 518
N on-Institutional Corrections 519 - 541
A n sw er key 542-551
Im portant Term inologies G lossary of Term s 552 - 800
Review Rem inders vi
Crim inologists Code of Ethics vii
x
CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
CRIM INAL LAW AND JURISPRUDENCE
Scope: Elements o f the legal provisions and the extent o f its application
regarding offenses and penalties, knowledge o f court jurisdiction, venue in
criminal cases and the admissibility o f evidences which are o f probative
value to the courts.
LAW Defined.
•
Refers to the body of official rules and regulations, generally found in

constitutions, legislation, judicial opinions, and the like, that is used to
govern a society and to control the behavior of its members.. The nature
and functions of law are diverse throughout history. In modern civilization,
some authorized body such as a legislature or a court enacts the law. It is
supported by the coercive power of the state, which enforces the law by
means of appropriate penalties or remedies. Laws are enactments for
man’s common benefit and protection.
CRIMINAL LAW.Defined.
Criminal law is the division or branch of law which defines crimes

11rats of its nature and provides for its punishment. Act No. 3815
ilir Revised Penal Code contains the Philippine Criminal Law and
likewise it is embodied in different special laws and decrees which are
pciial in nature. It came into its full implementation on January 1, 1932.
The Principal parts of the Revised Penal Code are: Articles 1 to 20 -

I'i 11triples affecting criminal liability. Articles 21 to 113 - Provisions on
I "'unities including criminal and civil liability. Articles 114 to 367 -
I'rlonies defined under fourteen different titles.
Wliat are the sources o f Crim inal Law?
Tin- sources of Criminal Law are:

1^'ln- Revised Penal Code and its amendment.
I Al I S 4,275 public acts enacted by the Philippine Assembly from 1901-
■ cited as: "Act N o .______ some of which are penal in nature.
I JOM MON WEALTH ACTS - 733 laws passed from 1935 - 1946 cited as:
■ 'i dm Act N o .___ .
■fctAtAS PAMBANSA - 844 laws passed by the Batasang Pambansa
ippine Parliament) from 1979-1985 and cited as: "Batas Big.___ " some
Ifi11 >•>«iitg penalties.
I'NI ll>KNTIAL DECREES - 2,034 enactments of the President from the
■ 7 ? ivtfo when the Philippines was under Martial Law cited as Pres.
^ I)«i it v No.
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
REPUBLIC ACTS - Congressional enactments from the declaration of

Philippine Independence in 1946 until the declaration of Martial Law in
1972. These congressional enactments were resumed in 1987 when the
present Congress was organized under the 1987 Constitution.
What are the Characteristics o f Crim inal Law?
Generality is a characteristic of criminal law which means that the

provisions of the criminal or penal law must be applied uniformly to all
persons within the territory irrespective of nationality, gender, age and
other personal circumstances, its certain exceptions includes : Heads of
state or country and other sovereigns; Foreign ambassadors, charges
d ’affaires, ministers resident and ministers plenipotentiary who are duly
accredited to a country and Foreign troops permitted to march within a
territory.
Territoriality a responsibility of the right of a state to self preservation,

each dependent country has the right to promulgate laws enforceable
within its territorial authority subject only to the limitations imposed by
treaties of preferential applications and by the operation of international
law of nations. In the Philippines, the Revised Penal Code is applicable
only to the areas within the Philippine territorial jurisdiction such as;
Philippine Archipelago - this includes all the islands that comprise the
Philippines.
Atmosphere - It extends to the air space which covers its territory, subject
to the right of way or easement in favor of foreign aircrafts.
Interior waters - all bodies of water that connect all the islands such as
lakes, bay, rivers, and streams.
Maritime zone - the three (3) mile limit beyond our shore measured at low
tide.
> High seas refer to any waters on the sea coast which are without the
boundaries of low watermark. Or the portion of the ocean which is
beyond the territorial jurisdiction of any country.
Criminal law must be specific and definite it must give a strict definition of
a specific act which constitutes an offense. Where there is doubt as to
whether a definition embodied in the Revised Penal Code applies to the
accused or not, the judge is obligated to decide the case in favor of the
accused. Criminal law must be construed liberally in favor of the accused
and strictly against the state.
Criminal Law must be uniform in application - An act described as a crime

is a crime no matter who commits it, wherever committed in the
Philippines and whenever committed. No exceptions must be made as to
the criminal liability. The definition of crimes together with the
corresponding punishment must be uniformly construed nil hough there
1 1 * * --------------- * - 1 — f — •- - r ^ m u I c i m m t V i f3 n o t io l
Prospectivity is a characteristic of criminal law which means that no

person can be punished for his act which; at the time he did it is not yet
punishable by law However, penal laws may be given retroactive effect
when it is favorable to the accused who is not habitual delinquent. (Art.
22, RPC).To give a law a retroactive effect to the prejudice of the accused is
to make it an ex post facto law. An ex post facto law is a law which makes
a criminal act done before the passage of the law and which was innocent
when done and punishes said act.
What are the Theories o f Crim inal Law?
The Classical Theory of Criminal Law states that the basis of criminal
liability is human free will and the rationale of the penalty is retribution. It
argues that man is essentially a moral creature with an absolute free will
to decide between good and evil, thereby placing more emphasis upon the
effect or result of the felonies act than upon the man, the criminal himself.
It has endeavored to create a mechanical and direct proportion between
crime and penalty. There is a negligible or little regard to the human
element.
The Positivist Theory emphasized that man is occasionally subservient to

strange and morbid phenomenon which constrains him to do wrong, even
though contrary to his violation. It contends that crime is basically a social
and natural phenomenon and as such, it cannot be prevented and treated
by the application of abstract principles of law and jurisprudence nor by
the imposition of punishment, fixed and determined adequate; but rather
by means of the enforcement of individual measures in each particular
case after a meticulous, personal and individual investigation performed
by a competent body of psychiatrists and social scientists.
What are Felonies?
Acts and omissions punishable by law are felonies (delitos). Felonies

are committed not only be means of deceit (dolo) but also by means of
fault (culpa). There is deceit when the act is performed with deliberate
intent and there is fault when the wrongful act results from imprudence,
negligence, lack of foresight, or lack of skill. The requisite for malice or
dolo: Freedom, Intent and Intelligence.
Negligence usually involves lack of foresight. Failure to observe proper

attention and the use of due diligence in anticipating the injury or damage
impending to be caused. Imprudence indicates deficiency of action or
usually involves lack of skill. It consists in the lack of care or precaution
displayed in cases in which injury to another or damage impending to be
caused is not clearly manifested.
When is Crim inal Liability Incurred?

Criminal liability shall be incurred Criminal liability. — Criminal

liability shall be incurred: By any person committing a felony (delito)
although the wrongful act done be different from that which he intended.
A person is criminally liable or responsible for acts committed by him in
violation of the law and for all the direct, natural and logical consequences
resulting from its commission.
Proximate cause refers to natural, unbroken consequence by any

efficient intervening cause, which produces the injury, and without which
the result would not have occurred. Likewise for impossible crimes;
criminal liability shall be incurred by any person performing an act which
would be an offense against persons or property, were it not for thf
inherent impossibility of its accomplishment or an account of the
employment of inadequate or ineffectual means. The reason while the law
punishes impossible crimes is to suppress criminal tendencies or criminal
propensity.
What are the stages o f developm ent o f a felony?
A felony is consummated when all the elements necessary for it

execution and accomplishment are present.
A felony is frustrated when the offender performs all the acts of

execution which would produce the felony as a consequence but which,
nevertheless, do not produce it by reason of causes independent of the will
of the perpetrator.
There is an attempted felony when the offender commences tin-

commission of a felony directly or over acts, and does not perform all 11h
acts of execution which should produce the felony by reason of so mu
cause or accident other than this own spontaneous desistance.
When are Light Felonies punishable?
Light felonies are punishable only when they have been consummate! I,
with the exception of those committed against person or property. Tim
light felonies which are punishable under the revised penal code even il
attempted or frustrated: Theft, Slight physical injuries, Alteration ul
boundary marks, Malicious mischief and Intriguing against honor.
What is the difference between conspiracy and proposal?
A conspiracy exists when two or more persons come to an agrcrin<vii

concerning the commission of a felony and decide to commit it. Thrrf U
proposal when the person who has decided to commit a felony propose ■
>ufl
execution to some other person or persons. Conspiracy and p ro p - n !«!
commit felony are punishable only in the cases in wTudh the law spn kiIIj
o ♦ V» ** r n f n r Q i«r K oo m n o n ir a m r In nnm nn t t w 11 1ll /
conspiracy to commit insurrection, conspiracy to commit rebellion and

conspiracy to commit sedition.
What are the classification o f felonies according to the degree o f the

penalty?
Grave felonies are those to which the law attaches the capital
punishment or penalties which in any of their periods are afflictive.
Less grave felonies are those which the law punishes with penalties
which in their maximum period are correctional.
Light felonies are those infractions of law for the commission of which
a penalty of arrest menor or a fine not exceeding 200 pesos or both is
provided. ■
What are justifying circum stances?
Justifying circumstances are those where the act of a person is

considered to be in accordance with the law, hence the person is deemed
not to have violated or transgressed the law and is free from criminal and
i ivil liability. In invoking these circumstances it is a matter of defense and
11is incumbent upon the accused to prove such claim to the satisfaction of
Hip court.
in self defense, anyone who acts in defense of his person or rights, the
Ii >1lowing circumstances must concur; Unlawful aggression, reasonable
necessity of the means employed to prevent or repel it and lack of
*uHlcient provocation on the part of the person defending himself,
•ufficient provocation refers to threat on the part of the offended party
Itnmediately preceded the act which should be proportionate to the act of
«tK! ession and adequate to stir the aggressor to its commission.
lit 'Icfense of a relative, Any one who acts in defense of the person or rights
nl Ins spouse, ascendants, descendants, or legitimate, natural or adopted
• mi ihers or sisters, or his relatives by affinity in the same degrees and
11 itiff* consanguinity within the fourth civil degree, provided that the first
Ckivl -second requisites prescribed in the next preceding circumstance are
fcr%*cnt. and the further requisite, in case the provocation was given by
Epii |n rson attacked, that the one making defense had no part therein.
jit ilrfense of a stranger, anyone who acts in defense of the person or

11^11in of a stranger provided that the first and second requisites
fttiitinncd in the first justifying circumstance are present and that the
defending be not induced by revenge, resentment, or other evil
ill lcn:-if of necessity, civil liability is assumed by the persons benefited.

causes damage to another, provided that the following requisites are

present; that the evil sought to be avoided actually exists; that the injury
feared be greater than that done to avoid it and that there be no other
practical and less harmful means of preventing it.
Any person who acts in the fulfillment of a duty or in the lawful exercise of
a right or office is justified provided that there is legitimate performance of
duty.
Any person who acts in obedience to an order issued by a superior for

some lawful purpose. In this justifying circumstance, the means used by
the subordinate to carry out said order must be lawful.
Imputability refers to the quality by which an act may be credited to

the person as the author or owner, while responsibility is the
obligation or suffering the consequences of the crime of which guilt is a
necessary element.
What are exem pting Circumstances?
Exempting circumstances or non-imputability are those reasons for

exemptions from punishment because there is wanting in the accused of
any condition which makes the act negligent or voluntary. It is based on
the complete absence of intelligence, freedom of action or intent, or on the
absence of negligence on the part of the agent of the crime. Absulatory
causes are those where the act committed is a crime but for reason of
public policy and sentiment there is no penalty imposed.
An imbecile or an insane person is exempted from criminal liability, unless

the latter has acted during a lucid interval. When the imbecile or an
insane person has committed an act which the law defines as a felony
(delito), the court shall order his confinement in one of the hospitals or
asylums established for persons thus afflicted, which he shall not be
permitted to leave without first obtaining the permission of the same
court.
A child under nine years of age is exempted from criminal liability; this age
is often called the age of absolute irresponsibility this is based on a
complete absence of intelligence. (Under the Juvenile Justice and Welfare
Act of 2006: A child fifteen years of age or under at the time of the
commission of the offense shall be exempt from criminal liability.)
The age of conditional responsibility is between 9 and fifteen. A person

over nine years of age and under fifteen is exempted from incurring
criminal liability, unless he has acted with discernment. In which case
such minor shall be proceeded according to the Juvenile Justice and
Welfare Act. (Presently the provisions of the Juvenile Justice and Welfare
A nt m o lfc o *h p aap n f f 'n n r lit in n a l r 'rim irm l r p ^ n n n s ih ilit v to a b o v e 1 5 v e a r s
of a minor between nine and fifteen years of age to fully appreciate or be

aware of the consequences of his unlawful act.
Any person who, while performing a lawful act with due care, causes an
injury by mere accident without fault or intention of causing it is an
exempting circumstance which is based on the lack of intelligence or
intent. An accident refers to anything that occurs outside the sway of our
will.
Any person who acts under the compulsion of irresistible force coming
from a third person is exempted from incurring criminal liability since it
reduces the actor of a crime to a mere instrument who acts not onfy
without his will but against his will establishing a complete absence of
freedom an element of voluntariness.
Any person who acts under the impulse of an uncontrollable fear of an

equal or greater injury. In cases wherein a person employs intimidation or
threat in compelling another to commit a crime, the actor in this case does
not assume criminal liability.
Any person who fails to perform an act required by law, when prevented by
some lawful insuperable cause is exempted from criminal liability.
What are M itigating Circum stances?
Mitigating circumstances are those grounds which if present in the

commission of the crime serves to reduce or lower the penalty. It is based
on the lesser perversity of the offender, or reduction of either intent,
freedom of action or intelligence. They are generally classified as ordinary
mitigating and privilege mitigating. Ordinary mitigating is enumerated in
article 13, RPC subsections 1 to 10 is at risk of being offset by any
aggravating circumstance. It produces only to lower the penalty imposed
by law to its minimum period. Privilege mitigating circumstance reduces
the penalty imposed by law lower by one or two degrees and cannot be
offset by aggravating circumstances.
The following are mitigating circumstances:

When all the requisites necessary to justify or to exempt from criminal
liability in the respective cases are not attendant.
The offender is under eighteen years of age or over seventy years.
The offender had no intention to commit so grave a wrong as that
committed.
Sufficient provocation or threat on the part of the offended party
immediately preceded the act.
The act was committed in the immediate vindication of a grave offense to
the one committing the felony (delito), his spouse, ascendants, or relatives
by affinity within the same degrees.
Having acted upon an impulse so powerful as naturallv to have nrnrluceH
The offender had voluntarily surrendered himself to a person in authority

or his agents, or that he had voluntarily confessed his guilt before the
court prior to the presentation of the evidence for the prosecution;
The offender is deaf and dumb, blind or otherwise suffering some physical
defect which thus restricts his means of action, defense, or
communications with his fellow beings.
Such illness of the offender as would diminish the exercise of the will
power of the offender without however depriving him of the consciousness
of his acts.
And, finally, any other circumstances of a similar nature and analogous to
those above mentioned.
What are Aggravating Circum stances?
Aggravating circumstances are those which if present in the

commission of the offense serves to increase the penalty. It is based on the
greater perversity of the offender seen in the commission of the crime as
manifested by: the motivating power, the place of commission, the ways or
means employed in its commission, the intent or the personal
circumstances of the offended party or of the offender.
Inherent aggravating refers to those that must of necessity accompany

the commission of the crime. E.g. evident premeditation in cases involving
theft, robbery concubinage and adultery. Evident premeditation is that
the execution of the criminal act must be proceeded by cool thought and
reflection upon the resolution to carry out the criminal intent.
Generic aggravating circumstances are those which can generally apply to

all crimes. E.g. recidivism, nighttime, dwelling. The following are generic
aggravating circumstances:
That advantage be taken by the offender of his public position.
That the crime be committed in contempt or with insult to the public
authorities.
That the act be committed in the dwelling of the offended party, if thf
latter has not given provocation.
That the act be committed with abuse of confidence or obvious
ungratefulness.
That the crime be committed in the palace of the Chief Executive or in his
presence, or where public authorities are engaged in the discharge of their
duties, or in a place dedicated to religious worship.
That the crime be committed in the night time, or in an uninhabited place,
or by a band, whenever such circumstances may facilitate the commission
of the offense. Whenever more than three armed malefactors shall havr
acted together in the commission of an offense, it shall be deemed to havr
been committed by a band.
That the accused is a recidivist. A recidivist is one who, at the time of h.-
trial for one crime, shall have been previously convicted by final judgm :nl
n f nnn thpr p rim e e m b r a c e d in the s a m e title of the R P C .
That the offender has been previously punished by an offense to which the
law attaches an equal or greater penalty or for two or more crimes to
which it attaches a lighter penalty.
That the craft, fraud or disguise be employed.
That the crime be committed after an unlawful entry. There is an unlawful
entry when an entrance is effected by a way not intended for the purpose.
That as a means to the commission of a crime a wall, roof, door, or window
be broken.
That the crime be committed with the aid of persons under fifteen years of
age.
Specific refers to those aggravating circumstances that apply only to

particular crimes. E.g. Treachery and cruelty in crimes against persons,
ignominy in crimes against chastity. Treachery is a willful and deliberate
betrayal of trust or confidence. Or taking advantage of superior strength
with the aid of armed men, or means to weaken the defense or of means of
persons to insure or afford impunity. There is treachery when th'e offender
commits any of the crimes against person, employing means, methods or
forms in the execution thereof which tend directly and specially to insure
its execution. The following are specific aggravating circumstances:
ihe act be committed with insult or in disregard of the respect due the
offended party on account of his rank, age, or sex.
That advantage be taken of superior strength, or means be employed to
weaken the defense.
I hat the act be committed with treachery (alevosia). There is treachery
\'li<:n the offender commits any of the crimes against the person,
mm ploying means, methods, or forms in the execution thereof which tend
<ln ectly and specially to insure its execution, without risk to himself
■irising from the defense which the offended party might make.
■hat means be employed or circumstances brought about which add
if/nominy to the natural effects of the act.
I hat the wrong done in the commission of the crime be deliberately
augmented by causing other wrong not necessary for its commission.
Qualifying refers to those circumstances which if present changes the

11.iture of the crime. E.g. use of superior strength which qualifies the
I 11ling of a person to murder.
What are Alternative Circum stances?
Alternative circumstances are those grounds which must be taken into

■pn.-.idrration as mitigating or aggravating according to the nature and
• Hi < i • of the crime and the other conditions attending its commission,
it live circumstance is classified as either relationship (which is
ivs mitigating in cases of crimes against property and aggravating in
#• *--» involving crimes against chastity), intoxication (it is mitigating if
mi iixii at ion is not habitual and aggravating if it is habitual or intentional)
mi dc|j,icc of instruction and pdiu at if n of the offender (which is mitieratine
for low degree of education and aggravating if there is a high degree of

education on the part of the offender.
Who are the crim inally liable?
The following are criminally liable for grave and less grave felonies:
principals, accomplices, and accessories. For light felonies only principals
and accomplices are criminally accountable.
The following are considered principals:

Those who take a direct part in the execution of the act (Principal by direct
participation);
Those who directly force or induce others to commit it (Principal by
inducement);
Those who cooperate in the commission of the offense by another act
without which it would not have been accomplished. By their legal
definition, principals are classified into three namely: principals by direct
participation, principals by induction and principals by indispensable
cooperation. (Principal by indispensable cooperation)
Accomplices are those persons who, not being classified as principals

cooperate in the execution of the offense by previous or simultaneous acts.
Accessories are those who, having knowledge of the commission of the

crime, and without having participated therein, either as principals or
accomplices, take part subsequent to its commission in any of the
following manners:
By profiting themselves or assisting the offender to profit by the effects of
the crime.
By concealing or destroying the body of the crime, or the effects or
instruments thereof, in order to prevent its discoveiy.
By harboring, concealing, or assisting in the escape of the principals of the
crime, provided the accessory acts with abuse of his public functions or
whenever the author of the crime is guilty of treason, parricide, murder, or
an attempt to take the life of the Chief Executive, or is known to be
habitually guilty of some other crime.
What is a com plex crime?
When a single act constitutes two or more grave or less grave felonies,
or when an offense is a necessary means for committing the other, th'
penalty for the most serious crime shall be imposed, the same to b(
applied in its maximum period. A complex crime is an offense which is a
necessary means for committing the other. Otherwise known as complex
crime proper. A compound crime refers to a single act performed by th<
offender that constitutes two or more grave or less grave felonies.
TUtion io nri »n -2n q1 1i ahilifv tntn 11v pwtlnon^slipd?

Criminal liability is totally extinguished:

By the death of the convict, as to the personal penalties and as to
pecuniary penalties, liability therefor is extinguished only when the death
of the offender occurs before final judgment.
By service of the sentence;
By amnesty, which completely extinguishes the penalty and all its effects;
By absolute pardon;
By prescription of the crime;
By prescription of the penalty;
By the marriage of the offended woman in case of rape.
What is the Prescription o f Crim es?
Prescription of the crime refers to the forfeiture or loss of the right

of the state to prosecute the crime after the lapse of a certain time, while
prescription of the penalty is the forfeiture or loss of the right of the state
lo execute the final sentence after the lapse of a certain time. Th’e period of
prescription shall commence to run from the day on which the crime is
discovered by the offended party, the authorities, or their agents, and shall
be interrupted by the filing of the complaint or information, and shall
commence to run again when such proceedings terminate without the
accused being convicted or acquitted, or are unjustifiably stopped for any
reason not imputable to him. The term of prescription shall not run when
the offender is absent from the Philippine Archipelago.
1’iescription of crime. — Crimes punishable by death, reclusion perpetua

Oi reclusion temporal shall prescribe in twenty years.
* Crimes punishable by other afflictive penalties shall prescribe in fifteen
years.
r Those punishable by a correctional penalty shall prescribe in ten
years; with the exception of those punishable by arresto mayor, which
shall prescribe in five years.
' The crime of libel or other similar offenses shall prescribe in one year.
" The crime of oral defamation and slander by deed shall prescribe in six
months.
► Light offenses prescribe in two months.
The period of prescription of penalties shall commence to run from the

iIn11 when the culprit should evade the service of his sentence, and it shall
lie interrupted if the defendant should give himself up, be captured,
•should go to some foreign country with which this Government has no
• Kiuidition treaty, or should commit another crime before the expiration of
Hu- period of prescription.
Whan is Crim inal liability partially extinguished?
i 111111lit*I liability is extinguished partially:

ll\ conditional pardon;
For good conduct allowances which the culprit may earn while he is
serving his sentence.
The commutation of the original sentence for another of a different

length and nature shall have the legal effect of substituting the latter in
the place of the former.
The good conduct of any prisoner in any penal institution shall entitle him
to the following deductions from the period of his sentence:
During the first two years of his imprisonment, he shall be allowed a
deduction of five days for each month of good behavior;
During the third to the fifth year, inclusive, of his imprisonment, he shall
be allowed a deduction of eight days for each month of good behavior;
During the following years until the tenth year, inclusive, of his
imprisonment, he shall be allowed a deduction of ten days for each month
of good behavior; and
During the eleventh and successive years of his imprisonment, he shall be
allowed a deduction of fifteen days for each month of good behavior.
Special time allowance for loyalty. — A deduction of one-fifth of the period

of his sentence shall be granted to any prisoner who, having evaded the
service of his sentence under the circumstances mentioned in Article 58 of
the Revised Penal Code, gives himself up to the authorities within 48
hours following the issuance of a proclamation announcing the passing
away of the calamity or catastrophe to in said article.
CLJ I. CRIMINAL LAW (RPC BOOK I)
1. The Revised Penal Code consist o f how m any books?

a. 1 c. 2
b. 3 d. 4
2. An accused is presum ed to be __ until the contrary is proven beyond

reasonable doubt.
a. Crim inal c. Guilty
b. Negligent d. innocent
3. W hich o f the following is an exem pting circum stance?

a. Impulse o f an uncontrollable fear c. S elf defense
b. Relationship d. Defense o f relative
4. Arresto menor is a:
a. Afflicitive Penalty c. Correcional Penalty
b. Accessory Penalty d. Light Penalty
5. It is currently the highest penalty a person convicted o f a crime under the

penal code m ay suffer.
a. Reclusion Tem poral c. Death
b. Reclusion Perpetua d. Lethal Injection
6. It is the punishm ent im posed by law ful authority upon a person w ho comm its
a deliberate or negligent intent.
a. Fine c. Sanction
b. Penalty d. Fine
7. It refers to the loss o f the right o f the State to prosecute the offenders.
a. Prescription o f crim e c. Prescription
b. Prescription o f penalty d. Subscription
8. The revised penal code is com posed o f _______ books?

a. one c. three
I), two d. four
The state ca cannot im pose the penalty m eted by the court?

a. prescription c. prescription o f the penalty
b. prescription o f the crim e d. all o f above
10. W ho am ong the follow ing is indispensable to a crime?

11. principal by direct participation
b. principal by induction
c. principal by indispensable cooperation
d . none o f this
11. W hich am ong the follow ing is not a source o f Philippine crim inal law?
n. A ct No. 3815 and its am endm ents
I) Special penal laws passed by the Phil. Com m ission, Phil. Legislature, National
Assembly, Batasang Pambansa, Phil. Assem bly and the Congress o f the
Philippines.
C Penal Presidential Decrees issued during Martial Law.
(I None o f the above
12. They are bodies o f usages, principles and rules o f action w hich do not rest for
I heir authority upon any declarative w ill o f the legislature. It is recognized in the
United States and England but not recognized under Philippine jurisdiction.
ii. Penal laws c. Com m on Laws
I). Special penal laws d. None o f the foregoing
1,5.This deprives the accused o f a crime some lawful protection to w hich he has
I iccome entitled.
i« Com m on law c. Ex-post facto law
b Special law d. Bill o f attainder
14. The constitution expressly prohibits the passage o f a bill o f attainder prim arily
because:
» It is a substitute, a legislative act for a ju dicial determ ination o f guilt
l> It is unconstitutional
I It is a violation o f hum an rights
il It encroaches upon the pow er o f the. Judiciary by the Congress
I ri. They are not considered as a source o f crim inal law due to the fact that they
iTicrely explain the m eaning o f and apply the law as enacted by the legislature.
». Revised Penal Code c. Court decisions
I) Special Penal laws d. Executive orders
16. It cannot be recovered as a m atter o f right; and is discretionary upon the court
to be part o f the civil liability when a crim e was com m itted w ith one or more
aggravating circumstances.
a. Actual dam ages c. M oral damages
b. Nom inal damages d. Exem plary damages
17. Civil indem nity for death caused by crime.

a. 30,000 c. 100,000
b. 50,000 d. 500,000
18. W hen rape is com m itted and the victim was killed, the m andatory civil
indem nification shall be.
a. 30,000 c. 100,000
b. 50,000 d. 500,000
19. In case o f physical injuries it w ould consist in the paym ent o f hospital bills and
doctor’s fee o f the offended party.
a. Restitution c. Indem nification
b. Reparation d. Civil liability
20. W hich am ong the follow ing m ay totally extinguish crim inal liability?
a. Absolute pardon c. Am nesty
b. Service o f sentence d. All o f these
21. It consists in the successive execution by the same individual o f different

crim inal acts upon any o f which no conviction has yet been made.
a. Plurality o f crim es c. Com plex crimes
b. Form al crim es d. None o f the above
22. Jem m a who induced Eric a friend to kill her husband’s mistress is criminaJlv
liable as:
a. Principal c. Accom plice
b. A ccessory d. None o f the above
23. In crim es against chastity this would be always aggravating.

a. Degree o f education c. Alcoholism
b. Mental condition d. Relationship
24. Its basis is the greater perversity o f the offender as m anifested by personal
circum stance o f the offender and also by the means used to secure the commission
o f the crime.
a. That advantage be taken by the offender o f his public position.
b. That crime be com m itted in contem pt o f or w ith insult to the public authorities.
c. That act be com m itted with abuse o f confidence or obvious ungratefulness
d. All o f the above
25. It means adequate to excite a person to com m it a w rong and must accordingly
be proportionate to its gravity.
a. S elf defense c. Unlawful aggression
b. Sufficient provocation d. Necessity to prevent a wrong
26. Under this, crim es are not triable in that country unless they m erely affect
li / i + V ii n >» •- u p c u n i o r '• ' ■ *(*•• t n th/* i n f p r n o l m n n flo p m e n t th e re o f.
b. English rule t f I f d. Spanish rule
^ ^ f c l t refers to inaction, by w hich a person m ay be considered crim inally liable

w ^ n the law requires the perform ance o f a certain act, e.g. failure to assist on e’s
own victim.
a. A ct c. Fraud
b. Intent d. Omission
28. It indicates a deficiency o f action.

a. Negligence c. Lack o f skill
b. Im prudence d. Lack o f foresight
29. It refers to deficiency o f perception. _

a. Negligence c. Lack o f skill
b. Im prudence d. Lack o f foresight
30. For an act to be considered to be done w ith Malice or dolo, w hieh am ong the
follow ing m ust be present?
a. Freedom c. Intent ■
b. Intelligence d. All o f the foregoing
31. Refers to that cause w hich in natural is a continuous sequence, u nbroken by

any efficient superseding ground, produces the injury and w ithout w hich the result
would not have occurred.
a. Proxim ate cause c. Overt acts
b. Intervening cause d. Active force
32. It is the portion o f the acts constituting the felony, starting from the point
where the offender begins the com m ission o f the crime to the point .where he has
control over his acts.
a. Objective phase c. Overt acts
b. Subjective phase d. Attem pted felony
33. G enerally they are punishable only w hen they have been consum m ated, with
the exem ption o f those crim es com m itted against persons or property.
a. Light felonies c. Grave felonies
I). Less grave felonies d. All o f the foregoing
.54. S elf defense or o n e’s natural instinct to repel, protect and save his person or
right from im pending peril or danger is an exam ple o f w hat circum stance which
affects crim inal liability?
a. Justifying c. Aggravating
11 Exem pting d. M itigating
J5. A inflicted slight physical injuries to B w ithout intention to inflict other

injuries, B then attacked A is an exam ple of?
n. S elf defense c. Retaliation
11 Intervening cause d. Proxim ate cause
l(). The basis o f this circum stance affecting crim inal liability is the com plete
.ili ,<• i< e o f freedom o f action, intelligence, intent or negligence on the part o f the
licensed.
« Justifying c. Aggravating
37. Under our laws, w hat is the age o f full responsibility?

a. 9 years and below o f infancy
b. Between 9 and 15 years
c. 18 to 70 years o f age ( adolescence to maturity)
d. Over 9 under 15 acting with discernm ent, 15 or over but less than 18; over 70
years o f age
38. Age o f absolute irresponsibility.

a. 9 years and below o f infancy
b. Between 9 and 15 years
c. 18 to 70 years o f age (adolescence to maturity)
d. Over 9 under 15 acting w ith discernment, 15 or over but less than 18; over 70
years o f age
39. W hich am ong the following m ay be considered as an alternative circum stance?

a. Relationship
b. Intoxication
c. Degree o f instruction and education o f the offender
d. All o f the foregoing
40. X and Y stabbed Z, injuring the Z in the process, X and Y are considered as;
a. Principal by direct participation
b. Principal by induction
c. Principal by indispensable cooperation
d. Co- principals
41. Boy forcibly took Maria to a vacant lot and allowed his friends Lando and
Tinoy to rape Maria Boy is liable as;
a. Principal by direct participation
b. Principal by induction
c. Principal by indispensable cooperation
d. Co- principals
42. It refers to those penalties expressly im posed by the court in the ju dgm en t of
conviction.
a. Principal penalties c. Subsidiary penalties
b. Accessory penalties d. Fine
43. In the crime o f theft, the culprit is duty-bound to return the stolen property.
a. Restitution c. Indem nification for consequential damages
b. Reparation d. Civil liability
44. Crimes punishable by correctional penalties, except those punishable by

arresto m ayor shall prescribe in how m any years?
a. 20 years c. 10 years
b. 15 years d. 5 years
45. It includes rivers, creeks, bays, gulfs, lakes, straits, coves lying w holly withir.
the three mile lim it o f any nation.
a. Maritime zone c. Low w ater mark
b. Interior waters d. High seas
46. It m akes criminal an act done before the passage o f the law which was
a. Ex post facto law c. Law on preferential application

b. Bill o f attainder d. S elf repealing laws
47. Refers to one o f three equal portions, called minimum , m edium and m axim um
o f a divisible penalty.
a. Degree c. Prescription
I}. Period d. Duration
1 8 . W hich am ong the foregoing is considered as the prim ary source o f crim inal
Inw?
a. Act No. 3815 c. Penal Presidential Decrees
I) Special Penal Laws d. Constitution
•l‘ >. Those punishable by arresto m ayor penalties shall prescribe in how m any
yn rs?
ii 20 years c. 10 years
I). 5 years d. 15 years
M). It is the forfeiture o f the right o f the state to execute the final sentence after a
i n lain lapse o f time.
it. Prescription o f the crim e c. Degree o f the penalty
11 Prescription o f the penalty d. Period o f the penalty
'■I It is that branch or division o f law which defines crim es treats o f their nature,
h i m I provide for their punishm ent.
n Civil law c. Procedural law
11 Criminal law d. Substantive law
KVfers to a sentence o f im prisonm ent for the m axim um period defined by 'aw
•nl>jr> t to the term ination by the parole board at any time after service o f the
nriltrnce.
ii Suspension c. Prescription
I' Indeterm inate sentence d. Period o f penalty
) i Refers to the purpose to use a particular means to effect such result.

ii Im ent c. Deceit
li Motive d. Fault
■ I lolin com m ences with the execution o f a felony but fails to perform all acts
wlm Ii .should produce it, the developm ent or stage refers to:
« Consum m ated c. Frustrated
l» Attempted d. Negligence
V i Anv bodily m ovem ent that tends to produce some effect in the external world.
m Ai t c. Dolo
h i ‘ mission d. Culpa
I * I ilirl and other sim ilar offenses shall prescribe in how m any years?
e I ' \ours c. 5 years
Ii 10 veur d. 1 year
( i t An m l Ire penalty enum erated in the graduated scale o f penalties.

* l)cL>icf c. Prescription
58. Refers generally to acts made crim inal by special laws.

a. Felony c. M aia inse
b. Mala ince d. M ala prohibita
59. Under RA 7659, the death penalty m ay be suspended when the accused is
am ong the foregoing: except:
a. A w om an while pregnant
b. Persons over 70 years old
c. , W om an w ithin one year after delivery
d. Persons over 18 but u nder 21 years o f age
60. W hich am ong the foregoing is not a requisite for Dolo?

a. Intelligence c. Intent
b. Freedom d. Deceit
61. Refers to the loss o f the right o f the state to prosecute the offender after a
certain lapse o f time.
a. Prescription o f the crime c. Degree o f the penalty
b. Prescription o f the penalty d. Period o f the penalty
62. Things w hich are wrongful in their nature.

a. Evil c. Mala inse
b. M ala ince d. Mala prohibita
63. Felonies punishable by death, reclusion perpetua and reclusion temporal shali
prescribe in:
64. Acts and omissions punishable by law.

a. Dolo c. Felonies
b. Culpa d. Crime
65. Ariel intending to kill Jiggs to avenged lost honor stabbed the latter three
times in the chest, how ever due to prom pt m edical attention Jiggs was able to
survive the attack, Ariel is liable for:
a. Physical Injuries c. Frustrated Homicide
b. Attem pted Homicide d. Frustrated M urder
66. W hen all the elem ents necessary for the execution and accom plishm ent of n
felony are present it is said to be:
a. Consum m ated c. Frustrated
b. Attem pted d. Negligence
67. It is a physical activity or deed, indicating the intention to com m it a particulai

crime.
a. Act c. Fault
b. Om ission d. Overt act
68. Abberatio ictus refers to:

a. Mistake o f the facts c. Mistake in the blow
b. Mistake in the identity d. Ignorance o f the law
(>9. W hat m ust be considered in determ ining w hether the crim e com m itted is only
attempted, frustrated or consum m ated?
.
i i Nature o f the offense c. M anner o f com m ission
11 Elem ents constituting the felony d. All o f these
70. Refers to crim es consum m ated in one instant or by a single act.

m Form al crim es c. Rational crim es
I). Inform al crim es d. Irrational crimes
/ I Refers to the obligation or suffering the consequences o f crime,

n Im putability c. Liability
11 Culpability d. Responsibility
71 . A quality in w hich an act m ay be ascribed to a person as the author or owner.

m Im putability c. Liability
11 Culpability d. Responsibility
! I Refers to felonies which the law imposes penalties w hich are correctional in
mil lire.
m Grave c. Light
11 Less grave d. Serious
i l When the law attaches capital punishm ent or afflictive penalties the felony is
mild to be?
ii Grave c. Light
11 Less grave d. Slight
V. Infractions to the law punishable by arresto m enor or a fine not exceeding 200
or both.
■ 1 1rave c. Light
11 Less grave d. Slight
l ight felonies are made punishable only w hen they are:

• ( 'onsum m ated c. Frustrated
11 Attempted d. Intended
i / Kxcrnption to the general rule in cases o f light felonies.

K When com m itted against persons
B When com m itted against chastity
* When com m itted against honor
>1 When com m itted against liberty
7m II exists when two or m ore persons come to an agreem ent to com m it a felony.
1 I’llin c. Piracy
\ Conspiracy d. Proposal
Whnt occurs w hen a person w ho has decided to com m it a felony recom m ends
> \(\ution to some other person?
% L Diitipiracy c. Proposal
f riin ry d. None o f the above
3u A' o f a person which are said to be in accordance with the law, so that such
|ii'ir„in is deemed not to have tniiiHgrcssed the law and is free from both criminal
a. Justifying circum stances c. Exem pting circum stances

b. M itigating circum stances d. Aggravating circum stances
81. Equivalent to assault or at least threatened assault o f an im m ediate nature.

a. Intent c. Dolo
b. Culpa d. Unlawful aggression
82. The follow ing are the requisites for self defense, except:'
a. Unlawful aggression
b. Reasonable necessity o f the means em ployed to prevent or repel it
c. Lack o f sufficient provocation on the part o f the person defendinghim self
d. Lack o f intent on the part o f the person defending him self
83. W hat crime exists w hen a single act constitutes two or more grave or less grave
felonies?
a. Com plex c. Composite
b. Continuing d. Compound
84. W ho am ong the follow ing are not exem pted from crim inal liability?
a. Children under 9years o f age
b. Insane persons
c. Children over 9 under 15 years o f age acting w ith discernm ent
d. Im becile persons
85. Refers to desired acts o f a person to com m it a crime.

a. Motive c. Fault
b. Intent d. Deceit
86. Those circum stances w hich if attendant to the com m ission o f the crime would
serve :o lower the penalty to a lesser degree.
a. Justifying c. M itigating
b. Exem pting d. Aggravating
87. An aggravating circum stance which generally apply to all crim es such as
dwelling, nighttim e or recidivism.
a. Generic c. Qualifying
b. Specific d. Inherent
88. Refers to occurrences w hich happen beyond the sway o f m an ’s will.

a. Nature c. Events
b. Accidents d. Phenom enon
89. Boy a policem an persuades Allan to com m it a felony, he arrested the latter
after its execution is committing.
a. Instigation c. Conspiracy
b. Entrapm ent d. Proposal
90. Refers to circum stances which if attendant in the com m ission o f a crime serve
to increase the penalty, w ithout however exceeding the m axim um o f the penalty
provided by law for the offense.
a. Justifying c. Mitigating
b. Exem pting d. Aggravating
CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION /ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
‘ •1. They are aggravating circum stances w hich change the nature o f the crime, e.g.
homicide to m urder in case o f treachery.
m. Generic c. Qualifying
11 Specific d. Inherent
'>'2. Refers to aggravating circum stance w hich applies only to particular crimes,
w. Generic c. Q ualifying
11 Specific d. Inherent
1M An aggravating circum stance w hich come in the com m ission o f the crime.
ii Generic c. Q ualifying
I> Specific d. Inherent
•
'I I Refers to a building or structure exclusively used for rest or comfort,

n House c. D welling
Ii Home , d. All o f the above
V 'i W henever m ore than three arm ed m alefactors shall have acted together in the
i miim ission o f an offense it is deem ed to have been com m itted by:
ii Group c. Band
•> Hrigands d. Team
'•Mi Refers to a person w ho at the tim e o f his trial for one crime shall have been
I ii rvioiisly convicted by final ju dgm en t o f another crim e em braced in the same title
nl 11H RPC.
n Delinquent c. Recidivist
i I lubitual delinquent d. Offender
• 7 A person w ho has w ithin a period o f 10 years from the date o f release or last
■•nviction is said to have been found guilty o f the same offense particularly those
■■I physical injuries, estafa, theft and robbery is considered as a:
i Recidivist c. Habitual delinquent
II Delinquent d. Quasi-recidivist
• « Any person w ho shall com m it a felony while serving his sentence with a
I>•r vidus conviction is classified as a :
•> Re, idivist c. Habitual delinquent
li Delinquent d. Q uasi-recidivist
M'1 Which am ong the follow ing is not am ong the requisites of evident
iinMiiililntion?
’Millicient lapse o f time
Ii I line when the offender decided to com m it the felony
V I indicating the has clung to his determ ination
il Iirhberate intent
11 **<i It involves trickery and cunning on the part o f the offender.

• ( mil c. Fault
!■ I>c eit d. Intent
B t O to n « lends Nany a bolo which was used in the m urder o f Mike is liable as
ii I I
e I’rmtiipnl c. Accom plice

102. Persons w ho aide the felons to hide away evidences or profit from the fruits of
the crime are said to be:
a. Principals c. Accom plices
b. Accessories d. Conspirators
103. The following are exem pt from crim inal liability as accessories in cases that
the principal should be the foregoing relatives except:
a. Spouse c. Descendant
b. Ascendant d. Cousins
104. Capital punishm ent or m axim um penalty im posed by law.

a. Reclusion Perpetua c. Arresto mayor
b. Reclusion temporal d. Death by lethal injection
105. Refers to alevosia, or means and m ethods em ployed to insure its execution.
a. Craft c. Intent
b. Deceit d. Treachery
106. It pertains to moral order, adding disgrace to the m aterial injury caused by
the crime.
a. Craft c. Ignom iny
b. Treachery d. Evident prem editation
107. The follow ing circum stances are always m itigated in term s o f alternative
circum stances, except:
a. Low degree o f education
b. Intoxication wherein the drunk person has not intended it or not a habitual
drunkard
c. Relationship in crim es against property
d. Relationship in crimes against persons
108. Poly stabbing A rm y is considered as a:

a. Principal c. Accom plice
b. Accessory d. Instigator
109. Emil persuades Jude to steal from his boss is a principal by:
a. Direct participation c. Indispensable cooperation
b. Induction d. Instigation
H O . W hich in the follow ing enum eration is an exam ple o f an afflictive penalty?
a. Fine c. Distierro
b. Arresto m ayor d. Prision mayor
111. W hat w ould be the nature o f action for a person over nine years o f age an:
under fifteen to incur crim inal liability?
a. A ct w ith discernm ent c. Show crim inal intent
b. Show m alice d. A ct negligently
112. It shall serve to deprive the offender rights o f parental authority on

guardianship.
a. Subsidiary penalty c. Suspension
b. Penalty d. Civil interdiction
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION /ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
113. Personal liability to be suffered by the convict who has no property to m eet
I lie fine.
t Subsidiary penalty c. Suspension
li Distierro d. Civil interdiction
I 14. A form o f protection rather than a penalty in cases o f Art 247 o f the RPC.
m Subsidiary penalty c. Suspension
I I Distierro d. Civil interdiction
115. The m oving pow er w hich impels one to action for a definite result.
ii Intent c. D eceit
Ip Motive d. Fault
I I 11 It refers to an act com m itted or omitted in violation o f a public law forbidding

hi com m anding it.
ii Dolo c. Felony
11 Culpa d. Crime
I I /. In cases wherein the com m ission o f an offense is necessary in the com m ission
nl another it is said that the crime is:
a I'ormal crim e c. Com pound crime
l> Informal crime d. Com plex crime
I I m When did Act no. 3815 take effect?

a .Innuary 1,1931 c. January 1, 1933
I' .Innuary 1,1932 d. January 1, 1934
i i ' i lunorantia Facti Excusat means:

t iK.uorance o f the law c. Mistake o f the blow
i. M iMake o f facts d. M istake in identity
I Vi) Under this rule, crim es are not triable in the courts o f that country, unless
•J<■ li com m ission affects the peace and security o f the territory or the safety o f the
a111 1•• endangered.
.1 l' icnch Rule c. Spanish Rule
I' American Rule d. English Rule
I J I l'.>ilure to perform a positive duty w hich one is bound to do.

<i Aci c. Dolo
l. • (mission d. Culpa
19J l.inht offenses prescribe in:

o I .' months c. 4 months
il i months d. 2 months
> 1 1lie foregoing are persons exem pt from the operation o f crim inal law by virtue
* f 'Ji« prim iples o f public international law, except;
Wi nds o f states c. Consul
fc wnlwissadors d. Charges d ’ affaires
I #4 ft la -i characteristic o f crim inal law stating that the law is binding on all
....•mm wlul live and sojourn in Philippine territory.
I ( " iicm l c. Retrospective
125. It refers to a legislative act w hich inflicts punishm ent w ithout a trial.
a. Ex post facto law c. Law on preferential application
b. Bill o f attainder d. Self-repealing laws
126. Based on the dim inution o f intent, intelligence or freedom o f action or the
lesser perversity o f the offender.
a. M itigating circum stances c. Exem pting circum stances
b. Aggravating circum stances d. Alternative circum stances
127. In m alicious mischief, this m ay be considered as a com plete defense, due to it

being covered as an absolutory cause
a. It be com m itted against a relative
b. It be com m itted while being influenced by liquor
c. Degree o f education o f the offender
128. Presum ption is always in favor o f sanity, hence to use this as a defense in
crim inal cases, w ho has the burden o f proof?
a. Defense c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Psychologists and psychiatrist
129. W hen is an insane person not exem pted from crim inal liability?
a. W hen he acted with lucid interval w hile com m itting the crime
b. W hen he acted due to im pulse
c. W hen he acted due to inducem ent
d. None o f the above
130. W hich am ong the follow ing elem ents is necessary to plead self defense?
a. Lack o f sufficient provocation on the part o f the person defending himself.
b. Reasonable necessity o f the means em ployed to prevent or repel it.
c. Unlawful aggression
131. . W hich am ong the follow ing circum stance where the right o f the accused maj
not be waived?
a. Right to cross exam ination
b. Right to confrontation
c. Right to be informed o f the nature and cause o f the charge against him.
132. Felonies contained in Book II o f the Revised Penal Code covering Art. 114 to
365 are classified under how m any different titles?
a. 12 c. 14
b. 13 d. 15
133. It is the controlling factor to obtain jurisdiction over the vessel or aircraft.
a. Nationality o f the owner c. Location o f the vessel
b. Registration o f the vessel d. All o f the above
134. A Philippine vessel or aircraft m ust be understood as tha+ and is to bii

registered in what particular governm ent agency.
a. Philippine Bureau o f Customs
t>. Departm ent o f Transportation and Comm unication
(I Any o f the above m entioned agencies
135. It retains original and exclusive ju risdiction over all offenses com m itted on
high seas o f any registered Philippine vessel,
n. International courts c. Court o f Appeals
li Regional Trial Courts d. Suprem e Court
I A b . W hich am ong the subsequent statem ent is untrue?

n In exem pting circum stance, there is a crime but there is no criminal.
I I In ju stifyin g circum stance, there is no civil liability except in causing dam age to
another in avoidance o f greater evil or injury.
i A person w ho acts by virtue o f a ju stifyin g circum stance does not transgress the
law because there is nothing unlaw ful in the acts as well as in the intention o f the
I ii i petrator.
I I None o f the above
I t7. Which am ong the foregoing is a ju stifyin g circum stance?

a Obedience to an order issued for some lawful purpose.
I I Insanity
i Imbecility
• IAccident
I IH. The age o f conditional responsibility;

n '* years and below
II between 9 and 15 years
| 18 or over to 70
(I <>ver 9 under 15 acting with discernm ent, or over 70 years old
i K 1 riminal law is binding to all persons who and stay in Philippine territory, this
|liaiarteristic is;
■ territoriality c. Prospectivity
l> f ienerality d. Equality
m d Who am ong the follow ing m ay not benefit from a retroactive effect o f crim inal
1'iiv where the new law establishes condition m ore lenient or favorable to the
u ' n icd?
n A person convicted o f com m itting rebellion
11 I Libitual criminal
I- ii Ml time offender
| A person convicted o f a felony punished by death
■ ! Which am ong the follow ing are considered m itigating circum stances?
a lum- n 71 year old m an shot and killed his brother in law.
li An incom plete self defense by Jim m y killing his aggressor.
t W illy had no intention to com m it so grave a w rong as that committed.
6 AH the above
B it) Which am ong the follow ing is not a com m on requisite in ju stifyin g
B ^fm im iim ce o f self-defense, defense o f a relative and defense o f a stranger?
fs Unlawful aggression
1 H» . -ible necessity o f the means em ployed to prevent or repel it.
| I hr person defending be not induced by revenge, resentm ent or other evil
ItMiltvr
143. W hich am ong the follow ing circum stance is not exem pted from criminal
liability?
a. Im becility c. Feeble-m inded person
b. Insanity d. The offense was accidentally comm itted
144. The following are not efficient intervening causes, except;

a. The assault took place in a remote location where proper m edical service is noi
available.
b. Refusal by the injured or the victim o f m edical attention.
c. The w eak physical condition o f the victim due to heart disease.
d. Slight physical injury inflicted by the assailant but the victim died due to
infection o f the wound by tetanus as determ ined by m edical findings.
145. W hich am ong the follow ing does not belong to this group?
a. Negligence c. Lack o f foresight
b. Im prudence d. Intent
146. Crimes are punished under the law in effect or in force at the time o f their
commission.
a. General c. Prospective
b. Territorial d. Preferential
147. W hich am ong the follow ing rights m ay be legitim ately defended by a person?
a. Right to life c. Right to honor
b. Right to property d. All o f the foregoing
148. W hich am ong the follow ing constitutes unlawful aggression?

a. Slap on the face c. Slap on the face
b. Light push d. Foot-king greeting
149. Mental capacity to fully appreciate the consequences o f an unlawful act.

a. U nderstanding c. Discernm ent
b. Lucid interval d. Perception
150. W hich am ong the follow ing is not considered as an absolutory cause?
a. Entrapm ent
b. Instigation
c. Spontaneous desistance o f the person who com m enced the com m ission o f the
crime but could not perform all the acts o f execution.
d. Accessories who are exem pt from crim inal liability.
151. Refers to those grounds where the acts com m itted is a crim e but for reason &
o f public policy and sentim ent there is no penalty imposed.
a. Proximate cause c. Absolutory cause
b. Intervening cause d. Exem pting circum stances
152. The follow ing are basis for exem pting circum stances, except;
a. Complete absence o f intelligence
b. Complete absence o f freedom o f action
c. Com plete absence o f intent
a. Lesser perversity o f the offender
• ------------------ -- l ^ k l . f« r
t) Less grave felonies d. Com plex crimes
I fS4. W hich am ong the follow ing is a com pound crime?

a The victim w ho was a barangay captain was killed w hile discharging his duties
in protect life and property and enforce the law in his jurisdiction.
I.) The act o f raping a girl and causing her physical injuries which required
medical attention for 20 days.
* The single act o f M ark in firing a shot, the same bullet causing the death o f two
I pi sons w ho w ere standing on the same line o f the direction o f the bullet.
II A m an fired his revolver twice in succession directed against two different
I m11 sons, killing one person and the injuring the other.
i fl * Which am ong the follow ing is a com plex crime?

.1 I heft o f firearm and illegal possession o f same firearm.
I I Arson w ith hom icide
i Rebellion with m urder
1 1 Multiple m urder and destruction o f property.
I : ih. A was convicted o f attem pted hom icide for having shot B w ithout inflicting
mm lnl wound, under the Revised Penal Code he is punished by;
n KVclusion perpetua c. Prision m ayor
I I Krrlusion tem poral d. Prision correccional
11 ! Crimes punished by afflictive penalties shall prescribe in;

*i "i years c. 15 years
*• 10 years d. 20 years
i '■ In com plex crimes, the penalty im posed by law is;

* i Ik penalty for the m ost serious crime.
' I In penalty o f the less serious crime
■ I lif penalty lower in degree o f the m ost serious crime
■I I lie- penalty higher in degree o f the less serious crime
i > In order to com m it the crime o f rape, Dencio drunk several bottles o f San
M,i;u"i Iieer Light, this circum stance is;
ii Mnignting c. Aggravating
t< I'ifm p u n g d. Alternative
11 >1 1 I lie following aggravate crim inal responsibility, except:

ii I linl (he advantage be taken by the offender o f his public position.
I* I hul the act be com m itted w ith abuse o f confidence or obvious ungratefulness.
tii, 11 the accused is a recidivist
I Any person who acts under the im pulse o f an uncontrollable fear o f an equal or
fe lM 'f injury.
CLJ II. CRIM INAL LAW (RPC BOOK 2)
Wlmt are crim es against national security?
Ilirir are four crimes against national security namely: treason,

• i••in|>i11ic-y and proposal tn commit treason, misprision of treason and
government committed by a person who owes allegiance to it. It is

punishable by reclusion perpetua to death and a fine not exceeding
100,000 pesos. The elements of treason are that the offender is a Filipinc
Citizen or an alien residing in the Philippines; that there is a war in whicti
the Philippines is implicated and that the offender either levies war againsl
the government or adheres to the enemies giving them aid or comfort.
Espionage is the act of gathering, transmitting, or losing information

relative to the national defense with reason or intent to believe that the i
information is to be used to the advantage of any foreign nation or to be
used to the injury of the Republic of the Philippines. Punishable by prision
correctional when committed by private persons and the next highe:
degree shall be imposed if the offender be a public officer or employee. A t
117, RPC
What are crimes against the law o f nations?
The crimes against law of the nations are: Inciting to war or givint-j
motives for reprisals, Violation of neutrality, Correspondence with hostilr
countiy, Flight to enemy’s country, Piracy in general and qualified piracy.
Inciting to war or giving motives for reprisals. - An offense which is]

generally committed in time of peace.
Violation of neutrality. Neutrality refers to a power or nation which takr

no part in a contest of arms existing between others. To commit this feloml
there must be a war in which the Philippines is not involved, that there i»c
a regulation issued by competent authority for the purpose of enforcing
neutrality and that the offender violates such regulations.
Correspondence is communicating by means of letters passed betwee

those who have business or friendly relations.
Flight to enemy’s country it is committed when there is a war in which the

Philippines is involved, the offender must be owing allegiance to thi
government, the offender attempts to go to the enemy country and that |
going or fleeing to enemy country is prohibited by competent authority.
Piracy in general and mutiny on the high seas. Piracy is the forcible
depredation or robbery on the high seas committed by strangers to it
vessel; while mutiny refers to the unlawful resistance to a superior office ^
by the crew or passengers or the raising of disturbances and commotion^
on board a ship against the authority of its commander. Both offenses aril
punishable by a penalty of reclusion perpetua. Art 122, RPC. High seaifi
refer to any water on the sea coast which is without the boundaries of lov j
water mark.
O n a lif ip H P i r n r v i s n n n i s h a h l p h v r p H n s i n n n p r n e t n a tn H e a th u n d e r a n v
iiourding upon the same, whenever the pirates have abandoned their
vi< urns without means of saving themselves; or whenever the crime is
<!i'companied by murder, homicide, physical injuries or rape. Art. 123,
UPC'.
What are crim es against the fundam ental law o f the state?
C rimes against the fundamental laws of the state are violations to the
i mislitution by public officers and employees, they are as follows:
Ai biliary detention. Art 124. To commit the felony the following

■in urnstance must concur: The offender is a public officer or employee, he
ilrtwins a person and that the detention is without legal grounds. If the
i Ic nIion has not exceeded 3 days it is punished by arresto mayor in its
muximum period to prision correccional in its minimum period; prision
i in icc cional in its medium and maximum periods if the detention has
i imtinued more than 3 days but not exceeding 15 days; prision mayor if
llie detention continued for more than 15 days but not more than 6
iin llis and reclusion temporal if the detention shall have exceeded 6
m i
IIM ill 11 I S.
► I >clay in the delivery of detained persons to the proper judicial

authorities. Art 125. This is only committed by public officers or
employee, the detention of said person has legal grounds but there is
t;iiIu re to deliver such person to the proper judicial authority within 12
Ilours for crimes punishable by light penalties, 18 hours for crimes
punishable by correctional penalties or their equivalent and 36 hours
Im crimes which are punishable by afflictive or capital penalties.
I ii'luvmg release. Art 126. The penalties provided for in arbitrary detention
mm liLi'wise imposed for violation of this felony. The crime pertains to the
in i delaying the performance of an executive or judicial order for the
I* Ii use of a prisoner, or unduly delaying the service of notice of such order
In hiinl prisoner or excessively delaying the proceedings upon any petition
(•■i Hu- discharge of a person in custody.
ILN|>ul:.inn. Art 127. It is committed by any public officer or employee who

or expels any person from the Philippines or compels a person to
I h i i i i h I i
his residence and the offender is not authorized by law.
W l iiicm of domicile. Art 128. It is committed by any public officer or

i f who not being authorized by judicial order to enter the dwelling
■ i t oi to make a search therein for papers or other effects found therein
W iI mnit the previous consent of such owner, or having surreptitiously
■ I f i »< I mid dwelling and being required to leave the premises shall refuse
III I 11I ‘Ml,
t r i m Ii w im a n t s m a lic io u s ly o b ta in e d a n d a b u s e in th e s e rv ic e o f th o s e
V lR lI v o b ta in e d . A rt 129. P u n is h a b le b v a rr e s to rrmvnr in it « m a Y im u m
exceeding 1,000 pesos. The act prohibited are by securing a search

warrant without just cause and by exceeding his authority by using
unnecessary force or severity in executing a search warrant legalh
procured.
Searching domicile without witnesses. Art 130.. The elements are: That
the offender is a public officer or employee; that he is armed with a searcl
warrant legally obtained; that he searches the domicile, papers or othei
property of any person and that the owner or any member of his family oi
two witnesses residing in the same locality are not present.
Prohibition, interruption and dissolution of peaceful meetings. Committed

only by public officers or employees who prohibits or interrupts withoi
legal ground the holding of a peaceful meeting or by dissolving the same;
by deterring any person from joining any lawful association or fron,
attending any of its meetings or by prohibiting any person from addressing
either alone or together with others any petition to the authorities for the
correction of abuses or redress of grievances as provided for in Art 131
RPC.
Interruption of religious worship. Art 132. Committed by any public offio i

or employee, who prevents or disturb any religious ceremony o
manifestations of any religion that are about to take place or are on going,
Offending the religious feelings. Art 133. Acts are directed against an;
religious dogma, ritual or practice for the purpose of ridiculing, mocking ifl
scoffing or attempting to damage an object of religious veneration.
What is Rebellion?
The crime of rebellion or insurrection is committed by rising publicl

and taking arms against the Government for the purpose of removing froi
the allegiance to said Government or its laws, the territory of tli
Philippine Islands or any part thereof, of any body of land, naval or othr
armed forces, depriving the Chief Executive or the Legislature, wholly <i
partially, of any of their powers or prerogatives. (As amended by R
6968).Rebellion is by nature a crime of masses or of a multitude where Hi
object of the movement is to completely supercede and overthrow th
existing government. There must be a public uprising and taking am
against the duly constituted government. It is a crime against public ordrl
What is Coup d’etat?
The crime of coup d'etat is a swift attack accompanied by violent

intimidation, threat, strategy or stealth, directed against duly constitu*'
authorities of the Republic of the Philippines, or any military cam,,
installation, communications network, public utilities or other facilim
persons, belonging to the military or police or holding any public office of

employment with or without civilian support or participation for the
purpose of seizing or diminishing state power.
What is Disloyalty o f public officers or em ployees?
Acts by any public officer or employee punished under this article are
n't lollows: failing to resist a rebellion by all means in their power;
• mil inuing to discharge duties of their offices under the control of the
■feds or accepting appointment to office under the rebels.
What is inciting to rebellion? *
hunting to rebellion is committed when the offender does not take arms
hi i» not in open hostility against the government, but he incites others to
’Ue any acts of rebellion and that the inciting is done by means of
|ii.n Imnations, speeches, emblems or other representations tending to the
mm1 1it■end.
Wlmt is sedition?
In general sedition is raising of commotion or disturbances in the

♦Inti The felony is committed by means of intimidation, force or other
£*<!ii» outside of legal methods; the offenders rising up publicly and
Bpiultunusly and that the objective falls under any of the following:
11. (.r*v at the promulgation or execution of any law or holding of any
■rfiiii rlection;
tn |ii event the national government or any local government unit or
tmiplnyrc thereof from freely exercising its or his function, or to prevent
Hi* i sedition of any administrative order;
tn inllu I any act of revenge or hate upon the person or property of any
ir iMi< officer or employee;
t* H««poil for any political or social end any person, local governmental
in til in national government of all its property or any part thereof; or
......... mil for any social or political end any act of hate or revenge against
fiKnii persons or any social class.
Wkal !■ violation to parliam entary im m unity?
v i.-1.11ion of parliamentary immunity is committed by any person who

uje force, intimidation, threats, or fraud to prevent any member of
) N'Jin>nal Assembly (Congress of the Philippines) from attending the
Hfetinifr' of the Assembly (Congress) or of any of its committees or
Mfcperr.n<ittees, constitutional commissions or committees or divisions
■ p ifi! Ifcm expressing his opinions or casting his vote; and any public
( • r.niovee who shall, while the Assembly (Congress) is in regular
, .kiI session, arrest or search any member thereof, except in case
HbNi uii'iiiber has committed a crime nunishahle nnrlrr this Pnrfp hv a
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION/ASSESSMENT Rir.VIKWICR
the offender is a public officer or employee; who arrests 01 searches anv;

member of Congress at time when the Congress is in its session whetheii
regular or special and that the member of Congress arrested has noil
committed a crime punishable by a penalty higher than prision mayor. M
may also be committed when the offender uses force, intimidation, frauiij]
or threat and the purpose of such acts is to prevent any legislator from
attending sessions, express his opinion or casting his vote.
What is the difference between illegal assem blies and illegal

associations?
Illegal assemblies are any meeting attended by armed persons for thr
purpose of committing any crime punishable under the revised penal code
while Illegal associations. Illegal associations are association totally or
partially organized for the purpose of committing any of the crimes
punished by the RPC or for some purpose contraiy to public morals.
How is direct assault committed?
Direct Assaults is committed by any person or persons who, without a

public uprising, shall employ force or intimidation for the attainment 01'
any of the purpose enumerated in defining the crimes of rebellion ana
sedition, or shall attack, employ force, or seriously intimidate or resist any
person in authority or any of his agents, while engaged in the performance
of official duties, or on occasion of such performance, when the assault ia
committed with a weapon or when the offender is a public officer or,
employee, or when the offender lays hands upon a person in authority. .
What is an Indirect assault?
Any person who shall make use of force or intimidation upon any
person coming to the aid of the authorities or their agents on occasion oi
the commission of any of the performance of their duties.
Who are persons in authority?
Persons in authority and agents of persons in authority;Who shall be

deemed as such. — In applying the provisions of the preceding and other
articles of this Code, any person directly vested with jurisdiction, whethei
as an individual or as a member of some court or governmental
corporation, board, or commission, shall be deemed a person in authority.
A barrio captain and a barangay chairman shall also be deemed a person
in authority. A person who, by direct provision of law or by election or by
appointment by competent authority, is charged with the maintenance of
public order and the protection and security of life and property, such as a
barrio councilman, barrio policeman and barangay leader and any person
who comes to the aid of persons in authority, shall be deemed an agent of
a person in authority. Teachers, professors and persons charged with the
supervision of public or duly recognized private schools, colleges and
C H I m i n i IL O O Y L [| ; e n h u k K X * M ■R ft .r UJN / A S H K ’ l M E N T R E V IE W E R
11mivi i micH, und luwyers in the actual performance of their professional

itulli ■ m on the occasion of such performance, shall be deemed persons in
fllllliul II y
lluw Ii alarm and scandal com m itted?
Alarms and scandals is committed by discharging any firearm,

■feffriK'kcr, rocket or other explosive within any town or public place,
i nli nlalcd to produce alarms or danger; instigating or taking an active
i.prt in any charivari (medley of discordant voices, noises designed to
i<-> mil or annoy) offensive to another or prejudicial to public tranquility;
A iluiliing public peace while wandering about at night or while engaged
in a n y nocturnal amusements; and causing any disturbance or scandal in
11 n 11111 p lace s while intoxicated.
Wlmt is the difference between delivering prisoners from jails and

•vnaion o f service o f sentence?
I)elivering prisoners from jails is a felony committed by removing from

11111:i or place of confinement for the commission of a crime such person or
I rips the escape of such person. While evasion of service of sentence is
iiiiimitted with the following elements: That the offender is a convict by
lin.il judgment; that he is serving his sentence which consists in
privation of liberty and that he evades the service of his sentence by
re a p in g during the term of his service.
What are crim es against public interest?
The crimes against public interest are: Counterfeiting the great seal of
Ilie Government of the Philippine Islands, forging the signature or stamp
nl the Chief Executive, Using forged signature or counterfeit seal or stamp,
Making and importing and uttering false coins. — Any person who makes,
imports, or utters, false coins, in connivance with counterfeiters, or
importers, Mutilation of coins; Importation and utterance of mutilated
mns, Selling of false or mutilated coin, without connivance, Forging
Iirasury or bank notes on other documents payable to bearer; importing,
«md uttering such false or forged notes and documents, Counterfeiting,
importing and uttering instruments not payable to bearer and Illegal
possession and use of false treasury or bank notes and other instruments
of credit.
What is the difference between forgery and falsification?
Forgery distinguished from falsification: Forgery is the falsification and

■ounterfeiting of treasury or bank notes or any instruments payable to
order or the bearer, while falsification refers to the commission of altering
public, official, commercial or private documents or wireless telegraph
messages.
How is usurpation o f authority or official function committed?
Usurpation of authority or official functions is committed h\ i

person who shall knowingly and falsely represent himself to be mi o'Hti
agent or representative of any department or agency of the l’hlll|ip|
Government or of any foreign government, or who, under pi H r in * 1
official position, shall perform any act pertaining to any pcrNiin I
authority or public officer of the Philippine Government or tmv Iuh ■J
government, or any agency thereof, without being lawfully entiilnl in g
so.
W hat is the difference between False Testim ony and perjury?
False testimony refers to an act committed by a person who ln'in

under oath and required to testify as to the truth of a certain mattci l>«M
a competent authority shall deny the truth or say anything contrmy In ||
While, perjury may be committed by either making a false affidavit m l<
falsely testifying under oath.
How is grace scandal committed?
Grave scandal is committed by any person who shall offend iiti«f|

decency or good customs by any highly scandalous conduct not expn *-uI
falling within any other article of the RPC. It consists of acts which J
considered offensive to decency and good customs, having been puhln lij
committed giving rise to public scandal to persons who have witnessed ill ‘
same.
What is Direct Bribery?
Direct bribery is committed by a public officer : by agreeing to peri’nni

or by performing in consideration of any offer, promise, gift, present an «| ■
constituting a crime in connection with the performance of his offu ml
duties; or by accepting a gift in consideration of the execution of an iifl
which does not constitute a crime, in connection with the performance •J
his official duty; or by agreeing to refrain or by refraining to do somethin* |
which it is his official duty to do in consideration of a promise or gift.
What is the difference between indirect bribery and corruption ofl

public officials?
Indirect bribery is a felony committed by any public officer who shfill

accept gifts offered to him by reason of his office. While, Corruption >■
public officials refers to the unlawful act of any person who shall havil
made the offers or promises or given the gifts or presents as described hi
the preceding articles.
What are crimes against persons?

CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE E A A M I H A T I U N / A H B E B H M K N 1 K E V 1E W E K
i ’ i lines a g a in s t p e rs o n s , d e s tr u c tio n o f lilc a re p a rric id e , m u r d e r, h o m ic id e
Hton-ide is committed by any person who shall kill his father, mother, or
Kiillil, whether legitimate or illegitimate, or any of his ascendants, or
^pccndants, or his spouse (Relationship of the offender to the victim is
lundamental element of this crime.)
:0»«lli or physical injuries inflicted under exceptional circumstances. —

/nv legally married person who having surprised his spouse in the act of
fcnmmitting sexual intercourse with another person, shall kill any of them
in both of them in the act or immediately thereafter, or shall inflict upon
any serious physical injury, shall suffer the penalty of destierro. If he
♦hull inflict upon them physical injuries of any other kind, he shall be
itrinpt from punishment. These rules shall be applicable, under the same
■ " i[instances, to parents with respect to their daughters under eighteen
■ ^ r . of age, and their seducer, while the daughters are living with their
■ jrn ts . Any person who shall promote or facilitate the prostitution of his
■ It' or daughter, or shall otherwise have consented to the infidelity of the
pih<T spouse shall not be entitled to the benefits of this article.
Mmder. — Any person who, not falling within the provisions of Article 246
• lull kill another, shall be guilty of murder and shall be punished by
iv. lusion temporal in its maximum period to death, if committed with any
nl l lie following attendant circumstances:
W1111 treachery, taking advantage of superior strength, with the aid of
prmed men, or employing means to weaken the defense or of means or
P>i sons to insure or afford impunity.
P$ t onsideration of a price, reward, or promise.
|i\ means of inundation, fire, poison, explosion, shipwreck, stranding of a
Vessel, derailment or assault upon a street car or locomotive, fall of an
unship, by means of motor vehicles, or with the use of any other means
involving great waste and ruin.
i in occasion of any of the calamities enumerated in the preceding
hufegraph, or of an earthquake, eruption of a volcano, destructive cyclone,
rpidemic or other public calamity.
Wiih evident premeditation.
Wiih cruelty, by deliberately and inhumanly augmenting the suffering of
iIk: victim, or outraging or scoffing at his person or corpse.
Homicide. — Any person who, not falling within the provisions of Article
shall kill another without the attendance of any of the circumstances
(•numerated in the next preceding article, shall be deemed guilty of
homicide and be punished by reclusion temporal.
I(rath caused in a tumultuous affray. — When, while several persons, not

•imposing groups organized for the common purpose of assaulting and
■il tacking each other reciprocally, auarrel and assault each other in a
onfused and tumultuous manner, and in the course of the affray
>meone is killed, and it cannot be ascertained who actually killed the
rtDTMiwm iiTOTTri: K'nurA'i'mM _ oititu apa i c
( HIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
(lecffii.cd. but the person or persons who inflicted serious physical injurir*
i nil be identified, such person or persons shall be punished by prision
mayor. If it cannot be determined who inflicted the serious physical
injuries on the deceased. Tumultuous Affray - Refers to the interruption oil
disturbance committed by more than three armed persons and provide;J
with means of violence.
Giving assistance to suicide. — Any person who shall assist another til
commit suicide shall suffer the penalty of prision mayor; if such p e r s o J
leads his assistance to another to the extent of doing the killing himscll
he shall suffer the penalty of reclusion temDoral.
Discharge of firearms. — Any person who shall shoot at another with any I
firearm unless the facts of the case are such that the act can be held hi
constitute frustrated or attempted parricide, murder, homicide or ami
other crime for which a higher penalty is prescribed.
Infanticide and abortion. Infanticide is a felony committed by any p e r s o J

who shall kill any child less than three days of age. Abortion is eithrif
intentional or unintentional.
Duel - Refers to the formal or regular combat earlier determined between,

two parties made in the presence of two or more seconds of lawful age oil]
one side, who make a selection of arms and fix all the other conditions nl
the fight. |
Physical Injuries: Mutilation. — The penalty of reclusion temporal l.c

reclusion perpetua shall be imposed upon any person who sniill
intentionally mutilate another by depriving him, either totally or partialh
or some essential organ of reproduction, (the term mutilation refers to Ihi
clipping off or lopping some parts of the body.) Any other intentionul
mutilation shall be punished by prision mayor in its medium and
maximum periods.
Serious physical injuries. — Any person who shall wound, beat, or assaml
another, shall be guilty of the crime of serious physical injuries.
Administering injurious substances or beverages is committed by h i J

person who, without intent to kill, shall inflict upon another any seriouiJ
physical injury, by knowingly administering to him any injuriouJ
substance or beverages or by taking advantage of his weakness of mind
credulity.
What is Rape?
Rape. When and how committed. Rape is committed - By a man wim

shall have carnal knowledge of a woman under any of the follown
circumstances: Through force, threat or intimidation. When the offend*!
lumtlulent machination machination or grave abuse of authority; W]

Hu- offended party is under 12 years of age or is demented, even non<
ll«*' circumstances mentioned above be present. By any person, who un
am of the circumstances mentioned in paragraph 1 hereof, shall com
mi net of sexual assault by inserting his penis into another person’s moi
m iiial orifice, or any other instrument or object into the genital or a
•i Un ' of another person.
Under the Anti Rape Law of 1997 RA 8353, marital rape may be li
^ ii married woman against her legal spouse, when sexual intercou
Iiii*i been forced by the latter or it was undertaken involuntar
ItMiMtuous rape refers to the involuntary sexual intercourse or assa
win i cin the offender and the victim is related either by consanguinity
.......I) or by affinity (by marriage). Statutory rape is committed when
Iin i is under 12 years of age, regardless whether the sexual intercou
with voluntary or otherwise due to vitiated consent on the part o f '
• 111111. '
Sexual assault is the act of forcibly inserting penis or any otl

innlmment to the genital, anal or oral orifice of another person. Sexi
inii'M ourse with a person under the influence of alcohol or any oil
#■11ml j inee is considered as rape due to vitiated consent.
Wlmt is kidnapping?
\ crime against personal liberty Kidnapping and serious illej

(►•ntion is committed by any private individual who shall Kidnap
■li Inin another, or in any other manner deprive him of his liberty.
HI ImI is unlawful arrest?
Unlawful arrest is committed by any person who, in any case oth

11mu l hose authorized by law, or without reasonable ground therefor, sh
,§f?*»i or detain another for the purpose of delivering him to the pro|
I ’mi Inn il ics.
Mnw la qualified trespass to dwelling com m itted?
Utmlified trespass to dwelling is committed by any private person w]

• si! enter the dwelling of another against the latter's. The RPC shaU.n
fc# applicable to any person who shall enter another's dwelling for tl
■î?-i-ir. of preventing some serious harm to himself, the occupants of tl
■piiii'iH or a third person, nor shall it be applicable to any person wl
A l enter a dwelling for the purpose of rendering some service-
I'mfri.M11ii v or justice, nor to anyone who shall enter cafes, taverns, inn ai
fM »" in houses, while tlu smnr .niv open.
Wlial ■re grave threats?

Grave threats. The acts punishable as grave threat are as follows: by

threatening another with the infliction upon his person, property or that of
his family or honor of any wrong amounting to a crime and demanding
money or imposing any other condition even though not lawful and tha
offender attained his purpose; by making such threat without the offender
attaining his purpose; and by threatening another with the infliction upon
his person, honor or property or that of his family of any wrong amountinii
to a crime, the threat not being subject to a condition.
What are light threats?
Light threats. In this offense the following elements must concur: thM
the offender makes a threat to commit a wrong; that the wrong does not
constitute a crime; that there is a demand for money or that othei
condition is imposed even though not unlawful; and that the offender huu
attained his purpose or, that he has not attained his intention.
What is the difference between grave coercion and light coercion?
Grave coercion may be committed by: preventing another, through

threats, intimidation or violence from doing something not prohibited by
law or by compelling another by means of violence, intimidation or threat*
to do an act against his will, whether it be right or wrong. While, in Liglu
coercion the following elements must be present: the offender must be
creditor; that he seizes anything which belongs to his debtor; that tha
seizure is undertaken by using violence or a display of material for<«
which produces intimidation; and that the offender is to apply the same to
the payment of the debt.
Who are guilty of robbery?
Any person who, with intent to gain, shall take any personal propel K
belonging to another, by means of violence or intimidation of any person
or using force upon anything shall be guilty of robbery. Robbery as definril
under the revised penal code refers to the taking of personal proper! \
belonging to another, with intent to gain, by means of intimidation of nni
person, violence against or using force upon things. (Art. 293)
Who are liable for theft?
Theft is committed by any person who, with intent to gain but without
violence against or intimidation of persons or force upon things, shall t.-iM
personal property of another without the latter's consent. Theft is likewiJ
committed by:
1. Any person who, having found lost property, shall fail to deliver '
same to the local authorities or to its owner;
2. Any person who, after having maliciously damaged the property J
another, shall remove or make use of the fruits or object of the damn^
#«•••»«•#**! Ixr I
3. Any person who shall enter an enclosed estate or a field where

trespass is forbidden or which belongs to another and without the
consent of its owner, shall hunt or fish upon the same or shall gather
cereals, or other forest or farm products.
What is fraudulent insolvency?
hmidulent insolvency is a felony with the elements: That the offender is a

■irbtor having obligations due and payable; that he absconds his property;
Min I that there be prejudice to his creditors.
What is swindling?
Swindling. The elements of estafa in general are as follows: That the

■i rused defrauded another by abuse of confidence or by means of deceit;
m d that the damage or prejudice capable of pecuniary estimation is
•mined to the offended party or third person.
What is arson?
Arson is the malicious destruction of property by fire. Destructive

|f*4iii is accomplished by any person who shall burn: 1. Any arsenal,
•hlpvard. storehouse or military powder or fireworks factory, ordinance,
mmi'llouse, archives or general museum of the Government. 2. Any
p««ni ugcr train or motor vehicle in motion or vessel out of port. 3. In an
Inlmliilcd place, any storehouse or factory of inflammable•or explosive
m ftm t in Is.
■ lin I la m alicious mischief?
Mnlicious mischief refers to the willful damaging of another’s property

llll lilt sake of causing damage due to hate, revenge or other evil motive
If ha ■re persons exem pt from crim inal liability?
I'i i rums exempt from criminal liability. — No criminal, but only civil
llnlillitv shall result from the commission of the crime of theft, swindling
nn11 ious mischief committed or caused mutually by the following
put umi tt:
Spouses, ascendants and descendants, or relatives by affinity in
tin: same line.
I In- widowed spouse with respect to the property which belonged to
I hr deceased spouse before the same shall have passed into the
possession of another; and
Hi others and sisters and brothers-in-law and sisters-in-law, if
i..iiik: inycther. The exemption established by this article shall not
lie applicable to strangers participating in the commission of the
i i nnc
W hat are crim es against chastity?
Title eleven of the Revised Penal Code Art. 333 to 343 are Crimes again si j
Chastity
Adultery is committed by any married woman who shall have sexunl.

intercourse with a man not her husband and by the man who has carrwtlj
knowledge of her knowing her to be married, even if the marriage l)J
subsequently declared void.
Concubinage - Any husband who shall keep a mistress in the conjuKiil

dwelling, or shall have sexual intercourse, under scandalom
circumstances, with a woman who is not his wife, or shall cohabit with In
in any other place.
I
Acts of lasciviousness - Any person who shall commit any act of
lasciviousness upon other persons of either sex.
What is the difference between qualified and simple seduction?
Qualified seduction refers to the seduction of a virgin over twelve y e **

and under eighteen years of age, committed by any person in publjf
authority, priest, home-servant, domestic, guardian, teacher, or nil
person who, in any capacity, shall be entrusted with the education «
custody of the woman seduced. While, simple seducuon is commit nil
against a woman who is single or a widow of good reputation, over twd J
but under eighteen years of age by means of deceit.
W hat is the difference between forcible and consented abduction?
Both with lewd design, forcible abduction is the abduction of i t

woman against her will while, consented abduction is the act of abduclifl
of a virgin over twelve years and under eighteen years of age, carried mi
with her consent.
What is bigamy?
Bigamy is a second or subsequent marriage before the former m;ti i mil

has been legally dissolved, or before the absent spouse has been dcrlm*
presumptively dead by means of a judgment rendered in the pn«(i
proceedings. |
What is a pre-mature marriage?
Premature marriages - Any widow who shall marrv within Hn4

hundred and one day from the date of the death of her husband, oi l" <4
having delivered if she shall have been pregnant at the time of his dcnlli
A libel is public and malicious imputation of a crime, or of a vice or

defect, real or imaginary, or any act, omission, condition, status, or
circumstance tending to cause the dishonor, discredit, or contempt of a
natural or juridical person, or to blacken the memory of one who is dead.
Libel is a crime against honor.
What is slander?
Slander. — Oral defamation shall be punished by arresto mayor in its

nmximum period to prision correccional in its minimum period if it is of a
■■•I ious and insulting nature.
What are quasi offenses?
Quasi-Offenses: CRIMINAL N E G L IG E N C E ----- Any person who, by

n-i kless imprudence, shall commit any act which, had it been intentional,
wm ild constitute a grave felony. Reckless imprudence consists in
voluntary, but without malice, doing or falling to do an act from which
material damage results by reason of inexcusable lack of precaution on
lli<' part of the person performing of failing to perform such act, taking into
i nu\i(leration his employment or occupation, degree of intelligence,
■Itywical condition and other circumstances regarding persons, time and
Iilii< i
K mple imprudence consists in the lack of precaution displayed in

Bft* >uses in which the damage impending to be caused is not immediate
mu the danger clearly manifest. The penalty next higher in degree to those
iiiuv idcci for in this article shall be imposed upon the offender who fails to
■hi I >ni the spot to the injured parties such help as may be in this hand to
aiv.
II I- com m itted by any person who, with intent to gain but w ithout violence
•ill "lis t or intim idation nor force, upon things, shall take personal o f another
" ii limit the latter’s consent,
ft M ' iIn c. Piracy
p P..Mirry d. Theft
V*■i’ m lary surrender is a ___ .

li 1 1111 il mgCircum stance c. Alternative Circum stance
iiiu; Circum stance d. M itigating Circum stance
[ Ti , ii is distinguished from robbery since the latter requires any o f the

> i 'lit,wing, except?
upon thing c. intim idation o f any persons
d. violence against persons
».)ld a cell phone to Toper for the am ount o f 2,500 pesos Toper bought
1 ilir . nil phone on the belief that it was on good w orking condition, Nunoy did
i •! i. Insed to Toper that tin unit was inflected hv thp v im s whnt frim p
a theft c. estufu
b. robbery d. malversation
5. Tristan mixed a concoction o f poison to the cup o f coffee and give it to Dim
Daniel drunk the coffee died a few minutes after, there was?
a. deceit c. treachery
b. fraud d. m urder
6. Jim m y attem pting to overtake another vehicle hit another car dam aging ill
same, he is liable for?
a. Damage to property through negligence c. Gross negligence
b. M alicious M ischief d. None o f the above
7. M iriam left her .45 caliber at the table after cleaning it, her m aid’s son
able to get hold o f it and played w ith it, the accidental discharged killed ih
boy, M iriam m ay be held legally responsible for:
a. Hom icide through reckless im prudence c. Homicide
b. Hom icide through reckless negligence d. None o f the foregoing
8. Dennis went out hunting with some friends, while hunting at night he sin
dead his com panion Mike in the belief that he was a boar. W hat is his crimin
liability?
b. Hom icide through gross negligence d. Murder
9. Jong was not aware that his car brakes w ere defective, while cruising along
Tom as Morato Avenue, a boy crossed the street, Jong was unable to stop Ii i
car in time, hitting the child and causing serious physical injuries. Jon^ i
liable for:
a. Physical injuries through im prudence c. Frustrated hom icide
b. Physical injuries through negligence d. None o f the foregoing
10. P 0 2 San Jose w hile engaged in hot pursuit, fired his pistol in the air as
w arning shot but instead killing a bystander is liable for:
b. Homicide through reckless negligence d. None o f the foregoing
11. S P 0 4 Jaen arrested Mr. Tucay due to attem pted hom icide com m itted while 11|
his presence, he is to deliver the apprehended person to proper judici
authorities within a period not exceeding?
1
a. 12 hours c. 36 hours
b. 24 hours d. 48 hours
12. W hile conducting their nightly patrol, a PNP m em ber arrested 6 person®
involved in a brawl, Art. 125 w ould prescribe that they should deliver thoi
detained within hour m any hours to proper ju dicial authorities?
13. W hile arm ed with a valid search warrant legally obtained, P/Insp. Chicam
conducted the search by themselves in the location specified but w ithout thrf
owner o f the domicile or ar>y other person. W hat crime was comm itted?
a. Illegal search c. Searching domicile withou
witnesses
K Vlnlntiun o f dom icile (I. None ol tlie foregoing
Id. Alin Iusing in a hotly contested election, Mr. X ordered his men to use arm s to
I samuili und prevent the elected official from the discharge o f his duties, Mr. X
* limy I k- liable for:
f ttrl»-llinn c. C o u p d ’ etat
t lion d. Insurgency
| Mi A killed Mayor Y w hile the latter is in the discharge o f his official duty, Mr.
A limy be charged with:
Muiilei c. Direct assault
C Ilnmi< ido d. D irect assault with m urder
Ii ■In111 1>oy a public school teacher, while eating in a local restaurant was at the
■miiic ume encoding the grades o f his students, Carling a form er student who
wiin given a failing grade by Jam boy saw him and punched him in the
I ol.... in h. Carling m ay be held for:
I'liVNK il injuries c. Direct assault
S l'ii|ii*l vexation d. Indirect assault
1 A Icicnl sheriff w hile trying to enforce an eviction order w as stabbed at the back
Mi II killing him in the process, the form er is liable for:
miicide c. Direct assault
M inder d . D irect assault w ith m urder
|M Wlm nmong the follow ing m ay is not considered as a person in authority?

Inn her c. Nurse
Municipal M ayor d. Policem an
AI Imi together w ith his friends scattered hum an excrem ents on the stairs and
Iskiui * o f their school m ay be held liable for:
H Mulu i o u s m ischief c. Other m ischief under Art.329
IJ ( Ii nve scandal d. Unjust vexation
I t ' ii In punched his friend Pol w hile arguing with the latter; as a result o f the
lilow three incisors were lost. Zoilo m ay be held answerable for:
p'liyiical injuries c. Less serious physical injuries
I* lilli'.lit physical injuries d. Serious physical injuries
11 An nccused w hile raping a 21 year old lady stabbed her to death in order to
ulence the latter, he m ay be guilty for:
| i-'npc c. Rape and hom icide
11 M inder d. Rape w ith hom icide
FJ A i i nd B after robbing a local 7-11 store killed the store clerk to dispose o f any
witness. They m ay be held liable for:
« Udbbery c. Homicide
Rubbery and hom icide d. Robbery with hom icide
i > I'lff nny lent his house to be used by his friends as a place o f detention m ay be
Imlile as an:
h I ncipal c. Accom plice
Ik \. ( cssory d. None o f the above
24. Teofila in the effort o f trying to convince her co-em ployees to sell her t-shi.
told them that if they w ould not sell the goods, they w ill be suspended froi'
w ork, she m ay be liable for:
a. Grave threat c. Grave coercion
b. Light threat d. Light coercion
25. Renato was able to get hold o f a ladies bag w hile w alking in the crowded strer
in Quiapo, how ever before absconding the crim e scene he was caught by i
undercover cop, the crime o f theft is:
a. Attem pted c. Consum m ated
b. Frustrated d. None o f the foregoing
26. Totie shot Jose his brother in the abdomen, penetrating the latter’s chest am
liver, by reason o f prom pt m edical attention the offended party survived, wha
particular crime has been com m itted by Totie?
a. Attem pted hom icide c. Consum m ated serious physical injurief
b. Frustrated hom icide d. Frustrated parricide
27. Jules aim ed his pistol at his w ife Alexandra with the intention to shoot her, hi
then pressed the trigger but it jam m ed and no bullet was fired, he is liable In
w hat offense?
a. Attem pted parricide c. Attem pted m urder
b. Frustrated parricide d. Attem pted homicide
28. A truck loaded with stolen boxes o f Lacoste T-shirts was on w ay out o f tl«
guard station at the bodega surrounded by tall fence and high w alls when Hi
guard discovered the boxes on the truck. W hat crime was com m itted?
a. Attem pted robbery c. Attem pted theft
b. Frustrated robbery d. Frustrated theft
29. Ramil intended to kill Dennis by shooting the latter; how ever the woui
inflicted did not affect vital organs and only hit the victim ’s right arm due i<
R am il’s w arning before shooting him, what crim e was com m itted?
a. Attem pted hom icide c. Attem pted m urder
b. Frustrated hom icide d. Frustrated m urder
30. Refers to the obligation o f obedience and fidelity w hich a person owes Hi
governm ent u nder w hich they live, in return for protection they receive.
a. Loyalty c. Sovereignty
b. Allegiance d. Adherence
31. It means confinem ent or restraint upon persons.

a. Arrest c. Abduction
b. Detention d. Kidnapping
32. A policem an w ho arrests a person who was caught in act o f punching anotln
slightly injuring the offended party must deliver the detained person to propi
ju dicial authority w ithin how m any hours?
33. S P 0 4 Antazo entered the dw elling o f Ms. Recto against the latter’s will I
' f/if i » -I ir- li oVtl a r ■
CRIM INO LO G Y LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
11 Trespass to dw elling d. Abuse o f authority
I'l In Bulacan, Rev. Villanueva with intention to perform a religious ceremony,

was prevented by police officers by m aking actual threats from going to
church, as a result the cerem ony was not celebrated, the policem en are liable
for:
ii Interruption o f religious w orship c. Grave coercion
Ip Offending religious feelings d. Grave threats
t'i, Eddie rem arked that the Pope was Satan and that those w ho believe in him
are dem ons is liable for:
h Interruption o f religious w orship c. Slander
11 Offending religious feelings d. Libel
.Hi Ping a sen ator punched Joe a congressm an, the latter filed crim inal charges
ugainst Pin g for physical injuries; Ping was arrested by General^Berroya while
going to congress for a special session, w hat crim e was com m itted by the
arresting officer?
fi Violation o f dom icile c. Unlawful arrest
I.i Violation on parliam entary im m unity d. None
ft Refers to a person directly vested w ith jurisdiction.

■ I 'crson in authority c. Elected official
11 I’ublic official d. Agents o f persons in authority
im |>02 Candelaria asked for assistance w hile being m obbed for arresting a
popular crim inal, three persons assisted him but they were injured in the
process, w hat crim e was com m itted against the three persons?
« I >ir<:ct assault c. Physical injuries
ii Indirect assault d. None o f tne foregoing
I I.* A in resistance to a body search laid hands upon a police officer, no apparent
legal basis for the search was given, .what crim e was com m itted by A?
y Resistance and disobedience to a person in authority or the agents o f that
i ii-i '<ni i.
I I )npct assault
Indirect assault
■I No nr o f the foregoing
l-vfrrs to the act o f passing counterfeited coins.

I ni gery c. Utter
p i"ip o rt d. Counterfeiting
I’Jiinette w rote R icky’s name on the back o f the treasury warrant payable to
t Mu- latter, as if Ricky has endorsed the check to her, then presented it for
= Lwi vment, w hat crime was com m itted?
Fi'iv.rry c. Utter
k import d. Counterfeiting
I Mi X a governm ent prosecutor accepted a Rolex watch as a birthday gift from

(mi i p rison accused o f homicide; Mr. X is liable for:
A I in cel bribery c. Corruption
0 11 ii 111 f-i-tbribery d. None o f the foregoing
43. P/Insp. Boy Habagat who refrains from arresting Anjo for com m itting murderj
in exchange for 88,000 pesos is guilty of;
a. Direct bribery c. Qualified bribery
b. Indirect bribery d. Corruption
44. Cathy offered a diamond ring to John a certified public accountant under th«i|
em ploy o f the Bureau o f Internal Revenue in exchange for a lower tax. She n|
liable for;
a. Direct bribery c. Qualified bribery
b. Indirect bribery d. Corruption o f public officials
45. Pres. Marcoyo diverted funds allocated for the construction o f a nation*|j
highway to serve as cash incentives for public school teachers during tlv
elections, m ay be guilty of?
a. M alversation c. Corruption
b. Illegal use o f public funds d. Illegal use o f public property
46. S P 0 3 Ponce inflicted physical injuries on a detainee to obtain relevan^

inform ation in the com m ission o f the crime, he may be liable for;
a. Physical injuries c. Misfeasance
b. M altreatm ent o f prisoners d. Malfeasance
47. Refers to physical ugliness or perm anent and definite abnormality.

a. Injury c. Deform ity
b. Scar d. All o f the foregoing
48. Andy punched Max on the eye which produced a contusion, w hat crime w«
com m itted?
a. Slight physical injuries c. Serious physical injuries
b. Less serious physical injuries d. Maltreatm ent
49. It is a building or structure devoted for com fort or rest.

a. House c. D welling place
b. Residence d. Abode
50. Mario hunted and shot down a w ild boar w hile inside a private farm owned
Mr. Amoranto, the form er may be liable for;
a. Theft c. Trespass
b. Robbery d. Qualified theft
51. Mr. J agreed to sell Mr. G first class rice and received from Mr. G the purchnj
price thereof, but Mr. J delivered poor quality rice, Mr. J comm itted;
a. Theft c. Abuse o f confidence
b. Qualified theft d. Estafa
52. Pedro gave Eddie 3,500 pesos for paym ent o f a Ralph Blue perfume, howm
Eddie did not gave Pedro the perfum e and instead absconded, what crime
comm itted?
a. Estafa c. Robbery
b. Theft d. Malversation
53. X pawned his car to W, later pretending to have m oney for redeem ing the
X asked for it and rode away w ithout paying the loan, X is liable for:
I) Theft d. M alversation
54. Refers to a hom e o f the husband and his wife.

h. Conjugal dw elling c. D welling place
l> Residence d. Abode
55. H who was very fond o f M, kissed and em braced the latter and touching the
girl’s breast as a mere incident o f the em braced is liable for;
u. Attempted rape c. U njust vexation
I). Acts o f lasciviousness d. Lewd conduct
R(>. It requires the concurrence o f two things, that there being an actual assem bly
o f men and for such purpose o f executing a treasonable design by force.
N. Aid or com fort c. Adherence to the enem y
I). Levying w ar d. All o f the foregoing
%'/ What crime is com m itted against mankind, and whose ju risdiction
consequently recognizes no territorial lim its? ■
■ Mutiny c. Piracy
li Kspionage d. Sedition
NM A person w ho executes a false affidavit m ay be held liable for:

Forgery c. Falsification
Il I’crjury d. False testim ony
DO A threatened to kill B if the latter w ill not give him 2,000 pesos. W hat crime
has been com m itted by A?
m i iiave threat c. Kidnapping for ransom
< iave coercion d. Attem pted m urder
Ml The degree o f p roo f required to convict a person accused o f treason.

■ I imigerous tendency rule c. Proof beyond reasonable doubt
Ii I wo witness rule d. Substantial evidence
HI P<) I Mendoza, w ho w ithout legal grounds detains Ms Sagun for being ugly is
linlilc for:
llli'Kal detention c. Kidnapping
It \i In I rury detention d. Expulsion
|i It ix com m itted by a person, w ho being under oath is required to testify as to

11 ii- 11 nth o f a certain m atter at a hearing before a com petent authority, shall
the truth or say som ething contrary to it.
I'm K*"i V c. Falsification
, |vi|iiry d. False testim ony
I ill i.uned prisoner was allowed to eat and drink in a nearby restaurant on
«< vri.il occasions; he was at all times duly guarded. Assum ing that it was done
» n li the w arden ’s permission, the warden m ay be charged w ith what
■ *i ii. ular offense?
Iiilldclity c. Laxity
• I l ^ i >«' in i- o f duty d. Dereliction o f duty
I lo I lie omission o f some acts which ought to he nprfnrm^H

b. M alfeasance d. D ereliction o f duty
65. Consists o f acts which are offensive to decency and good customs, whicl
having been com m itted publicly, have given rise to public scandal to persoi.
w ho have witness the same.
a. Im m oral doctrines c. Grave scandal
b. Slander d. Libel
66. A person arrested for the com m ission o f an offense punishable by afflictiv
penalties m ust be delivered to the proper ju dicial authority w ithin how mar
hours?
67. It is the unauthorized act o f a public officer who com pels a person to chant;
his residence.
a. Violation o f domicile c. Trespass to dwelling
b. Arbitrary detention d. Expulsion
68. A person having knowledge o f the plans to com m it treason and fails to disclo*
such inform ation to the governor, fiscal or m ayor is guilty o f w hat crim e?
a. Treason c. Conspiracy to com m it treason
b. Espionage d. M isprision o f treason
69. It is a felony which in its general sense is raising o f com m otions o

disturbances in the state outside o f the legal method.
a. Treason c. Coup d ’ etat
b. Rebellion d. Sedition
70. A police officer who arrested a m em ber o f congress w hile going to attend
senate session for a traffic violation is liable for.
a. Crime against popular representation
b. Acts tending to prevent the m eeting o f the National assem bly
c. Violation o f parliam entary im m unity
71. Exem ption to violation o f parliam entary im m unity, w hen a m em ber o f congi' •
w hile in regular session :
a. Com m itted a crime punishable by the Revised penal code
b. Com m itted a crime punishable by prision mayor
c. Com m itted a crime punishable by a penalty higher than prision mayor
d. None o f the foregoing
72. Refers to persons having no apparent means o f subsistence but has 11

physical ability to w ork and neglects to apply h im self or herself to lawt>
calling.
a. Bum c. Prostitute
b. Vagrant d. Destitute
73. This crime is com m itted by raising publicly and taking arms again
governm ent to com pletely overthrow and supersede said existing government
a. Treason c. Coup d ’ etat
b. Rebellion d. Sedition
'M The nature o f the crime o f treason and espionage.

N War crime
Ii Crime against national security and the law o f nations
i ( 'rime against public order
il ( i imes against the state
'f t\ A swift attack accom panied by violence, intim idation, stealth, directed against
■ Inly constituted authorities, public utilities, m ilitary cam ps and installati
with or w ithout civilian support, for the purpose o f dim inishing state power.
Treason c. Coup d ’ etat
Ii Webellion d. Sedition
H> i lioups which are organized for the purpose o f com m itting any crim e against
I In- RPC or for other purposes contrary to public morals.
Illegal assem bly c. Sedition
Illegal association d. Rebellion
(t Wli.-n a gathering o f persons is held with the presence o f arm ed m en and the
Iii 11 pose o f the m eeting is to com m it any crim e punishable under the RPC,
wlnil crime is com m itted?
M Illegal assem bly c. Sedition
Ii Illegal association d. Rebellion
M Iim plies anything w hich includes offensive or antagonistic m ovem ent or action
nl imy kind.
H i iverl acts c. Attack
It Km ploy force d. Stealth
fl M • uprising has been undertaken by supporters o f Gloria Pandaka wherein

ilies resort to violence to stop the holding o f the forthcom ing elections, what
i 1 1me was com m itted?
■■ lllri/i'l assem bly c. Rebellion
Ii V hiliit ion o f parliam entary im m unity d. Sedition
Bli \ n I’C.'Cr student assisted S P O l Anico who was being assaulted by Mr. A w hile
■Stm ing arrest, Mr. A then kicked Mr. X. W hat was the crime com m itted by
All A with respect to X?
|l I Mi • I assault c. Resistance
111 ■111 eel assault d. Disobedience
t ♦'•a'-'in, n college student punched his gay teacher while on class m ay be held
Ittdtlr lor:
I ei | nssault
mi c. Resistance
I mil i ci i nssault d. Subversion
1 1^*5 Iii»Ii » medley o f discordant voices, a m ock serenade o f discordant noises

► sign ed to annoy and insult.
! »m. i • c. Assault
I Tnnm lHious d. Charivari
Hr k (ii'rrl his pistol towards the sky during the celebration o f his birthday is
llillili- III!
Illi^nl possession o f firearms c. Alarm and scandal

84. Poly who frequently introduces h im self as an NBI agent under false pretense
m ay be held liable for:
a. Usurpation o f authority c. Disobedience
b. Estafa d. Resistance
85. Lex having been convicted o f estafa escaped from BJM P personnel, w hat felony
was com m itted ?
a. Delivering prisoners from ja il c. Resistance
b. Evasion o f service o f sentence d. Disobedience
86. To settle his debt, Lucas im itated 500 peso, he is liable for:
a. Falsification o f docum ents c. Forgeiy
b. Intercalation d. Rubric
87. Breach o f allegiance to a governm ent, com m itted by a person who owi
allegiance to it.
a. Treason c. Adherence to the enem y
b. Espionage d. Levying w ar
88. A ny other name o f a person which publicly applies to h im self w ithout authority)
o f the law.
a. Alias c. Fictitious name
b. AKA d. True name
89. To avoid being charged with delay in the delivery o f persons to proper judicial |
authorities, a person caught in the act o f com m itting a felony punishable b*j
penalties w hich are correctional in nature m ust be delivered to said authoritie ii
w ithin how m any hours?
a. 12 c. 36
b. 18 d. 48
90. Refers to the gathering, transm itting or losing inform ation relative to nationn j
defense with intent to be used to the injury o f the Republic o f the Philippines
a. Treason c. Conspiracy to com m it treason
b. Espionage d. M isprision o f treason
91. P 0 2 Paras, forcibly entered the dwelling o f Benjie who is a suspected dru|
pusher, what crime was com m itted by the public officer?
a. Violation o f dom icile c. Trespass to dwelling 1
b. Arbitrary detention d. Expulsion
92. Refers to the resistance to a superior officer, and or raising o f com m otions ar.j
disturbance on board a ship against the authority o f the commander.
a. M utiny c. Piracy
b. Espionage d. Sedition
93. The follow ing are legal grounds for detention, except:
a. Comm ission o f a crime
b. Violent insanity
c. Ailm ent requiring com pulsory confinem ent
a. Suspected o f com m itting a felony under the Revised Penal Code
qa it moonc intpnt tn hptmv a nprson’s countrv o f origin.

I). Levying w ar d. All o f these
‘ >5. To expedite the processing o f benefit claim s from the GSIS a clerk accepted
1,000 pesos from the Mr. H. , the clerk is liable for:
it. Bribery c. Indirect bribery
I). Qualified bribery d. D irect bribery
'*ii B wanted to kill A, he then executed his plan by ram m ing over the latter with
his autom obile killing B instantly, w hat w as the crime com m itted?
ii Parricide c. Homicide
I) Murder d. Infanticide
*J7. Anne killed her husband Jojo by means o f poison, she is liable for:
m. Parricide c. Homicide
• Murder d. Infanticide
'JH Pedro due to his addiction killed his child less than 3 days old, he is guilty o f
what crime?
n Parricide c. Homicide
Ii Murder d. Infanticide
'l') It is the violent expulsion o f a hum an fetus from the m aternal wom b o f birth
which results in death.
* Infanticide c. Murder
11 Abortion d. Parricide
Takes place w henever a person is killed during a confusion attendant to

■ i quarrel am ong several persons not constituting a group and the perpetuator
i .mnot be ascertained.
« I lomicide c. Death caused by tum ultuous affray
11 Murder d. Riots
A public officer w ho refrains from arresting a person w ho has com m itted

m < rime punishable by reclusion perpetua in exchange for money.
I ir'bery c. Indirect bribery
ti Ounlified bribery d. Direct bribery
It is em bezzlem ent by means o f appropriating funds or taking and

1111 suppropriating the same.
m Mnlversation c. M alfeasance
li Misfeasance d. Nonfeasance
A person w ho shall kill his father, m other or child shall be guilty o f w hat
li'lony?
a I'iirricide c. Homicide
t* Murder d. Infanticide
The unlawful killing o f a child less than three years old.

I'.u iicide c. Homicide
(i M m dcr d. Infanticide
A person fired his pistol w hile param our o f his father was walking
Im Ilicr aw ay from him killing thr Intter instantly is guilty of?
b. Murder d. Infanticide
106. Romeo, having carnal knowledge with a prostitute less than 12 years oU
is liable for:
a. Rape c. Seduction
b. Acts o f lasciviousness d. Abduction
107. A private individual who detains another for the purpose o f depriving th.
latter o f his liberty for more than three days is guilty of:
a. Illegal detention c. Serious illegal detention
b. Arbitrary detention d. Slight illegal detention
108. Jun who got into a dispute with Jeff, assaulted the latter for thi
purpose o f delivering his victim to the ja iler is guilty o f w hat crime?
a. Illegal detention c. Unlaw ful arrest
b. Illegal arrest d. Physical injuries
109. Refers to a crim e com m itted by any person w ho threatens another will,
the infliction upon the person, honor, or property o f the latter or o f his famiK
o f any w rong am ounting to a crime.
110. W hen a warning to com m it a w rong not constituting a crime is made b

another, w hat crime is com m itted?
111. A husband punched his pregnant w ife due to constant nagging, cause;
the death o f their unborn child is guilty of:
a. Parricide c. Intentional abortion
b. Abortion d. Unintentional abortion
112. A form al and regular com bat previously concerted between two parties i
the presence o f two or more seconds o f lawful age on each side, who make th,
selection o f arms and fix all other conditions.
a. Riot c. Tum ultuous affray
b. Duel d. M utilation
113. A w om an cutting the penis o f a male lover to deprive the latter o f its u stl
is com m itting w hat crime?
a. Physical Injury c. Tum ultuous affray
b. Duel d. Mutilation
114. W hat crime was com m itted by a Mike w ho bit o ff the ear o f his opponent
while in a boxing match?
a. M utilation c. Less serious physical injuries
b. Serious physical injury d. Slight physical injuries
115. W hat crime is com m itted by a person who assaulted another, causin
the latter to be absent from w ork for two weeks?
a. Mutilation c. Less serious physical injury
b. Serious physical injury d. Slight physical injury
I l(p It is a felony wherein a person com pels another by m eans o f force,

violence or intim idation to do som ething against his will, w hether right or
wrong.
Grave threat c. Grave coercion
('■ Light threat d. Light coercion
A ny person who, by means o f violence shall seize anything belonging to

Ins debtor for the purpose o f applying the same to the paym ent o f a debt, is
committing:
Grave threat c. Grave coercion
tl Light threat d. Light coercion
It includes hum an conduct which, although not productive o f some

physical or m aterial harm w ould annoy an innocent person.
4 Li<?ht threat c. Unjust vexation
I.' Light coercion d. None o f these
Issuing a check w ithout sufficient fund constitute w hat offense?

m Swindling c. V iolation o f BP 22
11 Kstafa d. All o f these
W hat crim e was com m itted w hen a person burned the house o f his dead
victim to hide the body o f the crime?
* ( om plex crime c. Arson with hom icide
11 Murder d. H om icide and arson
P 0 3 Diokno was stabbed w hile w alking along a dark alley, he died on

I he spot and the perpetrator took his service pistol?
ii; Murder c. H om icide and robbery
Ii Robbery d. Robbery with hom icide
It is the w illful dam aging o f another’s property for the sake o f causing
damage due to hate, revenge or other evil motive.
ii Swindling c. M alicious m ischief
'j Destruction o f property d. Chattel mortgage
W hat crime was com m itted by Tess a m arried person, having sexual
intercourse with Ody w ho is not her husband?
« Adultery c. Acts o f lasciviousness
I Concubinage d. Seduction .
Boy, a m arried man who allowed his param our to live in their conjugal
dwelling is liable for w hat crime?
A dultery c. Acts o f lasciviousness
II Concubinage d. Seduction
Lewd acts com m itted upon persons o f either sex not am ounting to rape
by using force or intim idation.
Adultery c. Acts o f lasciviousness
Concubinage d. Seduction
A person w ho ripped the dress o f a w om an and rubbed his penis over

I he w om an ’s genital w ithout taking o ff the panty is liable for w hat crim e?
<V Rape c. Forcible abduction
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT R1CVIICWER
b. Seduction d. Acts o f lasciviousnrHM
127. Pedro was able to have carnal knowledge with his girlfriend by proiinnii^
the latter with marriage, what crime was com m itted?
a. Seduction c. Abduction
b. Acts o f lasciviousness d. None o f these
128. Is the taking o f personal property belonging to another, w ith intent M

gain, by means o f violence against, or intim idation upon things o f any perMinJ
or using force upon anything.
a. Robbery c. Brigandage
b. Theft d. Estafa
129. Allan took several jew elry from a room in which he entered through ' ■
window com m itted what crime?
b. Theft d. Estafa
130. A genuine key stolen from the owner is considered as a:

a. False key c. Stolen item
b. Hot item d. Pick lock
131. G stole a Rolex watch from a locker by means o f the key o f the o w ix J
w hat crim e was comm itted?
a. Theft c. Possession o f pick locks
b. Robbery d. Possession o f false keys
132. A crime com m itted by more than three arm ed m alefactors w ho fo r iit l
band for the purpose o f com m itting robbery in the highway or kidnap| > J
persons for the purpose o f extortion or to obtain ransom, or for any oil<^
purpose to be attained by means o f force and violence.
b. Kidnapping d. Theft
133. Com m itted by any person who, with intent to gain but w ithout violn.^]
or intim idation o f persons nor force upon things, shall take personal pro|> >4
o f another w ithout the latter’s consent.
134. Jolina a housem aid who was caught in the act o f carting away ! ■
furniture o f her em ployer w ould be charged o f what crime?
a. Theft c. Qualified theft
b. Robbery d. Estafa
135. Altering the place o f a mojon in the lot to insure that the property w<>iA
be larger when surveyed is a crim e of:
a. Estafa c. Usurpation
b. Chattel mortgage d. Altering boundaries or landmarks
136. It is estafa or defrauding another by abuse o f confidence, false pretrm w

or any other sim ilar means.
a. Swindling c. Usurpation
b. Brigandage d. All o f these
A college professor having sexual intercourse with his student is guilty o f
w in d > I ilII**?
Mi’ilin lion c. Abduction
mill" <1 seduction d. None o f these
Joe recruited several barrio mates to engage in the sex trade, w hat crime
U rn * <onimitted?
|'i nni il i it ion c. Slavery
Winn- :Uuve trade d. None o f the foregoing
I* A person who forced his girlfriend to elope with him is guilty o f what
■11111<i ’
l Kmi ililc abduction c. Seduction
C ( ...... .. abduction d. Qualified seduction
Dingoy was able to have carnal knowledge with M aria his girlfriend while
iln hit ter was drunk, w hat crim e was com m itted?
A. i -i o i lasciviousness c. Qualified seduction
6
1
d. None o f these
Having carnal knowledge with a 16 year old girl w ith the use o f deceit
i iin-iiilutes w hat crime?
Mciliution c. Acts o f lasciviousness
AI><11 id ion d. Rape
i «. A public and m alicious im putation o f a crime, vice or defect.

I ilii l c. Slander
■ blunder by deed d. Incrim inatory m achination
■ I'olice officers to ensure conviction o f the suspects were caught planting

► i.lr'iu r , m ay be held liable for w hat offense?
I ilie I c. Slander by deed
Mmidcr d. Incrim inatory m achination
144 Unlawful extortion o f m oney by threats o f accusation or exposure,

i fU n d e r c. Coercion
I ilirl d. Blackmail
Voluntary but w ithout m alice failing to do an act from w hich m aterial

iliimiige results by reason o f inexcusable lack o f precaution on the part o f the
I |« - Ion perform ing the act.
M ,’iiênce c. Reckless im prudence
{ imprudence d. Reckless negligence
*1. II, e following are crimes over w hich Philippine Laws have ju risdiction even if
MM 11ed outside the country, except:
^»|nonage c. Treason
n W i'm c y and M utiny d. Rebellion
\ suspected arsonist was caught. Evidence revealed that he poured gasoline

• ilie house o f another and lit a candle to set the house on fire, fortunately a
>f rained poured and the conflagration was averted, but the wall o f the
as slightly burned. W hat crime was com m itted?
t M u in l o u s m ischief
M-i c. Frustrated arson
b. Seduction d. Acts o f lasciviousness
127. Pedro was able to have carnal knowledge w ith his girlfriend by promising
the latter with marriage, what crime was com m itted?
a. Seduction c. Abduction
b. Acts o f lasciviousness d. None o f these
128. Is the taking o f personal property belonging to another, w ith intent to

gain, by means o f violence against, or intim idation upon things o f any person,
or using force upon anything.
b. Theft d. Estafa
129. Allan took several jew elry from a room in w hich he entered through the
w indow com m itted what crime?
b. Theft d. Estafa
130. A genuine key stolen from the owner is considered as a:

a. False key c. Stolen item
b. Hot item d. Pick lock
131. G stole a Rolex watch from a locker by m eans o f the key o f the ownei
w hat crime was com m itted?
a. Theft c. Possession o f pick locks
b. Robbery d. Possession o f false keys
132. A crim e com m itted by more than three arm ed m alefactors w ho form
band for the purpose o f com m itting robbery in the highway or kidnapping
persons for the purpose o f extortion or to obtain ransom, or for any other]
purpose to be attained by m eans o f force and violence.
133. Com m itted by any person who, with intent to gain but w ithout violent
or intim idation o f persons nor force upon things, shall take personal properi^
o f another w ithout the latter’s consent.
134. Jolina a housem aid w ho was caught in the act o f carting away i
furniture o f her em ployer would be charged o f what crime?
a. Theft c. Qualified theft
b. Robbery d. Estafa
135. Altering the place o f a mojon in the lot to insure that the property wouli|
be larger w hen surveyed is a crim e of:
a. Estafa c. Usurpation
b. Chattel mortgage d. Altering boundaries or landmarks
136. It is estafa or defrauding another by abuse o f confidence, false pretens

or any other sim ilar means.
„ c..~~.u. r U su rn ation
137. A college professor having sexual intercourse w ith his student is guilty o f
w hat crim e?
u. Seduction c. Abduction
I). Qualified seduction d. None o f these
138. Joe recruited several barrio mates to engage in the sex trade, w hat crime
was com m itted?
«. Prostitution c. Slavery
I) W hite slave trade d. None o f the foregoing
I )9. A person w ho forced his girlfriend to elope with him is guilty o f w hat
crime?
ii Forcible abduction c. Seduction
II Consented abduction d. Qualified seduction
I 10. Dingoy was able to have carnal knowledge with M aria his girlfriend while
the latter was drunk, w hat crime was com m itted?
ii Acts o f lasciviousness c. Qualified seduction
II Rape d. None o f these
1-11. Having carnal knowledge with a 16 year old girl w ith the use o f deceit
constitutes w hat crim e?
• I Seduction c. Acts o f lasciviousness
11 Abduction d. Rape
A public and m alicious im putation o f a crime, vice or defect.

« l.ibel c. Slander
It Slander by deed d. Incrim inatory m achination
Poiice officers to ensure conviction o f the suspects were caught planting

rvidence, m ay be held liable for w hat offense?
« l.ibel c. Slander by deed
It Slander d. Incrim inatory m achination
Unlawful extortion o f m oney by threats o f accusation or exposure,

u Slnnder c. Coercion
I' Libel d. Blackmail
Voluntary but w ithout m alice failing to do an act from w hich material

damage results by reason o f inexcusable lack o f precaution on the part o f the
person perform ing the act.
Kri’ligence c. Reckless im prudence
Imprudence d. Reckless negligence
\H I he following are crimes over w hich Philippine Laws have ju risdiction even if
outside the country, except:
fx p io n a ge c. Treason
•• i ' i i ncy and M utiny d. Rebellion
JI T A inspected arsonist was caught. Evidence revealed that he poured gasoline

M u (in house o f another and lit a candle to set the house on fire, fortunately a
■ I w V o f ruined poured and the conflagration was averted, but the wall o f the
li,f'ijj*i‘ w i i h slightly burned. Whul c r i i T i ' 1 was com m itted?
b. Attem pted arson d. Consum m ated arson
148. Elsa slapped Fely’s face in front o f their co-em ployees, what crim e wa;
com m itted by Elsa?
a. Slander by deed c. Malicious m ischief
b. Unjust vexation d. Physical injury
149. A municipal treasurer appropriating public funds and m is a p p ro p ria te

public property is comm itting;
a. M alversation c. Fraud
b. Estafa d. Theft
150. Killing o f a child less than three days old.

a. Murder c. Homicide
b. Parricide d. Infanticide
151. In a fit o f jealousy, Maria set fire on the “La C oste” shirt o f her boyfriend
Pedro. W hat crime did Maria commit?
a. Arson c. Destruction o f private property
b. Physical injuries d. Malicious m ischief
152. A with intention to kill B w ent to the house o f the latter. B was found lying iti^
bed and A shot B three times in the head, w ithout knowing that an hour before, I',
died o f a heart attack, what crime was comm itted?
a. M urder c. Im possible crime
b. Homicide d. Trespass to dwelling
153. Crim es against religious worship are o f two kinds, one is offending religiov
feelings and the other is_______ .
a. Interruption o f religious worship c. Revelation o f religious secret
b. Usurpation o f powers d. None o f these
154. A suspended city mayor who continues to exercise his powers and duties »
office m ay be liable for;
a. Sedition c. Abandonm ent o f office or position
b. Prolonging perform ance o f duties and powers d. Disobedience
155. Gloria, appointed her niece a law graduate as a public prosecutor, may
held liable for:
a. Unlawful appointm ent c. Unjust appointm ent
b. Illegal appointm ent d. None o f these
156. A m unicipal em ployee who openly refuses to deliver to the mayor, aftf
repeated instructions from the latter, the keys to the municipal building and til
seal under her custody is liable for:
a. Disobedience c. Open Disobedience
b. Grave abuse o f discretion d. Nonfeasance
157. The act o f a person who shall orally threaten to do another any harm :w
constituting a felony is committing;
I !;>K. X picked the pocket o f Y, took Y ’s w allet and walked away. Y discovered that
Ins wallet was taken ran after X, w ho was casually w alking a few m eters ahead. Y
II hi fronted X to return his w allet, but X punched Y and ran away. W hat crim e was
i mnmitted?
n Theft c. Frustrated theft
11 Robbery d. Frustrated robbery
I ' A w om an w ho pretends to be regnant and sim ulates a birth to belie rumors

I Inil she is a lesbian but introduces no strange child to h er family, causes no child
in lose civil status and in fact occasions no dam age, w hether remote or im m ediate
In linble for;
n Falsification o f a public docum ent c. U surpation o f civil status
II Simulation o f Birth d. None o f these
I (ill Ariel im personates h im self to be Allan, the son o f another and assum es the
i ly.lits o f the latter is liable for;
ii Iwilsification o f a public docum ent c. Sim ulation o f Birth
I I Fraud d. Usurpation o f civil status
I <!’«• study 1: Akong, a cook in a local restaurant always fearing o f bad elem ents is
n very cautious man. One night before going to bed, he locked h im self in his room
|ilwi mg a chair against the door. Hours later, he was awakened by som eone trying
In nprn the door. He called out twice, “w ho is there?”, but received no reply.
I i ,i i mg that the intruder was a robber; he leaped from his bed and shouted”if you
fKJ«'i I he room I w ill kill you !” At that moment, he was struck by the chair that has
It* 11 placed against the door, and in the b elief that he was being attacked, he
■n** 11 a kitchen knife and struck and fatally wounded the intruder w ho turned out
h I" In;, roommate Alex.
'.lurntions:
I ii I Assum ing that Akong is liable under the follow ing circum stances, w hat crime
I lie com m itted?
i instrated m urder c. Serious physical injuries
i nstrated hom icide d. Attem pted hom icide
• Which o f the follow ing evidence is least m aterial to the case?

•> < iuur c. Knife
li lircl d. The w arning
tfci Which am ong the follow ing specific circum stance may be invoked by Akong?
•i lirn cn ery c. Accident
i' Mlsinke o f fact d. M istake o f identity
Which am ong the follow ing circum stance affecting crim inal liability, in
^ mcmiI applies in this situation?
luM ifying c. M itigating
Aui m vating d. Exem pting
ii;-. 2: X and Y are neighbors, during a drinking session, X punched Y

«>iimiii uny provocation. Y ’s injuries required m edical attendance for a period o f 5
.i.nn
Questions:
165. W hat w as the crime com m itted by X?

a. Slight physical injuries c. Serious physical injuries
b. Ill treatm ent d. Less serious physical injuries
166. Considering the facts, the policem an on the case should?

a. File the case directly w ith the court
b. File the case before the prosecutor’s office
c. File the case h im self before the Barangay Court
d. Instruct Y to refer the m atter first before the Barangay Court
167. Assum ing that X was drunk at the time o f the com m itted the offense; h
drunkenness w ould be considered as:
a. M itigating circum stance c. Alternative circum stance
b. Exem pting circum stance d. Aggravating circum stance
168. Should the result o f the blow o f X was death to Y, the investigator on ca
should concentrate and stress on:
a. W hether or not X was drunk
b. W hether or not there was really no intent to kill
c. W hether or not Y w as also drunk
d. The Barangay court has no jurisdiction
Case Study 3: Dr. Cantada had frequently quarreled with his w ife Veronica due
his illicit relation with^his secretary, he decided at the spur o f the m om ent to k
his wife after the latter slapped him. He mixed poison in her milk, but w hen hli
wife drunk it, He em ployed his medical skills in extracting the substance from h*
stomach thereby preventing her death.
Questions:
169. W hat crim e/stage has been com m itted/reached by the acts o f Dr. Cantada?
a. Attem pted parricide c. Consum m ated parricide
b. Frustrated parricide d. Consum m ated physical injuries
170. Should there be no marriage between Dr. Cantada and Veronica, w hat cririi
was com m itted by Dr. Cantada?
a. Physical injuries c. Murder
b. Homicide d. Parricide
Case study 4:C and B are brothers; by prom ise o f price C induced A to kill B, v
was living on a remote island. D the owner o f the only m otor boat in that area antf
know ing o f the crim inal designs o f A and C offered his services and transported Ij
to the island. Once there, A alone killed B by shooting the latter while sleeping.
Questions:
171. W hat crime has been com m itted A?

a. Homicide c Infanticide
b. Parricide d. Murder
i 70 urw.-.* ,„ce *V«*. criminal nartirir>nHnn nf C. in thp klllinu o f his brother?

I). Principal by induction

C. Principal by indispensable cooperation
1 1. Accom plice
173. The owner o f the m otor banca D is liable as a:

n. Principal by direct participation
I> Principal by induction
u. Principal by indispensable cooperation
' I. Accom plice
174. W hat was the crime did C com m itted?

ii . Hom icide c. Infanticide
I). Parricide d. Murder
175. Assum ing that A took several jew elry from B, and gave it to his wife w ho knew
where it came from and the latter sold it for profit, w hat was the crim inal
pnrticipation o f the wife o f A?
m Principal c. Accom plice
II Accessory d. None o f the above
CLJ III. CRIM INAL PROCEDURE
Criminal Procedure Defined.
By definition Criminal Procedure refers to the method fixed bv law for

11H- apprehension and prosecution of a person who is suspected to have
>'mmitted a crime, and for his punishment in case of conviction. There
• ii- three systems ol criminal procedure, the accusatorial, the inquisitorial
and the mixed system.
11 iv accusatorial system is where the prosecution of crime is effected either

ul Ihe initiative of the offended party or of the public prosecutor. The
in i used' have the right for a public trial, to be present at every stage of the
11 ml and the right to be heard personally or through his counsel. In case of
i miviction, the right to appeal is limited to the defense.
tSr inquisitorial system is characterized mainly by the secrecy of

investigation, the denial of the right of confrontation and the right to
‘T'misel, and of appeal in all cases. Under this system, the employment of
iiutwre and violence to obtain confession is prevalent. The decision of the
■ui ii i whether be it a conviction or acquittal does not become final until it
fefta been reviewed by the appellate court.
In Hi Philippines, by virtue of the Judiciary Reorganization Act of 1980 or

|| Is 1 29 the mixed system which contains the combination of the good
j 11111 .K teristies and features of the accusatorial and inquisitorial system is
B fc j. i.u-d. Preliminary investigation is swift and summary in nature, while
Mu i i^ht to be heard and defended in person or bycounsel, the right of
J B f c l i i i n t n l i n n a n d t h p r i c h t tn n n n h l i f trial a rp ■
What are the regular courts in the Philippines?
REGULAR COURTS - The following are the regular courts in th

Philippines: Supreme Court, Court of Appeals, Regional Trial Courts,*
Metropolitan Trial Courts, Municipal Trial Courts in Cities, Municipal Tri?
Courts, and Municipal Circuit Trial Courts.
W hat is the different special and collegiate courts?
SPECIAL COURTS - The following are the special courts in th

Philippines: Sandiganbayan, Court of Tax Appeals, Shari'a District Cour
and Shari'a Circuit Courts COLLEGIATE COURTS - The following are th
collegiate courts in the Philippines: Supreme Court, Court of Appeals
Sandiganbayan and Court of Tax Appeals
What are Lower Courts?
The Lower Courts - The following are the lower courts in tl

Philippines: Court of Appeals, Sandiganbayan, Court of Tax Appeals
Regional Trial Courts, Metropolitan Trial Courts, Municipal Trial Courts ii
Cities, Municipal Trial Courts, Municipal Circuit Trial Courts, Sharii
District Courts and Shari'a Circuit Courts
What is the Suprem e Court?
THE SUPREME COURT OF THE PHILIPPINES - The Constitution of th

Philippines vests judicial power in one Supreme Court and such lowt
courts as may be established by law. (Section 1, Art. VIII, 198'
Constitution). The Supreme Court is composed of one Chief Justice ar
fourteen Associate Justices, all of whom are appointed by the Presiden
from a list of recommendees presented by the Judicial and Bar Count
The members of the Supreme Court serve during good behavior until thr
reach the age of 70 or unless removed by impeachment for any of tl
grounds provided by the Constitution. The Supreme Court sits either q
banc or in divisions of three, five or seven members.
What is the Court o f Appeals?
THE COURT OF APPEALS OF THE PHILIPPINES - The Court <

Appeals was established under Batas Pambansa Bilang 129 known i
"The Judiciary Reorganization Act of 1980". The Court is composed of or
Presiding Justice and sixty eight (6 8 ) Associate Justices. They are a
appointed by the President. The Court sits by divisions, each divisx
being composed of three members. The Court may sit en banc for ti
purpose of exercising administrative, ceremonial or other non-adjudicatoi
functions.
THE SANDIGANBAYAN - The Sandiganbayan is a special court which

was established under Presidential Decree No. 1606. Its rank is
equivalent to the Court of Appeals. The Sandiganbayan shall sit in five (5)
divisions of three justices each. The five (5) may sit at thfe same time. The
Inst three divisions shall be stationed in the Metro Manila area, the fourth
ilivision shall be in Cebu City for cases coming from the Visayas region,
mud the fifth division shall be in Cagayan de Oro City for cases coming
Imm the Mindanao region.
By virtue of RA 10660 “An Act Strengthening further the Functional

nnd Structural Organization of the Sandiganbayan” the anti graft court
ilivision will increase from five(5) to seven(7) for the immediate disposal of
Ilie pending cases. The same law also prescribes the lowering of the
number of justices to two (2) from three (3) for a session in each division to
Inive a quorum.
What is Jurisdiction?
Jurisdiction is the power or authority to hear and decide a case.

Vested with the court by substantive law it includes not only the power to
di'U'rmine a cause but also the power to impose the judgment.
1111 isdiction is determined by the degree or extent of the penalty which the
Imw imposes for the offense charged in the complaint. It is distinguished
..... . venue in the sense that venue refers to the geographical division or
I'l.n e where an action is to be instituted and heard. The latter, being a
in.'ii icr of procedure is waivable, whereas the former is not.
Jurisdiction may be exercised when the following requisites are

luesent:
I. It must have jurisdiction over the subject matter. This is the
ii*>i hority to hear and decide as cases of the general class to which
Imhi oedings the questions suit.
It must have jurisdiction over the territory where the offense was
i« innitted. It advocates and adopts the principle that a sovereign is
*ii|>i<‘me within his own territory and a court can extend its process only
« ii hin the area of the sovereign which it represents.
!. It must have jurisdiction over the person of the accused. This is
(coined by either the apprehension of the suspect by virtue of a warrant of
inrrst, apprehension by citizen’s arrest or the voluntary surrender of the
•»r*on alleged to have committed a crime to proper authority.
I ho are three jurisdictions in a criminal case namely: original, limited

"i K1 neral, appellate.
*• Original jurisdiction is either concurrent or exclusive wherein it is
held to be concurrent if it is vested in a number of courts and
exclusive if vested in a court to the exclusion of other courts.
> Jurisdiction is said to be limited when such causes are expressly

enumerated and general when the law organizing a court does noi1
specify expressly the cause of which it can take cognizance.
> Jurisdiction is territorial when cases falling within the territorial

limits within which said authority is, by law required to b«
exercised.
> Jurisdiction of the Metropolitan Trial Courts, Municipal Tria,

Courts and Municipal Trial Circuit Courts in criminal cases: Th>
Metropolitan Trial Courts, Municipal Trial Courts and Municipa
Trial Circuit Courts shall exercise:
1. Exclusive original jurisdiction over all violations of city or municipal

ordinances committed within their respective territorial jurisdiction
and
2. Exclusive original jurisdiction over all offenses punishable wit!

imprisonment not exceeding four years and two months, or a fine no
exceeding four thousand Pesos and regardless of other imposab1
accessory penalties including civil liability arising from such offensoi
predicated, thereon. Provided, however, that in offenses involving
damage to property through criminal negligence they shall ha
exclusive original jurisdiction where the imposable fine dos not excee<|
twenty thousand Pesos.
> Jurisdiction of the Regional Trial Courts in criminal cases:
Under Section 20 of Batas Pambansa Big. 129, the Regional Tri

Courts also referred to as “The Courts of First Instance” shall hav
exclusive original jurisdiction in all criminal cases not within tl
exclusive jurisdiction of any tribunal, court or body except those fallir
under the concurrent and exclusive jurisdiction of the Sandiganbayai
The RTC shall have exclusive original jurisdiction over all offensi
punished with imprisonment exceeding four years and two months <i
a fine exceeding four thousand Pesos or both. The RTC enjoy
appellate jurisdiction over all cases decided by the Metropolitai
Municipal and Municipal Circuit Trial Courts. Section 21 of the sam
law prescribes that, the Regional Trial Courts shall have origim
jurisdiction over the following:
1. In the issuance of writs, of certiorari, prohibition, mandamus, qu

warranto, habeas corpus and injuction which my be enforced in ar
part of the respective regions and
2. In actions affecting the ambassadors and other public ministers an

consuls.
> Jurisdiction of the Court of Appeals: The Court of Appeals has the
following original jurisdictions, namely: the authority and power to
issue writs of mandamus, certiorari, habeas corpus, prohibition
and all other auxiliary processes and writs in aid of its appellate
jurisdiction. With the advent of Judicial Reorganization, the Courts
of Appeals in the exercise of its exclusive driginal jurisdiction
possess the power over actions for annulment of the judgment
rendered by the Regional Trial Courts.
> Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court: The original jurisdiction of the

Supreme Court over petitions for the issuance of prohibition, writs
of certiorari, mandamus, quo warranto and habeas corpus is
concurrent with that of the Court of Appeals. The exclusive
appellate jurisdiction over cases decided by the Court of Appeals
rest solely on the power of the Supreme Court. *
What is the difference betw een a com plaint and information?
A complaint is a sworn written statement charging a person with an

iiltcnse, subscribed by the offended party, any peace officer, or other
public officer charged with the enforcement of the law violated. To be
•iilficient, a complaint must charge an offense, describing it in the
Imiguage of the statute and must contain all the essential elements
''instituting the specific offense. In addition from being stated in clear
ii tms, it must be a sworn written statement. While an Information is an
» <usation in writing charging a person with an offense, subscribed by the
*r'j:".<“cutor and filed with the court. All criminal actions either commenced
I'V complaint or by information shall be prosecuted under the direction
■■ml control of a public prosecutor.
Wliat is a prelim inary investigation?
I’reliminaiy investigation is an inquiry or proceeding to determine

'vlu-ilier there is sufficient ground to engender a well-founded belief that a
I time has been committed and the respondent is probably guilty thereof,
61■■I should be held for trial. A preliminary investigation is required to be
wmlucted before the filing of a compliant or information for an offense
* h r ir the penalty prescribed by law is at leastfour (4) years, two (2)
ni'Milhs and one ( 1 ) day without regard to the fine.
What is an Arrest?
Anrr 'tl is the taking of a person into custody in order that he may be
A u ra l to answer for the commission of an offense. An arrest is made by an
■ t u t l restraint of a person to be arrested, or by his submission to the
IpHDc) of thr person making the arrest. No violence or unnecessary force
*•>•■11 hi used in making an arrest. The person arrested shall not be
B 'l'in I lo a greater restraint than is necessary for his detention Dntv nf
to arrest the accused and deliver him to the nearest police station or jn
without unnecessary delay. An arrest may be made on any day and at ar,
time of the day or night.
When is an arrest without warrant lawful?
Arrest without warrant; when lawful. - A peace officer or a privali

person may, without a warrant, arrest a person:
(a) When, in his presence, the person to be arrested has committed, !■'
actually committing, or is attempting to commit an offense;
(b) When an offense has just been committed and he has probable caus
to believe based on personal knowledge of facts or circumstances that thi
person to be arrested has committed it; and
(c) When the person to be arrested is a prisoner who has escaped from
penal establishment or place where he is serving final judgment or Ii
temporarily confined while his case is pending, or has escaped while ben.
transferred from one confinement to another.
What is a bail?
Bail is the security given for the release of a person in custody of th

law, furnished by him or a bondsman, to guarantee his appearance beio>’
any court as required under the conditions hereinafter specified. Bail mt
be given in the form of corporate surety, property bond, cash deposit o
recognizance.
When is bail a m atter o f right?
Bail, a matter of right; exception. - All persons in custody shall tj

admitted to bail as a matter of right, with sufficient sureties, or release
on recognizance as prescribed by law or this Rule (a) before or aftp
conviction by the Metropolitan Trial Court, Municipal Trial Couri
Municipal Trial Court in Cities, or Municipal Circuit Trial Court, and It
before conviction by the Regional Trial court of an offense not punisha'
by death, reclusion perpetua, or life imprisonment.
When is bail a m atter o f discretion?
Bail, when discretionary. - Upon conviction by the Regional Trial Cou

of an offense not punishable by death, reclusion perpetua, or ii
imprisonment, admission to bail is discretionary. The application for bi
may be filed and acted upon by the trial court despite the filing of a not:-
of appeal, provided it has not transmitted the original record to 111
appellate court. However, if the decision of the trial court conviction 11^
n i /-•I*o rre»A thr notnrA f frnm m n hn11 hie tn bailable
court. Should the court grant the application, the accused may be allowed
to continue on provisional liberty during the pendency of the appeal under
the same bail subject to the consent of the bondsman.
What is an arraignm ent?
Arraignment refers to the stage where the issues are Combined in

[criminal action. It is the stage where the accused is formally informed of
the charges against him done in open court and asking him whether he
pleads guilty or not guilty. Plea refers to the defendant’s answer to a
criminal charge, whether guilty or not guilty.
What is a Pre-trail?
Pre-Trial is a procedural device used prior to trial for the purpose of

narrowing issues to be tried and secure stipulations as to matters of
evidence to be heard. Pre-trial; mandatory in criminal cases. - In all
criminal cases cognizable by the Sandiganbayan, Regional Trial Court,
Metropolitan Trial Court, Municipal Trial Court in Cities, Municipal Trial
Court and Municipal Circuit Trial Court, the court shall, after arraignment
nnd within thirty (30) days from the date the court acquires jurisdiction
over the person of the accused, unless a shorter period is provided for in
npecial laws or circulars of the Supreme Court, order a pre-trial conference
to consider the following:
o plea bargaining;
o stipulation of facts;
o marking for identification of evidence of the parties;
o waiver of objections to admissibility of evidence;
o modification of the order of trial if the accused admits the charge
but interposes a lawful defense; and
o such matters as will promote a fair and expeditious trial of the
criminal and civil aspects of the case.
What is a trial?
Trial refers to the judicial determination and examination of the issues

Included or alleged in an action or proceeding, criminal or civil. After a
plea of not guilty is entered, the accused shall have at least fifteen (15)
ilnvs to prepare for trial. The trial shall commence within thirty (30) days
from receipt of the pre-trial order. Continuous trial until terminated;
postponements. - Trial once commenced shall continue from day to day as
(hi as practicable until terminated. It may be postponed for a reasonable
I'rriod of time for good cause. The court shall, after consultation with the
prosecutor and defense counsel, set the case for continuous trail on a
weekly or other short-term trial calendar at the earliest possible time so as
fc insure speedy trial. In no case shall the entire trial period exceed one
hundred eighty (180) days from the first day of trial, except as otherwise
Authorized by the Supreme Court The time limitations orovided under
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER .
this section and the preceding section shall not apply where special lawi
or circulars of the Supreme Court provide for a shorter period of trial.
What is the order o f trial in crim inal cases?
Order of trial. - The trial shall proceed in the following order:
(a) The prosecution shall present evidence to prove the charge and, i n
the proper case, the civil liability.
(b) The accused may present evidence to prove his defense an

damages, if any, arising, from the issuance of a provisional remedy iifl
the case.
(c) The prosecution and the defense may, in that order, present
rebuttal and sur-rebuttal evidence unless the court, in furtherance <ij
justice, permits them to present additional evidence bearing upon t h l
main issue.
(d) Upon admission of evidence of the parties, the case shall be deemeiB
submitted for decision unless the court directs them to argue orally of
to submit written memoranda.
(e) When the accused admits the act or omission charged in tH

complaint or information but interposes a lawful defense, the order
trial may be modified.
What is judgm ent?
Judgment is the adjudication by the court that the accused is guilty nl

not guilty of the offense charged and the imposition on him of the prop'
penalty and civil liability, if any. It must be written in the official language
personally and directly prepared by the judge and signed by him and sh"*|
contain clearly and distinctly a statement of the facts and the law up'W|
which it is based. If the judgment is of conviction, it shall state (1) the leofl
yjuilil'n nl ion of the offense constituted by the acts committed by tl
iMMfcl >ikI the aggravating or mitigating circumstances which attendri
,,, (2 ) the participation of the accused in the offense, whethifl
1 "inplice, or accessory after the fact; (3) the penaliifl
■■■■ nm-(i; and (4) the civil liability or damages caused ifl
.......... . to be recovered from the accused by tlilj
"v. unless the enforcement of the civil liabilim
k" f-'.rrved or waived.
1,1 mil state whether the evideniJ

''• • f.wilt of the accused <1
,'1' doubt. In either caaJ
Mill limn w h ich th e r i l l
Judgment for two or more offenses. - When two or more offenses are
■harged in a single complaint or information but the accused fails to object
10 it before trial, the court may convict him o f as m any offenses as are
i harged and proved, and impose on him the penalty for each offense,
Netting out separately the findings o f fact and law in each offense.
What is prom ulgation o f judgm ent?
Promulgation of judgment. - The judgment is promulgated by reading

11 in the presence of the accused and any judge of the court in which it
wns rendered. However, if the conviction is for a light offense, the
|iulgment may be pronounced in the presence of his counsel or
irpresentative. When the judge is absent or outside the province or city,
Ilie judgment may be promulgated by the clerk of court. If the accused is
■mi lined or detained in another province or city, the judgment may be
I
ii oinulgated by the executive judge of the Regional Trial Court having
|misdiction over the place of confinement or detention upon request of the
i mirt which rendered the judgment. The court promulgating the judgment
»lmll have authority to accept the notice of appeal and to approve the bail
I»u id pending appeal; provided, that if the decision of the trial court
i nnvicting the accused changed the nature of the offense from non-
bmlnble to bailable, the application for bail can only be filed and resolved
Iis l lie appellate court.
When mat te ourt render judgm ent?
Maximum Period of the Rendition of Decision. Article VIII, Section 15

-•I ilie 1987 Constitution, provides that the courts must decide or resolve a
... Her or case within the following period from date of submission, to wit:
■* Supreme Court - within Twenty-four(24) months.
■ Courts of Appeals and other Collegiate Appellate Courts - within
twelve(1 2 ) months.
■ Inferior Courts-within three(3) months unless reduced by the
supreme court.
Whnt are the grounds o f a new trial?
‘ irounds for a new trial. - The court shall grant a new trial on any of
inllowing grounds: (a) That errors of law or irregularities prejudicial to
9 ** substantial rights of the accused have been committed during the trial;
I hat new and material evidence has been discovered which the accused
not with reasonable diligence have discovered and produced at the
* iii i d which if introduced and admitted would probably change the
VhM l» an appeal?
A p p e a l re fe rs to th e re m e d y to ti s u p e r io r c o u rt to r e v ie w th e H prisinn
from a judgment or final order, unless the accused will be placed in doubl^
jeopardy.
Where to appeal?
The appeal may be taken as follows: (a) To the Regional Trial Court, m|
cases decided by the Metropolitan Trial Court, Municipal Trial Court u
Cities, Municipal Trial Court, or Municipal Circuit Trial Court; (b) To thl
Court of Appeals or to the Supreme Court in the proper cases provided b|
law, in cases decided by the Regional Trial Court; and (c) To the Suprenu
Court, in cases decided by the Court of Appeals.
Appeal how taken.
(a) The appeal to the Regional Trial Court, or to the Court of Appeals H
cases decided by the Regional Trial Court in the exercise of its origir
jurisdiction, shall be taken by filing a notice of appeal with the court whii
rendered the judgment or final order appealed from and by serving a cr
thereof upon the adverse party, (b) The appeal to the Court of Appeals id
cases decided by the Regional Trial Court in the exercise of its appella'I
jurisdiction shall be by petition for review, (c) The appeal to the Suprer
Court in cases where the penalty imposed by the Regional Trial Court
reclusion perpetua, or life imprisonment, or where a lesser penalty il
imposed but for offenses committed on the same occasion or which aroi
out of the same occurrence that gave rise to the more serious offense
which the penalty of death, reclusion perpetua, or life imprisonment
imposed, shall be by filing a notice of appeal.
> No notice of appeal is necessary in cases where the death penalty
imposed by the Regional Trial Court. The same shall ii
automatically reviewed by the Supreme Court.
> All other appeals to the Supreme Court shall be by petition
review on certiorari
> Service of notice of appeal. - If personal service of the copy of
notice of appeal can not be made upon the adverse party or lih
counsel, service may be done by registered mail
What is a search warrant?
A search warrant is an order in writing issued in the name of V

People of the Philippines, signed by a judge and directed to a peace offi
commanding him to search for personal property described therein al
bring it before the court. Court where application for search warrant sh^
be filed. - An application for search warrant shall be filed with tl
following: (a) Any court within whose territorial jurisdiction a crime
committed, (b) For compelling reasons stated in the application, any
within the judicial region where the crime was committed if the placp
♦ m m m i s s i n n of the crime is known, or any court within the judi
where the criminal action is pending. A search warrant shall be valid for
Irn (10) days from its date. Thereafter, it shall be void.
What personal property m ay be subject to a search warrant?
Personal property to be seized. - A search warrant may be issued for

Ilie search and seizure of personal property:
(a) Subject of the offense;
(b) Stolen or embezzled and other proceeds, or fruits of the offense; or
(c) Used or intended to be used as the means of committing an offense.
What are the requisites for issuing search warrant?
A search warrant shall not issue except upon probable cause in

immection with one specific offense to be determined personally by the
Millie after examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant and
IIn- witness he may produce, and particularly describing the place to be
mwiiched and the things to be seized which may be anywhere in the
IMi 111 ppines.
I Which am ong the foregoing m ay not be filed by the accused before arraignm ent?
I Motion to quash c. Bill o f lading
Motion to suspend proceedings d. Bill o f particulars
I i >'! inurrer to evidence m ay be filed:

* u'ter the prosecution has rested its case
Aiier arraignm ent
'* A llertria l
il A llrr the defense has rested its case
§. 11 .lignment m ay be suspended in the follow ing situations; except:

*t A petition for review o f the resolution o f the prosecutor is pending w ith the
iment o f Justice.
Ii I here exists a prejudicial question.
I I n iiccused has been found to be o f an unsound m ental condition.
1 lin e is probable cause to hold the accused for trial.
Winch am ong the follow ing m ay not be undertaken during the pre-trial?
I ‘ i king o f evidence
m c. Stipulation o f facts
i f Elimination o f w itnesses d. Plea bargaining
I ei offenses punishable by prision m ayor o f higher, a provisional dism issal

'» " 'im e p erm a n en t______ after the issuance o f order w ithout the case having
W» rrv iv fd .
ft 0 <* ii.iiiiih* c. Two years
d. Three years
•S ** • (• party appealing the c.-se.

t v . imi-d c. Adverse party
i Appellee d. Appellant
7. The rules allow the proceeding in the instant case to be re-opened to a v

m iscarriage o f justice:
a. A fter the prom ulgation o f judgm ent
b. Before prom ulgation o f ju dgm ent
c. A fter finality o f the ju dgm ent for conviction
d. Before the finality o f ju dgm en t o f conviction
8 . The follow ing are valid venue for the application for search warrant, except:
a. A ny regional trial court
b. Any court w ithin w hose territorial ju risdiction the crime was comm itted
c. A ny court within the ju dicial region w here the crime was com m itted
d. A ny court w ithin the ju dicial region where the warrant m ay be enforceable.
9. Decisions o f the Regional Trial Court m ay be appealed to the Court o f Appeal

by:
a. Petition for certiorari c. Petition for review on certiorari
b. Petition for review d. Notice o f appeal
10. W ithin how m any days after the prosecution has rested its case, m ay a motir
for leave to file dem urrer to evidence be filed?
a. 5 days c. 15 days
b. 10 days d. 30 days
11. Prelim inary investigation is required before the filing o f inform ation
com plaint where the penalty for the offense is:
a. At least 4 years, 2 m onths and 1 dayc. Exceeding 6 years
b. At least 6 years d. Exceeding 4 years, 2 months
12. W hich am ong the foregoing pleadings m ay be filed in a crim inal case?
a. Cross claim c. Third party com plainant
b. Counterclaim d. Counter-affidavit
13. W hen m ay the reservation o f the right to institute a separate civil action shi
be made?
a. Before the presentation o f evidence o f the prosecution
b. Before the prosecution rests
c. Before arraignm ent
d. During the pre-trial conference
14. The following except one, are valid venues, where m ay petition for suspensio
o f crim inal action by reason o f a pending prejudicial question in a civil proceedirn
a. Office o f the prosecutor
b. The court w here the crim inal case is pending
c. The court where the civil case is pending
d. T h e co u rt co n d u c tin g p relim in a ry in vestiga tio n
15. The foregoing offenses shall only be prosecuted upon a com plaint o f il
offended party, her parents or grandparents except:
a. Rape c. Seduction
b. Abduction d. Acts o f lasciviousness
16. In designating the offense, which am ong the follow ing is not included in n
b. M itigating circum stances d. Aggravating circum stances
17. Civil action for the recovery o f civil dam ages arising from a crim inal offense is
deemed instituted with the crim inal action. This rule does not apply in the
ini lowing cases, except:
ii . W hen the offended party institutes the crim inal action
I' When the offended party w aives the civil action
• When the offended party institutes the civil action before the crim inal action.
■I When the offended party reserves the right to institute a separate civil action.
IM. Am endm ent w ithout court perm ission m ay be allowed in the following
instances, except:
n Am endm ent as to form
11 Am endm ent that downgrades the nature o f the offense
i' Am endm ent as to substance
1.1 Am endm ent that reflects typographical errors.
I'j In a prelim inary investigation, w hich am ong the follow ing m ay not be
mihmitted by the respondent?
n Motion to dism iss c. Supporting docum ents
Ii ( 'ounter affidavit d. W itn esses’ counter affidavit
In Where a prelim inary investigation has been undertaken, w arrant o f arrest is

uni necessary in the follow ing circum stances, except:
ii When the penalty for the offense is a fine
1.1 When there is probable cause
When warrant o f arrest has already been issued
I When the inform ation or com plaint has been filed under section 7, rule 112.
i1 1 KVfers to the authority o f the court to hear and decide cases,

ii Venue c. Jurisdiction
Ii < ; iminal Procedure d. Jurisprudence
i 1 -ummary procedures m ay be applied in the follow ing cases. Except;

H Violation o f rental laws
Ii Vmlation o f traffic laws, rules and regulations
i Violation o f city or m unicipal ordinances
§ • "iminal cases where the penalty prescribed for by law is im prisonm ent not
d a r n ling six years
I i ( niirt which exercises ju risdiction over cases involving RA 3019.

ft *uprem e Curt c. Regional Trial Courts
I* • imrt o f Appeals d. Sandiganbayan
iii the M etropolitan Trial Courts, the com plaint m ay be filed with:
s. : Min f o f the prosecutor c. Office o f the judge
t 1 ifiii r o f the clerk o f court d. Office o f the Om budsm an
I wi,u-h am ong the follow ing is not an essential requisite o f a com plaint or an
fcl- •unit ion?
ti n b< filed in court
Ii must be in w riting
Ii imisl be in the name o f the People o f the Philippines
26. Generally, the follow ing are requisites for an inform ation, except:
a. The offended party
b. Any peace officer
c. A ny public officer charged w ith the enforcem ent o f the law violated
d. A ny Fiscal
27. In crim es involving adultery and concubinage, who m ay file the com pliant?
a. The prosecutor
b. Any peace officer charged with enforcem ent o f the law violated
c. The offended spouse
28. The inform ation or com plaint should state the follow ing except:
a. Nam e o f the accused c. Name o f the court
b. Name o f the offended party d. Designation o f the offense by statute
29. W hen m ay the offended party be allowed to intervene in criminal cases?

a. W hen he has not w aived the civil action
b. W hen he has waived the civil action
c. W hen he has filed the civil action before filing the crim inal case
d. W hen he has expressly reserved the right to institute a separate civil action.
30. W hen m ay bail be considered as a m atter o f discretion?

a. In capital offenses
b. In cases involving graft and corrupt practices o f governm ent officials.
c. In cases punishable by penalties which are not afflictive
d. In capital offenses when the evidence o f guilt is strong
31. W hen m ay bail bond be cancelled?

a. Acquittal o f the accused c. Execution o f the final ju dgm en t o f conviction
b. Dism issal o f the case d. All o f the foregoing
32. In fixing the am ount o f bail, which am ong the follow ing is not essential?
a. Age and health o f the accused
b. .Character and reputation o f the accused
c. Probability that the accused will appear in the trial
d. None o f the foregoing
33. If the crime charged is unclear, w hat m otion m ay be filed before 'I
arraignm ent?
a. Bill o f particular c. Motion to quash
b. Motion for new trial d. Motion to dism iss
34. W hen an accused is discharged as a state witness, it is com parable to:

a. Reprieve c. Conviction
b. Acquittal d. Com m utation
35. Arraignm ent m ay be suspended when the accused appears to be o f unsour

m ental condition or the court finds the existence o f a __________.
a. Valid prejudicial question c. Motion to dismiss
b. Motion to quash d. Bill o f particulars
in m s p s n n n ish a b le bv d estierro, how m a n y d ays or p reven tive detention

a 5 days c. 30 days
7. W here m ay the application for bail be filed?

ft Office o f the prosecutor c. Court where the case is pending
ti Office o f the O m budsm an d. All o f the foregoing
IH. Ground for dem urrer to evidence:

ii Insufficiency o f evidence c. Motion to quash
Ii Irrelevant evidence d. Prejudicial question
JH Refers to an undertaking constituted as a lien on real property given as a

ni i urity for the am ount o f bail.
)• Surety bond c. Recognizance
Ii Property bond d. Bail
•Ml. A counsel de officio is generally given how m any days to prepare for trial?
ii 2 days c. 5 days
l.i 3 days d. 15 days
11 What determ ines the ju risdiction in crim inal cases?

ii Subject m atter c. Person accused
•i Territory d. Extent o f the penalty
i i I liis system o f crim inal ju stice is conducted either at the initiative o f the public
^nmr-cutor or the offended party and the right to appeal is lim ited to the defense.
% I ixed c. Inquisitorial
| Mixed d. Accusatorial
1 I )<■fined as a method fixed by law for the apprehension and prosecution o f

in i w i i i s alleged to have com m itted a crime, and for their punishm ent in case o f
I'm iv ic t io n .
it i 'riminal ju stice system c. Crim inal procedure
I I-1 iles o f court d. Rules o f procedure
•M A system characterized by the right to confrontation, to a public trial and be

In ai<l by com petent counsel.
I1 ixed c. Inquisitorial
II Mixed d. Accusatorial
& Kclcrs to a territorial unit w here the pow er o f the court is to be exercised.
' I'nue c. Jurisprudence
ii Jurisdiction d. Trial courts
i I h r procedure in witness exam ination is:

i'>i<*i't, cross, re-direct, re-cross exam ination
i Th r e t . re-direct, cross, re-cross exam ination
Cimss, direct, re-direct, re-cross exam ination
Cfiis.s, direct, re-cross, re-direct exam ination
I Wi ■ i, P h ilip p in es, th e system o f c rim in a l p ro ced u re is:

' Pined c. In q u isitoria l
Li Mined d. A ccu sa to ria l
48. A sworn statem ent charging a person w ith an offense subscribed by thi
offended party, any peace officer or other peace officer charged w ith th‘
enforcem ent o f the law violated.
a. Com plaint c. Blotter
b. Charge sheet d. information
49. Authority to hear and decide a case.

a. Venue c. Jurisprudence
b. Jurisdiction d. Hearing
50. Jurisdiction o f the court is said to be___________ w hen the law organizing a
court does not expressly enum erate the cause o f w hich it m ay take cognizance.
a. Limited c. Appellate
b. General d. Original
51. W hich am ong the follow ing m ay not be filed before the ju dgm en t becomes
final?
a. Motion to quash c. Motion for new trial
b. Motion for reconsideration d. Notice o f appeal
52. Validity o f the warrant o f arrest expires:

a. After 10 days c. After 365 days
b. After 30 days d. No fixed duration
53. Lifetim e o f a search warrant:

54. In crim inal cases, the People o f the Philippines is the:

a. Plaintiff c. Offended party
b. Com plainant d. Aggrieved party
55. In civil cases the person charged is called:

a. Accused , c. Defendant
b. Suspect d. Respondent
56. Refers to an accusation in w riting charging a person w ith an offer

subscribed by the fiscal and filed with the court.
a. Com plaint c. Blotter
b. Charge sheet d. Inform ation
57. Prescription o f the crime com m ences to run:

a. Upon re-appearance o f the accused
b. Upon escape o f the accused
c. Upon discovery o f the crime by the offended party
d. Upon filing o f the com plaint or inform ation
58. The duty o f the party to present evidence to establish his claim is referred!
as:
a. Burden o f proof c. Bill o f particulars
b. Burden o f evidence a. Presentation o f evidence
. - jj.- m»Ua isvrk rtf tVh M'TO

I). RA 7961 d. RA 7196
(>0. W hich am ong the follow ing is not covered by the rules on sum m ary
procedures?
u. Violation o f traffic laws
Ii. Violation o f rental laws
t. W here the penalty does not exceed 6 m onths im prisonm ent
1 1 W here the penalty is m ore than six months im prisonm ent
()1. In crim inal cases, the person charged is referred to as:

ii. Accused c. Defendant
It Suspect d. Respondent
h2. The part o f trial wherein the civil aspect o f the case m ay be am icably settled,
ft Plea bargaining c. Prelim inary investigation
b Hearing d. Pre-trial
M In adm inistrative cases the person charged is:

it Accused c. Defendant
I• Suspect d. Respondent
It is u sually referred to as the court o f first instance,

ti Metropolitan trial court c. Court o f appeals
II Regional trial court d. Suprem e court
9 > In rape cases, w ho am ong the follow ing may file a com plaint?
" Offended party
Peace officer
Public officer charged w ith enforcem ent o f the law violated
t All o f the foregoing
Who am ong the follow ing m ay not conduct a prelim inary investigation?
( ity or provincial fiscals and their assistants
| .Judges o f the M TC ’s
| National and regional prosecutors
•I DOJ personnel
7 I nking o f a person into custody in order that he m ay be bound to answer for

rom m ission o f an offense.
• I >etention c. Arrest
| Restraint d. Seizure
Hrfers to persons given by law the duty and pow er to exercise ju risdiction and
pi <■nance o f peace and order as well as the protection o f life liberty and
fr'p.-rty.
ft 1 Vrsons in authority c. Policem en
Judges d. Prosecutors
•* UHers to a security given for the tem porary release o f a person in the custody
t l iln I hw.
ft Sin n.1 c. Surety
i«* I iml d. Insurance
a. Rape c. Robbery
b. Hom icide d. Libel
71. It is not a necessity to file a com plaint or information:

a. Nam e o f the court c. Name o f the offended party
b. Nam e o f the accused d. Designation o f the offense b y statute
72. The authority o f the court to take cognizance o f the case in the first instance ii
regarded as:
a. General jurisdiction c. Delegated jurisdiction
b. Original ju risdiction d. Appellate jurisdiction
73. Judiciary Reorganization Act:

a. PD 968 c. BP 129
b. PD 1612 d. BP 22
74. In the metropolitan courts, the complaints is filed with the:

a. Office o f the Secretary o f justice c. Office o f the Om budsm an
b. Office o f the clerk o f court d. Office o f the prosecutor
75. Cases on appeal on ju dgm en t rendered by a M unicipal Trial Court shall hi

elevated where?
a. Metropolitan Trial Court c. Court o f Appeals
b. Regional Trial Court d. Suprem e Court
76. Decisions rendered by the Court o f appeals m ay be further elevated to whit

court?
a. M etropolitan Trial Court c. Court o f Appeals
b. Regional Trial Court d. Suprem e Court
77. A ju dicial exam ination and determ ination o f the issues in an action <i
proceeding, civil or criminal.
a. Plea trial c. Plea bargaining
b. Pre trial d. Trial
78. Period provided for by law to post an appeal after receipt o f judgm ent I
conviction.
79. Order o f trial is:

a. Prosecution, rebuttal, defense, subm ission for decision
b. Defense, prosecution, rebuttal, subm ission for decision
c. Prosecution, defense, rebuttal, subm ission for decision
d. Defense, rebuttal, prosecution, subm ission for decision
80. A geographical division in which the action is allowed to be brought.

a. Venue c. Jurisprudence
b. Jurisdiction d. Territory
81. A person designated by the court to assist destitute litigants,

a. Counsel c. Attorney at law
u »•• •• on rp r* n rr\ d. Counsel de officio
m1. It refers to the answer given by the accused to a charge or indictment,

u Reply c. Plea
11 Motion d. Confession
M1. Generally, after a plea o f not guilty is entered, how m any days are given by law
lii i the accused to prepare for his trial.
ii 2 days c. 4 days
Ij 3 days d. 5 days
h I Refers to the adjudication by the court that the accused is guilty o f not guilty o f
ir offense charged, and the im position o f proper penalty and civil liability
provided for by law on the accused.
ii, Conviction c. Decision
It Judgm ent d. Conclusion
M Y Days m andated by law for the perfection o f a decision,

it 10 days c. 30 days
I 5 days d. 45 days
hi , The foregoing personal property m ay be considered as objects o f the search

pfcrnmt, except those which are:
ii Subject o f the offense
I* Stolen or em bezzled and other fruits o f the crime
Used or intended to be used as a means o f com m itting an offense
IYoperty o f the accused
P * A move for the annulm ent o f the crim inal charge made by an accused is:
I l’I- a bargaining c. Motion to dism iss
Ii Motion to quash d. Bill o f particulars
•hi When can arrest be made?

n AI any day c. A t any time o f the night
h AI uny time o f the day d. At any time o f the day or night
i i i sr j wherein the penalty does not exceed 6 months fall under the rule on:
■* i iv1 1procedure c. Sum m ary procedure
£ i i uninal procedure d. Special procedure
fci I hr existence o f a prejudicial question m ay cause the suspension o f the:

« Arraignment c. Trial
Inclement d. Prelim inary investigation
fi Who am ong the follow ing is not authorized to conduct a prelim inary
■îni'.iition?
* I'M!’ ch ief c .M T C ju dges
I f t i y prosecutors d. Provincial prosecutors
[, 11 |Hin learning that a com plaint or inform ation has been filed w ithout a
■w >".nu tiy investigation, within how m any days is allowed by the rules for the
I • iim tl to ask for a prelim inary investigation?
c. 15 days
in ilays d. 30 days
93. If the ju dgm en t rendered by the trial court changes the nature o f the offense
form a non-bailable to bailable, where can the bail application be resolved?
a. Appellate court c. Regional Trial Court
b. Trial court d. M etropolitan Trial Court
94. In w hich o f the follow ing instances is bail not considered as a m atter o f right?
a. Before conviction o f the RTC im posing the death penalty
b. Before conviction o f the RTC
c. Before conviction by the MTC
d. Before conviction o f the RTC o f an offense not punishable by death
95. W hich am ong the follow ing offense where bail m ay be applied?
a. Frustrated m urder c. Parricide
b. Rape d. Murder
96. Refers to an offense under the law existing at the time o f the com m ission ami
application for adm ission to bail may be punished with death.
a. Heinous crime ' c. Capital punishm ent
b. Special crime d. Capital offense
97. A person m ay be released on bail in the follow ing forms, except:

a. Corporate surety c. Property bond
b. Recognizance d. Perform ance bond
98. In the following instances the accused is allowed under the rules to pie
guilty, except:
a. A t the arraignm ent c. After arraignm ent but before trial
b. Upon entering his plea d. During trial
99. W hen m ay the accused adm itted to bail be allowed to question the legality i
his arrest?
a. Before trial c. Before the prelim inary investigation
b. Before arraignm ent d. Before conviction
100. An accused who pleads guilty but offers exculpatory evidence will cause a
effect of:
a. He is m aking a conditional plea
b. A plea o f not guilty shall be entered for him
c. He shall be treated as guilty and will eventually be convicted
d. He will be treated as refusing his plea.
101. The follow ing are requisites before a court can validly exercise jurisdictw
except:
a. It m ust have jurisdiction over the investigation
b. It must have ju risdiction over the person o f the accused
c. It must have jurisdiction over the subject m atter
d. It must have jurisdiction over the territory where the offense was committed.
102. The jurisdiction o f the courts in crim inal cases is determ ined by the extent,
the penalty which the law imposes for the offense charged with the offense.
a. Partly true c. Partly false
b. Absolutely true d. Absolutely false
103. The M etropolitan Trial Courts shall exercise exclusive original jurisdiction
over all offenses punishable w ith im prisonm ent-
«. Not exceeding 6 years c. Not exceeding 4 years 2 m onths and 1 day
l> Not exceeding 4 years d. Not exceeding 6 months
104. The prosecution o f offenses shall be com m enced by filing o f a com plaint or
Information.
a Partly true c. True
h, Partly false d. False
105. In general, the form al requisites o f a com plaint or inform ation are as follows,
rxrept:
■* It m ust be filed in court
11 It must be in writing, in the name o f the People o f the Philippines
i It must be filed w ith the office o f the prosecutor
d. It must be subscribed by the prosecutor
luii. Crim inal cases where the penalty prescribed by law for the offepse charged
ilors not exceed six m onths falls under the rule on:
ii Criminal procedure c. Civil procedure
!• Regular procedure d. Sum m ary procedure
107. Under the Local Governm ent Code o f 1991, the Lupon o f each Barangay shall
Imvr authority to bring together the parties actually residing in the same city or
municipality for amicable settlem ent where the offense com m itted is punished by
mi|)i isonment exceeding one year. This is:
11 Partly true c. A bsolutely true
I I ‘i irtly false d. A bsolutely false
$0” The follow ing are requisites o f inform ation, except:

■t II must be in w ritin g charging a person w ith an offense
it 11 must be filed by the offended party
■ 11 must be subscribed by the fiscal
I 11 must be filed in court
!"*• Only the offended spouse m ay file the com plaint in the crim es of:
« I liîimy c. Concubinage
!> ;\<11 iltery d. Both B and C
3 H All crim inal actions shall be prosecuted under the direction and control o f the
i>M‘ 5ircutor, this statem ent is:
I i*’-i i tly true c. W holly true
I, I'm lly false d. W holly false
4! i Which am ong the follow ing is not considered during pre-trial?

i ipulation o f facts c. Filing a m otion for extension
> ri.’,i bargaining d. M arking o f evidence
I Which am ong the follow ing statem ents is true?

I !li» accused m ust personally enter his Dlea
l| ' ' .’R eused m ay enter his plea by counsel
Tin- nccused m ay waive arraignm ent
il flic accused must be arraigned in a court other than where the case is
113. The existence o f a valid pre-judicial question m ay cause the suspension q

the:
a. Arraignm ent c. Prelim inary investigation
b. Trial d. Judgm ent
114. Motion to quash an inform ation or com plaint may be made;

a. Before ju dgm en t c. Before he enters his plea
b. Before he m oves to dism iss the case d. After he enters his plea
115. The right o f the State to initiate crim inal actions in beh alf o f the incapacitati
victim w ith no known relative is:
a. Police power c. Habeas corpus
b. Power o f em inent dom ain d. Doctrine o f parens patria
116. Even if the offended party is a minor, she can initiate the prosecution for th
crim e o f seduction. This statem ent is:
a. Partly true c. W holly true
b. Partly false d. W holly false
117. The w ife dies before she could institute a crim inal action for concubinau
against her husband and his param our. The case may:
a. Still be prosecuted c. No longer be prosecuted
b. Be prosecuted b y the State d. Be prosecuted by the w ife’s parents
118. Arrests can be effected by;

a. Actual restraint o f the person to be arrested
b. By his subm ission to the custody o f the person m aking the arrest
c. By u sing reasonable force
d. Both A and B
119. W hen the inform ation is filed, the Regional Trial Court:
a. Can issue a w arrant o f arrest c. Can conduct prelim inary investigation
b. Can conduct pre-trial d. Can conduct the trial
120. The follow ing are requisites for the issuance o f a w arrant o f arrest, except:
a. It m ust be issued upon probable cause to be determ ined personally by 111
judge.
b. After exam ination under oath o f the com plainant and his witness
c. It m ust describe the person to be arrested
d. It m ust describe the place to be searched
121. W hich o f the foregoing fall under the exclusive original jurisdiction o f iH
Metropolitan Trial Court, M unicipal Trial Court and M unicipal Circuit Trial Courii
a. Violations o f city and municipal ordinances
b. Probationable cases
c. Offenses punishable by prision m ayor
d. Offenses which are afflictive in nature
122. The w aiver o f the right to appear by the accused has this effect.
a. There is a w aiver o f the right- to present evidence
b. The accused waives his right to confrontation
c. The prosecution can present evidence if the accused fails to appear
A h A an H R
I J t W hat personal property cannot be seized?

t Property used or intended to be used in the com m ission o f a crime,
li, Property stolen or em bezzled and the other fruits o f the crime,
i Property subject o f the offense.
■ I Any property that can be used as an evidence to prosecute the offender.
I * 1 Searches o f prem ises, house or room should be made in the presence o f two
• II nesses. W ho are these witnesses contem plated by the rules o f court?
•I 1 wo local occupants thereof.
II Wirnesses o f sufficient age and discretion residing in the same locality.
Two m em bers o f his fam ily
1 1 None o f the foregoing
.1 defers to the peril in which a person is placed when he is regularly charged

•Hli n crime before any court properly organized and com petent to try him.
• Im prisonment c. Jeopardy
li Detention d. Forum shopping
I Jn Who shall enter a plea o f guilty?

iI iclcndant h im self in open court c. His authorized counsel
II H im counsel de officio d. S elf confessed accused
t J I his is used as the prim ary basis to determ ine the real nature o f the crime
i Iimi yed in an inform ation or complaint.
I1 nets recited in the com plaint or inform ation
li Kvidence to be presented
t fit It- at the charge sheet
^ I ww specifically violated
I Xt The requisite for the w aiver o f a person under custodial investigation is:
• W 111 ver in w riting
Voluntarily, know ingly and intelligently
Willi the cou nsel’s presence and assistance
>1 All o f these
I J'l Whu h o f the follow ing does not ju stify arrest w ithout w arrant?
I'icsIi pursuit
li ( m itinuing crime
| I1 n atives from ju stice
, Ai irst based on citizen com plaint and police suspicion
■El t . ii idition that m ust be satisfied before the institution o f a crim inal action in
i in ii i which m ay be am icably settled in the Barangay court under the Local
tl....... .. Code o f 1991.
A) Wi'ti Irment has been repudiated
I i 'fitift ontation between parties at the Lupon
I i oi i iiication o f no conciliation
•4 A iis o f these
GLJIV CRIMINAL EVIDENCE
-“'Iflence Defined.
Evidence refers to the means sanctioned by law of ascertaining in a

judicial proceeding the truth respecting a matter of fact. It is a verj
important means of proving or disproving the liability of a person after thr
commission of crime. The preponderance of evidence maybe the only basil
in the court for a criminal to be tried in ‘absentia’ and then given penalty,
When the evidence corresponds with the substance of the issue and tends,
in any reasonable degree, to establish the probability or improbability of u
fact in issue.
What is a real evidence?
Real Evidence - Also known as Autoptic evidence or Object evidence. I

is an evidence that is made known or address to the senses of the court. I
maybe the person itself or the articles. Example: Human skeleton mayb
permitted to be brought inside the courtroom to show the fracture on th<
skull or other bones. The probative value of real evidence is that it is th
best and highest form of proof. The scope of real evidence extends to tm
senses of men. Real Evidence is of three kinds namely: That whu I
consists in an exhibition or production of the subject inside or outside th
courtroom: that which consist of subject outside the courtroom; and thi
which consist of a person.
W hat is a testim onial evidence?
Testimonial Evidence. A Form of evidence either oral or written takri

from the witness who may be asked about the question of issue. Th
statement of the physician and other witnesses is considered i
testimonial evidence.
What is an Experim ental evidence?
Experimental Evidence. A form of evidence extracted after u

experiment was performed in court to prove a certain matter of fact. Tl
experiments maybe permitted in court but also with limitations as in rr
evidence. Example: as experimental animal maybe permitted to be brougl
inside the courtroom and the questionable substance was injected to p w
the poisonous effect of such substance.
What is a docum entary evidence?
Documentary Evidence. Written evidence presented to the court by 4

expert witness about the subject matter in dispute and not excluded '
the Rules of Court.
What is a dying declaration?
Dying declaration - or Ante mortem statement. The statement made

f 1-* c rlfttfli and IIill
the crime in dispute. Usually, a person about to die will tell the truth or
reveal the secret of crime and even pinpointed a person by uttering his
■ame as the criminal. Requisites to admissibility of dying declaration:
o That the declaration must concern the cause and surrounding
circumstances of the declarant’s death;
o That at the time the declaration was made, the declarant was
under a consciousness of an impending death;
o That the dying or seriously ill person must not be delirious of in
comatose condition in making the statement;
o That the declarant is competent as a witness; and
0 That the declaration is offered in a criminal case for homicide,
murder or parricide, in which the declarant is the victim.
What is a deposition?
Deposition. It is a legal term and is defined as a written testimony of a

witness given in course of a judicial proceeding, in advance of a trial of
hearing, upon oral examination or in response to written interrogatories
mid where an opportunity is given for cross-examination.
What is the difference between direct and circum stantial evidence?
Direct Evidence - evidence which proves the fact in dispute without the
• id of any inference or presumption. While, circumstantial evidence - it is
■> proof of fact or facts from which, taken either singly or collectively maybe
"i in red as necessary or probable consequence.
What is prim a facie evidence?
Prima-Facie evidence - It is that evidence which suffices for the proof

6t ii particular fact, until; contradicted and overcame by other evidences.
What is a corroborative evidence?
Corroborative evidence - it is an additional evidence of a different kind

*it<l character, tending to prove the same point.
Whnt is an expert evidence?
1 pert Evidence - it is testimony of the possessing, in regard to a

i icular subject or department of human activity, knowledge not usually
i»'iuired by other persons.
Whitt is the difference between relevant and material evidence?
I Jfrirvant Evidence - It is evidence having any value in reason as

“■inling to prove any matter probable in an action, while, Material
<1 ice - An evidence which refers to the direction to Drove a fart in
When is evidence competent?
Competent Evidence - It is evidence which is not excluded by law in n

particular case.
What is a corpus delicti?
Corpus delicti - It means the body of a crime or actual commission o

the crime charged, or the specific fact of loss or injury.
When is judicial notice?
A court shall take judicial notice, without the introduction of evidenc

of the existence and territorial extent of states, their political histor?
forms of government and symbols of nationality, the law of nations, tin
admiralty and maritime courts of the world and their seals, the politici
constitution and history of the Philippines, the official acts of legislate
executive and judicial departments of the Philippines, the laws of natun
the measure of time, and the geographical divisions.
When is judicial notice discretionary?
A court may take judicial notice of matters which are of publ

knowledge, or are capable to unquestionable demonstration, or ough' i
be known to judges because of their judicial functions.
What is a judicial admission?
Judicial admissions. — An admission, verbal or written, made by (

party in the course of the proceedings in the same case, does not requi
proof. The admission may be contradicted only by showing that it v
made through palpable mistake or that no such admission was made.
What is the best evidence rule?
Best Evidence Rule. Original document must be produced; exception

— When the subject of inquiry is the contents of a document, no evident
shall be admissible other than the original document itself, except in i s
following cases:
(a) When the original has been lost or destroyed, or cannot ■
produced in court, without bad faith on the part of the offeror;
(b) When the original is in the custody or under the control of the p < «
against whom the evidence is offered, and the latter fail:-. ■
produce it after reasonable notice;
(c) When the original consists of numerous accounts or olM
documents which cannot be examined in court without great lifl
of time and the fact sought to be established from them is only
(d) When the original is a public record in the custody of a public

officer or is recorded in a public office.
When is a docum ent considered original?
Original of document. — (a) The original of the document is one the

■ iintents of which are the subject of inquiry. (b)When a document is in two
tn more copies executed at or about the same time, with identical
ointents, all such copies are equally regarded as originals, (c) When an
nitiy is repeated in the regular course of business, one being copied from
mu ither at or near the time of the transaction, all the entries are likewise
r«|imlly regarded as originals.
What is secondary evidence?
Secondary Evidence. When the original document has been lost or

<i*iiii'oyed, or cannot be produced in court, the offeror, upon proof of its
ution or existence and the cause of its unavailability without bad faith
fr. Iiis part, may prove its contents by a copy, or by a recital of its contents
M> "nine authentic document, or by the testimony of witnesses in the order
oliilrd.
What is the parol evidence rule?
I’jirol Evidence Rule. Evidence of written agreements. — When the

JBPrn* of an agreement have been reduced to writing, it is considered as
Wiiituining all the terms agreed upon and there can be, between the
I im 11m 's and their successors in interest, no evidence of such terms other
Hutu Ilie contents of the written agreement. However, a party may present
Bfeji'iice to modify, explain or add to the terms of written agreement if he
in1 1 h i issue in his pleading:
|n) An intrinsic ambiguity, mistake or imperfection in the written
agreement;
Ihi The failure of the written agreement to express the true intent and
agreement of the parties thereto;
|i ) The validity of the written agreement; or
|il) The existence of other terms agreed to by the parties or their
buccessors in interest after the execution of the written agreement.
^ iii may be witnesses?
■ Witnesses; their qualifications. — All persons who can perceive, and

■**11 mg, can make their known perception to others, may be witnesses.
or political belief, interest in the outcome of the case, or
Hon of a crime unless otherwise provided bv law, shall not be
s>M^> ' .I disqualification. Disqualification by reason of mental incapacity
It limmiiurity. — The following persons cannot be witnesses:
(a) Those whose mental condition, at the time of their production fq

examination, is such that they are incapable of intelligently makirij
known their perception to others;
(b) Children whose mental maturity is such as to render then
incapable of perceiving the facts respecting which they an
examined and of relating them truthfully.
> Disqualification by reason of marriage. — During their marriage

neither the husband nor the wife may testify for or against the otn^
without the consent of the affected spouse, except in a civil case by o,
against the other, or in a criminal case for a crime committed by o.<
against the other or the latter's direct descendants or ascendants.
> Disqualification by reason of death or insanity of adverse party.

Parties or assignor of parties to a case, or persons in whose behalf •
case is prosecuted, against an executor or administrator or otni
representative of a deceased person, or against a person of unsou"i
mind, upon a claim or demand against the estate of such deceasd
person or against such person of unsound mind, cannot testify as I
any matter of fact occurring before the death of such deceased persnj
or before such person became of unsound mind.
> Disqualification by reason of privileged communication. — Till

following persons cannot testify as to matters learned in confidence I
the following cases:
(a) The husband or the wife, during or after the marriage, cannoi ll
examined without the consent of the other as to nJ
communication received in confidence by one from the other duri
the marriage except in a civil case by one against the other, or nil
criminal case for a crime committed by one against the other or !■
latter's direct descendants or ascendants;
(b) An attorney cannot, without the consent of his client, be exammJ

as to any communication made by the client to him, or his adv|l
given thereon in the course of, or with a view to, profession
employment, nor can an attorney's secretaiy, stenographer, 1
clerk be examined, without the consent of the client and 111
employer, concerning any fact the knowledge of which has Ixh
acquired in such capacity;
(c) A person authorized to practice medicine, surgery or obsteti«

cannot in a civil case, without the consent of the patient, ■
examined as to any advice or treatment given by him or ^
information which he may have acquired in attending such p a iw
in a professional capacity, which information was necessary ■
enable him to act in capacity, and which would blacken i
(d) A minister or priest cannot, without the consent of the person

making the confession, be examined as to any confession made to
or any advice given by him in his professional character in the
course of discipline enjoined by the church to which the minister or
priest belongs;
(e) A public officer cannot be examined during his term of office or

afterwards, as to communications made to him in official
confidence, when the court finds that the public interest would
suffer by the disclosure.
What is parental or filial privilege?
Parental and filial privilege. — No person may be compelled to testify

■m u st his parents, other direct ascendants, children or 'other direct
pr.Nccndants.
■ Iiat is a confession?
C'onfession. — The declaration of an accused acknowledging his guilt

nl Ilie offense charged, or of any offense necessarily included therein, may
lli» niven in evidence against him.
Vliat is a dying declaration?
living declaration. — The declaration of a dying person, made under

Am ■onsciousness of an impending death, may be received in any case
§»irii-in his death is the subject of inquiry, as evidence of the cause and
am iminding circumstances of such death.
iTli.ii is res gestae?
I'm I of res gestae. — Statements made by a person while a starting

|i i in icnce is taking place or immediately prior or subsequent thereto with
I to the circumstances thereof, may be given in evidence as part of
■ I fjF'tttae. So, also, statements accompanying an equivocal act material to
b l»swie, and giving it a legal significance, may be received as part of the
to ttu e .
may opinion o f ordinary witnesses be admitted?
iion of ordinary witnesses. — The opinion of a witness for which

l|pti basis is given, may be received in evidence regarding —
I |m) The identity of a person about whom he has adequate knowledge;
I IM A handwriting with which he has sufficient familiarity; and
11 ) The mental sanity of a person with whom he is sufficiently
quainted. The witness may also testify on his impressions of the
emotion, behavior, condition or appearance of a person.
Burden of proof is the duty of a party to present evidence on the fi

in issue necessary to establish his claim or defense by the amount
evidence required by law.
What is the order o f exam ination o f witness?
The order in which the individual witness may be examined is as follow

o Direct examination by the proponent;
o Cross-examination by the opponent;
o Re-direct examination by the proponent;
o Re-cross-examination by the opponent.
What are leading questions?
Leading question which suggests to the witness the answer which

examining party desires is a leading question. It is not allowed, except:
(a) On cross examination;
(b) On preliminary matters;
(c) When there is a difficulty is getting direct and intelligible ant*
from a witness who is ignorant, or a child of tender years, or (
feeble mind, or a deaf-mute;
(d) O f an unwilling or hostile witness; or
(e) O f a witness who is an adverse party or an officer, direct m
managing agent of a public or private corporation or «
partnership or association which is an adverse party.
When to make offer?
As regards the testimony of a witness, the offer must be made m

time the witness is called to testify. Documentary and object evidence
be offered after the presentation of a party's testimonial evidence,
offer shall be done orally unless allowed by the court to be done in wilt
What is an objection?
Objection. — Objection to evidence offered orally must be

immediately after the offer is made. Objection to a question proixii
in the course of the oral examination of a witness shall be made as n<
the grounds therefor shall become reasonably apparent. An nlK
evidence in writing shall be objected to within three (3) days after n<>
the unless a different period is allowed by the court. In any • •>
grounds for the objections must be specified.
How to determ ine preponderance o f evidence?
In civil cases, the party having burden of proof must establish i'jfl
by a preponderance of evidence In determining where the prepomlr
- '* *■ .rtu/Ov#*/! Iif»« 1 hr null
pinner of testifying, their intelligence, their means and opportunity of

|nwmg the facts to which there are testifying, the nature of the facts to
Hili li they testify, the probability or improbability of their testimony, their
■ f r s t or want of interest, and also their personal credibility so far as the
Hiim' may legitimately appear upon the trial. The court may also consider
ikw in imber of witnesses, though the preponderance is not necessarily
^Hli the greater number.
V - I is proof beyond reasonable doubt?
hoof beyond reasonable doubt. — In a criminal case, the accused is

|MI*<I to an acquittal, unless his guilt is shown beyond reasonable
llilii Proof beyond reasonable doubt does not mean such a degree of
n l . excluding possibility of error, produces absolute certainly. Moral
H I nly only is required, or that degree of proof which produces
■rii lion in an unprejudiced mind.
H p n nre circum stantial evidence sufficient?
fcjinxtantial evidence is sufficient for conviction if:

I here is more than one circumstances;
The facts from which the inferences are derived are proven; and
The combination of all the circumstances is such as to produce a
ronviction beyond reasonable doubt.
substantial evidence?
Kihnliintial evidence. — In cases filed before administrative or quasi

bodies, a fact may be deemed established if it is supported by
l mi 11 ui I evidence, or that amount of relevant evidence which a
►till ile mind might accept as adequate to justify a conclusion.
W » '< iin any waters on the sea coast w hich are w ithout boundaries o f low-
■ i murk.
i millonul waters c. High seas
■ t i n waters d. Maritim e zone
M ffi to courts o f ju stice or ju dges o f said court vested with pow er to

I hr tem porary detention or confinem ent o f any person charged with
pMMilllliiK un offense.
c. Judicial authorities
d. Persons in authority
Vt>'K lo use self-defense in a hom icide case, w ho has the burden o f proof?
rut loti c. Court
d. Psychologist
^ r r i nl a ttesta tio n by whi< h n person sign ifies that he is Dound in

pii'in ir to perform an act tru th fu lly or faith fu lly.
HP r
5. A sworn statem ent in writing.

a. A ffidavit c. Testim ony
b. Oath d. Confession
6. A ny visible sign capable o f distinguishing the goods or services of ;ii|
enterprise.
a. M ark c. Business mark
b. Tradem ark d. Service mark
7. A designation w hich identifies an enterprise

a. M ark c. Business mark
b. Tradem ark d. Service mark
8 In the crime o f rape, this is usually the m ost com m on form o f evidence to prulj
the charge.
a. Medico legal testim ony c. Testim ony o f the witnesses
b. Testim ony o f the victim d. All o f these
9. After raping Josefa, Jose went on to m arry the form er, how ever a sudden n
o f events urged Josefa to file a crim inal case o f rape against her husband, wij
evidence w ould be m ost vital to aid in Jose his defense?
a. Marriage settlem ent c. Testim ony o f the witness
b. His testim ony d. M arriage contract between them
10. Home o f the husband and wife.

a. House c. Home
b. Dwelling place d. Conjugal dwelling
11. It consists o f any reprehensible deed or word that offends public conscience
a. Scandal c. Indignity
b. Unjust vexation d. Disgrace
12. W hat is needed to be proven that scandalous circum stance is an elememj

the crime o f concubinage?
a. If the man is legally married
b. If the m istress is kept outside the conjugal dwelling
c. If the mistress is a relative
d. If the mistress is a virgin
13. It means dwelling together as husband and wife.

a. Cohabit c. Live-in
b. Marriage d. Joint household
14. They should be objected to at the time they are being offered in court.
a. Oral evidence c. Expert evidence
b. Docum entary evidence d. Testim onial evidence
15. To appreciate this evidence, it is always a question o f logic and experieni

a. Real evidence c. Relevant evidence
b. Object evidence d. material evidence
« r. >r..4.1 nHmission isi prohibited by law.

17 Which am ong the follow ing m ay be considered as subjects requiring expert

opinion?
• Medical science c. U ndeciphered writings
li Korensic science d. All o f these
I M When it prom pts the witness to give an answer the exam iner wants to hear it is
said to be:
fe Leading question c. Compound question
Ii Misleading question d. General question
|U What did you observe after they got m arried is an exam ple o f a
Compound question c. M isleading question
b Leading question d. G eneral question
•II A question which is made up o f two or more queries connected by conjunctions

mid or. .
( '(impound question c. M isleading question
b I j ading question d. General question
III I’lif follow ing are the criteria used to determ ine w hether or not a child
irârdless o f age m ay be considered as a com petent w itness, except:
, < nparity o f observation c. Capacity o f com m unication
L i ii parity o f recollection d . None o f these
WImt must be established, in addition to sexual intercourse in cases o f rape?

I 1 1>ir o f force or intim idation by the offender
I stance on the part o f the victim
I *tri ility o f the offender
, All of the foregoing
w When m ay evidences be considered as adm issible in court?

When it is relevant to the issue
When it is not excluded by the law or the rules o f court
I Wlirn it is com petent
^ All ui the foregoing
I Iti In s to statem ent made by the litigants in the ju dicial proceedings.

I .Im Iicial notice c. Judicial confessions
i . ' " I k ial adm issions d. Pleadings
j fin me evidences which results in the greatest certainty o f the fact in question?
f B h m n ry or best evidence c. Com petent evidence
l » '.i)ii(lu r y evidence d. Conclusive evidence
^ ^ le i s to evidence w hich indicates that a better kind o f evidence exists.

{ B H i : v or best evidence c. Com petent evidence
midary evidence d. Conclusive evidence
ftl imluds the addition or contradiction in term s o f a w ritten instrum ent by

!r«i imonv purporting to show that other or different term s were orally agreed
!;* the parties.
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION /ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
28. M arital disqualification m ay apply, except:

a. The spouses was legally married
b. The husband is a party to the case
c. The w ife is a party to the case
d. It involves civil cases filed by one against the other
29. Refers to matters w hich are learned in confidence.

a. Private com m unication c. Dying declaration
b. Privilege com m unication d. Confidential com m unication
30. The follow ing are requisites for the disqualification based on attorney-cliei
privilege, except:
a. Existence o f an attorney client relation
b. Com m unication was m ade in the course o f professional em ploym ent
c. No consent w as given by the client to the attorney testifying thereon
31. W hen m ay a descendant be com pelled to witness against his parents or gn

parents?
a. A crime against him
b. A crim inal case by one the parent against the other
c. A crim inal case by one grand parent against another
32. An agreem ent made between two or more parties as a settlem ent o f m atters)
question.
a. Compromise c. Plea bargaining
b. Stipulation d. Contract
33. In adm ission by third party, the rights o f a party cannot be prejudiced by
act, declaration or omission o f another, except:
a. Adm ission by a co- partner/ jo in t owner or debtor
b. Adm ission by conspirator
c. Adm ission by agent or privies
34. Adm ission by agents shall be allowed when:

a. The agency is proved by evidence other the adm ission itself
b. The adm ission was made during the existence o f the agency
c. The adm ission refers to a m atter within the scope o f his authority
35. A dying declaration m ay be admissible as evidence in cases, except:

a. Im m inent death but the declarant is conscious o f facts
b. The declaration m ust concern the crime regarding the declarant’s death
c. The declarant is a com petent witness and the declaration is offered in a crimi|
case wherein the declarant’s death is subject to the inquiry.
36. Refers to inferences which the law makes so preem ptory that it will not 4
them to be overturned by any contrary proof.
~ Presiim ntion c. Disputable presumption
A witness o f the adverse party m ay be im peached, except:

A i ontradictory evidence
I lv evidence o f his general reputation and integrity, and conviction o f a crime
IHvi'lvmK moral turpitude
flt I tv evidence o f other statem ents made by the witness w hich are inconsistent.
, Ni;nr o f the above
IH KVI'crs to an official entry o f the proceedings in the court o f justice.

II id icial notice c. Blotter
>i ic1icial Record d. Official record
tu When m ay circum stantial evidence be sufficient to obtain conviction?

■ 111*i «• is more than one circum stance
I th e lucts from w hich the inference are derived were proven
> Wlirii com bined proof beyond reasonable doubt m ay be established
■I All nl the foregoing
•I' Which am ong the follow ing are not elem ents o f a corpus delicti?
n I In- accused need not necessarily be the doer o f the act
Rmiu person is crim inally responsible for the act
I ha I a certain result has been produced
il Nunc o f the foregoing
i I Which am ong the follow ing may be used as evidence in a ju dicial proceeding?
i'i ivileged conversation c. Filial privilege
I iving declaration d. Parental privilege
%» In I’D 1612, the possession o f the stolen goods is:

A, I-v idcnce against the accused
li Mi .his that the accused is not the owner
Menus that the accused is an accessory to the crime
, P i mm facie evidence o f fencing
i i . urs w hen the evidence adduced proves the disputed fact,

t i limitative c. Circum stantial
| f.m roborative d. Relevant
01 G'iilcn ce o f this kind is those which are capable o f perception.

| fiHiimionial c. Real
I C-a m borative d. Material
I A ] >i iest may not be able to testify on pertinent matters to the case if said
i in n r rsation or facts relates to that told in the confession made by the:
L P n illen t c. Client
| P »iiie n t d. Secretary
| Win i am ong the follow ing are autom atically disqualified to take the witness
ai mi nl ?
i persons c. Hom osexuals
i a l s and lesbians
< l i lli Iren :rfb
d. Insane perftons
I l.vid eiite which shows that a best evidence existed as to the proof o f the fact in
•I(li *1 loti
b. Best evidence d. Res gestae
48. Legal fitness o f a w itness to be heard on the trial.

a. Adm issibility c. Qualification
b. Com petency d. Eligibility
49. Means sanctioned by the rules o f court to ascertain the truth respecting
m atter o f fact.
a. Proof c. Motive
b. Intent d. Evidence
50. A duplicate receipt signed and carbon copied at the same time is in terms o f it|
evidential^ value is deemed as:
a. Duplicate c. Authentic
b. Original d. Genuine
51. Exem ption to the hearsay rule made under the consciousness o f an impending
death.
a. Parol evidence c. Dead m an statute
b. Ante m ortem statem ent d. Mi ultim o adios
52. W hen are children deemed not com petent to qualify as a w itness?
a. Th ey understand the obligation o f the oath
b. They have not reached the age o f discernm ent
c. They m ust have sufficient knowledge to receive ju st im pressions as to the fa;
on which testify
d. They can relate to those facts truly to the court at the time they are offered |
witness
53. That degree o f proof w hich produces in the mind o f as unprejudiced persu
that moral certainty or moral conviction that the accused did comm it
offense charged.
a. Ultim ate fact c. Preponderance o f evidence
b. Proof beyond reasonable doubt d. Substantial evidence
54. Circum stantial facts and declarations incidental to the m ain fact; me
things done
a. Factum probans c. Res gestae
b. Factum prbandum d. Owes probandi
55. A person w ho gives testim onial evidence to a ju diciary tribunal.

a. W itness c. Defense
b. Prosecution d. Clerk o f court
56. In this sort o f action, a person m erely acknowledges certain facts but does <|
adm it his guilt.
a. Testim ony c. Confession
b. Adm ission d. Extra-judicial confession
57. W hen a categorical statement o f guilt was made before a com petent trilm il
we classify it as:
a. Confession c. Judicial confession
rt Rxtra-iudiciMl floiilrssion
58. Any evidence whether oral or docum entary w herein the probative value is not
based on personal knowledge o f the w itness but that from another,
n. Testim onial evidence c. Res gestae
D). Dying declaration d. H earsay
Refers to fam ily history or descent.

A Pedigree c. Inheritance
I). Tradition d. Heritage
r>(). Obligations im posed upon a party to establish their alleged fact by p roo f are
termed as “burden o f p ro o f’, w hat is its Latin translation?
• . Pactum probans c. Ohes probandi
I), Pactum probandum d. Owes probandi
nI The probative value given by the court to a particular evidence.

Preponderance o f evidence c. Ultim ate fact
Kvidentiary fact d. W eight o f evidence
AX A degree o f p roo f below that o f p roof beyond reasonable doubt, which taken in
Ms entirely is superior to that o f another.
Hest evidence c. Preponderance o f evidence
to Secondary evidence d. W eight o f evidence
A.1 The body o f a crime.

( orpus delicti c. Autoptic evidence
M K’ral evidence d. Physical evidence
M Which am ong the foregoing is not part o f the ju dicial rule for sufficiency o f
i ncum stantial evidence to convict an accused?
I Here is m ore th a n on e circu m sta n ce
i lie facts from which the inference are derived m ust be proved
Tin com bination o f all the circum stance is such as to produce a conviction
In vond reasonable doubt.
II 11ui st be o f ju d ic ia l reco gn iza n ce
M Min i mum num ber o f w itnesses required in rape cases to secure a conviction.
c. 3
£ d. None
k I' m sumption w hich the law m akes so preem ptory that it w ill not allow them to
■ hr irversed by any contrary evidence.
I’ m- umption c. Conclusion
I M'i|iiitable presum ption d. Conclusive presum ptions
I L w nl necessity which rests upon a party at any particular time during the
6 l<*jil i<> create a prim a facie case in his own favor or to overthrow one created
r >•c'1111 mt him.
h'rNtae c. Burden o f proof
i|rn nf evidence d. Estoppel
| » i l>/ii which precludes a person from denying or asserting anything to the

11 11 141 y o f established truth,
Mi «i mi’ nIik ' i Burden o f proof
69. These questions suggest to the witness the answers to w hich an examinin
party requires.
a. Leading c. Estoppel
b. M isleading d. Res Gestae
70. A w ritten act or record o f acts o f a sovereign authority or private wririij

acknowledge before a notary public.
a. Public docum ent c. Private document
b. Official docum ent d. Official record
71. W hich am ong the follow ing may disqualify a w itness?

a. Capacity o f observation c. Capacity o f knowledge
b. Capacity o f recollection d. Capacity o f comm unication
72. W hat would overturn an alibi and denial in a hearing?

a. Testim ony c. Proof
b. Evidence d. Positive identification
73. Prescribes the governing rules on evidence?

a. Revised Penal Code c. Rules on Criminal Procedure
b. Constitution d. Rules o f Court
74. Factum probans means:

a. Evidentiary fact c. W eight o f evidence
b. Ultim ate fact d. Preponderance o f evidence
75. Evidence which has some relation to what is sought to be proved.

a. Relevant c. Com petent
b. M aterial d. Adm issible
76. It affects an issue in an im portant or substantial matter.

b. M aterial d. Direct
77. Those evidences which are adm issible in court are held to be:
78. Refers to an evidence o f the same kind adduced to prove the same fact.
a. Real c. Corroborative
b. Cum ulative d. Circum stantial
79. Additional evidence o f a different kind but tending to prove the same fact.
80. Oral testim ony given in open court.

a. Real evidence c. Testim onial evidence
b. Docum entary evidence d. Adm ission evidence
81. Evidence delivered in open court wherein the witness states that he does
know whether a fact did or did not occur.
p . Evidence w hich is sufficient to prove an issue unless overcom e or rebutted by

other evidences.
■ Prim ary c. Prim a Facie
M Secondary d. Best
Given by a person o f specialized knowledge in some particular field.

Prim ary c. Secondary
Best d. Expert
B That kind o f evidence w hich cannot be rebutted or overcome.

I Prim ary c. Real
■ Best d. Conclusive
H . Legal basis o f inadm issibility o f evidences obtained thru torture, threat,

I violence or intim idation.
I Sec 2 Bill o f Rights c. Sec 12 Bill o f Rights
I Sec 3 Bill o f Rights d. Sec 17 Bill o f Rights
H Cognizance o f certain facts w hich ju dges m ay properly take as fact because

B they are already known to them.
I Cognizance c. Judicial knowledge
I Judicial Adm ission d. Judicial Notice
■ One w hich assum es as true a fact not yet testified to by the witness, or
j contrary to that which he has previously stated.
Leading c. Confusing
M isleading d. Res Gestae
lln case o f falsification o f docum ent w hat w ould be the best evidence?
I A uthentic docum ent c. Questioned docum ent
I H olographic docum ent d. Genuine docum ent
[W h en a witness affirms that a fact did or did not occur, such testim ony is said
to be:
| Relevant evidence c. Positive evidence
I M aterial evidence d. Negative evidence
I Which am ong the follow ing m ay not be a means to im peach a ju dicial record?
[W a n t o f ju risdiction in the court or ju dicial officer
I Collusion betw een the parties
I Fraud in the party offering the record
I Alterations
I w:hat is m eant by dem urrer to evidence?

Motion to dism iss c. Motion to inhibit
Plea to dism iss d. Motion to postpyr
ayi
When can a circum stantial evidence sufficient tu J
AW
f There is m ore than one circum stance 10c,Uce a
I The facts from w hich the inference m r
■ T h e com bination o f all the cin
c°nvi,
styond reasonable doubt. ^ ^ - Cl/Cv

■ All o f these *■***
69. These questions suggest to the witness the answers to which an examini
party requires.
a. Leading c. Estoppei
b. M isleading d. Res Gestae
70. A w ritten act or record o f acts o f a sovereign authority or private writi

acknowledge before a n ota iy public.
a. Public docum ent c. Private docum ent
b. Official docum ent d. Official record
71. W hich am ong the follow ing m ay disqualify a witness?

a. Capacity o f observation c. Capacity o f knowledge
b. Capacity o f recollection d. Capacity o f com m unication
72. W hat would overturn an alibi and denial in a hearing?

a. Testim ony c. Proof
b. Evidence d. Positive identification
73. Prescribes the governing rules on evidence?

a. Revised Penal Code c. Rules on Crim inal Procedure
b. Constitution d. Rules o f Court
74. Factum probans means:

a. Evidentiary fact c. W eight o f evidence
b. Ultim ate fact d. Preponderance o f evidence
75. Evidence which has some relation to what is sought to be proved.

b. Material d. Adm issible
76. It affects an issue in an im portant or substantial matter.

77. Those evidences which are adm issible in court are held to be:
78. Refers to an evidence o f the same kind adduced to prove the same fact.
79. Additional evidence o f a different kind but tending to prove the same fact.
80. Oral testim ony given in open court.

a. Real evidence c. Testim onial evidence
b. Docum entary evidence d. Adm ission evidence
81. Evidence delivered in open court wherein the witness states that he does h
know whether a fact did or did not occur.
a. Positive c. Direct
Evidence w hich is sufficient to prove an issue unless overcom e or rebutted by

other evidences.
Prim ary c. Prim a Facie
Secondary d. Best
3 Given by a person o f specialized knowledge in some particular field.

Prim ary c. Secondary
Best d. Expert
That kind o f evidence w hich cannot be rebutted or overcome.

Prim ary c. Real
Best d. Conclusive
Legal basis o f inadm issibility o f evidences obtained thru torture, threat,

violence or intim idation.
Sec 2 Bill o f Rights c. Sec 12 Bill o f Rights
Sec 3 Bill o f Rights d. Sec 17 Bill o f Rights
Cognizance o f certain facts which ju dges m ay properly take as fact because

they are already known to them.
Cognizance c. Judicial knowledge
Judicial Adm ission d. Judicial Notice
One w hich assum es as true a fact not yet testified to by the w itness, or
contrary to that which he has previously stated.
Leading c. Confusing
M isleading d. Res Gestae
iln case o f falsification o f docum ent w hat would be the best evidence?
Authentic docum ent c. Questioned docum ent
Holographic docum ent d. Genuine docum ent
When a w itness affirms that a fact did or did not occur, such testim ony is said
lo be:
Relevant evidence c. Positive evidence
Material evidence d. Negative evidence
Which am ong the follow ing m ay not be a m eans to im peach a ju dicial record?
Want o f ju risdiction in the court or ju dicial officer
Collusion betw een the parties
Fraud in the party offering the record
Alterations
What is m eant by dem urrer to evidence?

Motion to dism iss c. Motion to inhibit
Pirn to dism iss d. Motion to postpone
When can a circum stantial evidence sufficient to convict?

T lk re is m ore than one circum stance
I lie facts from w hich the inference are derived must be proved
ii.. i om bination o f all the circum stances is such as to produce a conviction
>niul reasonable doubt.
All o f these
93. The follow ing are elem ents o f corpus delicti, except:
a. That a certain result has been produced.
b. Some person is crim inally liable for the act.
c. The accused need not necessarily be the doer o f the act
d. The accused m ust be the doer o f the act
94. Private docum ent are proved by:

a. Testim ony o f the one who made the writing
b. Testim ony o f anyone who saw the execution o f the writing.
c. Evidence o f the genuineness o f the handw riting o f the writer
d. Both B and C
95. A ny deed or instrum ent executed by a private person w ithout the interventiu
o f a notary public.
a. Holographic docum ent c. Public D ocum ent
b. Genuine docum ent d. Private Docum ent
96. W ho am ong the follow ing m ay be used to prove the handw riting o f a person
open court?
a. Secretary o f the accused for 20 years
b. A questioned docum ent exam iner
c. Friend and co-em ployee o f the accused for more than 20 years
d. Any o f the foregoing
97. U nder the rules, a ju dicial record m ay be im peached by;

a. Evidence o f fraud in the party offering the record w ith respect to III
proceedings.
b. Evidence o f collusion between the parties in the proceedings.
c. Evidence o f w ant in the ju risdiction in the court or ju dicial officer w ith resp«
to the proceedings.
d. Any o f the foregoing
98. W hen shall the offer o f testim onial evidence made?

a. Before testim ony o f the witness
b. After testim ony
c. At the time the witness is called to testify
d. A fter the oath o f taken by the witness
99. W hen can the adverse party object to any testim onial evidence?
a. After the testim ony o f the witness
b. A fter the direct exam ination o f the witness
c. During the cross exam ination
d. At any time and as soon as the grounds therefore becom e reasonably apparm
100. Several docum entary evidences were not form ally offered at the hearing of II
case, this would;
a. Be o f no bearing since it is related and im portant with the case at hand.
b. Prom pt the court to accept it.
c. Prom pt ttie court to exclude the same from the record
d. Prom pt the court to issue a subpoena
101. Generally, objection to docum entary evidences must be made;

a. Before it has been offered in evidence
I Within 3 days after notice o f the offer unless a different period is allow ed by the
nil irt.
il None o f these
l(>2 When m ay a form al offer o f object and docum entary evidence is made?
it After the presentation o f w itnesses o f both litigants
II After a party’s testim onial evidence
r After pre trial
II I )uring pre trial
III I The degree o f proof which produces in the mind o f an unprejudiced person,
llml moral certainty or m oral conviction that the accused did com m it the offense
► lilted. Also known as the quantum o f evidence used to convict the person
A m n ed in crim inal cases.
h Weight o f evidence c. Preponderance o f evidence
i' Sufficiency o f evidence d. Proof beyond reasonable doubt
till Generally leading questions are allowed on direct exam inations in the
ftillowing cases, except:
i I ly contradictory evidence
h In interrogation o f an u nw illing or hostile witness,
i When they relate to prelim inary matters.
P When there is difficulty in obtaining direct and intelligible answers from the
• "■leSS.
I Who am ong the follow ing m ay give intelligible answers as w itnesses?

i egistered voter c. A feeble minded person
k A m ild o f tender age d. A deaf-m ute person
When m ay a party im peach his own witness?

k In case o f a hostile witness.
i Where the witness is not voluntarily offered but required by law to be presented
■k >1 " proponent.
Where the witness is the adverse party or the representative o f a ju ridical
K tx iu i which is the adverse party.
| Any o f the foregoing.
W ? The following are m eans o f im peaching a w itness o f the adverse party, except:
H | i i use o f a hostile witness
HR* i ontradictory evidence
k (evidence that his general reputation for truth or integrity is bad.
|k'insistencies o f statem ents made w ith respect to the testimony.
■ I rhe.se are testim onies w hich are read and subm itted as evidence provided
P i hr despondent is dead or cannot testify or outside the country.
l^!>M sition c. Testim onial evidence
■ ‘y t il lestim ony d. E x tra ju d icia l statements
k Hie follow ing are factors required to qualify a person as an expert witness,
Ib4|lt
I fcf "' : .t Training and Education
I ni i leular first hand fam iliarity w th the facts o f the present case
■ Vt liy.wl uge
110. Res gestae m ay be admissible w ith the following requisites, except:

a. There must be a startling occurrence
b. The statem ent m ust be spontaneous.
c. The statem ents made m ust refer to the occurrence in question and its attendinj
circumstance.
d. It m ust exist previous to the controversy
CLJ - V. COURT TESTIM ONY
Court. Defined
Court is an organ of government belonging to the judicial departm

officially assembled under authority of law at the appropriate time an
place for the administration of justice through which the state enforce n|
sovereign rights and powers. The primary purpose of a trial whether in |
criminal or civil setting is to determine the truth.
What transpire during a call to order?
Call to order: When the judge enters the courtroom, the clerk of cou
or bailiff announces: “All rise, the court is now in session, silence
enjoined.”
What happens during Roll call o f cases?
In, roll Call of Cases: The Clerk of Court reads aloud the criminal ciJ
number, People of the Philippines versus, the accused of a specific crin^
The prosecutor stands up and state: “For the People, Your Honor, read?|
While the defense will state: “For the accused Your Honor, ready.”
Who is a judge?
A judge is a public officer appointed to preside and administer the M

in the court. He is charged with the control of the proceedings and
decisions and questions of discretion and law. A magistrate, justice
often used synonymously and interchangeably with the term judge.
What are the duties o f the clerk o f court?
Clerk of court is a person employed in public office whose dull)

includes filing of motions, pleadings, judgment, etc. issues, process al
keeps records of court proceedings. The following fall under i|
responsibilities of a clerk of court:
o Call to Order
o Roll Call
o Arraignment
ft o Marking of Exhibits
(> Reading of the promulgation
In l he arraignment, the clerk of court reads the charge of the crime against
11ip accused, and asks the accused whether to plea guilty or not guilty.
•wearing of a witness is undertaken by the clerk of court in which the

wiiiiess is instructed to raise his/her«fight hand while swearing to tell the
Imlh, the whole truth and nothing JfcF’the truth. The witness is likewise
•Milcred to state his/her name, /Qge, address and other personal
On uinstances
Wno is the bailiff?
A bailiff is a court attendant or officer who has the responsibility of a

mii 111 session in the matter of keeping order. Also referred to as a Sheriff,
In whom some authority, guardianship, care is delivered, entrusted or
pnnmitted.
■ho is an interpreter in court?
An interpreter is a court personnel sworn at a trial to translate the

•nr-iiions and testimony of a witness who may be deaf or unfamiliar with
Official language used in court.
Vhat is the duty o f the prosecution in the trial o f the accused?
ll is the duty of the prosecution to prove the guilt of the accused in a

■iImnial trial beyond reasonable doubt.
ttho is the plaintiff in crim inal cases?
The plaintiff is a criminal case is the People of the Philippines

•■fm|)osed of the state and the offended party and represented in trial by
pb' iMihlic prosecutor.
%
■Thu is a private prosecutor?
A private prosecutor refers to another lawyer hired by the offended

or the victim under the control and supervision of the public
H fe c u to r.
■I k. may be witnesses for the prosecution?
■I ness for the prosecution nre commonly the:

Compiainam *
I’olice officer
o Eyewitnesses
In the trial what is the objective o f the defense?
The objective of the defense in a criminal case is to see to it that dm

process is observed and the right of the accused is protected. It is his duij
to help acquit an accused.
Who represents the accused?
The accused may be represented by a lawyer of his own choice o,

counsel de officio who is a court appointed lawyer to defend destiti
litigants.
Who may be the witnesses for the defense?
The witnesses of the defense are usually:

o The accused
o His witnesses
o Eyewitnesses
o Privately hired forensic experts
Who is a witness?
A witness is one who is present and personally sees or perceives

thing, and makes it known to the judicial tribunal by way of testimoni
When a witness is already testifying, the objection should be made as
as the question is asked and before the answer is given. In case 1
question is proper but the answer is objectionable, the remedy is to stri
the answer of the record.
An ordinary witness is not allowed to testify on facts he has not kn'-

or perceived through his senses. On certain matters an ordinary witness
permitted to express an opinion to expedite the taking of evidence if he M
adequate or sufficient knowledge or familiarity about them such as:
o Physical measurement or dimension in terms of size, height, weij
or shape.
o Identity of a person regarding sex, age, nationality, racial feature
language spoken,
o Personality of a person concerning the behavior, emotion m|
mood.
o Appearance, personal reaction or demeanor whether calm, upi.j
frustrated or scared,
o Mental condition of a person whether normal or otherwise,
o Genuineness of handwriting of authorship,
o Color whether light, dark its intensity and shade,
o Intoxication : whether sober or drunk
o Physical Orientation and features such as velocity, motlij
A:----*4- —
Who is an expert witness?
An expert witness is considered by the court due to the special

knowledge, skills or experience in some field of science, trade, profession,
&i I or calling. The qualification of an expert witnessed is established by
<i|irrial education, work, training and experience in a particular field
lir/she is going to testify on.
■nut takes place indirect exam ination o f witnesses?
In direct examination facts are established by the party offering the

witness testimony. Leading questions is not allowed and direct questions
Ur*' commenced with what, who, where, when and why?
Whit is a leading question?
A question is leading when it suggests or prompts the witness to give a

ir|il\ ihe examiner wants to hear, it usually begins with “Did” or “Didn’t”.
I *'in 111ig questions is allowed to be asked in cross-examination by the
*ti\nse party; to assist a witness who is young, ignorant or handicapped
I expressing himself; to examine an uncooperative, hostile and
fin 11 id iced; and to identify persons and things.
is the purpose o f cross exam ination o f witnesses?
J C ri»,s examination is used to test the credibility of the witness of the

party. It is composed of questions answerable by yes or no.
I f nilmg question is allowed during cross examinations.
■ Iial are objections?
In Ihe course of the trial the counsel for either the defense or the
l|»*' . iilion may raise objections to certain questions of the examining
hwuMi^ party. The judge may either rule on the objection by sustaining
W " " miling it. Sustained means the witness may not answer. Overruled
■ P " . Ihe witness is directed to answer the question. The ground for
iurn may be:
Irrelevant or immaterial question;
I lie witness may be incompetent to answer;
I fading or misleading questions;
Hie questions has no basis;
Privilege communication;
v.tgue or confusing questions;
Hie* answer is not responsive and should be stricken off;
The examiner is harassing or insulting the witness;
laopardy of self incrimination.
What is a narrative question?
A narrative question expedites the presentation of evidence but t

unfair to the adverse party since it deprives them the opportunity to maki
a timely objection.
W hat is an incrim inating question?
A question wherein the answer may tend to degrade, discredit .

dishonor and humiliate a witness may refuse reply. But when
embarrassing question is asked to establish and prove the existence t
non-existence of a fact in issue, the court may direct the witness I
answer. A question which has the tendency to expose a witness to
criminal charge or to any kind of punishment is classified
incriminating. The right to self-incrimination can be invoked only by 1
witness because it is strictly personal. In such cases, the law-
presenting the witness may ask the court to advise the witness of his riij
against self-incrimination.
1. Considered as the “Star” during the trial. He has control over the wlm
proceedings .
a. Judge c. Prosecutor
b. Accused d. Defense Counsel
2. Generally, the answer o f a witness o f his trial for one crime , shall have !>•«
previously convicted by final ju dgm ent o f another crime em braced in the same
o f tne Penal Code.
a. Through an interpreter c. Orally
b. In w riting d. Either A or B
3. A witness who is declared by the court to have shown an adverse interJ

unjustified reluctance to testify or having misled party into calling him to il
witness stand.
a. Eye witness c. Expert witness
b. Ordinary W itness d. Hostile W itness
4. Prelim inary investigation is a ?

a. Statutory Right c. Constitutional Right
b. Civil Right d. Human Right
5. This is the exam ination o f the witness by the adverse party after said wit u
has given the testim ony on direct examination.
a. Re-Cross exam ination c. Direct exam ination
b. Cross exam ination d. Re-direct exam ination
6 . As a general rule, a person who takes the stand as a witness, is presumed to I

w hat ?
a. Not qualified to testify c. Q ualified to testify
b. Innocent d. It depends on the testim ony
fc, Presumption c. Leading question

11 Assumption d. M isleading question
M Before a w itness can testify in court, he m ust be:

ii Able to read and write c. Sworn in under oath or affirm ation
11 Required to post a bond d. All o f the above
'• Il is substitute for an oath and is a solem n and form al declaration that the
wii ness w ill tell the truth.
ii Affirmation c. Attestation
!• ( .'onfirmation d. Pledge
11) Cross exam ination is done by the

it nidge. c. Proponent
11 ( lerk o f court d. O pponent
: The relevance o f the study o f practice court is to crim inology is:

It Acquaintance w ith court room conduct and trial procedures
l-’amiliarization w ith court personnel and legal forms
Train crim inologist how to testify effectively and properly
11 All o f the above
I he usual role o f police officers during ju dicial proceedings.

« T o protect the ju dge c. To protect the accused
T' T o serve as a w itness d. To act as an expert w itness
I I his occurs w hen the ju dge enters the court room and the clerk or bailiff
B p i'iiin c e s his presence.
f t I oil call o f cases c. Arraignm ent
0 i all to order d. O rder o f trial
11 When the call to order has been undertaken, it is an indication that:

« All must rise c. The court is in session
All must be silent d. All o f the above
1 Which am ong the follow ing is not a court personnel?

a i lerk o f court c. Interpreter
lenographer d. Policem an
% I it-i prim ary duty is to keep peace during trials.

I ‘ ’In k o f court c. Policem an
I i t'liliff d. Judge
lT V i» prosecutor in a crim inal case would usually utter in roll call:

l o r the accused you r honor, ready” c. “For the people you r honor, ready”
i nr the plain tiff you r honor, ready” d. “ For the state your honor, ready”
II i» u list o f cases u sually placed or posted on the door o f a trial court.

|t • ■II call o f cases c. Call to order
I I 'U-ndar d. All o f these
11 inis und court sessions are usually:

H s i|ii ii to the public
c. Exclusive to the litigants and their relatives

d. Open to the members o f the bar
20. Before giving his testim ony the witness must:

a. Undertake the witness oath c. Must pray for truthful answers
b. Must sign his affidavit d. Must pledge to tell the truth
21. W hen evidences are presented to the court, this constitutes.

a. W itness oath c. Roll call o f cases
b. Call to order d. M arking o f exhibits
22. A procedure wherein the case num ber is called and the litigants representeo
counsel should signify their readiness for trial.
a. W itness oath c. Roll call o f cases
b. Call to order d. M arking o f exhibits
23. Prim ary duty o f the prosecutor.

a. To see to it that due process is observed
b. To acquit the accused
c. To prove the guilt o f the accused beyond reasonable doubt
d. To secure ju stice
24. He is the lawyer for the plaintiff.

a. Counsel de officio c. Public prosecutor
b. Private prosecutor d. All o f the above
25. A nother law yer hired by the victim is designated as:

a. Counsel de officio c. Public prosecutor
b. Private prosecutor d. Counsel for the defense
26. W hen an objection has been made to the testim ony o f the w itness and
ju dge orders that it be sustained, the witness:
a. Is allowed to continue and answer
b. Is not allowed to answer the question directed by counsel
c. Is instructed to sit down
d. Is instructed to get out o f the w itness stand
27. The question, “w hen did you first m eet the accused” is an exam ple o f a:
a. Direct exam ination c. Re-direct question
b. Cross exam ination d. Re-cross exam ination
28. After the evidence o f the defense is presented, the next step for the oran
trial is:
a. Evidence for the prosecution c. Sur-rebuttal evidence
b. Rebuttal evidence d. Cross exam ination
29. It is usually used to test the credibility o f the witness and leading quesi#
m ay be allowed.
a. Direct exam ination c. Re-direct exam ination
b. Cross exam ination d. Re-cross exam ination
30. It is used to establish facts wherein leading questions are not allowed.
- iv ,— r Re-direct e xa mi n a t i on
11 A person nam ed and appointed by the court to defend an absentee defendant

In unit w hich the appointm ent is made.
m Attorney at law c. Counsel de officio
It Attorney ad Hoc d. Attorney o f record
) An attorney whose name m ust appear in the perm anent record or file o f the
MIX'*.
h Attorney at law c. Counsel de officio
Ii Attorney ad Hoc d. Attorney o f record
I'lie counsel on either side o f the litigated action w ho is charges w ith the
•Din ipnl m anagem ent and direction o f party’s case.
1. Attorney in fact c. Lead Counsel
It Attorney ad Hoc d. House counsel
§4 1.11crally it means a friend o f the court, a person w ith strong interest in or views
■ the subject m atter o f an action but not a party to it.
) Attorney in fact c. Counsel de officio
^ Amicus Curiae d. House counsel
I A preliminary fee given to an attorney or counsel to insure and secure services

Kh'l induce him to act for the client.
L * ir i u-ral retainer c. Special retainer
| N' lm m n gfee d. Acceptance fee
U W ENFORCEMENT ADM INISTRATION
■9*9 Pertinent laws and issuance, principles, concepts, procedures,

■to/nx/s- and techniques in the administration, organization, and operation
> service, to include industrial security management. Specially,
Mi hi'h areas to wit: police administration and organization, patrol
^■RTii'i/ncs and operations, and industrial security management.
«n e l Adm inistration. Defined
1 I ' i ifinnel administration refers to the management of the people in

l)iiii|.', organizations. It is also frequently called personnel management,
Ifclnninnl relations, employee relations, and manpower management. It
■ N r n I s a major subsystem in the general management system, in
■fell it refers to the management of human resources, as distinguished
Ipii limmcial or material resources. The term may be used to refer to
■ r < ! specific functions or activities assigned to specialized personnel
■ftr* or departments. It is also used to identify the entire scope of
Mm«' tncnt policies and programs in the recruitment, allocation,
^H prthin. and direction of manpower.
^ 4 1 U h law enforcem ent agency?
■' Invv enforcement agency is 11 term used to denote any agency which
as the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) or the Drug Enforcemer

Administration (DEA) in the United States of America. It may also refer t
a national police force such as the Philippine National Police. It can n
used to describe an international organization such as Europol or Interpu
Law Enforcement administration begins with the definition of the require
quantities of particular personal capabilities. Thereafter, people must |
found, recruited, selected, trained or retrained, negotiated with, counsel*"
led, directed, committed, rewarded, transferred, promoted, and final
released or retired. In many of these relations, managers deal with thu
associates as individuals (the field takes its name in part from this type
relationship
What is a police organization?
A police organization’s objectives are to prevent crime, investign>

crime and apprehend offenders, enforce the law, control traffic, mainiii
order, and deal with emergencies and disasters. The word police coni-
from the Latinpolitia (“civil administration”), which itself derives from i
Ancient Greek noAig, for polis (“city”). The term police refers to a body
civil authority, which is tasked to maintain peace and order, enforce i«
law, protect lives and properties and insure public safety. Regarded as *1
initiators of the criminal justice system, society’s first line of defen
against crime and criminality.
Police are agents or agencies authorized to use force and other formHl
coercion and legal means to effect public and social order. The term
most regularly associated with police departments of a state that 4
empowered to exercise the police power of that state within a defined le
or territorial area of responsibility. Police or law enforcement is agency u
community or government that is responsible for maintaining public o»
and preventing and detecting crime. The basic police mission of preservi
order by enforcing rules of conduct or laws was identical in anclij
societies as it is in sophisticated urban environments.
LEA I. POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADM INISTRATION
What is the Home Rule Theory?
The Home Rule Theory - Law enforcers or policemen are regarded

servants of the community, who rely for the efficiency of their func*''
upon the express needs of the people. In this concept, policemen are J
servants whose key duty is the preservation of public peace and seeing
This is practiced in the United States and in England where I
governmental structure follows a decentralized pattern.
What is the Continental theory?
The Continental Theory - In this concept, policemen are regarded as

*lntr or servants of the higher authorities. This theory prevails in
Su ropean countries where the governmental organization follows the
Bjilralized pattern, e.g. Spain, Italy and France. The people have no share
i little participation with the duties nor connection with the police
iiiK«nization.
Whit is the difference betw een Old and New Concept o f policing?
The Old Concept - Police service is give the impression of being merely
•impressive machinery. This philosophy advocates that the yardstick of
Bpk/r competence is the increasing number of arrests, throwing offenders
Id detention facilities rather than trying to prevent them from committing
Mines. While, the Modern Concept - This thought of police service regards
Lwlli e as the first line of defense of the criminal justice system, an organ of
■hue prevention. Under this concept, police efficiency is measured by the
fchj-nsing number of crimes. It further broadens police activities to cater
| fcv ial services, and has for its mission the welfare of the individual as
|9ll /is that of the community in general.
|fhat Is an organization?
•'ionization - In police management, it is the arrangement of people

• ommon purpose and objective in a manner to' enaDle the
■Tliii mance of related tasks by individuals grouped for the purpose. This
Jinii/iition can be functional, Line, line and staff, etc. depending on the
R|)r< i ivcs and functions of the organization.
■ I.■I la an organizational structure?
An organizational structure is a mechanical means of depicting by an

Iphni^rment of symbols; the relationships which exists between
■Kuliiuls, groups and functions within the organization. Lines of
H im 11y and responsibility and functional relationships between groups
individuals are clearly defined to ensure compliance and
^^Bkir>'.il)ility.
arc the types o f organization?
toti'llonal Organization: In this type of organization, the performance of

■ b i i i iluties, at all levels, is controlled and directed by a separate
fcr'iViimnal authority. Each work unit or function is placed under the
^ • f v c ion of 4 to 8 specialists, one of each of the unit’s major or special
»»- ■ The functional organization divides authority and responsibility
MRrk■ " -■'■veral specialists. The responsibility of each “functional
HlUki< i is restricted to the mutieulnr activitv over whii-h hp Vmc mntmi
of organization becomes difficult since the employees accountable I

results may be subject to the functional direction of many perHnj
Discipline is hard to administer because of this multi-headed leadenJ
Lines of authority and responsibility are fragmented into many fund ini
channels. There may be conflict among functional administrators, wlj
may result in considerable confusion among the line personnel.
Line Organization: This is the simplest form of organization

operations and administrative functions are included in the scalar chulU
authority. The straight line organization often called the indivkli
departmental or military type of organization is the oldest type but srlJ
encountered in its true form except in any but the sniau
establishments. The channels of authority and responsibility extend u
direct line from top to bottom within the structure. Authority is abf«n|
and definite. Its greatest disadvantage is that it is utterly simphi
involves a division of work into units with a person in charge who I
complete control and can be held directly accountable for results or Iml
them. Swift decisions could be made in the line organization becaud
the direct lines of authority and because of this, each member in the i]
of command know to whom he is accountable and who is respon-dlit*
him. Discipline is easily administered, responsibility for decision r:i .>1
is well identified and singleness of purpose is fostered. Coordinating
effort is relatively easy to achieve because of functional overling
between units a major cause of friction in any organization nvi
minimized.
Line and S taff Police Organization: In the scalar chain of authonlv

line is the backbone of the organization. The line is supplemented l.j
staff, which gives advice and assistance to the line in carrying mjl
objectives. Both line and staff personnel are responsible jointly I<>m
performance. Line officers take direct action while staff personnel Iiii^
technical information, advice and expertise without having direct aullm
over line personnel. Line and staff type of organization is a combin/iihi
the line and functional category. It merges staff specialists for unil*|
line organization. Channels of responsibility and authority are lcli m
since the specialist’s responsibility is to advise and provide expci Iiiil
the line units who are responsible for its accomplishment.
What are police territorial units?
Police territorial units which establish their respective .>

responsibility are: Districts, Sectors, Beat, Route and Posts.
What are police functional units?
Functional units are jurisdictional it may be classified as a hifl

division, sector and unit.
la the doctrine o f chain o f com m and?
Phiim of Command: This refers to the line or chain of supervisors from

tu bottom. It is the system which purpose is to ensure that orders,
liives, and other information are channeled downward and upward
j b Ii an organizational structure in a timely and uniformed fashion. It
• i l he manner through which the supervisors establish and maintain
nrrrssary control over subordinates.
■ re the categories o f police Tasks?
Hprir are three categories of police duties, namely Primary line or

SIImikiI police tasks, Secondary or auxiliary service tasks and
pii»iirntive or managerial police tasks. Primary line or operation police
) mr: Patrol, Investigation, Traffic, Vice and Juvenile control.
■ u j y or auxiliary service tasks are as follows: Records,. Property,
laboratory, Transportation and Communication. And,
" 111.11alive or managerial police tasks are: Personnel, Intelligence,
j i imi, Planning, Budgeting, Training and Public/community
>111*,
U I lie doctrine o f unity o f command?
|»iil\ "i Command: It simply means that each individual unit, and/or
•hould be under the control of only one direct unit supervisor.
1 ft* oi several bosses confuses the operation of subordinates. In
•civil r, it is important that only one man be in complete command
invi ion of each officer. Confusion is created when more than one
vimH undertakes independent command of an operation performed
pro I subordinates or when a subordinate receives orders from one or
lfc|H»fmr. In such a scenario, the orders given are not likely to be
i I i i h m and conflicting orders confuse subordinates and make the
if iti'ii of efforts difficult.
Il I lie apan o f control?
i nl ( ontrol: An officer should not have more subordinates than he

• lv supervise, manage or control. In police service the span of
Iw 11 if pyramidal arrangement or grouping of subordinate units or
ppi 'lie ability of one man to direct, coordinate, and control
«nl>ordinates- his span of control- has physical limits, because
mil' in one place at one time, and his inability to work for a
puri .>■( hours daily. There are also definite mental limitations to
( r.minand as the number of immediate subordinates increase.
** I he number is increased, the task command increases; this
■ H k i ! ) wh*n the subordinates are separated from the superior by
■ m l 111111 i1
Determinant factors for proper span of control are: Native M

Complexity of the tasks to be performed, Separation from the
from immediate subordinates, Time demanded by the public for
assistance. Factors which results in error in span of control ur I
estimation of his own ability and Inability or unwillingness to 1Ii>j
authority.
What is delegation o f authority?
Delegation of Authority: The principle of delegation of work is rrl»((

the process committing an activity to another’s care. It is closely re I *
the principle of span of control in that even though the span of attniij
excessive, the harm from it can be reduced by delegation of manv
to subordinates. The division of the tasks of command among the
of the various units is referred to as the delegation of authority.
The authority of the chief is limited to the command of membci n ■

the pyramid of that officer’s authority. That officer in turn deleîiH
authority given to him to the heads of smaller units. This pi i
continued to the lowest level that of execution. Division in delegjill<
authority: Policy formulation- Involve what are to be done in the
orders or broad statement of action; Direction- deals with procedi
is to be done who is to do it, when, where, and how it is to L>» |
Supervision- deals with the assistance and guidance given to subo. 4
to ensure successful performance and Execution- deals win®
performance of tasks to be done with commensurate authority to him
responsiDility.
What is com m and responsibility?
“Command Responsibility”: An officer of the police force who is iU

or immediately in command shall be answerable under the d<>< m
command responsibility for any of the following:
o Misfeasance- It is the improper performance of some <i< ! i
might be lawfully done. In the police service this is equiv*.U
irregularities in the performance of duties.
o Malfeasance- Also known as misconduct, it is the perform*^
some act which ought not to be done.
o Nonfeasance- It is the omission of some act which ou^lil
performed. It as also referred to as neglect of duty.
Exemptions to the doctrine of “Command Responsibility”: Wlii

commanding officer was not properiy informed of the acts or omisU
his subordinates, When the commander was properly informed if!
conducted an immediate investigation of such act or omission nml ^
he acted upon lawful orders from higher authorities.
ifl I he NAPOLCOM?
I n>11 til Police Commission. The NAPOLCOM exercises administrative

II mid supervision over the P.N.P. Republic Act 4864 otherwise
| •" the Police Act of 1966 created the NAPOLCOM. It is a collegial
wi'imi the D.I.L.G., composed of the Secretary as its Chairman and
fe u ln r commissioners. The NAPOLCOM shall be an agency attached
1 icptirtment of Interior and Local Government for policy and
vii coordination.
tam prises the NAPOLCOM?
| NAPOLCOM shall be composed of a Chairperson, four (4) regular

^winners, and the Chief of PNP as ex-officio member.
(.1) of the regular commissioners shall come from the civilian
t- n who are neither active nor former members of the police or
Huy, one ( 1 ) of whom shall be designated as vice chairperson by
I'resident.
fmuth regular commissioner shall come from the law enforcement

mi fit her active or retired: Provided, that an active member of a law
)lnn '’ merit agency shall be considered resigned from said agency
ppointed to the Commission: Provided, further, that at least one
|| Hi'- Commissioners shall be a woman.
iMary of the Department shall be the ex-officio Chairperson of

1 inn mission, while the Vice Chairperson shall act as the executive
||i i i nl l he Commission."
■inms. — No person shall be appointed regular member of the

i 'M unless:"
H r hi she is a citizen of the Philippines;
i member of the Philippine Bar with at least five (5) years
(•wprtience in handling criminal or human rights cases or a holder
»i ii master's degree but preferably a doctorate degree in public
Administration, sociology, criminology, criminal justice, law
•rpim einent, and other related disciplines; and
JPwr irgular member coming from the law enforcement sector
|ln ii ilil have practical experience in law enforcement work for at
1 b » i live (5) years while the three (3) other regular commissioners
have done extensive research work or projects on law
■hlunr-ment, criminology or criminal justice or members of a duly
P 0 * 'rl ed non-government organization involved in the promotion
B pM ii i and order."
I ha powers and Function o f the PNP?
A N D F U N C T IO N O F T H E P H IL IP P IN E N A T IO N A L P O L IC E :
o Enforce all laws and ordinances relative to the protection ol' i|

and properties;
o Maintain peace and order and take all necessary steps and en^
public safety;
o Investigate and prevent crimes, effect the arrest of criii
offenders, bring offender to justice and assist in their proseculi|
o Exercise the general powers to make arrest, search and seizii^
accordance with the constitution and pertinent laws;
o Detain the arrested person for a period not beyond wh|
prescribed by law, informing the person so detained of all his
under the constitution;
o Issue licenses for the possession of firearms and explosive
accordance with law;
o Supervise ad control the training and operatives of h<
agencies and issue licenses to operatives security agencies,
security guards private detectives, or the practice ol
profession; and
o Perform such other duties and exercise all other functions ntfl
be provided by law.
W hat are the general qualification for appointm ent to the PNP?
General Qualifications for Appointment: Under Republic Act H>'“ |

person shall be appointed as officer or member of the PNP unlesp
possess the following minimum qualifications:
o A citizen of the Philippines;
o A person of good moral conduct;
o Must have passed the psychiatric/psychological, drug and |>IJ
tests to be administered by the PNP or by any NAI'i
accredited government hospital for the purpose of clrtri
physical and mental health;
o Must possess a formal baccalaureate degree from a irm
institution of learning;
o Must be eligible in accordance with the standards Mr I
Commission;
o Must not have been dishonorably discharged from
employment or dismissed for cause from any civilian pc il 14
Government;
o Must not have been convicted by final judgment of mi nil
crime involving moral turpitude;
o Must be at least one meter and sixty-two centimeter!. II (
height for male and one meter and fifty-seven centimrtmi f|
for female;
o Must not weigh more or less than five kilograms (5 Ur )
standard weight corresponding to his or her height m.’>
and
o For new applicant, must not be less than twenty one |* 11 •
than thirty (30) years of age: except for the last qunllli
<-11 i n l i f u ' f l t i n n s shall be continuing m fl|
C RIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
mu) an absence of any one of them at any given time shall be a

lip'in id for separation or retirement from the service.
- la l he waiver program ?
tin i.'iii Criteria under the Waiver Program. The selection of

I il n under the Waiver Program Shall be subject to the following
llin <;i iteria: a. Applicants who possess the least disqualification
IhIo- precedence over those who possess more disqualifications, b.
iin i' Mient shall be waived in the following order: age, height, weight
liliim n The Commission shall promulgate rules and regulations to
ul her situations arising from the waiver of the entry requirements,
ul Appointment under a Waiver Program. Any PNP uniformed
fil l who are admitted due to the waiver of the educational or weight
*11 111 ■i shall be issued a temporary appointment ’pending the
■ the requirement waived. Any member who fails to satisfy
| llit» w,lived requirements within the specified time periods under
I I nl K'A 8551 shall be dismissed from the service.
£ tfe* Field training program ?
11 inning Program: All uniformed members of the PNP shall

n I'lrld Training Program for twelve (12) months involving actual
t tilnI assignment in patrol, traffic, and investigation as a
•til leu permanency of their appointment.
nl ■ police officers o f the PNP?
îl ii it-111lor Police Officer I to Senior Police Officer IV . —

! Iiv lIn PNP regional director for regional personnel or by the
litr I'NI’ for the national headquarters personnel and attested by
M m m i i Commission. Inspector to Superintendent. — Appointed
Iml i'I lIn- PNP, as recommended by their immediate superiors,
I In- i ivi I Service Commission.
Ntipri mlendent to Deputy Director General. — Appointed by the

Mpii'i lerommendation of the chief of the PNP, with proper
by i In; Chairman of the Civil Service Commission and subject
llmi Iiy Lhe Commission on Appointments. Director General. —
i»v tin President from among the senior officers down to the
|U(i( i mtendent in the service, subject to confirmation by the
i*n Appointments: Provided, That the Chief of the PNP shall
«l Jut v not to exceed four (4) years: Provided, further, That, in
Y "i other national emergency declared by Congress, the
■m\ * steml such tour of duty.
W hat is lateral entry?
Lateral Entry of Officers into the PNP: In general, all oriî

appointments of commissioned officers in the PNP shall commence \.
the rank of inspector, to include all those with highly techul
qualifications applying for the PNP technical services, such as deni
optometrists, nurses, engineers, and graduates of forensic scietn'
Doctors of medicine, members of the Bar, and chaplains shall
appointed to the rank of senior inspector in their particular technl
service.
Graduates of the Philippine National Police Academy (PNPA) shnll

automatically appointed to the initial rank of inspector. Licni
criminologists may be appointed to the rank of inspector to fill up
vacancy after promotions from the ranks are completed.
What is police promotion?
Promotion is a status change of a policeman amounting to dynni

elevation of qualified or deserving members as opportunities occun,
assignment or duties of greater importance. All promotions should
based on merits and fitness. Kinds of Promotions: Regular promo'
quota allocated promotion wherein a candidate must satisfy all
mandatory requirements fixed for a certain grade. Special or Meritm
promotion
How are retirem ent benefits computed?
Retirement benefits: Monthly retirement pay shall be fifty pen

(50%) of the base pay and longevity pay of the retired grade in <a
twenty (20) years of active service, increasing by two and one-half prtl
(2.5%) for every year of active service rendered beyond twenty (20) yrm
a maximum of ninety percent (90%) for thirty-six (36) years of iu
service and over: Provided, That, the uniformed personnel shall hnvr
option to receive in advance and in lump sum his retirement pay Im
first five (5) years: Provided, further, That payment of the retm i
benefits in lump sum shall be made within six (6) months from eff'n t
date of retirement and/or completion: Provided, finally, That retii• i<
pay of the officers/non-officers of the PNP shall be subject to adjusin
based on the prevailing scale of base pay of police personnel in the f
service."
What are the benefit o f PNP members with permanent ph

disability?
Permanent physical disability: An officer or non-officer " 14

permanently and totally disabled as a result of injuries sullen
sickness contracted in the performance of his duty us duly certified I»v
National Police Commission, upon finding mid certification by
fcpiDpriate medical officer, that the extent of the disability or sickness

butlers such member unfit or unable to furtner perform the duties of his
Munition, shall be entitled to one year's salary and to lifetime pension
■tan ivalent to eighty percent of his last salary, in addition to other benefits
I* provided under existing laws.
Ill■■l is com pulsory retirem ent? .
I <'ompulsory Retirement: Compulsory retirement, for officer and non-

■li rr, shall be upon the attainment of age fifty-six (56): Provided, That, in
of any officer with the rank of chief superintendent, director or
■m lv director general, the Commission may allow his retention in the
** for an un-extendible period of one (1) year.
■hat is the difference between optional and early retirement?
tiplional Retirement: Upon accumulation of at least twenty (20) years

■»w iis factory active service, an officer or non-officer, at his own request
|| wnh the approval of the Commission, shall be retired from the service
lisl i■nIitled to receive benefits provided by law. While, early retirement
fcc.im: Within three (3) years after the effectivity of RA 8551, any PNP
pj^ r or non-commissioned officer may retire and be paid separation
Jfcl!!*. corresponding to a position two (2) ranks higher than his or her
■ »n i rank subject to the following conditions:
that at the time he or she applies for retirement, he or she has
tlready rendered at least ten (10) years of continuous government
srrvice;
I lie applicant is not scheduled for separation or retirement from the
service due to the attrition system or separation for cause;
Ik- or she has no pending administrative or criminal case; and
lie or she has at least three (3) more years in tJa#* service before
n-aching the compulsory retirement age andfaM t^st a yeau before
IIis or her maximum tenure in position. / ,^ K
Ii the Internal Affairs Service?
Bh'- (IAS) Internal Affairs Service the Administrative Disciplinary

■rtri \ of the PNP shall have the following functions and powers:
l'io actively conduct inspections and audits on PNP personnel
i Investigate complaints and gather evidence in support of an open

' tigation.
Conduct summary hearing on PNP members facing Administrative
■p ft iii>i:»>es.
I Veil in nt periodic report on the assessment analysis and evaluation
■•■f thr < h.iracter and behavior of PNP personnel and units to the
I Inc' PNP and the NAPOI.COIV
o File appropriate criminal case against PNP members before1

court as evidence warrants and assist in the prosecution ol
case.
o Provides assistance to the office of the Ombudsman in '•<
involving the personnel of the PNP.
Internal Affairs Service: The IAS shall conduct “motu-propio”, autnin

investigations of the following cases:
o Incidents where a police personnel discharges a firearm;
o Incidents where death, serious physical injury, or any violain
human rights occurred in the conduct of police operation;
o Incidents where evidence was compromised, tampered
obliterated or lost while in custody of police personnel;
o Incidents where a suspect in the custody of the policn
seriously injured; and
o Incidents where the established rules of engagement havr
violated.
What is sum m ary dismissal?
Summary Dismissal Powers of the PNP Chief and Regional Dm

The Chief of the PNP and regional directors, after due notice and siiiu^
hearings, may immediately remove or dismiss any respondcni
member in any of the following cases:
o When the charge is serious and the evidence of guilt is strong
o When the respondent is a recidivist or has been repeatedly cI*
and there are reasonaule grounds to believe that he is guilty
charges; and
o When the respondent is guilty of conduct unbecoming of i
officer.
What is the PLEB?
People's Law Enforcement Board (PLEB): (a) Creation and ImiiiH

— Within thirty (30) days from the issuance of the implementing mil
regulations by the Commission, there shall be created by the saii|ûi|
panlungsod/bayan in every city and municipality such number ol H
Law Enforcement Boards (PLEBs) as may be necessary: Prnviflr.l,
there shall be at least one (1) PLEB for every municipality and loi
the legislative districts in a city. The PLEB shall have ju r is d ic t io n
and decide citizen's complaints or cases filed before it againM
officers and members of the PNP. There shall be at least one (1) t't4
every five hundred (500) city or municipal police personnel.
Composition and Term of Office. — The PLEB shall be com pom-J

following:
o Any member o f the sangguniang panlungsod/bayan c I io n m i
respective sanggunian;
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION//ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
Any barangay captain of the city or rmunicipality concerned chosen

by the association of barangay captaims; and
i hree (3) other members who shall be chosen by the peace and
order council from among the :respected members of the
community known for their probity aind integrity, one (1) of whom
must be a member of the Bar or, in Ithe absence thereof, a college
Kmduate, or the principal of the cemtral elementary school in the
loi ality. The Chairman of the PLEB slhall be elected from among its
members. The term of office of the miembers of the PLEB shall be
lor a period of two (2) years from assumption of office. Such
member shall hold office until his successor shall have been
rhoscn and qualified.
la operational supervision and contrail?
t' tiii "operational supervision and control" shall mean the power
I, superintend, oversee and inspect tlhe police units and forces. It
Im hide the power to employ and deploy mnits or elements of the PNP,
Ji the station commander, to ensure public safety and effective
yini•• e of peace and order within the locality.
la ( lie difference between em ploy and deploy?
Ifilny" refers to utilization of units o*r elements of the PNP for

• ol protection of lives and properties, enforcement of laws,
huii't- of peace and order, prevention o f crimes, arrest ol criminal
W% mkI bringing the offenders to justice,, and ensuring public safety,
B rly in the suppression of disordeirs, riots, lawless violence,
u»* seditious conspiracy, insurgency, subversion or other related
I vploy" shall mean the orderly organized physical movement of
tu im units of the PNP within the province, city or municipality for
pC nl employment as herein defined.
I t |i In lin in g ?
MIiik is the determination in advance how the objectives of the

T uni will be attained. This would include the determination of the
•ll in lion to take in a particular task, function or activity. Types of
R pmperly achieve the administrative planning responsibility
V police department the chief of police shall develop departmental
fîiuiK to: Procedures or policies, Tactics, Operations, Extra-
ifiinl in tivities, Management.
i riv p i in planning?
•>*
» ii rie< Frame of reference is based om a thorough and prudent
IpH ol the matters relating to the situation for which plans are
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
Ministerial authority should be delegated
being developed, and the ideas and opinions of resource persi
who may speak with authority on the subject matter concerned
fW liich o f the follow ing laws initially created the National Police Com m ission^
KA 4864 c . pD 765
o Clarifying the problem - This procedure calls for the recognitioi HA 6975 d. PD 1184
the predicament, comprehending both its history, record •
r
possible solutions. ■ l is the law or act that abolished the Integrated National Police and the
P f pine Constabulary.
■Mi'pine
Collecting all pertinent facts - This is the gathering and compiiMlI HA 6975 c. RA 7610
o
I'A H551 d. RA 6713
of all data and facts relating to issue or problem at hand.
is the presidential decree that abolished local police departm ents fire
o Analyzing the facts - This step refers to the careful scrutiny d
iiI ments and local m unicipal city ja ils into an integrated police force
evaluation or relevant facts which provides the basis from w M I'D 765 c. PD 4 2 1
plans are developed. 184 d. PD 971
o Developing alternative plans - This is part of the initial stagrdl kit il Of the various police laws has for its purposes the prom otion o f a h igh er
plan development in which several options which may be lo^'d r of efficiency in the organization, adm inistration and operation o f local police
comparable to meet and address the needs of the situation. rlrs and to place the local police service on a professional level-
IA,|K64 c. R A 85 51
WA <>975 d. PD 765
o Selecting the most appropriate alternative - A meticulous
cautious consideration of all the facts will result in
l» Hie presidential decree that the integrated cities and m unicipalities in to a
determination of the best alternative proposal. IJf unit known as Metropolitan Police Force
121 c. P D 5 3 1
o Selling the plan - This step pertains to the measures undeil, d. PD 585
to ensure belief, agreement and acceptance by persons con<
in order to effectively cariy out the plan. And ■ Til-, police law, the state, am ong other goals, shall bolster a system o f
P ftiio n and cooperation am ong the citizenry, local executives and the
Arranging for the execution of the plan — This necessitatri ■ i d law enforcem ent and public safety agencies.
o
issuance of directives and orders to units concerned . A ,|H(>4 c. R A 8 5 5 1
establishment of a schedule and the provision of resourccn l| A " ' ,75 d. PD 765
manpower and equipment necessary to carry out th< All | " - pt one is a basic police activity:
Meetings and conferences are undertaken to assuir fc>l >i > I i<-nsion o f crim inals c . Prosecution o f criminals
comprehension and understanding of the personnel concern Him prevention d. recovery o f stolen property
to what is to be done and how.
I M m I by royal decree to relieve partially Spanish Peninsular Troops in their
1. The most com m on type o f police organizational structure in the rural W policing towns in the Philippines
III Philinninps in 1852.
18^9
the: ► " " lillt-ros c. Guardia civil
a. Line c. Line and staff Mil 11h» d. B arangay police
b. Functional d. Functional line
A nliilute w hich provides for the organization and governm ent o f insular
2. Outside his own office the police personnel director is a: tin ilnry.
a Line officer c. Line and staff officer c. PD 765
b. S ta ff officer d. A g e n c y head representative d. RA 6975
3. Inside his own office, the police budget director is a: £ u jc r o f police efficiency is the absence o f crimes.
a. Line officer c. line and staff officer ' " n< fcl}t C. Continental theory
b. S taff officer d. Com m anding officer p f i concept d. Home rule theory
4. Comm and responsibility generally means; H rw point stre sses that p u n ish m en t is the sole in stru m e n t of so cial
a. Each members is held responsible for his own i u -I h or performance
b. Each ranking officer is held responsible for tho n< I n of his subordinnli » 1,1,1 ’ ‘ l )l * Continental theory
. ... i i . m n i n r o r - n fT u I n m n n i
t v h r - hi-lcl resoonsiblr l o i all nets o f his suboil
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWE
b. Modern concept d. Home rule theory
16. Control w ould entail which activity?

a. Inspection c. Follow-up procedures
b. Periodic report o f activities d. All o f these
17. Routine and frequent rotation o f transfer o f personnel is desirablvhich

type o f police work?
a. Vice c. Investigation
b. Patrol d. Juvenile
18. To determ ine a supervisor’s span o f control, w hat has to be l int<i|

consideration?
a. The num ber o f superiors who gives him orders
b. The num ber o f superiors to whom he reports
c. The functions for w hich he assum es full responsibility
d. The num ber o f subordinates w ho directly reports to him
19. Adm inistrative tools designed to assure top m anagem ent that direi o f tli<
departm ent is effective.
a. Control devices c. Organization devices
b. Planning devices d. Coordinating devices
20. An expert or specialist is u sually assigned to which type o f organizaf

a. Functional c. Line and staff
b. Line d. S taff
21. W hich o f the follow ing is not a principle o f “Line and S ta ff’ relations'
a. Span o f control c. S taff independence
b. S taff advise d. Lim itation o f staff economy
22. W hich o f the follow ing is not a basic type o f organization structure?
a. Functional c. Line and staff
b. Line d. S taff and auxiliary
23. The three basic form al relationships in an organization are:

a. Responsibility, authority and chain o f com m and
b. Authority, span o f control and responsibility
c. Responsibility, functional growth and accountability
d. Authority responsibility and accountability
24. O f the principle o f “Span o f Control” it m ay be said that:

a. It limits subordinates to eight
b. It is closely related to the necessity for functional differentiation doward*
c. It has little to do with human limitations
d. It is independent o f the variety o f functions supervised.
25. W hen a supervisor delegates responsibility to a subordinate;

a. He shall set clear limits.
b. He rids h im self o f the responsibility
c. He takes no risks
d. He should do well to make sure that another subordinatehare n
responsibility.
CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION/ASSESSM ENT REVIEWER
~ept for one, listed functions are all operational tasks:

Urol c. Traffic control
fcvestiga tion d. Inspection and au dit
k i m e laboratory, transportation, com m unications th a t a ssist primary task are

to as:
Wxiliary service w ork c. Adm inistrative service work
line service w ork d. Prim ary service w ork
■ I strikes, the police and m ilitary line should be at least_ meters away
|Wie picket line.
c. 40
d. 50
p ’ept for one, listed functions are all auxiliary tasks:

line laboratory c. Com m unication
Vords ^ d. Juvenile control
ilc'h o f the follow ing functions are not classified as a u xilia ry service task?
lo rd s m anagem ent c. Com m unications management
*iperty m anagem ent d. Security m an agem ent
inng the Pre-Spanish Period, the function o f policing w a s a jo b of the:

jturdia Civil c. Sultan
imgay Headm an d. Guardrilleros
Vnl Philippine Police organized in each town in 1836 is known as:

>Mtrilleros c. Politia
India Civil d. Barangay police
V li o f the follow ing is not a basic police activity?

m r prevention c. Arrest o f offender
Jhnr repression d. Prosecution o f crim in al
yardstick o f efficiency o f the police can be determ in ed by absence o f crime

welfare o f the individual and society as its objective. Th is described as the:
Jpilional Concepts c. Com m unity O riented Public Service
# Service Oriented Concept d. M odern Concept
* officers are treated as state servants and people h ave minimal share in
Urn or any direct connection w ith them. This reflected as:
'iiu cpt c. Continental theory
nm cept d. Home rule theory
•rmun depends for their effectiveness in their fu n ction s upon express

|l tlir com m unity because they are considered as servants o f the people,
pi is described as:
i’i i Ie theory c. Continental theory
liiimill theory on policing d. Old concept
Isumu; Police E d u cation and T m in in g fo r P N P u n ifo rm e d personnel is a

m m ibility of:
mil Police C o m m issio n c. Ph ilip p in e P u b lic S a fe ty College
(iin r Nntionnl Police d. Nutionol Police C o lle g e
38. The organization rule o f U nity o f Com m and is done thru:

a. Subordinate reports to one supervisor only
b. Subordinate reports to one im m ediate supervisor
c. Subordinate reports to the same functional supervisor
d. A supervisor is responsible for unified group function
39. The developm ent and use o f an effective com m unication system theoretic!
gives greatest im petus to w hich o f the follow ing organizational principles.
a. Line o f com m and c. Span o f control
b. Unity o f com m and d. Chain o f comm and
40. Transport Police Services is em braced in the general police function of:
a. Line c. Line-staff
b. S taff d. Secondary
41. Coordination as an adm inistrative function:

a. Requires w ithout question acceptance o f authority from above
b. Can always be achieved if subordinates are adequately remunerated
c. Can generally be achieved w ithout acceptance o f control
d. Can likely be achieved if policies are clear w ith capable supervisors followi
established lines o f authority.
42. S taff responsibilities differ from those o f the line in that;

a. S ta ff has no direct authority, but operates as representative o f a particular Ii
officer.
b. Line carries out its w ork under direct supervision by the staff
c. S taff officers never give direct orders
d. Line carries out its work under direct supervision by the staff
43. In regard to the police planning function, it m ay be said that;

a. Planning is essentially decision-m aking in advance o f action.
b. Planning is essentially order-giving
c. Policem en must plan carefully than their supervisors.
d. The higher the jo b in the organization, the shorter the tim e-lag be'w l
planning and execution.
44. Recognition and definition o f a problem is the first step in planning. Which
the follow ing in not a further step in planning?
a. Delegation o f responsibility
b. Determ ination o f possible solutions
c. Collection and analysis o f facts
d. d. Selection o f best solution.
45. The structure o f an organization should be such that;

a. It can adjust to short-term variations in w ork loads.
b. It can adjust as necessary to the capability o f the people w ho man it.
c. Its functions has resources com patible with its contribution to the whole
d. It can w eather the years w ithout substantial structural changes.
46. W ith respect to orders and comm ands, it m ay be said that:

a. Supervisors w ould do well to explain why, when issuing orders.
b. Orders should be personal not impersonal
c. Orders should direct, not segregate
d. O rd ers m u st be com p lete and detailed
W t Delegation o f responsibility to subordinates:

I Cannot be undertaken unless the supervisor is sure his m en can do the work.
B , Seldom proves his men to be an effective m otivating factor
Does not put the subordinate on his own
i Will not succeed unless the subordinate have self confidence in their
capabilities.
\ The function o f control can be divided into three parts. W hich o f the follow ing
ll not a part o f control?
Initiation o f activities c. Com parison o f results w ith standards
Supervision o f activities d. Corrective action
i The m ost com plex o f the factors w ith which top m anagem ent must deal with is:
Men c. Materials
Money d. M echanics
10 I’olice execu tive’s prime responsibility in law enforcem ent is the welfare and
b p ll being of:
■, I’rrsonnel o f the organization c. Leader o f the m obilized com m unity
, ( lient o f the organization d. Comm unity, townspeople
%ll Tlir staff officer o f the C h ief o f Police is related to the latter as his:
I Alla ego c. Adm inistrative support
( Kxtension d. Coordinator
I The 1987 Constitutional Mandate on the establishm ent o f a police force is

thru:
k'A b975 c. RA 6975 and RA 8551
• I
R A Mf>51 d. RA 4864
I In- 1973 Constitutional m andate on the establishm ent o f an Integrated

■ I u mnl Police was attained thru:
l'l >421 c. PD 765
I
PI >'148 d. PD 1184
• I'icid policem an recom m end locating the com m unications center on the
■kihI'i division under the control o f a Records Officer prim arily because of:
I Tin1 records officer u sually has higher rank than com m unications officer
■ £ i hiimunications Center usually prepares the original records o f com plaints
■ p * « i in unications should be coordination with records division

H fr>im m g for records and com m unications is sim ilar
‘vision for police radio is prim arily im portant because it increases the speed
(■► r action and observes it.
W B n . v u h s a sense o f security to patrolling officers
■ k l u - s possible more effective use o f the patrol force
B H n u is better m en to the police service
Bkl ' i li<- police in obtaining public acceptance o f its crime prevention program
to h i moth interchange o f thoughts, ideals and opinions and the effective

■i..... in a I ion within an organization requires that all the lines o f com m unication
A p « l l l m 11v .
b|i>«iud movement <\ Across-upward
b. Downward-across d. Upward .downward & across
57. The most basic considerations in locating a police station w ithin a

political ju risdiction are:
a. Center o f com m unity progress
b. Convenience to public clientele
c. Near w orking center o f police activities
d. Consistent w ithin local zoning restrictions
58. Police Organization revolves a ro u n d ______________ to be effective:

a. Operations c. Personnel
b. M anagem ent d. People
59. Refers to the executing arm o f the adm inistration o f any organization.
a. Chain o f Com m and c. Auxiliary services
b. Board o f directors d. Operations
60. A superior or ranking officer m ay find it is sometim es more effective to w.

his subordinate rather than to punish them, the m ain reason for such responsr
that:
a. W arnings m ay generate a more cooperative attitude.
b. Punishm ent is always viewed as negative
c. Punishm ent has been proven ineffective as a deterrent
d. W arnings are more acceptable than punishm ent
61. Plans utilized by patrol, traffic, vice and ju venile control.

a. Tactical plans c. Policy plan
b. Operational plans d. Special operating plan
62. An area assigned for patrol purposes.

a. Post c. Sector
b. Beat d. Route
63. A m edium through w hich w ork is accom plished by individuals or grin

associated w ith each other.
a. Functional units c. Associations
b. Organization d. All o f these
64. One man m ust be in com plete comm and in every situation.
a. Chain o f com m and c. Com m and responsibility
b. U nity o f comm and d. Span o f control
65. Intended to be used in all situations o f all kinds

a. Office procedures c. Special operating procedures
b. Field procedures d. Tactical plans
66. Procedures in copying for specific locations at known locations.

a. Tactical plans c. Policy plan
b. Operational plans d. Special operating plan
67. O p era tin g p roced u re d esign ed to gu id e m em b ers in ro u tin e assign m en ts

a. T a ctica l p la n s c. P olicy plan
b. O p era tio n a l p la n s d. Special o p r r iiliiig plan
Ability o f one m an to control, direct and coordinate im m ediate subordinate.

m Chain o f com m and c. Com m and responsibility
11 Unity o f com m and d. Span o f Control
Geographical subdivision o f a city for patrol purposes.

N Hureau c. Division
11 Section d. D istrict
/I) Sound organization involves delegation o f decision-m aking authority. It should

Involve:
Immediate subordinates only
li All line personnel
All line and staff personnel who have reached supervisory status
As far down the organization as com petence and required inform ation are
nvailable.
f I What is the Civil Service eligibility equivalent o f M aster o f Public Safety

A'lmi nistration under Executive Order 400?
I'nreer Service Professional Eligibility
I lonor’s First Grade Eligibility for PPSC Scholar
( 'ureer Executive Service Officer Eligibility
il Senior Officer Public Safety Eligibility
i Kxcept for one the follow ing are practical m ethods o f Police Supervisory
tt«lmng:
■ l '(inference method c. Study method
, I '-cture method d. Role playing method
H i H the following, what collegiate educational program s is most related to public

S h in in g courses?
Criminology c. Crim inal justice
I'ulice adm inistration d. Public safety adm inistration
M II is the training o f an individual already proficient in one line to be trained in

^ > iln i , usually allied to w hat he has specialized.
i inss-training c. Technical specialized training
ilmnced specialized training d. Maxim ized specialized training
n a land o f training taken by m em bers o f the force to prepare them intellectually

I (r m|ieramentally for supervisory positions.
“•l>*•< ialized training c. Police basic training
Management training d. Com m and training
■ I1” i promotion to P/Inspector, the training required for perm anent status is:
I ThIiIk Safety O fficer Candidate Course
Safety Officer Supervisory Course
I'niili. Safety Basic O fficer’s Course
!*hI ili< Safety Inspector’s Course
K I ■ i mnnency is extended to a PNP officer prom oted to C h ief inspector if he has

[^ ■ | | l-i: ers com pleted successfully the career course on;
El fullin' S a fety O fficer B a sic C ou rse

| P'h I iI ii : S a fety O fficer A d va n ce C oin si
|*%«lili<' S a fety S u p erviso ry Advnnce C ou rse
d. Public Inspector’s Course
78. W hat is the highest Police career training given by the PPSC for perm an'
appointm ent as Police Superintendent?
a. PS Officer Advance Course
b. PS Officer Advance M anagem ent Course
c. PS Officer Senior Executive Course
d. PS Officer Senior Supervisor’s Course
79. The PPSC thru the PNPA grants a bachelor’s degree for permanr
appointm ent as Inspector in the police, fire and ja il service. This bachelor’s degu
is officially described as:
a. Bachelor o f Science in Police Adm inistration
b. Bachelor o f Science in Public Safety
c. Bachelor o f Science in Public Safety M anagem ent
d. Bachelor o f Science in Public Safety Adm inistration
80. W hat constitutive unit o f the PPSC grants M aster’s Degree in Public Salr^
Adm inistration?
a. Philippine National Police Academ y c. National Public Safety College
b. National Police College d. National Public Safety A cadem y
81. The Philippine Public Safety College was created as an attached agency to 11^
DILG. The enabling congressional act is:
a. RA 6975 c. R A 7 6 1 0
b. RA 8551 d. RA 6713
82. The Philippine National Police Academ y is an educational institution under i

direction and supervision of:
a. Philippine National Police c. Office o f the Secretary, DILG
b. Philippine Public Safety College d. National Police Comm ission
83. As an External D isciplinaiy Authority in the PNP the People's Law Enforceinid
Board is em powered to investigate, decide citizen ’s complaints against 11
members. These boards are created by what agency in governm ent?
a. National Police Comm ission c. City/M unicipal Mayors
b. PNP d . Sangguniang Panglungsod
84. W om en ’s desk in all police stations nation-wide shall be established by

____________ to adm inister and attend to cases involving crimes against chntiilj
sexual harassm ent, abuses against w om en and children am ong others.
a. PNP c. National Police Comm ission
b. Local city/ Municipal M ayor d. Sangguniang Panglunsod
85. The internal affairs services o f the PNP created under RA 8551 as part il |
reform -reorganization m ovem ent in the PNP perform s the following, except for <
a. Investigative-prosecutorial functions
b. Investigative & m onitoring functions
c. Adjudicatory functions
d. Appellate functions
86. It is the p re m ie r ed u ca tio n a l in stitu tio n in the n ation al g o vern m en t crenio

p rovid e co n tin u in g ed u cation and c a reer IrainiiiK and h u m a n rcNinj
d e velo p m en t o f all person n el o f the PNP, Fire- anil -Inil H m rm is.
k l . Philippine Public Safety college

I 'hiiippine National Police
I’olice National Training Institute
t fi I Hrectorate for Human Resource Developm ent
MI I lie following, except for one educational institution are initial constitutive
^pniiM o f the PPSC on its creation in 1991.
1% I’NPA
lv .l/ail Service Training Service Center
I’mlippine National Training Center
Notional Police College
I* What is the entry training for PNP perm anent appointm ent in the initial rank o f
^ ■ iii c Officer I?
i >n the jo b training for recruits c. Basic Orientation course
I’u hi ic Safety Basic Recruit Course d. Police recruit candidate course
I I'm perm anent prom otion to Senior Police O fficer I or S P 0 2 , w hat is the career
^■Hlh i - training required?
I’uhlic Safety Officer Supervisor’s Course
I’uhlic Safety Junior Leadership Course
I'uhlic Safety Ju nior Supervisor’s Course
I'uhlic Safety Senior Leadership Course
Itll Mu- career training required for lateral entry as a professional in the rank o f
B«l>i i lor or Senior Inspector, PNP is:
I' i i lilit- Safety Officer Candidate Course
I'uhlic Safety Officer Orientation Course
I'uMu- Safety Officer Inspector’s Course
I I' mI die Safety Basic Officer Course
•
11, rhnl level o f training that prepares the top that prepare the top adm inistrative
■ iiiiiiiiic l o f the force m axim izes/enhances decision-m aking policy deliberating
H (|ii >1 nubilities.
Miiniigement Training c. Advanced Leadership Training
:> rm «l Quality Executive Training d. Proficiency O ccupational Training
I i 'm lrr the police reform and reorganization law, a Field training Program for all
Ri' uniformed m em bers is required for perm anency o f their appointm ent
■ iniuiniK o f 12 months. Basic areas o f actual experience and assignm ent during
l» - i lod shall be on:
.!, traffic and investigation
'iiiml, investigation and instructional duties
I IVihol investigation and auxiliary services
I 11 1 1In , investigation and staff duty
I Hu increased educational qualifications for appointm ent as D irector o f a

M u m I Police Officer are:
■ Completion o f academ ic units towards a masters degree in crim inology or
I h l iii-il m aster’s degree
.1 m aster’s degree in publL adm inistration, sociology, criminology,
I mil justice, law enforcem ent and related disciplines
I k t'lil’ii an y m a s te r’s d egree n eeded by the PNP
■ fcn i| ilrled at least 24 a ca d em ic m a u l e r ' s u n its as m en tio n ed above
94. The increased minim um educational qualifications for appointm ent as Chief
Police of Municipal Police station are the following, except for one:
a. Finished at least 2nd year B achelor’s o f Laws
b. Earned at least 12 units in m aster’s degree program in public administration
crim inology, crim inal justice, law enforcem ent, national securii
adm inistration and related programs.
c. M em ber o f the bar
d. Licensed crim inologist or PNPA graduates.
95. If the m ilitary service top officer’s corps has their National Defense College rt
the Philippines for their highest educational program, w hat has the police servi^
have by w ay o f identical educational program?
a. Philippine National Police Academ y
b. Philippine Public Safety College System
c. National Police College
d. Police College o f the Philippines
96. Largest organic unit w ithin a large department.

a. Division c. Section
b. Bureau d. Functional units
97. Functional unit necessary for specialization.

a. Division c. Section
b. Bureau d. Functional units
98. Prim ary subdivision o f a bureau.

a. Division c. Functional units
b. Section d. None o f these
99. Except for one the following are identifiable as adm inistrative service function'
a. Police training c. Accounting, auditing & Budgeting
b. Police personnel m anagem ent d. Transportation m anagem ent
100. Patrol, Investigation, vice control is classified as:

a. Auxiliary service work c. Adm inistrative service work
b. Line service w ork d. All o f these
101. An officer w ho is in dom inion o f the department, district or bureau.

a. Line officer c. Com m anding officer
b. Superior officer d. Ranking officer
102. Refers no the officer having the highest rank or grade according to their <1^
o f appointm ent to that grade.
a. Superior officer c. Com m anding officer
b. Sworn officer d. Ranking officer
103. Refers to an officer having supervisory responsibilities either temporaril? j

perm anently over officers o f lower rank.
a. Superior officer c. Com m anding officer
b. Sworn officer d. Ranking officer
104. A personnel o f the police departm ent who possess the power o f arrest and I<|
an nath o f office.
a. Superior officer c. Commimdiiu: olliccr
I) Sworn officer d. Ranking officer
10!i. Refers to those police officers whose ranks ranges from P O l to S P04.
M Ordinary police units c. Com m issioned officers
Ii Non com m issioned officers d. None o f these
l()t>, In the Philippine National Police four stars is the delegated insignia of;
i I )eputy director General c. C h ief Superintendent
Director d. Director General
M1' They constitute police officers from the Director General to police inspectors.
■ ( "m m an din g officers c. Ranking officers
It Superior officers d. Com m issioned officers
I OH. A police rank o f Superintendent is represented by the insignia;

A ( >ne Sun c. Three Suns
k I wo Suns d. One Star
I<hj Under RA 8551, suppression o f insurgency and other serious threats to

■ i l io n a l security shall be the responsibility of;
M 1‘NP c. DND
h OIL d. AFP
I in Kx-officio chairm an o f the NAPOLCOM

• I ) ( )J Secretary c. DILG Secretary
11ND Secretary d. President
B ] I The NAPOLCOM is a collegial body, w hose m em bers are appointed by the

Ir-nt it is com posed o f a chairperson and four regular com m issioners, o f
< should be a wom an, the ____ regular com m issioners shall come from the
felvlllan sector.
> Two c. Four
Ii I lu re d. None o f these
l l I i Serves as an ex-officio m em ber o f the NAPOLCOM.

U I ><). I Secretary c. PNP C h ief
Ii I )lI.G undersecretary d. A FP C h ief
|l i ! hey serve as deputized NAPOLCOM representative in their jurisdiction.

I I itv mayors c. Governors
I Municipal mayors d. A ll o f these
►1* Automatic deputation o f local executives as NAPOLCOM representatives shall

■ t « nhdrawn in which o f the follow ing cases?
P f i ^ i u c n t unauthorized absences and abuse o f authority
ft Ti.-vuling m aterial support to crim inal elem ents
I1imaging in acts inim ical to national security or w hich negate their
m e s s o f the peace and order campaign.
■'■fkm o f the foregoing
ft i (he law, they may recom m end the recall or re-assignm ent o f the ch ief
■i j....... when the latter has been ineffective in com bating crim e or m aintaining
H<» ••lid o rd e r in the m u n icip ality
i ll\ m ayors c . G o vern o rs
b. Municipal mayors d Local peace and order council
116. Generally, a city or municipal m ayor chooses the ch ief o f police from a list nfl
five eligible com ing from the;
a. Regional director c. NAPOLCOM
b. Provincial director d. DILG
117. Shall mean the pow er to direct, superintend, and oversee the day-to-r
functions o f police investigation o f crime, crime prevention activities, and trail
control in accordance with the rules and regulations.
a. Em ploym ent c. O perational supervision and control
b. Deploym ent d. All o f these
118. Refers to the utilization o f units or elem ents o f the PNP for purposes
protection o f lives and properties, enforcem ent o f laws, m aintenance o f peace a|
order, prevention o f crimes, arrest o f crim inal offenders and bringing the offendr|
to justice, and ensuring public safety, particularly in the suppression o f disonJi '
riots, lawlessness, violence, rebellious and seditious conspiracy, insurgemj
subversion or other related activities.
a. Em ploym ent c. O perational supervision and control
119. The orderly and organized physical m ovem ent o f elem ents or units o f the 11
within the province, city or m unicipality
a. Em ploym ent c. Operational supervision and control
120. Exercises sum m ary dism issal powers over PNP members.
a. C h ief PNP c. Regional directors
b. Provincial directors d. Both A and C
121. M aximum period wherein a police officer m ay be suspended from servicr

the C hief PNP.
122. Supervisors shall have the pow er to im pose upon any mem ber i||
disciplinary punishm ent o f dism issal from the service. He m ay also impose
adm inistrative punishm ent o f adm onition or reprim and; restrictive cust>*
w ithholding o f privileges; suspension or forfeiture o f salary; dem otion; or
com bination o f the foregoing: Provided that, in all cases, the total period shall
exceed sixty (60) days.
a. C h ief o f Police c. Regional directors
b. Provincial directors d. NAPOLCOM
123. W hich has exclusive jurisdiction over citizen ’s com plaint where the offend
punishable by w ithholding o f privileges, restriction to specified limits, suspcn
or forfeiture o f salary, or any com bination thereof, for a period exceeding thirty i
days; or by dismissal.
a. City mayors c. C h ief o f Police
b. Municipal m ayor d. PLEB
I J4. He shall be autom atically included in the investigation o f the Internal Affairs
Hvrvice to exclusively determ ine lapses in adm inistration or supervision in cases
g/vlit-re the personnel or u nit under inquiry is under his command.
n Com m anding officer c. Superior officer
I: Hanking officer d. Im m ediate superior
B f . He is the designated Head if the Internal Affairs Service, who is appointed by

I hr president with the endorsem ent o f the com m ission on appointment.
M ( Kief PNP c. Inspector General
Ii NAPOLCOM Chairm an d. Judge Advocate General
t JI) For purposes o f com putation o f the m onthly retirem ent o f a PNP officer, it
■fciill b e ____ o f the base pay.
SO % c. 75%
Ii 1.0% d. 80%
W t ’( Com pulsory retirem ent age for PNP officers.

| years old c. 60 years old
p t "ii> years old d. 65 years old
Shall decide cases on appeal from decisions rendered by the PNP chief.
H, Nii I ional Appellate Board c. NAPOLCOM
II UVKional Appellate Board d. PLEB
W > I r-rm o f office for a regular NAPOLCOM Com m issioner

\ 1 yrurs c. 6 years
t t \«urs d. 6 years w/o re-appointm ent/extension
l lit* sangguniang panlungsod/bayan in every city and m unicipality shall

such num ber o f People's Law Enforcem ent Boards (PLEBs) as m ay be
p « « ’inry: Provided that there shall be at least one (1) PLEB for e v e r y _______ city
IT municipal police personnel and for each o f the legislative districts in a city.
L “.(lO c. 1000 "
I '.(I d. 1500
II. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY M ANAGEMENT
IftMmrlty. Defined.
» • * ' URITY: The term security connotes safety from harm; it has
B rrr'iii dimensions in public safety, defense and military matters,
*ii"«umiion access and psychology. It is the condition of being free from
. doubt, apprehension, anxiety and danger. It implies a state of
and safety.
■kai la physical security?
1‘liysii'nl Security- is the broadest branch of security. It is defined as a

• r i>l barriers placed between the matters protected and the potential
M niih i It is concerned utilization of physical measures to prevent
unauthorized access to facilities, plants, equipment and safeguard th Energy barriers -Popularly utilized is the employment of electrical,
against man-made and natural hazards. Three Lines of Physical Defense: mechanical, electronic energy to impose a deterrent to entry of the
o Perimeter defense- such as barriers, perimeter fences or guards potential intruder and to advertise his presence. Protective lighting
system and protective alarms are commonly used.
the gate are considered as the first line of defense,
o Inside perimeter defense- such as doors, floors, windows, wallifl
What are the principles o f physical security?
roofs, grills and other entries to a building is referred to as tl
second line of defense,
o Storage system- such as safes and vaults are considered as ll« There is no impenetrable barrier. If an unfriendly organization is
• tiling to devote attention, time, money, personnel and devises passing
third line of defense.
miv type of barrier is conceivable. Physical security must be built upon a
•ynlem of defense in depth. The accumulation of several barriers or depth
What is a barrier?
■ Iter depth will provide measurable time delay to intrusion into a facility
Barrier- is any structure or physical device capable of deterrn'^j Will i| will allow control of any foreseeable penetration. Each installation is
dilicrent.
delaying illegal access into an installation. If placed to supplement I:
protection of an inside or outside perimeter it is used to define limits id
Viiat are protective cabinets?
said installation. They may be referred to as perimeter barrier.
> Natural Barriers - Are those natural topographic features that Inn Protective Cabinets - referred to as the final line of defense, it is a high
themselves to denying or hindering entry to an installation. Tld P 'H rity storage area where papers, plans, cash and other negotiable
presence of rivers, seas, cliffs, canyons or other terrain difficult ’■ Tixi i uments are kept. Safe - It is a metallic container used primarily for
traverse is an ideal natural barrier. To fully exploit its posn.'d |Mlrkeeping of documents and small items. It should be at least 750 lbs. in
contribution to the security system, the natural features must id •fright or anchored to the building if lighter. The walls should be at least
evaluated to determine its positive and negative points in terms of Dif k i i inch thick and the door 1 Vi inch thick.
denial to access into a facility they may provide.
M u ll It is a heavily constructed fire resistant storage facility installed
> Structural barrier - A permanent or semi-permanent structure tIx y f inches higher than the floor and part of the building structure. The
lends itself to hindering access to an installation. It is primuil of vaults should be at least 6 inches thick. The vault wall, ceiling,
constructed for two main purposes, to deny access and to protecting W<ii should be reinforced by concrete at least 12 inch thick. It is normally
in<lint Lire and condensation resistant with electrical conduits which should
from exposure to natural elements.
b " l exceed 1 V2 inch in diameter. Standard size vaults can store up to
> Human barrier - Is a systematic employment of humans as bar: In■ l.i "10 cubic feet and fire resistant of at least 6 hours.
between the potential intruder and the matters to be protected, lltf
human barrier would give the alarm in the event of threat to secuiii,d hi< loom - Constructed lighter than a vault but bigger in capacity it is
apprehend the unauthorized person, and identify the personnel !f Riled as part of the building which holds up to 10,000 cubic meters of
entering or leaving the facility or any combination of the thio^ p u t ml items. File rooms must be at least 12 feet in height, with enough
However, humans are subject to being influenced by a wide variety K In111111ion and fire proof of at least 1 hour.
factors.
11 an; security hazards?
> Animal barrier - An animal barrier is used in partially providing
guarding system or in augmentation thereto. The cheapest aiiM i»m hazard - An act nor condition caused by humans which affects the
used in security is the geese while sentry dogs, like the Germ «iteration of a facility. They include sabotage, theft, pilferage and
Shepard dogs are usually utilized in the security business. A si-ra ^niKe. Natural hazards - Caused by natural phenomena which
dog is valuable due to its keen sense of smell and hearing. A noisr in damage, disturbance and problems of the normal functions,
sound approximately 26 yards are audible to dogs and it can include floods, earthquakes, lightning storms, typhoons and
scents at least 100 yards away. The sentry dog has an incorrupt I pMiiilr eruption.
character and is completely loyai; it is a predator by instinct h r ^
guarding qualities is natural. However, its ability to check identity •ha< la the difference between relative vulnerability and relative
liiiliMillty?
its perceived weak point.
Relative criticality of operation refers to the importance of thi
establishment with reference to the national economy and security. While I
relative vulnerability is the susceptibility of a plant or establishment
damage, loss or disruption of operations due to various hazards.
What is Personnel security?
Personnel Security: Includes all the security measures designed t*|

prevent individuals of doubtful loyalty, character, integrity from gaimrij
access to classified matters and sensitive facilities. It is composed <
conducting personnel security investigation and security educatioi(|
programs.
What is personnel security investigation?
Personnel Security Investigation - Is an inquiry into the reputationJ

character, integrity, discretion, morals and loyalty of an individual in ordrl
to determine a person's suitability for appointment or access to classify
matters.
What are the motives that causes disloyalty?
Motives that cause people to be disloyal: Revenge, Material ga

Prestige, Ideological belief, Friendship.
What are the weaknesses o f personnel?
Weakness that make people susceptible to pressure: Weakness 11

character, Jealousy, Gullibility, Indebtedness, Investment, Addiction k
narcotics, Alcoholism, Gambling problems, Moral depravity such
lesbianism and homosexuality.
What is security education?
Security Education is the exposure and teaching of employees

security and its relevance of the building structure used to keep «
protect cash, documents and negotiable instrument. Security Educalid
Program - A program given to employees of an installation by lecture m|
other means pertaining to measures and safeguard to be taken to proi'
the interest of the installation for loss, damage, sabotage, pilferage, ;
other criminal acts. Security Education is composed of seven phc«
namely: Seven Phases: Initial interview, Training conference, Secml
reminders, Security promotion, Special interview and Debriefmg.
What is document security?
Document Security: It is the bran h of security involved in >l|

protection of documents and classified papers from loss, access
unai itVinri^pH nersnn. theft damage and compromise IItrough disclosii
The term document in security matters, covers any form of recorded

mlormation either printed, written, drawn, painted, sound recording,
Mims, maps, etc. The object is to secure and control the sensitive
mlormation contained therein so as not to prejudice the firm, company or
nK<'ncy.
How inform ation is lost?

it Information is seldom compromised through electronic bugging, use of
•sophisticated equipment by industrial spies.
t> II can also be lost through negligence and inadvertent disclosure by the
owner of the establishment or person in authorized possession.
I It can also deliberately stolen by an insider or person trusted to have
I At cess to it.
What is VIP security?

■MU’ Security: Also referred to as Personal Security, it utilized in the
pioU'ction of personnel especially high ranking officials, foreign dignitaries,
■ ml prominent private individuals from harm, kidnapping and other
■imilar threats. In the practice of industrial security, the term business
utive protection is synonymous with VIP security.
I l‘r imary requirem ent in m aintaining and organizing a private security agency.
II should be 100% Filipino owned and controlled by Filipino citizens.
Hond requirem ent
i K(|iiipment requirem ent
| Ti uined, skilled and qualified personnel
} I restriction for high powered firearms, prescribed that its num ber should not
I red __ percent o f the total num ber o f guards o f a private security agency.
c. 15
K 10 d. 20
I I Im cl line o f physical defense.

k Prri meter defense c. Storage system
I fi Inside perim eter defense d. Clear zone
I |)imis, floors, windows, roofs and walls constitute the second line o f defense
BiHnllv referred to as:
l‘ri imeter defense c. Storage system
I 11 m de perim eter defense d. Clear zone
fp v im o n weakness for a sentry dog w hen used as an anim al barrier.

Ahility to check identity c. Incorruptible
K r a i sense o f sm ell and hearing d. Loyalty
i’MhuI com m on anim al barrier used to secure facilities.

Cir-i-».r c. Cats
J A n 1 1rv dogs d. Parrots
|Ji In s to a line protection adjaccnl to u protected area and passing thru points
iblr entry.
t I'm zon<* c. <Hitside perimeters
K
b. Inside perim eter d. Restricted areas
8. A line protection surrounding and rem oved from protected areas.

a. Clear zone c. Outside perimeters
b. Inside perim eter d. Restricted areas
9. From the standpoint o f security, when should locks be changed?

a. At least once a year c. At least three times a year
b. At least twice a year d.On a quarterly basis
10. If utility openings such as air intakes, sewers, and exhaust tunnels have <
cross section o f ninety-six inches or more, as a security consultant w hat should
the appropriate recom m endation?
a. It should be protected by filters and bar grills.
b. It should be closed im m ediately to avoid entry o f persons w ith petit physique.
c. It should be m anned with an arm ed guard at all times
d. Sensors should be place on it to detect movements.
11. M inimum acceptable height for a fence used as a security barrier.

a. 5 feet c. 10 feet
b. 8 feet d. 12 feet
12. To deny outsiders from visual access in a certain facility w hat must Ii
constructed.
a. Full view fence c. Solid fence
b. Chain link fence d. Multiple fences
13. To prevent unauthorized persons from ju m ping from one fence to another
case o f m ultiple fences they should be installed at le a s t _____ feet apart.
a. 6 feet c. 12 feet
b. 9 feet d. 15 feet
14. As a security consultant you have noticed that w indow s o f a parties

building has been constructed less than 18 feet from the ground and 14 feet uwj
from another building, what w ill be you r recom m endation to fortify said facility?
a. The windows m ust be reinforced with steel grills.
b. A fence o f at least 18 feet m ust be constructed around the building.
c. Screens should be installed to prevent petty thievery
d. A wall should be constructed around the building.
15. The sim plest form o f lock which uses a bolt containing a notch called talon.
a. W arded locks c. Disc tum bler locks
b. Coded locks d. Cylinder locks
16. It serves as the trigger apparatus for protective alarms.

a. Circuit c. Signaling device
b. Sensor d. Alarm device
17. Vicinity wherein access is restricted to all unauthorized personnel.

a. Controlled areas c Limited areas
b. Exclusion areas d. Clear zones
18. A rea s w h erein a d d ition a l secu rity m ea su res nre utilized

a. C on trolled areas c. Lim ned m ens
L Exclusion areas d. Clear zones
H Areas which are always in close surveillance.

. Controlled areas c. Lim ited areas
li Exclusion areas d. Clear zones
Jl I An inquiry into the reputation, integrity, character, m orals and loyalty o f an

Nnllvidual to determ ine a person ’s suitability for appointm ent or access to
i lnNsified matters.
M National agency check c. Personnel Security Investigation
Ii Uackground check d. Loyalty check
) I defers to the w orking protective detail that provides close physical security to
I lie principal.
n VIP security c. Close in security
li IVrsonal security d. Protective security
A vehicle always fronting the principal’s vehicle to neutralize any possible

iliifnt.
n Kicort vehicle c. D ecoy vehicle
li KVcon vehicle d. Shield vehicle
■I Maximum num ber o f guards for com pany guard forces.

m .>00 c. 8 0 0
K S00 d. 1,000
9-t Minimum num ber o f guards allowed for private security agencies.
i .'00 c. 800
■L 'iio d. 1,000
i<n Minimum num ber o f guards for com pany guard forces.
■Jo c. 50
l.i )() d. 200
i II includes barriers, perim eter fences or guards at the gate,

n I Vnm eter defense c. Storage system
h 11 rude perim eter defense d. Exclusion area
1 n it- following are exam ples o f an inside perim eter defense, except:
I iiiors c. Vaults
h I lours d. Grills
I II is an independent structure designed to control physical and/or visual

between outside areas, usually classified as solid and plain view.
| M,i*r>nry walls c. Fence
■ C ii«in link d. Utility openings
i Hmise-like structures placed above the fence installed to provide additional

H R I d human guards around the perimeter.
, Mirmtiry walls c. Guard control system
I .'uurd d. Towers
i 1 ftLuilly in sta lled at residen ces, it is nlso called n igh t latch an d is op era ted b y a
mi tIn* o u tsid e an d a knob on thr inside
I
a. Cylinder lock c. Disc tum bler lock

b. Lever lock d. Code operated lock
31. Refers to a key that will open everything in a system involving two or mo(
m aster key groups.
a. Grand m aster key c. Sub m aster key
b. M aster key d. Change key
32. A term used in England for lock pickers, safe com bination crackers,
a. Padlock expert c. Peter pan
b. Peterm an d. Grand m aster
33. It projects light in concentrated beams, and ideal to use in illumination

buildings, perim eter areas and boundaries.
a. Flood lights c. Fresnel lights
b. Search lights d. Street lights
34. A type o f detection system wherein w hen the security has been breached, i
siren is sounded in remote stations located in the im m ediate vicinity o f i
installation.
a. Central station system c. Proprietary alarm system
b. Local alarm system d. Local alarm by chance system
35. A metallic container use prim arily for safekeeping u sually anchored to ^
building and should be at least 750 lbs.
a. Safe c. File room
b. Vault d. Depository
36. A heavily constructed fire resistant storage facility and is always part of
building structure.
b. Vault d. Depository
37. It includes all measures designed to prevent individuals o f doubtful loynl

character and integrity from gaining access to classified inform ation and senM'
facilities.
a. Docum ent security c. Personal security
b. Personnel security d. VIP security
38. It consists o f devices, patterns or com pilation o f inform ation which is usril
one’s business and gives the user advantage over competitors.
a. Trade secrets c. Proprietary inform ation
b. Form ula d. Intellectual property
39. A private security agency applying for a regular license to operate must pos
how many pieces o f licensed firearm s for guard duty purposes?
a. 50 c. 70
b. 60 d. 100
40. W hen m ay firearm s issued to private security agencies be confiscated?

a. W hen the firearm has been used or is about to be used in the commission
crime.
b. W hen the firearm ’s caliber is not am ong those prrsrrilx' l>y law for use.
I When the firearm is carried or used outside the property or compound serviced
by I lie agency w ithout proper authority.
(t. All o f the foregoing
<1 He exercises the pow er to revoke, for causes licenses issued to security guards,
a. Chief, PNP c. NAPOLCOM Chairm an
L|i, USec. for Peace and Order, DILG d. Secretaiy, DILG
Industrial establishm ents m ust establish the first line o f physical defense, it
M r i s to:
■ Perimeter barriers
I' I he building itself
I1, I >oors, locks and w indow barriers
iMitry points where security guards are located
[Cl Minimum age requirem ent for Security M anager or Operator, o f a Security
A ir i icy:
, 2 5 years old c. 35 years old
K) years old d. 40 years old
fcefers to a natural or m an made structure which is capable o f delaying illegal

■ to a facility.
I Wnll c. Barrier
i I'cnee d. Beach front
II refers to means and ways that train personnel and employees m aking them
A in ii conscious.
Security prom otion c. Security investigation
#'-• urity education d. Security sem inar
■I Registration o f a security agency m ust be processed at what particular

M i i iiment agency?
I'INI’ SAGSD c. DND, Civil Defense Office
i NAPOLCOM d. Securities and Exchange Commission
Physical security is a system o f barriers placed between the potential intruder

ilie objects/m atters to be protected. As a crim inologist, this is simply a denial
HI ____
I 1ipuortunity to com m it the offense
I Access to the object o f protection
| i ipportunity and access to object o f protection
(. i mi inal instinct to surface in the potential offender
Weakest link in the security chain.

• r . -urity guards c. Barriers
^Kmagers d. Personnel
k l*rmneter barriers, protective lighting, and_________ system s are known in

^ K t n n l security as Physical security,
j ^miming c. Relieving
1 ■►)>'>!;ing d. Accounting
50. This is an additional outwardly inclined fixed structure, usually barbed wirei
placed above vertical fences to increase physical protection from intruders of «
certain area, this is known as__________________.
a. Cellar guard c. Top guard
b. Tow er guardhouse d. Top tower
51. The exterior and interior parallel area near the perim eter barrier o f am
industrial com pound to afford better observation and patrol m ovem ent is know^
as .
a. Protective zone c. Tw ilight zone
b. Clear zone d. Patrol lane zone
52. Protective guarding in a com pound can be done by the use o f electrond
hardware, hum an guards and even animals. In England, an owner to protect hli
com pound used this and they are not only effective but also the cheapest iq
maintain. This man is using____________ .
a. Doberm an dogs c. Geese
b. tamed tigers and lions d. Ducks
53. The governm ent agency that issues licenses for private and governmn^
security guards is?
a. PNP SOSIA c. PNP FEO
b. Municipal/City mayor's office d. PNP SAGSD
54. If access is limited only to authorized^ personnel, this particular placc r

referred to as-
a. Compromise area c. Restricted area
b. Danger area d. Exclusive area
55. First measure undertaken before a com prehensive security program for
industrial plan could be developed.
a. Security survey c. Security check
b. Security education d. Security inspection
56. A security survey o f a plant or industrial firm is also known by other tru
except-
a. Security audit c. Vulnerability
b. Risk assessm ent d. Robbery evaluation
57. Today there are three categories o f security guards belonging to the "l<
Arm y” . One o f those listed below does not belong to the group.
a. Body guards- c. Com pany guards
b. Agency g u a rls d. Governm ent security guards
58. W hether to put up its own security guards organic to the firm or
contractual agency guards have their individual merits and disadvantage*
determ ine which type o f guarding system an industrial firm will rrqiK
m anagem ent must consult_________________ .
a. A security agency owner
b. A police officer
c. A military intelligence officer
d. A security consultant not connected to or owning a security agency, oi if
thereof
i no a s a security officer, you can not prevent nor predict natural hazards like
I i'Drin earthquakes, floods and the like. In order to reduce the disastrous effects o f
Ihrse natural hazards, you will_____________________ .
I n. Prepare a disaster or em ergency plan for these hazards for the firm
■ It Not take any concern on such hazards
I r Alert you r guards w hen hazards occur
I il Call PAG ASA and inquire when the next storm is com ing
fid Practical exercise or test o f a plan or activity to determ ine its effectiveness is
i mlled-
m 10vac. Plan c. Fire drill
h Dry-run d. Sham drill
I -ft I . The m anagem ent o f keys used in plant, office or business organization to
I pi rvent unauthorized access is referred to as
m Key m anagem ent c. Lock control
I h Key control d. Security key control
TiJ There are m any types o f electronic and electric protective devices available for
*i i ui ity buildings, storehouses and compounds. One o f the follow ing is true.
Klectronic/electric devices elim inate hum an guards
Ii Knch building or com pound requires particular electronic/electrical protective
■Vvi<;rs
I i" Types o f alarms needed can best be given by the dealers o f said devices
I il Klectronic/electrical devices provide total protection for the place to be
• *t> guarded
i fi i As a security ch ief o f an industrial firm, inventory shows that pilferage is

in Ii.mt in the warehouses. W hat w ill be you r choice o f action?
1‘ kJ'ten checking at exits o f vehicles o f the com pound/com plex
Ii Pivpare you r protective plans and confer with m anagem ent for their im m ediate
| Implementation
► I >rploy intelligence m en in pilferage prone areas to catch the culprits
I n resign as you have failed you r job.
In an industrial firm, there is a need for docum ent security. As a security

M i a r, you can advice m anagem ent on this aspect although this is not totally you r
Bfci||nud work. Docum ent security is not a jjrotection o f vital records from-
l âu th orized access c. Theft or loss
i i nmpromise or destruction d. Authorized handling
■t* I lit- main reason for a personnel security investigation is—

In weed out undesirable em ployees;
in ih e c k loyalty o f em ployees to the organization;
k Pi rrlude assignm ent to sensitive positions for those w ho are security risks;
| i ■• determ ine the character and reputation o f certain em ployees secretly tagged
I £ MM<11: H
| I t r defined as a system o f barriers placed betw een the m atters protected and
■ iipuiential intruder.
■ tVhM i' »il Security c. Personnel Security
i I im i nnent Security d Com puter Security
I In-* type o f alarm system utilizes n station located outside the compound.
a. Local alarm system c. Proprietary system

b. Central Alarm system d. Auxiliary system
68. It is installed as part o f the building which holds up to 10,000 cubic meters t
essential items. At least 12 feet in height, with enough ventilation and fire proof i
at least 1 hour.
b. Vault d. Protective cabinet
69. It is the susceptibility o f a plant or establishm ent to damage, loss or disruption

o f operations due to various hazards.
a. Relative criticality c. Risk assessm ent
b. Relative vulnerability d. Risk analysis
70. It refers to the im portance o f the establishm ent with reference to the natioiif
econom y and security.
a. Relative criticality c. Risk assessment
b. Relative vulnerability j d. Risk analysis
71. Classification o f one w ho steals due to irresistible urge prim arily because
unexpected opportunity and little chance o f detection.
a. System atic pilferer c. Pickpocket
b. Ordinary pilferer d. Casual pilferer
72. They are installed between the prospective intruder and the target installation
a. Barriers c. Locks
b. Hazards d. Guards
73. For new applicants trying to acquire a security guard license, the maxim
age is;
a. 30 c. 40
b. 35 d. 50
74. A security consultant must have at le a s t ___ years experience in the operulin
and m anagem ent o f security business.
75. A regular license granted as private security license card is valid for;
a. 1 year c. 3 years
76. A security unit operated and m aintained by any governm ent entity other III
the m ilitary or the police, w hich is established and maintained for the purp<r-«*
securing the office or com pound and/or extension o f such governm ent entity.
a. Com pany Security Force c. G overnm ent Security Unit
b. Agency Security Force d. None o f these
77. Refers to a security force m aintained and operated by any private'com pan1'
corporation for its own security requirem ent only.
a. Com pany Security Force c. Government Security Unit
b. Agency Security Force d. None o f these
/H Refers to the association o f all licensed security agencies and com pany security
Itnces.
1<1 PADPAO c. PNP SAGSD
li lJNP SOSIA d. PNP CSG
I ' l Under the law, the m axim um ratio o f a firearm to ev e iy security guard in the
r 111 j>loy o f private security agencies is:
ii 1:1 c. 1:3
Ii 1:2 d. 1:4
HI I A private security agency m ust initially procure at l e a s t ___ pieces o f licensed

Airnrms for use o f its security guards.
h 20 c. 50
Ii .10 d. 70
« I The license or perm it to own a firearm for security agencies is applied and
|nmessed at:
'|i I ’N P Civil Security Group
b I 'N P Security Agencies and Guards Supervision Division
|i I'NP Firearms and Explosives Office
1 1 Any of these
J Refers to the m erger with any person or a group o f persons for the purpose o f
iB'i'.imizing a branch, unit or subsidiary under separate control and ownership,
k Krcurity corporation c. Merger system
li Knhit System d. Illegal association
I A lock which is com m only installed in safe deposit boxes and is deemed pick
iirice it is operated by utilizing com binations by means o f a dial.
) li v r rlo c k c. Cylinder lock
► ( ombination lock d. Code operated locks
jw l A disc tum bler lock w hich is used in autom obiles would afford delay o f at least;
■ % lo 10 minutes c. 15 to 20 minutes
H 10 lo 15 m inutes d. 20 to 30 minutes
HI Sin liest known lock in existence.

| I' Kvptian Lock c. Roman Lock
I 'iir r k Lock d. Persian Lock
ft '■ ■• illumination o f covered pathways and side walks it is w iser to install;

lights c. Street lights
■ p inch lights d. Flood lights
: .nils are storage devices which are usually designed to be at least _ hours
v dant.
c. 9
d. 12
• inducted for a period o f at least 4 hours, its concern is to reiterate to

that security is an additional burden im posed on everyone w ho is part
M u , i iinipany
iiv fi onIk t conference c. Security reminders
11 •lining conference il Drbricfing
I
89. This serves as a forum to resolve security problem and explain new rules arid
regulations.
a. Refresher conference c. Security reminders
b. Training conference d. Debriefing
90. A positive effort to sell security or make the em ployees more involved in tlm
im plem entation o f security measures.
a. Refresher conference c. Security rem inders
b. Training conference d. Security prom otion
LEA III. POLICE PATROL AND OPERATIONS
What is patrol?
The word patrol is derived from the French word patrouiler, whii'll
means roughly, “to travel on foot.” In most modern police agencies ui
organizations foot patrol had been either replaced altogether
significantly supplanted through other patrol methods. The value of li>
patrol has experienced a renewed appreciation in recent years. It is
coincidence that the foot patrol officer continues to be the mainstay of •Ii
police force.
Patrol is the only form of police service, which directly attempt* u|

eliminate desire/opportunity of an individual to commit miscondu
Patrol is the backbone of the police department since this is the orfl
division within the structure of the police organization that may not fl
eliminated. Patrol is the only division that p|rlorms without fail round t■
clock or twenty four hours duty. Patrol may be amply defined n
repeated circuit of in guarding, performed to cover, secure and protci! j
particular area.
What is the im portance o f patrol?
The Primary Importance of Police Patrol is:

o It is the essence of police functions,
o It is the largest element in police organization,
o Actions taken by patrol officers have direct impact on citizens
being and the accomplishment of the police objectives,
o It is the most visible form of police activity,
o Patrol officers represent the PNP in their contact with
community.
What is foot patrol?
Foot Patrol: It is an integral element of many modern commu^

oriented policing programs. The foot patrol officer is usually >
develop a much closer relationship with the people who reside, slmJ
work in his beat. He can readily identify people on the beat sincr "
■ ‘-------------- 1 » rnntact with them. The various role!
-n officer- information provider, assistance giver, law enforcer, counselor

mid friend are facilitated by this patrol method.
Vhat are the advantages o f foot patrol?
Ail vantages of foot patrol:

o It maintains better personal contact with citizens and develops
trust and confidence of the people in the police,
o It provides clear observation of persons and things,
o It fosters police community relations,
o Patrol officers can enter small alleys.
o Patrol officers presence may deter crimes in business
establishments within their area of responsibility,
o Patrol officers may easily assess the nature and degree of the
incident before pursuing a proper course of action,
i o Closer observation of surroundings, conditions and circumstances.
■Iiat is autom obile patrol?
Automobile Patrol: The automobile offers the patrol officer the ability to
a large area, to respond to emergency calls quickly, and to employ
meful combination of stealth and mobility in crime prevention and the
Mpprehension and detection of offenders.
are the advantages o f m obile patrolling?
vantages of mobile patrolling:

It can cover a wider area;
! It provides faster response to public calls;
11 It provides an element of surprise particularly when a crime is in
progress;
11 It provides constant availability to public calls;
It provides officers with needed protection during inclement
weather;
It enables officers to carry other equipment;
I i. It is less tiresome making patrol officers respond and deal with
emergencies more efficiently; and
It is more economical.
( are the disadvantages o f m obile o f patrolling?
disadvantages of Mobile patrolling are:

Officers inability to observe their surroundings while inside their
automobile;
Inability to detect conditions requiring police attention;
ii restricts the ability of the patrol officer to come into contact with
people with reside, travel, work and shop around their beat.
ia bicycle patrol?
Bicycle Patrol: The adoption of bicycle patrol was brought about: by tlx
need to saturate areas not accessible by automobile and too largee to li|
patrolled easily on foot. Bicycle patrols may be utilized for surveeillanil
purposes in crowded areas such as malls, shopping centers wvhen |
uniformed police officer would be too conspicuous. This method is Lusual
targeted toward criminal detection and apprehension in crimes s->uch nj
purse snatching, muggings and sexual assaults. Bicycles have a cormbii'
advantage of mobility, speed and stealth. They are easily maneuvered In
crowded areas and cheaper to operate and maintain.
What is Special Terrain Patrol?
Special Terrain Patrol: They are usually four wheel drive vehiclles all
known as “All Terrain Vehicles” (ATV), designed to easily maneuwer u i
traverse with ease sandy areas such as desserts and beach fronts as wn
areas prone to floods. This would enable patrol officers to respond qui >1
to calls to emergency scenes which may not be accessible t*:o moil
conventional forms of transportation.
What is motorcycle patrol?
Motorcycle Patrol: For many years, motorcycles have been utillized i'
traffic purposes and parade and escort duties. Motorcycles offer s e v r*
distinct advantages for patrol use. It is easily maneuverable in h e a «
congested areas. However this method has manifested s e v r*
disadvantages such as its limited utility under adverse weather co n d itio *
It also poses an additional element of danger to patrol officers due to
vulnerability on the road.
What is aircraft patrol?

\
Aircraft Patrol. One of the most significant developments o f pun#
methods has been the adoption of both fixed wing aircraft and h e liic o p lriJ
They have found to be very adaptable for police work, althoujgh u «a
primarily in large metropolis and cities. They are viewed as valuable asi*|
in carrying out police patrol mission under certain circumstances. I m
offer the opportunity to patrol large land and sea areas and observe tln H
that may be hidden from the view of officers on the ground. In cm u l
involving chases, they can keep close observation of fleeing susp<ects
can direct the apprehension efforts of ground units.
What is K-9 patrol?
K 9 assisted patrol. Canine units have many advantages; they 4

often used in lieu of a second officer in a motorized patrol unit. They w ®
as supplement to the regular patrol force and allow fewer officers to pfl •
the same or greater area. Dogs also pose a significant psychological cl' '
<-m wnulri-be-trouble makers. Canines have acute sense of smell and 4
w used to track lost or wanted persons and augment in search and rescue
knissions as well. Dogs may also be used in the detection of explosives,
drugs and other contrabands.
What is m arine patrol?
Marine Patrol or Water patrol units are a highly specialized form of

police patrol and are utilized in those communities that have access to
mivigable waterways such as lakes, oceans, and rivers. They represent an
I'xlremely valuable addition to the regular patrol force. Search and rescue
«iul fire detection are among the most important functions of marine
Iiii(rol units. They are very useful in patrolling inland waterways that may
lir otherwise inaccessible. Marine patrol units are called upon to prevent
ilmg trafficking, detection of smuggling and other serious crimes that may
■ f beyond the scope or capability of traditional patrol units.
What is horse patrol?
Mounted or Horse Patrol. They are utilized for certain patrol areas
[|u« h as large parks or similar places where automobiles either cannot
K'ct'ss or may be forbidden. Mobile patrol may not be expected to be used
B wooded areas and fields but animals such as horses provide the best
%u>l>ility in these situations.
What is the difference between high and low visibility patrol?
visibility patrol can be virtually anything designed to increase patrol

» inhility. It might include saturating a given area with additional kinds of
i'iiIs, walking beats in the downtown area, park and walk program for
m ication centers and large parks and similar strategies. The key to high
nihility patrol is the identification of crimes and locations which can be
affected by increased police visibility and conduct of such efforts on a
*<v‘-Hematic but irregular basis. They are deemed most effective when
I ftf(|iiently changed, in terms of composition, location and frequency. It is
l*M*lriilly intended to deter street crimes.
While, low Visibility Patrol. Low visibility patrol is designed to increase

mte of apprehension of persons engaged in selected types of crimes. Its
»P oiidary effect is that other types of crimes will be deterred as a result of
■hi ter probability of persons being arrested in the commission of the
fclmr. Surprise is the primary element in the design of low visibility patrol
B fe t um. The idea is to provide a police presence in an area where selected
are likely to occur without the presence of the police being
led.
is directed deterrent patrol?
Directed Deterrent Patrol. Directed deterrent patrol differs from

lilional patrol methods In 11wit patrol officers perform specific
predetermined preventive functions on a planned and systematic basi*J

These preventive activities are designed on the basis of detailed analysis n l
crime incidents, offender characteristics, methods of operating, ami
locations. It attempts to identify certain crime trends and then develn|l
specific patrol methods to interrupt these patterns. Directed deterrcnl
patrol is ideally suited for cities which are large enough to experieiu^
crime problems in which patterns and characteristics can be identified.
What is TOP?
Target Oriented Patrol. Target oriented patrol strategies are those IlmJ
are directed toward specific persons, places or events. It combines iIm
elements of high visibility and low visibility patrol, and directed detericnj
patrol to identify persons, places or events which attract to create criiri
problems. Various means are then used either to deny the opportunity lt^
the crime to occur or to intercept the criminal in the commission of ll
offense. Target oriented patrol programs consists of either: Locali-^
oriented patrol, Offender oriented patrol and Event oriented patrol.
> Location Oriented Patrol. Is the process of conducting inten: ll«
surveillance over selected areas that have been identified throu|
crime analysis or through intelligence data as being high risk areas Hi
the commission of selected types of crimes.
> Offender Oriented Patrol. It is the process of conducting surveillam'd

an individual. In this case, police intelligence data as well as criin(i
history information on known offenders will form the basis for i|
identification of targets against which patrol efforts are directed.
> Event Oriented Patrol. It is simply the identification of events wlii^

may require the application of intensified patrol efforts or diffm
kinds of patrol strategies due to the nature of the problems they ^
create. ^
What is split force patrol?
Split Force Patrol. The split force patrol concept is a mean a

satisfying the needs of both preventive patrol and the demands min:#
calls for service. It grew out of the recognition that both preventive pi*
and responding to calls are important. It involves assigning one pari <>i I
patrol force the responsibility of conducting preventive patrol
assigning another part of the patrol force the task of responding to I
for service.
What is the difference between Reactive and proactive Patrol.
In r e a c tiv e p a tro l, th e a c tiv ity w h ic h c o n s is ts o f d r iv in g a ro im ii

d is tr ic t a n d w a itin g fo r s o m e th in g to h a p p e n An o ld c o n c e p t in p a in
w h ic h is n ot v e r y d iffe re n t from p o lic e m e n s ittin g a ro u n d at th e p ivfl
questioned for it does not seem to effectively augment the crime prevention
drive of the police. While, proactive Patrol. An alternative patrol system
which entails anticipation on the part of the patrol units that something
I unusual would occur. It consists of fielding of units in their respective area
of responsibility with described objectives and specific tasks for the day to
I migment calls and other on sight activities. The proactive patrol units will
I lit’ making burglar prevention, inspection of business establishments and
I irsidences, saturating places and locations of known gambling dens, drug
■cttlers and shadowing them for a while to see if they are plying their
BMcgal trade.
I What is an attractive nuisance?
Attractive Nuisance. A known doctrine of law wherein an individual is

i»m<l to maintain on his business or residential premises a condition,
nil nation, instrumentality, or machine that is dangerous to the youth
■uj iicularly for young children due to their inability to recognize and
■ appreciate peril.
I Wliat are patrol hazards?
I’ntrol hazards. A hazard is defined as any person, place, thing or

Miinlition which if allowed to exist may induce an accident or cause the
fcfcimission of the crime. They refer to situations which possess a high
pi'initial for criminal attack or may create any type of problem
lK'f#*itating a demand for immediate police services. Classification of
Hpprds: Persons, Places, Property, and Conditions/Situations.
Wliat are factors that create HAZARDS?
I .ictors that create hazards: Deficient visibility resulting from

ylmiruction of view, inadequate illumination may cause either crime or
p i'lm t hazards. The presence or conditions of things may create hazard.
l " i Ii ;is poorly designed roadways, obstructions in public places, presence
■ >•mibustibles or fire hazards, a lake or stream of water. The presence of
b r 1, may create a patrol hazard. Their gathering may present
unity for crime commission specifically thefts, mob formation,
A lili v damage to property or panic may cause injury to other persons.
li telecom m unications?
..mmunications refers to the transmission of words, sounds,

i data in the form of electronic or electromagnetic signals or
Transmission media include the telephone using wire or optical
i idio, television, microwave, and satellite. Data communication, thp
W ' jr.i'.wing field of telecommunication, is the process of transmit:inn
|| in digital form by wire or ntdio
1. Etym ology o f the w ord police, m eaning governm ent o f a city.

a. Patrouiller c. Polisia
b. Politia d. Politeia
2. Specific conditions and place that requires patrol officer’s special attention.
a. Hazards c. Uninhabited places
b. Attractive Nuisance d. Bars and night clubs
3. In his contact with the public a police officer on patrol should consider primai
the;
a. Public attitude towards the police c. Character o f persons in his beat
b. Im pression he creates d. Tim e he stays in a particular area
4. W hich am ong the follow ing is a com ponent o f a targeted oriented patrol?
a. Event oriented patrol c. Location oriented patrol
b. Offender oriented patrol d. All o f these
5. The unit within the police departm ent prim arily responsible for taking din'
police intervention w henever a crime is committed.
a. Patrol c. Vice
b. Investigation d. Traffic
6. Territorial decentralization is more appropriate in w hich police function?

a. Patrol c. Vice
b. Investigation d. Traffic
7. Justification for the creation and m aintenance o f specialized police units will*1
the police organization.
a. It is aimed to relieve patrol units in cases o f special operations.
b. Assum es com plete responsibility in a specialized area or problem.
c. It assists the patrol force.
d. It is used to deter specialized and high tech crimes.
8. It is considered as the busiest shift for patrol duty and offers a w ide variclv
challenges and activities.
a. M orning shift c. Midnight shift \
b. Afternoon shift d. Grave yard shift f
9. In terms o f shift scheduling o f patrol units, it is w iser to deploy younger pnlf

officers in the:
a. Morning shift c. M idnight shift
b. Afternoon shift d. Grave yard shift
10. Am ong the activities usually undertaken by patrol offers in this shilt
handling service calls, dealing w ith youth related problem s and intensified |
om nipresence in downtown areas.
a. Morning shift c. M idnight shift
b. Afternoon shift d. Grave yard shift
11. M ajority o f contracts between the public and police occur between the r (
and:
a. Patrolman c. Traffic officer
b. Criminal Investigator d. Police supervisor
I 2 Backbone Organization o f a police departm ent is generally its:

ii Traffic Division c. Crime Investigation D ivision
II Patrol Division d. Operations Division
I.! For m axim um effectiveness, a m em ber o f the police force w ho is generalist or

"nil around m an” should be assigned to:
n Patrol duty c. Com m unity relations job
l;i Crim inal investigation duty d. Traffic enforcem ent duty
I I. That u nit in the police force best suited and is prim arily responsible for taking
direct action w hen crime is com m itted is:
n Patrol Division c. Crim inalistic Division
Ii Investigation Division d. Inspection Division
I I Deploym ent o f patrol personnel is norm ally done according to some measure o f
I lie need for police service. O f the follow ing w hich one is the least valid factor than
n be used as, or included in, a measure o f perceived need,
v Number o f com plaints c. Num ber o f crim e com m itted
II Number o f arrests d. Peso value o f property losses
i)f. The best reason w hy patrol service is being considered backbone o f the police
►purtment is:
n I’ntrol force provides service to a greater num ber o f people at any time.
Iv I’atrol function is largely preventive in nature
t I 'atrol function is very w ide in scope
PL I’utrol is the only service that carries out the basic police jobs
I* Ihat m em ber o f the law enforcem ent agency to be involved in practically every
i li-nt calling for police action
fi I'atrol Officer c. Investigation officer
11 .iffic officer d. Police Liaison officer
IN 11 designed to increase the rate o f apprehension o f persons engaged in selected

o f crimes.
I li^h visibility patrol c. Directed deterrent patrol
li I,ow visibility patrol d. Split force patrol
M'-» Il refers to a patrol activity wherein police personnel drives around a particular
■ N "i waits at the station for any call requiring police assistance.
I’ntrol c. Proactive patrol
UVactive Patrol d. Police patrol
■ i M has been considered as the m ost effective and efficient means o f in guarding,
■ ii i h i m o f increasing com m unity support and cooperation?
#*»>t patrol c. Helicopter and fixed w ing aircraft patrol
»'n immobile Patrol d. M otorcycle patrol
L ii refers to a repeated circuit o f in guarding, prim arily to prevent the

o f crim es and m aintain the peace and order situation in a particular
« c. Investigation
It Nm vcillance d. ADDrehension
22. In areas wherein the terrain is said to be rough, what would be an appropriat(»J
means or type o f patrol, which m ay be utilized?
a. Bicycle patrol c. Autom obile patrol
b. Foot patrol d. Horse patrol
23. W hich type o f patrol would enable the police officers to have the advantage ol,.
stealth and at the same time the elem ent o f surprise?
a. M otorcycle patrol c. Bicycle patrol
b. Autom obile patrol d. Foot patrol
24. It refers to the core mission o f police patrol operations.

a. Crime Prevention c. Order m aintenance
b. Law enforcem ent d. Crim inal apprehension
25. Ideal m anning level o f the Philippine National Police in relation to 11

population is required the National Capital Region?
a. 1:1000 c. 1:500
b. 1:1500 d. 1:250
26. W hen patrol officers saturates a given area with additional units, w alking beni^
to increase the aura o f police om nipresence, what particular patrol operation:!
tactics do they em ploy?
a. High visibility patrol c. Directed deterrent patrol
b. Low visibility patrol d. Split force patrol
27. Com m unity Oriented Policing System w idely applied in Metro Manila aima <1
establish team work am ong the police and the persons residing in the community
it is a concept which bent on accom plishing w hat particular goal?
a. Prevention o f Criminal and Delinquent Behavior
b. Repression o f Crimes
c. Participative Law Enforcem ent
28. It is regarded as the most dom inant method o f conducting patrol,

a Motorcycle patrol c. Bicycle patrol .
b. Autom obile patrol d. Foot patrol t
29. W hat do we refer to in determ ining the crimes per 100,000 population?
a. Crime rate c. Peace and order situation
b. Crime statistics d. All o f these
30. Maximum tolerable level, to indicate that the peace and order situation is
within the control or w ithin the capability o f the police force to handle
a. 30 Index c. 40 index
b. 35 index d. 45 index
31. It refers to a fixed point or location to w hich an officer is assigned for duty.
a. Post c. Beat
b. Route d. Line beat
32. This type o f patrol would afford police officers to cover vast area parti< *
inaccessible remote areas at the least possible time w ithout the benefit o f r e fm '
in cases o f long distance, which has to be traversed,
a. Autom obile Patrol c. Hclicoptri- putrol
| It Fixed W ing A ircraft patrol d. Foot patrol
till. Pete is a th ief w ho is eyeing at the cell phone o f Mary, S P02 Jaen is standing a
Irw meters from Mary, The th ie fs desire is not dim inished by the police presence
but t h e __________for successful theft is:
11) Am bition c. Feeling
11 Intention d. Opportunity
VI. Small alley’s can be best penetrated by the police through:

htl Foot patrol c. Helicopter patrol
|ii Motorcycle patrol d. Autom obile patrol
§!>. When police officers are not bent on waiting for som ething to happen and
U Mpond but instead utilizes some other means to effect crime prevention, the focus
Ik said to be a type o f w hat kind o f patrolling?
h Reactive Patrol c. Proactive patrol
It Patrol d. Police patrol
||l(i. P/Insp. Ponce is a ch ief o f police o f a certain municipality in Vigan, he wants

liln subordinates to be drawn closer to the people. He should adopt which o f the
Inlliiwing concepts?
a Oplan Sandugo c. Oplan Bakal
11 Oplan Pagbabago d. COPS on the Block
I 11 To drive defensively in patrol means:

E h To always assume that the other drivers will com m it a mistake
Stop, look and listen
Never drive fast
H ) Drive slowly
<*" This kind o f call requires the use o f flashing light and the siren and m ay violate
I* ii Ilie laws provided that extreme care is exercised.
n Routine call c. Em ergency call
ft Urgent call d. All o f the above
f t u Walking closest to the building at night is a tactic in patrol which makes the
^■1 icemen less visible during the night. Its purpose is:
■ To surprise crim inals in the act o f com m itting a crime
H I o have sufficient cover
! To attract less attention
H I'or safety o f the police officer
H i Considered as the backbone o f police operations,

ft I’ntrol c. Traffic m anagem ent
Investigation d. Crowd control
\ l his is a patrol program designed to ensure law abiding citizens feeling o f

b i n ity but the reaction o f fear for would be violators.
Liw visibility patrol c. Police Omnipresence
Mi II ikIi visibility patrol d. Single office patrol
I# I’olice visibility in strategic locations and crime prone areas projects

:
»lll< Il iH an effective crime prevention slm tf'cy.
I1 cmi c. O m n ip resen ce
b. Discretion d. All o f these
43. A beat refers to:

a. Num ber o f crim es to be solved c. Num ber o f residents to be protected
b. Geographical area to be patrolled d. Geographical area to be patrolled
44. A crew com plem ent o f a m obile patrol division is organized into shifts for eai il
turn o f duty.
a. One shift daily c. Daily 2 shift assignm ent
b. Daily 3 shift assignm ent d. Daily 4 shift assignm ent
45. A doctrine o f law wherein an individual is said to m aintain on his business tin
residence a situation, condition, instrum entality or machine that is dangerous iiq
the youth due to their inability to recognize and appreciate peril.
46. They refer to conditions which possess a high potential for crim inal attack nl
cause any type o f problem necessitating a dem and for im m ediate police service.
47. A ny person, place, thing or condition which if allowed to exist m ay induce mi

accident or cause the com m ission o f a crime.
48. It evolved from the New Cops on the Block and Com m unity Oriented Polii *
System, wherein sm aller police units are established and deployed below the pn:<|
station level.
a. Police Com m unity Precinct c. Team policing
b. House Visitation d. Barangay Police
49. Usually perform ed by patrol units where a policem an routinely offer c n f

prevention tips and organize com m unity crim e groups. |
a. Police Com m unity Precinct c. Team policing • *
50. A grass root approach undertaken to bring the people and the police <b
together in a more cooperative condition.
51. Its distinct feature is establishing a neighborhood crime watch for the pui|«
o f encouraging the people to report all suspicious conditions in their locality *
the police to take greater responsibility and interest in preventing and reprc«i
crimes.
b. House Visitation d. Koban
52. W hich am ong the follow ing is necessary for team policing to be successful
a. Public cooperation c. Public support
b. Public trust d. All o f these
| They refer to a factor w hich influences patrol force deploym ent and depends on
I low the public view the role o f the police in the community.
[ jj. Type o f crim e and police problem experienced
Ii Financial m aterial and hum an resources
t Zoning plan o f the city
*1 Com m unity expectations
♦ ■I A patrol objective w herein the police perform a variety o f duties in which the
iiiiwsibility o f legal sanction u sually exists but not imposed,
u ( 'rime prevention c. Order m aintenance
Ii Law enforcem ent d. Crim inal Apprehension
t i he prim ary problem w hen patrol officers utilize discretion.

ii I lius im plem entation o f the law c. It m ay be prone to abuse
uws are not equally enforced d. It becom es a tool for social control
I t In perform ing this police objective, the police play a vital role in influencing the
tfimllly o f life in the community.
n Ci nne prevention c. Order m aintenance
Ii I nw enforcem ent d. Crim inal Apprehension
1 Al! hough police discretion is utilized by all patrol officers, this w ould help limit
| M li r discretion.
L i iimmunity values c. Rules and regulations
It I'tihlic attitude d. Both A and B
( i n \n urea containing two or m ore beats.

L l.n 11 Beat c. D istrict
r?..utr d. Sector
Ilns patrol unit is particularly effective in hot pursuits,

v immobile patrol c. Foot patrol
tt i ii Inopter patrol d. Canine units
' ■ili-n used in lieu o f a second officer in a m otorized patrol unit.

| Ifni mis c. Radio equipm ent
| • Biiicras d. Canine units
IV. INTELLIGENCE AND SECRET SERVICE
[wtlBl la Intelligence?
I Prlm rd as the product resulting from the collection, analysis,

* i ion, evaluation and interpretation of all available information
Ki i '>ncems one or more aspects of area of operation potentially
e .... /.nl to planning. As a process intelligence is an activity which treats
■•••in i information as the basis of departmental policy and decision
in organization it is an institution composed of personnel who

ii special kind of knowledge for the purpose of planning, collecting,
IM'Iiii).', mid disseminating mlurmutinn rHnHncr *-• — •*- r ■
members, conditions that promote disturbance due to peace and ordt

organized criminal syndicates, insurgency and subversion.
What is m ilitary intelligence?
Military Intelligence- refers to the use of processed information in

formulating military plans, programs and policies. This would include
strategic and combat intelligence. Strategic intelligence gives attention In'
the capability, vulnerability and possible course of action of the enemy,
Combat intelligence highlights knowledge pertaining to weather, enemy
and terrain.
What is police intelligence?
Police Intelligence- refers to the output or end product resulting front

the collection, evaluation, analysis, integration and interpretation of i j
available facts which concerns the activities of criminal elements and n
activities significant to police planning and operation. This covers Lin*
strategic and counter intelligence.
What is counter intelligence?
Counter Intelligence- are measures undertaken to deny the enemy 1

any information consisting of passive and active intelligence measures. Ii
passive counter intelligence; secrecy discipline, movement contii*
camouflage and proper handling of information is practiced. Active counM
intelligence on the other hand covers reconnaissance, patrolling, sabotoi
espionage, interior guard duty and fortification of vital facilities.
What com prises the intelligence cycle?
The Intelligence Cycle is composed of :

o Collection of information
o Processing of information
o Dissemination and Use of Intelligence
o Direction of the Collection Effort.
Collection of Information. Each collecting agency of a commami

responsible for procurement, collecting and transmitting all information
perceived intelligence value to adjacent and higher headquarters witli I
least possible delay even in the absence of specific instruction. Thu
referred to as the essence of procurement of information of which the i n
vital factor is access of either the agents or informants to the desired
without arousing the attention of the subject or those given the task
protect them.
Processing of Information. Intelligence Data Processing:

o (1) is a process through which information is mnnngrd,
o (2) can increases our knowledge of a particular problem and

situation, and
o (3) results in preventive and informed public policy. Intelligence is a
necessity for the successful investigation of today’s sophisticated
criminals and an invaluable asset for police managers in making
well informed decisions.
The principle involved in the processing of information is that all

information with relevant intelligence value to determine the credibility of
its source and the accuracy of the facts obtained. Evaluated information is
i lien subject to interpretation to determine its significance in the light of
nil other intelligence at hand. Processing- is a step by which the
intelligence is transformed from raw facts or materials to intelligence data.
II involves three processes namely: Collation, Evaluation and
Interpretation.
What is the Evaluation Code?
i lie Evaluation Code:
According to Reliability of Source: According to Credibility of

A Completely Reliable, Information:
ft Usually Reliable, 1- Confirmed by other Sources,
£ Fairly reliable, 2- Probably true,
■k Not Usually reliable, 3- Possibly true,
K Unreliable 4- Doubtfully true,
P Reliability Unknown. 5- Improbable report
6- Truth Cannot be judged.
Ai cording to the source of information
1 Direct observation by the Unit Commander
iV Report made by the intelligence Agents
V Report rendered by military or law enforcement personnel
IV A result of interrogation
■ ( >bservation of any government civilian employee
1/7 Obtained from documents
tii-iKcmination and Use of Intelligence. The intelligence duly processed

Wiik.i be presented to the Commander to enable him to formulate decisions
mill plans and is distributed to all higher, adjacent and lower offices in the
Ifinr for it to be of value. Timeliness which connotes that it should be
■^rurded without delay when needed and Propriety in the sense that it
b ' i*t be clear and concise, the two must be observed at all times.
^p*cticm of the Collection Effort: The principle in planning the collection

Bfl*•>t is based on the collecting agency's capability. This is to ensure that
C ordinated search for information sought may be obtained to govern
Llt< future conduct of the unit It embodies the following elements or
kni 111 cs:
Lo The e s s e n t i a l e l e m e n t s ol i nloi m n t i o n n e e d e d
o The collection plan including choosing the personnel

o The implementation process by issuance of necessary orders
o Supervision and follow up.
What is BBI?
Essential Elements of Information. They are particular requirement

information which the end user needs to govern the conduct of 11
operations. In the formulation of the essential elements of information 11
following must be considered:
o The available lines of actions the target, subject or enemy in
adopt which will interfere with or favor the accomplishment of I
mission.
o The next major decision which can be foreseen at present m«
additional information needed to decide.(Alternate or back-up pi*
o Information pertaining to the situation confronting the
requested by adjacent or higher command.
What are docum ent security classification?
Document Security Classification:

o Class I- Vital/Top Secret documents. They are conskM
irreplaceable official matters the unauthorized disclosure of wli(
would cause exceptionally grave damage to the interest ol
establishment since it is important to its survival.
o Class II- Important/Confidential Documents. The loss or damn

which will pose a threat to operations. The reproduction ol
documents will cause delay and would entail a consick'i
expense on the part of the collecting agency.
o Class III- Useful/Secret documents. Contains opernii<

procedures and guidelines, wherein loss or compromise w
hamper operations but can be readily restored.
o Class IV- Restricted documents. These refer to duly prom

intelligence reports not made available for public consumption
How do we handle classified matters?
Handling Classified Security Matters/Dissemination of dn

matters: The “Need to know Principle”, classified matters should be (j
only to whom it is necessary for the fulfillment of their duties, i
organization with such confidential information should insure thm
authorized persons should decide and determine the distribution ol
matters. Distribution ol vital documents should be recorded and h
down.
Secret matters are as a general rule not reproduced unless

Instructions from higher authorities would be issued. No classified
In ormation should be discussed in public, over the telephone, radio and
other venue or channel susceptible to being observed and overheard by
ftlier persons or unsecured locations.
What is cryptography?
Cryptography is simply defined as an art and science of making,

drvising and protecting codes and ciphers. It is a science of preparing
Lîiiimunication intended to be intelligible only to the person possessing
Thr key or method of developing the hidden meaning by crypto-analysis
u m ig apparently incoherent text. In its widest sense, cryptography
k rlu des the use of concealed messages, ciphers, and codes. Concealed
• r i s a g e s , such as hose hidden in otherwise innocent text and those
■*tltt«;n in invisible ink, depend for their success on being unsuspected,
fti-r they are discovered, they frequently offer little difficulty to
ipherment.
| Codes, in which words and phrases are represented by predetermined

puts, numbers, or symbols, are usually impossible to read without they
■:-ode book. The term cryptography is sometimes restricted to the use of
fclms, that is, to methods of transposing the letters of plain text
~rypted) messages or to methods involving the substitution of other
^ i s or symbols for the original letters of a message, and to various
niiations of such methods, all according to prearranged systems.
M u iwn as Napoleon’s Eye, he conducted counter intelligence against spies, who

lUr1 1deceit and blackm ail to gain information.
Hi hulmeister c. Steiber
Itilward I d. Redl
Known protector o f Queen Elizabeth I who organized the British secret police to
i the naval operation and fleet m ovem ents o f Portugal.
WmI'; ngham o f England c. Steiber
• ilwurd I d. Redl
K'ussian kin g o f sleuth hounds, he utilized censorship and statistics in

accounting.
[ y * inn gham o f England c. Steiber
^■Ivvuid I d. Redl
as the most infam ous double spy and was responsible for
M llt 'ly 500,000 deaths o f Austrians, Hungarians and Russians in his 13
• i> rr as the intelligence director o f Hungary and Austria.
H Q ltn inham o f England c. Steiber
K » ' i i ill d. Redl
hili Ii nmong the follow ing is no* a com ponent o f the central intelligence
Mmimtinn procurement division c Adm inistration division

b. Evaluation and distribution division d. Intelligence division
6. Research and analysis as well as interrogation and debriefing are a commit

function of:
a. Intelligence proper unit c. Secret intelligence
b. Intelligence operations d. Evaluation and distribution division
7. W hich am ong the follow ing is not an inherent function o f secret intelligence?
a. Espionage c. Surveillance
b. Sabotage d. Undercover w ork
8. Counter intelligence, security o f V IP ’s and dissem ination o f propaganda

known activities o f what particular unit within the intelligence organization?
a. Intelligence proper u nit c. Secret intelligence
b. Intelligence operations d. Evaluation and distribution division
9. An intelligence data w hich has little or no value.

a. A l c. C5
b. B4 d. E6
10. In terms o f reliability o f the source the letter B would mean:

a. Com pletely reliable c. Fairly reliable
b. Usually reliable d. Not usually reliable
11. An inform ation which is probably true would be given an evaluation numbei
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
12. W hen the reliability o f source is unknown, intelligence evaluator would giv
classification of:
a. A c. E
b. C d. F
13. Refers to the organized inform ation available in the police records division,
a. Departm ental intelligence c. Counter intelligence
b. Police intelligence d. Com bat intelligence
14. An organized and relatively stable business w hich uses violence and tin
against competitors.
a. Criminal syndicates c. Organized crime
b. Criminal world d. Mafia
15. Refers to the social organization o f crim inals with its own social classc*
norms.
a. Criminal syndicates c. Organized crime
b. Criminal world d. Mafia
16. Regarded as the first person who first utilized the principles o f intelligent
a. Sun Tzu c. Abraham
b. Moses d. Alexander the Great
17. A product resulting from the collection, analysis, integration, evaluation

interpretation o f all available inform ation which concerns one or more aspn I
area o f operation potentially significant to planning.
Assets c Intelligence
H Research d. Cryptography
IH Law which was enacted last June 19, 1947 w hich lead to the creation o f thr
K ii 1ional Bureau o f Investigation.
| i RA 147 c. RA 6975
Kh RA 157 d. RA 8551
I'J It is undertaken by shifting and sorting o f all available intelligence materials.

Analysis c. Deduction
Hi) Integration d. Evaluation
I 911 Indexed m em orandum pad for recording o f inform ation regarding the enemy,
movement, location and anticipated action.
I p Intelligence journal c. Intelligence w orksheet
III Knemy situation m ap d. Intelligence files
H I An evaluation code o f F4 would m ean that the intelligence data is;

. Unreliable, doubtfully true
I k Reliability unknown, doubtfully true
Unreliable, im probable report
l>'i liability unknown, im probable report
N J Refers to the determ ination o f the significance o f the intelligence data in order
H ilmw conclusion.
, Collation c. Interpretation
| l-vuluation d. Deduction
ii is a technique designed to show relationship between individuals a

^ ■ p m / a tio n s by visual graphic designs.
lin k analysis c. Data collection
Mowcharting d. Data analysis
tlensive measure taken to respond to terrorist attacks,

i ' ;>i inter intelligence c. Counter terrorism
I i m inter subversion d. Counter insurgency
|.v lers to the inform ation or knowledge pertaining to a person or organization

in illegal activities.
k Pul ire Strategic Intelligence c. Police Line Intelligence
( I h.'U'e Counter Intelligence d. Crim inal intelligence
|« An intelligence m aterial given an evaluation code o f A l w ould mean:

■ ( ••ni|iletely reliable, Probably true
I t •unpletely reliable, Confirm ed by other sources
illy reliable, Probably true
I i.'illy reliable, Confirm ed by other sources
I w fers to a docum ent which contains inform ation pertaining to enem y

m ovem ent and possible actions.
■■■rnii Journal c. Enem y Situation Map
V i'll" licen ce W orksheet cl. Intelligence Files
tn y - ii i to a person being prolei led oi I lie object o f secret s“ rvice

a. Principal c. Protective security

b. Private individual service d. Decoy
29. Father o f Organized M ilitary espionage.

a. Alexander the Great c. Frederick the Great
b. Hannibal d. Moses
30. Established after W orld W ar II, it serves as a clearinghouse o f records I Ik

provides inform ation from a police force o f one country to another.
a. Federal Bureau o f Investigation c. Scotland Yard
b. Central Intelligence Agency d. Interpol
31. Russian counterpart o f the Central Intelligence Agency.

a. Com m ittee for State Security c. Central Intelligence Group
b. National intelligence Authority d. Office o f Strategic Services
32. Encrypted and coded m essages are converted to intelligible language by;
a. Encoding c. Processing
b. Decoding d. Labelling
33. A philosopher who wrote the book the Art o f War, w hich diverted wti^
philosophy regarding intelligence gathering from the traditional approach wir
resorts to prophecy and dream to scientific m ethods o f inform ation gathering i
processes.
a. Alexander the Great c. Sun Tzu
b. Frederick the G reat d. Moses
34. Form er head o f the Office o f Strategic Service w ho gave vital milili
intelligence which contributed to the end o f W orld W ar II.
a. Donovan c. W alsingham o f England
b. Redl d. Edward I
35. Agency vested w ith handling dom estic intelligence in the United States.
a. Federal Bureau o f Investigation c. Central Intelligence Group
b. International Police Organization d. Office o f Strategic Services
36. Its role is to provide law enforcem ent agencies w ith crim inal intelligent i
inform ation nationally and internationally about m ajor crim inals and sni^
crimes.
a. International Police O rganization c. National Crim inal Intelligence Serviif
b. Office o f Strategic Services d. Police National Com puter
37. Since 1974, it gives inform ation to police agencies o f all registered vehii Ii
their owners, and an index o f more than five million crim inal records.
a. International Police Organization c. National Crim inal Intelligence Sei vk I
b. Office o f Strategic Services d. Police National Com puter
38. Refers to altruism, in which persons give inform ation by motivation]

unselfish regard for the welfare o f others.
a. Renum eration c. Vanity
b. Civic m indedness d. Fear
39. Most dangerous kinds o f inform ants because they may sell information in
highest bidder.
■
& M ercenary inform ants c. Rival elim ination inform ants

I). Confidential inform ants d. Double cross inform ants
40. It w ould entail the recording or organization o f raw m aterials so that they m ay
I ip readily com pared with other items.
M. Collation c. Interpretation
«l>. Evaluation d. Deduction
II. It is the greatest tongue loosener and should be avoided by intelligence agents
iluiing missions.
B Drugs c. Alcohol
Ii W om en d. Gam bling
4.’ Information procured in the open is a product o f w hat type o f intelligence?

ji Covert c. Undercover
ft Overt d. Surveillance .
i‘ This type o f intelligence is prim arily long range in nature. .

N Counter Intelligence c. Departm ental intelligence
■ li Line intelligence d. Strategic intelligence
Ir**! If the inform ation is procured w ithout the knowledge o f the subject it is said to
, ( ’overt c. U ndercover
, Obvert d. Surveillance
Hp A com m on technique used in data description and integration. It dem onstrates

■ l c hain o f event or activities over a period.
■ I Link analysis c. Data collection
B Flowcharting d. Data analysis
Finest intelligence agency in the world.

Mossad c. CIA
KGB d. Interpol
HV An intelligence data that is im m ediate in nature.

I.ine intelligence c. Strategic intelligence
i C ou nterintelligen ce d. Com bat intelligence
1 1.11 ndual penetration into enem y dom ain and territory.

I Surveillance c. Infiltration
i I'.limitation d. All o f the foregoing
I Aliruism w hich is a motive o f inform ants in cooperating w ith police authorities

■ J * «ile d by their sense o f unselfish regard for or devotion to the welfare o f others,
i i->|>entance c. Renum eration
■ C i'ic m indedness d. Vanity
k Wi.lc variety o f tactics em ployed by which a state or person misleads or

I the enemy; generally as to its capabilities.
■ i'lion r. Sabotage
I * ■,|nonage cl. infiltration
51. . It refers to the com bination o f all analyzed data to form a logical picture
theo:ory.
a. Integration c. Evaluation
b. Deduction d. Interpretation
52 . It refers to any form ula, device pattern or com pilation o f inform ation utilized
inMustiy.
a. Proprietary inform ation c. Trade secret
b. Intellectual property d. Secret Form ula
53. . This unit u sually takes care o f the publication o f intelligence reports.
a. Adm inistration Division
b. Evaluation and Distribution Division
c. Inform ation Procurem ent Division
d. Intelligence Proper Unit
54... Established by Henry Peel in 1829, it was held as the prem ier institution
galllthering o f inform ation regarding the identity, activities o f criminals as well
obtiltaining evidences and effecting the arrests o f the same.
a. FBI c. Scotland Yard
b. NBI d. INTERPOL
55. ■. It refers to clandestine or secret m eans o f obtaining information.

a. Covert Intelligence c. Infiltration
b. Overt Intelligence d. Surveillance
56. • Is a step by which the intelligence is transformed from raw facts to intellign’
daUita.
a. Collection c. Evaluation
b. Processing d. Dissem ination
57.'. A vehicle fronting the principal’s vehicle to neutralize possible threats.

a. Escort vehicle c. Decoy vehicle
b. Counter attack vehicle d. Shield vehicle
58.8. Refers to som ething that is concealed or hidden.

a. Overt c. Crypt
b. Covert * d. Code
59.9. A method o f collection o f inform ation w herein the investigator trails i

sulabject.
a. Research c. Casing
b. Surveillance d. Undercover operation
60.0. In form ulating a fictitious identity, what is the p rim a iy consideration?

a. Prelim inary investigation o f the target
b. Choosing a suitable background or cover to fit the role
c. Fam iliarize with com m unity
d. Have fictitious credentials
611. Forging or changing a person ’s real identity.

a. Cover c. Defection
b. . Deception d. Infiltration
<)2. Refers to the exam ination o f raw m aterials to determ ine its reliability,
i i edibility and relevance to operations.
I. Collation c. Processing
11 Evaluation d. Interpretation
().l. Measures undertaken to deny the enem y o f any inform ation consisting o f
i m live and passive intelligence measures,
n Com bat intelligence c. Line Intelligence

11 Strategic intelligence d. Counter Intelligence
M . Refers to particular requirem ent for inform ation w hich the end user needs to
govern the conduct o f operations.
ii ILssential elem ents o f inform ation c. Directives
Ii Mission order d. Intelligence
i>r> Any form o f com m unicated knowledge which serves as the bloodline o f police
Intelligence.
m Inform ation c. Crim e rate
I' Reports d. Research
4i< I To what unit do police personnel belong w hen they infiltrate crowd and gather
tiilcii rnation regarding crim inal syndicates,
x Intelligence c. Patrol
Ii Investigation d. Any o f these
4-/ This police activity increases the num ber o f arrests o f crim inal syndicate
P^Mnhers.
■I intelligence c. Patrol
ii investigation d. Crime research
Mi In intelligence functions, a black list means;

m Neutral c. Unwanted
Ii frien d ly d. unfriendly
I*'* A _____ list contains a roll o f citizens and officials w ho are cleared to attend
itied meetings.
^ llliu k c. Target
■ While d. Principal
P I hey are docum ents classification wherein the loss or dam age o f w hich will
■ p iithreat to operations.
CW ' I c. Class II
< In™ III d. Class IV
Ih !* refers to duly processed intelligence reports not m ade available for public
iiption.
fed/Top Secret docum ents c. Confidential documents
►. iri Documents d. Restricted docum ents
this contains operational procedures and guideline, wherein loss or

iBNr..•»<- would ham per operations but may easily be restored.
■'ii nl/Top Secret docum ents c. Confidential docum ents
iri Documents <1. Restricted docum ents
73. They are considered as irreplaceable official matters the unauthorized

disclosure o f w hich w ould cause exceptionally grave dam age to the interest o f mi
establishm ent since it is vital to its survival.
a. Top Secret docum ents c. Confidential docum ents
b. Secret Documents d. Restricted docum ents
74. It is a form o f intelligence dissem ination wherein the data is dispatched to (hi
addressee in the personal care o f authorized personnel.
a. Transm ission by Safe hand Method c. Transm ission by Delivery
b. Transm ission by Personal Contact d. Transm ission by Courier
75. P 0 2 Mai Lap is deployed in bars and establishm ents usually frequented hy
syndicate members for inform ation gathering, his m ission is classified as:
a. Social assignm ents c. O rganizational assignm ents
b. W ork assignm ents d. Com m unity assignm ent
76. An intelligence personnel w ho was instructed to apply as a sta ff o f his targel i|

perform ing w hich m ission?
a. Social assignm ents c. Organizational assignm ents
77. A certain neighborhood is known to be a m ajor source o f prohibited drugs, ltf|

solve this problem intelligence personnel were deployed to live in the area foi
considerable am ount o f time to determine the veracity o f such reports.
a. Social assignm ents c. O rganizational assignm ents
78. They are intelligence personnel who m ay no longer be used for under. <
w ork since their duties and responsibilities revolve around office work for
intelligence community.
a. Social assignm ents c. Organizational assignm ents
79. Defined as an art and science o f making, devising and protecting codes
ciphers.
a. Crypt c. Crypto-analysis
b. Intelligence d. Cryptography
80. A data transm ission system using telephone lines or other private chum*
w herein a great deal o f confidential inform ation is routinely sent by substilui
and transposition from one com puter to another by governm ent agencies, hnii^
and other companies.
a. Data Encryption Standard c. Enigm a
b. LUCIFER d. RSA
81. This m akes use o f the com puter binary code consisting o f )’s and IV
transforms 64 bit m essages into 64 bit segments o f cipher texts.
a. Data Encryption Standard c. Enigm a
b. LUCIFER d. RSA
82. The forw arding address of agents for mail packages and ■
com m unications.
a. W hite list c. Bieot list
b. Target list d. Accomim xliil ion nddrcss
83. A list o nam es with authorized access to sensitive information.

a. W hite list c. Bigot list
b. Target list d. Accom m odation address
84. To fully study the target person, a com plete background investigation is
undertaken; this would check the personal data and activity o f the target covering
■ __ years.
a. 5 c. 15
I) 10 d. 20
H5. This deals w ith the extended and utilization o f natural and hum an resources
and industrial potential o f a nation.
In. Econom ic Intelligence c. Dom estic Intelligence
I) Geographical intelligence d. Industrial Intelligence
H6. Refers to the gathering o f inform ation pertaining to m anufacturing technique,

processes from form ulas w hich m ay be o f great use and value.
Li. Econom ic Intelligence c. Dom estic Intelligence
I). Geographical intelligence d. Industrial Intelligence
H7. The full measure taken by the state to free and protect its own society from
lnwlessness, insurgency, terrorism and subversion.
[ii. Internal defense c. External defense
11 Departm ental defense d. Institutional defense
mh. This outlines the prim ary threat to national security hence occupies the
kiratest attention and concern o f intelligence operatives.
•i Bigot list c. Order o f Battle
LI Black List d. Prim ary orders
M'l They are politically sensitive m ilitary operations norm ally characterized by the
Ihort term and rapid projections o f forces in conditions short o f conventional war.
ii Peace time contingency c. Psychological w arfare
[li Psychological warfare consolidation d. Psychological operation
'to Refers to the planned use o f propaganda having the prim ary purpose o f
ulluencing the opinions, attitudes, em otions and behavior o f hostile groups.
Ift Peace time contingency c. Psychological warfare
■ I’sychological warfare consolidation d. Psychological operation
11 They are operations directed towards populations in unfriendly areas occupied

■ frv:ndly forces used to facilitate operation and prom ote m axim um cooperation.
Ifi Peace time contingency c. Psychological warfare
I Psychological warfare consolidation d. Psychological operation
I They are planned activity in peace and w ar directed towards enemy, friendly
pfl neutral audiences in order to create an attitude and behavior favorable to the
B îurvem ent o f political and m ilitary objective.
I i v. e time contingency
k c. Psychological w arfare
B I'sychological w arfare consolidation d. Psychological operation
■■j An open activity used to clear out governm ent image.

| Ulnrk propaganda c. Red Propaganda
L While propaganda d. Spin
94. Refers to the area w hich separates the VIP or principal from attack.
a. Defense ring c. Buffer zone
b. Kill zone d. None o f these
95. The arrangem ent o f protective personnel and or physical barriers to negate
potential attack.
a. Defense ring c. Buffer zone
b. Kill zone d. None o f these
96. The protective personnel asked to conduct, inspect and survey on the area ol
visit, performs coordination and make the required arrangem ent o f the V IP in ■
specific area is know n as:
a. Advance party c. Route security
b. Destination security d. Convoy security
97. In em ergency situations which pose threats to the object o f VIP protection, tli«
first duty o f the agents assigned to the principal is:
a. Remove the VIP as quickly as possible from known or im pending danger
b. Neutralize all probable threats.
c. To attem pt to cover the V IP as closely as possible to shield him by placitu
them selves between the VIP and any source o f danger.
d. Call for back-up.
98. In the defense ring, the outer ring is com posed o f personnel deployed in:
a. Im m ediately outside the V IP ’s door or close in
b. Inside quarters, residence, office
c. Sidewalks, siationed in front o f quarters and covering all entrances
d. All o f these
99. This personnel assigned to protect the VIP are posted as close in or placril
outside the V IP ’s door.
a. Defense ring c. Middle ring
b. Outer ring d. Inner ring
100. The VIP lim ousine, wherein in the front seat the driver and communicalli
officer is detailed and at least not less than 5 security personnel is assign*
maintains a distance o f ______ behind the lead car.
a. 4 to 5 cars length c. 6 to 7 cars length
b. 5 to 6 cars length d. 10 meters away
LEA V. POLICE RECORDS AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
What is police personnel m anagem ent?
Police personnel management is an art of preparing, organizing m

directing the efforts of the members of the police force in order thai 11
may achieve the accomplishment of the police purpose. It is that field
management involving planning, organizing, directing and controlling I
efforts of a group of peopie toward achieving a common goal A
maximum dispatch and minimum expense.
What is personnel adm inistration?
Personnel administration is the technique of organizing and handling

of people at work in all levels and types of management.
What are the elem ents o f m anagem ent?
Hements of Management:
o Authority- which comes from law, delegation and tradition,
o Responsibility- which is a state of being accountable.
What are the processes involved in scientific management?
scientific management would include the following basic elements:

o Definition of purpose,
o Analysis of problem,
o Gathering facts,
o Devising methods,
o Finding persons best fitted for the task at hand,
0 Teach the person the best fitted method,
0 Plan carefully, and
0 Win cooperation.
How can effective police leadership be shown or indicated?
I Ins can be achieved by:

o The skill to directand show the way,
o The ability to win cooperation,
o The ability to win loyalty,
0 The courage to carry on until the task is accomplished.
Wliat is the difference between adm inistration and management?
Administration and Management distinguished: Administration

<l< notes functions that determine the basic policies, programs and the
means and methods to the employed to achieve them. While, management
jprvcrs functions that directs and guides the activities of the human
^ • o u r c e s of the organization toward realization of policies and programs
(nd objectives. By its structure and legal creation, the Philippine National
e is characterized as a centralized police force, adhering to the
|C"nlinental theory, wherein the police force is a tool or servant of higher
■ t " ' or authority.
What is coordination in m anagem ent?
1 nordination as a function in management Coordination aims at

Imu monious adjustment to provide things and relationships; it is the
’ u n ific a tio n o f v a r io u s e ffo r ts that m a y n o t b e in h a r m o n y w ith o th e rs
toward an integrated whole. Two basic forms of coordination ini

management are Horizontal and Vertical Coordination.
The first form is called Horizontal Coordination that involves liaisoninKl

among the staff of the same level for the benefit of the entire organization, I
This is also called Lateral Coordination among the members of the stall |J
The second is described as Vertical Coordination (downward or upward);!
meaning, authority from the top management or executive delegated thr
line through each level of management to its first - line supervisors.
In achieving management coordination the following activities should b«j

pursued:
o there must be planning,
o a clear-cut personnel assignment from top to bottom,
o evaluation of work through the use of controls,
o adequate reporting on activities, accomplishments, problems anil I
difficulties,
o Conference discussions,
o formulation of ad hoc or permanent committees with specill*
monitoring tasks.
What is the difference between vision and mission?
Vision is an aspirational description of what an organization would lik

to accomplish or achieve, intended to serve as a clear guide for choosing
current and future courses of action. THE PNP VISION “ We are commitN®
to the vision of a professional, dynamic and highly motivated PNl'J
supported by a responsive community regarded as one of the most credil)l*J
national institutions and ranked among the best in Asia.” While, mi
organization’s mission is its rationale for existence. Mission statemeiilij
are brief, believable, easy to understand and widely known. Missld*
statements are supplemented by values to which they are based. The PNIH
Mission “The PNP shall enforce the law, prevent and control crin
Maintain peace and order, ensure the public safety and internal securllil
with the active support of the community.”
W hat are policies?
Policies refer to those tools of management which life and direction la

the programs of activities and sets limits within which action is to !■
pursued by the personnel concerned. It may also be defined as a “gennJ
plan of action” that serves as a guide in the operation of the organization
It defines authority and responsibility of subordinates. And formulated II
management to guide the men on operational level.
What are the types o f policies?

Originated policy- this type comes from the highest rank or top
management and is intended to set up guidelines in the operation of the
organization.
Appealed policy- this type of policy is born when problems arise at the
lower levels of the organization and the man in charge does not know how
lo meet the problem.
Imposed policy- This type of policy comes from the government in forms of
I administrative orders, rules and procedures and specifications.
m w s
Policies and Procedure distinguished.
Policies are guideline governing future courses of action and therefore

iliry have to be stable. Procedure on the one hand is the actu'al courses of
n( lion such working details methods of operation, paperwork, review,
uniting letters. Regulations are rules intended to guide the conduct of the
|.m rsonnel which are restrictive and aim to force the officers to adhere to
n|K‘ciflc codes of conduct. Work simplification it is a method of finding
*ieiier ways of doing work to increase productivity, work quality, meet
work schedule, reduce waste, lower accident rates and reduce costs. This
nirlhod is also utilized in law enforcement administrative service.
What are the functions o f Managem ent?
functions of Management is enumerated as follows:

Planning o Coordinating
Organizing o Reporting
Directing o Budgeting
Staffing
Punning. Is the determination in advance how the objectives of the

inkiiilization will be attained. This would include the determination of the
fkiuise of action to take in a particular task, function or activity. Planning
fimv he further defined as the act of determining guidelines and policies for
#oli<« activities and operations and providing safeguards and controls for
■in 11 rndeavors in the department.
Types of Plans: To properly achieve the administrative planning

i rsponsibility within the police department the chief of police shall
l ilrvelop departmental plans relating to:
L c Procedures or policies,
Tactics,
| • Operations,
Extra-departmental activities,
Management.
Organizing. Involves the allocation and determination of men and women

as well as the resource of an organization to achieve pre-determineil
objectives and goals of the organization. Two villains in the waste ol
manpower in an organization:
o Doing unnecessary work; and
o Doing necessary work inefficiently.
Directing. It is the overseeing and supervising of the human resources and

the various activities in an organization to achieve through cooperativr
efforts the predetermined goals of the organization. Work delegation. TIi*
act of transmitting to a person the power to act for another. Delegation !<
be proper should accompany a corresponding authority, specilii
responsibilities and finally accountability on the delegated job or position,
Staffing. The task of providing competent men to do the job and selectinu
the right man for the job. It involves good selection and the processing nl
reliable and well-trained personnel.
Controlling. Involves the evaluation or checking and measurement of work

performance and comparing it with planned goals, as well as making tli4
necessary corrective actions so that work is accomplished as planned
Control as a function of management aims at making sure that tli«
objectives and policies of the organization are carried out according to tli4
approved plan, organizational needs, and the orders, which have brrd
issued.
Reporting. The making of detailed account of activities, work progrr**

investigations and unusual occurrences in order to keep everymn
informed. Police reports are used to: Permanently records data ana fai 1(1
provide particulars of an incident to be used for follow-up investigation#!
provide data for a uniform crime reporting system and document the [ii|
and strategize future services.
Police reports must be reader-friendly which communicates In

simple and plain language avoiding police lingo or jargon im
abbreviations. The basic content of a police report includes
introduction, the body and a conclusion. The contents should answer il
queries who, what, where, when, why and how. Good and effective repni^
are accurate, brief, clear and complete.
Budgeting. The forecasting in detail the results of an efficit

reorganized program of operation based on the highest reasonii^
expectations of operating efficiency. It is the total coordinating i>4
operating financial factors. The role of budgeting in management: Il 111
tool of management in the coordination of operation and financial fn<
and It is the preparation of expenditure forecasts for the coming fiscal |f
and the expected money collections.
What are the function o f records?
Functions of Records :
o F o r r e fe r e n c e p u rp o s e s ,
o It is u s e d in m e a s u r in g p o lic e e ffic ie n c y ,
o A s s is ts in p r o m o tio n s a n d a s s ig n m e n ts ,
c It is u s e d to id e n t ify in d iv id u a ls ,
o It p r o v id e s a b a s is fo r p r o p e r ty in v e n to ry ,
o It c o n tr o ls in v e s tig a tio n ,
o It m a k e s in fo r m a tio n a v a ila b le to th e p u b lic ,
o It in te g ra te s v a r io u s d e p a r tm e n ts ,
o It e s ta b lis h e s r e s p o n s ib ility , It re v e a ls u n u s u a l p r o b le m s ,
0 It a s s is ts in e v a lu a t in g c o n tr o l serv ic e s ,
o A id in c r im in a l a p p r e h e n s io n ,
o A s s is ts p r o s e c u tio n o f c a s e s ,
o It is u s e d as b a sis o f p o lic e s ta tis tic s ,
o It is u s e d in c o o r d in a tin g w ith o th e r a g e n c ie s .
What are the types o f police records?
Types o f Police Records:
Case records - Which is composed of complaints and assignment sheet

and investigation report. A complaint or assignment sheet contains
Tnformation concerning reports and complaints received by a police unit
>m the public and the actions initiated by the police. On the other hand,
«i; investigation report reflects the findings of an investigating officer from
Inquiries and other facts and circumstances concerning the commission of
n crime.
A i rests and booking records - This records data pertaining to the identity
mid violations of law of a suspected criminal and other known criminals
wliich bear an arrest number for each apprehension made by police
officers.
■.tmtification records - This is a major classification of police records in

pi’llich the fingerprint record comprises the core of the identification
n i r m This includes among others Modus Operandi files, Rouge Gallery
fct well as detailed information pertaining to the physical characteristics of
fcostly known criminals.
fcilministrative records - These are documentations needed in managing

department’s personnel which id used to assists in assignments,
motions, training demotions, issuance of disciplinary orders,
bwiunendations and the likes.
| llic s e in clu d e both ex p a n d a b le and n o n -ex p a n d a b le c o m m o d ities ex c e p t real

|hiprrty.
I I’rrso n a l p ro p erty r N o n -ex p a n d a b le su p p lies
b. Expandable supplies d. Supplies
2. They are com m odities which are durable in nature and when used do not suffer
any substantial alteration in form and size.
a. Personal property c. Non-expandable supplies
3. They are perishable and consum able in nature.

a. Personal property c. Non-expandable supplies
4. In directing the efforts o f subordinates under a particular comm and, which

am ong the follow ing is not considered as an efficient m eans in attaining proprr
direction to achieve pre-determ ined goals?
a. Observation c. Guidance
b. Inspection d. All o f the above
5. Training required for prom otion to the rank o f P/Insp.

a. OSEC c. OBC
b. POAC d. OCC
6. It is derived from repeated practices and custom, duties and responsibility *

vested upon a certain organization and rules o f conduct for com m on observam «
and benefit.
a. Authority c. Responsibility
b. Law d. Delegation
7. The 1987 Constitution o f the Republic o f the Philippines m andated the creaiiorf
o f the Philippine National Police, what provision o f trie fundam ental law prescrihn*(
that it w ould assum e an identity o f civilian in character and national in scope.
a. Article VISection XVI c. Article IIISection V
b. Article III Section IV d. Article XVI Section VI
8. It is a function o f m anagem ent, which makes the supervisors and supr. .i|
officers within the chain o f comm and to make decisions in advance.
a. Organizing c. Directing
b. Planning d. Staffing
9. It is part o f the functions o f m anagem ent wherein the proper allocation me

distribution o f able personnel into positions for w hich their capabilities woi^
afford optim um output.
a. Organizing c. Staffing
b. Budgeting d. Planning
10. It refers to entrustm ent o f a particular w orkload to some other person wii't'
an organization m aking him accountable for the accom plishm ent of
undertaking.
a. Comm and Responsibility c. Directing
b. Delegation d. All o f the above
11. Obligation imposed by law and regulation on any morals o f the personm I
the proper use, care and maintenance o f supplies entrusted to him.
a. Property accountability c. Personal responsibility
b. Property responsibility d. Responsibility
I 2. Prim ary obligation to keep forward and m aintain actual record o f equipment,
•.upplies entrusted to an office/personnel.
[ n. Property accountability c. Personal responsibility
l> Property responsibility d. Responsibility
I 'S An obligation im posed by regulation and law to the property custodian to keep
mid m aintain inform ed records o f supplies and equipm ent entrusted to him.
a. Property accountability c. Personal responsibility
II Property responsibility d. Responsibility
I I Performance budgeting is a concept generally contrasted w ith budgeting by:

[ ■« Object expenditure c. Distance and time
ii Revenue d. Econom y
I In order to be ascertained that essential supplies will be available w hen needed

I i ri f property custodial or supply officer should:
I » Undertake m onthly inventories,
f 11 Order supplies in advance
I r Decide on a reserve m inim um on every kind o f supply and re-order when the
................................................................... num level is reached.
I 11 Secure and estim ate the need for a particular supply.
|f> A superior officer may attain good professional relationship with his
1 iiilmrdinates by:
ft I Icing form al at all times c. Being m ildly friendly to them
t Ii I Icing lenient at all times d. Helping them in times o f needs
H f A subordinate who does better work than other but constantly complains
ui his status and work to other men, which affects the u n it’s morale, should be
ii' ill with by:
I t'i i living him work overloads to minimize com m unication with others.
II 11 misferring him to other units.
i ' in retly conversed with by the superior officer him to secure cooperation
M iiim i giving him special considerations.
I i:l l-Ypi iinanded for insubordination.
I \ uihordinate who frequently asks his superior officer regarding problems with
itaiims making:
II II m:-, not fully assumed the authority entrusted to him.
I Ii I Im-. not been given proper delegation o f authority
l i t poor decision m aking skills.
I.i'.iks upon his superior officer like a father asking for advice.
B p . A iiiinordinate who usually tries to please his superiors on everything he does

i i lint he:
i i K- self confidence
I He- to mpress and please his superiors
I fepn praises and admiration
lT r 1 "« lo cover up for some deficiencies.
M m ir qiu-nt cause o f employee dissatisfaction.

I 'ivni i l i s m
•h Icl implementation o f rules mid n gulations.
L •' mil <- lo prepare em ployees in policy mid procedural changes.
ii
d. Over-worked and under-compensated.
21. The policy m aking body o f any organization is

a. Top m anagem ent c. Executive board
b. Adm inistration d. Executive officer
22. The im plem entation arm o f the adm inistration o f any organization is:
a. M anagem ent Council c. Operational Services
b. Adm inistrative board d. Chain o f comm and
23. It is a Graphic illustration showing the workings and accom plishm ent o f thr
departm ent as a w hole organization
a. Charts o f Accom plishm ents c. Com m unications data
b. Chronological distribution d. Statistical presentations
24. It is the apparent right or authority by w hich an officer ju stifies his acts thm
his police badge, certificate, w rit or orders:
a. De facto authority c. Color o f authority
b. Delegated authority d. Deputized authority
25. A central or focal points o f a police departm ent at which com plaints are stalnl
and recorded
a. Complaints Sheet c. C om plaint desk
b. Complaints records d. Record book o f events
26. It is distribution o f authority and responsibility from top m anagem ent to lown
level officers
a. Decentralization c. Com m and centralization
b. De-regulation d. Delegation o f authority
27. Is a situation where there is an appointm ent o f a person to act for anothei nf
others. It is done in a form o f downward authority; whereas, the responsiblllif
flows upward
a. Regionalization c. Decentralization
b. Delegation o f authority d. Delegation o f responsibility
28. System atic assignm ent o f functions to units in a police force is:
a. Police organization c. Police supervision
b. Police m anagem ent d. Police personnel direction
29. Logical arrangem ent o f duties and responsibilities to members within

organization
a. Police organization c. Police supervision
b. Police m anagem ent d. Police personnel m anagem ent
30. A police officer who dem onstrates m ost serious lack o f leadership qualities
one who:
a. Seldom delegates authority to subordinate
b. Seldom asks others to do w hat he h im self is not w illing to do
c. Allows his men to hold group meetings to discuss their work
d. Frequently praises subordinates in the presence o f others
31. In the concept o f Personnel m anagem ent the mont Mi-rious problem cu rm
facing Philippine Police Authorities is:
a. Discipline c. Recruitm ent

b. Assignm ent d. Prom otion
32. The police organization unit that does the m ost jobs to coordinate and relate
together the other functional units in a policy agency is:
a. Personnel Division c. Crim inalistic Division
b. Records M anagem ent Division d. Finance Division
33. Is the organization functions that synchronizes all operations and staff
activities
ii. Planning c. Coordinating
11 . Controlling d. Directing
.14. The executive function that com bines for its effectiveness, the use of
inspection, periodic reporting, following-up and the like:
I * Planning c. Coordinating
Ii. Controlling d. Directing
IS. A supervisor’s Span o f Control is generally determ ined in term s of:

b. Num ber o f subordinates directly reporting to him
11 Num ber o f superiors to w ho one reports
i Num ber o f superiors from w ho he takes orders
1 1 Num ber o f tasks assigned
Hi. Liaison w ork as a related m anagem ent jo b is m ostly undertaken w hile engaged
In:
I Planning c. Directing
li Coordinating d. Controlling
J : i ;ontroi is im plem ented am ong others by inspection: This means that the main
It i< I ion o f inspection is:
ii
m Maintain discipline c. Insure uniform ity o f actions

II Acquire inform ation d. Supervisions
lit In allocating authority in a police organization. Integration means:

!• Placing responsibility for final decisions to a Council
Ii Providing adm inistrator responsibility to refer all decisions to the ch ief executive
nl Iti i i
ML i m lliering into the hands o f an adm inistrator all adm inistrative authority for the
| mk 1* v
it I '(-legating appropriate responsibility for each integral unit
Which o f the follow ing Procedures has least value to the officer charge with
....nihility for police functions.
111 ’ torical method c. Clinical method
A i1 - perim ental control d. Case study method
Iff M.. best m easurem ent o f effectiveness o f each unit or division in a police force
ii li , m ter-relationship w ith the com m unity

i in -rela tio n sh ip w ith all u n its o f the police force
I lie con d ition o f a ccom p lish m en t o f its p rim a ry p u rp ose
II m le r-re la tio n s h ip w ith closely related units o f the force
41. One o f the fundam ental principles o f leadership is “to know you r m en”, as a
new ly appointed supervisor, you should:
a. Call a conference and compel full attendance o f your subordinates.
b. Talk w ith all o f them personally.
c. Study the personnel records o f your new unit.
d. Organized an inform al get together to be acquainted with them.
42. A subordinate who never fails to com ply with policy manual, rules ami
procedures, should be:
a. Re-assigned to do legal and research work.
b. Advised to use police discretion.
c. Held responsible for an intelligent compliance o f the policy manual.
d. Ignored because he m erely wants everybody to know that he is more familim
w ith the rules than everybody else in the unit.
43. Dynamic elevation o f qualified personnel to assignm ents o f greater im p orta n t

based on merits and fitness.
a. Prom otion c. Special prom otion
b. Regular prom otion d. Meritorious prom otion
44. Total period acquired in a certain grade in perm anent status.

a. Tim e in grade c. Perform ance
b. Eligibility d. Seniority in rank
45. Refers to the overall gross worth and capability o f an individual to assumr i
higher post.
a. Tim e in grade c. Seniority in rank
b. Perform ance d. Potential
46. They refer to procedures in coping w ith specific situations at known location*
a. Standard operating procedures c. Special operating procedures
b. Tactical plans d. O perational plans
47. This maps out advance operations involved in the organization, managemeni i
personnel, procurem ent and funds.
a. Extra-departm ental plans c. M anagem ent plans
b. Office plans d. O perational plans
48. Th ey refer to plans which are prepared to address the prim ary police task.
a. Tactical plans c. M anagem ent plans
b. Operational plans d. Strategic plans
49. Intended to be used in all situations and serves as a guide to officers on i!j
field.
a. Operational plans c. M anagement plans
b. Tactical plans d. Field procedures
50. It covers records division operations as well as reporting regulations.

a. Operational plans c. M anagem ent plans
b. Office procedures d. Field procedures
51. The problem o f sim plification o f procedures is best approached by:

a. Prepare and analyze a work progress chart
b. Prepare and analyze a functional orgunizaliona) churl
c. Analyze the position classification schem e

d. Prepare and analyze a w ork flow chart
52. A basis o f organizational division o f w ork least often used in a police

departm ent is:
a. Clientele c. Purpose and objectives
I). Area o f responsibility d. Tim e and process needed
53. A specialist in a police force to ensure functional efficiency should be placed in

charged o f a particular:
p. S taff function c. G eographical area o f responsibility
1). Line function d. Line and S taff com bined
54. Am ong the police auxiliary functions hereunder listed, which function should
lie excluded?
a. Record m anagem ent c. Logistics m anagem ent
11 Jail m anagem ent d. Inspection m anagem ent
P5. Mem bers o f the police departm ent on special occasions are directed to report
directly to their places o f assignm ent is to:
*i Save on traveling time c. Elim inate roll call
11 Insure com plete coverage d. Make it easier for men to report
M>. In organizing for shifting hours o f duty, the highest degree o f efficiency is
nliluined when there is provided the:
ii Smallest load fluctuation between shifts
b Smallest load fluctuation w ithin a given shift
||k Largest load fluctuation between shifts
■ Largest load fluctuation within a given shift
f t In a police departm ent where 8 hour shifts are used, which o f the follow ing
Uiim dards provides the best to determ ine the breaking point for the watches?
Hi Watches should be so broken that the need for patrol is at the m inim um at the
In i nking times.
NR Watches should be so broken that the need for patrol services tends to be
Ifr l'id for all w atches
Wutches should be so broken that in each watch, the load is greater in the first
Imll lhan in the second h alf o f the next watch
kl Wutches be so broken to ensure m axim um m anpower at each shift
|wi budgeting as an adm inistrative function is prim arily a phase of:

B Running c. Coordinating
ti Sniffing d. Directing
*'■ I lie concept o f perform ance budgeting as differentiated from budgeting by:
I L nnomy forecasting c. Public relations
Unman relations d. Police com m unity relations
■ Hu bringing about o f better understanding, confidence and acceptance for a

■ to iim or an organization is:
■ I fci'nnmii relations c. Com m unity relations
I'nlihc relations d. Rapport
61. The best justification for having limits o f authority and responsibility in 4
organization like the police departm ent is.
a. Some officers m ay be more com petent than others
b. Some subordinates m ay be m ore educated than some o f the officers
c. Responsibility is m ost properly m utual and interrelated
d. Overlapping authority w ill generally lead to conflicts
62. W hich is correct grouping o f police functions:

a. Training, budgeting, inspecting and investigation
b. Training, com m unity relations, inspection and criminalistics
c. Personnel m anagem ent inspections, com m unity relation, budgeting
d. Jail m anagem ent, records managem ent, property m anagem ent, criminalistics 1
63. In cases involving infraction o f rules and regulations by newly recrum

policem en, the supervisor should:
a. Tem per discipline w ith the understanding
b. Be strict to im press them with a sense o f duty
c. Tolerate m inor infraction for a short time
d. Treat any infraction alike regardless o f the violation
64. In dealing w ith a new recruit, a good supervisor:

a. Praises the new policem an even if he failed to do what should de done
b. Praises w ork done above standard
c. Constructively criticizes w ork done below standard
d. Com m ents nothing
65. One o f the following, which one is the best w ay o f beginning a constnn im
critique o f the report o f your subordinate
a. This is quite ok, but I tell you can make it better
b. You know you can do better w ork than this
c. Y o u ll never learn how to write better if you keep this up
d. This is partly right, now take it back and fix it
6 6 . A kind o f supervisor who prom ptly conducts a com plete and formal hearing, ►
soon as a dispute am ong his subordinates comes to his attention
a. Dem ocratic c. Tyrannical
b. One-sided d. Paternalistic
67. The m ain reason o f letting the em ployee know about the personnel policy n( u
organization is to:
a. M aintain morale and efficiency c. Induce their loyalty
b. Get them to accept the policies d. W ork hard for prom otion
6 8 . W hich o f the follow ing is the best method to handle patrolm an’s g r ic v iiM
request which you know cannot be granted
a. Deny to request for not being timely
b. Explain w hy his request cannot be granted
c. Show him his request is reasonable
d. After due explanation, tell him to take it or leave it
69. A good attitude for a police supervisor to obtain the confidence o f his men *
a. Behave in a fatherly like attitude
b. Fraternize with all his subordinate
c. Make promises which can be fulfilled
d. Seek to know their problem s before proposing a solution
tli Which o f the follow ing task o f a supervisor m ay be best be delegated to one o f
lil'i subordinates under his subordinated:
ii Planning and scheduling
I*. Assignm ent o f Personnel
Keeping records and m aking reports
11 ( 'ooperation/ coordination w ith other supervisors /units
7 I IEncouraging policem en to ask questions about proper perform ance o f duties as

Iii-mI justified by:
m The question and answer method is efficient when large num ber o f policem en
in» to be trained
h I lie policem en w ho ask questions dem onstrate a lack o f general jo b orientation
I .earning by doing is an effective training rule
< Confusion on even m inor item s can have serious consequences .
(TV To keep policem en on their toes, the m ost desirable method for a police
H p crviso r to follow is:
B Krnployment o f “private eye and ear “
IJ Application o f disciplinary m easures for violation o f departm ent rules and
ri'Mnliitions
i Kncourage initiate via delegation o f responsibility to policem en
11 <'onduct frequent test on their knowledge and alertness
> i I'he ch ief ju stification w hy com petent superior officers attem pt to develop
ii -Ii» -i't from, rather than fear on part o f their men under supervision is:
ii uvspect is based on the individual and fear is based on the organization as a
WIHilt"
Ii iVrspect o f superiors is a general incentive, whereas fear is a specific incentive
i Ktperience has shown that negative incentives are m ore effective than positive
Im i ntives
■I Men who respect a superior are likely to give more than the m inim um required
in i lormance
t I When subordinates do not make complaints, this means supervisors are/ not:
y Sufficiently approachable by their men
11 I >evoting sufficient time checking on the men
I uult fingers
il I’ushing/inducing men sufficiently enough to m axim um w ork output
I I he statem ent. “W e ought to recognize that our interest is mutual and that by
WmUing together, we can achieve com m on objective” is an approach by a
*ii|irrvisor discussing regulations that is:
I t i iood, because it prom otes cooperation betw een officer and men
B ('.nod, because it recognizes the status o f the individual and avoids favoritism
i I'oor, because such a method invites excessive criticism and disagreem ent
P I'oor, because appealing to the men is inviting to m uch fam iliarity
?i' i om m and responsibility in nolice w ork means:

■ iv ■ h superior officer is held responsible for the acts o f his subordinate
Ii Knch subordinate is held responsible for his act.
* I >iscretionary authority should not be delegated
il Hu ch ief o f office alone is not responsible for all acts o ff subordination
77. The basic objective o f police discipline is to

a. Help train the m an involve
b. Punish the offender
c. Prevent occurrence o f a more serious offense
d. Carry out faithfully rules o f departm ent
78. The “ups and dow ns” o f police morale is m ost closely dependent on the:
a. Tightness o f departm ental discipline
b. Abilities o f superior officers to lead/direct
c. Situation existing at em ergencies
d. Day-today w orking conditions and personal relations
79. Subordinate personnel as a rule do not object to strict rules if, they
a. See that results improve departm ental procedures
b. Are aware that the rules are enforced w ithout favor or relationship
c. Believe the officer approves the regulation
d. See that the rules apply only to m inor phases o f w ork
80. It is sometim es more effective to w arm subordinates than institute for moir
service punishm ent is best validly supported by the idea that:
a. Punishm ent is never deterrent
b. Punishm ent is often not appropriate for offense
c. W arnings m ay produce a m ore cooperative attitude
d. W arnings always create a greater im pression than punishm ent
81. Training service w ork offers courses to new officers and men o f the PhilippiiiJ
National Police. W hat is the prim ary objective o f human resource developm ent?
a. To improve their methods and skills
b. For advancem ent o f their technical expertise
c. To refine behavioral patterns for jo b performance
d. To professionalize law enforcem ent and police service
82. M axim um tenure for the C h ief o f the PNP.

83. It refers to a quota allocated status change wherein the candidate m ust sainlv
all the m andatory requirem ents fixed for a certain grade.
a. M andatory prom otion c. Meritorious prom otion
b. Special prom otion d. Regular prom otion
84. For new applicants to the Philippine National Police the age requirem ent nm-.tf
not be less than 20 nor more than 30 years o f age. However by w ay o f the w m v«
program w hat w ould be the m axim um allowable age?
a. Over 30 years old c. O ver 35 years old
b. Under 30 years old d. Under 35 years old
85. As to the provisions o f Republic A ct 8551, the Philippine National Police uluii
reserve ten percent ( 1 0 %) for its annual recruitment, training and ed u ca tx ^ fl
auota for women. Until w hat year w ill said provision be enforceable?
a. 2 0 0 0 c. 2 0 0 2
b .2 0 ni d. 2003
86. W hat particular law mandated the creation o f the Philippine nniionnl Polic<
u. The New Police A ct o f 1998

11 . The Philippine national Police Reform and Reorganization A ct o f 1998
c. The Philippine National Police A ct o f 1990
1 1. The Departm ent o f the Interiors and Local G overnm ent A ct o f 1990
H7. Total period o f time has acquired in a certain grade.

ii. Perform ance c. Tim e in grade
I). Potential d. Rank
HH. W hat particular w ork area is involved prim arily in the accom plishm ent o f the
police purpose?
ii Line service W ork c. Adm inistrative service w ork
11 Auxiliary service w ork d. Training service w ork
My. Which particular agency o f governm ent is vested w ith the duty o f handling
•idininistrative control and supervision o f the Philippine National Police?
It I )epartm ent o f the Interiors and Local G overnm ents
Internal Affairs Service o f the PNP
■ I’copies Law Enforcem ent Board
i! National Police Com m ission
•<>, After the quota for recruitm ent has been set by the DPRM, a process o f
uraging applicant to seek em ploym ent in the Philippine National Police is set.
Wli.il is the next process after determ ining the m ost qualified applicants for
it|>|(ointment as Uniform ed or non-uniform ed personnel o f the PNP?
h I raining c. Staffing
li Selection d. Placem ent
'•I Which o f the follow ing supervisory tasks should never be delegated to a
Aiil'-ii dinate
m Write up o f necessary reports
11 Supervision o f a function for w hich he is responsible
i Iv’ t presentation o f m anagem ent to the m en and the men to the m anagem ent
il I )cvelopm ent o f new procedures affecting all his men
A subordinate is em otionally upset when he reported to his Supervisor with a

p iiililcni; the superior should in all likelihood.
ii Allow em ployee to take his day o ff
h i live im m ediate decision satisfactory to em ployee
■ I' ind out the policem an ’s personal problem causing his em otional disturbance
fl I lelp subordinate to calm h im self before trying to discuss his problem
• Il is a function o f m anagem ent w hich deals prim arily w ith procedures as to

ni i needed to be done, w ho is to do it, when, where and how it has to be
• mplished. The superior officer is then tagged with the proper guidance o f his
'Imates to ensure the successful perform ance o f said tasks.
m l inrcting c. Supervising
H i Oip.nnizing d. Budgeting
<H I1 '’ ntial in the efficient perform ance o f routine duties, in the wise direction o f
»- m T, ii i and supervision and control o f personnel.
H I'eio rd s c. Com m unications
I’ulilic relations d. Funding
95. This record m aintains the arrest and ja il booking report for all person*
arrested.
a. Arrest and warrant records c. Identification records
b. Adm inistrative records d. A rrest and booking records
96. Serves as the police departm ent’s foundation record, accom plished by the de-<l<
officer, or clerk, or telephone operator receiving a call for police assistance.
a. Investigation report c. Com plaint/assignm ent sheet
b. Case report d. Daily record o f events
97. Theses records in personnel m anagem ent are designed to aid in a ssign m en t
prom otions and disciplinary actions.
a. Case records c. 201 file
b. Identification records d. Adm inistrative records
98. This general plan o f action em anates from the highest or top management mill
is intended to set-up guidelines in the operation o f the organization.
a. Originated policy c. Appealed policy
b. Im posed policy d. Procedures
99. It refers to the division o f tasks o f com m and am ong the officers o f varioiii
units.
a. Chain o f comm and c. Delegation o f authority
b. Com m and responsibility d. Personnel m anagem ent
100. A ny Philippine National Police uniform ed personnel who are admitted dur
the said waiver program shall be given an appropriate period to satisfy if
accom plishm ent o f the w aived requirem ent particularly referring to education nr
weight. W hat would be his/her status while the said requirem ents are pending ’ 1
a. Regular uniform ed personnel c. Perm anent appointm ent
b. Conditional appointm ent d. Tem porary A ppointm ent
101. They are referred to as first level supervisors.

a. Adm inistrators c. Executives
b. Policy m akers d. Division chiefs
102. Rank and file means.

a. Personnel c. S taff
b. Subordinates d. Ordinary em ployee
103. It is leadership in which the com m anding officer assum es minimum con
but provides materials, instructions and inform ation to his subordinates.
a. Free-rein leadership c. Autocratic leadership
b. Dem ocratic leadership d. None o f these
104. The art o f influencing people in which the supervisor draws idf
suggestions from his subordinates by m eans o f consultation and discussion
a. Free-rein leadership c. Autocratic leadership
b. Dem ocratic leadership d. None o f these
105. By this type o f leadership, staff members are encourage to parucipnt*

m aking decisions, goals and methods.
a. Free-rein leadership c. Autocnitic leadership
' — 1— ii. None o f these
106. This refers to the ability to obtain from each m em ber the highest quality o f
•’■ivice w hich he is capable o f giving by w hich the supervisor assum es full
nccountability for all the actions and seeks obedience from his subordinates by
Issuing orders and comm ands.
ii. Free-rein leadership c. Autocratic leadership
| Dem ocratic leadership d. None o f these
107. Executives are classified under the organizational pyram id as:

it. Top m anagem ent level c. Middle m anagem ent level
11 First level supervisor d. Second Level supervisor
IDH. W hich am ong the follow ing constitutes second level supervisors?
m Executives c. Adm inistrators
11 I )ivision ch ief d. Section ch ief
it I11 They are considered as the top m anagem ent level in an .organizational
|ivimnid.
m Administrators c. Executives
Ii I’olicy m akers d. Both A and B
I 10. They provide definite guidelines to achieve consistent treatm ent o f em ployees.
m ( loals c. Policy
li Vi-.ion d. M ission
ULA VI COM PARATIVE POLICE SYSTEM
tMiat is the etym ology o f the word police?
r -"' word police comes from the Latinpolitia (“civil administration”), which
llnrll derives from the Ancient Greek rroAig, for polis (“city”). The term
|mll< c refers to a body of civil authority, which is tasked to maintain peace
ftn>! mder, enforce the law, protect lives and properties and insure public
•Hlriv Regarded as the initiators of the criminal justice system, society’s
|[i>ii line of defense against crime and criminality. Police are agents or
l ^ i i i ics authorized to use force and other forms of coercion and legal
M m * lo effect public and social order. The term is most regularly
V - mtcd with police departments of a state that are empowered to
fep !-.<■ the police power of that state within a defined legal or territorial
responsibility.
I Ii the nature o f police function?
I tnxlnry of policing and its forms have existed for several thousand
y%. with religious, political, or military police wielding power as early as
itiiK- of Babylon. Early police were typically either military or semi-
■fei.v organizations that evolved from the personal bodyguards of rulers
^ fcmi.iids or from community organizations in which citizens banded
iIn i lor mutual protection. The duties of the military type of police
nl'iltil of keeping the public order and enforcing the religious or
!)■ nl inundates of those in powri Rome, under emperor Augustus, had
one of the earliest forms of organized policing. In 7 B.C. Augustus divt

Rome into 14 regions (wards), each divided into vici (precincts) overseen
vicomagistri responsible for fire protection, among other administnil<
and religious duties. In A.D. 6, after a particularly bad fire, August
expanded the city’s fire brigade into a corps, consisting of seven squads
cohorts, of 1,000 freedmen each. Each cohort was responsible for fire n
especially at night, police protection in two regions. To further imp*
order on the often violent streets of his city of nearly 1,000,000, Augmt
created three cohorts of police, part of the army of the state, who
placed under the command of the urban prefect. These cohorts could,
turn, call upon the emperor’s own bodyguard (the Praetorian Guard)
assistance.
The growth of city and town governments called for the creation
a special body of men whose primary duty is the enforcement of 14
within their territory. Often times, a small portion of their armv '
designated to fulfill such obligation, however it was unacceptable from i
point of view of civil control and repulsive to the political developin'-■!I;
standard local regime. On the later part of the 13th century the polic>- q
structured municipal subdivision, separate from the military begim
exist. Military and semi-military police forces developed independently
many countries of the world. For example, the shogun, ruler of i
century feudal Japan, devised an elaborate police system in which |
castle town had a military samurai warrior who served as town magisti
judge, and chief of police. He appointed other sword-carrying sum
(yoriki and doshin) to serve as a patrolling police force. In the early I
the Russian tsars also established a police system to enforce theii I*
Tsar Nicholas I later extended the powers of this police force and tui n|
into an early form of state political police— the dreaded Okhranka
the Russian Revolution, this force gave rise to V.I. Lenin’s powerful
highly organized Cheka, the political police that served as a mode]
Mussolini’s OVRA and Hitler’s Gestapo. It was during the later part nl
18th century that majority of civilized nations started to establish ti |h
force which is complete and distinct from the military organization.
During the reign of King Louis XIV in France in the year l(>h/,
first police force similar to the present-day police was established 11<
modern police usually trace their origins to the 1800 establishment nl
Marine Police in London, the Glasgow Police, and the Napoleonicpol>*
Paris. The other structure of early policing, consisting of citizens Imj
together for mutual protection, was best evidenced by the frank |
system of early England. This beginning in communal policing evmt(
led to the development of the Metropolitan Police Act and a British f
system that served as the model for most modern police forces. Thu
contemporary police force is also commonly said to l»
LondonMetropolitan Police, established in 1829, which aavointnl
preventive role of police as a deterrent to crime, lawlessness and di*n(
The idea that police are primarily concerned with enforcing

Criminal law was popularized in the 1930s with the rise of the Federal
B||n*au of Investigation as the paramount “law enforcement agency” in the
[Uni ted States; this however has only ever constituted a small portion of
■riu ing activity. Policing has included an assortment of activities in
dill (•rent contexts, but the principals ones are involved with order
Kmmtenance and the provision of services. Alternative terms for police
♦m e include constabulary, gendarmerie, police department, police service,
in lnw enforcement agency, and members can be police officers,
miiistables, troopers, sheriffs, rangers, or peace officers.
VMiat is the b rief history o f policing?
modern Europe :
In early Greece, publicly-owned slaves were used by judges or

■ nk<s1rates as police. In Athens, a group of 300 Scythian slaves was
K u r d to guard public meetings to keep order and for crowd control, and
llau mded with apprehending criminals and handling prisoners. Some
U llrs associated with contemporary policing, such as investigating
Bitirs, was left to the citizens themselves. Though there was never an
vlim I police force in the city of Rome, the Roman Empire had a
Ht.i.n.ibly efficient policing system until the fall of the empire. Under the
f e N » nf Augustus the capital had grown to almost one million residents,
fiilperor established 14 wards, which were protected by seven squads
’>0 men. Whenever necessary, they may summon the assistance of
1‘metorian Guard.
In the early 5th century, policing became a task for clan chiefs and
Im of state. The Anglo-Saxon system of maintaining public order was a
die system of tithings. During the Norman conquest, law enforcement
In id by a constable, based on a social obligation for the good conduct
fftr others. More common was that local lords and nobles were
linii-iible to uphold order in their lands and usually appointed a
IM.il>1 , sometimes unpaid to enforce the law.
development o f "police"
In Western culture, the modern concept of a police paid by the

■rvmmt was developed by French legal scholars and practitioners in
I /(h century and early 18th century, notably with Nicolas Delamare's
t <lr la Police ("Treatise of the Police", published between 1705 and
Hit* German Polizeiwissenschaft (Science of Police) was also a
F-rtiii theoretical formulation of police. In London, there existed
■Tn-n hired to patrol the streets at night since 1663, the first paid law
■ ■ V i i ' body in the country, augmenting the force of unpaid
i *blr > The first police forcc m the modern sense was established by
Jinic of King Lnuis XIV in I (>(57 In police the city of Paris, then the
c■11y of Europe and conside red Ilie most dangerous European city.
The royal decree, registered by the Parlement of Paris on March 15, lt>f*l
created the office of lieutenant general of police (“lieutenant general <1
police”), who was to be the head of the new Paris police force. The saitl
edict defined police as the task of "ensuring the peace and quiet of III
public and of private individuals, eradicating the city of what may can
disturbances, procuring abundance, and having each and everyone li
according to their class and their duties". This police force was held
Gabriel Nicolas de la Revnie, who had 44 commissaires de police (poln
commissioners) under his authority. In 1709, these commissioners wr
assisted by polic inspectors (“inspecteurs de police”). The city of Paris w
divided into 16 districts policed by the 44 commissaires de police, im
designated to a specific district and assisted in their districts by clerks ni|
a growing bureaucracy. In October 1699, the system of the Paris poln
force was extended to the rest of France. This resulted to 11
establishment of lieutenants general of police in all large French citic.'i
towns.
This early conceptualization of police was moderately different In

today's police forces, exclusively in charge of maintaining order ui
arresting criminals. As theorized by the Polizeiwissenschaft, the police li
an economical and social duty ("procuring abundance"). It was responall
for demographics concerns and for empowering the population, which vf
considered by the mercantilist theory to be the principal strength ol I
state. Its functions essentially overreached plain law enforce
activities, and included public health concerns, urban plannm
surveillance of prices and the like. The advancement of modern poin >- <
contemporaneous to the formation of the state, later defined by sociole^
Max Weber as detaining "the monopoly on the legitimate use of phy
force," primarily used by the police and the military. Despite
differences, this definition was not completely unfamiliar to the Mini
definition of the state as a "repressive apparatus" guarding I
bourgeoisie's interests.
Modern police system
After the predicament of the French Revolution the Par s |»«

force was restructured by Napoleon I on February 17, 1800 a* (
Prefecture of Police, along with the reorganization of police forces in
French cities with more than 5.000 residents. On March 12, 1H-".1!
government decree established the first uniformed policemen in Pari*
all French cities, known as city sergeants (“sergents de ville”), it
argued that the Paris Prefecture of Police's were the first unil'oH
policemen in the world.
In the Philippines, the Spanish regime adopted a police svstrrd

which the maintenance of peace and order as well as the enforce** "i
laws are an integral part of the military system for the defense nl I
colony. In the year 1712, the Carabineros de Seguridad Publifln
organized as a mounted riflemen or cavalry whose duties expamliV
I /H 1 from a special commission as government custodian of the tobacco

monopoly to a distinct group charged with the duties of a harbor, port,
Ikii<lc-r and river police.
In the United Kingdom, the progress of police system was much

•lower than in the rest of Europe. In the 18th century the term "police" was
Iflpnowed from French into the English language. The concept and the
*"<i<l concept of police itself, was "detested as a symbol of foreign
Ifipiession". Prior to the 19th century, the only official use of the word
iiolice" recorded in the United Kingdom was the appointment of
I'mmnissioners of Police for Scotland in 1714 and the creation of the
Mm me Police in 1798 created to protect merchandise at the Port of
liiiiiilon.
On June 30, 1800, the authorities of Glasgow, Scotland

[km ressfully petitioned the Government to pass the Glasgow. Police Act
B a ilin g the City of Glasgow Police. This was the first professional police
fcrrvue in the country that varied from prior law enforcement in that it was
I prrventive police force. This was promptly adopted in other Scottish
Ubvns, which established their own police forces by individual Acts of
Pwi limnent.
On September 29, 1829, the Metropolitan Police Act was enacted

» Parliament, allowing Sir Robert Peel, the then home secretary, to
KitiMish the London Metropolitan Police. This group of Police are usually
! to as 'Bobbies' due to the fact that it was Sir Robert (Bobby) Peel
authorized it. They were considered as the most efficient forerunners
|f >• modern Police force and became a model for the police forces in most
in a lines, such as the United States, and most of the then British Empire
■immonwealth Countries. Many of the Commonwealth Countries
li’vi loped Police Forces using similar models such as Australia and New
li-nlmid. Bobbies can still be found in many parts of the world, normally
Uli lliiiish Overseas Territories or ex-colonies, Bermuda, Gibraltar or St
P"li im. The type of policing in Britain had as its primary role the keeping
p ilir Queen’s Peace and this has continued to the present day.
In North America, the Toronto Police was created in Canada in

B* one of the first municipal police departments on that continent,
"Bowfd by police forces in Montreal and Quebec City both founded in
p.i't In the United States, the first organized police service was founded
P<iHton in 1838, New York in 1844, and Philadelphia in 1854.
It ii the b rief history o f Philippine Policing?
In January 8, 1836, by virtue of a Roval Decree, the Rural Police

NTT .-i• the Guardrilleros we i■■ e t’.iblished in every Philippine town. The
provided that five percent (5%) of able bodied male inhabitants of each
rlncc were to be drafted in the police service for a three year tour of
!)• In February 12, 1852, tlx- (itmidia Civil was organized with the Huai
function of a soldier and a policeman whose duties ranges from III

suppression of brigandage by means of patrolling unsettled territonr*
detention of petty and local insurrection, the enforcement of tax collect In,
and was armed as the Spanish infantry to partially relieve the Span in
Peninsula Troops of their work in policing towns. The establishment ol tl
Guardia Civil gave the Spanish colonizers a tremendous control through
centralized police administration which enabled the supreme head
determine the policies to be pursued in law enforcement and 11
maintenance of peace and order.
Months before the period of Philippine Independence under t

regime of Revolutionary president Emilio Aguinaldo, the Spanish organs
police force easily collapsed. A Police system was organized to be a p s i i r - i i
military group capable of modification to suit the general miimi
campaign and to inform the objectives of the revolutionary governnin
After to collapse of the Philippine Revolutionary government, I
Americans established an Insular Police Force later known as 11
Philippine Constabulary which became the institution for preserving I
peace, enforcing the law and maintaining order. Under the support ol I
military authorities, the municipal force was inclined and subjectiM
military methods of organization and discipline since they were estabn -ih.
along semi-military lines. The municipal police become to existence in
appendage of the municipal government in calm towns.
On September 8, 1966. Republic Act No. 4864 was enacted knr

as the Police Act of 1966. This law provided the legal guideiim
undertaking at a national level reform which contributed to ■
improvement of police efficiency and performance. To implement
objectives the National Police Commission was created. During the Mini
Law Regime of President Ferdinand E. Marcos, The Integrated NmIih
Police was organized by virtue of PD 765 in August 8, 1975 which i
composed of the Philippine Constabulary as the nucleus and tlir I
forces as components under the Department of National Defense. R'*|>u
Act 6975 which was enacted December 13, 1990 created among othn» l
Philippine National Police, the Bureau of Fire Protection, the Burnm
Jail Management and Penology and the Philippine Public Safety OnT
under a reorganized Department of the Interior and Local Govern m
The law paved the way for the achievement of a Philippine policr |
which is civilian in character national in scope.
What is the INTERPOL?
Interpol - The International Criminal Police Organization, more p o p *

known by its telegraphic addresslnterpol is an organization a> *j
international police cooperation. Interpol was founded in Austria in •
as the International Criminal Police Commission, with headqi
located in Vienna until 1942. Following the German-Austrian uj
(“Anschluss”) in 1938, it fell under the co nt r ol o f Nazi Germany ami
dc a r . f s t a n n i n f o r m a t i o n - e a t b e r i n i i unit. Its h e a d q u a r t c i %
M ocated to Berlin in 1942. After the end of World War II in 1945, it was
fcrganized by senior military officials from Belgium, France, Scandinavia
iMml Ihe United Kingdom, and new headquarters were established in Saint
■ M i d , a town on the outskirts of Paris. In 1956 it adopted its telegraphic
'*«lilniss as its name in 1956. They remained there until 1989, when they
■ n r moved to their present location, Lyons. Interpol is the world's fourth
ly Krst international organization, with a membership of 186 countries.
4Jriiiher countries provides finance of around €41.7 million through
lliiimul contributions. The organization's headquarters is located in
win is, France.
In order to maintain political neutrality, Interpol's constitution

jpnlnhits its involvement in crimes that do not overlap several member
■jim ies, or in any militaiy, political, racial or religious crime. Its
iprml ion focuses primarily on public safety, terrorism, organized crime,
■hi i :imes, illicit drug production, drug trafficking, weapons smuggling,
iJ'ii king in human beings, money laundering, child pornography, white-
k i crime, computer crime and corruption.
Each member country operates a National Central Bureau (NCB)

■ nmcd by national law enforcement officers. The NCB is the designated
■ M i l net point for the Interpol General Secretariat, regional bureaux and
MIm i member countries necessitating aid with overseas investigations and
location and apprehension of international fugitives. This is
•ric u la rly significant in countries which have many law-enforcement
ppii k - n . The NCB for the Philippines is housed at the National Bureau of
Ration, under the Department of Justice will ensure the proper
tiinmission of information to the correct agency involved with law
yiiiirinent and criminal justice. Interpol maintains a substantial
"Mfbnse charting unsolved crimes and both convicted and alleged
Plmlimis. At any given time, a member nation has access to specific
■IHimik of the database and its police forces are encouraged to check
■dmmillion held by Interpol whenever a major crime is committed. The
fc rilvm g principle behind this is that criminal syndicates such as drug
pii' U< is have international connection, and so it is likely that crimes will
îii I beyond political boundaries. A member nation's police force can
i one or more member nations by sending a message relayed
►tmikIi Interpol.
are the police function?
I' FUNCTION- The role of the police is being incisively scrutinized

our modern criminal justice system and society. It is for single
f e i n i hat it is difficult to define with certainty the actual role of policing
|l must be developed to meet the expectations and desires of the
..... from its police fon c Be that as it may, Charles D. Hale in this
untied “Police Patrol Organizations and Management” mentions the
111K ns the goal and objectives of the law enforcement:
CRIME PREVENTION: There is a misconception that to control crime is IM

most important function of the policing. It must be stated that crime >»
equally a community problem and is not just a law enforcer’s concern. T M
citizenry must cooperate and coordinate with the police in order to curUfij
the increase in the crime incidents. A good example of this cooperative
effort to prevent crime is the vigilance of the community in reporting IIk
presence of strangers in their place during the hour of the night to lli«
police dispatcher.
CRIMINAL APPREHENSION - This pertains on the tasked of arresting

criminal offenders, in Philippine jurisdiction, arrest is an extra-ordiiiii^H
power vested to the members of the Philippine National Police and otln*
law enforcement agencies. As a general rule, arrest should be subsequrnl
only after a warrant of arrest is issued by a judge. However, the Law n,|d
Arrest contained in rule 113, Sec. 1 to 17 of the Revised Rules on Cornd
citizen’s arrest or warrant-less arrest may be effected by any privnfj
person:
(1) When in his presence, the person to be arrested has commill',^l
is actually committing or is about to commit a felony;
(2) When an offense has in fact been committed, and he Ima
personal knowledge of facts indicating that the person to i^T
arrested has committed it;
(3) When the person to be arrested is a prisoner who has e s o i ( «
from a penal establishment or place were he is serving
judgment or temporarily confined while his case is pendin *
has escaped while being transferred from one confmemrni 4
another (Sec. 5 Rule 113).
No violence or unnecessary force shall be used in making fll

arrest, and the person arrested shall not be subject to any g ir*M
restraint than is necessary for his detention (Sec. 2 Rule 113). If it is >*>■
certain that the suspect to be arrested shows violence resistance, thr llifl
enforcer may use reasonable force to compel surrender. In fact, i* Ifll
admitted that degree of force to make an arrest rest upon the
discretion of the officer which cannot be questioned except if it tun i f
proven that he employed malicious abuse of authority. Thus, it ■
decided that it was unnecessary to kill a person while sleeping even il
an incorrigible criminal, an escape, an ex-convict and a “good for noihj«
individual. In short, even the police must respect the rule of law.
LAW ENFORCEMENT - In this particular function the police are in ->«<

sort of dilemma when confronted with the options either to Mr*
implement the law or to be lenient in its enforcement. If thr |
alternative is chosen, the police are charged of lacking understanding <
sensitivity. On the other hand, if the second choice is undertaken by
law enforcers, they era immediately blamed for not performing '•
assigned task to uphold the law. This problem arises simply because
are no clear-cut guidelines of the policies for them to follow. More
m an not the police officer merely used their wise and sound discretion
based on their own judgment, experience the conscience.
ORDER MAINTENANCE - This is considered a difficult responsibility of the

police because of different concept on how it may be best maintained.
There are no concrete guidelines on how it may be attained. An entirely
acceptable degree of social order may be acceptable in a certain society but
may be not fully acceptable in another sector of society. Like the other
duties of the police, the identification of other maintenance if left to their
nwn decision. Police role is not so complicated where people have similar
concept of the true meaning of order. This function of the police leans
upon the authority given to them as the representatives of the “Law and
( )rder.”
What is the coverage o f police com m unity relations?
( 'overage of Police Community Relations:
lA I’ublic Information Program. This evolves upon the concept of keeping

members of society informed so that they will appreciate and understand
Ilie complexity of police work and the services rendered by our men in
uniform. It is made possible by personal media, mass media which
Includes printed matters and audio-visual communications.
& l*ublic Relations Program. It is focused on building a good image for the
■ k r organization through actual performance without inefficiency and
fcuuption. Its objective is to gain public support and win citizen’s
I>eration to accomplish police tasks.
t i ivic Action Program. This endeavor attempts to impart to the members

the community that police officers are their friends and the partners as
1»tIIm s their defenders. Its activities includes rendering public assistance
■ôwscs of emergencies and calamities, police participation in community
. and the police efforts to prevent juvenile delinquency by means of
fchvely engaging and participating in youth activities.
k viitssCommunication Program. It is designed to influence the opinions,

;des, behavior and emotions of the public in a manner that they will
in accordance with law.
■ b a t are the objectives o f police com m unity relations?
knives of Police Community Relations.

B « ip t a i n and develop confidence and goodwill of the community for the
Mftln public assistance and cooperation.
ilrvelop public appreciation, understanding and support for the

i <■« ol tin police.
To create broader understanding and sympathy with the need and Ilia
problems of the police.
To facilitate law enforcement and compliance.
To build public opinion in favor of the police.
To achieve the police purpose of preserving peace, protecting life am
property, and the prevention of crime.
What are the line police task?
Primary line or operational police tasks:

Patrol - The word patrol is derived from the French word patrouiler, whir
means roughly, “to travel on foot.” In most modern police agencies mu
organizations foot patrol had been either replaced altogether o
significantly supplanted through other patrol methods. However, the valu|
of foot patrol has experienced a renewed appreciation in recent years. I'
no coincidence that the foot patrol officer continues to be the mainstav
the police force.
Patrol is the only form of police service, which directly attempt*

eliminate desire/opportunity of an individual to commit misconduct
Patrol is the backbone of the police department since this is the mil
division within the structure of the police organization that may nol i
eliminated. Patrol is the only division that performs without fail round m
clock or twenty four hours duty. Patrol may be amply defined im
repeated circuit of in guarding, performed to cover, secure and protn I
particular area.
Preventive Police, also known as Uniform Branch, Uniform

Police, Administrative Police, Order Police, or Patrol, designates the pnlm
units which patrol and respond to emergencies and other incident:.,
opposed to detective services. As the name "uniformed" implies, they w
uniforms and perform functions that require an immediate recognition
an officer's legal authority.
Investigation - Detective Police, also referred to as CID, Investignlii

Police, Judiciary Police / Judicial Police, or Criminal Police ,
responsible for investigations and detective work. They usually makl |
approximately 15% - 25% of a police service's personnel. Detr< ll
services often contain subgroups whose job it is to investigate s|»*.
types of crime.
Detectives, compared to uniform police, typically wear 'busm

attire' in bureaucratic and investigative functions where a unilmi
presence would be either a distraction or intimidating. "Plainiloif
officers dress in apparel consistent with that worn by the general |>u
for purposes of blending in. In some cases, police units assigned 1«> I
line of work are required to work "undercover", where they conceal m
police identity, sometimes for long periods, to investigate crimes, sm Ii
organized crime, unsolvable by other means. In some cases this ty|*i
— i 1-------- 1 ...... c i» n + h p Q n i n n f l o r
Criminal Investigation refers to a collection of methods by which

i nmes are studied and criminals arrested. It is also defined as an art
which deals with the identity and location of the offender and provides
I evidence of his guilt in a criminal proceeding. The criminal investigator
I *rcks to ascertain the motives, methods, and identities of criminals and
[ Ilif identity of victims and may also search for and interrogate witnesses.
■ Identification of a criminal who has left no fingerprints or other conclusive
S rvidence can often be advanced by analysis of the modus operandi;
I professional criminals tend to stick to a certain technique (e.g., forcing
■ri trance), to seek certain types of booty, and to leave a certain trademark
I (p .n., the means by which a victim is tied up).
Criminal investigations are usually reactive in nature, which

I
rrirans that they proceed with the case immediately after a crime has been
Committed. Criminal Investigators generally work with deductive logic.
I Ins is done by logical progression through sequence of event, from the
(truc-ral to specific. An example would be collecting evidence' from the
LCi'iiir scene, interviewing any witness, checking a suspect's criminal
[ rrciiids among others. Investigation case files are considered as open
I fllr.H. They contain information developed for the purpose of eventually
■ rfmking an arrest and gaining conviction in the court of law.
piwllic - Traffic management is an executive function which includes

Mk.ii iling, organizing, directing, supervising, coordinating, operating,
Bîniting and budgeting traffic affairs. Some members of the police force
i 1111 c-ly ignore traffic violations on wrong assumption that the
llinpleinentation of the traffic laws is not part of their jobs. Traffic accidents
pfuinld be thoroughly analyzed regularly to know them, when and how
I 111 iilcnt occur so that proper preventive measures should be undertaken
void damages to property, injuries to persons loss of countless lives. It
IliNii refers to all agencies having responsibilities for ascertaining traffic
Bliiw i cquirements, such as planning, approving, funding, construction
!^ » i d / o r maintaining public facilities for such movement. Further, it also
fc jri > to all agencies responsible for licensing, approving, restricting,
■(upping, prohibiting, or controlling the use of these facilities. Traffic-refers
Ilie movement of persons, goods, and vehicles either powered by
I ^pimi.iis or animal- drawn vehicles, or by combustion system from one
^
P ^ 1'' to another for the purpose of safe travel. Through frequently applied
iIk- movement of motor vehicles, is concerned also with as persons,
■mkI'v or even messages: articles such as city planning, transportation
fcî.isizes the economic, social, political importance of the design of
Bh iliin s: systems of movement.
i m itra l - Vice refers to am immoral conduct or habit, the indulgence

■ which leads to depravity, wickedness and corruption of the mind and
B d y As a social problem, vice control must be a coordinated effort of the
iimcnt, the family, the community, the school system, the church,
mass media and civic groups who must actively campaign for tti*
suppression of vices in society. The government by means of police powr
serving as an effective agency of control must embark on repressivn
measures against vice maintainers. The community members as a wholr
must make an effort to attain moral education and economic upliftmcn|
through civic mindedness and voluntary participation.
Commercialized vices are organized operations which run similaily

to a legitimate business enterprise, branching out to legal undertakings it*
a front to cover their illicit trade and launder illegally amassed weal!11
They maintain complete personnel for purposes of managemcni,
supervision and operation as well as provide funds for security, informed
and protection money to prevent police raids and arrests, prosecution nmj
conviction if the need arise. Identifying the head of operation is diffh uH
since the business are interwoven with each other ranging from
prostitution, drug traffic and gambling catering to numerous forms hi
clientele and customers such as criminals, pleasure seekers, substair •
abusers, gamblers and alcoholics.
The four most persistent and common forms of vices ml

alcoholism, drug addiction, prostitution and gambling. Vice control alwuvi
poses problems to law enforcement work due to the clandestine nature n|
the commission of the acts relating to vices. Vice operators enjoy goodwill
hence it results to the lack of cooperation from the players, customers, lli|
victims and the community members at large, In addition there is puli®
apathy and indifference towards vice control. Lastly there is seemingly i
lack of political will among government leaders to work against via
existence for vice operations is a good source of funds an laughing momi
used in exerting influence, bribes, protection and campaign expenditure '
Vice control is significant because of its persistence and continue

presence in our society. They tend to affect directly and indirectly the dull,
lives of the people in the community. Since its effects are harmful ifl|
disastrous orally, its physical results would be an increase in a uni
occurrences. Vice disrupts the social stability and make-up of the F ili| «
family and a burden to youth who are the most affected member* il
society due to vice problems. Its prevention and control is vital for null®
building and sustained economic growth of the country.
Juvenile Control - Juvenile delinquency is an anti-social behavior 01 ai

which differs from the normal model of set of laws and paramcirni
culture, custom which society in broad-spectrum does not conlm«
Juvenile delinquency generally refers to youth behavior which is ap iifl
norm and regulations of society, which if left unchecked would give rin ll
criminality. The prevention of juvenile delinquency is an essential pn" n
crime prevention in society. The saying an ounce nf prevention is brill
than a pound of cure would clearly mm lest the im portant i
mishphavinr deterrence among our youth.
By engaging in lawful, socially useful activities and adopting a

humanistic orientation towards society and outlook on life, young persons
i un develop non-criminogenic attitudes. The successful prevention of
invenile delinquency requires efforts on the part of the entire society to
ensure the harmonious development of adolescents, with respect for and
promotion of their personality from early childhood. Young persons should
have an active role and partnership within society and should not be
i onsidered as mere objects of control and socialization. Furthermore, the
well-being of young persons from their early childhood should be the focus
h | any preventive program.
What are lim itations on law enforcem ent?
Restrictions upon the pow er o f the police
In order for police officers to do their job, they may be vested by the
Ktnte with a monopoly in the use of certain powers. These include the
|;nwers to arrest, search, seize, and interrogate; and if necessary, to use
iHhal force. In nations with democratic systems and the rule of law, the
law of criminal procedure has been developed to regulate officers'
iltM-retion, so that they do not exercise their vast powers arbitrarily or
unjustly.
In U.S. criminal procedure the most famous case is Miranda v.

’ una which led to the widespread use of Miranda warnings or
itutionai warnings. U.S. police are also prohibited from holding
ei ii11inal suspects for more than a reasonable amount of time (usually 72
I i m ) before arraignment, using torture to extract confessions, using
i i i s
[ n<s< i-Hsive force to effect an arrest, and searching suspects' bodies or their
j» ii lies without a warrant obtained upon a showing of probable cause.
I1 >1 1 deception for confessions is permitted, but not coercion. There are
.....Idions or exigent circumstances such as an articulated need to disarm
I ft inspect or searching a suspect who has already been arrested (Search
lu< idcnt to an Arrest). The Posse Comitatus Act severely restricts the use
*l the U.S. military for police activity, giving added importance to police
\ i units.
British police officers are governed by similar rules, particularly

ftp""- introduced under the Police and Criminal Evidence Act 1984, but
V " i ally have greater powers. They may, for example, legally search any
t who has been arrested, or their vehicles, home or business
.i #<-s, without a warrant, and may seize anything they find in a search
B ■vujrnce. All police officers in the United Kingdom, whatever their
rank, are 'constables’ in terms of their legal position. This means
Bfei 'i newly apoointed constable has the same arrest powers as a Chief
or Commissioner. However, certain higher ranks have
■M iiiniw .il powers to authorize certain aspects of police operations, such
£»< n |Miw(‘r to authorize a search of a suspect's house (section 18 PACE) by
an officer of the rank of Inspector, or the power to authorize a suspec t

detention beyond 24 hours by a Superintendent.
Difficult issues
Police organizations must sometimes deal with the issue of polim

corruption, which is often abetted by a code of silence that encouranni
unquestioning loyalty to one's comrades over the cause of justice. In '•
comparatively rare event that an officer breaks this code on a signifi' mil
scale, they may receive death threats or even be left for dead, as in tlift
case of Frank Serpico. One way to fight such corruption is by having (
independent or semi-independent organization investigate, such as (in
United States) the Federal Justice Department, state Attorneys Genci-tl.
local District Attorneys, a police department's own internal affairs division
or specially appointed commissions. However, independent organization
are generally not called except for the most severe cases of corruption.
Some believe that police forces have traditionally been responsible

for enforcing many bigoted perspectives which have been prevalen!
various periods throughout history. Ageism against teens, homophobia
racism, and sexism are views which police have been charged with haviiij
held and enforced.
Some police organizations are faced with routine accusation*

racial profiling. Police forces also find themselves under criticism for ihd
use of force, particularly deadly force, when a police officer of one race l<il|
a suspect of another race. In the United States, such events routim'
spark protests and accusations of racism against police.
In the United States since the 1960s, concern over such issues Iin
increasingly weighed upon law enforcement agencies, courts ui
legislatures at every level of government. Incidents such as the 1965 WniJ
Riots, the videotaped 1991 beating by Los Angeles Police officers of Rodn
King, and the riot following their accquital has depicted American polic <»
dangerously lacking in appropriate controls. The fact that this trend Ii
occurred contemporaneously with the rise of the US civil rights movcim i
the W ar on Drugs and a precipitous rise in violent crime from the 19(><>i
the 1990s has made questions surrounding the role, administration i(
scope of authority of police specifically and the criminal justice systrin
a whole increasingly complicated. Police departments and the ■
governments that oversee them in some jurisdictions have attempt' >1
mitigate some of these issues through community outreach program-. 4
community policing to make the police more accessible to the concern*
local communities; by working to increase hiring diversity; by ujxIa*
training of police in their responsibilities to the community and un<i'-' |
law; and by increased oversight within the department or by
commissions. In cases in which such measures have been lacking
absent, local departments have been compelled by legal action initiatci
the US Department of Justice under the M t l i A m e n d m e n t to entei 1
consent decree settlements to adopt such measures and submit to

Hversight by the Justice Department.
Finally, in many places, the social status and pay of police can lead
Id major problems with recruitment and morale. Jurisdictions lacking the
fr-sources or the desire to pay police appropriately, lacking a tradition of
professional and ethical law enforcement, or lacking adequate oversight of
iiir police often face a dearth of quality recruits, a lack of professionalism
pi id commitment among their police, and broad mistrust of the police
Among the public. These situations often strongly contribute to police
ruption and brutality. This is particularly a problem in countries
undergoing social and political development; countries that lack rule of
l*>w or civil service traditions; or countries in transition from authoritarian
• in Communist governments in which the prior regime's police were little
ninre than praetorians.
Some cities employ quotas of how many traffic tickets a police

■■dicer should write, although the practice is illegal in others. Furthermore,
oilier cities deny that there are quotas, but many police officers have come
(Inward stating that they are pressured to write traffic tickets, since they
■anally produce revenue for the local government issuing the tickets.
Hotne cities make millions of dollars annually on traffic tickets, which
Iwlps fund local government. Many rural jurisdictions (towns) generate
of their revenue from traffic tickets. A few cities have actually
■Omitted there are quotas. This can be an issue with the general populace
well as an issue within the police department. In some cities, police
iplain about being turned into tax collectors by the politicians
Ifeicvcnting them from doing their real job, which they consider to be
■llllli ling crime and keeping the peace.
I In police parlance the term “cop” , w ould refer to;

« A Inw enforcer c. An investigator
III A licut police officer d. A metal
ft IV, ,od w hereby m ost civilized countries have organized their police forces which
ilii ih innate and distinct from that o f the military.
I I .111 century c. 17th century
■ 11'1, century d. 18th century
1 Tl.i' first organized m odern police organization.

■ Mr i m politan Police Force c. INTERPOL
M l mi land Yard d. FBI
& I'..ii. »• officers in England were referred to as;

A I' ii I ■Ilf? servants c. Law enforcers
(•<iiii Servants d. Bobbies
ppN in m used w m ch refers to investigators in general.

I l>il 11 (. und D c. Detectives
■TVv d. Sleuth hounds
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT RETOEWER
6. The highest rank in the police hierarchy o f the Royal Malaysian Police.
a. Com m issioner c. Director
b. Director General d. Inspector General
7. This concept o f police efficiency is based o n the increasLng num ber ol

apprehension.
a. Old Concept c. H om e Rule Theory
b. New Concept d. Continental Theory
8. W hen policem en are considered as state placing the interest o ftlie state in thr.i
prim ary mission; we can assume that this theory of policing is adhered.
a. Old Concept c. Hom e Ru-le Theory
9. W hen police forces is highly centralized in terms of its organizational structm*i

and fulfillm ent o f their function; this theory is prevailing.
a. Old Concept c. Hom e Rmle Theory
10. Police ofiicers in the Philippines is generally regarded as;

a. Public servants c. Peace officers
b. State servants d. Public safety officers
11. The insignia usually w orn by the law enforcer with the highest police post.
a. One star c. Three stars
b. Two stars d. Four stars
12. Police as a social agency historically started as a. function o f tn e:

a. State c. C ivic society
b. Royalty d. Military
13. This notion o f policing gives em phasis on the decreasing number o f crimes in
means o f m easuring police efficiency,
a. Old Concept c. Continental Theory
b. New Concept d. Home Rule Theory
14. The follow ing countries advocated the hom e rule theory, excep*t;
a. USA c. Great Britain
b. Japan d. Italy
15. Around the world police organizations are usually governed ly ;

a. Com m ission c. B u reau
b. Departm ent d. None O ' f these
16. Organized police organization begun around this period.

a. 11th century c. 17th century
b. 12th century d. 18th century
17. This is the broad police mandate to keep the peace or otherwise pi
behaviors w hich m ight disturb others.
a. Peace and order c. Law Enforcement
b. Order m aintenance d. Criminal Apprehension
18. This police organization tend to exist only in m etropolitan counties and have
ountywide ju risd iction . In some areas, there is a sh eriffs departm ent w hich only
handles m inor issues such as service o f papers such as a constable in other areas,
11 long w ith security for th( local courthouse,
n. Federal Police c. Local Police
I). State Police d. County Police
19. Rank and File o fficersare u sually referred to as;

. Uniform ed O fficers
i i c. Non-Com m issioned Officers
I) Com m issioned O fficers d. None o f these
2 0 . Police organ izations around the world u sually utilizes m ilitary ranks, this
ntntement is;
ii True c. Partly true
li. Absolutely true d. False
1. It refers to a scheduie o f budgeting task to be undertaken during a specific

i nidget year.
•i Budget cycle c. Budget guidance
•j Budget call d. Budget calendar
i J Num ber o f days allocated for a fiscal year.
ii 365 c. 367
li 366 d. 368
J I The logical result o f a ithority with no accountability.

• II w ill be prone to abuie c. It w ill give rise to usurpation
t It will foster corru p tioi d. All o f the foregoing
>i it refers to the state ofbeing accountable.

ft Responsibility c. Authority
l.i Accountability d. Delegation
* i rilin g for em ergen cy expenses shall not e x c e e d ___for activities that cannot
Ii* dr laved o f the an n u al agency expenditure program for supplies and materials.
L i% c. io %
K <W„ d. 15%
■ Responsible for the auhorization and appropriation o f the PNP budget.

I»II,G c. PNP Offices
m NAI’OLCOM d. Congress
1hie result o f responsbility w ithout authority.

II will be prone to abuse c. It will give rise to usurpation
Il will foster corruption d. All o f the foregoing
*\ docum ent issu ed by higher authorities which prescribes the national

^ iiirs and constraints ii the budget year.
i 1i.idêt call c. Budget cycle
ii'lilu ft guidance d. Budget calendar
^ rj , Tin s to a docum entthat initiate-; the preparation o f the budget.

Duilnri call t\ Budget cycle
Hi nl).',cl guidance d. Budget calendar
30. Regular purchase o f supplies, materials and equipm ent shall not exceed
lim itation o f the norm al in ven toiy or stock.
a. 3 months c. 9 months
b. 6 m onths d. 12 months
31. Substandard shoes issued to police personnel is attributed to.

a. Low budget
b. Procurem ent o f inferior quality m aterials and equipm ent
c. Kickback
d. Budget constraints
32. The failure to com ply w ith increase in base pay w ould be attributed to:
a. Low tax collections
b. Low budget
c. Deficient release o f budget from the national treasury
d. Graft and corruption
33. It refers to the filing o f sim ultaneous cases with different venues against i
police officer.
a. Forum shopping c. Blackm ail
b. Am bulance chasing d. Coercion
34. A problem o f organizing w herein incom petent men are designated their posts.
a. Staffing
b. Personnel doing unnecessary work
c. Personnel doing necessary w ork inefficiently
d. Palakasan system
35. A villain in organizing manifested by personnel who encroaches upon Hi

duties and responsibilities o f another.
a. Staffing
b. Personnel doing unnecessary w ork
c. Personnel doing necessary w ork inefficiently
d. Palakasan system
36. Authorized strength o f the PNP for non-urban areas.

a. 1:500 c. 1:750
b. 1:100 d. 1:1500
37. Tim e in grade requirem ent for prom otion from Supt. to Sr. Supt.
38.Training required for perm anency for a police C hief Inspector.

a. OSEC c. O fficer’s Basic Course
b. POAC d. O fficer’s Candidate Course
39. A quota allocated promotion.

a. Regular prom otion c. M eritorious prom otion
b. Special prom otion d. All o f the foregoing
40. Total period o f time a candidate has acquired in a certain grade in pernnn>»
status.
a. T im e-in -g ra d e c. Seniority in Wank
b. Rank d. Eligibility
41. More often than not PNP m em bers are confused with w hat particular rank th
are supposed to address them selves, this is due to the fact that for a long tim e they
have been acquainted w ith u sing old m ilitary ranks instead o f their civilian rank,
General Sipsip M atapat o f the PNP is supposed to be addressed as;
a. Sir c. Senior Superintendent
b. C h ief Superintendent d. Superintendent
42. The com m ensurate m ilitary rank o f Police Inspector is;

a. Lieutenant c. Major
b. Captain d. Lt. Colonel
43. In crime scenes, it is com m on that the public or the “U ZISERO S” who are
curious onlookers troop and flock the area num bering more than the police
personnel w ho are supposed to process it; hence to protect the integrity o f the
evidences it is wise to;
a. Cordon the area c. Sanitize the area
b. Evacuate the area d. All o f these
44. Ideally there should be at least three rings or cordon to protect the integrity o f
the crim e scene, the outerm ost cordon is to ward o ff the curious onlookers, the
middle should be occupied by the press, police personnel, governm ent officials, the
, innerm ost w ould allow entrance only to;
a. SOCO team c. C om m anding officer
b. Police Investigator d. Both A and B
P45. Th ey are policem en w ho are honest to a fault and straightforward. Th ey are

[[willing to take extrem e positions on ethical issues due to their idealism . They are
referred to as;
a. Angels c. Rouges
I). W hite Knights d. Straight Shooters
' 46. Although honest individuals, these policem en are w illing and ready to hide the
corrupt practices o f their com rades for the sake o f “hiya” , “utang na loob” and
“pakikisama” w hich is the top three “Pinoy” values,
ki. Angels c. Rouges
I). W hite Knights d. Straight Shooters
■'17. Th ey are police officers w ho engage in m inor type o f corruption as they present
I lliemselves.
n Grass Eaters or Vegetarian Cop c. Rouges
W hite Knights d. Straight Shooters
BAH. They are police officers w ho actively seek out corruption opportunities and
^■figaged in both m inor and m ajor patterns o f corruption.
^ ■ i Angels c. Rouges
H * Meat Eaters or Carnivorous Cops d. Straight Shooters
■ < i They are policem en w ho are considered as having all deviant behaviors o f a
^ ■ r r u p t law enforcer.
^ Angels c. Rouges
White Knights d. St m ight Shooters
i f
50. It is defined as a dereliction o f police duties either because o f malfeasance

m isfeasance or nonfeasance.
a. Police corruption c. Police M isbehavior
b. Police M isconduct d. Police Deviancy
CRIM INALISTICS
Scope: Scientific study o f the detection o f forgery, deception methods ami

techniques in the classification o f fingerprints, ballistics examination, thr
application o f chemistry in the identification o f physical evidence-treatmeni
and detection o f poisons, the preparation o f photographic evidence in conn
and the application o f Medical Sciences in crime investigation in the field of
Law and Adm inistration o f Justice.
CRIM INALISTICS. Defined
Criminalistics refers to the search, by various scientific methods, In

find proof of guilt or to establish innocence is an invaluable aide i>>
criminal investigation. “Criminalistics is that profession and scientiih
discipline directed to the identification, individualization, interpretation
and recognition of physical evidence through application of the natuml
sciences to law science matters.”
W hat is a crime laboratory?
The Crime Laboratory. Crime laboratories are as diverse as Ihr

persons who operate them and the concepts that were adapted i
organizing them. The proper function of the crime laboratory is to exam,
and without bias interpret the result of the examination of any physioiL
evidence that is submitted to it on a request basis.
W hat is a com plete crim inalistics operation?
A complete criminalistics operation is more than a laboratory, il l«*

a source of consultations and technical advice to prosecutors and oil
attorneys; it is a source of reliable and unbiased expert testimony on q
host of subjects; and it is also often a source of information obtained i</
research performed in the laboratory. The laboratory necessitate I
chemical section with equipment for analyzing blood, urine, and o lja
body fluids. Drugs, narcotics, and sometimes poisons may be analyzed
determine their nature and quantity.
It also needs a section devoted to physical markings that inc Iii<

marks left at the scene of a robbery or at other crime scenes involving
use of tools, the markings made hy bullets and cartridges cape I*
firearms, and certain other types of marking that may be matched w-if
their counterparts from another source, such as broken objects. Anolli
section may be devoted to blood and other physiological materials; this is

usually designated as a serology section.
Another section often termed the microchemistiy division deals

with the individualization of such miscellaneous materials as glass
fragments, small quantities of soil, flecks and chips of paints, plastics, bits
of metal, fibers, hairs, and all sorts of dusts and residues that can be
studied to identify their source.
There is a questioned or special document section, capable of

making an identification of handwriting, of typewriting, and of the
characteristics of writing and recording implements. Most fraud is
committed with some accompanying documentary evidences.
Counterfeiting might be involved, as might alternation, substitution, and
obliteration of part or all of some type of recorded material. In most such
document sections, a major concern is with bad checks.
A polygraph section is created to help in the interrogation and

detection of deception. It is primarily used to minimize the number of
suspects and reinforce and validate whether witnesses are genuine or of
l lie lying kind.
What is Expert testim ony?
Expert Testimony. Perhaps the most important basis for the

'•xistence of the crime laboratory is less well appreciated and understood
ihan any of its technical operations: expert testimony. The ability to
urrform tests and comparisons in the laboratory will achieve nothing if the
r xpert witness cannot analyze and present his findings clearly and
decisively. In cross-examination he will need to know a great deal about
Hu type of evidence, in addition to its mere laboratory study, if he is to
convince the court that he is truly qualified as an expert witness.
| CRIMINALISTICS I POLICE PHOTOGRAPHY
I PHOTOGRAPHY. Defined.
Photography is an art or science that deals with the duplication of

Bhri iges through the action of light, upon sensitized materials (paper or
I film) with the aid of camera and its accessories, and the chemical
ttcesses involved therein.
| What is photograph?
A photograph is both a chemical and mechanical product of

I filittlography. To create a photograph, light is needed aside from sensitized
I h'.ilcrials, light radiated or rcllcrlrd by the subject must reach the film
h
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION /ASSESSMENT REVIEWER CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
while all other light are excluded. The exclusion of all other lights ia this invention. In 1833, Niepce died, Daguerre took over the actual
experimentation.
achieved by placing the film inside the light tight box of a camera.
The effect of the light on the film after the development changes In 1835, England. W.H.F. Talbot obtains negative images on silver-
with the quantity or quality of light that reached the emulsion of the film. chloride paper by long “printing out” exposures in a camera obscura; they
The amount of light reaching the film would rely upon many factors s u c h are imperfectly fixed. In France, Daguerre discovers that mercury fumes
as lighting condition, lens opening used, shutter speed, filter used, etc. will develop an invisible (latent ) image on a silver plate that is sensitized
with iodine fumes before exposure.
What is police photography?
In August 13, 1839, Louis Jacques Mande Daguerre the “Daguerre type”
Police Photography: Refers to the art or science that deals with the stucj the first practical photography process was introduced. Image was made
of the principles of photography, the preparation of the photographn permanent by the use of hypo. It produced better tone and resolving
power.
evidence, and its application to police work. The first application of
photography in law enforcement was limited to personal identification.
Presently photography is used in making a permanent record of the crinir In 1839, England, Wiliam H. Fox, Talbot points out the basis of modern
scene which makes possible the preservation of perishable evidences. photography: A negative on suitable material (such as paper) can be used
In produce as many positive copies as desire by contract printing.In 1840,
Ialbot discovers methods of developing paper-negative images that greatly
How did photography evolved?
i e d u c e s the exposure required in the camera.
Sir John F.H Herschel coins the word “photography” (suggests “negative'
and “positive” in the following year), and points out that images can !»■ I he lens is produced the following year by Vioglander for use in the first
made permanent by dissolving away unexposed silver compounds with a nll-metal, utilized camera. In 1841, Talbot patents the calotype process,
solution off hyp'osulfite of soda (hypo or sodium thiosulfate), which he hail Inler called the talotype. Negative on paper sensitized with silver nitrate,
discovered in 1819. He was considered as the father of modi.... mid Gallic acid is developed in Gallic acid; positives are made by printing
photography. Photography was derived from the Greek word “phos” whi' H n u t exposure on similarly sensitized paper. *
means light and “grapho” which means to draw.
What are the elements o f Photography?
Photography was not discovered by one man. It was the consequence^ m ■
the observations made by chemist, physicists and scientists. However, llii I'.lements of photography are a must to be present to produce a
basis of modern photography was introduced in 1839 by Fox Tall)"' j I piiotograph. Light reflected by the subject or objects must affects the
Since then everything can be photographed and permanently recorded. | »f nsitized materials and all other lights must be excluded.Placing the
*»• nsitized materials inside the camera can exclude all other lights. This
In 1700, the Camera Obscura was designed by Leonardo Da Vinci wliijj IlK.hl can be visible or invisible.
accurate scale and perspective. In 1725, the chemicals with Hk*
sensitivity such as silver nitrate and silver chloride solution If the light can be detected by the naked eye, the light known as
discovered and used for development. )le light and if the light is either too short or too long in wave length to
■into the retina of the eye, the light is known as invisible light. The
In 1818, France, Niepce obtained camera images on paper sensitized wnW mation of the images of the objects in the sensitized surface is not
silver-chloride solution; however, the fixation is only partial. Ni' vi'.ihlr Visibility of these images of the objects can be possible thru the
regarded the results as “imperfect failures” because they are reversed I < liftnical processing known as development.
tonality (negatives). In 1826 in France, Niepce achieved the
permanent photograph in a camera on a plate coated with light t-' •' After the development, the quantity and quality of light that reach the
bitumen. After an 8-hour exposure, a direct-positive image results wl 4 ■rrmlsion of the sensitized material can be ascertained. When more light
oil of lavender dissolves away unexposed, unhardened bitumen to 1 • h the sensitized materials, it would produce a darker images and
dark metal plate represent shadow. Various amounts of h a r d n ^ fWill'
e r n lesser light reached the sensitized materials, it would produced a
Ik'ii
IIwMim images. Developed sensitised material is known as the negative.
bitumen remain to from highlights middle tones. In 1829, He used *
The white portion of the objects will be black and the black portion of the
The
plate and devised a way to remove bitumen from highlights after darkenlij
shadow area which Daguerre forms a partnership with Niepce to peiMl
i. 1 ‘ s will be white.
A
W h a t is lig h t?
Light is known to everyone. It excites the retina of the eye and makes
things visible. The speed of light is always constant. The average speed of
light is 186,000 miles per second. However, the wave length of the rays of
light may vary considerably. Light must be regarded in broad sense, as
including not only what is apparent to the naked eye, but all energy
radiated in the form of electromagnetic vibration must also be considered
without unnecessary complication of the matters, then it may be said thai
such vibration are usually defined by their wave length.
On 1666, Isaac Newton proved that the light men see as white is n
mixture of all colors of the spectrum. When he passed a beam of sunlighl
through a glass prism, it produces the rainbow array of hues of the visible
spectrum. The color from top to bottom are red, orange. Yellow, green,
blue and violet. The wave length of the visible spectrum is from 400 to
700 millimicrons. One millimicron is equivalent to one millionth part of n
millimeter.
There are two sources of light, they are known as the natural and
artificial. Natural light are light which come to existence without the
intervention of man and artificial lights are lights which are man made I1'
photography, natural light is used for outdoor photography and artificinl
lights are utilized in indoor photography to augment the adverse lighting
condition. The source of all daylight is the sun the combination of cok>rl
and contrast ascertains the quality of the daylight.
What are the type o f light as to intensity?
Daylight may be classified according to its intensity. They are: nl |

Bright sunlight b) Hazy sunlight and c) Dull sunlight.
In bright sunlight, the subject will produce a strong shadow, becfini*

the source of light is not covered and the objects or subjects appear glonnv
in open space due to direct sunlight and reflected lights coming from Hi*
sky which act as a reflector. In hazy sunlight, the sun is covered by Ih||
clouds and the shadow appears bluish because of the decrease of Iiul4
falling on the subjects in open space. The shadow cast is transparent i»»
the eye and more details are visible under this lighting condition than
bright sunlight. In dull sunlight, the sun is totally covered by thick cl<>u.l«
No shadow are case, due to the uniform illumination of lights all arm*
the subjects it open space.
What are emulsion?
Surface sensitive to light is a material which is easily affected ■*<

exposed to light at a given time. The surface which is capable of reinim
a latent image is called as emulsion. The emulsion which contains khm
• ..iv-e ainta siisnemlefl in animal gelatin is very ilun and fragilt .
must therefore be coated in glass plate or celluloid or paper. There are tw

kinds of surface sensitive to light, they are: a) the film that produces th
negative after chemical development and b) the photographic paper tha
produces a photograph or positive print after the printing and chemica
development process.
Film contains minute grains of silver halide suspended in anima

gelatin and coated on celluloid material. It has two parts, the emulsior
and the base. Actually, there are four various layers of film, they are: a
the thin coat of animal gelatin b) the emulsion c) the base d) the anti
halation backing. To protect the emulsion from abrasion, the thin coat oi
clear gelatin is essential. The anti-halation backing is necessary to prevent
halation and the base acts as the support of the emulsion.
What is light sensitivity?
Light sensitivity of the film can be ascertained thru its various types.
The film can either be a fast sensitive material or slow sensitive material. It
I can be sensitive to all colors or especially prepared for certain use or
I purpose. Light sensitivity of the film is also known as the speed of the film.
I Such speed of the film is determined thru its ASA numbers or DIN
numbers given by the film manufacturers.
L What are photographic papers?
Photographic papers are made with different characteristics. They are

1 .1 combination of thickness, texture, and finish. The texture may be
I Mnooth, rough or linen. Its finish may be glossy in a very smooth surface
lexture. Other types of textures may produce a matt of semi-glossy finish
i in rough or line texture. The paper base of the photographic paper may be
nl her white or tinted. Its weight or thickness may be either light-weight or
■ »mgle weight or double weight. The choice of photographic papers for
I |Hinting will depend upon the purpose of the photograph to be made.
Black and white objects are usually printed in a white base

I photographic paper. Reproduction of photographs would give satisfactory
■rvMilts if printed in a white base photographic paper. For portraits
, photograph, a cream paper base of photographic paper is recommended
Htiid for law enforcement photography, the smooth photographic paper is
fcfc-' ssary so that details of the image will appear and be appreciated by
viewers.
H V h at is an exposure?
E x p o s u re re fe rs to th e ra n g e o f illu m in a tio n o r th e lig h t a llo w e d to

th e s e n s itiz e d m a te r ia l « i .1 g iv e n tim e. T h e a m o u n t o f lig h t th a t
llliKts th e s e n s itiz e d m a te riu ls in n l><> c o n tr o lle d b y th e le n s a p e r tu r e o r
■|hI o p e n in g a n d d u ra tio n o f illim iiim tio n c a n b e c o n tr o lle d b y th< s h u tte r
■ |h <(i o f th e c a m e ra . W h en the «ys o f liizht reach ttw u ..... r
sensitized materials, a number of silver halides sensitive to light arr

affected and produce latent image. This image can only be visible after
development.
W hat is a camera?
A camera is basically a light tight box with a pinhole or a lens, shuttci

at one and a holder of sensitized material. The exposure of the sensitized
material to light is controlled by the lens and its aperture, and the shuttci
through its speed in opening and closing of lens to light. Thr
indispensable parts of a camera are; a light tight box, a lens, a shutter, u
holder of sensitized material and a view finder.
Light tight box - this part of the camera is very significant because of iln
capability to exclude all unwanted light that might expose the sensitized
materials or film. It is an enclosure that devoid light. Primary colors nl
light: Blue = 400 to 500 milli-microns, Green= 500 to 600 milli-micronn
and Red = 600 to 700 milli-microns
Lens - The purpose of the lens is to focus the light coming from tli*
subject. It is mainly responsible for the sharpness of the image formed
through which light passes during the exposure.
Shutter - It is used to allow the light to enter through the lens and remit
the film for a pre-determined interval of time, which light is again blocked
off from the film.
Holder of sensitized material - It is located at the opposite side of the leim.

Its function is to hold firmly the sensitized material in its place during
exposure to prevent formation of multiple or blurred image of the subje< t
Viewfinder - It is an instrument in determining then field of view of Hi*

camera or the extent of the coverage of the lens.
W hat are the types o f camera?
Major types of Camera: There are so many model of camera available h i

the market today, but they can be classified according to the viewl^j
system, namely:
View finder type - The smaller and the simplest type of camera is the vu
finder camera. Its view finder framed the objects that will be recorded 4
the film. Usually it is made of a simple lens located at the peep hole ol il
camera. Very often the focusing system of this type of camera is in il(
view finder itself, other wise, the camera is a fixed focus one. This typi <
camera can provide an excellent focusing system, especially at dim !iij(
condition. However, this type of camera suffers fmrn an inherent deli
called parallax error that prevents the recording ol some nf the objn
beiner ohotoeraDh as seen in the view.
Single lens reflex type - The best way to determine the entire coverage of
the camera is to look directly behind the lens of the camera. With a
mirror behind the taking lens, the image of the objects is reflected to the
viewer and it enables the photographer to compose and focus the objects
Iicing photograph. This type of camera will eliminate the parallax error
mid it will work well with all lenses. Never the less, the single lens reflex
ivpe is more complex and liable to break down due to the mirror which
h’ives way every time an exposure is made. It is difficult to focus especially
under dim light conditions.
Twin reflex type - the twin lens reflex camera has two lenses, one for the
viewing and focusing of the objects, and the other is the taking lens. In
ill is type of camera the image being photograph can be seen in flat surface
• s reflected by the mirror behind the viewing lens. The viewing screen will
111■Ip the photographer in the accurate composition of the object to
photograph as her look into the camera at his waist level. Again the
pi mcipal problem on this type of camera is parallax error especially when
I i lose-up lens is used.
View or press camera type - The biggest and the most sophisticated among
II it- different type of cameras is the view or press camera. This type of
<nmera is practically useless for candid or action photograph. However
1111 type of camera is very useful in law enforcement photography
I '} * |leeially in the reproduction of document photography especially in the
I if production of document and photomicrography. Minute objects can be
I '-nl.irged and composed accurately in the large viewing screen of this type
>>1 i nmera.
What is a focal length?
Lens characteristics: Focal length - Refers to the distance measured

I in ii 11 the optical center of the lens to the film plane when the lens is set of
■ Im used at the infinity position. When classified according to focal length,
I iiNf-s maybe called:
I h nil ' angle lens- A lens with a focal length of less than the diagonal of its
1 in unlive material. (35 mm or more)
Nrmiml lens - A lens with a focal length of approximately equal or more
■ V 'l not more than twice the diagonal of its negative material. (50 mm)
L wik or telephoto lens - A lens with a focal length of more than twice the
p »o > n a l of its negative material. (70 mm or more)
Bpteat is exposure and developm ent?
H M u r e : Refers to the product of illumination and time it is computed by

Min i the use of a light exposure meter or by taking into consideration
v i ii • such as lighting condition, film sensitivity and kind of subject. E.g.
w i n i i using a film with ASA ruling of 100, for a normal subject set the
ulmiti i speed at 1/25 of a second mid adjust the diaphragm opening in
^■tortlimcc with the following li^lil Jig conditions. Bright sunlight - f-11.
Hazy sunlight - f-8, dull sunlight - 5-6. Exposure errors may affect the
detail, tone reproduction and contrast.
In chemical processing: development refers to the process of reduction.

Exposed silver halides are reduced into metallic silver. There is a separate
developer for film (D-76) and another for paper (Dektol).
What is crime scene photography?
Crime Scene Photography: In some types of crimes, specifically those

involving physical violence, the crime scene, including the location of the
relevant objects within it, is of vital importance in establishing points of
proof. A record of such a crime scene is indispensable to a successful
presentation of the case in court. If the scene is altered through haste >>i
carelessness, it may never be restored to its exact original condition, and
vital elements of proof may thereby be lost. Moreover, in the initial stagei
of the investigation, the significance of a certain aspect of the same mm
not be evident. Although later they may affect vitally the issues in thr
case.
The first step in then investigation of any crime is to photograph

completely and accurately all the aspect of the scene before any of thr
objects of evidence are removed or otherwise disturbed. Similm
photographs should also be made after the body or bodies have bt-'ifl
removed. It is always prudent to take too many photograph rather than it<i
few. A set of four photographs is the usual minimum to show a ro* m
adequately, and many more maybe made in the case of major crinn*
Medium distant views as well as close up photographs, should e mad< <i I
important objects. Two lenses are usually adequate.
For general view of the scene, use the camera at eye level. Thi «<
photographs give a presentation of the scene as the average eye wiirx
might have observed it naturally. Measuring devices such as yardstieK®
ruler or tape measures can be used to show the relative size of a distim •
between objects or the degree of magnification of an enlargement. T l i ^
should not obscure any important part of an enlargement or .u J
important part of evidence.
In document and small-object photographs, a 6-inch ruler or i U

centimeter ruler placed at the bottom or just below the object will show tafl
relative size of objection in a photographic exhibit.
Photographs are necessary to corroborate testimony of c o iin «

witnesses and usually add weight and credibility to their testimon' f l
photographing the crime scene, the photographer should attempt to re >>4
all useful information in series of photographs that will help the view. ; rfl
understand how and where the crime was commit led
The term crime scene refers not only to the immediate site of the
crime, but also includes the adjacent areas which may be significant site
of the crime in establishing the location and surrounding of the immediate
site.
1. It is the inability to focus light passing through the center o f the lens and its
edge at the same place on the film.
a. A berration c. Spherical aberration
b. Chrom atic aberration d. All o f the foregoing
2. Refers to a picture o f the original object photographed.

a. Print c. N egative print
b. Positive print d. Contact print
3. Looking at the object closely with one eye while the other is finding that the
object is not seen from the same angle and has apparently a different position and
shape.
u. Parallax c. Depth o f field
b. Lock trough d. Focal distance
■1. Characteristic o f photographic paper usually utilized in police photography?

a. Single, glossy, white c. Double, glossy, white
11 Single, matte, cream d. Double, matte, cream
5. W hen a photograph was developed, the objects in open space cast a deep and
uniform shadow, what was the lighting condition when the shot was taken?
* Bright c. Hazy
I Dull d. Cloudy
i>. Refers to the presence o f all colors,

a W hite light c. Rainbow
h Gray light d. Black
i Are devices which allow the photographer to watch the object he is

photographing. It is usually m ade up o f sm all lens and mirrors,
a Range finder c. Tripod
View finders d. Shutter
y Refers to the response o f film to different w ave length o f light source,

jk. Spectral sensitivity c. Light sensitivity
■ Color sensitivity d. Film sensitivity
t A film sensitive to ultra violet rays and blue color only,

ft Blue sensitive c. Panchrom atic
I >irthochrom atic d. Infrared
Iighting condition when objects in open space casts no shadow.

■ itright c. Hazy
■, Dull d. Cloudy
jI iI l,ens corrected for astigmatism.

A|>mchomat lens ■ A ch ro m a tic lens
Anastigrm it lens il Knpid rectilin ea r lens
12. A cam era used for surveillance m ust have a lens w ith focal length that is:
a. Wide angle lens c. Telephoto lens
b. Normal lens d. Narrow angle lens
13. W hen a m aterial does not allow light to pass its m edium it is said to be:
a. Transparent c. Opaque
b. Translucent d. All o f these
14. To separate colors, this hom ogenous m edium absorbs and transm its light rayti
passing through it.
a. Filter c. Developer
b. Stop bath d. Fixer
15. In crim e scene photography w hat is the sufficient lens type for interior
photographs?
a. W ide angle lens c. Telephoto lens
b. Norm al lens d. Narrow angle lens
16. Refers to the m ost difficult lens defect.

a. Astigm atism c. Distortion
b. Com a d. Chrom atic aberration
17. It is used to allow light to enter through the lens for a predeterm ined tiin*
interval.
a. View finder c. Light tight box
b. Shutter d. Holder o f sensitized material
18. Its prim ary use in photography is focusing the light to the subject.
a. Light tight box c. Lens
b. Shutter d. View finder
19. It refers to the nearest distance at w hich a lens is focused w ith a giv
particular diaphragm opening.
a. Depth o f field c. Focal distance
b. Hyper-focal distance d. Scale bed
20. It is the distance measured from the nearest to the farthest object.
a. Depth o f field c. Scale bed
b. Hyper-focal distance d. Focal distance
21. W hich am ong the follow ing is not a prim ary color?
a. Red c. Yellow
b. Blue a. Green
22. It is a m icroscopically sm all photograph.

a. M icrophotograph c. Photom acrograph
b. Photom icrograph d. Macrophotograph
23. The norm al developing time o f a paper or film.

a. 1 to 1 Vz m inutes c. 20 to 30 minutes
b. 5 to 10 minutes d. 30 to 60 minutes
24.In enlarging a photograph w hat w ould be the ideal paper for printing?
a. Chloride paper c. Contact paper
b. Brom ide paper d. Chloro-brom ide paper
25. This refers to the absence o f all colors.

a. W hite c. Blue
b. Red . d. Black
26. A lighting condition wherein subject in open space casts a transparent shadow,
u. Hazy c. Cloudy bright
1). Cloudy Dull d. Bright
! 2 7 . To view waterm arks in disputed docum ents, w hat particular m ethod o f

Iinotography is utilized?
i ii Bounce light c. Transm itted light
I). Side light d. Reflected light
: 58. Its prim ary function is to prevent the contam ination o f two chem ical solutions
in chem ical processing in photography,
n Developm ent c. Fixation
I-. Stop-bath d. Bleaching
a" Which am ong the follow ing com prises the essential parts o f a camera?
I n Body, Lens, Shutter, Holder o f sensitized material, V iew finder
II Light tight box, Shutter, holder o f sensitized material, View finder, Lens
aperture
■ Body, Lens, Range finder, holder o f sensitized material, Shutter
11 Light tight box, Shutter, range finder, Lens, holder o f sensitized material
it ) A lens w ith a focal length o f less than the diagonal o f its negative material.
K n Wide angle lens c. Long lens
Ii Normal lens d. Telephoto lens
11 Mechanism that is used to m easure the angle o f convergence o f light com ing
I Immi u subject as seen from two apertures.
I# i'ocusing scale c. View finder
■ fc Scale bed d. Range finder
W k J 11 is a m agnified picture o f a sm all object produced by connecting the lens o f a

■fen m i n with the ocular o f a com pound microscope.
■ f t Microphotograph c. Photom acrograph
i'I'otom icrograph d. M acrophotograph
I f l Attributed as the person w ho first discovered first true photography.

■ William Henry Fox Talbot c. Louis Jacques Daguirre
I liomas W edgewood d. Joseph Nicephore Niepce
Bn Runic film exposure w ith an ASA rating o f 100 at bright sunlight w ith norm al
t
|tt I/.JO f-8 c. 1/60 f-4
* P / i i f- ll d. 1/250 f-8
I | In police Dhotography, to obtain n ^cncrnl view o f the scene we use a cam era at
|wii |um t iculnr level?
a. Elevated c. B ird’s eye view

b. Eye level d. W orm ’s eye view
36.The w avelength o f electrom agnetic energy expressed in m illi-m icrons IQ

reference to visible light is:
a. 001 to 100 c. 400 to 700
b. 300 to 400 d. 700 to 1000
37. Photography is defined as drawing w ith what particular elem ent?

a. Light c. Film
b. Cam era d. Developer
38. It refers to a lens that is characterized as by the thicker center and thiiimj
sides.
a. Positive lens c. Convex lens
b. Negative lens d. Concave lens
39. It is the film with the w idest range o f sensitivity to the various energies ol I'
electrom agnetic spectrum.
a. Infra-red c. Orthochrom atic
b. X -ray d. Panchrom atic
40. The first use o f photography in police w ork is in what particular field?
a. Crime prevention c. Surveillance w ork
b. Identification files d. Crime scene investigation
41. The chem ical processing step wherein the latent image recorded on the
or film becom es visible.
a. Fixer c. Stop bath
b. Bleacher d. Developer
42. Refers to the process o f taking pictures with the use o f microscope.
a. M icrophotography c. M acrophotography
b. Photom icrography d. Photom acrography
43. The prim ary controlling factor o f the sharpness o f image refers to:
a. Hyper-focal distance c. Focusing
b. Focal distance d. Focal length
44. Infrared radiation is also referred to as:

a. Laser light c. Black light
b. Coherent light d. Heat rays
45. The em ulsion speed rating o f films expressed in logarithm ic values refrin
a. ISO rating C. DIN rating
b. ASA rating d. BSI rating
46. Com m only used hardening agent in an acid fixing solution.

a. Hypo or silver halide c. Sodium Sulfate
b. Potassium Alum a. Aceuc Acid
47. Chem ical used as an accelerator in a developer solution,

a. Hydroquinone c. Sodium carbot*iite
it . Sodium sulfite d. Potassium brom ide
■IK. Refers to the product o f illum ination and time,

ka. Exposure c. Sensitized m aterial
, Ii. Developm ent d. Photograph
•I'l. Chem ical used in developing to prevent fogging,

in Potassium Brom ide c. Sodium carbonate
B> Sodium Sulfite d. Boric Acid
I fid. A hom ogenous m ixture w hich absorbs and transm its differentially light rays
b|iiiMNsne through it.
n Stop bath c „ Filter
ItV Kixer d. Dektol
h I An instrum ent which m easures the intensity o f light falling on the subject,
Wlii' Ii indicates the proper F stop and shutter speed to use w ith a specific film,
known as a light meter.
Nunge finder c. Shutter
Hi View finder d. Exposure meter
i 11 refers to the taking photographs o f arrested persons for identification

p m |i h n c s .
Ivnuge gallery c. Booking
I me-up d. M ugging
■I A li^ht sensitive m aterial placed inside the camera.

I iliit c. Negative
( [ l''i|«T d. Film
B ll i« ii coating which consists o f light sensitive silver salts in a gelatin m edium

t. i ..II photographic film s and papers.
■ l i l t ion c. Dektol
lliilitlfs d. Emulsion
A *hcri o f brass w hich has a chrom ium plated surface on one side used for
J|ii' ii ik I' highly glossy picture.
c. Developer
Xii|inil d. Ferrotype plate
h in' Muirs the inability o f the lens to im age straight lines.

iii mu c. Chrom atic aberration
■ h im lion d. Spherical aberration
^ '■mill difference between the darkest and lightest portion o f a negative or
» c. Hue
d. Light
V io l nun i phic D o s i t iv e m ad e w h ile e x p o s in g the p h o to g ra p h ic p a p e r b ein g

m » i a n egative.
c. Negative print
. I |i i i i <1 (1. Positive print
59. Com m only known as “hypo” the purpose o f this solution is to harder tl
gelatin em ulsion on the film and to dissolve all undeveloped and unexposed silvrf <
halides.
a. Developer c. Em ulsion
b. Clearing or fixing bath d. Dektol
60. The inability o f the lens to focus both horizontal and vertical plane at the suma|
time.
a. Aberration c. Com a
b. Astigm atism d. Distortion
61. The sim plest type o f camera.
a. View finder type c. Tw in lens reflex type
b. Single lens reflex type d. View or press cam era type
62. U sing this camera, the entire coverage is seen behind the lens, the iman'' ll
reflected to the view er and it enables the photographer to com pose and focus ili(
objects being photographed.
a. View finder type c. Twin lens reflex type
63. This type o f cam era w ill elim inate parallax error and will w ork w ell willi
lenses, but difficult to focus under dim conditions.
64. In this type o f cam era the image being photographed can be seen in i
surface as reflected by the m irror behind the view ing lens. The view ing scree
help the photographer in the accurate com position o f the object to photognipM |
he looks into the cam era at his waist level.
65. The biggest and m ost sophisticated type o f camera.

66. This cam era , is useful in law enforcem ent photography especially In
reproduction o f docum ent and photom icrography wherein minute object emi
enlarged and com posed accurately in the large view ing screen o f this lv|i«^
camera.
67. Usually this cam era is made up o f a lens located at the peephole o f the c
More often the focusing system o f this cam era is in the view finder itself.
68. This type o f cam era can provide an excellent focusing system especially ni i
light condition.
a. View iinaer type c. Twin lens reflex type
69. Which am ong the following cam era is utilized l»y means ol n tripod?
[ • View finder type c. Tw in lens reflex type

Ii. Single lens reflex type d. V iew or press cam era type
/(). This accessory is attached to the shutter to prevent accidental m ovem ent o f the
oim era during the exposure period.
|v Tripod c. Cable release
I' Flash unit d. Light meter
1 1 A devise used in determ ining the intensity o f light that strikes the object and
•«I!<•< ts the film.
I i'i Tripod c. Cable release
11 Flash unit d. Light meter
A device used in photographing m inute objects attached to the lens board o f a

1f*nncra.
» Kxtension tube c. Cable release
Ii Mash unit d. Light m eter
n l A transparent m edium w hich transm it and absorb different w ave lengths o f

Qiulits, usually made o f glass or gelatin m aterial placed in front or behind the
Muiinru lens.
i 11r rs c . Light meter
li • nma d. Flash unit
M 111 is filter is used in excessively bright light and w ould protect the cam era lens
I*mii ' < idental scratches and abrasions.
fc ('" iiir a s t filter c. Neutral density filter
H ■! i c( tion filter d. Polarizing filter
jrl*-' i I k most dependable device that will m easure the brightness o f light,
k i1■.unction meter c. Photo-electric meter
} t i^lil meter d. Flash unit
L . i lers to a lens which form s a real im age on the opposite side o f the lens.
I'■•illivc lens c. Convex lens
■ IV,;iilive lens d. Concave lens
II i» thinner on the m iddle than the edge and this lens form s a virtual image
Miinc side o f lens. Also known as a diverging lens because o f its pow er to
i nvs o f light that passes through it.
MU'!- lens c. Convex lens
■§;••>< lens d. Concave lens
l l ' Im.Icire o f the lens to produce a point im age o f an object point.

^ ■ Ig M i'itism c. Coma
o f field d. Distortion
nihmntion o f two achrom atic lens w ith alm ost the same focal length.
!► meniscus lens c. Anastigm atic lens
B p * '1 ,ri 1'linear lens d. Process lens
i I i ccominended size o f photograph subm itted as evidence.

I c. 8 x 9
|| ’ cl H x 10
C R IM IN A L IS T IC S II. P E R S O N A L ID E N T IF IC A T IO N
PERSONAL IDENTFICATION. Defined.
The most common and widely accepted Personal Identifies!'

technique is Fingerprint Identification (sometimes referred to
Dactyloscopy) is the process of comparing questioned and known fricl*
skin ridge impressions from fingers, palms, and toes to determine if i
impressions are from the same finger (or palm, toe, etc.). Person
Identification may also indicate new trends and technologies
Identification such as Biometrics and DNA.Fingerprint identification (n
referred to individualization) occurs when an expert (or an ex|
computer system operating under threshold scoring rules) determines I
two friction ridge impressions originated from the same finger or palm
toe, sole) to the exclusion of all others.
What is the origin o f Personal Identification?
Personal identification can be traced to the earliest dated print#

the ridged skin on human hands and feet were made about 4,000 y-
ago during the pyramid building era in Egypt. In the East, it was conii
practice for the Chinese to use inked fingerprints on official docuim
land sales, contracts, loans and acknowledgments of debts. Identified!
of newborn as mandated by Emperor Te - “Ki” which means winnn
basket and “Lo” which means snail.
The oldest existing documents so endorsed dates back from tin

century BC. Even though it is recorded that the Chinese used '
fingerprints to establish identity in courts in litigation over din|ii
business dealings, criminalists and researchers fail to agree as to win
the Chinese were fully aware of the uniqueness of a fingerprint or will
the physical contact with documents had some spiritual significance
The first documented interest in the skin's ridges in the wr

world, a paper written in 1684 by an Englishman, Dr. Nehemiali O
was mainly of an anatomical nature. Professor Marcello Malpighi, n |
morphologist at the University of Bologna, performed study si mil
Grew’s and published similar findings in his 1686 publication De I
Tactus Organo.
It was not until 1798, however, that J C Mayer of Clmj

theorized that the arrangements of friction ridges were unique. In I
Professor Johannes Evangelist Purkinje published the most *l< W
description of fingerprints to have appeared anywhere up to that tin*
identified the 9 Fingerprint patterns.
In 1858 that the first practical application of the science w in if

when Sir William Herschel an English administrator in India, comim
iriiwl nnlm imnressions and. later, thumb impressions ul «
I
ifilimbers of the local population on contracts. Herschel's main role as a

fingerprint pioneer lies in the area of the immutability of ridged skin.
111 roughout his life, Herschel took his own fingerprints and noted that no
I cImnge had occurred in them in over 50 years.
In 1892, Sir Francis Galton, a noted English scientist published an

I mii urate and in-depth study of the fingerprinting science that included an
wl ti'inpt at a system of fingerprint classification to facilitate the handling of
UftrKc collections of fingerprints.
An Englishman, Sir Edward Henry, who had been given instruction

lit Imgerprints by Galton, devised a workable classification system and
piplnnented it in India in 1897. In 1900, Henry published his book
(Jlinnification and Uses of Fingerprints. In 1901, Henry was appointed
Hfeiatant Commissioner of Police at New Scotland Yard and began to
^lulimluce his fingerprint system into that institution. By the end of that
n r l he Fingerprint Office at New Scotland Yard was fully functional, the
■ l l Hritish court conviction by fingerprints was obtained in 1902.
PJijimximately 10 years after the publication of Henry's book, his
ikiunification system was used by police forces and prison authorities
■DlH-'.liout the English-speaking world.
I W m are the principles o f dactyloscopy?
Hrit *i >l»‘ of permanency/consistency - Fingerprints never change. Small

l"iin on a person's hands and feet before they are born and do not
• tor as long as the person lives.
Mt, .,.1r of Individuality - No two fingerprints are alike. The ridges on the
f e n 1 1*. , i i id feet of all persons have three characteristics (ridge endings,
B i f hi ions and dots) which appear in combinations that are never

■ »• " • <! on the hands or feet of any two persons.
■Ill* 11 'Ii' of Infallability - Fingerprint never go wrong and cannot be

W * * ''•
B p ! flugrrprints inherited?
I li> Keneral shape or overall pattern of finger and palm prints can
Family members will often have similar patterns or designs
U-'Gps, etc.) on the same fingers of their hands. The tiny details
|M'' in the fingerprint ridges, however, are not inherited and are
between all friction skin areas of all persons... even between
IN*i i print patterns are inherited and thus non-fingerprint experts
; hi n police fingerprint file must be careful not to confuse
■ f e ll #rt:ord* of close relatives based on fingerprint classification.
pkat iiiigerprint pattern classifications?

Fingerprint Pattern Classification:The classification of fingerprints inm

distinct groups based on general similarities allows the flngerprini
examiner to search for an unidentified fingerprint within a specific section
of the fingerprint file rather than having to search the whole file. There nip
various fingerprint classification systems in use throughout the world
today. These systems are all based on three primary or fundamental ri(l«»
formations depicted by Purkinje, Galton, Vucetich and Henry. They are l ltd
arch- tented and plain, the loop - radial and ulnar, and the whorl- cenlml
pocket loop whorl, double loop whorl, accidental whorl and plain whorl.
What are arches?
ARCHES:Arches represent only about 5 per cent of the fingerpnr

patterns encountered. In arch patterns, the ridges run from one side to i
other of the pattern, making no backward turn. There is ordinarily
delta, but where there is the appearance of a delta, no recurving rni(
must intervene between the core and delta points. Kinds of arches: Arc h<
come in two types, plain or tented. Arches by definition have no deltnt
the pattern has a delta then it is a loop and if it has more than one del in
is a whorl. In plain arches it is evident that there is no delta and i
significant core. By comparison of plain arch and tented arch, a plain mu
is that type of pattern in which the ridges enter upon one side, makr*
rise or waver in the center, and tend to flow or flow out upon the oppul
side; while a tented arch refers to that type of pattern which possr-t
either an up thrust, an angle or two of the basic characteristic of a Id
The technical definition is that a tented arch has a "significant up tlun
where a plain arch does not.
What is a loop?
LOOP: Loops constitute or make up between 60 and 70 percent ol i

patterns encountered. In a loop pattern, one or more of the ridges cn(
on either side of the impression; crosses, recurves or touches the lm«
the glass running from the delta to the core, and terminates or tcmU
terminate on or in the direction of the side where the ridge or ini
entered. There is one delta. By definition the existence of a core and d
delta makes this pattern a loop. Loops are classified not only by th*
that they have one delta and one core but also by a ridge count. Lonpb
of two kinds, 'radial' and 'ulnar', named after the radius and ulna, lIn* t
bones in the forearm. The radius joins the hand on the same side M
thumb, and the ulna on the same side as the little finger.
W hat is the difference between ulnar and radial loops?
The distinction between Ulnar and Radial loops depends on 1

hand the loop is found on. Ulnar loops are marflfested when the dow.
slope of the ridges about the core is from the direction of the lli'J
toward the little finger: while radial loops. Occurs when the dowi *t
•— i .i----- ... (rntr, th r direction of the litll<- litifl
toward the thumb. To make the distinction between these two types of
loops you have to know on which hand they appear because if a loop
pattern is an Ulnar loop on the right hand, then by default it will be a
fendial loop. If found on the left hand. Radial loops are not very common.
Most of the time if you find a radial loop on a person it will usually be on
i lif index fingers.
What are the elem ents o f loop?
An impression to be considered as a loop must own the following

lundamentals: It must possess a delta, It must have a core, It must
possess a recurving ridge that passess between the delta and the core and
11 must have at least one ridge count.
What is ridge counting?
Ridge counting is the method of counting the ridges that cross or

ktii h an imaginary line drawn between the delta and the core of a loop. A
while space must always ensue between the first ridge to be counted and
Ihr delta. In our fingers, furrows are manifested as small canals or
M|ii cssions. Rules in Ridge Counting: First pinpoint the exact site of the
V i n e and delta, Count all ridges which cross or touch an imaginary line
iJiiiwn between the core and the delta, Do not include delta and the core in
"dge count, Never count incipient ridges, no matter where they may
kps.'n. In order to be counted, the width of a ridge must be equal to the
S lilili of the other ridges in the pattern under scrutiny. Should the
■fln ary line cross only the bifurcation directly at the point of forking, it
■ glvm two ridge counts. If the imaginary line does not cross the point of
ftlllUii K or falls short of touching it, it crosses only one ridge and the count
Ip ulvcn as one. Ridge enclosures are counted as two ridges, Criss-crossing
ilium or meeting of two ridges is counted as two ridges.
" kh*i •re whorls?
>t>RLS:Between 25 and 35 per cent of the patterns encountered consist

Îmi Is. In a whorl, some of the ridges make a turn through at least one
lu ll Any fingerprint pattern which contains 2 or more deltas will be a
Wl pattern. In the scheme of classification you can make the
litmplion that if a pattern contains no delta's then it is an arch, if it
one (and only one) delta it will be a loop and if it contains 2 or
9 11 will always be a whorl. If a pattern does contain more than 2
| U » 11 will always be an accidental whorl.
■ p are the elem ents o f a plain whorl?
ol ihe Plain Whorl:

i mii|ilele circuit,
|H' ilritiis,
At least one circulating ridge is crossed or touched by an imaginary line

passing through the two deltas.
What is a central pocket loop?
Central pocket loop whorls: A central pocket whorl consists of at least one
recurving ridge, or an obstruction at right angles to the line of flow, with
two deltas, between which when an imaginary line is drawn, no recurving)
ridge within the pattern area is cut or touched. The Elements of a Central
Pocket Loop are: At least one obstruction ridge or recurving ridge at riglii
angle, two deltas and No recurving ridge within the pattern area is crossed]
or touched by an imaginary line drawn between the two deltas.
What are double loop whorl?
Double loop whorls: A double loop whorl consists of two separate and
distinct loop formations with two separate and distinct shoulders and twt
deltas.
What is an accidental whorl?
Accidental whorl: It consists of a combination of two different typrs i

pattern with the exception of the plain arch, with two or more deltas, <>i
pattern which possess some of the requirements for two or more diffein
types or a pattern which conforms to none of the other definition <
patterns. Types of core formation which are not classified as a double Im
whorl: The interlocking type core; “S” type core and the formation of a Ion
inside another loop.
What are com posites?
COM POSITES:Composites include patterns in which combinations ol I

tented arch, loop and whorl are found in the same print, also pal t« i(
where the majority of ridges are loops and a few ridges at the centn
side are whorls. Composites are subdivided into central pocket loo|!
double loops and accidentals.
Central pocket loop -Central pocked loops are differentiated from wlni*
by placing the line of the glass across the two delta points. This line urn
not touch or cross any ridge formation within the inner area of K
pattern. (The inner pattern is that portion of the print contained in#
both deltas.)
Double loop - Double loop patterns consist of two separate h

formations, with two separate and distinct sets of staples and two <l« l'«»
They include the lateral pocket loop and twinned loop types Only
patterns with two well-defined loops come within this category. In i ■ *4
where the two sets of staoles are joined but where there is a drli.>ti
recurving ridge forming each staple, the oattern is classed as u il«n>'■■
loop, the presence of an appendage on a well-defined loop does not affect

the pattern.
Lateral pocket and twin loops:Henry described lateral pocket loops as

patterns whose core points have their exits on the same side of one of the
deltas. In twin loops the ridges containing the core points have their exits
on different sides.
Accidentals -Under this heading is the relatively small number of patterns

loo irregular in outline to be grouped with central pocket loops and double
loops. They have two or more deltas and a combination or fusion of two or
more types of patterns not including the plain, radial or ulnar arch. This
category also includes any freak pattern or accidental formation that does
not conform to any conventional type.
What are whorl tracings?
WHORL TRACINGS: There are two components of a whorl classification.

The first is the whorl pattern such a plain, double, central pocket and the
fccimd is the tracing. To determine the tracing we must first identify the
lrlt delta from the left delta we will follow the first line below the delta
mi loss the print until we reach a point that is directly below the right
tlrlla. Once these lines stop the point where the intersecting lines are
inted. There are three types of tracings, outer, meet and inner. Outer
iiu ans that there are three or more intersecting lines and they are outside
mI flif pattern area. If the number of intersecting lines had been three or
^ n . then this would have been a meet tracing. If there is more than three
I this time the intersecting point is inside the pattern area. This makes
P'l'i an inner tracing. If the imaginary intersecting line is within three
Ifiirivening lines of the right delta when counting across an imaginaiy
jint. then it would be a meet tracing. More than three to the inside of the
wiirrn area makes it an inner tracing and more than three outside the
imi i'-i n area make it an outer tracing.
Uhmt is the IAFIS?
The (IAFIS) Integrated Automated Fingerprint Identification System

W in enhancement of the (AFIS) it provides to local, national criminal
agencies access to electronic ten-print identification services,
pii>iri I search and criminal history database, latent fingerprint database,
fcrunM-nt and fingerprint services and remote search service. Fingerprint
•*- uicution is a technique to assign a fingerprint into one of the several
■ f ' ('reified types already established in the literature which can provide
I i11>I' \ing mechanism. Fingerprint classification can be viewed as a
| itSe level matching of the fingerprints. An input fingerprint is first
fcrfrf-t! At a coarse level to one of the pre-specified types and then, at a
llii. i level, it is compared to the subset of the database containing that
■ t o <il fingerprints only.
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT RETIEWEr
W hat is the prim ary classification?
Prim ary classification: attained by using the four stages. The primary
represents the total numerical value of the even numbered fingers plus
one over the total number of numerical value of the odd numbered fingers
plus one. It is the first step in the fingerprint classification formula.
What is the secondary classification?
Secondary classification: Refers to the part of the formula after the

primary, appearing just to the right of the primary. It is the onlyportion of
the formula which indicates fingerprint pattern types only. Capital lettered
group and Small lettered group.
What is the sub secondary classification?
The third phase is the sub-secondary classification: Undertaken by ridge

counting of loops on index, middle and ring finger using the letter symbols
1,0. and ridge tracing of whorl on index, middle and ring inger using the
letter symbols I,M,O.The following is the breakdown for ulnar loops:
Index fingers 1- 9 (Inner) 10 or more (Outer)
Middle fingers 1-10 (Inner) 11 or more (Outer)
Ring finger 1 - 1 3 (Inner) 14 or more (Outer)
Major divisions: Letter symbols S, M, and L for ridge ccunt of loop on

thumbs; and I, M, O for ridge tracing of whorls. This indicates the
classification of the thumb prints on the fingerprint card, and it appears
showing the right hand over the left hand. It is placed just to the left of the
primary.
The following represents the table for major division of loops:

Left thumb Right thumb
Denominator Numerator
1 - 11, inclusive 1 -1 1 , inclusive, S

S (small) 1 2 -1 6 inclusive, M
17 or more ridges, L
12 - 16, inclusive, 1 -11, inclusive, S
M (medium) 12 - 16, inclusive, M
17 or more ridges, inclusive, L
17 - more ridges, 1 - 1 7 , inclusive, S

L (large) 1 8 -2 2 , inclusive, M
23 or more ridges, L
What is the final classification?
F in a l C la s s ific a tio n . E x h ib itin g o f n u m b e rs as i result o f rid ge

CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION/ASSESSM ENT REVIEWER
W hat is the key?
Key: Exhibiting of a number indicating the re suit of the ridge count

of the first oop in a set of prints. This count starts with the right thumb
and excludes the little fingers. The key is always situated in the extreme
left of the numerator of the classification. Under the index finger the
proper capi al letters should be placed for every pattern with the exception
of the ulnai loop. Under all other fingers the proper small letter shiould be
placed for every pattern except the ulnar loop and the whorl as follows:
Arch= a Tented Arch = t Radial Loop =r Ulnar loops in any finger are
represented by the letter “U ”.
1. Fingerprirf patterns a r e ____________ . as all fingerprint ex p erts agree.

a. Alw ays irherited c. Inherited as m endelian characteristics
b. Sometirrns inherited d. Never inherited
2. In the prccess o f developing the impressions, the finge rprint pow der sh ou ld be
applied as s o n as the ridges becom e visible;
a. Across th ridge c. In the direction o f the ridge tr e n d
b. In the interspaces d. In the center o f the ridge
3. Refers to s t fingerprint pattern wherein the ridge flow fro m one side Ito t h e other
w ithout recu ving, and ridges rising in the center.
a. Plain arc) c. Plain w horl
b. Tented a cli d. Plain loop
4. A pattern n which the ridges flow from one circle to aruother withoutt recu rving,
usually formriK slight upward curve in the center having; resemblance o f a n arch.
a. Plain arcl c. Plain w horl
b. Tented a i ii d. Plain loop
5. It is a finj 't print pattern in which the ridge or d o w n w a rd slant froim t h e little
finger toward I lie radius bone or the thumb.
a. Loop c. Radial loop
b. U lnar looi d. Tented arch
6. The systen <>! fingerprinting is referred to as:

a. Poroscop c. D actyloscopy
b. Podoscop d. Palm istry
7. In taking tU» Imgerprint, it is a m ust to instruct the s u b je c t to:

a. Stiffen th« miners
b. Relax the Miners
c. W ash bot> hands before taking the prints
d. Exert prefcun- on the inking process
8. It is a rid£ >n the center o f the fingerprint pattern w hiich may resermblie a rod,
loop, or a spin I in I lie interior o f the pattern.
a Core c Delta
b. Loop d. Bifurcation
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT!' REVIEWER
9. A Germ an crim inologist w ho discovered that fingerprinting for idenlllU

purpose were already used in the Far East during the Tang (dynasty from »t
906 A.D.
a. H en iy Faulds c. Robert Heindle
b. Dr. Nehem iah Greu d. Alphonse Bertillon
10. Regarded as the “ Father o f Fingerprints” .

a. Sir Edward Richard Henry c. Alphonse Bertillon
b. Sir Francis Galton d. Gilbert Thom pson
11. Basis o f fingerprint identification.

a. Pores c. Friction ridges
b. Ridges d. Latent print
12. Fingerprinting is universally used as a valuable method o f identificatimi j

follow ing reason; except:
a. Fingerprints are not changeable
b. There are no two identical fingerprints
c. W ounded or burned out patterns w ill re-appear
d. It is form ed in the ninth m onth o f pregnancy
13. Period o f a p erson ’s life w herein papillary ridges are form ed and devHn.»r»i
a. 3rd m onth o f fetal life c. A t birth
b. 6th month o f infancy d. 3 months after birth
14. Nucleus o f the fingerprint pattern w hich m ay resem ble a loop, spirnl
a. Delta c. Ridge
b. Core d. W horl
15. M inimum identical characteristic detail to ju stify the identity hrlw «

points.
a. Nine c. Fifteen
b. Twelve d. Eighteen
16. A British scientist who devoted his w ork to the study o f fiiiK' i
established his system o f fingerprint classification in England-
a. Sir Francis Galton c. Samuel Clemens ......
b. Sir Edward Richard Henry d. Gilbert Thompson
17. An Am erican w ho first utilized fingerprint classification to prevcnl lm|

New Mexico.
a. Sir Francis Galton c. Sam uel Clemens
b. Sir Edward Richard H enry d. Gilbert Thompson
18. First ch ief o f the Identification Bureau in Paris who was kim w" |
anthropom etric measurement.
a. Alphonse Bertillon c. Samuel Clemens
b. Sir Edward Richard H en iy d. Gilbert Thompson
19. First Filipino expert on fingerprinting.

a. Atty. Agustin Patricio c. Atty. Lorenzo Surico
b. Gen. Rafael Crame d. Col. Jose Lukban
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAM INATION/ASSESSMENT RtfEWER
Ypi|r»it ju dicial decision w ithin Philippine ju risprudence r e ly in g « the science o f

t Hfi 1 11 inting.
- fm p lr o f the Philippines Vs. Medina, 59, Phil. 330
I) tViipk- o f the Philippines vs. Ponferada, 5 4P h il.6 8
o f the Philippines vs. Arseni, 34 PIhil.750
, I•• i >11 1c■ o f the Philippines vs. Pacana, 47 Fhil.48
I |'n|nil.iry or friction ridges m ay be lo c a te d at:

IMii H'Th c. S oles o f the feet
d. A Jlof the above
Tin linêrprint classification which is us«ecin the United States

B fiirv System c. B ertillion System
V System d. Graicon System
Wiih h am ong the follow ing is considered as a ba_sic ype of ridge

islics?
I'udings c. Dots
....... i ion d. A 11of the foregoing
^lliiilv nl I tie characteristics form ed by thie sides o f papillary ritrs as means o f

lllti n l U n i .
C. Podoscony
Khni> upy d. C hiroscopy
J| | i Ot i11k lingerprints the absolute control of the subject’s hands:
in i.‘id|iiiy pud which requires no ink or roller.

c. Inkless pad
d. None o f these
digits o f both hands are missing, the im pression is Itld to be:

m eeting c. Arches
d. Dependent on ridge txaciigs
c. Bifurcation
d. None o f these
* * »' • i Iran the slab after using it produces:

jg
i lalpi*
* ■ * * «««<<"
• ' ' ' " "I a ls e m
nl tlalse m arkings c. Pattern reversals
' !*«••*•.......
I n **1*.......... <>l
ol DDatrerns
a tte d. Difficulty in photograph®
I to
Til*",,,
i"i finnci
111in** i prints
prints are rolled av/ay from the b o d y of|e subject.
• c. Both thum bs
hi epl the thum bs d. Both little fingers
32. Im pressions w hich are taken sim ultaneously on the fingerprint card air
referred to as:
a. Rolled im pressions c. Fragm entary im pressions
b. Plain im pressions d. Visible im pressions
33. Known for his rule w hich states that” No two individuals in the world ti in
exactly the same size and that hum an skeleton does not change after 20 years.
a. Darwin c. Galton
b. Mendel d. Bertillon
34. The easiest means o f discovering latent fingerprint is to view the area:
a. Obliquely c. Directly
b. About h a lf an inch distance d. About one inch distance
35. Fingerprint pattern in which two or different type o f pattern are represented.
a. Accidental loop c. Double loop
b. Central pocket loop d. Whorl
36. A distinct fingerprint pattern with two separate loops, w ith its resped iv»
shoulder and deltas.
a. Double loop c. Central pocket loop
b. Accidental loop d. Whorl
37. A fingerprint pattern with a single loop but has two deltas.
a. Accidental loop c. W horl
b. Double loop d. Central pocket loop
38. W hat pattern bears a downward slant o f ridge from the thum b toward the Uii(
finger?
a. Tented Arch c. Ulnar loop
b. Radial loop d. Loop
39. A fingerprint pattern w hich one or more ridges enter on either side nl il
im pression by a recurve, and term inate on the same side where the ridK<' •»
entered.
a. Tented arch c. Ulnar loop
b. Radial loop d. Loop
40. It is triangular shaped and form ed by the bifurcation o f a ridge at thr mil
portion o f the pattern.
a. Latent prints c. Core
b. Ridge d. Delta
41. The three basic types o f ridge characteristics are:

a. Enclosure, long ridges and upthrusts
b. Criss-crossing ridges, incipient ridges and spurs
c. Ridge endings, dots and bifurcations
d. Type lines, converging ridges and recurving ridges
42. A single ridge that bifurcates and meets again to form a single ridge i;. i .■!'
a. Enclosure ridge c. Short ridges
b. Dot ridges d. Resem bling a loop
----- : l l ----- 4 4 .
a. Soles o f the foot c. Finger

I). Palm d. Both A and B
■14. Points often m issed in rolling impression,

ti. Bifurcation c. Delta
I) Core d. Ridge
■15. Fingerprints left at the crime scene w hich m ay be an im pression or imprint,

n. Latent print c. Loop
11 Pattern d. Arch
■lii. Which am ong the follow ing is not considered as a basic fingerprint pattern?
n Loop c. W horl
l'i Arch d. Accidental
47 A fingerprint pattern in w hich the ridges form a sequence o f spirals around

i ore axes.
H. Whorl c. Double loop
i b Central pocket loop d. Accidental
4M defers to the study o f sweat gland openings found on papillary ridges as a

is o f identification.
i I’oroscopy c. Podoscopy
Il Kdeoscopy d. Dactyloscopy
ktu A ridge w hich forks out into two ridges,

k I Vita c. Core
Hi furcation d. Pores
I t i I1mgerprints pattern in w hich the downward slant or ridges from the little
Hhltri Inward the thumb.
• I ilnur loop c. Arch
IVwTlial loop d. W horl
To help identify a subject w ho is an alien, the m ost vital inform ation to be

fell ninn I at the Bureau o f Im m igration and Deportation is...
I' Ii k ational attainm ent o f the alien c. Occupation o f the alien
5 I liVmdence o f the alien d. Port o f entry o f the alien
^ In I incing a suspected person at large in a crim inal case, the least vital am ong
liiilnwing would be...
r Ilm nppearance and how he dresses
____ K i i p w i i associates and com panions

oeeupation or means o f livelihood
p h r r c the suspect h ang’s out
Wluii does the first two digit o f a person’s Social Security Num ber indicates?
oeeupation o f the m em ber at the time o f registration
...........iitb o f registration
Bn- income bracket or grouo where the m em ber belongs
III. ; ■ on where the m em ber originally registered
54. In determ ining the identity o f an unknown dead body found in a river, wherein
no identifying papers are to be found, and the body is badly m utilated and I s w o i m
w hich am ong the following means o f identification is least dependable?

a. Fingerprints c. Scars on the body
b. Tatoo m arkings on the body d. M easurem ent o f the body
55. In reporting a m issing person, which am ong the follow ing is the m ost vil*!1
inform ation necessary to locate the said person?
a. Clinical or m edical history o f the person
b. Personal traits and habits
c. Mental attitude and condition at the time o f the disappearance
d. Physical description
56. Given to a complete set o f ten fingers as they appear on a fingerprint cm4
generally based on pattern type, ridge tracing or ridge count.
a. Henry System c. Fingerprint Classification
b. Battley System d. Classification Form ula
57. It constitutes approxim ately 65% o f all fingerprints.

a. Loops c. Whorls
b. Arches d. Accidentals
58. That part o f the fingerprint w herein w e find the core and delta.
a. Bifurcation c. Type lines
b. Pattern area d. None o f these
59. Refers to innerm ost ridges that run parallel, diverge and surround or tend
surround the pattern area.
a. Delta c. Core
b. Divergence d. Type lines
60. A smooth spreading apart o f two ridges which have been running paralln
nearly parallel.
a. Island c. Divergence
b. Dot d. Convergence
61. A sm all ridge attached to another ridge.

a. Island c. Bifurcation
b. Dot d. Appendage
62. In ridge counting o f loops, w hich am ong the follow ing is not counted?
a. Delta c. Intervening ridges
b. Core d. Both A and B
63. W hen the trace is whorls is on the outside or core outside o f right delta I tin
more ridges, the trace is determ ined to be;
a. (I) Inner c. (M) Meet
b. (O) Outer d. None o f these
64. Represents the total num erical value o f the even num bered fingers phi
over the total num ber num erical value o f the odd num bered fingers plus om
a. Prim ary c. Key
b. Secondary d. Final
h* In the classification, this is always shown in capital letters with the right hand
over the help.
A, Primary c. Key
I). Secondary d. Final
fill. It tells us the classification o f the thum bprints on the fingerprint card and
«|i|iears showing the right hand over the left hand.
■ Major division c. Key
I) Primary d. Final
If all fingers are am putated or m issing at birth, the classification w ill be;
< M 32 W MMM c. M 30 W MMM t
M 32 W MMM M 30 W MMM
Ii. M 31 W MMM d. None o f these
M 3 i W MMM
It one finger is am putated, it is given a classification w ith that of;

The opposite finger c. The first finger
h I'lie next finger d. The last finger
U 'i II consists o f recordings o f all friction ridges present on the palm ar surfaces o f
llir hands and the inner surfaces o f the fingers. They are com m only utilized to
accurate and conclusive com parisons with all latent prints obtained during
?llir investigation o f a m ajor case.
[■ Mnjor case print c. Special case print
(l I'Migerprint chart d. None o f these
r f t l i In trying to obtain prints on fingers o f a dead person w hich is stiff or when

B p r* mortis has set in. injection o f a tissue builder by a hypoderm ic needle at the
the finger up to the tip o f the finger is undertaken. W hich am ong the
| hll. iwing is the m ost com m only utilized tissue builder?
Ik lilycerin e c. Saline Solution
K Wnlcr d. Both A and B
kfltJMINALISTICS III - FORENSIC BALLISTICS
.fUKICNSIC BALLISTICS. Defined.
Hm usic Ballistics is the science of firearms identification by means of the

^fcruinition fired through them. It confines itself with the legal application
111<- science that deals with the study of the motion or movement of the
nl c or bullet passing through the barrel of the firearm. The word
11*1 u s was derived from the Greek word “ballo” or “ballien” which
fefm to throw and “Ballista” which is a Roman war machine similar to a
Mu i ii bow or catapult.
is the origin o f forensic ballistics?
■ In April 1925, in New York City, New York (USA), the Bureau of
n i<’ Ballistics was established bv Charles E. Waite, Major (later
hiH) Colvin H. Goddard, Philip 0. Gravelle and John H. Fisher. The
Bureau was formed to provide firearms identification services throughout |

the United States as few law enforcement agencies had the capability to
provide this type of service. Major Goddard was very much a firearmN I
identification pioneer who wrote and spoke extensively on the subject and I
was published in numerous publications.
On Februaiy 14, 1929, in Chicago, Illinois (USA), an event occurred

that significantly furthered the acceptance of firearms identification
techniques by authorities in the United States. This event referred to in j
the St. Valentine’s Day Massacre, involved the brutal slaying of severt!
gangsters by a rival gangster group in the City of Chicago. The grand juryl
foreman, Mr. B. A. Massee, promptly engaged the services of Calvin 11
Goddard of the Bureau of Forensic Ballistics to examine and report on 111*-
firearms related evidence. Goddard’s careful and concise analysis of all t>
firearms related evidence; which included fired bullets, pellets, fiioil I
shotgun casings and fired cartridge cases was significant.
Goddard was able to conclusively state that the killers had used on* |
12-gauge shotgun and two Thompson submachine guns to commit Ilia P
killings. He noted that one of the Thompson’s submachine guns was fiinl '
using a 50-round drum magazine while the other was fired using a M )■
round magazine. Goddard became the Director of the Scientific Crini*
Detection Laboratory (SCDL) which was affiliated with the Northwest orf
University School of Law near Chicago. Goddard remained Director ol tlia«
SCDL until leaving in 1934 to form a private firm. Prior to his departin'*.!
Goddard provided scientific training, to include the areas of firearms aP(ijj
tool mark identification, to numerous individuals who went on to work |||
other laboratories around the United States. He was regarded as ■■■•
Father of Modern Ballistics.
What are the branches o f ballistics?
Branches of Ballistics: It is composed of Interior, Exterior, Terminal nm|

Forensic Ballistics.
Interior Ballistics - This treats of the motion of the projectile or liu.lll
while still inside the firearm. It consists of the following movement:
The firing pin hitting the primer;
Ignition of the priming mixture;
Combustion of the gunpowder;
Expansion of the heated gas;
Development of pressure measured in pounds per square inch;
Generation of energy measured in foot pound;
Recoil of the firearm;
Velocity or speed of the bullet measured in feet per second;
Rotation of the bullet inside the barrel of the firearms; and
Creation of engravings on the cylindrical portion of the fired bullet.
Exterior ballistics - Deals with the motion of the projectile after l<- ivnfl
the mu z z l e o f the g u n barrel. Sai d a c t i o n s are c o nf i n e d with:
Muzzle blast - which refers to the sound created at the muzzle endof the
barrel due to the sudden escape of expanding gas;
Muzzle energy - the power generated after leaving the firearm;
Trajectory - which refers to the path of the bullet or the curved pattern in
flight from the gun barrel to the target;
Range - which is the distance between the bullet and the target. Accurate
effective range is the distance w/in which the shooter has control of his
shots. Maximum range refers to the farthest distance that the projectile
can be propelled from the firearm;
Velocity - refers to the rate of speed of the bullet;
Gravitational pull - which is responsible for the downward movement of
Ihe bullet;
Air resistance - the force encountered by the bullet while in flight; and
Penetration - the impact or entry of the bullet on the target.
Terminal Ballistics - This go into the effects of the impact of the bullet on
l he target. Its study is confined to the following motions:
Terminal accuracy - Which refers to the size of the bullet grouping on the
larget;
Terminal energy - which refers to the energy of the bullet upon impact;
Terminal velocity - The speed of the bullet upon hitting the target; and
Terminal penetration - which measures the depth traveled by the bullet
mside the target.
Forensic Ballistics - It refers to the science of firearm identification by

w-ing the ammunition fired through them. Its branches includes the
Inllowing:
What is a firearm?
Firearms: As described under Sec. 877 of the Revised Administrative Code,

I'nearms or arms includes rifles, muskets, carbines, shotguns, revolvers
find pistols and all other deadly weapons from which a bullet, ball, shot
•licll or any other missile may be discharged by means of gunpowder or
nl her explosives. The term also includes air rifles except such as being of
•n mil caliber and limited range used as toys. The barrel of any firearm
hull be considered as a complete firearm for all purposes. Technically a
Hi carm is an instrument used for the propulsion of projectiles by means of
IIn- expansive force of gases coming from burning gunpowder.
The term caliber is used to indicate the bore diameter measured from two
opposite lands.
What are the types o f fire arms?
Types o f firearms:
mile Refers to a type of small weapon to used to hit targets at a longer

iluinnce and designed to be fired from the shoulder and make use of the
explosive in fixed metallic ordnance to fire only a single projectile through

a rifled bore for each pull of the trigger.
Musket - Is an ancient smooth bore weapon designed to shoot a singltfj
round lead ball.
Carbine - Named after David “Carbine” Williams is a caliber .30 shorn
barrel rifles having a barrel not longer than 22 inches designed to fire ■
single projectile through a rifled- bore, either semi-automatic or lull
automatic for every press of the trigger.
Shotgun - A smooth bore weapon designed to shoot a number of ln ia
pellets or shots in one charge. Its gauge is used to denote the bin'll
diameter which is equivalent to the lead ball whose weight in pound* ■
equal to the reciprocal gauge index.
Pistol - A hand firearm which applies to single shot through a rifled-bnifj
for every press of the trigger, usually applied to semi-automatic loading,
This is a popular weapon due to its stopping power for short nm^li
defense.
Revolver - A hand firearm in which a rotating cylinder successively plm ml
cartridges into position for firing. A versatile and dependable weapon dufl
to its rugged, well-built and all around type of firearms.
Air rifle - A type of weapon designed to shoot pellets by using compn'Hur^j
air.
W hat are the different classification o f firearms?
General Classification of firearms: Smooth bore firearms and KiIIm

firearms.
Main types of firearms: Artillery - are those used to propel projectile mntfl
than one inch in diameter. Small arms - are those firearms that pmtid
projectile less than 1 inch in diameter.
Types o f firearm s as to the m anner o f m echanical construction:
Single action - refers to weapons in which pressure upon the iiImnI

releases the hammer that must be manually cocked.
Double action - refers to weapons in which pressure upon the 11 n-4<fl
both cocks and releases the hammer.
Autom atic - Are weapons whose mechanism is so arranged that it wdi HM
continuously while the trigger is depressed.
Sem i-autom atic- Are weapons requiring a separate pull of the triggn M
each shot fired and uses energy of discharge to perform firing cycle.
Bolt action type - Refers to weapons in which the breech closure i| fl
line with the bore at all times: manually reciprocated to load, unload
cock; and is locked in place by breech bolt lugs.
Lever action type - Are those weapons designed wherein the
mechanism is cvcled by an external lever generally below the receiver
Slide action type - A firearm which features a movable forearm wli.t h i
manually actuated in motion parallel to the barrel of the shootci
referred to as Pump Action.
Machine gun type. Refers to any weapon designed to shoot automatically

nr semi-automatically more than one shot without manual reloading by a
« ingle press of the trigger.
Submachine gun type
Shot guns - Are smooth-bore and breech loading shoulder arm intended
10 fire a number of lead pellets or shots in one charge.
Zip guns - are miscellaneous guns
which are homemade.
What is an am m unition?
Ammunition: Shall refer to loaded shell for rifles, muskets, carbines,

•hotguns, revolvers and pistols from which a bullet, ball, shot, shell or
nl her missiles maybe fired by means of gunpowder or other explosives. The
term also includes ammunition for air rifle. Technically ammunition is a
i«-im used to describe a complete unfired unit consisting of bullet, primer,
cartridge case and gunpowder. The general term ammunition refers to
nif'tallic cartridges or shot shells. A cartridge is a complete round of
11mmunition for a firearm. Cartridge was derived from the Latin word
"< hart” meaning paper and the French word “cartouche” meaning roll of
I«nper. The earliest small arms ammunition or cartridge in the 16th century
■ 'insisted of a pre-measured charge of powder wrapped in paper. Cartridge
runy be defined as a case, capsule, shell or bag of metal pasteboard and
lfir- like containing explosive charge and (in small arms and some cannon)
n r projectile to be fired.
What are the types o f cartridge according to rim?
Types o f cartridge according to rim:
llimmed type - the diameter of the rim is greater than the diameter of the
tjiiily of the cartridge case.
ft* mi-rimmed type - the diameter of the rim is slightly greater than the
p * meter of the body of the cartridge case.
fNinless type - the diameter is equal with diameter of the body of the
b>n i ridge case.
Jijpbated type - the diameter of the rim is smaller than the body of the
i ridge case.
lalted type - Are those where there is a protruding metal around the body
|| ilie cartridge case near the rim.
flin t are the type o f cartridge according to location o f the primer?
■gasification of cartridges according to location of the primer:

fin fire - Although obsolete, it is the first cartridge of an exploding type
P > n .- the pin extends through the head of the cartridge case into the
pinner. Its protruding end is hit by a hammer onto the side of the
■ Mi idge instead of penetrating horizontally from its rear.
Rim fire - The simplest form of modern cartridges where the priming I
mixture is placed in the cavity in the rim of the head of the cartridge cat oil
(Used in .22 pistols, revolvers and rifles). The name was due to the fm
that this type of cartridge can be fired only if the cartridge is hit by fl
hammer or the firing pin on the rim of the case.
Center fire- The primer cup is forced into the middle portion of the h ro J
of the cartridge case. (Rimmed type used in .38 and .357 cal.; Semi
rimmed used in Super cal .38; rimless used in .45 Pistols, Grease Gun, I
Thompson submachine gun) In modern center fire ammunition the finni
pin blow on the cartridge in the center of the primer pounds the prim in
mixture between the primer cup and the anvil of the primer. The finni#
passes through the “flash hole” or “vent” and this ignites the powdnfl
charge.
What is a cartridge case?
Cartridge case is also called a “shell”, which is the tubular mptnllh

container for the gunpowder. The cartridge case serves as a waterpii^rll
container for the gunpowder; it is a means whereby a bullet, gunpowilff.
and a primer are assembled into a unit and prevents the escape of (yi»*!
to the rear as the sidewalls of the cartridge case are forced againsl ill
walls of the chamber by the pressure. The rim is a part of the cart r id ®
case limits the forward travel of cartridges into their chambers and nUtlj
limits clearance between the heads and the supporting surface of n w
breechblock or bolt. The primer pocket holds the primer securely H
central position, provides a means to prevent gas escape and gives a i l l
support for primer anvils, without which the primer could not be
Flash holes or vents are the cavity in the web or the bottom of the prinitfj
pocket through which the primer flash pass on ignition to the p o w il*
charge. It is the cal that connects the priming mixture with lliflj
gunpowder. The body and head makes up the cork that plug u j> 11
breech of the barrel against the escape of the gas.
What is a primer?
Prim er - A metallic cup charge with a priming composition. It is u .hihViH

made up of potassium chlorate, antimony sulfide and fulminai* t
mercury. When struck or hit by the firing pin, it detonates, such actiofl If
called “percussion.” Primers are used for igniting the gunpowdci I
primer consists of the primer cup which is the container of the pni<S^B
mixture, priming mixture which is usually a highly sensitive chnv<>.®
anvil which is the portion of the primer against which the priming m iM 'm
is crushed by a blow from the firing pin and disk which is a small pupM 4
disk of tin foil which is pressed over the priming mixture to v\< I'ifl
moisture and helps hold the priming mixture in place.
What is a gunpowder?
Gunpowder - Refers to the powder charge used in firearms. Also referred

to as a propellant. The most common type is the black powder which is
made up of potassium nitrate, charcoal and sulfur. Smokeless powders
me those given to nitro powders which are entirely smokeless in action.
When ignited by the primer flash it is converted to heated gas under high
pressure and this energy boosts the bullet or shot charge through the
barrel. There are two common types of gun powder used in small arms,
Ilie black powder and the smokeless powder.The black powder contains
< j% potassium nitrate, 10% sulphur and 15 % charcoal. It is the oldest
known propellant which may be ignited by heat, friction, flame or spark,
hmokeless powder is a powerful type of propellant mostly used in modern
■ mall arms. The main classes of propellants are the single base powder
which contains pure nitroglycerin gelatinized with nitrocellulose and
Double base powder gray green to black in color which contains
ii 111 ocellulose and nitroglycerin as the primary ingredient accompanied
vmli centralite, Vaseline phthalate esters and inorganic salts, to insure
■lability, reduce flash and flame temperature and improve ignitability.
■hat is a bullet?
Bullet - Refers to a metallic or non-metallic cylindrical projectile propelled

rinin the firearm by means of the expansive force of gases from a burning
Kimpowder. Its most common form are lead, jacketed, armor piercing,
■h u rr, incendiary, dum dum, gas check, water cutter and wax bullet. The
In mi bullet was derived from the French word “boullette” which means a
M i ill bull. Common police vernacular for bullet is slug. There are several
nimks which may be found on fired bullets they are the: land marks,
( move marks, skid marks due to worn out barrel, slippage marks due to
lUMi'l “jumping” the rifling and shaving marks. Lead bullets are made of
M l I or alloys of lead such as tin, antimony which is slightly harder and
lhan lead. Jacketed bullets are made with a core of lead by a jacket
n l Imrder metal such as gilding metal and copper alloy. The primary
n11n lion of the jacket is to prevent the adherence of lead to the inside of
■lir gun barrel. As to its shape bullets may come in round nose tip and flat
■ ■ c pointed nose tip and boat tailed, wad type tip and square base and
n>"ii wad tip with hollow base. Armor piercing bullets have hardened steel
which penetrates armored targets. Ball bullets have soft lead cores
B iidi a jacket and mainly used as anti personnel.Incendiary bullets
|»nlaiii phosphorus that can set fire a target upon impact. Tracer bullets
hniiini a mixture similar of barium nitrates, which is set on fire when the
■ f t is projected.Explosive bullets also known as fragmentary bullets
■Mam a high charge explosive, used in weapons 20 mm and above.
H tm w lu in bullets invented by the British Ordnance Force in India, more
■fcmonly known as soft point and hollow point bullets.
Ih a i Ii firearms identification?
* A r m s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n is a c t u a l l y a f o r m o f T o o l m a r k I d e n t i f i c a t i o n w h e r e
■M l l r r a i m , b e c a u s e it is m a d e <>l a m a t e r i a l h a r d e r t h a n t h e a m m u n i t i o n
components, acts as a tool to leave impressed or striated marks on 11 hi

various ammunition components that come into contact with the firearm
Class characteristic of firearms which are factory specification tmtf
determined prior to the manufacture of firearms. Individual characterisl n t
are those which are peculiar markings in a specific firearm not found in mM'
other firearm. It is determined and acquired during and after lit*
manufacture of firearm.
What are the com m on problems in forensic ballistics?
Generally there are six types of problems which confronts Kore11

Ballistics, they are:
Given a bullet, to determine the caliber and type of firearm from whi. Ii N
was fired;
Given a fired cartridge case to find out the caliber and type of firearm IVnfK
which it was fired;
Given a bullet and a suspected firearm to determine whether or not ll|»
bullet was fired from the suspected firearm;
Given a fired cartridge case and a suspected firearm to ascertain w h c lM
or not the cartridge was fired from the suspected firearm;
Given two or more bullets to find out whether or not they were fired Imflf
only one firearm; and
Given two or more cartridge cases to determine whether or not they wn
fired from only one firearm.
W hat is a caliber?
Caliber is a term used to indicate the diameter of a bullH

hundredths of an inch. A bullet that is 30 hundredths of an inch ( '(I)
diameter is called a 30 caliber bullet. The term caliber is of English oik
and is used by ammunition and firearm manufacturers in the Unit
States. Firearms and ammunition of European origin use the mi l
system and weuld refer to a 30 caliber bullet as a 7.62mm bullel, i
caliber of the bullet is just the first class characteristic that must 11^
with the questioned firearm. The bullet must also be of the type found
cartridges that the firearm will fire. Measuring the bullet's diamH<
weighing the bullet, and examining the physical characteristics <>l I
bullet help firearm examiners to arrive at a basic caliber for the submill
bullet.
What are principles used in shell identification?
Principle used in shell identification:

The breech face and firing pin of every single firearm have micron |(
individualities of their own.
Eveiy firearm leaves its “thumb mark” or “fingerprint” on every earn ni|#
fires.
T h e w h o le t h e o r y o f id e n t ific a t io n o f s h e lls is b a «»ed upon th e fm l Hu
J 1-- MUkll./li-Oltl
Ihe cartridge cases which it fires are imprinted with this uniqueness. The
Imprints of all cartridges fired from the same firearm are the same, and
lliose on cartridge cases fired from different weapons are dissimilar.
What are the principles used in bullet identification?
1 principles implicated in bullet identification:

* No two barrels are microscopically identical as the internal surface o f the
1 Imre or barrel all possesses characteristic and individual markings o f their
iimn.
|» Every barrel leaves its ‘fin g erp rin t” or “thumb m ark” on every bullet fired
mi n.
* When a bullet is fire d fro m a rifled gun barrel, it becomes stamped by the
■ Hjlings and these engravings will differ in its minuscule detail with every
■ individual firearm . The engravings fou n d on bullets fire d from the same
W^firrel will be the identical, and will be different fro m those fire d from
I muother barrel.
! What are riflings?
I Killing: Most modern pistols, revolvers, rifles, and some shotgun barrels
’ littvc what are called rifling in their barrels. Rifling consists of grooves cut
lormed in a spiral nature, lengthwise down the barrel of a firearm,
j Billings are placed in the barrels of firearms to impart a spin on the bullets
I llmt pass through it. Because bullets are oblong objects, they must spin
f In i heir flight, like a thrown football, to be accurate. In firearm examiner
lil'tRD the riflings are called as lands and grooves. The lands are the raised
b in is between two grooves. A rifling pattern of eight grooves with also have
lands.
Wlmt are the types o f riflings?
T y p o i o f riflings:
k a il Type - (6-L-G 2X) Six (6) lands and grooves, left hand twist, narrow
■m il ;ind broad grooves.
■Ivyr Type - (4-R-G-L) Four (4) lands and grooves, right hand twist and
of equal width.
■Duth and Wesson Type - (5-R-G = L) Five (5) lands and grooves, right
b r » l Iwist and lands of equal width.
p a w n in g Type - (6-R-G 2X) Six (6) lands and grooves, right hand twist,
^pp**w land and broad grooves.
Vftfclcy Type - (7-R-G3X) Seven (7) lands and seven grooves, right hand
H p t . narrow lands and broad grooves.
Army Type - (4-R-G3X) Four (4) lands and grooves, right hand twist;
iand and broad grooves.
I i Killing in I hr borf* o f small arms is primarily designed for:

* lui reuse the speed of th< bullet
b. Decrease the am ount o f recoil

c. Increase im pact damage
d. Prevent the bullet from turning end over in the air.
2. Scientific exam inations o f bullets and firearms presum ably used in (

com m ission o f a crime.
a. Interior ballistics c. Term inal ballistics
b. Exterior ballistics d. Forensic ballistics
3. A result o f wear and tear, corrosion, erosion w hich affects the normal operni
o f a firearm.
a. F a ctoiy defect c. Individual intentional characteristic*
b. Precipitate d. Individual accidental ch a ra cterise •
4. Cannelure is used in firearms identification to determine,

a. M anufacturer o f the firearm c. Type o f gun
b. M anufacturer o f the bullet d. W eapon that fired the shot.
5. A barrel o f any firearm is legally classified as:

a. Part o f the firearm c. Accessory
b. Nom enclature d. Com plete firearm
6. Rate o f twist in the rifling o f a rifle or pistol barrel.

a. Land c. Leed
b. Grooves d. Ogive
7. A test used to determine the distance from the bullet hole at which the gun (■
fired.
a. Triangulation c. Alphanothylam ine test
b. Photo-m icrographic test d. Diphenylam ine test
8. After repeated firing o f a revolver, this is deposited frequently on the index IIlf
o f the hand which the shooter used to fire the gun.
a. Powder burn c. Precipitin
b. Residue d. Dirt
9. To link a shell w ith a shotgun that fired it, in the laboratory examiniillnH
should be given:
a. W adding c. Pellets
b Cap d. Wads
10. In firearms identification, it is essential to supplem ent the serial nun

with...
a. Caliber c. Make and model num ber
b. Frame num ber d. All o f these
11. It is a result w hen the firearm is shot at around 2 to 8 inches to the tar^ci
a. Sm udging c. Contact burn
b. Tatooing d. Contact wound
12. It is produced when the muzzle is held against the target or body when In
a. Sm udging c. Contact burn
b. Tatooing d. Contact wound
I i In the effort to identify the shell w ith the revolver which fired it, w hich am ong
llir following is essential?
, Marks o f the breechblock c. None o f these
i Marks o f the firing pin hole d. Both A and B
I -I In shots fired from an autom atic pistol, the shell in m ost cases....
A Will be found on the scene o f the crime
I Will rem ain in the cham ber
Will be rarely found in the scene o f the crime
Will be u sually disposed by the perpetrator
ri When booking a fired bullet, the m ark used to identify it is placed on.
Ils base c. Its side and base
Its side d. Its nose
in 1>nnao made firearm s or hom em ade weapons are usually classified as:
t 1' lure guns c. Matchlock
fc /.ip guns d. Freakish device
I f I I >e m ost reliable o f all individual characteristics, w hen fired cartridges are
■ni' 1<•! ned.
fcxlractor marks c. Cham ber marks
Kjcctor marks d. Breechface marks
M literally means delay in discharge or the cartridge’s failure to explode on

fltll |
• Misfire c. Ricochet
1) I In hr fire d. Key hole shot
■ v A hullet fired from a firearm w ith an oversized or oily barrel or its lands have
B mi worn down w ould produce what kind o f m arkings?
Slippage marks c. Rifling marks
sk id m a rk s d. Shearing marks
) M m suring device used to m easure the velocity o f projectiles.

' nliper c. Test bullet
< lnonograph d. Bullet recovery box
BI \11 y metallic body referred to as a bullet.

I'i iijcctile c. Shell
i lu ll d. Missile
I hr science o f dealing w ith the m otion o f projectiles at the same time it

B n u zzle o f the firearm to the time it hits the target.
■ (rii.-rior ballistics c. Term inal ballistics
■ i<-rior ballistics d. Posterior ballistics
I 11it* science w hich deals with the effect o f the im pact o f the projectile on the
i n i f lor ballistics c. Term inal ballistics

'• I B n * n o r ballistics d. Posterior ballistics
i* 1 I' u I o f the firearm which strikes the firing pin.

I* 11 ikk<t c . Sear
b. Ham m er d. Main spring
25. Applied to a shot gun w hich indicates bore diam eter is equal to the diam eter ol
the lead ball whose w eight in pound is equal to reciprocal gauge index.
a. Caliber c. Shot
b. Gauge d. Charge
26. An ancient sm ooth bore weapon designed to shoot a single round lead ball.
a. Shotgun c. Musket
b. Rifle d. Pistol
27. A sm ooth bore weapon designed to shoot a num ber o f lead pellets in nna,
charge.
a. Shotgun c. Musket
b. Rifle d. Pistol
28. Part o f the firearm which closes the rear o f the bore against the force o f M'#
charge.
a. Breechblock c. Ejector
b. Breechface d. Extractor
29. Firearm m echanism which causes em pty shell to be withdrawn from <l((
chamber.
a. Breechblock c. Ejector
b. Breechface d. Extractor
30. Refers to the channels cut in the interior surface o f the barrel.
a. Rifling c. Groove
b. Land d. Cannelure
31. Rearward m ovem ent o f a firearm from firing.

a. Recoil c. Back fire
b. Force d. Shot force
32. Refers to the m echanical w ear and tear o f the bore due to sliding friction wl
the bullet passes through it.
a. Erosion c. Corrosion
b. Rusting d. Decomposition
33. Distance that the rifling advances to make one complete turn.
a. Pitch o f rifling c. Trajectory
b. Choke d. Recoil
34. Needed for a cartridge to be considered as a com plete unfired unit

a. Bullet c. Gunpowder
b. Prim er d. All o f these
35. Most com m on individual characteristic that are visible on the base porllnii ■
then fired cartridge.
a. Firing pin im pression c. Extractor marks
b. Ejector marks d. Cham ber marks
36. Failure o f a cartridge to discharge.

a. Misfire c. Ricochet
I) Hang fire d. Key hole shot
17. Invented the gunpowder.

u Chinese c. Van Am berg
>i Jam es Forsythe d. Berthold Schwartz
IK. Refers to a com plete unfired unit o f am m unition placed into gun chamber.
Cartridge c. Bullet
I). Prim er d. Shell
The m easurem ent o f the bore diam eter from land to land.
ii Gauge c. Caliber
11 Mean diam eter d. Riflings
III. This part o f the firearm strikes the prim er causing the firing o f the cartridge,
n Hammer c. Trigger
Ii Ejector d. Firing pin
■I I Term used in referring to the tip o f a bullet.

ii Breech c. Rim
11 Ogive d. Pitch
A smooth bore m ilitary firearm which has no rifling:

•i Shotgun c. Pistol
fc Rifle d. Revolver
41 v bullet covered w ith a thick coating o f copper alloy to prevent leading.

jA, .lacketed bullet c. Metal point bullet
I Metal cased bullet d. Plated bullet
II i he tum bling o f the bullet in its trajectory and hitting the target sideways,
ii I v y hole shot c. H ang fire
»' k’ icochet d. Misfire
* I A part o f ballistics dealing w ith firearm identification.

■i Interior c. Term inal
Kxterior d. Forensic
M Minimum requirem ent for conclusive conclusions in forensic ballistics.

i trst bullets/shells c. 5 test bullets/shells
8 -I lest bullets/shells d. 6 test bullets/shells
• • 11 icfers to the placem ent o f the right and left specim en in side by side position.
«• Ding marks c. Juxtaposition
i Vi«it ively matched d. Pseudom atch
I. i itllern or curved path o f the bullet in flight.

A I. mge c. Velocity
F Tinjectory d. Yaw
| Bllfce'. i'. containing nitrate com pounds which is set on fire when it is projected.
1 1 i i cndiary bullets c. Tracer bullet
Hull bullet cl. Explosive bullet
50. Refers to the deflection o f the bullet from its norm al path after striking ft
resistant surface.
a. Mushroom c. Ricochet
b. Key hole shot d. Misfire
51. Caliber in the firearm is m easured in the barrel from what particular part?
a. From land to land c. From groove to groove
b. From land to groove d. From groove to land
52. Revolver is distinguished form pistol by:

a. Frame c. Slide assem bly
b. Barrel d. Rotating cylinder
53. The term double action in a firearm means.

a. Cocks and releases the ham m er sim ultaneously
b. M anually cocks the ham m er
c. Auto-loads before firing
d. Double pressing o f trigger
54. The capacity o f the bullet to expand on or after impact.

a. Mushroom c. Ricochet
b. Keyhole shot d. Schorching
55. Regarded as the father o f ballistics.

a. Albert Osborne c. Hans Gross
b. Col. Calvin H. Goddard d. Charles W aite
56. Raised portion between the grooves found inside the barrel.
a. Land c. Gauge
b. Caliber d. Rifling
57. The unstable rotating m otion o f the bullet.

a. Yaw c. V elocity
b. Trajectory d. Gyroscopic action
58. A lead type bullet is usually fired from w hat particular firearm ?
a. Rifle c. Pistol
b. Revolver * d. Sub-m achinegun
59. It refers to the helical grooves cut in the interior surface o f the bore.
a. Rifling c. Ogive
b. Breaching d. Swaging
60. A prim er with two vents or flash holes

a. Bordan prim er c. Boxer prim er
b. Berdan prim er d. Battery prim er
61. Ballistics was derived from the Greek w o r d ____ w hich m eans to throw.
a. Ballo c. Ballien
b. Ballista d. Any o f these
62. This event was instrum ental in the acceptance o f ballistics in im id

proceedings in the United States.
a. St. Valentine’s Day Massacre c. Gunfight at the OK coral
■ Chicago Shootout in 1929 d. 9/11
(U. Placed in the barrels o f the firearm to im part a spin on the bullet that pass
through it.
n Lands c. Rifling
|i Urooves d. All o f these
fi l The m odern m ethod o f rifling w hich uses a hardened steel rod w ith s e v e ir a l
■ mi nng rings spaced down the rod.

h Hutton rifling c. Polygonal rifling
11 Hroach rifling d. Electrochem ical rifling
(!!!) The m ost com m on m ethod o f rifling used today, wherein the grooves a_re
limned in the barrel under very high pressure form ing the rifling in the barrel
winch hardens and polishes the inside o f the barrel.
ii Hutton rifling c. Polygonal rifling
11 Hroach rifling d. Electrochem ical rifling
tin This produces a type o f rifling called polygonal rifling, com m on in Glock, Stey%
IMI and a few other manufacturers.
Hutton rifling c. Polygonal rifling
Ii Hroach rifling d. H am m er forged rifling
t? I'art o f exterior ballistics w hich refers to the sound created at the m uzzle end
tin* barrel.
■ Muzzle energy c. Muzzle noise
1>i Muzzle blast d. Range
A type o f rim med cartridge wherein the diam eter o f the rim is greater than thj.e
diameter o f the body o f the cartridge case.
Rimmed type c. Belted type
| Srm i-rim m ed type d. Rebated type
I h ‘ > A type o f firearm which the pressure upon the trigger both cocks and re le a s e
111«- luimmer.
ii Automatic c. Double action
Ii Single action d. Slide action type
If t i A m etallic cup charged w ith a prim ing com position, usually made up o f
I ■Huasium chlorate, antim ony sulfide and fulm inate o f mercury.
W Primer c. Cartridge
11» i.u n pow der d. Prim er cup
CRIMINALISTICS IV - QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS EXAMINATION
QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS. Defined.
Also referred to as disputed documents, questioned documents refer'

■ document which is under scrutiny or to which an issue has been,
i " cd Documents denote any material that contains marks, signs o r
\iiil)ols, whether visible, partially visible or invisible that may convey a.
meaning or message to someone. Disputed or questioned documents

suggest that there is a controversy or an argument over the document.
What are the significant developm ents in questioned document

exam ination?
“The Handwriting of Junius Professionally Investigated” published bv

Charles Chabot was the first book in English to assert that there was |
science of handwriting identification, and to illustrate its methodology,
Albert S. Osborn, considered as the “Father of Questioned Document*"
published his work “Questioned Documents” in 1910. In 1935, thr
Lindbergh baby kidnapping case, State vs. Hauptmann Osborn proved in
court as an expert witness that the accused Bruno Richard Hauptmann
had written all of the ransom notes found or sent after the abduction of
the son of Charles A. Lindbergh leading to the conviction of the accused.
What are the classes o f standards?
Classes o f Standards: Standard documents are those in which the origin

is known and can be legally used as a sample to compare with otlin
materials that is questioned. Basically there are two known classificatioi
or types of standards which are as collected and requested. Two
classification of standards for comparison:
Procured or collected standard - records that can be obtained from fili«

of documents executed in the course of a person’s day to day social
business, official or personal activities. They serve as the best and nmri
appropriate standard in the determination of the genuineness ol n
questioned writing or signature.
Requested Standard - Also known as “Post Litel Motam Standards" m i

Dictated standard is a standard document which are executed u f
prepared at one time upon request. These exemplars serve in addition in
collected standard that could possibly obtained as appropriate standnhl*
in determining the authorship or identity of anonymous letters such <«•
ransom notes, extortion notes, libelous or poison letters and the like.
What is characteristics?
Characteristics in writing: Characteristic - Also referred to tm

identifying details, is any element, property or mark which distinguishf**!
It has two basic types which are classified as class characteristics
are those elements or properties which are common to a group; ' ' V
individual characteristics which is highly peculiar and personal ami I
improbable to occur in other instances.
What is writing?
Writing is the product of a very complicated series of acts, being as a

whole a combination of forms, which are the visible result of mental and
muscular habits acquired by long, continues and painstaking effort. A
written form is a record of motion and mature writing by many repetitions
which finally becomes unconscious coordinated movements that produce
record. As defined by Wigmore, handwriting is a visible effect of bodily
movement, which is an almost unconscious expression of fixed muscular
habits, reacting from fixed mental impressions of certain ideas associated
with script form. The individuality of handwriting is the combination of
peculiarities of writing which is most personal and individual thing that a
man does which leaves a record that can be seen and analyzed. Mature
writing is modified by factors such as education, training, preference,
nrtistic ability, musculature and nerve tone.
What are the causes o f deviation in writing?
IJeviations from copybook form and modification in mature writing may be

i a used by:
Simplification discarding of unessential details which may go as far as to
■■Irip the letter to the skeleton making it either clear cut and precise or
i areless and bare.
Klaboration in which decorative strokes are added to the plain letter form
giving writing ample and rich or too ornate character.
l inear pattern where writing shows no concern to form so that lines and
•rigles predominate and loops and angles are not pronounced.
What are the types o f handwriting?
Types o f Handwriting:
Cursive writing - inscription or lettering wherein the letters are for the
most part joined together.
Disguised w riting - A writing specimen that is executed deliberately with
an attempt to alter the usual writing habits in the attempt to conceal the
Identity of the one executing the writing.
(luided - Also known as assisted writing it is executed while the writer’s
Inn id is steadied in a way. They are most commonly written during a
btuous illness or on a deathbed and employed as a method for beginners
Iri writing.
Hand lettering - Refers to a specimen of writing characterized by a
»1t*< onnected style.
Natural writing - Refers to that specimen of writing that is written or
•»' < uted normally without any attempt to control or alter its identifying
hnliits and its usual quality of execution.
is a signature?
A signature is a combination of rather limited letters and designs and

•l*+i to its frequent use; it becomes almost automatic with its aont--
identification or the so called “verification” of signature is a specialized

branch of handwriting examination. Known signatures may contnln
elements and features not common to the writer’s other classes of writing.
What are the classes o f signature?
Classes o f Signature:
Form al or com plete - It usually executed in signing significant nni)

important documents and papers.
Cursory or Inform al - It is usually executed in the conduct of one’s ow
daily affairs. Primarily of routine nature.
Careless scribble - It is usually executed for signing receipts and simil
insignificant documents.
What is a forged signature?
A forged signature is a signature of another person, or of a fictitie

character written by another person who has no authority to do so, wil
intention to defraud.
What are the types o f forgery?
Sim ple Forgery - It is also known as a spurious signature which refe: i

a bogus signature where no attempt has been made to make a facsimile
copy of the genuine writing or signature of a person purported to mak«
sign a document.
Copied or Sim ulated Forgery - Regarded as the most skillful form

forgeiy, it is a fake signature which resembles the genuine sigmilu
executed in free-hand. Others refer to it as a freehand imitation forw
(termed as the “model”)
Traced Forgery - This refers to a fraudulent signature which closely br»

a resemblance to the genuine signature but made by using any ol i
following: carbon outline process, indention process, transmitted li^lil
projection process or the laser method.
How is tracing accomplished?
Different processes o f tracing:
Carbon outline method or Carbon process where a carbon paper is pin*

between the genuine signature (top sheet) and the fraudulent docum
(lower sheet) Outline of model signature is traced with dry pen or polnH
object to make a carbon offset on the lower sneet. Outline is finalh i^{
written or retraced with suitable ink stroke.
I
Indention process where a canal like outline of the genuine is produced on
the fraudulent documents (lower sheets) by tracing the outline of the
I genuine signature (top sheet) with a pointed instrument. The outline is
Ilien directly inked, in some instances; the outline is first retraced lightly
with pencil before it is finally retraced with suitable ink.
I transmitted light process or projection process where the spurious

document is placed immediately over the genuine signature with strong
li^ht directed through the two sheets of paper from below or behind;
I outline that is seen through upper sheet is then traced.
How can we prove traced forgery?
I 1 meed forgery may be proven by:
Discovery of the actual model or genuine signature from which it was

tiinde.
I'lcsence of pencil, carbon or indented outlines that point to the tracing

I prncess.
I iis -overy of two or more identical attendant forgeries which could only
■ Imvr been drawn from one model or original.
What are the phases in handwriting/questioned docum ents

I »MHimnation?
i llic examination involves the recognition, thorough comparison and

■•rnicct interpretation or evaluation of the elements, features, qualities and
■Kimacteristics of the handwriting. Three essential phases in
j liMiulwriting/questioned documents examination:
I fci <(ignition (analysis) of characteristics. Analysis where properties or
Ijhn i act eristics are observed, calibrated and determined.
Ki omprehensive comparison of all characteristics where properties of the

■ y u k nown determined thru analysis are now compared with the familiar or
oided properties of known items.
nluation. Correct interpretation of characteristics.
B k t l are the basic rules in handwriting identification?
BMubIc Rules for the identification o f Handwriting:
Rule 1. Each mature writer has a handwriting which is personal and

t riiv-.duLfJ to him alone. Every individual’s handwriting undergoes gradual
i Iimii(jcs in the course of his life. The gradual changes in handwriting
I wliii Ii occur during a person’s lifetime while following certain general
|i m I lei n;» ure individual to each writer.
Rule 2. Deterioration of an individual’s writing due to any cause effects all

of the writing properties and is not confined to change of one or twu
elements. An individual’s handwriting may deteriorate very rapidly due to
sharp physical decline resulting from either old age or severe illness. A
transitoiy change may be injected into handwriting by temporary physical
and mental conditions, such as fatigue, nervous tension, intoxication 01
severe illness from which the writer ultimately recovers.
Rule 3. A writer cannot exceed his maximum writing ability or skill

without serious training and effort applied over a period of time.
Rule 4. Attempted disguise leads to an inferior never better a quality of

handwriting. A lack of uniformity in execution and form is an extended
specimen of handwriting is an indication of lack of disguise. Conversely,
uniformity of writing qualities is an extended specimen of handwriting and
is an indication of lack of disguise.
Rule 5. Variation in writing is an essential property of everyonrTd

handwriting. The degree of variation in writing tends to increase with mm*
rapid and less careful execution. Variation in writing is related to th*
conditions under which it was prepared. The purpose for which w ritin g
were intended may govern the degree of variation in them. In repeniid
specimen of writing prepared at one time, variation tends to be less tlu»i|
between specimens written from day to day.
What are the factors affecting writing characteristics?
Factors that affect writing characteristics:
Natural variations - Refers to the normal or usual deviations found m l

repeated specimen of an individual’s handwriting or in the product ol nil
typewriter.
Transitory change - Those changes which only continue to exist whilr il

basic cause of the deterioration is still affecting the writer, once niic
cause has been removed from the writer, his writing will revert In ||
normal form.
Trem or - Refers to the weakening of strokes set apart by a waver:iih

shaky stroke. This may be due to genuine tremors caused by m l
sickness, weakness, old age or illiteracy or a tremor of fraud. A grnni^
tremor shows some free connecting and terminal stroke made bv
momentum of the hand. A tremor of age or weakness shows unmm.ifl
erratic departures of the line from each intended course, abrupt re< if
awkward digressions, and indication of muscular movement beyond >■
control of the writer. Tremor of illiteracy is characterized by . <*>■
irregularity due to the lack of will and mental uncertainty as to tinft
and a general clumsiness, resulting from unfainiliarity with the wt>
writing process. A tremor of fraud which is drawn even t h o u g h «|iti*■
perfect in general form, shows but little, if any freedom and will often show
hesitation at the wrong places and tremor slowly placed.
Writing Conditions - Which covers all factors affecting the over-all quality
of writing such as the writer’s condition under which the writing was
prepared.
Writing instrum ent - The utensil or means used to execute the writing
such as ball point pen, fiber pen or fountain pain.
How W riting is Identified?
Rule 1. The individuality of writing is the basis of all identifications.
Rule 2. Handwriting is identified by the combination of all its attributes on

i|ualities, including both those derived from the writing movement and
11lose related form.
Rule 3. Writing standards are necessary to establish the individual’s

normal writing habits and to show the degree of variation common to his
writing. The best standards include writing which was prepared for a
minparable purpose and under similar conditions to the matter under
Investigation.
R u le 4 . A specimen of writing was written by a particular person if all its

I hli ritiiying elements are a part of his handwriting and furthermore the
■ flunation within its specimen falls within his range of writing variation.
What are indications o f genuineness?
'dil ations of genuineness :

I I1lying or flourishing starts (initial strokes).
I I1lying or vanishing finishes or strokes (terminal strokes).
I In In mediate strokes when pen comes off the paper but not stooped and
continuity of motion.
I A b b re v ia te d form .
I M'ltorled forms.
H p f i b lr forms written in sufficiently free and rapid manner.
Hi"l;< n and unfinished signature.
H iriu in e retouching or overwriting.
H i'l' Uilure.
w ^ lu lliu l shading.
w »»’Ct general appearance with incorporated refined qualities of an
tlu.il character.
..... i(<‘ncy of refined line quality.
^BNftorri in writing.
I I t ■imIn natural variations in details of the writing
Wlial are indications o f forgery?

Indications of forgery:
Tremors
Hesitations - pen stops at unusual places.
Non-continuous broken strokes.
Abrupt changes in direction of line or strokes, showing uncertainty
movement.
Concealed of hidden amalgamations.
Bulbous or blunt initial and terminal strokes.
Misplaced shading.
Shading in more than one direction indicating frequent change of pen holit
due to hesitation.
Lack of variation of pen pressure.
Erratic change of slant.
Defective line-quality-stilted, drawn quality devoid of free, natural, norniul
writing movements.
Unnecessary, careful patching or retouching.
Unnatural pen-lifts.
Presence of carbon, pencil or indented outlines along the strokes of “inkril*
patterns.
1. It is com m itted by giving any payable instrum ent to bearer such as treasury m
bank notes the appearance o f a genuine document.
a. Estafa c. Forgery
b. Falsification o f docum ent d. All o f these
2. It applies to docum ents w hether public, official or com m ercial w h c n M

handwriting or signature contained therein is imitated.
by Falsification o f docum ent d. All o f these
3. The act o f m aking it appears that persons have participated in any proceeding 'i
act w hen in fact they have not participated in any document.
b. Falsification o f docum ent d. All o f the foregoing
4. A person who alters by any means, the letters, figures, words or signs contiim«B
in any bank or Treasury note is liable for:
a. Estafa *c. Forgery
b. Falsification o f docum ent d. All o f the foregoing
5. It refers to the assessm ent or altered, forged or suspected papers to determim- t(

they are genuine or otherwise.
b. Falsification o f docum ent / d. Questioned docum ent examination
6. Iodine fumes is useful in questioned docum ent exam ination because:

a. It can be used to develop secret writings
b. It can be used to determine w hether erasures have been made
c. It can determine the kind o f ink used in writing
d. Both A and B
7 Which am ong the foregoing m ay be utilized as a m eans to ca riy out m echanical

.••insures?
« Rubber eraser c. Blade
Ii Sharp knife d. All o f these.
H An erasure w ith the use o f ink eradicators.

■ Mechanical erasure c. Electronic erasure
It, Chem ical erasure d. All o f the foregoing
11 Instruments w hose origin are known and proven; w hich are used in com parison
ferkh a questioned document.
|| Simulated docum ents c. Standard docum ents
Ii. Falsified docum ents d. Forged docum ents
10 A docum ent executed w ithout the intervention o f a notary public or any

i i impetent public official by w hich some agreem ent or disposition is proved.
• I’ublic docum ent - c. Private docum ents
|> Official docum ent d. Com m ercial docum ent
I I To obtain conviction for the charge o f possession o f false bank or treasury

miles this is an essential requisite.
• Intention to use i t ' c. Intention to surrender it to authorities
l» Intention to keep it d. Intention to display it.
I A city m ayor executed a docum ent in his legal capacity as a local executive,
11 ml docum ent is classified as:
t I’ublic docum ent c. Private docum ent
( )l'ficial docum ent d. Com m ercial docum ent
[ 1/ A docum ent notarized by a notary public or any com petent authority is legally
i Unsifted as:
■I I’ublic docum ent c. Private docum ent
ti ( Mficial docum ent d. Com m ercial docum ent
I 'I A man w ho is unable to write m ay use this to legally signify a signature.

ii < nide x c. Thum b mark
Ii ( 'loss m ark d. Both A and B
I ft Krlers to the design o f letters which are fundam ental to a w riting system.
It <'opy book form c. Line quality
It Hs stem o f w riting d. W riting m ovem ent
lii Ii refers to any abnorm ality or m aladjustm ent in the typewriter which is
n il. i <•() in its product.
« Urti'i't c. Misalignm ent
M.tl alignm ent d. Alteration
iMilarged photographic court exhibit u sually referred to as bromide

• '(•■ I lam en ts o f a document.
ilim aard docum ent c. Collected docum ents
^ Q u c»iion ed docum ents d. Display exhibits
I * I lie appearance o f paper when viewed by transm itted light, which discloses the
frrinnlioii and texture o f the sheet.
ii. Ux jc througho f paper v C r o s s mi n ks

I). Wntcrmiirks d. Si d r l i ^l i l m u r k s
19. It consists o f chem ical solutions.

a. Non aqueous ink c. ink eradicators
b. Aqueous ink d. All o f these
20. Any characteristic o f handwriting which is sufficiently well fixed and unique
serve as a fundam ental point in the identification o f the writer.
a. Copy book form c. System o f w riting
b. Line quality d. Significant w riting habits
21. Refers to any specim en o f w riting executed norm ally w ithout any attenipl
change or control its identifying habits and its usual quality o f execution.
a. Natural w riting - c. Cursive writing
b. Disguised w riting d. System o f writing
22. Jose Pidal in trying to alter his own signature to hide his identity is using:
a. Natural w riting c. Cursive writing
b. Disguised w riting , d. System o f w riting
23. W riting in which are for m ost part joined together.

a. Natural w riting c. Cursive writing
b. Disguised w riting d. System o f w riting
24. Usual deviations found betw een repeated specim en o f any individn
handw riting or in the product o f any typewriter.
a. Norm al variation c. Trem or
b. Natural variation d. W rong hand writing
25. A person executing a signature while his arm is steadied and assisted produ i
a:
a. Guided signature • c. Scribble
b. Norm al signature d. H andwriting signature
26. A prelim inary em bellished initial com m on to capital letters.

a. Em bellishm ent c. Buckle knot
b. Beard d. Diacritic
27. A m inute curve which occurs at the end o f term inal strokes.
a. Hook c. Loop
b. Spur d. S taff
28. An oblong curve found in small letters f, g, h and 1.

a. Hook c. Loop
b. Spur d. S taff
29. The introductory backward stroke added to the start o f m any capital lettr
and which can also be seen occasionally in introductory strokes o f small letters
a. Em bellishm ent c. Buckle knot
b. Beard d. Hitch
30. A loop made as a flourish w hich is added to a letter,

a. Em bellishm ent c. Buckle knot *
CRIM INAL JUSTICE EDUCATION - GUEVARA 258

I K lm in U L U U I L IL C N H U K G K A A M IN A T 1 U N / A S S E S S M E N T R E V IE W E R
Ii I le on I d. Diacritic
t1 l V im Ilie record in the w riting stroke o f the basis m ovem ent and m anner o f
Iih IiIiiik the w riting instrument.
■ I .i i i i quality c. Baseline
Il Iv'liythm d. W riting pressure
,1J Additional unnecessary stroke for ornam ental purposes,

lunlx'llishm ent- c. Diacritic
I lump d. Knot
M llnlunce quality o f m ovem ent o f the harm onious recurrence o f stress o f

Impulse.
4 1.1 nr quality c. Baseline
Ii Nliythm d. W riting pressure
.1* Kelers to the periodic increase in pressure or interm ittently forcing the pen
BHiiisi the paper surface w ith increase pressure.
W i inng pressure - c. Pen em phasis
ti Sliuding d. Natural variation
V. An imaginary line upon w hich the w riting rests.

n I,me quality c. Foot
It Unseline d. Hitch
in A signature w ritten by the forger in his own style o f handw riting w ithout
ilia mpting to copy to form o f the genuine signature.
M I raced forgery c. Sim ulated forgery ’
Ii Disguised forgery d. Simple forgery,
t ' A freehand im itation and regarded as the m ost skillful type o f forgery. '
Traced forgery c. Sim ulated forgery -
It Disguised forgery d. Simple forgery
Which am ong the follow ing is an indication o f genuineness o f handwriting?

• Continuity- c. Skillful w riting
Ii Smoothness d. Trem or
A11 Combination o f the basic design o f letters and w riting m ovem ent as taught in
■> Imol
ft l.etterform c. Copy book form
Ii Line quality . d. System o f w riting
pb Document w hich is com pletely written and signed by one person.

h Genuine docum ent c. Holographic docum ent
Ii Disputed docum ent d. Authentic docum ent
i I A docum ent w hich contains some changes either as an addition or deletion,

ti Altered docum ents c. Obliterated docum ent
i< Disputed docum ent d. Inserted docum ent
•i Signatures used to acknowledge delivery, purchase o f goods and mail.

• Complete c. Cursory
I' Formal 'd . Careless scribble

43. It refers to the sm earing over a w riting to make the original undecipherable.
a. Decipherm ent c. O bliteration
b. Restoration d. Interlineation
44. A class o f signature for routine docum ent or day to day correspondence.
a. Formal 'c. C u rsoiy
b. Complete d. Careless scribble
45. Refers to a class o f signature to acknowledge im portant documents.

a. Complete - c. Inform al
b. Cursory d. Careless scribble
46. A process by which a canal like outline is produced on a fraudulent document

underneath the genuine and tracing it w ith the use o f a pointed instrument.
a. Carbon process c. Projection process
b. Indention process d. Transm itted light process
47. A type face defect wherein one side is printed heavier than the rest o f il m
outline.
a. O ff its feet c. Clogged type face
b. Twisted letter d. Rebound
48. It is the visible effect o f bodily m ovem ent which is alm ost unconscioim
expression o f fixed m uscular habits reacting from fixed m ental impressions.
a. Handwriting c. Typew riting
b. W riting d. W riting m ovem ent
49. A w riting instrum ent that makes detection o f hesitation and pen-lifts difficult
a. Ball point pen c. Iron nutgall ink
b. Fountain pen - d. Markers
50. Disconnection betw een letters or letter com bination due to lack o f movemrni
control.
a. Pen lift ' c. Patching
b. Retouching d. Retracing
51. A distinctive design which is translucent impressed on the paper duiliiH

manufacture.
a. W ater marks • c. Paper design
b. Fiber marks d. W ire marks
52. In utilizing a stereo-graphic photom icrograph, what particular condition ifl

m anifested?
a. G rainy image c. Overlapping image
b. Two image d. Three dim ensional image
53. An elem ent which is added to com plete another letter.

a. Spur c. Diacritics
b. Slant d. Arc
54. It is a signature signed at a particular time and place, purpose and ..... 4 I
w riting conditions.
a. Complete signature c. Evidential signature
b. Standard signature d. Model signature
55. Periodic increase in pressure, characterized by w idening o f the ink stroke.

a. Shading c. Pen lift
b. Pen em phasis d. Pen pressure
56. The m ost reliable criterion in ju dgin g the authenticity o f paper money.
a. Q uality or sharpness o f the engraving
b. Color o f the seal
c. W et strength o f the paper
cl. W aterm arks
57. A coin given the appearance o f a legal tender but made inferior or superior
intrinsic value to that o f the genuine coin.
m. Priceless coin c. False coin
I). Mutilated coin d. All o f these
!>8. It is a deviation showing free connecting and term inal strokes made by the
momentum o f the hand.
n Trem or c. Genuine tremor
I). Trem ors o f fraud d. Deterioration
Any arcade form ed in the body o f the letters.

* S taff c. Diacritics
l> Slant d. Humps
lid. A type face ordinarily spaced 10 characters to the horizontal inch,

n Pica " c. Proportional spacing m achine
11 Elite d. A dding m achine
11 Developed the system o f handw riting classification utilized by m ost police

ilcpi-irtments.
* Lee and Abbey c. Levine
11 Rolando W ilson d. Landsteiner
|. A kind o f docum ent executed by a person in authority and by private parties

I ml notarized by com petent officials.
■ Official docum ent c. Com m ercial docum ent
Ii I’ublic docum ent d. Private docum ent
(VI An act o f dim inishing the metal value o f a genuine coin.

I 'ilse coin c. Priceless coin
Ii Counterfeit coin . d. Mutilation o f coins
II refers to the printing surface o f a type block.

* Churacter c. Pitch
W I '(-sign d. Type face ,
W idening o f the ink stroke due to added pressure on a flexible pen point.
» SI inding c. Shading
I O n pressure d. All o f these
**< m represents the backbone or main stroke o f letters.

•iint c. S taff
t>7 It is the process o f m aking out w hat is illegible or w hat has been effaced.
a. Decipherm ent c. Obliteration
b. Collation d. Comparison
68. An act o f setting two or more items to w eigh their identifying characteristics.
a. Com parison c. Conclusion
b. Collation d. Exam ination
69. An exam ination o f docum ents wherein it is viewed with the source
illum ination behind it and the light passing through the paper.
a. Transm itted light exam ination c. Infrared exam ination
b. Oblique photography exam ination d. Ultraviolet exam ination
70. The art o f attem pting to interpret the personality o f a person from hit
handwriting.
a. Questioned Docum ent Examination c. G raphology '
b. Polygraphy d. Psychology
71. An identifying typewriter characteristic w hich can be elim inated by clea n iM

the machine or replacing the ribbon.
a. Transitory defect > c. Perm anent defect
b. Alignm ent defect d. Defect
72. A defect in typewriters due to the w ear and tear o f the type block in w h l(i
som e letters lean to the left or right o f their correct slant.
a. O ff its feet c. Twisted letter
b. Clogged type face d. Rebound
73. And angle or inclination o f the axis o f the letter relative to the baseline.
a. Foot c. S talf
b. Slant 4 d. Hitch
74. A distinct and peculiar character used to identify handwriting to niiy

identifying factor related to the w riting m ovem ent itself.
a. Quality > c. Skill
b. Line quality d. System o f w riting
75. Going back over a.defective portion o f a w riting stroke, it is a com m on defe< I III
forgeries and is also known as retouching.
a. Patching / c. Erasure
b. Smeared over w riting d. Interlineations
76. Refers to w ritten documents in the ordinary course o f business or in lli#

regular course o f m an’s activity. Also known as procured standards.
a. Requested standards c. Standard docum ents
b. Collected standards d. Holographic documents
77. Also known as “post litel m otam ” or dictated standards is a docum ent wliifhl
are executed and prepared at one time upon request.
a. Requested standards ( c. Standard docum ents
b. Collected standards d. Holographic docum ents
78. Also known as form al signature it is executed in signing contrm

certifications, checks and other im portant documents.
A Com plete c. Careless scribble

I) Cursory d. None o f these
7 l). A signature usu ally executed in the conduct o f a person ’s daily affairs,
n. Formal c. Inform al
b Cursory d. Both B and C
HO. For signing mail, receipts and other insignificant docum ents such as
denatures executed b y celebrities to their fans,
a Complete . c. Careless scribble
Ii Cursory d. Inform al
CRIMINALISTICS V. POLYGRAPHY
POLYGRAPHY. Defined.
Polygraphy refers to the scientific method of detecting deception

en complished with the help of an instrument capable of recording
■simultaneously changes in pulse rate, blood pressure, respiration and skin
irsistance which indicates disturbances usually emotional of a lying
inbject when being questioned. The word polygraph was derived from the
words poly which is a Greek word which denotes several or many and
K.i aph which means a writing chart.
What is a polygraph?
Strictly speaking, the polygraph is not “lie detector” but a device of

Ic vcral physiological functions associated with variations of emotional
» i. iles. The functions monitored are respiration rate, heartbeat, blood
pirssure, and skin conductivity or resistance. However, some new types of
1111 u-rions have been suggested. Polygraph is undertaken by asking
questions skillfully formulated while the subject is attached to the
iiritrument. These questions are answerable by yes or no, the inferences
l*«Hcd from a number of observable symptoms in a subject will be
Interpreted by the polygraph examiner. Polygraph is used in crime
cli-icrtion and investigation to: eliminate innocent subject, recognize
lubricated complaints, determine the veracity of information, narrow the
B f U i of inquiry, locate the fruits of the crime, and gather additional
iiilm mation on particular suspects and from reluctant witnesses and aid
mm investigator to speed up the process of investigation.
What is an ordeal?
The ordeal which may be traced back from the days of Christ, the
I'ink Ages and Middle Ages until the later part of the 16th century. The
■ o c ra s of determining deception is undertaken by means of various
tTivtlacal modes wherein the proof of innocence or guilt would result from
• In- uccused passing a test or an undertaking without considering proof,
facts or evidences; this was due to the fact that psychology of deceit <M
not exist during those times.
Balance Ordeal - This existed in the 600 B.C. as early as the Institute fl
Vishnu wherein the practice of determining the veracity of the statement)
of the accused by placing him on one scale of balance and in the olhrf
scale a counter balance. Then the accused is asked to step down the snila
while the judge delivers a catchphrase to the balance. After 11to
exhortation, the accused is asked to go back to the scale and if he is found
to be lighter than before he was adjudged as acquitted.
Boiling Water Ordeal - This was prevalent in Africa. This test of deceptinfl
is undertaken by asking those persons suspected of committing a crime to
place their right arm into the boiling pot to the elbow, after plunging IIn n
arm they are asked to take a rest at the same time, the one who after llvt
next afternoon has lost some of his skin or showed a blister would Ijf
determined as the person guilty of committing a crime.
Donkey’s Tail Ordeal - This is undertaken by placing the accused anti •

donkey in one room, if after some time, the donkey cries, the accused lij
adjudged as guilty of the offense charged against him.
Red Hot Iron Ordeal - This from of test was prevalent in Indi*.
specifically from those living in the hill tribes of Rajhamal in the North 'if
Bengal. The accused to prove his innocence was asked to lick a red l> -i
iron for nine times unless burnt sooner, if the tongue is burned, 11•.*
accused was put to death guilt was believed to make the tongue dry.
Red W ater Ordeal - This form of trial is undertaken where the accused i|
asked to fast for twelve hours, then he is asked to swallow a small amoimi
of rice and drink a dark colored water. If this acts as an emetic and I N
accused rejects all of the rice, he is determined innocent from the chain*''-
This was based on the belief that the fetish of the victim enters the body
through the mouth with the emetic red water; it examines the heart of lli<
accused and if it finds him innocent brings up the rice in evidence.
Rice Chewing Ordeal - In 1150 A.D. the Roman Catholic clergy had mud.
full use of Indian practice of ordeals specifically that of the rice chewing
ordeal. Concentrated rice is the article selected instead of cheese nun
bread, if the accused who is asked to chew the concentrated rice is un;iM«
to swallow a single grain he is adjudged as guilty. This was based on tl«*
premise that a person conscious of their crime and fearful of tin
punishment from God would feel a suffocating sensation in their thro*fl
they would then fall on their knees and confess the crime.
Trial by Combat a primitive practice of detecting deception wherH^f

controversies in accusations are settled by means of duel, the victor will In
spared from the consequences while the loser will be pronounced guilty.
CRIM INAL JUSTICE EDUCATION - o in r ir »D »

Whnt is a lie detector Test?
Li* Detector Test - Keeler’s Polygraph Test: A test used to record

physiological changes associated with lying in a subject. The polygraph
nun liine will record the blood pressure, respiratory rate and the skin
irmslance to electricity in a graphing paper. This instrument is an
mnirate, reliable delicately engineered used as a scientific method to
txoii'Tate the innocent and to detect the guilty. The subject is made to sit
■Dmlbrtably and the blood pressure cuff, pneumograph and electrodes
fcfmected to the machine will be placed in the subject.
When the machine is switched on then questions will be asked that

Vmii only be answered by Yes or No by the subject. The machine measures
h i n g e s in the rate and pattern of respiration through the use of one or
Iwt) rubber tubes placed about the chest, the inspiration and expiration
iHlrcted in the movements of the stylus on the chart. Two electrodes
iU c rd upon the fingers measures the galvanic skin resistance, and a
lilimil pressure cuff allows for continuous blood pressure and pulse
i r inlings. These recordings are transferred to a chart revolving at six
i n c h e s per minute. Although the polygraph has been used extensively as
im' investigative aid in assisting the law enforcement agencies in reducing
I hr number of suspects in a particular offense and also used as pre
en iployment examination in business and industry, there are about 10%
nl Hi e tests that are inconclusive because drawbacks.
What is narco analysis?
Narco - analysis - Narco - synthesis or Administration of Truth Serum:

This is a deception detection method using narcotic or anesthetic
f i n iK in order to get information from the subject. Drugs used - (Truth
Mi-niin) - Eyocine hydrobomide, sodium amytal, pentothal, seconal and
nl h r ! barbiturates, methanine, methyl pheridate, droperidol and
■»i n|)olamine; Trichloroethylene (Anesthetic Drug). Principle involved - The
ill tin is injected hypodermically or intravenously at certain repeated
iln-mge or if trichloroethylene is used should be taken by inhalation at a
inl.iin amount. When the point was reached where there is release of
i n h i b i t i o n and subsequently release of repressed materials from the mind,
lb * subject is then asked questions by the interrogator. The tendency of
ii subject is to reveal the secrets of the crime and pinpoints all
<in uinstances concerning the commission of the crime.
How is alcohol used as a means to detect deception?
L'»c of Alcoholic Beverage: Alcohol in the form of alcoholic beverage maybe

tiMi-d as a deception detection method. Usually the hard liquor is the one
prnV nx-d but other soft liquors may also be used provided it served the
purpose. The subject is made to drink the liquor in divided amount up to
lhr point of loss of control of the mind and thus released of inhibitions.
I In subject will be able to communicate freely, forgetting alibis and
sometimes unveiling the secrets of crime. The information taken from 111#
subject under the influence of alcohol is also not admissible in court tfl
evidence because of the involuntary condition of the subject, however, il
maybe admissible if the subject can recall his statement when he wm
under the influence of alcohol when confronted again.
What is a stim ulus association test?
Stim ulus Association Test: In this test, the subject will be interviewed,
wherein a group of stimulus words or objects or person will be p re s e n Ini
to the subject. He will then be instructed to answer the questions m
quickly as possible. The time interval between each relevant questions uml
answers were noted down as well as the reaction of the subject to Ihr
stimulus words or object or person related to the crime in dispute. I'h*
time interval and the reaction of the subject will be studied by Hi#
interrogator.
A person presumed to be guilty will usually make a mistake or will

have long time interval in answering questions. He may manifest 1•
situation in answering critical questions and especially when the weapon
used in the commission of crime will be shown to him. There will also l «
inconsistencies in his answers or responses to the stimuli. This test is uh<4
not reliable as a deception detection method because of the follow mu
reasons: A person like the recidivist and really guilt may defeat the te»i ii»
telling lies; Sometimes, the test requires the use of intelligence ife
answering the questions; A nervous person who is innocent may h a 't if.1
long time interval in answering and may even have signs and symptoms ■
guilt.
W hat is hypnotism?
The hypnotism find its way in criminal investigation by hypnotizing 11'"

subject and then question will be asked when the subject is 1 mi Iff
hypnosis. The subject is under the control and influence of the hypimlui
and therefore the information gathered is devoid of the subject’s own li<>M
will to speak making it not admissible in court as evidence.
W hat are signs and symptoms o f em otional tension?
Signs and Symptoms of Emotional Tension: The emotional factor !l? tt

person especially the emotional offender after the crime is a basis in wl.n®
emotional tension maybe manifested in a variety of signs and sympl>"*4l
when the subject is being interrogated by the investigator. Aside from >M
emotional tension, other symptoms maybe observed such as fear, m iif w
shame or humiliation, depression and nervousness on the part nl ii *
subject. The subject may manifest the following signs and symptoms
Color change: Blushing or red color face indicates anger and humiliwliiiH
Paleness of the face is indicative of tension, fear and anxiety
Sweating: (Perspiration) Sweating in an air-conditioned or well- ventilated

I room is a sign of emotional tension but maybe indicating anger,
humiliation and nervousness. Cold damp perspiration is a manifestation
of shock fear and anxiety
Inability to look “straight” at the interrogator’s eyes is a symptom of

Kiiilt although not conclusive when the subject was observed to have
[ constant movement and winking of the eyes avoiding to look “straight” at
Ihe interrogator’s eyes as if the interrogator might see something in the
I eyes of the subject that will manifest his guilt.
Heart rate and pulse beat: The pulse beat can be observed at the neck,
where there is an increased in the pulsation of the carocid artery which
nlmost always synchronize with the increase in hear rate. It is indicative of
K.uilt, nervousness and fear
llreathing The holding of the breath is an indication of tension especially

when critical questions were asked, and then followed by a sudden,
t \plosive and longer expiration.
Dryness o f the m outh and throat: There is dryness of the mouth and
Ihi oat because of the reflex inhibition of the salivary glands and it can be
nl. served repeated swallowing and wetting of the lips. In the male, there is
Km i upward downward movement of the “Adam’s Apple” in repeated
| crii.iltowing. It is an indication of tension and nervousness but maybe a
I •vmptom of guilt
I Peculiar and unusual expression: The “not feeling well” and “not that I
mmember” are sometimes the remarks of the subject probably to avoid
divulging himself in the interrogation. The suspect who maybe nervous
I I himv try to prove his innocence by swearing to the truthfulness of his
I §*»erlion. He may repeatedly utter, “I swear to God that I am telling the
I Iruth.”
I Lnusual Behavior:
■ flenching of the fist or hands indicate anger.
placing of the upper extremities tightly at one or both sides of the
■ itIk sI may indicate emotional tension of the subject.
I i rylng while being investigated maybe indicative of tension, depression,
..’•—I , humiliation and sometimes a demonstration to prove his innocence
jfifc'-ut the crime in dispute. Ordinarily a person cries because of sadness
■ fti gladness in their life.
* t til in behaviors such as crossing and uncrossing the leg over the other,
i'iiM>mg the table, rubbing the face or hair, twisting the handkerchief or
MM-1 nu' snapping the fingers, biting the fingernails, manipulation of any
What are the kinds o f lie?
Kinds of Lie : White lie or benign, Black lie, Red lie and Malicious lie
What are the kinds o f liar?
Kinds of Liar : Pathological liar and Professional liar
What are the major com ponents o f a polygraph machine?
The major components of a polygraph machine are: Cardio-spygmograph,

Galvanograph, Pnuemograph and Kymograph.
Cardio-sphygmograph Component: It was designed to detect changes in

the blood pressure and pulse rate of the subject. It can record changes of
systolic blood pressure and pulse rate of the subject. It is made up of 11if
following:
Blood pressure cuff which is attached to the upper right arm of th|
subject, slightly above the brachial artery.
Sphygmomanometer which is utilized to indicate the amount of mi
pressure inflated to the system.
Pump bulb assembly which inflates air into the system, also known as mi
air pump it has a hose connecting the blood pressure cuff through whii It
the blood pressure changes and passed into the recording pen.
A resonance control unit which is used for reducing or increasing Hi*
amount of air pressure to reach the brass bellows (tambour) and tlms
reduce or increase the amplitude of pen excursions.
A centering control which is used to provide adjustment of the tracing
that the composite records patterns would be on the guideline.
A vent which provides the means by which air in the system can In
released.
A recording pen unit which is used to record the blood pressure pulse mir
changes on the chart paper by means of a five (5) inch recording pen.
Galvanograph Component: Its primary function is to detect chang<

alterations in skin resistance of the subject. It is made up of the following
components:
Finger electrode assembly which has a finger electrode plate and retail\m
bond attached to the left index and ring finger of the subject. And |
connecting plug designed to fasten the system to the polygraph machine
Recording pen unit which is usually 7 inches in length.
Amplifier unit which is made to support the galvanometer in c o n v c rl
electrical to mechanical current.
Pneumograph Component: It is designed to detect changes in respirnli-'i

of the subject Its major components are the Pneumograph chest assnn 'Hd
and the recording unit.
Rubber convoluted tube which is ten (10) inches in length corrupt*.!
rubber attached to the chest and abdominal area of the subject. One mil
§f the tube is sealed and the other end is connected to the instrument by a
ml her thick walled rubber tube considerably larger in diameter than the
pneumograph tube itself, it expands and contracts as the subject
breathes. The beaded chain another component of the pneumograph
MMsembly is used to fix in place the rubber convoluted tube.
i lie pneumograph recording unit is made up of brass bellows, a frame,

unnkshaft, countershaft, adjustable fulcrum, bearing with adjusting
•' rew pen, vent limiting screws, pen cradle and pen centering control.
Vulume changes of the chest caused by breathing are transmitted to the
chest assembly to the recording unit. These activities bellows which move
Im ward and backward pushing the crankshaft. The crankshaft in turn
applies a torque to the countershaft upon which the pen cradle is
nl Inched. The backward and forward right movement is then recorded to a
■ hurt paper.
K'-ymograph Component : Its primarily serves as the paper feed

mechanism of the polygraph machine. It is the device that records the
(Iliferent tracings by driving the paper out under a recording pen unit. It
Iit11Is or drives the chart paper under a recording pen simultaneously at
Hie rate of 6 to 12 inches per minute. The chart must travel at a uniform
*l>eed to facilitate valid interpretations.
• h.irt paper is driven past the recording pen shaft at a uniform speed six
I**) inches per minute. Chart rolls are approximately 100 ft. holes spaced
V. inch apart. The paper is imprinted with horizontal lines at Vi inch
interval twenty (20) divisions and vertical lines at 1/10 incn intervals with
I
h iivy lines at Vi inch divisions across the paper which represents five (5)
»>runds of time.
i'ulse rate per minute may be computed by multiplying the number of

lii-nls counted in one division by twelve (12) Its major parts are as follows:
• Iini t which is a rolled graph paper composed of twelve (12) divisions in
«i\ty (60) seconds run designed to measure the rate of various body
iVimlions.
fcubbcr roller which pulls the paper out of the machine.
Pmper rail guide which serves to secure or ensure the chart paper’s
ward movement without shaking.
L'-'>iicird Keeler - An American Criminologist who in 1926 he invented the

inograph machine. In 1949, the “ Keeler’s polygraph” incorporated the
:mograph with measurement, blood pressure and respiration
i "inponent and keymograph component. He also devised a metal recoding
t ', r..u rolled chart paper and the method of question formulation used in
pflygraph examination.
What are the stages in polygraph exam ination?

Stages undertaken in a Polygraph Examination:
Initial interview - U s u a l l y c o n d u c t e d b y t h e i n v e s t i g a t o r h a n d l i n g tlx -

c a s e o r a p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n e r w h o w a s g iv e n b r i e f b u t s ig n if i c a n t d e t a ils ol
t h e c a s e i t is d e s ig n e d to o b t a i n p e r t i n e n t i n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y f o r t l i r
c o n d u c t o f t h e te s t .
T e s t q u e s t io n s a r e p r e p a r e d b y t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n e r b a s e d f r o m th »
f a c t s a n d i n f o r m a t i o n g a t h e r e d b y t h e in v e s t i g a t o r . T h i s is s u p p l e m e n t '- 'I
w i t h a c r im e s c e n e s k e t c h , p h o t o g r a p h s , l a b o r a t o r y r e s u l t s , s t a t e m e n t «
t a k e n a n d t h e b a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n o f e a c h s u b je c t . T h e e x a m m r r
m u s t b e f u r n i s h e d f u l l i n f o r m a t i o n p e r t a i n i n g to t h e c a s e to c o n d u c t m i
a d e q u a t e p r e - t e s t i n t e r v ie w w i t h t h e s u b j e c t d u r i n g w h i c h t i m e , I h r
a p p r o p r i a t e q u e s t io n s to b e a s k e d m a y b e f o r m u l a t e d . S u s p ic io n s , t h e o r lm
a n d g e n e r a l a s s u m p t i o n a r e n o t u s e d a s b a s is f o r a p o ly g n i| >lt
e x a m i n a t i o n . T h e i n v e s t i g a t o r o n c a s e s h o u ld b r i e f t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m it i n
o f f a c t s p e r t a i n i n g to : B a c k g r o u n d i n f o r m a t i o n s p e c if ic a lly p r e v io u s p o lli
r e c o r d s a n d v e r if ie d fa c t s w h ic h t h e s u b j e c t d e n ie s s u c h a s :
E x a c t a m o u n t o f m o n e y o r s p e c ific a r t i c l e s s to le n .
E x a c t t y p e , m a k e o f f i r e a r m , w e a p o n o r to o l u s e d i n t h e c o m m is s i o n o l ill#
c r im e .
E x a c t p la c e , d a t e a n d t i m e w h e n t h e c r im e o c c u r r e d .
U n u s u a l a s p e c t s o f t h e o f fe n s e o r a n y o d d , s t r a n g e o r o b s c e n e m
c o m m it t e d a t t h e c r im e s c e n e .
K n o w n fa c t s p e r t a i n i n g to t h e s u s p e c t ’s a c t i o n s a n d m o v e m 'n | «
i m m e d i a t e l y p r e c e d in g o r a f t e r th e i n c i d e n t .
F a c t s i n d i c a t i n g a c o n n e c t io n b e t w e e n v ic t i m s , s u s p e c t s a n d w it n e s s e s .
U n p u b l i c i z e d fa c t s o f t h e o f fe n s e k n o w n o n ly b y t h e v ic t i m , t h e o f fe m lr i
a n d t h e in v e s t ig a t o r .
R e s u lt s o f t h e l a b o r a t o r y t e s t s c o n d u c t e d .
P r e - t e s t i n t e r v i e w - A d m in is t e r e d b y t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n e r d e s ig n e d
c o n d itio n o r p r e p a r e th e s u b je c t fo r th e a c tu a l p o ly g r a p h te s t. Its d u r n ln w
u s u a l l y la s t s 2 0 to 3 0 m i n u t e s . A t t h is s ta g e , t h e r i g h t s o f t h e s u b je c l u f c
e x p l a in e d , h is c o n s e n t a r e o b t a i n e d a s w e ll a s p e r s o n a l d a t a a n d ilia
d e te r m in a t io n w h e th e r th e s u b je c t is m e n ta lly , p h y s ic a lly
p s y c h o lo g ic a lly p r e p a r e d to u n d e r g o t h e t e s t .
P r i o r to t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n t h e f o llo w in g c o n s i d e r a t i o n s a r e 1t \ l« ■■
in to a c c o u n t:
T h e s u b j e c t m u s t r e f r a i n f r o m s m o k i n g a t l e a s t tw o h o u r s p r i o r to th e ( H i d
T h e s u b j e c t s h o u l d a v o id t a k i n g m e d ic a t i o n f o r a t l e a s t 2 d a y s p r i o r to Ht«
e x a m in a t i o n .
T h e s u b j e c t s h o u ld n o t b e h u n g r y .
T h e s u b je c t m u s t r e f r a i n f r o m c o n s u m i n g a lc o h o lic b e v e r a g e s f o r a t l« M M
1 2 h o u r s p r i o r to t h e a c t u a l t e s t .
T h e s u b je c t s h o u ld n o t b e s u f f e r i n g f r o m p h y s i c a l o r e m o t i o n a l a b u s e
T h e s u b j e c t s h o u l d c a l m d o w n a n d r e la x , I f t h e f e m a le s u b je c t is p r e ^ i .......
o r h a v i n g m e n s t r u a t i o n , t h e te s t w i l l n o t b e u n d e r t a k e n
T h e s u b j e c t s h o u l d n o t w e a r t i g h t a p p a r e l s o r c l o t h i n g a s t h is m a y c a u s e
in fe re n c e in th e te s t r e s u lts .
T h e s u b j e c t s h o u l d h a v e a t l e a s t fiv e (5 ) h o u r s o f s le e p p r i o r to t h e
e x a m in a t i o n .
B e fo r e t h e a c t u a l p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n is a d m i n i s t e r e d to t h e s u b je c t ,
th e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n e r m u s t t a k e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n s w h i c h a r e
ws fo llo w s :
T h e a p p r a i s a l o f t h e s u b j e c t ’s c o n s t i t u t i o n a l r ig h t s .
O b t a in t h e s u b j e c t ’s c o n s e n t to u n d e r g o a p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n .
T a k i n g t h e s u b j e c t ’s p e r s o n a l d a t a .
In f o r m in g t h e s u b j e c t ’s i n v o lv e m e n t w i t h t h e c a s e .
I E v a lu a t in g t h e p s y c h o lo g ic a l p r e p a r a t io n s .
D e t e r m i n e h i s / h e r s u i t a b i l i t y a s a s u b je c t .
A c tu a l T e s t. T h e c o n d itio n s o f th e ro o m m u s t b e id e a l t h a t i t s h o u ld b e
u p a c io u s , w e l l v e n t i l a t e d a n d l ig h t e d ; i t s h o u l d b e s o u n d p r o o f a n d n o t
d e c o r a t e d s o a s n o t to d i s t r a c t t h e s u b je c t . T h e m a j o r c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e
p o ly g r a p h m a c h i n e a r e a t t a c h e d to t h e s u b je c t . A n d q u e s t io n s a r e a s k e d
o n e b y o n e a t s p e c ific i n t e r v a l s . P o ly g r a p h is a s s u m e d t o b e e ffe c t iv e i f t h e
e x a m i n a t i o n r o o m is :
l h e r o o m m u s t b e s p a c io u s f o r t w o p e r s o n s w i t h a p o l y g r a p h d e s k ,
• u b j e c t ’s c h a i r w i t h a r m r e s t a n d a n e x a m i n e r ’s s to o l.
I h e r o o m m u s t b e d e v o id o f p i c t u r e s , p a i n t i n g s , o r n a m e n t s a n d o t h e r
d rc o rs .
T h e r o o m m u s t b e a d e q u a t e l y v e n t i l a t e d a n d w e ll li g h t e d .
T h e r o o m m u s t b e p r i v a t e a n d g e n e r a l l y fr e e f r o m a l l o u t s id e n o is e
p r e f e r a b ly a t l e a s t n i n e t y ( 9 0 ) p e r c e n t s o u n d p r o o f a n d d i s t r a c t i n g
in flu e n c e .
T h e ro o m m a y b e in s t a lle d w it h a n o b s e r v a tio n o n e -w a y m ir r o r a n d r e m o te
u in d s y s t e m o r v id e o d e v ic e , a m p l i f i e r f o r m o n i t o r i n g a n d r e c o r d i n g t h e
I r s t p r o c e e d in g s to a u t h o r i z e d o b s e r v e r s .
As to t h e m a c h i n e to b e u s e d i t s h o u l d b e t e s t e d a n d w i d e l y u s e d b y m o s t
A m a n c o u n t r ie s , i t s h o u l d b e t h e l a t e s t v e r s i o n , i t s h o u l d b e w e ll
■ rm in ta in e d , p r o p e r l y s e t a n d i n a w e l l r u n n i n g c o n d i t i o n .
I'n s t T e s t I n t e r v ie w . I t is s i m i l a r to t h e m e t h o d o f i n t e r r o g a t io n
d m i n i s t e r e d b y t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n e r w h i c h is d e s ig n e d t o o b t a i n
(id m is s io n o r c o n f e s s io n o f t h e s u b je c t . A n i n t e r v i e w is c o n d u c t e d w h e n
I h r s u b j e c t i n d i c a t e s a n i n n o c e n t r e s p o n s e , w h il e i n t e r r o g a t io n is
u n d e r t a k e n i f s ig n s o f d e c e p t io n a r e i n d i c a t e d b y t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e a c t u a l
p o ly g r a p h t e s t . I n c a s e s w h e r e i n t h e p o l y g r a p h r e s u l t i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e
• u b j e c t is i n n o c e n t , i t is t h e d u t y o f t h e e x a m i n e r to c o r d i a l l y r e le a s e t h e
J u b j e c t a n d to t h a n k t h e s u b j e c t f o r g iv in g c o n s i d e r a t i o n a n d c o o p e r a t io n .
Wli it are the types o f questions?
l . p e s o f Q u e s t i o n s : I r r e l e v a n t q u e s t io n s - a r e t h o s e p e r t a i n i n g to b a s ic
lint,i a n d i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e b a c k g r o u n d o f t h e s u b j e c t n o t r e la t e d
p th e c a s e b u t is a s k e d to e s t a b lis h t h e n o r m a l r e s p o n s e o t t h e s u b je c t .
E .g . n a m e , a d d r e s s , a g e e tc . S u c h q u e s t io n s a r e o n ly a n s w e r a b l e b y “Y e a ."
R e l e v a n t q u e s t io n s a r e th o s e q u e r ie s r e la t e d to t h e is s u e w h i c h m a y be
c la s s if ie d a s s t r o n g r e l e v a n t o r w e a k r e l e v a n t w h i c h i n d i c a t e s d e c e p t io n on
t h e p a r t o f t h e s u b je c t .
W e a k r e le v a n t m a y b e d iv id e d i n t o t h r e e n a m e l y : k n o w l e d g e - q u e s t io n *
g iv e n f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f d e t e r m i n i n g i n f o r m a t i o n k n o w n to t h e s u b je c t;
e v id e n c e c o n n e c t i n g w h i c h is d e s ig n e d to l i n k t h e s u b j e c t a n d t h e c r m e
a n d s a c r if ic e q u e s t io n s w h i c h is u s e d to d e t e r m i n e t r u t h f u l n e s s o n t l i r
p a r t o f t h e s u b je c t . I t is a n s w e r a b l e b y N O . R e l e v a n t q u e s t i o n s a r e f u r t h r .
c la s s if ie d w i t h r e s p e c t to t h e i r s t i m u l a t i o n e f f e c t a s s t r o n g o r p r im a r y
r e le v a n t o r s e c o n d a r y o r w e a k q u e s t io n s .
S t r o n g r e l e v a n t o r c r u c i a l q u e s t io n s a r e d e s ig n e d to t e s t f o r d ir e c t
i n v o lv e m e n t w h i c h is s p e c if ic a lly d e s ig n e d to p r o d u c e a n e m o tio n a l
r e s p o n s e i n g u i l t y s u b je c t s i t h a v i n g a n in t e n s e s p e c ific r e l a t i o n s h i p to t l i r
c r im e .
S e c o n d a r y q u e s t io n s o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , a r e f o r m u l a t e d a n d g iv e n to b r m *
a b o u t g u i l t y k n o w le d g e o r p a r t i a l in v o lv e m e n t . S e c o n d a r y o r w i il-
r e le v a n t q u e s t io n s a r e f u r t h e r c la s s if ie d a s e i t h e r S a c r if ic e r e le v u m
k n o w le d g e o r e v i d e n c e - c o n n e c t in g q u e s t io n s .
A s a c r if ic e q u e s t i o n r e v e a ls a s u b je c t s n o r m s a n d s t i m u l u s e x c it e m e n t
le v e l i t g iv e s u s a c lu e w h i c h p e r t a i n s to t h e a t t i t u d e o f t h e s u b j n i ' l
a c c e p t a n c e ; s u c h a s “D o y o u w i s h to t r u t h f u l l y a n s w e r a l l t h e q u e s t io n
A k n o w le d g e q u e s t io n e d is d e s ig n e d to t e s t w h e t h e r t h e s u b j e c t p o s s e s * * ®
i n f o r m a t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e e v id e n c e , i d e n t i t y o f t h e s u s |> n I
o r o t h e r s i m i l a r s e c o n d a r y e le m e n t s o f t h e c a s e u n d e r i n v e s t ig a t io n .
A n e v i d e n c e - c o n n e c t in g q u e s t i o n is f o r m u l a t e d to a r o u s e t h e g u i l t y s u b ji • i
a n d fo c u s h is a t t e n t i o n o n t h e l i k e li h o o d o f i n c r i m i n a t i n g p r o o f t h a t w o u ld
t e n d to e s t a b l i s h h i s g u i l t .
C o n t r o l q u e s t io n s - T h e y r e f e r to q u e r ie s w h ic h m a y e i t h e r b e r e le v a n t
i r r e l e v a n t d e s ig n e d t o e s t a b l i s h a n d o b t a i n r e s p o n s e f r o m a n in n o c i n i
s u b je c t . I t is s o m e t im e s r e f e r r e d to a s a p r o b a b l e lie . I t p r o v id e s a !> » •■
fo r e v a l u a t i n g t h e s u b j e c t ’s p e r c e p t u a l s e t. I t is c la s s if ie d in t o p r i m n l i
c o n t r o l q u e s t i o n w h i c h is b a s e d o n a lie a n d a s e c o n d a r y c o n t r o l q u e s t i *
w h i c h is b a s e d u p o n o t h e r a s p e c t s o f w r o n g d o in g .
T e s t p r o c e d u r e s : A ll t e s t o r p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n m u s t b e c o n d u i t " ( I
o n ly a f t e r h a v i n g a p r e - t e s t i n t e r v ie w w i t h t h e s u b j e c t to c o n d i t i o n h im ■
t h e t e s t . T h e p o ly g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n s h o u l d c o n s is t o f a s k in g t h e su b jri i | |
l i s t o f n o t m o r e t h a n t w e lv e (1 2 ) p r e p a r e d q u e s t io n s i n a p l t i n n M
s e q u e n c e . T h e r e s h o u l d b e a t l e a s t t h r e e (3 ) c h a r t s t a k e n w i t h e a c h ■ 1 ..-T
w h i c h s h o u ld n o t e x c e e d f o u r (4 ) m i n u t e s w i t h a r e s t o f f r o m fiv e (5 ) to t w
(1 0 ) m i n u t e s b e t w e e n c h a r t s .
What are the types o f tests?
Types o f Tests: T h e n u m b e r o f t e s t r e q u i r e d w h e n t h e s u b j e c t i n d i c a t e s
d e c e p t io n is a t l e a s t fiv e (5 ) t e s t s w h i c h m a y b e a n y o f t h e fo r e g o in g :
G e n e r a l Q u e s t i o n T e s t - A n s w e r a b l e b y Y E S o r N O t h is a r e q u e s t io n s
w h ic h t h e s u b j e c t k n o w s a s t r u e .
Peak o f Tension Test - I t is t h e a s k in g o f s e r ie s o f q u e s t io n s i n w h i c h

o n ly o n e h a s b e a r i n g u p o n t h e m a t t e r u n d e r i n v e s t i g a t i o n . T h is is
c o n d u c t e d w h e r e t h e r e is a w i d e s p r e a d k n o w le d g e p e r t a i n i n g to a c r im e
b u t t h e i n t i m a t e d e t a il s a r e k n o w n o n ly b y t h e o f f e n d e r . I t is a n s w e r a b l e
b y N o o n ly .
Card Test - I t is c o n d u c t e d i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r t h e c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f i r s t
te s t w h il e t h e b lo o d p r e s s u r e c u f f is s t ill d e f l a t e d . T h e s u b j e c t is a s k e d to
c h o o s e o n e fro m s e v e n n u m b e r e d c a rd s , ta k e it a n d r e tu r n th e s a m e
w i t h o u t t e l l i n g t h e e x a m i n e r o r o t h e r w is e i d e n t i f y i n g t h e c h o s e n n u m b e r ,
i h e c a r d is t h e n s h u f f le d b y t h e e x a m i n e r a n d i n s t r u c t s t h e s u b j e c t to
a n s w e r N O c o n c e r n i n g t h e c a r d s w h e n s h o w n . T h i s is to s in g le o u t w h i c h
n rn o n g t h e a n s w e r s g iv e n b y t h e s u b j e c t is a lie . T h i s is u n d e r t a k e n to
• s i m u l a t e l y i n g s u b je c t s i n t o s p e c if ic r e s p o n s iv e n e s s to t h e s u b s e q u e n t
i e le v a n t q u e s t io n s a n d to a f f o r d t h e l y i n g s u b j e c t a n o p p o r t u n i t y to t r y to
d is t o r t t h e p o l y g r a p h e x a m i n a t i o n t r a c in g s w h i c h w o u l d r e s u l t i n e x p o s in g
h is d e c e p t io n w i t h r e s p e c t to t h e m a t t e r u n d e r in v e s t i g a t i o n .
Silent Answer Test - T h i s is a c o n f i r m a t o r y t e s t b e c a u s e t h e s u b j e c t is

n l'ra id o f t h e u n f a m i l i a r a n d t h e u n k n o w n . I t is a n e x a m i n a t i o n i n w h i c h
I tie s u b j e c t is i n s t r u c t e d b y t h e e x a m i n e r t o a v o id a u d i b l e r e s p o n s e to t h e
q u e s t io n s a s k e d .
Uuilt Com plex Test - I n c a s e s w h e r e t h e s u b j e c t is o v e r ly r e s p o n s iv e , t h is

i < it is g iv e n w h i c h c o n s is t o f a t e s t p e r t a i n i n g to a p u r e l y f i c t i t i o u s
i n c id e n t o f a s i m i l a r n a t u r e to t h e o n e u n d e r q u e i y . I t is d e s ig n e d to
■m n p a r e t h e r e s p o n s iv e n e s s o n i t w i t h t h o s e t h a t a p p e a r e d o n t h e a c t u a l
t i i l r e c o r d w h e r e i n q u e s t i o n s a s k e d a r e t h o s e w h i c h p e r t a i n s to t h a t
W h ic h is u n d e r in v e s t i g a t i o n . T h i s t e s t is d e s ig n e d f o r d ia g n o s t ic p u r p o s e
i " n id i n t h e p o s t e x a m i n a t i o n i n t e r r o g a t i o n o f a l y i n g s u b je c t .
Mixed Question Test - T h i s c o n s is t s o f a n a r r a n g e m e n t o f f i r s t a n d t h i r d

% « i q u e s t i o n s , a d m i n i s t e r e d f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f d i s c o u n t i n g p o s s ib le f a c t o r
"i a c c id e n t a l r e s p o n s e s a n d to c o m p a r e t h e d e g r e e o f r e a c t i o n b e t w e e n
c o n t r o l a n d r e l e v a n t q u e s t io n s . T h e o b je c t iv e o f s u c h c h a n g e s i n q u e s t i o n
n e e o f w o r d s is to d i r e c t t h e s u b j e c t ’s a t t e n t i o n to c e r t a i n p a r t i c u l a r
M r s . o r s it u a t i o n s a n d i n s o d o in g a r o u s e h i s c o n c e r n t h a t h is e a r l i e r t e s t
i u d s m a y h a v e d is c lo s e d s o m e d e c e p t io n r e s p e c t i n g o n e o r m o r e o f t h e
■ r r v io u s q u e s t io n s . (1 ) w o u l d i n d i c a t e o r r e f e r to a s u b j e c t w h o is
• • 'iis id e r e d a m o d e r a t e r e s p o n d e r to b o t h c o n t r o l a n d r e l e v a n t q u e s t io n s ;
(,!) w o u l d r e f e r to a n e r r a t i c r e s p o n d e r a n d (3 ) w o u l d r e f e r to a n
u n r e s p o n s iv e s u b je c t . T h e a d v a n t a g e s i n u s in g m i x e d t e s t q u e s t io n s a r e an
fo llo w s :
T h e m i x e d q u e s t i o n t e s t w o u l d p e r m i t a d d i t i o n a l p i n - p o i n t e r p a ir in g s :>l
th e r e le v a n t a n d c o n tr o l q u e s tio n re s p o n s e s .
T h e m i x e d q u e s t i o n t e s t w o u l d a ll o w t h e e x a m i n e r t o c h e c k th e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f s p o t r e s p o n s e s s in c e s o m e s u b je c t s w o u l d r e s p o n d nl
c e r t a i n t im e s d u r i n g t h e t e s t w i t h o u t r e g a r d to t h e q u e s t io n s b e in g a s k e d .
A m i x i n g o f q u e s t i o n o f t h e f o u r t h e x a m w o u l d g u a r d a g a i n s t s u b je c t s w'rm
m a y h a v e a n t i c i p a t e d t h e a s k in g o f c e r t a i n q u e s t io n s a n d m a y give
a n t i c i p a t o r y r e s p o n s e . A s u b j e c t m a y h a v e g iv e n a r e s p o n s e a t t h e e n d o f
t h e t e s t d u e to d i s c o m f o r t , b y c h a n g in g o n t h e f o u r t h t e s t , t h e m ix e d
q u e s t i o n s u c h o c c u r r e n c e w o u l d b e e x c lu d e d .
What are the kinds o f response?
K in d s o f R e s p o n s e : N o r m a l R e s p o n s e - W h i c h r e f e r s to t h e t r a c i n g o n I h r
c h a r t w h e r e i n t h e s u b j e c t a n s w e r e d t h e i r r e l e v a n t q u e s t io n s . S p e c ifli
R e s p o n s e - R e f e r s to a n y d e v i a t i o n f r o m t h e n o r m a l t r a c in g o f t h e s u b jr t I
i n t h e r e l e v a n t q u e s t io n .
1. An exam ination wherein an inform al interview o f the subject is undertaken

between 20 to 30 minutes.
a. Post test interrogation c. Actual interrogation
b. Pre test interview d. Lie detection test
2. W hich am ong the follow ing is not a required qualification for a polygrni'l'
exam iner?
a. Crim inology graduate c. Technical know how
b. Honesty d. Integrity and morals
3. W hich am ong the foregoing is not part in the conduct o f a polygriipli

exam ination?
a. Pre-test interview c. Post-test interview
b. Instrum ental test d. Psychological test
4. W hich am ong the follow ing is not included in recording the psycho-physioic^li itl
response o f the subject?
a. Use o f w ater therapy c. W AT/W ord Association Test
b. PS E /Psych ological Stress Evaluator d. Polygraph machine
5. A person w ho is capable o f detecting deception w ith the use o f instrumentnl f|

or m echanical device.
a. Interrogator c. Medico-legal officer
b. Detective d. Polygraph exam iner
6. W hich am ong the following statem ent is not am ong the lim itations ol 'l||j
Polygraph?
a. It is only as accurate as the exam iner is com petent
b. It is admissible as evidence
c. It is an aid and not a substitute for investigation
d. It is a scientific diagnostic instrum ent which records responses
7. An invaluable aid in investigation, it refers to the instrum entation in the

detection o f crim e ort a scientific police method.
a. Photography c. Lie detection
b. Chem istry d. M edicine
8. Questions in connection to the m atter under investigation,

a. Relevant c. Control
I). Supplem entary d. Irrelevant
(). Refers to query having no bearing or w eight to the case under investigation,
n. Relevant c. Control
I). Supplem entary d. Irrelevant
10. A test usually adm inistered as part o f the standard test to draw a better
( onclusion.
n. Relevant c. Control
Ii Supplem entary d. Irrelevant
I 1. This m easures, detects and graphically displays voice modulation,

n. Word association test c. Truth serum
I) Psychological stress evaluator d. W ater therapy
12. In this exam ination stim ulus and non-stim ulus words are read to the subject
who in turn is instructed to answer as quickly as possible.
m. W ord association test c. Truth serum
I I Psychological stress evaluator d. W ater therapy
It. A test conducted wherein the subject is instructed not to produce verbal
fi'-iponse.
* Peak o f tension c. Narrative
11 Silent answer d. G uilt com plex
I •!. Using the psychological stress evaluator, a lying subject or when a person is
under stress, the frequencies...
i* Tends to disappear c. Increases
I I Rises d. Stops
l ‘ >. This test is not concerned with the answer w hether it is yes or no, w hat is
i< levant is the time o f response in relation to delay the answer.
» Word association test c. Truth serum
11 Psychological stress evaluator d. W ater therapy
Hi A test undertaken when the subject is not aware o f the details o f the offense for
I ptiich he is under scrutiny.
Is Guiit com plex c. Peak o f tension
f t 9 Silent answer d. Narrative
It? W hen response and control questions are consistently sim ilar this is
I "in. mistered. *
'< ( 1 1 lilt com plex c. Peak o f tension
■ • --nr-nt answer d. Narrative
i l I Ins test uses hyoscine hydrobrom ide drug adm inistered hypederm ically w hich
I'Miduces a state o f delirium.
a. Hypnotism c. Narco-synthesis
b. Narco-analysis d. Adm inistration o f truth serum
19. It is based on the m axim “in vino veritas” , m eaning in wine there is truth.
a. Hypnotism
b. Narco-analysis
c. Intoxication w ith the use o f alcoholic beverage
d. Adm inistration o f truth serum
20. In this examination, psychiatric sodium pentothal is administered.

a. Hypnotism
b. Narco-analysis
c. Intoxication w ith the use o f alcoholic beverage
d. Adm inistration o f truth serum
21. Most com m on and scientific method o f detecting deception.

a. Polygraphy c. Truth serum
b. Polygraph d. Interrogation
22. Devised an instrum ent capable o f continuously recording pulse ral r,

respiration and blood pressure.
a. W illiam Marston c. John Larson
b. Angelo Mosso d. Sticker
23. Psychological response to any demand.

a. Reaction c. Pressure
b. Stress d. All o f the above
24. For male subjects, what is the am ount o f air pressure is to be utilized in III*
system on cardio or vent.
a. 30 mm c. 90 mm.
b. 60 mm d. 120 mm
25. A subject m ust have at least how m any hours o f sleep considered fit Im
polygraph examination.
a. 5 c. 7
b. 6 d. 8
26. Type o f question related to the facts o f the case and is answerable by NO.
a. Relevant question c. General question
b. Irrelevant question d. Im m aterial question
27. A question known to the subject and is answerable by YES.

a. Relevant question c. General question
b. Irrelevant question d. Im m aterial question
28. An act o f discovery, indicative o f the fact that som ething is hidden or obscurr
a. Fear c. Detection
b. Deception d. Reaction
29. An inhibition o f a previous activity o f an effector organ or organism as a rrmili

o f stimulation.
a. Response c. Detection
b. Deception d. Reaction
30. Refers to an em otional response to a specific danger, which appears to go

beyond a p erson ’s defensive power.
a. Response c. Stim uli
b. Reaction d. Fear
31. This com ponent drives the chart paper under the recording pen sim ultaneously
at the rate o f 6 to 12 inches per minute.
n. Cardiosphygm ograph c. Galvanograph
b. Keym ograph d. Pneum ograph
32. Part o f the galvanograph attached to the left fingers o f the subject,
u. Finger electrode plate c. Rubber convoluted tube
b. Diacritic notch d. Keymograph
33. This com ponent record changes o f the su bject’s blood pressure and pulse rate.
ii .. Cardiosphygm ograph c. Galvanograph
I) Sphygm om anom eter d. Pneum ograph
34. It records the su bject’s skin resistance to a sm all am ount o f electricity.

a. Cardisphygm ograph c. Galvanograph
I). Sphygm om anom eter d. Pneum ograph
35. This com ponent records the changes in the breathing o f the subject.
m. Cardisphygm ograph c. Galvanograph
r. Sphygm om anom eter d. Pneum ograph
Kind o f lie w herein a person assum es another identity to deceive others.

■ . Black lie c. Red lie
b W hite lie d. Yellow lie
17. Deviation from norm al tracing o f the subject in the relevant question.
ii Reaction c. Specific response
b. Norm al response d. Positive response
.18. Chart tracing o f subject w hen irrelevant questions were answered.

ii Reaction c. Specific response
I) Norm al response d. Positive response
I'). Norm al time interval for pre-test interview.

ii 20 to 30 m inutes c. 60 to 90 minutes
Ii 30 to 60 m inutes d. 90 to 120 minutes
■10. The prim ary objective o f post test interview.

it To thank the subject c. To make the subject calm
I). To obtain confession d. To explain polygraph test procedures
•I 1. The purpose o f pretest interview.

«. To prepare subject for polygraph test
l> To obtain confession
C To m ake the subject calm
t t To explain polygraph test procedures
-I.!. Test undertaken when both relevant and control questions are sim ilar in
di'Krre and consistency.
a. Guilt com plex test c. Peak o f tension

b. Silent answer d. None o f the above
43. Refers to questions to ascertain the su bject’s norm al pattern o f response.

a. Relevant questions c. Supplem entary questions
b. Irrelevant questions d. Control questions
44. The num ber o f basic tracings in a m odern polygraph.

a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 6
45. Did you hide Senator Lacson in you r beach resort? Is an example ol
interrogation in lie detection which is:
a. Control question c. Relevant question
b. Irrelevant question d. Leading question
46. Developed the systolic blood pressure method for detecting deception.
a. W illiam M arston c. John Larson
b. Harold Burtt d. Leonard Keeler
47. He noted that respiratory and systolic blood pressure changes were signs m
deception.
a. W illiam M arston c. Leonard Keeler
b. Harold Burtt d. John Larson
48. Italian scientist w ho used hydrosphygm ograph procedure for persons chargnl
w ith the com m ission o f a crime.
a. Angelo Mosso c. Lombroso
b. Veraguth d. Vittorio Benussi
«
49. Pioneer w ho first used the term psychogalvanic skin reflex.
a. Angelo Mosso c. Lombroso
b. Veraguth d. Vittorio Benussi
50. W ho first incorporated the galvanograph w ith m easurem ent, respiral Inn
com ponent and blood pressure.
a. Harold Burtt c. Leonarde Keeler
b. Hans Gross ' d. John Larson
51. A prim itive practice o f detecting deception w hereby controversies are settled l>
means o f duel, the victor will be spared from the consequences and the loser will
be pronounced guilty.
a. Ordeal c. Combat
b. Trial by Com bat d. None o f these
52. Practiced even by the Roman Catholic Church in 1150 AD this Indian pradii I
o f ordeal based on the premise that a person conscious o f their crime and fearful i4
punishm ent from God would feel a suffocating sensation on their throat t|n»»
preventing them from swallowing the object o f the ordeal.
a. Bread chewing ordeal c. Rice chew ing ordeal
b. Cheese chew ing ordeal d. All o f these
53. A form o f trial undertaken when the accused is asked to fast for twelve houn
and then asked to swallow a small am ount o f rice and drink a dark colored wim-i,
1 1 this acts as an em etic the accused rejects all the rice, he is then pronounced
innocent.
u. Red hot iron ordeal c. Red w ater ordeal
I). Rice Chew ing ordeal d. Balance ordeal
54. Practiced in the early 600 B.C. this is undertaken by determ ining the veracity
of the statem ent o f the accused by placing him on a scale o f balance and in the
.ither scale a counter balance. He is then asked to go down w hile exhortation on
Hie scale is given, w hen the accused is placed on the scale and found to be lighter
Ilian before he is acquitted.
n. Boiling w ater ordeal c. D onkey’s Tail ordeal
Ii. Balance ordeal d. Red hot iron ordeal.
55. Prevalently practiced in Africa, this test o f deception is undertaken by asking

11lose persons suspected o f com m itting a crim e to place their right arm into a
boiling pot o f water, the person who lost some skin or showed blisters w ould be
il'-iermined as the one guilty o f the crime.
n Boiling w ater ordeal c. D onkey’s Tail ordeal
b Balance ordeal d. Red hot iron ordeal.
Mi.The polygraph exam ination enjoys general acceptance am ong varied authorities,
ifxcept the court because it possess a high degree o f reliability. The results are
•-Mi imated to be m ore t h a n ____ % accurate.
n 70 c. 80
I. 75 d. 90
S? The best indication o f deception in polygraph exam inations is the sim ultaneous
ific responses in t h e ___ tracings.
• 2 c. 4
k. 3 d. None o f these
"'H |f a Yes answer is given by the subject, the exam iner marks this on the chart.
« X c. +
I. XX d .-
ft'i Conducted im m ediately after the com pletion o f the first test while blood
I'icssure cu ff is still deflated. This is used to stim ulate lying subjects into specific
W ipon ses to the subsequent relevant questions and to afford the lying subject an
i'l>l>ortunity to try to distort the Polygraph exam ination tracings w hich w ould
•Mi iitually result in exposing his deception.
• Silent A nsw er Test c. Mixed Questions Test
k i iird Test d. Guilt Com plex Test
#0 As part o f custom ary test procedures, the polygraph exam iner should prepare
• Iim! o f not more t h a n ____ questions to be asked in a planned sequence.
t 10 c. 15
fi 12 d. 20
i'RIM INALISTICS VI - FORENSIC MEDICINE
KORENSIC MEDICINE. Defined.

Forensic Medicine is a branch of medicine which deals and applies thr

medical science to legal cases. It is then a science which concerns with thr
medical aspects of problems that confronts the court. In practice, it is
synonymous with legal Medicine, although it is applied to the solution of
various problem in courts and legal proceedings while legal medicine is thr
branch of medicine that is applied to law and justice whether to elucidalr
legal problems or not. Forensic medicine had a very wide scope comprisinn
many branches of medicine and para-medical sciences as well as law
Sudden or mysterious death belong to Internal Medicine; sprain, fractuin
and dislocation belong to Orthopedic Surgery; wounds and other physi> nl
injuries to Pathology or Surgery; poisoning belong to toxicology; abortion
and injuries of the genital organs in rape and other sexual crimes tint
within the scope of Gynecology and Obstetrics. The branches of law such
as Criminal Law, also utilize Forensic Medicine in its dealing with crimfn
against person or property.
What is the M edico-Legal System?
Medico-Legal Office System - This is the medico-legal system u srd

in the Philippines at present which is handled by a Medical Jurist <n
Medico-Legal Officer who is a registered physician duly qualified <o
practice medicine in the Philippines. The National Bureau of Investigation
and Philippine National Police had their own medico-legal offices with thru
own respective Medico-legal Officers. The Medico-Legal Officer is the nn*
who investigates medico-legal cases of death; physical injuries, rape ;nid
other sexual crimes. His duty is to examine the victim or assailant, in
make a report and to appear in court as expert witness when summon' il
by the proper authorities. Medico-Legal Investigation - It is a
investigation about the question of issue by the use of the medienl
techniques in its procedure and operation.
What is the role o f the doctor in crim inal investigation?
The role of a doctor in a criminal interrogation is to assist whenevn n

requires highly technical and medical skills in its operation nml
interpretation of results.
In identification, what are the characteristics that may easily li«

changed?
Applicable to the living only, the characteristics that may easily

changed are: Growth of Hair, beard or moustache, Clothing with spr< ini
preference as to form, color, design, texture and style, frequent place-* <4
visit, Trade of profession and Body ornamentation.
What are characteristics that maybe difficult to change?
Characteristics that maybe hard to change are: Memory II ■»

difficult to forget those that were already in the mind; Speech Peculim nn ■
of speech such as stammering, stocatto, stuttering or lisping; Gait -

Manner of walking which maybe natural to a person or secondary to a
disease or personality; Mannerism - Tic; Hands and feet; Complexion;
Changes in the eyes; Facies; Degree of nutrition.
What is the im portance o f studying the skeleton?
Medico-Legal importance in the study of the skeleton: For

identification whether the skeleton is of human origin or not;
Determination of Sex; Race; Age; height; of the plurality or missing bones;
of the ante-mortem or post-mortem injuries in the bones and teeth; and of
the duration of interment. Basis of the Bertillon’s method of identification:
Human skeleton does not changed after 20 years, It is impossible to have
bones alike, Measurement easily taken with the aid of simple instruments.
Difficulty lies in the necessity of delicate instruments and well trained
operator to prevent inaccuracy.
How can sex be determ ined thru the skeleton?
The sex maybe established with considerable probability from the

study of the bones. As a general rule, the female bones are smaller, lighter
and smoother than those of the male bones. The pelvis gives the best
indication of sex particularly the ischium-pubic complex; the skull to
indicate the size of the brow ridges or mastoid process; of the lower jaw to
show the form of the chin region; and the joint ends of some of the long
bones like the ball joints. The bones that maybe examined in the
determination of sex are the pelvis, skull, sternum, femur and humerus.
What is the im portance o f identifying hair and fibers?
The medico-legal importance of identifying hair and other fibers: To

establish the identity of human remains; For rough estimate of sex in a
person; A means of showing possible association between a suspected
person and a particular crime, or between a victim and a weapon or
vehicle. Hair as evidence - The evidential value of the examination of hair
in scientific investigation of crime depends on the thoroughness and
completeness of the laboratory studies. The naked eye and hand-lets study
of hair as well as the use of microscopy and photo-micrography are veiy
important to determine not only the spatial configurations (curliness,
waviness) and physical features (springiness, softness, brittleness) but
also the structure of hair. Certain characteristics of fibers from plants may
show a definite qualities and characteristics which maybe used to
differentiate the human hair from other fibers by its physical qualities and
its chemical reactions.
What is the im portance o f sex determ ination
Medico- legal importance of sex determination: For identification of the

person as to whether male or female; To determine the individual rights
vested by law to a certain sex only; Right of Succession - (Right ol

primogeniture); Marriage - The law of certain country permit marriage
only between male and female. Persons who can contract marriage musl
be a male and a female, and in no instant can there be a valid marriage
when both of them are of the same sex. Rights granted by law is differem
for each sex only. Evidence of Sex may be classified as presumptive,
probable and conclusive:
W hat are probable evidence o f sex?
Probable evidence: Possession of female genital organs such as vaginn,

uterus and enlarged breast maturity; Possession of penis in the male and
Possession of feminizing and musculinizing hormones: Estrogen and
progesterone in females. Androsterone and testosterone in the males
What is the conclusive evidence for sex?
Conclusive evidence: Presence of ovaries in the female and Presence of

the testis in the male
What is the im portance o f age determination?
Legal importance of age determination: For classification of the person

as to whether infant, child, adult or old person; To determine criminal
liability
W hat is the importance o f studying blood?
The medico-legal importance of the blood are: Determination of tbe

cause of death; Determination of the direction of escape of the victim or
the assailant; Determination of the approximate time the crime wiim
committed and helps in determination of the place of the commission of
the crime.
What is a blood?
The human blood is a reddish liquid portion of the body within tlir
blood vessels and containing formed elements such as red blood cells,
white blood cells, platelets and plasma which is the liquid portion. Tlir
liquid portion of the blood contains proteins, inorganic elements and othci
substances. The blood plasma if differentiated from blood serum, in that
the letter is devoid of fibrinogen, which is a protein substances in tlir
blood and in which is transformed into fibrin in the process of coagulation
Serum is a light yellow fluid which separates when blood coagulates.
A normal healthy Filipino has about 16-18 glasses of blood (An

average glass of 200 cc). Loss of six glasses of blood means loss of life,
while loss of three glasses will cause anemia. The red color of the blood is
due to the presence of hemoglobin in the red blood corpuscles.
Hemoglobin is the iron-containing protein of the blood and is composed of

two substances:
What is death?
Death is defined as the absence of life in a living matter. Upon death the
organism returns to a stable equilibrium, both physically and chemical. In
medico-legal death, it refers to the death which involves in crime or
medico-legal cases to prove or disapprove that a foul play had been done.
Usually death from sickness in the hospital or at home is a natural death
and therefore is not classified under medico-legal death because there is
no foul play or crime involved.
What are the kinds o f death?
Somatic Death - Clinical death : It is a complete, continuous, persistent

cessation of respiration, circulation and almost all brain functions of an
organism. The immediate signs of death in a person are the sudden
cessation of upward and downward movement of the chest in the process
ol respiration; sudden pale color of the face and lips; the pulse and the
heart beat stops; the jaw or head drops down and flaccidity of the muscles
occurs; the presence of dilated pupils as well as the loss of corneal and
light reflexes.
Clinical types o f Death: Sociological death : It is a type of death wherein

Ilie withdrawal and separation from the patient by others' producing a
hi use of isolation and abandonment.
Psychic death : The condition of death wherein the patient regresses,

k'ivcs up or surrenders, accepting death prematurely and refuses to
continue living. Psychic death occurs prematurely if the patient has
excessive fear of his illness and views it as lending to immediate death.
Iliologic death : The type of death characterized by the absence of

intuitive function or awareness, although artificial support system may
II inmtain organ functioning.
Physiologic death : A type of death when all vital organs have ceased to
hmction.
Molecular death - Cellular death: It is the cessation of life of the

Ifnlividual cells in the body which occurs one at a time after somatic
dfnth. The blood contains food and oxygen that is ended by the tissues.
Ni-rw cells and brain cells die earlier about 5 minutes after somatic death
while muscle cells live longer until the onset of rigor mortis which is about
S*tk ho’j rs .
Apparent death - “State of Suspended Animation”. It is a state of

'«'iii|)oiary cessation of vital activities of the body or the vital processes
were depressed to the minimum compatible with life. This condition is nol
actually death although classified under the kinds of death because the
person or organism is still alive although it seems that there are no signs
of life.
What are the signs o f death?
Signs o f Death: The signs of death must be determined not only for il»
medico-legal implication but also to exclude apparent death by the earlv
as well as late changes which occurred in the body at the time of death or
within the next few minutes extending into the first and subsequcni
hours.
Cessation o f Respiration - It has been observed that when a person is

dying the breathing becomes irregular and then suddenly in gapn
separated by long periods of interval until a last expiratory movemcni
which is usually accepted as the outward and visible sign of death which
had occurred. A person can hold his breath not longer than three and «
half-minutes but a persistent, continuous cessation of breathing after five
minutes without spontaneous breathing and repeated testing for at lenni
two minutes interval at each testing is considered as a respiratory failun-
Cessation o f Heart Beating and Circulation: Upon death, the heart stop*
beating in a persistent and continuous manner which cannot be revived hy
cardiac massage and other resuscitative measures for about a period nl
five minutes.
Cooling o f the Body: The metabolic process and other biochenm

changes in the body producing heat and energy as well as the function iif
the hypothalamus controlling the body temperature stopped upon den III
thereby the body temperature gradually decreases until it assumes IIm*
temperature of the environment. The lowering of body temperature is imr
of the earliest sign of death and the body cools by radiation, conduct mu
and convection. The rate of fall of the body temperature is most rapid In
the first four after death and then progressively slower during the next i ■'I
hours until it reaches the temperature of the surroundings beyond I J
hours. The normal body temperature in a living person is 37’C or t'**
but upon death the temperature gradually decreases. The fall of 15’!• in
20’F is considered as death of the body. In Post-mortem Caloricity or hull
mortem Glycogenolysis, there is an increase of temperature due to Imj|J
early putrefactive and chemical changes in the body, which occur in
1-3 hours after death. Post-mortem caloricity occurs especially in persm *
who died from infectious diseases and strychnine poisoning.
Stages o f Muscular change: Stage of primary flaccidity: It is the s t k '

muscular change upon death characterized by relaxation of muscle*
loss of their natural tone so that the jaw or the head drops down it)#
thorax collapses and the limbs becomes flaccid; the iris assumt s n mill
onhinrtpr rplnvps This is the reason whv the dead nrrmiBi
inay still urinate, defecate or excrete the waste product of metabolism thru
pores in the skin because of the relaxation of the sphincters.
Stage o f Post-m ortem Rigidity or Rigor Mortis: This stage of muscular

( hange which occurs 2-6 hours after death and is characterized by
hardening of the muscles due to biochemical changes of the muscle
proteins that will ultimately result to decrease of adenosine triphosphate
(ATP), which is a protein substance of the muscle fibers. The rigor mortis
involved both voluntary and involuntary muscles which usually start at
the muscles of the jaw and face and then spreads to the neck, upper
lnnbs, trunk and lower limbs until the whole body assumes a board like
i iîdity after about 12 hours. The duration of rigor mortis in a dead person
varies in cold, temperature and tropical countries. In temperate countries,
i igor mortis will be present for 2 or 3 days while in tropical countries the
duration is 2 days although during summer rigor mortis will last for 36-48
hours after death.
Conditions Sim ulating Rigor Mortis: Heat Stiffening : A condition

i h.iracterized by hardening of the muscles due to coagulation of muscle
proteins when the dead body is exposed to intense heat as by burning or
Immersion in a hot liquid.
Cold Stiffening : A condition characterized by hardening of the muscles

ilnc to solidification of fats, muscles and fluid when the dead body is
i xposed to extremely cold or freezing temperature.
Cadaveric Spasm or Instantaneous Rigor: It is the instant stiffening of a

i ci lain group of muscles which occurs immediately at the moment of
lit ni h and although its cause is unknown is associated with violent death
due to extreme nervous tension, fatigue and injury to the nervous system.
I hr. voluntary contraction of muscles has a medico-legal implication
brm use it records the last act of life in a person.
■I age o f secondary flaccidity: A muscular change characterized by the

•nil iless and flaccidity of the muscles in which no longer responds to
tunical or electrical stimulation due to dissolution of the muscle
M>i<'ins that have been previously coagulated during the stage of rigor
Jtmitis. This stage is the onset of putrefaction and occurs many hours in
ilftoi mortis. The start, spread and progression of flaccidity of the muscles
■ t io w s the pattern of the muscles in rigor mortis.
Putrefaction: It is the process of dissolution of tissues by the digestive

••linn of its enzymes and bacteria that results to softening and
ifcii h i.iction of tissues and usually accompanied by the liberation of foul-
f c * “llmg gases and change of color of the tissues. The flies will be
Ktii:. ted to the dead body during putrefaction and sipped the juicy
(P-iTlon of the tissues: lay eggs which hatch within 24 hours to form
11<,11 >’,(it s and which again feed vigorously in the damaged tissues.
What is post mortem lividity?
Post-Mortem Lividity is a sign of death, It approximate the time of

death in a person, It determines the position of the body after death, and II
may indicate the cause or manner of death. Kinds of Post-mortem Liviaitv
Hypostatic lividity : It is the lividity when the discoloration is due to tlir
blood pooled in the most dependent areas of the body. Diffusion lividity: M
is a fixed or permanent discoloration when the blood clotted inside i hr-
blood vessels or has diffused to different parts of the body.
What is livor mortis?
Post-mortem Lividity - Livor Mortis . The onset of post-morlcm

lividity is 20-30 minutes in the most dependent portions of the body ami
is completed in about 12 hours when the blood has already clotted m
diffused to different parts of the body wherein the discoloration its darker
and permanent.
What is rigor mortis?
Post-mortem Rigidity - Rigor Mortis . Onset - 2-6 Hours after deni 11

and is completed in about 12 hours Duration; 24-48 Hours in Hi#
Philippines and other tropical countries; 36-48 Hours during the sumnm
in the Philippines and other tropical countries.
What are the Medico legal Causes o f Death ?
Natural death: A medico legal classification of death that occurs due to id

disease or ailment in the body. The diseases may occur spontaneously
it might have been the consequence of the physical injury inflicted prim i*i
its development. The natural death may also occur suddenly wherein llitl
termination of life comes quickly and unexpectedly or maybe a delayed <>n|
due to a long, lingering illness. The medico-legal autopsy is conducted in
cases of sudden and unexpected death, including apparently accidc-ninlj
death, primarily to establish the cause of death.
Violent death. It is death due to injuries by some forms of outside ft

wherein the physical injuries inflicted is the proximate cause of death. 11>«
death of the victim is presumed to be natural consequence of the physh ■
injuries inflicted when the following facts are established: That the vii ttfl
at the time the physical injuries were inflicted was in normal health; THtfj
death maybe expected from the physical injuries inflicted; That d<*«S
ensued within a reasonable time.
Accidental death. It is death which occurs unexpected and outside of wjfl

Sometimes, it maybe defined as death due to accidents or misadventun-
Negligent death: It is death due to reckless imprudence, negligence, link

nf skill nr lark nf foresight
Infanticidal death - It is death due to the killing of a child less than three
|i) days old.
Parricidal death - It is death due to killing of one’s own father, mother or

i hi Id whether legitimate or illegitimate.
Homicidal death - Homicide is the killing of another person with intent

hut without justification.
Murder - It is the unlawful killing of a person committed with any of the

■iic'umstances enumerated under Art 248, RPC attending the crime.
Euthanasia - Mercy killing: It is a willful acceleration of death of person in

to lessen sufferings of the patient; this is permitted in some
o rd e r
Imiropean countries.
Nuicidal Death - It is death due to killing or destruction of oneself. A

prison who commits suicide but was not able to kill oneself is not
|jmalized by law but a person who assists another person to commit
luieide is punished.
What are the pathological classification o f death?
Pathological classification includes death from Syncope: Syncope is a

¥\ mptom complex characterized by loss of consciousness, fall in blood
I'lT s s u re , fainting spell, decrease respiration ana heart rate due to sudden
loss of heart action, pulmonaiy function as well as arrest of functions in
Hir brain.
Death from Asphyxia: Asphyxia is a condition of death due to

Interference in respiration.
Death from coma: Coma is a profound stupor in sickness or after severe

iii|iny.
What are the methods o f Judicial Death?

t'<-.ith by Lethal injection
I )i nth by Electrocution
Btftth by Musketry - Firing squad
Brvith by Gas Chamber
£>■vith by Hanging
What is physical injury?
Refers to a specific impairment of the body structure or function

insed by an outside force or agent. It is an injury of the body caused by
physical agents which is the application of stimulus to the body producing
umig* or ajury to the tissues. Th( Classification of Physical Injury as to
severity: Mortal wound - Wound which when inflicted to the body ia

immediately followed by death or one which is serious that will endangered
the life if the victim. And non-mortal wound - Wound which when inflictol
to the body is not immediately followed by death or one which is not nu
serious that will endanger the life of the victim.
What are the classification o f injury as to the kind ol

instrum ent/weapon used:
Wounds produced by blunt instrument - Lacerated wound.
Wounds produced by sharp edged instrument - Incised wound.
Wounds produced by sharp pointed instrument - Punctured wound.
Wounds produced by sharp edged and sharp pointed instrument - Sta Ik-
wound.
Wounds produced by tearing force.
Wounds produced by change of environmental pressure on the body.
Wounds produced by change of environmental temperature on the body.
Wounds produced by micro-organism
What are kinds o f injury as to the m anner o f infliction:

Hit - By the stroke of bolo, axe and blunt instrument
Thrush or stab - By the stroke of a knife, dagger, ice pick, bayonet, sabif
spear and others
Tearing or stretching
Gunpowder explosion, projectiles or shrapnel
Sliding or Rubbing
What are the kinds o f wounds as to the depth o f the wound:

Superficial wound - Wound which involves the outer layer of the skin
tissues.
Deep wound - Wound involves the outer as well as the inner structure* 4
the skin or tissues of the body.
Penetrating wound - Wound wherein the instrument pierces a solid 01 n
or tissues
Perforating wound - Wound where there is communication between IS
outer and inner portions of the hollow organs
What are the classification o f wounds as to the relation o f the sita

application o f forces and the location o f injury?
Coup injury - It is the physical injury which is found at the site of 11
application of force.
Contre coup injury - It is the physical injury which is found not at if
site but opposite the site of the application of force.
Coup contre coup injury - It is the physical injury which is found a I ’
site and also opposite the site of the application of force.
Locus m inoris resistencia - It is the physical injury which is found imi
the site or opposite the site of the application of force but in some hum
offering the latest resistance to the force applied.
Extensive iniury - It is the physical injury involving the greatei hit#
• i »• - •- r € ..
What are the M edico-Legal classification o f wounds?
Mutilation - The intentional act of looping or cutting off any parts of the
lining body.
■light Physical Injury - It is the physical injury wherein the victim is ill-
tirnt or incapacitated for work or requires the medical attendance for a
I'i riod of one to nine days.
Less serious physical injury - A physical injury wherein the offended

victim is incapacitated for work or require the medical attendance for 10
*Inys or more but not more than 30 days.
Serious Physical Injury - A physical injury wherein the victim is
wminded, beaten or assaulted and is incapacitated for work or require the
medical attendance for more than 30 days.
Deformity - Disfigurement: It is the temporary or permanent deformation

nl Ihe body producing physical ugliness.
Ad ministration o f injurious substances or beverages - It is the physical

iniiiry to a person who, without intent to kill shall inflict upon another or
i i i i v serious physical injuries by knowingly administering to him any
li■111rious substances or beverages or by taking advantage of his weakness
nl mind and credulity.
What is the difference between a closed and opened wound?
In closed wound, there is no break in the overlying skin or tissues while in

ojh i led
wound there is a break in the overlying skin or tissues.
What is a contusion?
Contusion - Bruise: It is a wound in the substance of the true skin

•imI is the subcutaneous cellular tissues characterized by swelling and
Hincoloration of tissues because of extravasations of blood. The shape of
flknr bruise is usually round or oval but may follow the shape of the
NKii mding weapon, so that the position of the bruise may indicate the
fTmiiiier of assault.
Whitt is the difference between a sprain and a fracture?
i Sprain or tearing of the articular tendons, ligaments and muscles

® K *cterized by swelling, discoloration of tissues involved and extreme
Ifcjn. While, fracture is a break or solution in the continuity of the bone
resulting from violence or from some existing pathology.
Wfcat are the kinds o f fracture?

Simple fracture - It is an injury where there is the line of fracture but the
alignment of the bones is still intact.
Com pound fracture - It is a fracture where there is a break in the bon<-
and loss of alignment of the affected bones.
Com m inuted fracture - It is a fracture where there is a break in the bone,
loss of alignment of the affected bones and separation of fragments ol
bones.
What is a dislocation?
It is the displacement of the articular surfaces of the bones form inu

the joints usually secondary to trauma. There maybe stretching or tearing
of the tendons, ligaments or muscles which attached on the bones forming
the joints. The kinds of Dislocation: Simple dislocation- A dislocation
where there is displacement of the bones but without external wound and
compound dislocation - A dislocation where there is displacement of tlir
bones and accompanying break or wound in the skin
What is a cerebral concussion?
It is a condition of the brain resulting from a sudden jarring m

stunning of the brain which follows a blow on the head and i*
characterized by headache or dizziness; unconsciousness or sen 11
consciousness; muscles relaxed and flaccid; reflexes sluggish; respiratinfd
slow and shallow; and pulse which is rapid but weak.
W hat is an abrasion?
It is an open wound characterized by the renewal of the epithelial lnv«P

of the skin brought by friction against a hard, rough object. The forma of
Abrasion are: Linear abrasion - An abrasion where there is a single line nf
injury which maybe curve or straight; Multi-linear abrasion - A form t>?
abrasion where there are several lines of injury which are parallel to on|
another; Confluent abrasion - A form of abrasion where the lines of injuiy
are arranged in hap hazard manner and Multiple abrasion - An abrasion
in the body surface located in different parts of the body
W hat are the types o f Abrasion?
Scratches - An abrasion brought about by the stroke of sharp-poiniriC

instrument over the skin producing the injury.
Grazes - An abrasion due to forcible contact with a rough, hard ol>i< i «

resulting to irregular removal of the skin surface.
im pact or Im print aDrasion - An abrasion due to contact with a jM

hard object in which the structural form of the object is reflected over H im
skin.
Pressure or Friction abrasion - An abrasion due to pressure applied and

wich accompanying movement over the skin
What is a Gunshot Wound?
It is an open wound produced by the penetration of bullet slug

within the tissues of the body. The bullet slug which was propelled from
Ilie gun as well as the flame from the heated expanded gases in short
mnge fire is the one that produces the injury. The wound of entrance is
usually small and maybe smaller than the missile due to retraction of the
••kin and tissues at the opening of the wound. The edge of the wound is
inverted with some contusion or abrasion around the wound. In contact
nr close range fire, there is burning of the skin, singeing of the hair and
gunpowder tattooing. The other description of the wound of entrance is
linsed on the distance of the body from the fired gun.
Contact fire: The wound of entrance is burst due to the explosion of the
l>nwder which produces the heated and expanded gases. There is burning
nl the tissues in the affected area because it is within the flame zone;
xingeing of the hair; and particles of gunpowder in and around the wound
nl entrance. The skin is separated from the underlying tissues in the
ffected area, and the blasted tissues are cherry red because of the
presence of carbon monoxide. The pressure of the bullet slug will cause
' civing in or excavation of tissues and the contusion collar is seen around
Ll ic wound of entrance. The size of the wound is rather small.
Near contact up to 6 inches distance: There is bursting of tissues,

i'inning and blackening of the skin as in contact fire but the particles of
gunpowder are present inside as well as around the wound of entrance.
I lie shape of the wound maybe lacerated or slit-like and the size is larger
limn the diameter of the missiles. The excavation of tissues due to the
I>i rssure of the penetrating bullet slug may not be as severe as in contact
lit r .
Distance above 6 inches up to 24 inches and beyond: The size of the

wound gradually approximates the size of the missile. As the distance from
ibc target becomes farther, the burning or blackening of tissues,
Jniipowder tattooing, singeing of the hair and excavation of tissues
linmnes lesser and lesser until it disappears beyond the 24 inches
Bsliince.
Characteristics o f the W ound o f Exit: Usually the wound of exit is larger

Mu.ii the projectile but it does not follow any definite shape. The edge of
£h<* wound is everted and sometimes with some tissues or flaps of skin
fcrt'l mding from the wound. The bullet slug maybe lodged inside the bodv
in lone range fire and therefore without any wound of exit.
Bholgun Wound: It is an open wound produced by the penetration of
jicllelsi or shot within the tissues of the body. In shotgun fire, the pellets
•ineimte and usually lodged inside the body and a tendency for a wider
dispersion of pellets at a certain distance except in contact and neat

contact fire.
Characteristics o f the Shotgun W ound o f Entrance Contact fire: Thr

wound of entrance is irregular with bursting of the affected tissues on
account of explosion of the heated and expanded gases with accompany inn
flame causing burning of the skin and the tissues. There is singeing of the
hair; presence of wads as well as particles of gunpowder inside the wound
of entrance.
Near shot up to 6 inches distance: There is marked laceration of tin*

skin and destruction of tissues due to the pressure of explosion. Tlir
burning is marked on the surface of the skin and particles of gunpowder
are present inside and around the wound of entrance. There is singeing ol ■
the hair as well as pieces of wads inside and outside the wound nf
entrance.
Distance about 1 yard: The pellets penetrate the tissues as one miiNK I
making the wound with irregular edge of the wound entrance. There wlii I
also be blackening of tissues with slight burning, singeing of the hair f l
gunpowder tattooing.
Distance about 2 to 3 yards: The wound of entrance has a big central

hole with ragged edges and a few stray wounds of entrance around Ilia
central hole. At this distance, there will be no more blackening or burnnn,
of the skin, gun powder tattooing, singeing of the hair and pieces of wnda
at or near the wound of entrance.
Distance o f 4 yards: A small group of pellets may penetrate the tisstiw

producing a central core, although plenty of pellets in a wider dispet Îmi
may produce separate wound of entrance. The pellets dispersed about 11
times the distance in yards in non-choked barrel while in full-choked hoM
the dispersion is lA less but there is a wider dispersion in short burn*
shotgun.
W ounds from explosion o f explosive materials: The explosive mateimja

maybe covered by soft materials such as pieces of papers, cartooiill
aluminum foils and others as exemplified in dynamite and big flrecrac
while other explosive materials are covered by metal as well as its conlrnlll
of hard metals as exemplified by grenades, bombs, mines, anti-aircraft i i i l
scud missiles.
What are the injuries from the blast o f explosive materials?
Blast wave injury: When the explosion occurs, it causes sudden in crot»*«
of atmospheric pressure followed by a sudden decreased. Iliifl
compression-decompression effect will be relayed in the atmosphere mn|
produces destruction, distortion or bursting of soft tissues especially ol Hit
internal organs characterized by bleeding. This exemplified in injuries fron

l lie explosion of dynamites and big firecrackers.
Burns from flam e or heated gas: The explosion of the powder wil
produce flame and heated expanded gases which will cause burns o
different degrees in the body exposed within the vicinity. Example
Kx plosion of the airplane and bombs
Asphyxia due to lack o f oxygen: When the explosive material exploded |

will utilized the oxygen within the vicinity of the atmosphere and the
human being that is exposed will suffer from difficulty of breathing anc
di<;d of asphyxia because of lack of oxygen within the vicinity of the
■il mosphere. Oxygen is necessary for the explosion and inflammability o;
Miibstances as well as necessary for the life of human being and othei
imimals.
I'olsoning by inhalation o f carbon monoxide, nitrous or nitric gases,

hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide or hydrocyanic acid gases. The explosion
nl explosive materials will cause liberation of poisonous gases which when
InImled in sufficient amount will produce gas poisoning or asphyxia.
Direct injury from the flying missile: The detonation of high explosive
imperially those with metal covering like grenades, bombs, mines, scud
mid anti-aircraft missiles will cause fragmentation of metal in the form nl
fchi.ipnel as well as pieces of wood, rocks and other flying missiles which
win ti it hit the body produced wound or injuries.
Wlmt are therm al injuries?
Thermal injuries are those caused when the body is exposed to an

liHinise or decrease of environment temperature producing cellular or
PlSiur cnanges. Effects of Cold temperature: When the body is exposed In
• i.Id nr freezing environmental temperature it will produce death or
•i•)111 ics to the body because of less dissociation power of oxygen from (he
iVmn^lobin in the blood, thus the tissues will have a diminished puwer to
pitli/c oxygen. Prolonged exposure may cause necrosis and gangrene of
||ii' iissues. The degree of damage depends upon the decreased in
t#-Mi|M ruture, duration of exposure, vitality of tissues involved, sex and
i tin. lit ion of the body.
kliat are the local effect o f cold tem perature?
Pfrfiatbite - It is a condition of exposure to cold temperature of certain

of the body which produced mechanical disruption of cell structure
• id i1> characterized by diminished body temperature, cold stiffening and
■0 i;s A’iuch is later on lead to swelling, thrombosis, necrosis and
MiiKiend of the affected tissues.
Trench foot - A condition usually seen among those walking over Ilia
snow wherein the foot is exposed to freezing temperature characterized liy f
cold stiffening, muscle cramp, necrosis and gangrene of the foot.
Im m ersion foot - A sub variety of trench foot when the foot is submerKodl
into a cold freezing liquid characterized by decreased body temperature,
cold stiffening. Muscle cramp, necrosis and gangrene of the muscles in 11
foot.
What are the effects o f Heat in the body?
Heat is a form of kinetic energy transferable from one body to anolhtf

and appreciable by the thermal sense. Generalized or Systemic effecl >4 ]
heat: Heat cramp - It is a painful contraction of the skeletal mu si m
usually seen among manual workers in hot environment whose bodfl
fluids have been depleted of sodium chloride not replaced by heavy 1<
from sweat.
Heat exhaustion - It is a physiological breakdown following exposim

heat or precipitated by exertion in a hot environment c h a r a c t e r iz e d I
peripheral vasomotor collapse and is manifested by faintness, palpitn 11-n|||
nausea, vomiting, syncope, dizziness, headache and restlessness.
Heat stroke - It is a failure of adequate heat elimination almost alw*|

related to a breakdown of the sweating mechanism usually seen arr
workers working in a warm environment or exposed to the heat ol thr »\|
and is manifested by an elevation of body temperature, mental confu .
staggering gait, injuries to the central nervous system which is edemn
destruction of nerve cells as well as congestion and focal hemorrhafjfl*
various organs.
What are the local effect o f heat?
Scald - It is the burn due to contact with a hot or boiling liquid or g<
the body characterized by redness, pain and blister formation.
Burns - It is the injury due to the application of physical heat in anv I'll
to the body and is characterized by redness and heat coagulation of t|
tissues to actual charring. The effect of burns to the body is influem (>1 I
the intensity of heat, duration of contact, tissue involved, sex, age
accompanying infections.
Therm al b u rn - It is a type of burn caused by the application of hent <u

object. It is further subdivided in two groups: Those due to hot liquid
steam (scalds); Those due to dry heat and fire.
Chem ical burn- A type of burn due to chemicals like strong acids, nllml
and other irritant substances which produced extensive destrucllfj
tissues and usuallv healed by the formation of keloid scars.
IClectrical burn - A burn due to electric current. There are three kinds of
elcctric burns such as contact bum s, spark burns and flash burns.
Radiation burn - A burn due to radiation from radio-active substances

llich as X-ray and ultraviolet light as well as radiation bombs.
Friction burn- A burn when the body comes in contact with the moving
(bject either by sliding, rotating or rubbing.
What are the clinical classification o f burn?
First: degree burn - It is the burn which involves the superficial layer of
Ihe skin or tissues characterized by redness and pain, but later on
ulmighing of the skin after a few days. Example: Sunburn
Bccond degree burn - It is the burn which involves the superficial layer of
II if skin and tissue, nerve endings and is characterized by the formation of
l i t e r s containing fluid over the tissues. This is the most painful burn
b<v nuse of the irritation of the nerve endings.
Third degree burn - It is the burn involving the skin, nerves, muscles and
.ich which is usually encountered in victims of conflagrations. This is
lli< most severe burn because the victim usually dies from loss of fluid and
felfft i rolyte in the body and massive infection
fcrhat are the com m on injuries in M otor-Vehicular Accident?
Impact injuries - The injuries sustained by the pedestrian when the

vi lm |c struck the body.
■•I’lindary injuries - It is the injury sustained by the victim’s striking

Hi let objects such as the ground, fence, post, walls and others.
Ftak injury - Injuries in the body if the person has been run-over, the
H t r lt y of which depending upon the weight of the vehicle and its
Ahfiiiinces from the ground. There maybe fracture of the cranium and
M p r bones; rupture and laceration of organs causing internal
WfH"i rhages.
Tur»*-turtle injuries -Injuries sustained by the occupants of the vehicle

B i n the vehicle turns around or upside down. Some occupants maybe
down, crushed or thrown out.
hut is starvation?
' il.ii vation or Inanition is a deprivation of food and/ or water which is

iM iury for the maintenance of life and health. The length of survival
tends upon the body built., age, sex, concomitant disease and the
presence or absence of water. Without food and water a person cannot

survive in 7-10 days, but in those without food but with water the lenglli
of survival period is about 30-60 days. Acute starvation - It is 111
starvation which occurs when the food and/or water is suddenly an
completely withdrawn. Chronic starvation - It is the starvation wherein Hip
deprivation of food and/or water occurs in a gradual manner.
What is Sexual harassment?
An unlawful act committed by any person by uttering obscene languim*

which irritates the victim as well as the unconventional sexual acts wm.
are not in conformity with the moral standard in a society. Sexual assuull
is “genderless crime” which involves unconventional sexual acts of violcnOI
and aggression committed on the genital, oral or anal orifice of anull
person.
What is Carnal knowledge?
It is a sexual act involving bodily connection done by penetration nf

the sex organ of the male with that of the female organ. II
interchangeably used with sexual intercourse or coitus.
W hat is Sexual Deviation?
Sexual deviation is an unnatural sexual behavior by crrtafl

individual which is done usually in privacy but maybe done in publn I
done in a bizarre manner. The sexually deviant individual who indulge l I
some sexual deviations may sometimes lead to the commission of s c x i i *
offenses, but most of the individuals do not exhibit criminal intent Iml
only a normal sexual act or a manifestation of mental disorder.
Lust m urder - Necrosadism : An aggressive sexual behavior wherein Hu

offender performed sexual intercourse or other sexual act and then Nil
the victim afterwards.
Sadism - A sexual behavior wherein the offender inflict harm to anoihfl

person in order to attain sexual gratification. A sadist is an individual win*
gains sexual satisfaction from harming another person.
Masochism - A sexual perversion in which sexual pleasure m \l»

attained after being whipped or harmed. The masochist usually a I
gains sexual gratification by experiencing pain before, during or nftrr •
sexual act.
Exhibitionism - indecent exposure: This is a willful exposure of the nnkfl
body in public for sexual gratification.
Mixoscopia - A sexual perversion wherein sexual pleasure is attain' d 1

watching couples engaged in sexual intercourse within a croup of peopl* ]
Aoshianism - Tribadism: A sexual perversion in which sexual pleasure

maybe done by sexual intercourse or sexual activity between 2 women.
I'luralism - A sexual activity done by 2 or more couples performing sexual

.iitercourse at the same time, in the same room or places, and then
exchange partners afterwards as a result of sexual festival. Also known as
orgy”
Troilism - A sexual act involving three persons performing sexual

Inlercourse, fellatio, cunnilingus and other sexual activities. 3 persons
■ nnsisting of 2 men and a woman or a man and two women sexual
partners.
Incest - A sexual relation with a relative.
Masturbation - Self-gratification: A form of sexual deviation done by

liiridling or touching the external genital organ to attain sexual pleasure.
Voyeurism - Peeping Tom: A sexual act performed by male and sometimes

h e female wherein sexual pleasure is attained by seeing persons
'dressing or engaged in sexual activity.
■tyriasis - An excessive desire for sexual intercourse in the male.
“-•realism - A sexual deviation found in the male who have special affinity
mi l'-rtain parts of the boay of female to arouse sexual pleasure before
ii Icourse.
Cunnilingus - A sexual deviation in the male wherein gratification maybe

•limned by licking or sucking the female genital organ, usually, this is
i lllowctd by sexual intercourse.
■adomy - A form of sexual perversion seen in person in the prisons or

11Ini hospitals in which sexual intercourse done to the anus of another
|ifi non.
hoalinlity - A sexual deviation usually done by person with mental

liorder in which sexual intercourse is performed with the animals.
■deastia - A sexual perversion wherein the male performed the passive

ir while the female is in active role in sexual intercourse.
rophilia - A sexual perversion wherein pleasure maybe attained by

feiml act or sexual intercourse with a corpse.
Juanism - A sexual behavior in the male who is characterized to have

Uiy women in his life.
Nym phom ania - It is an excessive desire for sexual intercourse in I ha

female.
Fellatio - A sexual deviation wherein the partner places the male gem! <
organ in the mouth to attain sexual gratification.
Narcisism - A sexual perversion wherein a Derson has extreme

admiration and love for oneself in which pleasure is attained by b'-lng
naked and watching oneself in the mirror.
Transvestism - it is a homosexual deviation who enjoy sex by wearing IIII*

clothing usually belonging to the opposite sex
Frottage - A sexual deviation done usually in crowded places by the mnl

who attains sexual pleasure by rubbing against some parts of the body
the opposite sex.
Fetishism - A from of sexual perversion found in the male who atlm

sexual pleasure from the clothing or body parts of the female. It is diff< ■
from partialism in the sense that it confers on the clothing or body poi ln :
the female which arouse sexual feeling and produce orgasm witl>
sexual intercourse to follow in partialism
Pedophilia - A sexual deviation wherein a person had an erotic s c * i i

desire on children and gratification is attained by touching the privatf
organs of children.
Coprolalia - A sexual deviation characterized by the use of ol>mr|

language as the sole power to arouse sexual excitement. It is exenipllll
in the form of obscene letter writing and obscene telephone calling.
What is Virginity?
It is a condition of a woman or female who have not expriicm

sexual intercourse or whose genital organs had not been altered by ( nlli
Defloration is the rupture or laceration of the hymen in woman din-
sexual intercourse. It is the common occurrence among the bride in
newly married couple or in a virgin who had first engaged in
intercourse with another man.
Moral virginity - It is a state of virginity wherein a female is not pin-

matured or still not conscious about sex and had not experienced n<*
intercourse. It is usually seen in female children whose secondm \
characteristics and sex organs have not yet been fully developed.
Physical virginity - A condition of virginity wherein a woman i:. .111*

conscious about sex and had already developed the sexual organs mn
characteristics but has not yet experienced sexual intercourse. The liyi
( l a thin membrane covering between true physical virginity and false

nhysical virginity.
False physical virginity is a condition in woman who is sexually matured,

hud not experienced sexual intercourse and whose hymen is distensible
till hough not ruptured.
D mi-virginity - This is a virginity wherein the woman had some, sexual

. with either man or woman but with the exception of sexual intercourse
m rupturing of the hymen. The sexual acts maybe exhibitionism or
pnrtialism
Vlrgo-intacts - This is not actually virginity because the woman had one
in more sexual intercourse with another man but had not borne a child
vrl * .
What is DNA?
Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) refers to the chemical inside the nucleus

'II cells that carries the genetic instructions for making living
imsms. A DNA molecule is made up of two strands that wrap around
11 other to resemble a twisted ladder. The sides are made of sugar and
■ P ip h a te molecules. The “rungs” are made of nitrogen-containing
i ptnicals called bases.
Each strand is composed of one sugar molecule, one phosphate

rfimlivule, and a base. Four different bases are present in DNA - adenine
I|A|, llivmine (T), cytosine (C), and guanine (G). The particular order of the
■ it arranged along the sugar - phosphate backbone is called the DNA
■ Mi|i inice
J, Muilder o f the first pyramid, he was considered as the first or earliest recorded
Is i) legal expert.
■ill. tius c. Paulus Zacchias
I Imhotep d. San Juan de Bautista
■ k t i il < iiief medico legal officer o f the Philippine Comm onwealth.

l '■ ' ixto delos Angeles c. Dr. Gregorio T. Lantin
ti I'i Pedro Solis d. Dr. Enrique V. delos Santos
as the Father o f Forensic Medicine.

^ b lla t iu s c. Paulus Zacchias
I^■feh n trp d. San Juan de Bautista
• -ilii nt known forensic pathologist or police surgeon, who perform ed the

o f Julius Caesar, reporting that out o f the 23 stab wounds, only one
• Ir il the chest cavity between the first and second rib w hich was Caesai s
■hftte cause o f death.
Ani i ll ii is c. Paulus Zacchias
1 hnlcp d San Juan de Bautista
5. First ch ief o f the Medico Legal Division o f the Bureau o f Investigation.

a. Dr. Sixto delos Angeles c. Dr. Gregorio T. Lantin
b. Dr. Pedro Solis d. Dr. Enrique V. delos Santos
6. This states that the greater num ber o f points o f sim ilarities and variation*
between two persons, the greater the probability o f the conclusion to be accurate |
a. Prim a Facie evidence rule
b. Conclusive evidence rule
c. Law o f m ultiplicity o f evidence in identification
d. Chain o f custody o f evidence
7. Color o f blood w hen exposed to the atmosphere.

a. Red c. Reddish-brown
b. Clay d. Black
8. It has for its characteristics as, bright scarlet in color, w ith high oxygen coni>
and leaves the blood vessel with pressure.
a. Arterial blood c. Menstrual blood
b. Venous blood d. Human blood
9. Dark red in color, w ith low oxygen content and u sually does not spill far fra
the wound.
10. This blood contains a high num ber o f deodorleins bacillus, it does not clol m|
has acidic reactions.
11. A condition in which foreign matters are introduced in the blood si if*
blocking the blood circulation in the finer capillaries and arterioles.
a. Infection c. Hem orrhage
b. Em bolism d. Hem atoma
12. It is the disorder o f the fluid balance due to peripheral deficiency, ch a ra cio I*
by the decreased blood volum e, its flow, hem o-concentration and renal deficirm
b. Shock d. Hem atom a
13. Extravasations or loss o f blood from the circulation due to inflicted wouml*
the cardio-vascular system.
b. Shock d. Hem atoma
14. The growth and developm ent o f m icro-organism in the location o f the innity]
wound.
b. Shock d. Hem atom a
15. Effusion o f blood into the tissue underneath the skin due to the n ip iu itj
blood vessels as a result o f the application o f a blunt force,
a. Contusion c. Hem orrhage
h. Shock d. Hematoma
16. W ound produced to m a n ’s instinctive reaction o f self-preservation to repel

attacks or an aggressor.
u. Defense w ound c. Patterned wound
I' Self-inflicted wound d. M utilated w ound
17. A w ound w hich resem bles the shape or object o f the instrum ent w hich caused
ll.
a . Defense w ound c. Patterned wound
It. Self-inflicted w ound d. Mutilated wound
IH. Pulverization o f the body into ashes w ith the use o f intense heat,
e. Exhum ation c. Charring
I I. Crem ation d. Pounding
I'). Prescribed depth o f a grave under P.D. 856, Section 19 o f the Code o f
■imitation.
ii At least V2 m eters deep c. A t least 1 and Va m eters deep
to. At least 1 m eters deep d. At least 2 meters deep
|0 A person w ho died o f a com m unicable disease m ust be buried within....

6 hours after death, unless the local health officer perm its otherwise
12 hours after death, unless the health officer permits extension
!♦, 24 hours after death, unless the heath officer allows extension
0 48 hours after death
1 1 A significant difference betw een the male and fem ale skull is that in males, the
■Uft'Tc ialiaiy ridges a r e ______ than com pared w ith females.
Ik 1 < ss sharp c. More pointed
■ Sharper d. Sm oother
11 I1 male pelvis diam eter i s _______ com pared w ith male pelvis.
) <!ieater c. Lesser
to K<|ual d. Less significant
# 1 I low m any minutes is necessary persistent cessation in respiration, circulation

I In 11 in function is sufficient to declare a person clinically dead?
10 I 5 minutes c. 30-45 minutes
I ‘V 30 m inutes d. 45 - 60 m inutes
Bo A simple test used to determ ine cessation o f respiration by placing w ater or

H p h ’ui v in a container on top o f the chest o f a person and no visible m ovem ent is
<1i* rf |.
Wmslov test c. B arberio’s test
B l*iimince test d. Castle M eyer test
■ A muscular change characterized by the softness o f the m uscles and in which

lin ger responds to m echanical or electrical stimulus due to the dissolution o f
I Ht, o f prim ary flaccidity c. Rigor mortis

o f secondary flaccidity d. Livor mortis
tropical countries, hair and nails are detached from a dead body in how
ilnyH?
c. 21
b. 14 d. 28
27. Maggots are seen in dead bodies particularly in w arm countries w ithin how
m any days from death?
a. 1 c. 3
b. 2 d. 4
28. Refers to a fracture where there is a break in the bone, loss o f alignm ent o f Hi
affected bones and separation o f fragm ent bones.
a. Simple fracture c. Com m unicated fracture
b. Com pound fracture d. None o f these
29. Bleeding u sually in the cavity or organs in the body.

a. Internal hem orrhage c. Contusion
b. H em atom a d. Internal w ound
30. Abrasion due to contact w ith a rough, hard object.

a. Im print abrasion c. Friction abrasion
b. Pressure abrasion d. Graze
31. Reduction o f oxygen in the blood.

a. Hypoxia c. H ypercapnea
b. Asphyxia d. None o f the foregoing
32. Refers to an abrasion due to pressure applied and with accompanying

m ovem ent over the skin.
a. Pressure abrasion c. Im pact abrasion
b. Im print abrasion d. Graze
33. A nervous disease m arked by seizures with convulsion and I o s n nf

consciousness.
a. Epilepsy c. Catalepsy
b. Apoplexy d. Urem ia
34. Refers to the accum ulation in the blood ordinarily elim inated in the urliid
specifically a toxic condition seen in urinary suppression, m arked by niiiiMi'*,
vertigo, vomiting, com a and convulsion.
a. Epilepsy c. Catalepsy
b. ApoDlexy d. Urem ia
35. Livor mortis or post m ortem lividity is completed in how m any hours when
blood has already clotted or diffused to different parts o f the body wherrm 1 1
discoloration is perm anent and darker in color?
36. In blood grouping, should there be no agglutination w ith either group A

w hat w ould be the particular blood group o f the sample?
a. Group A c. Group AB
b. Group B d. Group O
37. Period o f time wherein hum an bones will not exhibit changes.
38. It is the form ation o f a soft, friable and brownish w hite greasy substance in the
soft fatty tissue after death.
u. Saponification c. Mum m ification
b Rigor mortis d. M aceration
39. A discoloration o f the body after death w hen the blood tends to pool in the
blood vessels o f the m ost dependent portions o f the body and starts 20 to 30
minutes after death and is com pleted b y 12 hours.
u. Rigor mortis c. M aceration
11 Prim ary flaccidity d. Livor mortis
10. Average time for the stomach to em pty its contents after meals,
u. 2 to 3 hours c. 4 to 5 hours
b 3 to 4 hours d. 5 to 6 hours
I i Rate o f growth o f hum an hair.

ft 0.4 to 0.5 mm. /day c. 0.6 to 0.7m m ./day
h. 0.5 to 0.6 mm. /day d. 0.7 to 0.8 mm. / day
4J.. A person is considered dead if the rate o f fall o f body tem perature is about:
it 10 to 15 ° F c. 20 to 25 °F
b 1 5 to 20 °F d. 25 to 30 °F
'I I. Sudden inflam m ation o f the pancreas caused by infections carried in the blood
■ream. It m ay follow obstruction o f the pancreatic duct and subsequent
ftongestion o f the gland.
A Perforated peptic u lcer c. Acute intestinal obstruction
i ieneralized peritonitis d. Acute pancreatitis
-I A break or solution in the continuity o f the skin.

« Wound c. Bruise
I I Trauma d. Scratch
4ft A wound w hich inflicted in the body w hich is so serious that it w ill endanger
ftiif'n life.
Non-mortal w ound c. Traum a
Ii Mortal wound d. Coup injury
<0 A collection o f blood underneath the skin.

<•> i 'intusion c. Petechiae
l> Bruise d. Hem atom a
| Straining or tearing o f tendons, ligam ents and m uscles causing skin

til"" 'iloration and extrem e pain.
• ' i>rain c. Fracture
I j Contusion d. Dislocation
11 t■ .-I fracture wherein a break o f the skin and bone is evident.

• nnple c. Com m inuted
Com pound d. Dislocation
displacem ent o f the articular surface o f the bone w ithout external wounds,
•prwin c. H em atom a
F m clu rf d. Dislocation
50. In gunshot wounds, w hen there is evident burning o f tissues and blackening I i
the skin, it m ay be ascertained that it is a near contact fire m eaning that iln
distance o f the body to the gun is approximately:
a. 6 inches c. 18 inches
b. 12 inches d. 24 inches
51. A physical injury w hich is found at the site and also the opposite site of ill*
application o f force.
a. Extensive injury c. Contre coup injury
b. Coup injury d. Coup and contre coup injury
52. A physical injury founa at the site o f the application o f force.

a. Extensive injury c. Contre coup injury
b. Coup injury d. Coup and contre coup injury
53. A w ound produced by a blunt instrum ent such as log and stone.
a. Punctured wound c. Lacerated wound
b. Hack w ound d. Incised wound
54. W hen the person was stabbed by an ice pick, w hat w ound w ould be exhibit nil
b. Hack w ound d. Incised wound
55. W ound produced by a bu tch er’s knife.

b. Hack wound d. Incised wound
56. The basic building blocks o f DNA are as follows ACGT, A stands for what?
a. Adenine c. Adenum
b. Adenide d. Adenoid
57. In crim es w hich took place tw enty years ago, what sample should be obliiiiiM
for DNA testing?
a. Fingernails c. Skeleton
b. Hair d. Teeth
58. It is inherited from the m other found in the m itochondria which is in tlir
body.
a. Nuclear DNA c. M itochondrial DNA
b. Helix d. DNA nucleus
59. Period o f time wherein hum an bones will not exhibit changes.
60. A complete, continuous, persistent cessation o f respiration, circulation

alm ost all brain function o f an organism.
a. Som atic death c. M olecular death
b. Cellular death , d. Apparent death
61. M anner o f w alking o f a person w hich m ay be natural or secondary.

a. Mannerism c. Gait
b. Tic d. Body language
It 2 . This m uscular change upon death lasts about 20 to 30 minutes ana is

I uracterized by the relaxation o f the m uscles and loss o f their natural tone.
• , Stage o f prim ary flaccidity c. Cadaveric spasm
b Post m ortem rigidity d. Secondary flaccidity
63. Approxim ate time for the com pletion o f one case for D NA testing.
• Minimum o f 2 weeks c. Minim um o f six w eeks
b Minimum o f 4 weeks d. M inim um o f eight weeks
ivl Period o f time w herein there body w ould be com pletely skeletonized, under
normal conditions in tropical countries.
ft. 1m onth c. 6 months
b. 3 m onths d. 12 months
' 'n cases o f suicide, w hat w ould be the noticeable m uscular change?
• Cold stiffening c. Instantaneous rigor
Heat stiffening d. Putrefaction
I'ixed discoloration o f the blood clothed inside the blood vessels or has diffused
11 i Tferent parts o f the body.
I diffusion lividity c. Rigor mortis
b t lo ttin g o f the blood d. Hypostatic lividity
in' Approximate average am ount of sem en per ejaculation under normal

i •>i iililions.
u 2to 2.5 cubic centim eters c. 5 to 10 cubic centim eters
A 25 to 5 cubic centim eters d. 10 to 15 cubic centim eters
• i« l >NA, is found in all nucleated cells o f the body, it is regarded as the fingerprint
hi 11li What does it stands for?
I Unnatural acid c. D eoxyribunucleic acid
I )vnam ic natural anti-body d. D eoxyribunucliec acid
MU A powerful tool in identification w hich points to the source o f biological

•iice by m atching it w ith samples from the victim s, suspects and their
i H hI ivrs.
<i I )NA Drofiling c. Instrum entation
Hi Serology d. Forensics
ii Itodv fluids routinely tested because they are good sources o f cells.
H diva and tears c. Urine and semen
K hnnen and saliva d. Sem en and blood
[II ' I' iiiian bein g’s tissue attached to the body w hich m ay undergo DNA testing.
IU ir c. Skin
M liuiie d. Fingernails
I 11 is the dissolution o f the tissues by the digestive action o f its bacteria and
*\i IIf*
* primary flaccidity c Cadaveric spasm
BI I'u-.i mortem rigidity d. Putrefaction
»4 t 0, il lusive evidence that the subject person is a female.

I'u.'iHcssion o f vagina c. Possession o f estrogen
b. Possession o f ovaries d. Possession o f progesterone
74. A p erso n w ith b ig fa ce a n d p ro m in en t c h eek bones.

a. H ip p o cra tic fa cie c. M y x ed em a facie
b. M o n go lia n fa cie d. F acies lion in e
75. C o n clu sive evid en ce th a t a p erso n is a m ale.

a. P resen ce o f testis c. P ossessio n o f pen is
b. P resen ce o f an d ro stero n e d .P o ssessio n o f testosteron e
76. A w hitish foam at the mouth and nostrils due to mucous secretion ol ill*
respiratory track after death.
a. “Cutis anserina” c. Cham pignon d ’ ocume
b. W asherwom an d. Cadaveric spasm
77. It is a death that occurs due to illness o f the body.

a. Natural death c. Som atic death
b. M olecular death d. A pparent death
78. A type o f burn produced as a result o f the body com ing into contact willi
m oving object.
a. Therm al burn c. Radiation burn
b. Friction burn d. Electrical burn
79. A condition o f a wom an w ho has had one ore more sexual experience bul MHl
had conceived a child.
a. Moral virginity c. Physical virginity
b. Dem i-virginity d. Virgo-intacts
80. Refers to the action o f bacteria to a dead body.

a. Flaccidity c. Lividity
b. Rigidity d. Putrefaction
81. A condition o f exposure to cold tem perature o f certain parts o f the body wftlq
produces m echanical disruption o f cell structure characterized by cold stJITi r
and dim inished body temperature.
a. Gangrene c. Trench foot
b. Frostbite ' d. Im m ersion foot
82. Failure o f adequate heat elim ination related to the breakdown o f swom||
mechanism.
a. Heat cram p c. Heat stroke
b. Heat exhaustion d. Burning
83.In determ ining the sex by analyzing the skeleton, which part is not used '
a. Skull c. Sternum
b. Pelvis d. Tibia
84. A serious burn involving skin, nerves, muscles and bones, considerrd h« |
m ost severe burn causing death due to loss o f fluids and electrolytes in I h i 1
and massive infection.
a. Sunburn c. 2nd degree burn
b. 1st degree burn d. 3rd degree burn
MS A person w ho is devoid o f oxygen for around 3 to 5 minutes w ould die, the

epuse o f death w ould be:
[il Stupor c. Asphyxia
Ip, Stroke d. Exhaustion
Mfi Most effective method in determ ining sex o f an individual.

U . (lon odal test c. Genital test
1^, Social test d. Chrom osom al test
Wt 11s m edico-legal im portance is to approxim ate the time o f death.

D, Cudaveric spasm c. M ascular contraction
Il Putrefaction d. Rigor mortis
1 Defloration is the laceration o f the hym en due to:

M Musturbation c. Sodom y
■i Fingering d. Sexual intercourse
I n cellular or m olecular death, death o f individual cell occurs in:

20 to 30 minutes. c. 12 to 24 hours
B, .1 to 6 hours d. 24-36 hours
Ml) Most noticeable sign o f death.

M , ( 'essation o f respiration
!• Progressive fall o f body tem perature
Insensibility o f body and loss o f pow er to move
Cessation o f heart action and circulation
H applies to disease or traum a kills, wherein there is no chance for

11 ion or sequelae to develop.
I Proximate cause o f death or secondary cause o f death
Unediate or prim ary cause o f death
i 1 1in-respiratory arrest
[ n tu m al death
An injury or disease which survived for a prolonged interval w hich allowed the
pmdnt o f serious sequelae which becom es the cause o f death. It is usually
tuimoii lo cases involving stab wounds.
I mate cause o f death or secondary cause o f death
InniK liate or prim ary cause o f death
i fti'flio respiratory arrest
> lum ul death
i Thru presence in the cadaver w ould indicate that death has occurred more
J)H jM hours hence are useful to proxim ate the time o f death.
c. Bees
ia i'h w o rm s d. Butterflies
A • DOplete study o f a dead body, undertaken by a trained physician.

m I(■11 »y c . Medical exam ination
(f itiii lining d. Post-m ortem exam ination
Avi rune time o f decom position for tropical countries such as the Philippines.
I i 11 * -‘ ’ I hours c. 36 to 48 hours
• In 48 hours d. 48 to 72 hours
96. After death, the m etabolic process inside the body ceases, heat is no Ion
produced and the body slowly loses its temperature.
a. Algor mortis c. Cadaveric spasm
b. Rigor mortis d. Suspended anim ation
97. Transient loss o f consciousness with tem porary cessation o f the vital function
o f the body.
a. Death c. Suspended anim ation
b. Coma d. Rigor mortis
98. Hair on the body surface is usually:

a. Thick c. Fine
b. Tapering gradually to fine points d. All o f the above
99. Characterized by no breathing and heart action, chill in the body and im<|
existent reflexes.
a. Death c. Suspended anim ation
b. Com a d. Rigor mortis
100. The larger the area o f contact between the forces applied on the body. •
lesser is the damage inflicted to the body.
a. Kinetic energy c. Tim e
b. Vital reaction d. A rea o f transfer
FORENSIC CHEMISTRY AND TOXICOLOGY
1. The m ost reliable and delicate test for the determ ination o f the presence ol lilc
by m eans o f an optical instrument.
a. Precipitin test c. Microscopic test
b. Spectroscopic test d. Florence test
2. It is used to characterize and locate sem inal fluid.

a. Florence test c. Barberio’s test
b. M icroscopic exam ination d. Acid Phosphate test
3. A test used if the powder particles o f nitrates and nitrites are deeply eniliMk
in the clothing, the visible result o f which is the fact that nitrates are convi iiu<
a dye.
a. W alker’s test c. Microscopic test
b. Diphenylam ine test d. Spectroscopic test
4. An exam ination w hich is used to determine the general group to which Hi.
belongs.
a. Chem ical test c. Fluorescence test
b. Florence test d. Burning or ignition test
5. A reliable test which is used to identify and com pare ballpoint pen ink.
a. Spot test c. Paper chrom atography
b. Chem ical test d. Dissolution test
6. A rapid and convenient method of determining the density of nmiiiII

fragments.
a. Density gradient test c. Immersion method
B flotation m ethod d. Polish m ark exam ination
T A lest w hich shows the constituent elem ents o f a glass w hich is key to establish
I hr cirigin o f the glass samples examined.
X-ray diffraction test c. Spectographic analysis
Ultra violet light exam ination d. Physical property exam ination
Simon’s reagent' and shabu com bined w ill yield w hat visible result?
p, Yellow c. Green
b IHue d. Red
H Used to determ ine hum an sem en under m icroscopic examination.

■ i Spermine nitrate c. Sperm atozoa
Ilem ochrom agen crystals d. Choline periodic crystals
ID Positive result o f M arijuana if com bined w ith HCL.

Yellow fluorescence c. Blue specks
Kffervescence d. No reaction
II A person w ho fired a gun w ould be positively identified w hen DPA solution is

ii-' ' I with the visible result of:
Mine specks c. Orange brown specks
lluish fluorescence d. Green specks
ii I' 11 ndamental unit o f heredity.

Kperm cell c. Gene
% E g fc e ll d. DNA
W in. h am ong the foregoing is not u su ally used specim en in DNA typing?
11 (i 11 c. Blood
Hones d. Semen
4 A very large m olecule made by linking together a series o f repeating units.

.. in c. Nucleotide
lJnlymer d. Double helix
Hie production o f amino acid is controlled by a sequence o f how m any bases

n * I )NA m olecule?
Iwo c. Four
Hirer d. Five
>Thr circulating tissue o f the body.

’ ■imen c. Cells
Bl.ttd d. Muscles
■A Hum o f average built w ould norm ally have how m any quarts o f blood?
5 quarts c. 8 quarts
quarts d 9 quarts
Ii i a stray yellow colored liquid, and com prises about 65% o f the blood.
s c. Leucocytes
‘ Mu iii d. Plasm a
ii . . the oxygen carrier o f the blood.

a. Plasm a c. Erythrocytes
b. Hem oglobin d. Fibrin
20. Reliable and easy w ay to test blood even when it is decom posed and L,lniniil
w ith contamination.
a. Benzidine test c. Phenolphthalein test
b. Van D een ’s Test d. Precipitin test.
21. Stage o f blood exam ination wherein the actual proof that subject is definiiHy
blood.
a. Prelim inary test c. Precipitin test
b. Confirm atory test d. Blood typing and grouping
22. Test to determ ine w hether blood is o f hum an origin or not.

a. Prelim inary test c. Precipitin test
b. Confirm atory test d. Blood typing and grouping
23. Positive result in the prelim inary exam ination for sem en in Barberio’s test.
a. Picric acid c. Napthol diazonium
b. Sperm ine picrate d. Anthraquinous chloride
24. Coffee w hen given to drunken persons is w hat kind o f antidote?

a. Cathartic c. Physiological
b. Chem ical d. Dem ulcent
25. Anim al fiber m ay be best described by:

a. It is com posed o f protein
b. Gives yellow fluorescence under u.v. light
c. It burns fast
d. It has acid like odor w hen burned
26. Restriction enzym es are used to cut out sequences of DNA hj n.

different________ .
a. Length c. W eight
b. W idth d. Height
27. How m ay different bases are associated w ith the m ake-up o f DNA?
a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. Five
28. DNA requires the pairing o f A (adenine) t o _________.

a. C (cytosin e) c. T (th ym in e)
b. G (gu an in e) d. A (adenine)
29. G (gu an in e) is to be p a ired w i t h _______in a d ou b le h e lix con figu ration .

a. C (cytosin e) c. T (th ym in e)
b. G (gu an in e) d. A (adenine)
30. T h e b a se sequ en ce o f T -G -C -A can be p a ired w ith the b ase sequenrn <4

to com p lete a dou b le h e lix con figu ration .
a. A -C -G -T c. G -T -A -C
b. C -A -G -T d. A -T -G -C

11 When gunpowder explodes, this would determ ine the approxim ate time o f firing
ilm nun?
•i. Soot c. Gases
11 Nitrates and nitrites d. M etallic fragments
In determ ining w hether the hair is o f hum an or anim al origin w hat should the
i lirm ist examine under the m icroscope?
I’urts o f the shaft c. Parts o f the hair
11 fJurts o f the tip d. Parts o f the root
(I I A fiber which burns rapidly and the fumes turns blue litmus to red, it is:
ii Cotton c. Fiber glass
ki Silk d. Steel wool
,'H II is the part o f the hair which is referred to as a race determ inant?
Cortex c. M edulla
( u ticle d. Shaft
A test for fiber used in determ ining w hether it is o f hum an or anim al origin.
M Ignition test or burning c. Chem ical analysis
I. flu orescence analysis d. Microscopic analysis
■ Kind o f ink is wherein the use o f chem ical bleaches is ineffective.

Carbon c. Nigrosine
Ii Logwood d. Gallotanic
H f Refers to any agent w hich neutralizes poison and its effects,

a Kinetics c. Alkaloids
11 Antidotes d. Tetanies
P . Which am ong the follow ing exhibits bluish fluorescence w hen exposed to u.v.
Ilulll?
Hlood c. Saliva
Ii Semen d. Urine
t'J i ildest known explosive.

h Mlack pow der c. Dynamite
i moke powder d. TNT
in i (m is with the study and identification o f body fluids.

Im munology c. Posology
•i Serology d. Pharm acology
4 1 Study w hich deals o f poisons, their origin, physical and chem ical properties,
■K y*io log ica l action, treatm ent and method o f detection.
& Forensic Chem istry c. Posology
m Toxicology d. Forensic Medicine
■ A substance which when introduced into the body is absorbed in the blood
■ tn * «in and acting chem ically is capable o f producing noxious effect.
IDrugs
)rugs c. Poison
[
Dangerous drugs d. Antidotes
C RIM INAL JUSTICE EDUCATION - GUEVARA 311

43. Refers to poisons w hich produces inflam m ation o f the mucous membrane «n A
characterized b y vom iting, pain in the abdom en and purging.
a. Corrosives c. Narcotics
b. Irritants d. Tetanies
44. W hen a substance acts directly upon the spinal cord producing immobility o«|
stiffness to the parts to which they are attached, it is classified as:
a. Corrosives c. Narcotics
b. Irritants d. Tetanies
45. In crim inal investigation m etallurgy plays an im portant application in:

a. Counterfeit coins c. Bombs and Explosives
b. Theft and Robbery d. Restoration o f tam pered serial num brrfj
46. Agents w hich depress or retard the physiological action o f an organ.

a. Corrosives c. Tetanies
b. Sedatives d. Narcotics
47. A ccording to the methods o f isolation, what poison is isolated by rneanl ■I#
distillation?
a. Volatile poisons c. M etallic poisons
b. Non volatile poisons d. Tetanic poisons
48. W hen the effect o f a poison is m arked by disturbance o f function or clr ■11» |
w ithin a short time, the poisoning is classified as:
a. Acute ooisoning c. Chronic poisoning
b. Sub-acute poisoning d. Suicidal poisoning
49. W hen the action o f the poison is marked by disturbance produced in diatai^
part from the site o f application, it is classified as:
a. Local c. C o m b in e d
b. Rem ote d. Acute
50. R efers to th a t b ra n ch o f scien ce w h ic h treats o f th e fo rm an d quantity i

m ed icin e to be ad m in istered w ith in a certa in period.
a. P h a rm a c y c. T o x ic o lo g y
b. P o so lo g y d. P h a rm a co lo g y
51. T h e a p p lica tio n o f ch em ica l p rin cip les in the ex a m in a tio n o f evid en ce. 1
a. F o ren sics c. In stru m en ta tio n
b. C rim in a listics d. F o ren sic C h em istry
52. To p o s itiv e ly d eterm in e the p resen ce o f b lood in sta in ed m a teria l, what lf* l
u sed ?
a. Takayam a T est c. B a rb e rio ’s test
b. P h en o lp h ta lien test d. F loren ce test
53 A cco rd in g to the m eth od o f isolation , vo la tile p oison s m ay be isolated by m>-*4

o f w h a t p ro cess?
a. E xtra ction c D istilla tion
b. D ilu tion d. D ialysis
54. W h ich o f the fo llo w in g is n ot an a ccu ra te test fo r th e p resen ce o f alcoh ol In

h u m an b od y?
H k . Saliva test c. Fecal test

| b. Harger breath test d. Drug test
A disturbance produced by poison on that part w ith w hich the poison came
Into contact.
it Acute c. Rem ote
11 Local d. Com bined
Mi. A m aterial w hich is used to w hich is used to im prove the quality o f the paper.
I a Sizing m aterial c. Gelatin
11 Rosin d. Starch
17 By adding M illon’s reagent, a pink color w ould be form ed if it is present.

I a Rosin c. Casein
ti Starch d. Gelatin
■ hH, Oldest ink m aterial known to man.

I • Logwood c. Carbon
Ii Nigrosine d. G allotanic
v i Only type o f ink wherein age m ay be determined.

h Logwood c. Carbon
Ii Nigrosine d. Gallotanic
iiii It refers to the obscuring o f w riting by superim posing ink, pencil or other
in ii king material.
I it Krasure c. Indented w riting
■ I l <ibliterated w riting d. Contact w riting
■ 6 1 The process in reproducing physical evidence by plaster moulds.

I m Casting c. Moulage
I Ii Cem enting d. Pickling
I li 1 Major com ponent o f a glass.

[ m Lime c. Soda
B l» Silica d. Lime
lil Highly irritant poison w hich causes local destruction o f tissues and causes
iiUNCU.
I h Corrosives c. Tetanies
H p Irritants d. Asthenics
l M I’oisons which produces stupor and less feeling.

Neurotics c. Depressants
Bp Irritants d. Narcotics
I h'. \ super cooled liquid which possess high viscosity and rigidity.
B I ime c. Glass
-I d c I a d . Gel
An organic bacterial poison.

Strychnine c. Brucine
Plom aine d. Chloroform
67. This test is used to detect the presence o f sem en particularly in stniu
clothing.
a. Microscopic test c. Florence test
b. B arberio’s test d. Ultraviolet test
68. The best m ethod in com parative soil analysis.

a. Chem ical exam ination c. UV light exam ination
b. Density gradient test d. Microscopic test
69. To know w hether a paper is not easily torn, what test is utilized?
a. Accelerated aging test c. Opacity exam ination
b. Bursting strength test d. Microscopic exam ination
70. A gas w ith a rotten egg odor usually made by decaying body.
a. Chloride c. Carbon dioxide
b. Am m onia d. Hydrogen sulfide
71. A condition w hereby males have no sperm atozoa in their sem inal fluid.
a. Asperm ia c. Sterility
b. Oligosprem ia d. Rigidity
72. It is the scientific study o f serums w hich describes the analysis o f anllu*
antibody reactions.
a. Serology c. Biology
b. Posology d. Serum nology
73. An incendiary device made o f glass bottle filled w ith gasoline or

inflam m able mixture with a piece o f absorbent cotton for a fuse or wick.
a. Tear gas c. M olotov bomb
b. M olotov Cocktail d. RDX
74. Cheapest form o f solid oxidizer in an explosive mixture.

a. C-4 c. Am m onium nitrate
b. RDX d. TNT
75. Most utilized and im portant m ilitary explosive.

a. C-4 c. Am m onium nitrate
b. RDX * d. TN T
76. Earliest substance used for writing.

a. Leaves c. Linen
b. Paper d. Egyptian papyrus
77. Agents which produce intestinal evacuation.

a. Em etic c. Antidotes
b. Cathartics d. Dem ulcents
78. A product o f decom position found nearly in all soils.

a. Sedentary soil c. Prim ary minerals
b. Clay minerals d. Organic constituents
79. For radial cracks it states that stress lines on radial crack will be at ri^lil
to the rear side.
a. RFC rule c. Flotation
R’s rule d. Im m ersion
Normally responsible for retraction o f the blood cloth.

Whiter blood cells (leucocytes) c. Blood platelets(throm bocytes)
K’ed blood cells (erythrocytes) d. Fibribogen
RIME DETECTION, PREVENTION AND INVESTIGATION
loope: Concepts and principles o f crim inal investigation; m odem techniques

crime detection and investigation, tricks and bluffing devices in
interrogation terminology, the cardinal “I ” o f investigation, crime scene
rnkftthmg and photography; physical evidence-what to look fo r; how to
)r k , preserve, p a ck and transport; techniques in obtaining information,
|Wlvthods o f surveillance, stake-out, apprehension o f wanted persons, rights
fhe accused under 1987 Philippine Constitution in relation to U.S. vs.
fin •{■ham, Miranda vs. Arizona, Enrile vs. Morales. People o f the Philippines
|im Qalit; practice court, special investigation particularly on rape, robbery,
imicide, kidnapping, forgery, malversation and arson cases; traffic
ma•ration and accident investigation; and fire technology and arson
lllt'cstigation.
'IP I .CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
C r i m i n a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n Denned
Irninal investigation refers to a collection of methods by which crimes

uidied and criminals arrested. It is also defined as an art which deals
Mi Ihe identity and location of the offender and provides evidence of his
nuill in a criminal proceeding. The criminal investigator seeks to ascertain
motives, methods, and identities of criminals and the identity of
kli limn and may also search for and interrogate witnesses.
n »I I f u n d a m e n t a l s o f c r im in a l in v e s t ig a t io n
■ he la a crim inal investigator?
A prober or investigator is the person who is in charge with the duty

u i * rrying out the objectives of investigation which are as follows: Identify
|l»» > uminals. Locate the offender, Provide evidence to prove his guilt and
pi a witness in favor of the prosecution.
Pltnl ■re the tools o f investigation?
—-rin ation is the greatest tool for use by police investigators in the
h manee of their duties. Police operatives would have to determine the
kfti.ft i i i k I order situation, identify the criminal offenders and subversive
elements, locate them, and determine their theater of operations in ordn

to curtail their movements and activities. Investigators would have to
utilize all available information to aide them in making arrests, solving
crime and succeed in crime prevention. It is useful for them to know il
certain criminal activities are increasing, if that's the case identify when
they are occurring and who is the most likely to be committing them
Once identification has been undertaken, it is necessary for them to know
where they hang-out, who are their associates and have a complrli
observation of their modus operandi. Before there is sufficient probablr
cause for arrests, the process of learning criminal information, thru
identity, organizations, whereabouts and activities overt and covert
procurement of data must be resorted to. Usually there are regulll
sources of information are records and files whether private or public; (in
cultivated sources from witnesses and informants.
Interrogation refers to the vigorous or forceful questioning of a person

who is reluctant or unwilling to reveal and divulge information. Usually
administered to suspects and their relatives and known assocuil
Interview - a simple questioning of a person who cooperates willingly In
the investigator. Usually they are informants and witnesses.
Instrum entation - Refers to the application of methods and appli*^

sciences such as ballistics, dactyloscopy, polygraphy, forensic medicii
forensic chemistry, questioned documents and photography in ilif
detection of crimes and establishing the link between the suspect and Hit*
crime and placing them in the crime scene.
What is the difference between confession and adm ission ?
Confession is an expressed acknowledgement by the accused In ■

criminal case, of the truth of his guilt as to the crime charged, or ol mi
essential thereof. The declaration of an accused expressly acknowu d|n ■
his guilt of the offense charged is a “statement of guilt” and maybe used k
evidence against him. A confession is different and can be distingui "
from admission. A confession is a declaration of the accused that he I
committed or participated in the commission of crime and there fbn
“statement of guilt” while admission is a “statement of fact” u rjj
applied in criminal cases which do not directly involve n
acknowledgement of guilt or criminal intent.
What are the Kinds o f Confession?
Extra Judicial confession - Refers to a confession made outside ......... .

during preliminary investigation before trial. Voluntary extra jntlHr
confession -a confession outside the court and before the trial is said i<
voluntarily when the accused person made the declaration of gull I lit I
own freewill, without the influence of others or given not as a n mil
force or intimidation, violence, threat or promise of reward or Icim
This confession is voluntary and naturally admissible in court as evidl
Involuntary extra judicial confession -This is the confession done outside

tne court or before the trial wherein the accused person made the
statement which is not of his own free will or influenced by other person or
given as a result of force or intimidation, violence, threat or promise of
reward or leniency. This confession is not admissible in court as evidence
because it violates the human rights of person to speak freely and his right
not to be compelled to be a witness against himself.
Judicial Confession -A confession made inside the court during trial. It is

usually voluntary and therefore an admissible evidence of high degree.
What are the requirem ents or rules to observed in taking Confessions

■nd adm issions?
It should be in writing; It should be executed while the person is under

outh; It must be written in a language understood by the accused; It must
be voluntarily and freely given by the accused and It must be taken while
n the presence of counsel chosen by the accused. In addition, the rights of
the accused under custodial investigations as prescribed by RA 7438 shall
I be strictly observed.
What are the com m on Identification by means o f witnesses?
There are generally three (3) methods by which an actual witness or

Persons, who have personal knowledge regarding the commission of the
imine and the identity of the offender, can make their perception useful to
■lice investigators.
Hy means o f Verbal Description: This particular method would rely or

ilt pend on the ability of the witness to clearly describe and to narrate the
11 111 icipation of the suspect with that of the crime. The facial
li ii acteristics, color, size and body built of the suspect or suspects are to
I t depicted. An artist sketch must be utilized to enable the witness to
uperly identify the suspect. The composite would come from a chart
:h contains representation of various human features.
■y means o f “Police Line U p ”: This is utilized in identification of

■li*l>ects when one ore more suspects is under police custody. From a
Bi*'H|) of persons gathered in a special room equipped with a one way
■Hrror, the witness has to select from a group of seven (7) to ten (10)
T|r»-«ns the suspect. Its objective is to eliminate the power of suggestion.
I
It this method, the witness is to be informed that one among the members
B f the line up is the suspect. If there is more than one witness, the
Imiiiihcation process is to be done separately and they are not being
^■nHilled to communicate with each other. The decision or choice of the
should not be made known to the suspect.
means o f Rouge Gallery This method is more commonly known as

plifiea tion hv p h o tO B T H n h ie f ile s TV>~ ..............IJ
Photo laboratory which contains a data base of photographs of knownl

criminals. Should any of the picture calls the attention of the witness thl
the person in the photograph strongly resembles that of the suspect, tfti
investigator must be notified. Another similar method is identification I
means of general photographs by which features of the face and body biuli
as well as peculiarities are illustrated to help the witness identify tj|
suspect.
W hat are a s s o c ia tive E vid en c e?
It refers to physical proof which may make out the identity of ■

perpetrator by means of personal properties, clues, characters Ilrf
construed from the arrangement of the objects at the crime sc<
Garments, tools, fingerprint impressions, blood stains, hair fibers, wm1
among others may be left by the criminal in the attempt to elude the poll -
officers who may immediately respond to the crime scene after III
commission and subsequent discovery.
W hat is id e n tific a tio n b y MODUS O PE R AN D I?
Devised by Maj. Gen. Lewely Atcherly it operates under the thotM

“that it is human nature that personal habits and mannerism do ni||
change easily but remains with the individual for years”. The term si^ml »
the method of operation or the distinct manner of how crimes
committed by known criminals. The modus operandi file will n n i H
investigators to recognize a pattern of criminal behavior and would enttMH
them to predict to a certain degree the next target of criminals with kim*ni I
style. The files constitute those of known and unknown criminals.
W ho are in fo rm a n ts ?
Informants would refer to those persons who furnish police oft) •

communicated knowledge on matters directly and indirectly involved will
criminals, their identity and the crimes that they commit. They
classified as follows:
O rd in ary in fo rm a n ts - Usually of the anonymous type, in driilf ll
with such persons it is a must for the investigator not to ir v tfl
facts which are already at the disposal of the police.
M ercen a ry in fo rm a n ts - They refer to those paid informant s wfl

give information for valuable consideration.
R iv a l e lim in a tio n in fo rm a n ts - They are persons who

information to the police to do away with competition.
D ouble C rosser in fo rm a n ts -- Gives information to investim;ii<n■ I

the attempt to gather for himself facts related to the case.
V o lu n ta ry In fo rm a n ts - Are persons who give information to shed
light to a particular case. Also referred to as legitimate informants,
they usually refer to operators of known businesses who do not
want their establishments associated with criminal elements.
False in fo rm a n ts - Refer to those persons who give information

which are concocted out of thin air. They give facts which are
fictitious with the attempt to deviate police efforts of investigation
from himself or any of his associates.
S e lf a g gra n d izin g in fo rm a n ts - Are usually members of the

underworld who give bits of information with the desire to please
himself and gain attention.
F rig h te n e d in fo rm a n ts - Refers to those persons compelled by

self-interest and fear.
What are th e m o tiv e s o f In fo rm a n ts in g iv in g In fo rm a tio n ?
V a n ity- The informant often takes matters into his own hands.
This may result in the compromise of the case and may endanger
the life or safety of the law enforcement officers. This informant is
primarily motivated by greed.
C iv ic m in d ed n ess- This is altruism, they are motivated by

unselfish regard for or devotion to the welfare of others.
Fear- An informant who anticipates danger to himself or his family

cooperates with law enforcement officers to keep him away from
harm.
R e v e n g e - A strong cause which leads an individual aligning

against his closest and most intimate association. Usually
characterized by hatred.
R ep en ta n ce- The desire to repay society for past transgressions

usually occurs with such informants.
R en u m era tio n - Mercenary Informants engage in giving

information with financial reward or monetary consideration. They
are the most dangerous because they sell information to the
highest bidders and often work as double informants to both sides.
P e rv e rs ity - their purpose is to eliminate competition, set-up

decoys, learn the nature of police investigative activities and
distract the efforts in information gathering.
M ' ■lousy: Avoidance of punishment and Gratitude.

What is Surveillance?
It is the disguised or secret observation of places, persons and vehli li»§

for the purpose of obtaining information concerning the movement
identity and activities of the known criminals and their associates.
W hat is S h ad ow in g?
Also known as tailing, this refers to the act of following another prmta
whether by foot, automobile or by using helicopters. Kinds of Shadow Iim
Rough shadowing - This is conducted with less special caution sinct Hi*
object or target knows that he is being followed by the police for hfl
protection.
One m an shadow - The most common form since it utilizoi (U*

use of least number of personnel. This is usually conduct n I l>
means of following the subject on foot. All the details which pril.iiit
to the place where the subject went, the persons and.associalr * iIt*
subject came into contact as well as their general description inntl
be well noted by the person conducting the one man shadow.
T w o m an shadow - This form of shadowing enables a chan nr <«f

operatives which would make it hard for the subject to nmilfl
recognize them. This is more advantageous than the one >U
shadow system.
T h ree m en shadow - Also referred to as ABC Method this invnlvfiB

more personnel hence signals which are predetermined and |ilftl
for following the subject is pre arranged.
L o o se ta il - A type of shadowing wherein the habit, gcnnt!

impression and associates of the target must be ascertained.
C lose ta il - This is conducted with more precaution than any o'ltM

kind of tailing and constant surveillance is needed so as mil If
loose the subject.
R o p in g - Is a form of police undercover work wherein H

investigator assumes another identity in order to nlilnifl
information which relates to the identity and whereabout >
criminals.
W hat is th e d iffe re n c e b etw een a ssocia tive and tra c in g evid en cea ?
Associative evidences would refer to evidences which may linl i »

suspect to the crime scene. E.g. fingerprint impressions, blood I i h
seminal fluids, fibers, hair and the like. While, tracing evidences im Iniltj
items which tend to establish the identity of the suspect such as wttll> I. .
identification cards, receipts, and other personal items.
What are the various methods o f searching the crime scene?
Tin following are the various methods for searching evidences at the crime
in me:
T h e Q uadrant M eth o d - Also known as the zone method this

method of search is conducted wherein the crime scene is divided
into four quadrants with one searcher assigned to each area.
T h e S trip M eth o d - Also known as the Grid method is conducted

when searchers proceed simultaneously along the trail parallel to
one side of a rectangle. At the end area, the searchers turn and
proceed back along new trail but parallel to the first movement.
T h e S p iral M eth o d - This method is undertaken when the

searchers follow each other in the trail of a spiral which starts on
the outside and moving towards the center.
T h e W h eel M eth o d - This method is ideal for crime scene areas

which are oval or circular in form. Wherein the searchers gather at
the center and move along the spokes or radii.
Who is a F irs t R esp o n d er?
Any police officer who first arrives at the crime scene and shall
mdeavor to protect and secure the same as follows: Cordon off the crime
mcne with whatever available materials like ropes, straws, human
Ihi i ricade, police line, if available, etc.; Evacuate injured persons to the
linirest hospital; Prepare to take the "dying declaration" of severely
Injured person, if any; Prevent entiy/exit of persons within the cordoned
iTea; and Prepare to brief the investigators of the situation upon their
in rival.
What are th e ty p e s o f p h otograp h s ta k e n at th e c rim e s ce n e?
I lit' following photographs are necessary to be taken at the crime scene:
E n v iro n m e n ta l p h o tograp h - This is intended to show the relative

location and distances at the crime scene.
O v era ll p h o tograp h - This should contain at least four general

view of the scene executed in a clockwise direction.
P h o tog ra p h o f th e b o d y - In homicide cases is necessary to show

the relative position, relation of the body with the surrounding.
After removal of the body from the crime scene, another setoff
photograph intended for identification purposes and close up
picture of the wounds are taken.
P h o tograp h o f e vid en c es - Before removal at the crime scene eac h

item and evidences should be individually photographed to
establish the relation of such materials with the place where tlir
crime was committed.
P h o tograp h o f th e search and c o lle c tio n o f e v id e n c e - Tin

significant portions wherein evidence was discovered as well as tlir
special techniques employed in locating them should also be taken
W hat is S k e tc h in g ?
It is a rough diagram or drawing or krokis of the object, person oil

place of issue in a paper. An estimate representation of the position,
location, size and the relation of the identifying marks and the adherenrr
to the object maybe written in a paper. The sketching maybe exempli Ii I
usually in motor-vehicular accidents and in criminal cases by Ihr
investigator.
W hat m u st be in clu d ed in a s k e tc h ?
The person who makes the sketch must include the following elements:
Measurements even to the most minute detail;
Scale showing the actual proportion of the drawing with that of the crinio
scene;
Legend which would explain the symbols and marks used to idrniilV
objects included in the sketch;
Title which would include case, scene portrayed, victim, location, date aft!
hour made and the identity of the sketcher.
W hat are th e K in d s o f S k e tc h ?
R ou gh s k e tc h - this rough draft or outline is made by "

investigator at the crime scene where no scale and proportion ii
required and approximation is resorted to. This would serve an Hit]
basis of the finished diagram.
F in ish ed s k etch - this draft is made for courtroom presentnlliq

where proper scale and proportion should be detailed.
O u tlin e S k etch - generally indicate the dimensions and shnpr

the crime scene and which are used as interview aid.
W hat is c o m m o n ly used to m ark e vid en c es fou n d at th e c rim e scvimt*
A stylus or any sharp object may be used for placing idcntJtvt^

marks on hard objects. For absorbent items and materials suf
garments, beddings and the like, pencil, pen or ink is commonly used I
sealing gathered evidences in their respective containers, a maskim- |
is commonly used signed by the investigator nr thf' person who null -
I lie evidence indicating the date when it was collected. The seal should be
placed in the container in order to ensure that it cannot be opened without
breaking the seal.
What m u st be in clu d ed in la b e lin g ga th ered e v id e n c e s ?
In labeling collected evidences, the following information must be placed in

Ilie tag:
Case number;
I >nte and time of discovery and collection;
Name and description of article;
Signature of the person who collected the evidence.
What is th e M AC R u les?
As a standard procedure, in the care and handling of evidence should

mIways follow the MAC Rule so as to preserve its evidentiary value. M - Do
..il mutilate evidences. A - Do not alter evidences. C - Do not contaminate
evidences. To preserve the credibility and integrity of gathered evidences,
ilie following must be observed: The evidences gathered must be properly
.•ntified; The chain of custody of the evidence must be established; and It
inlist be competent as to its relevance and materiality to the case.
What is th e C hain o f C u stod y?
In investigation, this pertains to the number of persons who have

Mijcrssed to the evidence on hand, from the time it was discovered,
'llected, stored, examined until its presentation in court. As a rule, the
■I"ini should be kept to a minimum and for its proper transfer;
■ii knowledgement and receipt must be accomplished and duly recorded.
What is an id ea l in v e s tig a tio n ro o m ?
I In- ideal interrogation room: To be able to ensure that no distractions and

m lice flow of communication between the investigator and the subject the
Itilliiwing conditions must concur:
s im p lic ity - The interrogation room should be of medium size, with bare
wnlIs and a limited number of furniture should be placed. Too many
■fejfrts tend to distract the attention of the subject.
il vacy - The interrogation room should be sound proof and may only be
krcmsed by using one entry and exit door. This condition would establish
th mind of the subject that they are the only persons hearing the
nun.-i*t satinn. Such privacy would aide in the free flow of information.
Ilae o f te c h n ic a l aid es - One way mirror, audio and video recording

Jrvicrs should be installed but the apparatus must be hidden.
D istan ce b etw een th e in v e s tig a to r and th e su b ject - The person undi i

interrogation should be seated well and that there must be no intervenirij:
furniture between him and the investigator. As a common practice, they
are seated facing each other and only a small table for writing purposes Q
placed between them.
W hat are th e variou s tech n iq u es in in te rro g a tio n ?
Techniques employed during interrogation: The choice of the strategy ami

style of interrogation would rely mainly on the personality and character nf
the subject and the nature of the crime committed.
F rie n d ly approach - In this strategy, the investigator should be able in

establish that they are willing to help the suspect and avoid harsho
penalties. He must be seen as a friend, a brother and an adviser. He muni
be able to relate to the subject that several justifying, mitigatim
circumstances are allowed by our courts and those would be applied to IIk
subject whenever appropriate with the help of the police. To further indm i
this situation the “good and bad cop” or “mutt and jeff” tactic is used.
S y m p a th e tic approach - Also known as emotional appeal is a technii|« i■

wherein the investigator acts as a psychologist who would listen to ll»<
problem, provide counseling and create in the mind of the subject thal lh
police are willing to help and understands the situation which lead to tH|
commission of the crime. This would in turn develop trust and confideru t
of the subject to the investigator and would aide in obtaining a confession
A n x ie ty approach - Using this strategy would create an emotion *i

confusion on the part of the subject which will disturb and distract In it)
and in turn would hamper his ability to answer untruthfully. This anxlel>
may be increased significantly by using any of the following:
E xa ggeratin g fear. This would make the subject believe that the lir»|
remedy is for him to confess and obtain a lesser penalty in court upd|
confession and judicial admission.
P lea d in g to a lesser o ffen se. The investigator in cases involving one ni

more offenses or complex crimes would establish in the subject th${
pleading guilty to a lesser offense would be more advantageous and obtiM
favorable court’s discretion as opposed to not admitting to anything wh>. *|
in end would implicate the subject to a more serious offense.
Line-up m eth o d - This technique when used will establish cooporm

since the complainant and witnesses will pin point the subject as the
who committed the crime.
S p lit p air m eth o d - Also know as bluff method is utilized when then
two or more culprits and stating to the subject that the others Im
already confessed and directly linked him/her with the commission of the
crime.
R everse lin e up m eth o d - This is undertaken by requesting the subject to

join a police line up in which several persons will point to him as having
committed fictitious offenses. As a result of which, the subject may tend to
confess to the real offense of which he has taken part of.
How to con d u ct in te rv ie w s ?
Several stages and preparations should be undertaken to ensure that

smooth, free flow and voluntary facts and information may be drawn from
witnesses.
1** phase: An investigator assigned to conduct the interview must as a

Kt'neral rule review the circumstances surrounding the case; he must also
i (insider and acquaint himself with the subject. As to the time element,
interviews must be conducted as soon as practicable during the initial
■ilages of investigation at a time when the facts concerning the case is still
licsh in the mind of the witness. In reference to the place where interviews
me to be conducted, the venue chosen should be able to create an
atmosphere where a psychological advantage would be given to the
lulerviewer.
2nd phase: The approach or first meeting with the subject should cover a
I'ticf and truthful introduction. The investigator should reveal his identity
| l well as his authority in conducting the interview so as to avoid
i itifusion, misrepresentation and misunderstanding. This stage would
( irate in the mind of the subject that his/her time and effort is not in vain
in id that revealing the truth concerning the circumstances surrounding
I lie case of which he has witnessed would shed light and aid in the
nil Ministration of justice.
i V phase: Initial conversation should be conducted to develop an

nlinosphere of trust and confidence between the interviewer and his
•ubject. It should be cordial and warm and that the witness should not be
Interrupted in stating the facts known to him/her.
4"' phase: After the brief narrative, the investigator must make it clear to
U>. subject the matters and facts which are of value or material to the case
<■1 hand. When questioning the interviewer must be able to easily
■•(ermine conflicting details as to the narrative and that of the question
Add answer part of the interview. It is a sound idea that conversations that
place should be recorded for future references. In addition, the
Investigator should take notes on material aspects which concern the
IHrr.ents of the crime the participation of the suspect as seen by the
Witness to draw a useful conclusion.
What is c u s to d ia l in v e s tig a tio n ?

The stage where the investigation conducted by law enforcers is nfl

longer a general inquiry to into an unsolved crime and has begun to focu
on a particular suspect who had been taken into custody by law I
enforcement officers who carry out a process of interrogation that lend*,
itself to eliciting incriminating statements. It shall also refer to instancr
when suspect is taken into custody or otherwise deprived of his/hn
freedom of action in any significant manner. Custodial Investigation shall
also include any questioning or probe involving a person "invited" by a law
enforcement officer in connection with an offense he/she is suspected to I
have committed. It is the investigation of a suspect arrested withoul i
warrant; as such the police are duty-bound to file a case against him
within the reglamentary period, strictly adhere to his constitutional righla
What is an Inquest?
Inquest Procedures shall refer to an informal and summmv

investigation conducted by a public prosecutor in criminal cases involvim
persons arrested and detained without the benefit of warrant issued by IIn
court for the purpose of determining whether or not said persons should I
remain under custody and correspondingly be charged in court. Where Hi* I
detained person does not opt for a preliminary investigation or otherwi .
refuses to execute the required waiver, the investigation shall proceed win.
the inquest by submitting the suspect before the inquest prosecutor in j
include sworn statements/affidavits of the complainant and w i t n e s s / I
and other supporting evidence. The presence of the detained person whul
is under custody shall be ensured during the inquest proceedings exoM
the following circumstances:
If he is confined in a hospital;
If he is detained in a place under maximum security;
If production of the detained person will involve security risk;
If the presence of the detained person is not feasible by reason of aj|M
health, sex and other similar factor.
Search Warrant Defined - It is an order in writing issued in the nanir n|

the people of the Philippines, signed by a judge and directed to a prm
officer, commanding him to search for any property described therein iiiidj
bring it before the court.
What are the requisites for Issuance o f Search Warrant?
A search warrant shall be issued only upon probable caunr r

connection with one specific offense to be determined personally by n
judge after examination under oath or affirmation of the complainant mij
the witnesses he may produce, and particularly describing the placr to •
searched and things to be seized. The following are the properties s u I>|m m
to seizures: Properties which are the subject of the offense; Stolfl(f
embezzled proceeds, or fruits of the offense; Objects including weupo •
equipment, and other items used or intended to be used as the means of

committing an offense; Objects that are illegal per se in plain view.
I . The m ethod o f operation which w ill enable investigators to a pattern o f crimina

behavior.
ii. Reconstruction o f the crime scene c. Instrum entation
Ii. Elicitation d. Modus operandi.
This is w here the techniques and principles o f both physical and natural science
are applied and practiced to analyze crim e-scene evidence,
y Forensics laboratory c. SOCO
l». Crime laboratory d. Chem istry laboratory
t. A fictional character developed by Sir A rthur Conan Doyle w ho influenced crime

■Ii lection methods by using serology, firearm identification, fingerprinting and
■|iK'Stioned docum ent examination.
• Sherlock Holmes c. Alphonse Bertillon
11 Albert Osborne d. Calvin Goddard
I Refers to the uniqueness o f some item o f evidence made possible by the fact thal
no Ihings in nature are exactly the same.
n Criminalistics c. Instrum entation
I I Individualization d. Reconstruction o f the crime scene
A U.S. A rm y colonel w ho refined the techniques o f bullet com parison anc

■itablished the use o f a com parison microscope, which is indispensable tool l(
modern firearms examiner.
• Sherlock Holmes c. Alphonse Bertillon .
: h Albert Osborne d. Calvin H. Goddard
6 I le undertook the first definitive study o f fingerprints and developed a m ethod o

flaasifying them.
I Albert Osborn c. Francis Galton
Leone Lottes d. Calvin Goddard
? I le devised a relatively simple procedure for determ ining the blood group o f driec
bloodstain.
Leone Lottes c. A lbert Osborne
I I Karl Landsteiner d. Francis Galton
1 fc in the techniques em ployed in interrogation, which o f the foregoing is n

tthli.: (I by police investigators.
[ ■ Im iendliness c. Sym pathetic approach
% I motional approach d. Financial assistance
1 ♦ i in *, is applicable in oval or circular crim e scene w herein the searchers gather

»<• middle and proceed outward along spokes or radius,
■k Wheel method c. Strip method
I Spiral method d. Zone method
li! ni was considered as the father o f m odern toxicology.

• Mulhieu Orfila c. Francis Galton
fc Alphonse Bertillon d. Leone Lottes
11. He was the person credited to have devised the first scientific system of
personal identification by means o f anthropometry, w hich is a method o f taking u
series o f body measurements.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Francis Galton
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Leone Lottes
12. He developed the fundam ental principle o f docum ent exam ination and w ii h
responsible for the acceptance o f docum ents as scientific evidence by the courts.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Albert Osborne
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Leone Lottes
13. A public prosecutor and later a ju dge in Graz, Austria w ho applied scientific
discipline to the field o f crim inal investigation.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Hans Gross
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Edmond Locard
14. He perpetuated his belief that when a crim inal cam e into contact w ith a peraoiT
or object, a cross transfer o f evidence occurred and was responsible for giviiiu
specific technical contribution to crim inal investigation.
a. Mathieu Orfila c. Hans Gross
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. Edmond Locard
15. The prim ary tools in crim inal investigation necessary to establish the guilt
the accused in a crim inal action.
a. Inform ation, interrogation and instrum entation
b. Intent, motive and circum stantial evidence
c. Confession, adm ission and criminalistics
d. Investigation, crim inalistics and prosecution
16. A public officer when not being authorized by ju dicial order, shall enlci ■
dw elling against the w ill o f the owner thereof is committing:
a. Legal entry c. Trespassing
b. Violation o f dom icile d. Illegal entry
17. A person undergoing custodial investigation enjoys his constitutional i Ik M q

namely:
a. The right to oppose whatever accusation on him.
b. The right to plea guilty and not guilty
c. The right to rem ain silent, to counsel and the right to be informed of mi h *,!|
rights.
d. The right to face his accuser in public trial
18. A type o f inform ant reveals inform ation usually o f no consequences of "ill
concocted o f thin air.
a. False inform ant c. Double crosser inform ant
b. Mercenary inform ant d. Self-aggrandizing inform ant
19. Is one in which the ingredients o f the offense are com m itted in many placri
a. Local crim e c. Transitory crime
b. Local action d. Transitory action
20. The prim ary jo b o f an investigator is to determ ine whether a crime hir In
com m itted, in order to determine such, he must have knowledge o f the mo <nil
cardinal questions o f investigation. How many cardinal questions err there?
rfc Three c. Five

I). Four d. Six
21. In bank robberies, this person is in charge o f transportation by stealing the

vehicle and providing plate on it.
u. Drivers c. W heelm an
I). Ripper d. Rover
22. Refers to the standard arrow designating the north to facilitate proper sketch
orientation.
n Proper north c. Legend
11 True north d. Com pass direction
23. A search m ethod in w hich the searchers follow each other in the path o f the
coiled beginning form the outside proceeding toward the center.
it. Zone m ethod c. Spiral method
I , W heel method d. Strip method
l Taking into custody the property described in the search warrant as a result o f
ii proper search, w hich is to be utilized as evidence in a case.
h, Seizure c. Safekeeping
Ii Detention d. Confiscation
i ' v A m ethod o f crim inal identification w hereby the perception o f w itnesses is key
nd criminals are identified by depiction,
a Verbal description c. Police line-up
b General photographs d. Rouge gallery
Jt< W hen the subject is in prone position what type of search should be
Implemented.
m Kneeling search c. Floor search
It Standing search d. W all search
H This is ordinarily made at the time and scene o f the arrest. To discover
■npons or evidences and determ ine the identity o f the suspects.
Preliminary search o f a person c. Standing search
11 Wall search d. Floor search
JH Most likely place to look for fingerprints o f theft in an automobile, w hich has
i> "tolen and abandoned.
Dashboard c. Steering w heel
Door handles d. Rear view mirror
■ V U «es his seem ing desire to give inform ation to talk to the law enforcers in order
bu f i t tnore inform ation from them than he gives.
l >niible-crosser inform ant c. False inform ant
l< Mercenary inform ant d. S elf aggrandizing inform ant
• 1 i |uit protession and scientific discipline directed to the recognition,

pHîti ill. ation, individualization and evaluation o f physical science by application o f
■Btlirnl sciences in matters o f law and science.
■ C h em ist c. C rim in a listics
Scien tist d. T o x ico lo g ist
31. Is one in w hich all the ingredients o f the offense are com m itted in one place.
a. Local crim es c. Transitory crimes
b. Local action d. Transitory action
32. The num ber o f persons w ho handle the evidence from the scene o f the crimc
and between the time o f the com m ission up to final disposition o f cases.
a. Tim e o f custody c. Tim e o f disposal
b. Tim e o f disposition d. Chain o f custody
33. A declaration made under the consciousness o f an im pending death.

a. Part o f res gestate c. D ying declaration
b. Confession d. Adm ission
34. Principles o f science applied to law enforcem ent.

a. Instrum entation c. Legal medicine
b. Forensics d. Crim inology
35. Evidence w hich offers least resistance to decomposition.

a. Blood c. Saliva
b. Semen d. Hair
36. Refers to crim inals w hose identity are furnished by eye witnesses.
a. Known crim inals c. U nknown criminals
b. Convicted crim inals d. Identified criminals
37. This method o f identification depends on the ability o f the witness to descrU
the person seen com m itting the crime.
a. Verbal description c. Police line-up
b. Photographic files d. General photograph
38. Criminals w hose identity m ay be established background identification.

a. Known crim inals c. Convicted criminals
b. Unknown crim inals d. Unidentified criminals
39. Com pilation o f known criminals available from police files and records.
a. Rouge gallery c. Police blotter
b. General photograph d. Modus operandi files
40. Type o f shadowing w here constant surveillance is necessary.

a. Loose tail c. Close tail
b. Rough shadowing d. None o f these
41. The best w ay to label clothing to be used as evidence is:

a. Place it in a Dill box and label it
b. Mark it by an inscription in ink at the lining
c. Place it in a plastic bag and label it
d. Tag it with a label
42. To ensure privacy and avoid distraction an interrogation room must be

a. W ith no windows or views c. It must be sound proof
b. There should only be one door d. All o f the foregoing
43. In this type o f interrogation the investigator m ust have great knowledge o f the
case and is preferable w hen the subject is not the talkative type,
a. Narrative type c. Stern type
I). Question and answer type d. Simple interrogation
•14. W hat should the investigator do to protect while in transport those collected
rvidences from the crim e scene?
n. Seal it c. Pack it properly
11 M ark it d. Label it
'IS. Shadowing has the follow ing purposes, except:

m To detect evidences o f crim inal activities c. To locate wanted persons
11 To establish association o f a suspect d. None o f the foregoing
4Ci. “A ” w anted to kill “B” . the form er pointed his gun to the latter, as “A ” pressed
I I'm: trigger, the gun jam m ed and “B ” m anaged to escape. This is an exam ple of:
» Attem pted felony c. Consum m ated felony
I I Frustrated felony d. Im possible crime
4 7 Kind o f recognition w hereby the description and characteristics m aybe vague

111.1 1 identification is difficult.
* Known fugitives c. Ordinary criminals
!j. Professional crim inals d. Unknown fugitives
M . The m ethod o f determ ining and finding the best w ay to rem edy the specific
|*i i se or causes o f the com plaint or grievance refers to:
c' oss exam ination c. Investigative procedures
I Grievance procedures d. Crim inal procedures
11» A type o f inform ant w ho reveals inform ation usually o f no consequence o f stuff
I...Ineed from thin air.
False inform ant c. M ercenary inform ant
I )ouble-crosser inform ant d. Frightened inform ant
B Clfindestine operation in police parlance.

• ( overt intelligence c. Overt intelligence
II '-r-ret activity d. Surveillance
I R I II is an art w hich deals w ith the identity and location o f the offender and
[ im ovules evidence o f his guilt through crim inal proceeding.
U Iii formation c. Instrum entation
I. Interrogation d. Interrogation
" if-cial crime investigation is more concerned on:

I ft I 'I i vsical evidence c. Testim onial evidence
! i (icing evidence d. Associative evidence
8| !• a person w ho provides an investigator w ith confidential information

* i nmg a past or projected crime and does not wish to be known as a sour
mation.
V Inform ants c. Informers
I W iincss d. Confidential inform ants
V igorou s q u e s tio n in g o f on e w h o is relu ctan t to d ivu lge in form ation .

a. Interview c. Investigation
b. Interrogation d. All o f these
55. A com pilation o f photographs o f know n criminals, utilized in investigation foi

identifying suspects in a crime.
a. Photographic file c. Rogue gallery
b. 201 file d. Cartographic sketch
56. This sketch shows the crim e scene w ith its nearest physical surroundings.
a. F in ish e d SKetch c. S k e tch of locality
b. Sketch o f details d. Sketch o f grounds
57. The explanation o f any symbols used to identify objects in a sketch.

a. Compass direction c. Legend
b. Title d. Scale
58. Such articles and evidences which assists the investigator in locating III*
suspect.
a. Physical evidences c. Associative evidences
b. M aterial evidences d. Tracing evidences
59. Objects or substances w hich are essential part o f the body o f the crime.
a. Corpus delicti c. M aterial evidences
b. Physical evidences d. Associative evidences
60. The prim ary consideration in transporting evidences.

a. Markings should be placed
b. Proper turnover must be observed
c. Avoid altering contents
d. Proper packing to protect the evidence while in transit
61. General rule in handling evidences.

a. MAC rule c. Last clear chance rule
b. Right o f w ay rule d. None o f the foregoing
62. In handling clothing used as evidence, the stained areas are u sually encin Inti
W hat is the prim ary objective?
a. To show points o f interest c. To avoid contam ination
b. To have proper m arkings d. To prevent alterations
63. If blood is in fluid condition, w hat is added to preserve the specimen?

a. Form aldehyde c. Alcohol
b. Saline solution d. Distilled w ater
64. It is the surprise invasion o f a building or an area.

a. Assault c. Raid
b. Attack d. Surveillance
65. Prim ary requisite for conducting raids.

a. Search w arrant c. Firearms
b. Raiding team d. Back-up personnel
66. This is an elem ent o f crime com m ission wherein one is induced to commjl
crime.
g. Motive c. O pportunity
I). Intent d. Deceit
67. In a police line-up, in w hich the purpose is to elim inate the pow er o f suggestion
(is a factor in identification as a procedure how m any persons is needed in such a
line-up?
n 3 top 5 c. 7 to 10
h 5 to 7 d. 10 to 15
fiH. It is the physical possibility that the suspect could have com m itted the crime.
Motive c. O pportunity
I, Intent d. Deceit
fi‘ >. Motive in giving inform ation wherein the inform ant delights in giving
mlormation to gain favorable attention from the police,
i. Com petition c. Vanity
I; Repentance d. Jealousy
70. Employed w here a general im pression o f the su bject’s habit and associate are
inired.
k. Surveillance c. Rough shadowing
Loose tail shadowing d. Close tail shadowing
TI More advantageous because it perm its im m ediate changes o f m en and less

III'fly to be recognized.
•I One man shadow c. Three m an shadow
I' "wo man shadow d. ABC method
I ] In this method o f search, the searchers proceed slowly at the same pace along
i Ih path parallel to one side o f the rectangle. A t the end o f the rectangle, the
ni'-her turns and proceeds back along new lanes but parallel to the first
JBOvrment.
■i Zone m ethod c. Spiral method
1 it rip m ethod d. W heel method
In this method, the area to be searched is divided into quadrant and each
.... . clier is assigned in each quadrant.
Zone m ethod c. Spiral method
l>, Nl ru> method d. W heel method
> i The surroundings o f the crim e scene m ust be photograph to show the relative
h r mlon and distances.
■ Environmental photograph c. Overview
Physical reconstruction d. Over-all photograph
If* M.'idf by the investigator at the crim e scene. No scale, proportion ignored and
fcyri v thing is approximate.
•• ik e tc h c. Rough sketch
H Draft d. Finished sketch
^ L M c s ! com m on reason in discharging informants.

K I turn out c. Lack o f loyalty
Too expensive to m aintain d. Reprehensible behavior
77. Object usually utilized in m arking hard objects.

a. Stylus c. Ink
b. Pen d. Chalk
78. A form o f investigation in w hich an investigator assumes a different an

u nofficial identity.
a. Tailing c. Surveillance
b. Shadowing d. Roping
79. Interrogation fitted for subjects w ho are w illing to talk.

a. Narrative type c. Question and answer type
b. Interrogation type d. Stern type
80. Method em ployed by the police to deprive the liberty o f a person taken in
custody.
a. Protective custody c. Police restraint
b. Detaining for questioning d. All o f these
81. Necessary to determ ine the appearance o f the crime scene as well as I
objects, w hat naturally occurred and what w ere the circum stances o f the crime-
a. Crime scene c. Mental reconstruction
b. Physical reconstruction d. Reconstruction o f the crime
82. Paid informants.

a. Anonym ous informants c. False informants
b. Rival elim ination informants d. Mercenary informants
83. Most com m on type o f shadowing.

a. One man shadow c. Three man shadow
b. Two m an shadow d. Rough shadow
84. Articles w hich are found in connection with the investigation and ulil
establishing the identity o f the perpetrator or the circum stances under whii li
crime was committed.
a. Tracing evidence c. Associative evidence
b. Corpus delicti d. Physical or m aterial evidence
85. Instrum ental detection o f deception.

a. Ballistic test c. Question docum ent test
b. Fingerprint test d. Polygraph testing
86. First action o f the police unit upon arrival at the scene o f homicide.
a. Cordon the area c. V erification o f death
b. Prevent contam ination o f evidence d. Conduct initial investigation
87. The circum stances which must occur to be classified as a crime.

a. Elem ents o f the crime c. Motive and intent
b. Victim and perpetrator d. Desire and opportunity
88. Most com m on motive in com m itting a crime.

a. Fame c. Passion
b. Revenge d. Profit
89. They assume jurisdiction in term s o f conducting crime scene invest ip,nl In
• SOCO operatives
I). Investigator on case
c. First police u nit w ho arrived at the crim e scene
II CIDG operatives
5)0. An official inquiry undertaken b y the police on the circum stances surrounding
il" death o f a person w hich is always presum ed to be unlawful.
ii. Crim inal investigation c. H om icide investigation
I) Special crim e investigation d. M urder investigation
III Stage where the law enforcer focus on a particular suspect w ho had been
Invited or taken into custody or otherwise deprived o f his/her freedom o f action
where a process o f interrogation is undertaken to illicit incrim inating statements.
Investigation c. Custodial investigation
Ii. Interrogation d. Inquest
92 In inform al and sum m ary investigation conducted by a public prosecutor in

iimnal cases involving persons arrested and detained w ithout the benefit o f a
>,v n i rant for the purpose o f determ ining w hether or not said persons should remain
liiuler custody an correspondingly be charged in court.
) Investigation c. Custodial investigation
Interrogation d. Inquest
U I This investigation technique w hen used w ill establish cooperation since the
• i|)lainant and witnesses will pin point the subject as the one w ho com m itted
llir crime.
i Pleading to a lesser offense c. Split pair method
It Line-up method d. Revered line-up method
Also Known as blu ff m ethod it is undertaken w hen there are two or more
■ul|ii its and stating to the subject that the others have already confessed and
lly linked him /her w ith the com m ission o f a crime.
Pleading to a lesser offense c. Split pair method
•*, Line-up method d. Revered line-up method
Uft I nis is undertaken by requesting the subject to jo in a police line-up in which

Ipvrm l persons will point him as having com m itted fictitious offenses. S a result o f
-In. h I he subject m ay tend to confess to the real offense o f which he has taken
<h i ! of.
i'kild in g to a lesser offense c. Split pair method
( I me-up method d. Revered line-up method
Cleottrally indicates the dim ensions and shape o f crim e scenes and w hich are
pit «is interview aids.
Pkftch c. O utline sketch
Hough sketch d. Detailed sketch
ers to the use o f physical evidences, scientific method, deductive reasoning

| their interrelationship to acquire definite and clear Knowledge o f the series o f
ni- and circum stances that surround the com m ission o f a crime.
a cm e investigation c. Crime scene reconstruction
I t ' i line scene inquiry d. All o f these
98. Specific incident reconstruction is used in w hich of the following

circum stances?
a. Homicide c. Traffic accident investigation
b. Bom bing d. All o f these
99. W hen firearms, Blood, glass and other sim ilar physical evidences is in policr
custody, what type o f crime scene reconstruction is used by the investigator on
case?
a. Specific incident reconstruction c. Specific event reconstruction
b. Specific physical evidence reconstruction d. All o f these
100. In determ ining sequence, direction, condition, relation and identity which
type o f crime scene reconstruction is used?
a. Specific incident reconstruction c. Specific event reconstruction
b. Specific physical evidence reconstruction d. All o f these
CDIP II Special Crime Investigation
W hat is a crime scene?
Crime scene often generates tracing evidence that leads to n-

apprehension of dangerous criminals. Perhaps just as often thnwui>
potentially valuable evidence is destroyed or rendered useless by caici
behavior and handling at the crime scene.
HOW TO RESPOND TO A CRIME SCENE?
The most significant task of initial responders to a crime in in

preserve life and to identify and locate suspects and secure witn i
Then, shifting their focus somewhat, responding officers must tak> I •
to preserve the integrity of the crime scene’s physical boundaries. W ltH
this may not be a problem for those officers who were once taughl ’■•
importance of protecting crime scenes, others-including su p erviw i*
media relations personnel and administrators sometimes have Im uM
leaving well enough alone at the crime scene.
W hat is a crime scene policy?
A crime scene policy should contain the following element* i H

officer assigned to the crime scene’s main entry must log in all vlillM
including name, rank, stated purpose, arrival and departure Hi m
Absolutely no undocumented visitors should be allowed in the crime a d
area; Every officer at the scene must complete a standard «
describing their involvement and their specific actions while at tlir
All visitors must make available any requested exemplar such i*» Im
blood, shoeprints, fingerprints and the like intended for Himiujt®
purposes; The highest ranking officer entering a crime scene must ii'ima
responsibility for all subsequent visitors to the scene; and This final m|^
means that any supervisory officer who visits the scene to “have tt I
around” must stay at the site until either the crime scene technicians
finish their work or a higher ranking officer arrives.
An officer attempting to secure a crime scene who finds the post regularlj
overrun by curious commanders must have the means to protect the
scene, enforce guidelines and rules and deal with superior officers, fi
clearly-written, well enforced policy helps to counteract and level the
playing field.
While awaiting reinforcement and the SOCO Team, a first responder il

possible after verification of death and notifying command, should be able
to protect the crime scene by cordoning off the area. An ideal cordon
uliould be composed of three barriers, the first barrier is reserved for the
■me scene technicians, the second barrier is intended for police officers
mid the investigator on case while the outermost cordon should be
rslablished to ward-off media and onlookers from the crime scene.
What is Crim e scene reconstruction?
Refers to the use of physical evidence, scientific method, deductive

feusoning or logic and their interrelationship to acquire definite and clear
knowledge of the series of events and circumstances that surrounds the
<imi mission of a crime. Crime scene reconstruction looks at the physical
■defence and attempts to determine “What happened?” and “How did it
lutpp n?”
Wh.t are the types o f Crime scene Reconstruction?
There are five categories of reconstruction; one deals only with the
iiinunt of reconstruction to be undertaken, and another lists a number ot
1 ' iiv11 ies including criminal profiling. Specific Incident Reconstruction - to
nvn traffic accidents, Homicide and bombing incidents. Specific Physical
dcnce Reconstruction which treats and deals with firearms, blood,
mi ii, glass fragments and the like. Specific Event Reconstruction which
• I* with the sequence, direction, condition, relation and identity.
■t are the steps involved in crim e scene reconstruction?
I l l in Reconstruction: Recognition of evidence; Documentation of

llitrn'f; Collection of evidence; Evaluation of evidence; Hypothesis;
n |rg and Actual reconstruction.
Recognition of evidence is the most significant unless the potential

tocr can be acknowledged no further reconstruction can be carried
Wfi (ignition, documentation and collection of evidence are the core of
lUceessful crime scene reconstruction and form the basis of
truction. Evaluation of evidence, the possibly following laboratory
I In scrutinizes and looks at what information the evidence provides
lunv reliable it is. At this point any witness statements should be
compared to the evidence to see which parts of the statements can bf

supported or refuted by the evidence. Hypothesis refers to the formulati"-
of an idea of how the event or portions of it took place. This is not merclv
an inference and should be firmly supported by the evidence.
Testing stares how the hypothesis is developed and it can I

validated. This is consummated by checking the evidence against known
physical laws or devising a test to attempt to repeat the event or any of il
relevant segments. Actual reconstruction refers to the reporting of III*
results of the analysis. The results are reported as a range, where llii-
event or portions of it: Can be shown to have occurred in a given mannrri
Can be shown to be likely to have occurred in a given manner; Can In
shown to be improbable to have occurred in a given manner or Can hi
shown not to have occurred in a given manner.
What is Crim inal profiling?
Criminal profiling refers to the application of psychological theory HI

the analysis and reconstruction of the forensic evidence that relates In ■
suspect’s crime scenes, victims and behavior. Criminal profiling asscsnn|
the physical evidence and the reconstruction and tries to determine "Wliy
this may have happened?” and “What does that tell us about Who mtifl
have done it?” It is significant to keep in mind that only those dim l
involved in the crime know for sure what happened and why, and 'Itafl
may be unable or reluctant to say.
What is crime scene processing?
Crime scene processing is not dissimilar in that respect than

other work related tasks such as exchanging a motor in a car, pamlin^ fl
landscape scene or preparing a meal. There are specific tasks related If
each work goal. How do you justify to someone the technical]!ii
thoroughly processing a crime scene? It sounds uncomplicated, but in Im
crime scene processing is a veiy intricate and interwoven multipl' In
function.lt is difficult to put in plain words to someone the exact proll
that will be used at every crime scene. Each crime scene is differcul ■
may necessitate a different approach to processing the scene. Hnwi-v
there is a fundamental crime scene protocol that should be adhered in
all crime scenes. These basic functions or tasks are as follows- Inti "
Examine; Photograph; Sketch and Process.
What are physical evidences?
Physical evidence is any evidence introduced in a trial in the form nf

tangible object, intended to prove a fact in issue based on its demomintl
physical characteristics. Physical evidence can possibly include all oj jr
of any object. In a murder trial for example the physical evidence ml
include DNA left by the suspect on the victim’s body, the body it sell, I
weapon used, pieces of carpet spattered with blood, or casts of footprints

or tire prints found at the scene of the crime.
How are fingerprints processed at the crime scene?
Fingerprints. Fingerprints which should also include palm prints and bare
luotprints are the principal evidence to place an individual at the scene of
n crime. Collecting fingerprints at a crime scene requires very few
materials, making it ideal from a cost perspective. All non-movable items
nl a crime scene should be treated at the scene using gray powder, black
powder, or black magnetic powder. A camera preferably a Polaroid 665
Hack and white film loaded in a Polaroid CU-5 camera with detachable
Hash should be used to make one-to-one photographs of prints which do
not readily lift. All small movable items should be packaged in paper bags
<n envelopes and forwarded to the crime lab for processing. Latent
Fingerprints. Marking of Latent Fingerprint Evidence: All such evidence
•liould be marked in some distinctive manner, such as is the case with
itny other type of physical evidence. Safety measures should be taken,
when marking evidence, not to damage destroy potential latent
lingerprints. Lifted, developed latent prints should also be marked or
le&led in marked envelopes. Photograph-developed latent print with and
'hout identifying markings and scale.
How do we preserve Fingerprint Evidence?
The major safeguard in all cases is the prevention of adding

lingerprints to evidence, or of destroying those already present. Generally
lingerprints submitted will be on paper, glass, metal, or other smooth
■urfaced objects. When articles containing latents must be picked up,
luch as little as possible, and then only in areas least likely to include
Identifiable latents, such as rough surfaces. While gloves or handkerchiefs
iimv be used to pick up such exhibits, any needless contact should be
iided. Although using a cloth to pick up exhibits prevents leaving
n. 1111tional prints on the articles, the cloth will often wipe off or smear any
■Tints originally present, unless great care is taken. Large articles
fcnlaining latent prints such as glass, metal articles, and firearms should
placed on wood or heavy cardboard and fastened down with string to
ir <>id shifting and contact with other objects in transit. Where such
M idcnce is to be examined frequently, a pegboard should be used on
■ h k h wooden pegs can be moved as desired to support exhibits and keep
A t m from moving. Bottles and glasses may be placed vertically on a board
lt d placed in the bottom of a box. The base of the bottle or glass can be
■fcrrounded with nails to secure it in place, and the top can be either
■ •c rie d through a hole in a piece of cardboard or held in position with a
■oodrn board nailed to the container’s lid. Papers and documents
Hutum ing latent prints should be placed individually in a cellophane or
lnnLla envelope. Such a container can be sandwiched between two sheets
I lii m cardboard, wrapoed. and place in a box for mailing.
How are bite marks treated in the crime scene?
Bite marks which are usually found in many times in sexuil

assaults and can be traced back to the individual who did the biting. If thr I
bite mark has left an impression then maybe a cast can be prepared of il
Casts and photographs of the suspect’s teeth and maybe the victim’s teeth
will be required for comparison. For further analysis consult a forensii
odontologist.
How are broken fingernails processed at the crime scene?
Broken Fingernails. Natural fingernails have individualizin

striations on them. A broken fingernail found at a crime scene can be
matched to the person it came from many months after the crime hum I
been committed. Broken fingernails should be placed in a paper pa. Uc >
which is then placed in a paper envelope to be transported to the crime lab
for analysis. Known samples from the victim and the suspect will I"
indispensable for comparison.
How are body fluids treated?
Blood and Body Fluids. Dried blood and body fluid stains should In <
collected in the following method: If the stained object can be transpoi Inil I
back to the crime lab, then pack it in a paper bag or envelope and send H I
to the lab; if the object cannot be transported, then either use fingrrprtBfl
tape and lift it like a fingerprint and place the tape on a lift back; s< i.'i|>«|
the stain into a paper packet and package it in a paper envelope; or ab«<™ I
the stain onto V2” long threads moistened with distilled water. The thrc4U I
must be air dried before packaging. For moving purposes and to pr»'vr>itO
cross contamination, the threads may be placed into a plastic contmniM I
for no more than two hours. Once in a safe location, the threads mu ni In
removed from the plastic and allowed to air dry. They may then 14 j
repackaged into a paper packet and placed in a paper envelope. Wet blofli I
and body fluid stains should be collected in the following method: all it«|
should be packaged separately to prevent cross contamination, if the »i• 11
can be transported to the crime lab, then package it in a paper bur in.
plastic bag if the transportation time is under two hours), bring 11 id I
secure place and allow it to thoroughly air dry, then repackage 11 i<i I
paper bag. If the item cannot be transported back to the lab, then iiIimh
the stain onto a small ( l ”x l ”) square of pre-cleaned 1 0 0 % cotton shrritj™
Package it in paper (or plastic if the transportation time is less than twJ
hours), bring it to a secure place and allow it to thoroughly air dry,
repackage it in a paper envelope. Victim and suspect’s known hliia
samples will have to be collected in yellow, red, or purplt
“Vacutainers.” Contact the lab to which the samples will be submittc >l Im
specific information.
How are bullets and casing examined?
PDIM IN A V m o 'T T / 'r

Firearms and Tool marks. Bullets and casings can be examined at the
rime lab to show an investigator what make and model of weapons may
have expended the casing or bullet. A bullet found at the crime scene may
he matched back to the same lot of ammunition found in a suspect’s
i ustody. Tool marks can be completely matched to a tool in the suspect’s
iossession.Firearm safety is a requisite at any crime scene. If a firearm
must be moved at a crime scene, never move it by inserting a pencil in the
barrel or inside the trigger guard. Not only is this dangerous, but it could
damage potential evidence. The gun can be picked up by the textured
surface on the grips without fear of placing unnecessary fingerprints on
I lie firearm. Before picking up the gun, make certain that the gun barrel is
not pointed at anyone. Keep notes on the condition of the weapon as found
and steps taken to render it as safe as possible without damaging
potential evidence. The firearm can then be processed for prints and finally
make completely safe.
Bullets: Under no circumstances mark bullets. Enclose recovered bullets

m paper and seal in separate labelled pill boxes or envelopes. Submit all
evidence bullets recovered to the Crime Laboratory. A conclusive
identification may be possible on only one of several bullets recovered even
vvlien they all seem to be in good condition. Do not tiy to clean recovered
"iillets before sending them to the Laboratory. Bullets recovered from the
ndy should be air dried and wrapped in paper. Washing may obliterate
frice evidence.
Cartridge Cases : Wrap recovered cartridge cases in and seal in single

labelled pill boxes or envelopes. Fired shotgun shells may be marked either
m the inside or outside of the paper or plastic portion of the shell. If an
PKumination is necessary to determine if a shot shell or cartridge case was
lii ed by a specific weapon, submit the weapon and all recovered unfired
ammunition. Submit all evidence cartridge cases or shotgun shells
■covered to the Laboratory. Some cases contain more identifying than do
f'lhers. Wrap each cartridge in paper to prevent damaging the breech
■luck, firing pin, or other markings by contact with other cartridge cases.
I'liieo wrapped cartridge cases in envelopes or pill boxes. Label and seal
Kntainer.
Ammunition: Always try to recover unused ammunition for comparison

m poses when firearms are obtained as evidence. If not in the weapon
Hfil'. subjects often have additional ammunition in their clothing, cars,
■tutes or other locations. It may be important for test purposes to
|#i<'rmine exactly the make, type, and age of the ammunition used in the
• fline as other ammunition in the suspect’s possession may be identical to
•it 11 fired during the crime. Unfired ammunition should not be fired. The
►ox with the ammunition may be marked without individually marking
round in the box.
Powder and Shot Pattern: Submit clothing or other material showing

Hfldence of gun powder residue or shot holes to the Crimp i 'ri—
clothing should be carefully placed in clean paper and folded as little UN

possible to prevent dislodging powder particles. Photographs of the patti'i i>
will not be sufficient, as in most instances microscopic examination aim
chemical tests must be conducted on the exhibits themselves. Packngn
each item individually. For gun powder or shot pattern tests to have ran
implication, it is vital to obtain ammunition identical in make, type, ami
age to that used at the crime scene. This facsimile ammunition In
necessaiy for firing in the weapon in question to determine the distanc< g
the muzzle of the weapon from the victim or other object at the time 11in
questioned bullet was fired.
Gunshot residue is extremely delicate evidence and should be collected oj

soon as possible (preferably within three hours of the discharge of firearm |
Use the laboratory-supplied GSR kits and carefully follow the direction*
In case of the live subjects if more than six hours have passed or if tlm
subject has washed his hands, it may be likely that meaningful results will
be obtained. If a body is to be sampled, whenever possible, gunsliol
residue collection should be performed prior to moving the body. If this l|
not possible, protect the hands with paper bags.
Serial Number Restoration: In many cases, obliterated serial numbers < mi

be restored if too much metal has not been removed in erasing the numbrtj
by using etching solution. Always inform the PNP FED-CSG, altn)
restoring the serial number, the gun is to be numbered. If the origi"
number can be restored, this is normally re-stamped on the gun. II ll
cannot be restored, a new number is assigned to the gun and stamp«tl
thereon by the PNP FED-CSG.
How are shoe and tire prints treated?
Shoeprints and Tire Tracks. Shoeprints and tire tracks can positivol
be traced and compared to a pair of shoes or to tires in a suspecfi
possession. Shoeprints and tire tracks can occasionally tell investigating
what type of shoes or tires to look for when searching a suspect!
residence or vehicles. Before any attempt is made at collecting shoeprin
or tire tracks, one-to-one photographs should be made using a tripo|
ruler, and level. The flash should be held at about 45 degree angles Iroi
the surface surrounding an impression. Casts can be made of impressu
using dental stone. Once toughened, the cast can be oackaged in papf
and submitted to the lab. In photographing prints on hard flat surfu< 4
the flash should be used as side lighting. Shoeprints on hard flat surfa.
can also sometimes be lifted like a fingerprint. Dust prints on cert.ili
surfaces can be lifted with an electrostatic dust print lifter.
What are fracture marks?
Fracture Matches may positively associate broken pieces at Hi

scene with pieces found in the possession of a suspect. For exampl
fraompnts fnnnH at the crime scene of a hit and run could Ij
positively matched to a broken headlight on a suspect’s vehicle. Large

. ngments should be placed in paper bags or envelopes. Small fragments
hould be placed in a paper packet and then placed in an envelope.
How are hair treated?
Hair. If a root sheath is attached, then DNA analysis using PCR

Irchnology can reveal that this hair came from a certain percentage of the
population to which the suspect belongs. If there is no root sheath, then a
microscopic analysis can disclose that the hair has the same
characteristics as the suspect’s hair and is similar to his or her hair. At
this point, no one can say that a hair came from a particular individual.
Ilnir found at the crime scene should be placed in a paper packet and then
■loced in an envelope. If a microscopic examination is required, then 15-
i hair strands from the suspect must be submitted to the lab for
i omparison. Collect all hair present. If possible, use tweezers or fingers to
fiick up hair, place in paper bundles or coin envelopes which should then
In- folded and sealed in larger envelopes. Tag the outer sealed envelope. If
ii is attached, such as in dry blood, or caught in metal or a crack of a
glass, do not try to remove it but rather leave hair intact on the object. If
Bte object is tiny, mark it, wrap it, and seal it in an envelope. If the object
In large, wrap the area containing the hair in paper to prevent loss of hairs
iuring transport. In rape cases, the victim’s pubic region should be
ifcnibed prior to collecting standards. Get hold of known hair samples from
|K< victim, suspect, or any other possible sources for comparison with
Unknown specimens. The suggested method for collecting head hairs is to
lit ft by having the person from whom they are being collected D end over a
hrge sheet of clean paper, rubbing or massaging their hands through the
Inni so that loose hair will fall out on the paper. More should then be
thr red by pulling them from representative areas all over the head. A
•I or 50-100 hair samples is desired. Do not cut the hair. This same
in* Ihod may be used to collect hairs from other parts of the body. 30-60
iuhl hairs are necessary. When the person is a suspect, hair should be
■Bllfcted from all parts of the body even though there may only be an
w r r c s t in hair from the head at that particular time.
do we process fibers at the crime scene?
Fibers can be said that they are the same type and color as those
■Und in a suspect’s clothes, residence, vehicle, etc. Fibers should be
M if'. ted in a paper packet and placed in an envelope. Representative
should be collected from a suspect and submitted to the lab for
■il!i|iarison. Such items is typically found in fabric abrasions or caught in
n n materials or other areas on hit-and-run vehicles. In some burglary
•" < it may be located caught in torn screens, broken glass, or other
Examination of fibers can normally be conducted to find out the type
k |olor of fiber. Such examinations will sometimes point to the type of
f c l m e rit or fabric from which they originated. Fibers and threads can also
om pared with suspects clothing to establish whether or not they could
have come from this clothing. If threads or large fibers are found, they can
be picked up with the fingers and placed in a paper bindle, then in a coin
envelope, which can be sealed and marked. Never place untied fibers
directly into a mailing envelope since they can be lost from this type ol
envelope. If the fibers are short or few in number, and if it is possible to do
so, wrap the area or the entire piece containing the fibers in paper and
send the whole exhibit to the Laboratory. Pick up fibers on tape only if th
laboratoiy in your jurisdiction permits it and gives you its requirements.
When fibers or threads are recovered, always send all clothing of persons
from which they might have originated to the Laboratoiy for comparison
purposes.
In sex offenses, assaults, and some other cases, it may be likely to

indicate or demonstrate contact between two individuals or between om
other individual and some other object, such as a car seat, by comparin
fibers. Such examinations are only of value when it is known no con tar!
occurred between the two individuals or an individual and some othrr
object earlier, or subsequent to, the offense. Extra attention must be taken
to keep each article of clothing of each individual or other obji i
separated. Each garment should be- laid on a clean sheet of paper, an.'
individually rolled up in the paper after marking the exhibit. If the clothm#
of one subject touches the clothing of another, or if it is laid down on tlir
table of placed on a car seat contacted by the clothing of the other susp< i I,
the comparisons may be of no usefulness.
What is the significant o f paint in crime scene?
Paint can determine that it is the same type and color as paint found In
the possession of a suspect. Paint fragments should be collected in a Dap<*r
packet and placed in an envelope. Representative paint chips or sanipli
should be collected from the suspect and submitted to the cum
laboratory for comparison.
W hat can glass establish in the crime scene?
Glass can establish that it has the same characteristics as h1 '

found in the possession of a suspect. Smaller glass fragments should IK
placed in a paper packet and tnen in an envelope. Larger pieces should )N
wrapped firmly in paper or cardboard and then placed in a psidflrf
cardboard box to prevent further breakage. Representative samples
the suspect should be submitted to the laboratory for comparison.
How do Recovery o f Evidence Sam ples undertaken?
Clothing and shoes of suspects or other objects contaminate! w l

glass should be wrapped in paper and submitted to the La borate: \ I n
examination. All glass found at hit-and-run scenes should be col 1« * t>>t
The search should not be restricted to the point of impact, since heudli^fl
glass may be dropped off at some distance away as the car l<-avr? H J
crime scene. Glass from diverse locations should be kept in different

containers. All glass should be collected and recovered because more than
one type may be present. In addition, if just a few samples are saved,
individual pieces that could be physically matched with glass remaining in
the headlight shell of the suspected vehicle may be overlooked. Place little
glass fragments in paper bindles, then in coin envelopes, pill boxes, or film
cans which can be marked and completely sealed. Place sizeable glass
fragments in boxes. Separate individual pieces with cotton or tissue to
avoid breakage and damaged edges during shipment. Seal and mark the
box containing them.
Other Trace Evidence: Occasionally during the commission of a

( rime, there are other items which be transferred to a perpetrator from the
scene or from the perpetrator to the scene (sheetrock, safe insulation,
etc.). The guidelines for collecting the evidence and obtaining known
samples are about identical as for paint and fibers.
How are Blood/Stains treated?
Blood is scarlet or bright red in color when it has been oxygenated in

the lungs and passes into the arteries; it becomes bluish red in color when
11 has given up its oxygen to nourish the tissues of the body and is
icturning to the lungs through the veins and the tiny vessels called
upillaries. Blood is composed of a yellowish fluid, called plasma, in which
mic suspended the millions of cells that make up approximately 45 percent
I iv volume of whole blood. In an average healthy adult, the volume of blood
In one-eleventh of the body weight, or between 4.5 and 6 liters (5 and 6 qt).
A cubic millimeter of human blood contains approximately 5 million red
blood cells, or erythrocytes; 5000 to 10,000 white blood cells, or
leukocytes; and 200,000 to 300,000 platelets, or thrombocytes. The blood
iImo carries scores of salts and organic substances in solution in the blood
plnsma. Blood that is in liquid pools should be picked up on a gauze pad
in other clean sterile cotton cloth and allowed to air dry completely at
11Him temperature. It should be refrigerated or frozen as soon as possible
Mini brought to the Laboratory as quickly as achievable. Delays beyond 48
hours may make the samples worthless. If near to the Laboratory, deliver
|t#lried object immediately. If unable to deliver to the Laboratory, or if the
>bjret must be mailed, set aside the stain to air diy completely before
im Imaging. Do not heat up stained material or place it in bright sunlight to
«l<\ Hang clothing and alike articles in a room where there is adequate
ilation. If not totally diy, label and roll in paper or place in a brown
■ipcr bag or box and seal and label container. Place only one item in each
•uiuiner. Do not make use of plastic containers.
feiir-d Blood Stains: On clothing, if achievable, wrap the item in clean

B fK r . place the article in a brown paper bag or box and seal and label
tontniner. Do not try to remove stains from cloth. On small solid objects,
|lnn iinit the whole stained object to the Laboratory, after labelling and
kaging. On large solid objects, cover the stained section with clean
paper and seal the edges down with tape to prevent loss or contamination. 10. If the suspected sem en or blood is already dry, how do you collect it?
If impractical to deliver the whole object to the Laboratory, scrape tnr «. Transfer to a cotton cloth c. Place in a test tube
stain onto a clean piece of paper, which can be folded and placed in an 11. Place in a test tube d. Collect as is and pack it
envelope. Do not scrape directly into proof envelope. Scrape blood from
I 1 You can determ ine the registered owner o f a m otor vehicle from w hat agency o f
objects using a freshly washed and dried knife or scalpel or any pointed
I lie governm ent?
tool. W ash and diy the utensil before each stain is scrapped off. Seal ami I LTO c. LTFRB
mark the envelope. Do not combine dried stains. Place each stain in an b . DOTC d. M MDA
individual envelope. Never try to wipe dried stains from an object using |
moistened cloth or paper. 12. In crimes against property, as police prober, you r prim ary duty in the crime
»cene is to look for physical evidence that w ould link the suspect to the crime that
1. In a reported robbery case, as a rule, w m ch o f the follow ing should be takni .iK-ludes bringing to the Police Station the recovered possible traces o f evidences
into account by investigators in the crim e scene? like?
a. Modus operandi c. Stolen goods Wine c. Cigarette butts
b. Fingerprints d. Evidence o f forced entry H. Condom d. Ham burger
2. W hich o f the following is the MOST advanced w ay o f sending reports? I i. Instead o f using the term, “dead body” , you m ay use the w ord or words:
a. Fax c. E-Mail Passed c. Carcass
b. Air m ail d. texting I I Dead d. Corpse
3. Can DNA be used to determ ine the time the suspect was at the crime sce iW I *1 In assessing the probative value o f DNA evidence, caution has to be made on:
a. Oftentim es c. It depends • the police prober w ho collected and handled the samples
b. No d. Yes II all o f these
t' procedure followed in analyzing the samples
4. During interview o f a subject, is it advisable to h and-cuff him? l he possibility o f contam ination
a. seldom c. Yes
b. It depends d. No B 0 Im m ediately after reciting the constitutional rights o f the accused/confessant
in i lie confession or statem ent itself, it is necessary to have it signed by w hom ?
5. As the first officer to arrive at the crim e scene, you have to identify and rsl ■< \11 witnesses present c. Investigator and his superior
for interview the person who first notified the police because there you cun j *( < hief o f the unit d. confessant/statem ent giver
in vestiga tive_____________ .
a. Inform ation c. leads || ICven m inute objects gathered at the crim e scene such as hairs, fibers, broken
b. Modus Operandi d. Breakthrough ■ « , etc. should be taken into account w ith those found in the suspected vehicle
i b m
they are all:

6. W hen one says, “isolate the crim e scene” or “preserve the scene” , it sim|il|fl h in st hand proof c. vital prober’s assets
means what? I' i ilijcct evidence d. sketchable matters
a. Videotape the area c. Do not touch or move anything
b. Sketch the a r e a ' d. Cordon the area 11 The su spect’s failure to look at the interrogator “eye to eye” is an indication
ilinl the suspect is NOT:
7. In crim inal investigation, when we say “corpus delicti” it pertains to the body I I filin g the truth c. Ready to confess
crime. In legal practice, corpus delicti means: P Nervous d. Evasive
a. None o f these c. Body o f the victim
b. Proof that crime was com m itted d. W rongful act done Hi In the crime scene, w ho cordons and evaluate the safety and security issues
Kttrin?
8. In m aking a w ritten police report, in order to avoid m isunderstanding I ,1 fh r investigator c. SOCO
erroneous perception by the reader, the investigator should know the corrr- I< ^ H V' 11 ' at patrol d. First Unit Responder
of:
a. Sim plicity c. Clarity H , In rendering police reports, verbosity, redundancy, long-windedness and
b. Techniques d. W ords >sity should be:
*> Avoided | c. Enhanced
9. W hich o f the follow ing is the MOST im portant duty and obligation <>! (• l i Km 1 'iiraged d. Discouraged
officers conducting investigation?
a. Preserve crime scene c. Arrest Hi In tuiling subject, never to pick up anything by the subject because it is one
b. S u sp ect d. In d en tify su sp rct * "I "testing for a tail” practice in order for you NOT to be prematurely:
a. Burned out c. Targeted out

b. Stake out d. Kick out
21. A person ceases to grow taller after how m any years?

a. 25 c. 23
b. 30 d. 35
22. Exam ples o f trace evidence are the following: foot, shoe and:
a. tire im pression c. tire blocks
b. palm d. knee
23. W hat is the reason w hy smoking, eating or drinking at the crime scene ill
strictly prohibited? In order to what;
a. ensure safety nets c. secure good results
b. avoid being infected with disease d. prevent contam ination
24. W hich o f the follow ing is the best quality o f a good interrogation?
a. m aturity w ithout self-control c. dependability w/ self-esteem
b. friendly and ample experience d. com petency w/ pride
25. If the suspected semen is w et on victim ’s clothing or mattress, collect it bv

a. m oon drying it c. sun drying it
b. none o f these d. air drying it
26. The physical evidence like weapons, tools, fingerprints and foot impreasicni I
that w ill link the perpetrator to the crime is w hat type o f evidence?
a. real c. expert
b. associative d. tracing
27. If while on duty as a aesk officer, you received a report about a dead hotly |
found in you r area o f jurisdiction, what w ill be you r NEXT action? Call the:
a. hom icide section c. general assignm ent section
b. m urder section d. theft and robbery section
28. If there is consolidation o f the crim inal and civil actions, the said cases nI
be tried and what?
a. the evidence can be used in both cases
b. decided join tly -
c. heard speedingly
d. considered judiciously
29. The articles and m aterials found in the crime scene or elsewhere thal aj
solution o f the crime are aptly called what kind o f evidence?
a. testim onial c. experim ental
b. physical d. docum entary
30. Instead o f using the word “incarcerate” or put in jail, you m ay use the trim
a. deprive c. arrest
b. ja il d. imprison
31. Instrum entation is valuable if the probers gathered sufficient;

a. modus operandi c. physical evidence
b. leads d. eyewitnesses
.t'2. The object evidence gathered by the police probers as w ell as o f the doctors in
v.olent deaths cases are necessary because the quantum o f proof required for the
conviction is?
It. proof beyond reasonable doubt c. proof beyond questions
11 preponderance o f evidence d. substantial evidence
"13. Can blood stains on dark colored clothes be rendered visible w ith the use o f
mlira-red photography?
«. yes c. it depends
Ii. no d. never
.14. Like latent prints obtained in the crime scene, soils play a vital role in helping
ime solution as it disproves:
m, alibi c. concoction
b. accusations d. allegations
35. In a shooting case where the veh icle’s glass was fractured, if the fracture
exhibits a regular pattern o f radial or concentric fracture, it is possibly what?
u. a consequential effect c. an old fracture
11 an accident’s effect d. a fresh fracture
ii). The place w here the crime occurred and the physical evidence m ay be found is
1 1 died?
m crime scene c. prober’s place
Ii situs o f crim inal act d. police venue
i ? Instead o f using the term s “proceed and u tilize’ you m ay substitute them o f
M \ f words:
• itifcrch and go c. proceed and use
I and use d. forward and hand
If the accused is the father o f the victim who has killed, but the child was born
i'i 1 1 o f w edlock although they have been living together as husband and w ife for
nioi e than fifty (50) years, w hat w ould be you r charge in court?
I parricide c. genocide
h patricide d. m urder
■ U If the suspect is the stepfather o f the offended party, who, in setting the fire,
M w to it that it w ould not spread and ju st to destroy a hut, the suspect is?
a ' i uninally liable c. civilly liable
|U none o f these d. adm inistratively liable
►0 The physical evidence which assists the probers in locating the suspect is
[lulli'd what evidence?
i il c. associative
& tracing d. expert
il In the m ovie-house, the surveillant shall note the various exits and shall sit:
• parallel the object c. behind the subject
h In side the target d. seats nearest exit
H II you are the officer w ho first arrived in the crime scene o f a killing incident,
tvhnl is you r first action?
Iclcrm in e if the su sp ects a re still in the scene
I!
b. cordon the area

c. call an am bulance and photographer
d. call the nearest police station
43. In DNA analysis, it takes two to tango w hich means even if we have sevirril
.
sam ples if there is no available data-base for com parison, there can be no:
a. dancing c. source
b. questions d. valid findings
44. Norm ally, the beat patrol is the first person to know the existence o f a < ill-
and the one who protects the crime scene. W hat should be his first mov ■
confronted with such a situation?
a. cordon the scene c. look for possible witnesses
b. call on your station d. search for bombs to avoid explosion
45. From the point o f view o f the probers, there are three (3) types o f phyidiiB
evidence and those are corpus delicti evidence; tracing evidence and w
evidence?
a. best c. expert
b. dem onstrative d. associative
CDIP III - TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT AND ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
TRAFFIC. Defined
T r a ffic -r e fe r s to th e m o v e m e n t o f p e r s o n s , g o o d s , a n d v e h ic le s c ilh l
p o w e r e d b y a n im a ls o r a n im a l- d r a w n v e h ic le s , o r b y c o m b u s tio n s v » n i
fr o m o n e p la c e to a n o th e r fo r th e p u rp o s e o f s a fe tra v e l. T h o u g h frec|ii
a p p lie d to th e m o v e m e n t o f m o to r v e h ic le s , it is a ls o c o n c e rn e d
p e r s o n s , g o o d s , o r e v e n m e s s a g e s : a rtic le s s u c h a s c ity plan nl
tra n s p o r ta tio n e m p h a s iz e th e e c o n o m ic , s o c ia l, p o litic a l im p o r ta n c e o t II
d e s ig n o f fa c ilitie s : s y s te m s o f m o v e m e n t.
What is Traffic Management?
A n e x c lu s iv e fu n c tio n s u c h a s p la n n in g , o rg a n iz in g , a n d d im lj|
s u p e r v is in g , c o o r d in a tin g , o p e ra tin g , re c o r d in g , a n d b u d g e tin g 11 « l
a ffa irs . It a ls o r e fe rs to a ll a g e n c ie s h a v in g re s p o n s ib ilitie s fo r ascertain!^
tra ffic flo w re q u ir e m e n ts , su ch as p la n n in g , a p p r o v in g , fu ft M
c o n s tr u c tio n a n d / o r m a in ta in in g p u b lic fa c ilitie s fo r s u c h tfiO v c in *
F u r th e r , it a ls o re fe rs to a ll a g e n c ie s r e s p o n s ib le fo r lic e n s in g , apprnvW
re s tric tin g , s to p p in g , p r o h ib itin g , o r c o n tr o llin g th e u s e o f th e s e facU tf
T h e p illa rs o r th e T h r e e E ’s o f tra ffic m a n a g e m e n t is E n g in n iil
e d u c a tio n a n d e n fo rc e m e n t.
What are the com m on Traffic Control Devices?
T r a ffic S ign , T r a ffic L ig h t S ig n a l, T r a ffic Is la n d a n d P a v e m e n t M a rk in

Raffle Signs : A device mounted on portable support whereby a message

In conveyed by means of words or symbols officially erected or installed for
pie purpose of regulating, warning or guiding traffic. Function: To control,
safeguard, expedite or guide traffic.
Traffic Lights Signals— a power operated traffic control devices by which

Iraffic is warned or directed to take some specific action. Functions: To
control and facilitate safe movement of vehicles and pedestrian traffic.
n'raffic Island- areas within the roadway constructed in a manner to

[establish physical channels which vehicular traffic is guided. Function: To
■egregate pedestrians and vehicles; To control steams of traffic in order to
Ifnimize conflicts, expedite traffic flow or increase safety.
What is traffic Control?
Refers to the control of the movement of people and good on existing

road network by means of such devices as signals, sign and markings in a
■ liort term and at low capital cost in order to achieve, safety, mobility,
Uuod environment and energy conservation. The objectives of traffic control
ri to increase safety level; To increase traffic efficiency and mobility; To
(Insure harmonious and comfortable environment and To conserve energy.
(iFhat is Traffic Education?
The crowning jewel of traffic management and abstract architect of

mm'ial life and unyielding of m an’s destiny on the roadways. As one of the
BIE’s of traffic management, it is a priceless gem in the entire scale of social
mrfer on the road, liked to an oasis in a desert of roadway. Therefore,
11rci 1‘fic education must be free and there m ust be no economic barrier to its
Acquisition.
•'hat is a license to drive?
Driver’s License is issued to the driver it is not a right but only a

tirivilege granted by the state to its citizen who possesses the statutory
Btuilification as provided therefore. It is also public document which has
A e legal presumption of genuineness. Licensing Procedure- Generally,
iiance of driver’s license are open to all citizens provided that the time
M the filling of application, for student driver’s permit the applicant must
at least 16 years of age, non professional driver’s license 17 years of
Professional driver’s license 18 years of age and he must know how to
(I and write, must be physically and mentally fit to drive motor vehicle
Ptd must be clinically free from contagious diseases.
at are the Kinds o f D river’s License?
udent Perm it- It is at this stage, where a novice driver learns the
lnm-nts of driving, the essential components of motor skill and control
of vehicles. Under existing provision of law, the validity of a student permit I

is 1 year, but after 4 months and the holder’s competency is proven I
beyond question, his is eligible to apply for non-professional drive’s I
license. Restrictions: Allowed to drive only on the presence of duly license I
driver.
Professional Driver’s License - the change in status from non

professional driver’s license does not require the holder to submit to othc,
test or examinations. The distinctive features of the holder of professionul
driver’s license are the privilege to make driving a means of livelihood
Restriction- the type of category of authorized to drive is indicated on thr
face of the license. Validity- the license is valid for 3 birth years of
succeeding year and automatically expires if not renewed on due date.
Military Driver’s License- this is one of the two special types of licenNdl
issued by the agency for limited and special purpose. While the issuance III
made by the Armed forces of the Philippines (AFP), however, the holdrrj
has to pass all the test and examination in compliance with the rules mid
regulation thereof. Restriction- the holder must be a military personnel
and authorized to drive a military vehicle only. Validity- the license III
valid only for 3 years from date of issuance and renewable it automabcnll
expires if not renewed on due date.
International Driver’s License-this is the second special type of li a W f l

issued for special purpose by the Philippine Motor Association (PMA).
What is Traffic law enforcem ent?
As it applies to statutes, ordinance and legally authorized regulating

relating to use of street and high-ways and ownership and operation ^
motor vehicles. Function of Police Traffic Law Enforcement - the pm I ■if
the traffic law enforcement performed by the police and other agent |( •
with police including deterrent to law violation created by the presem. 11
uniformed police-officers and their special equipment, special assistam ■
courts and prosecutors and incidental service to highway users.
Court Traffic Law Enforcem ent - the part of traffic law enforemifiH
performed by the court by adjudication and penalization. These two III n l
functions of traffic law enforcement indicates that the court and pa]|H
play major role of successful implement of any traffic law enforce
would be considered successful unless both of the agencies mentioned
also successful and coordinative in their respective functions.
What are the process involved in Enforcement?
The need for close relationship these two agencies are further emph««*I^J
by the police-court enforcement process which involve five essentinl
with the police providing varying responsibilities and influence ovci
of these five steps to wit:
Detection- this is wholly police responsibility, which requires adequate

training and experience on the part of the police to make them more
effective in their enforcement effort while assigned in the field. With
sufficient preparation to traffic law enforcement activities, the policeman
at the intersection could easily detect traffic law violation by his knowledge
of existing traffic rules and regulation. He can also easily spot hazardous
moving violation embodied in our existing laws.
Apprehension- this is again a wholly police function and responsibility

requiring the applications of the various traffic law enforcement and
designed (a) to prevent such violation from endangering person or property
or inconvenience other users of the traffic way (b) to prevent continued
violations or (c) discourages future repetition.
Prosecution- while this is court function the police also provides

corresponding influence through preparation and introduction of evidence
nr close with prosecution officer.
Adjudication- while this obviously a court function, the police provides

influence on this step by acting as witness to prosecution or supplying
kddirion evidence.
fin alization - in this last step the court imposes the penalty upon the
" .uondent by the weight of the penalty would again be greatly influenced
upon presentation of the past or previous criminal records of the
■ .pondent by the police.
U/lmt are the kinds o f enforcem ent action?
I lin e are three general kinds of police traffic enforcement traffic arrest,
in ling and citation.
truffle Arrest - is an enforcement action which consists of taking a

i" i (*on into custody for the purpose of holding or detaining him to answer
Rk ( Ilarge of law violation before court. Arrest is made when:
*i» offense committed is serious,
t' lint ion is necessary to avoid continued violation,
p M*-ir is reasonable doubt that the violator will appear in court.
R n fT lc Citation - is a means of having violation appear in court without

H^yaical arrest. The issuance of citation is the most common enforcement
M itn n bv the police. This is an efficient system since majority of violators
fe'Mi minor offenses are punished promptly by paying their fines at an
* i iillustrative body without court appearance.
Warning: Visual W arning - are usually used when you have

IpliMTvrd a minor violation but are more importantly occupied at a
fcjtittnt You indicate by gesture of the hand, and of the head, a blow of a
whistle that you aware of the violation. Such action reminds the violate*
that he has committed a violation and that the police are observant.
What is a traffic accident?
An occurrence in sequence of events, which usually produce unintended

injury, death or property damage. Motor Vehicle Traffic accident- any
motor vehicle accident occurring on the traffic way. The ordinary collisun
automobile on a highway, road or street. Motor Vehicle Non- traffll
Accident- any accident occurring entirely at any place other than a traits
way. Non- Motor Vehicle Traffic Accident- any accident occurring on ■
traffic way, involving a person or person using traffic way for travel rtf
transportation, but not involving a motor vehicle in motion collision.
What are the classification o f Accident According to Severity?
Fatal Accident- any motor vehicle accident that result in death to onr of
more persons.
Non Fatal Accident- any motor vehicle accident that results in injun
other than fatal to one person or more persons.
Property Damage Accident- is any motor vehicle accident where thepj i

no death or injury to any person but only to the motor vehicle or to niliaf
property including death or injury or death to animal.
What are included in the Chain o f Events in a Vehicular Accident?
Perception o f Hazard- refers to seeing, feeling or hearing 4 1)|(

understanding an unusual or expected condition indicative of sigh thnl II
accident might take place.
Start o f Evasive Action- refers to the first action taken by the traffi- ■■
to avoid escape from a collision course or other wise to avoid road hnznrttf
Initial Contact- the first accident touching between traffic units involvl
in the collision.
Maxim um Engagem ent- refers to the greatest collapse or overlap) In

collision.
Disengagem ent- it is the separation of the traffic units.
Stopping- it is the coming to halt or rest.
Injury- sustained bodily harm.
1. Yardstick o f an effective traffic law enforcem ent program,

a. Smooth traffic flow
J ) . Increased traffic enforcem ent action

fc. Less traffic law enforcem ent officers deployed with the same output
d. Reduction o f traffic accidents and delays
2. A suspected drunk driver should undergo this last test.

[a. Pupils o f the eyes c. Breath test
b. W alking and turning d. Balance test
3. W hen a traffic officer halts a driver for traffic violation, the rem ark “do you
now w hy I called you r attention” should be avoided, m ainly because:
IB, It im plies corruption
b. It is a leading question
0, It is a presum ption that it is a false arrest action
(I, It invites a denial on the part o f the traffic law violator.
14. A traffic patrol not engaged in taking action against a particular violator; should
i hout any instruction:
Keep o ff congested routes but in a location to spot traffic violations .
Park in position visible to m otorists to act as deterrent
I Use its own discretion in achieving m axim um efficiency
il, Maintain visible patrol continuously
R Most com m on defect attributed to the hum an elem ent in cases o f traffic
vehicular accidents.
Intellectual c. Perceptual
Decision d. Attitudinal
1, This represents the ratio o f traffic arrests, citations and warnings to the
^ ■ q u i-n cy o f traffic accidents.
Kntorcement tax c. Non-index crime
Crime Index d. Crime rate
11 is the sum o f indulgence or restraint by the public in ju d gin g the

Hhoimbleness o f the traffic enforcem ent program.
11 iffic tolerance c. Fair play enforcem ent
§|i In the hole enforcem ent d. All o f these
Il iefers to the practice o f traffic law enforcers to hide in places where they await
|rHtll< violations.
ii the hole enforcem ent c. Fair play enforcem ent
Tuiffio tolerance d. None o f these
"• installation o f traffic lights will logically result to a decrease in:

Accidents involving right o f w ay c. Cross traffic accidents
Ai <idents o f confusion d. Accidents due to drunk driving
I Statistically it is considered as the most com m on reason for public utility

BUcuJar accidents.
Nut observing the proper distance and follow ing too close.
Iiim rcessarv speed
K i. klessness
ii .i ussion regarding fare
11. A passenger AU V skidded on a w et pavement, injuring several bystanders in

the process. In m aking the report, apparent good condition should not ba
em ployed in reference to.
a. The injured by-standers c. The driver
b. The brakes d. The tires
12. The predom inant factor w hich causes traffic accidents.

a. Traffic educational background o f the traffic law violators
b. Human behavior
c. Unsafe road conditions
d. Speeding
13. To best determ ine the proper distribution o f personnel the best criterion would
be the num ber of:
a. Fatal accidents c. Accidents involving negligence
b. Reported accidents ' d. Am ount o f traffic using the public roî I
14. The standard behind selective enforcem ent in traffic control.

a. A w arning for m inor offenses
b. Direction o f enforcem ent activities to areas prone to traffic danger
c. Selection o f strategic areas for strict enforcem ent
d. Concentration o f enforcem ent activities during peak traffic hours
15. The fundam ental rule in traffic accident investigation.

a. Consider road conditions
b. Look for the key event
c. Consider the degree o f dam age or injury
d. Consider the violation o f traffic law
16. In im plem enting new parking regulations it is m ost advisable to utilize.

a. Verbal w arning c. Issue citation
b. W ritten w arning d. Traffic arrest
17. It is considered as the m ost effective deterrent to traffic accidents.

a. Regular maintenance and check-up o f the traffic units.
b. Increase insurance premium
c. Arrest and prosecution o f traffic law violators
d. Decrease car insurance liability to a m inimum
18. In Metro M anila the responsibility for developing traffic program primarily it
with:
a. Departm ent o f Transportation and Com m unication
b. Land Transportation Office
c. Metro Manila Developm ent Authority
d. Land Transportation Franchising Regulatory Board
19. In the Independence Day parade, a traffic officer is instructed not to

vehicles to cross the route where the parade is to pass, how ever an amhtil
vehicle with an injured passenger is about to cross the route, the trnlTli
enforcem ent officer should:
a. D’ rect the driver to the nearest short cut without passing rhe route
b. Follow the order not to allow any vehicle to cross the route
c. Stop the parade to allow the ambulance to cross the street
d. Call his superior office for the prompt decision.
20. It has been observed that the intersection o f Lacson and D im asalang has more
traffic accidents than any other area in you r ju risdiction, the traffic law
enforcem ent officer assigned in that area should be advised to:
• . Park near the intersection w ithin view o f passing vehicles to act as deterrent.
1). Park near the intersection hidden from view to surprise traffic law violators
c. Give an extra attention to the particular intersection but cruise all areas within
his jurisdiction.
(I. Park his vehicle in the center o f the intersection to help control and direct
I raffic flow.
2 1. Forem ost am ong the prelim inary action when the officer receives a call
regarding the occurrence o f an accident.
u. Num ber o f injured c. Nam e o f the victim
I I Seriousness o f the injury d. W hen and where the accident occurred
02. In interview ing persons involved in a traffic accident what is the prim ary
consideration to be taken by the police investigator.
• Conduct each interview separately
b Listen only to w itnesses because they are not biased
c Listen to both sides
1 1 Conduct the interview jointly
3.1. Skid m arks as evidence m accident cases w ould show:

t. If the vehicle was traveling in the w rong direction or on the w rong side o f the
i oncl.
>' If the driver failed to observe the right o f w ay
t, If the driver did not obey the traffic signal
'.I All o f the foregoing
Refers to the distance traveled before applying the brakes.

m Coefficient <i'i friction c. M axim um accident speed
11 Drag factor d. Reaction time
i he m easurem ent o f the m axim um frictional resistance o f pavements.

|, Skid marks c. D rag factor
fe. Scuff m arks d. Reaction time
Ji. When two vehicles approach or enter an intersection at the same time who
*li‘ill yield the right o f w ay as a general rule.
j| fhe driver on the left c. The faster vehicle
1 lie driver on the right d. The slower vehicle
An executive function, w hich includes planning, directing, organizing,

■U Krvising, coordinating, operating, recording and budgeting the affairs o f traffic,
p Traffic m anagem ent c. Traffic law enforcem ent
■ l uiffic supervision d. All o f these
W Agency w hich regulates and prescribes transport routes for public utility
B t i i ' ics.
• I li'R B c. DOTC
I d. MMDA
u A traffic control signal by which traffic is alternately com m anded to stop and
i mil led to proceed in accordance with a pre-determ intd time schedule.
a. Fixed time signal c. Alternative system

b. Simulated system d. Simple progressive system
30. Num ber o f days w hich constitutes the physical cycle or m an’s cycle o f strength
a. 21 c. 28
b. 23 d. 33
31. It refers to the right to proceed ahead o f another vehicle or pedestrian?

a. Right-of-way c. Go
b. Last clear chance d. All o f these
32. It is an accident w herein one or more person was seriously injured or has died
as a result o f the mishap. In traffic accident investigation how is it classified?
a. 1 c. 4
b. 2 d. 5
33. It is an accident, which is always accom panied by an unidentified road usn

who u sually flees im m ediately after the said collision.
a. Hit and run accident c. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident
b. M otor vehicle traffic accident d. Non m otor vehicle non traffic accident
34. It refers to the separation o f traffic units involved in a vehicular accident.

a. Final position c. Disengagem ent
b. Hazards d. Stopping
35. It is the place and time at which the norm al person could perceive l Ik
unusual or unexpected condition or movement.
a. Point o f no escape c. Perception o f hazards
b. Point o f possible perception d. All o f these
36. It is a regulation which prescribes proper conduct anc' decorum dm mt|

confrontation with or o f traffic law
a. M em orandum circular 19-05 c. M em orandum circular 19-0005
b. M em orandum circular 19-005 d. Section 55 o f R.A. 4136
37. In cases wherein a vehicle on the traffic w ay suddenly stopped due to ctiKOilf
failure. W hat w ould be then duration period o f the validity o f the citation givrn lit
the enforcer?
a. 2 days c. 72 hours
b. 1 days d. 7 days
38. W hat refers to an occurrence in a sequence o f events, which usually pnxkui

unintended death, injury or property dam age? I
a. M otor vehicle traffic accident c. Non m otor vehicle non-traffic accidw
b. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident d. Accident
39. It is defined as telling the drivers and pedestrians when, how and w hrtr I i
m ay or may not move or stand at a particular place.
a. Traffic supervision c. Traffic control
b. Traffic direction d. All o f these
40. It is a means to control the m ovem ents o f vehicles, pedestrians at certuin |>n||||
o f a certain area by m echanical objects or manpower,
a. Traffic supervision c. Traffic control
I). Traffic direction d. None o f these
41. Prohibitive signs and restrictive signs shall have:

iu. Green background with w hite and black symbols.
I). W hite background w ith black symbols and red border
c. Red background with w hite symbols and red border
d. Blue background and w hite symbols.
42. It refers to any m otor vehicle accident occurring on a place otner than traffic
way.
a. M otor vehicle traffic accident
I). M otor vehicle non-traffic accident
Non m otor vehicle non-traffic accident
d. Non m otor vehicle traffic accident
■)3. W hat are physical channels w ithin the roadway, w hich are ponstructed to
establish physical channels thru w hich vehicular traffic is guided w ithout the use
of signals?
a. Traffic Signs c. Pavem ent m arkings
I). Traffic Islands d. Traffic signals
•14. A term used to denote any vehicle used for com m ercial purposes w ithout any
liunchise.
A. Tricycle c. M ega taxi
Ii. FX d. Colorum
■IS. W hat is the real objective o f traffic enforcem ent?

«. To apprehend traffic law violators
I' To im prove safety traffic conditions
i To change the w rong driving habits and attitude o f violators
d. To prevent traffic accidents
• >' Com m on cycle length is used at each intersection and the GO indications are
given independently in accordance to the time schedule designated o perm it a
Continuous m ovem ent o f vehicles along the street at a designed speed,
t. Flexible progressive system c. Sim ulated system
li Simple progressive system d. Alternative system
1t All signals along a given street always show the same indication at the same
lime.
It Flexible progressive system c. Sim ulated system
t. Simple progressive system d. Alternative system
M A pow er operated traffic control device by w hich traffic is w arned or directed to

tnKe some specific action.
I, Traffic signs c. Traffic islands
ft. W arning lights d. Traffic light signals
■Q Period o f validity o f a professional driver’s license w hich m ay be renewable

■Very 3 birth months o f succeeding years and autom atically expires if not renewed
fen due date.
i» One year c. Three years
h, 'l\vo years d. F our years
50. Refers to seeing, feeling or hearing and understanding an unusual ■

unexpected condition indicative o f a sign that an accident m ight takes place.
a. Perception o f hazard c. Initial contact
b. Start o f evasive action d. Maxim um engagem ent
51. In hit and run accident investigation, w hat should be the initial step or pi it*
in the investigative process?
a. Gather the evidences
b. Establish the identity o f the persons involved
c. Cordon the area
d. Check the victim s for injuries
52. Com m on type o f thing carried aw ay in cases o f burglary and hit and rni
vehicular accident.
a. Glass c. Hair
b. Blood d. Metal
53. All lines, patters, words, colors or other gadgets EXCEPT signs set into ii
surface or applied upon or attached to the pavem ent or curbing officially place Inf
the purpose o f regulating traffic is called.
a. Pavem ent m arkings c. Traffic signs
b. Traffic islands d. Traffic engineering
54. Any m otor vehicle accident that result in injuries other than fatal to onr .
more persons.
a. Non-fatal injury accident c. Fatal accident
b. Traffic accident d. Property dam age accident
55. Refers to traffic signs intended to warn road users o f special obligations.
a. Danger w arning signs c. Inform ative signs
b. Regulatory signs d. M andatory signs
56. It includes pedestrians, pedal cyclist, drivers and passengers utilizing ih

oublic roads.
a. Road users c. Traffic system
b. Road user system d. Enforcem ent system
57. Traffic warning, is an enforcem ent action w hich does not contem plate poN tlfl
assessm ents o f penalty by the court or otherwise as a result o f a warning iilmif
W hat kind o f activities it represents?
a. Preventive activities c. Persuasive activities
b. Punitive activities d. All o f these
58. It refers to a dangerous conduct and attitude, w hich indicates lack o f .......
for injurious consequences likely to result from such a behavior.
a. Drunk driving c. Reckless imprudence
b. Reckless driving d. Reckless negligence
59. It is a w holly police responsibility and entails looking for defects in l|

behavior o f the motorist, pedestrian, vehicles and roadw ay condition.
a. Apprehension c. Adjudication
b. Defection d. Prosecution
60. Hazardous traffic law violations are:

m Unsafe condition and unsafe behavior c. D isregarding safety o f others

11 Physically handicapped drivers d. Obstructions
ti I . The theory which asserts that m an exhibits a constant variation o f life energy
mid mood state.
fi Biorhythm c. Right o f w ay
b. Last clear chance d. None o f the foregoing
&2 A num ber representing the resistance to sliding o f two surfaces in contact is
luiown as:
m. Attribute c. Contact dam age
It Traffic ja m d. Coefficient o f friction
t» I, The first action taken b y a traffic unit to escape from a collision course or
nlhcrwise to avoid hazard.
I' inal position c. Start o f evasive action
11 Point o f possible perception d. Point o f no escape
Key to determ ining w hich traffic unit first tried to prevent the m otor vehicle
in i ulent, this m arking is made while the w heel is still turning.
Pavement m arkings c. S cu ff marks
11 Skid marks d. All o f these
U As a rule, traffic control devices and aids have elem entary requirem ents before
lliry are installed on the roadway, which am ong the follow ing is not considered as
i c|iiirement for such devices?
• They should com pel attention
11' They should convey m eaning w hich are sim ple and easy to understand
I hey should com m and respect
tl 1ney snould not allow time for proper response
titi If a traffic law enforcer w ould decide to arrest a traffic law violator, w hat w ould
be hts basis for such action?
The offense is serious
I I )etention is necessary to avoid continued violation
I here is a reasonable doubt that the person will appear in the court,
il The offender w ould attend the hearing
■ 7 What is the goal o f Traffic safety education for drivers?
fo give them the basics regarding traffic safety
• 11 give them actual application o f traffic safety knowledge
i'. II is a pre-requisite for licenses
^ Ti i impart traffic m orality to drivers for safe m ovem ent on public roads
They are objects com m only left at the scene o f the collision involved in
• ‘ • i'l> n ts .
■ Debris c. Skid marks
li icu fT m arks d. Hazards
ii is a n e n fo r c e m e n t a c tio n , w h e r e in t h e v i o l a t o r is c o m m a n d e d to a p p e a r i n
l^ r n i i b u t w it h o u t d e t a in in g h im
■ffic arrest c. Traffic w arning
11 11 flic citation d. All o f these
"
70. It is the last part o f the enforcem ent process wherein penalties are imposed b
the court to parties found guilty o f an offense pertaining to traffic law violations.
a. Adjudication c. Penalization
b. Apprehension d. Prosecution
71. The greatest advance in land transportation after the sled was the ail'
originated in the Tigris Euphrates valley about 3,500 B.C.
a. Feeder roads c. W heel
b. Roads d. The harness
72. The credit o f having invented the internal com bustion engine was given to
Frenchm an named;
a. Napoleon Bonaparte c. Nicolas Otto
b. Etiene Leonir d. Gottlieb Daim ler
73. The Romans brought road building to its peak o f perfection in ancient tinii
hence the saying “all roads, lead t o _______ .*
a. Forum c. Paris
b. Coliseum d. Rome
74. Refers to the m ain road as conduit system w ith a right o f w ay ranging from M
meters to 120 meters.
a. Provincial roads c. City roads
b. National roads d. M unicipal roads
75. Linkages betw een two municipalities w ith a right o f w ay from 15 meters to <>»
meters.
a. Provincial roads c. City roads
b. National roads d. M unicipal roads
76. A road intended for farm to m arket traffic.

a. Local collector road c. Feeder road
b. Expressway d. Subway
77. A modern urban system of roadway above street level for free flow of traffic.
a. Expressway c. Skyway
b. Subway d. M ajor collector road
78. A road intended for free flow vehicular movem ent.

a. Expressway c. Skyway
b. Subway d. Subway
79. For private vehicles a green sticker is issued, for hire vehicles yellow, red !■
governm ent vehicles a n d _____ for diplom atic vehicles.
a. Pink c. Black
b. Blue d. Orange
80. For open country roads w ith no blind corners the m axim um allowable spnvl
80 km /h for passenger vehicles and motorcycles, 50 km /h for trucKS and bus
for through streets clear o f traffic 40 km /h and 20 km /h respectively; for oily »i
m unicipal streets 30 km /h and for through crowded streets appros: hi
intersections at blind corners passing school zones the m axim um allowable up#
is _ km /h for both passenger cars, m otorcycles as well as truckr, and buses,
a. 10 c. 20
1). 15 d. 25
CDIP IV - ORGANIZED CRIM E INVESTIGATION
ORGANIZED CRIME. Defined.
Organized Crime is a continuing and self-perpetuating criminal

conspiracy engaged by congregation that are hierarchical in structure, feed
on fear and corruption, and are motivated by the probable generation of
profits, impacting particular regions or the nation as a whole. Organized
i rime is commonly referred to as the enemy within the 2 nd government, the
I 5lh state or crime confederation.
I What is the MAFIA?
Mafia (its Sicilian branch known as Cosa Nostra, or the "Mob" in other
countries), is a criminal secret society which first developed in the mid
I(),h Century in Sicily. An offshoot emerged on the East Coast of the United
Hates during the late 19th century following waves of Sicilian emigration.
' lie word "mafia" is taken from the old Sicilian adjective mafiusu, which
hus its roots in the Arabic mahj(g)as, meaning "sanctuary". Origins from
Ki^yptian Mafia. Roughly translated, it means "swagger", but can also be
irajislated as "boldness, bravado". In reference to a man, mafiusu in 19th-
I century Sicily was ambiguous, signifying a bully, arrogant but also
■fturless, enterprising, and proud.
The Sicilian Mafia continues to dominate organized crime in the U.S.,

despite aggressive law enforcement investigations in the 1970s and 1980s
which somewhat diminished the Mafia's power. The Mafia and its
imputation have become entrenched in Western and European popular
■ uIture, being portrayed in movies, TV shows, commercial advertising and
I even video games.
The American Mafia, specifically the Five Families of New York, has
I il'. roots in the Sicilian Mafia, but has been a separate organization in the
I United States for many years. American Cosa Nostra cooperates in various
I i funinal activities with the different Italian organized crime groups which
I iirr headquartered in Italy. American Cosa Nostra is most active in the
I N<"w York metropolitan area, Philadelpia, New England, Chicago and
| H i> tr»t, but there are actually a total of 26 La Cosa Nostra family cities
MTtmnri the United States.
The La Cosa Nostra (LCN) is one of the most significant organized

■prtnunal threat to American society. Behind La Cosa Nostra are Italian
iHn|»ri**tions - the four Italian Organized Crime (OC) groups currently
I ii< Iivc in the United States are the Sicilian Mafia, Camorra, 'Ndrangheta
nik I Sacra Corona Unita' (United Sacred Crown).Italian OC members and
_BfcHociates in the United States are alleged to be involved in criminal
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
activities, both on an independent basis and in conjunction with membei* began as Japanese "Robin Hoods" and protectors, some scholars trace
of the American La Cosa Nostra (LCN). <Heir beginnings to the kabukimono (raving ones), also known as hatamoto
yakko (servants of the shogun). These groups of ronin (masterless
What is the TRIAD? «nmurai) adopted strange hair styles, dressed in an outrageous manner,
H|)oke in vulgar and specialized slang, carried unusually long swords and
Triad - pinyin: literally meaning "Black Society", a general term foj Imrassed ordinary people. Their exploits are still a popular subject of
criminal organizations is a term that describes many branches of Chinese .Japanese jidaigeki dramas based on the feudal era.
underground society and/or organizations based in Hong kong and alia
operating in Taiwan, mainland China, and countries with signifu am What are SNAKEHEADS?
Chinese populations. The Triads were started as a resistance to thj
Manchu Emperor of the Qing Dynasty. In the 1760’s, a society called lh#< Snake heads (Chinese: she tou) are Chinese gangs who smuggle people
Tian Di Hui (Heaven and Earth Society) was formed in China. Its purpo In other countries. They appear often especially in the Fujian region of
was to overthrow the Manchu-led-led Qing Dynasty and restore Han R u lf liina and smuggle their "customers" often into more wealthy Western
rule. uintries like the UK or USA. Snakeheads use various methods to get
ihcir customers to the West. They may employ the use of stolen or altered
As the Tiandihui spread through different parts of China, it b ra n d ir t passports, improperly obtained visas, and the use of bribes to move people
off into many groups and became known by many names, one of whl< Ii oin nation to nation until they finally arrive in the destination of choice.
was "Sanhehui", literally "Three Harmonies Society", referring to the unli
between Heaven, Earth, and Humans. These societies accordingly mud) The name snakehead comes from the people being smuggled, often
use of the triangle in their imagery usually accompanied with swords. TH| died "man-snake" (Chinese: ren she). The people who organize the
name "triad" was coined by British authorities in Hong Kong, referring l muggling are therefore called snakeheads (head of (man-)snakes), which
that use of triangular imagery. In In fact a word-by-word translation of the Chinese term. Cheng Chui Ping
*ir "Sister Ping" as she is often called, is known as the "Mother of the
There are approximately 57 triad societies in Hong Kong, includifll Snakeheads". Its upmost rival gang is a gang famously known by the name
between 15 and 20 triads actively involved in local crimes. Increasing in ►Clold Dagger.
power the triads remain low key, yet ruthless in the criminal activities PM
scale of triad membership is difficult even for leaders to ascerli m What are transnational crimes?
Although some triads have only 50 members, larger ones have over 30,0GB
members. Well known triads in Hong Kong nowadays include the Sun Yim Transnational crime is a term used by some elements of law
On, Wo Shing Wo and 14K. riilurcement and academe. The word "transnational" describes crimes that
VC not only international, that is, crimes that cross borders between
What is the YAKUZA? •mmtries, but crimes that by their nature have border crossings as an
ntial part of the criminal activity. Transnational crimes also include
Yakuza organizations are referred to as boiyokudan, litrmlU lines that take place in one country, but their consequences significantly
"violence groups". Yakuza members consider this an insult, as boiyokud(I IJTect another country. Examples of transnational crimes are: trafficking in
is a term which can be applied to any violent criminal. In the Wesl< i ■ human beings; people smuggling; illegal arms trade; sex slavery and
press they are sometimes called the "Japanese Mafia", by analogy w l* B t»i rnrism.
other traditionally Italian-Sicilian organized crime groups of the <nti
name. The term "Yakuza" was derived from a Japanese card game, Oiolll Trafficking in human beings is the recruitment, transportation,
Kabu which means "good for nothing". Similar to bacarrat, the valur- fcf*nsfer, harbouring or receipt of people for the purpose of exploitation.
the cards are added together and the last digit of the sum is taken >ih |M > Tnifficking involves a process of using illicit means such as threat or use
score. The worst hand in the game is a set of eight, nine and three, wlitc* m force or other forms of abduction, of coercion, of fraud, of deception, of
gives a sum of 2 0 and a score of 0 . H kr abuse of power or of a position of vulnerability. Human trafficking
iHVrs from people smuggling. In the latter, people voluntarily request
Yakuza organizations developed from different elements of tradition..i ||J<HiKB:ler’s service for fees and there may be no deception involved in the
Japanese society In the later part of the Japanese feudal time, espn i >IM agreement.
in the Edo period (1603-1867), the legal power of the feudal lords shift*!
away from direct ownership of land to a broader feudal tax system ' ■flint is te rro ris m ?
on land "products", with rice being the predominant example. YuKum
Terrorism is a term used to describe violence or other harmful act*

committed (or threatened) against civilians by groups or persons f(>
political or ideological goals. Most definitions of terrorism include on I
those acts which are intended to create fear or "terror", are perpetrated f<>
an ideological goal (as opposed to a "madman" attack), and deliberate'
target "non-combatants". It is a form of unconventional warfare, terrorism
is sometimes used when attempting to force political change b
convincing a government or population to agree to demands to avoid
future harm or fear of harm, destabilization of an existing governmem
motivating a disgruntled population to join an uprising, escalating »
conflict in the hopes of disrupting the status quo, expressing the seveni
of a grievance, or drawing attention to a neglected cause.
The terms "terrorism" and "terrorist" (someone who engages in

terrorism) carry a strong negative connotation. These terms are often uaad
as political labels to condemn violence or threat of violence by certain
actors as immoral, indiscriminate, or unjustified. Those labeled "terrorist»'
rarely identify themselves as such, and typically use other generic terms ot
terms specific to their situation, such as: separatist, freedom fighi |
liberator, revolutionary, vigilante, militant, paramilitary, guerrilla, re hi I
jihadi or mujaheddin, or fedayeen, or any similar-meaning word in oth I
languages. Terrorism has been used by a broad array of politn I
organizations in furthering their objectives; both right-wing and left-wliii<
political parties, nationalistic, and religious groups, revolutionaries iiiifl
ruling governments. The presence of non-state actors in widespread arn
conflict has created controversy regarding the application of the lawi
war.
In the Philippines, Terrorism is defined as - A crime committed

any person who perpetrate an act punishable under any of the followlnj
provisions of the Revised Penal Code which are as follows: Piracy W
General or Mutiny in the High Seas or in the Philippine Waters; Reb( lllfll
or Insurrection; Coup D ’ Etat, Murder, Kidnapping or Serious III ■!
Detention; Crimes Involving Destruction; or under the Law on Arson |l'l>
1613); Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Waste Control Am nfl
1990 (RA 6969); Atomic Energy Regulatory and Liability Act of 19bH|Nl
5207); Anti Hijacking Law(RA 6235); Anti Piracy and Anti Robbery I •I
1974(PD 532) and ; Decree Codifying on Illegal and Unlawful Posses imm
Manufacture, Dealing in, Acquisition and Disposition of Fireim ■■
Ammunitions or Explosives (PD 1866) thereby sowing and creating I
condition of widespread and extra-ordinary fear and panic amor >iiB
populace in order to coerce the government to give into an u n lm 'ifl
demand.
What are the categories o f Terrorism?
Terrorism may classified into six categories:

Civil Disorders - A form of collective violence interfering with the peace,

wccurity, and normal functioning of the community.
Political Terrorism - Violent criminal behaviour designed primarily to

generate fear in the community, or substantial segment of it, for political
purposes.
Non-Political Terrorism - Terrorism that is not aimed at political

purposes but which exhibits “conscious design to create and maintain
high degree of fear for coercive purposes, but the end is individual or
rullective gain rather than the achievement of a political objective.”
Quasi-Terrorism - The activities incidental to the commission of crimes of

umlence that are similar in form and method to genuine terrorism but
liich nevertheless lack its essential ingredient. It is not the main purpose
Df the quasi-terrorists to induce terror in the immediate victim as in the
c«se of genuine terrorism, but the quasi-terrorist uses the modalities and
uniques of the genuine terrorist and produces similar consequences
• nd reaction.
LI mited Political Terrorism - Genuine political terrorism is characterized

by a revolutionary approach; limited political terrorism refers to “acts of
, rorism which are committed for ideological or political motives but
■»hi> h are not part of a concerted campaign to capture control of the State.
Official or State Terrorism - referring to nations whose rule is based

■pon fear and oppression that reach similar to terrorism or such
proportions.
Whit is the Abu Sayyaf Group?
The Abu Sayyaf Group (Arabic: Jamayeh Abu Sayyaf; ASG), also
kimwn as al-Harakat al-Islamiyya is one of several militant Islamist
Itparatist groups based in and around the southern islands of the
'ihppines, in Bangsamoro (Jolo, Basilan and Mindanao) where for almost
40 years various groups have been engaged in an insurgency for an
B i 4Lmic state, independent of the predominantly Catholic Philippines. The
■iftnif* of the group is derived from the Arabic , Abu which means "father
PT and sayyaf which means "Swordsmith”. Since its inception in the early
! »>s, the group has carried out assassinations, bombings, extortion,
H tn sppings in their fight for an independent Islamic State in western
Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago with the stated goal of creating a pan-
l»l.>11 lie superstate across South East Asia, spanning from east to west; the
■Ia'kI of Mindanao, the Sulu Archipelago, the island of Borneo (Malaysia,
■rinnrsia). the South China Sea, and the Malay Peninsula (Peninsular
l|»:.«vMa, Thailand and Myanmar).
Wlmt is the Jem aah Islamiyah?

Jemaah Islamiyah (JI, Arabic phrase meaning "Islamic Group" of

"Islamic Community") is a Southeast Asian militant Islamic organization
dedicated to the establishment of a Daulah Islamiyah (Islamic State) in
South East Asia incorporating Indonesia, Malaysia, the southern
Philippines, Singapore and Brunei. JI was added to the United Nation!
1267 Committee's list of terrorist organizations linked to Al-Qaeda or tho
Taliban on 25 October 2002under UN Security Council Resolution 1267. I
JI has its roots in Darul Islam (DI, meaning “House of Islam”), n!

radical movement in Indonesia in the 1940s. JI was founded on 1 Jun
1993 by DI leaders Abu Bakar Bashir and Abdullah Sungkar while hid"
in Malaysia from the persecution of the Suharto Government. After the In
of the Suharto regime in 1998, both men returned to Indonesia. Wherr II
gained a terrorist edge when one of its founders, the late Abdul lull
Sungkar, established contact with Osama Bin Laden’s Al-Qaeda n etw oi ||
JI’s violent operations began during the communal conflicts in Main1
and Poso. It shifted its attention to targeting US and Western interests In
Indonesia and the wider Southeast Asian region in response to the US It’d
war on terror. JI’s terror plans in Southeast Asia were exposed when i
plot to set off several bombs in Singapore were foiled by the 1<» nl
authorities.
What is Al-Qaeda? I
Al-Qaeda (also al-Qaida or al-Qa'ida) (Arabic: ûl'al-qaDida, u.un.

’the base’) is the name given to an international alliance of railiti
terrorist organizations estaDlished in Afghanistan in April 1988 by Osmiid
Bin Laden for fighting Soviet Troops. Al-Qaeda's ideology can be plmnl
within the Qutbist strain of Sunni-Islam but has also been h- nvlly
influenced by Takfir. Osama bin Laden oversees Al-Qaeda's finances
with Ayman al-Zawahiri, provides ideological and strategic guidaru
Qaeda’s objectives include the elimination of foreign influence in M u-1"
countries, eradication of those deemed to be "infidels", eliminati>m u
Israel, and the creation of a new Islamic caliphate.
The UN Security Council and several UN member states have InliHfl

Al-Qaeda a terrorist organization. Its affiliates have allegedly exr<nlM
multiple attacks againsts targets in various countries, the most ......... .
being the September 11, 2001 attacks in New York and Washington I'
USA. The United States government used the September 11 a tta rk tl
launch a broad military and intelligence campaign, known as the Wul
Terrorism, with the purported goal of dismantling Al-Qaeda and kiULr|fl
capturing its operatives.
Al-Qaeda does not have a formal hierarchy but recruits field Qpem tlH
to work independently in support of its goals. Due to its structurr . ■! >i f l
autonomous cells, al-Qaeda's size and degree of responsibility
particular attacks are difficult to establish. The name of the organl**|l ■
comes from the ordinary Arabic noun qa’idah. which means "founCl(Lj^|
basis" — as in a military or naval "base". The initial al- is the Arabic

definite article "the", hence, "the base". Osama Bin Laden explained the
h igin of the term in his videotaped interview with Al Jazeera journalist in
( Jctober 2 0 0 1 .
What is cybercrim e?
Cybercrime is a term used broadly to depict criminal activity in which

computers or networks are a tool, a target, or a place of criminal activity.
vbercrime is also used to include traditional crimes in which computers
i p r networks are used to enable the illicit activity. Cybercrime in which the
i omputer or network is a tool of the criminal activity include spamming
mid certain intellectual property and criminal copyright crimes,
particularly those facilitated through perr-to-peer networks.
Examples of cybercrime in which the computer or network is a target

ui criminal activity include unauthorized access, malicious code, and
ilmial-of-service attacks. Cybercrime in which the computer or network is
ii place of criminal activity include theft of service and some financial
frnuds. Examples of traditional crimes facilitated through the use of
Computers or networks include Pyramid and networking schemes or other
gullibility or social engineering frauds (e.g., "phishing"), identity theft, child
pmnography, online gambling, securities fraud, and the like.
B y hers talking is an example of a harassment that has taken a new form
ffhen facilitated through computer networks.
Cybercrime in the context of national security may involve hacktivism

'line activity intended to influence policy), traditional espionage, or
In formation warfare and related activities. Cybercrime is simply as
■flminal activity involving the information technology infrastructure,
l|u luding unauthorized access, illegal interception, data interference
[ilmauthorized damaging, deletion, deterioration, alteration or suppression
* i omputer data), systems interference (interfering with the functioning of
■ computer system by inputting, transmitting, damaging, deleting,
i leriorating, altering or suppressing computer data), misuse of devices,
prgery (ID theft), and electronic fraud.
I A continuing and self-perpetuating criminal conspiracy engaged by

•rtgregation that are hierarchical in structure, feed on fear and
■liiTUDtion generally motivated by profit impacting a particular region or
H k nation as a whole.
{ >rganized Crime c. Crime Confederation
! t» ’ State d. All of the foregoing
) Derived from an Arabic word which means sanctuary.

Qaeda c. Abu Sayyaf
'iimaiah Islamiah d. Mafia
i An advisor who serves as the mediator of disputes.

a. Capo Crimine c. Capo di Capi Re

b. Capo Bastone d. Consigliere
4. It literally means the Black society whose original purpose was to

overthrow the Manchu Dynasty rather than an organized criminul
enterprise.
a. Mafia c. Blackhand
b. Triad d. Yakuza
5. It is considered as one of Asia’s largest producing opium areas.

a. Yellow Triangle 5 . Golden Triangle
b. Red Triangle d. All of these
6 . During the in the United States, gangsters effective|J

and lucratively exploited the demand for alcohol by filling the gap lit
supply.
a. Great Depression c. II World W ar
to. Prohibition Era d. World War I
7. They refer to crimes that are not only international, that is, crimes thi
cross borders between countries, but crimes that by their nature huvi*
border crossings as an essential part of the criminal activity.
a. Organized Crimes c. Syndicated Crimes
to. Transnational Crimes d. High Profile Crimes
8 . The recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt <■

people for the purpose of exploitation.
a. Trafficking in persons c. Exploitation
b. Human Smuggling d. All of these
9. Used to describe violence or other harmful acts committed I

threatened) against civilians by groups or persons for politicul ml
ideological goals.
a. Gang Wars 0 . Terrorism
b . Opium W ar d. Cold War
10. A form of collective violence interfering with the peace, security, him
normal functioning of the community.
a. Civil Disorders c. Quasi-Terrorism
b. Political Terrorism d. Non-Political Terrorism
11. A crime in which the computer or network is a tool of the crlmil

activity include spamming and certain intellectual property and crimJB
copyright crimes, particularly those facilitated through peer In |>f
networks.
a. Computer Crime «. Cyber Crime
b. E Commerce Crime d. All of the foregoing
12. Which among the following is not a recognized YAKUZA criminal

activity?
a. Theft c. Coercion
b. Robbery. d. Threats
13. It is one of the most significant organized criminal threat to American

society. Behind it are Italian organizations - the four Italian Organized
(.'rime (OC) groupscurrently active in the United States are the Sicilian
Mafia, Camorra, 'Ndrangheta and Sacra Corona Unita' (United Sacred
Crown).
a. Mafia e. La Cosa Nostra
b. Triad d. Yakuza
14. Another term for Mafia

a. Mob c. La Cosa Nostra
b. Gangsters d. The Untouchables
1,5. Chinese gangs who smuggle people to other countries. They appear
nllcn especially in the Fujian region of China and smuggle their
Vustomers" often into more wealthy Western countries like the UK or
USA.
a. La Cosa Nostra c. Triads
b. Mob d. Snake Heads
111 Refers to a group of individuals that share a common identity, even if

rli.il identity consists of little more than their association with one
miml her. In early English usage, it referred to a group of workmen, and
. underwent pejoration. It could refer to harmless associations of
jteungsters, and could carry sentimental and positive associations.
Gangs c. Gangster
I). Mob d. Mobster
I 7. The following are transnational crimes, except:

a. Arms Trade c. Sex Slavery
I). Smuggling d. Terrorism
B # The United Nations Declaration and Strategy against transnational

t rime.
i Hague Convention c. Berlin Convention
b Palermo Convention d. Tokyo Convention
■W I'Vferring to nations whose rule is based upon fear and oppression that
Iwii. It similar to terrorism or such proportions.
I A. State Terrorism c. Political Terrorism
i> Official Terrorism d. Both A and B
011 Known as al-Harakat al-Islamiyya is one of several militant Islamist

fcpei'atist groups based in and around the southern islands of the
■ ■ U li n m i K 'v in R a n m if im n r n I.Jo lo . R a s i l a n a n d M in H a n a n l w h t-rp fo r a lm n s l
30 years various groups have been engaged in an insurgency for an

Islamic state, independent of the predominantly Catholic Philippines.
a. Abu Sayyaf c. MNLF
b. MNLF d. NPA
CDIP V DRUG ABUSE VICE CONTROL
What is substance abuse?
Substance abuse to alter reality and give stimulation, relaxation or

relief has prevailed for thousand of years. Also known as drug abuse, l.|
refers to the use of chemical substances which result in an individual
mental, physical, emotional, moral and social impairment. Evidence In
early Mesopotamian writings indicate that opium, which was then refertrd
to as the “plant of joy” was used 4,000 years ago. Drug laws have be^n »
regular feature of human culture throughout history. The earliest reconlnl
law in the old world is the prohibition of the use of alcohol under Islam In
law (Sharia), which is usually attributed to passages in the Qoi |
purportedly dating from the 7th century.
What is the difference between prohibited and regulated drugs?
Prohibited drug, which includes opium and its active compon nil
and derivatives, such as heroin and morphine; coca leaf and
derivatives, principally cocaine; alpha and beta eucaine, hallucinogen ila
drugs, such as mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) and olhl
substances producing similar effects; Indian hemp and its derivative.s, nil
preparations made from any of the foregoing; and other drugs, whclluj
natural or synthetic, with the physiological effects of a narcotic dr
While, regulated drug, which includes self-inducing sedatives, such h|
secobarbital, phenobarbital, pentobarbital, barbital, amobarbital and
other drug which contains a salt or a derivative of a salt of barbituric ftj ill (
any salt, isomer or salt of an isomer, of amphetamine, such as benzedi l|
or Dexedrine, or any drug which produces a physiological action similni ifl
amphetamine; and hypnotic drugs, such as methaqualone or anv oihrfl
compound producing similar physiological effects.
What are Psychoactive Drugs?
Psychoactive drugs are often described as a psychotropic (mi^fl

affecting) or mind-altering drug, a psychoactive drug is a rhrmMfl
substance that changes ones thinking feelings, perceptions, and
It directly alters the normal functioning of the central nervous sy
They are classified into three, namely deoressants, stimulam 1
hallucinogens:
Depressants - They are drugs that affect the ccntral nervous

causing it to relax. The use of depressants causes both ph "#
dependence which is a physiological state of a adaptation to a drug or

idcohol usually characterized by the development of tolerance to drug
effects and the emergence of a withdrawal symptom during prolong
abstinence and psychological dependence which is the emotional state of
craving a drug either for its positive effect or to avoid the negative effects
associated with its absence. Chronic users over time results in tolerance to
llie drug, urging the user to increase the intake or dose of consumption to
in gratification. The onset of a predictable constellation of signs and
Hymptoms involving altered activity of the central nervous system after the
■ibrupt discontinuation of the intake of an addictive substance.
The most common withdrawal symptoms experienced in depressants

Oi “downers” ranges from insomnia, anxiety, restlessness, and convulsion
mid may cause death in some extreme cases. Babies of mothers who are
luiown to abuse depressants during pregnancy are usually born with
delects and develop behavioral problems. The common types of
depressants are:
Narcotics - Refers to any drug which produces insensibility, stupor,

melancholy or dullness of mind with delusion and which may be habit
tin ining.
Barbiturates - Drugs that affect the central nervous system causing

*fdation.
Trunquilizers - Are drugs which relieve uncomfortable emotional feelings

by reducing anxiety and promoting relaxation.
Hvents/Inhalants - Volatile liquids that give off a vapor, which is

toflli.ded producing short-term excitement and euphoric, followed by a
. t«>d of disorientation. Its effects include nausea, sneezing, coughing,
-bleeds, fatigue, and lack of coordination and loss of appetite.
*i-o h o l - Fermented or distilled liquids or drug containing ethanol

>nn I intoxicating substances.
■Hmulants - Chemical substance that generally speed up central nervous

B f e t r m function, resulting in alertness and excitability. (“Uppers”,’’speed”,
p pills”) are synthetic drugs which tend to arouse the central nervous
■ It r m , curbing hunger and making the user awake. Its immediate effects
B r i d le elevated blood pressure, increase in heart beat and body
■R pcrature and dilated pupils of the eye.
<>' i ional use causes runny nose, while chronic use generally ulcerates
« • mucous membrane of the nose. Physical dependency which is an
state caused by repeated drug use that reveais itself by
■lupment on intense physical symptoms when the drug is stopped, as
ll i ; tolerance or the physiological adaptation to the effect of drugs so as
|| diminish the effects with constant dosages or to maintain the intensity
and duration of effects through increased dosage develops rapidlv

Stimulants are extremely addictive, and its effects are felt almosil.
immediately after intake or administration to the body. The common type*
of stimulants are:
Cocaine - A natural stimulant derived from the plant erythroxylon coca.

Methamphetamine/Amphetamine - Man made stimulant drugs.
Caffeine - A stimulant found in coffee
Nicotine - An addictive substance usually obtained from cigarctfl

smoking.
Hallucinogen/Psychedelics - Sometimes known as “all arounders” aii<

“mind expanders” these drugs affect a person’s perception, awarencst*,
and emotions, and can also cause hallucinations (completely groundlenfl
false perceptions) as well as illusions (misinterpretations of reality tif
something imagined). The effect of hallucinogens varies, but a sense I
distance and estrangement is common to users. Time and body movement
are slowed down. Muscular coordination worsens and senses are dnll< ■
speech becomes incoherent and blocked. Chronic users report persislrii(
memory problems and speech difficulties. Mood disorders, anxiety, violi u
behavior as well as depression may occur. Some of these effects may la
from 6 months to one year. In later stages of chronic use par an 0®
hallucinations and violent behavior becomes regular. Common tyo< i
hallucinogens: Marijuana, Lysergic Acid Diethylamide Ecstasy, R
Psilocybin mushroom and Peyote.
Am phetam ine Group - Drugs belonging to this categoiy are m<mll»

appetite suppressants and potent stimulants. Users are unable to Mired
and may develop high fever which may result to dehydration. Chrofl
users may undergo hallucinations, diy mouth, ulcerations of the bu n M
mucosa. An overdose will bring about cerebral excitation; its most serial
effects would be convulsions leading to exhaustation, respiratory panilviM
and coma. Mostly injected, users are known to cause hepatitis, aids m J
other diseases due to un-sterile equipment.
Morphine Group -Although most opoid drugs are legal pharmact-uii. J

substances, if abused this can lead to dependence. Most of the dm»*
classified under this produce sleep and stupor such as heroin, methadou^
morphine, codeine, meperedine and opium. It gives a feeling of euphon# (■
a false sense of well being followed by drowsiness, nausea and vomin
There is intense craving for such drugs and has severe withdms«S
syndrome upon stoppage.
Cannabis Group - The Delta 9, THC or Tetra hydro cannabino! n IM

component responsible for the adverse physical and mental effect (>■ I
as alteration in the nervous system of the user. Several regularly ob«( n ft
ohvsical effects of hemp; hashish marijuana and others belonging In IM
s ttegory are extensive increase in the heart rate, bloodshot eyes, increased
nppetite and a dry mouth and throat. Its use may damage short term
memory and comprehension , alter sense of time and reduce the ability of
lli> user to perform tasks which requires concentration and coordination
in a as driving a motor vehicle. Its signs and symptoms are similar with
ulcoholic intoxication. Research revealed that students who are known
Users of this drug do not retain knowledge when they are “high”
llarbiturate Group - Commonly referred to as depressants, it may be

I*ken orally or intravenously, its users are known to suffer from severe
withdrawal symptoms. Barbiturates, tranquilizers and methaqualone are
Itnown downers. Its users develop tolerance to this drug category. When
taken with alcohol or other stimulants it becomes highly addictive and
may cause sudden or unexpected death. Physical examination of the
■ hi onic user usually reveal barbiturate blisters on the skin on the thorax,
IhiKhs, back and arms, but skin lesions are not unusual to the users of
11 us drug category alone.
Sedative or Hypnotic Drugs also belong to this category have either a

mild calming effect or sedative or sleep producing effect or hypnotic in the
initial nervous system. Usually the effects depend on the amount or size
nl the dose administered. Legal tranquilizers, muscle relaxants such as
i lilnriazepoxide hydrochloride (Librium) and Diazepam (Valium) usually
ilr|nrss body functions which may be dangerous when taken without a
i« ian’s prescription and may cause death due to overdose. Its known
■m ediate effects are slurred speech and poor judgment.
Hallucinogenic Group - The 7th group of the periodic system of table of

incnts in chemistry are non-metallic elements such as fluorine,
litnmine, iodine and chlorine when processed and turned into drugs such
m m phencyclidine (PCP), lysergic acid diethylamide LSD, mescaline,
liilocybin it interrupts the function of the neo-cortex, which is the section
til Ilie brain that controls the intellect and keep instinct in check. It may
In Imind in very small solutions which may be easily transported and
Milrstected. It is known to cause the user “bad trip” hence it is considered
inie of the most dangerous drug category. It triggers alteration of
<■|>tion which often leads to fatal accidents.
Users may feel invulnerable tempting them to jum p or ram through

k ll» Physical effects vary from dilation of pupils, increased in body
rature. heart rate and blood pressure. Toxic manifestations include
H|r«i [iain and arrhythmia. Users may exhibit violent aggressive behavior
■i<l Mbnormal thought processes. More often, chronic users loses touch
Hth reality and have paranoid delusion due to damaged Drain neurons of
ii*v. hosis. Convulsion, dehydration, coma and death are likely to occur to
■ f c In m users of hallucinogens.
Ine A strong stimulant, cocaine users experience intense craving for

Ifee iliu^. II has little physical or withdrawal symptoms. Excitement and
“Magnan’s Syndrome” is felt which is a sensation of sands under the skin

of insects crawling beneath the skin. Long term use leads to dermatitis,
hypertension, skin ulcers, cerebral bleeding, arrhythmia and severe
mental dysfunction. Death may be sudden due to respiratory depression
and cardiac arrest.
Designer Drugs - The most common types of this drug are analog of
fentanyl, of meperidine, of amphetamine and of PCP. Illegal drugs arc
defined in terms of their chemical formulas, to circumvent the laws am!
restrictions designer drugs are those which have been modified of their
molecular by chemists of certain prohibited and regulated drugs. Drug*
belonging to this type are known to be more potent than the drugs wnii I
they are designed to imitate.
Narcotic analogs can cause systems such as those manifested l|

Parkinson’s disease, uncontrollable tremors, impaired speech, droolin'
paralysis and irreversible brain damage. Analogs of amphetamine inn I
methamDhetamine cause nausea, chills, blurred vision, sweating mill
faintness. Psychological effects include depression, anxiety and parano"
As little as one dose may cause brain damage. The analogs ra
phencyclidine cause illusions, impaired perception and hallucinations.
What are the signs o f drug abuse?
General Signs and Symptoms of Drug Abuse: Unexpected changes ln»

students not limited to:
Unexpected alteration in discipline manifested by disrespect to authorll
with violations of school norms.
School attendance becomes poor, where truancy sets in, cutting cl<
and unauthorized absences with no reasonable cause. This would rc.sull I
fluctuating grades due to the lack of interest to study and comply wiih II
required academic and non-curricular output. For adults who is eiiK«i
in gainful employment, frequent absences is manifested, less woi I (
put due mostly to lack of concentration and disdain with company ftili
and regulations.
Definite and marked changes in personality and behavior. Where unu®

flare-ups or outbreak of temper in normal or less emotional provolt.
situation is common to most drug users. There is also animosity ""I
feeling towards family members and friends.
There are also general changes in overall responsibility, where 1 h<* ti

typically chooses not to accomplish or totally abstain from cany It
basic duties and responsibilities which are routine in nature.
As far as physical look is concerned, there is significant deteriorutlisi

grooming. Drug users are mostly unable to tidy themselves beciauM I
have loss the interest in their appearance. This is commonly seen w*
Ihe person deliberately fails to have his hair cut using a considerable
mount of gel or in extreme cases choosing to be bald, sudden desire not
shave for men, for women their lack of interest to go to the salon. Sudden
■ Iwck of interest to take a bath and cut their fingernails. And the unusual
I practice of wearing the same cloth for a considerable period.
As far as their preference for apparel is concerned, drugs addict have been
observed to continually wear long sleeved clothing to hide injection marks
. mid the morbid craving to choose black or dark colored clothes.
I Wearing of sunglasses at inappropriate times, this may be attributed to

(hr desire of the drug user to hide constricted or dilated pupils, and
k unusually big eye bugs due to altered sleep patterns.
i Weight loss not attributed to proper physical exercises because most drugs
suppress the appetite.
. I'lirre are attempts to appear inconspicuous and subtle in both manner

•ml appearance to avoid attention and suspicion. Many drug users
!ir<|uent odd places such as basement, storage rooms, closets and other
B similar isolated or close compartments as hidden places. They begin to
; i l r v r l o p extreme paranoia becoming suspicious of every person around
thrill.
I An*.iriation with persons who are known drug abusers.
pfitusual spending of money, leading to borrowing cash from family

I itinnber and friends with no apparent sensible reason or need.
hi live behavior regarding possession at first selling their personal
pmprrties such as watches, jewelry, high tech devices, while stealing small
i n s from home, school or work later turning to more valuable materials.
V k .t are th e ty p e s o f drug u sers?
R V following are the categories of drug users:
T le v e l dealers: They refer to a select outwardly respectable adult

•rh.mis wo trade large quantities of drugs to support their high class
vie. Also known as upscale dealers, they are indistinguishable from
Min voung professionals. They use their business savvy and skills along
•ii!i their drg earnings to get into legitimate enterprises. Due to their
^■hfV and influence, they rarely wind up in jail or prison.
Mmnilflers: They import drugs or its precursor to a territory, generally

■ i y ;oc considered as persons with strong organizational skills, middle
H w older, with capital and established connections.
dealers: They are mostly adolescents who distribute and sell small
■mini of drugs. They sell drugs to maintain a constant access to drutzs
for their own consumption. Their customers are mostly friends, person I
acquaintances including their relatives.
Pushers: They are adolescents who frequently sell drugs to multiple du|
users. They use persons as fronts to acquire drugs and asks others
distribute the same in return for a small commission. Deals are mosll
irregular, making apprehension rather difficult. They tend to frequnn
known drug user hang-outs to propagate drug flow.
S tre e t le v e l drug runners: They are teenage drug dealers who com inIII
other delinquent acts. They usually operate with a crew who act as loojU
out, recruiters, sellers. Between small drug trade they engage in otl>
unlawful activities such as robbery, theft and other violent crimes. Tl>
obtain drug by means of consignment, and then the goods are sold on llil
street.
D rug in v o lv e d losers: They refer to those adolescents who cycle in ami

out of the criminal justice system. They do not have the ability to joli
gangs but commits unplanned crimes that increase their chances ^
apprehension. They are described as heavy drug users, who earn a living
by guiding customers and first time users to a seller, touting cl1 11||
availability to a dealer. To the illcit drug trade, they are considered u|
undesirables who cannot be trusted to handle drugs or money.
D rug u sin g p ersisters: They make up the majority of drug usrflJ

Estimated to comprise two thirds of chronic drug dependents, they st.«i
substance abuse while young and continue to reach drugs after they rntrl
adulthood. But surprisingly, they desist fom committing other criinlni
activities, the cause of their addiction is linked with social mil
developmental problems. Most of them have low nonverbal IQ’s and
physiucal coordination.
A d u lt p red a to ry drug users: They begin substance abuse in rm1J

adolescent stage and continue doing drugs and crime. They are m om
poor school performers, with limited skills. Their lifestyle cun '
characterized as poly drug abusers, committing predatory crimes, gel I111
arrested for their criminal acts and doing time. They filter in and oul of '
criminal justice system who are incorrigibles and hard caseî ■
rehabilitation. After serving their sentence, they go back to the s!it'<i||
they often look to make a big score or deal, to significantly increase tin
drug abuse. Due to their chronic and increased consumption, tin
lifestyle destablizes, causing family disintegration and destroying C4JJ
ties. When their resources dry up, they usually become street junk it■» w|
are unreliable and likely to become police assets.
S ta b ilized ju n k ies : They refer to adult predatory drug users wlU'

rarely arrested. They are known for calculated violence which are cai I '
planned and coordinated. They are most likely to use recreational dm^
they are sometimes referred to as “winners” who have learned sUillr
■nable them to maintain normal lifestyles, they may opt to drug dealing to
obtain contact with other suppliers. They are mostly members of the
workforce, earning legitimate income but does little to reduce substance
abuse or illegal dealing activities.
Iv hat is drug re h a b ilita tio n ?
'iug rehabilitation is an umbrella term for the processes of medical

nil/or psychotherapeutic treatment, for dependency on psychoactive
ibstances such as alcohol, prescription drugs, and so-called street drugs
mien as cocaine, heroin or amphetamines. The general intent is to enable
(lie drug dependent to refrain from and cease substance abuse, in order to
wi ld the psychological, legal, financial, social, and physical consequences
HimI can be caused.
Drug rehabilitation tends to answer a stated two-fold nature of drug

Icpendency: physical and psychological dependency. Physical dependency
■eludes detoxification process to cope with withdrawal symptoms from
regular use of a drug.
IVhat is th e DDB?
The Dangerous Drugs Board under the office of the President is the
■Blii-y-making and strategy-formulating body in the planning and
luiniuiation of policies and programs on drug prevention and control. It
•hull develop and adopt comprehensive, integrated, unified and balanced
imtional drug abuse prevention and control strategy. The DDB is
iposed of seventeen (17) members wherein three (3) of which are
■frmanent members, the other twelve ( 1 2 ) members shall be in an ex
n l l i r i o capacity and the two (2) shall be regular members. The three (3)
manent members, who shall possess at least seven-year training and
Bteei ience in the field of dangerous drugs and in any of the following
IVl<h: in law, medicine, criminology, psychology or social work, shall be
■ ppninted by the President of the Philippines.
Vl( EC. D efin ed.
RtT refers to any immoral conduct or habit, the indulgence of which leads
!«• depravity, wickedness and corruption of the mind and body. As a social
in..Mem, vice control must be a coordinated effort of the government, the
■fnlly, the community, the school system, the church, mass media and
|c groups who must actively campaign for the suppression of vices in
etc try. The four most persistent and common forms of vices are
Ptnholism, drug addiction, prostitution and gambling.
hut is a lc o h o lis m ?
Alcoholism. The practice of alcohol consumption as stimulants dates

Ik to the early time of human civilization. The commercial use of wine is
recorded as before time of the Code of Hammurabi (2380 B.C.). Alcohol

habit forming and impairs one’s visual perception and slows down menl
alertness. Aside from its effect to the body, alcohol consumption is relalfil
with incidents of assaults, rape and other violent crimes because it tend(|
to remove inhibition and restrains that is inherent to civil behavior.
An alcoholic beverage is a mixture of ethyl alcohol and water with ill

small amount of congeners responsible for its peculiar taste and odor
drunkard refers to a person who habitually takes or use any intoxicatinl
beverage containing alcohol and while under its influence or li)|
consequence of the effects thereof is either dangerous to himself 01 i
others. Chronic alcoholism is a condition where a person who, fro
prolonged and excessive consumption of alcoholic beverages devel'
physical and psychological changes and dependence to alcohol.
W hat are k inds o f in to x ic a tio n ?
Kinds of intoxication:
In v o lu n ta ry - when a drunken person does not know the intoxicnllit

strength of the beverage he has taken.
In te n tio n a l - when a person deliberately drinks liquor fully knowing ill

effects, either to obtain mitigation or to find the liquor as a stimularn (
commit a crime.
H abitu al - when a person finds that drinking is a constant necessit' <m

the vice ultimately takes hold of him.
W hat are th e d egrees o f in to x ic a tio n ?
Degree of intoxication:
S lig h t in eb ria tio n (10 to 100 m g / 100 cc.) - It is manifested when llin
is reddening of the face. In this condition there is no sign of mdfl
impairment, lack of coordination and difficulty of speech. But thci> >■
marked loss of self control, making the user talkative, and in crs^|
confidence.
M od erate in eb ria tio n (1 00 - 200 m g ./ 100 cc.) - In this stage, thr |>*'H
tends to become argumentative and over-confident. There is a ^
impairment of mental functions, difficulty of articulation, and I<>••.
coordination of finer movements. The face is flushed with dig
eyeballs. Reckless and shows little coordination. A person under thi.« «i|
is considered as under the influence of alcohol.
Drunk (2 00 - 300 m g ./ 100 m l.) - In this state of mind of th< |nij

becomes confused. His/her behavior is irregular and the m o v c - m a *
uncontrolled. The speech is thick and uncoordinated. There is loss of

•)|iiilibrium, diminished pain senses and marked disturbance in vision.
= Very drunk (300 -40 0 m g ./ 100 m l.) - In this phase, the mind becomes
■ > infused and dis-oriented. There is difficulty of speech and marked poor
nmlor coordination. Walking may be hard for persons diagnosed, there is
11n leased disassociation leading to stupor.
I loma (4 00 m g. and a b o v e / 100 m l) - In this condition, the subject is in

• lute of unconsciousness or stupor. This may result to hypothermia and
pn'bably death.
are th e te s ts fo r a lc o h o l?
p » * ! s for Alcohol: Blood alcohol determination is a reliable index of

BcohaLic content of one’s body. Though not usually a part of hospital
pnicedures, it is advisable for the doctor to obtain consent from the
•ubiect. But for those involved in traffic accidents, it is part of routine to
In Inn those involved to government hospital for the proper undertaking of
« Ii'n! . For the test to be dependable 5 cc. amount of blood is sufficient and
I be sent to the laboratory for analysis within 30 minutes after blood
• nIi notion by means of needle. If there is 0.05 percent or less by weight of
H|cohol in a person’s blood it is presumed that the subject is not under the
fcfillnence of intoxicating liquor. If there is 0.16 % or more by weight of
nli oliol in a person’s blood, the subject is declared as under the influence
I al ll>|nor. The urine may also be examined to determine alcohol level.
Himii* examination is undertaken to determine blood alcohol level contents

I inay be reliable to provide as acceptable result for court purposes.
Bmnple of urine must not be taken at one time only because urinaiy
*«■ ret ion of alcohol varies with time. Excretion is less during the early
My/S of absorption and maybe more than that in the blood during later
tB|0
I lirrnthalyzer is an apparatus that may be used to indirectly determine

Hi' quantity of alcohol consumed by a subject by measuring the
fc#»iiption of light by potassium dichromate before and after the reaction
b alcohol. A (BAQ) Breath Alcohol Equivalent test reveals blood alcohol
h i u filtration; the most common standard prescribes 0.8 % BAC where
H r is 80 milligrams of alcohol per 1 0 0 milliliters of blood as legal
H fcik ation of blood alcohol level for drivers.
^ L tlru l tests which may be used to determine drunkenness and are

Imii. 11 >le to law enforcement officers to determine whether a person is
Ipn1>-i the influence of liquor or not: The subject is directed to stand
fc*i|. ''*i with heels together and closed eyes for at least one minute. If the
pljtjtKt is not drunk he will not sway to the front or to the side. Then
jpii'iiiil the subject to stand with one foot ahead of the other so the toes of
_ £ loOl touches the heel of the other, if drunk there is more likelihood
that the subject will sway sidewise and fall. Allow the subject to s!(
comfortably in a desk and procure specimen of his handwriting, compm
these handwriting to those taken when he is free of alcohol. Let the subjt
bend down and pick up a small object from the floor, if he stumbles it mi
be an indication of drunkenness.
Ask the subject to walk straight forward to a corner of a room anfl

rapidly turn quickly and without stopping. Tell the subject to walk back, II,
may be noticeable that there is uncertainty of steps, sidesteps or stagperi
while making the turn in walking. Ask the subject to lift two objects front
table and replace them side by side without fumbling. Let the sub|< ■1
pronounce distinctly the words like “truly rural” and note whether there It
slurring of speech, particularly when pronouncing certain consonants.
W hat are th e ty p e s o f p ro stitu tes ?
C la ss ific a tio n o f P ro stitu tes on th e Basis o f O p eration :
C all girls/ b oys - They are part time prostitutes who engage in otli .
legitimate profession. Sometimes they are sales representatives, f<
servers, tellers, beauticians, and the like who gets involved in sex trade lit
augment their income. They usually make arrangements with conlm it
ana customers to meet them at designated places. They may work alone
in partnership with an intermediary or pimp with whom tney pari ii him
their earnings.
H u stler - They are considered as professionals, also known as stir«|

walker, bar or tavern pick-up. They frequent bars where liquor is servt <1 \
get clients, sometimes with the knowledge and permission from lltgj
management. The street walker is the oldest and most common type n
prostitute; the usual clientele are tourists, gamblers, criminals, addll I
and other low lives. They frequent parks and malls where a lot of po«> nll|
clients are around; on occasion they are associated with swindling of lln II)
customer.
D oor K n o c k e r - They are occasional and selective prostitutes, usunll

new comer to the sex trade. Mostly motivated by extreme need for mihiim
due to poverty or supporting other vices. They make contact
information coming from other prostitutes, advertisement as escort IjJj
and men using print and the internet as a means or contacts coming l n «
old clients. They hang around hotels, bars and furnished houses
cater to the more affluent members of society.
F a c to ry G irls - They work-in regular houses of prostitution sii< 11 I

massage parlors, brothels and accept all customers as they come 11
work in regular shift under the supervision of a madam or pimp <Jj
selects and solicits customers. They earn a living by obtainin' |
commission for every customer serviced.
hat are th e ty p e s o f p ro s titu tio n h ou ses?
Types o f P ro s titu tio n H ouses:
D isorderly H ouses - This kind of prostitution house is usually under the

i. ontrol of an organized crime syndicate. It lodges a number of factory girls
professional prostitutes. A maintainer or madam take charge of the
operation supported by a staff consisting of a cashier, room boys, registry
i Inks, watchmen, pimps and bouncers. Their operation appears to be a
Irîtimate business entity and mostly under the protection of crooked law
lorcement authorities and local officials as freauent customers. They
Tfmintain a number of small rooms with the prostitutes staying and
win!mg for clients, at times the house is provided with secret exits to
lm ilitate escape in case of police raids.
Furnished R o o m H ouses - Typically managed by an experience madam

whn rent rooms to legitimate roomers in order to maintain the appearance
"I legality and responsibility. Deliberately the madam leaves several rooms
■ cen t but reserved for prostitution activities. The prostitutes are mainly
i nil girls who make the rooms as designated place of business. Their rent
1» based on a per customer or use basis not residing there to maintain
iMiinivmity of their identity. These houses are usually located in high rise
rainblishments and flashy residential areas.
Call Houses - this is where the customers call and the madam make an
:%i i tmgement sending the girls by a transporter to the place agreed upon.
The location appears to be a legitimate business enterprise such as a
■rvice agency, a computer shop or internet cafe, travel offices, beauty
jimlors, bars and other similar entity with business permit and licenses.
operation is clandestine where the telephone number is limited to a
■ M group of regular clientele and pimps who conducts background
t i n - , k on the ability of the prospective customer to pay.
Maaaage C lin ics - These houses are manage under a permit and license
operate issued by the local government but acts as fronts for
lilution. They operate along with hair stylists, manicurist, attendants
I massage therapists who while servicing clients can make arrangement
b f *<'* encounters.
are th e sch ools o f th o u g h t again st p ro s titu tio n ?
P reven tion and C o n tro l o f P ro stitu tio n : The School of Total Repression:
known as the American Model, this contends that prostitution needs
H W subdued by detention, apprehension of not only the sex worker but
B in the customers. This idea argues and treats prostitution as a crime
must be repressed and prohibit by means of legislation. It adheres
in i lmstity and morality as the norm for conduct in society. It asserts that
wimi in^ or allowing prostitution would invite promiscuity without fear of
■I lllW
The School o f Regulatory Control - Propagated by the Europeans, this

also known as the “French Model” it maintains the idea that sociel'
cannot do away with prostitution unless we consider the problem causin
it and removing identified causes. During the time of Napoleon Bonapan
in 1808 it was observed that arrests, detention and punishment metnj
against the sex trade will only drive them to clandestine activities. As
result, they established red light districts where sex trade may be legally
engaged where they may be regulated, controlled and inspected for healll
purposes.
%
What is gambling?
Gambling, in illegal gambling as in all business, the head of II

organization is in a position to take the largest profit. He may have undr
his control and operation a number of proprietors and gamblers using l»
facility, equipment and paraphernalia. Illegal gambling is an evil th
undermines the social, moral and economic growth of nation. It is beym
the good morals which have the effect of causing poverty, dishonetil
fraud and deceit. It has lead men to neglect social obligations and "
welfare of his trade as a source of income. Elements of the crirnc
gambling are, the money of other value or consideration is at stake mi'
the result of the games depends chiefly or mainly upon chance or hazaru
1. Prosecuting vice operators poses a severe problem in the enforcem ent ol f

laws prim arily because of:
a. People enjoy engaging in vices •
b. Public apathy and indifference .
a. It is very hard to get witnesses due to people’s fear o f becom ing involved in r
litigation and trial.
d. Unw illing governm ent officials to w ork against vice operations
2. A treatm ent for alcoholics which calls for hospitalization and is costly din
the adm inistration o f nauseating drugs.
Program for alcoholic’s anonym ous c. Psychotherapy method
b. Therapeutic method d. Aversion treatm ent
3. A degree o f intoxication w herein the subject is in a state o f unconsciousncN J

in stupor condition.
a. Com a c. Drunk
b. Very drunk d. Moderate inebriation
4. A method o f treatm ent for alcoholics which aims at elim inating cmol
tensions o f the patient which led to their alcoholism.
a. Aversion method e-. Psychotherapy method
b. Therapeutic method d. Program for alcoholic anonymous
5. A person who acts as agents o f prostitution.

a. Prostitute «. Pimp
b. W hore d. Madam
6. T h e in crea se o f p ro stitu tio n is directly p ro p o rtio n a l w ith this problem

a. R isin g n u m b er o f broken hom es
■ t ). Increased w hite slave trade

I c. Rising num ber o f organized crimes
I (I. Spread o f sexually transm itted/venereal diseases
Persons w ho engage in discrim inate sexual intercourse w ith others for hire or
compensation.
■. Call girls c. Factory girls
I b. Prostitutes d. Pim ps •
. This method calls for public licensing o f houses o f prostitution, the registration
o f its w orkers and segregation o f brothels in restricted districts.
■ B, Aversion method c. School o f total repression
I b. School o f regulatory control d. Sanitation method
This m ethod believes that prostitution is a crim e and is to be prohibited, thus

it calls for m aking it unlawful for both the prostitute and custom er to engage
in such acts.
I • Aversion method <j. School o f total repression
V | , School o f regulatory control d. All o f these
II) A French inspired method w herein it is aim ed at preventing prostitution to be

engaged in clandestine m anner and accepting its existence and the
improbability o f eradicating prostitution.
, Aversion m ethod c. School o f total repression
B . School o f regulatory control d. Napoleon method
B I Agency w hich controls and regulates gam bling games.

B , PCSO c. DTI
PAGCOR d. G am bling lords
I -
| I R e f e r s to a schem e wherein persons have paid valuable consideration for a
chance to obtain a prize.
lueteng c. Topada
b Lottery d. Bingo
■ A consideration placed on gam bling games.

Mr I c. Reward
i Price d. All o f these
A ni>I her name for cocaine.

Coke c. Crack
Horse d. Dolly
I A medical service rendered to a patient which deals w ith the physical and
| pin siological com plications arising from drug abuse.
W hubilitation c. Therapy
B M lm e n t d. All o f these
A dynam ic process aim ed at changing a patient’s health and giving his fullest
M ttn l ial w ithout the use o f drugs or medicine.
B ^ n liilite tio n c. Therapy
ttm en t d. All o f the foregoing
17. The process o f gradually depriving drugs from the point o f habituation uni
such time he is no longer hooked on the substance.
a. Rehabilitation c. Therapy
b. Treatm ent d. W ithdrawal method
18. An adaptive condition w hich results from repeated drug use.

a. Drug dependence c. W ithdraw al period
b. Physical dependence d. Poly drug abuse
19. An alkaloid o f opium after morphine w hich has lim ited use as a pain killer im
more popularly used as a cough syrup and is quite addictive.
a. Heroine c. Codeine''
b. Cocaine d. Shabu
20. The psychoactive ingredient in M arijuana w hich causes the high or trip of
users.
a. Papaver som niferum c. Opium poppy
b. Hashish ■ d. Tetrahydrocannabinol (TH C )/
21. Obtained from Indian hemp known as “Cannabis Sativa” , which is a sin
w hich grows on tropic and temperate regions.
a. M arijuana' c. Cocaine
b. Opium d. Shabu
22. Obtained from a fem ale poppy plant known as “Papaver Som niferum ” drilv'
from a Greek w ord which means juice.
a. M arijuana c. Cocaine
b. Opium'' d. Shabu
23. Nam ed after the Greek God o f dreams, it is obtained from opium.
a. H e ro in ' c. Hasish
b. Morphine d. Cocaine
24. The m ost powerful derivative from the Papaver Som niferum, it h i
m edicinal value.
a. Opium c. Morphine
b. H eroin ' d. Cocaine
25. Also known as pot, grass, weed, dope, Thai stick or Acapulco gold it n ’inn
dried parsley mixed with stems and seeds, and is either eaten or smoked
a. M a riju a n a' c. Shabu
b. Hasish d. THC
26. It ca u ses n au sea, sn eezin g, n oseb leed , loss o f a p p etite, fa tigu e and In
coord in ation .
a. In h a la n ts ' c. S tim u la n ts
b. D ep ressa n ts d. B a rb itu ra tes
27. It resem b les a co a g u la ted soap, ligh t b row n in c o lo r w h ich is sm oked nn

p a ck a ged in sm all vials.
a. H asish c. S h abu
b. M a riju a n a d. C ra ck o r Free b a s e '
Hp. A drug w hich takes the form o f capsules, pills and tablets, taken orally and
sometim es injected, its com m on names are speed, Pep pills, Footballs, Shabu
and Uppers.
M. Am phetam ine c. M etham phetam ine
III Hallucinogens d. Stim ulants
J 'l Known com m only as smack, horse, ju nk, brown sugar, black tar, it is a
powdered substance w hich m ay either be injected, sm oked or taken orally.
4 I leroin c. M escaline
b Cocaine d. O pium
- It produces altered perception, slurred-speech, staggering gait and can

produce calm ness and relaxed muscles.
n I lallucinogens c. Depressants
j| Stimulants d. Sedatives
1 1 Most effective w ay o f regulating vices.

c'ontinued police action by relentless drives in vice control
, Sincere and honest law enforcem ent
I loth a and b <
| None o f the foregoing
) KVfers to persons w ho after prolonged and excessive intake o f alcoholic

I mverages develop physical and psychological changes and dependence to
alcohol.
a Alcoholics c. Drunkard
Uquor addicts d. Chronic alcoh olics'
I A lermented ju ice or product o f fruit or plants w hich contains alcohol.

! U q u o r' c. B ooze
i Wine d. Vodka
•i rs to a person w ho m anages or owns houses o f ill refute w hereby the

I huniness o f prostitution is conducted.
t 1ipr-rutor-' c. M am a
Hanker d. Pim p
46 IV Icrs to a person w ho engages in sexual intercourse w ith another for hire,

p o a titu te c. Knockers
I Whores d. All o f the fo re g o in g ' '
*► ii" procurem ent and transportation o f w om en from far flung places for
| Mrtmoral purposes.
Ifh il ■s la very ' c. Organized crimes
!*"• .fnution d. All o f the foregoing
■ f e l t place u sually lodges several num ber o f factory girls or professional

in.. titutes under 1:he control o f an organized crime ring.
M fcsrderly houses* c. Call houses
I ■fasJahed room houses d. Massage clinics
M li is to prostitutes w ho works in regular hom es o f prostitution or brothels,

fthr accepts all custom ers and has nothing to do with selecting or soliciting
IIM
>I||
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION /ASSESSMENT REVIEWER CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
a. Door knocker c Hustler ■ 1. Originally know n as “Kakuseizai” m eaning w alking drug, it was brought to the
b. Call girl d. Factory girls * Philippines by a Japanese tourist.
M arijuana c. Shabu
39. Refers to a person who sets up and furnishes the means with w hich to cart 11) Cocaine d. Opium
on the gam bling game.
a. M aintainer c. Banker ) The m ost potent derivative from opium.
b. Conductor d. Gullible person N Codeine c. Morphine
Cocaine d. Heroin
40. Anti gam bling law
a. PD 1869 c. PD 1602 ' 1.1 Source o f Cocaine w hich is a hardy plant cultivated in Bolivia and first used by
b. PD 1612 d. PD 1866 ine Incas o f Peru.
Tetrahydrocannabinol c. A m p h eta m in e
41. Social causes o f prostitution are the following, except: |Japaver som niferum d. E ry th ro x y lo n c o c a *
a. Broken families c. Anonim ity o f city life
b. P o verty ' d. All o f the foregoing M The m ost popular and latest sex drug, w hose chem ical nam e is “M ethy Dioxy
Metham phe tam ine” .
42. Refers to persons having no apparent means o f subsistence. Chomper c. Shabu
a. Gam bler c. V a gran ts' lOcstacy' d. Heroin
b. Prostitute d. None o f these
Illegal drugs m odified m olecularly by chem ists to circum vent legal restrictions.
43. Penalty provided for by law which punishes white slave trade. Designer drugs 1 c. Am phetam ines
a. Prision correccional * c. Reclusion temporal Hallucinogens d. M etham phetam ines
b. Prison mayor d. Reclusion perpetua
|ti A law w hich prohibits governm ent officials to enter and gam ble in Philippine
44. A person who manages or carries a gam bling game. casinos.
a. Maintainer c. Banker I'D 1602/ c. P D 5 1 0
b. C on du ctor' d. Operator b I’D 1869 d. PD 483
45. Refers to the increasing the dosage o f drugs to m aintain the same 1Mfice that controls and regulates gambling.
a. Toleran ce' c. Poly drug abuse I'a G C O R ' c . PACC
b. Physical dependence d. Drug experim enter lJC'GG d. Office o f the first gentlem an
46. A dark brown resin that is collected from the tops o f potent Cannabis Sauvn I * A scheme or distribution o f prizes by chance am ong persons w ho have paid or
a. M arijuana c. Opium «H.reed to pay a valuable consideration for the chance to obtain a prize.
b. H a sh ish ' d. Morphine I t Intnbling » c/Lottery
•‘■port d. All o f these
47. Derived from the Greek word “Narkotikos” , m eaning sleep, what is the ••!
term given to narcotics? |l A bet or consideration placed on gam bling games.
a. Opium c. Morphine IWage c. Prize
b. O p ia t e s ' d. Heroin 'Winger- d. Banker
48. It is the psychoactive agent o f Marijuana. ■ principal alkaloid o f opium w hich constitute as m uch as 25% o f the substance:
a. Tetrah yrocan n abinol' c. Papaver somniferum II Mhish c. M o rp h in e
b. Cannabis sativa d. Metham phetam ine 1 "Heine d. H eroin
49. Codeine which is an alkaloid o f opium is prim arily used as : Amphetamine is a representative o f good class o f stim ulants known as:
a. Pain killer c. Stim ulant ' 1i n k c. K n o ck -o u t d rop s
b. Cough reliever' d. Depressant pills d. S tick
50. Who am ong the following acts as the chairman o f the DDB? Ai , ncy which supervises the enforcem ent o f law on prohibited and regulated
a. Secretary o f Justice c. Secretary o f Education ,1' H i".
b. Secretary o f National Defense d. Secretary o f Health t ■'"KA c. PACC
Nlll d. PNP
63. Are drugs which produce insensibility, stupor, m elancholy or dullness of il

mind w ith delusions.
a. Narcotics c. Depressants
b. Stimulants d. Hallucinogens
64. Chem ical substance which affects a person in such a w ay as to bring oi

physiological, behavioral or em otional change.
a. Alcohol c. D r u g '
b. Coca le a f d. M arijuana
65. Drugs that produce perceptual alteration, varying em otional change, thou«l
disruption and ego distortion.
a. Depressants c. Hallucinogens
b. Tranquilizers d. Stimulants
66. An im m oral conduct or habit, the indulgence o f which leads to deprrvli

wickedness and corruption o f the mind and body.
a. Abuse c. Addiction
b. Vice d. Gam bling
67. A person who calls and takes bets from gam ecock owners and other bettor*
a. Prom oter c. Banker
b. “Cristo” d. Gam bler
68. Most com m on problem encountered by the police in vice control measures
a. Unwillingness o f governm ent officials to w ork against vices
b. Lack o f cooperation from the victim s o f vices
c. Public apathy
d. Clandestine nature o f the com m ission o f the acts
69. The process o f undergoing or producing gradual chemical change which U

becom es sour or alcoholic.
a. Distillation c. Ionization
b. Ferm entation d. Purification
70. A degree o f intoxication wherein the person becom es argum entative ami
confident.
a. Slight inebriation c. Drunk
b. Moderate inebriation d. Coma
71. This degree o f intoxication causes reddening o f the face, but no 11

incoordination and difficulty o f speech.
a. Slight inebriation c. Drunk
b. Moderate inebriation d. Coma
72. This method o f therapy for alcoholics is based on conversion and fellow'ih)|»,|
a. Aversion treatm ent c. W ithdraw al method
b. Psychotherapy method d. Program for alcoholic anonymotm
73. Oldest profession known to man w hich involves habitual indulgriii. Ml

sexual intercourse for m oney or profit.
a. Gam bling c . Addiction
b. Prostitution d. Stealing
1 4 . Classy type o f prostitute who engages in prostitution to supplem ent their

income.
Call girls c. H ustler
Ii Factory girls d. Door knocker
PP. Usually operated by experienced madam , w ho rent legitim ate room ers to
maintain an appearance o f responsibility.
•. Disorderly houses c. Call houses
Furnished room houses d. Massage clinics
4
"<> The Golden triangle w here 80% o f illicit drugs o f the world originated is located
specifically in:
Thailand-Burm a-China border c. Thailand-Burm a-Laos border
Ii Laos-Thailand-China border d. Burm a-Vietnam -Thailand border
[ t i Grass or marijuana, is a crude drug made from Cannabis Sativa a plant that
contains meal altering ingredient. W hich am ong the follow ing is not an
immediate effect o f weed?
« Moderate heart beat and pulse rate
Impaired reflexes coordination and concentration
Acute panic, anxiety reaction -extern al fear o f losing control
Altered sense o f tim e/disorientation
I A drug obtained from the leaves o f coca, a South Am erican shrub. It is a

central nervous system stimulant.
I t Marijuana c. Cocaine
ft ilmbu d. Opiates
J A Rame or schem e the result o f w hich depends w holly upon chance or hazard.
linm bling c. Tupada
4 Sports d. Bingo
'lludy reveal that the reason w hy “M arijuana” is difficult to control is that:

11 io big dem and
Ihe plant can be easily cultivated
| i ' i i i i easily be sm uggled from outside the country
imi be easily smoked surreptitiously
I Another term for Heroin:

» I K J’ c. Blue heaven
• l«v<l Dragon d. Horse
? I lilies that produce persistent m em oiy loss, speech difficulties and self-
I Itilllcted injuries.
I llnllucinogens c. Depressants
I M lm ulants d. Narcotics
Mimt abused form o f tranquilizers, taken orally and comes in tablets.

I Viilutm c. Miltown
CRIMINOLOOY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
b. Stim ulants a. Narcotics
85. Most com m on form o f stimulant.

a. Cocaine c. Morphine
b. Heroin d. Codeine
86. One who originally use any narcotic substance for reason o f curiosity, ,
pressure or other sim ilar reasons.
a. Drug dependent c. Polydrug abuse
b. Drug addict d. Drug experim enter
87. A state o f physical dependence on dangerous drug arising in a person foll(iwi(|

a periodic or continuous use o f that drug.
a. Drug addiction c. Drug abuse
b. Drug experim entation d. Drug dependence
88. A state o f chronic or periodic intoxication detrim ental to the individual m id
society at large produced by repeated drug consum ption.

a. Drug addiction c. Drug abuse
b. Drug experim entation d. Drug dependence
89. Opium which is derived from the Greek word meaning ju ice, is derived li<>^
w hat plant?
a. Papaver somniferum c. Erythroxylon coca
b. Cannabis sativa d. Indian hemp
90. Low grade methamphetamine.

a. Shabu c. Lahar
b. Bato d. Katorse
91. Cocaine, Am phetam ine, Caffeine and nicotine are drugs that affect the ct*n if«
nervous system causing alertness, cub hunger and majce the user awake. They
classified as:
a. Hallucinogens c. Depressants
b. Stim ulants d. Barbiturates
92. They are drugs w hich cause distortion o f perception o f time and sparr |ja
com m on forms are marijuana, Lysergic acid diethylam ide (LSD), Ecstacy, P(’J|
Peyote and Psilocybin.
a. Hallucinogens- c. Depressants
93. Are drugs that cause the body system o f the user to relax, to w hich narco! ii
barbiturates, tranquilizers, inhalants, solvents and alcohol belong.
a. Hallucinogens c. Depressants
94. W hich am ong the following is a factor that contributes to the effects o f druRti i
the body system o f the user?
a. Am ount o f drug taken c. Mood o f the user
b. Environm ent w here the drug is taken d. All o f these
95. W hich am ong the follow ing is classified as psychoactive drugs?

a. Hallucinogens (all aroundersj c. Depressants (downers)

s i m u l a n t s (uppers) d. All o f these
I f In s to the sale, distribution, supply or transport o f legitim ately im ported, in

manufactured or procured controlled precursors and essential chemicals,
NI diluted, mixtures or in concentrated form, to any person or entity engaged in the
IIIMimliu rure o f any dangerous drug, and shall include packaging, repackaging,
UK, relabeling or concealm ent o f such transaction through fraud, destruction
>i. iiments, fraudulent use o f permits, m isdeclaration, use o f front com panies or
ml Imud.
I i'hm destine laboratory - c. Controlled delivery
* i 'Inimical diversion d. Cultivate
Refers to any act o f know ingly planting, growing, raising, or perm itting the
Q|lii111 mg, growing or raising o f any plant w hich is the source o f a dangerous drug.
■ Clandestine laboratory c. Controlled delivery
i hemical diversion d. Cultivate or culture
•H A place where any dangerous drug and/or controlled precursor and essential
■ ■lical is adm inistered, delivered, stored for illegal purposes, distributed, sold
i in any form.
ii Dive c. Resort
I icn d. All o f these
A coddler or protector w ho know ingly and w illfully consents to any violations o f

llir Comprehensive Dangerous Drugs Act o f 2002 (RA 9165) is punished with an
llii|ii isonment o f 12 years and 1 day to tw enty years plus a fine ranging from
BO <)00 t o _________.
c. 1,000,000
d. 2,000,000
iJuo. For possession o f dangerous drugs in the follow ing quantity, regardless o f the
ilrgire o f purity thereof: (1) 10 grams or more o f opium; (2) 10 grams or more o f
fc tp h in e ; (3) 10 gram s or m ore o f heroin; (4) 10 grams or more o f cocaine or
nine hydrochloride; (5) 50 grams or more o f m etham phetam ine hydrochloride or
hlmbu"; (6) 10 gram s or m ore o f m arijuana resin or m arijuana resin oil; (7) 500
nins or more o f marijuana; and (8) 10 grams or more o f other dangerous drugs
•nrti as, but not lim ited to, m ethylenedioxym etham phetam ine (MDA) or "ecstasy",
|iiinimethoxyamphetamine (PMA), trim ethoxyam phetam ine (TMA), lysergic acid
illHhylamine (LSD), gam m a hydroxyam phetam ine (GHB) the law im poses a penalty
ni life im prisonm ent to death and a fine ranging from 500,000 t o ______________ .
1000,000 c. 5,000,000
I . 2,000,000 d. 10,000,000
101. Under RA 9165, any person charged for any violation o f the com prehensive
ilniigerous drugs act regardless o f the im posable penalty shall not be allowed to
»?ail o f the provision on plea-bargaining. This statem ent is;
9. Partly False c. False
> pa rtly T ru e d. True
,102. The policy-m aking and strategy-form ulating body in the planning and
S im u lation o f policies and program s on drug prevention and control. It shall
i level on and adopt a com prehensive, integrated, unified and balanced national
£ rug abuse prevention and control strategy. It shall be under the Office of the
President.

a. Philippine Drug Enforcem ent Agency c. Departm ent o f Health

b. Dangerous Drugs Board d. NAPOLCOM
103. Under the law, he serves as perm anent consultant o f the Dangerous Dm
Board while serving their tenure.
a. PNP C h ief c. DILG Secretary
b. Director o f the NBI d. Both A and BA
104. For the purpose o f establishing adequate drug rehabilitation center in <' •
country, the PAG CO R is m andated by law to p r o v id e ______ million a m onth to !
PDEA and the DDB.
a. One c. Four
b. Two d. Five
105. Prelim inary investigations for cases involving violations to the compreheni *
dangerous drugs board shall be term inated w ithin a period o f ____ days from llr
date o f their filing.
a. 5 c. 15
b. 10 d. 30
10b. A ny substance that directly alters the norm al functioning o f the crii".|(
nervous system.
a. Dangerous drugs c. Regulated drugs
b. Prohibited Drugs d. Psychoactive drugs
107. Refer to the com bined effects o f the abused drugs taken by the user.
a. Tolerance c. W ithdraw al sickness
b. Synergistic effects d. All o f these
108. Also Known a s paregoric, d a k ers powder an d parapectolin.

a. Codeine c. Heroin
b. Opium d. Methadone
109. Also known as horse, brown sugar, junk, mud, black tar, smoke.
b. Opium d. Methadone
110. Pectoral syrup or sweet am orphous refers to;

b. Opium d. Morphine
CDIP VI - ARSON INVESTIGATION
FIRE. Defined.
Fire is a fundamental chemical reaction based on oxidation- all fti

of fire are subtypes of combustion. Fire was derived form the G ird ' ■
pvra which means glowing ember is the active principle of buPl
characterized by heat light and combustion. Although useful to iu.im,
may be used as a means to commit crimes, bringing forth destnn li I
lives and properties.
Why fires should be investigated?
To determine the cause of the fire; and to prevent similar occurrences
I What constitutes arson?
Iturning, Malice, Motive, IntentThree elements of fire of commonly known

1 mm lire triangle:
"“hat is the fire triangle?
I lie presence the following components would result to fire: FUEL+

IO X Y G E N + HEAT SOURCE = COMBUSTION
la e l - The most important part of the triangle, for fuel is what burns. The
nut ure and properties of the fuel are essential in combating fires. It comes
In three form as solid, liquid or gas. (Solid fuel - ignition temperature;
.lid fuel- flashpoint) Solid fuels may be characterized as materials with
Hi Innte volume and shape such as wood, paper, rugs and the like. Liquid
Rrurh are those which have definite volume but no shape taking the shape
ui its container such as gasoline, alcohol, petroleum products etc. And
||M*icous fuels which have no definite volume and shape such as neon gas.
Anhrstos, diamond and naphthalene balls are solids which are known to
B i v c no ignition temperature rendering them fire proof.
Ilertt- Ignition heat is a device or means to start a fire. It can be a safety

tchj a lighted candle, or of more sophisticated forms such as chemical,
Hu i hanical or electrical contrivance designed to start a blaze.
ygen- It is a tasteless, odorless colorless gas which is generally found

■Vri'liin the Earth's atmosphere approximately which is composed of 97%
Minimal gas. O f the natural gases, found on this planet 21% of which is
B yî'ii. It is both vital to sustain human life and fire.
Mi ni tions take place at various rates of speed. Fire is a fairly slow reaction
^bpttiiHr molecular change usually takes place on the surface of the
p|nit«(.-mce that is glow not pyrolysis which is flame and indicates
prsible molecular change.
does a fire start?
A person who wants to start a fire should have in his possession two
nl1 Hi-- three elements of the fire triangle, a piece of paper to act as the fuel
!t>" I i safety match to act as the ignition heat, oxygen is virtually all
^ B U m l hence it need not be procured. The moment the fire setter strikes
mutch and lights the piece of paper. Chemically speaking it is not the
being burned but the chemical process talking place is pyrolysis.
n vro lviii?
Pyrolysis is the chemical process whereby fire consumes most solid

Once fuel becomes ignited, the characteristics of the fire that folio
depend upon the chemical make up of the fuel. As the fuel becoiti
heated, the moisture in it starts to produce water vapors. Immedial-
thereafter, the decomposition begins to produce combustible vapm*
known as free radicals, it is these vapor that burn.
What are the kinds o f fire?
Three kinds o f fire:
Providential- caused by acts of God. This kind of fire can never II

prevented as usually hard to control. It comes in the form of light n <
bolts, erupting volcanoes or as a result of tremors.
Accidental- it is caused mostly by human error and negligence. Sue I.

smoking in bed, defective LPG containers, faulty electrical wiring, lenvt
plugged electrical appliances.
Intentional- this is known as incidiarism or classified as Arson. This 1. 1

of fire is set on purpose either to collect insurance, cover-up another < u
or personal/business rivalry.
What are the stages o f fire?
The three phases o f fire are initial, free burning and smoldering at*
Initial- This is the beginning of fire. The product of pyrolysis is mm

water vapor and carbon dioxide. The base area of the fire Im
temperature of 400 to 800 degrees Fahrenheit. It is in this stage that
fighting is easily controlled and subdued.
Free burning- This is the acceleration of pyrolitic process. It is during I

stage that the maximum heat and destructive capabilities of fire dev®
Thus combating fire in this stage is very difficult and requires mon i
one firefighter. The thermal column of fire carries destructive gase*
as combustible vapor and carbon monoxide. The base te m p e ra tu rr nf
fire is round 800 to 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit and ceiling temperatuf
to 1,600 degrees Fahrenheit.
Sm oldering- This stage is where the fire glows and the comlm»
materials smolder. Flames would not be visible but a large mmm
carbon monoxide is produced. This is the reason why masks arc o
in firefighting. At this point back draft may occur, wherein thi- »m
introduction of oxygen with superheated fuel under pressure will cat
explosion. Another threat to those at the fire scene is the prrnri
carbon monoxide which at some levels may cause death to those en
to it.
What is the difference between therm al balance and imbalance?
Fire behavior: Fire behavior such as thermal balance and thermal

Imbalance are those activities wherein the fireman and investigators
niiould be acquainted or familiar with. Thermal balance refers to the
iiutural condition created by the fire or the normal movement of fire,
Irpoke and fire gases within a structure or building. While, Thermal
Imbalance refers to that turbulent circulation of steam and smoke which
ifplaces the normal flow of the products of combustion. Hot spots may
ilitvdop during the extinguishment of the fire upsetting the thermal
s lit*Imice; such holes produced may mislead the investigator to believe that
ure originated at that location.
I Whut is heat?
Heat is produced from the breaking and formation of chemical bonds.

In ii chemical reaction, atoms are not lost but merely restructured,
■fclecules absorb energy when their chemical bonds are reformed. All
mulilation reaction give off more energy than they absorb, which is released
l he form of heat, light, noise, shock or a combination thereof, depending
.i|» >ii the single or double-bonding that takes place when the molecules
H) ftinn. Most reactions are exothermic, which means they require very
m\e energy to get started hence a lower ignition or kindling temperature is
and some reactions are endothermic which means they require or
ft booster or more energy to get started.Aside from the sun, there are
-Lui known sources of heat, namely: Chemical, Electrical, Nuclear and
■N-litmical. Chemical Heat Energy wherein oxidation reaction is
■m llr rmic.
■ I..I are the m ethods o f heat transfer?
hods o f heat transfer:
ptHuluction - Which refers to the passage of heat energy from particle to

C VIk’lr in a substance. Heat moves by conduction through solids or
Hffrn solids in contact with each other. The speed of conduction
• upon the temperature difference and density of the solid. Solid
» Itetter heat conductors than gases; in a perfect vacuum no heat is
■(tli ii led. Thermal conductivity which refers to the measure of the rate of
! heat through unit area of the material unit without temperature
T i n t Unit temperature gradient means that in the direction of the heat
Hie temperature is falling off one degree per unit distance.
■ftvretion - Usually generated by intense fire it refers to heat travel in

■upw ard movement. Heat moves by convection by moving from one
to another creating a thermal column called convection currents
H M > 1 iiculates and rise. Convection is a means by which heat is
•^Wfttnurd by a circulating medium either gas or a liquid. Convection
t__tBJ' 111 s|Ik<> carry cornbustiblf and heated pvrolytic products u p w a r d in
a structure to the highest point available. The gases produced by ■'

heat then mushroom out across the bottom art of the roof unlll
horizontal movement is blocked. At this stage, it begins to bunk
along the sides of the walls of the structure leaving the inv>'iln|
burnt patters referred to as the fingerprint of fire. When the hi
temperature of these gases is attained they flash and ignite inlo w(l
known as flash-over which produces the dreaded fireballs which
shot by at a veiy intense fire to hundred yards distance.
Radiation - The process in which energy such as heat and ravs of lr

sent out from atoms and molecules as they undergo internal allfj
Radiation energy travels in a straight line with the speed of lig >>
heat absorbed from the pin point source would be very much Icnw ilm
same quantity of heat absorbed from a large radiating surface |)f|'
that the absorbing body also has an appreciable area.
When does arson investigation, begin?
The Fire. Arson investigation starts with the fire itscll mil
observation of the first responders usually the firemen. To n il |
three elements must co-exist, commonly referred to as the Inc it
composed of oxygen, a fuel source and ignition heat. In mosl ■.r
percentage of oxygen concentration must be above 16% to sustain
The heat source needs only a match the ignition temperature ni I »
In a fire involving arson, the fire-setter will have altered with am
of tne factors in the fire triangle.
The arsonist may increase the fuel load by introducing limit

material or by adding accelerants such as kerosene, alcohol >i
which may be easily accessible. The arsonist may increase I
content of a structure by opening the windows or punching In
walls and ceilings.
Fire will follow the highest concentration of oxygen to

circulating air, a structure at the top and starting a fire til tlifl In
the structure a fire setter can cause the fire to race upward Him
structure. The fire will rapidly engross the entire structure ml In i 1
confined area.
What are the classes o f fire?
Classes o f fire:
A In a class A fires, the fuel is comprised of normal combustible

I»In such as wood, paper, fibers, draperies and trash. It requires
(imi by water or water fog.
■ In class B fires, the fuel is flammable liquid such as gasoline,

leaning fluids, grease and alcohol. In combating such fires, the
ulilr liquids must be smothered to deprive them of oxygen, hence
MlliiKuishers and C02 may be utilized.
(Muss C fires are those which start with live electrical wires,
lifiii, electrical appliances. It is commonly known as electrical fires.
B i l v extinguished by a non-conducting agent such as C02 and diy
p|>
Ibis type of fire are rare, and usually occurring in the

Ini luring facilities, since the combustible material are certain metals
a potassium and magnesium. It can be extinguished by using dry
‘ I AIK ' chemical, baking soda or sand.
I l I ho proof in arson cases?
II tit non cases: Since physical evidence is hard to obtain by the fact
| M ' <1 not all of the evidence is destroyed or burned the corpus
p f Ihr fact that a crime was committed as well as the identity of the
■pi ci arsonist must be established. Corpus delicti is established bv:
ig < 11111 mal design may be proved by the presence of incendiaiy
Vi* show the fire was not accidental, and Evidence of intent
w » I nice the origin o f the fire?
!«■■« In tracing the origin o f fire and searching for evidence:
I If conduct of careful inspection of the burned building from the

|«yhli 11 may reveal any external origin of the fire through burn
v|
I |nir i mil survey and inspection of the burned structure from the
mine the origin of the fire. At this stage the investigator has
irm where there is the heaviest charring and destruction.
) I *m »tion of the point of origin of the fire by finding out where

* eve re destruction may indicate the area of origin. The
It usually the first location to be inspected.
^ Mttfttliig the inverted cone pattern where the ashes and traces
MpMiM rrveal the kind of fuel used in the fire. Another useful
I <i lb urea of origin of the fire is locations with partially melted
•• hii li^ht bulb. The inverted cone pattern is referred to as the
Hal ij if ini
What are the basic lines o f inquiry in arson investigation?
Basic Lines of inquiry: The questioning must be focused to determif

the following: Origin of the fire, Motive, Identification of the fire setter. Ai
identification of the other suspects. In the investigation of a fire scene, 11
Bureau of Fire Protection operative and units has sole jurisdiction <>
cases involving fire. The person who called the alarm, the residents mi
the firemen who first responded to the scene are the most valuable witiv
who may shed light as to the origin of the fire and its causes.
W hat is the BFP?
The BFP was created by virtue of RA 6975 primarily to perform I

following functions:
Be responsible for the prevention and suppression of all destructive Mi
on: buildings, houses, forests, land transportation vehicles, ship*
vessels docked at piers, petroleum industry installation, plane crashes *i!
other similar activities; Be responsible for the enforcement of the Fire ( <
of the Philippines, otherwise known as PD 1185 and other related In
Shall have the power to investigate all causes of fires and if necessary,
the proper complaint with the city or provincial prosecutor who Ii
jurisdiction of the case; In time of national emergency, all elements of I
BFP shall upon direction of the President, assist the AFP in meeting I
national emergency; and Shall establish at least one (1) fire station
adequate personnel, firefighting facilities and equipment in rv»,
provincial capital, city and municipality subject to standard rules C
regulations as may be promulgated by the D.I.L.G.
What are the tell tale signs o f incendiary fires?
The presence of plants, trailers and or accelerants in the crimr |

are an indication that the fire is neither providential nor accidental.
Plants - refers to the preparation of materials used as fuel to start ll

such as rags, newspapers, plastic, clothing, fabrics wood shaving
other combustible materials which is easily acquired.
Trailers - A device used to spread the fire throughout the structun

most common trailers used are fuel oil, gasoline, paint thinner and IjJ i
fluids.
Accelerants - Refers to any combustible liquid which is used to s p r n l

or hasten the start of the fire. Several things looked for when exmuiii
the scene for sign of accelerants used, the most obvious sign would In
presence of containers in areas where accelerants would not normnllv
found, a hydrocarbon vapor detector can be used.
1. This type o f fire has for its fuel normal com bustible materials,
a. Class A fire c. Class C fire
k Class B fire d. Class D fire
In fires wherein the fuel is flam m able liquid such as gasoline, kerosene, alcohol
mikI grease w hich am ong the foregoing m ay be used to put out this fire.
I Foam extinguisher c. D iy chem icals
It Water d. Sand
I The collection o f debris at the origin o f the fire should include all __________
tnuterials.
h Solid c. Porous
ti Liquid d. Non-porous
>1 Ulue flam es u sually indicate the presence o f _______ , in a fire.

n ( iasoline c. Alcohol
Ii Kerosene d. Petroleum
I'his u sually indicates the intensity o f the fire.

P Size o f fire c. Size o f flame
k, Color o f sm oke d. Color o f flame
I. This w ould indicate the presence o f petroleum in a fire,

i I Hue flam e c. W hite sm oke
Ii l‘<:d flame d. Black smoke
T Most com m on motive in arson cases.

K Economic gain c. Intim idation
■ Concealment o f crime d. Punitive measure
» ' t ire fire usu ally occurring in m anufacturing facilities w herein the com bustible
MiMicTiuls are m etals such as m agnesium and potassium.
( luss A fire c. Class C fire
■ Class B fire d. Class D fire
n handling class D fires, w hich am ong the follow ing m ay not be used?
. I >i v powder, ABC chem ical c. W ater
( 11.1 king soda d. Sand
l(> Commonly referred to as an electrical fire,

k t l u s s A fire c. Class C fire
i In-;-;B fire d. Class D fire
L_
1
' ■
I
■ C < 12
W i n
m
h am ong the follow ing is com m only used to put out Class C fires?
* A fires m ay be extinguished by:

c. W ater
d. Baking soda
c. W ater
d. Baking soda
13. A fire which uses flam m able liquid as fuel is classified as:
a. Class A fire c. Class C fire
b. Class B fire d. Class D fire
14. Excess heat energy liberated by an oxidation reaction is called____ .

a. Latent heat c. Specific heat
b. Heat o f com bustion d. Therm al heat
15. The m inim um tem perature at which a fuel will burn is:
a. Ignition tem perature c. Heat o f combustion
b. Therm al heat d. Specific heat
16. Instrum ent used to open/close fire hydrants.

a. Sprinkler c. Fire hose
b. Fire pump d. Hydrant key
17. Descriptive o f any m aterial when by its nature or as a result o f its reaction v
other elem ents prom otes a rapid drop in tem perature o f the immed
surrounding.
a. Dust c. Pyrolisys
b. Oxidizing m aterial d. Cryogenic
18. Lowest tem perature o f a liquid in open container at which vapors are evolvi
fast enough to support continuous combustion.
a. Ignition tem perature c. Fire point
b. Kindling tem perature d. Flash point
19. The tem perature at which a flam m able liquid form a vapor air mixture 'in
ignites.
a. Ignition tem perature c Fire point
b. Kindling tem perature d. Flash point
20. M inimum temperature in which the substance in the air must be heatc
order to initiate or cause a self-contained com bustion w ithout the addition ol
from outside sources.
a. Boiling point c. Fire point
b. Ignition tem perature d. Flash point
21. An exotherm ic chem ical change in which a com bustible m aterial react willi
oxidizing agent.
a. Therm al balance c. Com bustion
b. Therm al im balance d. Oxidation
22. Rapid oxidation accom panied by heat and light.

a. Pyrolysis c. Detonation
b. Com bustion d. All o f these
23. A chemical decom position o f m atter through the action o f heat.

a. Pyrolysis c. Detonation
b. Com bustion d. Oxidation
24. Measure o f the rate o f flow o f heat, through unit area o f the material willi urt
tem perature gradient.
ft) Conduction c. Radiation

L Therm al conductivity d. Oxidation
A means o f heat transfer when energy travels trough space or m aterials as

waves.
m Conduction c. Radiation
■. Convection d. Fission
It is legally classified as arson and set on purpose w ith a motive,

a Providential fire c. Intentional fire
I. Accidental fire d. None o f the foregoing
3’/ Malicious and w illful burning o f a building, defined in the case o f O ng Chat Lay
Ml P 788.
Arson c. A ccidental fire
11 Providential fire d. None o f the foregoing
<!M First elem ent known to man by experience, a colorless, tasteless and odorless
which supports life and fire.
D, Nitrogen c. Oxygen
It I lydrogen d. Neon
J‘ i Known as ignition heat, it refers to any contrivance to start a fire.

I Fuel c. Heat
fc, ( )xygen d. None o f the foregoing
il i krfers to gases liberated by heat.

Free radicals c. Therm al balance
Flash point d. Therm al im balance
I I Refers to the norm al pattern or m ovem ent o f fire, sm oke and fire gases within a
■illcling or structure under natural conditions.
Fi ee radicals c. Therm al balance
§i Pyrolysis d. Therm al im balance
In this phase o f the fire the m axim um heat and its destructive capabilities are
■loped.
Initial phase c. Free burning phase
It, I n c i D i e n t phase d. Sm oldering phase
' burnt pattern o f inverted cone indicates.

I hr fire triangle c. Flashover
Ilie fingerprint o f the fire d. Incipient phase o f the fire
i An occurrence when the heat has brought the com bustible portion o f the
■ H I to their ignition temperature, it is characterized by a sudden burst or
l)l*>ilriK forth light and flames.
i Mnsnnver c. Therm al balance
1 1 tliicl’ draft d. Therm al im balance
I Ati explosive condition in the sm oldering phase o f fire, it is a result o f a sudden

Itiimiluction o f oxygen.
a. Flashover c. Therm al balance

b. Backdraft d. Therm al im balance
36. W hich am ong the following is the prim ary objective in investigating fires?
a. To determ ine its cause c. To determ ine liable persons
b. To prevent recurrences d. All o f these
37. Reason w hy fire investigation is unique.

a. It does not conform with regular investigative procedure
b. U navailability o f witnesses
c. Fires destroys evidence
38. Th ey are fires caused by unforeseen acts o f God.

a. Providential c. Intentional
b. Accidental d. Incendiarism
39. A com bination o f three elem ents namely: fuel, heat and oxygen.
a. Fire c. Fire triangle
b. Origin o f fire d. All o f the foregoing
40. Most im portant part o f the fire triangle for it is w hat burns.
a. Fuel c. Oxygen
b. Heat d. Gas
41. A means by which heat is transform ed by a circulating m edium either gne. ■

liquid.
a. Conduction c. Radiation
b. Convection d. Fission
42. It is the am ount o f heat necessary to convert solid to liquid.

a. Specific heat c. Heat o f com bustion
b. Latent heat d. Heat o f fusion
43. Form ed by the incom plete com bustion o f acetylene or natural cifecklng
hydrogen in the absence o f air.
a. Carbon black c. Soot
b. Lamp black d. Black bone
44. Matter made up o f very fine particles and condensed vapor as a rrinull
combustion.
a. Fire c. Heat
b. Flam e d. Smoke
45. Incandescent gases accom panied by oxidation.

a. Fire c. Heat
b. Flam e d. Smoke
46. The threat to arson investigators after fire has been contained.
a. Backdraft c. Carbon m onoxide poisoning
b. Flashover d. Falling debris
47. Color o f sm oke produced accom panied by red flam es indicates the Ih i i i i Iiim
w hat material?

■m Rubber
c. Asphalt singles
ft Nitrogen products d. Chlorine
■ ft. Which am ong the follow ing is com m only used in fire resistant m aterials?
ft , Asbestos c. Asphalt
■ Diamond d. Cotton
MU A form o f static electricity or an electrical current o f great m agnitude producing

hrmendous am perage and voltage, it is the m ost com m on cause o f providential
111 t - S .
H Rays o f the sun c. Arcing

Ife. Spontaneous heating d. Lightning
Ml Most com m on cause o f accidental fires is related to:

H Smoking c. Sparking
f t , Arcing d. Overloading
ft I A device used by arsonists to spread the fire w ithin the room or throughout the
fUucture.
t Accelerant c. Trailer
Ii Plants d. W ick
H'.’ Usually comes in the form o f com bustible liquid w hich is a contrivance to
litmlen the start o f fire.
[A Accelerant c. Trailer
11 Plants d. W ick
Most com m on reason o f arson cases.

h Revenge c. Com petition
11 Profit d. Anger
1 11 is the result o f slow oxidation o f a com bustible m aterial

Ih Spontaneous heating c. Com bustible dust
Combustible gases d. None o f these
>(■■ Refers to the preparation and gathering o f m aterials to start a fire.

Plants c. Trailers
f t Accelerants d. W ick
I f i Any act that w ould rem ove or neutralize a fire hazard,

bft' Abatement c. Allotm ent
■ Com bustion d. Distillation
The burning o f low grade heavy oils or resinous tarry m aterials w ith sufficient
forms lam p black com m only known as:
H Black bone c. Soot
ft Used petroleum d. Black iron
■ The use o f more electrical devices w hich draw or consum e electrical current
Kjponcl the designed capacity o f the existing electrical system.
verloading c. W ire tapping
Ii .lum per d. Arcing
59. One o f the follow ing is exem pted from paying 0.01 % o f the assessed valur
the building:
a. Schools c. Hospitals
b. Departm ent stores d. Single fam ily dwellings
60. An enclosed vertical passage that extends from floor to floor, as w ell as fro
the base to the top o f the building.
a. Standpipe system c. V ertical shaft
b. Sprinkler system d. Flash point
61. Designed to prevent the spread o f fire, having a fire resistance rating o f no1
than four hours w ith structural stability to remain standing even if the adjao
construction collapses under fire conditions:
a. Post w all c. Fire wall
b. Fire trap d. Firewood
62. A pre-requisite to grant perm it/license by local governm ent for any part.nil<
establishment.
a. Fire service c. Fire drill
b. Fire safety inspection d. Fire protection assem bly
63. Heat transfer by direct contact from one body to another.

a. Radiation c. Conduction
b. Convection d. Fission
64. The active principle o f burning characterized by the heat and liglil
combustion.
a. Oxidation c. Sm oldering
b. Flash point d. Fire
65. A finely powdered substance which, w hen m ixed w ith all in the proj
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
a. Dust c. Fire trap
b. Fire lane d. Fire hazard
66. Changes w hereby heat is absorbed before the reaction takes place.
a. Endotherm ic reactions c. Oxidation
b. ExothermiG reactions d. Combustion
67. Product o f an incom plete combustion.

a. Soot c. Ashes
b. Charring d. All o f these
68. Color o f a lum inous flame.

a. Orange-red c. Yellow
b. Blue d. Red
69. Refers to the am ount o f heat released during com plete oxidation whcrrliv |f
organic fuel is converted to w ater and carbon dioxide.
a. Heat o f com bustion c. Fuel value
b. Calorific value d. All o f these
70. Refers to the quantity o f heat absorbed by a substance when it chanôt »'
from solid to liquid or liquid to gas.
• Calorie c. Therm al heat

, Latent heat d. Specific heat
f I Refers to gases that rem ain w hen the products o f com bustion are cooled to
,m 1 1temperature,
t Fire gases c. O xidation gases
( ombustion gases d. Flame
1 Pn'es caused by hum an error and negligence.

I’rovidential fires c. Accidental fires
Intentional fires d. Incendiarism
T,l Primary com ponent o f wood,

i Fiber c. Carbon
Cellulose d. Pulp
During this fire phase, the burnt inverted cone pattern or fingerprint o f fire is
■ loped.
Incipient phase c. Free burning phase
I inual phase d. Sm oldering phase
fit I’hase w hereby the fire can no longer support the flame and carbon monoxide
M s up in volume.
* 11 icipient phase c. Free burning phase
Initial phase d. Sm oldering phase
ffi i olor o f sm oke produced when nitrogen products is the com bustible m aterial
b i iiK burned w hile bright red flame are visible.
II D ll ?k sm oke c. W hite smoke
|i I Irnvy brown sm oke d. Greenish smoke
' When greenish yellow flam es are seen in the fire, w hat m aterial is being
fan ned?
Pi Iroleum products c. Asphalt shingles
1'horine o f m anganese d. Potassium
»*» When this constitutes m ost o f the com bustible m aterial in the fire it produces
Jtllr.lil reddish yellow flames.
I'eiroleum products c. Asphalt shingles
I i uli ium d. Potassium
Pv When black sm oke with red and blue-green flames is visible in the fire, it
tr.es that this m aterial is burning.
I h 11 oleum products c. Asphalt shingles
f < horine o f m anganese d. Potassium
> \VI>en potassium is used as a com bustible m aterial w hat would be the visible
ilm of d ie flame?
I Purple c. Lavender
Violet d Any o f the three
S O C IO L O G Y O F C R IM E S A N D E T H IC S
Scope: Concepts o f crime and criminology. Theories o f crime causation; cnim

topologies; the crim inal ju stice system, human behavior and rum
management, police ethics and community relations, and current poh<*
issues and problems.
SOC CRIM I. INTRODUCTION TO CRIM INOLOGY WITH PSYCHOLOPI

OF CRIMES
CRIM INOLOGY Defined
Criminology is an interdisciplinary social science dealing with l!i«

nature, the extent and causes of crimes, the characteristics of crim m u jj
and their organizations, the problems of apprehending and convicting In*
violators, and the management of jail facilities and correction*
institutions. It is a scientific study of the non-legal aspects of ciim44
including juvenile delinquency. Sociology is the mother science iif
Criminology.
What are the goals o f criminology?
The science of Criminology has two basic goals, to determine Hit

cause of criminal behavior whether social or personal, and to develop mfl
evolve valid principles for the prevention and control of crimes.
What are the basic lines o f inquiry in Criminology?
This scientific study is extended only on three basic lines: llifl

analysis of the nature of criminal law and its administration, known i l
sociology of laws. Examination of the causation of crimes and i
behavior of criminals also referred to as criminal etiology; and pen olf*
dealing with the research of the control of crimes and the rehabilitation 'if
criminal offenders.
What is the origin o f criminology?
The origins of criminology are in general dated from the late IH *

century, when those filled with a spirit of humanitarianism
questioning the arbitrariness, inefficiency and brutality of criminal jim tM
and prison systems. The classical school of criminology, created of • ■
reformers as the Italian Cesare Beccaria and the Englishmen Sir S-'iinuJ
Romilly, John Howard, and Jeremy Bentham, all of whom may be said i*
have sought legal and penological reforms rather than criminologl^B
knowledge. Their main plan was to mitigate legal penalties and suhjflfl
judges to the principle of “nulla poena sine lege” or "due process of
and secondly, humanize penal institutions.
By the second half of the 19th century with the dominant

imchings of the French sociologist Auguste Comte, had prepared the
Semind for the Positivist School, which sought to bring scientific neutrality
lltlu criminological studies. Instead of assuming a moral stance that
: trnlered on measuring the criminal's guilt and responsibility, the
I positivists attempted a morally neutral and social interpretation of crime
Mini its remedy. Their primary figure, Cesare Lombroso (1836-1909),
\tti ((lessor of psychiatry and anthropology at the University of Turin, sought
llimugh firsthand observation and measurement of prison inmates to
i rirl ermine the characteristics of criminal types. With the positivists, the
,phasis in criminology had turned to experimental case studies and to
ntive and rehabilitative measures.
A third school, the postwar movement of "social defense," also

•i igi uating in Italy, has tried to combine their best features and eliminate
ihri r excesses. This school stressed the uniqueness of human personality
IJtiiil disapproves of any rigid typology of criminals; it refuses the
4i lentism" of the positivists in favor of a strong belief in moral values—
[ itio il importantly in balancing the rights of criminals and the rights of
I »o< K-tv.
I Haw are crim es viewed and treated during the preliterate culture?
Preliterate culture dealt with crime as a matter of personal offense

krul irtribution. That most offenses in primitive cultures were dealt with
M private wrongs does not signify that crime was privately defined,
•flpiii-rally, however, community action was taken against the offender only
11 iose instances when he violated a religious taboo. Ways of determining
ill generally involved the use of ordeals and other ritual devices. As gods
B i i r considered to be the offended parties, punishment was typically
■Km. led in the form of sacrifice, often of the life of the offender.
oliat are the earliest codification o f laws which treats crim es and
I banishment?
The earliest broad laws existing, the Babylonian Code of

Ûm im urabi dates from 1900 B.C. These edicts are based on a retributive
^■Mrm of “an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth.” However, the exacting for
I l« milty corresponding to the offense was observed only when the victim
wii of the upper, or freemen group. When freemen violated the person of
rty of a serf, he might make justice by a small payment of money,
hlio i ; nave no legal rights.
Mosaic Law reflects the theocratic disposition of Hebrew society. All

PK'Ui m were moral divergence and were punishable only as transgressions
H lftin ti ?h<? will of God. Capital punishment was widely employed, as were
o. ism and exile from the community.
____________ ________________________________________
Early Greek law abides by the preliterate pattern of persof
retribution until the 6 th century B.C. when Solomon extended the rigln
initiate prosecutions to all citizens of Athens.
In Rome, the complex political and commercial life of the eni|il

resulted in prompt development of a body of civil law during the cent ml
of Roman power. Criminal justice, on the other hand, was largely do
with according to local tradition and custom; and criminal law shi.
much less development under the Caesars than did civil law. Theorclli
principle of criminal justice did not develop, and wide powers were IH'l
the discretion of the judges. During the medieval era the influence ol I
Christianity tended to consider crime under ecclesiastical law, treatim
and crimes as the same substance and nature.
What is the scope o f the study o f Crim inology?
Criminology covers the study of the origin and advancement

criminal law and penal law. Study of the origins of crimes aj
development of criminals. Likewise it centers of the following:
Crim inal dem ography - study of the correlation between crimm

and population.
Crim inal epidem iology - study of criminality in relation to apfll

distribution in a community.
Crim inal ecology - study of the connection between environnu

and criminality.
Crim inal physical anthropology - study of criminality in relation

physical constitution of men.
Crim inal psychiatry - study of human mind in relation to criminal 11
Crim inal psychology - study of human behavior in relation

criminality.
Victim ology - study of the part of the victim in the commission

crime.
VIII. What is the practice o f criminology?
Criminology as a Profession: Criminology is essentially thoughi

a branch of sociology, although the development of the new school*
criminal justice at some universities indicates a tendency to corn riv*
this science as an interdisciplinary' one, involving teams of sppcml
psychology sociology, political science, and public administration. Oul
the academic profession, where there seems to be a growing demand
trained criminologists, employment opportunities are to be found
jfcfcitfaus agencies of the federal and state governments, as well as private

fNriiit h foundations. Law enforcement agencies, prisons, and parole and
ffebutions agencies also employ many in the field, generally requiring less
M il a doctorate in formal education.
The passage of R.A. 6506 paved the way for criminology

I pinliv; unnalization; in the Philippines the license to practice the profession
■•y be obtained by passing the government regulated examination given
liy l ho Board of Criminology of the Philippine Regulatory Commission.In
Omni countries, the academic degree and recognition through publication
||p IIk most common means of professional legitimating available to the
Hjfnlnologists.
The only accredited Association of Professional Organization for

I I I .....ologists in the Philippines is the Professional Criminologist
ii iaiion of the Philippines (PCAP), which obtained accreditation from
i Iip I’KC last March 25, 1990. The Board of Criminology, PRC defines the
ti< e of Criminology as “A person is deemed to be engaged in the
I lire of Criminology if he holds himself out to the public in any of the
... iwing capacities:”
k ) 11 professor, instructor or teacher in Criminology in any university,

or school duly recognized by the government.
■ i !«w enforcement administrator, executive, adviser, consultant or agent

In tny government or private agency. As technician in dactyloscopy,
itu s, questions documents, police photography, lie detection, forensic
t-im*n11stry and other scientific asoects of crime detection.
orrectional administrator, executive supervisor, worker or officer in

i orrectional and penal institution.
counselor, expert, adviser, researcher in any government or private

I hui key on any aspects of criminal research or project involving the causes
«■ ) i line, juvenile delinquency, treatment of offenders, police operations,
Btv i iilorcement administration, scientific criminal investigation or public
|w ll>u"<* administration.
■hvilcges of certified criminologists. All certified criminologists shall be

B r n ip t from taking any other entrance or qualifying government or civil
■ tvh r: examinations and shall be considered civil service eligible to the
■Kfi'ving government positions:
• o dactylographer, o polygraph examiner,
ballistician, o probation officer,
questioned document o agents in any law
examiner, enforcement agency,
mrrectional officer, o security officer,
I law enforcement o criminal investigator, or
photographer,
o p o lic e la b o r a to r y te c h n ic ia n .
Licensed criminologists shall be eligible for appointment as a member

the PNP as P O l, provided they posses the general qualifications
appointment provided in RA 8551 and as Police Inspector using the lat«rf
entry program. PD 1080 exempts registered criminologists fr<„
government eligibility examinations.
What is a crime?
Crime is defined as an act committed or omitted violation of

public law forbidding or commanding it. It is also ascribed to as an
that violates the law of the nation.
When does crime exist?
From the legal viewpoint crime subsist when the person has In
proven guilty by the court. The main objective to this view iM II
presumption of innocence as provided for by our 1987 Constitution, ll
only after trial and the proof beyond reasonable doubt established by II
prosecution that the accused has committed it, can very assume that II
person is a criminal. From the scientific point of view, crime exists wl" ■
is reported. This is more realistic but not all reported cases arc wf
sound basis of true happening.
What are the sociological Classifications o f crimes?
The Sociological Classification o f Crimes are:

Violent personal crime, including murder, assault, forcible l p
and child molestation;
Occasional proper crime, such as shoplifting, check for)

vandalism, and some auto theft;
Occasional crime, often referred to as “white-collar crime”
Political crime, which includes treason, sedition, espmm

sabotage, military draft violations, war collaboration, and <
protests as criminal (such as guerrilla warfare engaged n/j
oppressed minorities);
Public order crime, commonly known as “victimless crlil

including drunkenness, vagrancy, prostitution or non-fon rilj
offenses, gambling, and drug addiction;
Conventional crime, compressing robbery, larceny, buryi.irv

most offenses by gangs of youths;
Organized crime, such as racketeering, commercialized vice,

control of drug traffic, and illegal gambling operations.
Professional crimes, including confidence games, forgery,

counterfeiting, and pick pocketing.
What are the Schools o f Thought in Crim inology?
Classical School of Thought by BECARRIA. Accordingly to criminologist

Bioorria, men are fundamentally a biological organism with intelligence
h i ii I rationality which control their behavior. Before man tries to do
■incthing, he tries to resolve the amount of pain they will suffer and the
•(fount of pleasure they will receive. Their future actions will depend on
llir balance of the two considerations if there will be more pain than
1*1“ i*ure, they will desist from doing the act, but if pleasure will exceed the
}imlit they will carry on their plan to commit the unlawful act. It concludes
tlmi. crime is caused by the rational effort of men to augment their
■lu su re and to minimize their pains.
of the noteworthy features of the classical school in criminology

Iim ludr:
I All people are steered by free will
p All behavior is guided by hedonism (pleasure/pain calculation)
lo All crime is the result of free will and hedonism
|o All ounishment should correspond to the offense (equal treatment
under law)
Bad people are nothing more that the outcome of bad laws
Kher major personage from the classical school is JEREMY BENTHAM

■ ) l.ii^lishman (1748-1832). Bentham's book, An Introduction to the
W h>Iples of Morals and Legislation made the following points:
Society is based on social contract which convene for the exchange
of liberties for freedoms.
All people being equally possessed of free will and the ability for
mtional thought should be treated equally
Hrople should be treated with due process and they should have
civil rights; there should be rules of evidence.
I he law should be extensively known, this is referred to as
cognoscibility, or a person being "cognizant" of the law at all times,
least in knowing what the actus reus is of each and every crime.
Utilitarianism (Bentham's version of hedonism) should be the basis
•>f social supremacy as it is for most human behavior
i*unishment should be the minimum required to discourage the
individual and others from doing or mimicking it.
•ludges should not enjoy too much discretion in sentencing;
•rnirnces should be about equal for equal crime (determinate
iiiicncing)
Neo-Classical School of Thought: This explanation accepts the fact th a

crimes are committed in accordance with the free will of men but the act u
committing a crime is modified by some causes that finally prevail upm<
the person to commit crimes. These causes are pathology, incompeten
insanity or any condition that will make it possible for the individual te
exercise free will entirely. In the study of legal provisions this is termed ui
either mitigating or exempting circumstances. The Neoclassical School of
Thought emerged between 1880 and 1920 it stressed individual
accountability and individualization of punishment. Its leading proponenll
were figures such as Gabriel Tarde (1843-1904) and his pupil Raymond
Saleilles (1898).
The general features of neoclassicism include:

o Character (not free will nor determinism) is the cause of criminalllf
o Crime and punishment should be equivalent, not essentml
proportional or "fitting”
o Imprisonment should be the customary method of punishment
o Treatment should be individualized, according to the incorrigibiii-
of temperament.
o Every punishment should consist of a measure of deterrent1 ®
exemplary but not vengeful (except for the insane who should |>
treated by other experts)
o Abolition of the death penalty
The explanation that criminals are born (Positive School o f Thought) M

Cesare Lombroso, 1835-1909.The positive school consists of the followlM
study first the natural origin of crime and then its social and I' »l
consequences in order to provide, by social and legal means, the vui i
remedies which will have the greatest effect on the various causes llifl
produced it. The "positivist school" was a social movement that exIilM
during the mid 1800s and early 1900s. The part of it that was "pnmll
was the forward-looking attitude toward social and personal bettenm «*,
the perfectibility of both society and human nature. Similar to wlmi *
mean when we use the phrase Positive Law or using law to clin iw
society.
The term "positivism" refers to a method of analysis based on Hfl

collection of observable scientific facts, its aim is to explain and i «■
importantly predict the way facts occur in uniform patterns. Positivimii I
the basis of most natural sciences, and positivist criminology in
application of positivist methods to the study of people. The p-*
school is best seen as a reaction to the armchair philosophy and throi
of the classical school.
Some of the common, defining features of the positivist school I

criminology include:
o The demand for facts and for scientific proof (determinism)
o There are body and mind differences between people (of
mens rea, or intent or reasons for committing crime are Lnnpoi'(|fl
o Punishment should fit the individual criminal, not the crime

(indeterminate sentencing, disparate sentencing, parole)
o The criminal justice system should be guided by scientific
specialists (rule by scientific elite, technocracy),
o Criminals can be treated, rehabilitated, or corrected (if not, then
they are incurable and should be put to death)
According to Cesare Lombroso, who is considered the father of

modern criminology, criminals are born with some physical,
rlmracteristics which become the causes of crimes. He advanced the
tllowing explanations to such causes :
o Criminals have a distinctive physical type;
o That there is a conspicuous born criminal type;
o That this type can be recognized by certain stigma or anomalies;
o That the stigmata are not the causes of crime but rather the
symptoms of atavism or reversion of his body to his ape-like
ancestors;
o That criminals are evolutionary degenerates;
o That this atavism and degeneracy of the body are the causes of
crime; and
c That the person who is a born criminal type cannot desist from
committing crime unless he lives under exceptionally favorable
circumstances.
h | rt are four classes of criminals: born (atavists), insane, occasional

■feniaaloids-with some atavistic characteristics, some environmental
pi torsi), and passion.
Dbroso's Checklist of Physiognomic Indicators:
Unusually short or tall o Deep, beady eyes,
height, o Beaked nose (up or down)
Small head, but large or flat nose,
face, o Strong jaw line,
Small and sloping 0 Fleshy lips, but thin
forehead, upper lip,
Receding hairline, o Mighty incisors, abnormal
Wrinkles on forehead and teeth,
face, o Small or weak chin,
Large sinus cavities or o Thin neck,
bumpy face, o Sloping shoulders, but
Large, protruding ears, large chest,
Bumps on head, o Long arms,
particularly the o Pointy, webby, snubby
1>estructiveness Center fingers or toes,
behind ear, o Tattoos on body,
Protuberances (bumps) on o SuDernumerary fingers
h ru d , and toes,
1 ligh check bones, o Asymmetry of the face,
1 tushy eyebrows, o Unusual size of the ears,
Large eye sockets, o Abnormality of the feet,
o Imbalance of the hemisphere of thr I
1. Urban sociologist w ho pioneered research on social ecology o f the < Mv

contended that social forces operating in urban areas create trim
interactions.
a. Chicago School c. Radical Crim inology
b. Conflict Crim inology d. Positivist Crim inology
2. It contends that the exploitation o f the w orking class w ould eventually

to class conflict at the end o f the capitalist system.
a. Chicago School c. Radical Crim inology
b. Conflict Crim inology d. Positivist Crim inology
3. Crim e is a function o f learning, up bringing and control parents, p rn *

teachers influence behavior.
a. Ecological forces c. Socialization forces
b. Econom ic and political forces d. Multiple forces
4. Crime is a function o f com petition for lim ited pow er and resom rr*
conflict produces crimes.
5. Crime rates are a function o f neighborhood conditions, norm nmllli I

cultural forces.
6. It originated around 1764, a crim inological theory advocated l>\ It

and Bentham. The classical theory focuses its core idea on:
a. People choose to com m it crime after w eighing the benefits n:il ■
their actions.
b. Crime is a function o f class struggle
c. Some people have biological and m ental traits that m akr 11
prone.
d. A person ’s place in the social structure determ ines his/her bi'lmviin
7. It was advocated by Karl Marx, W illiam Bonger, George Volt)

D ahrendorf during the year 1848. It centers on the view that capll di>
em phasizes com petition and w ealth and produces and economli nml
environm ent in w hich crime is inevitable.
a. Classical theory c. Positivist theory
b. Marxist/Conflict theory d. Sociological theory
8. It started around the year 1810, w hose core idea is the fact th »i him
degeneracies are the causes o f crime.
a. Classical theory c. Positivist theory
b. Marxist/Conflict theory d. Sociological theory
9. The sociological theory which started in the year 1897 contend* il

a. People choose to com m it crime after w eighing the bcnrfiln wiMl
their actions.
b. Crime is a function o f class struggle
B rih' people have biological and m ental traits that m ake them crime
■pi wnn’s place in the social structure determ ines his/her behavior.
lie of violence or intim idation designed to frighten people considered

ilc because o f religion, sexual orientation, ethnic origin or race,
'( i i m e s c. D iscrim inatory crimes
crimes d. Oppressive crimes
fciines designed to im prove the financial or social position o f a criminal,

.mic crimes c. Instrum ental crimes
ive crimes d. W hite collar crimes
hnli.h tnat offenders adhere to conventional values while drifting into

J ni illegal behavior, in order to drift; they m ust overcom e m oral and
VuIhci
ilizution theory c. Rational theory
lllili ni Ih eoiy d. Modern theory
Mi l i t t o Freud it is the ability to learn about the consequences o f

i I hrough experience.
Illv principle c. Pain principle
n principle d. All o f the foregoing
i Ii ff i•i m
n I hut used to describe m otorists w ho assault each other.
T il i h u t ' c. Predation
hate crime d. Anarchy
H u o f a large num ber o f people over time by an offender w ho seeks

|n i li’ lrction.
5*1 in,."' c. Hate crime
•u 111 iK crime d. Serial m urder
inter program that disrupts or destroys existing program s and

I.
c. Com puter glitch
S | il d. All o f the foregoing
Ttu a <Imt violate the m oral order in w hich there is no actual target and
T| ii wholi is considered the victim.
c. Serial crimes
THi i nines d. Victim less crimes
Ui..11 is com m itted when m em bers o f a group are prevented from

lf|l»u Inllrst potential because o f status bias.
c. Crim es o f repression
d. Discrim inative crimes
"I criminal behavior involving research on the links between

■ N <il ri mes and criminals.
typology c. Crim inology
piilngy d. All o f the foregoing
20. A branch o f crim inology that exam ines change in crim inal career over the
life course. v
a. Strain theory c. Developm ental theory
b. Differential Association theory d. Biosocial theory
21. Refers to the m ental processes o f crim inals in action.

a. Crim inogenic process c. Hum an behavior
b. Crim inal behavior d. Crim inal sychodynam ics
22. Refers to m orbid propensity to make love.

a. Erotom ania c. Megalom ania
b. Logom acy d. Dipsom ania
23. He developed a system o f classifying crim inals according to bodily

measurem ents, his method o f identification centered on the fact that no two
individuals are alike in all dimensions.
a. Dr. Charles G oring c. RH Goddard
b. Alphonse Bertillon d. John Howard
24. This school on crime causation em phasized econom ic determ inism and
concentrated on the need for equality am ong all citizen. Th ey provided
statistical data w hich claim ed to show that variations in crim e rates ar
associated with variations in econom ic conditions.
a. Carthographic School
b. Socialist School
c. Psychiatric School
d. Sociological and Social-Psychological School
25. This school on crim e causation is prim arily concerned w ith tin
distribution o f crimes in certain areas Doth social and geographical.
a. Carthographic School
b. Socialist School
c. Psychiatric School
d. Sociological and Social-Psychological School
26. The study o f victim ology, w hich deals on the role o f the victim in tlir'
com m ission o f a crime is also referred to as:
a. Crime target c. Crim inal ecology
b. Crim inal anthropology d. Crim inal psychology
27. Jose a 16 year old child, usually com m its petty crim es as a form c»|
rebellion brought about by com m unication gap, disrespect and conflict witfc
his parents m ay be classified as a:
a. Environm ental delinquent c. Psychiatric delinquent
b. Em otional m aladjusted delinquent d. Juvenile delinquent
28. This specific theory o f crim inal law argues that crime is essentiallv ■
m orbid and m ental phenom enon and as such it cannot be solely treated I
the application o f abstract principles o f jurisprudence.
a. Classical Theory c. Neo-classical theory
b. Positive Theory d. Modern theory
2 9 . This explains that crim e is a result o f free w ill o f men; but com m itted due
to some com pelling reasons that prevailed upon the person to com m it a crime,
u. Classical School o f Thought c. Positive School o f Thought
I). Neo Classical School o f Thought d. Italian School o f Thought
AO. This School o f Thought advocated that crim inals are essentially born,
u. Classical School o f Thought c. Positive School o f Thought
h. Neo Classical School o f Thought d. Clinical School o f Thought
) 1. Those who com m it crim es because they are pushed to it by inducement,

reward or prom ise w ithout considering its consequences,
m Passive inadequate crim inals c. Socialized delinquents
11 Active aggressive crim inals d. Chronic criminals
32. This theory in the causes o f crime states that crime m ay be caused by one
or more factors, while in other instances caused by another set o f factors.
m Single theory c. M ultiple factor theory
l;i U nitary cause theory d. Eclectic theory
U. Refers to the reversion o f man to his apelike ancestor,

a. Stigm ata c. Anom aly
l.i Atavism d. All o f the foregoing
H. The study o f the relationship betw een facial features and hum an conduct
ill it person in relation to his crimes.
[( Craniology c. Physiognom y
ft* Phrenology d. A ll o f the above
J?>. Claim ed that the shape of the head o f crim inals is different from that o f
linn criminals.
• Lavator c. Casare Becarria
b Cesare Lom broso d. Franz Joseph Spurzheim
Hi Tem peram ent o f persons characterized generally by relaxation o f the body,

luvcs luxury and comfort.
I kom otonic c. M esom orphic
I k Cerebrotonic d. Viscero tonic
[IT' According to Kretchm er, this type o f physique is generally stout with
i in 11 id bodies. Persons o f this type com m it deception, fraud and violence.
m l*yknik type c. Asthenic type
Athletic type d. Mixed type
l'rrsons o f m ixed type physique tend to com m it w hat particular crim es?
& Deception and fraud c. Petty thievery
i' Violence d. Offenses against decency
B v Sheldon noted that this type o f physique have relatively predom inant
■Daclcsk bone and m otor organs o f the body.
A Endom orphic c Ectom orphic
1, Mesom orphic d. Viscerotonic
#0 T'hcy ure skinny and slender type persons w ho com m it petty thievery.
i
a. Pyknik c. Asthenic
b. Athletic d. Mixed
41. A tem peram ent w ith active dynam ic gestures and characterized by
aggressive and assertive behavior.
a. Viscerotonic c. Cerebrotonic
b. Rom otonic d. M esom orphic
42. Relatively predom inance o f the skin and its appendages which includes
the nervous system, lean fragile and delicate bodies.
a. Endom orphic c. Ectom orphic
b. M esom orphic d. Romotonic
43. Known as the “M other o f Crim inals”

a. M argaret Juke c. A da Kallikak
b. A da Juke d. Ada Edwards
44. Claim ed that crim e is an expression o f the m ental content o f tin

individual.
a. Healy c. Cyril Burt
b. Brom berg d. Abraham sen
45. Coined in the form ula, “Crim inal behavior equals crim inalistic tendencir*
plus crim e inducing situation, divided b y the person ’s m ental or emotionnl
resistance to tem ptation.”
46. Stated that crim inality is a result o f em otional immaturity.

47. Stated that the cause o f delinquency is the faulty developm ent o f the clillil
during the first few years o f his life.
a. Aichorn c. Brom berg
b. Healy d. Abraham sen
48. Developed the psycho-analytical theory o f hum an personality and crirrml

a. Aichorn c. Healy
b. Sigmund Freud d. Brom berg
49. Refers to the conscience o f man.

a. Ego c. Super ego
b. Id d. Spirit
50. It behaves only in terms o f the pleasure principle.

a. Ego c. Super ego
b. Id d. Spirit
51. A m ental deficiency which makes a person incapable o f man'H-mg

themselves, and their m entality is that o f a child 2 to 7 years o f age.
a. Idiots c. Feeble-m indedness
b. Imbeciles d. Epileptics
52. Com plete loss o f consciousness and general contraction o f the muscles.
a. Seizures c. Petit mal
I). Grand mal d. Jacksonian type
53. Mild or incom plete loss o f consciousness and contraction o f the muscles.
B. Seizures c. Petit mal
b. Grand mal d. Jacksonian type
6 4 . Localized contraction of the m uscles with or w ithout loss of

Consciousness.
a. Seizures c. Petit mal
h. Grand mal d. Jacksonian type
65. Better attained when the group is hom ogenous, isolated, undisturbed by
migration and cultural clash.
• Containm ent c. Social organization
11 . Disorganization d. Im itation suggestion theory
ft(i. It was m aintained that a person pursues a crim inal behavior to the extent
Hi mi he identifies h im self w ith a real or im aginary person from whose
I"i spective his crim inal behavior seems acceptable.
. Differential identification theory c. D ifferential social disorganization
Imitation suggestion theory d. Conflict o f culture theory
'■/ Argues that delinquency and crim e patterns are learned and adopted,
ii I >ifferential identification theory c. Differential social disorganization
l»' Imitation suggestion theory d. Conflict o f culture theory
High crim es and delinquency rates is explained by exposure to diverse

....I incongruent standards and code.
Differential identification theory c. Differential social disorganization
Imitation suggestion theory d. Conflict o f culture theory
fl'i I'.xplains hum an behavior and the experiences w hich helps determ ine the
11. 11 ii 11 o f a personality as a reacting mechanism.
i tiandell index to crim inality c. Crim inogenoc process
I• < nme rate d. Hum an behavior
fcn \ lulse belief about self, caused by morbidity. -

• Illusion c. Erotom ania
i ii'Susion d. M elanchola
#i This form s part o f m an ’s physical organization betw een his sensory

[# ll.... I. on one hand and his m otor activity on the other.
^■po c. Super ego
d. Spirit
■ |. fchpluins that the person before com m itting a crim e is likely to feel
lit ih 11 >11 v . resentful and unsatisfied.
■ frustration c. External inhibition
lui-i mil inhibition d. Contact w ith reality
63. Refers to the balance o f “gain and loss” that a person m ay experience if he
com m its a given crime.
a. Situational crim e potential c. Contact w ith reality
b. Potential satisfaction d. Need frustration
64. Extent to w hich a person can learn from his past experiences, especially
his m istakes, to the extent to w hich he can evaluate accurately the present
situation and foresee the consequences o f his action to the future.
a. Situational crime potential c. Contact w ith reality
b. Potential satisfaction d. Need frustration
65. Called dem entia praecox, which is a form o f psychosis characterized by

thinking disturbance and regression.
a. Mental deficiency c. Schizophrenia
b. Im becility d. Epilepsy
66. Persons whose m entality m ay be com pared to that o f a 2 year old child.
a. Idiots c. Feeble-m indedness
b. Im beciles d. Moral defectiveness
67. Uncontrollable urge to do something.

a. Schizophrenic c. Epileptic
b. Idiocy d. Com pulsive neurosis
68. Com pulsive desire to set fire.

a. Dipsom ania c. Kleptom ania
b. Pyrom ania d. Hom ophobia
69. Com pulsive desire to drink alcohol.

b. Pyrom ania d. Hom ophobia
70. Irresistible urge to kill somebody.

b. Pyrom ania d. Hom icidal com pulsion
71. A m ental disorder in which the person thinks o f h im self as great nfl
exalted.
a. Hallucination c. Erotom ania
b. Delusion d. Megalom ania
72. Morbid craving for the dead. A perversion wherein gratification is achirvmt
b y having sexual intercourse with or m utilation o f a dead body.
a. M egalom ania c. Necrophilia
b. Erotom ania d. Autophobia
73. A statem ent w hich says w e have no crime if we have no criminal law.
a. Ignorantia legis c. Dura lex sed lex
b. Logom acy d. None o f the foregoing
74. The attem pt to correlate the frequency o f crim e between parents i n

children or siblings.
a. M elancholia c. Logomacy
b. M egalom ania d. Biom etry
75. Transm ission o f physical characteristics, m ental traits, tendency to

disease from parents to offspring.
n. DNA c. H eredity
I). Inheritance d. All o f the foregoing
7<). He advocated the Positivist Theory or the Italian School o f Thought, and
claimed that crim inals are born with some physical defects w hich in turn
become the causes o f crimes.
n. Cesare Lom broso c. Alphonse Bertillon
I). Cesare Becarria d. Charles Goring
77. According to crim inologists, crim es exists when:

ft A person has been convicted in court o f felony
b It is com m itted by a certain person
i When police authorities are inform ed in such com m ission
11 All o f the above
rn, A stab B at the back, killing the latter instantly, it was com m itted at Sales
Ml i ret, M anila and A left for Laguna to escape captivity for his felony. W hat
I v|«' of crime did he com m it?
n Extinctive Crime c. Static crime
b Acquisitive Crime d. Continuing crime
TO The theory o f crim inal law w hich is based on hum an free will and the
IMii pose o f the penalty is retribution is referred to as the?
m , Classical Theory c. Positivist Theory
ft Neo Classical Theory d. Neo-Positivist Theory
Bit (1 wanted to kill AJ, G shot AJ w hile the latter was w alking to school as a
nil AJ died, the act was to be classified as a:
n , Attempted felony c. Consum m ated felony
r i ustrated felony d. A ll o f the above
II Ail American authority in crim inology who first considered crim inology as
h irnce.
Jft. W Garofalo c. Edwin H. Sutherland
W A. Bonger d. George L. W ilker
I, It is considered as the m axim um penalty for any crime under the

bili|i|iine Penal Law?
I truth by lethal injection c. Reclusion temporal
Krolusion perpetua d. Prision mayor
A mental disorder characterized by brooding and depression o f spirits.

Hallucination c. Masochism
Mr-lnnchola d. M egalom ania
Whi ch am ong the following is not considered an origin o f crim inal law?
( ilminul law originated from tort(quasi-deli) or private w rong
( i l mi nal law originated from the local process o f a disorganized society
c. Crim inal law originated from developm ent o f customs, usage and
traditions
d. Crim inal law originated from conflict o f interest betw een different social
groups
85. Argued that crim inology can never be a science.

a. R. Garofalo c. R.H. Goddard
b. W.A. Bonger d. George L. W ilker
86. In a situation w hen an offender comes to possession o f som ething out of

the com m ission o f the crime, w hat type o f crime he has com m itted?
a. Extinctive crime c. Static crime
b. Acquisitive crime d. Episoidal crime
87. International authority in crim inology w ho classified crimes by motives ot

the offenders
a. R. Garofalo c. R.H. Godard
b. W.A. Bonger d. George L. W ilker
88. It refers to crimes, w hich occur w ith sufficient regularity, and is used iia
the basis in determ ining the peace and order situation in a particular locality
a. Simple crim es c. Index crimes
b. Com plex crim es d. Non-index crimes
89. It is defined as an act com m itted or om itted in violation o f a public

forbidding or com m anding it.
a. Felony c. Delinquency
b. Tort d. All o f the above
90. Generally, the study o f Crim inology has not gained acceptance tia til
science, however it m ay be considered as an applied science. W hat do we r#fl i
to when we apply forensic chemistry, legal medicine, ballistics, question!
docum ents in crim e detection and investigation?
a. Crim inalistics c. Forensics
b. Instrum entation d. All o f the above
91. Ballistics is the study o f firearms and bullets. Who has been recognizrcl .
the Father o f Ballistics?
a. Col. Calvin H. Goddard c. Hans Gross
b. Albert Osborn d. Cesare Lombroso
92. Refers to the study o f hum an mind in relation to criminality.

a. Crim inal epidiom iology c. Criminal etiology
b. Crim inal psychiatry d. Crim inal ecology
93. W hen we refer to the fact that our penal laws is applicable equally In
persons what particular principle o f crim inal law do w e refer?
a. Territoriality c. Extra-territoriality
b. Generality d. Prospectivity
94. It deals specifically w ith the study o f the relationsnip between crimnm'
and population, wherein direct proportionality is applied between the !w<
a. Crim inal Epidem ology c. Criminal Dem ography
b. Crim inal Ecology d. Crim inal Physical A nthropolgy
95. It has been said that the victim plays an im portant role in the com m ission
of crimes. W hat do w e refer to the study that focuses on such part o f the
victim in crim es?
a. Crim inal Psychology c. Victim ology
I). Crim inal Psychiatry d. Crim inal Ecology
96. In its narrow er sense, crim inology is the scientific study o f crim es and
c riminals. W hich am ong the follow ing is not considered part o f its extended
iicientific study?
ii Investigation o f the nature o f crim inal law and its application
l' Analysis o f the causation o f crimes
C Crime prevention
d Control and rehabilitation o f offenders
Study o f crim inality in relation to spatial distribution in a comm unity.

Crim inal dem ography c. Crim inal anthropology
I' Crim inal epidiom ology d. Crim inal ecology
W hen the offender has used his free w ill and intended to com m it a
i iMiain crime w hile being sane, he has com m itted w hat type o f crime?
«. kutional crim e c. Instant crime
Ii 11 rational crime d. Blue collar crime
B V According to the type o f offenders, crim es m ay be duly classified. If a

Bfcui rnacist has adulterated the production o f certain drugs not w ithin the
B ftndurds set by BFAD, w hat crim e did he com m it?
L n ofessional crim e c. Blue collar crime
Ii W hue collar crim e d. Rational crime
I nil When crim es are com m itted w ith m alicious desire it is said that it has
n '-ommitted with?
it I >r( eit c. Negligence
I11u 1 1t d. Im prudence
I The application o f science to law.

Instrum entation c. Forensics
( ( "in in alistics d. All o f the foregoing
| Austrian m agistrate w ho is considered as the father o f criminalistics.

I Inns Gross c. Leon Lottes
Alphonse Bertillion d. Albert Osborne
» I fa th e r o f questioned docum ent examination.

■ H u n s Gross c. Leon Lottes
{ 1 honse Bertillion d. Albert Osborne
■ irnce o f fingerprinting.
Ii 1’ttr'yloscopy c. Penology
k I'hlygrmphy d. Ballistics
105. Crimes w hich occur per 100,000 population per month. It is lli«
theoretical basis which determ ines peace and order situation.
a. Index crimes c. Crime rate
b. Non index crime d. Crime statistics
106. The end result o f the crim inal act is destructive.

a. Instant crime c. Extinctive crime
b. Acquisitive crim e d. Static crime
107. Those crim es com m itted by ordinary crim inals to maintain tlirh
livelihood.
a. W hite-collar crim es c. Professional crimes
b. Blue collar crim es d. All o f the foregoing
108. Lowest form o f crim inal career. They lack organization and requltr
lim ited skill.
a. Ordinary crim inals c. Acute criminals
b. Professional crim inals d. Chronic criminals
109. Persons w ho violate the law because o f the im pulse o f the moment, I'll g l
passion or anger or extrem e jealousy.
a. Norm al crim inals c. Chronic criminals
b. Ordinary crim inals d. Acute criminals
110. Those who com m it crimes in an im pulsive m anner usually dur in

aggressive behavior o f the offender. Such is clearly m anifested in crimt f l
passion, revenge or resentment.
a. Passive inadequate crim inals c. Socialized delinquents
b. Active aggressive crim inals d. Chronic criminals
111. Murder, assault, forcible, rape and child m olesting are crim es which aifi
sociologically classified as:
a. Occasional proper crim es c. Conventional crimes
b. Violent personal crim es d. Occasional crimes
112. Shoplifting, auto theft, vandalism and forgery m ay be considered as:

b. Violent personal crim es d. Occasional crimes
113. W hich am ong the follow ing is classified as professional crim es?
a. Forgery c. Confidence games
b. Counterfeiting d. All o f these
114. Occasional crim es are also know n as:

a. Blue collar crim es c. Incidental crimes
b. W hite collar crim es d. Accidental crimes
115. Sedition, espionage, sabotage, treason are sociologically referred to as:

b. Political crim es d. Occasional crimes
116. Public order crimes like vagrancy, prostitution, gambling, drug flddicllmi
are also known as:
Blue collar crim es c. Incidental crim es

I). White collar crim es d. Victim less crimes
117. W hich am ong the follow ing is not considered as conventional crim es?
n. Robbery c. Larceny
[b Offenses by gangs o f youth d. Non forced sex offenses
118. W hich am ong the foregoing is not classified as form s o f organized

■mes?
a Control o f drug traffic c. Racketeering
b. Illegal gam bling operations d. None o f these
I I 1). Th ey are persons who continue to com m it crim inal acts as opposed to
most crim inal offenders who discontinue their antisocial activity.
Chronic offenders c. Recidivists
b. Career crim inals d. Both a and B
120. A m ethod popularized by Cesare Lom broso undertaken by studying

nnninals in an effort to scientifically determ ine w hether law violators were
physically different from people o f conventional values and behavior.
* Social positivism c. Biological determ inism
b Chicago School d. Sociological crim inology
I 2 I . A field o f sociology w hich scientifically studies the m ajor social changes

pd its effects and im pact to criminality.
I t Social positivism c. Biological determ inism
B Chicago School d. Sociological crim inology
I . ... Tfie first w ritten crim inal code developed in Babylonia about 2000 B.C.
u Code o f Kalantiao c. Sum akawel Code
b Code o f Ham m urabi d. Codico Penal
123. This approach made use o f social statistics that were being developed in
■Urope in the early 19th century that provided im portant dem ographic
Information on the population, including density, gender, religious affiliations
"(I wealth. M any o f the relationships betw een crim e and social phenom ena
Identified then still serve as basis for crim inology study.
B <ârtoraphic School o f crim inology c. Sociological crim inology
Ii ( Conflict Crim inology d. M arxist Crim inology
■ 2 4 Theft o f an autom obile by threat or force.

t irn appin g c. Robbery
b ( 'arjacking d. None o f these
■ 3 5 . Violent acts directed toward a particular person o f m em bers o f a group

i'-ly because the target share a discernible racial, ethnic, religious or
B o ld e r characteristic.
ft Mias crim es c. Social crim es
I I I late crim es d. Both A and B
(26. The best known and m ost w idely cited source o f official crim inal
al ut i:;l ics.
ii lnt< rpol c. Uniform Crim e Report
b. Victim ization Survey d. FBI
127. Crime is a function o f free w ill and personal choices and punishm ent is a
deterrent to crime.
a. Internal forces c. M ultiple forces
b. Situational forces d. Socialization forces
128. Crim inology, which is the study o f crimes and crim inals was derived
from w hat field o f study?
a. Forensics c. Sociology
b. Law d. Penology
129. Crime is a function o f chemical, neurological, genetic, personality,

intelligence or m ental traits.
a. Internal forces c. M ultiple forces
b. Situational forces d. Socialization forces
130. W hen m ultiple forces are considered such as biological, social

psychological, econom ic and political forces which combine to produce crim
W hat m ajor perspective o f crim inology is used?
a. Conflict perspective c. Process perspective
b. Developm ental perspective d. Choice perspective
SOC CRIM II. CRIM INAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
CRIM INAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Defined
Defined as “The machinery of the state or government which

enforces the rules of conduct necessary to protect life, liberty arid
property and maintain peace and order”. “Criminal Justice com prise
all the means used to enforce those standards of conduct which an
deemed necessary to protect individual and to maintain genernl
community well-being. In broad terms, a system of criminal justi<c
creates the laws governing social behavior, attempt to preveni
violation of the laws, and apprehends, judges, and punishes those
who do violate them.
What com prises the Philippine Crim inal Justice System?
The Criminal Justice System of the Philippine setting consist of five

pillars, to wit:
Police or Law Enforcement
Prosecution
Courts
Corrections or Correctional Institution
Community
Compared with the three Processes of Criminal Justice System of in

the United State are as follows:
Police or Law Enforcement

Courts
Correction or Correctional Institution
What are the goals of the criminal justice system?

The Primary goals of the CJS are:
o Maintenance of peace and order;
o Protect member of society
Secondary goals or sub-goals:

o Prevention of crime
o The review of legality of prevention and suppressivemeasures
o The judicial determination of guilt or innocence of those
apprehended
o The proper disposition of those who have been legally found
guilty
o The correction by socially approved means of the behavior of
those who violate the criminal law
o The suppression of criminal conduct by apprehending
offenders for whom prevention is ineffective.
What is Police or Law Enforcem ent?
The police are an agency of the state, government and

I community that is primarily responsible for maintaining public order
I Hiid preventing and detecting crime. The fundamental police mission
by preventing crimes and preserving order by enforcing the law was
li unhanged in ancient societies as it is today in sophisticated urban
■ ivironments. A police department's goals are to prevent crime,

investigate crime and apprehend offenders, control traffic, maintain
unler, and deal with emergencies and disasters. POLICE serves as the
Hi s! line of defense in the Criminal Justice System the police are
■ "iisidered the “Initiators of Action” that other components/pillars
must act upon to attain its goals or objectives in the process.
Whdt Com prises The Philippine Law Enforcem ent System?
The Philippine Law Enforcem ent System consists of:
The Philippine National Police which serves as the primary law

pulbrcement agency of the Philippines, it is civilian in character and
initmnal in scope, created by RA 6975 otherwise known as the DILG
I Ai l of 1990, the PNP is administered and controlled by the National
<lice Commission with the secretary of the DILG as its chairman and
1 1 aiding officer.
The National Bureau o f Investigation - Created by KA 157 um It i
the Department of Justice undertakfs scientific crime investigaii...... I
high profile crimes/hexnous crimes or any other offense upon lh|
order of the Secretary of Justice as the public interest may requin Ii
is the oldest law enforcement agency and serves as our natiornj
clearing house.
The Philippine Drug Enforcem ent Agency Under the Office ol IIn-
president it is the implementing arm of the Dangerous Drugs BnnfJ
created by RA 9165 to serve as our primary law enforcement agent y iu
implement the provisions of RA 9165 relative to unlawful acts un®
penalties involving dangerous drugs and or its precursor and essentUj
chemical and investigate all violators and other matters involvt tl in
the commission of any crime relative to the use, abuse or trafficking iif
any dangerous drug and/or controlled precursor and essentid
chemical as provided for in RA 9165 and the provisions of PD 16l l),
What are the Prim ary Police Functions?

o Crime prevention
o Criminal Apprehension
o Order Maintenance
o Public Services and
o Traffic regulation and motor accident investigation
W hat is Prosecution?
Prosecution is the course of action or process whereby accusation^

are brought before a court of justice to determine the innocence (»r
guilt of the accused. Under Philippine jurisdiction it performs mi
executive function since it is under the Department of Justin
National Prosecution Service - NPS is under the supervision and
control of the Department of Justice and is tasked as tIn-
prosecutorial arm of the government.
What is a Prelim inary Investigation?
Preliminary investigation is an inquiry or proceeding for IIn

purpose of determining whether there is sufficient ground to engend' i
a well founded belief that a crime cognizable by the Regional Triui
Court has been committed and that the suspect is probably guiliy
thereof, and should be held for trial. Preliminary Investigation has t.h*
following objectives:
o To protect the innocent against hasty, oppressive anil
malicious prosecution;
o To secure the innocent from an open and public accusation <>I
trial, from trouble expense and anxiety of a public trial; and
o To protect the state from useless and expensive trial.

- N N ii i u k u u i u t iM io u m i LAjim in/i i ■'-’ n/A»t»ISEBsMEIi||NT REVIEWER
VlM t is Probable Cause?
Probable Cause as basis in ch argin g/p r)r0secuttting p erson w ith

■IIit for an o ffen se. It refers to the existetence of|f such facts and
Hit umstances as would excite the belief, in a * rea so n a b le mind, acting
•i the facts within the knowledge of the pros3Secutorn-) that the person
I Inn k<’ was guilty of the crime for which he w aas prosecuted.
Probable Cause as grou nd fo r an arrrrest otjr issu an ce o f a

<■iunt o f arrest. Probable Cause is such fsfacts an^d circumstances,
Mfliii Ii would lead a reasonably discreet and [ prudetmt man to believe
• -«i I Ilie person has committed an offence, souUght to I be arrested.
Probable Cause as a p ro te c tio n against t false | p ro se cu tio n and

i f r o t Probable Cause is the knowledge of facets, ac-tual or apparent,
|rong enough to justify a reasonable man irin the b e lie f that he has
IhwIiiI grounds for arresting the accused.
What are C ou rts?
Also known as tribunals it refers to a l b r a n c h of government

p u b lish e d to administer the civil and crimmnal law... The more usual
!(■ peral classifications are courts of record ai\nd counts not of record;
i mills of superior jurisdiction and courts of irinferior jurisdiction; trial
uits and appellate courts; and civil courtrts and criminal courts.
■Courts with special, limited jurisdictions are 1 knownj by the names of
f imi ' jurisdictions. For example, probate or r surrogate's courts are
%ilmnals dealing with the probate of wills ; and tl]be disposition of
pillules; military courts have jurisdiction ove:er violations by military
Blmonnel; and admiralty courts have jurisdiciction o^ver cases arising
mi maritime contracts and from violations o t m a r i t i j me iaw.
Where is ju d ic ia l p ow er v e s te d ?
I n the Philippines judicial power which is s vested^ in the Supreme

t in irt, Court of Appeals, Regional Trial Courts § and si^ch other Inferior
mrts as may be established by law includes t the foregoing:
To pass upon the validity or constitutionality ,0f the laws of the
State and the acts of the other brancjches a r -^ department of
government;
To interpret and construe them;
To render authoritative judgments; and d
It also includes the incidental powers runecessa^j-y to the effective
discharge of the judicial functions such h as the- power to punish
persons adjudge in contempt and issue e w a rran ts of arrest after
due process has been observed.
CRIM INAL JUSTICE EDUCATION - GU^je V AR A 4ft31

W hat are the functions o f the court?
“The primary functions of any court system in any nation - to

help keep domestic peace. As social order would be destroyed. In this
most basic sense, court constitutes an essential element in society
machinery for keeping peace. The court as a passive instrument
decides on controversies referred to it and administer the Philippine
Legal System.
What is the Suprem e Court?
The Supreme Court: It shall be composed of a Chief Justice and

fourteen Associate Justices and may sit either en banc or its
discretion, in division of three, five, or seven members. Any vacancy
shall be filled within ninety days from occurrence thereof. The
Supreme Court shall have administrative supervision over all courts
and the personnel thereof. Likewise the Supreme Court en banc shall
have the power to discipline judges of lower court or order their
dismissal by a vote of a majority of its member who actually took pai I
in the deliberations on the issues in the case and voted thereon.
What is the Court o f Appeals?
Court of Appeals (Regular Courts): It shall be composed of a

Presiding Justice and Associate Justices who shall be appointed b v
the President of the Philippines (Sec. 3, B.P Big. 129 as amended by
Exec. Order No. 33). It operates in 10 divisions, each comprising ol
five members. It only sits in en banc to exercise ceremonial,
administrative or other non-adjudicatory functions.
W hat are the Inferior Courts?
Regional Trial Court (Regular Courts): One which is presided Itv

720 Regional Trial Judges in each regions of the country. !|
jurisdiction of criminal cases are said to be general. The so-called
Inferior Courts (Regular Courts) : There shall be created m
Metropolitan Trial Court in each metropolitan areas established liy
law. a Municipal Trial Court in each of the other cities m
municipalities, and a Municipal Circuit Trial Court in each circtfB
comprising such cities and/ or municipalities are grouped togetlu i
pursuant to law (Sec. 25, Batasang Pambansa Big. 129)
W hat is the Sandiganbayan?
The Sandiganbayan (Special Courts): A special court taskrd m

handle criminal cases involving graft in corruption and other ofl'enii
committed by public officers and employees in connection with- il
■
performance of their functions or the so-called service-connected

duties. The creation of the Sandiganbayan was made possible by
virtue of Presidential Decree No. 1606.
When m ust the court render its decisions?
Maximum Period of the rendition of the Decision: Article VIII, Section

15 of the 1987 Constitution, provides that the courts must decide or
resolve a matter or case within the following period from date of
Niibmission, to wit:
I Supreme Court - within Twenty-four(24) months.
( ourts of Appeals and other Collegiate Appellate Courts - within
lwelve(12) months.
Inferior Courts-within three (3) m onths unless reduced by the
upreme Court.
What is Corrections?
Corrections is the community reaction to law enforcement, it is

I fonown as the pillar of rehabilitation, it serves to treat convicted law
, violators in the aim to transform them into law abiding, productive
I mud responsible members of society.
[ What is the purpose o f Correction?
Purpose of Sentencing/Correction: It is the “preventive effect

which may be actual or threatened punishment to be rendered upon
B « hv potential offender” The doctrine of deterrence shows the aim of
Ilie state to prevent crime in order to have a peaceful society.
Win i(ever opinions of some authorities to the contrary, it cannot be
I denied that this doctrine has preventive effect to criminal activities
I ..... pared to other social restraints.
I Wliat are the agencies involved in corrections?
■ Rrv Agencies Responsible for Corrections:

! o The Bureau of Corrections - tasked for the treatment and
rehkbilitation of national prisoners, which is under the
Department of Justice.
Provincial jail is under the administration and supervision by
their respective provincial government. (Sec. 61, R.A. 6975)
The Bureau of Jail Management and Penology (BJMP) shall
exercise supervision and control over all city and municipal
jails. (Sec. 61, R.A. 6975)
Mint is the role o f the com m unity in the adm inistration o f the
Iminal justice system?
b i u m n u L u u i L i i . K n « U K E E X A M IN A T IO N /A B B E B B M E N T K E V 1 E W K N
The most important Pillar: The community has an unparalleled roll Ifl
the criminal justice system. In this connection community underslond
to mean as “elements that are mobilized and energized to help II
authorities in effectively addressing the law and order concerned nl
the citizenry. As one of the pillar or component of the Criminal Jusllt i
System, the community with its massive membership has vn I
responsibility in law enforcement. The citizens can achieve these roll
by identifying offenders, giving data about the illegal activity m
cohorts of the criminals, the proliferation of organized crime find
syndicates, volunteering as witnesses, and adapting precautionm i
and remedial measures to diminish crime.
1. It refers to the opposing parties in a crim inal contest.

a. Prosecution c. Both A and B
b. Defense d. Litigants
2. Prim ary role o f the court in the adm inistration o f the Crim inal Just hi"
System
a. Interpretation o f the law c. Help Keep Dom estic Peace
b. Deciding Controversies d. Adm inistration of the Irgd
profession
3. It means judges in general

a. Bench c. Magistrates
b. Bar d. Justices
4. Persons authorized to practice the legal profession.

a. Bench c. Attorney at Law
b. Bar d. Lawyer
5. The follow ing are types o f jurisdiction, except;

a. Jurisdiction over the subject m atter
b. Jurisdiction over the Place where the crime was comm itted
c. Jurisdiction over the person
d. Jurisdiction as to the territory
6. It means trial am ong peers.

a. Open trial . c. Kangaroo Court
b. Trial by Jury d. Barangay Justice System
7. The duty o f the arresting officer involving arrests made involving fugitive n
from justice;
a. Deliver the person arrested to the court;
b. Deliver the person arrested to the nearest jail
c. Deliver the person arrested to the nearest police station
d. Either B or C
8. The extraordinary power vested to the law enforcers.

a. Power o f Arrest c. P o w er'o f Seizure
b. Power o f Detention d. Both A and C

[I unrtments made for com m on benefit and protection.

I c. Jurisprudence
|i ,Justice d. All o f these
III Refers to the current interpretation o f the law

B , Lmw c . Jurisprudence
It ju stice d. All o f these
I I A hcjdy officially assem bled under authority o f law in w hich ju dicial power
Id M ltrd or the adm inistration o f ju stice is delegated.
M, <'ourt c. Corrections
Prosecution d. Law Enforcem ent
Mundated by law to bring to ju stice all crim inal cases for action and prove
in ililt o f the accused beyond reasonable doubt.
Prosecution c. Corrections
It Courts d. Tribunal
I t A body o f civil authority tasked to m aintain peace and order, enforce the
mv protect life, liberty and property and ensure public safety.
II Police c. Prosecution
11 Court d. Corrections
i I System o f taking caxe o f the custody, rehabilitation and treatm ent o f

Hpraons convicted o f com m itting a crime.
Police c. Prosecution
11 Court d. Corrections
i '’he Anti Graft and Corrupt Practices Act.

K t Act No. 3815 c. RA 6425
Ife PD 971 d. RA 3019
Law w hich created the National Bureau o f Investigations.

RA 6975 c. RA 157
b RA 8551 d. RA 147
I 7 The agency under the Departm ent o f Finance tasked to enforce tariff
mlies in all Philippine seaports and airports.
* Bureau o f Customs c. Bureau o f Quarantine
k Bureau o f Internal Revenue d. Maritim e Industry A uthority
) h J The Bureau o f Im m igration and Deportation, which is tasked to enforce

1'liilippine Im m igration Laws, is an attached agency of:
* Departm ent o f the Interiors and Local Governm ent
II Departm ent o f Justice
I Departm ent o f Foreign Affairs
M Departm ent o f Tourism
I'l. It regulates m arine and shipping industry and oversees the worthiness o f
* II sea-going vessels.
t. Maritim e Industry Authority (MARINA)
^ Philippine Ports Authority
| Philippine Wavy

d. Philippine Coast Guard
20. It is m andated by law to operate against fake and pirated VHS, VCD, Cl)
and DVD form at tapes.
a. Video Gram Regulatory Board c. BIR
b. MTRCB d. Intellectual Property Office
21. The Intellectual Property office w hich is m andated to operate against tht
violations o f the copy right and intellectual property law is under the:
a. Departm ent o f Finance
b. Departm ent o f Trade and Industry
c. Departm ent o f Justice
d. Departm ent o f the Interiors and Local Government.
22. It investigates and arrests unscrupulous m anufacturers and makers of

substandard food and drugs w ithout license and permit.
a. Bureau o f Food and Drugs c. D epartm ent o f Health
b. Bureau o f Quarantine d. All o f the foregoing
23. The Bureau o f Quarantine is em powered to enforce m easures to stop,

m onitor and control the spread o f disease by conducting quarantine in all ;>u
and seaports across the country is an attached agency of:
a. DOH c. DOTC
b. DILG d. PPA
24. It operates against pornography films shown on television and movie

houses.
a. Video Gram Regulatory Board
b. Movie and Television Review and Classification Board
c. DILG
d. PNP
25. It enforces banking laws and regulates the banking industry.

a. Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas c. D epartm ent o f Budget
b. Departm ent o f Finance d. Bureau o f Internal Revenue
26. Refers to a court which is created by law to am icably settle disputn*

between neighbors within a particular community.
a. Barangay court c. M unicipal circuit trial court
b. Municipal trial court d. Court o f appeals
27. Refers to that sector o f society com posed o f N G O ’s, cause oriented group!
and advocacy groups that prom otes the welfare o f the people against all formi
o f abuse and exploitation.
a. Crime control c. Political parties
b. Civil society d. All o f the foregoing
28. Directly under the supervision o f the Departm ent o f Justice, its m
im portant function in the Criminal Justice System is to maintain mul
recognize the rule o f law through the speedy delivery o f services particularly
the prosecution and investigation o f all crimes.
a. National Prosecution Service c. SandiganBayan
b. Tanod Bayan d. Ombudsman
J.'K Refers to all disciplines involved in the study o f crim es and criminals.
h Crim inology c. Crime prevention
ifc. Crim inological enterprise d. Crime control
30. Refers to restraining or isolating crim inals behind prison facilities to

rllrctively protect society.
• Crime control c. Crime prevention
I) Crime deterrence d. All o f the foregoing
1 The political w ill o f the state to punish crim inals in accordance w ith law.
a. Crime control c. Crim e prevention
Ij Crime deterrence d. All o f the foregoing
Refers to all governm ental and non-governm ental activities to thwart,

|nr--inpt and stop the crim e from occurring.
Jt. Crime control c. Crime prevention
b. Crime deterrence d. All o f the foregoing
In the attem pt to prevent crimes, w hat m ust be elim inated b y the police?
n Opportunity to com m it crim es c. Motives to com m it crimes
I)esire to com m it crimes d. Intent to com m it crimes
Primary objective o f law enforcem ent.

I i rime control c. Crime prevention
h Crime deterrence d. A ll o f the foregoing
\n attached agency o f the office o f the president tasked to im olem ent and
iim l'Ttake drug law enforcem ent.
n . Narcotics com m and c. PDEA
Ii DARE d. PNP
.Wi In m aking arrests under rule 113, Sec 5, par 3(fugitives from ju stice) o f
I 11 lies o f court, w hat is the duty o f the arresting officer?
« Deliver the person to the nearest ja il
II I irliver the person to the nearest police station
I )cliver the person to the custody o f the prosecutor
il Kit her a and b
When an offense has in fact been comm itted, and he has personal
knowledge o f facts indicating that the person to be arrested has com m itted it;
tlii <on tem plates warantless arrest involving:
I lot pursuit c. Caught in the act
' I resh pursuit x d. Both a and b
Kefers to all the system s and interplay o f activities in the com m unity
W in h addresses all the negative factors affecting security, health and welfare
■ th e public in natural calam ities, disaster, fam ine, criminality, drought and
«H»i.I. mics.
» <Time control c. Crim e prevention
deterrence d. Social defense
A b lu ep rin t fo r a resp on sive an d w ell su ited a n ti crim e m a c h in e ry th at

imIIo p era te its stra tegic p u rposes.
a. Crim e control c. National Anti Crime Strategy

b. Crime prevention d. Social defense
40. Period prescribed by law for the prelim in aiy investigation to br

undertaken by the prosecutor.
41. It is defined as "... The m achinery o f the state or governm ent w h H i

enforces the rules o f conduct necessary to protect life and property and
m aintain peace and order”.
a. Juvenile ju stice system c. Crim inal procedures
b. Due process d. Crim inal ju stice system
42. Its m ost im portant function in the Crim inal Justice System is to maintain
and recognize the rule o f law through the speedy delivery o f servi. r»
particularly in the prosecution and investigation o f all crimes.
a. Police c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Corrections
43. They are referred to as the initiator o f the crim inal ju stice system.
a. Police c. Courts
b. Prosecution d. Corrections
44. Prim ary function o f every court system.

a. Help keep dom estic peace c. Issuance o f warrants o f arrests
b. Decide controversies d. Adm inistrative role
45. Tasked for the treatm ent o f national prisoners, which is under 'I n |
Departm ent o f Justice.
a. Bureau o f Corrections c. BJMP
b. Bureau o f Prisons d. Board o f Pardon and Parole
46. A special court tasked to handle crim inal cases involving grnll Hi
corruption and other offenses com m itted by public officers and em ployrc « n
connection w ith the perform ance o f their functions.
a. Suprem e .court c. Tanod Bayan
b. Court o f Appeals d. SandiganBayan
47. Highest court o f the land with 1 ch ief ju stice and fourteen associa^
justices w ho m ay sit en banc or in division o f 3, 5 and 7 members.
a. Suprem e court c. Tanod Bayan
b. Court o f Appeals d. SandiganBayan
48. Persons authorized by law to issue warrants o f arrests.

a. Judges c. Police
b. Prosecutor d. W arden
49. Most vital com ponent o f the crim inal ju stice system due to its mi
membership.
a. Police c. Corrections
b. Courts d. Com m unity
IM). Passive instrum ents w hich decide controversies brought before them,
p . Police c. Corrections
ft Courts d. Prosecution
1 1. Considered as the second pillar o f the Philippine crim inal ju stice system,
The National Prosecution Service is under the;
• Departm ent o f Justice
ii Department o f Interior and Local Governm ent
i , Supreme Court
Cl. Public A ttorn ey’s Office
The course o f action or process w hereby accusations are brought before

(lie court o f ju stice to determ ine the guilt o f the accused.
M, Trial c. Corrections
Prosecution d. Crim inal Justice System
K V Under this law, the uniform system o f prelim inary investigation was
sninhlished giving the com plainant and respondent in a prelim inary
Mflvrstigation the right to confront each other and their witnesses.
It. KA 5188 c. RA 5180
I. RA 5189 d. BP 129
B * * 'omplaints m ust be supported by a _______ .

I. Affidavit c. Sworn affidavit
•ntied affidavit d. Notarized affidavit
■ i I'lie investigating fiscal must resolve the case within __ days from its
K i n (nation giving the parties copies o f his resolution.
» c. 15
d. 30
■ ihmitted by the accused to answer the com plaint against him.

L Affidavit c. Com pliant affidavit
Hinter affidavit d. Reply
fh r court o f last resort, all the ju stices are appointed by the president
M T m m list subm itted by t h e ______ to fill up any vacancy w ithin 90 days.
K l*> iMrlment o f Justice c. Congress
1BUfnilicjul and Bar Council d. Com m ission on Appointm ents
•M fc lire m e n t age for a ju stice o f the Suprem e Court i s ____ .

H O years old c. 65 years old
C I f , n years old d. 70 years old
i >Mi.shed under the Judiciary Reorganization A ct o f 1980, BP 129 it is

B l| i" • d o f one presiding ju stice and 68 associate ju stices all o f whom are
^pH iiirfl by the president, and operates in 10 divisions each com prising o f
r ■ 'I'- 1 ■•■•mil Trial Courts c. S hari’a Courts
(
j ■ p n c f Appeals d. Inferior Courts
I | i M illed by
M l*
Ibw to hear cases involving civil aspects o f our Muslim
a. R egion al T ria l C ou rts c. S h a ri’a C ou rts

b. C o u rt o f A p p ea ls d. In fe rio r C ou rts
61. Under the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII
Section 15 o f the 1987 Constitution, the Suprem e Court must decide oi
resolve a case or m atter w ithin the period from date o f submission;
b. 12 m onths d. 1 m onth
62. Under the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII
Section 15 o f the 1987 Constitution, the Court o f Appeals m ust decide or
resolve a case or m atter within the period from date o f submission;
b. 12 months d. 1 month
63. U nder the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII
Section 15 o f the 1987 Constitution, the Regional Trial Courts m ust decide oi
resolve a case or m atter within the period from date o f submission;
b. 12 months d. 1 m onth
64._For sum m ary procedure in crim inal cases, ju dgm en t is rendered within
___ days after term ination o f trial.
Under the legal system in the Philippines as provided by Article VIII Section
15 o f the 1987 Constitution, the Suprem e Court must decide or resolve a ca»d
or m atter within the period from date o f submission;
b. 12 months d. 1
65. Composed o f 10 to 20 m em bers this body is constituted every three yru ff

to oversee katarungang pambarangay.
a. Pangkat ng Tagapagkasundo c. Barangay court
b. Lupong Tagapam ayapa d. Barangay assem bly
66. Consists o f three members chosen by the opposing parties involved In

dispute at the barangay level.
a. Pangkat ng Tagapagkasundo c. Barangay court
b. Lupong Tagapam ayapa d. Barangay assem bly
67. As a general rule, if the penalty is less than 1 year im prisonm ent and II.
opposing parties are neighbors, co-workers, the com plainant must fil<- ii
action before;
a. Inferior Court c. Lupong Tagapam ayapa
b. Municipal Circuit Trial Court d. Barangay Court
68. Law which created the Katarungang Pambarangay.

a. RA 7160 c. RA 5199
b. PD129 d. R A 6981
69. M ea n s the settlem en t o f a d isp u te b y a p erson or p erso n s ch osen to lu

b oth sides and com e to a decision.
a. A rb itra tio n c. In terven tion
b. C on cilia tio n d. A m ica b le settlem en t
70. RA 6981. Otherwise known as the “ ________________ ” to encourage ,

protect and give support to persons who m ay have witnessed a crim e to
participate in the legal system by giving their testim onies in court for the
proper prosecution o f cases in order to secure ju stice to those aggrieved by
I he com m ission o f crimes,
u. Juvenile Justice A ct
I). W itness Protection Security and Benefit Act
('. Judiciary Reorganization Act
I I Uniform System o f Prelim inary Investigations.
SOC CRIM III . POLICE ETHICS AND VALUES
What is Ethics?
Ethics was derived from the Ancient Greek "ethikos", meaning

11rising from habit". It is a major branch of philosophy which focuses
m the study of value or quality. It covers the analysis and
rinployment of concepts such as good, evil, right, wrong, and
rrsponsibility. Ethics is an area of philosophy considered as a
normative science; it is concerned with norms of human conduct, as
•liMlinguished from the formal sciences, such as mathematics and
luf.'ir, and the empirical sciences, such as chemistry and physics.
What is police ethics?
Police Ethics refers to the practical science of human morality and

•luly as applied to law enforcement. This center on the study and
Implication of ethics, virtue as well as the rules of conduct to public
i i vice. The study also aims to clarify the authority vested to persons
■ lawfully exercise over subordinates by virtue of his rank and
pniilion or assignment and the corresponding responsibility of the
tililiKation to perform duties and functions and accountability for the
• xiiHcquences of actions under one’s command.
What are values?
Values are implicitly related to a degree of behavioural freedom or

lutmiomy by human beings; values steer or guide the person, on the
of internally chosen options. Values can apply to groups (such
• « I ilipino values”) or individuals (religious values), and can be both
r l < • ;‘s or goals. In example, democracy is both a process, and a
Mil Moral character or character is an evaluation of a person's moral
Ini l mental qualities. Values may be defined and characterized as the
■Unli t v (positive or negative) that renders something desirable or
^ ■ £ b l r “Principles, standards or qualities considered worthwhile or
■ i n alilc by the person who holds them.”
What are the categories o f values?
Values can be grouped into six categories:

o Ethics (good - bad, virtue - vice, moral - immoral - amoral,
right - wrong, permissible - impermissible)
o Aesthetics (beautiful, ugly, unbalanced, pleasing)
o Doctrinal (political, ideological, religious or social beliefs and
values)
o Innate (inborn values such as reproduction and survival, a
controversial category)
o Non-use/passive - includes the value based on something
never used or seen, or something left for the next generation,
o Potential/option - the value of something that's known to b<
only potentially valuable, such as a plant that might be found
to have medicinal value in the future. A value system is tin
ordered and prioritized set of values that an individual
culture upholds.
What are the Cardinal Virtues?
Prudence - Refers to the ability to govern and discipline oneself In

means or logical reasoning and sound discretion. It is a habit whit h
inclines man to act in a way that harmonizes with nature (virtu■|
which attracts the intellect to prefer the most effective means fuf
accomplishing what is morally good and avoid moral evils.
Tem perance - Refers to the ability to avoid something and mi

with moderation, regulating one’s carnal appetite for sensunl
pleasures.
Fortitude - Denotes firmness of mind, the courage to endup

without yielding. It is a combination of patience (calmness tij>
composure), perseverance (the ability to continue despite of obstacU •
or opposition) and endurance (the ability to survive).
Justice - It refers to a virtue that inclines the will to give rvrrfli

person his/her accorded rights. Commutative justice - It regultiti
actions which involve the rights that exist among individuals, violnlli-
of which calls for reparation and restitution. Distributive just h
Which standardizes those actions that have to do with the righi ••
individual, may claim from society. And Legal justice - It put:, h i*
order those actions which society may justly require of the indivichifl
for the common good.
Charity - Refers to kindness, compassion, altruism, h u m " < l A

and goodwill. It is the obligation of giving under certain conditloM
whatever assistance and aid which our fellowmen needs.
What is a Code o f Ethics?
Code of Ethics is an important agency for social control. They have

been promulgated for professions which gives prescriptions of the
duty of a professional towards his fellow professionals and to society
m general.
What are the PNP core values ?
The PNP Core Values - The police service is a noble profession and
demands from its members specialized knowledge and skills and high
'ilnndard of ethics and morality. In this regard, the members of the
Philippine National Police must adhere to and internalize the enduring
t ore values of love of God, respect for authority, selfless love and
err vice for people, respect for women and the sanctity of marriage,
irsponsible dominion and stewardship over material things, and
Imlhfulness.
What is the Police Officer Creed?
The Police Officer's Creed:
I believe in God, The Supreme Being, a Great Provider, and

The Creator of all men and everything dear to me. In return, I
can do no less than love Him above all, seek His guidance in
the performance of my sworn duties and honor Him at all
times.
I believe that respect for authority is a duty. I respect and
uphold the Constitution, the laws of the land and the
applicable rules and regulations. I recognize the legitimacy and
authority of the leadership; and follow and obey legal orders of
my superior officers.
I believe in selfless love and service to people. Towards this
end, I commit myself to the service of my fellowmen over and
above my personal convenience.
1 believe in the sanctity of marriage and the respect for women.
I shall set the example of decency and morality and shall have
high regard for family life and chastity.
I believe in the responsible dominion and stewardship over
material things. I shall inhibit myself from ostentatious display
of my property. I shall protect the environment and conserve
nature to maintain ecological balance. I shall respect private
mid public properties and prevent others from destroying it.
1 believe in the wisdom of truthfulness. I must be trustworthy
find I shall speak the truth at all times as required by my
profession.
What is Morality?
M orality - All PNP members shall adhere to high standard of

morality and decency and shall set good examples for others to follow.
Hence, among others, and in no instance during their terms of office
shall they be involved as owners, operators, managers or investors in
any house of ill-repute or illegal gambling den or other places devoted
to vices; nor shall they patronize such places unless on official duty,
and tolerate operations of such establishments in their respective
areas of responsibilities. They shall be faithful to their lawfully wedded
spouses.
What is judicious use o f authority?
Judicious Use o f Authority - PNP members shall exercise proper ami

legitimate use of authority in the performance of duty.
W hat is integrity?
Integrity - PNP members shall not allow themselves to be victims o

corruption and dishonestpractices in accordance with the provision■
of RA 6713 and other applicable laws.
1. Refers to the essence o f good manners, which show sportsm anship, cullur*
and gentility.
a. Courtesy c. Loyalty
b. Discipline d. Morale
2. Public officers and em ployees w ho serve with the highest degree 0

integrity, loyalty, responsibility and efficiency manifests:
a. Love o f country c. Allegiance to the constitution
b. Allegiance to the governm ent d. Public office is a public trust
3. Com ponent o f m oral science which deals w ith the duties and responsibillij
which a law enforcem ent officer owes to the com m unity and public.
a. Loyalty c. Police Ethics
b. Courtesy d. Police com m unity relations
4. O n e’s obligation and duty to his nation o f origin.

a. Code o f ethics c. Loyalty and love o f country
b. Allegiance to the constitution d. Allegiance to the government
5. Acts and om issions not involving moral turpitude, but affecting the intrnm
discipline o f the PNP, such as sim ple negligence and misconduct, frequr-n
absences, gam bling prohibited by law, tardiness and insubordination.
a. Serious offense c. Felony
b. Grave offense d. M inor offense
6. The most significant pow er exercised by a police officer as a firsl linn

supervisor.
Control over organization c. Cost control

b Manpower control d. Planning control
7. Mental and m oral training that makes a man w illing to be subject to

n»Kulation and control for the benefit and interest o f the group w here he
■ i >ngs.
p. Courtesy c. Morale
It. Discipline d. Ethics
J Primary attribute for effective leadership.

N Be a born leader
Ij Have acquired the techniques o f handling men.
I lave enough experience and training.
I lave norm al intelligence and a sincere desire to serve.
I Self-esteem, s elf confidence, drives a person ’s attitude and em otional

rlmg regarding their w ay o f life and the people w hom they interact with.
Leadership c. Discipline
n. Morale d. Ethics
In Discontent and grievance w ould logically result to:

Impersonal attitude c. Inconsistent adm inistration
’It, Severe punishm ent d. Unusual strictness
II It refers to the sum total o f dealings o f the police w ith the people it serves.
Police relations c. Police public relations
Police com m unity relations d. Hum an relations
[|J I >< signed to bridge any com m unication gap betw een the police and the
>11It*.
Public inform ation program c. Mass com m unication program
It, t i ic action program d. Public relations program
I icsigned to influence public opinion in favor o f the police force.

Public inform ation program c. Mass com m unication program
h, ( ivie action program d. Public relations
H Involves local officials and the citizenry in the preservation o f peace and
71U1
I Ini (ingay police c. People’s Law Enforcem ent Board
C O P S on the block d. Integrated Police A dvisory Council
1 insist o f m oral and legal precepts which govern the relationship o f m an

*11 .i*pects o f life.
ut)lic relations c. Police com m unity relations
I Humun relations d. Civic action program
I In t> rms o f its use in effective supervision, discipline is considered as:

Authority c. Training
KtM 'im l d. Regulation
f I hr 11 lost significant elem ent in reprim anding a subordinate should be to:

Conduct an imm ediate investigation
b. Im plem ent rules and regulations

c. Im prove the m orale o f your men
d. Maintain discipline
18. Discipline should be strict but m ust always be tem pered with sympathy
and understanding. To abide by this principle, a superior officer must:
a. Investigate thoroughly all the facts before m aking a decision
b. Always im plem ent the policies, rules and regulations
c. Treat all personnel equally.
d. Always listen to the explanation o f the erring subordinate.
19. W illful and continuous com m ission o f m inor offenses shall constitute:
a. Felony c. Ground for dism issal
b. Recidivism d. Serious offense o f habitual dereliction
20. Reason w hy a police officer m ust always w ear his uniform securely 1
buttoned.
a. Loose clothing is shabby.
b. A com plete uniform gets w om en ’s attention
c. It is a m inor offense
d. A neat appearance will com m and respect
21. It concerns those actions that pertain to on e’s duties towards hln
neighbors and himself.
a. Moral virtue c. Responsibility
b. Dignity d. Discipline
22. Policy in exercising utm ost restraint by law enforcers in the perform ani* <
o f their duties.
a. Com m and responsibility c. M axim um tolerance
b. Parens Patria d. Rules o f engagem ent
23. Power to own, use and exact something.

a. Authority c. Right
b. Privilege d. All o f these
24. Authority a person exercise over his subordinates.

a. Com m and c. Com m and responsibility
b. Responsibility d. Chain o f comm and
25. A norm ative science o f the conduct o f hum an being living in a society.
a. Norms c. Ethics
b. Behavior d. Virtue
26. A virtue which regulates carnal appetite for sensual pleasure.

a. Prudence c. Fortitude
b. Tem peram ent d. Justice
27. Abilitv to last.

a. Patience c. Perseverance
b. Endurance d. Fortitude
28. Courage to endure w ithout yielding.

. Perseverance c. Fortitude
. Endurance d. Perseverance
'I. Com posure and calm ness in enduring something.

. Perseverance c. Patience
Endurance d. Prudence
0 The ability to go on despite the trem endous adversity.

Perseverance c. Patience
Endurance d. Prudence
I. W hich o f the follow ing traits/capabilities is m ost essential to a police

I'licer?
Physical stam ina and hearing c. High intelligence
Absence o f physical fear d. High standard o f m orality
1 Is the process w hich constantly endeavors to obtain good will cooperation

id support o f public for effective law enforcem ent and to accom plish police
bjcctives.
Public relations c. Com m unity relations
Police public relation d. Police com m unity relations
It can be said that the best public relations betw een the police and the
m IiIic exist w hen the public attitude is one of:
I-urinal acceptance c. Confidence, approval and respect
i uut acceptance d. Due approval
1 he m ost im portant m edium to determ ine public attitudes between the

Bllec and the public is the:
Radio and Television c. Individual policem an
Print Mass M edia d. Public Relations Officer
■ The m ost im portant criterion o f a Policem an’s perform ance o f his duties
h
I'ulihc's attitude towards hi c. His service and seniority rating
I lie fact o f lack o f absences d. Num ber o f orders/writs served daily
• i I hc policem an view s public relations prim arily as:

, An attitude towards the public while at w ork
Im proving contacts w ith the public
Winning the confidence o f the public
miething affecting him as he does his duty effectively
i; I lie most im portant consideration a policem an should pay attention too

in contact w ith the public is the:
p i 11 itracter o f the person he serves
fe i true when contacts are being made
impression he creates
i All ihides o f the public towards his actuations
>" I'whlic opinion for a police departm ent is best obtained by:
I lie dnily contacts o f uniform police officers with the public
60. An im portant agency for social control.

a. Norm s c. Code
b. Ethics d. Code o f ethics
61. A police officer’s practice o f engaging in any other calling or busineap

aside from law enforcem ent while on active service.
a. Im m orality c. M oonlighting
b. Illegal business d. U nauthorized business
62. Refusal or om ission w ith no sufficient excuse to perform an act, which I

law enforcem ent officer is obligated to perform.
a. M isconduct or m alfeasance c. Neglect o f duty or nonfeasance
b. M isfeasance d. Malfeasance
63. Acting w ithout authority, abuse o f power either through ignorance, malic*
or inattention an act w hich a police officer has right to perform.
a. Misconduct or m alfeasance c. Neglect o f duty or nonfeasance
b. M isfeasance d. Malfeasance
64. Lack o f sufficient fitness and ability for the adequate o f official duties ol n
law enforcem ent officer by reason o f vices and vicious habits.
a. M isconduct or m alfeasance c. Neglect o f duty or nonfeasance
b. M isfeasance d. M alfeasance
65. Distortion or concealm ent o f truth relevant to o n e’s office or in th(

perform ance o f duties.
a. Dishonesty c. D isloyalty
b. Incom petence d. Im m orality
66. Renunciation o f on e’s allegiance to the governm ent o f the Philippln#

republic.
a. Treason c. D isloyalty
b. Incom petence d. Im m orality
67. A police office on the field and while engaged in the perform ance ol Iill'
duties is not perm itted to engage in useless and idle conversation w hich rrlri*
to:
a. Hum iliating any person
b. Vexing
c. Engaging in casual talk w ith others outside the organization
d. Gossip and idle talk.
68. An essential duty for police officers to ensure that the constitutional
rights o f an arrested person is respected.
a. Civil liberties c. Human rights
b. M iranda Doctrine d. Due process
69. An obligation for retirees or term inated police personnel.

a. Illegal use o f insignia c. Illegal use o f uniform
b. Usurpation o f authority d. Surrender o f property
70. ReDorting to w ork on time on a daily basis,

a. Punctuality c jlo n e s ty
b. Integrity d. Com m itm ent to w ork
7 I Lifestyle fitted for PNP members.

m Simple c. Credible
Ii. Dignified d. All o f these
7 2. Most com m on and basic form o f showing respect for uniform ed personnel.
N. Salute c. Gun Salute
b Hand salute d. All o f these
7.1. A form al act or set o f form al acts established by custom s or authority as

Hi oner to special occasion.
N. Tradition c. Cerem ony
11 Courtesy d. Social Decorum
i A set o f norms and standards practiced by PNP m em bers during social

I other functions.
h i ii
N Tradition c. C ourtesy
Social Decorum d. Cerem ony
I f . A manifestation or expression o f consideration and respect for others.

Tradition c. Courtesy
b Social Decorum d. Cerem ony
7ti Bodies o f beliefs, stories, custom s and usages handed down from
■|nr ration to generation w ith the effect o f an unw ritten law.
Tradition c. Courtesy
A Social Decorum d. Cerem ony
11 I’NP m em bers during a new ye a r’s call pay a visit to;

■ I,oral officials c. Comm anders
i I'NP m em bers d. Fam ily and friends
I lie flag is raised in this m anner in deference to deceased uniform ed

nbcrs o f the comm and,
i I1Ii retreat c. H a lf mast
It llnnor cerem ony d. Funeral service and honors
f'J II signals the end o f an official day’s work, where PNP m em bers salute the
i mg o f the flag.
R I Ing retreat c. H alf mast
i I Imior cerem ony d. None o f these
H When a PNP m em ber visits his superior due to relief or reassignm ent it is
f c s t i l f r e d as:
L l'n>motion call c. Courtesy o f the Post
■ C x iI call d. None o f these
‘ I lit- host unit extends hospitality to visiting personnel w ho pays respect to

Bfrirnand or unit.
i i nmol ion call c. Courtesy o f the Post
{ 11 <1 call d. None o f these
82. A Christm as call o f PNP m em ber is a visit to;

a. Friends and Fam ily c. Comm anders
b. God Parents d. Local executives
83. W hen a newly assigned or appointed m em ber visits key personnel o f thr
unit or comm and for orientation, accounting and other purposes this in
called:
a. Courtesy Call c. Prom otion Call
b. Exit Call d. All o f these
84. To give due recognition and congratulations this form o f courtesy call Ik
undertaken by peers o f a PNP m em ber for such deserved accomplishm ent.
a. Prom otion call c. Courtesy o f the Post
b. Exit call d. None o f these
85. Honor cerem onies are given during arrival and departure o f V IP V
dignitaries and uniform ed m em bers o f the PNP and AFP and their equivalm i
rank w hose rank i s ______________ or higher unless waived.
a. Superintendent c. C h ief Superintendent
b. Senior Superintendent d. Director
86. It com m em orates the relinquishm ent and assum ption o f com m and or krj
position and publicly announced.
a. Exit call c. Tu rn-O ver Cerem ony
b. Prom otion call d. Anniversary
87. A m anifestation o f love o f country with a pledge o f allegiance to the linn

and vow to defend the constitution.
a. Loyalty c. Patriotism
b. Discipline d. Valor
88. To sacrifice life and lim b for the sake o f the people they pledge to servr >•
a manifestation of:
b. Discipline d. Valor
89. The binding spirit that enhances team work and cooperation in the pollf ■
organization.
b. Cam araderie d. Valor
90. Created to oversee the internalization and institutionalization o f the I'flfl

Code o f Professional Conduct and Ethical Standards.
a. PNP Internal Affairs Service
b. PNP Office o f Ethical Standards and Public Accountability
c. National Police Comm ission
d. Ombudsman
91. W hich am ong the following best describes the nature o f police work Irotn
the standpoint o f ethics?
a. Law Enforcem ent Officer c. Public Safety Officer
b. Public Servant/ CivilServant d. All o f the foregoing
Ethics is the study o f man as a moral being, focusing on the following

characteristics, except;
h Way o f acting c. Custom
11 Habit d. Culture
Statem ent I. Police Ethics pertains to rules o f conduct applied to law

enforcement.
Mtntement II. Ethics proposes or guides men on how to interact w ith others.
Nintement III. Ethics is the science o f m orality o f hum an acts.
•inlem en t IV. Ethics exam ines how man is accountable for his actions and
m sequences.
■ Statements I, II and III are correct c. Statem ents II, III and IV are correct
Ii Statements I, II, IV are correct d. All statem ents are correct
'i I Which am ong the follow ing best describe ethics?

N lot hies is a norm ative science c. Ethics is an applied science
I Ki hies is a social science d. Ethics is a social science
ll** ICxcept for one; an act is considered a hum an act w hen it is done;
»' Knowingly c. W illfully
Ii Kreely d. Intentionally
■OC CRIM IV - JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
■That is Juvenile delinquency?
Juvenile delinquency is an anti-social behavior or act which differs

•mi the normal model of set of laws and parameters, culture, custom
fcliich society in broad-spectrum does not conform. Juvenile
ill Imquency generally refers to youth behavior which is against the
n ms and regulations of society, which if left unchecked would give
lo criminality.
■Mint are the categories od delinquent youth?
fli'i ldental Delinquent Youth - Less identifiable in personality and

fcnperament, essentially a law abiding citizen but happens to be at
m * wrong place at the wrong time. This may be credited to peer
P Hire or pure curiosity on the part of the young person.
M o cial Delinquent Youth - Children whose acts are manifested by

■ ^ cruel and atrocious acts and conduct for which they feel no
■frtorse.
H*urotic Delinquent Youth - The anti-social behavior of the youth is

■irrct result of internal conflict and pre-occupation with his own
Tuition and mood.
Social Delinquent Youth - Refers to aggressive teens who resents

authority, whether be it parental, school regulations or ordinances
and laws passed by the proper legislative authorities. The most
common reason for such dislike is focused on anyone who tries to
control their conduct.
What ate the m ethodology towards delinquency?
Biogenic Approach - This view gives an explanation that law

violations and delinquency is a result of some physical defects. I!
advocates that youth misconduct is a direct result of faulty biology,
Hence the support from family members, friends and acceptance of
the community may solve the problem on delinquency.
Psychogenic Approach - This argues that the critical factors in

delinquency are personality problems, to which the misbehavior ia
presumed to be the response. This advocates the use of counseling t<»
curtail juvenile misbehavior.
Sociogenic Approach - Ascribes the distinction and variation am!

delinquency pattern to social structures. The youth misdeed may l»<
attributed to their learning process cultured in on youth gang*,
stigmatizing contacts with governmental and social control agent
and other similar variables.
What is the Family?
FAMILY - The basic unit of society, whose main responsibility ^

to provide the basic necessities of the child as well as to yjv*
emotional, spiritual, moral, intellectual and social basic to Mu
members particularly the children and the primary social ageing
tasked with the significant task of rearing the youth. The factiMf
which may be lead to juvenile delinquency:
o Faulty development of the child
o Lack of parental guidance
o Parental rejection
o Broken homes
o Lack of love
o Unfair treatment
o Too harsh discipline by either or both of the parents
o Too lenient discipline by either or both of the parents
o Parent’s indifference to their child
What are the primary rights o f parents?
Primary Right of Parents. - The parents shall have the right lo *It#
company of their children and, in relation to all other persons •»«
institutions dealing with the child's development, the primary right

and obligation to provide for their upbringing.Rights Under the Civil
Code. - Parents shall continue to exercise the rights mentioned in
Articles 316 to 326 of the Civil Code over the person and property of
I lie child.Right to Discipline Child. - Parents have the right to
discipline the child as may be necessary for the formation of his good
i haracter, and may therefore require from him obedience to just and
reasonable rules, suggestions and admonitions.
What are the duties o f parents?
Duties of Parents - Parents shall have the following general duties

toward their children:
o To give him affection, companionship and understanding;
o To extend to him the benefits of moral guidance, self-discipline
and religious instruction;
o Tosupervise his activities, including his recreation;
o To inculcate in him the value of industry, thrift and self-
reliance;
o To stimulate his interest in civic affairs, teach him the duties
of citizenship, and develop his commitment to his country;
jo To advise him properly on any matter affecting his
development andwell-being;
o To always set a good example;
o To provide him with adequate support; and
o To administer his property, if any, according to his best
interests, subject to the provisions of Art. 320 of the Civil
Code.
Who is a child?
The Child is one of the most important assets of the nation. Every
Hin I should be exerted to promote his welfare and enhance his
i tunities for a useful and happy life.The child is not a mere
;r*Mlure of the State. Hence, his individual traits and aptitudes
linn Id be cultivated to the utmost insofar as they do not conflict with
W Krneral welfare.The molding of the character of the child starts at
i* home.
WUnt are the rights o f a child?
m *i»u o f the Child. - All children shall be entitled to the rights

K lftih set forth without distinction as to legitimacy or illegitimacy,
•mi, not ini status, religion, political antecedents, and other factors.
Kvery child is endowed with the dignity and worth of a human
bring from the moment of his conception, as generally accepted in
medical parlance, and has, therefore, the right to be born well.
Every child has the right to a wholesome family life that will
provide him with love, care and understanding, guidance and
counseling,' and moral and material security.The dependent or
abandoned child shall be provided with the nearest substitute for
a home.
Every child has the right to a well-rounded development of his
personality to the end that he may become a happy, useful and
active member of society.The gifted child shall be given
opportunity and encouragement to develop his special talents.The
emotionally disturbed or socially maladjusted child shall be
treated with sympathy and understanding, and shall be entitled to
treatment and competent care.The physically or mentally
handicapped child shall be given the treatment, education and
care required by his particular condition.
Every child has the right to a balanced diet, adequate clothing,
sufficient shelter, proper medical attention, and all the basic
physical requirements of a healthy and vigorous life.
Every child has the right to be brought up in an atmosphere of
morality and rectitude for the enrichment and the strengthening of
his character.
Every child has the right to an education commensurate with his
abilities and to the development of his skills for the improvement
of his capacity for service to himself and to his fellowmen.
Every child has the right to full opportunities for safe and
wholesome recreation and activities, individual as well as social,
for the wholesome use of his leisure hours.
Every child has the right to protection against exploitation,
improper influences, hazards, and other conditions ot
circumstances prejudicial to his physical, mental, emotional,
social and moral development.
Every child has the right to live in a community and a society that
can offer him an environment free from pernicious influences and
conducive to the promotion of his health and the cultivation of hi
desirable traits and attributes.
Every child has the right to the care, assistance, and protection ol
the State, particularly when his parents or guardians fail or air
unable to provide him with his fundamental needs for growth,
development, and improvement.
Every child has the right to an efficient and honest government
that will deepen his faith in democracy and inspire him with the
morality of the constituted authorities both in their public an<l
private lives.
Every child has the right to grow up as a free individual, in mi
atmosphere of peace, understanding, tolerance, and universal
brotherhood, and with the determination to contribute his shm<
in the building of a better world.
What are the responsibilities o f a child?
Responsibilities of the Child. - Every child, regardless of the

circumstances of his birth, sex, religion, social status, political
antecedents and other factors shall:
o Strive to lead an upright and virtuous life in accordance with
the tenets of his religion, the teachings of his elders and
mentors, and the biddings of a clean conscience;
o Love, respect and obey his parents, and cooperate with them
in the strengthening of the family;
o Extend to his brothers and sisters his love, thoughtfulness,
and helpfulness, and endeavor with them to keep the family
harmonious and united;
o Exert his utmost to develop his potentialities for service,
particularly by undergoing a formal education suited to his
abilities, in order that he may become an asset to himself and
to society;
o Respect not only his elders but also the customs and
traditions of our people, the memory of our heroes, the duly
constituted authorities, the laws of our country, and the
principles and institutions of democracy;
o Participate actively in civic affairs and in the promotion of the
general welfare, always bearing in mind that it is the youth
who will eventually be called upon to discharge the
responsibility of leadership in shaping the nation's future; and
o Help in the observance of individual human rights, the
strengthening of freedom everywhere, the fostering of
cooperation among nations in the pursuit of their common
aspirations for programs and prosperity, and the furtherance
of world peace.
What is the best interest o f the child?
Best Interest of the Child refers to the totality of the circumstances

and conditions which are most congenial to the survival, protection
and feelings of security of the child and most encouraging to the
child’s physical, psychological and emotional development. It also
means the least detrimental available alternative for safeguarding the
growth and development of the child. Child refers to a person under
the age of eighteen (18) years.
Who is a child at risk?
Child at Risk refers to a child who is vulnerable to and at the risk

of committing criminal offenses because of personal, family and social
<ircumstances, such as, but not limited to, the following:
o being abused by any person through sexual, physical,

psychological, mental, economic or any other means and the
parents or guardian refuse, are unwilling, or unable to provide
protection for the child;
o being exploited including sexually or economically;
o being abandoned or neglected, and after diligent search and
inquiry the parent or guardian cannot be found;
o coming from a dysfunctional or broken family or without a
parent or guardian;
o being out of school;
o being a street child;
o being a member of a gang;
o living in a community with a high level of criminality or drug
abuse; and
o living in situations of armed conflict.
What is the difference between diversion and intervention?
Diversion refers to an alternative, child-appropriate process ol

determining the responsibility and treatment of a child in conflict with
the law on the basis of his/her social, cultural, economic,
psychological or educational background without resorting to formal
court proceedings. Diversion Program refers to the program that thr
child in conflict with the law is required to undergo after he/she is
found responsible for an offense without resorting to formal court
proceedings. While intervention refers to a series of activities which
are designed to address issues that caused the child to commit an
offense. It may take the form of an individualized treatment program
which may include counseling, skills training, education, and othn
activities that will enhance his/her psychological, emotional and
psycho-social well-being.
1. An act providing for stronger deterrence and special protection against

child abuse, exploitation and discrimination.
a. P.D. 603 c. P.D. 1612
b. P.D. 1602 d. R.A. 7610
2. Refers to persons below 18 years o f age or those over but unable to fully
take care o f them selves from neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation <h
discrim ination due to some physical defect or m ental disability or condition.
a. Minor c. Wards
b. Youth d. Children
3. Refers to bodily damage, whether external or internal.

a. Abuse c. Psychological injury
b. Cruelty d. Physical injury
4. A condition or act which m ay cause suffering em otional or physical hm ill

on the part o f the child.
a. Physical injury c. Psychological injury

b. Cruelty d. Child abuse
5. A harm done to a ch ild’s intellectual functions w hich causes a change in

behavior, awareness and em otional response.
a. Cruelty c. Child abuse
b. Physical injury d. Psychological injury
6. Anything said or done that degrades, debases or dem eans the inherent
worth and dignity o f a child.
a. Cruelty c. Neglect
b. Abuse d. Discrim ination
7. Failure to provide for the needs o f a child.

a. Neglect c. Abuse
b. Cruelty d. Discrim ination
K. Lewd or sexually m otivated acts done to others.

a. Lascivious conduct c. Unjust vexation
I). Obscenity d. Sexual abuse
(>. Acts or conditions harm ful to children that take advantage o f their
innocence.
n. Exploitation c. O bscenity
I). Abuse d. Lascivious conduct
10. Anything deliberately done that result in a child engaging in sexual

w ith any person w illingly or otherwise.
a c t i v it y
ft. Sexual abuse c. Lascivious conduct
h. Molestation d. O bscenity
I 1. Putting a child under duress to consent to engage in an activity,

it. Molestation c. Abuse
I) Coercion d. Cruelty
12. Forcing an activity on the child w ithout consent.

h Coercion c. Cruelty
b Molestation d. Abuse
I t. Aside from the child, who m ay file a com plaint against any violation o f
R,A. 7610?
«. Parents or guardians
b. Ascendants or collateral relatives within the 3rd degree o f consanguinity.
C. Barangay Chairm an, Officer o f DSWD or at least any three responsible
rltizen .
d, All o f the foregoing
14 Duty o f any head o f a public or private hospital upon any knowledge o f a

i InId who have been treated or suffered from abuse.
« Report the incident to the family
i • Report the incident to the law enforcem ent authority
r Report to the DSWD within 48 hours upon discovery o f abuse
•I Kile a case in court in beh alf o f the child
(A tether upon learning that a child under his/her supervision has been
jjctim if abuse shall:
RepOt the incident to the fam ily
. Repot the incident to the law enforcem ent authority
Repot the incident to the DSWD, w hether oral or w ritten
File acase in court in beh alf o f the child
j This type o f delinquent youth is characterized by aggressiveness and

^ntmeit to the authority o f any person who tries to control his behavior.
, Sociaj c. Asocial
Neuntic d. Accidental
A delinquent child who internalizes his conflicts and becom es preoccupint

f t his feelings is a:
Soci^ delinquent c. Asocial delinquent
Neui^tic delinquent d. Accidental delinquent
I, A remorseful, cold, vicious and brutal delinquent.

Social delinquent c. Asocial delinquent
Neurotic delinquent d. Accidental delinquent
Reftrs to a person whose behavior results with repeated conflict with tin
Juvenile c. Delinquent
Habitual criminals d. Recidivist
It attributes variations in delinquency to influence social structures

Bio^nic approach c. Sociogenic approach
Psyckogenic approach d. All o f these
|i, It explains delinquency is a result o f critical factors such as personality

Hjpblemi to which m isbehavior is a response mechanism,
j Biogenic approach c. Sociogenic approach
[ Psychogenic approach d. None o f these
fy Delinquency is a result o f faulty biology or some hereditary defect.

I Biogtnic approach c. Sociogenic approach
I Psychogenic approach d. Biologic approach
^ This;cause o f behavioral disorder o f the youth is a result o f factor*

personal problems, ignorance, and curiosity,
i Prefeposing factor c. Biologic factor
1 Precipitating factor d. Environm ental factor
1^. Refers to inherited propensities which cannot be considered ti < rtH||

unless there is a probability that a crime will be committed.
! Predisposing factor c. Biologic factor
’ Precipitating factor d. Environm ental factor
!$• Refers to a type o f delinquent gang which in which the manipul^ti

j^lenceipredominates as a way o f winning status and respect.
Criminal sub culture c. Conflict sub-culture
Ju^nile gang d. Retreatist sub culture
26. A child with no parent or guardian.

(i Abandoned child c. Neglected child
I). Dependent child d. All o f these
2 7 . If the offender is over nine years o f age but under 18 years o f age at the
lime o f the com m ission o f the crime, he is often referred to as?
ti. Socialized delinquent c. Youth offender
11 Criminal d. Truant
2H. Not a mere creature o f the state but regarded as its m ost im portant asset.
M. Family c. Child
I) W om en d. Youth
2 { ) Basic unit o f society.

Family c. School
b. Church d. Com m unity
30, Foundation o f the nation.

ft, Family c. School
b. Church d. Com m unity
\ I Implies the keeping o f unlawful behavior from occurring.

M, Control c. Repression
11 , Prevention d. Recession
rU A( knowledges the existence o f unlawful behavior.

P* Control c. Repression
b Prevention d. Recession
|S, Com m unity hazards harm ful to youth.

A; Undesirable conditions c. Obstruction
b Attractive nuisance d. Police hazards
JM A type o f gang in w hich vices, consum ption o f drugs and illicit experiences
In ntirssed.
I, KVtreatist sub culture c. Crim inal subculture
bi Conflict sub culture d. All o f these
Aft Absence w ithout cause for more than 20 school days.

Vices c. Truancy
ft Undesirable behavior d. Attractive nuisance
§ft Provides tem porary protection and care to children requiring em ergency
jffci^ption.
■ l>rtrntion home c. Receiving home
m Hhrlter-care institution d. Foster home
iA^r wherein children m ay engage in gainful light work.

I IS c. 17
f; Ift d. 18
f Umil refer to any organization o f individuals below 21 years o f age.

^BNQO c. Youth organization
b. Civic organization d. Youth association
39. Aggregate o f persons or those responsible persons from various sector of

the community.
a. Organization c. Sam ahan
b. Club d. Association
40. Shall refer to any organization whose m embers are 21 years or older.
a. NGO c. Youth organization
b. Civic organization d. Youth association
41. Shall mean local governm ent together with society o f individuals or
institutions.
a. Fam ily c. Com m unity
b. School d. All o f the foregoing
42. Criminal liability attached to parents who neglect parental duties.

a. Im prisonm ent from 1 month to 2 months
b. Im prisonm ent from 2 to6 months
c. Im prisonm ent from 6months to 1 year
d. Im prisonm ent from 1 year to 3 years.
43. W hat do we call a child whose basic needs have been deliberately
unattended?
a. Abandoned child c. Neglected child
b. Dependent child d. All o f the foregoing
44. Known as the child and youth w elfare code.

a. PD 968 c. PD 1081
b. PD 1602 d. PD 603
45. Refers to anti social act w hich deviates from norm al pattern o f rules and
regulations.
a. Juvenile delinquency c. Quasi recidivism
b. Recidivism d. Delinquency
46. A child deserted with no proper care from his/her parents or guardian
a. Abandoned child c. Neglected child
b. Dependent child d. All o f the foregoing
47. Age o f m ajority under Philippine law.

a. 18 c. 20
b. 19 d. 21
48. A place o f residence whose prim ary function is to give shelter and carr to
pregnant wom en and their infants.
a. Rehabilitation center c. Foster homes
b. Hospital d. Maternity home
49. Fam ily home type which provide tem porary shelter from 10 to 20 dayn !<>i
children under observation by the DSWD.
a. Nursery c. Receiving homes
b. M aternity homes d. Shelter care institution.
50. A 24-hour child-caring institution that provide short term resident care
for youthful offenders.
a. Child caring institution c. Nursery
b. Detention hom e d. Foster home
51. A condition in individuals characterized by an absence or dim inution o f

standards and values.
a. D elinquency c. Crim inal behavior
b. Anom ie d. Atavism
52. The recruitm ent, transportation, transfer, harboring or receipt o f a child

for the purpose o f exploitation.
q . Kidnapping c. Prostitution
b. Trafficking in persons d. W hite Slave Trade
53. Is one that provides tw enty-four resident group care service for the
physical, mental, social and spiritual w ell-being o f nine or more m entally
Kifted, dependent, abandoned, neglected, handicapped or disturbed children,
<>r youthful offenders.
ii. Child caring institution c. Shelter home
I) Detention home d. Nursery
54. An institution or person assum ing the care, custody, protection and
maintenance o f children for placem ent in any child-caring institution or home
ni under the care and custody o f any person or persons for purposes o f
adoption, guardianship or foster care.
li, Child caring institution c. Shelter home
I* Detention home d. Child placing agency
55. The m em bers o f this classification are severely or profoundly retarded,

(m ice, the least capable group. This includes those with I.Q.s to 25.
m Trainable group c. Educable group
b. Borderline or low norm al group d. Custodial group
•i> This is the highest group o f m entally retarded, with I.Q.s from about 75 to
ii bout 89. The m em bers o f this classification are only slightly retarded and
thry can usually get by in regular classes if they receive some extra help,
guidance and consideration.
« Trainable group c. Educable group
b Borderline or low norm al group d. Custodial group
The m embers o f this group consist o f those with I.Q.s from about 25 to
about 50; one who belongs to this group shows a m ental level and rate o f
flrvclopm ent which is 1/4 to 1/2 that o f the average child, is unable to
•Mjuire higher academ ic skills,
A Trainable group c. Educable group
b Borderline or low norm al group d. Custodial group
This group's I.Q. ranges from about 50 to about 75, and the intellectual
drvrlopm ent is approxim ately 1/2 to 3/4 o f that expected o f a norm al child o f
f hr Maine chronological age.
m Trainable group c. Educable group
b Borderline or low normal group d. Custodial group
59. Refers to children who, although not afflicted with insanity or mental
defect, are unable to m aintain normal social relations with others and the
com m unity in general due to em otional problems or complexes.
a. M entally ill c. Handicapped
b. Em otionally disturbed d. Disabled
60 ___________ children are those with any behavioral disorder, whethei

functional or organic, w hich is o f such a degree o f severity as to require
professional help or hospitalization.
a. M entally ill c. Handicapped
b. Em otionally disturbed d. Disabled
61. A ny person duly appointed by the court o f com petent authority to exerdur
care and custody o f or parental authority over the person o f su< l»
child/em ployee.
a. Parents c. M other
b. Father d. Legal guardian
62. Under the law, a child less than 15 years o f age m ay be allowed to wml-
for not more than twenty hours a w eek provided that the w ork hour shrill mil
be more t h a n ____ hours in any given day.
a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 8
63. Refers to a child who is vulnerable to and at the risk o f comm I! Illl*
crim inal offenses because o f personal, fam ily and social circum stances
a. Juvenile c. Delinquent
b. Child in conflict w ith law d. All o f these
64. Refers to the programs provided in a com m unity setting developed

purposes o f intervention and diversion as w ell as rehabilitation ol i < Ini*I III
conflict with law.
a. Day care center c. Rehabilitation center
b. Com m unity based program d. Foster home
65. An alternative, child-appropriate process o f determ ining the respuiixlMl

and treatm ent o f a-child in conflict with the law on the basis of his/hei h i m 1
cultural, economic, psychological or educational background will
resulting to form al court proceedings.
a. Intervention c. Rehabilitation
b. Diversion d. Probation
66. A series o f activities which are designed to address issues 11nil « nimnf
child to com m it an offense. It may take the form o f un lndivMi*|f
treatm ent program which m ay include counseling, skills training •
and other activities that will enhance his/her psychological, emmim##!
psycho-social well-being.
a. Diversion c. Rehabilitation
b. Intervention d. Probation
67. System dealing with children at risk and children in eonllii i " »<h o.#
which provides child-appropriate proceedings, including |»ii••m **
services for prevention, diversion, rehabilitation, re-integration and aftercare

to ensure their norm al growth and developm ent.
u. Crim inal ju stice system c. Crim inal procedure
I). Juvenile ju stice system d. Restorative ju stice
()8. A principle which requires a process o f resolving conflicts w ith the

maximum involvem ent o f the victim , the offender and the comm unity. It seeks
!<) obtain reparation for the victim ; reconciliation o f the offender, the offended
nnd the comm unity; and reassurance to the offender that he /she can be
i (‘ integrated into society. It also enhances public safety by activating the
offender, the victim and the com m unity in prevention strategies.
m. Criminal ju stice system c. Crim inal procedure
I) Juvenile ju stice system d. Restorative ju stice
fi‘>. Offenses w hich discrim inate only against a child, while an adult does not
- Mi l l er any penalty for com m itting sim ilar acts. These shall include curfew
violations; truancy, parental disobedience and the like.
« Child offense c. D elinquency
b. Status offense d. All o f these
70. Police enforcers who have taken into custody a child in conflict with law,
under the ju venile ju stice act is m andated to turn over said child to the
• n to d y o f the Departm ent o f Social W elfare and D evelopm ent or any
mi i i edited Non-Governm ent O rganization im m ediately but not later t h a n ____
In*ius after apprehension,
i, M c. 24
K , 12 d. 36
i f 1. Refer to any severe or repeated use by one or more students o f a written,

vi i bn I or electronic expression, or a physical act or gesture, or any
p in »1)1nation thereof, directed at another student that has the effect o f
Hi tually causing or placing the latter in reasonable fear o f physical or
pHioiionnl harm or damage to his property,
ft Child Abuse c. Stalking
I* Ml 1 1lying d. Child At Risk
Refers to the m altreatm ent which m ay be habitual o f a child which maybe

M iyiiii ni, psychological neglect, cruelty, em otional and sexual m altreatm ent.
■ Child Abuse c. Stalking
Ep Hullying d. Child At Risk
P# A child who is vulnerable to and at the risk o f com m itting crim inal
hHiMinen because o f personal, fam ily and social circum stances.
Abuse c. Stalking
p fttillvtn g d. Child At Risk
f t Nr tern to a situation w herein the parties live as husband and wife without
tte* Jn»neflt o f marriage or are rom antically involved over time and on a
MHUIimliiK basis during the course o f the relationship.
m to c. Com m on Law M arriages
HHiing Relationship d. All o f these
75. View that youth can move in and out o f delinquency and that thru1
lifestyle can adjust and em brace both deviant and conventional values.
a. Drift c. Strain
b. Decadence d. Anom ie
76. Refers to acts that make or attem pt to make a wom an fin an cin g
dependent.
a. Physical Abuse c. Psychological Abuse
b. Em otional Abuse d. Econom ic Abuse
77. Asserts that lower-class youths with lim ited legitim ate opportunity, Join
gangs and pursue a crim inal career to achieve alternate means univri^Ml
success goals.
a. Decadence c. Deviance
b. Differential Opportunity d. Drift
78. A developm ental phase that begins at age six, characterized by reprrMftf
feelings o f sexuality until the genital age begins at puberty.
a. Latency c. Infancy
b. Phallic Stage d. Childhood
79. This view asserts that children who started delinquent careers eailv ail
com m itted violent acts throughout their adolescence w ould likely to com lull
as adults.
a. Persistence c. Strain
b. Latent Trait d. Anom ie
80. Refers to an intentional act com m itted by a person who, knowingly

w ithout lawful justification follows the wom an or her child or plm f *
w om an or her child under surveillance directly or indirectly.
a. Drift c, Peeping
b. Decadence d. Stalking
SOC CRIM V - HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT
What is Human Behavior?
Human Behavior - Refers to the reaction to facts of n* Inlimn

between the individual and his environment. It is mainly
by both genes and environment. There are three* rufoiiMi
contributors of this study, namely: Sigmund Freud, thr hi Him
Psychoanalysis, Francis Galton and his heredity and humnn I* III
model study as well as Charles Darwin guided by his hvtiHJ
Theory.
What are the classification o f human behavior?
Classification o f Human Behavior:

Habitual - Refers to demeanors which is resorted to in a regular

basis it may be further characterized as: emotional and language.
Instinctive - Are human conduct which is unlearned and

inherent, said to be present at birth of a person, and significantly
influenced by heredity.
Symbolic - Are human conduct in response to stimuli undertaken

by means of substitution.
Complex - Refers to two or more habitual behavior which occurs

in one situation.
Wtmt are the attributes o f hum an behavior?
At I ributes o f Hum an Behavior:
Duration - Refers to the aspect of human behavior in terms of

I unction of time, how long or brief the interval may be.
IGxtensity - Traits of human behavior which centers on size,

distance, location (spatial characteristics)
Intensity - Features of human behavior which focuses in terms

of magnitude, mild, strong, (disintegrative)
Quantity - Refers to the aspect of human behavior dealing with

I h r normal and abnormal traits.
•low does hum an behavior takes place?
fMUsation of Human Behavior. There are three general functions

|)t Ihr nervous system in man and animals. Sensing specific
........ . ion about external and internal conditions (In the example
Plttvr, Ihis is seeing your friend). Integrating that information (This is
* understanding of the information coming from the eyes). Issuing
jpn u n ds for a response from the muscles or glands (This is the
C m lh>n of walking towards him). There are basically three steps on
tm dors human behavior takes place namely Sensation, Perception
Awni (‘ness.
§§«*•«< Ion The feeling or impression of stimulus.

refers to man's sense of sight.
H ptluiY refers to our sense of smelling.
■MftUeuus refers to our sense of touch or feeling.
Bytllluiy - man's sense of hearing.
- man's sense of taste.
Perception - knowledge of stimulus
Awareness -psychological activity (according to interpretation Mild

experience of object or stimulus)
How do people interact?
People intermingle by three psychological positions or beh/ivimul

patterns called ego states.
Parent ego state - Which may be characterized as prote< llvi ,
idealistic, evaluative, righteous, refer to laws, rules nml
standards.
Adult ego state - Which centers more upon reason, I'm IhhI
flexible, views as co-equal, worthy, and reasonable hiumill
being.
Child ego state - Which may be easily described •

dependent, rebellious, selfish, demanding, impatient mill
emotional.
How do human being transact?
How People Transacts: Human performance, conduct and execution h

classified into two which are as follows:
Com plim entary - This takes place if stimulus and i< .|... -
patterns from one ego state to another are parallel.
Non-com plim entary -This is performed if stimulii <md[j

response patterns from one ego state to another iim mi|
parallel.
How do people react to frustration?
Defense Reaction to Frustration: As the individual pm^M -"fA

through life, he develops up a broad repertoire of paythologMH
defensive reactions which he uses unconsciously to adjust to « mM
involving frustrations. This reaction is helpful and essentially !••
if not used to an extreme degree. It must not be used to the rxtii •
neither one be overly dependent upon them because thtar n J
actually hinder rather than help the process of normal adjustnimi If*
terms of general patterns, we may classify them in terms ol fh i f l
fundamental adjustive behaviors.
W ithdrawal Reactions Form of physical flight.

I'.intasy - Resorts to day dream (flight of the imagination) as a

temporary escape from the frustration of reality.
Nomadism - on the move - a migrant, traveler or journey man who
11 ansfers from place to place
Regression - Or infantilism which indicates a return to an earlier work
Depression - A reaction which excludes from conscious awareness
undesirable thought, feeling or memory causing pain.
Reaction Formation - A withdrawal reaction which prohibits from
conscious awareness especially unacceptable desires of impulses (the
111ought of it is guilt provoking) may develop conscious attitude or
overt behavior that contradict his original wish.
Aggressive Reaction:
Displacement - The process of directing anger to someone or some
11 ling other than he is angry at.
h e c-Floating Anger - A chronic reaction pattern of resentment.
Regards even neutral situation as having hostile implication. The
i« inper may have come from parents and may be expressed practically
In everyone. Severe and prolonged may cause blind rage and go
I>ei serk, may kill whoever is near.
|.< ;ipegoating - An aggressive reaction where one tries to blame or
hold responsible others to hide and conceal and explain his failures.
Suicide - A person who is unable to express anger openly and turns to
n!mself for self-destruction.
i ompromise Reaction:
i ..i ii ion - A concession where a person to avoid conflict seals off
Mititudes in the mental com partm ent allowing it to function in
Inula lion from conflicting ones. (Conflict is logically incompatible).
...hi imation - A conciliation undertaken by seeking a new goal that is
Socially acceptable. Example: Hostility rage and anger participate in
[minting, writing or engage sports, etc.
I >vei compensation - A compensatory activity which ceases to be
value, for it gets out of control, e.g. To solve financial problems and
wort*, one goes to the race track and bets or go the lotto booth on a
I ily basis in the hope of winning the jackpot.
ILm npensation - The desire of the individual to counterbalance
Inferiority to that of something he can succeed. E.g. A person who
■INthtH to join the police force but is unable to due to height
|frc|mrcments tries to join the military service instead.
|ptiL>stitution - A compromise reaction where on directs or shifts
^pehavior to something unacceptable by a society. E.g. Ariel who
«*))! res for the deanship position but due to lack of experience and
» icdentials would be unable to do so is happy to work as a productive
instructor.
Wlmt is a crisis?
Crisis refers to a turning point in the course of any situation. It is

decisive, comes into a crucial time stage or event. It may also denote
period of great peril, danger or trouble whose outcome decide*
whether there may possible bad consequences that will follow. It in
considered to have originated from either an act of God, also known n >
“force majure”, or man made which may be intentional or accidental.
What is crisis management?
Crisis management is the act or manner of running or handling

decisive matters, which is crucial. It involves considerably tlir
prevention of loss of life and injury, loss or damage to property from
hazards which cannot be normally foreseen or prevented. Crisis in
used interchangeably with emergency. Emergencies may be caused by
people or natural.
Human caused emergencies includes but not limited to civil

disturbances, riots, rallies; transportation and industrial accidents,
chemical, nuclear and terrorist attacks; hazardous-material spills nnd
contamination and arson incidents. Natural emergencies
typhoons, tidal waves, landslides, volcanic eruptions, floods, fhnii^
extreme temperatures, and earthquakes.
What are pre-disaster plans?
Pre-disaster plans should consist of:

o What particular emergencies or crisis to prepare for.
o Specific functions to be performed during emergencies,
o Information dissemination,
o Supply procurement,
o Evacuation sites.
What are the phases o f crisis?
Majority of crisis/emergencies occur or takes place in four phMMifl

namely:
o The Warning period
o The Impact period
o The Immediate Reaction after Impact period
o The period of Delayed Response.
Before the emergency, preparation and being proactive is n imitl

Personnel likely to be needed and anticipation of immediate pmhli m
must be dealt with. It also includes the identification of resoim * * < h «
equipment required and their accessibility. During the emei>’<*n< y
ample time to assess the situation. Make saving lives the utMMIM
priority. Channels of communication must be kept open. C o n tin ^ tM
r CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
plans must be available. Ensure that peace and order is maintained.

And deploy key personnel as rapidly as practicable. After the
emergency, damage assessment is required. Try to normalize and
stabilize the situation, as early as possible. Tend to the injured, those
who require assistance and evacuation.
What is important is to know those involved and what to do in time of

hostage situation.
Priorities in Hostage Situation:
o Preservation of Life - hostage, hostage taker, public, all.
0 Apprehend hostage taker, recover and protect property.
To successfully negotiate, there must be: A need to live on the part of

the hostage taker because a hostage taker who is bent in killing
himself is a case of non-negotiable, If not bent in killing himself, his
Intent, therefore, is to free the hostage and not to harm them. So that
Hie police must know what is in the mind of the hostage taker.
I P/Insp. Tan w hile on his w ay home heard a scream for help com ing from a
• ritain house, no unusual disturbance was observed, he should;
«, Enter the residence cautiously to investigate
I» Call for back before entering the premises
1, Report the m atter to the nearest police block
?d. Call for public assistance before entering the house
2 A police would generally render efficient service by;

ft, Standing in conspicuous places for police visibility
h, Observing unusual things
• Iteing well dressed and always in proper uniform and bearing
II Always recording detailed entries for future reference.
i : -P02 Javier discovered a fire at 3:00 am on the third floor o f a six storey
IttHiding. W hat should be his first action?
Il Call the police headquarters
i» Call for the fire bureau for an em ergency response
• Try to call for public assistance
H ICnter the prem ises and try to save the persons trapped inside
[4, A m entally deranged man took several children hostage and barricaded a
loom after which he threatened to kill them and himself, as the first police
M flc r r on site, you should;
at Immediate assault the room to save the hostages.
B * Try reason with the hostage taker
t» A s k for the dem ands o f the hostage taker
£ T ry to calm the hostage taker down before the crisis team arrives.
an adm inistrator, what should you do to elim inate friction between two
four subordinates?
1)rfin e the authority o f each person concerned
I* kVprimand both o f them
t Transfer one o f them to other units
d. Call both parties concerned and explain the need for cooperation.
6. A deviant sexual behavior w herein one obtains gratification by showing hi

others his/her naked body.
a. Voyeurism c. Transvetism
b. Exhibitionism d. Fetishism
7. A child molester.
a. Transvestite c. M asochist
b. Peeping tom d. Pedophile
8. Ariel who u sually gets sexual stim ulation and gratification with anotliei
man manifests w hat deviant sexual behavior?
a. Lesbianism c. H om osexuality
b. Fetishism d. Pedophilia
9. Noel who likes to engage in sexual intercourse with his pet dog, exhibit n:
a. Hom osexuality c. Necrophilia
b. Bestiality d. Incest
10. Joy and Joey are brothers and sisters who fell in love with each oil in
their relationship is prohibited by law because this is an abnoi imiliiy
involving.
a. Hom osexuality c. Necrophilia
b. Bestiality d. Incest
11. You are the first to respond to a caill wherein a dead body is found nl Hip
crime scene with several onlookers, as a rule you are not allowed to rx|»tt*M
you r opinion, why?
a. No useful purpose will be served
b. You do not know the cause o f death
c. The killer m ay be around
d. Your opinion m ay influence the negotiator
12. W hile regulating traffic at a school intersection during break timr, vmM
were notified that a hom icide had occurred a few blocks away, what won id ht»
your initial action?
a. Call an ambulance
b. Request for an investigator
c. Go to the scene after notifying headquarters and the hi ImM
adm inistration
d. Call the funeral parlor for service.
13. A person approached you and told you that a dead man is on the
what would be you r course o f action if you are the policem an concerned
a. Verify the statem ent c. Ask him to notify station
b. Obtain the in form er’s name d. Call for an investigator
14. One o f the following tasks o f supervisory w ork that may be surer
delegated.
a. Discipline c. Checking com pleted work
b. Reporting to ch ief d. Responsibility for accompllshlM
mission
I 5. A policem an can be m ost effective if:

m, He does not take bribes c. Stands in inconspicuous place
Pi Observes unusual things d. He is in com plete uniform
16, Functional allocation should involve:

M. The assignm ent o f a single pow er to an adm inistrative power
b, Distribution o f responsibility am ong all levels
r Integration o f assignm ents
d. Decentralization o f responsibility
17, Standard procedure to avoid conflicts in the delegation o f authority.

« Review all assignm ents periodically
b, Provide w orkable span o f control
V, Use o f linear m ethod in giving assignm ents
il, Assign all related w ork to the same control
IH The m ost im portant person in hostage crisis situations.

*r Negotiator c. Hostage taker
h, Com m ander d. Hostage
l'» In hostage taking incidents, there should be how m ay num ber o f

|l got iators?
H i c. 3
It. 2 d. 4
§0 If one unit head is constantly bogged down with detail work. And
pivrHtigation revealed that this overload did not take place under same
(flu id it ions but different predecessors, what is the logical reason for such
tivt i load?
H The division has incom petent supervisors
(l, The division has too m any supervisors
t lie assigns to much im portant w ork to his subordinates
11 Mr failed to im plem ent proper delegation
||l A type o f reaction to facts o f relationship between the individual and his
fftvhoiiment w hich is substituted.
h llnbitual c. Instinctive
Pi Symbolic d. Com plex
An attribute o f hum an behavior w hich concerns function o f time.

m Duration c. Intensity
p, 10x tensity d. Q uantity
■1 Human behavior in term s o f magnitude.

m Duration c. Intensity
P tCxtensity d. Q uantity
11 trfers to two or more habitual behavior w hich occurs in one situation,

|U« h u s sm oking in bed after a sexual intercourse.
m Habitual c. Instinctive
II, Nymbolic d. Com plex
6 It refers to knowledge o f stimulus.

a. Sensation c. Awareness
b. Perception d. All o f these
26. Im pression o f stimulus by utilizing on e’s sense o f smell.

a. Olfactory c. Auditory
b. Cutaneous d. Gustatory
27. Mike after tasting an unripe mango grim aced this sensation is said to be:
a. Olfactory c. Auditory
b. Cutaneous d. Gustatory
28. It refers to a psychological activity according to the interpretation and

experience.
a. Sensation c. Awareness
b. Perception d. All o f the foregoing
29. It speaks o f an attribute o f hum an behavior which deals w ith spatial

characteristics.
a. Duration c. Intensity
b. Extensity d. Quantity
30. In terms o f norm ality and abnorm ality, what attribute o f hum an behavior
is manifested?
a. Duration c. Intensity
b. Extensity d. Q uantity
31. A peeping tom who gains gratification by seeing nude w om an/m an in

some form o f sexual act.
a. Transvetism c. Exhibitionism
b. Fetishism d. Voyeurism
32. Connotes hypersensitivity, unwarranted suspicion, envy and jealousy.

a. Compulsive personality disorder
b. Paranoid personality disorder
c. Hysterical personality disorder
d. Passive aggressive personality disorder
33. It refers to an abnorm al behavior caused by environment.

a. Functional c. Psycho physiological
b. Organic d. Neuroses
34. W hen anxiety, depression or unusual fear(phobia) is displayed it refers to;

a. Neuroses c. Psycho physiological
b. Psychoses d. Personality disorder
35. A person who believes he is always threatened and persecuted su ffn *

from:
a. Paranoid c. Severe depression
b. Sociopathethic personality d. Personality disorder
36. In hostage taking situations which am ong the following m ay nevri tip
negotiated?
w ------ c. Food I
b. Firearm d. Transportation
37. First step h ostage taking crisis.

a. Crowd control c. Negotiations
b. Traffic control d. Assault
38. Last option in h ostage taking incidents

a. Crowd control c. Negotiation
b. Assault d. G iving in to the dem ands
39. A police officer regu latin g traffic sees an injured boy hit by a car, w h at
should be his first action?
a. Call an am bulance
b. Adm inister first aid
c. Arrest the driver
d. Rem ain at his p o st and request some persons to make the em ergency call
40. A doctor violated traffic law, w hat should the officer do in case the
physician inform s h im that he is on his w ay to adm inister em ergency
treatment.
a. Follow the ph ysician to the hospital
b. Forget the citation
c. Go by norm al procedu res
d. Take the address o f both the physician and patient and allow him to
continue.
41. O n e’s ability to com prom ise is an exam ple o f this hum an interaction?
a. Parent ego state c. Child ego state
I). Adult ego state d. All o f the foregoing
12. An im patient, rebellious, dependent and em otional person manifests:

n. Parent ego state c. Child ego state
I). Adult ego state d. All o f the foregoing
'13. If stimulus and response pattern from one ego state to another are
parallel, hum an transaction is said to be:
A. Com plim entary c. Com pensatory
I» Non com plim entary d. All o f the foregoing
'1*1. Jun angry at his girlfrien d’s continuous nagging, boxed a nearby tree; this
manifests w hat particular aggressive reaction?
«. D isplacem ent c. Scapegoating
b Free floating anger d. Isolation
45. This study w hich deals w ith crim inal behavior is a necessity for police
••Hirers to assess the difference in abnorm al and norm al behavior to enable
Ihnn to make im portant ju dgm en t in a specific situation.
*. Crim inal dynam ics c. Crim inal psychiatry
t» Crim inal psychology d. Crim inal psychiatry
rfr* tn feeling or im pression o f stimulus.

c. Awareness
d. Behavior
47. Human behavior which refers to the reaction to facts o f relationship

between the individual and his environm ent is a product of:
a. Heredity c. Learning or training
b. Environm ent d. All o f these
48. Ricky always worried when his brother Jay goes home late at niKht
manifests what particular human interaction?
a. Parent ego stage c. Child ego state
b. Adult ego stage d. Non o f the above
49. A person defending h im self from harm, exhibits what type o f hum till
behavior?
a. Habitual c. Symbolic
b. Instinctive d. Complex
50. Jose after an argum ent with his wife went to a bar to talk with friends
uses what com prom ise reaction?
a. Sublim ation c. Substitution
b. Over com pensation d. Isolation
51. Jim m y who enjoys slapping a sexual partner while engaged in sex iim I
intercourse has an abnorm al sexual behavior called:
a. M asochism c. Sadism
b. Exhibitionism d. Voyeurism
52. Romeo a known businessm an who likes to have sexual intercourse witll
you ng ladies whose age ranges from 12 to 16 manifests what deviant sexual
behavior?
a. Pedophilia c. M asochism
b. Lesbianism d. Voyeurism
53. W hile engaging in sexual intercourse, Mary likes to slap he face. This in mm
example of.
a. Lesbianism c. M asochism
b. Exhibitionism d. Sadism
54. Ms. Aquino who likes to w ear male underwear, uses male perfume nud
w ears attire for men is a:
a. M asochist c. Transvestite
b. Exhibitionist d. Lesbian
55. JJ works at a local funeral parlor, more often than not while working wMh
the body o f a deceased fem ale he usually engage in sexual intercourse with
the corpse. This act constitutes;
a. Bestiality c. Transvetism
b. Necrophilia d. Fetishism
56. Usual motive o f terrorist attacks.

a. Revenge c. Better treatm ent
b. Political and econom ic leverage d. Vindication
57. A prisoner who takes hostages has for his intent and motive;
a. Revenge c. Economic gain
b. Escape d. Vindication
58. A group o f bank robbers barricaded them selves inside the bank together
w iih their hostages; their dem and is geared towards;
ft, Revenge c. Econom ic gain
h. Escape d. Vindication
fV). Who am ong the follow ing hostage takers is deem ed to the easiest to deal
with?
M, Professional crim inals 6. Escapees
I). Terrorist d. Psychotic individual
(>(). Who am ong the foregoing poses more com plexity and difficulty in hostage
negotiations?
« Professional crim inals c. Escapees
11 Terrorists d. Psychotic individuals
(i I In hostage situation, prim arily before negotiation a ______ m ust be

ifttttblished.
« Portalet c. Coordination post
I), Command post d. Field office
t)J I )uring hostage negotiations hand held radios should be;

m, Open c. Close
I) With restricted channel d. None o f these
f> \ Phis period starts with the victim ’s recognition that she/he is going to be a
•»offerer o f a crim inal offense.
« Anticipatory phase c. Post traum atic recall phase
I* Impact phase d. Re-constitution phase
(•■I Characterized by em otional instability, im m aturity and self dram atization,

it Anti-social personality c. Personality disorder
!• 11istorionic personality d. Borderline personality
65 ,A person who virtually violates the rights o f others through unethical

hHmvior is considered as having;
i . Anti-social personality c. Personality disorder
l» 11istorionic personality d. Borderline personality
fif» Characterized by a person ’s hypersensitivity to rejection,

ft, Compulsive personality c. D ependent personality
b. Avoidant personality d. Passive personality
§7 This behavior is m anifested by instability in drastic mod and other

brhnvioral problems.
a Anti social personality c. Personality disorder
b 11istorionic personality d. Borderline personality
These are assum ptions about how things could be possibilities for change,
opportunities for personal growth and social progress.
«, Value assum ptions c. Reality assum ptions
11 Possibility assum ptions d. All o f these
69. He argued that behavior is determ ined by unconscious processes nn»l

psychosexual stages. Also referred to as the “Father o f Psychoanalysis.”
a. Carl Jung c. Francis Gal ton
b. Sigmund Freud d. Charles Darwin
70. A field o f research in psychology pioneered by Francis Galton that aim* hi

how much o f the behavior is attributed to genetic factors.
a. Carl Ju ng c. Francis Galton
b. Sigmund Freud d. Charles Darwin
SOC CRIM VI - CRIM INOLOGICAL RESEARCH
What is research?
The word research was an offshoot from the French wmil

recherche, from rechercher, to search closely where "chercher" men no
"to search"; its literal meaning is 'to investigate thoroughly'. Resenn It
is basically a systematic collection of data for the purpose* oil
explaining, describing or making predictions. Basic research is a lii
known as pure or fundamental research has as its primary pui'pnui
the advancement of knowledge and the theoretical understanding «•!
the relations among variables.
What are the basic forms o f research?
The objective of the research process is to produce new knowledge,

which takes three main forms:
o Exploratory research, which configures, organizes nml
identifies new problems,
o Constructive research, which develops and elabomirn
solutions to a problem,
o Empirical research, which tests the probability or feasibility o f
a solution using observed empirical evidence.
W hat is utilitarianism ?
The Utilitarianism of Jeremy Bentham and Cesare Beeiurtl

remains an important and relevant social philosophy in policy I* Mil
for using punishment as a deterrent through law enforcement, tllf|
courts, and imprisonment. Utilitarianism is the ethical principle lltal
the moral worth of an action is solely determined by its contribution
to overall utility. It is a form of consequentialism. Utility — the
to be maximized — has been defined by various thinkers as pleusuri
or happiness versus pain or suffering. It is the satisfaction i l l
preferences, or "interests". Some utilitarians count the interests nl \\\f
and all sentiment beings when assessing overall utility.
What is Postm odernism ?
Postmodernist School applies postmodernism to the study of crime

mikI criminals, and understands "criminality" as a product of the
Bow er to limit the behavior of those individuals excluded from power,
IM11 who tiy to prevail over social inequality and behave in ways which
I hr power structure prohibits. Postmodernism focuses on the identity
»»l I he human subject, multiculturalism, feminism, and human
irlulionships to deal with the concepts of "difference" and "otherness"
Without essentialism or reductionism, but its contributions are not
Always appreciated.
What is the Chicago School?
The Chicago School is a Positivist School, applying scientific

mi I hods and techniques to the collection and deductive analysis of
iIntn to explain different types of individual and social phenomena. It
Hu* focused on human behavior as determined by social structures
M i n i physical environmental factors, rather than genetic and personal
phmacteristics. Chicago School sociologists adopted a social ecology

ni* thod to studying cities, and postulated that urban neighborhoods
Willi high levels of poverty often experience breakdown in the social
ilmi lure and institutions such as family and schools. This results in
pici/il disorganization which limits and reduces the ability of these
|fc»titutions to control behavior and creates an environment conducive
B t drviant behavior.
Wliut is the Sub-cultural theory?
Subcultural Theory emerged from the work of the Chicago School

mii pnngs and developed through the Symbolic Interactinism School
Into ii set of theories arguing that certain groups or subcultures in
IIM’Irty have attitudes and values that are favorable to crime and
Molrnce. The primary focus is on juvenile delinquency because
throrists believe that if this pattern of offending can be understood
ninl controlled, it will break the evolution from teenage offender into
Mintiml criminal. Subcultural Theory focused more heavily on the
M u r of category of people or class, where some criminal activities
■prr seen as 'imaginary solutions' to the problem of belonging to a
pibordinate class. Sutherland suggested that people learn criminal
B h avio r from older and more experienced criminals that they may
■Muriate with.
Wlmt is social disorganization?

Social disorganization theory suggests that neighborhoods
liHmguered
ut i with poverty and economic deprivation tend to experience
I ht« rates of population turnover. These neighborhoods also tend to
lll^h
have high population heterogeneity. With high turnover, informal

social structure often fails to develop, which in turn makes it hard to
maintain social order in a community.
What is the strain theory?
Strain Theory, advocated by American sociologist Robert Merton,

suggests that mainstream culture between what society expected of its
citizens and what those citizens could actually achieve. If the social
structure of opportunities is unequal and prevents the majority from
realizing the dream, some of them will turn to illegitimate means and
turn to crimes in order to realize it. Others will retreat or drop out into
deviant subcultures (gang members, "hobos": urban homeless drunks
and drug abusers).
What is the social bond theory?
The social bond or social control theory, instead of looking for

factors that make people become criminal, those theories try to
explain why people do not become criminal. Travis Hirschi identified
four main characteristics: "attachment to others", "belief in moral
validity of rules", "commitment to achievement" and "involvement in
conventional activities". The more a person possesses those
characteristics, the less are the chances that he or she becomes
deviant (or criminal). Consequently, if those factors are not present in
a person, it is more likely that he or she might become criminal.
W hat is symbolic interactionism?
Symbolic interactionism was based on the phenomology ol

Edmund Husserl and George Herbert Mead and, as well as sub
cultural theory and conflict theory. This school of thought centered on
the relationship between the powerful state, media and conservative
ruling elite on the one hand, and the less powerful groups on thr
other. The powerful groups had the power to become the 'significant
other' in the less powerful groups' processes of generating meaning
The former could to some extent compel their meanings on the lattei
and therefore they were able to 'label' minor delinquent youngsters n
criminal. These youngsters would often take on board the label,
indulge in crime more willingly and become actors in the 'self-fulfillint-
prophecy' of the powerful groups.
What is the rational choice theory?
Rational choice theory is based on the utilitarian, classical school

philosophies of Cesare Becarria, which were popularized by Jeremy
Bentham. They argued that punishment, if certain, swift, and
proportionate to the crime, was a deterrent for crime, with Irisks

outweighing possible benefits to the offender. \
What is conflict crim inology?
Conflict criminology which is largely based on the writings of Karl

Marx, claims that crime is inevitable in capitalist societies, as
invariably certain groups will become marginalized and unequal. In
seeking equality, the minority or marginalized groups may often turn
to crime in order to gain the material wealth that apparently brings
(‘quality in capitalist economic states. It derives its name from the fact
I hat theorists within the area believe that there is no consensual
social contract between state and citizen. Marxist criminology
parallels the work of the functionalist school which focuses on what
produces stability and continuity in society but, unlike the
functionalists, it adopts a predefined political philosophy.
What is environm ental crim inology?
Environmental criminology focuses on criminal patterns within

particular built environments. It analyzes the effects of external
variables on people's cognitive behavior. It forms a part of the
I ’ositivist School in that it applies the scientific method to examine the
society that causes crime. The criminal event has five dimensions:
space, time, law, offender, and target or victim. These five components
are a necessary and sufficient condition, for without one, the other
lour, even together, will not constitute a criminal incident.
What is the differential association theory?
Differential Association Theory is an Interactionist theory of

deviance. This theory centers on how individuals learn how to become
<riminals, but does not concern itself with why they become criminals.
They understand how to commit criminal acts; they learn motives,
drives, rationalizations, and attitudes. It grows socially simpler for the
individuals to commit a crime. Their inspiration is the processes of
<ultural transmission and construction. Sutherland had formulated
I lie idea of the "self' as a social construct, like when a person's self-
image is continuously being reconstructed especially when interacting
with other people.
What is social control theory?
Social Control Theory proposes that exploiting the process of

•ocialization and Social Learning Theory builds self-control and limits
I lie propensity or inclination to indulge in behavior recognized as
antisocial. It is based on Functionalist theories of crime. Deviant
behavior is conduct that is a recognized violation of social non in

Formal and informal social controls attempt to prevent or minimi/*
deviance. One such control is through the medicalization of deviantr
It is not the act itself, but the reactions to the act, that makn
something deviant. Anomie refers to a condition or malaise m
individuals, characterized by an absence or diminution of standard*
or values. When applied to criminology, anomie implies a social
unrest, similar to the use of the word anarchy.
What is a crime rate?
Crime rate is an amount of the rate of occurrence of crimen

committed in a given area and time. Most commonly, crime role In
given as the number of crimes committed among a given numbri of
persons. Often, the type of crime is exactly specified a crime* taU
might be given as the number of murders (or rapes, robberies, thrlln,
etc.) per 100,000 persons per year within an area. Crime rate i .»
practical and useful statistic for many purposes, such as evaluating
the effectiveness of crime prevention measures or the relative safety of
a particular city or neighborhood. Crime rate statistics are frequently
used by government leaders to advocate for or against a poll* y
designed to deal with crime.
What is crime science?
Crime science is the study of crime in order to find wuyn toj

prevent, detect and solve crimes ethically and with regard to thfl
broader social implications of interventions. Three feutmut
distinguish crime science from criminology: it embraces the phyali a!
computer and engineering sciences as well as the social; it focuses nol
crime rather than criminals, and it is single-minded about ('UttlM|
crime, rather than studying it for its own sake.
Why are some crimes not reported?
Some crimes are not reported to the police because:

o The general public regards them as too insignificant;
o The victim finds the matter embarrassing;
o Individuals are unaware they are victims (e.g. fraud otl
confidence tricks);
o Lack of confidence or trust in the police;
o A fear of reprisals or victimisation;
o The victim may take law into own hands - a form of t u t i a
justice;
o Victims and children who may not understand issues; and
o Victim may not want to harm the offender (e.g. dommlli
violence, molestation and abuse)
I , I )cfined as crim e rate m easured in units m ost inclined to be victim ized.

t\ Vi< tim ization survey c. Vulnerable population
ti Population at Risk d. None o f these
I lie extent to w hich crime is increased or decreased.

m ( l ime Rate c. Uniform ed Crime Reports
l» ('lim e Index d. Crime Trend
1 Refers to a condition in individuals which is characterized by the

illniiiiution or absence o f values and standards.
|, Strain c. A narchy
li Deviancy d. Anom ie
4 In (Tim inology, it im plies social unrest.

NI rain c. A narchy
I* Drviancy d. Anom ie
ft II focuses on crim inal patterns within particular built environm ent,

♦mulyzing the effects o f external variables on people's cognitive behavior.
M Knthnomenology c. Environm ental Crim inology
M. irxist Crim inology d. Phenom enology
rhe word research means...

To study c. Thorough investigation
I n locate d. Critical analysis
, T h r following processes are inherent to research, except;

i lystem a tic collection o f data c. Explaining and D escribing predictions
Mnking predictions d. None o f these
A type o f research w hich configures, organizes and identifies new problems,

i ’(instructive Research c. Exploratory Research
I 111 pirical Research d. Action Research
A way o f looking at natural phenom ena that encom passes a set o f

HiloNophical assum ptions and guide bon e’s approach to inquiry.
I'HKtdigm c. Observation
i imr Study d. Logic
0 I indertaken w ith the aim o f im proving strategies, practices and knowledge

Ifn viron m en ts in w hich they are practiced.
* '(instructive Research c. Exploratory Research
§ Kin pirical Research d. Action Research
1 An em pirical inquiry that investigates a phenom enon w ithin its real life
Bfitrxt.
i I'mndigm c. Assum ption
\ ( rtwr Study d. Logic
| Thr ethical principle that the moral worth o f an action is solely

Mi i mined by its contribution to overall utility.
I Mllllurianism c. Chicago School
hinitivism d. Post Modernism
13. In crim inology it refers to the good to be m axim ized further defined nn
happiness or pleasure versus pain or suffering. It is the satisfaction of
interests or preferences.
a. Reward c. Com m on Good
b. Utility d. Hedonism
14. This argues that crim inal behavior is caused by internal and externnl
factors outside o f the individual's control.
a. Classical School c. Positivist School
b. Neo-Classical School d. Post M odernist School
15. It suggests that m ainstream culture between w hat society expected <>! Il*»
citizens and what its citizen could actually achieve. Further stating tlmt If
social structure o f opportunities is unequal and prevents the majority limii
realizing the dream, some o f them will turn to illegitim ate means sueh in
crimes in order to realize it.
a. Strain Theory c. Chicago School
b. Anom ie d. Post Modernism
16. This school o f thought centered on the relationship between thr slntt
media and conservative ruling class and the less powerful m inority group*, *
a. Social Control Theory c. Conflict Crim inology
b. Symbolic Interactionism d. Marxist Crim inology
17. It reacts against a single theory or m ethodology approaches and m!<i|itnj

an interdisciplinary paradigm for the study o f criminology.
a. Phenom enology c. Conflict Crim inology
b. Integrative Crim inology d. Social Control Theory
18. It claims that if punishm ent is swift, proportionate to the crime mit)
certain it becom es an effective deterrent with risks outweighing the pnnMil)||
benefits to the offender.
a. Classical School c. Rational Choice Theory
b. Utilitarianism d. Conflict Crim inology
19. A crim inal case is considered solved when;

a. The offender is identified, taken into custody and charged with the ( t Iiii ImhI
offense
b. W hen some elem ents beyond police control prevent the arrest of ( M
offender, such as w hen the victim refuses to file charges, or the offenctn <hn|
o f absconds.
c. The arrest f one offender solving several crimes or several offenders muy Ijg
arrested in the process o f solving the crimes.
d. Any o f these.
20. Defined as the num ber o f offenses per 100,000 population.

a. Offense Rate c. Arrest Rate
b. Crime Rate d. Both A and B
21. Uniform crime reporting program is com posed o f the following; cxc cpt
a. Crime Rate c. Arrest Rate
b. Clearance Rate d. None o f these
82 . The indicator o f the frequency o f known crim inal activity.

m, ('rim e Rate c. Crime Volum e
h, Offense Rate d. Crime Index
93 , It refers to the percent o f index offenses solved over a specific period o f

(line.
« Crime Rate c. Crime Index
h, Clearance Rate d. Crime Volum e
SM. The harms caused to victim in the com m ission o f a crime and the relative
H(ope for com pensation to the victim , as a means o f redress.
h Victimology c. Victim ization Survey
I» Phenomenology d. All o f these
"• It claims that crime is inevitable and a direct result o f a capitalist

tun icties as certain groups w ill becom e unequal and m arginalized.
| Marxist Crim inology c. Conflict Crim inology
l» Utilitarianism d. D eviancy
J(> It applies scientific method and techniques to the collection and deductive
Analysis o f data focusing on hum an behavior as determ ined by social
Mim Iures and environment.
* Postmodernism c. Subcultural Theory
li i liicago School d. Strain Theory
J I The product o f the pow er to lim it the behavior o f those individual excluded
frtim power, but w ho try to prevail over social inequality and behave in ways
fehlch the power structure prohibits.
I I*oHt modernism c. Subcultural Theory
!• t I licago School d. Strain Theory
JH A research which tests the probability or feasibility o f a solution using

tiltnri v(*cl evidence.
h l IMoratory Research c. Em pirical Research
It t <instructive Research d. Action Research
J 1* H claims that people have free will and will choose how to act.
I ( 'Inssical School c. Positivist School
■ Neo Classical School d. Postm odernism
#0 The prim ary focus is on ju venile delinquency because theorists believe

Mini i! this pattern o f offending can be understood and controlled, it w ill break
(lie evolution from teenage offender into habitual criminals.
m Subcultural Theory c. Strain
m Utilitarianism d. Anom ie
C O R R E C TIO N A L A D M IN IS T R A T IO N
Scope: History fro m p a st to present, their theories and philosophies. i!\o

management and operation o f all institution and community baswl
correctional system. Diagnosis, classification and handling ami
treatment o f offenders and their rehabilitation program s and activitii \s
The im plementation o f punishm ent and application o f mod* in

theories and principles o f corrections; renal rationale and procedure*
B JM P (Bureau o f Jail Management and Penology, PNP, PPA, BPP, DSWI >
and other correctional agencies m anual
PENELO G Y D efin ed.
Also referred to as PENAL SCIENCE, Penology is the division «•(

criminology that focus with the philosophy and practice of socirly in
its efforts to repress criminal activities. Derived from the Latin wuiil
“poena”, which means "pain," or "suffering", penology has stood in M m
past and, for the most part, still stands for the policy of inIliHlug
punishment on the offender as a consequence of his violations mi
criminal law; but it may reasonably be extended to covci nil it |
policies, not punitive in character, such as probation, treatment, Mini
education; aimed at the reformation and rehabilitation of the oflmdrMj
and this is, in fact, the accepted present sense of the term.
W hat are th e goals o f p e n o lo g y ?
The principal goals of penal science are: to bring to light Un

ethical bases of punishment, along with the reasons and purport* off
society in inflicting it; to make a relative study of penal Inwn hihI
procedures through history and between nations; and, finulls
evaluate the social consequences of the policies in force at n rJvi m
time. Penology represents a grouping of studies, some of whhllj
dealing with the aims and the moral or social rationalization •<1
punishment, date from a remote past, while others, having to do wllM
the wider social allusions of the system, have scarcely yet nmdi m
beginning. Modern penology dates from the publication of (Yoiof!
Beccaria's pamphlet on Crimes and Punishments in 1764.
CO R AD M IN I - IN S T IT U T IO N A L C O R RE CTIO NS
C O R RE CTIO NS D efin ed.
Correction is defined as the community’s reaction to n convh leM

offender. It deals with the branch of criminal justice, chargcd with thf j
responsibility of custody, supervision and rehabilitation n! tlti
1 1 iiivicts. In the Philippines the most common punishment meted to

11 iminal offender is imprisonment also referred to as incarceration.
Wliat is institutional corrections ?
It refers to the rehabilitation of convicted criminal offender in jail

and prison system.
What are the standards for penalties?
I1* unities as a ju ridical rule must conform to the following

itnndards:
s o It must be productive of suffering without affecting the
integrity of the human personality.
| o It must be commensurate of the offense. Hence different
crimes are punished with different degrees of penalty,
i o It must be personal. This requires that the offender would have
to suffer for his transgressions to the law and not be imposed
on others.
0 It must be legal. This means that due process must be
observed before the imposition of punishments,
o It must be equal for all. This borders on the fact that the state
would have to apply the laws without bias and favor and its
imposition is general.
<) It must be correctional.
o It must be able to redeem and uplift the valuable human
material and prevent unnecessary deprivation of liberty and
economic usefulness.
Wlmt are the forms o f early punishm ent?
h u m s o f Punishm ent during the prim itive era:
Lit n l hpenalty. It was carried out by hanging, immersing in boiling

WhI* i . burning and feeding to wild animals.
UM fjot al punishment. In which the offender is inflicted with penalties
At h h as mutilation, disfiguration, flogging and making maiming
1‘tlM i< humiliation. It causes shame to the offender wherein they are
AliMvrd of their hair, branded, and the use of stocks, pillery and
king stool.
■I*nmhment wherein the offenders are transported to barren, newly
Him overed territory and are not permitted to gain re-entry to their
(tomrland.
Wtt«t are the justification o f punishm ent?
*lM«tiflcations o f punishment:
Retribution- this was a primitive form of inflicting punishment by

way of personal vengeance. In its imposition, the punishment would
depend on the degree of satisfaction the aggrieved of offended party
would obtain. It was seen as the cause of the unending vendetta
between the offender and the victim. To regulate personal vengeance
the retaliation was limited to the degree of injury inflicted, hence the
philosophy of “an eye for an eye” evolved.
Atonem ent or Expiation. This is similar to retribution wherein the

penalty is commensurate with the gravity of the offense based on the
norms observed by the members of the society. Hence, it has been
described as a form of group vengeance as opposed to the justification
relied upon in retribution of personal vengeance.
Deterrence. It is based on the belief that the offender when punished

and inflicted with suffering would learn the lessons the hard way. It in
also beneficial to society on the ground that others know that c r i m e
does not pay and would learn of the effects of violations to the laws. In
the 18th century Beccaria the exponent of the classical school 1*1
criminology stressed out that there is a doubt in the deterrent effort n
to criminality but he noted that it merely manifest the degree <>!
severity of the penalties imposed but it is not the controlling fa< !<*i
why people commit same crimes or continue to violate the law.
Protection. This has been emerged after the establishment of prison

systems. It has been regarded as a social defense wherein the society
would gain protection by putting criminals behind bars.
Reformation. It is the latest justification resorted to by the imposition

of punishment. It operates by attempting to reform and rehabilil ii.
law violators would return to the community as responsible nml
productive members of society. This is a sound policy but very dill mnit
to achieve for change would depend on variable individual factoi
Hence treatment of offenders is viewed on a case to case basis due to
varying personal circumstances. With this justification probation at id
parole came into existence as a substitute to imprisonment whemlll
the law would have to be reformed within the community.
What are the pre-classical theories o f penology?
Pre-Classical Theories and Developments:
Secular theory o f punishm ent - Punishment is a means of r e s t m

the balance between pleasure and pain. This was asserted by Ai istntli
in his book “Nicomedian Ethics.” This is similar to the individu®
determination theory which prevailed up to 400 B.C. and the IVer will
theory wherein men by way of rationalizing the circumstances wnulfl
commit crime in terms of the more pleasure that they will derive out
their violation to law as opposed to the pain to be inflicted in case of
discovery and conviction.
Judean or Christian theory - the advocates emerged after 30 years

A.D., contended that punishment has a redemptive purpose for
violations to laws which are in evil to nature.
Rise o f the Canonical Courts - In the 4th Century A.D. a conflict and
rivalry between the churches as state emerged in the way offenses are
tried. They resorted to the Canonical courts which were derived from
I he aim to reform the individual offender.
The abuse o f Judicial Individualization - The wide discretion given

to judges and magistrates in the imposition of penalties gave them
absolute power which corrupted them and led to the rise of class
discrimination.
Who are involved in the reform ation m ovement?
Reformatory Movement: The progressive development of the prison

nystems came at the middle of the 19th century.
Domets o f France- An agricultural colony for male youthful offenders

was established. The boys were confined in cottages with an
appointed house fathers to supervise them. It focused on re-education
i a t her than the imposition of punitive measures.
Alexander Maconochie- Assigned as superintendent of the English

Pnial colony located at Norfolk Island in Australia. He advocated
humane treatment of the convicts as opposed to corporal punishment.
I h i progressive move was noted when the convicts after good behavior
wrre given marks and after accumulating the required number, a

n< kot to leave was issued to deserving convicts. This was equivalent to
IIif present day parole. For his contributions to the development of
I'mology, he was considered as the “Father of Modern Penology”. His
two basic principles of penology were that:as cruelty debases both the
vl< tim and society, punishment should not be vindictive but should
aim at the reform of the convict to observe social constraints, and A
fnnvict’s imprisonment should conist of task, not time sentences, with
irlrase depending on the performance of a measurable amount of
labor.
Hlr Walter Crofton- In 1856 as Chairman of Directors of Irish

prisons, he introduced the progressive stage system. It was also
if u i rod to as the Irish System, which is implemented in three distinct
Mttittes aimed to lessen the period of imprisonment of the convicts. The
first stage would entail solitary confinement for nine months with
reduced prison diet and monotonous work during the first month*
while education, an interesting work and better treatment wen
accorded the convicts during the last months of the first stage. Tin
second stage was assignment to works at Spike Island, and with
exceptional work and exemplary behavior marks or grades were given
and the period of confinement was lessened. Lastly the third stage- in
prepared for release while staying at Lurk Island wherein they m*
given and exposed to freedom. After a manifest reformation tin
prisoner is then set free. Sir Crofton made a system wherein tin
responsibility of self improvement was vested to the prisonem
themselves through successive stages.
Zebulon Reed Brockway (1827 - 1920) was a penologist and U

som etim es regarded as the "Father o f prison reform" in tli*»
United States o f America. - He was the superintendent at the Elm 11 a
Reformatory in New York. He introduced a system of grades loi
prisoners. A three grade system for prisoners aged 16-30 was give ii
The second grades are for first time offenders and after six month* •»f
exemplary behavior they would be promoted to first grade. Prisoner*
at the first grade with manifestation of good behavior for a period of
six months would be eligible for parole. In cases of undisciplim <1
prisoners they were demoted to the third grade wherein one month " t
good conduct is necessary for reclassification to the higher grade.
Manuel Montesinos- Prison director at Valencia Spain who in IH I

organized the prisoners into companies and appointed a petty offli
in charge. An hour of academic classes was also imposed on prison* »*
less than 2 0 years of age.
Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise- He opened the Borstal Institution mI

Rochedi in Kent. Said Institutions was regarded as the* !*• ■
reformatory institution for young offenders. In the United Kingdom
Borstal was a juvenile detention center or reformatory, an institulhi
of the criminal justice system, intended to reform delinquent mu
youths aged between about 16 and 21. The system in tin
institutions was highly regulated, with a focus on education, rout It
discipline and authority.
What is the Golden Age o f Penology?
Golden Age of Penology: The period covering 1870 to 1880 w

regarded as Golden age of penology. The highlights of the said peri
were as follows:
o The foremost prison reform in contemporary times began
1870 when the National Congress on Penitentiary and Neloi
Discipline was held. It led to the founding of the A m en .
Correctional Association, later known as the National Prison

Association.
o The International Prison Congress was held in 1872. It Served
as a forum attended by representatives from different
countries wherein improvement to prison systems were tackled
in the assembly every 5 years.
o In 1876 the Elmira Reformatory was established which "was
considered the forerunner in modern penology. Elmira
Reformatory paved the way for the second prison reform.
Zebulon Brockway began an effort to classify and segregate
type of prisoners, provide individualized treatment including
vocational training, rewards for good behavior, parole,
indeterminate sentences. The focus shifted from penitence and
punishment to individual treatment.
^ o In Indiana, Massachusetts USA the first separate was
established.
‘ In-isification Movement: After the reorganization of the Federal Prison

NvnIcm, the placing in one centralized jurisdiction the administration
nl confinement faculties formerly under different individual wardens,
Pin undertaken.
Wlmt is the BJMP?
Bureau o f Jail Managem ent and Penology: By virtue of Republic

p it 6975 the Jail Bureau was created. The composition of the
K MNonnel of the BJMP was to be taken from the members of the Jail
am lam ent and Penology Service as constituted under P.D. 765. It
In v c N l e d with the authority to exercise supervision and control over
all city and municipal jails. While the provincial, jail will be supervised
Mix I controlled by the provincial government within its jurisdiction.
The funding for the operational expenses of the city and municipal
|4il» will be burdened by the BJMP while that of the provincial shall be
III m I** i the budget of the provincial government concerned.
Ih^nni/ation of the BJMP: The Jail Bureau shall be headed by a chief
phn shall be assisted by a deputy chief, as prescribed by RA 6975. It
HIim11 be composed of all city and municipal jails each headed by a
n The chief of the Jail Bureau shall recommend to the
pe< rrtary of the DILG the organizational structure and staffing pattern
p thr HJ MP as well as disciplinary machinery of the Bureau.
p h o may be detained in jails?
Uiitablishment of District, City, Municipal Jails: As mandated by

II,c I )rpnrtment of Interior and Local Government Act of 1990; every
tlliHiict, city and municipality in the Philippines must establish and
maintain a secured, clean, adequately equipped and sanitary jail lot

the custody and safekeeping of any of the following:
o a city or municipal prisoner,
o any fugitive from justice,
o a person detained awaiting investigation
o an accused while waiting for the court's judgment,
o a violent mentally ill person who endangers himself 01 tlii
safety of others.
What is the BuCOr?
Bureau o f Corrections : The Bureau of Prisons was cron Ire I t»V

virtue of Re-organization Act of 1905 (Act No. 1407 dated November I,
1905) of the Philippine Commission on October 26, 1905 to iulti
charge of the safekeeping of all prisoners confined at Insulin himI
provisional prisons and of all penal settlements, or committed to Hip
custody of the Bureau.
Under this Act, the Old Bilibid Prison, the San Ramon Prison MfVl
Penal Farm and the Iwahig Penal Colony were integrated into o||l
office. Under the same law, the Iwahig Penal Colony and San
Penal Farm were established. The Director of Prison was vested wl|W
the authority to appoint the superintendent of both institution*, H im
aim then was to centralize the Philippine Correctional Administintlnfti
This Office was, however, renamed as the Bureau of Cor in tlntH
(BuCor) under the Department of Justice by virtue ol t n
Administrative Code of 1987 issued on November 23, uni
Proclamation No. 495 of the President of the Philippines.
It was prescribed to be headed by Chief to be known in thp

Director of Prisons who shall oversee the administration, supn vlnltfM
management and control of all state prison institution in tlt§
Philippines. The president of the Philippines appoints its html "||M
the confirmation of Congress by the Commission on Appointmrnt
What are the prison facilities under the Bucor?
The agency has seven (7) operating units located nationwide, nnntf lyi
o The New Bilibid Prison in Muntinlupa City;
o The Correctional Institution for Women (CIW) in M andn luyiH
City;
o Iwahig Prison and Penal Farm in Puerto Princei»<i * IIm
Palawan;
o Sablayan Prison and Penal Farm in Occidental Mindoro;
o San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm in Zamboanga City;
o Leyte Regional Prison in Abuyog, Leyte; and
o Davao Prison and Penal Farm in Panabo, Davao ProvincT,
What is diversification?
Diversification is necessary in all penal system to implement

argregation. In most cases, diversification of prisoners is undertaken
rit Ker in small or large plants mainly for the purpose of obtaining /
proper segregation. Effective diversification of institution within/a
Correctional system is based upon the following classifications:
Diversification by Age. Boys and girls regarded or classified as

minors is separated and confined in a different facility from the older
group. This would prevent the young ones from being influenced by
Incorrigible and hardened criminals.
Diversification by Sex. This is of universal implementation that

members of the like are grouped together and those of the opposites
arc naturally prohibited from contact with each other.
Diversification by degree o f Custody. That prisoners are segregated

feaaed on the duration or length of their sentence imposed by the
judge in the final judgment.
What is a m axim um security facility?
Maximum Security Facility- When thick waill enclosures 18 to 25

frrt high are constructed with catwalks, patrol towers and patrol
■unrds for day and night is implemented the structure is classified as
M 1 1 x i,mum Security. Occupants thereat are subjected to work in
Industrial facilities within the prison compound.
What is the difference between m edium and minimum security

Institution?
Medium Security Institution- When fences are utilized instead of

Wiill ; the structure is created for prisoners housed in dormitories. The
ipccifications for construction of two fences with the interior fence
approximately 12 to 14ft high and the outer fence 8 to 12 ft high and
■irv are to be erected at least 18 ft apart. The perimeter fence requires
|#wncr personnel to conduct patrol activities. While, in minimum
■rrurity- in this type of facility the main objective is to keep civilians
n v u y and not created for purposes of preventing escapes of the
■mvicts. The prisoners placed thereat are those who are awaiting final
plrn se and there is little or no supervision of authorities is necessary.
phrNC prisoners are free to move about subject to compliance to
mu lew hours.
Dfhnt is classification o f prisoners?

Classification of prisoners is mainly attributed with successful,

treatment programs of convicts. It is achieved by the development of
integrated and realistic programs of treatment as well as propm
placing of categories of the prisoners. Classification refers to a methc»4
by which diagnosis, treatment, planning and execution program ari
coordinated in the individual case. The Reception Diagnostic Ccni* i
handles the first two phases.
What is the RDC?
Reception Diagnostic Center: The reception Diagnostic Centci in m

specialized service designed to service big correction systems. Thpl
casework or individualized method of diagnosis and treatment of tli*
convicts are held at the Reception Diagnostic Center for a period of
sixty (60) days commencing from their commitment to the prison I* ivi
(5) days of which shall be allocated for the quarantine period whnHlt
inmates and detainees are given physical examination to segrrguM
those suspected of having contagious or infectious disease; orient nlion
with prison rules and the conduct of interview by the RDC stall I hi
remainder of the period (55) days shall be reserved for psychinin*
sociological, psychological, educational, vocational and rdiîoMi
examinations are undertaken by the new inmates, the result of whh h
shall serve as the basis of the individualized treatment program.
Who are the RDC Staff?
Staff and Function: The RDC is composed of the following:
Psychiatrist - examines the convict and prepares an abstract ol i!»»|

emotional and mental constitution of the individual Min
recommendation pertaining to transfer, custody and care indh .iimi
the type of work, educational training, recreation and disc ip! Inaif
treatment propei* for the convict.
Psychologist - the mental level as well as general interests of 11til

convict is determined by the psychologists through a series o f .»I•
tests and interview with the convict. This would point out tltfl
outstanding factors which contributed to the individual®
maladjustment.
Sociologist - The sociologist is concerned with the personal hiMufy ■

the convict to ascertain his situation and circumstances in life. I hi* If
mainly undergone by interviews with the family, friends and i<
of the convict.
Education Officer - The educational strength and weakncssrw ol till

individual is determined by the education officer in oidn ttd
I frt'ommend the appropriate and suitable educational program for the

« nnvict. His report is always part of the case summary of the inmate.
Vocational Counselor - by interviewing the convict the employment

record is ascertained by the vocational counselor, His general ability
mid skills of the convict is necessary to obtain to recommend the
Vocational program suited for him while under incarceration.
Chaplain - The religious affiliation and belief of the convict is

ascertained by the chaplain. The conduct of the inmate is reflected
witli the degree of his faith to his religion and thus very essential in
#!•■Ici-mining the appropriate program.
Medical Officer - The physical examination of the convict is

i’iinducted by the medical officer to obtain the medical history. This
Will be needed in the segregation of the convict should illness which
Burr contagious be detected.
Cu*todial-Correctional Officer - The observations made by the

i MNtodial officer will determine how will the convict react with other
Inmates and would play a role in choosing the type of custody of the
I jiilnoner.
What is the difference between staff conference and adm ission

■ummary?
Staff Conference: After all the tests, interviews and examinations

IHci been conducted the staff conference or case conference is
I undertaken, it is in said forum that the inmate's program for
I liratment and training is planned. This is of a tentative status and
I tyntild depend in the exemplary behavior and religious observance of
I lie convict with the program ascertained. While, admission Summary:
I It In n written compilation made by the staff regarding their findings
I Mh the prisoner. It is used by the classification committee as a guide
■ p cm t rying out the rehabilitation program of the prisoner in the
li|iriMting institution. This is the nucleus of the cumulative case

■Hfttnry of the inmate its contents are as follows:
I c» Complete account of the legal aspects of the case.
1 o A summary of the prisoner's criminal history.
I *- The biography or social history of the prisoner.
t <> Physical Condition.
I o Educational status.
11 Vocational interests
Experience and competence.
Kecreational interest.
Psychological characteristics.
I Jchavior at the RDC and reaction to group psychotherapy.
o Religious background and interest.
What are the Classification o f inm ates as to privilege?
C la s s ific a tio n o f in m a te s a s to e n title m e n t o f p riv ile g e :
Detainee. Refers to a person under the custody of law whose case |d

still pending in court; or held for a charge for an offense which is noil
bailable; or a person convicted by a lower court whose case is undm
appeal.
Third class inm ate - one who has either been previously commit I<•!
for three or more times as a sentenced inmate, except th o u f
imprisoned for non-payment of a fine and who had been reduced from
a higher class.
Second class inm ate - a newly arrived inmate; an inmate demo Iml
from first class or one promoted from the third class.
First class inmate - are those whose known character and credil (ill
work while in detention earned assignment to this class upon stm I iif
sentence; or one who has been promoted from the second class.
Colonist- Those who are first class inmates and has served foi o i t § |
year immediately preceding the completion of the period specific! in
the following classifications: has served imprisonment with
conduct for a period equivalent to 1/5 of the maximum term ol lil||
prison sentence or seven years in the case of reclusion perpetua.
What is custody?
Custody and Control: This would refer to penal safekeepim •<«

guarding the inmates. The custodial force or division being the hup i(
component of the whole prison personnel system are responsible' ImiI
the maintenance of discipline as well as ensuring safety of the imimiAfl
and preventing escapes and riots. The prison guard has the nnul]
contact with the inmates and should be able to manifest reapn I ttt
their human rights in order to gain the prisoners confidence hh|I
respect from the inmates. This will enable him to occupy a poniiiMii
wherein they can easily Influence the convicts and assist them in lli#KS
rehabilitation program.
The ideal guard deployment for prison facilities shall be a tltffl

shift with each prison guard having a tour of duty of eight houi m <Mt«
third of the guards per shift shall be detailed on reserve duty l«il m
period of eight hours prior to entrance to duty. The guard on irni i i
shall stay in the administration building ready for any call.
What is a contraband?
Contraband is anything found in the possession of the prisoner

contrary to the rules and regulations of the facility. This generally
lilt ludes firearms and deadly weapons, cash, jewelry and other
vn Iliable items which can cause disharmony and threaten the serenity
within the prison. Strict visitor control with body search is
Undertaken as a precautionary measure in screening items considered
« « contraband before they are allowed access to the prison compound.
What is discipline?
Discipline: The main objective of instilling discipline in the prison

•ynlum is to inculcate positive habits, values and habits that wilt
mnkr the convicts useful and law abiding members of society upon
hi* i( lease. This is contrary to the notion that discipline is a means to
(in vent escapes and riots and punish infractions to rules and
MK‘ila,tions of the institution. Discipline is a continuing state of good
in dei and behavior. This would include maintenance of sanitation,
Work standards, education, personal health and recreation.
Preventive discipline is a rather new concept and is more effective

Mum discipline applied after an offense has been committed. This
Winild come in the form of advice, reprimand and warning to avoid
ftih ue misbehavior. Disciplinary controls on inmates should be firm to
pi*urc good order and safety in prison. Breaches of discipline shall be
lumdled objectively, and sanctions shall be executed with justice and
l l i n m e s s . Every breach of discipline shall be reported to proper prison
•mi Iunities and the erring inmate should always be given due process
■ r im e he is punished.
What is com m unication?
Communication is a tool or important element in discipline. A

... I system of communication established between the prisoners and
he correctional officers would build harmony, rapport and
■Hdrrstanding. This will also relieve the inmate’s feeling of insecurity
In • nuse constant and friendly conversation eases one of his burdens
III life The formulation of inmate councils composed of chosen leader
Pl t i mt es which serve as an advisory council to the superintendent. In
■paling with pertinent matters concerning management of prison
f c t l v i t i e s and treatment designed for the convicts.
What is a behavior report?
A behavior report is one which calls the attention to the inmate's

(|HII i ide which might be considered as misconduct and could also
include positive behavior manifested by the convict duly observed by

the prison personnel. While a misconduct report contains the violation
committed by the inmate in reference to the rules, such reports are
investigated and dealt with accordingly
When may an inmate be released?
Release of an Inmate: An inmate or detainee may be released from

confinement based on:
o Upon the expiration of sentence,
o By order of the Court or of competent authority,
o After being granted probation, parole or pardon.
Who are authorized to order the release o f an inmate?
The following are authorized to approve or order the release ol

inmates:
o Supreme court or lower courts, in cases of grant of bail or ol
acquittal;
o The President of the Philippines;
o Board of Pardons and Parole;
o Director of the Bureau of Corrections upon expiration of the*
sentence of an inmate.
What are jails?
Jails began in the Stone Age where caves were used as detention
cells. A person then after being found guilty is placed in a cave and n
boulder is then moved to block the entrance towards the cave. Until
the beginning of the 18th century jails are primarily set-up in town-)
and cities for detention purposes.
Jails are primarily designed as adult penal institutions used Ini

detention of law violators. Jails occupies a dual role in the sense thm
it is utilized for pre-detention of offenders while their cases mn
pending before the courts and place of incarceration for thoNn
convicted of short sentences of not more than three ytmn
imprisonment. Jails are administered by the local government wiih
jurisdiction but under the supervision and control of the Bureau <>l
Jail Management and Penology created under RA 6975.
What are the types o f jails?
Lock-up Jails- This is a security facility operated by personnel of t!"

local law enforcement units for temporary detention of persons undrr
Investigation or awaiting preliminary investigation. In conformity wiih
the law, the maximum period of detention for light, less grave and
grave offenses are 1 2 , 18. 36 hours, respectively.
Ordinary Jail. This facility houses prisoners convicted of offenses

which the punishment does not exceed three years of imprisonment
and those with pending cases before the courts, it is administered and
run by personnel of the BJMP.
Workhouse Jail. Also known as jail-farm or camps such facility

operates small-scale cultivation of crops by minimum security
prisoners. This would be ideal for municipalities with a large number
of inmates.
What are the categories o f prisoners under PD 29.?
('ategories of prisoners under Presidential Decree 29:
Municipal prisoners. Are persons convicted to serve a period of

imprisonment of not more than six months.
Provincial or city prisoners. Are persons who by reason of their

Nriitence may be deprived of liberty of not more than three years, or
Ihose who are unable to pay a fine of 1 , 0 0 0 pesos.
National prisoners. Refers to prisoners who are convicted to serve a

term of imprisonment of more than three years.
i ><•tention prisoners - Are those without judgment and are not

i nquired to work but only required to polish themselves for hygienic or
UMiiitary purposes. However, by RA 6127 a detention prisoner should
manifest in writing his intention to work and if permitted he would be
*milled for fifth 4/5 credit for time spent in jail while under trial.
1 Mhorwise. 1/5 credit for time spent in jail shall be given in case he is
convicted by final judgment and would be deducted from his jail or
prison service.
What is Pardon?
Pardon is a form of executive clemency which is an act exercised

liV the President which exempting an individual on whom it is
Mttowed from the punishment the law inflicts for the crime he has
*oinmitted. This is a privilege and only vested within the powers of the
thirl' executive and not subject to judicial review. A pardon is in the
fUtturc of a deed for the validity of which delivery is an indispensable
Itquisite. It must be accepted by the grantee and a pardon already
Srllvrred cannot be revoked by the authority granting it. In addition it
* mii only be given after a conviction has been rendered by the court.
What are the kinds o f pardon?
Kinds of Pardon: There are two kinds of pardon as exercised in the

Philippines, namely absolute and conditional. Absolute Pardon serves
to restore the political and civil rights suspended as a result of
conviction. It is given without any condition attached to it. Its grant
carries with total extinction of criminal liability.
What are the lim itations o f pardon?
Limitations on the pardoning power:

o Pardon can not be extended to cases of impeachment,
o No pardon, parole or suspension of sentence for the violation
of any election lay may be granted without favorablr
recommendations by the Commission on Election,
o It may only be granted by the president after conviction.
Conditional Pardon: It serves for the purpose of releasing rehabilitated

and reformed convicts who are not eligible for parole. A conditional
pardon delivered and accepted is considered as a social contract
between the convict and the sovereign power of the executive that tin
latter will release the former, in the granting of conditional pardon tlir
condition usually imposed upon the convict is that "he shall not
commit any felony or violate the penal laws of the Philippine*
Conditions of Pardon: m
o The pardonee should live in his designated residence and shall
not change his residence without obtaining consent from tlir
board.
o In cases of temporary need to leave the parole residence, no
permission is required but the whereabouts should be given to
the parole/pardon officer,
o The pardonee must report to his parole/pardon officer !<>i
supervision.
o The pardonee shall not indulge in any injurious or vicious
habits and shall avoid persons and places of disreputable
character.
o That the pardonee shall not commit any crime. I
What is the difference between pardon and amnesty?
Pardon and Amnesty distinguished: Pardon includes any cnnm

and is exercised by the President exclusively and individually, while
amnesty is a blanket pardon to classes of persons or communitl«*i
who may be guilty of political offenses. Pardon is given only all* r
conviction while amnesty may be exercised even before investigation,
trial or conviction. In granting pardon the president may wish to do MMs
without any consent. In amnesty its final grant needs the concurrence
congress.
<>f
What is Com m utation?
Commutation: It is a change in the decision of the court made; by

1 lie President by reducing the degree of penalty inflicted upon the
co n v ict, or by reducing the length of imprisonment or amount of fine
imposed by the court in the verdict of conviction. Commutation is
e x e rc is e d to break the rigidity of the law, to extend the benefits of
I role to those not entitled to it and to save lives of person sentenced
lo suffer the capital punishment. Specific cases where commutation is
mi Iomatically provided:
o When the convicted person sentenced to death is over seventy
years of age.
o When there is a-failure to obtain the vote or affirmation of
eight justices of the Supreme Court en banc,
o In both cases the degree of penalty is reduced to reclusion
perpetua.
What is reprieve?
Reprieve: It is the temporary stay in the execution of the sentence.

The execution is set back to enable the President to review the merits
of the case and determine the proper punishment for the convict. It is
fKrrcised only by the president only after conviction.
I It is effected by the use o f stocks and pillery, docking stool, branding and
nimving o ff the hair o f the offender.
* ( 'orporal punishm ent c. Sham ing
1$ Public hum iliation d. Both B and C
' My this ju stification o f punishm ent it resulted in retaliation and unending

' • ii«leita between the offender and the victim.
h KVlribution c. Protection
!» Kxpiation d. Deterrence
f : An offense com m itted by a m em ber against another m em ber arouses the

m»M<lrmnation o f the whole group against the offender.
H KVlribution c. Protection
fc Atonement d. Deterrence
4 H Ix-lieves that punishm ent gives a lesson to the offender, and that it holds
M ftir com m ission in check.
ft KVlribution c. Protection
Atonement d. Deterrence
£ IK’ udvocated the theory that punishm ent should prevent others from
i m mi lit ling like offenses and should be in the degree o f severity enough to
i others.
a. Lom broso c. Becarria

b. Bentham d. Ferri
6. A system o f trial and punishm ent which is reform atory in purpose.

a. Canonical Courts c. Prim itive ju stice
b. King's Courts d. Judicial Individualization
7. He made the first attem pt to explain crime, wherein he noted in his Ixink
“Nicom edian Ethics” that punishm ent is a means o f restoring balunm
between pleasure and pain.
a. Aristotle c. Lom broso
b. Becarria d. Hentig
8. It resulted in class discrim ination due to wide use o f discretion in impohlnn

penalties.
a. Canonical Courts c. Prim itive Justice
b. King’s Courts d. Judicial Individualization
9. Its main advantage was it was easy to adm inister and elim inated arbitral)
sentence.
b. Neo-Classical School d. Modern Clinical School
10. It admits that minors and certain adults are incapable o f commit I lllgl
crimes.
11. It gave rise to exem ption and m itigation o f punishm ent.

12. Country which first established prison facilities.

a. England c. United States o f A m n it .» j
b. France d. Spain
13. System advocated by the Am ericans because it is cheaper to maintain

a. Elm ira Reform atory c. Auburn System
b. Borstal d. Pennsylvania Systrm
1 4. It abolished corporal punishm ent.

a. UN Standard M inim um Rules c. Pennsylvania Reform Law ol I <'Ml
b. League o f Nations d. Sursis
15. Its unique features o f incarceration were adopted by most > ' :
countries.
b. Borstal d. Pennsylvania System
1 6 . It is a training school type o f institution program, social c a s r

extensive use o f parole.
b. Borstal d. Pennsylvania System
I / The first parole was passed in 1837, in:

« Valencia, Spain c. Massachusetts
b. Chicago d. Pennsylvania
tH. It was responsible for holding international penal and penitentiary

fOtlgress every 5 years and was established in 1875.
M IPPC c. UN
h League o f Nations d. Hum an Rights Com m ission
!'» A warden who lim its his role to consider policy matters and m ajor
problems, his responsibility is centered on:
m I )ecision M aking c. Public Relations
b Personnel Program d. Executive Leadership
|0, A w arden’s responsibility to provide leadership and assign responsibility

Imi Helection, training, recruitm ent and supervision.
♦i I )rcision M aking c. Public Relations
h Personnel Program d. Executive Leadership
ill During the prim itive days,this punishm ent was given to criminal
mII< mlcrs by means o f flogging, m utilation, maiming, disfiguration:
i ( nrporal punishm ent c. Public hum iliation
h Death d. Sham ing
Modern justification for punishm ent which concludes that society will be
■ i n l protected if crim inal offenders are rehabilitated,
a In form ation c. Expiation
■ i Protection d. Retribution
J 1 Prople would tend to believe that by putting the offender in prison, society
In fenIr guarded from further crim inal depredation.
£ U * form ation c. Expiation
M Protection d. Retribution
M ii r asserted that crim inals are not free m oral agents, but are products o f
mid circumstances.
|§ I*crrl c. Lombroso
nk, (litrofalo d. Becarria
Hr contributed to the progressive system by dividing prisoners into

H ^ im m r s and appointed prisoners as petty officers in charge and prescribes
ip tilr iiiir classes o f one hour a day for inm ates under 20 years o f age.
■ Mltnuel Montesinos c. Domets o f France
1 Hli' W alter Crofton d. ZR Brockway
I Published agricultural colonies for delinquent boys and his reform ation
H t t r n In based on re-education rather than force.
M «nu el Montesinos c. Sir W alter Crofton
I )nmrts o f France d. ZR Brockw ay
P ( Imirman o f the Director o f Irish prisons, he introduced the progressive

i» m which attempted to place the responsibility for self im provem ent on
fiflftOner him self through successive stages.
a. Manuel M ontesinos c. Sir W alter Crofton

b. Domets o f France d. ZR Brockway
28. He introduced the Elmira, a new institutional program for boys from W»
30 years o f age. This system was based on parole and indeterm inate sentm* ♦
and referred to as the forerunner o f m odern penology.
a. Manuel Montesinos c. Domets o f France
b. Sir W alter Crofton d. ZR Brockway
29. For m inim um security institution, the purpose o f fencing the surrounding
is:
a. To keep away the civilian population from entering the institution.
b. It is designed to prevent escapes.
c. It is designed for agricultural purposes.
d. It is designed to facilitate open view o f the surrounding.
30. Inmates placed under a super security facility are considered as:
a. Incorrigibles c. Escape artists
b. Chronic trouble makers d. All o f the foregoing
31. It is regarded as the most im portant program that aide in

rehabilitation o f prisoners.
a. Recreational program c. Educational program
b. Religious program d. Em ploym ent o f prisoners
32. Minimum num ber o f times in counting the inmates on a daily basis.
a. Two c. Four
b. Three d. Five
33. Person who are deemed instrum ental in the reform ation o f prisonn itttfl
to their daily contact with the inmates.
a. Chaplain c. Psychologist
b. W arden d. Prison guards
34. It is a continuing state o f good order.

a. Discipline * c. Com m unication
b. Morale d. Loyalty
35. It is a relationship in which one endeavors to help another und* i*tfl

and solve his problem s o f adjustment.
a. Preventive Discipline c. Counseling
b. Com m unication d. All o f the above
36. It is a method o f punishm ent resorted to in extrem e cases whrn

penalties are ineffectual.
a. Bartolina c. Close confinem ent
b. Solitary Confinem ent d. All o f the above
37. He opened the Borstal prison, considered as one o f the best ir!uinu§|
institutions for young offenders.
a. Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise c. Zebulon Reed Brockway
b. Sir W alter Crofton d. Macanochie
»1M. It prescribes the means to be utilized in carrying out the treatm ent
(im^ranis for convicted crim inal offenders.
g. Admissions sum m ary c. Classification m eeting
li Admissions procedure d. Case sum m ary
M . Utilized as method in searching the prisoner for possession o f

nuitrabands inside the prison cells and compound.
m Krisking c. Greyhound operations
!» Itody search d. Body frisk
40 A person w ho is sentenced to serve im prisonm ent for not more than six
IDonths.
m Municipal prisoner c. Provincial prisoner
b City prisoner d. Insular prisoner
4 1 Which am ong the follow ing is not am ong the classification o f prisoners
in»• Presidential Decree 29?
I Municipal Prisoners c. Insular prisoners
•• Provincial Prisoners d. D etention prisoners
^ J What particular country utilized transportation o f prisoners?

Spain c. England
II Portugal d. France
II has been noted as the best reform institution for you ng offenders?
■ Pennsylvania system c. Elm ira Reform atory
* Auburn System d. Borstal Institution
§44 I! In given to prisoners who have returned to their places o f confinem ent
HMI hl n 48 hours after a calamity.
& (lood conduct time allowance c. Visitation privilege
■ t Hpeoial time allowance d. All o f the above
II is an institution originally intended to detain or house political

■ ffp n d ers.
■ Iwahig Penal Colony c. San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm
I )nvao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and farm
A person convicted to serve a sentence o f 12 years o f im prisonm ent would

^ ■ t*lattMified as w hat kind o f prisoner?
Municipal Prisoner c. National Prisoner
( | l*n ivincial Prisoner d. D etention Prisoner
11 is considered as the highest incom e earner am ong the Philippine

initial Institution.
(wnhig Penal Colony c. San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm
I ttavfin Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and Farm
4* II.in s l a t e s that incarceration should establish in the convicts the w ill to

Imw abiding and self-supporting lives after their release in prison.
United Nations Standard M inimum Rules for the treatm ent o f prisoners.
Inde terminate sentence Law
|$||Mnn Law
d. Probation Law
49. Nobody can assume the suffering for a crime com m itted by others.
a. Justice c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Personal
50. The m ost com m on problem for national penitentiaries.

a. Excessive num ber o f inm ates c. Sex problems
b. Lack o f funding d. Discipline o f inmates
51. It is a primitive justification o f punishm ent in the sense that it is in lh^

form o f personal vengeance or putting the law into one's own hand.
a. Retribution c. Expiation
b. Deterrence d. Reform ation
52. This theory em phasized that punishm ent has a.redem ptive purpose.
a. Judean Christian theory c. Neo-Classical School o f Thouj’lii
b. Classical theory d. Positivist School o f Thought
53. W ho am ong the Italian advocates o f the Positive theory wrote the I hmiI* *
Theory o f the Im putability and Denial o f the Free will".
a. Ferri c. Lombroso
b. Garofalo d. Becarria
54. It refers to anything which is against or contrary to the rule* >ih »(

regulation o f a prison or ja il facility?
a. Jew elry c. Deadly weapons
b. Dangerous Drugs d. Contrabands
55. It is one o f the forerunners o f modern correctional systems wherein li**^

confine the prisoners in single cells at night but allow them to wmk
congregate shops during the day?
a. Auburn system c. Elm ira Reform atory
b. Pennsylvania system d. All o f the foregoing
«. •*?
56. It enables the prisoner to roam outside the prison for a minimum |h »U|
per day to make w ork out arrangem ent for his release.
a. Pre release leave c. Leave for work
b. Individual or group counseling d. Granting greater freedom
57. If the scientific m ethod is utilized in segregation, what is thr m#t||

em ployed in the diagnosis and treatm ent o f the convicts?
a. Individualized method c. Scientific method
b. Casework method. d. Individual therapy
58. Considered as the most persistent problem in alm ost all prison (im <11||
w hich contribute to failure o f the reform ation programs.
a. Idleness c. Riots
b. Deplorable conditions d. Escapes
59. All persons in custody shall, before final conviction, be entitled In I mil
a m atter o f_______________ .
a. R ight c. P referen ce
n— "7 *
b. Privilege d. Choice
f)0. The Bureau o f Cprrections is under the—

n I )epartm ent o f Social W elfare and Developm ent
11 I )epartm ent o f the Interior and Local Governm ent
i I )epartm ent o f Justice
11 I )epartm ent o f Health
II, Place w herein a re w ly convicted prisoner is housed for at least a

pllnimum period o f five days for the conduct o f m edical examination,
Vm<<i nations, X -ray to prevent physical contam ination.
• Reception diagnostic center c. Infirm ary
!» Medical center d. Quarantine unit
An advocate o f the classical school o f penology who claim ed that society

hhin ( reward those who accept responsibility and punish those who do not.
§, Itm tham c. Lom broso
||, Becarria d. Ferri
til II starts from the adm issions report o f individual inm ates and serves as
Ihr Inisis in granting parole.
m Admissions Sum m ary c. Misconduct Report
i* Urhavior Report d. Cum ulative Case Sum m ary
m
(M Issued by the court to a correctional facility indicating the basis for the
■ flfln e m e n t o f a prisoner.
§ Mittimus c. Bail
P I )rtention order d. Probation order
i.n Hi liool o f thought advocated by Dr. Lombroso, Ferri and Garofalo.

h Modern clinical school c. Neo-Classical School o f Thought
Italian school d. Classical School o f Thought
|f) ( 'ountry wherein the last recorded burning at st|fke was m ade%
, Germany c. Englancf
E USA d. France
I f A nation who pioneered banishm ent as a form o f punishm ent.

i |i;i inland c. Fralice
( Mpain d. Rome
■ A code which adopted the principle an eye for an eye a tooth for a tooth.
C'mlr o f Kalantiaw c. Bible
Mttmmurabi’s code f - /t d. French Code
fry >
i Yrar when the Lea^,- c* o f Nations adopted the “Standard Minim um Rules
thr Treatm ent o f Prisoners.
IW'J! 1936 ;>
1 0 M d. \ 1938
(1 Yrar when the first International Prisio be ^ladw^ was Held in London.
1M /0 U >
|H7 J ((C. 4 days
71. It refers to an act o f grace o f the ch ief executive which grants grn
pardon to certain class o f offenders, but requires concurrence o f congress
a. Am nesty c. Com m utation
b. Pardon d. Reprieve
72. The tem porary stay in the execution o f the court, ordered by the prrsi<
verdict to enable review o f the merits o f the case.
a. Appeal c. Reprieve
b. Pardon d. Com m utation
73. It is a change in the court's verdict made by the president which 1<>
the degree o f penalty im posed by the court.
a. A m nesty c. Com m utation
b. Pardon d. Reprieve
74. Suspension o f sentence o f convict after serving the minimum trim

indeterm inate penalty without granting pardon.
a. Parole c. Com m utation
b. Reprieve d. Fine
75. It refers to a sentence o f im prisonm ent for the m axim um period <1* in
by law subject to the term ination by the parole board at anytim e after s§r^
o f the m inim um period.
a. Indeterm inate sentence c. Parole
b. Good time conduct allowance d. Probation
76. Deduction to the term o f im prisonm ent due to the convict's exrm
behavior while in prison.
a. Indeterm inate sentence c. Parole
b. Good time conduct allowance d. Probation
77. A law which m andated that offenders as punishm ent would have m i
portion o f their sentence in institutions and thereby released to uml»
probation.
a. Huber Law c. PD 968
b. Split Sentence Law d. Indeterm inate Sentence Law
78. A m ethod undertaken to allow prisoners opportunity for normal srx I

a. Visitation # c. Sodom y
b. M asturbation d. Conjugal visit
79. Most com m on form o f sexual perversion in prison and ja il facilities

a. Hom osexuality c. Pseudo marriages
b. M asturbation d. Sodom y -
;y
80. A w rit issued by the court ordering the confinem ent o f person so mu
penal institutions.
a. Probation order \ \ c. Detention order
b. Bail d. Com m itm ent order
81. For a m axim um sy sh&il, befcjlity how high should the wall**
constructed? __ 1
a. 8 to 12 feet \ c. 18 to 20 feet
12 to 14 feet d. 18 to 25 feet
This type o f institution is usually constructed w ithout a fence?

m Minimum Security Institution c. Maxim um Security Institution
li Medium Security Institution d. Open Institution
WI, What is the main objective o f segregation?

§, Diversification by Age
I» I)iversification by sex
Diversification by degree o f im prisonm ent
1 1 Prevention o f physical and m oral contam ination
H4, It is the original intention o f im posing prison labor?

** Punitive c. Reform atory
I* Afflictive d. Business
rr, II refers to the form ulation for the tentative rehabilitation program o f the
* "iivict.
h I )iagnosis c. Execution o f Treatm ent Program
11 Treatment Planning d. Re-classification
An, It is mainly responsible for the im plem entation o f a prison er’s treatm ent
ihiKnim?
»» l\M)C c. Classification comm ittee
p Warden d. All o f the above
Hp, It is part o f the classification wherein the prisoners are exam ined and
are adm inistered to check on the physical and m ental condition o f the
■Huoners.
m Diagnosis c. Execution o f treatm ent program
Treatm ent Planning d. Re-classification
NA, This forerunner o f penology considered and made em phasis on physical

Mimi acteristics as basis for atavism.
H Lombroso c. Ferri
i« Mncarria d. Garofalo
nu What country popularized the use of prisons as detention facilities?

g i Init ed States o f A m erica c. France
|i Kngland d. Spain
MO ( 'i edited for introducing the use o f jails.

t» ICmopeans c. Asians
d. Cavem en
■ I II* main objective is to prevent unnecessary custodial risk and prevent

M y a ll a I and moral contam ination from one group to another,
pi Diversification c. Discipline
II, Segregation d. Classification
** I hlral num ber o f days for an inmate to be placed in the quarantine unit at
UVrrption and Diagnostic Center.
t t )P
Kg J days c. 4 days
b. 3 days d. 5 days
93. Som etimes referred to as Case conference or Guidance conference wherein

the tentative form ulation o f rehabilitation program is conducted with the
inmate concerned.
a. Staff Conference c. Classification M eeting
b. Adm ission Classification M eeting d. S taff interview
94. Calls the attention o f inmates for certain m isconduct or positive traits
m anifested while serving sentence.
a. Post sentence report c. Misconduct report
b. Behavior report d. Adm issions sum m ary
95. A w ritten report detailing particular inmate and the violations incurred
with reference to the rule book.
a. Post sentence report c. Misconduct report
b. Behavior report d. Adm issions sum m ary
96. The m ost challenging problem that confronts the adm inistrators o f penal
institution worldwide.
a. Over crowding c. Sex problems
b. Unsanitary conditions d. Lack o f funding
97. An effective means o f social control.

a. Penalty c. Retribution
b. Punishm ent d. Atonem ent
98. Group vengeance as a justification for im position o f punishm ent.

a. Retribution c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Protection
99. Primitive punishm ent o f the transgressor carried out trough personnl
vengeance.
a. Retribution c. Deterrence
b. Expiation d. Protection
100. It paved the w ay for exem pting law violators from their crim inal liability
by reason o f insanity.
a. People Vs. Vera c. Sursis
b. M ’Naghtan Case (1843) d. Furlough
101. Golden age o f penology

a. 1860 to 1870 c. 1180 to 1190
b. 1870 to 1880 d. 1890 to 1900
102. Upon the assum ption o f the IPPC ’s work, the United Nations preferred t <»
identify its activities and programs under the broader concept of:
a. Social offense c. Social ju stice
b. Social defense d. Juvenile justice
103. Oldest penal institution operated under the Bureau o f Corrections.

a. Iwahig Penal Colony c. San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm
b. Davao Pena^Colony d. Sablayan Penal Colony
104. An inherent responsibility o f a w arden in seeing to it that he continually

motivates his sta ff and personnel to perform at their best.
a. Control o f prison operation and activities c. Personnel program
b. Decision m aking d. Executive leadership
105. First ju ven ile court established in 1899.

a. Chicago c. Massachusetts
b. England d. Valencia, Spain
106. He advocated the progressive system, by issuing ticket to leave for

deserving inm ates w hich is equivalent to parole, and he was noted as the
Father o f Modern Penology.
a. A lexander Maconochie c. Z.R. Brockway
b. W alter Crofton d. Sir Evelyn Ruggles Brise
107. It has been regarded as the forerunner o f m odern penology due to its
extensive use o f parole, social case w ork and training school type of
institution.
n. Pennsylvania system c. Elm ira Reform atory
b. Auburn System d. Borstal Institution
108. Pardon is exercised w hen a person is_____________ .

n. A lready convicted c. U nder custodial investigation
b. About to be convicted d. Under trial
109. Type o f prison labor w here products from the prison are m ainly used by
! he governm ent.
h. Public account system c. Price per piece system
I). Lease system d. State use system
110. W hat division is in charge o f personnel recruitm ent and training and
procurement o f supplies?
n. Business m anagem ent division c. Classification and Treatm ent Division
I). Custodial Division d. Medical Division
111. It was made as an alternative for corporal punishm ent and death
penalty.
n. Transportation o f prisoners c. Parole
I). Im prisonm ent d. Probation
112. This activity is undertaken to m inimize the anxiety o f the offender in

returning to the free society.
a. Pre release leave c. Granting greater freedom
I) Individual or group counseling d. Leave for w ork
113. It is the prim ary objective o f custodial and security division?

n To prevent riots c. To im plem ent discipline
h To prevent escapes d. To help in the reform ation o f prisoners
1 14. It is regarded as one o f the finest open penal institution in the world.
n Iwahig Penal Colony c. San Ramon Prison and Penal Farm
h. Davao Penal Colony d. Sablayan Prison and Farm
115. A person held in custody for the violation o f a law or ordinance and Iim •
yet not been convicted is a:
a. Detention prisoner c. Provincial prisoner
b. Municipal prisoner d. Insular prisoner
116. A person who is sentenced to serve a prison term o f over three (3) vtm j*
is a -
a. City prisoner c. National prisoner
b. Detention prisoner d. Municipal prisoner
117. They are prisoners who m ay be allowed to w ork outside the fence of Him
institution u nder guard escorts. Generally they are em ployed as agriculhm il
workers
a. Super- security prisoners c. M edium security prisoners
b. Maxim um security prisoners d. Minim um security prisoners
118. The BJM P is under the adm inistration o f ____________ .

a. DILG c. PNP
b. Executive Departm ent d. DOJ
119. The basis o f this school in penology is human free will.

a. Classical school c. Positivist School
b. Neo Classical school d. Italian school
120. Pardon cannot be extended to one o f the following instance.

a. M urder c. Rape
b. Arson d. Im peachm ent
121. A typical correctional institution or prison should ideally have

distinct subdivisions.
a. 3 c. 5
b. 4 d. 6
122. It is charged with the function o f personnel including training mi ill

recruitm ent and plant maintenance.
a. Business/ M anagem ent or Adm inistrative Division
b. Custodial Division
c. Classification Division
d. Production Division
123. M ainly responsible for security and safekeeping o f inmates.

a. Business/ M anagem ent or Adm inistrative Division
b. Custodial Division
c. Classification Division
d. Production Division
124. It calls for segregation o f boys and girls under 18 from the older group
a. Diversification by sex c. Segregation
b. Diversification by age d. Diversification by degree o f custody
125. A general agreed principle that wom en prisoners should be placed in .»

special building on the same site with the m en ’s prison,
a. Diversificati 9 n by sex c. Segregation
I). D iversif cation by age d. Diversification by degree o f custody
126. It houses a sm all population o f inm ates who are considered chronic
I rouble makers, escapees and incorrigibles, sim ilar to Alcatraz.
«. Super Security Facility c. Medium Security Institution
h Maximum Security Institution d. Minim um Security Institution
127. The housing units are o f cell type blocks and prisoners are not allowed to
work outside.
M, Super Security Facility c. Medium Security Institution
I>. Maximum Security Institution d. Minim um Security Institution
12 H. Type o f institution usually constructed w ithout a fence.

ft, Super Security Facility c. Medium Security Institution
I I Maximum Security Institution d. Minim um Security Institution
!2 ‘ ). In this institution, inm ates m ay be allowed to w ork outside u nder guard

>i iprrvision.
m Super Security Facility c. M edium Security Institution
l» Maximum Security Institution d. Minim um Security Institution
I l() The U.N. Standard Minim um Rules for the treatm ent o f offenders
|Mescribes that penal facilities should not e x c e e d ____ inmates.
ft, 1000 c. 1500
h 1200 d. 2000
IH A prison should be diversified by institution,

ft, I )iversification by sex c. Segregation
fc, Diversification by age d. Diversification by degree o f custody
132, Ideally the reception diagnostic center should house new inm ates w ithin
llir Iir s t_______days o f their com m itm ent to prison.
M, \ 0 c. 90
i, 00 d. 120
■ 3 , An institution designed to service a big institution it makes a critical

|ttidy o f the prisoners for their proper treatm ent program,
ft, (Massification Com m ittee c. Quarantine Unit
N. Reception Diagnostic Center d. Infirm ary
■*14 Kxamines the m ental and em otional m ake-up o f the prisoner,

ft PHychiatrist c. Sociologist
l» I'Nychologist d. Chaplain
■§&. An RDC m em ber who diagnose the attitude, behavior and peculiarities o f
i l l inmate.
ft I ^ychiatrist c. Sociologist
h I'nychologist d. Chaplain
■pft lie makes analysis on the prison er’s personal history,

ft Psychiatrist c. Sociologist
Psychologist d. Chaplain
137. It consists o f giving rules and regulations and explaining the rules to tin
new prisoners.
a. Adm issions c. Segregation
b. Classification d. Orientation Procedures
138. He recom m ends the transfer and type o f custody applicable to thft
prisoner.
a. M edical Officer c. Custodial-Correctional Officer
b. Vocations Counselor d. Chaplain
139. It is the nucleus o f the cum ulative case history o f the prisoner.
a. Adm issions Sum m ary c. Reclassification
b. S taff Conference d. Personal history
140. Periodic assessm ent o f a prison er’s treatm ent program to catn hi
adjustm ent with his personality and behavior.
a. Classification c. Execution o f the treatm ent program
b. Treatm ent Planning d. Reclassification
141. The first workhouse in England (1557-1576)

a. Singsing prison c. Alcatraz
b. Bridewell d. W alnut Street Prison
142. W hich am ong the following are reasons or purpose o f confinem ent in mu'
prison systems o f convicted crim inal offenders?
a. To segregate the offender from society.
b. To rehabilitate the offender so that upon his return to society ha shall hr *
responsible and law abiding citizen.
c. To punish the crim inal offender
d. Both A and B
143. Under the Bureau o f Corrections manual, an inmate refers to a national

prisoner or those sentenced by a court to serve a m axim um term
im prisonm ent o f more than three years or to a fine o f not more than him
thousand pesos, the term inmate shall also refer to a detainee. This statrm rn!
is:
a. True * c. Partly True
b. False d. Partly false
144. A person confined in prison pending prelim inary investigation, t tin I <*i
appeal; or upon legal process issued by a com petent authority.
a. Inmate c. National Prisoner
b. Detainee d. Insular Prisoner
145. Refers to the institutional record o f an inmate which consists of hi*

m ittim us/com m itm ent order, the prosecutor’s inform ation and the decision uf
the trial court.
a. Prison record c. Adm ission record
b. Carpeta d. All o f these
146. The inform ation containing an inmates personal circu m stam vn , lit*
offense he committed, the sentence imposed, date o f confinement mu I
expiration o f sentence is placed in the;
i, Prison record c. Adm ission record

b, Carpeta d. All o f these
I I7. Ideally, a new ly confined inm ate should rem ain at the RDC for
psychiatric, sociological, vocational, educational, religious and psychological
pxaminations for a period not e x ceed in g ___ days.
M, 30 c. 60
I), 55 d. 75
MH. Personal items particularly electrical equipm ent such as a television,

radio cassette, video player, electric fans is allowed in prison facilities,
pmvided that;
« The prison personnel w ill use them
!• The warden perm its it
11 , They are intended for com m on use with other inmates
t! All o f these
An inm ate who has been either previously com m itted for three or more
limes as a sentenced inmate, except those im prisoned for non-paym ent o f a
line mid those w ho had been reduced from a higher class,
it Colonist c. Third class inm ate
li Second class inm ate d. First class inmate
|B(). One whose character and credit record for w ork w hile in detention
pmi tiedassignm ent to this class.
|§, Colonist c. Third class inm ate
fe Second class inm ate d. First class inmate
I *■» I A newly arrived inmate is given this classification as to entitlem ent o f

pi Ivilege.
A Colonist c. Third class inm ate
li Second class inm ate d. First class inmate
|fU An inmate who has been a first class inm ate for at least 1 year m ay be
ifm n o ted to this class.
* ( 'nlonist c. Third class inm ate
Heeond class inm ate d. First class inmate
|h t A colonist w hen classified by the director o f the Bureau o f Corrections

w h n In punished w ith reclusion perpetua will have benefit from an autom atic
PPiitM tion from a m axim um term o f forty years to _______ ;
|| M ) years c. 25 years
W L M ) years d. 35 years
1 154 Who am ong the follow ing inm ates m ay not be allowed to view the
p tn tm n s o f a dead im m ediate fam ily m em ber?
§ Minimum security c. M axim um security
B ( Medium security d. None o f these
H | . Duration o f view ing privilege o f a deceased relative is limited to

HMt
M t c. 9
I, r> d. 12
156. The privilege to view a deceased relative is perm itted if the wake is in a
place w ithin a radius o f 30 kilom eters by road from the prison, if more than
30 kilom eters, the privilege m ay be extended in the inmate can leave and
return to his place o f confinem ent d u rin g _______ hours o f the same day.
a. Sunlight c. Afternoon
b. M orning d. Daylight
157. Prison labor is allowed provided the inmate m ust be able and w illing to
work at least 8 hours except on;
a. Saturdays c. Legal Holidays
b. Sundays d. Both B and C
158. An inmate m ay at anytim e w ithdraw from his com pensation earning in

an am ount not e x ceed in g___ o f his total earnings.
a. 1/3 c. 1/4
b. y2 d. 1/5
159. Age o f an inm ate who may be excused from m andatory labor.
a. 50 c. 60
b. 55 d. Over 60
160. Telephone calls is perm itted for inmates for a period not exceeding 5
minutes e v e r y ____ days.
a. 30 c. 90
b. 60 d. 120
161. Visiting days for im m ediate relatives o f inmates is allowed from Sundays
to Thurs from 9:00 am t o ______ pm.
a. 3 c. 6
b. 5 d. 7
162. There shall be 3 shifts for guards with each guard having a duty o f 8
hours. ___ o f the guards in each shift shall be detailed on reserve duty for a
period o f 8 hours prior to entrance duty.
a. y2 c. 1/4
b . 1/3 d . 1/5
163. W hen a riot or escape alarm is sounded, either by siren bell or gun fire,
all inmates arte ordered to;
a. Lie flat on the ground c. Arm s and legs spread out
b. Face ground d. All o f these
164. This is the initial wave o f anti riot assault contingent who shall be armed
with w icker shields, protective headgear, gas masks and night sticks to
disperse the rioter and get their leaders.
a. 1st group c. 3rd group
b. 2nd group d. None o f these
165. A back up force equipped with tear gas guns and gas grenades.
a. 1st group c. 3rd group
b. 2nd group d. None o f these

106.These are guards who are trained in the proper handling and use o f
11 rearms, they shall provide cover fire.
ii 1st group c. 3rd group
|, 2nd group d. None o f these
U>7. If escorting an inm ate a guard shall keep distance o f not less t h a n ____
puces from his charge.
m. 10 c. 30
I). 15 d. 45
I ()8. For escort duties there shall b e ___guards for every inmate.
m. 1 c. 3
I). 2 d. 4
l<>9.W hen the death penalty was still enforced by means o f lethal injection
!<>ur guards keep a death watch, the convict is confined in an individual cell
, hours prior to the scheduled time o f execution w hich is usually 3:00 in
I I k * afternoon.
ft. 6 c. 24
l» 12 d. 36
170. Means o f entrusting for confinem ent o f an inmate to a ja il by a

• oinpetent court or authority for investigation, trial and/or service o f
amtence.
«. Detention c. Confinem ent
!> Com m itm ent d. Im prisonm ent
171. An inmate who is not covered b y _____ shall not be required to w ork but
hr may be made to polish his cell and perform other works as m ay be
necessary for hygienic or sanitary reasons.
m Agreem ent c. Privilege
II Certification d. None o f these
172. Close confinem ent in cells shall not exceed ___ days in any calendar
month.
m 5 days c. 10 days
b, 7 days d. 15 days
I 7 3. In mess hall and dining area for purposes o f precaution, the prescribe
h !m a il for inmates shall be mage of;
N Wood c. Paper
h Mastic d. Carton
174. On Fridays and Saturdays, visitation privileges are cancelled due to;
« Inspection by m em bers o f the custodial force c. W eekly m ustering
l» Wash day d. All o f these
175. For inspections by the custodial force the ratio is 1 guard for e v e r y ____
inm ates.
* 5 c. 9
h 7 d. 10
I /Ci. It is the law g ov e rn in g Parole in the Philippines.

a. Revised Penal Code c. Probation Law

b. Law on obstruction o f ju stice d. Indeterm inate law
177. Conditional pardon is given by:

a. C h ief Executive c. Judge
b. Court d. Jail Officer
178. W hich o f the following totally extinguishes crim inal liability.

a. Conditional Pardon c. Am nesty
b. Parole d. Probation
179. Law Enforcem ent agencies use this facility for short detention,
a. Jail c. Prison
c. Lock up d. Penitentiary
180. Provincial jails in the Philippines are under the adm inistration and
operation o f the:
a. Departm ent o f the Interior and Local Governm ent
b. Provincial Governm ent
c. Bureau o f Corrections
d. Bureau o f Jail M anagem ent and Penology
181. W hich am ong the following inmates should inform ed about the ja il rules
and regulations.
a. Only those who can read and write
b. Only those who break the rules
c. All those who had never been in ja il before
d. All inmates
182. W hat is the act o f grace from a sovereign power inherent in the state
w hich exempts an individual from punishm ent which the law imposes or
prescribes for his crime, extended by the President thru the recom mendation
o f the Board o f Parole and Pardon.
a. Pardon c. Am nesty
b. Probation d. Parole
183. 8. A surprise arid sudden m ethod o f searching the prisoners or inmates

in possession o f contrabands in the cell. This is also known as “shakedown”,
a. Raid c. Body search
c. Operation frisking d. Operation greyhound
184. A penal institution intended for political prisoners and founded by

captain Ramon Blanco o f the Spanish Royal Army. It is where Jose Rizal wn
imprisoned.
a. Davao Penal Colony b . Sablayan Penal Colony
c. Iwahig Penal Colony d. San Ramon Prison and Penal
Farm
185. A kind o f prisoner who stay w aiting for his transfer to the New Bilibid
Prison is a/an__.
a. Insular Prisoner c. Detention prisoner
b. Provincial prisoner d. City or municipal prisoner
C O R AD M IN II- N O N -IN S T IT U T IO N A L C O R R E C TIO N S
W hat is n o n -in s titu tio n a l c o rre c tio n s ?
N o n i n s t i t u t i o n a l c o r r e c t io n s is c o m m u n i t y r e h a b i l i t a t i o n a n d
t r e a t m e n t o f c o n v ic t e d c r i m i n a l o f f e n d e r s p r i m a r i l y u n d e r t a k e n b y
m e a n s o f p r o b a t i o n o r b y t h e e x t e n s iv e u s e o f p a r o le .
PR O B A TIO N D efin ed.
P r o b a t i o n is a j u d i c i a l d i s p o s i t i o n a f t e r w h i c h t h e d e p e n d a n t a f t e r
c o n v ic t io n a n d s e n t e n c e is r e le a s e d , s u b j e c t to t h e c o n d i t i o n s i m p o s e d
b y t h e c o u r t a n d t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e p r o b a t io n o f fic e r . T h e c o n c e p t
o f p r o b a t io n , f r o m t h e L a t i n w o r d p r o b a t io - m e a n i n g t e s t i n g p e r io d -
h a s h i s t o r i c a l r o o ts i n t h e p r a c t i c e o f j u d i c i a l r e p r i e v e .
W hat is th e o rig in o f P ro b a tio n ?
P r o b a tio n h a v e o r ig in a te d in E n g la n d in th e y e a r 1 8 4 1 . M a t t h e w
D a v e n p o r t H i l l ( A u g u s t 6 , 1 7 9 2 - J u n e 7 , 1 8 7 2 ) w a s a n E n g l i s h la w y e r
a n d p e n o lo g is t . T a k i n g a n i n t e r e s t i n q u e s t io n s r e l a t i n g to t h e
t r e a t m e n t o f c r i m i n a l o f f e n d e r s , h e p u b l i c l y a ir e d o p in io n s w h i c h w e r e
th e m e a n s o f i n t r o d u c i n g m a n y i m p o r t a n t r e f o r m s i n t h e m e t h o d s o f
d e a lin g w i t h c r i m e . M a t t h e w D e v e n p o r t H i l l a n E n g l i s h m a g is t r a t e
p r a c t ic e d h is m e t h o d s w h i c h i n c l u d e s s u s p e n d i n g j u d g m e n t a n d
r e le a s in g t h e c o n v ic t s i n h is o w n r e c o g n iz a n c e w i t h a p le d g e n o t to
c o m m it a n y c r im e s . H e l d a s t h e f a t h e r o f p r o b a t io n i n E n g l a n d h e
w o r k e d f o r t h e g u a r d i a n s h i p o f p a r e n t s a n d e m p lo y e r s o f j u v e n i l e a n d
f ir s t t i m e o f f e n d e r s to s a v e t h e m f r o m t h e s t i g m a o f p r i s o n life .
A t a b o u t th e s a m e tim e , J o h n A u g u s tu s , a s h o e m a k e r fro m
M o s to n , M a s s a c h u s e t t s , U S A s t a r t e d t h e r u d i m e n t a r y f o r m of
p r o b a t io n . H is m e t h o d o f p r o v i d i n g b a i l f o r t e m p o r a r y s u s p e n s io n o r
p o s t p o n e m e n t o f s e n t e n c e d u r i n g w h i c h h e o f f e r e d a s s is t a n c e b y w a y
n! c o u n s e l, f i n d i n g h o m e s , s e c u r i n g e m p lo y m e n t a n d h e lp in g t h e
o f fe n d e r s s o lv e t h e i r f a m i l y d i f f ic u l t i e s i n a d j u s t m e n t . H e in t e r c e d e d
for y o u t h f u l o f f e n d e r s a n d a lc o h o lic s a n d p la c e d t h e m i n h is c h a r g e .
M i ic h o f h is p r a c t i c a l a p p r o a c h is s t i ll b e in g u t i l i z e d a n d a d o p t e d b y
p r o b a t io n o f fic e r s w o r l d w i d e i n t h e f o r m o f p r e l i m i n a r y s o c ia l
in v e s t ig a t io n , i n t e r v ie w i n g , f a m i l y c a s e w o r k , f o s t e r h o m e p l a c e m e n t .
J o h n A u g u s t u s a B o s t o n b o o t m a k e r w a s h e ld a s T h e “F a t h e r o f
P r o b a t i o n ” . E v e n t h o u g h t h e r e w e r e t r a c e s o f p r a c t ic e s s i m i l a r to h is
l y a t e m o f p r o b a t i o n d a t i n g b a c k to 4 3 7 B .C . P r o b a t i o n f i r s t d e v e lo p e d
In th e U n i t e d S t a t e s w h e n J o h n A u g u s t u s , p e r s u a d e d a j u d g e i n t h e
Hnston P o lic e C o u r t i n 1 8 4 1 to g iv e h i m c u s t o d y o f a c o n v ic t e d
n l le n d e r , a " d r u n k a r d , " fo r a b r i e f p e r io d a n d t h e n h e lp e d t h e m a n to
appear rehabilitated by the time of sentencing.The John Augustus

plan for behavior rehabilitation. In fact John Augustus coined the
word “probation” which he derived from the Latin word “probare”
which means “to prove, to test”.
Probation was first introduced in the Philippines during the

American colonial period (1898 - 1945) with the enactment of Act No.
4221 of the Philippine Legislature on 7 August 1935. This law created
a Probation Office under the Department of Justice. On November 16,
1937, after barely two years of existence, the Supreme Court of the
Philippines declared the Probation Law unconstitutional because of
some defects in the law's procedural framework.
In the celebrated case of People vs. Vera, 376 O.G. 164. The
Supreme Court penned down a decision declaring the said law as
unconstitutional on the ground that it was considered class
legislation, it encroached upon the pardoning power of the chief
executive and violated the equal protection clause. In 1972, House Bill
No. 393 was filed in Congress, which would establish a probation
system in the Philippines. This bill avoided the objectionable features
of Act 4221 that struck down the 1935 law as unconstitutional.
The bill was passed by the House of Representatives, but was

pending in the Senate when Martial Law was declared and Congress
was abolished. Briefly after World W ar II, the extensive use of
probation spread throughout the world. The trend of corrections
moved toward the constructive treatment of offenders outside prison
walls. It was attributed to the increase of social services and the
improvement of casework methods.
Aware of the needs of the criminal justice system of the country,

Congressmen Teodulo C. Natividad, and Ramon D. Bagatsing
introduced House Bill 393 entitled “ An Act Establishing Probation in
the Philippines; Providing Probation Officers Therefore and for Other
Purposes.” The turning point of the Probation law came on November
13, 1974 when Juan Ponce Enrile, National Defense Secretary and
concurrent chairman of the National Police Commission created the
Inter-Disciplinary Committee on Crime Prevention.
Commissioner Teodulo Natividad was appointed chairman, with

four members representing the criminal justice system they were
tasked to draft the adult probation decree. In 1975, the National
Police Commission Interdisciplinary drafted a Probation Law. After 18
technical hearings over a period of six months, the draft decree was
presented to a selected group of 369 jurists, penologists, civic leaders
and social and behavioral scientists and practitioners. The group
overwhelmingly indorsed the establishment of an Adult Probation
System in the country. On his assumption as NAPOLCOM Chairman

early January 1976, Natividad created a technical national strategy to
reduce crime. On 24 July 1976, Presidential Decree No. 968, also
known as Adult Probation Law of 1976, was signed into Law by the
President of the Philippines.
What are the forerunners o f probation?
The following practices were regarded by penologists as the precursors

for probation:
Benefit o f the clergy- during the time where the influence of the
church has been so vast that even monarchs follow its decree, an
erring member of the clergy who has been brought to trial to be
examined by the king’s court may be claimed by the bishop or
chaplain on the grounds that clergymen are subject to the authority
and jurisdiction of ecclesiastical courts. Leniency has been manifested
in sentencing of said offenders if found guilty by a jury consisting of
1 2 clerks.
Judicial Reprieve- Another means of reducing the severity of

penalties and harshness of punishment was a temporary suspension
of the sentence imposed by the court, this would provide the convicted
offender ample time to petition the crown for either an absolute
pardon or conditional pardon. English courts had practiced said
method when death penalty has been imposed under the condition
that said offenders accept exile or deportation.
Recognizance- This was viewed as the practice which led to the

development of probation service in the year 1861. It is an old method
of deferring judgment involving an obligation or promise on the part of
the offender sworn under court order not to violate any law in the
future and release is obtained granting that those conditions were
met.
Transportation- this refers to the old practice of exile or banishment

which lasted for an approximate period covering two centuries as the
primary method of dealing with criminal offenders. Colonies who
benefited from this method of dispensing with prisoners got cheaper
labor as a substitute for a harsh penalty. The continent of Australia
and the South America were the usual destination for transported
prisoners.
What are the purpose o f probation?
The purposes of probation are as follows:

o To protect society through controlled programs of supervision

of offenders;
o To promote the correction and rehabilitation of an offender hy
providing him with individualized treatment;
o To provide opportunity for the reformation of a partimlm
offender which might be less probable if he were to serve m
prison sentence;
o To prevent the commission of offenses; and
o To re-integrate the offender into society.
Who may not avail o f probation?
Disqualified Offenders Probation under PD No. 968, as amended,

is intended for offenders who are 18 years of age and above, anci wlm
are not otherwise disqualified by law. Offenders who are disqualified
are those:
o Sentenced to serve a maximum term of imprisonment of mm*
than six years;
o Convicted of subversion or any offense against the security of
the State, or the Public Order;
o Who have previously been convicted by final judgment of m»
offense punished by imprisonment of not less than one month
and one day and/or a fine of not more than Two Hundred
Pesos;
o Who have been once on probation under the provisions of PI >
968.
What are the procedures in obtaining probation?
The Procedures in obtaining probation are:
Application for probation. An offender who has been convicted <md

sentenced by the court, 18 years of age and above to serve m
maximum term of imprisonment of not more than six years and is imi
specially disqualified by PD 968 as amended may petition the com I
for probation.
When and where to file the application. A formal application nm\

be filed within the reglamentary period of fifteen days after conviction
and sentence at any time before imprisonment starts. Said petit ion
should be filed with the original court that tried and sentenced the
offender. At this juncture, the court may notify the prosecutor to
submit a comment on said petition within ten days from receipt ol
application.
Filing for bail It is allowed by the rules of court and criminnl

procedures that petitioners for probation may apply and post bin I
CRIM INAL JUSTICE EDUCATION - GUEVARA K M

while his motion for application for probation is under court

determination.
Conduct o f the PSIR. The court then will order the CPPA to conduct
and file the Post Sentence Investigation Report within a period of sixty
days. The probation officer assigned to undergo said investigation
must use the following as determinant factors in the petitioner's
application for probation;
■ Antecedents
■ Character
■ Behavior
■ Physical Condition
■ Mental Condition
Contents of the PSIR:

■ Present offense
■ Previous criminal record
■ Family situation
■ Neighborhood environment
■ Social history
■ Educational background
■ Employment history
■ Associates and participations
■ Habits
■ Physical condition
■ Mental condition
■ Summary
■ Recommendation
Submission o f the PSIR. Upon the submission of the post sentence

investigation report which is highly confidential and not allowed as a
general rule to be made public, the court would have to resolve the
matter within a period of fifteen days after the said report has been
received. It is then the duty of the court to decide whether to grant or
deny the petition in open court.
What is a PSIR?
The Post-Sentence Investigation (PSI) and the submission of the
Post-Sentence Investigation Report (PSIR) are pre-requisites to the
court disposition on the application for probation.
What is the period o f probation?
Period of Probation: The period of probation is in essence a time-

bound condition. It is a condition in point of time which may be
shortened and lengthened within the statutory limits and the
achievements by the probationer of the reasonable degrees of social
PAROLE AND PROBATION ADMINISTRATION - (PPA) is an attached

agency of the Department of Justice which provides a less conllv
alternative to imprisonment of offenders who are likely to respond !«»
individualized community based treatment programs.
What is parole?
Parole : Form of supervised conditional liberty from prison grim If d

prior to the expiration of the sentence. As a form of correctional
treatment, parole is designed to enhance the protection ol the
community through the supervision and rehabilitation of sel<< i< d
offenders following their release from prison. The modern use of pnmU
as a correctional method stems from a change in penal philosophy In
emphasize reform and rehabilitation rather than retribution nHfl
punishment.
Parole was derived from the French word “ Parole d ’ honeui*,

meaning word of honor, and its use in connection with the relnim nf
prisoners was derived from the idea that they were released on (hi h
word of honor.
What are the requisites for parole?
The essential requisites of parole are as follows:

o That the offender is convicted,
o That he serves part of his sentence in prison,
o That he is released before the full expiration of his sentriu e
o That said release is conditional, dependent on Inn K<!M
behavior.
o That he remains on parole until the expiration of his inn Miimm
sentence or until he receives a final discharge from pumlr
What is the difference between parole and probation?
Parole is different from probation in that the formei In

administrative function of the executive branch of government wH
the latter is a judicial function. Parole is granted by thr Himfli
Pardon and Parole while probation is granted by the judê. In jmii
the offender serves part of his punishment inside the prison In* 1
before he is released, but in probation the convicted offend ri do# ®
need to go to prison. Simply stating that parole is an exten*l«if|
institutional treatment for offenders while probation is a suham uli
imprisonment.
What is parole supervision?

Parole supervision: An essential feature of parole is the

Niipervision of the offender during the remaining part of the sentence
nl'ler his release from prison. A prisoner who has been released
I parolee/client) is free from all restrictions; he is normally required to
nhserve various conditions, which may be quite restrictive, dealing
with such matters as where he lives and works or requiring him to
undergo medical or psychiatric treatment.
Wliat are the duration o f penalties?
I Miration of Penalties, Art 27, RPC:
iv <lusion Perpetua- 20 years and 1 day to 40 years

Kcelusion Temporal- 12 years and 1 day to 20 years,
h i ion Mayor and Temporary Disqualification- 6 years and 1 day to
I years; except when disqualification is an accessory penalty, in
wh irh case its duration is that of the principal penalty.
I'! i .ion Correcional, suspension and destierro- 6 months and 1 day to
•• c a rs, except when suspension is an accessory penalty, in which
I’Mftc- its duration is that of the principal penalty.
Al l rsto mayor- 1 month and 1 day to 6 months.
Al ir stp menor- 1 day to 30 days.
jluiKi to keep the peace- the period in which the bond shall be
Hlrr live is discretionary on the court.
Wlmt are the classification o f penalties?
‘ bonification of Penalties under Art 25, RPC: Principal penalties-

Himnc rxpressly imposed by the court in the judgment of conviction.
Hlvliiible - are those which that have fixed duration and are divisible
I.... Hi ree periods.
jlltd Ivisible - are those which have no fixed durations this includes
flf’Mlh, Reclusion Perpetua, Perpetual absolute or special
■l&<nullification and Public censure
Wlmt are accessory penalties?
Ac cessory penalties- those that are deemed included in the

■tyxinition of the principal penalties.
•hilt are the classification o f penalties according to gravity?
Humification of penalties according to their gravity:

■ § Capital
■ § Afflictive
o Correctional
o Light
What are the classification o f penalties according to subject

matter?
Classification of penalties according to subject matter:

o Corporal (death)
o Deprivation of freedom(reclusion, prision, arresto)
o Restriction of freedom (destierro)
o Deprivation of rights (disqualification and suspenson)
o Pecuniary (fine)
What is rehabilitation?
The most recently formulated theoiy of punishment In

rehabilitation. The idea that through treatment and training ol
convicts or criminal offenders executed at institution for confinement
such as prisons and jails, change for the better would l>r
accomplished. Its goal is to make the offender capable of returning In
society and function as a law abiding member of the community
Correctional treatment programs are formulated for the purpose <>!
rehabilitating the prisoners mainly by changing their attitudes.
Treatment services are geared towards improving the offender*

philosophy of life. Various tools such as education, whether formal nt
vocational, work; religion and recreation are utilized to achieve tin
goal of long term rehabilitation of the convicts. It is also augmented by
medical care, individual and group counseling, visitation wlii< I•
contribute to the total correctional treatment program for tin
offenders.
What are the types o f prison labor?
The Americans have utilized prison labor not only in tin

manufacturing sector but also in public works. Six types of Prhun
labor:
Lease system- this measure is run by handing over management t *

private lessee. Who, in return of the profits gained is held responsible
with the expenditures at the institution as well as discipline imd
maintenance.
Contract system - in this method, the state retains control <tnd

supervision while the contractor pays the state for the labor toiled by*
the convicts.
State-use system - in this system, products produced in state run

institutions are primarily consumed and used for government
purposes.
Price-piece-system- this system provides that a private contractor

supplies the raw materials and the state charges the cost of labor
l>ased on the output of products.
Public account system - the state is the sole proprietor and sells the
products made in prison to the open market.
Public works system - the prisoners are utilized in the constructions

of roads, bridges, dams, buildings and other structures for public
purposes.
What are religious services?
Religious Services: It has been widely accepted that the chaplain is

! he most important person who contributes to the rehabilitation of the
prisoner. The inspiring power of religion drives the man to reform and
rhange his errant behavior. The chaplain must be able to guide and
instill proper teachings to uplift the human spirit of the convicts. In
Hi is noble goal, the chaplain engages not only in sacramental ministry
but as well as counseling for the convicts and their families, and
ministration of the prisoners who are sick. Aside from his pastoral
responsibility, the chaplain also serves as a member of the diagnostic
staff.
Attendance by an inmate of worship service shall be on voluntary

service. No prison official shall proselytize inmates under his
•iiipervision or allow any inmate to o so without the consent of the
inmate concerned.
What are education program for convicted offenders?
Educational Program: This occupies one of the most vital phase in

the prisoner's rehabilitation program. The focus for correctional
institution for adults is geared towards vocational education but for
juvenile treatment facilities the primary consideration is elementary
nnd secondary level of formal education. Goals of educational
program:
o To offer the inmate sufficient academic education, which he
will need in the ever growing demands of the outside world,
o To give vocational training to inmates to enable them to
acquire skills and be economically efficient after release.
o To broaden the interests of prisoners towards hobbies and

cultural activities so as to help in his adjustment to normal
free life.
What are recreational programs?
Recreational Program: Wholesome and healthy activities either in

large groups or in small number of participants would allow the
prisoners to fight off the ill effects of boredom as a result of his
confinement in the prison. A well rounded recreational program must
be devised in all prison facilities designed to meet the interests of the
prisoners. Such activities must be conducted during free time to
enable maximum participation from among the convicts.
What is counseling?
Counseling, Casework and Clinical Services: Viewed as an integral

part of the total corrections program, counseling, casework and
clinical services are staffed with professional personnel to administer
to the need of the convicts. Counseling entails one to the endeavor ol
helping another to understand and resolve their problems. In
casework, professional services are given to determine the proper
prescription and social treatment which the convicts require.
While clinical services gives the most extensive diagnostic

treatment activities aimed at discovering individual mal adjustments,
applying psychiatric techniques and offering guidance and support
services to the offenders, staff members does not only establish good
relations with the inmates but becomes efficient in helping with the
management and execution of the treatment plan for their timely
rehabilitation.
1. The first probation law was passed in the year 1878, in.
a. Chicago c. England
b. M assachusetts d. Pennsylvania
2. The purpose o f this m eeting is to evaluate the inmate's readiness for early
release.
a. Pre-release treatm ent c. Classification m eeting
b. Pre-parole interview d. Adm issions m eting
3. A program specifically planned to prepare the offender prior to his release

on parole.
a. Pre-release treatm ent c. Classification m eeting
b. Pre-parole interview d. Adm issions m eting
4. W hen prisoners are used for repair o f buildings, roads, bridges and flood
control, this type o f prison labor is:
a. Lease System c. Publics W orks Systems

b. Contract System d. Public Account System
5. Products made by prisoners are sold in the open market.

a. Lease System c. Public W orks System
6. Under this system, a contractor supplies raw m aterials and pays the state
for the am ount o f w ork or output produced by the prisoner.
a. Lease System c. Price-Piece System
7. W hen a contractor m erely engages prison labor and the state retains
control o f the prisoner, the prison labor is classified as:
a. Lease System c. Public W orks System
8. Ministration o f the sick is an im portant function o f the:

a. Chaplain c. M edical officer
b. Custodial officer d. Psychiatrist
9. It provides developm ent and acquisition o f skills necessary for successful

w ork in a socially accepted occupation while in prison.
a. Vocational training program c. W ork program
b. Education program d. Prison labor
10. It provides an environm ent that w ill be conducive to the m ental and
physical developm ent o f an inmate.
a. Vocational training program c. Recreational program
b. W ork program d. Education program
11. It is an integral part in prison er’s rehabilitation w hich serves as an outlet

for hum an expression and a form o f release from o n e’s inherent desire to
create.
a. Music c. Arts and Crafts
b. Sports d. D ram a and literary activities
12. It helps in the im provem ent o f the prisoner in the cultural and practical
aspect o f social living.
a. Recreational program c. Sports Activities
b. Arts and Crafts d. Library service
13. W hich am ong the following is not a part o f an ideal m edical service in a
prison facility?
a. M edicine and Surgery c. D entistry
b. Psychiatry d. None o f these
14. A mild form o f punishm ent which is enough deterrence for prisoners with
clean record who wants to be considered for early release.
a. Counsel and reprim and c. Loss o f privilege
b. Solitary confinem ent d. Loss o f good time
15. It is not to be considered as a punishm ent w hen used to prevent an

inm ate from influencing witnesses or o f preventing injury to h im self or others.

a. Counsel and reprim and c. Loss o f privilege

b. Solitary confinem ent d. Loss o f good time
16. It aims to obtain clear case description and social history as well as help
in solving im m ediate fam ily problem s o f the inmate.
a. Casework c. Counseling
b. Case m ethod d. Individualized treatm ent
17. It provides extensive diagnosis and treatm ent to discover the cause o f a
prisoner's m aladjustm ent and improve his behavior.
a. Casework c. Counseling
b. Clinical services d. Individualized treatm ent
18. Serves prim arily as a m echanical release o f felt physical tension while in
prison for male inmates, it is based on is self gratification.
a. Hom osexuality c. M asturbation
b. Sodom y d. Conjugal Visit
19. It provides some opportunities for inmates o f a norm al sex life.

a. Hom osexuality c. M asturbation
b. Sodom y d. Conjugal Visit
20. Inmates who have attained the status o f ___________ is allowed by law to
live with their families, it is a com m on practice in Sablayan, Iw ahig and Davao
Prison and Penal Farm.
a. Trustees c. Parolees
b. Colonists d. Both A and B
21. Referred to as the Law on W orking Detention

a. Act No. 1533 c. A ct No. 3326
b. A ct No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
22. Law on prescription o f penalty

a. A ct No. 1533 c. A ct No. 3326
b. A ct No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
23. Basis for granting good conduct time allowance for inmates.
a. Act No. 1533 c. Act No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
24. Indeterm inate Sentence Law

a. A ct No. 1533 c. A ct No. 3326
b. Act No. 3316 d. Act No. 4103
25. Em powered by law to exercise supervision over jails by means o f standard

setting to prom ote discipline o f inmates and secure reformation and fulfil
custody o f prisoners o f all classes.
a. Bureau o f Jail M anagem ent and Penology
b. Bureau o f Prisons
c. Bureau o f Corrections
d. Comm ission on Human Rights
26. Nature o f conditional pardon given to inm ates in w hich the recipient must
accept it before it takes effect, and the pardonee is under obligations to
comply im posed therein.
ii. Contract c. Punishm ent
b. Privilege d. A ct o f Grace
27. In the practice and procedure o f probation, w ho is considered as the most

important person?
a. Probationer c. C h ief Probation Officer
b. Probation officer d. Probation Aides
28. Unit w ithin the probation office charged with the task o f selecting
defendants for probation.
a. Investigation division c. Custodial division
b. Supervision division d. RDC
29. It pertains to inform ation regarding significant family, personal, econom ic

factors o f the offen der’s life.
a. Social history c. Antecedent
I). Marital status d. Character and behavior
30. Prim ary basis in granting parole:

n. Response with correctional treatm ent
b. Progress within the correctional institution
c. Good behavior and rapport am ong inm ates and prison guards
(1. Both a and b
31. Parole although not a form o f executive clem ency is:

«. Judicial function c. Legislative function
I). Executive function d. Court function
32. In the Philippines the m em bers o f the Board o f Pardon and Parole is
ii, Full time board c. Governm ental agency
I) Part time board d. NGO
33. This is prepared by the prison ’s classification com m ittee for the purpose o f
indicating what is essential for the best interest o f the future parolee and
contains an appraisal o f the prison er’s personality and need for adjustm ent
upon return to society.
n. Pre-release Progress Report c. Parole Referral Sum m ary
b. Pre-Board Sum m ary d. Post Sentence investigation Report
34. It is used by the parole board as a guide in determ ining the prison er’s
eligibility for parole and preparing his parole program.
h . Pre-release Progress Report c. Parole Referral Sum m ary
b. Pre-Board Sum m ary d. Post Sentence investigation Report
35. A parole officer undertakes w hat particular broad function?

«. Com m unity protection c. Supervision o f parolee
!> Service to individuals d. Both a and b
36. This is a method o f helping parolees by which the parole office perform s
referral services.
a. M anipulative technique c. Case w ork technique

b. Executive technique d. Guidance and counseling technique
37. Refers to a form al group or association organized to prom ote social of

individual welfare.
a. Com m unity agencies c. Fam ily service agencies
b. Social service exchange d. N G O ’s
38. A security facility, usually operated by the police for tem porary detention
o f persons held under custodial investigation.
a. Lock-up c. Ordinary ja il
b. W ork house ja il d. Detention center
39. Frank an inmate is unable to sleep and eat while serving his sentence dur
to loneliness and despair should undergo:
a. Rehabilitation c. Corrections
b. Guidance d. Counseling
40. RA 4225 created w hat particular governm ent agency?

a. Departm ent o f Justice c. Probation Office
b. Bureau o f Corrections d. Board o f Pardon and Parole
41. M aximum term o f office for those appointed as m embers o f the Board <>l
Pardon and Parole.
42. W ho is the granting authority in giving probation to qualified petitioner*?

a. Court c. President
b. Probation officer d. Board o f indeterm inate sentence*
43. Under the Indeterm inate sentence law, who acts as chairm an o f the bonrtl
o f pardon and paroles?
a. DILG Secretary c. PNP C hief
b. DOJ Secretary d. C h ief Justice
44. M inimum period jof probation provided for by law.

a. 1 year c. 3 years
b .2 years d. 4 years
45. It refers to the com m unity’s reaction to convicted offenders.

a. Corrections c. Rehabilitation
b. Probation d. Parole
46. Under rules and methods em ployed by probation, what is the maximum
num ber o f minor violations that would result in the revocation <»f i I ip
probation order?
a. 5violations c. 3 violations
b. 4violations d. 2 violations
47. The m erging o f supervision o f parole and probation is mandated by w Iim I

particular law?
a. Executive Order 392 c. PD 968
I). Executive Order 292 d. RA 4221
•IH. Probation is a privilege granted to deserving and qualified petitioners,

when does it becom e a m atter o f right?
ft. After the subm ission o f the PSIR
I> W hen the convict files a petition for probation
C. W hen no appeal was undertaken.
<I W hen his probation is approved
•!'>. Under our laws w hen w ill probationer report to his designated probation
officer?
ft. Upon initial interview
I). Upon the com pletion o f the PSIR
C. Upon court order
<I W ithin 72 hours after probation order has been granted
50. A US law w hich allowed convicts to be gainfully em ployed during the day
while residing in prison.
it. Huber Law c. Split Sentence Law
I). Harbard Law d. Furlough Law
'» I . It refers to the continuing relationship between the probationer and the
probation officer.
ft, Initial Interview c. Supervision
l» Post Sentence Investigation d. Orientation
52. Before travel o f probationer outside the ju risdiction o f the City/Provincial

Probation Office, application for court approval should be filed within how
mnay days?
«. 45 days c. 15 days
l» 30 days d. 5 days
V ! A French and Belgian innovation to probation w hich requires no

supervision on the condition that the probationer w ould not com m it an
••Dense within a prescribed period.
« Split Sentence c. Furlough
II Sursis d. Parole
VI Within how m any days should the request for outside travel shall be filed
l»v Hie probationer to the probation office, prior to the date o f his intended
departure?
n 5 days c. 15 days
h 10 days d. 30 days
ft5 It refers to the note given to police agencies w hich signifies that the
piohationer is u nder the supervision o f his designated probation officer,
ft, Chrome Card c. Flash Sheet
b Kardex Card d. Field Sheet
If* The m axim um period o f probation when the sentence is not more than
our year.
m 6 years c. 2 years
!» 4 years d. 1 years
57. W hen will the court deny application for probation o f a petitioner?
a. Petitioner is a foreigner
b. Petitioner is a drug dependent
c. Petitioner violates the condition
d. Petitioner can be treated w ell in an institution
58. W hen w ill you close a probation case?

a. W hen the probationer absconds the place
b. W hen he incurred violations
c. W hen there is recom m endation for revocation
d. W hen the term ination order is approved
59. Under PD 603, should a juvenile offender become incorrigible during his
reform ation period; he is brought to the court for____ .
a. Release c. Probation
b. Pronouncem ent o f ju dgm en t d. Pardon
60. It refers to the relation between CPPO and the SPPO and the Probationer.
a. Supervision c. Executive supervision
b. Courtesy supervision d. Adm inistrative supervision
61. The probationer is not exem pted from the legal effects o f his punishment
upon final discharge.
a. Penalty c. Civil liability
b. Fine d. Criminal liability
62. The unprecedented achievem ent o f martial law w hich transported thr
Philippine corrections toward the modern system o f convict rehabilitation.
a. Price control c. Probation Law
b. Peace and order d. Infrastructure program
63. Probation started in what particular country, in the year 1841?

a. England c. USA
b. France d. Spain
64. Sponsored House Bill 393, “An A ct establishing Adult Probation in thr
Philippines.”
a. Juan Ponce Enrile c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Ramon Bagatsing Sr.
65. A procedure by which prisoners are selected for release on the basis on
individual response and progress.
a. Probation c. Pardon
b. Parole d. Am nesty
66. The prim ary purpose o f probation

a. Rehabilitation c. Retribution
b. W elfare o f the com m unity d. Punitive sanction
67. Effect o f executive Order 292.

a. Courtesy Supervision c. Board o f Pardon and Parole
b. Adm inistrative Supervision d. Merging Supervision
68. This decree m andated the disqualification o f the petitioner’s application

for probation is an appeal is perfected.
a. PD 603 c. PD 1990
b. PD 968 d. PD 1257
69. Created the Board o f Pardons and Parole.

a. Indeterm inate Sentence Law c. Probation Law
b. Executive order 292 d. House Bill 393
70. The prelim inary form filed up by the probationer w ithin 72 hours after
the release o f his probation order.
a. W ork Sheet c. Flash Sheet
b. Filed notebook d. Chrom e Card
71. It is the supervision undertaken by other probation office which is mot

perm anent in nature.
a. M erging Supervision c. Transfer Supervision
b. Courtesy Supervision d. Operational Supervision
72. B rief o f an investigation conducted by probation officer not within the

ju risdiction o f the court.
a. Post Sentence Investigation Report c. Courtesy investigation report
b. Pre sentence investigation report d. Initial Investigation report
73. It is a continuing state o f good order.

a. Discipline c. Com m unication
b. Morale d. Loyalty
74. It is the alternative for ja il confinem ent in m odern penology

a. Parole c. Pardon
b. Probation d. Am nesty
75. Refers to a m ental condition o f individuals or groups regarding courage,

hope, zeal and confidence in the present principles and w ay o f life.
a. Virtue c. Moral
b. Fortitude d. Positive Discipline
76. In determ ining w hether a petitioner m ay be placed on probation the court

shall consider inform ation relative to w hich o f the following?
a . Character
b. Antecedents/environm ent
c. M ental/physical condition o f the offender
cl. All o f these
77. For a convicted offender, probation is a form o f __________.

a. Punishm ent c. Treatm ent
b. Enjoym ent d. Incarceration
78. The law that suspends the sentence o f m inor offenders whose ages ranges
from (9) years to under (18) years and places them in rehabilitation centers.
a. PD 603 c. PD 968
b. PD 923 d. PD 1202
79. W hen shall probation order take effect?

a. Three days after issuance c. Upon its issuance
b. Three days prior toissuance d. Upon reporting to the probation officer
80. M ainly responsible for the im plem entation o f a prisoners treatm ent
program ?
a. RDC c. Classification Com m ittee
b. W arden d. All o f the above
81. Under Art. 8. Sec. 10, par (b) o f the Philippine Constitution, pardoning
power is vested with the:
a. C h ief executive c. Legislature
b. Judiciary d. D epartm ent o f Justice
82. It refers to a disposition after which the defendant after conviction and
sentence is released, subject to the conditions im posed by the court.
a. Parole c. Pardon
b. Probation d. Am nesty
83. Regarded as the father o f Philippine Probation.

a. Ramon Bagatsing Sr. c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Juan Ponce Enrile
84. Signed into law R.A. 968, an Act establishing Probation in the Philippines.
a. Ramon Bagatsing Sr. c. Ferdinand E. Marcos
b. Teodulo C. Natividad d. Juan Ponce Enrile
85. He was referred to as the father o f English Probation.

a. M atthew Devenport Hill c. John Augustus
b. Edward Savage d. Alexander Rice
86. A Boston shoe m aker who advocated in beh alf o f alcoholics and youthful
offenders and known as the father o f probation.
a. M atthew Devenport Hill c. John Augustus
b. Edward Savage d. Alexander Rice
87. In the year 1887, this form er Boston C h ief o f Police was appointed as t hr
first probation officer in the whole world.
a. Matthew Devenport Hill c. Alexander Rice
b. Edward Savage d. John Augustus
88. W hat particular law established probation in the Philippines for the Hint
tim e?
a. PD 968 c. A ct 4221
b. RA 968 d. RA 4221
89. Formerly, pardon was applied to a m em ber o f the ________ , wlm

com m itted crimes and occasionally to those convicted o f offenses against thr
monarchy.
a. Rebellious fam ily c. Mendicant family
b. Royal fam ily d. Indigent fam ily
90. Celebrated case w hich paved the w ay for the abolition o f the first
probation law.
a. People Vs. Vera, 37 O.G. 164 c. Vera Vs. People, 376 OG. 164
b. People Vs. De Vera, 376 O.G. 16 d. De V era Vs. People, 376 O.G. 164
91. Historic signing o f PD 968 w hich transported Philippine Crim inal Justice
system to the 20th century.
a. July 22, 1976 c. Ju ly 24, 1976
b. July 23, 1976 d. August 7, 1935
92. W ithin how m any days after verdict must a petitioner file his application
for probation?
93. M axim um num ber o f probationers under supervision o f a probation aide?

a. 3 c. 7
b. 5 d. 9
94. M axim um period o f probation for a person convicted to suffer prision

rorrectional.
1). 4 years d. 8 years
(>5. It serves as the basis in granting probation for qualified petitioners.

a. Post Sentence investigation Report c. Adm issions Sum m ary
b. Pre Sentence Investigation Report d. Behavior Report
96. M inim um num ber o f days given to probation officers in accom plishing
PSIR.
n. 30 days c. 90 days
I) 60 days d. 120 days
*>7. After receiving the PSIR, w ithin how m any days m ust a ju dge decide
whether to grant or deny probation?
a 5 days c. 30 days
I). 15 days d. 60 days
'*H. It refers to a person placed under probation.

ii . Petitioner c. Probation officer
h Probationer d. Convict
99. It refers to a suspension o f sentence after which the convict is released

upon serving the m inim um sentence im posed by law and subject to his good
hrhavior and positive reaction to rehabilitation programs.
a. Probation c. Parole
b Pardon d. Am nesty
100. A person placed under probation for the m axim um period im posed by
law would have to report to his probation officer how m any times per month?
a, Once c. More than twice
I). Twice d. All o f the above
101. A probationer on medium supervision should report to his probation

officer how m any times a month?
a. Once c. Thrice
b. Twice d. More than four times
102. Can a probationer pursue a prescribed secular study or vocaliotml

training while on probation?
a. Yes c. Neither
b. No d. None o f these
103. Refers to those who are confined in correctional facilities awaiting verdlt I
on their cases.
a. Probationers c. Parolees
b. Detention prisoners d. Accused
104. A method o f helping the parolee by altering environm ental conditions to

bring out satisfactory social adjustment.
a. M anipulative technique c. Guidance and Counseling Technique
b. Executive technique d. Casework technique
105. This states that incarceration should establish in the convicts the will to
lead law abiding and self-supporting lives after their release in prison.
a. United Nations Standard Minim um Rules for the treatm ent o f prisoners.
b. Indeterm inate sentence Law
c. Prison Law
d. Probation Law
106. It is regarded as the most im portant program that aide in thr

rehabilitation o f prisoners.
a. Recreational program c. Educational program
b. Religious program d. Em ploym ent o f prisoners
107. Derived from a French word m eaning w ord o f honor.

a. Probation c. Pardon
b. Parole d. Am nesty
108. Probation proceeds on the theory that the best w ay to pursue its goal i
to orient the crim inal sanction toward t h e _______________ sentencing.
a. Individual setting c. Prison setting
b. Com m unity setting d. None o f these
109. Its purpose it to bring update case history o f the prisoner and verify
parole plan or w ork and residence.
a. Pre-parole investigation c. Adm issions Sum m ary
b. Reclassification d. Parole investigation .
110. Its prim ary concern is the proper selection o f prisoners to be released on
parole.
a. Pre-parole investigation c. Adm issions Sum m ary
b. Reclassification d. Parole investigation
111. Considered as the “Father o f Probation”

a. Juan Ponce Enrile c. Juan Agas

I), Ferdinand Marcos d. Teodolo Natividad
I 12. He was a book-m aker from Boston known as the first probation officer,
n Zcbulon Brockway c. John Augustus
I). Sir W ater Crofton d. Howard Gill
\ \ \. The goal o f correction aimed to restore a convicted offender to a

(’(instructive place in society through some form s o f vocational or educational
l m ining or therapy is referred as___________ .
n, Rehabilitation c. Probation
li. Restitution d. Retribution
114. Probation is considered as a _________ .

n, Right c. Privilege
I). Exoneration o f guilt d. Consideration
115. Convicted offender who was able to avail probation is required to report
rrgularly to t h e __________.
i i , Prosecutor c. Judge
li. Board o f Parole and Probation d. Probation Officer
I 16. Am ong the following, who is authorized to com m it a person to jail,

n, Prosecutor c. W arden
b. Police Officer d. Judge
117. The Rehabilitation Center for the youths in every region is under w hat
I )epartm ent?
h . DSWD c. DOJ
I). DILG d. PNP
118. The first Probation Law o f the Philippines which was declared
unconstitutional by the Suprem e Court in 1937.
a. RA 4221 c. PD 968
b. Act No. 4221 d. PD 1990
119. W hen is probation is a m atter at right?

a. upon petition c. upon trial
I), upon d. upon term ination
120. The term probation was derived from the Latin word m eaning ?
a. to test c. to give a chance
b. to prove d. both a & b

ANSWER KEY
I. CRIMINAL LAW AND JURISPRUDENCE
Criminal Law Book I

l.C 2 1. A 41. C 61. A 81. D 10 1. C 12 1. B 14 1. D
2. D 22. A 42. A 62. C 82. D 102. B 122. B 142. C
3. A 23. D 43. A 63. A 83. A 103. D 123. C 143. C
4. D 24. D 44. C 64. C 84. C 104. D 124. A 144. D
5. B 25. B 45. B 65. D 85. B 105. D 125. B 145. D
6. B 26. B 46. A 66. A 86. C 106. C 126. A 146. C
7. A 27. D 47. B 67. D 87. A 107. D 127. A 147. D
8. B 28. B 48. A 68. C 88. B 108. A 128. A 148. A
9. C 29. A 49. B 69. D 89. A 109. B 129. A 149. C
10. A 30. D 50. B 70. A 90. D 110 . D 130. D 150. A
ll.D 3 1. A 51 .B 7 1. D 9 1. C 111. A 13 1. C 15 1. C
12.C 32. B 52. B 72. A 92. B 112 . D 132. C 152. D
13.C 33. A 53. A 73. B 93. D 113 . A 133. B 153. C
14. A 34. A 54. B 74. A 94. C 114 . B 134. A 154. D
15.C 35. C 55. A 75. C 95. C 115 . B 135. B 155. D
16.D 36. B 56. D 76. A 96. C 116 . D 136. D 156. D
17.B 37. C 57. A 77. A 97. C 117 . D 137. A 157.C
18.C 38. A 58. D 78. B 98. D 118 . B 138. B 158. A
19.B 39. D 59. D 79. C 99. D 119 . B 139. B 159. C
20.D 40. D 60. D 80. A 100. A 120. A 140. B 160. D
Criminal Law Book II
1. D 2 1. D 41. A 61. B 81. A 10 1. B 12 1. C 14 1. A 16 1. C

2. D 22. D 42. B 62. D 82. D 102. A 122. C 142. A 162. B
3. B 23. A 43. C 63. C 83. C 103. A 123. A 143. D 163. B
4. C 24. B 44. D 64. C 84. A 104. B 124. B 144. D 164. A
5. D 25. C 45. B 65. C 85. B 105. C 125. C 145. C 165. A
6. A 26. B 46. B 66. C 86. C 106. A 126. D 146. D 16 6 .1)
7. B 27. A 47. C 67. D 87. A 107. C 127. A 147. D 167. C
8. A 28. D 48. A 68. D 88. C 108. C 128. A 148. A 168. B
9. D 29. A 49. C 69. D 89. B 109. A 129. A 149. A 16 9 .1)
10. A 30. B 50. A 70. C 90. B 110 . B 130. A 150. D 170. D
11. C 3 1. B 5 1. D 7 1. C 91. A 111. D 13 1. B 15 1. D 17 1. A
12. A 32. A 52. B 72. B 92. A 112 . B 132. C 152. C 172. B
13 . C 33. A 53. A 73. B 93. D 11 3 . D 133. D 153. A 173. C
14. B 34. A 54. A 74. A 94. C 114 . B 134. C 154. B 174. D
15. D 35. B 55. C 75. C 95. D 115 . C 135. D 155. A 175. B
16. C 36. B 56. B 76. B 96. B 116 . C 136. A 156. C
17. D 37. A 57. B 77. A 97. A 117 . D 137. B 157. B
18. C 38. A 58. B 78. C 98. D 118 . C 138. B 158. A
19. C 39. D 59. B 79. D 99. B 119 . C 139. A 159. D
20. D 40. C 60. B 80. B 100. C 120. D 140. B 160. D
Criminal Procedure
1. C 21. C 41. D 61. C 81. D 10 1. A 12 1.A
2. A 22. D 42. B 62. D 82. C 102.B 122. C
3. D 23. D 43. C 63. D 83. A 103. A 123.D
4. B 24. A 44. B 64. B 84. B I04.C 124. B
5. C 25. D 45. A 65. D 85. B 105.C 125. C
6. D 26. D 46. A 66. 1) 86. 1) 106.1) 126. A
7. D 27. C 47. B 67. C 87. B 107.C 127. A

H. A 28. C 48. A 68. A 88. D 108.B 128. D
9. 1) 29. A 49. B 69. B 89. C 109.D 129. D
10. A 30. D 50. B 70. A 90. A 110 .C 130. B
II. A 3 1. D 5 1. A 7 1. A 91. A lll.C
12 .1) 32. D 52. D 72. B 92. A 112 .A
13. A 33. A 53. A 73. C 93. A 113 .A
14. C 34. B 54. A 74. D 94. A 114 .C
IS. A 35. A 55. A 75. B 95. A 115.D
l(i. li 36. C 56. D 76. D 96. D 116 .C
17. A 37. C 57. C 77. D 97. D 117 .C
IH. 11 38. D 58. A 78. C 98. D 118.D
19. A 39. B 59. A 79. C 99. B 119 .A
20.1) 40. A 60. D 80. A 100. B 120.D
1 vlclcnce
1. C 21. D 4 1. B 61. D 81. B 10 1.C
2. C 22. A 42. D 62. D 82. C 102.B
V B 23. D 43. C 63. A 83. D 10 3.D
4. B 24. B 44. C 64. D 84. D 104.A
H. A 25. A 45. A 65. A 85. C 105.A
ft.A 26. B 46. D 66. D 86. D 106.D
7. I) 27. B 47. C 67. B 87. B 107. A
N. B 28. D 48. B 68. B 88. C 108. A
’> 1) 29. B 49. D 69. A 89. C 109.C
10 1) 30. D 50. B 70. A 90. D 110.D
ii \ 3 1. D 5 1. B 7 1. C 91. C
i * it 32. A 52. B 72. D 92. D
I\ \ 33. D 53. B 73. D 93. D
11 u 34. D 54. C 74. A 94. D
IM 35. D 55. A 75. A 95. D
Ift. \ 36. B 56. B 76. B 96. D
17.1) 37. D 57. C 77. C 97. D
IN. A 38. B 58. D 78. B 98. C
l<J, l> 39. D 59. A 79. C 99. D
20, A 40. D 60. D 80. C 100.C
1 ourf Testimony
1 v 6. C 11. D 16.B 21.D 26.B 31.B
I.C 7. D 12. B 17.B 22.C 27.A 32.D
M> 8. C 13. B 18.B 23.C 28.B 33.C
4 A 9. A 14. C 19.A 24.C 29.B 34.B
1, II 10 D. 15. D 20.A 25.B 30.A 35.B
II LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINSTRATION
I'nllcr Organization and Administration

I, A 21. A 4 1. D 61. B 81. A 10 1.C 121.D
|. It 22. D 42. A 62. B 82. B 102.D 122.C
A 23. D 43. A 63. B 83. D 103.A 12 3 .D
4, H 24. A 44. A 64. B 84. A 104. A 124.D
1 A 25. A 45. B 65. B 85. C 105.B 125.C
A 26. D 46. A 66. A 86. A 106.D 126.B
J, A 27. A 47. A 67. C 87. B 107.D 127.B
ft A 28 1) 48. C 68. D 88. B 108.B 128. A
9, A 29. 1) 49. A 1) 89. B 109.C I29.D
10 II 30. a 50. A 70. 1) 4>o. A II0.C 130. A
II. c 31. ii 51. B 7 1. < 91. u III.B
12. C 32. A 52. C 72. C 92. A 112 .C

13. A 33. D 53. C 73. A 93. D 113.D
14. B 34. D 54. B 74. A 94. C 114.D
15. A 35. C 55. B 75. B 95. C 115.D
16. D 36. A 56. D 76. A 96. B 116 .B
17. A 37. C 57. C 77. B 97. C 117 .C
18. D 38. B 58. A 78. C 98. A 118 .A
19. A 39. B 59. A 79. C 99. D 119 .B
20. A 40. C 60. A 80. C 100. B 120.D
Industrial Security Management

1. A 16. B 3 1. A 46. D 61. B 76. C
2. B 17. A 32. B 47. C 62. B 77. A
3. C 18. C 33. A 48. D 63. C 78. A
4. B 19. B 34. B 49. A 64. D 79. B
5. A 20. C 35. A 50. C 65. C 80. B
6. B 2 1. C 36. B 51. B 66. A 81. C
7. B 22. B 37. B 52. C 67. B 82. B
8. C 23. D 38. A 53. D 68. C 83. A
9. A 24. A 39. C 54. C 69. B 84. A
10. A 25. B 40. D 55. A 70. A 85. A
11.B 26. A 41. A 56. B 71. D 86. A
12. C 27. C 42. A 57. A 72. A 87. B
13. B 28. C 43. A 58. D 73. D 88. B
14. A 29. D 44. C 59. A 74. B 89. A
15. A 30. A 45. B 60. B 75. B 90. D
Police Patrol and Operations

1. D 11. A 21. A 3 1. A 41. B 5 1.C
2. A 12. B 22. D 32. B 42. C 52..D
3. B 13. A 23. C 33. D 43. B 53. D
4. D 14. A 24. A 34. A 44. B 54. C
5. A 15. D 25. C 35. C 45. B 55. B
6. A 16. C 26. A 36. D 46. A 56. B
7. C 17. A 27. C 37. A 47. A 57. D
8. B 18. B 28. B 38. C 48. A 58. D
9. D 19. B 29. A 39. D 49. B 59. A
10. A 20. A 30. A 40. A 50. C 60. D
Intelligence and Secret Service

1. A 21. B 41. C 61. A 81. A
2. A 22. C 42. B 62. B 82. D
3. C 23. A 43. D 63. D 83. C
4. D 24. C 44. A 64. A 84. C
5. D 25. D 45. B 65. A 85. A
6. A 26. B 46. A 66. A 86. D
7. B 27. C 47. A 67. A 87. A
8. B 28. A 48. C 68. C 88. C
9. D 29. C 49. B 69. B 89. A
10. B 30. D 50. A 70. C 90. C
11.B 3 1. A 5 1. A 7 1. D 91. B
12. D 32. B 52. C 72. B 92. D
13. A 33. C 53. B 73. A 93. B
14. A 34. A 54. C 74. A 94. C
15. B 35. A 55. A 75. A 95. A
16. B 36. C 56. B 76. B 96. A
17. C 37. D 57. B 77. 1) 97. C
18. B 38. B 58. C 78. C 98. C

19. A 39. A 59. B 79. D 99. D
20. C 40. A 60. A 80. B 100.A
Police Records and Personnel Management

1. D 2 1. B 41. C 61. D 81. D 10 1. D
2. C 22. D 42. C 62. D 82. B 102. D
3. B 23. A 43. A 63. A 83. D 103. A
4. B 24. C 44. D 64. B 84. D 104. B
5. D 25. C 45. D 65. A 85. D 105. B
6. B 26. C 46. A 66. D 86. D 106. C
7. D 27. B 47. C 67. A 87. C 107. C
8. B 28. A 48. B 68. B 88. A 108. D
9. C 29. D 49. D 69. C 89. D 109. D
10. B 30. A 50. B 70. C 90. D 110 . C
11.C 3 1. A 5 1. D 7 1. D 91. C
12. A 32. B 52. A 72. D 92. D
13. B 33. C 53. A 73. D 93. C
14. A 34. B 54. D 74. A 94. A
15. C 35. A 55. A 75. A 95. D
16. C 36. B 56. B 76. A 96. C
17. C 37. B 57. A 77. A 97. D
18. A 38. C 58. A 78. D 98. A
19. A 39. B 59. D 79. B 99. C
20. C 40. C 60. B 80. C 100. D
( omparative Police System

l.D ll.D 2 1.D 3 1. B 41. B
2. C 12.D 22.B 32.C 42.A
3. A 13 .B 23.A 33 .A 43. A
4. D 14.D 24.A 34.C 44.D
5. C 15. A 25.A 35.B 45.B
ft. D . 16.B 26.D 36.B 46.D
7. A 17.B 27.C 37.C 47.A
N. 1) 18.D 28.B 38.B 48.B
1) 19.A 29.A 39.A 49.C
1(1.1) 20.D 30.A 40.C 50.D
III. C R IM IN A L IS T IC S
Police Photography
1C 14. A 27. C 40. B 53. D 66.D 79.B
2. B 15. A 28. B 41. D 54. D 67.A 80.A
C 16. D 29. A 42. B 55. D 68.A
4. A 17. B 30. A 43. A 56. B 69 D
i, A 18. C 3 1. D 44. D 57. B 70.C
ft A 19. B 32. B 45. C 58. B 71.D
J. B 20. A 33. D 46. B 59. B 72.A
N A 2 1. D 34. B 47. C 60. B 73. A
o II 22. A 35. B 48. A 61. A 74.C
Ml. H 23. B 36. C 49. A 62. B 75.C
II. II 24. B 37. A 50. C 63. B 76.A
12. C 25. D 38. C 5 1. D 64. C 77.B
l.t .c 26. A 39. A 52. D 65. D 78.A
Personal Identification (Dactyloscopy):

1. D 11. C 2 1. D 3 1. B 41. C 5 1. D 61. D
2. C 12. B 22. A 32. B 42. A 52. D 62. D
3. B 13. B 23. D 33. B 43. D 53. D 63. A
4. D 14. C 24. A 34. A 44. C 54. D 64. A
5. C 15. C 25. A 35. A 45. A 55. D 65. B
6. C 16. A 26. A 36. A 46. D 56. D 66. A
7. B 17. D 27. A 37. D 47. A 57. A 67. A
8. A 18. A 28. A 38. C 48. A 58. B 68. A
9. C 19. A 29. A 39. C 49. B 59. D 69. A
10. A 20. A 30. A 40. D 50. B 60. C 70. D
Forensic Chemistry:
1. B 2 1. B 41. B 61. C
2. D 22. C 42. C 62. B
3. A 23. B 43. B 63. A
4. C 24. C 44. D 64. D
5. C 25. A 45. D 65. C
6. B 26. A 46. B 66. B
7. C 27. C 47. A 67. C
8. B 28. C 48. A 68. B
9. C 29. A 49. A 69. B
10. B 30. A 50. B 70. D
11. A 3 1. B 5 1. D 7 1. A
12. C 32. A 52. A 72. A
13. B 33. A 53. C 73. B
14. C 34. A 54. D 74. C
15. B 35. A 55. B 75. B
16. B 36. A 56. A 76. D
17. A 37. B 57. A 77. B
18. D 38. B 58. C 78. B
19. B 39. A 59. D 79. B
20. A 40. B 60. B 80. C
Forensic Medicine:
1. B 21. A 41. B 61. C 81. B
2. C 22. A 42. D 62. A 82. B
3. C 23. A 43. D 63. C 83. D
4. A 24. A 44. A 64. C 84. C
5. D 25. B 45. B 65. C 85. C
6. C 26. A 46. D 66. B 86. A
7. C 27. C 47. A 67. B 87. D
8. A 28. C 48. B 68. C 88. D
9. B 29. A 49. D 69. A 89. A
10. C 30. A 50. B 70. D 90. D
11.B 3 1. A 51. D 7 1. A 91. B
12. B 32. A 52. B 72. D 92. A
13. C 33. A 53. C 73. B 93. A
14. A 34. D 54. A 74. D 94. A
15. A 35. A 55. B 75. A 95. B
16. A 36. D 56. A 76. A 96. A
17. C 37. B 57. C 77. A 97. C
18. B 38. D 58. C 78. B 98. C
19. C 39. B 59. A 79. D 99. B
20. B 40. A 60. A 80. D 100. 1)
Tolygraphy:
1. B 11. B 2 1. A 3 1.B 41. A 5 1. B

2. A 12. A 22. C 32. A 42. A 52. C
3. D 13. B 23. B 33. A 43. B 53. C
4. A 14. A 24. B 34. C 44. B 54. B
5. D 15. A 25. A 35. D 45. C 55. A
6. B 16. C 26. A 36. A 46. A 56. D
7. C 17. A 27. C 37. C 47. B 57. B
8. A 18. D 28. C 38. B 48. C 58. C
9. 1) 19. C 29. A 39. A 49. B 59. B
10. B 20. B 30. D 40. B 50. C 60. B
1 orensic Ballistics:
1. D 11. A 21. A 3 1. A 41. B 5 1. A 61.A
2. D 12. D 22. B 32. A 42. A 52. D 62.A
3. D 13. D 23. C 33. A 43. A 53. A 63.C
4. B 14. A 24. B 34. D 44. D 54. A 64.B
S. 1) 15. A 25. B 35. A 45. A 55. B 65.A
0. C 16. B 26. C 36. A 46. A 56. A 66.D
7. C 17. D 27. A 37. D 47. C 57. A 67.B
H. B 18. B 28. A 38. A 48. B 58. A 68.A
9. A 19. A 29. D 39. C 49. C 59. B 69.C
Ml. C 20. B 30. C 40. D 50. C 60. C 70.A
Questioned Documents:
1. C 14. D 27. A 40. C 53. C 66. C
2. B 15. A 28. C 41. A 54. C 67. A
.V B 16. A 29. D 42. D 55. B 68. A
4. C 17. D 30. C 43. D 56. A 69. A
H, 1) 18. A 3 1. A 44. C 57. C 70. C
ft. 1) 19. C 32. A 45. A 58. C 7 1. A
7. 1) 20. D 33. B 46. B 59. D 72. C
N. B 2 1. A 34. A 47. A 60. A 73. B
•» ( 22. B 35. B 48. A 61. A 74. A
id < 23. C 36. D 49. B 62. B 75. A
M \ 24. B 37. C 50. A 63. D 76. B
l’ 11 25. A 38. A 5 1. A 64. D 77. A
11 \ 26. B 39. D 52. D 65. B 78. A
IV. CRIME DETECTION, INVESTIGATION AND PRVENTION
I iimliimentals of Criminal Investigation
I. 1) 2 1.C 41. A 61. A 81. D

J. II 22. D 42. B 62. A 82. D
}< A 23. C 43. B 63. B 83. A
4. H 24. A 44. C 64. C 84. C
1, 1) 25. A 45. D 65. A 85. D
c 26. C 46. B 66. A 86. C
f, A 27. A 47. D 67. C 87. A
1. 1) 28. C 48. B 68. C 88. D
I, A 29. A 49. A 69. C 89. A
10 A M). ( 50. D 70. B 90. C
ii II 31. A 51. 1) 7 1. B 91. C
11. c 32. D 52. D 72. B 92. 1)
M c 33. < 53. 1) 73. A 9 3 . it
14. D 34. B 54. B 74. A 94. C

15. A 35. D 55. C 75. A 95. D
16. B 36. C 56. C 76. A 96. C
17. C 37. A 57. C 77. A 97. C
18. A 38. A 58. D 78. D 98. D
19. C 39. A 59. A 79. A 99. B
20. D 40. C 60. D 80. C 100.C
Special Crime Investigation

1. c 11. A 21.A 31.C 41.C
2. A 12.C 22.A 32.A 42.D
3. B 13.D 23.D 33.A 43 .D
4. D 14.D 24.D 34.A 44.A
5. A 15.D 25.D 35.D 45.D
6. D 16.B 26.A 36.A
7. B 17.A 27.A 37.C
8. D 18.D 28.A 38.A
9. D 19.A 29.B 39.A
10.D 20.A 30.D 40.B
Traffic Management and Accident Investigation:

1. D 14. B 27. A 40. C 53. C 66. D 79. B
2. D 15. B 28. A 41. B 54. A 67. D 80. C
3. D 16. C 29. A 42. B 55. B 68. A
4. D 17. C 30. B 43. B 56. B 69. B
5. D 18. C 3 1. A 44. D 57. C 70. C
6. A 19. C 32. D 45. C 58. B 7 1. C
7. A 20. C 33. A 46. B 59. B 72. B
8. A 2 1. D 34. C 47. C 60. A 73. D
9. A 22. A 35. B 48. D 61. A 74. B
10. A 23. D 36. C 49. C 62. D 75. A
11. B 24. D 37. D 50. A 63. C 76. C
12. B 25. C 38. D 5 1. D 64. B 77. C
13. B 26. A 39. B 52. A 65. D 78. A
Drug Education & Vice Control:
1. C 2 1. A 41. D 61. B 81. D 10 1. D

2. D 22. B 42. C 62. A 82. A 102. B
3. A 23. A 43. A 63. A 83. A 103. D
4. C 24. B 44. B 64. C 84. C 104. D
5. C 25. A 45. A 65. A 85. A 105. D
6. D 26. A 46. B 66. B 86. D 106. D
7. B 27. D 47. B 67. A 87. D 107. B
8. B 28. A 48. A 68. D 88. A 108. B
9. C 29. A 49. B 69. B 89. A 109. C
10. B 30. C 50. D 70. B 90. C 110 . D
11.B 3 1. C 5 1. C 7 1. A 91. B
12. B 32. D 52. D 72. D 92. A
13. A 33. B 53. D 73. B 93. C
14. A 34. A 54. B 74. A 94. D
15. B 35. D 55. A 75. A 95. D
16. A 36. A 56. B 76. C 96. B
17. D 37. A 57. A 77. A 97. D
18. B 38. D 58. C 78. C 98. D
19. C 39. A 59. B 79. A 99. B
20. D 40. C 60. C 80. A 100. D
Organized Crime Investigation

1. D 6. B 11. C 16. A
2. li 7. B 12. A 17. A
,VD 8. A 13. C 18. B
4.1) 9. C 14. A 19. D
*.C 10. A 15. D 20. A
Arson Investigation:
1. A 14. B 27. A 40. A 53. B 66. A
2. A 15. A 28. C 41. B 54. A 67. A
3. C 16. D 29. C 42. D 55. A 68. A
4. C 17. D 30. A 43. A 56. A 69. D
9. 1) 18. C 3 1.C 44. D 57. C 70. B
ft. II 19. D 32. C 45. B 58. A 7 1. A
7. A 20. B 33. B 46. C 59. D 72. C
H. 1) 2 1. D 34. A 47. A 60. C 73. B
•> ( 22. B 35. B 48. A 61. C 74. C
10. C 23. A 36. A 49. D 62. B 75. D
II. A 24. B 37. C 50. A 63. C 76. B
12. C 25. C 38. A 5 1. C 64. D 77. B
I ), It 26. C 39. C 52. A 65. C 78. B
V. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY, ETHICS AND HUMAN RELATIONS
Introduction to Criminology with Psychology of Crimes
1, A 2 1. D 41. B 61. A 81. C 10 1. C 12 1. A

2, li 22. A 42. C 62. A 82. A 102. A 122. B
\ < 23. B 43. B 63. B 83. B 103. D 123. A
l It 24. B 44. A 64. C 84. B 104. A 124. B
1. A 25. A 45. D 65. C 85. D 105. C 125. D
(i \ 26. A 46. B 66. A 86. B 106. C 126. C
7. li 27. A 47. A 67. D 87. B 107. B 127. B
M ( 28. B 48. B 68. B 88. C 108. A 128. C
*> D 29. B 49. C 69. A 89. A 109. D 129. A
10 V 30. C 50. B 70. D 90. A 110 . B 130. B
II. C 3 1. A 5 1. B 7 1. D 91. A 111. B
11 \ 32. D 52. B 72. C 92. B 11 2 . A
It, A 33. B 53. C 73. B 93. B 11 3 . D
ll \ 34. C 54. D 74. D 94. C 114 . B
IV 1) 35. D 55. A 75. C 95. C 115 . B
jt V 36. D 56. A 76. A 96. C 116 . D
17.1) 37. A 57. B 77. B 97. D 117 . D
IN < 38. D 58. D 78. A 98. A 118 . D
IV, li 39. B 59. C 79. A 99. B 119 . D
JO. c 40. C 60. B 80. C 100. A 120. C
I iIiIi n and Values

l» A 16. A 3 1. D 46. C 61. C 76. A 91. C
I l> 17. D 32. B 47. C 62. C 77. C 92. D
J. c 18. C 33. C 48. B 63. A 78. C 93. D
4 C 19. D 34. C 49. B 64. C 79. A 94. A
* 1) 20. D 35. A 50. D 65. A 80. B 95. B
1: H 2 1. A 36. C 51. A 66. C 81. C
7. II 22. C 37. C 52. D 67. D 82. D
| |) 23. C 38. D 53. C 68. D 83. A
t II 24. A 39. B 54. 1) 69 .1) 84. A
10, ( 25. C 40. A 55. A 70. A 85. C
||. II 26. II 41. li 56. D 7 1.1) 86. C
12. A 27. B 42. A 57. B 72. A 87. C

13. C 28. C 43. D 58. B 73. C 88. D
14. D 29. C 44. B 59. C 74. B 89. B
15. B 30. A 45. A 60. D 75. C 90. B
Juvenile Delinquency And Crime Prevention

1. D 11.B 2 1. B 3 1. B 4 1. C 5 1. B 61. D 7 1. B
2. D 12. B 22. A 32. A 42. B 52. B 62. B 72. A
3. D 13. D 23. B 33. B 43. C 53. A 63. B 73. D
4. D 14. C 24. A 34. A 44. D 54. D 64. B 74. B
5. D 15. C 25. B 35. C 45. A 55. D 65. B 75. A
6. A 16. A 26. B 36. B 46. A 56. B 66. B 76. D
7. A 17. B 27. C 37. B 47. A 57. A 67. B 77. B
8. A 18. C 28. C 38. D 48. D 58. D 68. D 78. A
9. A 19. C 29. A 39. C 49. C 59. B 69. B 79. A
10.A 20. C 30. A 40. B 50. B 60.A 70. A 80. D
Human Behavior and Crisis Management

1. A 13. A 25. B 37. A 49. B 61. B
2. B 14. C 26. A 38. B 50. A 62. B
3. B 15. B 27. D 39. A 5 1. C 63. B
4. D 16. B 28. C 40. D 52. A 64. B
5. D 17. D 29. B 41. B 53. C 65. A
6. B 18. D 30. D 42. C 54. C 66. B
7. D 19. A 3 1. D 43. A 55. B 67. D
8. C 20. D 32. B 44. A 56. B 68. B
9. B 2 1. B 33. A 45. B 57. B 69. B
10. D 22. A 34. A 46. A 58. B 70. D
11. A 23. C 35. A 47. D 59. A
12. C 24. D 36. B 48. A 60. B
Criminal Justice System
l.D 11. A 2 1.B 3 1.B 4 1. D 5 1. A 61. A

2. C 12. A 22. A 32. C 42. B 52. B 62. B
3. A 13. A 23. A 33. A 43. A 53. B 63. C
4. B 14. D 24. B 34. C 44. A 54. B 64. D
5. D 15. D 25. A 35. C 45. A 55. B 65. B
6. B 16. C 26. A 36. D 46. D 56. B 66. A
7. D 17. A 27. B 37. D 47. A 57. B 67. C
8. D 18. B 28. A 38. D 48. A 58. D 68. A
9. A 19. A 29. B 39. C 49. D 59. B 69. A
10. C 20. A 23. A 40. A 50. B 60. C 70. B
Criminological Research
1. A 6. C 11. B 16. B 2 1. D 26. B
2.D 7. D 12. A 17. B 22. C 27. A
3. D 8. C 13. B 18. C 23. B 28. C
4. D 9. A 14. C 19. D 24. A 29. A
5. C 10. D 15. A 20. D 25. C 30. A
VI. CORRECTIONAL ADM INISTRATION

Institutional Corrections Ja il and Penal Management
1. 1) 2 1. A 41. D 61. D 81. D 10 1. B 12 1. C 14 1. B 16 1. A 177. A
2. A 22. A 42. C 62. A 82. D 102. B 122. A 142. D 162. B 178. C
3. b 23. B 43. D 63. D 83. D 103. C 123. B 143. A 163. D 179. C
4. 1) 24. B 44. B 64. A 84. A 104. D 124. D 144. B 164. A 180. B
5. C 25. A 45. C 65. B 85. B 105. A 125. A 145. B 165. B 18 1. D
ft. A 26. B 46. C 66. A 86. C 106. A 126. A 146. A 166. C 182. A
7. A 27. C 47. B 67. A 87. A 107. C 127. B 147. B 167. A 183. D
H. 1) 28. D 48. A 68. B 88. A 108. A 128. D 148. C 168. B 184. D
'» \ 29. A 49. D 69. B 89. A 109. D 129. C 149. C 169. B 185. A
Ml. It 30. D 50. A 70. B 90. A 110 . A 130. B 150. D 170. B
II. B 3 1. C 5 1. A 7 1. A 91. B 111. B 13 1 . C 1 5 1. B 17 1. C
12. C 32. C 52. A 72. C 92. D 112 . B 132. B 152. A 172. B
13. C 33. D 53. A 73. C 93. A 11 3 . D 133. B 153. B 173. B
14. C 34. A 54. D 74. A 94. B 114 . A 134. A 154. C 174. D
15. 1) 35. C 55. A 75. A 95. C 115 . A 135. B 155. A 175. B
l<». V 36. B 56. A 76. B 96. C 116 . C 136. C 156. D 176. D
17. C 37. A 57. B 77. B 97. A 117 . C 137. D 157. D
IH. A 38. A 58. A 78. D 98. B 118 . A 138. C 158. B
|9 v 39. C 59. A 79. A 99. A 119 . A 139. A 159. D
20. B 40. A 60. C 80. D 100. B 120. D 140. D 160.
Non - Institutional Corrections Rehabilitation, Probation, and Parole
1, II 2 1. A 41. D 61. C 81. A 10 1. B

2. B 22. C 42. A 62. C 82. B 102. A
V A 23. B 43. B 63. A 83. B 103. B
4. C 24. D 44. B 64. B 84. C 104. A
ft. I) 25. C 45. A 65. B 85. A 105. A
ft, (’ 26. A 46. C 66. B 86. C 106. C
7. II 27. B 47. B 67. D 87. B 107. B
H A 28. A 48. B 68. D 88. D 108. B
•» \ 29. A 49. D 69. A 89. B 109. D
Ml. < 30. D 50. A 70. A 90. A 110 . A
II. c 3 1. B 5 1. C 7 1. B 91. C 111. D
12. I> 32. B 52. C 72. A 92. B 112 . C
1 < l) 33. C 53. B 73. A 93. B 113 . A
1l \ 34. A 54. A 74. B 94. C 114 . C
Ifl, II 35. D 55. C 75. C 95. A 115 . D
|ft \ 36. B 56. C 76. D 96. B 116 . D
17. II 37. A 57. D 77. C 97. B 117 . A
IN < 38. A 58. D 78. A 98. B 118 . B
19, |) 39. D 59. B 79. A 99. C 119 . D
JO. A 40. D 60. D 80. C 100. C 120. D
IMPORTANT TERMINOLOGIES Abrogation - The an n u lm en t or

d estru ction o f an o th er law .
CRIMINAL LAW AND
JURISPRUDENCE Absulatory Cause - Are those w herr
the act com m itted is a crim e b ut for
re aso n of pu b lic policy an d sentim ent
CRIMINAL LAW there is no p en alty im posed.
Abandoning a minor -In order to hold
one crim in ally liable for this crim e, the Abuse of Discretion - F ailu re to
offender m u st have ab an d on ed the ren d er or exercise soun d and
child w ith deliberate intent. The reaso n ab le ju d gm en t.
pu rp ose of the offender m u st solely be
avo idance of the obligation of takin g Accessory - Are those having
care of the m inor. know ledge to the com m ission of thr
crim e an d w ithou t h avin g p articipatrd
Abandonment - W illful desertion or th erein , either as p rin cip als 01
fo rsak in g of p are n tal du ties. acco m plices, take p art su b seq u en t to
its com m ission in a n y of the following
Abandonment of office or position — m an n ers: 1. B y profiting them selves or
A felony com m itted by a n y public a s sis tin g the offender to profit by the
officer who, before the accep tan ce of effects of the crim e. 2. B y concealing of
h is resign atio n , sh all ab sco n d h is office destroyin g the body of the crim e, or thr
to the detrim ent o f the public. effects or in stru m e n ts thereof, in on lri
to prevent its discovery. 3. Mv
Abandonment of Person in Danger harb oring, con cealin g, or assistin g "•
and Abandonment of one’s Victim - the e scap e of the p rin cip als of tin
A felony com m itted by failing to ren der crim e, provided the a c c e sso ry acts with
a s sis ta n c e to an y p erson w hom the ab u se o f h is pub lic fu nctions ol
offender finds in an in habited place w h en ever the au th o r of the crim r In
w oun ded or in d an g er o f dying, w hen gu ilty of treaso n , parricid e, m urder, oi
he can ren d er su ch a ssis ta n c e w ithout an attem pt to take the life of the Chl#»f
detrim ent to him self, u n le ss su ch E xecu tive, or is know n to be habitiuillv
om ission sh all con stitute a m ore gu ilty of som e other crim e.
se rio u s offense.
Abuse of confidence - An element
Abduction - R efers to the act of tak in g e sta fa an d qualified theft it I*
aw ay a w om an from h er h o u se or other determ ined from the tru st reposrd h\
place w here sh e m ay be for the the offended p arty to the offendri It
p u rp o se of carryin g h er to an oth er m ay also refer to the n atu re of thf
place w ith intent to corru pt or m arry w ork of the offender w hich mtiM
her. n e ce ssa rily involve tru st mi id
confidence.
Aberratio Ictus - M istake in the blow,
o ccu rs w h en the offender in tendin g to Accessory penalty - R efers to thrtl
do an in ju ry to one p erson actu ally pen alty w h ich is deem ed included In
in flicts it on another. the im position o f the principal penult v
Abet - The act of in d u cin g an oth er to Accident - R efers to anything* th«*i

com m it a crim e. o ccu r outside the sw ay o f m a n ’s will
Ab Initio - Latin word w hich m ean s Accomplice - Are person who

“from the b eginn ing” b eing in clu ded in Art 17 . (WI*OJ
cooperate in the execution of t \m
Abortion - R efers to violent exp u lsion offense by previou s or simultun*
o f the em bryo from the m aterial wom b acts. R e q u isites: In order that a pri*»»M
w hich re su lts in death of the fetu s. Or m ay be con sidered a s accompli* r ilt f
the w illful killing of the fetu s in the following re q u isite s m u st c o n c u i, |g
u te ru s. There m u st be a com m unity of dralîtj
that is, know ing the crim inal drulgit uf
the p rin cipal b y direct p articipation , he Affidavit - R efers to a sw orn statem en t

concurs w ith the latter in h is p u rp o se; in w riting; d eclaration in w ritin g m ade
'2. He coop erates in the execution of u n d e r oath before a n authorized
the offense by previou s or officer.
Him ultaneous a cts, w ith the intention
ol su p p lyin g m aterial or m oral aid in Affray - R efers to u n law fu l fighting
the execution of the crim e in an w h ich terrifies others o f a re a so n a b ly
H ficacious w ay; an d 3 . There m u st be firm c h aracte r. A fight co n sistin g of two
it relation betw een the a cts done b y the or m ore p e rso n s in a pub lic place.
principal an d those attribu ted to the
p riso n ch arged a s accom plice. Agency - A con tract or re latio n sh ip
w h ereb y a p erson b in d s h im se lf to
Act - R efers to an y bodily, m ovem ent ren d er som e service or do som e act in
Irnding to pro duce som e effect in the rep resen tatio n of an o th er w ith the
rx tcrn al w orld. con sen t or au th o rity of the latter.
Act o f God - An in evitable event Agent of a Person in Authority - One

occurring b y re a so n of the operations w ho b y direct provision of law , or by
• •I nature not the re su lt of h u m an appoin tm en t by com petent auth ority,
«Kt*ncy o negligence. A lso know n is ch arged w ith the m ain ten an ce of
irlrrre d to as “ Force M ajeu re.” pub lic order, protection an d s e c u rity of
life an d property, or one w ho com es to
Acts of lasciviouness -A felony by any the aid of a p erson in au thority.
p riso n who commits any act of
InNriviousness or lewdness that it is Aggravating Circumstances - Are
• lone u n d e r an y of the follow ing those con ditions w h ich if atten d an t in
• licumstances: by using force or the com m ission o f the crim e serve to
intimidation, or when the offended in cre ase the p en alty w ithout how ever,
pm ty is deprived of reason or otherwise exceedin g the m axim u m pen alty
Unconscious, or when the offended provided by law for the offense.
party is under 12 years of age.
Aggression - D estructive and in ju rio u s
Adherence to the Enemy - Intent to beh avior th at is so cially defined as
hr 1 1ay e x ists w h en a citizen hostile and violent on the b a sis of
Intellectually or em otion ally favo rs the seve ral factors pertain in g to the
n in n y and h arb o rs sym p ath ie s or perform er and the p erson m akin g the
convictions d isloyal h is co u n try ’s policy evalu ation .
•»i interest.
Aid and Abet - To act a s an a c c e sso ry
Adjoctftve Law - Law on pro cedure an d in the com m ission of a crim e.
• oil rt organization; opposite of
•ulm tantive law . Aid or Comfort - R efers to a n act
w hich stre n gth e n s the enem y in the
Adjudicate - M eans to determ ine con duct o f w ar a g a in st the traitor's
ludicially. co u n try or an act w h ich w e ak e n s the
pow er o f the traito r’s cou n try to repel
Administer - R efers to the act o f or re sist the attack.
Introducing an y d an g ero u s d ru g into
Ih*4 body. Alevosia - To act w ith treachery.
Adultery - A private crim e com m itted Alias - A n am e other th an o n e’s ow n

« m arried w om an w ho sh a ll have nam e, an a ssu m e d nam e.
in tercou rse w ith an o th er m an
Rot h e r h u sb a n d ; an d a m an w ho sh all Allegiance - Is m ean t the obligation of
| ® v r c arn al know ledge w ith a m arried fidelity an d obedience, w h ich the
■tlftan in d ivid u als owe to the state u n d er
w hich th ey live or to th eir sovereign, in
A»l Verbatim - (Latin) To the letter, retu rn for the protection they receive.
Won I lor word.
Alternative Circumstances - Are em ployee re strain an d confine a person

those w h ich m u st be tak e n into w ithout legal ground s.
con sideration as aggravatin g or
m itigating acco rding to the n atu re and Arresto Mayor - A correction ^
effect o f the crim e an d other conditions pen alty, the du ratio n o f w h ich sh all hr
atten din g its com m ission. im prisonm en t from one m onth and one
d ay to six m onths.
The altern ative circu m stan ce s
are (1) relation sh ip , (2) intoxication, Arresto Menor - A light penalty, thf
an d (3) the degree o f in stru ction and d u ratio n o f w h ich s h a ll be from onr
education of the offender. The d ay to th irty d ays of im prisonm en t and
altern ative circu m stan ce of or a fine not exceedin g 2 0 0 Pesos.
relation sh ip sh a ll be taken into
con sideration w h en the offended p arty Arson - M alicious an d willful
is the (a) sp o u se , (b) asce n d a n t (c) d estru ction of p roperty b y fire.
d escen d an t, (d) legitim ate, n a tu ra l or
adopted b rother or sister, or (e) relative Assassination - R efers to the killing nl
b y affinity in the sam e degrees o f the an in dividu al b y tre ach e ro u s m eans m
offender. The intoxication of the design.
offender sh all be taken into
con sideration as a m itigating Assault and Battery - Is m erely m
circu m stan ce w hen the offender h a s p h ysic al atta ck or is a th reat to striUn
com m itted a felony in a state of som eone. The act of strikin g is refci m l
in toxication, if the sam e is (a) not to a s b atte iy.
h ab itu al or (b) not su b se q u en t to the
p lan to com m it said felony. The Attack - The w ord a tta ck in clu des any
intoxication of the offender is offensive or an tago n istic m ovem ent nt
aggravatin g (a) w hen the in toxication is action o f an y kind.
h ab itu al or intention al or (b) w hen it is
in tention al or su b se q u en t to the plan Attempted Felony - S ta g e of .... ......
to com m it the crim e. Low degree of developm ent w h en the o ffe n d s
in stru ction an d education or lack o f it com m ences the com m ission of a frlnity
is gen erally m itigating. High degree o f directly b y overt acts and docn imi
in stru ctio n an d education is perform all the a cts of execution wlih It
aggravatin g w h en the offender avails sh ould produce the felony by reason nf
h im se lf of h is learn in g in com m itting som e c a u se or accid en t other than hi*
the crim e. own sp o n tan eo u s d esistan ce.
Ambulance Chaser - One w ho solicits Band - R efers to more than th u #

c a s e s for law yers. Or a law yer w ho arm ed m alefacto rs actin g togethn m
actively solicits c a s e s on h is own the com m ission of a n offense.
behalf.
Bigamy - R efers to the un law fu l m l ••{
Amicus Curiae - A friend of the court, an y person who sh all contnu I h
w ho is allow ed to in trodu ce argum ent, second or su b se q u en t m arriage hrlnnp
au th o rity or evidence upon som e the form er m arriage h a s been Ir^nliy
m atter of law ab out w h ich the cou rt is dissolved.
m istak e n or doubtful.
Bill of Attainder - R efers to a
Anticipation of Duties of a Public legislative act w hich infU* if
Office - O ffense ch arged to an y person p u n ish m en t w ithout tried.
w ho sh all a ssu m e the perform an ce of
the du ties and pow ers o f an y public Bribery - R efers to the u n law ful «* t h(
officer or em ploym ent w ithout first an y pub lic officer or em ployer wh..
b eing sw orn in or h avin g given the accep ts an offer of a bribe from mn
bond requ ired b y law. person.
Arbitrary Detention - R efers to a Brigandage - Is a felony commit In I tty

felony w here a pub lic officer or m ore th an three person s who for Hi h
hand of ro b b ers for the pu rp ose of the pu rp ose of the p en alty it

com m itting ro b b ery in the h igh w ay, or retribution. M an is e sse n tia lly a m oral
kidnapping p e rso n s for the p u rp o se of c reatu re w ith an ab so lu te ly free w ill to
extortion or to obtain ran so m , or an y choose betw een good an d evil, th ereb y
other p u rp o se to be attain ed by m e an s p lacin g m ore stre s s upon the effect or
nf force an d violence. re su lt o f the felon iou s act th an u pon
the m an , the crim in al him self. It h a s
Buggery - C onnected w ith h e re sy and regard to the h u m an elem ent
ap o stasy it is a form o f tre aso n a g a in st endeavored to e sta b lish a m ech an ical
the divine will. and direct proportion betw een crim e
and penalty. And there is a scan t.
B u ild in g - It in clu d es a n y kind of
structure u se d for storage or Cohabit - M eans to dw ell together in
mi11<‘keeping the m an n er a s h u sb a n d an d w ife, for
som e period o f tim e.
Iturglary - A gen eral term w hich
<If-note theft or robbery. R efers to the Coin - R efers to a piece of m etal
art of b re ak in g or en terin g a dw elling
stam ped w ith certain m ark s an d m ade
Of building w ith the in tent of cu rren t at a certain valu e.
com m itting a crim e therein.
Complex Crime - W hen an offense is a
Charivari - The term “c h a riv a ri’ n e c e s s a ry m e an s for com m itting the
Includes a m edley o f d isco rd an t voices, other. O therw ise know n a s com plex
a m ock seren ad e o f d iscord an t n o ises crim e proper. The two k in d s o f com plex
liindc on kettles, h o rn s, tin s, an d the crim es are:D elito C om puesto or
like design ed to in su lt or annoy. C om pound Crim e - W hen a sin gle act
co n stitu tes two or m ore grave or le ss
rivtl interdiction - It deprives the grave felonies. And Delito Com plejo or
•»i lender du rin g the tim e o f h is C om plex Crim e Proper - w h en an
•rntcnce of the righ ts o f p are n tal offense is a n e c e s s a ry m e an s for
wni hority, or g u a rd ia n sh ip , either a s to com m itting the other.
thr person or property of the w ard, of
n hi cited au th ority, of the right to Compound Crime - R efers to a single
nmilage h is property an d of the right to act perform ed by the offender, that
ill*pose of su c h property b y a n y act or co n stitu tes two or m ore grave or le ss
anv con veyance in ter vivos. grave felonies.
r « r napping - Is the taking, w ith intent Complex penalty - is a p en alty

In gain, of a m otor vehicle belonging to prescrib ed by law , com posed o f three
Mlinl h e r w ithout the la tte r’s con sen t, or d istin ct p en alties, e ach form ing a
| y m ean s of violence ag ain st or period. The ligh test o f them sh a ll be
Intimidation of p e rso n s, or by u sin g the m in im u m period; the n ext the
finer upon thin gs. A ny vehicle w h ich is m edium period an d the m ost severe
m o t o r iz e d u sin g the streets w h ich are
sh a ll be the m axim u m period.
public, not e xclu sively for private u se
19 c o v e r e d w ithin the concept o f m otor Concubinage - R efers to the act of a
V e h ic le u n d e r the A n ti-C arn ap p in g m arried m an, w ho sh a ll cohab it w ith
la w A tricycle w h ich is not in clu d ed in h is m istre ss in the con ju gal dw elling,
tlir rn u m eratio n of exem pted veh icles or sh all h ave s e x u a l in terco u rse u n d e r
Undrr the C a m a p p in g Law is deem ed s ca n d a lo u s circu m sta n ce s, with
In l»r m otor vehicle a s defined in the a n o th er w om an w ho is not h is legal
liw , I h e ste alin g of w h ich com es w ithin sp o u se.
(In prn al sanction.
Conductor - The person w ho m an ag e s
( i v l l S t a t u s - O ne’s pub lic station , or or ca rrie s on the gam bling.
fight or duty.
Consented Abduction - The ab duction
i Innaical Theory of Law - The b a sis of o f a virgin w om an over twelve and
• i Ittiltiul liability is h um an tree will and
u n d e r eighteen carried out with her in co n sisten t w ith the righ ts of othrrn
con sen t an d w ith lew d design. and official du ties.
Conspiracy - E x ist w hen two or m ore Counterfeiting - R efers to thr

p e rso n s com e to an agreem ent im itation of a genu in e or legal coin.
con cerning the com m ission of a felony
an d decide to com m it it. C o n sp iracy is Coup D’ Etat - It is a sw ift attack,
p u n ish ab le only in the c a s e s in w hich acco m pan ied by violence, intim idation
the law sp e cially pro vid es a penalty th reat strategy or stealth , directed
therefor (Art. 8, 1 st p arag rap h , RPC). a g a in st d u ly con stituted au th orities, ot
an y cam p, in stallation,
Consummated Felony - A felony is com m u n ication s n etw ork publlr
con su m m ated w hen all the elem ents utilities needed for the exercise and
n e c e ssa ry for its execution an d con tinued p o sse ssio n of pow er, with m
acco m plish m en t are p resen t. w ithout civilian support.
Conspiracy to Commit Treason - Act Craft - Involves in tellectu al trick< i \

p u n ish ed u n d e r the R P C , the elem ents and cu n n in g on the p art of thr
of C o n sp iracy to C om m it T reason: accu sed .
There is a w ar in w h ich the Philippines
is involved; Two or m ore p erson s com e Crime - R efers to an act com m itted or
to an agreem ent to levy w ar again st the om itted in violation of a public lnw
governm ent or to adh ere to the forbidding an d com m and ing it.
enem ies an d to give them aid or
com fort an d they decide to com m it it. Criminal Law - Is th at b ranch nr
division of law w hich defines crimrw,
Continuing Crime - A continued crim e treats o f th eir n atu re , an d provides lm
is a sin gle crim e co n sistin g o f a series their pun ish m en t.
o f a cts b u t all a risin g from one
crim in al resolu tion. Culpable Insolvency - To be liablr lm
frau d u len t in solvency, the disposal nt
Continuing Offense - Is a con tin u ous the m erch an d ise m u st be done with
u n law fu l act or se ries of acts sets on m alice. The m ere circu m stan ce that d
foot b y a single im p u lse an d operated p erson has d isposed of hi*
b y an u n in terru p ted force how ever, m erch an d ise by rem oving them from
long a tim e it m ay occupy. the place w here th ey w ere kept won hi
n e ce ssa rily im ply frau d . What In
Cooperate - M eans to desire or w ish in requ ired is actu al preju d ice to Hu
com m on thing. creditor. The intention of the a rc urn •!
alone is not enough, bl felony with I It*
Corpus Delicti - M ean s the actu al following elem ents : T hat the offrntln
com m ission of the crim e charged or is a debtor; th at is, he w as obligat inim
body of the crim e. due an d p ayab le; T hat he absconil**
w ith h is p roperty and that th ru In
Correspondence - R efers to p rejud ice to h is creditors.
com m u nication by m ean s of letters or
it m ay refer to the letters w hich p a s s Culpa (Fault) - M eans that H i m
betw een those w ho have friendly or w rongful act resu lted from rltl in
b u sin e ss relation. im pruden ce, negligence, lack nf
foresight or lack o f skill.
Correspondence with Hostile
Country - A felony com m itted by an y Cultivate - M eans the act of knowingly
p erson who in tim e o f w ar sh all have plan tin g grow ing, ra isin g or perm itting
correspondence w ith a n enem y cou ntry the plating.
or territory occupied b y enem y troops
Death under Exceptional
Corruption - R efers to an act done Circumstances - Pu nished I»y
w ith an in tent to give som e advantage destierro, it m ay be com m itted by miy
legally m arried person who having
su rprised h is sp o u se in the act of Direct Bribery - C om m itted b y an y

com m itting se x u a l in terco u rse w ith pub lic officer who sh a ll agree to
another p erson , s h a ll kill a n y o f them perform an act co n stitu tin g a crim e, in
or both o f them in the act or con nection w ith the p erform an ce of
Im m ediately th ereafter, or sh a ll inflict this official d u ties, in co n sid eratio n of
upon them an y se rio u s p h ysic al in ju ry. an y offer, prom ise, gift or p resen t
Under the sam e c ircu m sta n ce s, to received b y su c h officer, p erso n ally or
parents w ith resp ect to th eir d au gh ters throu gh the m ediation of an oth er.
under eighteen y e a rs of age, an d th eir
seducer, w hile the d au g h ters are living Discernment - M eans that: m en tal
with their p aren ts. cap acity o f a m in or betw een n in e and
fifteen y e a rs of age to fu lly ap p reciate
Deceit or Dolo - M eans th at the act is or be aw are of the co n se q u en ce s of h is
done w ith d eliberate intent. In order u n law fu l act.
that an act or om ission m ay be
considered a s h avin g been perform ed Discharge of Firearms - T he felony
or in cu rred w ith d eliberate intent, the com m itted b y a n y person w ith no
following re q u isite s m u st con cur: in tent to kill or in ju re sh all shoot at
1 . The offender m u st h ave FR EED O M an oth er w ith a n y firearm .
while doing an act or om itting to do an
act; Discretion - Liberty of decidin g a s on
2. The offender m u st h ave th in ks fit w ithin certain p aram e te rs or
IN TELLIGEN CE w hile doing the act or lim its.
omitting to do the act; an d
The offender m u st have INTENT Disguised - R esortin g to a n y d evices
while doing the act or om itting to do to con ceal iden tity
l he act.
Disloyalty of a Public Officer of
Defamation - It refers to a “pub lic and Employee - A felony com m itted by
m alicious im p u tation ” o f a crim e pub lic officers or em ployees w ho h ave
failed to re sist a rebellion b y all the
Deformity - R efers to visib le and m ean s in th eir pow er, or th o se who
con sp icu ou s p h y sic a l u g lin e ss, sh all con tinue to d isch arge th e du ties
perm anent an d definite ab norm ality. of their offices u n d e r the contr-ol of the
reb els or sh all accep t appoin tm en t to
Degree of Penalty - A degree is one office u n d e r them .
entire pen alty, one w hole p en alty or
one u n it of the p en alties en u m erated in Direct Assault - R efers to a felony
Kinduated sc a le s provided for in done by em ploying force or
Ki nduated scale s. intim idation, or sh all attack , se rio u sly
intim idate or re sist an y p e rso n in
Delito Complejo- (Com plex Crim e au th o rity or h is agen ts w hile engaged
I Toper) - Requisites: T hat at le a st two in the perform an ce of official duty.
nlicnses are com m itted; T h at one or
nome o f the offen ses m u st be n e c e ssa ry Direct Bribery - An offense com m itted
m eans for com m itting the other and by an y pub lic officer w ho sh a ll agree to
Hint both or all the offen ses m u st be perform in con nection w ith h is official
pun ished u n d e r the sam e statu te. d u ties, in con sid eration of a n y offer,
prom ise, gift or p resen t received by
Delito Compuesto (Com pound Crime) him /o r throu gh m ediation of an oth er.
* Requisites: T hat only a sin gle act is
perform ed by the offender. And That Document - A ny w ritten statem en t by
the single act p ro d u ces two or m ore w hich right is estab lish e d or an
grave or le ss grave felonies. obligation is extin gu ish ed .
Dolo - P ertain s to m alice.

Detention - R efers to the act of
confinem ent or re strain t upon p erso n s. Duel - A reg u lar or form al com bat
previou sly con certed betw een two
p arties in the presen ce of two or m ore Euthanasia - Com m only known mn

pe rso n s b y previou s agreem ent a s a “m ercy killin g” is the practice o!
re su lt of a qu arrel. p a in le ss p u ttin g to d eath anothri
p erso n who su ffe rs from an in curable
Dwelling - R efers to a n y stru ctu re or d isease.
b uilding e xclu sively devoted for re st
an d com fort. D w elling is an Evident Premeditation - Is that
aggravatin g circu m stan ce w hen the execution o f the crim in al act w hich Iw
crim e is com m itted in the dw elling of proceeded Tsy cool thought and
the offended party. D welling is not reflection upon the resolu tion to carry
aggravatin g in the following in sta n ce s; out the crim in al intent.
W hen the offended p arty in h is
dw elling gave su fficien t and im m ediate Exemplarity - The crim inal in
provocation to the offender. W hen both p u n ish e d to serve a s an exam ple to
the offender and the offended p arty are defer others from com m itting crim es
o ccu p an ts of the sam e dw elling. Or
W hen dw elling is in h eren t in the crim e, Exempting Circumstances - R efers to
s u ch a s in robb ery w ith force upon those groun d s for exem ption from
thin gs and in tre sp a ss to dw elling. p u n ish m e n t b ec a u se there is w anting
in the agen t of the crim e of any
Encumbrance - Include every right or conditions w h ich m ake the act
in terest in the land negligent or vo lu n tary.
English Rule - C rim es are triable in Exploitation of Child Labor

th at cou ntry, u n le ss they m erely affect C om m itted b y an offender w ho retain m
thin gs w ithin the v e sse l or they pertain a m inor in h is service; ag ain st the will
to the in tern al m an agem en t thereof. o f the m inor an d th at it is u n d er thr
pretext of reim b u rsin g h im se lf o f a debt
Entrapment - R efers to w ays and in cu rred by an a sce n d an t, gu ard ian m
m e an s to trap an d cap tu re a law p erson en tru sted w ith the cu stody of
b re ak e r w hile execu tin g h is crim inal su ch m inor.
plan.
Ex-Post Facto Law - A legislative art
Error in personae - M istake in the w hich ch an g es the p u n ish m en t and
identity of the victim . in flicts a greater p u n ish m en t than thr
law an n ex ed to the crim e whr n
Espionage - O ffense of gathering, com m itted; ag gravates a crim e than li
losin g or tran sm ittin g in form ation w a s w hen com m itted an d m akrn
resp ectin g the n atio n al defen se w ith crim in al an act done before thf
re a so n or intent to believe th at the p a ssa g e of the law an d w as innocent
inform ation is to be u se d to the in ju ry w hen done, an d p u n ish e s su ch an art
o f the R epu blic o f the^ Philippines. It is
p u n ish ab le by the pen alty o f Prision Expulsion - Com m itted by an y publl«
C orreccional. officer or em ployee w ho not briny,
thereun to authorized by law shall
Estafa - K now n em bezzlem ent u n d er b an ish or force out a n y person from
com m on law. It is a w ell-know n crim e the Philippine Islan d s or sh a ll com pH
to law yers an d b u sin e ssm e n . It is a su c h person to change h is residence,
con tinu in g crim e u n lik e theft. B ein g a
public crim e, it can be p ro secu ted de False keys - Are genu in e keys sto lm
officio. Com m itted w ith the following from the ow ner or an y keys other than
elem ents: T hat the a ccu sed d efrauded those intended by the ow ner for use in
an o th er (a.) by a b u se o f confidence, or the lock
(b) or m ean s of deceit an d T hat dam age
or prejud ice capab le of p e cu n iary False Testimony - It is com m itted hy
estim ation is c a u se d to the offended a person w ho, being u n d e r oath and
p arty or third person. required to testify a s to the truth of a
certain m atter at a h earin g before a
com petent auth ority, sh all say
Homething co n trary to it or denies the Force upon things" - A te ch n ical term

Iruth. in law w h ich m e an s the em ploym ent of
force to effect en tran ce into the h ou se
Felonies - A cts or o m ission s or b u ild in g b y d estroyin g the door,
p un ishable b y the R evised P enal Code. w indow , roof, w all or floor o f the
Elem ents of F elonies: afo resaid h o u se or building. In other
1 . T hat there m u st be an act or w ords, the force upon th in gs h a s no
<>m ission. reference to p e rso n al property b u t to a
2. That the act or om ission m u st be h o u se or b uildin g w h ich is ordin arily
pun ishable b y the R evised Penal Code classifie d a s re al property.
(kPC).
I T hat the act is perform ed or the Formal Crimes - Are those u n law fu l
om ission in cu rre d by m ean s of dolo or a cts w hich are con su m m ated in one
culpa. in stan t, an d there is no attem pted
I That the act or om ission m u st have stage.
hern vo luntarily.
Fraud - Intentional p erversion of tru th ,
Irence - In clu d es a n y p erson , firm , for the pu rp ose of in d u cin g an o th er in
association, corporation or p artn e rsh ip relian ce u pon it to su rre n d e r a legal
or other organization w ho w hich right or to p art off som e v alu ab le thing.
rom m its the act o f fencing.
French Rule - C rim es are not triable
F e n c in g - Is an act o f an y p e rso n w ho in the cou rts o f the cou n try, u n le ss
With in tent to gain for h im se lf or for th eir com m ission affects the se cu rity of
imot her , sh a ll b u y, receive, p o s se s s , the territory, peace or safe ty of the
conceal, sell or d isp o se o f a n y article, state is en dan gered.
object or an yth in g of valu e w h ich he
Knows, or sh ould be kn ow n to him to Frustrated Felony - Stage in crim e
have been derived from the proceed s of developm ent w h en the offender
the crim e of theft or robbery. perform all the a c ts o f execution w hich
w ould p ro duce the felony a s a
fictitious Names - R efers to a n y other co n seq u en ces b ut w hich n everth eless
name w hich a p erso n p u b licly ap p lies do not pro duce it b y re aso n of c a u se s
In h im self w ithout au th o rity of law . o f in dependent of the w ill o f the
perpetrator.
Irlnal Judgment - Ju d g m e n t beyond
i In call; a s long a s a ju d g m e n t h a s not Generality - C h aracte ristic o f crim in al
hr c ome execu to ry it can n ot be law w h ich a s se r ts th at pen al law is
tin! hfu lly said th at the defen dan t is binding on all p e rso n s w ho live and
tlr finitely guilty. In Philippine sojou rn in a specific territory. P erson s
Jurisdiction, there is final ju d g m e n t exem pt from the operations of our
when after the lap se of the 1 5 days crim in al law s by virtu e of the
M>*lamentary period upon receipt of prin cip les o f pub lic in tern ation al law:
I hr decision of a low er court, the So vereign s an d other ch iefs of
1)
i nnvicted p arty did not file an ap p eal state;
or it m otion for new trial; or w h en a
2) A m b assad o rs;
rm*r on ap p eal h a s been decided w ith
finality by the su p rem e court. 3) M in isters plenipotentiary;
4) M in ister’s resident; and
night to Enemy’s Country - A felony 5) C h arg e s d ’ affaires.
t orn m ittedby an y p erson w ho, owing
allegiance to the G overnm ent, attem pts Generic Aggravating Circumstances -
In flrr or go to an en em y co u n try w hen R efers to those situ atio n s that
pi<»hibited by com petent authority. gen erally ap p ly to all crim es su c h a s
dw elling, recidivism or nighttim e, if not
I' »rclble A b d u c tio n - R efers to the offset b y a n y m itigating circu m stan ce ,
nlxluction of an y a w om an a g a in st h er its effect is to in cre ase the pen alty
will and w ith lewd design . w hich should be im posed upon the
accu sed to the m axim u m period, but
without exceeding the limit prescribed prision mayor in its maximum period to
by law. reclusion temporal in its minimum
period.
Grave Coercion - Refers to the
unlawful act of any person who, Habitual Drunkard - Refers to a person
without legal authority, by means of given to intoxication by excessive use
violence, intimidation or threat of intoxicating drinks. The habil
prevents another from doing something should be actual and confirmed. It in
not prohibited by law or compel him to unnecessary that it be a matter of doily
do something against his will whether occurrence.
wrong or right.
High Seas - Refers to any waters on
Grave Felonies - Are those to which the sea coast which are without the
the law attaches the capital boundaries of low watermark. Or the
punishment or penalties, which of portion of the ocean which is beyond
their periods are afflictive in nature. the territorial jurisdiction of any
country.
Grave Scandal - It consists of public
acts which are offensive to good Hijacking - Term used to denote ille^t!
customs and decency, which gives rise seizure and diversion of any vehicle.
to public scandals to persons who have
accidentally witnessed the same. Homicide - Refers to the unlawful
killing of any person, which is neithri
Grave Threat - Refers to the act of any parricide, murder nor infanticide.
person who shall threaten another with
the infliction upon honor, person or Ideology - A belief system
property of the latter or of his family of promulgated by a group.
any wrong amounting to a crime.
Ignominy - A circumstance pertaining
Guilt - An element of responsibility to the moral in order which ndd
which refers to the disposition to disgrace and suffering to the materia!
violate the law manifested by some injury caused by the crime.
acts already done.
Illegal Assembly - Refers to itin
Habitual Delinquent - A person is meeting attended by armed personh Ini
considered as a habitual delinquent if the purpose of committing any of tilt
within a period of ten years from the crimes punishable under the Revlnfnl
date of his last release or conviction of Penal Code or any meeting in wliii It
the crimes of serious or less physical the participants are incited to (hi
injuries, and found guilty of any commission of the crime of trenmm
aforementioned crimes a third time or rebellion, insurrection, sedition <H
more. Habitual delinquency shall have assault upon a person in authority ni
the following effects: Upon a third his agents.
conviction the culprit shall be sentenced
to the penalty provided by law for the Illegal Associations - Refers hi
last crime of which he be found guilty associations partially or totally
and to the additional penalty of prision organized for the purpose nf
correctional in its medium and committing crimes under the RP< , ui
maximum periods; Upon a fourth some purpose contrary to public
conviction, the culprit shall be morals.
sentenced to the penalty provided for
the last crime of which he be found Illegal Detention - Refers to an t
guilty and to the additional penalty of committed by a private individual whti
prision mayor in its minimum and unlawfully detains, kidnaps, of
medium periods; and Upon a fifth or otherwise deprives a person of libert y
additional conviction, the culprit shall
be sentenced to the penalty provided for Illegal Use of Uniforms or Insignia
the last crime of which he be found Committed by any person who nhnll
guilty and to the additional penalty of publicly and improperly make UNe of
insignia, uniforms or dress pertaining Incest - An abnormal and immoral act

to an office not held by such person or which involves intercourse or
to a class of persons of which he is not cohabitation between a man and a
(i member. woman related to each other within the
degree wherein marriage is prohibited.
Indifferenceofparents” - while they
are financially capable of supporting Inciting to War or giving Motives for
the needs of their children, they Reprisal - This is committed by any
deliberately neglect to support the public officer or employee who, by
educational requirements of these unlawful or unauthorized acts provoke
children through plain irresponsibility or gives occasion for a war or liable to
caused by wrong social values involve the Philippines or exposes
Filipino citizens to reprisals on their
Imbecile - Refers to a person who is persons or property. There is no need
completely deprived of discernment or of war going on. This may be
icason and freedom of will at the time committed in time of war or time of
of the commission of the crime. This peace.
refers to a person who, while advanced
In age has a mental development Indecent Exposure - Obscene, willful,
similar to that of children between two open and lewdly revealing or divulging
to seven years of age. any private or sensitive organ in any
public place within full view.
Impossible Crime - Paragraph 2 of
Article 4 of the Revised Penal Code Indirect Bribery - Refers to an offense
defines impossible crime, to wit, “an committed by any public officer who
net which would be an offense against accepts gifts offered to him by reason
persons or property. Were it not for the of his office.
inherent impossibility of its
iiecomplishment or on account of the Inducing a minor to abandon his
employment of inadequate or Home - Felony committed with the
Ineffectual means”.Requisites of following elements: That the minor
Impossible Crime (whether over or under 7) is living in
I That the act performed would be an the home of his parents or guardians
offense against persons or property. or the person entrusted with his
2. That the act was done with evil custody and that the offender induces
Intent. a minor to abandon such home
t That is accomplishment is
inherently impossible, or that the Infanticide - The killing of a child less
means employed is either inadequate than three days of age.
nr ineffectual.
I That the act performed should not Inherent Aggravating Circumstances
('(institute a violation of another - Refers to those that must of necessity
provision of the Revised Penal Code. accompany the commission of the
crime. E.g. evident premeditation in
Impotent - Refers to one’s inability to cases involving theft, robbery
copulate. concubinage and adultery.
Imprudence - Indicates deficiency of Instigation - Refers to the act done by

ne tion or usually involves lack of skill. public officers or private detectives of
It consists in the lack of care or persuading the would be defendant
precaution displayed in cases in which into committing the offense and would
Injury to another or damage impending arrest the latter upon after the
to be caused is not clearly manifested. commission of the crime.
Imputability - Implies that a deed may Insurrection - Refers to a movement

hr ascribed to a person as its owner or which seeks merely to affect some
•uthor. change of minor importance, or to
prevent the exercise of a governmental
authority.
Intent - Refers to the purpose to use a entrusted with the custody of a minor
particular means to effect such person (whether over or under 7 but
consequences. less than 18 yrs old) and that he
deliberately fails to restore the said
Interruption of Religious Worship - A minor to his parents
felony committed by any public officer
or employee who shall prevent or Less Grave Felonies - Are those
disturb the ceremonies or which the law punishes with penalties
manifestations of any religion which in their maximum period arc
correctional, such as Prision
Intimidation - An indispensable Correccional and Arresto Mayor.
element in the crime of threat. The veiy
essence of threat is to sow fear, anxiety Levies War - It requires that then
and insecurity in the mind of the must be an actual assembly of man foi
offended party. It is done by the purpose of executing a treason
threatening to commit the crime upon design by force.
the person, honor and property of the
offended party. There is a promise of Lewd design - May be demonstrated
some future harm or injury. by the lascivious acts performed by the
offender on her. Since this crime doeN
Judgment - Refers to the final not involve sexual intercourse, if the
disposition and determination of the victim is subjected to this, then a crime
court upon matters submitted to it, in of rape is further committed and a
an action or proceeding. complex crime of forcible abduction
with rape is committed. Lewd design
Justifying Circumstances - Refers to does not include sexual intercourse.
those situations where the act of a
person is said to be in accordance with Libel - Refers to the public and
law so that such person is regarded malicious imputation of a vice, crim r
not to have transgressed the law and is or defect which tends to dishonor,
free from both criminal and civil discredit a natural person or blacken
liability, except in state of necessity the memory of the dead.
where the civil liability shall be borne
by the person who benefited by the act. Light Coercion - Refers to tin
unlawful act of any person who by
Kidnapping and Serious Illegal means of violence shall seize anything
Detention - A felony committed by: an belonging to his debtor for the purpo-u
offender is a private individual, he of applying the same to the payment Ot
kidnaps or detains another, or in any the debt.
other manner deprives the latter of his
liberty; the act „of detention or Light Felonies - Are those infraction*
kidnapping must be illegal and that in of law for the commission of which Un-
the commission of the offense. If any of penalty of arresto menor or a fine not
the following circumstances are exceeding 200 pesos or both. Light
present it becomes serious illegal felonies are punishable only when they
detention : that the have been consummated, with thu
kidnapping/detention lasts for more exception of those committed agulnM
than 3 days or that it is committed person or property.
simulating public authority or that any
serious physical injuries are inflicted Light Threat - Refers to the act ot utty
upon the person kidnapped or person who shall intimidate «»»
detained or threats to kill him are pressure another with the inflic tuni
made, or that the person kidnapped or upon honor, person or property of tin
detained is a minor (except if parent is latter or of his family of any wrong not
the offender), female or a public officer constituting a crime.
Kidnapping and Failure to Return a Mala Inse - A wrongful and

Minor - A felony committed with the inherently immoral act from thrli
following elements: That the offender is
nature generally defined and penalized the injury to another. It makes the
by the Revised Penal Code. person not criminally liable by reason
of the absence of criminal intent.
Mala Prohibita - Refers commonly to
ucts made criminal by virtue of special Mitigating Circumstances - Are those
laws. which if present in the commission of
the crime, do not entirely free the actor
Malfeasance - Refers to the from criminal liability but serve only to
performance of some acts which ought reduce the penalty. It is based on the
not to be done. diminution of either freedom,
intelligence or intent or on the lesser
Malice - Refers to the intention to do perversity of the offender.
un injury to another.
Motive - Is the moving power which
Malicious Mischief - Refers to the implies one to action for a definite
willful damaging of another’s property result.
for the purpose of causing damage due
to revenge, hate or other evil motive. Murder - Refers to the unlawful killing
of any person which is not parricide,
(Maltreatment of Prisoners - Crime homicide or infanticide providing that
• harged against any public officer or any of the attendant circumstances is
employee who shall overdo himself in present: 1. With treachery, taking
the correction or handling of a prisoner advantage of superior strength, with
or detention prisoner under his charge, the aid of armed men, or employing
by the imposition of punishment not means to weaken the defense or of
mithorized by the regulations, or by means or persons to insure or afford
inflicting such punishment in a cruel impunity; 2. In consideration of a
mid humiliating manner. price, reward, or promise; 3. By means
of inundation, fire, poison, explosion,
Malversation - Applied to all offenses shipwreck, stranding of a vessel,
committed in the exercise of the derailment or assault upon a street car
performance of duty such as or locomotive, fall of an airship, by
embezzlement, larceny, and means of motor vehicles, or with the
« orruption. use of any other means involving great
waste and ruin; 4. On occasion of any
Maritime Zone - The three (3) mile of the calamities enumerated in the
limit beyond our shore measured at preceding paragraph, or of an
low tide. earthquake, eruption of a volcano,
destructive cyclone, epidemic or other
Mens Rea - Legal term which shows public calamity; 5. With evident
criminal intent on the part of the premeditation; 6. With cruelty, by
offender. (Guilty mind) deliberately and inhumanly
augmenting the suffering of the victim,
Minor Coins - Refers to coins below or outraging or scoffing at his person
ten centavo denomination. or corpse.
MUfeasance - Refers to the improper Mutilation - Refers to the act of

pei Ibrmance of some act which might lopping or the clipping off of some
lawfully be done. parts of the body.
MUprision of Treason - Refers to the Mutiny - Refers to the unlawful

concealment of a person owing resistance to a superior officer, or
allegiance to a country knowledge raising of commotion or disturbance on
fi*KMrding conspiracy to commit board a ship against the authority of
iiroNon. the commander.
m Intake of Facts - Refers to the Negligence - This usually involves lack

misapprehension of detail and reality of foresight. Failure to observe proper
••n the part of the person who causcd attention and the use of due diligence
in anticipating the injury or damage scope of the jurisdiction of the latter

impending to be caused. and issued with all the legal
formalities.
Neutrality - refers to a nation or
power which takes no part in a contest Outcry - Refers to the act of shouting
of arms between others. subversive or provocative words
tending to stir up the people to obtain
Night Time - That period of darkness by means of violence or force any of the
beginning at end of dusk and ending at objects of sedition or rebellion.
dawn. The Civil Code defines it as from
sunset to sunrise. (Art. 13, Civil Code Ordinary mitigating circumstance -
of the Philippines). Not all the time, If attendant to the commission of n
night time may be appreciated as an crime it is susceptible of being offset by
aggravating circumstance. Night time any aggravating circumstance,, if not
may be appreciated as an aggravating offset by an aggravating circumstance,
circumstance in the following produces only the effect of applying the
instances: when it facilitated the penalty provided by law in ith
commission of the crime; when it is minimum period;
especially sought for by the offender to
insure the commission of the crime; or Organized crime group - Also known
when the offender took advantage as syndicated crime group means it
thereof for the purpose of impunity. group of two or more person m
collaborating, confederating 01
Nonfeasance - Refers to the omission mutually helping one another foi
of some act which ought to be purposes of gain in the commission ol
performed. any crime.
Oath - Any form of attestation by Other forms of trespass - Felony

which a person signifies that is bound committed with the following element m
in conscience to perform an act That the offender enters the closed
truthfully or faithfully. premises or the fenced estate of
another; That the entrance is mudr
Objective Phase - It is that portion of while either of them is uninhabited,
the acts of the offender, where he has That the prohibition to enter hr
no more control over the same. All the manifest; That the trespasser has not
acts of execution have been performed secured the permission of the owner ni
by him. the caretaker thereof.
Of Age - To be of "full age” as one Overt Act - An overt act is somi

reaches his majority age. “physical activity or deed” indicating
the intention to commit a particulm
Offending the Religious Feelings - A crime, it is more than a mere planning
felony committed by anyone who, in a or preparation.
place devoted to religious worship or
during the celebration of any religious Parricide - Refers to the unlawful
ceremony shall perform acts killing of a father, mother or child
notoriously offensive to the feelings of Punished by the penalty of reclusion
the faithful. perpetua to death under the Reviurd
Penal Code.
Omission - It refers to the failure to
perform a positive duty which one is Penalty - Is the suffering that t«*
bound to do, otherwise known as afflicted by the state for th«*
inaction. transgression of a law
Open Disobedience - Committed by Period - Refers to one of the thn»

any judicial or executive officer who equal portions, called m inim um
shall openly refuse to execute the medium and maximum of a diviMibl*
judgment, decision or order of any penalty.
superior authority made within the
Perjury - Refers to the voluntary through the enforcement of individual

assertion as to a matter of fact, belief, investigation conducted by a
opinion or knowledge made under oath competent body of psychiatrist and
as part of the evidence given in open social scientists.
court or in the form of affidavit that
statements uttered, which are Praeter Intentionem - When the
material to the issue in inquiry is injurious result is greater than that
known to a witness to be untrue, false intended or the act exceeds the intent.
and made under pretense.
Preparatory acts are those initial acts
Person in Authority - A person of a person who has conceived the idea
directly vested with jurisdiction. of committing a crime, but which
cannot by themselves logically and
Philippine Archipelago - This include necessarily ripen into a concrete
nil the islands that comprises the offense. They are not even overt acts
Philippines. and hence, they do not constitute the
attempted stage of the acts of
Philippine Waters - Refers to all execution. The examples of preparatory
bodies of water around, between and acts are (1) conspiracy and proposal to
connecting each of the islands of the commit a felony, and (2) buying or
Philippine Archipelago, irrespective of securing weapon to commit a crime,
its breadth, depth, length, dimension, i.e. murder, homicide, robbery, etc.
nnd all other waters belonging to the Generally, preparatory acts are not
Philippines by historic or legal title, punishable because the law regards
including territorial sea, sea-bed, the as innocent or at least permissible,
insular shelves, and other submarine except in rare and exceptional cases.
nreas over which the Philippines has
sovereignty or jurisdiction. Prescription of Crimes - Is the
forfeiture or loss of the right of the
Physical Injury - Bodily hurt or harm state to prosecute the offender after a
Inflicted to another by means of lapse of a certain time. Crimes
wounding, beating or assault. punishable by death, reclusion
perpetua or reclusion temporal shall
Piracy - Refers to robbery or forcible prescribe in twenty years. Crimes
depredation on the high seas without punishable by other afflictive penalties
Inwful authority and done with animo shall prescribe in fifteen years.Those
hirandi. Punishable by a penalty of punishable by a correctional penalty
rrclusion perpetua. Piracy is shall prescribe in ten years; with the
committed by any person who, on the exception of those punishable by
high seas, shall attack or seize a vessel arresto mayor, which shall prescribe in
nr, not being a member of its five years.The crime of libel or other
complement nor a passenger, shall similar offenses shall prescribe in one
arize the whole or part of the cargo of year.The crime of oral defamation and
Nnid vessel, its equipment, or personal slander by deed shall prescribe in six
hr longings of its complement or months.Light offenses prescribe in two
passengers. months.
The period of prescription shall
Positivist Theory of Criminal Law- commence to run from the day on
That man is subdued occasionally by a which the crime is discovered by the
at range and morbid phenomenon offended party, the authorities, or their
which constraints him to do wrong, in agents, and shall be interrupted by the
*pite of or contrary to his volition, filing of the complaint or information,
('rime is essentially a social and and shall commence to run again when
natural phenomenon, and as such, (a) such proceedings terminate without
It cannot be treated and checked by the accused being convicted or
the application of abstract principles of acquitted, or are unjustifiably stopped
Inw and jurisprudence nor by the for any reason not imputable to
Imposition of a punishment fixed and him.The term of prescription shall not
determined a priori; (b) but rather
run when the offender is absent from Prolonging Performance of duties

the Philippine Archipelago. and Powers - Felony committed by any
public officer, who shall continue to
Prescription of the Penalty - Refers exercise the duties and powers of his
to the forfeiture or loss of the right of office, employment or commission,
the state to execute the final sentence beyond the period provided by law,
after the lapse of a certain time. regulation or special provisions
applicable to the case
Principals - Refers to a person who is
present at and participated in the Proposal - Refers to the act of a person
crime charged or who induces an who has decided to commit a felony
innocent agent to commit the crime. proposes its execution to some othei
person or persons.
Principal by Direct Participation -
Those who take direct part in the Prospectivity - Criminal lav*
execution of the criminal act. characteristic in which no person can
be punished for his act which at the
Principal by Indispensable time he did is not yet punishable by
Cooperation - Refers to those who law. Crimes are punished under tin
cooperate in the commission of the laws in force at the time of the it
offense by another act without which it commission. Exception to the
would not have been accomplished. Prospective Application of Criminul
Requisites: Participation in the criminal Laws - Whenever a new statute dealing
resolution, that is, there is either with crime establishes conditions morr
anterior conspiracy or unity of criminal lenient or favorable to the accused, It
purpose and intention immediately can be given a retroactive effect.
before the commission of the crime
charged; and cooperates in the Provocation - It refers to any unjust or
commission of the offense by improper conduct or act of I hr
performing another act without which offended party, capable of irritating,
the crime would not have been exciting and inciting any person.
accomplished.
Proximate Cause - Refers to natural
Principal by Inducement - Refers to unbroken consequence by any efficient
those who directly induces or forces intervening cause, which produceN Ihr
others to commit a crime. Two Ways of injury, and without which the mailt
Becoming a Principal by Induction . would not have occurred.
By directly forcing another to commit a
crime, either by using irresistible force, Public Authority - Sometimes refrin -I
or by causing uncontrollable fear. And to as a person in authority is a publli
by directly inducing another to commit officer who is directly vested with
a crime, either by ’giving price, or jurisdiction that is, a public officei wlm
offering reward or promise, or by using has the power to govern and exfcntr
words of command. the laws.
Privileged mitigating circumstance Quasi Recidivism - Any person u h.

cannot be offset by aggravating shall commit a felony after having hrrn
circumstance; it produces the effect of convicted by final judgment, white
imposing upon the offender the penalty serving his sentence shall be puninhefl
lower by one or two degrees that that by the maximum penalty prescribed i»v
provided by law. law for the new felony.
Probable Cause - Refers to reasons, Qualified Piracy - Piracy is qualifie d if

supported by circumstances and facts any of the following circumstancr* it
as will warrant a cautious man in the present, to wit: Whenever the offendem
belief that his action and the means have seized the vessel by boarding •»*
taken prosecuting it are legally just firing upon the same; or Whenevei iht
and proper. pirates have abandoned their victim*
without means of saving themselves, nt
Whenever the crime is accompanied by crime embraced in the same title of the
murder, homicide, physical injuries, or Revised Penal Code.
rape.
Reformation - The object of
Qualified Seduction - Refers to the punishment in criminal cases is to
reduction of a virgin over twelve under correct and reform the offender.
eighteen years of age, committed by
nay person entrusted with the custody, Refusal of Assistance - A felony
rducation of the woman seduced or attributed to a public officer who, upon
m i y person in public authority. demand from competent authority,
shall fail to lend his cooperation
Qualified theft - Theftis qualified towards the administration of justice
when: Committed by domestic servant, or other public service
nr With grave abuse of confidence, or
Property stolen is: motor vehicle, mail Refusal to Discharge Elective Office
nwitter, large cattle, coconut from - A criminal offense charge to any
Ilimitation fish from fishpond or person who, having been elected by
linhery, or On occasion of calamities popular election to a public office shall
mid civil disturbance. refuse without legal motive to be sworn
in or to discharge the duties of said
Qualified trespass to dwelling - office.
<ommitted with the following :That the
offender is a private person; That he Reparation - Replacement or repair of
rnlers the dwelling of another and that an object or any valuable item
iuch entrance is against the latter’s damaged in the commission of the
will. crime. The court shall determine the
amount of damage, taking into
Qualifying Aggravating consideration the price of the thing,
Circumstance - Refers to those whenever possible, and its special
•Itnation that changes the nature of sentimental value to the injured party
the* crime. and reparation shall -be made
accordingly.
Wmuk - Refers to a high social position
• •I standing as a grade in the armed Responsibility - Implies that the
I m r e s , or to a graded official standing person must take the consequences of
til social position or station. such deed or the obligation of suffering
the consequences of crime.
Hup© - Refers to an unlawful sexual
Intercourse without the consent of the Restitution - Refers to payment or
other. Or an unlawful carnal restoration as a condition of sentence
knowledge of a woman by a man the thing or property which was
foicibly and against her will. affected by the commission of the
crime. The restitution of the thing itself
Mr hellion - A felony which involves must be made whenever possible, with
lin in g publicly and taking arms to allowance for any deterioration, or
overthrow and supercede the existing diminution of value as determined by
government. For the purpose of the court.The thing itself shall be
l emoving from the allegiance to said restored, even though it be found in
Government or its laws, the territory of the possession of a third person who
I hr Philippine Islands or any part has acquired it by lawful means,
Ihrtrof, of any body of land, naval or saving to the latter his action against
i M h e i armed forces, depriving the Chief the proper person, who may be liable
(lircutive or the Legislature, wholly or to him.
{initially, of any of their powers or
fiirmgatives. Robbery - Taking of personal property
belonging to another, with intent to
Mo*'i d i v i s t - Is one who at the time of gain, by means of intimidation of any
hln trial for one crime, shall have been person, violence against, or using force
i nnvioted by final judgment of another upon things.
Scandal - Refers to any reprehensible Simple Seduction - Refers to the

word/deed that offends public seduction of a single, widow or woman
conscience, redounds to the detriment of good repute, over twelve years of age
of the feelings of honest persons and but under eighteen by means of deceit.
gives occasions to the neighbor’s
spiritual damage and ruin. Slander by Deed - Refers to an offense
against honor which is committed by
Scurrilous - Vulgar, low, foul or mean. performing any act which causes
discredit, dishonor or contempt upon
Search - Means to go over or look persons.
through for the purpose of finding
something. Slavery - Civil relation in which one
man has absolute power over the life,
Sedition - Refers to raising of fortune, and liberty of another. Refers
commotions and disturbance in the to the treatment of a human being as ti
state. The crime of sedition is mere property, stripped of dignity and
committed by persons who rise human rights. The person is reduced
publicly and tumultuously in order to to the level of an ordinary animal, fi
attain by force, intimidation, or by mere chattel with material value
other means outside of legal methods, capable of pecuniary estimation and
any of the following objects: 1. To for which reason, the offender
prevent the promulgation or execution purchases and sells the same. In
of any law or the holding of any criminal law, it is committed with the
popular election ;2. To prevent the following elements: That the offendei
National Government, or any provincial purchase, sells kidnaps or detains it
or municipal government or any public human being and That the purpose of
officer thereof from freely exercising its the offender is to enslave such humun
or his functions, or prevent the being.
execution of any administrative
order;3. To inflict any act of hate or Slight Illegal Detention
revenge upon the person or property of Felonycommitted by an offender who In
any public officer or employee;4. To a private person , He kidnaps ot
commit, for any political or social end, detains another or in any othei
any act of hate or revenge against manner deprives him of his liberty /
private persons or any social class; and furnished place for the perpetuation ot
5. To despoil, for any political or social the crime; That the act of detention 01
end, any person, municipality or kidnapping must be illegal and thwl
province, or the National Government the crime is committed without tht
attendant of any of the circumstanc« >
Seduction - Refers to the act of enumerated in Art 267
inciting a woman to unlawful sexual
intercourse by promise of marriage or Somnabulism - Sleep walking.
other means of persuasion without use
of force. Specific Aggravating Circumstance**
- Refers to those conditions that only
Seize - Refers to the act of placing in apply to a particular crime.
the control of someone a thing to give
him the possession thereof. Subjective Phase - It is that portion ni
the execution of the crime, starling
Service Mark - A symbol used in the from the point where the offend* >
sale or advertising of services to begins to that point where he has ntill
identify the services of one person and control over his acts, including thrlt
distinguish them from the services of natural course.
others and includes without limitation
the marks, names, symbols, titles, Subsidiary Penalty - Personal liability
designations, slogans, character to be suffered by the convict who h«*
names, and distinctive features of no property with which to meet the lm«
radio or other advertising. at the rate of one day for each it pcauw
Sufficient Provocation - Threat on the functions; or Should commit any of the

part of the offended party immediately crimes against national security and
preceded the act which should be the law of nations;
proportionate to the act of aggression
and adequate to stir the aggressor to Theft - It is an unlawful act of any
its commission. person who takes personal property
belonging to another, without the
Suicide - Deliberate termination or owner’s consent, with intent to gain
destruction of one’s own life. but without force, violence or
intimidation.
Swindling - Refers to the acquisition of
personal property, or instrument of Threat - Refers to a declaration of an
writing conveying or securing a intention or determination to injure
valuable right by means of false another by the commission upon his
pretense or devise or any fraudulent person, honor or property or upon that
representation with intent to impair of his family of some wrong which may
the rights of others. or may not amount to a crime:
Syndicated Estafa - Refers to a Tort - Refers to an injury or civil

syndicate of five or more persons wrong which includes breach of
formed with intent to cany out an contract, actions of bad faith for which
unlawful or illegal act, transaction or the court provides remedies in the form
scheme and defraudation which of an action for damages.
results in misappropriation of money
contributed by stockholders or Trade Name - Designation or name
members of rural banks, cooperatives, distinguishing or identifying an
samahang nayon or former’s enterprise.
association; or funds contributed by
corporations or associations for the Treachery - Willful and deliberate
Funeral welfare. betrayal of trust or confidence. Or
taking advantage of superior strength
Territoriality - A characteristic of with the aid of armed men, or means to
penal law which asserts that criminal weaken the defense or of means of
low as a rule is enforceable within a persons to insure or afford impunity.
Movereign state’s territory. There is treachery when the offender
commits any of the crimes against
Exceptions to the Territorial person, employing means, methods or
Application of Criminal LawArt. 2 of forms in the execution thereof which
the Revised penal Code provides: tend directly and specially to insure its
ICxcept as provided in the treaties and execution.
lows of preferential application, the
provisions of this Code shall be Treason - Refers to a breach of
• nforced not only within the Philippine allegiance to a government, committed
Archipelago, including its atmosphere, by persons not being a foreigner, who
Itm interior waters and maritime zone, owes allegiance to it. It may be
hut also outside of its jurisdiction committed by one who levies war
MW'inst those who: Should commit an against them or adheres to their
o l tense while on a Philippine ship or enemies, giving them aid or comfort. In
airship; Should forge or counterfeit any the Philippines Treason is punishable
c o i n or currency note of the Philippine by Reclusion Perpetua to death or a
Ulnnds or obligations and securities fine not exceeding 100,000 Pesos. No
l»Mued by the Government of the person shall be convicted of treason
Philippine Islands; Should be liable for unless on the testimony of two
tictH connected with the introduction witnesses at least to the same overt act
Into these islands of the forged or or on confession of the accused in open
counterfeited obligations and court. The Elements of treason are:
an unties; While being public officers The offender owes allegiance to the
01 employees, should commit an Government of the Philippines; There
oHe use in the exercise of their is a war in which the Philippines is
involved; The offender either: Levies Usurpation of Authority - The act of a

war against the Government; or any person who knowingly and falsely
Adheres to the enemies, giving them represent himself to be officer or agent,
aid or comfort. or representative of any department or
agency of government, who shall under
Tumults - An act done by any person pretense perform any act pertaining to
who shall cause any serious a person in authority, without lawfully
disturbance in a public place, office, or entitled to do so.
establishment, or shall interrupt or
disturb public performances, functions Vagrancy - Refers to the unlawful act
or gatherings, or peaceful meetings. of going about from place to place by a
person without visible means of
Tumultuous Affray - Refers to the subsistence or support though able to
interruption or disturbance committed work but refuses to do so and lives on
by more than three armed persons and the charity of others and without labor.
provided with means of violence.
Vessel - Any vessel or watercraft for
Unfair Competition - It consists of transport of passengers and cargo from
employing deception or any other one place to another through
means contrary to good faith by which Philippine waters. Includes all kinds
any person shall pass off goods or and types of vessels or boats used in
services for those of the one having fishing.
established goodwill or committing any
acts calculated to provide such result. Vilification - The utterance of
slanderous and abusive statements
Uninhabited Place - Is an area where against a person or an activity in
there are no house at all, or a place at public which incites hatred towardh
a considerable distance from town. serious contempt for, or severe ridicule
of persons .
Unjust vexation - Refers to any act
committed without violence, but which Violation of Domicile - An offense
unjustifiably annoys or vexes an involving any public officer or employer
innocent person amounts to light who not being authorized by judicial
coercion, s a punishable act, unjust order, enters the dwelling against the
vexation should include any human will of the owner and search papers
conduct which, although not and other effects found therein,
productive of some physical or material punishable by a penalty of prision
harm would, however, unjustifiably correccional.
annoy or vex an innocent person.
Violation of Neutrality - An offer) ni
Unlawful Arrest - Refers to a crime by one who, on the occasion of a war In
committed by any person who without which the Government is not involve* I
reasonable ground arrests or detains violates any regulation issued by
another for the purpose of delivering competent authority for the purpose ul
him to proper authorities. enforcing neutrality.
Unlawful Aggression - Equivalent to Violation of Parliamentary Immunity

threatened assault or assault of an - A felony committed by any perm in
imminent and immediate kind. The act who shall use force, intimidation
must be unjustified and sufficient to threats, or fraud to prevent any
imperil one’s life, limb or right. Mere member of the Congress of tin
threatening attitude is not unlawful Philippines from attending t hr
aggression. But if the threat is meetings of the Congress or of any *»f
offensive and positively strong, its committees or s u b c o m m i t t e r * ,
showing the wrongful intent to cause constitutional commissions ni
an injury, that threat is an unlawful committees or divisions thereof, from
aggression. expressing his opinions or casting hi*
vote; and the penalty of prislnn
correccional shall be imposed upon
any public officer or employee who acts, and assume the responsibility
shall, while the Congress is in regular there for.
or special session, arrest or search any
member thereof, except in case such Acknowledgement - To “acknowledge”
member has committed a crime is to admit, affirm, declare, testify,
punishable under the Revised Penal avow, confess, or own genuine.
Code by a penalty higher than prision
mayor. Action - Conduct; behavior; something
done; condition of acting; an act or
Virginity - Virtuous woman of a good series of acts.
reputation Terms in its usual legal sense mean a
lawsuit brought in a court; a formal
White Slave Trade - Crime committed complaint within the jurisdiction of a
by any person who, in any manner, or court of law.
under any pretext, shall engage in the
business or shall profit by prostitution Acquittal - Refers to discharge, release
or shall enlist the services of any other or absolution from an obligation,
for the purpose of prostitution. liability or engagement.
Admission - Voluntary concessions or

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE acknowledgement executed by a party
of the existence of truth of certain
Abatement of action - An entire facts.
overthrow or destruction of the suit so
11tat it is quashed and ended. Affiant - Refers to a person who
makes or subscribes an affidavit.
Abet - To encourage, incite, or set
another on to commit a crime. This Affidavit - Printed or written
word usually applied to aiding in the statement or declaration of facts
commission of a crime. voluntarily made and confirmed by the
Abrogation - Refers to the destruction oath or affirmation by the party signing
or annulling of a former law, by an act it, executed before competent authority
of the legislative power, by to administer such oath.
constitutional authority, or by usage.
Amendment - To alter or change by
Abscond - To go in a clandestine modification, deletion or addition. It
manner out of the jurisdiction of the also refers to the correction of an error
court, or to lie concealed, in order to committed in any process, pleading or
avoid their process. proceeding.
Absentee - Refers to one who absent Appeal - Remedy to a superior court to

Itom his usual place of residence or review the decision of the lower court
domicile. or any administrative agency.
Absolve - It means to set free, or Appear - To be properly before a court;

irlease, as from obligation, debt, or as a fact or matter of which it can take
responsibility. notice.
Accusatorial System - Process Appellant - Refers to the party who

wherein the prosecution of the offense takes an appeal from one court or
i« conducted at the initiative of the jurisdiction to another.
prosecutor or the offended party.
Appellate Court - Intermediate
Aocused - Generic name for a appellate courts that has the authority
dr fondant in criminal cases. to review cases decided by the lower
courts.
Acknowledge - Refers to own, avow, or
admit; to confess; to recognize one’s Arraignment - Refers to the stage
where the issues are combined in
criminal action. It is the stage where Ban - Public proclamation for certain
the accused is formally informed of the purpose to proclaim, outlaw or prohibit
charges against him done in open certain acts.
court and asking him whether he
pleads guilty or not guilty. Bar - A general term to denote tlit
entire body of lawyers, counseloi,
Arrest - The taking of a person into attorneys or the entire members of the
custody in order that he may be bound legal profession authorized to practice
to answer for the commission of an law within a particular jurisdiction.
offense.
Barratry - Crime committed by judges
Attachment- The legal process of who receives a bribe.
seizing another’s property in
accordance with a writ or judicial order Bench - Refers to a seat of tribunal 01
for purpose of securing satisfaction of a judgment for the administration of
judgment yet to be rendered. justice. This term is used to denote the
court or the whole body of judges.
Averment- In pleading to allege or
assert positively. All averments in Bench Warrant - An order issued by
pleading are required to be simple, the court for the arrest of a person
concise, and direct. guilty of contempt, as well as one guilty
of a crime or when the accused failed
Backing a Warrant - Act of a judge in to appear for trial or reading uf
indorsing a warrant issued by a judge sentence.
in another jurisdiction thereby allowing
its execution within his jurisdiction. Bene - In proper form; legally,
sufficiently.
Bad Faith - A breach of a known duty
through some ill will, motive or Bond - Certificate or evidence of a debt
interest. of which the issuing company p ro m is e *
to pay the bond holders a speedh
Badges of Fraud - Test to show that a amount of interest for a length of timr
conveyance is in fraud of creditors and to repay the loan on the expiration
such secrecy in the transaction or date.
grantor never gave-up possession.
Breach - The breaking or violating n!
Bad Law - A law that is ambiguous a law, right, obligation, engagement, ni
and deficient which makes cases hard. duty, either by commission ni
omission. Exist where one party tu
Bail - It is the security given for the contract fails to carry out <e i ni,
temporary release of a person in the promise, or condition of the contract
custody of the law. This may be in the
form of corporate surety, property Brief - A concise and brief statement
bond, cash deposit or recognizance. in writing of the law and tin
authorities relied upon in trying a ruse,
Bailee - In the law of contract , one to
whom goods are bailed; one to whom Calendar - The established ordei <•(
goods are entrusted by a bailor; the the division of time into years, months,
party to whom personal property is weeks, and days; or a systematic it
delivered under a contract of bailment. enumeration of such arraignment.
Bailiff - A court officer or attendant Calendar call - A court session p.ivm

who as charge of a court session in the to calling the cases awaiting trial n»
matter of keeping order, custody of determine the present status of earh
jury, and custody of prisoner while in case and commonly assign a date Ini
the court. One to whom some trial.
authority, care, or guardianship, or
jurisdiction is delivered, committed or
entrusted.
Calendar days - A calendar day Compromise and settlement

contains 24 hours; but “calendar days” settlement of a disputed claim by
may be synonyms with “working days.” mutual concession to avoid lawsuit.
Capacity - Legal qualification (such as Compulsion - constraint; objective

Ihat of legal age, nationality, gender) necessity; duress. Forcible to the
competency, power or fitness. Mental commission of an act. The act of
ability to understand the nature and compelling or the state being of being
effect of one’s acts. compelled; the act of driving or urging
by force or by physical or moral
Capital Offense - Refers to an offense constraint; subjection to force.
which, under the law existing at the
lime of the commission and of the Compulsory - Involuntary; forced;
implication for admission to bail may coerced by legal process or by force of
he punished by death. statute.
Cause - Each separate antecedent of Compulsory arbitration - see

nn event. Something that precedes and arbitration
brings about an effect or a result. A
reason for an action or condition. A Compulsory self-incrimination -any
ground of a legal action. An agent that form of coercion, physical or
brings something about. psychological, which renders a
confession of crime or an admission
Cause of action - the fact or facts involuntary.
which give a person a right to judicial
redress or relief against another. The Concur - To agree with the result
legal effect of an occurrence in terms reached by another, but not
of redress to a party to the occurrence. necessarily with the reasoning or the
logic used in reaching such a result.
Certiorari - A writ issued by a judge
requiring a lower court to produce Concurrent - Running, together;
certified records of a particular case having the same authority; acting in
tried therein. conjunction; agreeing in the same act
or opinion; pursuit of same course;
Citation - A writ issued out a court of contributing to the same events;
competent jurisdiction, commanding a contemporaneous.
pet son therein named to appear on a
•lay named and do something therein Continuance - The adjournment or
mentioned, or show cause he should postponement of a session, hearing,
not, trial, or other proceeding to a
subsequent day or time; usually on the
Claim - To demand as one’s own or as request or motion of one of the parties.
••He’s right; to assert; to urge; to insist.
A cause of action. Conviction - The result of a criminal
trial which ends in a judgment that the
Claas or representative action - A accused is guilty as charged. Or the
« lieis action provides a means by formal judicial determination of a case
Which; where a large group of person finding of guilt or the acceptance of a
arc interested in a matter, one or more plea of guilty on the part of the person
may sue or be sued as representative accused in a charge.
nf the class without needing to join
rvrry member of the class. Copyright - It is the right of literally
property as recognized and sanctioned
i omplaint - A sworn written by positive law. An intangible, in
alMtcment charging a person with an corporeal right granted by statute to
<*!tense, subscribed by the offended the author or originator of certain
p<irty, any peace officer or other public literary or artistic productions,
MlHcer charged with the enforcement of whereby he is invested, for a specified
Ihr law violated. period, with the sole and exclusive
privileged of multiplying copies of the to further develop it or for other

same and publishing and selling them. purposes.
Counsel De Officio - A court Custody - Refers to the control and

appointed lawyer tasked to defend care of a person or thing.
destitute litigants in a criminal
proceeding. Damages - A pecuniaiy compensation
which may be recovered in the court by
Court - An organ of government any person who has suffered loss,
belonging to the judicial department injury or detriment, whether to his
officially assembled under authority of property, person or rights, as a result
law at the appropriate time and place of unlawful acts or omission or
for the administration of justice negligence of another.
through which the state enforce its
sovereign rights and powers. Data - An organized information
generally used as the basis for an
Court En Banc - A meeting of all adjudication or decision. Commonly
judges of the court usually for organized in formation, collected for
purposes of hearing arguments, specific purpose.
demurrers, motion for new trial and
reviews. Date - The specification or mention, in
written instrument, of the time (day,
Court of competent jurisdiction - month and year ) when it was made
One having power and authority of law (executed).
at the time acting to do the particular
act. Deadly force - The degree of force that
may result in the death of the person
Court of General Jurisdiction - against whom the force is applied.
Refers to a court with unlimited trial
jurisdiction both civil and criminal, but Deadly weapon - Any firearm or
its judgment is subject to review by another weapon, device, instrument,
appellate courts. material or substances, whether
animate or inanimate, which in the
Court of Limited Jurisdiction - Court manner it is used or is intended to be
in which it only assumes jurisdiction used is known to be capable of
on certain types of matters, such as producing death or serious bodily
juvenile court, family courts. injury
Court of Original Jurisdiction - Debarment - To bar, exclude or

Refers to courts where action is heard preclude from having or doing
and initiated in first instance. something. Exclusion from government
contracting and subcontracting.
Court of record - A court that is
required to keep a record of its Debit - A sum charge as due or owing,
proceedings, and that may fine or An entry made on the asset side of n
imprison. ledger or account. The term is used in
book-keeping to denote the left side of
Criminal Procedure - Defined as that the ledger, or the charging of a person
method stipulated by law for the or an account with all that is supplied,
apprehension and prosecution of a
person who is alleged to have Debtor - One who owes a debt to
transgressed the law or committed a another who is called the creditor; one
crime. who may be compelled to pay a claim
or demand; anyone liable on a claim,
Cross Examination - The examination whether due or to become due.
of a witness by the party opposed to
the one who produced him, upon his Decedent - A deceased person,
evidence given in chief to test its truth especially one who has lately died,
Etymologically the word denotes «
person who is dying, but it has come to the existence of one or more factors. A
be used in law as signifying any division or classification of one specific
deceased person, testate or intestate. crime into several grades or stadia of
guilt, according to the circumstances
Deface - To mar or destroy the face attending its commission.
(that is, the physical appearance of
written or inscribed characters as Delict - Criminal offense; tort; a
expressive of a definite meaning) of a wrong.
written instrument, signature, In Roman law this word, taken in its
inscription, etc, by obliteration, most general sense, is wider in both
erasure, cancellation, or directions than our English term “tort”.
superinscription, so as to render it On the one hand, it includes those
illegible or unrecognizable. wrongful acts which, while directly
affecting some individual or his
De facto - In fact, in deed, actually property, yet extend in their injurious
this phrase is used to characterize an consequences to the peace or security
officer, a government, a past action, or of the community at large, and hence
a state of affairs which be accepted for rise to the grade of crime or
all practical purposes, but is illegal or misdemeanors.
illegitimate.
Demand - The assertion of a legal
Defamatory - Calumnious; containing right; a legal obligation asserted in the
defamation; injurious to reputation courts. An imperative request preferred
libelous; slanderous. by one person to another, under a
claim of right, requiring the latter to do
Default - by its derivation, a failure. or yield something or to abstain from
An omission of that which ought to be some act.
done.
Demeanor - As respects a witness or
Defendant - Refers to a person other person, relates to physical
denying the party against whom relief appearance; outward bearing or
or recovery is sought in an action or behavior.
suit. (The accused in a criminal case)
Demurrer - Allegation made by the
Degradation - A deprivation of dignity; defendant, admitting the matters of
dismissal from rank or office; act or facts alleged by the complaint to be
process of degrading. Moral or true but shows that they are
intellectual decadence; degeneration; insufficient for the plaintiff to oblige
deterioration. the defendant to answer.
Degree - Extent, measure or scope of Denial - A transverse in the pleading

nn action, condition or relation. Legal of one part of an allegation of fact
extent of guilt or negligence. Title asserted by the other; a defense. A
conferred on graduates school, or responds by a defendant to matter(s)
university. The state or civil condition alleged by the plaintiff in the
of a person. complaint.
Degree of Proof - That measure of Dependent - Deriving existence,

cogency required to prove a case support or direction from another;
depending upon the nature of case. In conditioned, in respect to force or
<t criminal case such proof must be obligation, upon an extraneous act or
beyond a reasonable doubt, whereas in fact.
most civil cases such proof must be
beyond a reasonable preponderance of Detain - To retain as the possession of
I lie evidence. personalty (a personal property). To
arrest, to check, to delay, to hinder, to
Degree of Crime - A term used to refer hold, or keep in to custody, to retard to
similar conduct that is punished to a restrain from proceeding, to stay.
Kt’eater or a lesser extend depending on
Determinate Sentence - Sentence to Encumbrance - Any right to, or

confinement for a fixed period as interest in land which may subsist in
specified by statute as contrasted with another to diminution of its value, but
an indeterminate sentence, the consistent with the passing of the fee
duration of which is only partly by the conveyance.
governed by statute; the duration of
latter, in the main, being governed by Endowment - Transfer, generally as a
behavior of prisoner. gift, of money or property to an
institution for a particular purpose
Direct Examination - Refers to the such as gift to a hospital or medical
first interrogation of a witness on the research.
merits by the party in whose behalf he
is called. Entry on the Roll - In an old English
practice, the parties to an action,
Docket - A minute, abstract, or brief personally or by their counsel, used to
entry; or the book containing such appear in open court and make their
entries. A formal record, entered, in mutual statements, instead of as at thr
brief, of the proceedings in court of present day delivering their mutual
justice. pleadings until their arrived at thr
issue or precise point in dispute
Double Jeopardy - Guarantee which between them
is enforceable against the state,
protecting persons against second Estoppel - The party is barred by hin
prosecution for the same offense after own act from claiming a right to
conviction or acquittal and against detriment or cause loss or harm
multiple penalty for the same offense. another who was entitled to rely on
such conduct and acted appropriately.
Due Care - Just, proper, and
sufficient care, so far as the Evasion of Service of Sentence - An
circumstances demand; the absence of offense committed by any convict who
negligence. The degree of care that a shall evade service of his sentence by
reasonable person can be expected to escaping during the term of hin
exercise to avoid harm reasonably imprisonment by reason of final
foreseeable if such care is not taken. judgment.
Due Process - Embraces both Ex Officio - From office; by virtue ot

procedural and substantive due the office; without any other warrant 01
process. By procedural it simply means appointment than that resulting from
a law which hears before it condemns, the holding of a particular office.
which proceeds upon inquiry and
renders judgment ônly after trial. Ex Parte - On one side only; by or tor
Substantive due process is one party; done for, in behalf of or on
responsiveness to the supremacy of the application of, one party only.
reason and obedience to the will of
justice. Fact - A thing done; an action
performed or an incident transpiring
Easement - A right of use over the an event or circumstance; an actual
property of another. Traditionally the occurrence; an actual happening In
permitted kinds of uses were limited, time or space or an event mental ot
the most important being rights of way physical; that which has taken placr
and rights concerning flowing waters.
Fact Question - Those issues in a ti ml
Ejectment - At the common law, this or hearing which concern facts 01
was a name of a mix action which lay events and whether such occurred anil
for recovery of the possession of land, how the occurred contrasted wllli
and for damages for the unlawful issues and question of laws.
detention of its possession.
Fiscal - Refers to a prosecutor. Tin
person authorized to conduut
preliminary investigations to determine the adducing of proof that a witness is

probable cause for the filing of the unworthy of belief.
information or charge to the court for a
criminal offense. He then represents Impediments - Disabilities, or
the state in the trial of the case, where hindrances to the making of contracts,
his primary role is to establish the such as infancy, want of reason.
quantum of evidence or proof beyond
reasonable doubt that the person Impertinence - Irrelevancy the fault of
charge with the commission of an not properly pertaining to the issue or
offense is guilty. proceeding.
Gag Order - A term which refers to an Implication -Intendment or inference,

order of the court directed to counsel, as distinguished from the actual
litigants and witnesses not to discuss expression of a thing in words
matters pertaining the case to
reporters to assure a fair trial. Implied - This word is used in law in
contrast to “express” i.e. where the
Garnishment - A proceeding whereby intention in regard to the subject
plaintiff creditor, i.e., garnishor, seek matter is not manifested by explicit
to subject his or her claim the property and direct words, but is gathered by
or money of a third party. implication or necessary deduction
from the circumstances, the general
Grounds - A basic foundation or language, or the conduct of the parties.
points relied on for bringing action.
Improvident Plea - Refers to a claim
Habeas Corpus - The primary function without proper information as to the
of this writ is to release a detained circumstances affecting it.
person from unlawful
imprisonment and bring the said party Incumbent - A person who is in
before the court or judge. present possession of an office, and it
is not limited, qualified or restricted by
Hearing - A proceeding of relative the method by which one attained
formality ( trough generally less formal office.
than a trial ) generally public, with
definite issues of fact or of law to be Inadmissible - That which, under the
tried, in which witness are heard and established rules of law, cannot be
evidence presented. It is a proceeding admitted or received; e.g. parol
where evidence is taken to determine evidence to contradict a written
I*sue of fact and to render decision on contract; evidence obtained from illegal
Imsis of that evidence. search and seizure; certain types of
hearsay evidence.
House counsel - Lawyer who act as
attorney for business though carried as Indemnify - To restore the victim of a
an employee of that business and not loss, in whole or in part, by payment,
mn independent lawyer. repair or replacement. To save
harmless; to secure against loss or
Impeachment - A criminal proceeding damage; to give security for the
against a public officer, before a quasi reimbursement of a person in case of
political court, instituted by a written an anticipated loss falling upon him.
accusation called “articles of
Impeachment” Indictment - An accusation in writing
found and presented by a grand jury.
Impeachment of verdict - Attack on Legally convoked and sworn. To the
verdict because of alleged improprieties court in which it is impaneled,
In the jury’s deliberation or conduct. charging that a person therein named
has done some act, or been guilty of
Impeachment of witness - To call a some omission which by law is a public
question the veracity of a witness, or offense, punishable on indictment.
Indigent - A person who has no visible which the dependant in a criminal

means of income or whose income is action incurs when a valid indictment
insufficient for the subsistence of his has been found, and a petit jury has
family. In general one who is needy or been impaneled and sworn to try the
poor, with no property nor support case and give a verdict in a court of
from others. In a general sense, one competent jurisdiction.
who is need and poor, or one who has
not sufficient properly to furnish him a Joinder - The joining or coupling
living nor anyone able to support him together; uniting two or more
to whom he is entitled to look for constituents or elements in one;
support. uniting with another person in some
legal step or proceeding; union;
Indorser - Refers to a person who concurrence.
signs his name on the back of a
negotiable instrument as the payee to Judgment - Refers to the adjudication
obtain the credit or cash represented by the court that the accused is guilty
on its face. or is not guilty of the offense charged,
and the imposition of the penalty and
Information - Is an accusation in civil liability provided for by law on the
writing charging a person with an accused in cases of a guilty verdict. I!
offense, subscribed by the prosecutor the judgment is of conviction, it shall
and filed with the court. state (1) the legal qualification of the
offense constituted by the actN
Inhabit - Synonyms with dwell, lives committed by the accused and thr
resides, sojourn, stay, rest. aggravating or mitigating*
circumstances which attended itr>
Injunction - Refers to a court order, commission; (2) the participation of thr
prohibiting someone from doing certain accused in the offense, whether i i n
acts or commanding someone to undo principal, accomplice, or accessory
a wrong or injury. after the fact; (3) the penalty imposed
upon the accused; and (4) the civil
Inquisitorial System - Characterized liability or damages caused by hi*
by the secrecy of investigation, the wrongful act or omission to br
denial of the right to confrontation and recovered from the accused by thr
the right to counsel of the accused. offended party, if there is any, unleaw
the enforcement of the civil liability by
Inquisition - An injury or inquest; a separate civil action has b r r n
particularly, an investigation of certain reserved or waived.
facts made by a sheriff. Together with a
jury impaneled by him for the purpose. In case the judgment is of acquittal, It
shall state whether the evidence of thr
Insolvency - The condition of person prosecution absolutely failed to prov»
or business that insolvent; inability or the guilt of the accused or merely failrd
lack of means to pay debts. to prove his guilt beyond reasonable
doubt. In either case, the judgme nt
Installment method - A method of shall determine if the act or omission
accounting enabling a tax payer to from which the civil liability mip.lil
spread the recognition of gain on the arise did not exist.
sale property over the payout period.
Judicial - Belonging to the office ol ««
Interlocutory Order -Refers to judge; as judicial authority. Relating t<*
temporary order pending the final or connected with the administration of
determination or final judgment of the justice; as a judicial officer.
court.
Judicial question - One propri
J.A.G - Judge Advocate General. determination of a court of justice, *n
distinguished from moot questions of
Jeopardy - Danger; hazard; peril. The from such question as belong to the
danger of conviction and punishment decision of the legislative or executive
department of government and with talking, doing, or changing; to let stay

which the courts will not interfere, or continue; to let be without
called “political or legislative question” interference; to suffer to remain
subject to another’s action, control or
Jurisdiction - Refers to the authority the like.
of the court to hear and determine a
cause or case. Legal age - The age at which the
person acquires full capacity to make
Jurisprudence - The philosophy of his own contracts and deeds and
law, or the science which treat of the transact business generally (age of
principles of positive law and legal majority) or to enter into some
relations. particular contract or relation, as the
“legal age of consent” to marriage.
Jury - A body of persons selected
temporarily according to law, sworn Legal capacity to sue - A party
nnd vested with the power to present desiring to raise the issue of lack of
or indict a person for a public offense. capacity shall do so by specific
negative averment.
Justice - Refers to proper
ndministration of law. The constant Legal detriment - Legal detriment to
nnd perpetual disposition of disputes promisee means that the promisee
nnd legal matters to render everyman changed his legal position or assumed
his due. duties or liabilities not theretofore
imposed on hi, on reliance of action of
Kangaroo court - Term descriptive of promisor.
a sham legal proceeding in which a
person’s rights are totally disregarded Liability -It has been referred to as of
mid in which the result is a foregone the most comprehensive significance,
conclusion because of the bias of the including almost every character of
court or other tribunal. hazard or responsibility, absolute,
contingent or likely. It- has been
Keeper - A custodian, manager, or defined to mean; all character of debts
Muperintendent; one who has the care and obligations.
custody, or management of any thing
or place; one who has; or holds Liquidate - To pay and settle. To
possession of anything. convert asset to cash.
Kickback - Payment back by seller of Liquidation - The act or process of

u portion of the purchase price to settling or making clear, fixed, and
buyer or public official to induce determinate that which before was
purchase or to improperly influence uncertain or unascertained.
lut ure purchases or leases.
Litigant - Refers to a party to a law
Knowledge - Refers to the suit or one engaged in litigation or
iicquaintance with a certain fact or judicial contest.
truth.
Magistrate - a public civil officer,
i apse - To glide; to pass slowly, possessing such power legislative
mlently, or by degrees. To deviate from executive, or judicial as the
thr proper path. government appointing him may
ordain.
Lawful - Legal; warranted or
authorized by the law; having the Malice - The international doing of a
•11 unifications prescribed by law; not wrongful act without just cause or
contrary to nor forbidden by the law; excuse, with an intent to inflict an
injury or under circumstances that the
Leave - To give. To allow or cause to law will imply an evil intent.
rnmain; to let remain, unmoved or
undone; to refrain from or nc^lcct
Malum in se - Known as a wrong in contractor statute are often construed

itself; an act or case involving illegality as meaning “voidable”
from the very nature of the transaction
upon principles, of natural, moral, and Nullification - The state or condition
public law. of being void; without legal effect or
status. Also, the act which produce
Mandamus - A writ to denote an such effect.
issued order from a court of superior
jurisdiction directed to an inferior Objection - Act of objecting; that
court, any private or municipal which is, or may be presented in
corporation or any of their officers opposition; an adverse reason or
commanding the performance of a argument; a reason for objecting or
particular act therein stated. opposing; a feeling or disapproval.
Mischief - In legislative parlance, the Obligate - To bind or constrain; to

word is sometimes used to signify the bind to the observance or performance
evil or danger which a statute is of a duty; to place under an obligation.
intended to cure or avoid.
Obligation - A generic word, derived
Mixed System - Combination of from the Latin substantive ‘obligatio,”
inquisitorial and accusatorial systems. having many, wide, and varied
meanings, according to the context in
Moral Turpitude - Act of baseness, which it is used. That which a person
vileness or the depravity in private and is bound to do or forbear; any duty
social duties and responsibilities which imposed by law, promise, contract,
man owes to others or to society in relation of society , courtesy , kindness
general. , etc.
Motion for New Trial - Refers to a Obscenity - The character or quality of

request that the judge sets aside the being obscene; conduct tending to
verdict and order a new trial. corrupt the public morals by itw
indecency or lewdness.
Motion to Quash - A move to set aside
or annulment made by the accused of Obsolescence - Condition or procesw
a criminal complaint charged against of falling into disuse. The diminution in
him, executed at any time before value of property caused by changes in
arraignment. technology, public taste, and new
invention rendering the property Icsn
Name - Designation of an individual or desirable on the market .
person, whether natural of juridical.
Original Jurisdiction - Exclusivi
Natural rights - RefeVs to those which power vested to a specific court to hem
grow out of man and depend upon his and decide a controversy.
personality and are distinguished from
those which are created by positive law Overrule - To supersede; annul
enacted by a duly constituted reverse; make void; reject by
government to create an orderly subsequent action or decision. A
civilized society. judicial decision is said to be overrulrd
when a later decision rendered by thr
Neglect - It may mean to omit, fail, or same court or by superior court in t h r
forbear to do a thing that can be done, same system, expresses a judgment
but it may also import an absence of upon the same question of law direc tl\
care or attention in the doing or opposite to that Which was be ton
omission of a given act. given, thereby depriving the earliri
opinion of all authority as a precedent
Null and void- Naught; of no validity
or effect. Usually coupled with the Pact - A bargain compact agreement
word “void” as “null and void” the word An agreement between two or more
“null and void” when used in a nations or states usually less elaborate
than treaty but nearly equivalent patrimonial - Pertaining to a

thereto. See also compact; Pactum; patrimony; inherited from ancestor,
Treaty. but strictly from the direct male
ancestor.
Patricide - One who has killed his her
father. The act of killing one’s father. Patrimony - Such estate as has
descend in the same family. Estates
Plaintiff - Refers to a person who which have descend or been devised in
brings an action or the party who a direct line from father, and. By
complains in a civil action. extension, from the mother or other
ancestor.
Plea - The defendant’s answer to a
criminal charge, whether guilty or not Pending - Begun, but not yet
guilty. completed; during; before the
conclusion of; prior to the completion
Plea Bargaining - Is the procedure of; unsettled; undetermined; in process
whereby the accused, the plaintiff and of settlement or adjustment.
the prosecution work out mutually
satisfactory disposition of the case Petition - A written address,
which is subject to the approval of the embodying an application or prayer
court. from the person or persons preferring
it to the power, body , or person to
Preliminary - Introductory; initiatory; whom it is presented, for the exercise
preceding; temporary and provisional; of his or their authority in the redress
ns preliminary examination, of some wrong, or grant of some favor,
injunction, articles of peace, etc. privilege, or license.
Preliminary Investigation - It is an Pilferage - Petty larceny; stealing of

inquiry or proceeding to determine small items, generally of stored goods.
whether there is sufficient ground to
engender a well founded belief that a Pillage - Plunder; the forcible taking of
crime has been committed and the private property by an invading or
icspondent is probably guilty thereof, conquering army from the enemy’s
and should be held for trial. The subjects.
following may conduct preliminary
investigations: (a) Provincial or City Pillory - A frame erected on a pillar,
Prosecutors and their assistants ;(b) and made with holes and movable
.Judges of the Municipal Trial Courts boards, through which the heads and
nnd Municipal Circuit Trial Courts;(c) hands of criminals were put.
National and Regional State
Prosecutors; and(d) Other officers as Prejudice - A fore judgment; bias;
may be authorized by law. Their partially; preconceived opinion. A
authority to conduct preliminary learning towards one side of a cause
investigations shall include all crimes for some reason other than a
cognizable by the proper court in their conviction of its justice. See also
respective territorial jurisdictions. average man test.
Prescription - Preemptory and Pre-Trial Agreement -Refers to

perpetual bar to actions personal or agreements or admissions made or
real when the offended party has been entered during the pre-trial conference
ailent for a sufficient lapse of time which is reduced in writing and signed
without urging his claim. by the accused and counsel, otherwise,
they cannot be used against the
Pre-Trial - Procedural device used accused and shall be approved by the
prior to trial for the purpose of court.
narrowing issues to be tried and secure
wiipulations as to matters of evidence Privy - Refers to one who is a partaker
lo be heard. or any interest or part in any matter,
action or thing.
Probable Cause - Refers to those Quitclaim - A release or acquittance

circumstances which would lead a given to one man by another, in
reasonably prudent man to belief in respect of any action that he has or
the guilt of the arrested party. might have against him.
Probator - In old English law, strictly, Quo warranto - In old English

an accomplice in felony who to save practice, a writ in the nature of a writ
himself confessed the fact, and charged of right for the king, against him who
or accused any other as principal or claimed or usurped any office
accessory, against whom he was bound franchise, or liberty, to inquire by what
to make good his charge. authority the supported his claim, or
liberty, to determine the right.
Procedure - Refers to means and
methods in which jurisdiction are Quo-rum - Refers to the number of
exercised. members required to be present in a
deliberate body before any business
Procedural law - That which may be transacted.
prescribes method of enforcing rights
or obtaining redress for their invasion. Quo-Warranto - An order designed or
intended to test whether a person
Prohibition - Refers to interdiction or exercising power is legally entitled to
inhibition or a means of restraint do so.
issued by a higher or superior court to
a lower court or inferior court or any Rank - Position in society, grade of
quasi-judicial bodies in matters of quality or value grade of official
which it has cognizance from exceeding standing. The order or place in which
its jurisdiction or to prevent certain officers are placed in the army
usurpation of judicial power or its and navy, in relation to others. Rank In
function. often used to express something
different from office.
Proof - Refers the establishment of fact
be means of evidence. Reasonable time - Such time as In
necessary conveniently to do what A
Proposal to Commit Treason - A contract requires to be done, and n»»
felony whose elements are : There is soon as circumstances will permit
war in which the Philippines is
involved; The accused has decided to Receiver - A person appointed by a
levy war against the Government or to court for the purpose of preserving
adhere to the enemies giving them aid property of a debtor pending an action
or comfort and he proposes its against him, or applying the propeity
execution to some other person of in satisfaction of a creditors cliilm
persons. whenever there is danger that, in H i p
absence of such an appointment, Hi#
Prosecutor - Refers to the person property will be lost, removed u|
authorized by law who takes legal injured.
action or indicts another for a crime in
the name of the government. Recess - In the practice of the coiif tlg
a short interval or period of lint#
Quash - A term which denotes actions during which the court suhjwMitlf
to annul, overthrow, make void or business, but without adjourning T M
abate. period between sessions of court ,
Quasi - A term used to indicate that Recession - The act of ceding or tulllHfj
one subject resembles another, in back. Term is commonly used will!
some characteristics but there are reference to a temporary set bar l« itf
intrinsic material differences between slow-down in the economic growth Hi i
them. nation, but less severe than £
depression.
Recital- the formal statement or saved or remains after the casualty

setting forth of some matter of fact. In such as fire or other loss.
any deed or writing, in order to explain
the reason upon which the transaction In business, any property which is no
is founded . longer useful (e.g obsolete equipment)
but which has scrap value.
Recognizance - An obligation entered
into before a court, whereby the Search - Seeking out or looking for
recognizor acknowledges that he will something concealed.
do some act required by law which is
stipulated therein. Search Warrant - Refers to an order in
writing issued in the Name of the
Re-Cross Examination - Test of a People of the Philippines, signed by a
witness by a cross examiner, judge and directed to a peace officer,
subsequent to a re direct examination. commanding him to search for
personal property described therein
Re-Direct Examination - Examination and bring it before the court.
of a witness by the direct examiner
subsequent to the cross examination of Seize - To put in legal possession.
llie witness.
Self-Incrimination - Refers to
Referendum - The process of referring declarations or acts given at a
to the electorate for approval a testimony at trial or prior to trial by
proposed new state constitution or which a person giving the declaration
amendment (constitutional implicates himself in the crime.
referendum) or of a law passed by
legislature (statutory referendum). Solicitor General - Refers to a person
who represents the government in suit
Kemedy - Refers to the means of and appeals in the Supreme Court and
which a right is enforced or the as well in appellate courts in cases
violation of a right is prevented, involving the interest of the country.
irdressed or compensated.
Solvency - Ability to pay debts as
Nesolution - Refers to the adoption of they mature and become due. Ability to
<• motion or the formal expression of pay debts in the usual and ordinary
\J\r will of an official body undertaken course of business.
hy a vote.
Subpoena - A writ of court
Nmpondent - In civil law refers to a commanding the recipient to appear at
prison who answers the charge. a certain time and place to give
testimony upon a certain matter.
Neiititution - A remedy which is
pi pi Itable in which the victim is Subrogee 7 One who succeeds to the
Ipwlored to his or her original position rights of another.
prior to loss or injury sustained as a
jttult of the commission of the crime. Subscribe - To write or sign at the end
of the document.
N*»t raining Order - A writ issued by
court in the nature of an Subscription - The act of writing one’s
Injunction forbidding a person from name under a written instrument; the
itiitiK an act until a hearing on the affixing one’s signature to any
ifipltrntion can be undertaken. document, whether for the purpose of
authenticating or attesting it, of
H#tlraint - Means confinement, adopting its term as one’s own
Htnitntion, abridgement, or prohibition expressions, or binding one’s self by an
If at Hon engagement which it contains.
Artlvi'£tf In general, that portion of Tort - A private or civil wrong or

pioil'i or property which have been injury, including action for bad faith
breach of contract, for which the court Undertaking - a promise, engagement

will provide a remedy in a form of by one of the parties to a contract to
action for damages. the other, as distinguished from the
mutual engagement of the parties to
Trial - Refers to the judicial each other.
determination and examination of the
issues included or alleged in an action Undue Influenced - Persuasion,
or proceeding, criminal or civil. pressure or influenced short of actual
force, but stronger than mere advice,
Ultimate Facts - Issuable facts; facts that so overpowers dominated party’s
essential to the right of action or free will or judgment that who or she
matter of defense. cannot act intelligently and voluntarily,
but acts, instead, subject to the will or
Ultimatum - The last. The final and purposes of the dominating party.
ultimate preposition made in
negotiating a treaty, a contract or the Unfair Prejudice - Within context of
like. The word also means the result of rule regarding admission of evidence
a negotiation, and its comprises the means under tendency to suggest
final determination of a party decision on improper basis, commonly
concerned in the matter in dispute. though not necessarily, emotional one.
Unauthorized - That which is done Unknown Persons - Persons who

without authority, as a signature or identities cannot be ascertained.
endorsement made without actual,
implied or apparent authority and this Unlawful Act - Act contrary to law,
includes a forgery. and presupposes that there must be on
existing law.
Unclean Hands Doctrine - Doctrine
simply means that in equity, as in law, Unlawful Entry - An entry upon land'
plaintiffs fault, like defendant’s may be effected peaceably and without force,
relevant to question of what, if any, but which is without color of title and
remedy plaintiff is entitled to. is accomplished by means of fraud or
some other willful meaning.
Unconscionability - A doctrine which
is courts may deny enforcement of Unliquidated Damages - D am age t
unfair or oppressive contracts because which have not been determined 01
of procedural abuses arising out of the calculated. Those which are not yet
contract formation, or because of reduced to a certainly in respect to
substantive abuses relating to terms of amount, nothing more established
the contract, such as terms which than the plaintiffs right to recover, oi
violate reasonable expectations of such as cannot be fixed by a men
parties or which involve gross mathematical calculation frcnn
disparities in price; either abuse can be ascertainable data in the case.
the basis for finding a
unconscionability. Unliquidated Debt - An obligation
which has not been reduced to «
Unconstitutional - That which is specific money amount; also, then
contrary to or in conflict with may be a bona fide dispute betwr* n
constitution. The opposite of “ the parties as to this undetermined
constititutional ”. amount.
Undertake - To take on oneself; to Usurp - To seize and hold any office l»v
engage in; to enter upon; to take in force, and without right; applied t.»
hand; set about; attempt; as to seizure of office, place, functions
undertake a task or a journey; a powers, rights, etc of another.
specifically to take upon oneself
solemnly or expressly. Usurpation - The unlawful
encroachment or assumption of tin
use property, power or authority which
belongs to another. An interruption or defendant’s criminal activities; that

the disturbing a man in his right and person may be individual, public or
possession. private corporation, government,
partnership, or unincorporated
Usury - Charging an illegal rate of association.
interest. Collectively laws of a
jurisdiction regulating the charging of Virgo Intacta - A pure virgin.
interest rates.
Visa - An official endorsement made
Vacancy - A place or position which is out on an a passport, denoting that it
empty, unfilled or unoccupied. An has been examined and that the bearer
unoccupied or unfilled post, position or is permitted to proceed.
post.
Void Judgment - One which has no
Vague - Indefinite. Uncertain; not legal force or effect, invalidity of which
susceptible of being understood. may be asserted by any person whose
rights are affected any time and at any
Valid - Having legal strength or force, place directly or collaterally.
executed with proper formalities,
incapable of being rightfully Wage - In old English practice, to give
overthrown or set aside. security for the performance of a thing.
Venue - Refers to the place where an Waiver - The intentional or voluntary

nction is to be tried or instituted. Or relinquishment of a known right, or
!he geographical and territorial division such conduct as warrants as inference
in which the power of the court in of the relinquishment of such right, or
hearing cases may be exercised. when one with dispenses with the
performance of something he is
Verdict - From the Latin “veredictum,” entitled to exact or when one in
a true declaration. The definite answer possession of any right, whether
Kiven by the jury to the court conferred by law or by contract, will
concerning the matters of fact full knowledge of the material facts,
committed to the jury for their does or forbears to do something the
deliberation and determination. doing of which or the failure of
forbearance to do which is inconsistent
Verification - Confirmation of with the right, or his intention to rely
correctness, truth or authenticity, by upon it.
affidavit, oath, or deposition.
Want of Jurisdiction - Lack of
Verified Copy - Copy of document jurisdiction over person or subject
which is shown by independent matter. A lack of authority to exercise
evidence to be true. A copy, if in a particular manner a power which
Nuccessive witnesses trace the original board or tribunal has; the doing of
into hands of a witness who made or something in excess of authority
compared the copy. possessed.
Verify - T o confirm or substantiate by Wanton Act - One done in malicious

oath or affidavit. Particularly used or reckless disregard of the rights of
making formal oath to accounts, others, evincing a reckless indifference
petitions, pleadings and other paper. to consequences to the life, or limb, or
The word “verified,” when used in a health or more reputation or property
statute, ordinarily imports a verity rights of another and is more than
attested by sanctity of an oath. negligence, more than gross
negligence, and is such conduct as
Victim - The person who is the object indicates a reckless disregard of the
of a crime or tort as the victim of a just rights or safety of others or of the
robbery is the person robbed. Person consequences of action, equivalent in
who court determines has suffered its result to willful misconduct.
pecuniary damages as result of
Wanton Misconduct - Act or failure to the like; of high station; of high socm!
act, when there is a duty to act, position; deserved; merited.
reckless disregard of rights of another,
coupled with consciousness that injury Writ - A written judicial order to
is a probable consequence of act or perform a specified act, or giving
omission. authority to have it done, as in a wi ll
of mandamus or certiorari, or as in itn
Warrant - An order which by the “original writ” for instituting an action
drawer authorizes one person to pay a at common law.
particular sum of money.
Writ of Attachment - An order (n
Warranty - A promise that a seize a debtor’s property so as In
proposition of fact is true. secure the claim of a creditor. A will
employed to enforced obedience to Ml
Where - At or in what place; from what order or judgment of the court.
place or source. As used in statutory
language, “where prosecution is held* Writ of Cetiorari - An order by tit*
the word does not refer to the appellate court which is used by 11mi
geographical location of the hearing, court when it has discretion mi
but rather to the tribunal or official whether or not to hear an appeal 1‘min
before whom the case is tried. a lower court.
Whereas - When in fact. A “whereas” Writ of Delivery - A writ of executlun

clause of a contract is but introductory employed to enforce a judgment Ini
or prefatory statement meaning the delivery of chattels.
“considering that” or “that being the
case”, and is not an essential part of Writ of Ejectment - The writ in nrt
operating portions of the contract. action of ejectment for the recovriy u(
lands.
Whereby - By or through which; in
accordance with which. Writ of Entry - A real action to «»vt i
the possession of land wherr the
Whereupon - Upon which; after which. tenant (or owner) has been diMelsM
or otherwise wrongfully dispossessed
Willful - Proceeding from a conscious
motion of the will; voluntary; Writ of Execution - A writ to put 111
knowingly; deliberate. Intending the force the judgment or decree of a cnuit
result which actually comes to pass; Formal written command of a mint
designed; intentional; purposeful; not directing to a sheriff or other officii*I
accidental or involuntary. enforce a judgment through proceaa tif
execution.
Withhold - To jetain in one’s
possession that which belong to or is Yield - To give up, relinquish, Mi
claimed or sought by another. To omit surrender.
to disclose upon request; as, to
withhold information. X - A cross mark used in plucr ul «
Worth - The quality or value of a thing signature by a person who is unit hie ht
which gives it value. Although “worth” affix his or her own signature htf
in some connections may mean more reason of illiteracy.
than pecuniary value, in law it means
that sum of valuable qualities which Zoning - The division of a city or
renders a thing valuable qualities by legislative regulations into diMHtw
which renders a thing valuable and and the prescription and application \m
useful expressed in the medium of each district of regulations having ttt
the country. do with the structural «»nM
architectural designs of building* N M
Worthy - Having worth; possessing of regulations prescribing use to wln»4l
merit; valuable; deserving of honor, or buildings within designated diMtlili
may be put.
KVIDENCE particular time during a trial to create

a prima facie case in his own favor or
Admissible - Proper and pertinent to to overthrow one created against him.
hr considered in reaching a decision.
Burden of Proof - Known as “owes
Admission - Refers to a voluntary probandi”, which refers to the
Acceptance or acknowledgment made obligation imposed upon a party who
by a person or party of the existence of alleges the existence of a fact or thing
facts. Or the act omission or necessary in the prosecution or
dec laration of a party as to a relevant defense of an action to establish it by
(net. evidence.
Adoption- Refers to legal process in Certificate - A written assurance, or

which a child’s legal right and duties official representation, that some act
Inward his natural parents are has or not been done or some event
terminated and similar rights and occurred, or some legal formality has
duties towards his adoptive parents are been complied with. A written
substituted. assurance made or issuing from court,
and designed as a notice of things done
Adversarial Process- A system of therein, or as a warrant or authority,
dri ermining guilt in which the state to some other court, judge, or officer.
must prove its case against a
defendant who is defended by an Character Evidence - Evidence of a
ndvocate. person’s character or traits is
admissible under certain conditions in
Alibi - Refers to a defense that places trial, though, as a general rule,
Ilie defendant at the relevant time of evidence of character traits are not
cilme in a different place than the competent to prove that person acted
BOtne or location involved. in conformity therewith on a particular
occasion.
Ante Mortem Declaration
Hlidement made under the belief of Circumstantial Evidence - Evidence
Impending death. which without going directly to prove
the existence of a fact give rise to a
Ai»i lgraphy - A copy of a document. logical inference that such fact does
exist.
Apugraph - A copy of a written
inm
i rument. Collateral Facts - Defined as those
that are not directly connected or
a ■Hflcial Person - An entity created outside the controversy or issue in
by luw, and which is given certain dispute as indicated in the pleadings of
ittributes of a natural person. the litigants.
A«««ult - Refers to a violent physical Common Reputation - An exemption

HHmcU directed against another person. to the hearsay rule used to prove
marriage, good or bad character of a
Authenticity - True or genuine. person or facts of general or public
interest that are more than 30 years
A mi optic Evidence - Type of evidence old.
pHfttented in court which consist of the
H flg itself and not the testimony Competency of Witness - Refers to
ompanying its presentation. the legal fitness or ability of a witness
to be heard on trial of a cause.
R#ftt Evidence Rule - That which
fpmilts in the greatest certainty of the Competent Evidence - Evidence
Am i in question. which is not excluded by law in a
particular case.
Mmtlrtn of Evidence - That logical
||IMentity which rests on a party at any
Compound Question - It contains two Direct Evidence - Refers to thoM

or more queries which are usually which prove the disputed facts which
connected by the conjunctions “or” and resorts to inferences or presumption*,
“and.”
Discernment - The mental capacity In
Compromise - An agreement made by distinguish what is right and wrong
two or ore parties as a settlement of and realizes the consequences of one'g
matters in dispute. unlawful acts.
Conclusive Evidence - Refers to those Disputable Presumptions - An

evidences presented in court which deductions which arise and continue
cannot be rebutted. until they are overcome by other
evidence or by some strougei
Conclusive Presumptions - Are those presumptions.
inferences which the law makes so
preemptory that it will allow them to be Documentary Evidence - Consist s nf
overturned by any contrary proof writing, or any material containing
however strong. letters, words, numbers, figure#}
symbols, or other expressions offered
Confession - A voluntary statement as proof of their contents.
made by a person charged with an
offense or misdemeanor communicated Doctrine - Refers to a set of beliel ni
to another person wherein he principles held by a group.
acknowledges himself to be guilty of
the crime charged and discloses the Duress - Refers to an unlawful tlm nl
circumstances of the act and to induce another to act in a mum mm
participation he had in it. he or she would not.
Corpus Delicti - Refers to the Dwelling - Refers to the housr m «

substance or body of the crime; but as structure in which a person lives.
applied to a particular offense it would
mean the actual commission by Dying Declaration - Refers to Ihut
someone of the particular crime statement made by a person const ln»it
charged. that he/she is at the point of death
Corroborative Evidence - Additional Elements of Crime - Tito*#

evidence of a different kind tending to constituent parts of a crime will* h
establish the same fact. must be proved by the prosecution hr
sustain a conviction.
Counsel - To give advice.
Elopement - The act of running. nwn\,
Craft - Is cunnirtg of intellectual leaving without permission, nr
trickery resorted to by the accused to escaping from custody. An unman leij
carry out his evil design. person couple’s act of secretly leaving
home for the purpose of Kellluj
Cruelty - The intentional and married.
malicious infliction of physical or
mental suffering upon living creatures. Encroach - To enter by gradual »l» pn
or stealth into the possessions of rtghti
Cumulative Evidence - Additional of another; to trespass or intrude fn
proof of the same kind tending to prove gain or intrude unlawfully upon th#
the same fact. lands, property or authority of another
Declaration - Is a firm, forceful Entrapment- Refers to the act of *H

statement which is often an official and agent of government in induc ing *
formal statement. person to commit a crime tm!
contemplated by him for the purpose rtf
Defendant - A person who has been instituting a criminal prosecution
accused of a crime in a court of law. against him.
Kstoppel - Is a bar which precludes a Facts in Issue - Those matters of fact

person from denying or asserting on which the plaintiff proceeds by his
anything to the contrary of that which actions, and which t he defendant
hus, in contemplation of law been controverts in his defense.
established as the truth either by the
facts of judicial or legislative officers, or Factum Probadum - In the law of
by his own deed or representation, evidence, the fact to be proved; a fact
expressed or implied. which is in issue, and to which
evidence is to be directed.
ICvidence- Is the means sanctioned by
Imw, of ascertaining in judicial Factum Probans - A probative or
proceedings the truth respecting a evidentiary facts; a subsidiary or
mutter of fact. connected fact tending to prove the
principal fact in issue; a piece of
ICvidentiary Facts - Those facts which circumstantial evidence.
me necessary for determination of the
ultimate facts; they are the premises Fraud - An intentional perversion of
upon which conclusions of ultimate truth for the purpose of inducing
111('ts are based. another in reliance upon it to part with
some valuable thing belonging to him
ICxclusionary Rule- Is the or to surrender a legal right.
Inadmissibility of any evidence illegally
••htained and secured in wanton Furandi animus - An intention of
violation of the constitutional rights of stealing.
the witness or accused.
General Questions - This type of
ICxperiment- A test which is meant to query invites a witness to give his
establish facts. perception, observation, guess of an
incident, this is objectionable since it
ICxpert Evidence - Those given by a confuses the issues at hand.
pei son of specialized knowledge in
noine particular field. It refers to the Guilty Plea- Statement by defendants:
lewtimony given by one possessing in usually at arraignment, which relieves
regard to the subject matter, the state of providing its case.
knowledge not usually acquired by
ol her persons. Habitual Criminal - A recidivist. A
legal category created by statute in
Rupert Witness- One who by reason of many states by which more severe
experience or education possesses penalties can imposed.
superior knowledge respecting a
nubject about which person having no Habitual Drunkenness or
participation or deducing correct intoxication - One who frequently and
• oiu’lusions. Hence, a witness is repeatedly becomes intoxicated by
•lrcined an expert due to his special excessive indulgence in intoxicating
hUIII, knowledge and experience in liquor so as to acquire a fixed habit
Home field of science, profession, and an involuntary tendency to
culling, art or trade. His special study, become intoxicated as often as the
education, work and experience in the temptation is presented, even though
femticular field he is going to testify on he remains sober for the days or even
have to be manifested or shown in weeks at a time.
<nurt.
Hallmark - an official stampaffixed by
IU culpatory Evidence - A dependant the goldsmiths upon articles made of
tl) a criminal case is entitled to gold or silver as an evidence of
evidence in possession or control of the genuineness, and hence used to signify
jj&vernment if such evidence tends to any mark of genuineness.
plJtigfite his criminality if he demands
M and if failure to disclose it results In Harassment - Is a course of conduct
milonial of a fair trial. directed at specific person that causes
substantial emotional distress in such Imitation - The making of one thing in

person and serves no legal and the similitude or likeness of another;
legitimate purpose. as, counterfeit coin is said to be made
"in imitation” of the genuine. That
Harbor - to afford lodging to, to which is made or produce as a copy;
shelter, or to give a refuge to, to an article likeness; a counterfeit;
clandestinely shelter, succor, and simulating something superior.
protect improperly admitted aliens.
Immaterial - In strictness it signifies
Hearsay- Term applied to that species that evidence offered is not material,
of testimony given by a witness who essential or necessary to the issue.
relates, not what he knows personally,
but what others had told him or what Immoral - Contrary to good morals;
he has heard has been said by others. inconsistent with the rules and
principles of morality; inimical to
Hereditary succession - Inheritance public welfare according to the
by law; title by descent. The title where standards of a given community as
by a person, on the death of his expressed in law or otherwise.
ancestor, acquires his estate by right of
representation as his heir at law. See Inadequate - Insufficient;
Descent. disproportionate; lacking in
effectiveness or in conformity to a
Heredity - Inheritance that biological prescribed standard or measure.
law by which all living beings tend to
repeat themselves in their Inadmissible- It signifies that thr
descendants. The transmission offered evidence is excluded by some
through genes of characteristics from rule of evidence.
parents to children.
Inculpatory Evidence - Evidence
Holograph - A will or deed written tending to show a person’s involvemenl
entirely by the testator or grantor with in a crime; incriminating evidence.
his own hand and not witnessed
(attested). Indecent- Something, that is shocking
or rude, usually because it concernti
Hypothetical Question - This type of nakedness or sexes. Offensive to
query is objectionable in cases common property: offending againmI
involving ordinary witnesses because it modesty or delicacy; grossly vulgar;
calls for an opinion on the part of the obscene lewd; unseemly; unbecoming,
witness rendering the reply of no indecorous; unfit to be seen heard.
probative value or weight.
Inducement- An incentive offered to
Ignorance - The want or absence of encourage a person to do ml
knowledge, unaware or uninformed. something.
Ignoranceof law - Is want of Incompetent - Refers to thorn

knowledge or acquaintance with the evidences whose admission in court i*
laws of the land in so far as they apply prohibited by law.
to the act, relation, duty, or matter
under consideration. Incompetent Witness - In strictnr . i
signifies that an offered witness is not
Ignorance of fact - is want of qualified under the rules of testimonial
knowledge of some fact or facts evidence.
constituting or relating to the subject-
matter in hand. Inference - In the law of evidence, m
truth or proposition drawn from
Illicit - Not permitted or allowed; another which is supposed or admitted
prohibited; unlawful; as an illicit trade; to be true. A person of reasoning by
illicit intercourse. which a fact or proposition sought to
be established is deduced as a logi» al
consequence from other facts already intelligent persons within a country of

proved or admitted. community.
Infirmity - Disability; feebleness. In Judicial Record - The documentation,

iin application for insurance is an official entry, or files of a proceeding in
nilment or disease of a substantial a court of justice or of that of a judicial
character. act of an officer in an action suit or
proceedings.
Insanity - A manifestation in language
of conduct of disease or defect of the Jurisprudence- Philosophy of law or
brain, or more or less permanent the science which treats of the
•lisease or disordered condition n of the principles of positive and legal
mentality, or disordered function of the relations.
•ensory or of the intellective faculties,
or impaired or disorder volition. The Larceny - felonious stealing, talking
term is a social and legal term rather and carrying, leading, riding, or driving
than a medical one, and indicates a away another’s personal property, with
condition which renders the affected intent to convert it or to deprive owner
person unfit to enjoy liberty of action thereof. The unlawful talking and
bccause of the unreliability of his carrying away of property of another
behavior with concomitant danger to with intent to appropriate it to use
himself or other. inconsistent with latter’s right.
Instigation - Refers to the act by Leading Question - Are those that

which one incites another to do suggest to the witness the answer
Momething as to commit some crime. which the examining party desires. It
prompts or urges the witness to give
Intoxication - term comprehends the answer the examiner wants to
nituation where, by reason of taking hear, it is objectionable due to the fact
Intoxicants, an individual does not that it influences the witness by trying
h*ve the normal use of his physical or to put words into his mouth.
mental faculties, thus rendering him
incapable of acting in the manner in Ledger - A book of accounts, often
which an ordinarily prudent and referred to as a general ledger, in
• mitious man. In full possession of his which a business records transaction;
faculties, there being two parallel columns in
each account, one for the debit entries,
intrinsic - Internal; inherent the other for the credits, into this book
pertaining to the essential nature of a are posted the items from the book of
tiling. original entry or journals.
Irrelevant Evidence - In, stricture Liberty - Is the freedom to choose how

that the offered piece of evidence has you want to live, without government
no probative value. They do not shed restrictions.
any light pertaining to the case, no
have any logical connection and are too Machination - The act of planning or
remote in substance and time to the contriving a scheme for executing some
matter in issue. purpose, particularly an evil purpose;
an artful design formed with
Judicial Admission - Consist of deliberation.
•tatements made by parties in the
course of judicial proceeding. Mallum - In old European lawa court
of higher kind in which the more
Judicial Notice- Refers to the important business of the county was
cognizance of a certain facts by the dispatched by the count or earl.
fourts without proof because they are
(nets, which, by common experience, Material Evidence - Competent or
ate of universal knowledge among admissible evidence which is allowed to
introduce since it is not excluded by
any rule of pleading, evidence or Ordinance- A term used to designnlr

substantive law. the enactment of a legislative body ol tt
municipal corporation.
Medical jurisprudence - the science
which applies the principle and Parental or Filial Privilege N« •
practice of the different branches of person may be compelled to te s tify
medicine to the elucidating of doubtful against his parents or other dim l
questions in a court of law. ascendants, children or other dim t
descendants.
Misleading Question - Refers to an
objectionable question which does not Parole Evidence Rule - Forbids nn\
only suggest answers but worst; it additional to or contradiction of 11»«
recommends an untruthful or wrong terms of a written instrument hy
reply. testimony purporting to show that, nl
or before the signing of the document,
N.A. - an abbreviation for “non other or different terms were orally
allocator” it is not allowed. Also agreed upon by the parties.
something used as abbreviation for
“not available” or “not applicable” Pedigree - Refers to the history of
family descent which is transmitteil
Narrative Question - This from one generation to another by both
objectionable question calls a witness oral and written declaration and by
to a continuous recitation from tradition.
beginning to end. It is objectionable
since it may deprive the other litigant Physician- A person authorized i"
to make timely objections in cases of practice medicine, surgery, ©f
inadmissible testimony uttered by the obstetrics.
witness.
Plaintiff - In a court case, is 11»*
Negative Evidence - That given by a person who has brought the <■«M
witness who states that he does not against another person.
know whether a fact did or did not
occur. Pleadings- Formal allegations by tit*
parties to a lawsuit establishing theli
Negotiable - Legally capable of being respective claims and defenses.
transferred by endorsement or delivery.
Usually said of check and notes and Positive Evidence - Given by m
sometimes of stocks and bearer bonds. witness who affirms that a fact did •»»
did not occur.
Net weight - The weight of an article
or collection of articles, after deducting Preponderance of Evidence TimI
from the gross weight the weight. degree of proof below proof beyond
reasonable doubt which when taken lit
Net worth - The amount by which its entirety as adduced by one party i*
assets exceed liabilities remainder after superior to that of the other.
deduction of liabilities from as sets.
Presentation- To address or submit In
Nullity - Nothing; no proceeding; an the court.
act or proceeding in a cause which the
apposite party may treat as though it Presumption - An inference
not had taken place, or which has assumption as to the existence of *
absolutely no legal force or effect. fact unknown only by reason of H*
relation to a fact that is known.
Object Evidence- Refers to those
proofs of facts addressed to the senses Prima Facie Evidence
of the court. Substantiation which is sufficient »«
prove an issue unless rebutted nt
overcome by other evidences.
Primary Evidence- Also known as Publisher - Editor or duly accredited

Original Evidence it is the best and reporter of any newspaper, magazine,
highest proof of which the nature of or periodical of general circulation who
thr case so susceptible. cannot be compelled to reveal the
source of any news report or
Private Document - Refers to every information.
Instrument or deed executed by a
private person without the intervention Quack - A pretender to medical skill
of a notary public or other persons which he does not posses; one who
IrKiilly authorized by which documents practices as a physician or surgeon
Home dispositions, and agreement is without adequate experience or due
proved, evidenced or set forth. qualification.
Privity - In its broadest sense ‘privity’ Quadripartite- Divided into four parts.
in defined as mutual or successive A term applied in conveyancing to an
irlntionships to the same right of indenture executed in four parts.
property, or such identification of
Inlrrest of one person, with another as Quash - To overthrow, to abate, to
in irpresent the same legal right. vacate; to annul; to make void;
Privileged Communication - Are Quota - A proportional parts or share,

nmlters which are learned in the proportional part demand or
confidence and excluded by the rules liability, falling upon each of those who
mi evidence. Usually between: are collectively responsible for the
Ini .band and wife, Attorney and client, whole.
pi If*st and penitent, doctor and patient.
Race - An ethical stock; a great
1'iobative facts - In the law of division of mankind having in common
rvi.lrnce, facts which actually have certain distinguishing physical
pflrcl of proving fact sought, peculiarities constituting a
evidentiary facts. comprehensive class appearing to be
derived from a distinct primitive
Probative value - Evidence has source.
'probative value’ if it tends to prove an
Inline. Real Evidence - Proof of facts which is
addressed directly to the senses of the
Proof The probative effect of evidence court without the intervention of a
Ql‘ the establishment of fact by witness, as actual sight, hearings,
evidence. taste, smell, or touch.
Proof Beyond Reasonable Doubt - Recklessness - Rashness;

I lint degree of evidence which heedlessness; wanton conduct. The
pi <»<luces in the mind of an state of mind accompanying an act,
unprejudiced person, that moral which either pays no regard to its
mm liiinty or conviction that the probably or possibly injurious
incused committed the offense consequences, or which, though
• liMrged. for seeing such consequence, persists I
spite of such knowledge.
Public Document - Refers to the
tHittrn act or record of acts of the Rebuttal Evidence - Offered to the
Htvrrdgn authority, of official tribunals court to explain, counteract, repel or
m bodies and public officers, judicial, dispute facts given in evidence by the
Iplllnlutive or executive, whether of the adverse party.
Philippines or of a foreign country
(IK hiding public records kept in the Relevant Evidence - Refers to a fact
riiiitppines of private writing notarized which has some connection or relation
acknowledged before a notary to what is sought to be proved. Hence,
public. they help induce one to believe that a
disputed fact exists or does not exist.
This is always a question to both Unintelligible Question - Refers to a

experience and logic. query that is hard to understand due
to the manner it was framed or asked.
Res Gestae - Means things done, and
includes the circumstances facts and Unlawful Entry - Refers to the means
declarations incidental to the main fact of access used when an entrance is
or transaction, necessary to illustrate affected by a way not intended for the
its character and also includes acts purpose.
words and declarations which are
closely connected therewith as to Vagabond - A vagrant or homeless
constitute a part of the transaction. wanderer without means of honest
livelihood.
Secondary Evidence - Refers to that
which shows that better, or primary Vagrancy - At common law, the act of
evidence; exist as to proof of the facts going about from place to place by
in issue. person without visible means of
support, who is idle, and who, though
Self-Incriminating Question - A able to work for his or hci
question which has an inclination to maintenance, refuses to do so, bill
expose a witness to any kind of lives without labor or on the charity ol
punishment or criminal charge. others.
Spouse - Refers to one’s husband or Vagrants - Any person having no

wife. apparent means of subsistence, who
has the physical ability to work and
Substantial Evidence - Refers to that who neglects to apply himself or hersrll
amount of relevant evidence by which to some lawful calling. Any person
a person with a reasonable mind might found loitering about public or semi
accept as adequate to justify public buildings or places or trampling
conclusion. or wandering about the country or tlu
streets without visible means of
Testimonial Evidence - Refers to oral support.
testimony given in open court.
Vague Questions - Refers to thorn
Theory - Is an idea or set of ideas that which cannot be specifically answers I
is meant to explain something they are capable of having douhlr
meanings or ambiguous.
Torture - The act of inflicting great
pain to body or mind for purposes of Void ab initio - A contract is null from
punishment, or to extract an the beginning if it seriously offends law
information or confession or for or public policy in contrast to a
sadistic pleasure. contract which is merely voidable Ml
the election of one of the parties to thr
Trial - Legal process in which a judge contract.
or jury decide whether the accused is
guilty of a particular crime after Voidable - That which may be avoi*l« <1
listening to all evidences relating to the or declared void; not absolutely void, 01
crime. void in itself.
Unaccrued - Not become due, as rent Voluntary- Means unconstrained hy

on a lease. interference, proceeding from thr fir#
will of a person.
Unalienable - Inalienable; incapable of
being aliened, that is sold and Wager - A contract by which two <n
transferred. more parties agree with that a c e r t a i n
sun of money or other thing shall l>#
Unambigous - Susceptible of some paid or delivered to one of them or th a t
meaning. they shall gain or lose on «In-
happening of an uncertain event 01
upon the ascertainment of a fact in accomplished by assigning police

dispute, where the parties have no officer to beats, it is necessary to
interest in the event except that facilitate the direction and control of
arising from the possibility of such the officers and to ensure suitable
gain or loss. patrol service within the jurisdiction.
Weight of Evidence - The probative According to Time Frame

value or credit given by the court to Organization in which police units are
particular evidence admitted to prove a divided into shifts or watches
fact in issue. according to the time of day.
Witness- One who is present and Active Service of the Uniformed

personally sees or perceives a thing, Personnel - Refers to services rendered
nnd makes it known to the judicial as an officers and non-officer, cadet,
I ribunal by way of testimony. trainee or draftee in the Police, Fire or
Jail Force, on in the municipal police
Wound - To inflict a laceration, cut, prior to the integration of the PC-INP or
fracture or bruise. in the AFP.
Wounded Feelings - Such as result Administration - Denotes functions

horn indignities to self-respect, that determine the basic policies,
sensibilities, or pride of a person, as programs, and objectives of an
distinguished from usual mental pain organization and the means and
mid suffering consequent to physical methods to be employed to achieve
Injury. them.
Year - The period in which the Administrative Law - Branch of law

revolution of the earth around the sun, dealing with organization, functions
nnd accompanying changes in the and procedures of executive or
order of nature, are completed. administrative agencies known
Generally, when a statute speaks of a sometimes as Boards, Bureaus or
year, twelve calendar, and not lunar, Commissions with quasi legislative
months are intended. powers are delegated and judicial
powers are granted, and the extent and
manner to which such agencies are
LAW ENFORCEMENT subject to the control of the courts.
ADMINISTRATION
Administrative Method - Refers to the
procedure for formulating rational
POLICE ORGANIZATION AND decisions based on collected and
ADMINISTRATION interpreted information as opposed to
intuitive persuasions.
According to Function - Organization
according to the nature of the tasks to Administrative Personnel - Refers to
hr performed, it should be divided into those belonging to the second level
groups so that similar and related manager’s bracket such as patrol
duties may be assigned to each watch commanders.
11 (vision.
Affidavit - A sworn statement in
According to Levels of Authority - writing voluntarily made before a
Vertical combination of superior notary public of any other officer
••Hirers, with each rank at a different authorized to administer oaths.
Irvrl of authority from any other, form
rhnnnels through which operations Alternatives - Also known as options,
maybe directed and controlled. are means by which goals and
objectives can be attained. They maybe
According to Place of Work policies, strategies or specific actions
t >rganization according to the aimed at eliminating a problem.
territorial distribution of a platoon, Alternatives do not have to be
substitutes for one another or should personality of the occupant may

perform the same function. For change the style or manner in which
example, our goal is to “improve authority is exercise, it should increase
officer-survival skills.” The plan is to or decrease the basic obligations of thr
train the officers on militaristic and occupant toward those in subordinate
combat shooting. positions.
Answer - A pleading which contains Auxiliary Functions - It involves the

the respondent’s defense. logistical operations of the department
These include training,
Appealed Policy - This type of policy communications, jailing, maintenance,
is born when a problem arises at the record keeping, motor vehicles, and
lower levels of the organization and the similar operations.
man in charge does not know how to
cope with the problem. Auxiliary Service Division - Police
work that encompasses such
Assistant Regional Director of Jail specialties as records and
Bureau - Refers to the assistant heads communication, criminalitieN,
of the department regional officers with detention and property management.
the rank of senior superintendent.
Aviation Security Unit - Headed by a
Attrition by Demotion in Position or Director with the rank of chirl
Rank - Any PNP personnel, civilian or superintendent, the aviation security
uniformed, who is relieved and unit, in coordination with airport
assigned to a position lower than what authorities shall secure all the
is established for his or her grade in country’s airport against offensive and
the PNP staffing pattern and who shall terrorist acts that threaten civil
not be assigned to a position aviation, exercise operational contml
commensurate to his or her grade and supervision over all agencirn
within eighteen (18) months after such involved in airport security operation
demotion in position shall be retired or and enforce all laws and regulation*
separated. relative to air travel protection and
safety.
Attrition by Non-Promotion - Any
PNP personnel who have not been Breach of Internal Discipline Am
promoted for a continuous period of offense committed by a member of the
ten (10) years shall be retired or PNP involving and affecting disciplim
separated. and order within the poller
organization.
Attrition by Relief - A PNP uniformed
personnel who have been relieved for Budgeting - The forecasting in detail
just cause and has not have been given the results of an efficiently reorganized
an assignment within two (2) years program of operation based on t h r
after such relief shall be retired or highest reasonable expectations of
separated. operating efficiency.
Authority - The right to command and Budget Calendar - A schedule of

control the behavior of employees in financial plan to be undertaken durlni|
lower positions within an the budget cycle.
organizational hierarchy. A hierarchy
thus serves as the framework for the Budget Call - A document that trij.> » »•
flow of authority downward (and budget preparation.
obedience upward) through the
department. Budget Cycle - It involves tIti
following processes :(1) Preparation
Authority Role - A particular position by PNP offices; (2) Authorization l»v
within an organization carries the Congress; (3) Accountability* Contml
same authority regardless of who Measures conducted by auditing.
occupies that position. While the
Budget Guidance - A document issued any of its units and personnel,

by higher authorities stipulating the including its equipment, facilities and
national objectives, priorities and other resources. The Chief PNP has
constraints including assessment of summary dismissal powers over all
iht‘ peace and order situation. members of the police force.
Budgeting - with all that goes of City/Municipal Jail Warden - Refers

budgeting in the form of fiscal to the head of the city or municipal jail
planning, accounting, and control. with the rank of senior inspector.
Itudget Year - Current year and one Civil Relations Unit - Headed by a
day. Director with the rank of chief
superintendent, the civil relations unit
Bulletin Boards - Organizational shall implement plans and programs
policies, rules and regulations, and that will promote community and
activities may be typed out of citizen’s participation.
mimeographed and the posted on
bulletin boards. If strategically located Command Communication - It s
tnd well managed, bulletin boards are either oral or written orders of a
mi effective medium for transmitting superior officer to his subordinates. It
nrwly issued policies, rules and is either written or oral orders of a
reflations to police officers. superior officer to his subordinate. It is
directly made and compliance is
Ilureau - Refers organic unit within immediately expected.
large department.
Command/Unit Inspector - Refers to
Ilureau of Jail Management and the officer in charge of the PNP
Penology - Referred to as the Jail Inspectorate Service in the different
Mureau, created initially consisting of Command National Support Units.
officers and uniformed members of the
Jail Management and Penology Service Commanding Officer - An. officer who
AN constituted under P. D. No. 765. It is in charge of a department, bureau,
In vested with the authority to exercise division, an area or a district.
supervision and control over all
district, city and municipal jails. While Commission Proper - Refers to the
I hr provincial, jail will be supervised National Police Commission which is
nnd controlled by the provincial composed of the office of the
government within its jurisdiction. chairperson and the four regular
commissioners.
Cnrnbineros De Seguridad Publica -
t'amhineros de Seguridad Publica was Commonwealth Act No. 408
trganized as a mounted riflemen or Otherwise known as the Article of War
fgvalry whose duties expanded in 1781 Act.
from a special commission as
government custodian of the tobacco Communication - The process of
Monopoly to a distinct group charged sharing understanding and
With the duties of a harbor, port, information on common subjects. More
Under and river police. precisely, it is an intercourse between,
through or more people by means of
< hl#f of Jail Bureau - Refers to the words, letters symbols, or gestures for
of the Bureau of Jail Management the purpose of exchanging information.
and Penology with the rank of director. Procedures, channels, and
standardized languages are essential to
Chief PNP - The Head of the Philippine effective communication within such
MliHonal Police with a rank of Director large organization.
M iirral who shall have the power to
't and control tactical as well as Communications Unit - Headed by a
III ntegic movements, deployment, Director with the rank of Chief
flittermont, utilization of the PNP or Superintendent which shall be
substitutes for one another or should personality of the occupant may

perform the same function. For change the style or manner in which
example, our goal is to “improve authority is exercise, it should increase
officer-survival skills.” The plan is to or decrease the basic obligations of the
train the officers on militaristic and occupant toward those in subordinate
combat shooting. positions.
Answer - A pleading which contains Auxiliary Functions - It involves the

the respondent’s defense. logistical operations of the department.
These include training,
Appealed Policy - This type of policy communications, jailing, maintenance,
is born when a problem arises at the record keeping, motor vehicles, and
lower levels of the organization and the similar operations.
man in charge does not know how to
cope with the problem. Auxiliary Service Division - Police
work that encompasses such
Assistant Regional Director of Jail specialties as records and
Bureau - Refers to the assistant heads communication, criminalities,
of the department regional officers with detention and property management.
the rank of senior superintendent.
Aviation Security Unit - Headed by i*
Attrition by Demotion in Position or Director with the rank of chief
Rank - Any PNP personnel, civilian or superintendent, the aviation security
uniformed, who is relieved and unit, in coordination with airport
assigned to a position lower than what authorities shall secure all the
is established for his or her grade in country’s airport against offensive and
the PNP staffing pattern and who shall terrorist acts that threaten civil
not be assigned to a position aviation, exercise operational control
commensurate to his or her grade and supervision over all agencien
within eighteen (18) months after such involved in airport security operation,
demotion in position shall be retired or and enforce all laws and regulation*
separated. relative to air travel protection and
safety.
Attrition by Non-Promotion - Any
PNP personnel who have not been Breach of Internal Discipline - Any
promoted for a continuous period of offense committed by a member of tin
ten (10) years shall be retired or PNP involving and affecting discipline
separated. and order within the poller
organization.
Attrition by Relief - A PNP uniformed
personnel who have been relieved for Budgeting - The forecasting in del nil
just cause and has not have been given the results of an efficiently reorgan lamI
an assignment within two (2) years program of operation based on the
after such relief shall be retired or highest reasonable expectation h ol
separated. operating efficiency.
Authority - The right to command and Budget Calendar - A schedule <»{

control the behavior of employees in financial plan to be undertaken during
lower positions within an the budget cycle.
organizational hierarchy. A hierarchy
thus serves as the framework for the Budget Call - A document that trigg'*'#
flow of authority downward (and budget preparation.
obedience upward) through the
department. Budget Cycle - It involves l hi
following processes :(1) Prepamttnn
Authority Role - A particular position by PNP offices; (2) Authorization hy
within an organization carries the Congress; (3) Accountability* Control
same authority regardless of who Measures conducted by auditing.
occupies that position. While the
Budget Guidance - A document issued any of its units and personnel,

by higher authorities stipulating the including its equipment, facilities and
national objectives, priorities and other resources. The Chief PNP has
constraints including assessment of summary dismissal powers over all
Ihe peace and order situation. members of the police force.
Budgeting - with all that goes of City/ Municipal Jail Warden - Refers
budgeting in the form of fiscal to the head of the city or municipal jail
planning, accounting, and control. with the rank of senior inspector.
Budget Year - Current year and one Civil Relations Unit - Headed by a
day. Director with the rank of chief
superintendent, the civil relations unit
Bulletin Boards - Organizational shall implement plans and programs
policies, rules and regulations, and that will promote community and
activities may be typed out of citizen’s participation.
mimeographed and the posted on
Imiletin boards. If strategically located Command Communication - It s
»»nd well managed, bulletin boards are either oral or written orders of a
mi effective medium for transmitting superior officer to his subordinates. It
nrwly issued policies, rules and is either written or oral orders of a
Irelations to police officers. superior officer to his subordinate. It is
directly made and compliance is
Ilureau - Refers organic unit within immediately expected.
llirge department.
Command/Unit Inspector - Refers to
Bureau of Jail Management and the officer in charge of the PNP
IVuology - Referred to as the Jail Inspectorate Service in the different
Ilureau, created initially consisting of Command National Support Units.
officers and uniformed members of the
Jail Management and Penology Service Commanding Officer - An. officer who
AH constituted under P. D. No. 765. It is in charge of a department, bureau,
In vested with the authority to exercise division, an area or a district.
Supervision and control over all
tli'iirict, city and municipal jails. While Commission Proper - Refers to the
iIn* provincial, jail will be supervised National Police Commission which is
«ui I controlled by the provincial composed of the office of the
Hovc’i nment within its jurisdiction. chairperson and the four regular
commissioners.
I nmbineros De Seguridad Publica -
I hi abineros de Seguridad Publica was Commonwealth Act No. 408
prgAnized as a mounted riflemen or Otherwise known as the Article of War
|»nvwlry whose duties expanded in 1781 Act.
II mu a special commission as
Uitvrrnment custodian of the tobacco Communication - The process of
pMinopoly to a distinct group charged sharing understanding and
Uflth the duties of a harbor, port, information on common subjects. More
■Orrirr and river police. precisely, it is an intercourse between,
through or more people by means of
Chief of Jail Bureau - Refers to the words, letters symbols, or gestures for
M id of the Bureau of Jail Management the purpose of exchanging information.
•lid Penology with the rank of director. Procedures, channels, and
standardized languages are essential to
Chief PNP - The Head of the Philippine effective communication within such
tyntmnnl Police with a rank of Director large organization.
peiiriml who shall have the power to
■feet and control tactical as well as Communications Unit - Headed by a
IMntcgic movements, deployment, Director with the rank of Chief
|ilnO§ment, utilization of the PNP or Superintendent which shall be
responsible for establishing effective Criminal Investigation Division - Has I affects other people such as an Disciplinary Appellate Board - Refers
police communication network. been vested with the responsibility Entrepreneur - seeking problems to to the formal administrative
which primarily pertains to the solve and opportunities to explore; disciplinaxy appellate machinery
Company Officers - This group coordination of criminal information Disturbance handler - helping to consisting of the National Appellate
includes all junior officers in the ranks and the investigation of crimes not resolve conflicts; Resource Allocator - Board and Regional Appellate Board,
of Senior Inspector and Inspector. resolved by the patrol. allocating resources to various uses or duly established by the NAPOLCOM.
Negotiator - negotiating between
Complaint - A written and sworn Crime Laboratory - The central crime parties. Dishonesty - it is the concealment or
charge filed against respondents. laboratory to be headed by a director distortion of truth in a matter of fact
with the rank of chief superintendent, Delegation - The conferring of an relevant to one’s office, or connected
Compulsory Retirement - Retirement which provides scientific and technical t»mount of authority by a superior with the performance of his duties.
for officer and non-officer shall be investigative aid support to the PNP position onto a lower-level position.
upon the attainment of age, fifty-six and other government investigative The person to whom authority is Disloyalty to the Government - it
(56). Provided that in case of any agencies. delegated becomes responsible to the consist of abandonment or
officer with the rank of chief superior for doing the assigned job. renunciation of one’s loyalty to the
superintendent, director or deputy Crime Prevention - Refers to the I However, the delegators remain Government of the Philippines, or
director general the commissioner may reduction or elimination of the I accountable for accomplishment of the advocating the overthrow of the
allow his retention in the service for an opportunity to commit a crime. Job within the guidelines and quality government.
un-extendible period of one year. standards of the agency.
Crime Prevention and Coordination Dispositive Portion - Refers to that
Computer Center - Headed by a Service - Unit which shall undertake Delegation of Authority - The process part of a decision which declares
Director with the rank of chief criminological researches and studies Of committing an activity to another’s whether the respondent is guilty or not
superintendent. The computer center formulate a national crime prevention rare. guilty of the charge.
shall be responsible for the plan, develop a crime prevention anil
implementation and maintenance of a information program and provide Delineation of Authority - Lines of District - Refers to a geographical
data base system for PNP. editorial direction for all criminology authority and responsibility should be subdivision of a city for a patrol
research and crime prevention ileflnite, clear and direct so that purposes.
Contingency Theory - This approach publications. lesponsibility is properly fixed and
recognizes that many internal and duplication avoided. In the police District Jail Warden - Refers to the
external environmental variables affect Criminal Investigation Unit - It In I service each one knows where he fits in head of district offices of the BJMP
organizational behavior. In this case, headed by a director with the rank ol Ihr pattern, to whom he is responsible with the rank of Chief Inspector.
there is no best way for structuring chief superintendent, the criminal I snd who is responsible to them.
and managing diverse types of investigative unit shall undertake tin Division - It is a primary subdivision
organizations. The underlying theme of monitoring, investigation uni I Demotion - A penalty or reduction of of a bureau.
this theory is that it all depends on a prosecution of all crimes involving loitk.
particular situation. The task of economic sabotage and commission h y Due Process - Refers to the right to be
managers then is to determine in highly placed or professional criminal Deployment -
It shall mean the given opportunity to present one’s side
which situations and at what times syndicates and organizations. orderly and organized physical and submit evidence in support
certain methods or techniques are the movement of elements or units of the thereof.
most effective. In this way, the Crowd - It consists of a body nf \ l4NI* within the province, city or
approach is more pragmatic although individual people with no organization municipality for purposes of Early Retirement Program - Within
it encompasses relevant concepts of no single partnership. Km h B employment. three (3) years after the effectivity of RA
both classical and behavioral theories. individual’s behavior is fairly controlled 8551, any PNP officer or non
and ruled by reason. All t!»•* IMrection - It deals with the procedure commissioned officer may retire and be
Continental Theory - In this concept, participants have been thrown l»v I ol what is to be done, who is to do it, paid separation benefits corresponding
policemen are regarded as state or circumstance into a crowd for sottm ■ Unit when where, and how it is to be to a position two (2) ranks higher than
servants of the higher authorities. This common purpose that may give them ■ flour, his or her present rank subject to the
theory prevails in European countries at least one thing in common. following conditions:a) that at the time
where the governmental organization iHrscting - task of making decisions he or she applies for retirement, he or
follows the centralized pattern, e.g. Decision - A written disposition nf s I inti embodying them in specific and she has already rendered at least ten
Spain, Italy and France. The people case personally signed by »h# Bppttrtul orders and instructions and (10) years of continuous government
have no share or little participation disciplinary authority containing* t*« t* ■trviUK as the leader of the enterprise service; b) the applicant is not
with the duties nor connection with the established during the hearing, i!»* scheduled for separation or retirement
police organization. findings and conclusions, as well *• MMuister - Refers to a sudden, from the service due to the attrition
the pertinent and relevant lawN mol UOlnrrHern, extraordinary occurrence. system or separation for cause; c) he or
Coordinating - the all-important duty jurisprudence applicable thereon |l ean be considered as an she has no pending administrative or
of interrelating the various parts of the I BMKRGKNCY but an emergency may criminal case; and d) he or she has at
work. Decisional Roles - It include* ■ imi always be a disaster. least three (3) more years in the service
functions to make decisions th s t before reaching the compulsory
retirement age and at least a year Field Training Program All

before his or her maximum tenure in uniformed members of the PNP shall
position. undergo a Field Training Program foi
twelve (12) months involving actual
Emergency and disaster planning - experience and assignment in patrol,
Refers to the preparation in advance of traffic, and investigation as n
protective and safety measures for requirement for permanency of theii
unforeseen events resulting from appointment.
natural and human actions. Disaster
plans outline the actions to be taken Financial Service - Unit which shall
by those designated for specific job. provide the commission with stafl
This will result in expeditious and service and assistance on budgetary
orderly execution of relief and and financial matters including thr
assistance to protect properties and overseeing of the processing and
lives. disbursements of funds pertaining to
the scholarship program and surviving
Employment - Refers to the children of decease and/oi
utilizations of units or elements of the permanently incapacitated PNP
PNP for purposes for promote. personnel.
Execution - Deals with performance of Forum Shopping Or Multiple Filing

orders followed and done with of Complaints - Refers to charges 01
commensurate authority to fulfill the complaints regarding one sin^lr
responsibility. offense, filed simultaneously with
different venues.
Exoneration - Is the declaration of the
respondent’s innocence by the Functional Organization - This type
disciplinary authority under summary of organization is operated wherein thr
proceedings. performance of certain duties, at oil
levels is controlled and directed by it
Extra Departmental Plans - These are separate organizational authority.
plans designed to guide the
organization of the community to Functional Plans -This include thr
assist in accomplishing the police framework for the operation of thr
objectives in the field of juvenile and major functional units in thr
delinquency prevention, traffic control, organization, such as patrol nnd
and organized crimes. investigations. It also includes thr
design of the structure, how different
Finance Center - Headed by a director functions and units are to relate nnd
with the rank of Chief Superintendent, coordinate activities, and how
the Finance center shall be responsible resources are to be allocated.
for providing finances services to the
PNP. General or Flag Officers - Til In
category includes all Directors nnd
Field Officers - Also known as “Senior Chief Superintendents.
Officers”, this category includes SR
Superintendent, Superintendent and, Goals - Broad statements of geneial
Chief Inspector. and long-term organizational purpoum
often used to define the role of th*
Field Procedures - They are intended police, for instance, to prevent crime,
to be used in all situations of all kinds maintain order or help solvr
and serves as a guide to officers in the community problems. Genrtnl
field on procedures that relate to the statement of intention and typically
following: Reporting, Dispatching, with time horizon, or it is an achievoblr
Raids, Arrests, Stopping suspicious end state that can be measured otul
persons, Receiving complaints, observed. Making choices about gnoln
Patrolling and Conduct of investigation is one of the most important aspect* *if
of crimes. planning. Relate this definitions with
(heir description as defined in chapter whose key duty is the preservation of

one. public peace and security. This is
practiced in the United States and in
Grading - The simplest system of England where the governmental
performance appraisal. structure follows a decentralized
pattern.
Guardia Civil - Organized with the
dual function of a soldier and a Human Resources Management
policeman whose duties ranges from Defined as that area of management
the suppression of brigandage by concerned with human relations in the
means of patrolling unsettled police organization. As an overview,
territories, detention of petty and local Police Personnel Management uses
insurrection, the enforcement of tax planning, organizing, directing and
collection and was armed as the controlling of day-to-day activities
Spanish infantry to partially relieve the involved in procuring, developing and
Spanish Peninsula Troops of their work motivating them and in coordinating
in policing towns. The establishment of their activities to achieve the aims of
the Guardia Civil gave the Spanish the police.
colonizers a tremendous control
ill rough a centralized police IAS - Headed by an Inspector General
od ministration which enabled the the Internal Affairs Service which
supreme head to determine the policies conduct “motu-propio”, automatic
10 be pursued in law enforcement and investigations of the following cases:
Ilie maintenance of peace and order. Incidents where a police personnel
discharges a firearm; Incidents where
Guardrilleros - The Rural Police death, serious physical injury, or any
dming the Spanish regime in the violation of human rights occurred in
Philippines established in each town. the conduct of police operation;
The law provided that five percent (5%) Incidents where evidence was
of able bodied male inhabitants of each compromised, tampered with,
province was to be drafted in the police obliterated or lost while in.custody of
nei vice for a three year tour of duty. police personnel; Incidents where a
suspect in the custody of the police
Uuidelines - Refers to rules of action was seriously injured; and Incidents
for the rank and file to show them how where the established rules of
11ley are expected to obtain the desired engagement have been violated.
rlTect.
Imposed Policy - This type of policy
Headquarter Procedures - Usually comes from the government in forms of
found on the duty manual because laws, administrative orders, rules and
IIley pertain to the responsibility of one procedures and specifications.
person or one class of persons.
Procedures that involve coordinate Immunity - Is a protection from
action on activity on activity of several liability in tort due to status or
••Hires shall be established separately. position.
Hierarchy - It represents the formal Incompetency - it is the manifest lack

lelotionship among superiors and of adequate ability and fitness for the
fUbordinates in any given organization. satisfactory performance of police
It can be visualized as a ladder, with duties. This has reference to any
h rung (or rank) representing a physical, moral or intellectual quality
ItiKhrr or lower level of authority. the lack of which substantially
incapacitates one to perform the duties
Home Rule Theory - Law enforcers or of a peace officer.
policemen are regarded as servants of
community, who rely for the Incremental Planning -It concludes
Mlctency of their functions upon the that long range and comprehensive
fftpress needs of the people. In this planning are not only too difficult, but
concept, policemen are civil servants inherently bad. The problems are seen
as too difficult when they are grouped under RA 7695, vested with the*
together and easier to solve when they responsibility to supervise and control
are taken one at a time and broken all district, city and municipal jails.
down into gradual adjustments over
time. Law - Refers to a rule of conduct 01
action laid down and enforced by
Informational Roles - It deals with supreme governing authority of a
exchange information with other community or established by custom.
people such as Monitoring - seeking
out relevant information; acting as Lateral Entry - In general, all original
Disseminator - sharing information appointments of commissioned officrm
with insiders or Spokesperson - in the PNP shall commence with tilt-
sharing information with outsiders. rank of inspector, to include all thoar
with highly technical qualification*
Inspection, Monitoring and applying for the PNP technical service*,
Investigation Service - Unit which such as dentist, optometrists, nurara,
shall conduct continuous inspection engineers, and graduates of foren«U'
and management audit of personnel sciences. Doctors of mediciiir,
facilities and operations at all levels of members of the Bar, and chaplain*
command and shall monitor the shall be appointed to the rank of senior
implementation of the commissions inspector in their particular techni« ill
programs and projects relative to law service. Graduates of the Philipplnr
enforcement of the commissions National Police Academy (PNPA) shall
programs and projects relative to law be automatically appointed to tin
enforcement and monitor and initial rank of inspector. Licenn* •I
investigate police anomalies, and criminologists may be appointed to tin
irregularities. rank of inspector to fill up any vacnm v
after promotions from the ranks nu
Installations And Logistics Service - completed.
Reviews the Commission's plans and
programs and formulate policies and Leading - The process of directing anil
procedures regarding acquisition, coordinating the work efforts of oth* i
inventory, control, distribution, people to help them accompllMh
maintenance and disposal of supplies important task.
and shall oversee the implementation
of programs on transportation facilities Legal Affairs Service - Provides Hip
and installations and the procurement NAPOLCOM with efficient and effec tIvi
and maintenance of supplies and service as legal counsel of lh»<
equipment. Commission; draft or study contiaitu
affecting the Commission and submit«
Integrated Act Of 1975 - Law which appropriate recommend ntli hi m
created the Integrated National Police. pertaining thereto; and renders legal
opinions arising from tlm
Interpersonal Roles - It means administration and operation of tl»*
working directly with other people as a Philippine National Police anti thi
Figurehead - hosting and attending Commission.
official ceremonies, leader - creating
enthusiasm and serving people’s needs Line Command - Is the opr nit In(
and serving as Liaison - maintaining authority delegated by the comma mlet
contacts with important people and down to the line thru ra* h
groups intermediate supervisor until lrvrl
execution is reached.
Irregularities in the performance of
duty - it is the improper performance Line Function - Refers to operational
of some act which might lawfully be duties like patrol, investigation, vlt»f
done. control, juvenile control traffic tank
Jail Bureau - The Bureau of Line Organization It dlvid*

Management and Penology, created responsibility and authority brtwra
aeveral specialists. It is the most Middle Management Level - Means

common type of all police that decisions are made that govern
organizational structure commonly day-to-day operations of the
found in the rural areas. organizations.
Line and Staff Organization - A Misconduct or Malfeasance - it is the

Combination of the line and functional doing, either through ignorance,
types. It combines staff specialist such inattention or malice, of that which the
ici the criminalists, the training officer had no legal right to do at all, as
officers, the research and development where he acts without any authority
specialists, etc. Channels of whatsoever, or exceeds, ignores or
responsibility is to “think and provide abuses his powers.
expertise” for the line units. The line
supervisor must remember that he Mob - A mob takes on the semblance
obtains advice from the staff of organization with some common
specialists. motive for action, such as revenge for a
crime committed on the scene where
Local Executives - exercises the crowd assembled, an aggravated
operational, supervision and direction fight, or a confrontation with the
over the PNP units assigned within police. At times like this, there is
if'Npective localities. already a strong feeling of togetherness
(“we are one” attitude).
Logistics Unit - Headed by a Director
wllh the rank of Chief Superintendent Modern Concept - This thought of
which shall be responsible for the police service regards police as the first
procurement, distribution and line of defense of the criminal justice
aiaiiagement of all thelogistics system, an organ of crime prevention.
requirements of the PNP including Under this concept, police efficiency is
firearms and ammunition. measured by the decreasing number of
crimes. It further broadens police
Management - Means the utilization activities to cater to social services,
of available resources in an and has for its mission the welfare of
organization. the individual as well as that of the
community in general.
Meetings or Conferences - Meeting or
« nnTerences are often held to inform NAPOLCOM - The National Police
nl! leers about new policies, their Commission exercises administrative
objectives and implementation. One control and supervision over the P.N.P.
mi Ivantage of this type of policy Republic Act 4864 otherwise known as
illnrtemination is that it gives the the Police Act of 1966 created the
office re the opportunity to ask NAPOLCOM. It is a Collegial body
IjUeHlions and request clarification on under the Department of interiors and
Vaûe and doubtful points. It is Local Government, composed of the
• it'ctive to smaller departments, as Secretary as its Chairman, the PNP
they accommodate small groups and Chief as Ex-Officio Member and three
iilow the scheduling of meeting at very regular commissioners all appointed by
ftinvenient hours. the President to serve a year term
which may not be extended.
Memoranda and Circulars
lifm oranda and circulars are another Narcotics Unit - Headed by a director
ffttnmon means of communicating with the rank of chief superintendent,
puller policies to all officers. They can the Narcotics units shall enforce all
issued fast and they provide the laws relative to the protection of the
greatrst assurance of reaching every citizenry against dangerous and other
SOiplciyee. They are built in means by prohibited drugs and substances.
*hich every member of the
W#*nization is reached. National Appellate Boards - Primary
grievance machinery against erring
policemen, vested to decide cases in
appeal from decisions rendered by the and traffic control in accordance with
PNP chief and the Regional Appellate the rules and regulation promulgatnl
boards. by the commissions.
Nominal Complaint - Refers to any Optional Retirement Upott

PNP officer who is required to file and accumulation of at least twenty (i-Ml)
institute charges by reason of their years of satisfactory active servior, Mil
office or position. officer or non-officer at his own rc*cjiir»«il
and with the approval of 11»•
Objectives - Specific short term commission shall be retired from Ih#
statements consistent with an service and entitled to receive brim fits
organization’s goal. provided for by law.
Old Concept- Police service is give the Oppression - it imports an ml

impression of being merely suppressive cruelty, severity, unlawful rxmiinM,
machinery. This philosophy advocates domination, or excessive unr §1
that the yardstick of police competence authority. The exercise of the unlawful
is the increasing number of arrests, powers or other means, in depriving mh
throwing offenders in detention individual of his liberty or |>m|»»’iiy
facilities rather than trying to prevent against his will, is generally an at I nf
them from committing crimes. oppression.
Operational-efficiency - Refers to Organization - It is the arrangrmi nl h|

effectiveness, and productivity plans people with common p u rp c m r anM
are essentially the measures or objective in a manner to r n a b l» i ll*
comparisons to be used to assess performance of related t*«U* »♦*
police activities and behavior (outputs) individuals grouped for t h r |Mii|itia§i
and results (outcomes). If one of the This organization can be I'nm !lHtH||
goals of the police department is to Line, line and staff, etc. d e p r n illH g
reduce the crime rate, any change that the objectives and function* n f M
occurs can be compared to past crime organization.
rates in the same community or crime
in other communities, a state, or the Organizational Structure NHmi ■
nation. If the crime rates were reduced the mechanical means of <lrp|rllt|g|^H
while holding or reducing costs, it an arrangement of symbol*,
would reflect an improvement not only relationships which exiwl* hiMIVfS
in effectiveness but also in individual, groups, and funrtlun WllfM
departmental productivity. the organization.
Operational Plans - Are designed to Originated Policy - Thi* lv|i» ' “Htfl
meet the specific tasks required to from the highest rank ap 1
implement strategic plans. There are management and is inirmini hi • f l f l
four types of operational plan: guidelines in the operation »«f |
organization.
Operational Planning - The use of a
rational design or pattern for all Organization - A h u m a n
departmental undertakings rather than fo r the attainment o f a <i<>nl nt
relying on chance in an operational It is the process o f idcnty)jinu mtd I
environment. It is the preparation and grouping the work to />t* fwfttmt M fl
development of procedures and defining and delegating m
techniques in accomplishing of each of and authority establishmu
the primary tasks and functions of an fo r the purpose o f enablinu
organization. effectively.
Operational Supervision and Control Organizing - establlahiimnl af

- Shall mean the power to direct, formal structure of aulhmHy IM
Superintendent, and oversee the day- which work subdivmmn* art
to-day functions of police investigation defined, and coordinalnl lm ill* |
of crime, crime prevention activities, objective.
Organizing - The process of dividing Philippine Public Safety College -

iIn work to be done and coordinating The premier educational institution for
rrsuits to achieve a desired purpose. the training human resource
development and continuing education
Outcry - The means to shout of all personnel of the PNP Fire and
subversive or proactive words tending Jail Bureau.
|0 stir up the people to obtain by
Means of force or violence. Plan - An organized schedule or
sequence by methodical activities
I*. I). 765 - Organized the Integrated intended to attain a goal and objectives
National Police in August 8, 1975 for the accomplishments of mission or
which was composed of the Philippine assignment. It is a method or way of
* "imlabulary as the nucleus and the doing something in order to attain
INI* forces as components under the objectives. Plan provides answer to
Deportment of National Defense. 5W’s and 1 H.
formance- Sum total of a Planning - The process of setting

tMMulidnte’s past activities and performance objectives and identifying
|l»hlevements in a certain work. the actions needed to accomplish
them. Working out in broad outline the
Fatannnel Administration - Personnel things that need to be done and the
administration is the technique of methods for doing them to accomplish
Mplhl/ing and handling of people at the purpose set for the enterprise.
■ irk in all levels and types of
■liMMKrtnent. Planning and Research Service -
Provides technical services to the
Pti«i»ntiel and Administrative commission in areas of overall policy
ifttvi. r Performs personnel function formulation, strategic and operational
■M il»»* commissions, administer the planning, management systems or
■ tt*n < r and promotional examination procedures, evaluation and monitoring
policemen, provides the necessary of the commissions programs," projects
relating to records, and internal operations and shall
■fffupondence and supplies property conduct thorough research, and
H i *M|ui|>ments security and general analysis on social and economic
■ If f * relating to manpower career conditions affecting peace and order in
piMhhiK nnd development, personnel the city.
t linns and employer welfare.
PLEB - People's Law Enforcement
l^fSHiiiirl Management - Is that field Board. There shall be at least one (1)
f H»HU«gc?ment involving planning, PLEB for every municipality and for
piflUlHK. directing and controlling each of the legislative districts in a city.
R KfflMls of a group of people toward
a common goal with
The PLEB shall have jurisdiction to
hear and decide citizen's complaints or
PHttmm dispatch and minimum cases filed before it against erring
officers and members of the PNP. There
shall be at least one (1) PLEB for every
him** I Programs - refers to the five hundred (500) city or municipal
MM**** piogrammed to implement police personnel.
Tj&hi*ntion philosophy or creed
kpIP |*ersonnel philosophy of Police Administration - Defined as
IK fttmmgers in relation to people the management of police
B |4* wromplish organizational administration which is all about the
0 ) N 11 aerves as a fundamental work of police officers or the utilization
personnel practices and of personnel to coordinate and manage
■ fc l policies used in an resources for the achievement of
lintuining harmony organizational goals. It is the direction
ttirtHMKrment and employees. of the police organization or a part of it,
■ prmonncl program covers all and the application of its various
B|tfHlvi (unctions of personnel. resources in such a way, as to carry
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
out its functions effectively and Police Operational Planning - The acl communicating with officers, police Potential- The overall gross worth and
efficiently. . of determining policies and guidelines organizations have been spending capability of a candidate to assume a
for police activities and operations and amount of money on publications, higher position and greater
Police Appraisal or Performance providing controls and safeguards for internal or external. responsibility based on tangible past
Rating - performance rating is the such activities and operations in the performance.
evaluation of the traits, behavior and department. It may also be the proces* Police Recruitment - is the process of
effectiveness of a police officer on the of formulating coordinated sequence of encouraging police applicant from Private Complainant — Refers to any
job as determined by work standards. methodical activities and allocation of outside an organization to seek person, whether natural or juridical
It is judgmental if it is made a tool in resources to the line units of the police employment in an organization. The who suffered harm, injury or
decision-making for promotion, organization for the attainment of thr process of recruitment consists of disturbance through an act or
transfer, pay increase, termination or mandated objectives or goals. developing a recruitment plan, omission attributable to the
disciplinary actions against police recruitment strategy formulation job respondents.
officers. It is developmental in purpose Police Organization - A group of applicants search, screening of
when the evaluation is used to trained personnel in the field of publir qualified applicants, and maintaining a Preliminary Interview - the applicant
facilitate officer’s improvement in safety administration engaged in tin waiting list of qualified applicants. shall be interviewed personally by the
performance or used to improve achievement of goals and objective r» personnel officer. If the applicant
recruitment, selection, training and that promotes the maintenance ol Police Security Unit - Headed by a qualifies with respect to the
development of personnel. peace and order, protection of life and Director with the rank of Chief requirements of citizenship, education
property, enforcement of the laws and Superintendent, the Police Security and age.
Police Compensation - Financial the prevention of crimes. Unit shall provide security for
compensation in the form of wages of ttovernment officials, visiting Proactive Plans - They are developed
salaries constitutes the largest single Police Operational Planning - The m l •lignitaries and private individual in anticipation of problems. Although
expenditure for most organizations. In of determining policies and guideline authorize to be given protection. not all police problems are predictable,
Metropolitan Manila and other urban for police activities and operations uml many are, and it is possible for a policr
centers, wages-of salaries represent the providing controls and safeguards lot Police Manual - A policy manual department to prepare a response in
sole source to meet the basic needs of such activities and operations in the eovering all police personnel policies advance.
food, clothing and shelter. It also department. It may also be the procr»» find procedures, if made available to
provides themeans to attain that of formulating coordinated sequence of managers and supervisors, will be a Procedures - Are the actual courses of
standard of living and economic methodical activities and allocation of great help in their decision-making and action such working details methods of
security that vary in degrees upon a resources to the line units of the poll* * employees relationship. operation, paperwork, review, routing
person’s expectations. organization for the attainment of tto letters.Those sequences of activities to
mandated objectives or goals. Police Selections (screening) - is the reach a point or to attain what is
PoliceForce of a Municipal process of determining the most desired.
Corporation - They refer to those that Police Personnel Planning - in a <nullified police applicant for a given
preserve the peace, protect persons study of the labor supply of jobs, whl» I* position in the police organization. Productivity - The summary of
and property, and obey and enforce all are composed with the demands Ini measures of the quantity and quality of
ordinances of the legislative authority employees in an organization Ml Police Training and Development - police work performance achieved, with
thereof, and all criminal laws of the determine future person m l refers to any method used to improve resource utilization considered.
state. requirements, which either increasr of ili«- attitude, knowledge, and skill or
decrease. If there is an exprelnl hrhavior pattern of an employee for Promotion - Status change of a
Police Handbooks - These handbooks shortage of personnel the organization ndequate performance of a given job. It policeman amounting to dynamic
are distributed to all personnel, and may decide to train and drvrh»|i In a day-to-day, year round task. All elevation of qualified or deserving
contain among other things, present employees and/or recruit fmm police officers on a new position members as opportunities occurs, to
information about the benefits and outside sources. undergo a learning process given a assignment or duties of greater
services that the organization grants to formal training or not. Learning is importance. All promotions should be
its officers, the organization’s history, Police Management - Is the* u« r Htude easier for officers when the based on merits and fitness.
its organizational structure, its officers, method or art of administeiinjj (itemization provides formal training
and other information useful to the controlling or conducting a police 111ill uiul development. It reduces Public Policy - Refers to a set of social
officers in understanding their force. tinnecessary waste of time, materials, values, embodied in authorization
relationship with the organization. fiiun hours and equipment. rules, which guide the ends of
Police Placement- is the proern** government.
Police Intelligence Unit - Headed by a making police officers adjusted «tttf Policy - It may also be defined as a
Director with the rank of Chief knowledgeable in a new job uml *»» •grueral plan of action” that serves as R.A. No. 4864 - Law enacted
Superintendent, the police Intelligence working environment. | guide in the operation of the September 8, 1966 which provided the
Unit shall serve as the intelligence and 01 K.onization. legal guideline in undertaking at a
counter intelligence operating Police Publications - Communii <»ii»»m national level reforms which
component of the PNP. has gained such importance to and Policy Formulation - It involves what contributed to the improvement of
attention by management in iro n! Hip to be done in the form of orders or police efficiency and performance. To
years. To meet the need* hi nnd statement of action.
implement its objectives the National SOP #01 - POLICE BEAT PAT KMH
Police Commission was created PROCEDURES - This SOP prescill..*
the basic procedures to be observed l»y
R. A. No. 6975 - The Department of all PNP Units and mobile put ml
Interiors and Local Government Act. elements in the conduct of visibility
This law created the Philippine patrols.
National Police, Bureau of Jail
Management and Penology, Bureau of SOP #02 - BANTAY KALYE - Thi« HOF
fire Protection and the Philippine prescribes the deployment of H5% (tf
Public Safety College under a the PNP in the field to increasr police
reorganized Department of Interiors visibility and intensifies anti (TifflC
and Local Government. campaign nationwide.
Ranking Officer - The officer having SOP #03 - SIYASAT - This MOP
the highest rank or grade. prescribes the guidelines in Ihe
conduct of inspections to ensure |miIIi §
Reactive Plans - Developed as a result visibility.
of crisis. A particular problem may
occur for which the department has no SOP #4 - REACT 166 - REAC I Im
plan and must quickly develop one, was launched in 1992 as thr prcj«U «
sometimes without careful preparation. direct link to the police to itMidVi
public calls for assist mat mn|
Regular Promotion - Quota allocated complaints for prompt action by (H.ltH
promotion wherein a candidate must authorities. This SOP pres< ribe M till
satisfy all the mandatory requirements procedures in detail of Duty <)l
fixed for a certain grade. Telephone Operators and H Mt Ml
Operators for REACT 166; nttil Otel
Reporting - The making of detailed term of duty and responsibility
account of activities, work progress,
investigations and unusual SOP #5 - LIGTAS (ANTI-KIDNAIMMN*
occurrences in order to keep everyone - With the creation of the Prr*ld»*iiM|B
informed. Anti-Organization Crime Tank I mim§
(PAOCTF), the PNP is now in *ni|i|«Hfl
Riot - It is a violent confusion in a role in campaign against kidn<t|»|»ing |M
crowd. Once a mob started to become terms of personnel requirements, H H
violent, it becomes a riot. #5 sets forth the PNP’s guideline* In Ilf
fight against kidnapping activities
Sector - Refers to functional unit
necessary for specialization. SOP #6 - ANTI-CARNAPPINU I Mil
SOP prescribes the conduct nf mi nil
Selection - The choosing of available out and sustained anti cniitn|t|§)|fl
applicants who are* fitted and qualified campaign to stop/mininiizr <m im|tp|M
as police officers. activities, neutralize Nyndi* «*!!■
carnapping groups, identify/
Seniority in Rank - Is the total period government personnel involved
acquired in certain grade in permanent carnapping activities, and to r 11m
status. address other criminal <«• nvtMfl
related to car napping.
Service - Refers to the execution of a
writ or process as used in summary SOP #7 - ANTI-TERRONIHM IfcJ
proceedings. prescribes the operationnl ^md# IlMfjfl
the conduct of operntiunn
Screening Process - The process terrorists and other lnwlran r|i»tf||H
involves two basic functions first is the involved in terrorist aetivitir*
measuring of each candidates
qualifications and second is ranking SOP #8 - JOINT ANTI HANK Ml
the candidates relatively on the basis ACTION COMMIT! Kk (AN
of their qualifications. ROBBERY) - This SOP provide
planning, integration, oirheNli
i
coordination, and monitoring of all in enforcing the ban on pornographic

pITorts to ensure the successful pictures, videos and magazines.
Implementation.
a SOP #17 - GUIDELINES IN THE
WOP #9 - ANTI-HIJACKING/HIGHWAY CONDUCT OF ARREST, SEARCH, AND
NOIJBERY- This SOP sets forth SEIZURE -This SOP prescribes the
iIn- guidelines and concepts of procedures and manner of conducting
operations to be observed in the an arrest, raid, search and/or search
Pnnduct of anti-highway robbery/hold- of person, search of any premises and
llp/hijacking operations. the seizure of properties pursuant to
the 1987 Philippine Constitution,
t»OP # 10 Rules of Court, as amended and
MA( 1LALANSAG/PAGAAYOS-HOPE updated decision of the Supreme
ihiN SOP sets forth the concept of Court.
M|trrations and tasks of all concerned
MmIIm in the campaign against Partisan SOP #18 - SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF
Aimed Groups and loose fire. SANDIGAN MASTER PLAN
*»<>■• # 11 - MANHUNT BRAVO SOP #19 - ANTI-ILLEGAL LOGGING

[NEUTRALIZATION OF WANTED
pit NSONS) - This SOP sets forth the SOP #20 - ANTI-ILLEGAL FISHING
Hli|rt'lives and concept of operation
t«ik» of all concerned units in the SOP #21 - ANTI-ILLEGAL DRUGS
jliUlralization of wanted persons.
Span of Control - Refers to the
mW #12 - ANTI-ILLEGAL GAMBLING - pyramidal arrangement or grouping of
M l* SOP sets forth the operational subordinate units or personnel under
• IIIiimIn to be undertaken by the PNP one supervisor. It also refers to the
p m will spearhead the fight against all ability of one man to direct, coordinate
of illegal gambling nationwide. and control immediate subordinates
with physical limitations.
> #13 - ANTI-SQUATTING - This
it* nr is forth the concept of operation Specialization - It is the principle that
• It. campaign against professional results from the division of force into
Hut Ir i a n d squatting syndicates. separate units to perform the police
tasks.
#14 - JERICHO - This SOP
f*»» 11hen the operational guidelines to Special Action Force - Headed by a
undertaken by the National Director with the rank of Chief
mliiuiirter (NHQ) of PNP in the Superintendent, the Special Action
Nlillhl iment of a quick reaction Force shall function as a mobile strike
%||i Ihat can be detailed with the force or reaction unit to augment
If*# nl Ihe Secretary of Interior and regional, provincial, municipal and city
p| Government (SILG), with police forces for civil disturbance
JptHinel and equipment requirements control, counter insurgency, hostage
reaction group supported by the taking, rescue operations and other
special operation.
#15 NENA (ANTI- Special Operating Procedures -

tw> III11 HON /VAGRANCY) - This Included in such guidelines are crime
iPU forth the operational thrusts scene search, preservation and
undertaken by the PNP that will investigation, dissemination of
Jli. <»d the fight against information concerning wanted
■tiltinn and vagrancy. persons, organization and operation of
police support units and the like.
#1* ANTI-PORNOGRAPHY
fftr-Ni tibes the guidelines to be Standing Plans - It provide the basic
i d by tasked PNP Units/Offices framework for responding to
organizational problems. The
organizational vision and values, organization. Such plans allow the

strategic statement, policies, department to adapt to anticipated
procedures, and rules and regulations changes or develop a new philosophy
are examples of standing plans. or model of policing (e.g. community
Standing plans also include guidelines policing). One of the most important
for responding to different types of aspects of strategic planning is to focus
incidents. on external environmental factors that
affect the goals and objectives of the
Staffing - The task of providing department and how they will be
competent men to do the job and achieved. Important environmental
selecting the right man for the job. It factors include personnel needs,
involves good selection and the population trends, technological
processing of reliable and well-trained innovations, business trends and
personnel. demand, crime problems, and
community attitudes.
Staff Functions - Operations designed
to support the line functions, Staff Summary Dismissal Power
members are necessarily advisors who Exercised by the Chief of the PNP and
are typically assigned to planning, regional directors who, after due notice
research, legal advice, budgeting, and and summary hearings, may
educational services. Staff members immediately remove or dismiss any
are often civilians with specialized respondent PNP member in any of the
training who serve within the following cases: (a) When the charge is
department but do not deal with daily serious and the evidence of guilt is
operations on the street. Their main strong; (b) When the respondent is u
function is to study police policies and recidivist or has been repeatedly
practices and to offer proposals to the charged and there are reasonable*
chief executive of the department. grounds to believe that he is guilty ol
the charges; and (c) When the
Staff Work - It is a part of respondent is guilty of conduct
managerial work that the police unbecoming of a police officer.
executive or commander assigns to
someone outside the chain of Summary Proceedings
command, called staff assistant. Administrative proceedings conducted
consistent with due process to
Standing Plans - It provide the basic determine the culpability or innocence
framework for responding to of the respondent.
organizational problems. The
organizational vision and values, Superior Officer - One having
strategic statement, policies, supervisory responsibilities, eithei
procedures, and rules and regulations temporarily or permanently ovet
are examples of standing plans. officers of lower rank.
Standing plans also include guidelines
for responding to different types of Supervision - Deals with tht
incidents. assistance and guidance given to
subordinates to ensure succesnful
Strategy - Refers to a broad design or performance.
method; or a plan to attain a stated
goal or objectives. Sworn Officer - All personnel of tht
police department who possess th# j
Strategic Planning - A series of power of arrest and who takes an oiith J
preliminary decisions on a framework, of office.
which in turn guides subsequent
decisions that generate the nature and Synoptic planning - Also known I
direction of an organization. This is the rational comprehensive approach I* ]
usually long ranged in nature. the dominant tradition in planning It 1
is also the point of departure for m«»*t
Strategic Plans - are designed to meet other planning approaches.lt is ImmmI
the long-range, overall goals of the on a problem-oriented approach to
planning especially appropriate for undertaking traffic related duties not

police agencies. Relies heavily on the performed by the Patrol Division.
problem identification and analysis of
the planning process. Traffic Management Unit - Headed by
a Director with the rank of chief
System Theory - It simply means that Superintendent, the traffic
all parts of a system are interrelated management units were established to
and interdependent to form the whole. enforce traffic laws and regulations.
A system is composed of elements or
subsystems that are related and Transactive planning - Carried out in
dependent upon one another. When face-to-face interaction with the people
these subsystems are in interaction who are to be affected by the plan and
with one another, they form a unitary not to an anonymous target
whole. community of beneficiaries.
Techniques include field surveys and
Tactics -Refers toa specific design, interpersonal dialogue marked by a
method or course of action to attain a process of mutual learning.
particular objective in consonance with
strategy. Tumultuous - The disturbance or
interruption shall be deemed
Testing - Giving a series of actual and tumultuous if caused by more than
theoretical assignment to re-enforce three persons who are armed or
what has been determined in the provided with means of violence.
investigation phase.
Unit - Refers to functional groups
Theory Z and Quality Management - within a section where further
Important emerging perspectives specialization is needed.
include Theory Z and Quality
Management, focused on the Japanese Unity of Command - Is a doctrine in
management practices. The emergence police service which means that only
of Total Quality Management (TQM) one man is in complete command of
practices - a customer oriented each situation and only one man in
approach and emphasizes on both direct command or supervision of each
human resources and quantitative officer.
methods in an attempt to strive
towards continuous improvement. Visionary Plans - Essential
statements that identify the role of the
Time-in-Grade - Total period of time a police in the community and a future
candidate has acquired in a certain condition or state to which the
grade regardless of his status of department can aspire. A vision may
appointment therein. also include a statement of values to be
used to guide the decision making
Time-specific Plans - This is process in the department.
concerned with a specific purpose and
conclude when an objective is Work Delegation -The act of
accomplished or a problem is solved. transmitting to a person the power to
Specific police programs or projects act for another. Delegation to be proper
nuch as drug crackdown, crime should accompany a corresponding
prevention program, and neighborhood authority, specific responsibilities and
( lean-up campaign are good examples finally accountability on the delegated
of time-specific plans. job or position.
Traffic Division - Vested with the Work Simplification - It is a method

responsibility for those organizational of finding easier ways of doing work to
objectives which primarily includes increase productivity, work quality,
traffic regulation policy, the meet work schedule, reduce waste,
Investigation of traffic accidents lower accident rates and reduce costs,
involving personal injury and otherwise
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY increase in temperature. Water is

MANAGEMENT directed where it is needed.
Access List - An authenticated registry Auxiliary System - Alarm system

of personnel given to security allowing where the circuitiy is directly linked to
entiy to a compound or installation local police stations or fire stations and
natural or man made. when activated it immediately notifies
said personnel for prompt response
Advance Party - Refers to a group of This system is prone to false alarm and
protective personnel tasked to conduct is considered unpopular. However,
surveys and inspection on the area of banks and other vital establishments
visit, performs coordination and make are fitted with such devices for
the required arrangement of visit of a response in cases where the alarm in
VIP or Principal to a particular area. activated.
Agency Manager - Is automatically the Background Investigation - A check

chief security director who shall be made on an individual usually seeking
responsible for the entire operation employment through subjects records
and administration /management of in the police files, educational
the security agency. He shall be institutions, place of residence, and
directly responsible to the agency former employees.
operator/owner/Board of Directors.
Bank Security - Is the protection
Alertness - A desirable quality of a resulting from the application of
security guard as it determines his various measures which safeguard h
effectiveness; it must be therefore cash and assets which is in storage in
developed by anyone desiring to transit and during transaction.
become a watchman. It means spotting
the intruders, violators, and unusual Barrier - Any structure of physical
incidents. It may be attained by device capable of restricting, deterring
vigilance, watchfulness, dedication and or delaying illegal access to an
diligence. installation natural or manmade.
Amateur Swindler - As distinguished Barrier Maintenance - The regulni

from a professional swindler is one inspection of fencing barrier and
who does not resort to fraud or scam protective walls by security guard.
for a living.
Buffer Zone - Refers to an area which
Armored Car Security - It is the separates a VIP from an attack.
protection resulting from the
application of various methods which Casual Pilferer - One who strnln
safeguards cash and qther valuables in primarily because of irresistible ur^r tn
transit. take a company property when an
unexpected opportunity presents it*rlf
Assassination - Refers to the and has minute or little chancr nl
treacherous killing of a protected detection.
person.
Central Station System - This typr nl
Asset Protection Program - It is the alarm system utilizes a station Incutrd
sum-total of protect scheme outside the compound. When Ihr
encompassing the entire security alarm is sounded, the security
spectrum, design to eliminate, reduce immediately calls the attention of law
or control threats hazards, risk or enforcement units and fire team*
dangers to company assets. the case may be. The alarm panel
system is located outside the facility
Automatic Sprinkler System but manned by company personnel
Attached to the ceilings and roof and
activated when there is a sudden
Change Key - A key to a single lock or other barrier, and access to it

within a system of locks in an should be limited to as few guests as
installation. possible.
Character - The sum of traits that Cost of Security Protection

have been impressed by nature, Principle which states that it is not
education and habit upon the economical to spend an exorbitant or
individual. excessive amount on plant security
when the return on such investment is
Clear Zone - Unobstructed area it only a fraction of that amount.
should be maintained on both sides of
the perimeter barrier. Critical Clearance - in these
businesses in which money or other
Close in Security - Also known as valuable objectives are handled by
personal security composed of two or employees or in which the individual
three men assigned to a VIP. employees is otherwise subjected to
temptation or entrusted with secrets of
Combination Lock - For installation in value to the industry or to the
safe and bank vaults, it can have an government, care must be exercised in
intricate system of at least 1 million the selection of personnel.
possible combination consisting of
more than six dials; it affords the CSG - Civil Security Group.
maximum delay in terms of efficiency.
Cylinder Locks - Usually installed at
Communications Security - The home, also called a night latch and is
protection resulting from the operated by a key on the outside and a
application of various measures; which knob on the inside.
prevent or delay the energy or
unauthorized person in gaining Debriefing - Serves to place the person
information through communications. on special notice of his continuing
This includes transmissions, responsibility to protect • classified
« ryptographic and physical security. information which he has knowledge
of.
Company Guard Forces - A security
guard recruited and employed by the Defense Ring - Arrangement of
company. Those hired will be in the protective personnel and or physical
company payroll and are usually barriers in a concentrate circle to
entitled to the same benefits received detect, negate potential assassins.
by other employees. At times, organic
personnel as guards get special Deluge System - It is similar to a dry
allowance for uniforms and are even pipe system however, it is designed to
gratuitously given special privileges for direct the flow of water in a specified
uniforms and meal allowance. direction.
Confidence - Is a state of being sure, a Destination Security - Refers to the

*tate of mind, free from doubt, or security personnel of the place of stop
misgiving. This attributes include faith or rest, included in the security
in oneself and in his abilities, which is function of the advance party.
attained by job knowledge. A state of
dust. Dial Alarm System - Dial alarm
system- this system automatically dials
Confidential - Spoken or written in the numbers of personnel concerned in
secret. cases of breach of security. It utilized
phone lines thru fiber optics and
Controlled Areas - Are those section inexpensive alarm system which is
and zone where access is restricted as easy to install and operate.
I© entrance or movement by all but
authorized personnel and vehicles. It Disc Tumbler Lock - It contains one
ullould additionally marked by a fence or more pieces of metal of different
heights known as tumblers, which Emergency Flashlight Supply An

intercepts the bolt and prevents it from extra stock of flash light batteries and
being moved until the tumblers are bulb always on hand.
raised or released by action. It is
usually installed in cars and would Energy Barrier - Usually electrical or
afford delay of at least 5 to 10 minutes. electronic devices used to providr
assistance to guard personnel.
Doctrine - Refers to a set of principles,
dogma, guidelines or policy which is Entrance Conference - A confercn* <
ought to be observed. or dialogue between the survey team
and management official of a plant
Document - An official paper, before security survey is conducted.
certificates anything written that gives
information or supplies evidence. Ethical Standard - Ethics Moral belief
or codes which are common to a group
Document and Information Security or profession.
- Is the sum total of all policies,
regulations, doctrines, practices, Exclusion Area - Is used only for
enforces to safeguard the contents and handling and storage of high vnlun
integrity of any classified information cargo and classified documents. Tin
of document from compromise or loss. number of people authorized to entni
this area should be strictly limited, nnd
Document Security - Protection of the area should be under surveillnm »>
documents, classified papers and vital at all times.
records from loss, access to
unauthorized persons, damages, theft Fences - An independent struct mu
and compromise though proper storage designed to control physical and of
and procedures. visual access between outside arena,
Doppler Effect - A phenomenon that File room - A storage facility

causes frequency shift in an object constructed lighter than a vault but
located in an area permeated by radio bigger in capacity it is installed as pint
frequency signals. of the building which holds up to
10 ,0 0 0 cubic meters of essential item*
Dry-pipe System - A system for fire At least 12 feet in height, with enough
safety which is activated when the ventilation and fire proof of at leant I
head is ruptured the pressurized air hour.
escapes and water is directed to the
pipes Fire Hydrant - A mechanical dr vim
strategically located in an installitt iimi
Dry Run - Practical test or exercise of or street where a fire hose is connr<in I
a plan to test its effectiveness and that water with pressure will In*
operational readiness. available to extinguish fire.
Duress Code - A type of code system Floodlights - It projects light in n

so that security personnel when forced concentrated beam. It is ideal to u*r in
by armed men to enter an installation illumination of buildings, I'rinr**,
can give alarm by the used of certain perimeter areas and boundaries.
words in casual conversation with
other personnel in the installation. Fresnel Light - A type of radium4
which projects wide beam illumination
Electro Magnetic Lock - The doors in long and narrow horizontal HtiijHi,
are closed by magnetism and the approximately 180 degrees in Ilift
plates are operated by means of horizontal plane and 15 to 30 drgtf*f
electricity. When the power is on and in the vertical plane.
the door is locked, it can resist a
pressure of more than 1,0 0 0 lbs. Frisking - This is the pat down
inspection of the passenger’s body !••»
weapons, explosive or other dangnnn*
substances which may be concealed. conducted. Its purpose is to impart

This is done through manual frisking security concern, its importance to the
or with the use of hand-held metal company and the penalties that would
detectors. result to violation of company rules,
regulations and security measures.
Government Guard Forces - A
security guard recruited and employed Inner Ring - Refers to areas
by the government. They are assigned immediately outside the principal’s
10 guard government installation and door or close-in to the principal if
other government assets. They are outside.
entitled to all benefits received by other
government employee, and under the Inquiry - It is a process of determining
Control and supervision of the civil the loyalty, honesty, integrity, and
art vice commission. reputation etc., of a particular
applicant or employer.
(I rand Master Key - A key that will
o p e n everything in a system involving Inside Perimeter - A line protection
I w o ore more master key groups. adjacent to protected area passing
through points of possible entiy into
Uuard Control Station - This is the area, such as doors, windows,
normally provided at main perimeter skylights, tunnels or other point of
• nt ranee to secure areas located out of access.
•I«:)ors, and manned by guard on a full
time basis. Inspection - Refers to follow-up
surveys.
Htizard - Any act or condition which
ttmy be conclusive to breaches of Installation Security - Security of a
security and resulting in subsequent building and facilities by use of towers
i ompromise, loss, damage, injury or and posts with guards, protective
ilmth. lighting and alarm systems, and the
use of fence with top guards barbed
Motel Security - Is the protection wires.
rr Halting from the application of
vmiious measures, of assets, guests, Insubordination - Refers to refusal to
Nrsonnel and other properties in a carry out the lawful and legitimate
hotel. orders of his superior.
Human Barrier - Refers to guards, Integrity - Uprightness in character,

11lllce and shop workers, and the like soundness of moral principles, freedom
w h o stand between the intruder and from moral delinquencies.
(he matter to be protected.
Kabit System - Unauthorized and
IIiiman Hazard - An act or condition illegal practice of agency operators
• mu Ned by humans which affects the which operate, promote or enter into
*«lc operation of a facility. They an agreement of "merger" with any
hide sabotage, theft, pilferage and person or a group of person for the
9M |nonage. purpose of organizing a branch unit or
subsidiary under separate control and
Industrial Security - Form of physical ownership.
Security involving industrials plants
Und business enterprises which Lever Lock - Similar in design with
Mu h i d e s the safe guarding of disk tumbler lock, it is commonly
■tmonnel, properties and operation. installed in safe deposit boxes and is
deemed pick proof since it can be
Information - Refers to any form of operated by utilizing combination y
pMtimunicated knowledge. means of dial.
initial Interview - The first contact License to Operate - A document

With security and should be formally issued by the Chief, Philippine National
Police or his duly authorized continuing necessity for the individimln

representative authorizing a person to having them.
engage in the occupation, calling or
employment as security guard or Middle Ring - Refers to in aid*
detective, or a juridical person to quarters, residence or office covnintf
establish, engage, direct, manage or all stairways and elevators.
operate an individual or a private
detective agency or private security Moral - Distinctive identifying qunlili* n
agency/company security force after which serve as an index to thr
payment of the prescribed dues or fees. essential or intrinsic native ol' a
person.
Limited Area - Locale, part or section
within the controlled area where a Multiple Pass System - Provider » n •
greater degree of security is required. measures of security by requiring Ihat
an exchange take place at the entrant **
Local Alarm System - Once the to each restricted area within ill#
security has been breached, the siren controlled area.
is sounded or a light flashes in remote
stations located in the immediate Natural Barriers - Are those nnhnmI
vicinity of the installation. It would features constructed by men that I-n.l
afford response of personnel to the to delay the intruder, whether 01 iml
areas wherein intruders were able to constructed with that specific put|ina9
penetrate. in mind.
Local Alarm by Chance System - This Natural Hazards - Caused by rmiiual

is similar in function with local alarms phenomena which results in (latttrtflli
but the response would depend on disturbance and problems o l I )h >
persons who are alerted within the normal functions. These include l l n o t | | (
immediate vicinity of the place where earthquakes, lightning * to if t| | |
intrusion was committed, hence it typhoons and volcanic eruption

gives no predictable response.
Non-Critical Clearance - Thom pin
Lock and Key Record - Written not vitally concerned with < | u r * » i l o *
account provided for all company pad of security on in securing c*ni|*l«#v
locks, to which they are issued or with a high degree of honrMy a
where they are installed and the name integrity, the employment n|>|>ll« hI
of the person and department who should be relatively simplr.
carried or controls the keys for the
various locks. One Thousand Thr h i m h I m i
number of security guunln Unit
Lock and Key Storage - Placed under agency/company guard fore*1*
the control of the Security personnel it employ to include its brnnchr*
is a safe and secured cabinet where
duplicate or reserve locks and keys are Operational Security Involve*
kept. protection of process™, lot lit
patents and other induntilftJ
Loyalty - Faithful allegiance to the manufacturing activitlrn
Philippine Government and its duly espionage, infiltration, «»»•!
constituted authorities. compromise, of photocopying
Master Key - A key that is capable of Outer Ring - Refers to

opening series of locks. Master keys stationed in front of i|iK
should have no markings that will residence or office rovf*»iflJ
identify them as such. They should be entrances.
issued only to personnel especially
designated by management, and the Outside Perimeter
list of holders of these keys should be protection surrounding, In it *nw
frequently reviewed to determine the removed from a protcctfMl m i m h tt
a fence.
PADPAO - Philippine Association of Personnel Security - Is the sum of

Detective and Protective Agency procedures followed, inquires
Operators conducted and criteria, to determine
the work suitably of a particular
Padlock - Is a detachable lock having a applicant or the retention or transfer of
sliding hasp which passes through a particular employee.
staple ring and secures fixtures and
other storage containers. Personnel Security Investigation - Is
an inquiry in the character, reputation,
Pass Exchange System - Procedure in discretion, integrity, morals and loyalty
which a person exchanges one-color of an individual in order to determine a
coded pass at the entranced to the person’s suitability for appointment or
controlled area for another which access to classified matter.
curries a different color specifying the
limitations of authorization. Upon Peterman - Term used in England for
having the person surrenders the locks pickers, safe crackers, and
controlled area badge in exchange for penetrates or restricted rooms or area.
the basic authorization identification.
In this system the badge never leaves Physical Barrier - Any physical means
Ihe controlled area, thus reducing the to impede, delay, or prevent instruction
possibility of switching forging or into a protected area.
alteration.
Physical Security - Part of security
Ikerimeter Barrier - A medium or concerned with the physical measures
niiucture which defines the physical designed to safeguard personnel to
limits of an installations or area to prevent unauthorized access to
irfiirict or impede access thereto. equipment, facilities, materials,
documents, and to protect them from
Perimeter Lighting - Usually referred espionage, sabotage damage or theft.
m ms protective lighting is completely a The broadest branch of security,
|in11 of standard system in security defined as a system of barriers placed
phrn fence and guards are employed. between the matters protected and the
Thr re are four considerations that will potential intruder.
hilluence the effectiveness of protective
llltl'ti ng. These are brightness, Private Security - He operates on a
silhouette seeing, contrast and shadow covert type of mission on a specific
Him ination. Darkness is an ally of confidential order issued by his
In.i initial intruders and must be agency. Any person who does detective
H|i|hoximately assessed to limit hiding work for hire, reward or commission,
jllMiTH. other than members of the Armed
forces of the Philippines, guards of
Nrsonnel Identification - This Bureau of Corrections, provincial
m -l cm designate when and where and guards or members of the Philippine
|jttw pusses should be displayed and to National Police or of any other law
Horn, what is to be done in case of enforcement agency of the
of the pass, procedure for taking a Government.
from terminating employees; and
lyslem in cancellation and re-issue Private Security Agency - Any person
till passes, either as a association, partnership, firm or
Hirlty/review or when a significant private corporation, who contracts,
|9tbrr of badges have been lost or recruits, trains, furnishes or posts any
security guard, to do its functions or
solicit individuals, business firms, or
tonal Security - It is the protection private, public, or government-owned
ifrsonnel especially ranking officials or controlled corporations to engage
P iny harm, kidnap and other acts, his/its service or those of his/its
n as VIP Security. security guards, for hire, commission
or compensation thru subscription or
as a consultant/trainor to any private
or public corporation whose business towards professionalism of the security

or transaction involve national security services in order to upgrade the level nl
or interest like the operation and or security protection.
management of domestic or ocean
vessels, airplanes, helicopters, Refresher Conference - It remind*
seaports, airports, heliports, landing individuals of their job responsibility It
strips etc. or as consultant or any also serves as a forum to renolvi’
security related matter, or to provide security problem and explain, new rules
highly specialized security detective and regulations.
and investigation services like gangway
security, catering security passenger Regular Inventory - Periodical
profiling, baggage examination, accounting of all tools and equipment
providing security on board vessels or charged out to departments or reaming
aircraft, or other security needs that on hand in supply.
the PNP SAGSD may approve.
Relative Criticality - Importance ol «
Promptness - Punctuality when firm or installation with reference In
reporting for duty or always being on the national economy or security.
time.
Relative Vulnerability - Susceptibility
Proprietary Alarm System - This is of a plant damage, loss or destruction
an alarm technique wherein the panel due to various hazards, natural or mint
or station is located inside the made.
premises of the compound. It is fully
owned and operated by the company Remote Station System - A struct»u p
and response is assured with the least where the alarm signal is transmit Int
time of delay. to a remote location manned and
operated by a dependent party Of I
Protective Alarms - Are devices and police department.
contrivance installed inside and
outside a facility or buildings to Reporting for Duty - Checking in m!
compliment and provide additional the beginning of his shift and i«Ut»
security measure and operates to down in writing any special orderm fnt
advertise entry into sensitive and the day.
protected areas. It signals and alerts
the security personnel to intrusions Reputation - Opinion or estimation in
within the compound. The alarm is which one is generally held. It is wind
activated in cases of tampering into the a person is reported to be whereas
circuitry or activated upon intrusion. character is what a person is.
Protective Cabinets - Referred to as Residence Security - Protect Inti

the final line of defense, it is a high assigned in them place the VIP resides
security storage area where papers, or live.
plans, cash and other negotiable
instruments are kept. Return Tools at End Shift It in the
practice in some plants that all t<ai|| 1
Protective Operations - Refers to and equipment used during the Hhlll i«
those activities designed or intended to checked back into the tool crib id the
provide physical protection of VIP from end of their shift.
all hazards.
Route Security - Refers to personnel
R.A. 5487 (AS AMENDED) - Otherwise assigned by the roads, avenue,
known as Private Security Agency Law, boulevards where the VIP will paes ef| I
this enacted legislation governs the route to his destination.
operation, administration of security
agency, and activities, qualifications, Safe - It is a metallic container Ufr* d
duties and licensing of security guards, primarily for safekeeping of documents 1
watchmen and private detectives. In and small items. It should be nt IcmhI
short, it is the intention of this law is 750 lbs. in weight or anchored to the
building if lighter. The walls should be Security Education Program - A

lit; least one inch thick and the door 1 program given to employees of an
'/a inch thick. installation by lecture and other means
pertaining to measures and safeguard
SAGSD - Security Agencies and to be taken to protect the interest of
Guards Supervision Division the installation for loss, damage,
sabotage, pilferage, and other criminal
Search Lights - Are incandescent acts.
lumps which are highly focused and
utilized to pinpoint possible threat Security Guard - Is any natural
ureas person, not a member of the regular
police force or the AFP who acts as a
Secrecy - The state of being watchman.
Nurreptitious. The ability to keep or
rrstrict confidential matters. Security Guard Forces - A group of
forces of men selected trained or
Security - Protection of any type of organized into functional group for the
i rime to safeguard life and assets by purpose of protecting operation
vurious method and device. process those disruptions which
impede efficiency or halt operation at a
Security Agency Service - A guard particular plant, facility, institution or
hired by company belonging to a special activity.
private Licensure Security Guard
agency is in a contracted basis. The Security Hazard - Is any act or
i»K<*ncy supplies the number of guard conditions which may result in the
needed to cany out the security duties compromise of information, loss of life,
mid functions required. This would or destruction of property or disruption
Include supervision as part of the of the objective of the installation.
force, or if the force is small,
mipervision may be accomplished by Security Lighting - The providing of
•chedule visits of uniformed sufficient illumination to areas during
uupervisors and other agency officials. hours of darkness to ensure visibility
Security guards and supervisors are and to act as to deterrent to the
paid by the agency. The agency intruders.
UNually makes contact with the firm or
facility. Law will do by the 24 hours Security Planning - Is a corporate and
duty by thru guards on an 8 hours executive responsibility. It involves
tour of duty. Duties of agency guards knowing the objectives of the security
arc similar to that of the other and the means and the method to
company guard. reach these objectives or goal must
then involve.
Security Alarm System - Combination
of compatible intrusion and detection Security Promotion - It is a positive
dr vice so arranged and wired as to effort to sell security or make the
nupport one another. employees more involved in the
implementation of security measures.
Security Cabinet - Added protection of
Important vital papers, data, special Security Reminders - It is commonly
correspondence, cash and other manifested in office memorandum,
rnscntial documents, such as vault, announcement, posters placed at
Mfr and file room. strategic areas within the company.
Security Education - The exposure Security Supervisor - Is charged with

mu I teaching of employees on security directing the work and observing the
mikI its relevance of the building behavioral performance of the guard
ilructure used to keep and protect under his command/unit.
fnnh, documents and negotiable
Innlrument. Security Survey - Is the process of
conducting an exhaustive physical
examination and through inspection of compilation of information which In

all operation system and procedure of used in one's business and gives tin
facility. (Security Risk user advantage over competitors win*
Analysis /Assessment) do not utilize or know it. Propridniy
information and intellectual propeily
Single Pass System - Technique are similar to trade secrets.
wherein the badge or pass coded for
authorization to enter specific areas is Training Conference - It is normally
issued to an employee who keeps it in held in the training period. Conducted
his possession until his authorization for at least a period of four hourH, It*
is charge or until he terminates. concern is to reiterate to employm m
that security is an additional bun I* it
Special Interview - It is conducted imposed on them as part of thr
with the aide of senior company company.
officials to facilitate compliance by
means of example. Transmission Security Thr
component of communication security
SOSIA -Supervisory Office for Security designed to protect transmission lit lit
and Investigation Agencies interruptions, traffic, and analysis mi i d
initiative deception.
Storage System - The Third Line of
Defense which may be utilized by Two Hundred - The minimum numl" i
means of safes, vaults or file-rooms. of security guards that a privni»*
security agency may employ.
Structural Barriers - These
impediments are features constructed Utility Openings - Sewers, air intulu •,
by men that tend to delay the intruder, exhaust tunnels and other utility
whether or not constructed with that opening which penetrate the burr let
specific purpose in mind. and which have cross sectional arm uf
ninety-six inches or more should Its
Systematic Pilferer - One who steals protected by bars, grills, providing
primarily because of irresistible urge protection to that portion of tlu»
due to an unexpected opportunity and perimeter barrier.
has title chance of detection.
Vaults - It is a heavily constructed llis
Teaching Skill -
The ability to resistance storage facility installed Inh i
communicate and impart the basic inches higher than the floor and purl uf
knowledge and awareness to the building structure. The door »»l
subordinates. vaults should be at least 6 inches
thick. The vault wall, ceiling, limit
Technical Mastery - The ability should be reinforced by concrrt* m(
required for supervisors to possess the least 12 inch thick. It is norms Ily
expertise, proficiency, skills and moisture and condensation resist mi it
knowledge that are necessary for his with electrical conduits which should
post. not exceed 1 Va inch in diameter,
Standard size vaults can store up Ul
Top Guard - Is an additional overhang 5,000 cubic feet and fire resistant of «ii
of barbed wire placed on vertical least 6 hours.
perimeter fences facing upward and
outward with a 45 degree angle with VIP - Refers to executives, any rank 1114
three to four strands of barbed wires, 6 official of the national government,
inches apart and must be stalled on foreign dignitaries, or other import«ttl
the supporting arms. persons who due to their positions <»•#
accorded or provided with security.
Towers - Guard tower are house like
structures above perimeter barriers. VIP Security - Involves the protectMt
of top ranking official of th**
Trade Secret - May consist of any government visiting persons nl
formula, device, pattern or
illustrious standing and foreign criminal apprehension function of the

dignitaries. midnight shift.
Warded Lock - Simplest form of lock Answer / Feedback - A transmission

which uses a bolt containing a notch made by a station called in response to
('ailed talon. The bolt is removed the call received.
I>ackward or forward by engaging a key
in the talon. It offers little degree of Area - A section or territorial division
Necurity and is merely used to afford of a large city each comprised of
nne for obtaining privacy. designated districts.
Watchmen - Considered more passive Attractive Nuisance - Is a known

its the term implies, they are to observe doctrine of law wherein an individual is
something and make periodic reports said to be maintaining on his premise
and sound the alarm if any unusual (business or residential) a condition
condition or incident develops. instrumentality, machine or other
agency that is dangerous to young
PATROL ORGANIZATION AND children because of their inability to
OPERATION appreciate peril.
10 Codes - Developed in 1937 and Automobile Patrol - It is the most

rxpanded in 1974 by the APCO, the extensively used and the most effective
Association of Public Safety means of transportation for police
C'ommunications Officials, the 10 patrol.
codes allow standardization and
brevity of message traffic. There are Back Berand - Refers to a thief found
-’00 10-Codes in current usage; with stolen goods borne on his back.
mpproximately 50 of these are used by
file police, fire and other types of radio Bay and River Patrol - It is specialized
operators, while others have combined being a highly operating in water
meanings depending on the service. maintains the common form of patrol.
Also referred to as the ten signals, they Also known as marine patrol.
lire code words used to represent
Common phrases in voice Beat - It is an area assigned for patrol
communication, specifically in radio purposes, whether foot or motorized.
Imnsmission.
Billy - A policeman’s nightstick or
Administration - Denotes functions baton.
II wit determine the basic policies,
programs and objectives of an Bicycle Patrol - Is a type of patrol
organization and the means and which utilizes bicycles and have a
method to the employed to achieve combined advantage of mobility, speed
Ihem. and stealth. They are easily
maneuvered in crowded areas and
Aerial/Sky Patrol - It was activated on cheaper to operate.
April 20, 1996 and formally launched
"ii May 2, 1996 for air patrol operation Blisterfoot - Used to denote a
In NCR with three helicopters as its policeman in uniform in patrol
Initial air assist capability. assignment.
Afternoon Shift - It is usually the Bloodhounds - These tracking dog; a

busiest and offers the greatest variety large powerful dog with drooping ears,
nl activities wherein officers deployed sagging jowls, and keen sense of smell,
’•n the afternoon shift encounter a formerly used for tracking.
hrond range of activities and people
that make their job challenging. The Bloodless Emergency - An urgent and
iflernoon shift combines the service critical situation confronting a police
orlrntation of the day shift with the officer where the subject is not involved
in violence such as accidents, shooting
I
in cid en ts, or street fights. T his refers another, in the form of a 4 -leaf clover»
p articu larly to m ental c a s e s, victim s of H ence, the cloverleaf patrol pattern
d ru gs, alcohol or su icid al patien ts. follows th is pattern of movement III
patrolling.
Bow Street R unners - In 17 4 8 , H en iy
Fielding b ecam e the C h ief M agistrate C olum n Form ation - U sed genet ully
at B ow Street in M iddlesex, London. for ap p roach to the riot area.
He organized a group o f m en know n as
Bow Street R u n n e rs w h ose ta s k w as to C o m m u n ic a tio n - The exchange nf
ru n e rran d s for the Bow Street Court. inform ation betw een in d ivid u als, h*»
He late r form ed The B ow Street H orse exam ple, b y m ean s of speaking!
Patrol w h ose d u ty w a s to patrol the w riting, or u sin g a com m on system nf
m ain ro ad s th u s se cu re the travelers sign s or behavior. The act of giving mi
from high w aym en or h igh w ay b an d its. sen d in g inform ation. A m ean* nf
According to som e b ooks, Bow Street a c c e ss or com m u nication, for exam ple,
R u n n e rs w a s the first organized foot a con nectin g door. G e n e ra lly
patrol and Bow Street h orse Patrol w as s p e a k in g , c o m m u n ic a tio n re fe rs lit
the first m ounted police on patrol. th e t r a n s fe r o f th o u g h t or id ea I nun
one p e rs o n to a n o th e r . It sim ply
Bureau - Largest organic un it w ithin a m e a n s th e p r o c e s s o f s h a r in g iclean,
large departm ent. in fo rm a tio n , and m e ssag e s wlllt
o th e rs in a p a r t ic u la r tim e uml
C all Sign - A call sign is a w ord, or p la c e . T e c h n ic a lly , it r e fe rs to Ihn
a com bination of w ord s, intended m eans or e q u ip m e n t used III
for tran sm issio n b y voice m ean s, e x c h a n g e a th o u g h t or id e a .
and it identifies the com m and,
u n it, or au th ority of the radio station. C om m unity A ssessm ent I In**
involves kn ow ing the geograpltli nl
Canine Units - Dogs often u se d in lieu location, topography, streets a lift
o f a second officer in a m otorized patrol people as w ell a s the polHhul
un it. T hey serve a s su pplem en t to the organization in the area nf
re g u lar patrol force an d allow officers resp on sibility. Its objective is to m a l#
to patrol the sam e or greater a re a and a clim ate of tru st an d un derstanding
m ay be utilized in the detection of w ithin the com m unity.
exp losives, dru gs an d other
co n trab an d s. Com prehensive Patrol -Kind nf
altern ative patrol system w here in I In*
C hain o f C om m and - It is a system re g u lar police patrol du ties mtfj
w hich h a s for its pu rp ose to e n su re augm en ted w ith p rescrib ed objec t Ivm
th at ord ers, directive an d other and verifiable ta sk s.
inform ation are issu e d dow nw ard and
u p w ard th rou gh the organizational COPS - Community Oriented fttlu tug
stru ctu re in tim ely and uniform System.. It is the deploying »|f
m an n er; it is also intended to help the policemen in police blocks to prtnfiim
su p ervisio n to e stab lish an d m ain tain s police and public safety services. II n/<*a
n e c e ssa ry control over the activities of involves the breaking down of larti? unW
h is su b o rd in ates. impersonal police departments mffl
small units to create as series o f at Mill
C heck Point - A strategic point or a re a police precincts, which are responaii* )fl
m ann ed for uniform ed policem en the smaller communities.
estab lish e d to ch e ck /in terce p t the
p a ssa g e of su sp e c t/c rim in a ls and Crim e Statistics - It is a s c le n ^ l
c o n trab an d s. Also referred to a s choke d ealing w ith the collection, analv*i*y
points. in terpretation and presentation m
m a s se s of n u m erical d ata on critnc.
C lo verleaf - A h igh w ay intersection
d esign ed so a s to route traffic w ithout Day Shift This period is devoir.I ih
in terference, by m ean s of a system of service activities. The people Ilia! h
cu rvin g ram p s from one level to police officer m eets d u rin g the day uhlfl
Urc u s u a lly law ab id in g an d create few District O rientation Tour - Utilized to

problems. They often con cen trate fam iliarize an d acq u ain t a policem an
patrol efforts aro u n d p a rk s an d ab ou t the p atte rn s an d ch a ra cte ristics
congested recreatio n al a re a s. O fficers o f h is p atrol a re a before he goes out on
«N N ign ed to the d ay sh ift do not do a lot a ctu a l patrol.
nf hand core crim e fighting; th ey tend
lo be m ore service oriented. E m ergency C all - A kind o f re q u e st for
police a s sis ta n c e w h ich req u ires the
Decoy Patrol - T h is patrol m ethod rely u s e o f the flash in g light an d siren and
hrnvily u p on d isg u ise , deception, and m ay violate traffic law s provided that
lying in w ait ra th e r th an u p on high- extrem e care is exercised . In m ost
vl.sibility patrol tech n iq u es. c a s e s, th is category re q u ires the u se of
the flash in g light an d flu ctu atin g siren
Detective Beat (DB) Also referred to a s alth ou gh there are exception s w hich
or Detective B ea t S y ste m (DBS) is a in clu de the attem pt to su rp rise
contiguous a re a w here a team o f police crim in als in the act. It is p erm issib le
investigators is a ssig n e d w ith a specific in th is ca se for the resp on d in g police
tank of con ductin g follow -up c a r to violate traffic law s provided that
investigation to all com plain ts, rep orts, extrem e care is e xercised w hile driving
i< Ic-rrals, an d other re q u e sts w ith the at high speed. T his in clu d es w h en the
• inI-in-view o f full com pliance a n d / o r police resp o n d s to: Investigate a crim e
(he filling of a case. in p ro g re ss; Investigate a traffic
accid en t in w hich people are in ju red ;
Desire and O pportunity - C o-existen t R e scu e or a s s is t an o th er patroller in
factors in the com m ission of crim e. trouble; Aids an in ju red p erson ;
P u rsu e or ap p reh en d su sp e cte d
Diagonal Form ation - (right or left crim in als; A ssist in firefighting.
echelon) It is a crow d control technique
Used to drive the m ob in a given Event O riented Patrol - R efers to the
direction. identification o f even ts w hich m ay
require the application o f in ten sified
Directed D eterrent Patrol - In this patrol efforts or different k in d s of
patrol m ethod the patrol officers patrol strate gies due to the n atu re of
perform specific predeterm ined the problem s th ey m ay create.
preventive fu n ction s on a p lan n ed and
nyMtematic b a sis. T h ese preventive Fixed W in g A ircraft Patrol - This type
activities are design ed on the b a sis of of patrol w ould afford police officers to
•M ailed a n a ly sis o f crim e in cid en ts cover v a st a re a p articu larly
ol lender’s ch a ra cte ristics, m ethods of in acce ssib le rem ote a re a s at the le ast
operating, an d location. It attem pts to possib le tim e w ithou t the h a s sle o f
i'll iltify certain crim e tren d s an d then refu elin g in c a s e s o f long d istan ce
tlrvelop specific patrol m ethods to w hich h a s to be covered.
Interrupt th ese p atte rn s. Ideally su ited
Hbr cities w h ich are large enough to Foot Patrol - T rad ition al type of
rxp rrien ce crim es problem s in w h ich patrolling w hich is greatly
pat terns an d c h a ra cte ristics can be ad v an tage o u s in term s of fo sterin g
ntm tifled. police com m u nity relation s. It is an
in tegral elem ent of m an y m odern
Discretion - R efers to the w ise u s e of com m u n ity oriented policing pro gram s.
rune's ju d g m e n t, by utilizing p e rso n al The foot p atrol officer is u s u a lly able to
p tp erien ce and com m on se n se to develop a m u ch clo ser relation sh ip
flecide on the co u rse o f action to be w ith the people who resid e, shop or
tnkrn for a p a rticu la r situ ation . w ork in h is beat. He can read ily
identify people on the b eat sin ce they
D istrict - A geograp h ical su b d ivisio n of experience im p erso n al and direct
■ City for p atrol p u rp o ses u s u a lly with con tact w ith them . The vario u s roles of
Its own statio n s. an officer- in form ation provider,
a s sis ta n c e giver, law enforcer,
cou n selor an d friend are facilitated by IPS - The Integrated Patrol Syr* Imm
th is patrol m ethod. (IPS) of the Philippine N ational Polio* I*
a concerted effort of the whole I'NI*
Fixed foot patrol - U su ally u se d for organization w ith other govern m m I
traffic, su rveillan ce, p a ra d e s, and agen cies. The pu rp ose is for III#
sp ecial events. effective perform an ce of the g ciirial
role of the PNP w hich is to delivei I It*
Functional O rganization - This b a sic pub lic safe ty services to (III
organization, the perform an ce of com m unity.
certain d u ties at all levels is controlled
and directed by a sep arate K eepers o f the Peace - At the m il «»f
organizational authority. the 1 2 th C e n tu ry ( 1 19 5 ) , King Rlclm nl
issu e d a proclam ation enllll»**|
H azard - Is a n y p erson , thing, “K eepers o f the P eace” , requiring lliw
situ ation or condition or place w h ich if appoin tm en t o f k n igh ts to keep iltn
allow ed to exist m ay in duce an K in g’s Peace. Som e believe that lltf)
acciden t or c a u se the com m ission of p resen t “sh ield ” type badge uaed Ity
crim e. som e police dep artm en ts h ad it.s oilglu
w ith the shield the k n igh ts used, They
H igh V isibility Patrol -T h e theory keep gu ard at b ridges an d guten m m
un d erlyin g high visib ility patrol is that checkin g on people leaving miiiI
there are certain kin d s of crim es th at entering the town.
can be redu ced b y the “a u r a o f police
om nipresence. Law Enforcem ent - T his embi <•..*§
crim e prevention an d crim e <nniml
Horse Patrol - U sed for certain patrol role, in clu d in g the cu stom ary pul It*#
problem s in ju risd ic tio n th at con tain fu nctions.
large p a rk a re a s or sim ilar p laces
w here autom ob iles either can not go or Leap Frog - M ethod w here two |>aItti|
m ay be forbidden. officers altern ate ly take the lead m lit#
se a rch an d cover e ach other ah ili**y
V isitation - T his fu nction is perform ed p ro gressively move on.
b y patrol u n its w here policem en
routin ely visit resid en tial h o u se s an d Location Oriented Patrol
w ork p laces to offer crim e prevention p ro cess of con ducting inlmMll»»{
advice or to organize com m u nity crim e su rveillan ce over selected arean iltttl
groups. have been identified through rtliti|
a n a ly sis or throu gh intelligence dnut a*
In-Field Preparation - The briefing b eing h ig h -risk a re a s for Him
conference w here a patrol officer com m ission of selected types of n hum
u n d e rtak e s before startin g his tour of
duty. Low Profile Theory - This in n r a a M
the opportunity to appM In utf
Inspectional Services - Are effectively crim in als. D eceptive a b se n c r uf IMm
perform ed b y foot patrolm en in police officers w ill let crim inal* hrllev#
un iform , a s they go ab o u t th eir routine that they will not be detected or
ta s k s of w alkin g their assig n e d b eats, if th ey execute crim es that I he*
they p ay p a rticu lar attention to plann ed. In this theory, the objn II vp (§1
p e rso n s an d thin gs. to attract a s little attention an p>
w hile on the p ro ce ss of patrolling f M
officers sh ou ld operate in a
that it w ould be difficult foi
crim in als or the public to drtrftttM H
that police are around. The principle f l j
covert operationis integrated lit Ihffl
theory.
Low V isibility Patrol - D eiigheil lit

in crease the rate of apprehennlutt ttf
p riso n s engaged in selected types of M otorcycle - Prim arily u se d for traffic'

Crimes. Its se co n d ary effect is th at control an d enforcem ent th eir speed
other types o f crim es will be deterred an d m an eu verab ility m ake them an
Mr a re su lt of greater pro bab ility of in d isp e n sab le police vehicle.
p riso n s b eing arre sted in the
com m ission o f the crim e. N onfeasance - It is the om ission of
M alfeasance - It is the perform an ce of som e act w h ich ought to be perform ed.
iorne act w h ich ought not to be done. O ffender O riented Patrol - R efers to
the p ro ce ss of con d u ctin g su rveillan ce
Marine Patrol - W ater p atrol u n its are of an in dividu al. In th is case
highly specialized form of police patrol intelligence d a ta a s w ell a s crim in al
und are utilized in those com m u nities h isto ry inform ation on non -offen ders
Ihut have access to navigab le w ill form the b a sis for the identification
wnterways su c h a s la k e s, o cean s, and of targ ets a g a in st w h ich patrol efforts
livers. T hey rep resen t an extrem ely are directed.
valuable addition the re g u lar patrol
force. Participative Law Enforcem ent -
Locally referred to a s the com m u n ity
Meeting U nusual Needs - T h is refers oriented policin g sy stem s or cops, it
lo the re su lt o f in term itten t an d now h a s w ide ap p licatio n s b y the PNP
UNiially u n exp ected variatio n s in p a rticu larly in the Metro M anila area.
activities, civil d istu rb a n ce s, sp ecial Team w ork con cept betw een the police
• ninm unity even ts, d isa ste r p lan s, an d an d the citizenry is not som ething new
i tvil defense. alth ough it seem s to be som ething new
to those w ho are not aw are of or h ave
Midnight Shift - C alled “graveyard forgotten the b asic. It is a system
shift” to denote la c k of activities or w here thecitizenry and the police w ork
• log w atch ” w h ich su g g e sts th at it is together to redu ce crim e, prevent
lIw penalty b ox o f police w ork. It is for ju v en ile delin quen cy an d crim in al
tins reaso n th at due to sen iority the b ehavior, m ain tain the peace and
yoi ingest an d le a st experienced officers redu ce local problem s w hich are the
Often en ds u p on th is shift. m u tu al resp o n sib ility o f the police and
the people.
M Ufeasance - It is the im proper
p riform ance of som e act, w hich m ight Patrol - R efers to a repeated circu it of
In* law fu lly done. in gu ard in g covering a p a rticu la r area.
It is the only form of police service
Mob R efers to a crow d w h ich m ay w hich d irectly attem pts to elim inate
hr come b oisterou s d isord erly an d m ay the desire an d opportu nity o f an
' <nisc violence an d la w le ssn e ss. in d ivid u al to com m it m iscon d u ct. The
e sse n c e of police fu nction or the
Mobile foot patrol - It is u se d w here backb on e o f a police d epartm ent.
I hr re is con sid erab le foot m ovem ent Patrol m ay refer to the re g u lar tour
Utirh a s p atrolling b u s in e s s an d m ade b y a gu ard in a place in order to
«Ilopping cen ters, high crim e a re a s, protect it or to m ain tain order. It could
mid in p laces w here there are m an y or also m ean a person or a group (such as
multiple fam ily dw ellings. a police or m ilitary unit) sen t to ca rry
out a tour of d u ty in a certain place
Mobile Patrol -It is the m ost dom inant w ith a p a rticu la r m ission either for
fbrin o f police patrol m ethod. The re c o n n a issa n c e p u rp o se s or sim p ly to
Autom obile offers the patrol officer the provide protection.
ib illty to cover a large are a, to resp on d
I© em ergency calls qu ickly, an d to Patrolling - It is a sy stem of sendin g
i ploy u s e fu l com bin ation o f stealth out o f un iform policem en to con duct
mik I m obility in crim e prevention an d police visib ility p atro ls w ithin a re a of
■Hr app reh en sion and detection of re sp o n sib ility an d prevent the
com m ission of crim es.
Patrol Force - It is the single largest m ain a re a s o f phonetics th at hin der

elem ent in a police organization w hose good police com m u nications.
m em bers patrol the streets on foot,
d resse d in the fam iliar k h a k i uniform , Police Beats (PBs) - T hese are consist
or riding a co n sp icu o u sly m arked , o f an y con tigu ous or ad jace n t area
rad io-equipped patrol c a rs, the n atu re defined b y identifiable b ou n d aries
o f their service b rin gs them in direct w ithin the AO R of a PCP w here an
an d co n stan t con tact w ith the public officer can effectively patrol d u rin g his
every h ou r o f the day, every h ou r o f the tou r of d u ty; it is an a re a th at can be
night, an d every d ay an d height o f the effectively patrolled on foot an d police
year. officers can respon d to calls for police
a s sis ta n c e w ithin a m atter of m in utes.
Patrol H azard - A term u se d
frequen tly to d escribe a specific Police Om nipresence - T his is a crirrw
condition or place th at requ ires a rep ressio n activity of the police which
p atrol officer’s sp ecial attention. is acco m plish ed by m akin g theii
p resen ce know n an d deploying patrol
Patrol O bservation - R efers to u n its in plain clothes to create in the
co n stan t an d alert p atrolling w ith a m in ds of the citizens th at the
keen se n se of ob servation on p erso n s policem en are everyw here. R efers to
and thin gs an d is u se d a s a gau ge of high police visib ility w h ich d iscourage
efficient p atrol offices. crim in als. N orm ally, crim in als think
twice before execu tin g their p lan s i!
Patrouiler - A F ren ch word w h ich there is obvious p resen ce o f policr
ro ugh ly m e an s, “to travel on foot.” officers. T h u s, patrol activity should b<
Origin of the w ord Patrol. carried in a m an n er th at attract h
m axim u m attention to the police officei
PCP - R efers to the presen t d ay local or police vehicles. T his theory applies
Police C om m unity Precinct w hich the principle of overt operationorhitfh
evolved from the NCOB program (New police visibility.
C ops on the block) and from the cops
(Com m unity O riented Policing System ) Police block - T his is the NCOB (Nrw
th ey are sm aller u n its w hich w ere C ops on the Block) C enter ol
e stab lish ed to operate below the police C om m and an d C ontrol of its activiticn
station level. To develop tru st, and the police b ase from w hich thr
confidence, su p p ort an d cooperation citizen m ay se ek a s sis ta n c e w h ether in
betw een the m em bers of the police p erson b y radio or telep h on e.“Hou mi
force and the com m unity, Police V isitatio n ” is a function of NCOH»>
C om m unity Precin cts (PCP) h a s been w here police officers on patrol viwit
organized in M etro M anila. In other every h o u se an d w ork place to of In
a re a s of respon sibility, the CO PS crim e prevention advice and to
KABABAYAN cen ters have been organize the neighborhood crim e wat« h
e stab lish ed . The goal o f th is m ini police groups.
d epartm ent is to bring the police closer
to the people th ey serve. Led by a Politeia - Etym ology of the word police,
police com m issioned officer w ith a m ean in g governm ent of a city.
ra n k of C h ie f Inspector or
S u p erin ten d en t w ith a m in im um of 3 0 Post - A fixed point or location tn
person n el in clu ding the PCP w hich an officer is assig n e d for duty
C om m ander divided in 3 sh ifts o f 8- su ch a s design ated d e sk or offlcr/
h o u rs duty. More often, it is h eaded by c ro ssw alk or an in tersection for truffle
Sen ior Police O fficers (SPOs) due to d u ty / or spot or location for ge n n .il
la ck of com m issioned officers. duty.
Phonetics - Phon etics is the “ scien ce Precautionary A ctivities Thrs*

o f so u n d s” - the u n d e rstan d in g o f a w ould refer to the system of vigilant
com m u nication throu gh the proper d u ty w h ereb y the policem en assign* <I
sou n d in g of w ords. There are three th ereat cope in stan tly w ith outb reak nl
in ciden t or accident. T his is ach icvn l
by co n su ltatio n an d dialogue betw een

the police an d the resid en ts on how to Route - It is a length o f streets,
prevent sim ilar in cid en ts of disorder. d esign ated for patrol p u rp o se s also
referred to a s line beat.
Proactive Patrol - R efers to an Routine Call - U nder this category,

altern ative patrol sy stem s w hich the m obile c a r is requ ired to ob serve all
m e an s the fielding of the field u n its in traffic law s an d ru le s and does not
their respective a re a of resp o n sib ility n orm ally u s e its flash in g ligh ts and
with p rescrib ed ob jectives and siren w hile on its w a y to the scene.
verifiable ta s k s sch ed u led for the d ay T his in clu d es w h en the police resp o n d s
to au g m en t the calls and other on sight to: Provide police c a r tran sp ortation ;
activities th at m ak e s u p the officer’s O btain reports ab ou t offenses
day. It is the m ore econom ical discovered after the crim in al h a s left
altern ative patrol system , w h ich h a s an an d w h ich does not involve in ju ry;
objective ap p ro ach a g a in st crim in ality O btain inform ation the n atu re o f w hich
a s m u ch a s p racticab le. It a d d re sse s is not given; Investigate ap p are n tly
crim e at its very root before it is able to ab an d on ed veh icles; O btain d am age
develop into a felon ious act. reports an d Provide ad dition al traffic
control an d direction.
Q uadrant - U sing the scen e o f the
crim e as the cen ter o f the q u ad ran t Saturated Patrol - A technique w h ich
grid, the a re a s to be se arch e d is calls for the deploym ent of a s m an y
divided into fo ur e q u al “pie sh a p e d ” police officers a s p o ssib le in a specific
qu arte rs gen eratin g from the center. geographic a re a w ith know n crim e
trend.
Radio - The system of com m u nication
em ploying electrom agnetic w aves Section - F u n ctio n al u n its w ithin a
propagated th rou gh sp ace. B e c a u se of p a rticu la r division, n e c e ssa ry for
their varyin g ch a ra cte ristics, radio sp ecialization .
w aves of different len gth s are u se d for
different p u rp o ses an d are u s u a lly Sector - An a re a con tain in g two or
identified b y th eir frequency. The m ore b o ats, ro u tes or posts.
sh ortest w ave s have the h ig h est
frequency, or n u m b e r o f cycles per Selective E nforcem ent - It refe rs to
second; The longest w aves have the targetin g of specific crim in al activity
lowest frequ en cy, or few est cycles per w h ich can be u se d w ith favorab le
second. re su lts to respon d high levels of
crim in al con duct. It allow s a
Reactive Patrol - T his is a trad itio n al d ep artm en t to m axim ize perso n n el
patrol activity w h ich co n sists o f driving deploym ent w ith resp ect to em ergent
(i round the district w aitin g for crim e tren d s w ith m in im um im p act on
som ething to happen. n orm al p atrol operations.
Repression of C rim inal and Sem antics - W hat is se m an tics?

Delinquent B ehavior -Su b ju g atio n of W ebster lists it a s: “ sign ifican t
crim e is gen erally acco m p lish ed m ean in g, the scien ce o f m ean in gs a s
w hether b y h avin g police officers con trasted w ith p h on etics, the scien ce
present at specific locations of s o u n d .” Proper sem an tics w ould be
m ain taining a h ighly visib le profile or the tran sferen ce o f th ou ghts or id eas
by pu blicizing a h ighly active u n d e r betw een people throu gh
cover operations. com m u nication w ithout a lo ss or
perversion of the original m ean in g or
Repressive Police - A style of policing intent.
which gen erally ten d s to alien ate the
police from the com m unity u se d by Shift R otation - M onthly or periodic
rulers an d governm ent lack in g p o p u lar d u ty ch an g es to allow officer’s ab ility to
support an d rely on this techniq ue to perform at optim um cap acity. Any
maintain them in power. w ork sch ed u le featu rin g re g u lar
rotation o f sh ifts sh ould take into Street Q uestioning M ethod - Thin in

con sid eration the im pact biological a technique w h ereb y policem en m|
c h an g es m ade by tim e m ay h ave upon patrol m ay interview , w ithin thr
in d ivid u als. b ou n d s of law , su sp ic io u s person alitir*
at ran dom in order to serve mm
Shift Scheduling - It is one of the deterrent to those w ho intend !<•
m ost im portant ta s k s faced by patrol com m it a crim e.
d isp atch e rs and police ad m in istrators.
It is u n d e rtak e n b y dividing the Strong Points - A critical site <>i
n u m b e r of availab le patrol h o u rs into in tersection m an n ed by m inim um (if
the n u m ber of h o u rs a c tu ally devoted five (5) un iform ed police personn el jut*
to call for services or other w ork load deployed to in tercept fleeing bank
in dicators. ro bb ers or crim inals.
Skirm isher Line - A crow d an d riot Subversives - Are p erso n s uf

control form ation u se d in confronting organization, organized to over throw
the m ob, to ad van ce a g a in st it, for legitim ate governm ent.
d isp lay of force or u se d to b lock of an
area. SW AT -S p e c ia l W eapons an d Tactl< n A
specialized m obile police a ssa u lt ion #
Special T errain Patrol - U su ally four d esign ed to quell th re ats and contain
w heel drive vehicles design ed to e a sily crisis.
m an eu v er an d trav erse w ith ease
s a n d y a re a s su ch as d e sse rts and Tactical Operation and Strategies 11
b each fronts a s w ell a s prone to floods. is the proper utilization a ml
T his w ould enable patrol officers to deploym ent of the patrol force include*
respon d q u ick ly to calls to em ergency the design and im plem entation •
sce n e s, w h ich m ay not be acce ssib le to p atrol strate gies an d tactical pltnii
m ore con ventional form s of w hich are d esign ed to m eet th r <Im11y
tran sportation . o perational req u irem en ts a s well mm
u n iq u e conditions th at m ay a ris r limn
Specific D eterrence - It is of crim e tim e to tim e.
prevention technique w hich h a s an
effect to an activity o f a specific Target Oriented Patrol - Strain i*
in d ivid u al or group. w h ich are directed tow ard spc • ifl«
pe rso n s, p laces or events. Combining
Split Force Patrol - A m ean s of the elem ents o f high visib ility and InW
satisfy in g the needs o f both preventive visib ility patrol, and directed d e triii nl
patrol and the d em an d s m ade by calls patrol to iden tify p e rso n s, p larr* n|
for service. events w h ich attract to creatc nlm n
problem s. V ario u s m e an s arc* I lam
Spot C over - U su ally a fixed post, u se d either to deny the opportunity Ini
gen erally at an in tersection al or som e the crim e to occu r or to intercept I la*
o ther van tage point, overlooking one or crim inal in the com m ission of an
m ore possib le aven ue of escape. offense.
Statute o f W inchester (Also know n a s Team Policing - R efers to a gra*ntiMtU

W atch and W ard Act) - N ear the end of ap p roach u n d ertak en to brinn Hi**
the 1 3 th C en tu ry (12 8 5 ), the Statu te of people an d the police togethct In *
W inchester enacted the system of cooperative situ ation ,
W atch an d W ard Act. A w atch w as d istin gu ish in g featu re is
stationed betw een su n se t and su n rise estab lish m en t of neighborhood. ('ia»»#
at each gate of a w alled town. It revived w atch es groups for the purp<m«
the Hue an d Cry. Som e w atch e s are en cou ragin g the people to
grouped together for protection an d crim es and to a ssu m e greater in triP i!
patrolled the town in “M arching and resp o n sib ilities in utiii#
W atches”. prevention and su p p ressio n .
Text M essaging also know n as Short

Message System (SMS). It is a T ransm ission - A com m u n ication
method o f com m u nication allow ing (formal m essage) sen t by one police
cellular, or m obile, phone u s e rs to u n it an d in tended for reception by
exchange b rief notes, typ ically from an oth er police un it.
16 0 to 6 5 0 ch a ra cte rs.
Unit - F u n ction al grou p s w ithin a
The C harlies - N ear the m iddle o f the section w here fu rth e r specialization is
17 th C e n tu ry (16 6 3), K ing C h arle s needed.
p assed an act w h ich provided in
London one th o u san d Night W atchm en U nlaw ful A ssem bly - The R ecu rren t
or bellm en to be on d u ty from su n se t con ditions of civil u n re st an d
to su n rise an d th ey w ere called la w le ssn e ss th rou gh ou t the cou n try
C harlies. Also referred to b y the local m ake it a p p are n t th at it is p ossib le for
citizens a s “S h ive r an d S h a k e ” w atch a m ajor d istu rb a n ce s to o ccu r at an y
because th ey w ere often old an d frail tim e or place w here politically active or
und w ould ru n off if they saw an y m ilitant people con gregate, labor,
I rouble, or h eard a cry for help. T hey stu d e n ts, u rb a n poor an d other
carried long stave s an d dim ly lit m inority grou p s have becom e
I)interns, an d th ey called out the h ou r prom inent an d dram atic in th eir effort
nnd w eath er conditions. Som e w ere not to effect ch an g es in governm ent and
honest an d som etim es w ork for society.
crim inals a s lookouts. B e c a u se of this
Ineffectiveness, m e rch an ts hired their U rgent C all - T h is is sim ilar to the
own w atch m an w ho w as know n a s the routin e call, w h ich also req u ires the
"M erchant Police.” resp on d in g police ca r to observe all
traffic ru le s an d does not u s e its
The Hue and C ry - It w a s an an cien t flash in g lights or siren . H ow ever, it
Saxon practice th at the in vad ers proceed s directly to its destin ation and
brought over to E n g lan d . The horn, the does not stop u n le ss an in ciden t of far
oldest kn ow n w arn in g device in m ore serio u s n atu re occu rs. T his
history, w a s sou n d ed w h en a person in clu d es w hen the police resp o n d s to
com m itted a crim e, or a felon escap ed , in vestigate: ;Trouble of u n kn ow n
mnd it w as detected. W hen they h e ar n atu re ; Sh op lifter com plaint; V eh icu lar
i his, they raise d a cry, sou n d ed their accid en ts in w hich there are no
horns, an d b y law h ad to lay asid e p h ysic al in ju rie s; Prow ler com plain ts;
I heir w ork an d jo in th eir p u rsu it. If Lost ch ild ren com plain ts; R eport of
I hey failed to jo in , they w ere m ob activities; R epo rts of dom estic or
considered to h ave tak en the p art of ten an t-lan d lord or n eighbor conflicts.
i he e scap in g p erso n an d w ould be
arrested. The law stated th at p u rsu it of W edge Form ation - U sed in crow d
ilie fugitive m u st con tinu e u n til he w as control to cle ar the street an d splitting
caught or reached the sea. the m ob.
The M etropolitan Police - In 18 2 9 , W O LV E S - It sta n d s for W ireless

Sir R obert Peel in trodu ced the O perational Link an d Video
M eiropolitan Police Act an d w a s p a sse d Exp loration S y ste m ; the system of
hy the E n g lish p arliam en t of E n g lan d attach in g a m in iatu re cam e ra and
In the sam e year. T h is law led to the tran sm itte r to a se a rch dog; this
creation o f the M etropolitan Police equipm en t m ake m a n ’s b est friend and
Force o f London, w hich is view ed by even b etter friend, b ec a u se the dog can
Home h isto rian s a s the first organized now be the eyes an d e a rs o f h is
uniform ed police form . T his police h an d ler in situ atio n s w here savin g life
ferce w as later called Scotlan d Y ard . is p aram o u n t objective.
Heing the sp o n so r o f the law , Peel
brcam e the first head o f the police
Urbanization th u s earn in g the title of POLICE R E C O R D S AND
"The F ath e r of M odern Policing PE R SO NN E L M AN A G E M E N T
Nyntem.”
A dm inistrative Records - T hese are Career M anagem ent - D eterm ining,

records requ ired in the m an agem en t of plan n in g an d m onitoring the care r i
the departm ent person n el an d asp iratio n s o f each in dividu al in the
design ed to aid a ssig n m e n ts, organization an d developing them foi
prom otions an d d iscip lin ary actions. im proved productivity.
S u c h record s are so e sse n tia l in
ad m in isterin g person n el m atters that Case R ecords - C om posed ol
they m u st be m ain tain ed in a police com plaints an d assig n m e n t sh eet and
departm ent. in vestigation report. A com plaint 01
assign m e n t sheet con tain s inform ation
A lertness - Ability to g rasp id eas con cern in g reports an d com plaint n
quickly, h is resp o n se indicated th at he received by a police u n it from the
w ould q u ickly u n d e rstan d the pub lic an d the action s in itiated by thr
im plication o f com plex problem and h is police. On the other h an d , mi
own action s in the police jo b . in vestigation report reflects thr
findings o f an in vestigatin g officer from
Appealed Policy - T his type of in qu iries and other facts uml
guideline is born w hen a problem c ircu m stan ce s con cern in g thr
a rise s at the low er levels o f the com m ission of a crim e.
organization and the m an in charge
does not know how to m eet the C hain o f Com m and - It is the system
problem . w hich h a s for its pu rp ose to e n siirr
th at ord ers, directives and othn
A rrest and Booking R ecords - This inform ation are ch an n eled downward
re g istry m ain tain s the arre st and ja il an d u p w ard th rou gh an organization! 11
booking report w hich is requ ired for all stru ctu re in a tim ely an d uniform rH
person arrested . It is m ade out in full fash ion . It is also the m an n er through
an d it b ears an arre st n u m b er for each w hich the su p e rv iso rs estab lish uml
a rre st m ade m ain tain the n e c e ssa ry control ovei
su b o rd in ates.
Artisan - A w orker w ho is em ployed in
in d u stry or w ho is a skilled craftsm an . C haracter Investigation - Used m
determ ine the can d id ates reputation
Autocratic Leadership - The ab ility to and ch aracte r in h is neighborhood ami
obtain from each m em ber o f the if h is h ab its and attitu de would main*
high est q u ality of service w hich he is him a good pro sp ect for the police Job
cap ab le of giving by w hich the su p erio r
officer a s su m e s full acco u n tab ility for Classification o f Position - It In h
all the actions an d se ek s obedience grouping o f positions, qualification !
from h is su b o rd in ate s b y issu in g and te sts o f fitn e ss m ay be u srd to
orders and com m and s. recru it em ployees.
A uthority - M eans the m an agem en t is C lassifying - M entally determ ining ih>

held acco u n tab le for the re su lt arisin g n am e of su b ject or n u m b er of which h
from authority. A dm inistrative specific record is to be filed is cu IIpiI
su p rem acy, desired from the exercise classifyin g.
of political pow er and its b asic pu rpose
in the acco m plish m en t o f a p articu lar C oding - M aking an identifying mm It
goal. on the item to be stored to irult<
w hat classificatio n s it is to be filed it
Budgeting - The fo recastin g in detail of called coding. M aybe donr
the re su lts o f an officially recognized un derlin in g, ch eckin g, circling o#
program of operations b ase d on the m ark in g the record in som e oth rr way :
h igh est reaso n ab le expectation s of
operating efficiency an d is a total C ollective B argaining - The proeraa of
coordinating, operating fin an cial negotiating agreem en ts and following
factors. through in day-to-d ay adm inistratton
A
C om m and C om m unication - O ral or m ain ten an ce of equipm en t an d

w ritten order of a s su p erio r officer to 'm aterial.
his su b o rd in ate, directly m ade and
com pliance is im m ediately expected. C rim e Prevention - Recognized a s the
prim ordial con cern o f the police
C om m and R esponsibility - G en erally organization.
m ean s, e ach ra n k in g officers is held
respon sible for the a cts o f his C ross Reference - R efers to a notation
su b o rd in ates. p u t into a file to in dicate th at a record
not stored in th at file b ut in the file
C om m anding or O rdering - T ran sfe r specified on the cro ss reference.
of d u ties an d re sp o n sib ilities from top Cut - The ta b s on gu id es an d folders
m an to a su b ord in ate. are said to be out acco rd in g to the
w idth of the tab s.
C om m unication in M anagem ent -
Refers to the tra n sfe r o f id eas or D efinition o f Purpose - R efers to the
in struction from one person to realization of w h at is to be done.
nnother.
D elegation - R efers to the act of
Control - It aim s at m ak in g su re th at in vestin g w ith au th o rity to act for
the objectives an d policies of the another.
organization are carried out acco rd in g
to the approved plan , organizational D em ocratic Leadership - The art of
needs an d the ord ers w h ich h ave been in flu en cin g people in w hich the
issued. su p e rv iso r d raw s id eas and
su gg e stio n s from h is su b o rd in ate s by
Controlling - It involves the ch eckin g m e an s o f con su ltation an d d isc u ssio n .
or evalu ation an d m e asu rem en t of B y th is type of le ad ersh ip , s ta ff
perform ance an d com parin g it w ith m em bers are en cou raged to p articipate
planned goals or objectives of the in m ak in g d ecisio n s, goals, m ethods,
organization, an d m ak in g the etc.
n cce ssary corrective action s so that
work is acco m p lish ed as plann ed. D irecting - It involves the overseeing
an d su p e rv isin g of the h u m an
Coordination - It refers to the re so u rce s an d the vario u s activities in
accom plishm en t o f a pattern o f group an organizing to achieve th rou gh
t'lfort am ong w orking m en th rou gh the cooperative efforts the predeterm ined
Im rm onious a d ju stm e n t or fu nctioning goals or objectives o f the organization.
nt task, directed tow ard a com m on In law enforcem ent, directing is the
gnu I. exercise o f com m and, coordin ation an d
control.
Correspondence Files - T his sh all
consist of sets of records of D irection - D eals w ith pro ced u res
com m unication classified , arran ged , w h at is to be done w ho is to do it,
wild filed alp h ab etically b y the su b ject w hen, w here, an d how it is to be done.
to w hich th ey pertain.
E f fic ie n c y - It is se cu rin g of m axim u m
I raft - It is a trad e or occupation re su lts w ith m in im u m effort. It is
winch requ ired sk ills, m a n u a l activity, u sin g m in im u m m anpow er an d
U nderstanding of the prin cip les of the equipm en t to attain good re su lts.
irm lr, and defm ite period of train in g in
■t<* trade. Em ployee - It in clu d es an y p erson in
the em ploy of an em ployee. The term
< raftsm an - R efers to a skilled s h a ll not be lim ited to the em ployee of
flirt hanical or m a n u a l w o rk er w ho a p a rticu la r em ployer, u n le ss the lab or
Mo ifit e xercise in dependent ju d gm en t, code so explicitly states.
B ite s or thorough know ledge of
Jiio crss, an d is often re aso n ab le for the Em ployee Perform ance R ating
R efers to the evalu atio n o f the traits,
b eh avior and effectiven ess of an Folder - R efers to a co n tain er in w hich

em ployer on the jo b a s determ ined by p ap e rs or m ate rials are kept in a filing
estab lish e d w ork s ta n d a rd s, it m aybe cab in et.
ju d g m e n tal or developm ental in
p u rp ose. It is ju d g m e n tal if it is m ade Forecasting o f M anpow er Needs - It
a tool in decision m akin g for prom otion is the determ ination of the n u m b er and
tran sfe r, p ay in cre a se s or term ination sk ills of people requ ired for the w ork.
o f em ployee. It is developm ental in
p u rp o se w h en the evalu ation is u se d to Free-R ein Leadership - It is
facilitate em ployee im provem ent in lead ersh ip in w hich the com m anding
perform an ce or u se d to im prove officer a s su m e s m in im u m control but
recruitm en t, selection , train in g an d provides m ate rials, in stru ctio n s and
developm ent of p ersonn el. inform ation to h is su b o rd in ates.
Execution - D eals w ith the Functional O rganization - It divide n

perform an ce o f ta s k s to be done w ith resp o n sib ility and au th o rity between
com m en su rate au th o rity to fulfill the several sp e cialists, su c h a s the person
respon sibility. resp o n sib le for all training, the
em ployee directing of the com m unity
Expandable Supplies - R efers to those relation s activities of all u n its w /in thr
provisions w h ich are con su m ab le or departm ent or the officer having lint1
p erish ab le in n atu re. au th ority over an y em ployee w ithin thr
departm ent h an d lin g a ca se involving a
E xtra-D epartm ental Plans - T hese ju ven ile.
in clu d es those strategies that req u ires
action or a ssista n c e from p erso n s or General Statem ent o f Principles
a gen cies outside the police T his p ertain s to som e com pan ies who
organization or th at relate to som e h ave th eir policies stated in browd
form of com m u nity organization. term s, su ch a s statem en t of o b jectives,
p hilosophy an d creed.
Field Procedures - They are intended
to be u se d in all situ atio n s of all kin d s H eadquarter Procedures - Usually
and se rv es a s a guide to officers in the found on the d u ty m an u al becm up
field on p ro ced u res th at relate to the they p ertain to the resp on sib ility of onr
following: Reporting, D ispatchin g, p erson or one c la ss of perMonn
R aid s, A rrests, Stoppin g su sp icio u s Procedures th at involve coord inn Ir
p e rso n s, R eceiving com plaints, action on activity on activity of srvem l
Patrolling an d C ondu ct o f in vestigation offices sh all be estab lish e d separately
of crim es.
H orizontal C oordination - Involve*
Filing - It is the a ctu al p lacem ent of liaison in g am ong the s ta ff o f the hmiiip
m aterials in a storage con tainer, level for the benefit of the r n tllf
generally a folder, acco rding to a plan. organization. T his is also called Lotnifd
It in clu d es the p ro ce ss o f classifyin g, C oordination am ong the mem hr in of
coding arran gin g, and storing the staff.
system atically so th at they m aybe
located quietly w hen needed. H um an Resource Planning
know n a s m anpow er planning. R rfpff
Filing M anual - R efers to an to a p ro ce ss of analyzin g o r g a n is t
in stru ctio n al book con tain in g detailed h u m an re so u rce s needs utx!#f
in form ation ab ou t vario u s p h a se s of ch an gin g conditions and devrlo|M |M
filing and records m an agem en t the activities n e c e ssa ry to satisfy the*#
in clu din g ru le s for the p ro ced u res needs.
u sed .
Identification M ethod - Refer* In Ih#
First Level Supervisor - In an third division o f police m o t t iM
o rganizational pyram id, this w ould Fin gerprint records are the hen it nf
refer to division chiefs. a n y identification system . It provide*
positive identification an d thr pollc#
m u st su p p lem en t it w ith a record of of h is p rescrib ed du ties. “It is a

p h ysic al ch a ra cte ristics an d in their solem n d u ty and obligation” .
records h ave th eir own se ries, an
identification n u m b e r is a ssig n e d to Job A nalysis - R efers to the
e ach crim in al to iden tify records identification of the different ta s k s in
relatin g to him . an organization from one an oth er in
w hich each category is given a specific
Im m ovable Property - M aterial goods title. It is the d eterm inin g o f the
th at can n o t be p h y sic a lly tran sferred d u ties, resp o n sib ilities an d sk ills
or m oved from one place to another. pertinent to e ach jo b category by
an alyzin g e ach position in term s o f the
Im posed Policy - T h is type o f policy d u ties and re sp o n sib ilities involved
com es from the governm ent in the form an d the relatio n sh ip o f the jo b w ith
of law s, adm in istrative orders, and other job.
ru les an d p ro ced u res or con tract
sp ecifications. Job D escription - It is an ab stra ct of
inform ation derived from the job
Im provem ent Plans It is the a n a ly sis report, d escrib in g the d u ties
determ ination of the appropriated p erform ed, the sk ills, the train in g and
steps to im plem ent the h u m an done, and relation of the jo b to other
reso u rces p lan in order to in su re the jo b in the organization.
com pany h a s the right n u m b er an d
right q u ality of people, properly Job Specification - R efers to the
assign ed to jo b s for w h ich they are statem en t of the qualification and
m ost u se fu l. traits requ ired of the w orker so th at
they m ay perform the jo b properly. It
Inter-Office C om m unication sp ecifies the type of em ployee w h ich
Interaction betw een offices at the jo b call for in term s o f skill,
h ead qu arters, provided throu gh exp erien ces, train in g or other sp ecial
stations, off the m ain sw itch board qualification.
(hrough the direct line telephones. It
au tom atically d irects or tran sm its the Journeym an - Is the skilled w ork er
voice throu gh a sim ilar in stru m e n t on actively engaged in a trad e or
welected d esk. occupation requ irin g ap p ren ticesh ip s.
He is also a qualified craftsm an w ho
Inventory o f M anpow er - It is an h a s m astered h is trad e b y servin g a s
a n aly sis o f the p resen t m anpow er an appren tice.
com plem ent o f the com pan y to
determ ine w h ether it h a s enough or Label - It is the tab on the folder w h ich
I«hs or m ore person n el (both is often covered w ith a place of gu n n ed
• |i m ntitatively and qualitatively is p ap e r th at iden tifies the con ten ts of the
required). folder.
Investigation R eport - A docu m ent Labor Relation - R efers to the

which co n tain s the findings of and relatio n sh ip e xistin g betw een the
net ion tak e n b y the in vestigatin g officer m an agem en t o f an organization an d its
bn Ned on in q u ires m ade an d by em ployees and the labor un ion
obtaining the availab le facts o f the re p resen tin g the em ployee, if the
Incident. organization is unionized. It also refers
to the effort o f attain in g satisfac to ry
Jo b A position or a group of position s accom m odation betw een lab or or the
Involving s u b sta n tia lly the sam e em ployees a s a group an d m an agem en t
duties, sk ills know ledge, an d to settle d isagreem en ts.
frsp o n sib ilitie s or a n u m b er o f w o rk ers
who cu sto m arily ch an g es ab o u t from Line and S ta ff Police O rganization -
mir position to another. It is also T his refers to the com bination of s ta ff
■ ftln c d a s all the ta s k s carried out by sp e cia lists or u n its w ith the line
H p articu lar person in the com pletion organization so that serv ices of
know ledge can be provided, line an d can d id ate is in good h ealth an d is free
person n el by specialist. from defects w hich w ould d isab le or
redu ce h is police efficiency an d meet
Line C om m and - It is the operating the p h ysic al con ditions an d stan d ard s
au th ority delegated by the com m ander required for a law enforcem ent officer.
down the line th ru e ach interm ediate
s u p erio r un til level o f execution is M em oranda and Circulars - Are
reached. an oth er com m on m ean s of
com m u n icatin g com pan y policies to
Line Function - R efers to the prim ary em ployees. They can be issu e d fa st and
operational d u ties like patrol, th ey provide the g reatest a s su ra n c e of
in vestigation, vice control an d traffic re ach in g every em ployee.
ta sk s. M iddle M anagem ent Level - They arc
Line O rganization - It is often called the execu tives in an organizational
the in dividu al, m ilitary or pyram id.
dep artm en tal type of organization is
the sim plest and p e rh ap s the oldest M iscellaneous Records - These
type. records w hich do not relate to recorded
com plaints an d in vestigation report h
M anagem ent - The p ro cess of directing b u t is in form ation al in ch aracte r.
an d facilitatin g the w ork o f people
organized in form al grou p s in order to M ovable Property - R efers to those
ach ieve a scien tific m anagem ent. m aterial goods th at can be physically
m oved from one place to another.
M anagem ent D evelopm ent - R efers to
a s s e s s in g an d determ ining the Neuro-Psychiatric Test - U sed to
developm ental needs o f m an gers for exclu de those ap p lican ts w ho arr
fu tu re su cc essio n s. em otionally an d tem peram entally
u n sta b le , psych otic an d su fferin g from
M anagerial Em ployee - A person who m ental disorder.
is vested w ith pow ers or prerogative to
lay down an d execute m anagem ent Non-Expandable Supplies - Are those*
policies an d or to hire, tran sfer, provisions w h ich are d u rab le in nature
su sp e n d , layoff, recall, d ischarged , w hen uêd, do not su ffer a n y m aterinl*
a ssig n or discipline em ployees, or to or su b sta n ce change or alteration in
effectively recom m end su c h m an agerial form or su b sta n ce .
actions.
Office Procedures - The two princijml
M anagem ent Plans - Preparatio n for office pro ced u res are records division
equipping an d p utting in order the operation an d reportin g regulation !
police organization to do the job rath e r The records division operation m akr*
th an to its a ctu al operation a s an im portant an a s su ra n c e th at each titnU
organized force. is perform ed in the m an n er prescrib n i
On the other h an d , reporting
M aintenance - It covers all activities regu latio n s a s s is t the office on whm
intended to provide an acceptab le form s are to be u se d for a particul»n
w orking environm ent for em ployees. p u rp o se, the n u m b er of copies to hr
More ever it is the p ro ce ss of keepin g m ade an d w here they are to be rout n I
m aterials in serviceab le condition.
Occupation - It refers to a collection <‘f
M easuring Police W ork E fficiently - job w hich is su fficien tly sim ilar with
It is the act o f se cu rin g m axim u m regard to th eir m ain ta s k to be group* <1
re su lts w ith a m inim um effort. In together u n d e r a com m on title.
police service it is u sin g m inim um
m anpow er an d equipm ent to attain O p erational Plans - R efers to the wmli
good re su lts. pro gram s of the line divisions.
M edical Exam ination - It is u se d to Organization - It is the arran gem rn ! "I

determ ine w hether the ap p lican t or people w ith com m on purpose mimI
objective in a m an n er to en ab le the so a s to acco m p lish organizational

perform an ce of related ta s k s by objectives.
in dividu als grouped for the p u rp o se.
This organization can be fu n ction al, Personnel R ecords - It is a file
line an d staff, etc., depending on the show ing the h isto ry o f each police
objectives and fu n ction s of officer, both prior an d su b se q u en t to
organization. jo in in g the force it is in d isp en sab le.
O rganized T raining - Is the m ean s by Physical A gility Test - It is u se d to

w hich officers are provided w ith the determ ine w h ether or not the ap p lican t
knowledge an d the sk ills th ey receive p o sse s the requ ired coordination
to perform th eir m ultiple com plex stren gth , an d speed of m ovem ent
duties. n e c e ssa ry for police service. Also
Know n a s P h ysical A bility Test.
O riginated Policy - This type of
procedure com es from the b oard of Placem ent - R efers to the p ro ce ss of
directors or the presid en t an d is m akin g an em ployee ad ju ste d and
intended to set u p gu idelin es in the kn ow ledgeable in a new jo b and or
operation o f the firm . w orking environm ent.
Perform ance M anagem ent - This P lanning - It is the d eterm ination in

includes analyzing, im proving and ad van ce how the objectives of the
m onitoring the p erform an ce of each organization w ill be train ed. It involves
nnd o f the organization a s a w hole. the determ ination o f a co u rse o f action
to take in perform ing a p a rticu lar
Personal Interview - It is u se d to function or activity.
determ ine w h ether or not the
can d id ate’s p attern o f p e rso n ality traits Police A dm inistration - Is the
is su itab le for police w ork. direction of the police organization or a
p art o f it, an d the application o f its
Personal R esponsibility - R efers to vario u s re so u rce s in su c h a w ay a s to
1 hat obligation im posed by law and ca rry out its fu n ction s efficiently and
regulation on an y m orals of the PNP for effectively.
the proper u s e , m ain ten an ce an d care
of su p p lies en tru sted to them . Police M anagem ent - Is the act,
m ethod or art o f adm in isterin g,
Personnel A dm inistration - Is the con trolling or con d u ctin g a police u n it
developm ent of people, prom otion of or force.
I heir w elfare an d b en efits a s to the
prim ary com ponent of the police force. Policy - D efined a s a gen eral p lan of
action th at se rv es a s guide in the
Personnel M anagem ent - It is defined operation o f a com pany. T hey are tools
an that a re a o f m an agem en t con cerned o f m an agem en t w h ich give life and
with h u m an relations. direction to the program of activities
an d set the lim its w ithin w hich action
Personnel Planning - R efers to a stu d y is to be p u rsu e d by the person n el
nl the lab or su p p ly o f jo b s w hich are con cerned.
com posed w ith the d em an d s for
em ployees in an organization to Policy Form ulation - Involves w h at
-1<-term ine fu tu re p erson n el are to be done in the form of ord ers or
requirem ents w h ich either in cre a se s or broad statem en t of action.
d ecreases.
Policy M anual - It covers all p erson n el
Personnel Program - R efers to the policies an d p ro ced u res, if m ade
activities program m ed to im plem ent availab le to m an ag e rs an d su p e rv iso rs,
t h e o rganizational ph ilo soph y or creed will be a great help in th eir d ecisio n
rtinl the p erson n el ph ilo soph y of m akin g an d em ployees relation sh ip.
central m an ag e rs in elation s to people
Potential - The overall gro ss w orth Record C ycle - R efers to the lifespan
and cap ab ility of a can didate to of a record from creation un til
assu m e a high er position an d greater disposition.
resp o n sib ility b ase d on tangible p a st
perform an ce. Recruitm ent - R efers to the p ro ce ss of
en cou ragin g jo b ap p lican ts from
Position - It is defined a s a group of outside an organization to seek
ta s k s d u ties and resp on sib ilities em ploym ent in an organization.
re g u larly a ssig n e d to an d perform ed by
a person. U sed to in dicate w ork of a Repair - The act to restore or place the
m ental and clerical ch aracter, u n serviceab le to a condition by
perform ed b y a p ro fession al. rep lacin g or ad ju stin g d am age p arts,
a sse m b lie s or com ponents.
Probationary A ppointm ent - G iven to R eporting - R efers to the m ak in g of
an ap p lican t w ho p o s se s s e s the detailed acco u n t of activities, work
appropriate illegibility for position of p ro gress, in vestigation an d u n u su u l
P O l, w ho sh a ll serve a p ro b ation ary events in order to keep every one
period of six (6) m onths follow ing his inform ed of the cu rren t conditions.
original appointm ent.
Responsibility - M eans the
Procedural Plans - T hey are outlined m an agem en t is held acco u n tab le for
and officially adopted as the stan d ard the re su lt arisin g from authority.
m ethod of action to be followed by all
m em bers o f the d epartm ent u n d er Second Level Supervisor - They an
specified circu m stan ce s. the section chiefs in an organization it I
pyram id.
Procedures - Are series of step s for the
orderly arran gem en t of or records Selection - It is the p ro cess ol
w hich in clu de alp h ab et, geographic, determ ining the m ost qualified job
nu m eric, an d su b je ct of chronological. ap p lican t or em ployees for a givrn
position in a com pany.
Professional Em ployees - R efers to
those in d ivid u als w hose w ork is Scientific M anagem ent - Is a type ol
predom inantly non -rou tine an d m an agem en t w h ich is characterize -I
in tellectu al in ch aracter. an d guided by the u se d of scientific
ap p ro ach es to the solution ol
Proper Incentives - Include m an agerial problem in b u sin e ss m t i l
reaso n ab le p ay allow an ces, prom otion, in d u stry.
a ssig n m e n ts, care er developm ent,
gu id an ce an d fair equitable Score - Is an indented or raised llo*i
disciplin ary. the bottom edge of a folder.
Property A ccoun tability - It is the Span o f Control - Is a principle m

prim ary obligation im posed b y law and doctrine governing the ability of niiff
regulatio n on the su p p ly acco u n tab le, m an to direct, coordinate and coot ml
office to keep forw ard record o f im m ediate su b o rd in ates.
su p p lies.
Specific Rules - C overs spri III*
Q uestionnaire M ethod - E a ch situ atio n s. T hey are m ore direc t nod
em ployee is given a set of q u estio n s, in are le ss flexible. T hey are m ore ri#w! tit
a n sw erin g this, they d escrib es h is job , n atu re.
its operation s, h is du ties an d h is
resp on sibilities. Special O perating P r o c e d u re
S p e cial operating p ro ced u res in r lu .M
Rank and File - R efers to ord in ary in su c h gu idelin es are crim e hi •-••«n
em ployees who m ake u p to m ajority or se arch , p reservation and invest
b ase portion of an organizational dissem in ation of inform at ItiH
pyram id. con cern in g w anted p fis n iily
organization an d operation of police calls for a satu ratio n of an a re a either

su p p o rt u n its an d the like. to prevent the o u tb re ak of a crim in al
activity or rac ial, religious or n ation al
S t a ffin g - It is the ta s k of providing conflict.
com petent m en to do the jo b and
choosing the right m en for the right Tactic&l Plans - T h ese p lan s are
job. restricted to m ethods of action to be
tak e n at a design ated location an d
Statem ent o f Procedures - This u n d e r specific situ ation .
p ertain s to p ro ced u res to be tak en in
certain situ atio n s an d is n arro w er in T ask - D efined in the R u le s and
space th an statem en t principles. R egu lation s im plem enting the Labor
Code, refers to a m ajor elem ent o f w ork
Strategic Plann ing - An organizational or com bination of elem ents by m e an s
p ro cess of defining tactics or direction o f w h ich a specific re su lt is achieved.
and the m akin g of d ecisio n s on
allocatin g its re so u rce s to p u rsu e its Tem porary A ppointm ent - W herein
strategy. It also in clu d es control ca se o f tem porary v a c a n c y c a u se d b y a
m ech an ism s for gu iding the m em ber w ho goes on leave w ithou t p ay
im plem entation o f the strategy. or w ho com m u tes h is leave, a
tem p orary appoin tm en t m ay be
Strategy - It involves gen erally the extended to an ap p lican t w ho p o sse s
setting o f goals determ inin g action s to the n e c e s s a ry qualification d u rin g the
achieve it an d m obilizing re so u rce s to existen ce of the vacan cy.
execute the action s. It d escrib es how
the en d s (goals) w ill be ach ieves b y the T estin g - C h eckin g the ab ility o f the
m eans (resources). ap p lican t to perform the operation or
to ap p ly the know ledge in a new
Supervision - D eals w ith the situ ation .
a ssista n ce and gu id an ce given to
su b ord in ates to en su re su c c e ssfu l Top M anagem ent Level - T hey are the
perform ance. policy m ak e rs an d ad m in istrato rs
occu pyin g the p e a k o f an organization
Supplies - R efers to both exp an d ab le pyram id.
und n o n -expan d ab le com m odities.
Trade - R efers to a n y in d u strial; craft
SWOT A nalysis - Also kn ow n a s or a rtisa n occupation w h ich is officially
SWOT m atrix th is refers to a or trad itio n ally recognized a s req u irin g
Htructured plan n in g m ethod u se d to sp e cial qualification w h ich can be
rvalu ate the stren gth s, w e a k n e sse s, acq u ired by lengthy train in g experience
opportunities and th re ats involved in a an d p ractical an d theoretical
venture, activity or project involving in stru ction .
wpecifying the objective of the ven tu re
nr project and iden tifyin g the extern al Trade Test - R efers to exam in ation or
und in tern al factors that are favorable test to determ ine w h ether a p erson
und u n favo rab le to achieve said m eets the sta n d a rd s o f a p a rticu la r
objectives. trade.
System - A s u se d in records storage T radition - An act of delivering or

m eans a n y plan o f filing d evised b y su rre n d e rin g som ething to an oth er or
filing equipm en t m a n u fa ctu re rs. the tran sm issio n of know ledge and
in stitu tio n s th rou gh su cc e ssiv e
Tub - R efers to the portion o f a guide or gen eration s w ithou t w ritten
|# fa folder th at exten d s above the in stru ction .
regular height o f the folder or the
guide. T raining - A cqu isition or fin ish in g
prescrib ed co u rse s for the ra n k or its
Tactical Force - It is a m obile strikin g equivalen t co u rse s.
fnrce of valu e in those situ atio n s w hich
T raining and D evelopm ent - R efers to A fter M ission Report - A ccount

an y m ethod u se d to im prove the sub m itted im m ediately upon
attitu d es, know ledge, skill or b eh avior com pletion of m issio n by an
or p attern of an em ployee for adeq u ate un d ercover agent.
perform an ce of a given job . It is a day-
to-day, y e a r round task . A gent - A p erso n w ho en gages in
spyin g or in su p p ort of those w ho do,
U nit - The n am es, in itials, or w ords or who se ek s to detect them . And
u se d in determ inin g the alp h ab etic w hose p rim ary objective is to obtain
order of filed m aterials are called u n its. inform ation p ertain in g to p ro ce sse s,
activities, m ovem ents or operations of
Unity o f Com m and - R efers to a others.
principle in police service th at one m an
is in com plete com m and o f each A gitator - A person or group o f person
situ ation an d only one m an in direct w hose m issio n is to c a u se discontent
com m and or su p ervision o f each am ong the population.
officer.
A grip ro f - A p erso n or group of
V ertical C oordination -A uthority p e rso n s task e d to agitate an d spread
from the top m an agem en t or executive p ro p ag an d a am ong the population
delegated the line throu gh each level of u s u a lly for a certain cau se .
m an agem en t to its first - line
su p ervisor. Analysis - Sh iftin g an d isolating
elem ents w h ich have significance* in
W asserm an - An exam in ation that light of the m ission .
should be u n d e rtak e n before
perm an en t appointm ent A nth rax - Single celled bacterial
organism cap ab le o f form ing sporra
IN TELLIG E NC E AND SECRET U sed a s a biological w eapon producing
SERVICE p n eu m o n ia like sym ptom s.
A ccom m odation A ddress - Is the
forw arding a d d re ss of a g e n t’s m ail A nti-Terrorism - D efensive measuirr*
p ack ag es other com m u nications. u se d to red u ce vu ln erab ility to terroi ml
a cts.
Actionable Intelligence - R efers to
pro cessed inform ation th at can be A rea o f Operation - A spect of I In
read ily acted u pon w ith fu rth er operational environm ent e xclu sivr ol
im plication th at action could be taken. the m ilitary forces involved.
Also know n a s A ctionable In sigh t is
u s u a lly spoken in term s of big d a ta a s Assim ilate - To be ab sorbed into tin
m uch of the ch allen ge in herent w ith system of a foreign society.
the huge am oun t of inform ation being
gathered is discovering elem ents w ithin A ssum ptions - A ccepting som e thing*
it that an organization w h ether a s being fa c tu a l alth ou gh not entirnjy
governm ental or private entity can th u s proven.
exploit to en h an ce perform an ce.
Audio Surveillance - C heckin g on
Active M easures - O perations p e rso n s b y listen in g th ru wire-tnpplhfl
intended to in flu ence or otherw ise or u se of electronic eavesdrop) >ini
affect other n atio n ’s policies. Active equipm ent to pick u p con verse tioiyi i#f
m e asu re , both overt and covert, co n sist perso n s an d their asso ciate s.
of a b road range of activities in clu din g
m an ipulation or control of the m edia, Bag M an - One w ho collects illii h 0
w ritten or oral disinform ation, illegal m oney su ch a s ransom IH
clan d estin e radio b ro ad castin g and kid n appin g, delivering bribe iiuhimv
other related activities. th ru m iddlem an.
AFP - Arm ed F orces of the Philippines Bigot List - A registry o f nam rn nf

p erso n s with authorized a c c rs s
sen sitive inform ation. T h is e n su re s

th at all certified person n el read in g C ipher - A code or secret m e ssage
sen sitive docu m ent have a tru e “need w h ich ta k e s the form o f an in nocen t
to know : w ith regard to the inform ation text.
con tain ed therein.
CIS - C om m onw ealth o f Independen t
Bird - S la n g for an inform er. S ta te s, estab lish e d in 1 9 9 1 follow ing
the disin tegration of the Soviet Union.
Black B ag O perations - In th is covert There are 1 2 m em ber sta tes n am ely:
m a n e u v e rs, agen ts illegally entered A rm en ia, A zerb aijan , B e la ru s ,
offices o f targeted in d ivid u als a n d /o r K a zak h stan , M oldova, R u s s ia ,
organ ization s, an d photographed T ajik istan , T u rk m e n istan , K yrgyzstan ,
inform ation found in th eir records. U kraine, U zbekistan an d G eorgia.
This practice w as u se d b y the F B I from C landestine A ctivities - Action u se d
19 4 2 u n til 19 6 7 . D irector Hoover in to acco m p lish intelligence, cou n ter
Ju ly 19 6 6 ordered the practice intelligence and other sim ilar activities,
discon tin u ed , an d he again re stated sp on sored or con ducted by
his position in J a n u a r y 19 6 7 . governm ent, all dep artm en ts in su c h a
w ay to g u aran tee se cre cy or
BSIS - B ritish S ecret Intelligence con cealm ent.
Service
C landestine Operation - An operation
Bug - A su rve illan ce device w hich con ducted in secrecy, b u t w ith no
req u ires a com m u n ication s ch an n el. A effort to d isgu ise its n atu re.
"bug" u s u a lly involves a radio
tran sm itter, in w h ich the u s e r can pick Classified M atters - Inform ation in
up the d a ta from poorly con figured a n y form , w h ich , in the in terest of
w ireless com p u ter netw ork s or tu n e in nation al secu rity, m u st be safegu ard ed
to the rad io e m issio n s o f a com pu ter in the m an n er an d to the extent
m onitor. requ ired by its im portance.
BW - B iological W arfare, involves the C lipping Service - P u blicatio n s of

use of d ise a se s to debilitate population, local an d foreign new s cu t an d posted
food or livestock. w ith caption s.
BWC - B iological W eapons Convention C lose Tail - Is one in w h ich extrem e

which prohibits developing, pro ducing p re -cau tio n s are tak en a g a in st losin g
nnd stockp ilin g b acteriological an d the su b ject.
toxin w eap on s.
C O INTE LPR O - C ou n ter Intelligence
CBI (com plete b ackgrou n d Program w as a program of the United
investigation) - D etailed ch eck on an S ta te sF e d e ra l B u re a u o f Investigation
in dividu al’s activity from the tow n a aim ed at in vestigatin g and d isru p tin g
person w a s born an d life 1 5 y e a rs ago. d issid en t political organizations w ithin
the United State s.
CCTV — C losed -circu it television w ith
which the p icture is view ed or C ollation - R efers to the p ro cess of
recorded, b ut not b ro ad casted . It w as organizing raw d a ta into u sa b le form
initially design ed a s a m e an s of grouping of sim ilar item s of
•ccu rity for b a n k s. T oday it has inform ation.
developed to the point w here it is
iimple an d in exp en sive enough to be Collection A gency - Is an in dividu al
Miied in hom e se cu rity system s, and for organization or a u n it th at kn ow s and
fveryday su rveillan ce. exploits to so u rce of inform ation.
TIA C en tral Intelligence A gency (USA) Com bat In tellig en ce- R efers to the
frH eral body resp on sib le for the intelligence utilized in d esign ing p lan s
fvnlu ation an d dissem in atio n of foreign and con d u ctin g tactical and
Intelligence w ithin governm ent. ad m in istrative operations. It in clu d es
know ledge of the enem y ch aracte ristics Counter Intelligence - Activities

o f operations u se d in the plan n in g and concerned w ith identifying nnd
con duct of tactical operations. cou n terin g the th reat to secu rity pnni
by hostile intelligence services or
C O M IN T - C om m unication Intelligence. organizations or b y in d ivid u als engine
in espion age, sab otage or sub version .
C om m unication - The p ro cess by
w hich inform ation is exch an ged and Counter Subversion - A spect ■>!
u n derstood b y two or m ore perso n s, cou n ter intelligence design ed to detfl* t,
u s u a lly w ith the intent to m otivate or destroy, neu tralize or prevrnl
in flu ence others. su b ve rsive activities through
identification, exploitation, p en etration .
Com m unications System - The m an ipulation , deception and
im partin g or exch an ge of inform ation dep ression of in d ivid u als, groups of
or d ata by electronic or other m ean s. organizations con ducted or suspect riI
of con ductin g su b versive activities.
C om m unity Relations P ro gram -
Program th at e va lu a te s pub lic C ounter Surveillance - Reliant on
attitu d es identifies the m ission of good inform ation se cu rity planning
organization w ith pub lic in terest and Protecting inform ation is the first stnyr
execu tes a program of action to earn of co u n ter-su rveillan ce.
pub lic u n d e rstan d in g an d acceptan ce.
C ounter T erro rism - OffenNlvm
Com petitive Intelligence - Legal and m e a su re s tak en to resp o n d to terroiini
eth ical activity of system atically acts.
gathering, an alyzin g and m an agin g
inform ation on com petitors . It m ay C over - It is the change forging nnd
in clu de activities su ch a s exam in ing screen in g o f p e rso n ’s re al personality,
articles in print m edia, corporate thin gs, events and p laces.
p u b lication s, w eb sites, paten t filing,
specialized d a ta b a se s, in form ation at Cover O perative - S p ie s w ho enjoys
trade show s to determ ine inform ation diplom atic im m unity.
on a corporation.
C overt Intelligence - Inform ation
C onfidential - D ocum ent inform ation gath erin g w h ich are clan destine In
or m aterial w herein the un au th orized n atu re.
d isclo su re of w hich while not
en dan gerin g nation al se cu rity w ould be C overt O perations - O perations whit It
p reju d icial to in terest or prestige of the are so plan ed and executed as in
nation. con ceal the iden tity of or permit
p lau sib le denied b y the sponsor 01
C onfidential Inform er - A person who con cealm ent of the id en tity of sponNoi
secretly provides inform ation w ith the
u n d e rstan d in g th at h is identity will not Crim inal Intelligence - Inform ation «*l
be divulged an d th at he w ill be know ledge ab ou t person or
com pen sated either in m oney or favor. organization engaged in illrK«l
activities.
Counter Insurgency - A spect of
intelligence devoted to d estroy the Crim inality - R elatin g to crime ,uul
effectiveness of in im ical enem y the degree thereof.
intelligence activities to protect
in form ation from espion age, in dividu al Crypt - So m ething that is concealed <n
a g ain st su b versio n an d in stallatio n or hidden.
m aterial a g a in st sabotage. M ilitary,
p aram ilitary, political, econom ic, C ryptography - Art and Science . »l
p sychological and civic action s taken m aking, devisin g and protecting coriei
b y the governm ent to defeat su b versive an d ciph ers.
in su rg en cy.
CSIS - C an ad ian S e c u rity Intelligence order to execute its m ission or

Service, set u p in 19 8 4 u n d e r the d isch arge its resp o n sib ilities.
C an ad a S e c u rity Intelligence service
Act. DES - D ata E n cryp tion S tan d ard . D E S
w a s b ase d on L U C IF E R and m ak e s u se
CW- C h em ical W arfare o f the com pu ter b in ary code co n sistin g
o f 0 's an d l 's (see Com puter). E a ch
Dead Drop - A dead drop or dead letter u n it is called a bit. D E S tran sfo rm s 64-
box, is a location u se d to se cretly p a s s bit m e ssag e into 64-bit segm en ts of
ilem s betw een two people, w ithout cipher-text, u sin g a 56 -b it key. E a c h
requiring them to m eet. Sp ie s have u s e r ran dom ly selects a k ey and
been kn ow n to u s e dead drops, u sin g rev e als it only to those p erso n s
various tech n iq u es to hide the item s authorized to see the protected data.
mid to sign al th at the drop h a s been The actu a l m e ssag e is encoded and
made. decoded au to m atically by electronic
devices attach ed to the sen d in g an d
Dead Drop Spike - It is con cealm en t receiving com pu ters.
device sim ilar to a m icrocach e w hich
has been u se d sin ce the late 19 6 0 s to DIA - D efense Intelligence A gency -
hide m oney, m ap s, docu m en ts, U .S.A .
microfilm, an d other item s. The spike
in w aterp roof an d m ildew -proof an d D IS -D efense Intelligence S ta ff -
can be shoved into the ground or BRITAIN
placed in a sh allow stre am to be
i rl rieved at a later tim e. D issem ination - The distrib ution of
inform ation or intelligence p ro d u cts in
Debriefing - An in terview w ith w ritten, oral or grap h ic form to
personnel from a m issio n or captivity intelligence cu sto m ers.
to get inform ation o f p articu lar
Interest. DND - D epartm ent o f N ational D efense
- PHIL.
Deception- An attem pt to m islead
another gen erally a s to its cap ab ilities D ocum ent Intelligence - A ssem b lin g,
and intention to con fu se enem y ab out an alyzin g an d d issem in atin g
nne’s plan an d in tension. inform ation ab ou t those in d ivid u al or
grou p s w h ose in terest is the overthrow
Decoy V ehicle - In a convoy of a d em ocratic cou ntry.
deploym ents it is an id en tical vehicle
w i t h th at o f the vehicle w here the Drop - Is a con venient secu re and
principal m a y be located, it u s u a lly u n su sp e c tin g place to live a note or
tails or fronts the p rin cip al’s vehicle. sm all p ack ag e w here an item can be
h an d ed to an agent.
In d uction - Form u lation of a
conclusion from a th eory w hich w as Duress Code - A type o f coded system
Ip Hied an d con sidered valid. u se d a s in tern al defen se w h ich u s e s
certain w ord in c a s u a l con versation
Defector - A p erso n w ho tu rn s aw ay or alarm in g the person n el concern.
MKmnst h is allegian ce to the
government. Econom ic Intelligence - D eals w ith
the extended u tilization of the n a tu ra l
Defector in Place- P erson w ho tu rn s an d h u m an re so u rce s and the
himself a g a in st the governm ent b u t not in d u stria l potential of the nation.
p h ysically d eserted h is country.
ELIN T- Electron ic Intelligence.
Demented - A q u irk person ality,
bothered inform ation. E scort Vehicle - In a convoy
d eploym ent, it is u s u a lly located at the
Departm ental Intelligence front and b ack o f the group.
Intelligence needed b y a governm ent in
Espionage- It is the p r a c tic e of sp yin g

on other co u n tries, p la c e s or facilities Fixed Surveillance - Residence*. plum
in the co u rse of sy s te m a tic an d logical of w ork, place frequented or visited
collection or g a th e rin g inform ation in
secret. The very n a tu r e o f d ata sou gh t Flow charting - A technique nr** .1 lit
is in im ical to the s u rv iv a l or in terest of d a ta description , w hich viHUall#§*i|
a nation, organization or com pany. event or com m odity flow over a mIvph
period.
Ethnic Extrem ism - Sm all m inority
groups w ho fa lse ly u s e their ethnicity Foreign Internal Defense
for selfish political g a in s . P articipation by civilian and ml III at y
governm ent agen cies in any nf lllfi
Evaluation - A p p ra is a l of inform ation action p ro gram s taken by mint lie#
w ith reg ard s to its a c c u ra c y . governm ent to free and pro! r r I M#
society an d sovereignty.
Evaluation Rating - E a ch item is
in dicated by s ta n d a r d evalu ation Front Group - M ovem ents oiKanl#i(|
system , the re liab ility of sou rce an d to prom ote a ca u se o f insurgent
agen cy is show n by le tter and a ccu ra c y
is m an ifested in n u m b e rs. FTO - Foreign T errorist O rgan i*il tit hi
Eye - A slan g te rm for a p erson Gain - To obtain privilege inside illtf

con ducting s u rv e illa n c e on a specific cell.
person.
G eographical Intelligence I • iltM
Fam ily Background - It in clu d es the evalu ation of environm ental !a« Imi|
n am e, b ack g ro u n d , resid e n ce s, w hich in a n y w ay in flu ence th r • maast)
repu tation o f the p a re n ts in clu din g the o f action of a nation.
siblin gs.
General Principles Are fiindiniiîilil
Farm - C en tral Intelligence A gency gu id es to action s, broad ststrm e itl m
train in g facility. tru th from w hich others is d rrivn l
False Flag - R e fe rs to covert or Geneva and Hague Convent Ion*

clan d estin e o p eratio n s con ducted by Law s governing w arfare and ittri
governm ents, co m p an ie s, corporations engagem ent thereof.
or other organ izatio n s, w h ich are
design ed to ap p e ar a s if th ey are being GOST - The Soviet and K hhuIs H
carried out b y other e n titie s. The nam e governm ent stan d ard sytm iiiH M
is derived from the m ilita ry concept of keyb lock cipher. G O ST haw a fM Mil
flying false colors; t h a t is, flying the b lock size an d a key length of Jflfi l » l t §
flag of a cou n try otherr th an one's own. Its S -b o xes can be secret, anil titsa
con tain ab ou t 5 1 2 bits ol sst t i l
Fear - A fraid of law violated and their inform ation, so the effective Uf v
crim inal a sso cia te s. can be in creased to 768 bit h; IiowpvAM
a ch o se n -k e y attack can rerov« i
Financial C apability - The state of con ten ts of the S Ho** * in
fu n d in g or m o n etary ab ility o f a ap proxim ately 2 32 encryption*,
cou ntry, com pany, organ ization or an y
private person w h ich m ay be inferred GPS - G lobal Positioning System
from incom e tax re tu rn s, p ro fession al
fee, a s se ts and liabilities. G ratitu d e- Inform ation in Kivro « s (/M
exp ressio n of appreciation to
Financial Intelligence Experts - officer.
In dividuals w ho b y virtu e o f their
official cap acity tra c k s dow n lau n d ered Gray Propaganda - A m isinloi
m oney am oun ting to h u n d red of w herein the source is d e s i Ian f f l
m illions of d ollars u n d e r different local, desire re su lt is indirect.
an d offshore a cco u n ts and n am es.
CRIM INOLOGY LICENSURE E X AM I NATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
Guerilla W a rfa re - Irre gu lar com bat Insurgency - A condition a risin g from
waged in d ep en d en tly by sm all a revolt or in su rre ctio n a g a in st a du ly
Insurrectionist bodies. con stitu ted governm ent, w h ich falls
sh ort of a civil w ar. It is an organized
H ack ers - R efers to p e rso n s b re ak in g m ovem ent aim at the overthrow o f a
Into a com pu ter system b y se ek in g an d con stitu ted governm ent throu gh the
exploiting its w e a k n e sse s. u se of su b ve rsio n an d arm ed conflict.
IIUM INT - H um an So u rce Intelligence Integration - H ypothesis developed

and con sid ered valid a s a re su lt o f
IAKA - In tern ation al Atom ic E n e rg y su c h activity. It is the p ro ce ss of
Agency com bin ing the inform ation isolated in
IC T Internation al C en ter for T errorism an a ly sis an d kn ow n elem ent to form
logical th eory or picture.
I MINT - Im agery Intelligence
Intelligence C om m unity
Industrial Intelligence - Is the C onglom eration of all intelligence u n its
gathering inform ation ab o u t p ro d u ct and agen cies in a co u n try com posed of
nm nufacturing tech n iq u e, p ro c e sse s civilian s, m ilitary an d q u asi-m ilitary
from m a n u fa ctu rin g fo rm u las th at organizations.
Cannot an d can iDe u se d of valu e or
advantage. A lso term ed a s In d u strial Intelligence E stim a te- W ritten stu d y
espionage con ducted for com m ercial of the situ atio n an d con ditions o f a
pin poses. crim e situ atio n w ith the recom m ended
co u rse s o f actions.
Infiltration - Is the penetration o f an
agent to an intelligen ce target eith er in Intelligence Jou rnal - A chronological
thr land, air, or se a, either th rou gh log of activities.
inri hanical or electronic devices.
IN T E R P O L - An acron ym for the
Informants - Is an in d ivid u al w ho In tern ation al C rim in al. Police
•applies in form ation of con fiden tial O rganization (ICPO). W here m em ber
hums with the u n d e rsta n d in g th at h is cou n tries a s s is t one an o th er in the
Identity w ill not be m istaken . p u rsu it of su sp e cte d crim in als an d
te rro rists.
Information - Is a com m u n icated
knowledge, a raw d a ta or u n p ro ce sse d In terp retatio n - R e su lt of critical
intelligence. It is the bloodline o f ju d g m e n t involving three factors
Intelligence. n am ely a n a ly sis, in tegration an d
deduction. It is the determ ination of
Inhum ation Procurem ent D ivision - the sign ifican ce o f the intelligence d ata
A i nm ponent of the cen tral intelligence in relation to other d a ta at hand.
|IM vlrr w hich is divided into the
Intelligence proper, secret intelligence Internal D efense - The full of
MMMI Intelligence operation s un it. m e a su re s tak en b y a governm ent to
free an d protect its own society from
Inform ation T ech nology - The su b ve rsio n , la w le ssn e ss and
■ a hi w are, softw are, in su rg en cy.
^ ■ C o m m u n ic a tio n s, d a ta b a se
■ m a g e m e n t and other technologies IPP - In tern ation ally Protected P erso n s
H K I to store, p ro ce ss and d istrib u te
■ jb u n n tio n . ISAFP - Intelligence Service, Arm ed
Forces of the Philippines
Inform ative C om m u nication -
Bill tnlning to u p an d dow n an d lateral ISTA R -Intelligence, S u rv eillan ce,
H t y of com m u n ication n e c e s s a ry for Target A cqu isition, an d
H btnnitttrative effectiven ess or the R e co n n aissan ce .
lltinnth flow o f inform ation.
K ill Zone - A point or specific a re a M ission O rder - D uty slip in w h ich all
w here a p ossib le atta ck to a prin cip al person n el on un d ercover operations
or VIP m ay be executed. sh all ca rry at all tim es it m u st be duly
approved by th eir im m ediate
Leap Frog - V ariation of tailing w h ich s u p e rv iso rs and filled appropriately
con centrate on the su b je ct and gu ard s w ith their respected offices.
the su rveillan t and the su b ject.
N ational Intelligence - C overs the
Legislative R ecords - R egistry o f law broad a sp e cts of n ation al policy and
m akin g bodies (House of C on gress, n ation al secu rity. It is con cern to m ore
Se n ate, City, provin cial boards) th an one dependent and tran sc e n d s
e xclu sive s in terest of a single
Line Intelligence - A ny p ro cessed departm en t or agency.
inform ation com ing from open an d Nerve A gent - A ch em ical agent that
covert so u rce s th at affect police in terferes w ith the cen tral nervou s
agen cies, operations an d h arm o n y w ith system .
the com m u nity an d other governm ent
agencies. NIC A - N ational Intelligence
C oordinating C ouncil
Link Analysis - A technique u se d to
show the relatio n sh ip betw een NOC - Non Official C over is a term
in d ivid u als and organizations by u se d in espion age (particu larly by the
m ean s of visu a l graphic design. CIA) for agen ts or operatives who
a ssu m e covert roles in organizations
Loose S u rv eillan c e- On an d off w ithout ties to the governm ent for
con tin u ou s close sh adow in g of the w h ich th ey w ork. S u c h agen ts or
su b ject. operatives are typ ically ab breviated in
espionage lingo a s a NOC (pronounced
Loose T a il- C a su a l ob servation of the "knock").
su b ject in w h ich gen eral im p ression of
the s u b je c t’s h ab it an d asso c ia te s is NPT - N u clear N on-Proliferation Treaty
determ ined.
NSC - N ational S e c u rity C ouncil
Low Intensity C onflicts - A lim ited
political- m ilitary stru ggle to achieve O bjectives- Sp ecific re su lts an
political, social, econom ic or expertise se ek s to achieve in p u rsu in g
p sychological objectives confined in its b asic m ission .
geographic area.
O IR - O ther Intelligence R equirem ents
LUC IFER - D eveloped in the early - ad dition al inform ation.
1 9 7 0 ’s it is a cryp to-system th at u se d
both su b stitu tio n an d tran sp osition . O PSEC - R efers to the p ro cess ot
p rotecting critical inform ation deemed
M ass Surveillance - The in tricate m issio n e sse n tial from m ilitary
su rveillan ce of a su b sta n tia l fraction of com m an d ers. C onducted by m ean s ol
a population often carried out by u sin g encryption, b eing carefu l of who
governm ental organizations. It is m ay be listen in g to co n versation s and
deem ed n e c e ssa ry to fight terrorism , p ayin g close attention to a p icture you
prevent social u n re stan d to protect m ay h ave tak en or not talk in g openly
nation al secu rity. on social m edia.
M ILINT or MI - M ilitary Intelligence O rder o f Battle - Intelligence lint

con tain in g the m ain or p rim ary thrm t
M ilitary Intelligence - R efers to the to a n atio n ’s se cu rity and peace and
u se of p ro cessed in form ation in order.
fo rm ulating m ilitary p lan s, pro gram s
an d policies. Ordinary Inform er - U su ally givr
but exp ects in retu rn favor or money.
O rganization - Is the arran gem en t of activities of the crim in al an d th eir law

p erson w ith a com m on p u rp o se. It is violators for the p u rp o se o f effecting
the division an d un ification of effort th eir a rre st obtained evidence of their
tow ard the sam e goal or policy. activities an d for stallin g th eir p lan s to
com m it crim e.
Organized Crim es - Is a com bination
of two or m ore p e rso n s for the p u rp o se Police Intelligence O p eratio n s- It
of e stab lish in g b y terror, th reat, in clu d es discovery, identification
intim idation or conception in the city activity, su rve illan ce , liaiso n s,
or m u n icip ality or an y com m u n ity of pro gram s, in form ant m anagem ent.
either m onopoly or crim in al activities
in a field that provid es con tinu in g Police Intelligence Process - R efers
fin an cial su pport. to the cyclical ste p s followed from
intelligence p lan n in g to the
OSCINT - O pen So u rce Intelligence. d issem in atio n of p ro cessed
inform ation.
O perations - It perform s the line
fu nctions, estab lish m e n t of con tracts, Political Intelligence - D eals w ith the
recruitm ent of in fo rm e rs/in fo rm an ts, s tru ctu re of governm ent, the
execution o f intelligence p lan s. electorate, n atio n al policies an d foreign
relatio n s of governm ental
Overt Intelligence - P rocessed organizations, pub lic order an d safety,
inform ation p ro duced openly. su b ve rsio n , intelligence an d se cu rity
organization.
Para M ilitary Forces - Force th at the
distinct from the re g u la r arm ed forces Principal Vehicle - In a convoy
Of an y co u n try b u t resem ble them in deploym ent it is the object of
organization, equipm en t, train in g or protection w here the VIP m ay be
m ission. located.
PBI Partial b ack gro u n d in vestigation Private Sources - . B u s in e s s

for record an d em ploym ent check. e stab lish m e n ts as sp rin g of
inform ation (e.g. telecom , lead in g
Peace T im e C on tin gency - Politically com p an ies, in su ra n ce com p an ies,
Nrnsitive m ilitary op eration s norm ally hotels an d restau ran ts)
characterize by the sh ort term rapid
projections or em ploym ent o f forces in Principle of C om m u n ic ation -
condition sh o rt of con ventional w ar. Intelligence is ad eq u ate to their n eed s,
it m u st be com m u n icated to all the
Personal C ircum stances - In clu d es decision m ak e r in m an n er th at they
I he nam e, date of b irth, place of b irth, w ill u n d e rstan d an d in form that w ill
«Kr, city an d pro vin cial a d d re ss, civil perm it the m ost effective u se.
«*tntus an d the like pertain in g to the
target ort su b ject. Principle o f O bjectives - Intelligence
m u st be b ased on the d ecision m ak e rs
PHOTINT - Photographic Intelligence own p lan s an d in tention s a s m u ch as
on co n sid eratio n s of the intelligence
Planning- Is a p ro ce ss of developing a target th em selves.
flirt hod, p ro cedure or an arran gem en t
o f parts to achieve a defined objective Processing - A step b y w h ich the
Wore easily. intelligence is tran sform ed from raw
fac ts or m aterials to intelligence data.
l*LO - P alestin ian Liberation
O rganization. Propaganda - Psychological tech n iq u es
design ed to alter control opinions,
PNP Philippine N ational Police. id eas an d v a lu e s.
Police Intelligence - It is the Psychological O peration - Planned

gathering of in form ation regard in g the activity in peace and w ar directed
tow ards enem y, frien dly an d n e u tral Research - S y ste m atic in vestigation in
au d ien ces in order to create an order to e sta b lish facts an d research
attitu d es b eh avior favorab le to the co n clu sio n s; an endeavor to discover
achievem ent o f political an d m ilitary new , or a su b je ct, or topic b y a cou rse
objective. P sychological w arfare w hich of critical in vestigation.
en co m p asse s: Political, M ilitary,
Econ om ic, Ideological, Inform ation Restricted - D ocum ent inform ation or
activities. m aterial other th an top secret or
con fiden tial w h ich sh ou ld not be
Psychological W a rfa re- The plan n ed p u b lish ed or com m u nicated to
u se d of p ro p ag an d a and other au gm en t except for official purpose.
psych ological action s havin g the
p rim ary pu rp ose o f in flu encing the Revenge - A m otive in d u ced b y grudgr
opinions, em otions, attitu d es and to get even w ith b y giving false, bogus
behavior of the hostile groups to an d exaggerated inform ation to law
su p p ort the achievem ent of n ation al enforcers w h ich is detrim ental to the
objectives. in terest of another.
Psychological W arfare Rough Shadow ing - C rim in al is aw an

C on so lid atio n - O perations directed that h a is being tailed, w itn ess thut
tow ards population s in the friendly should be protected.
re ar are a s on the territory occupied by
frien dly force. U sed to facilitate m ilitary Sabotage - A w illful an d maliciouh
operation and prom ote m axim u m d estru ction o f n a tu ra l p ro ce sse s and
cooperation. fu n ction s of a plan t, in stallation ni
p rem ises.
Public Records Sources - S p rin g of
inform ation from governm ent S a bo teu r- A p erso n or group of person
in stitution (e.g. hospital, pub lic d esign ed to ca rry out sabotage act.
lib raries, civil service, police statio n s,
NBI, different b u re a u s, AFP, Safe H ouse - Is a place or building
intelligence organization an d other enclosed m obile or apartm en t w h n r
offices.) police un d ercover an d operatives m< <1
for pu rp ose o f the briefing or plainly In
Rabbit - R efers to the su b ject or report.
person being followed in a su rveillan ce
operation. Sarin - A G -se ries nerve agent (gas)
R A D IN T - R a d ar Intelligence Scientific Intelligence - D eals wllh

the p ro gress of scien tific research and
Recon Vehicle Also know n a s a developm ent a s it affects a nation
cou n ter attack vehicle in a convoy potential.
deploym ent it fronts the p rin cip al’s
vehicle to neutralize all possib le Security Clearance - Am
th reats. ad m in istrative or directoilal
determ ination th at an individual it
R ecording - Act o f redu cin g of eligible from a se cu rity standpoint fot
in form ation to w riting a c c e ss to a classified m atter of spr< ilti
category.
Reform M otive - R epen ting for w rong
and w an ts to set a straigh t record. Shield V ehicle - A h eavily arm*.Mil
vehicle located at the side of Hi*
Rehabilitation - R estoration of a p rin cip al’s vehicle.
norm al life b y sp ecially train in g
pro gram s, also restoration to form er SIG INT - Sig n als Intelligence, cxtrm d
privileges w hen train in g is satisfacto ry from vario u s types of com m unication
w hen train in g is satisfac to ry
com pleted. Snippet - Fragm en t of inform ation
Security Intelligence - Investigation Surveillant - Is a person or group who

of a ctu a l or theoretical violation of does the su rveillan ce w ork s.
espion age law s w ith a p u rp o se of
ap p reh en d in g violator. Surveillance - Is the discreet
observation of p lace s, perso n , and
Secret - D ocum ent inform ation or vehicle for the p u rp o se o f inform ation
m aterial w h erein the un au th orized con cern in g the activities of the target
d isc lo su re o f w h ich e n d an gers n ation al on the su b ject.
s e cu rity c a u se se rio u s in ju ry to the
in terest or prestige o f the nation or a n y Tactical Intelligence - T argets
governm ental activity or w ould be great crim in al activity con sidered to be of
ad van tage to a foreign nation. im m ediate im portance to law
enforcem ent u n its. It fu rn ish e s the
Sh adow ing or T ailin g - The act of police ab ou t an in dividu al,
follow ing p erso n (overtly or covertly). organization and th eir type of
■4 activities.
Sociological Intelligence - Interest
cen ters w ith the stu d y o f population T a rg e ts- Person , p laces and
and m an pow er or d em ography, organizations, w hich are ob jects of
n ational c h a ra cte ristics lab or, pub lic police in terest due to th eir crim inal
opinion an d pu b lic w elfare. activities.
Strategic Intelligence - R efers to T arget Selection - F irst p h a se in the

the p ro ce ss o f gath erin g inform ation p ro ce ss o f id en tifyin g crim in als an d
design ed to d istu rb an d d isru p t su b ve rsive elem ents. It in volves utility,
e n em ies’ state of fin an ce s an d d estroy pro bab ility of su ccess, req u ired
the stab ility an d foundation o f its re so u rce s an d objectives.
organization. Know ledge p ertain in g to
the cap ab ilities, vu ln erab ilities and T echnical Intelligence - C on cern s the
probable co u rse s o f action of foreign foreign tech n ical d evelopm ents, w hich
nation. have p ractical m ilitary application an d
the p ractical perform an ce, cap ab ilities
Su bject- Is a p erson or place or object an d lim itation s of m aterials an d
being su rveyed or w atch ed. in stallatio n u se d b y foreign m ilitary
forces.
Subversion - An organized and
system atic co n sp iracy d esign ed to Telecom m un ication Intelligence - Is
discredit an d overthrow du ly con cerned w ith the operations an d
('(instituted au th orities. facilities of long d istan ce
com m u nication m ed ia in clu din g
Subversive - A gitators, pro pag an d ist, telegraph, telephone, radio, satellite,
Infiltrators, organ izers, front group television an d other electronic
mobs, p ap e r organization, activities, co m m u n icatio n s.
Irrro rists an d sab o te u rs.
T errorism - A crim e com m itted b y a n y
Subversive A ctivities - A ctivities person who perpetrate an act
•Irsign ed to d isru p t or even overthrow p u n ish ab le u n d e r an y of the follow ing
ruling p arties or governm ent. pro visions o f the R evised Penal Code
w hich are as follow s: Piracy in G en eral
Nubversive Intelligence - A ssem b lin g, or M utiny in the High S e a s or in the
Analyzing an d d issem in atin g Philippine W aters; R ebellion or
inform ation ab o u t those in d ivid u al or In su rrection ; C oup D ’ E tat, M urder,
groups w hose in terest is the overthrow K idn appin g or S e rio u s Illegal
ol a d em ocratic cou ntry. D etention; C rim es Involving
D estruction ; or u n d e r the Law on
N u p e rviso ry - O verseeing of A rson (PD 1 6 1 3 ) ; Toxic S u b sta n c e s
ifclm inistrative w ork an d not an d H azardou s and N u clear W aste
nupervising operatin g u n its. Control Act of 19 9 0 (RA 6969); Atom ic
E n ergy R egulatory an d Liability Act of
1968 (R A 5 2 0 7); Anti H ijacking Law(RA fo cu s vertical an d horizontal lin es al

6 2 3 5 ); Anti P iracy an d Anti R obb ery the sam e tim e.
Law o f 19 74 (P D 532) an d ; Decree
Codifying on Illegal an d U nlaw ful A nti H alation Backing ^ Is the one
P o sse ssio n , M an u factu re, D ealing in, d esign ed to hold b a ck the light and
A cquisition and D isposition of p revents h alation.
F irearm s, A m m un itions or E xp lo siv e s
(PD 1866) th ereb y sow ing and creatin g A nti-S taining A gent - The acetic acid
a condition of w id esp read an d e x tra w hich n eu tralizes the alcalie in the
ord in ary fear an d p an ic am ong the developer, carried over th at w ill prevent
populace in order to coerce the the w eaken in g of the fixing solution
governm ent to give into an u n law fu l and the stain in g of the image
dem and. produced.
Top Secret - C ertain docum ent Artificial Light - O therw ise known an
inform ation or m aterial w herein the m an -m ade light e.g. flu orescen t bulb,
se cu rity an d defen se a sp e cts o f w hich in can d e sce n t bulb an d photoflood
are p aram o u n t an d w hich lam p.
un au th orized d isclo su re w ould ca u se
exception ally great dam age to the A SA R ating - R efers to Am erican
nation. S ta n d a rd s A ssociation , exp ressed In
arith m etical valu e system . The s p m l
T ransportation and ratin gs in n u m b e rs are directly
T elecom m unication In tellig en ce- It proportional to the se n sitivity of tin
is con cerned w ith operations and m aterial.
facilities of tran sp o rtatio n system .
A stigm atism - A len s defect which In
U ndercover A ssignm ent - It is a the in ability to fo cu s both horizontal
strategy w herein a m em ber o f a police and vertical plane at the sam e tim r m
organization jo in s the un derw orld for lines ru n n in g in different directionfi,
the pu rp ose of obtaining evidence or
gath erin g of in form ation ag ain st the Black Light - R efers to the absent r nf
crim in als an d crim inal organization. all colors of the spectru m .
Utility - R efers to the type of crim inal Box C am era - A light-tight contain* i
activity, am oun t an d freq u en cy of or box eq uipped w ith sim ple lenn, «»
crim inal activity an d its im pact. sh u tter, an d an arrangem ent hit
holding film an d provided with H
W hite P ro pagan d a- O pen activity to view finder.
c lear out governm ent im age. %
B right Light - A n a tu ra l light in w i n li

W M D - W eapons of M ass D estruction objects in open sp ace c a sts a deep ami
un iform shadow .
C RIM IN A LISTICS
B right Sunlight - object in an u |m*m
PO LICE PH O TO G R APH Y sp ace c a sts a deep and u n ll n iid
sh ad ow an d the object ap p e ars glumiy ( 1
A cetic A cid - U sed w ith B oric acid it is
a chem ical w hich serves a s neu tralizer B urning-In - R efers to addili-»niij
in developing e xp o su re on a desired portion <•( <ht|
n egative u se d for p u rp o ses of m a k litg fl
A chrom atic Lens - A len s w hich is b alan ce exp osu re.
p artly corrected for chrom atic
ab erration . Cable Release - T his is attached tn l M
sh u tte r to prevent acrl<l> n»*|
Anastigm atic Lens - A len s w hich is m ovem ent o f the cam era during lit#
free from astigm atism an d other types exp o su re period esp ecially when
o f len s defects. It h as the ab ility to exp o su re is m ade.
C am era Grip - A device u se d to hold C roppin g - Is the p ro ce ss o f om itting

firm ly the c am e ra so a s to preven t the an object d u rin g the p ro ce ss of
vibration or m ovem ent of the cam e ra en largin g an d printing.
d u rin g the exp o su re period. It is
u s u a lly attach e d to the body of the C urvature o f Field - A len s defect
cam e ra an d som etim es the flash unit. m an ifested w hen the im age form ed by
a len s com es to a s h a rp e r fo cus on
C entral Shutter - A type of sh u tte r cu rved su rface th an on flat su rface .
that is u s u a lly located betw een the
elem ents o f the len s m ade o f m etal D ark Room - A room cap ab le o f b eing
leaves an d its action sta rts from the com pletely d arken ed or b lack ed ou t”
center tow ard the side, and then closes w h ich con tain s ta n k s, ru n n in g w ater,
back to the center. developing so lu tio n s, developing tray s,
a sin k , w a sh e r, dryer, en larger, printer,
C hrom atic A berration - R efers to the an d other a p p a ra tu s n e c e s s a ry for the
lack o f ab ility to fo cu s the different production o f a fin ish ed photograph.
colors of light on film at the sam e tim e.
Daylight - C lassified a s: open sp ace
Chrom atic Difference of bright su n ligh t, u n d e r sh ad e bright
M agnification - The in ab ility of the su n ligh t, hazy su n ligh t, clou dy
Irns to pro duce im age sizes o f objects su n ligh t an d clou d y d u ll su n ligh t.
with different colors. T h ese con ditions an d th eir colors affect
the ap p e aran ce of the object being
Com a - Also referred to a s lateral photograph. F acto rs su ch as
spherical ab erration , it is a len s defect a tm o sp h eric vap or, atm osp h eric d u st
in w h ich the ra y s enter the lens an d q u ality o f the reflected light
obliquely. com ing an d not com ing from the
so u rce sh ou ld likew ise be con sidered.
Contact Print - It is a photographic
positive m ade by exp o sin g the Depth o f Field - It is the rem oten ess
photographic p a p e r w hile it is held or d istan ce m e asu re d from the n e arest
lightly a g a in st the negative. to the farth e st object in ap p aren t sh arp
fo cu s w h en the len s set of fo cu s is at a
('ontact Printer - A w ood or m etal p articu la r distan ce.
box, in clu d in g a light and a sw itch by
which the exp o su re tim e is controlled. D epth o f Focus - It is the d istan ce
tow ard an d a w ay from the film th at the
('ontrast - It refers to the tonal len s can be m oved at a given f-value
llfference betw een the ligh test an d and the object still a p p e a rs in interior.
•larkest segm ent an d portion of a print.
D eveloping A gents - R efers to
Tontrast Filters - U sed to ch an g e the solu tion s su c h as the am idol,
M’ lntive b rig h tn e ss valu e sot th at colors h ydroquinone an d m etol. T h ey differ
Which w ould otherw ise be recorded as in th eir action cap ab ility o f m axim u m
p e a rly the sam e w ill h ave different co n trast an d fin e n e ss o f g rain s they
B rightness in the picture. produce. H ydroquinone an d m etol are
u s u a lly m ixed to produce a developed.
I Htpuscular theory (Newton) H ydroquinone is an active developer
t)p|K>sed the w ave theory statin g that an d w h en u se d alone p ro d u ces
l i g h t h as its effect b y the m otion of very extrem e co n trast an d density. The
■ItMlI particles su c h a s electrons. im age ap p e a rs slow ly b ut the d en sity
pro ceed s rap id ly after the im age
Itirrection Filter - U sed to ch an ge the a p p e a rs q u ick ly b ut the d en sity and
■ • p o n s e o f the film so that all colors co n trast in cre ase d slow ly.
recorded at ap p ro xim ately the
tfpltttive b righ tn ess v a lu e s a s seen by D eveloping Solution - A ch em ical
M 0 h um an eye. concoction, w hich c a u se s the im age on
the film to develop out a s a reverse
im age of the original scen e or object

photographed. E m ulsion - C o n sistin g of light
sen sitive silver salts in a grin! In
D eveloping the Film - It is a m ethod m edium an d u se d to coat photogrnplih
w herein a film is rem oved from the film s and p ap e rs. Is th at part of th»
cam e ra in a d arken ed place and film or p hotographic p ap er with It
treated w ith certain liquid ch em icals so co n tain s the silver grain s w hich lit Ihn
th at a p erm an en t negative is produced. one sen sitive to light. In a colored Him
It is the p ro cess of redu ction in w hich th is em ulsio n su rface can be compn&M
exposed silver h alid es are redu ced to of three layers (Blue, G reen and )*'« »l|
m etallic silver, affected by agitation, w ith filters intervening.
con centration o f ch em icals, exp osu re Enlarging - It is the p ro cess of m aking
an d tem perature. sizeable p ictu res from sm all negnllVM*
D evelopm ent - The p ro ce ss o f m akin g Exposure - R efers to the produet m

the latent im age visible and illum ination an d tim e. The amount m(
perm an en t. (Use of either D -76, D ektol light th at affects the
or U n iversal Solution) it is n e c e ssa ry m aterials can be controlled by the l*H|
for red u cin g the silver h alid es to form apertu re or len s opening and dmtMU|f|
the im age. Elon, H ydroquenone is of illum ination can be control Ird I*v • Mi
u se d a s m ain developing agen ts sh u tte r speed o f the cam era.
DIN R ating - R efers to D eutche Exposure M eter - An in n tn m ifM

In d u stri Norm en ratin g, exp re ssed in w hich a c tu ally m e a su re s th r InttHtlMj
logarithm ic valu e system . In this of light falling on the su b jc c t.
system , an in cre ase of three degrees
d ou bles the sen sitivity o f the film. E xtension Tube - A devicr u«tM 1
p h otographing tiny or m inute
D istortions - A len s defect in w hich It is attach ed to the lens boniil •*! H
o uter p arts of the im age produced by cam e ra and the lens is connpi •••! MM
the lens w ill be m agnified either more w hen close-u p photographing
or le ss th an the cen ter im age. n e ce ssary.
D odging - The p ro ce ss of elim inating Ferrotype Plate - Refers In m Hht*et |

u n w an ted portion of the negative b ra s s w hich h a s chromium ti|(M
d u rin g enlarging. su rface on one sidrd hum !
pro ducing a highly glosnrd anil
D ull Light - A form of n a tu ra l rad ian ce su rface .
in w hich objects in open sp ace c a sts
no sh ad ow s. Film - A light se n sitivr matMlrtl tHg|
placed in side a cam era to i l H f f
D ull Sunlight - object in an open im age the cam era focu«e*.
sp ace ca st no sh ad ow due to th ick
clou ds covering the su n . Film A dvancer - A con trlvam # S
is n e c e ssa ry so that I hr j •.
Dye toning - R efers to the p ro ce ss can be wind or tran n frrrn l tti tfjfl
d esign ed in ch an gin g the color tone of u p spool and the unrxp<tfti4 n H
the photograph. be on the opposite sid r nf Ihi* |§jl
an oth er exposure. AUo "
Electronic Flash - Prod u ces light b y film ad van ce lever or knob
an in stan tan e o u s electrical in ch arge s
b etw een two electrodes in a gas filled Film H older EnnrnUtd |*tf f
g la ss b u lb s. The electrical energy for cam era that grips thr film fittfflHj
the d ischarge is kept in cap acito r or the cam era. It is ulwayn l«»H ||fl_
con denser. It u s u a lly ran ges from opposite side of* thr leu* *•! hm? V
1 / 3 0 0 second an d 1 / 5 0 0 0 second, and
b ec a u se o f th is, su b ject in fa st motion Filter A roloir d v
can be arrested or stopped in the hom ogenous m edium whit I* «M||
photographs.
tran sm its d ifferentially light ray s b arrel in dicatin g p re -se t d istan ce in

p assin g th rou gh it. feet or in m eters.
Fixation - R efers to the p ro ce ss of G lass Lens - A section of g la ss so

rem oving u n e xp o se d silver h alid es sh ap ed th at it c a u s e s ail light ra y s
rem aining in the em u lsio n after the com ing from a n y point o f the object
l irst im age of developm ent of the latent an d strik in g len s, to be ben t inw ard.
image.
Grain Size - R efers to silver h alid es
Fixing Bath - It is know n a s “h yp o ” w h ich are light sen sitive and
mid its p u rp o se s are to h ard en the im pregn ated in the em ulsio n e xist a s
m*latin em u lsio n on the film , an d to sm all cry sta ls an d u p o n developm ent
• lissolve out all the u n exp o sed an d are converted to p u re silver gran u le s.
undeveloped silver halide in it.
Ground Glass - It is fo cused directly
F lare s - A defect in w hich the ob servin g the im age form ed at the
Condition o f the len s p ro d u ces m ultiple ground g la s s screen , placed b ehind the
linages. takin g len s. O bserved from the view ing
sy stem o f the cam e ra, once the object
Flash bulb - Are ch em ical lam p s, a s it is not in fo cu sed the object w ill be
generate lights by the rapid view ed to be b lu rred an d w ill tu rn
Combination of m etal in oxygen. The sh a rp an d c le ar once ad ju sted .
Iin lb can be u se d only once a s the bulb
In busted w h en fired electrically. There H ardening A gent - R efers to
p r r thin filam en ts in side the b ulb w ith p o ta ssiu m alu m th at solidifies the
twn electrical co n tacts. W hen the gelatin of the sen sitized m ate rials
i h i rent flows th rou gh the filam ent, it w h ich w as soften in the developing
Ifi'o m e s in can d e sce n t an d ignites the solution.
fnplosive p rim er that ignites the
pliiniinum foil th at b u rn s, giving flash Haze Filter - U sed to rem ove or
M Irnse light. red u ce the effect o f sm og or m ist.-
IN«>urescent Lam p - Are tub e lam p s in H azy Light - A form of n a tu ra l

Iriilch the w alls are coated w ith lu m in o sity in w hich ob jects in open
■Unrrscent pow ders w ith both en ds is sp ace c a sts a tra n sp a re n t shadow .
■iMiinted w ith a holder th at serv es a s
rrflector. T his is com m only u se d by H azy Sunlight - object in an open
■Vt* iv body m ore th an it is u se d in sp ace c a s ts a tra n sp a re n t or b lu ish
Ptnli grap h in g . shadow . T his is due to thin clou d s th at
cover the su n .
i»«l Length o f a Lens - It is the
|l mne e m e asu re d from the optical H older of Sensitized M aterial -
■tp r of the len s to the film plane Located at the opposite side of the lens.
Min I he lens set o f fo cu s is at infinity Its fu nction is to firm ly hold the
ill Ion. sen sitized m aterial in its place du rin g
exp o su re to prevent the form ation of a
«I Plane Shutter - Located n e a r m ultiple or b lu rred im age of the
focal plan e or the sen sitized su b ject. - located at the opposite side
P fittl, this type of sh u tte r is u s u a lly of the lens d esign ed to hold firm ly the
w i»f cloth cu rtain , its action sta rts sen sitized m aterial to prevent the
■ I r Hide an d clo ses to the opposite form ation of the m ultiple or b lurred
im age
•lu g - R efers to the p ro ce ss of H yper focal D istance - The n e arest

Mltg of the pro per d istan ce in order sp ace at w h ich a len s is fo cu sed w ith a
■Hn a sh a rp im age. given p articu lar d iaphragm opening
w hich will give the m axim u m depth of
lifting Scale - Also know n a s scale field.
I II In u su a lly found at the lens
Incandescent bulb -Are bulb w ith a

w ire filam ent con nectin g two w ires Lens B oard - It is a sq u are of metul m1
w h ich s u s ta in the electrical charge sm all pan el u pon w h ich the lens bm i »I
th at pro d u ces the light. Everyb ody con tain in g the d iap hragm and In n
likew ise com m only u s e s th is although elem ents is threaded.
it is m ore expen sive in term s of
electrical con su m ption s. Lens D iaphragm - C ontrols tin
am oun t of light th at p a s s e s throUr*»
Infra-red (Beyond the Red) the lens.
C onsidered a s the photographic ray s
w ith the longest w avelength ran gin g Lens H oods or Lens Shades Am
from 7 0 0 to 10 0 0 m illim icrons. It is generally section s o f tu b u la r plastic of
d esign ed to take photograph of over alu m in u m , w h ich are attach ed to th r
w ritten docu m en ts, obliterated w riting, forw ard end of a len s barrel for
and ch arred d ocu m ents or for b lack p u rpose of preventin g stra y light
out photography. It is som etim es strikin g the lens c a u sin g “fla re s” of
referred to a s h eat rays). “g h o sts” on the negative.
Infrared Light - Infrared light are Lever Type Shutter - R efers to 4

lights h avin g w ave lengths greater th an p lane b lade on the end o f a h an d le tlmi
7 0 0 m illim icrons. Its w ave length covers the entire len s quite tightly;
ran ges from 7 0 0 to 80 0 m illim icrons. exclu d in g all light.
Infrared is not a color or a n y kind of
red. It is an in visible ra y and detected Light - A form o f energy an d which In
b y the sk in a s heat. electrom agnetic in n a tu re It excites tin
retin a o f the eye. Light m ak e s thin^n
Invisible Light - lights in w h ich their visible needed to produce *i
w avelength are either too sh ort or too photograph. The speed of light in
long to excite the retin a of the h u m an alw ays con stan t. The average speed <»!
eye i.e. X -ray, U ltra-violet an d Infra-red light is 18 6 ,0 0 0 m iles per second
lights. However, the w ave length o f the rays ut
light m ay va ry con sid erab ly. Defined «■
Iris D iaphragm - It is a con trivance an electrom agnetic energy w ith th<’
built into the lens m ount, w hich m ay speed of 18 6 ,0 0 m iles per second. Iin
be opened an d closed to control the w ave travel is said to be characterize <I
p a ssa g e of light th rou gh a lens. in certain extent b ase d on velocity
w avelength an d freq u en cy of thr
Lens - An e sse n tia l p art of the cam e ra n u m b er of vibration of the w ave pm
w hich is u se d to fo cu s the light com ing second. Light w avelength is thr
from the su b ject, it is m ain ly d istan ce m e asu re d betw een two (,’)
respon sible for the s h a rp n e ss of the s u cc e ssiv e crest or throu gh of w avr
im age form ed throu gh w h ich light and it is e xp re ssed in eithri
p a s se s du rin g exposu re. M illim icron (nanom eter) or Angstrom
M illim icron is the u n its of light
Lens A perture - R efers to the ratio w avelength w hich is equivalent to onr
betw een the diam eter of the whole lens m illionth part of a m illim eter w hich thr
in relation to the focal length o f the A ngstrom is relatively sm aller for it huh
len s. It is the light gath erin g pow er of an eq uivalen t m easu rem en t of ten (10)
the lens. O therw ise know n a s len s m illionth p art of a m illim eter. Orur
opening or relative ap ertu re an d it is light h its a certain m edium , its action
e xp re ssed in F-n um b er. f 2 .8 can be ch aracterized as either
f-4 f-5 .6 R eflected, T ran sm itted or Absorbed
f-8 f-11 (RAT). R eflected once the light hits t\
f- 1 6 . The low er the f-n um b er, m irror an d it bounce back
the bigger the len s opening an d the T ran sm itted w hen the light h its «
bigger the lens opening the greater the tran sp are n t g la ss w hich w ould allow
volum e of air that w ill p a sse d through the light to p a s s through its medium
the lends an d reach the sensitized and A bsorbed w hen the light hits it
m aterial. d ark colored object and preven ts il
from eith er b ou n cin g or p a s sin g N atural Light - are those light w h ich
ilirough. Isa a c Newton in 16 6 6 proved com e to existen ce w ithout the
that the light w h ich m en see a s w hite intervention of m an e.i. S u n ligh t,
light is actu a lly a m ixtu re o f all colors m oonlight an d starligh t.
of the sp ectru m . T his is produced
when we allow light to hit a g la ss prism N egative - It is an exp osed film , b eing
(Sharp Edge of the G lass). A rainb ow a reverse o f the original object.
array w ill then be sh ow n w ith colors
ird, orange, yellow , green, b lue and N egative Lens - R efers to a con cave
violet colors (from top to bottom). The len s, w h ich is ch aracterized b y the fact
vlnible light is also said of h ave a that it is th in n er on the m iddle th an
wavelength of betw een 4 0 0 -7 0 0 the edge an d form ed a v irtu al im age on
m illimicron or nan om eter. the sam e side of the len s. It does not
requ ire fo cu sin g at all a s everythin g
Mtfht Filters - R efers to photographic w ill be sh a rp , u p righ t an d clear, no
H.Mi n ishes an d acco m p an im en ts w hich m atter how close or fa r aw ay the object
s u o e n or filter p art of the light ra y s is. It is also kn ow n a s a diverging lens
p assin g th rou gh it. b ec a u se of its pow er to diverge ra y s of
light th at p a s s e s th rou gh it.
ligh t M eter - A con trivan ce u se d in
HrUjrmining the in ten sity of light that N orm al Lens - A len s w ith a focal
strike the su b je c ts an d affect the film. length o f ap p ro xim ately equ al or m ore
Hi is light m eter can be an extin ction b ut not m ore th an twice the diagon al of
flirt er or photo electric m eter. its negative m aterial.
ligh t Sensitivity - A lso kn ow n a s the N eutral D en sity Filter - U sed for

spred of the film . S u c h speed of the red u cin g or d ecreasin g the am oun t of
Him is determ ined th ru its A SA light tran sm itted w ithou t ch an g in g the
num bers or DIN n u m b e rs given b y the color valu e.
Him m an u factu re rs. The literal
HU*nning of A SA is A m erican S tan d ard O rthochrom atic - Film s sen sitive to
nnd A ssociation an d the DIN is ultra-violet ra y s, b lue an d green color
(In m a n In d u strial Stan d ard . The b ut not sen sitive to red color.
funner e xp re ss the speed in n u m b ers
thru arith m etical sy stem and the later Panchrom atic Film - Film s sen sitive
Him logarithm ic system s. to ultra-violet ra y s, to blue, green an d
red color.
Mght Tight B ox - The body of the
»ttinera w h ich is an e n clo su re devoid o f Parallax - It is the p ro ce ss o f looking
li»(ht, at an object closely w ith one eye and
the other an d finding th at the object is
Mucrophotography - U sed not seen from the sam e angle an d h a s
Synonym ously w ith photom acrogaphy. a different ap p aren t position or sh ap e.
Micro Photographs - Are com m only Photoflood lam p - Know n as

#tt»ployed in certain com m ercial record R eflectorized light or Spot light. It is a
avM rins. T hrough this text, m icro- light w ith a reflector at the b ack w h ich
plm tographs d esign ate copies m ade on fo cu s the light to the object the
mm, an d sm alle r size film s. com m on w attage s of th is lam p is 50 0
w atts.
Micro Photography - It is the
fcesim ile of ph otograph s in w h ich the Photograph - A reproduction m ade
PUMgr of an object is reproduced m uch w ith a ca m e ra an d light-sensitive
iltm llrr th an it a c tu ally is. Is the m aterial.
fefm rss of red u cin g into a sm all strip s
‘ »i film a scen ario . It is first u se d in Photographic N egative - Produced or
JttfH m aking. developed b y exp osin g the film in a
cam era. The term “n egative” is derived
from the ap p e aran ce of the
tran sp are n cy. The ligh test portions of Polarizing Filter - A type of filter um««l
the original ap p e ar the d a rk e st in the to red u ce or elim inate reflections (in
negative. h ighly reflective su rfa ce s.
Photographic Positive - It is a print Police Photography - An art <»i

produced by p a s sin g light th rou gh the scien ce th at deals w ith the stu d y of th»
negative, gen erally into photographic principles of photography, thr
paper. The tonal v a lu e s are directly prep aration of the photographic?
proportional to those of the original, evidence and its application to polio*
th at is, light a re a s of the original w ork.
ap p earin g light, and sam e is true with
the d ark ones w ith d ark a re as. Positive Lens - A con vex len s, whi< It
is ch aracterized by the fact that it In
Photography - An art or scien ce that th icker on the m iddle th an the edur
d eals w ith the reproduction of im ages an d form ed a real im age on thr
throu gh the action of light upon opposite side of the len s. It ha a a
sen sitized m aterials w ith the aid of a positive focal length an d b en ds thr
c am e ra an d its a c ce sso rie s, an d the light ra y s together w h ich m ake it an a
ch em ical p ro ce sse s involved therein. con verging lens.
D erived from the G reek w ord “P h o s” or
“ Photos” w h ich m e an s “light” and Potassium Brom ide - S erves mn
“ G rap h o ” m ean s “W riting” or “G ra p h ia ” re stra in e r or h ard en e r in developm ent
m ean in g “to D raw ” . Sir John F. W.
Herschel coined the w ord ph otography Preservative - U sed to protect thr
w hen he first wrote a letter to H enry developing agen ts ag ain st aerial
Fox Talbot. Is the art an d scien ce of oxidation s. U su ally the preservative
reprod u cin g im age b y m ean s of light ch em ical is sodiu m sulfite that will
throu gh som e sensitized m aterial w ith prevent the form ation of staining
the aid o f a cam era, Len s and its developer p ro d u cts, acts a s a silvn
a cce sso rie s and the chem ical p ro cess solvent and in cre a se s the rate o!
required in order to produce a developm ent and density. W ithout thin
photograph. p reservative, the developing solution
becom es w e ak an d sta in s the gelatin
Photo M acrographs - R efers to d u rin g the developm ent p ro cess.
ph otograph s show ing objects blow n up
or enlarged u p to aro u n d fifty Printing - It refers to the production "I
diam eters. a print from a negative b y ca u sin g liy.ht
to p a s s all the w ay through tin
Photom acrogaphy - T akin g a negative an d strike a light-sensitlvr
m agnified (enlarged) photograph of printing p ap e r w hich is developed lain
sm all object by attach in g an extended to give a fin ish ed photograph.
tube len s (macro lens) to the cam era.
Printing Paper - It is a light sensitive
Photom icrograph - It is a photograph m aterial, w hich is not tran sp are n t and
m ade throu gh a com pound m icroscope will provide dense b lack an d not clrai
an d m ay be a greatly enlarged im age of w hites.
a sm all part.
Projection Print - It is a pattern much
Photom icrography - R efers to in an en larger w ith a different aprrd
photography show ing initial an d w ith the u se o f a m ore light
m agnifications w hen the ca m e ra is sen sitive paper.
u se d in relation w ith a m icroscope.
T akin g a m agnified photograph of Range Finder - R efers to opti» <d
sm all object throu gh attach in g a m ech an ism utilized for m e asu rin g thr
cam e ra to the o cu lar of a com pound angle o f convergence of light com ing
m icroscope so a s to show a m inute from a su b ject as seen from two
details of the p h ysical evidence ap e rtu re s. R ange finder (Kit hr i
coincidence or split im age type)
C oincidence otherw ise known an
superim posed im age fo cusin g. In this speed the ph otograph er can stop or
type o f fo cu sin g a sin gle object will “freeze” the action o f a person provided
appeared double once the object is not th at n e c e s s a ry ad ju stm e n t on the len s
in fo cu s, b u t m oving the fo cu sin g opening be m ade in order to m ain tain
adjustm en t this double im age w ill n orm al e xp o su re.
coincide or su p erim p o sed to form a
ningle object. Silver Brom ide paper - U sed for
projection, p rinting an d en largin g
Rapid R ectilin ear Lens - A p ro cess. T his is one of the m ost ideal
com bination of two ach rom atic len s photo p ap e r u se d for police
with alm ost the sam e focal length. photography. Will give a b la ck tone
This is corrected from som e k in d s of w hen pro perly developed.
lens defects b ut not on astigm atism
defect. Silver C hloride paper - U sed for
con tact printing, the size of the positive
Relative A pertu re - R efers to the light print is the sam e a s the size o f the
gathering pow er o f the len s, exp re ssed negative u se d . Se n sitiv ity to light is low
in the F -n u m b e r system . B y in cre asin g and give b lu e -b lack tones w hen
or d e cre asin g the f-n u m b er pro perly developed.
num erically it m ay control: the depth
of field, the am ou n t of light p a s sin g Silver C hloro-brom ide paper - U sed
through the len s an d the degree of both for projection an d con tact
sharpness due to len s defect. printing. Slow em ulsion.
Reticulation - It is a negative h avin g Sim ple M iniscus Lens - T his len s is

rough su rfa ce w h ich resem b les a u s u a lly found in sim ple or box cam era.
"crackle fin ish ” point. It is u n co rrected le n s an d therefore
su fferin g from in h eren t defects of
Sensitized M aterial - The re su lt of le n se s.
photography in its final form is a
photograph. The m aterial n e c e s s a ry to Single Lens R eflex Type - T his type of
produce a positive print is a sensitized c am e ra w ill elim inate the p a ra lla x error
paper. Its em ulsio n is coated to opaque an d it w ill w ork w ell w ith all le n se s.
m aterials like pap er. It refers to the Never the le ss, the single len s reflex
Him an d p h otograph ic p ap e r th at type is m ore com plex an d liable to
Im sically com posed of em ulsio n b re a k down due to the m irror w hich
con taining Silver H alides su sp e n d e d in gives w a y every tim e an exp o su re is
gelatin an d coated on a tra n sp a re n t or m ade. It is difficult to fo cu s esp ecially
reflective support. u n d e r dim light conditions.
Hhutter - It is a gadget, u se d to b lock Sodium Thiosulfate (hypo) - The m ain

the path o f light p a s sin g th rou gh the fixin g agen t th at d isso lv es u n e xp o se d
lens an d exp o sin g the sen sitized silver h alid es.
m aterial.
Solvent Silver H alide - R efers to
Hhutter Speed - C ontrols the du ratio n sodiu m th iosu lfite p o p u larly kn ow n as
of light p a s sin g throu gh the len s. It is hypo solution. The fu nction of the hypo
the part o f the ca m e ra w h ich re g u lates solution is to rem ove the u n exp o sed
th r tim e exp o su re o f the film th u s, silv er h alide.
affecting the am ou n t o f light re ach in g
t h r sensitized m aterial. It is u s u a lly Sodium bicarbonate - C hem ical u se d
e xp re ssed in a fraction of a second. a s acce le rato r w hen added w ith b orax
1/1 1/2 1/4 1/8 pow der.
1/15 1/30 1/60
1/125 1/250 1/500 Sodium Sulfate - In developm ent
etc. The speed n u m b er in the p ro ce ss it is a ch em ical u se d a s the
lrft is a lw a y s two tim es pow erful in p reservative
term s of light gath erin g th an th at of
thr right nu m ber. U sirig a fast sh u tte r
Spherical A berration - A len s defect docu m en ts u n d e r ultraviolet light or

in w h ich photographic ra y s p a ssin g illum ination .
throu gh the edges of a len s are bent
an d refracted more sh a rp ly th an those Ultraviolet Rays - R ad iation s having
p a ssin g throu gh the cen tral p art of the the w avelength o f 3 0 to 4 0 0 mill!
lens. m icron s. - R adiation h avin g a
w avelength of 3 0 to 400 n an om eters
Standard Photograph - A ny file design ed to photograph fingerprints in
photograph w hich is not a m ulti colored b ack gro u n d , docum ents
m icrophotograph. A stan d ard th at are altered, d ecipherm ent of erase
photograph is m ade in film sizes of 2 % w riting and developing invisible
by 1 V* in ch es or larger. w riting. It is com m ercially know n an
“b lack Light” .
Stop Bath - N orm ally com posed of
w ater w ith little am oun t of dilute acetic V ariable contract paper - combirieh
acid th at serves as a m ean s to prevent the co n trast ran ge in one p ap er it unrn
con tam ination betw een the developer a sp ecial chlorobrom ide em ulsion thtt
an d the acid fixer. pro d u ces varyin g co n trast r e s p o n d *
upon exp o su re to different colors of
T elephotography - Is the p ro ce ss of light.
takin g photograph of a far object w ith
the aid of a long fo cu s and Telephoto V iew Finder - It is a m ean s of
len s. determ inin g the field of view of t h e
cam e ra or the extent of the coverage of
Telephoto Lens - R efers to a u n iqu e the len s. D esigned to determ ine tin
type of len s, w ith a focal length of m ore field of view of the cam e ra or the ext m l
th an twice the diagonal of its negative of the coverage of the given lens
m aterial.
V iew finder Type - The sm aller mu!
Tripod - It is a triple leg device w hich the sim p lest type o f cam era is the virw
is ad ju stab le to an y re aso n ab le finder cam era. Its view finder fram ed
extension . This can be u se d in holding the objects th at will be recorded on I In
the ca m e ra w hen the cam e ra is b u lk y film. U su ally it is m ade of a s i m p l e
or w h en u sin g a sh u tte r speed low er len s located at the peep hole of Hip
th an one tw enty five o f a second to cam era. V ery often the focusing
prevent the m ovem ent th at will system of th is type of cam era i s in lh«
produce b lurred im ages in the view finder itself, other w i s e , I In
photographs. cam e ra is a fixed fo cu s one. This ty|ip j
o f ca m e ra can provide an e x c e l l e n t
T w in Lens R eflex Type - The tw in fo cu sin g system , e sp ecially at dim light
len s reflex cam e ra h a s two le n se s, one condition.
for the view ing an d fo cu sin g of the
ob jects, and the other is the takin g V iew or Press C am era Type 11»»
len s. In this type of cam e ra the im age b iggest and the m ost sophistic ni* »|
being photograph can be seen in flat am ong the different type of cam e m s,
su rface a s reflected by the m irror
behind the view ing len s. The view ing V iew ing System - Is that part of tin
screen will help the p hotographer in cam e ra w h ich provides the m eans »»f I
the accu rate com position of the object show ing to the photographer the entire
to photograph as h er look into the scene coverage that can be recorded cm I
cam e ra at h is w a ist level. the sensitized m aterial.
Ultraviolet Lam p - A gas light b u rn in g V ign etting The grad u al fading Of the
carbon disu lph ide vap o r in oxygen or im age tow ards the side through sklllht) 1
in nitric oxide ad ju stm en t on the dodging board
Ultraviolet Photograph - It refers to V isible Light - R ays having the

an y photograph, w hich records w avelength o f 400 to 7 0 0 nillll
m icron s. - Is the type of light (h it
p ro d u ces different se n satio n w hen types of p attern s not in clu d in g the

reach the h u m an eye. It is the type of plain, rad ial or u ln a r arch . This
light, w h ich is cap ab le of excitin g the category also in clu d es an y fre a k
retin a of the h u m an eye. It refers to the p attern or accid e n tal form ation th at
type of rad iation h avin g a w avelength does not conform to an y con ventional
of 4 00 to 7 0 0 m illim icrons design ed for type.
ordin ary photograph in g p u rp o ses.
A cciden tal W horl - R efers to a pattern
Wave Theory (H uygens) - It is the w h ich co n sists o f a com b in ation o f two
theory th at w a s tran scrib e d from the different typ es of p atte rn s w ith the
motion o f the w ater th at if we ob serve a exception o f the plain arch , w ith two or
piece o f log floating in the ocean an d m ore d eltas, or a pattern w h ich p o sse s
with the force o f the air w ould som e of the req u irem en ts for two or
n atu rally w ill m ake the log m ove u p m ore different types.
and down.
A FIS - The A u tom ated F in gerprin t
W ide A ngle Lens - A len s w ith a focal Identification S y ste m is a b iom etric
length o f le s s th an the diagon al of its identification (ID) m ethodology th at
negative m aterial. u s e s digital im aging technology to
obtain, store, an d an alyze fingerprint
White Light - It is the com bin ation of d ata. The A F IS w as originally u se d b y
all the colors in the rainb ow or the U .S. F ed eral B u re a u of
spectru m , m ixed in the sam e Investigation (FBI) in crim inal c a se s.
proportions a s th ey o ccu r there. Lately, it h a s gained favor for gen eral
identification an d frau d prevention
X-Rays - R ad iatio n s h avin g a
w avelength betw een .0 1 to 30 A nkylosis - R efers to a bone condition
nanom eter or m illi-m icron s, produced w h erein the finger jo in ts can n ot be
by p a ssin g an electric cu rren t throu gh bent.
m sp ecial type of va c u u m tub e. Light
with the w avelen gth betw een .0 1 to 3 0 A ppendage - A sh ort ridge a t the p eak
m illim icrons. It is produced by p a ssin g or top o f a recu rve u s u a lly at right
nn electric cu rren t th rou gh a sp ecial angle.
type of va c u u m tube. It w as
incidentally d iscovered b y C onrad A pproxim ating Patterns - R efers to
Wcl helm R oentgen. T his type o f light ou tlin es, w hich, b ec a u se of extrem e
w orks in the principle o f sh adow com plexities in th eir form ation s,
photography. can n ot be a ssig n e d definite, specific
in terp retation s. T hese u s u a lly re su lts
Zone - P ossible in wide an gles len ses in d isagreem en ts on the in terpretation
In w hich there are only three se ts of am ong fingerprint exp erts.
focusing, close (3 to 6 feet), m edium (6
In 15 feet) an d in finity ( 15 feet and
A rch es - A rch es rep resen t only ab o u t 5
liryond).
p er cent of the fingerprint p attern s
encou ntered. In arch p attern s, the
Soom Lens - T his len s h a s variab le
ridges ru n from one side to the oth er of
tncul lengths w h ich can be ad ju ste d
the p attern , m akin g no b ack w ard turn .
con tin u ously by the m ovem ent of one
There is ordin arily no delta, b u t w here
ftr more elem ents in the len s system ,
there is the ap p e aran ce of a delta, no
known a s the variab le focus lens.
recu rvin g ridge m u st intervene
betw een the core an d delta points.
n U SO NAL IDE N TIFICA TIO N
Accidentals - R efers to relatively sm all Ball Zone - It is the large cu sh io n

num ber o f p attern s too irre gu lar in below the b a se of the big toe. It also
■Ut tine to be grouped w ith cen tral co rresp o n d s to the th e n ar zone in palm
Bnckct loops and double loops. They rights.
lusivr two or m o r e ^ d e lta s an d a
Combination or fu sion of two or more
Bar or Rod -R e fe rs to a single ending the crim e u n til it is offered as All

ridge in the center of a recu rvin g ridge exh ib it in court.
of a loop.
C heiloscopy - R efers to tin
Basal - Also called proxim al p h alan ge, exam in ation of lip p rin ts w hich may
it is located at the b a se of the finger serve to identify an individual I/n
n e arest the palm . p erso n s.
B attley Single Fingerprint M ethod - C hiroscopy - Is the scene of personal

R efers to a system of classifyin g an d identification b y m ean s of friction 1 1<Ih»*
organizing fin gerprin ts devised by c h a ra cte ristics existin g on the pain m i
H arry B attley, London, E n g lan d . su rface of the h u m an h an d . ( Grr« l<
Bifurcating R idge - It is a single ridge, w ord “ C h eir” - a h an d, “Sk o p ie n ” In
w h ich divides or forks into two ridges. exam ine) is the scien ce w hich dm In
w ith the stu d y of the prin ts of Hi*
Blocking O ut - R efers to the in sertion p alm s of the hand.
on a fingerprint card the re su lts of the
in terpretation of all ten p attern s.
C lass C haracteristics - R efers to 11 ml
R epresen ted by letters, sym bols or
in dividu ality that can be p o sse sse d hy
n u m b ers on the card requ ired for each
m ore th an one print. The elaa*
o f the rolled p rin ts.Is the p ro cess if
ch a ra cte ristics of friction ridge nUlit
p lacin g u n d e r e ach pattern the letter
extend to m an y factors other than dlyM
sym bo ls re p resen tin g their pattern
or palm , or toe or sole, and lh*
in terpretation prior to the actu al
d efinable p attern type. Pattern s of t l i P
classificatio n form ula.
sam e type, by definition, m ay apprtu
quite diverse.
C alcar Zone - It refers to the a re a at
the heel; very rare ly do p atte rn s show C lassification - R efers to the din pi a \
in this zone, its ridge form ation o f fingerprint records into group* rtf
co n sistin g of latitu d in al striation s. su b gro u p s for filing p u rp o ses. It I* a
fo rm u la derivative from a c o m p l e t r .. i
C ard holder - U su ally a fixed card o f ten fingerprint pattern s.
holder placed in a flat tab le design ed to
prevent the m ovem ent of the card in C lassification of Approxim ating
the cou rse of the tak in g of the Patterns - R efers to inscription o! nil
fingerprint. the probable categorization for a set ••!
p rin ts, w hich co n tain s one or iuoip
C arpal Dental Zone - A rea ab ou t the u n ce rtain p attern s.
center of the palm , down n e ar the
w rist. It is seldom expected to find a C leaner’s M ark - Also known a«
p attern in th is zone, b ut w hen a delta L au n d ry Tag, It is a meant* >>f
does ap p e ar th e re ," com parison is identification that is solely based on a
easier. la u n d iy tag, la u n d ry or c le a n e r’s mm It
on the p e rso n ’s clothing.
Central Pocket Loop W horl - R efers to
a pattern w h ich co n sist of at le a st one C om bination - It is the accept am « »»t
recu rvin g ridge, or an ob struction at all the p ossib le variation s •
right an gles to the line of flow, w ith two classificatio n , w hich a set rtf
d eltas, betw een w hich, w hen an fingerprints m ay b ring into beinfl.
im ag in ary line is draw n , no recu rvin g
ridge w ithin the in n er pattern a re a is
Com posites - R efers to fin g n p im t
touched or cut.
p atte rn s in w hich com bin ations <»| !l*e
tented arch , loop and w horl arc f o n t til
C hain o f Evidence - Also referred to
in the sam e print, also p attern s win i*
a s C h ain o f C u sto d y , in cou rt a p erson
the m ajority o f ridges are loops and a
m u st be able to acco u n t every m in ute
few ridges at the centre or «idr me
o f tim e the evidence h a s been in h is or
w horls. T hese are subdivided Intn
som eone e ls e ’s h an d s or cu sto d y from
cen tral pocket loops, double loops and
the tim e it w a s found at the scen e of
accid en tals.
C o n stan cy - Also kn ow n as the fine particles w ill adh ere to the

perm an en cy, it s ta te s th at the friction m oistu re left b y the ridges of the finger.
ridge once fu lly developed its
arran gem en t w ill rem ain s the sam e D issociated Ridges - R efers to those
throughout m a n ’s life. odd ridge s tru c tu re s h avin g no w ell-
defined p atte rn s; the ridges are n ever
Converging R idge - R efers to a crest fu sed , extrem ely sh ort an d are se ries of
w hose closed end is a n g u la r an d se rv es “p a tc h e s” c a u se d by a d istu rb an ce of
as a point o f con vergen ce; it is sh arp developm ental p ro ce ss at the p re -n atal
and ab ru p t. life o f a n in dividual.
Core - The h e art or the in n erm ost D istal - It is m an ifested w h en the exit
center o f a pattern. (Also know n a s the of a loop form ation poin ts tow ard the
heart or the in n er term inus) U su ally fingertips.
found at the cen ter or in nerm ost
recurve. D iverging R idges - Are two cre sts
ru n n in g side by side an d ab ru p tly
Crim e Scene Procedures - R efers to sep aratin g.
sound, law fu l and proper ap p ro ach in
the m an n er o f crim e scene se arch e s. Dot ridge - An edge w h ich resem b les a
point.
Crim inalistics - Is the ap plication of
the p rin ciples o f vario u s scie n ce s in Double Loop W horl - R efers to a
solving problem s in connection w ith p attern co n sistin g o f two distin ct and
the ad m in istratio n of ju s tic e . Also sep arate loop form ation s of different
referred to a s F o ren sic Scien ce or sizes, h avin g two d eltas an d two se ts of
Police Scien ce. The w ord fo ren sic w as sh o u ld ers.
derived from the Latin w ord “F o ru m ”
w hich m ean s a “m ark et p lace ” , a place D usting M ethod - C onsidered a s the
where people gath ered for “pub lic sim p lest an d trad itio n al m ethods u se d
d isc u ssio n ”. in developing p rin ts at the scene o f the
crim e. (Use of Pow der and B rush )
Dactyloscopy - Also referred to as
Kingerprint Identification it is the E dgeoscopy - The stu d y o f the
process o f com parin g qu estion ed and m orphological c h aracte ristics of
known friction skin ridge im p ressio n s friction rid ges; sh ap e or con tour o f the
from fingers. edges of friction ridges.
Delta - Point on the first ridge E nclosure - R efers to a split w hich

form ation at or e xactly in front o f the does not s ta y open b u t in w h ich the
divergence of the type lines.(A lso called legs of the b ifu rcation , after ru n n in g
the outer term inus) A s a point alon g a along side b y side for a sh ort d istan ce,
ridge form ation found at the cen ter or com e together again to form a single
near the cen ter of the diverging type ridge once m ore. It com pletely
lines. su rro u n d s a section of a furrow .
Derm alPapillae - Are irre g u lar pegs E nding R idge - R efers to the term in u s
com posed of delicate connective tissu e o f a sh ort or long ridge.
protruding an d form ing the ridges of
the skin on the fin gers, palm s, toes Envelop - O ccu rs w h en a stap le
and soles o f the feet. en circles one or m ore rods.
Derm is - The in n er laye r con taining Fibular Zone - S itu ate d on the little
the blood v e sse l, derm al papillae, toe side o f the foot, ju s t u n d e r the
variou s glan d s an d nerves. p la n ta r zone. It is on the side o f the
foot, w hich the fib u la ru n s and
Developing a Latent Print with p attern s are seldom located in th is
Powder - The process^ of applying area. It corresp on d s to the u ln a bone of
powder to the print in su ch a w ay that the arm .
Fum ing M ethods - Done by using

Filling - R efers to the p ro ce ss of ch em ical fu m es su c h as Iodine and
finding the pro per place in the Am m onium F u m es.
fingerprint file w here a certain set of
print belong and p lacin g it there. Furrows - T h ey are ca n a ls or
d e p ressio n s betw een the ridges, which
Filling Out - R efers to w ritin g or m ay be com pared w ith the low are a in
in scrib in g on a fingerprint record card a tire tread.
o f all kn ow n in d isp e n sab le d a ta ab out
a su b je c t, except the fingerprints H ypothenar Zone - T h is a im
th em selves. com p rises the large cu sh io n below thr
Final C lassification - R efers to the b ase of the little finger. It m ay contain
ridges cou nt of the loop on the right w h orls, loops, or com b in ations o f both
little finger. or no p attern at all.
Fingerprint -R e fe rs to the Ident - Also know n a s C atch , it refnn

reproduction on som e sm ooth su rface to locating or finding of a previously
o f the design or p attern form ed b y the filed d u plicate record card of I hr
ridges on the in side o f the end jo in t of su b ject.
a th um b or fin ger.Is an im pression
design by the first jo in t of the fingers Incipient R idges - R efers to thorn
an d thum b on sm ooth su rface through ab n orm al type of ridges found In ft
the m edia of in k, sw eat or an y sm all percen tage of p attern s. They
su b sta n ce cap ab le of pro ducing found in the fu rrow s betw een two wrll
visibility. form ed ridges. They are narrow , nIioi !
and b ad ly form ed.
Fingerprint card - Is an 8 ” x 8 ” card
design ed for recording fingerprint Individuality - No two perso n s liav*
im p ression the sam e fingerprint (based on St a tint It
Probability)
Fingerprint C lassification Index -
R efers to su cc essio n of guide card s Infallability - T hat fingerprint in .»
h avin g tab s on w h ich are lettered the positive and reliable m ean* «il
n u m ero u s fingerprint classificatio n identification. It can n ot be easily It*
com bination. forged.
Fingerprint In k - Is a sp e cial form of Ink R oller - Is a ru b b e r maclr i **11* \

in k design ed for tak in g fingerprint design ed to sp re ad the fingerprint Ink
im p ression som etim es sub m itted w ith to the slab.
a p rin te r’s ink.
Ink Slab - Is a m etallic or glims |
Footprint Pattern Zones - A reas in w here the in k is sp read for purpcwr
the sole of the h u m an foot con taining
friction ridge c h aracte ristics w here Inner W horl - A ridge w h osr rotutP
footprint identification is b ased . b eing traced from the left delta to Ma
right d elta p a s s e s inside the right
Friction Ridges - Also referred to as w ith three or m ore ridges intrrvnntflfl
epiderm al or p ap illary ridges. T hey are betw een the right delta and thr I mmhh
strip s of sk in on the inside end jo in ts ridge.
of our th u m b s an d fingers b y w hich
fingerprints are created. Invisible prints - Prints that i f f
gen erally m ade by sweat M
Friction Skin - R efers to an epiderm al p erspiration that requ ires d rvrlafit|n |
h a irle ss skin found on the ven tral or for visibility.
low er su rface of the h a n d s and feet
covered w ith ridges an d furrow s.(A lso Island Ridge - A single ridgr whu^
called a s Pap illary skin). splits into two b ran ch es flowing Mil* Nf
side tow ard the sam e direct ion at |
C R IM IN O LO G Y LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
c e rta in point m eets form ing the u p betw een 60 an d 7 0 p ercen t of the
o rig in a l ridge. p attern s encou ntered.
K e y - R .e fe r s to the ridge cou nt on the M ajor D ivisions - T hey are p ro duced

firs t Ioojd in a set of p rin ts, beginn ing b y the cou n tin g o f loops an d the
w ith th e right thum b . The k ey is placed tracin g of w horl type p atte rn s em erging
a t th e extrem e left end o f the on the left an d right th u m b s. T hese
c la s s if ic a t io n line. It is at all tim es divisions are u se d to su b d ivid e large
s h o w n i n the n u m erato r, no m atter collections of se ts th at the prim ary,
w h e th e r it is obtained from a right or a seco n d ary, and su b -se co n d a ry do not
l e f t - h a n d finger. divide into ad eq u ately sm all grou p s to
allow e a s y filing an d search in g.
K e y D iv n s io n - D erived b y getting the M ake - R efers to the fact that
rid g e c o iu n t of the first (1) loop except identification h a s been m ade.
th e little fingers. In the ab se n c e of the
loop, th ie first w horl w ill be ridge M eeting - Is one in w h ich the ridge
c o u n te d for the p u rp ose. w h ose co u rse b eing traced from the left
d elta tow ard the right d elta e xactly
L aser M tethod - Is a m odern m ethod of m eets the right delta w ith not m ore
tra c in g a_nd developing p rin ts. th an two deltas su p e rse d in g betw een
them .
L a te n t P r i n t - H idden or con cealed
fin g e rp rim ts found at the scen e o f a M inutiae - R efers to the en d in gs and
crim e. The laten t finger m ark , the b ran c h in g o f the finger lines.
d e p o s it e d b y the fingertip p attern , is an
in tricate m ixtu re of n a tu ra l secretion s Ninhydrin M ethod - Is con sid ered as
and c o n ta m in a tio n s from the one of the b est m ethod u se d in
e n v ir o n m e n t. developing p rin ts in paper.
L ateral Pocket Loop - H enry Non N um erical Patterns - R efers to

d e s c r ib e d late ral pocket loops a s ou tlin es m ain ly u se d .in m akin g u p
p a tte rn s w h ose core points have their p rim ary classificatio n s th at are not
e x its on the sam e side o f one of the given n u m erical v alu e s.
d e lta s
N um erical Patterns - T h ese are
L aten t FPrints - P rin ts found at the o u tlin es, w h ich are assig n e d n u m b er
Ncern* o f tthe crim e. v a lu e s depending on w h ich fin gers th ey
a p p e a r w hen m ak in g u p the p rim ary
“ Law o f im u lticity o f eviden ce” - The c lassificatio n .
g re ate r n u m b er o f sim ilarities or
d is s im ila r it ie s ; the greater is the O uter W horl - Is the ridge w hose
p r o b a b ilit y for the con clu sion to be co u rse being traced from the left d elta
c o r re c t. tow ard the right delta p a s s e s outside
the right delta w ith three or m ore
Line o f Flow - V isible in a cen tral rid ges intervening.
pocket locop, determ ined by draw in g an
Imaginary/ line betw een the in n er delta Pairing O f f - M ethod of arran g in g a set
«n d (he center o f the in nerm ost o f fin gerprin ts so th at all n u m erato r
re c u rv in g ridge. fingers or v a lu e s are above the line an d
th at all denom inator fingers or v a lu e s
Loop R e f e r s to a pattern in w hich are below the line.
a n e or moore of the ridges start at one
tid e o f tlh e pattern , ru n tow ard the Palm Pattern Zones - B a sis o f palm
u p p er c o r n er on the opposite side, then print id en tification by m e an s o f the
f r cu rve a Mid start b a ck tow ard the side p arts of the h u m an p alm s con tain in g
it*om w h iic h th ey cam e originally, friction ridge ch aracte ristics.
fe rm in # et d elta at the end of the
pattern a tre a andâ-loop w ith a core in
tllr c t n t e ir . Loops con stitute or m ake
Palm ar Zone -T h is is the a re a th at is Polydactylism - R efers to thr

situ ated at the b a se s of the index, ap p e aran ce of e x tra fingers iih
m iddle, ring, an d little fingers. an ato m ically know n.
Papillary Ridges - Also know n a s Porelon Pad - A sp e cial in kin g pa(l

Friction rid ges, it refers to com m on w h ich req u ires no in k su p p ly or roller.
term given to the ridges on the fingers,
p alm s and soles of the feet. Poroscopy - It refers to the scien ce of
identification u sin g the pores. (GrerU
Pattern A rea - Part o f a fingerprint w ord “poros” - a pare, an d “S k o p ien ” -
w h ich re sts w ithin the a re a to exam ine) is the scien tific stu d y ol
su rro u n d ed by type lin es. the arran gem en t of the sw eat pore*
(Edm ond Locard- F ath e r o f Poroscopy)
Pattern Interpretation - It is the Post M ortem Fingerprinting - ll In
p ro ce ss of d esign ation of n am e s of the p ro cess of takin g fin gerprin ts ol u
fingerprint p attern s. dead person for identification
pu rp o ses. Are prin ts tak en from a
Phalange - It is the sk eletal finger d ise ase d person.
covered w ith friction skin . It is m ade
u p of three bones. Prim ary C lassification - Drilv««l
th rou gh the u s e of n u m b ers assign* ‘ I
Plain Arch - A p attern in w hich the to certain types o f fingerprint pattri nn
ridges com e in on one side of the It is the forem ost classification whi« h
p attern an d flow tow ards the other m e an s the in itial “sortin g” of nH h
side, w ith a rise in the center, w ith no fingerprints an d acts a s the key to <»l|
u p w ard th ru st, no recu rvin g ridge and fingerprint classificatio n an d filin#,
no an g u la r form ation.
R adial Loop - O ccurs w hen I In
Plain Im pression - The m ethod of dow nw ard slope of the ridges about H»*
recording the center of the friction core is from the direction of th r lilt Ip
ridge pattern. It is m ade by p re ssin g an finger tow ard the thum b.
inked finger directly dow n upon a
fingerprint card w ithout an y rolling Recurving Ridge - R efers to thr m ini
m otion.Are im p ression m ade by th at b en d s b ack in the direction hunt
sim u ltan e o u sly p re ssin g the finger to w h ich it started.
the card , u s e a s a reference to
classification . R eference C lassification - A nri ultfl
choice classificatio n from n nrt uf
Plain W horl - A p attern w hich points h avin g approxim ating,
co n sists of one or m ore ridges w hich disp u ted p attern s.
m ake or tend to m ake a com plete
circu it, w ith two d eltas, betw een R eference Classification F o rm u la
w h ich , w hen an im ag in ary line is An ad dition al form ula se rv r <»« *
d raw n , at le ast one recu rvin g ridge reference in case o f doubtful pitiHt
w ithin the in n er pattern a re a is Place the bottom of the c IiimhUIi iUIhm
touched or cut. form ula.
Plantar Zone - Is an a re a occupying Ridge - The elevated or hill lltHl

all o f the “b all” of the foot not occupied s tru c tu re / the b lack line# will* M M
b y the b all pattern zone. w hite dots.
Podoscopy - Scien ce of identification Ridge B ifurcation - R rfrr* ■

throu gh friction ridge ch aracte ristics forking of a single ridge inti» tw#
existin g on sole of the h u m an foot. ( m ore b ran ch es.
G reek w ord “Podo” - the foot, an d
Sk op ien - to exa m in ee s the scien ce R idge Characteristics M inutr uf Hfjfl
w h ich d eals w ith the stu d y o f the details in the ridges of n n y r f l t ^ |
footprints. p attern s w hich are used in WHtipitHffl
C R IM IN O LO G Y LICE N SU R E E X A M IN A TIO N /A SSE SSM E N T R E V IE W E R
t
an d identifying fingerprints. ( Silver N itrate m ethod - Done by

“M in u tiae” or “G alto n ” details) sp rayin g a 5 percen t solution of silver
nitrate to the su rface o f the paper.
Ridge C ounter - R efers to a petite
pointed in stru m e n t u se d for cou n tin g Sub-Secondary C lassification - The
ridges. ridge trace or ridge cou nt sym bo ls of
the p atte rn s on the in dex, m iddle and
Ridge C ou n tin g - It is the p ro ce ss of ring fingers of both h a n d s, w h ether all
cou n tin g ridges th at cro ss or touch an three p attern s are of the sam e type or
im ag in ary line d raw n betw een the delta not.
and core of a loop. The core an d delta
are not counted, only the rid ges th at go Sufficient Recurve - C o n sists of the
acro ss or tou ch the im ag in ary line are sp ace betw een the sh o u ld e rs of a loop,
counted. free o f ap p e n d ag e s w h ich lie alongside
Ridge D estruction - D estruction of u p on it at a right angle on the outside
the friction sk in can eith er be of the recu rve.
tem porary or p erm an en t. G e n erally
tem porary d estru ctio n occu r w hen only Sweat duct - The p a ssa g e w ay.
the epiderm is laye r of the friction sk in
h as b een dam age, w hile p erm an en t Sweat glands - The p ro d u cers of
dam age can be in jected to the friction sw eat.
skin du e to dam age to the derm is
layer. Sweat pores - The tin y opening/ the
tin y w hite dots.
Ridge E nding - An ab ru p t end of a
ridge form ation; it eith er en ds pointing Tented A rch es - Are a variety o f the
up or down in a fingerprint pattern. arch fam ily w h ich is a tran sitio n al
pattern , b ec au se it b ears a
Ridge Form ation - (Ridges sta rts to resem b lan ce to a plain a rc h an d a loop
form in the fin gers an d thum b d u rin g pattern.
l he 3 rd to 4 th m onths o f the fetu s life.)
Term inal Phalange - The p a rticu la r
Ridge T racin g - R efers to the p ro cess bone covered w ith friction sk in , h avin g
of ch artin g the ridge th at originates all the different typ es o f fingerprint
liom the low er side of the left delta p attern s an d it is located n e a r the tip
toward the right delta to see w here it o f the finger.
Hows in relation to the right delta.
T hen ar Zone - R efers to the large
Rolled Im pression - The p ro ce ss of cu sh io n at the b a se of the thum b. On
recording the entire ridge p attern of the th is vicin ity m ay a p p e a r w h orls, loops
i mil jo in t by rolling an in ked finger or com b in ations o f both.
from one side of the fingernail to the
other. Are fingerprint im p ression tak en Tibial Zone - T his a re a is on the big
Individually by rolling e ach finger from toe of the foot in w h ich p attern s are
one side to the other side an d from the alm ost n ever found; b ut there are
tip to the end of the first join t. exception al c a s e s w hen they ap p e ar
here.
Hulling M ethod - B a sic a lly u se d in
developing p rin ts in p ap er done b y Tw in Loops - The rid ges con tain in g
•Imply rolling the p ap e r w ith pow der the core points h ave th eir exits on
Spreading in its su rface . different sid es.
Short R idge - A cre st o f lim ited length. T y p e Lines - T hey refer to the two
in n erm ost ridges w h ich sta rt or go
Shoulders o f a Looping or R ecurving parallel, diverge, and su rro u n d or tend
Nldgc Points, one on each side o f a to su rro u n d the p attern area.
'Jim11\ ju s t w here the ridge positively
tra in s an d stop s its recurve. U lnar Loop - M anifested w hen the
dow nw ard slope of the ridges ab ou t the
core is from the direction of the thum b in side the body ce a se s. No m ore heut i«
tow ard the little finger. produced b u t the body lo ses slow ly itw
tem p eratu re b y evaporation or by
U pthrust - R efers to an ending ridge of con duction to the surrou n d in g
an y d istan ce end to end risin g at a atm osph ere. The pro gressive fall o f thr
su fficien t degree from the horizontal body tem peratu re is one of the muni
plane. prom inent sign s o f death. G rad u al
d ecreasin g of the body te m p e ratu ir
V isible prints - P rin ts w h ich are u n til su c h tim e it a ssu m e s thr
read ily visib le to the n ak ed eye. It can tem peratu re of the environm ent w h i c h
either be: Molded p rin ts or Prints is fa ste r d u rin g the first two (2) houiM
m ade by contam ination w ith colored after death an d slow er du rin g the nrnl
su b stan ce . 6 to 9 h o u rs an d eq u al to I In
environm ental tem perature beyond I J
W horls - B etw een 2 5 and 3 5 p er cent h o u rs. The fall
o f the p attern s encou ntered co n sist of tem peratu re of 1 5 to 2 0 degree*
w horls. In a w horl, som e o f the ridges F aren h eit is con sidered s a certain hi km
m ake a tu rn throu gh at le ast one o f death.
circu it. A ny fingerprint pattern w hich
con tain s 2 or m ore deltas w ill be a A llele - One of the varian t form s ol h
w horl pattern. gene at a p articu lar locu s, or locution,
on a chrom osom e. D ifferent ullrlrn
produce variation in inherit ml
FO RENSIC M ED ICINE ch aracte ristics. For ST R m ark ers, m i It
allele is the n u m b er of rep eats of thr
A bortion - Is the exp u lsio n of the sh ort b ase seq uen ce.
pro d u cts of conception before full term ,
w hile others con sid er it a s the forcible Anilingus - A form of se x u a l p ervn rtinit
exp u lsion of the product o f conception w herein a p erson derives Nrximl
anytim e before the age o f viability. excitem en t b y lickin g the anuN <if
an oth er person o f eith er sex.
A bscess o f the Brain - It is the A nth ropom etry (BERTILl io n
infection of the b rain brou gh t ab ou t by SYSTEM ) - A system of id en tified Ion
m icroorgan ism s an d is ch aracterized b ased on the m e asu rem en ts of tin
by the form ation or edem a of the b rain. v ario u s bony stru ctu re of the hum mm
body cam e to be know n w hen It wa*
A cciden tal Death - It is destru ction of in trodu ced in the police depart n u n I in
life w ithou t in tent w hich o ccu rs P aris, F ran ce in 18 8 2 by Alphoimt
u n exp ected ly and outside o f h u m an Bertillon. The b a se s o f the Bertilllnn^t
will. m ethod o f identification are:
a. H um an skeleton dorn iml
Acute H epatitis - It ts the su d d en and ch an ge after 2 0 ye ars.
severe infection of the liver ca u se d by b. It is im possib le foi iwm
v iru s, b acte ria an d other toxins h u m an b eings to h avr ..........
ch aracterized b y fever, and yellow ish alike.
d iscoloration of the body. c. M easu rem ent easily
w ith the aid of almjilp
Acute Pancreatitis - It is the su d d en in stru m en t.
in flam m ation of the p an cre as, w hich
m aybe ca u se d by infection carried in A nthrophy - D ecreased in mit* *»f
the blood stream . norm ally developed organ or ti» iu r
A graphia - A b rain d ise ase w hich Apparent Death - It is a NtMtr »*I

c a u se s the in ability of an in dividu al to tem porary cessatio n of thr vital
w rite although he could still g ra sp the activities of the body or thr vital
w ritin g in strum en t. p ro ce sse s w here d e p re ssrd to the
m inim um com patible with life.
A lgor M ortis - The cooling of the body.
After death the m etabolic p ro ce ss
A sphixia - T his is a c a u se of death due b rain b y foreign b odies w h ich m ayb e in

to in terference o f respiration . air, fatty s u b sta n c e s or septic bodies.
A utopsy - R efers to the exam in ation of C ham pignon D ’ Ocum e - w h itish

the body after death by m e an s of foam at the m ou th or n ostril the
dissection m ethod. m u c u s secretion o f the resp irato ry
tract.
A utosexu ality - S e lf - gratification;
also kn ow n a s m astu rb atio n . C hem ical Burn - A type of b u rn du e to
ch em icals like stron g acid s, a lk a li’s
Base Pair - Two b a se s th at form a an d other irritan t s u b sta n c e s that
"ru ng o f the DNA lad der." A DNA produce extensive destru ction of
n ucleotide is m ade of a m olecule of tis s u e s an d u s u a lly h eal b y the
su g ar, a m olecule of p h osp h oric acid, form ation of s c a rs.
and a m olecule called a b ase . The
b a se s are the "letters" th at sp ell out C hrom osom es - One of the th readlike
the genetic code. In DNA, the code "p ackages" of gen es an d other DNA in
letters are A, T, G, an d C, w h ich stan d the n u c le u s of a cell.
for the ch em icals ad en in e, thym ine,
g u an in e, an d cytosin e, respectively. In C hronic Starvation - It is the
b ase pairin g, ad en in e alw ays p a irs w ith starvatio n w h erein the deprivation of
thym ine, an d gu an in e alw ays p airs food an d or w ate r o ccu rs in g rad u al
w ith cytosine. m an n er.
B estosexual - A devian t s e x u a l cravin g C losed W ound - An in ju ry w here there

tow ards a n im als; also kn ow n a s is no b re a k in the overlying sk in or
bestiality. tissu e s.
Biologic Death - The type of lo ss of life C oagulation in the Blood - The

ch aracterized by the a b se n ce of p ro ce ss o f solidification of the blood
cognitive fu n ction s and aw a re n e ss after death.
artificial su p p o rt system .
C O D IS - R efers to a softw are program
Burial - Is a m ethod o f p lacin g the th at op erates local, state, an d n ation al
dead body in the grave. d a ta b a se s of DNA profiles from
convicted offenders, un so lved crim e
Cadaveric Spasm - Also kn ow n a s scen e evidence, and m issin g p erso n s.
in stan tan e o u s rigor, it refers to the The odds th at two in d ivid u als w ill h ave
stiffening of certain groups o f m u scle s the sam e 13 -lo c i DNA profile are ab ou t
w hich o ccu rs im m ediately at the one in one billion.
m om ent o f death, it is asso ciate d w ith
violent d e ath s du e to the extrem e Cold Stiffenin g - Condition w h ich is
in jury an d ten sio n s to the n ervou s ch aracterized b y stiffening o f the
Hystem. m u scle s due to the solidification of
fats, fluid s an d m u scle s as a re su lt of
C aisson’s D isease - Condition seen in the exp o su re of dead bodies to extrem e
diverse u n d e rw ate r w h en exposed to cold.
u n in crease en vironm ental p re ssu re
and ch aracterized b y the greater C om a - Is a profound stu p o r in
com bining cap acity o f the blood a s w ell s ic k n e ss or after severe in jury.
a s accu m u latio n o f the g a se s.
C om pound Fracture - A fissu re or
Cerebral C on cussion - It is a condition cra ck w here the is a lo ss o f align m en t
of the b rain re su ltin g from su d d en of the affected bone a s w ell a s b re a k in
Inrring or stu n n in g of the b rain , w hich the bone.
follows a h ead in jury.
C ongestion - It is the ab n o rm al
Cerebral E m bolism -
T his is the accu m u latio n o f blood in certain p arts
blocking of the blood v e sse ls in the o f the body.
Contre Coup Injury - It is the p h ysic al D iffusion Lividity - It is a fixed 01

in ju ry th at is found not at the site b ut p erm an en t discoloration w hen thr
opposite of the site o f the application of blood clothed in side the blood ve sse l*
the force. or h a s d iffu sed to different p arts of thr
body.
Contusion - C om m only know n a s
b ru ise s, it refers to a w oun d in the D islocation - R efers to thr
su b sta n ce of the tru e sk in an d in the d isp lacem en t of the a rticu lar su rface n
s u b cu ta n e o u s cellu lar tis s u e s of the b ones form ing the join t*
ch aracterized by d iscoloration and frequently seco n d ary to trau m a.
sw elling.
DYS# - D=DNA, Y=Y chrom osom e, S <1
C oroner System - The coroner system u n iq u e DNA segm ent. A label loi
is h eaded b y a co u n try coroner or genetic m ark ers on the Y chrom osom r
b orough coroner w ho m ay be a E a c h m ark er is design ated by a
b arriste r, solicitor or a legally qualified nu m ber, acco rdin g to international
practition er of not le ss th an five (5) con ventions. At presen t, virtu ally nil
y e a rs stan d in g in h is p ro fession and is the D Y S d esign ation s are given to S I N
elected b y the cou n ty cou ncil or m ark ers (a c la s s often u se d in genrlli
borou gh council. The coroner is an genealogy).
in q u est officer w hose d u ty is to in quire
into the circu m stan ce s of certain E m balm ing - Is the m ethod
m edico-legal d eath s w ithin h is preservin g the dead body for a certuitl
ju risd ictio n . U nlike the m edico-legal period of tim e by rem oving body fluid*
officer or the m edical e xam in er w hose before decom position.
q u alification s, d u ties, an d pow ers are
p ractically the sam e, the coroner h as Epilepsy - A n ervo u s d ise ase m nilo*!
in vestigative and ju d ic ia l fu nctions. by seizure w ith con vulsion and Ion* of
c o n sc io u sn ess.
Coup Injury - R efers to a p h ysical
in ju ry w hich is found at the site of the Exhum ation - It is the raisin# "i
application of the force. d isin terrin g of the dead body rerrmln*
in the grave.
C unnilingus - A se x u a l gratification
attain ed b y lickin g or su ck in g the Extensive Injury - It is a phyhl< nl
extern al fem ale genitalia. in ju ry th at involved the greater nu n
beyond the site o f force.
Cutis A nserina - Know n a s goose
flesh, it refers to a condition o f the skin Euthanasia - It is a w illful accrlrin lIm i
u s u a lly in extrem ities m an ifested by of death of a p erson in order to learn it
pale and con tracted skin . hi su fferin gs.
Death - The ab sen ce of life in living False Physical Virginity - A condill'ni

m atters or organ ism s. w herein the hym en is u n ru p tu rrd I nil
the orifice is wide and elastic to ml mil
D efloration - R efers to the laceration two or m ore fingers o f the exninin#»
or ru p tu re of the hym en of w om en w ith a le sse r degree of resistan ce.
u s u a lly due to se x u a l in tercou rse.
Fellatio - A se xu al devlMin»M
Dem i- V irginity - A condition of a u n d e rtak e n b y p lacing the m alr
w om an w ho perm its a n y form of se x u a l organ in the m outh to attain *r*tnto
liberties a s long a s they a b stain from gratification.
ru p tu rin g the h ym en b y s e x u a l act.
Fetishism - Form o f sexu al pervri**ltiM
DNA - The chem ical in side the n u cle u s w herein the real or fa n ta sy prenein r uf
of a cell that carrie s the genetic an object or bodily part is necessMiy to l
in stru ctio n s for m akin g living se x u a l stim ulation and gratification.
organ ism s.
Filiation - The civil s ta tu s o f the child

in relation to h is / h e r m other or father. G erontophiia - A devian t deviation
w herein there is s e x u a l desire tow ards
First D egree Burn - It is the b u rn an older person.
w h ich in volves the su p e rficial laye r of
the sk in or tis s u e s ch aracterized by G razes - R efers to a n a b rasio n du e to
re d n e ss an d pain , b u t later on forcible con tact w ith ro ugh , h ard
slo u gh in g o f the sk in after a few d ays. objects re su ltin g to the irre g u lar
E xam p le: S u n b u rn rem oval o f the sk in su rface .
Forensic M edicine - The u s e of H eat Stiffenin g - H ardening o f the

m edical scien ce to elucidate legal m u scle s due to coagu lation of m u scle
problem s in gen eral w ithout specific protein w h en dead body is exposed to
reference or application to a p a rticu la r in ten se heat.
case. It e n co m p a sse s a variety o f fields
in fo ren sic scien ce su ch as pathology, H eat Stroke - It is a failu re of
anthropology, odontology, toxicology, ad eq u ate h eat elim ination alm ost
entom ology, an d others. alw ays related to a b reakd ow n o f the
sw eatin g m ech an ism .
Fracture - R efers to a b re a k or
solution in the con tin u ity of the bone H em atom a - It is large e x trav asatio n s
tissu e s re su ltin g from violence or from o f the blood in a n ew ly form ed cavity
som e e xistin g pathology. se co n d ary to tra u m a w ith sw elling.
Friction Burn - A sca ld or scorch H om icidal Death - H om icide is the

w hen the bodies com e into con tact killin g of an o th er p erson w ith the
with a m oving object th at is either in tent b ut w ithou t ju stificatio n .
sliding or rotating.
H om icidal Starvation - The h u n ger
Frottage - A form of se x u a l and u n d e rn o u rish m en t is done
gratification ch aracterized by the in ten tion ally a s in neglected in fan ts,
com pulsive desire o f a p erson to ru b m en tally retard ed , old an d h elp less
his se x organ a g a in st som e p art of the p erso n s.
body o f another.
H om osexu ality - The attraction an d
Frostbite - It is a condition of se x u a l desire tow ards the sam e sex.
(‘xposu re to cold tem p eratu re or
rertain p arts o f the body w hich H ypostatic Lividity - It is the lividity
produces m ech an ical d isru p tio n o f cell w hen the d iscoloration is du e to the
stru ctu re, it le ad s to sw elling, blood pooled in the m ost dependent
throm bosis an d gan gren e of the are a s of the body.
affected tissu e s.
H ysteria - A p sych o n e u ro sis w ith
Gait - R efers to the n a tu ra l or sym ptom s b ase d on con version an d
Nccondary m an n er of w alk in g w hich ch aracterized by la c k of control over
may be in h eren t or a re su lt o f d ise ase acts.
• >r personality.
Incest - S e x u a l relation s betw een
Genes -The fu n ctio n al an d p h ysical person w ho, by re aso n of blood
unit o f heredity p a sse d from p aren t to relatio n sh ip can n ot legally m arry.
oft spring. G en es are pieces o f DNA,
11nd m ost gen es con tain the Incised W ound - R efers to those
Inform ation for m akin g a specific in ju rie s pro duced b y sh a rp edged
protein. in stru m en ts.
Oenom e - The entire DNA con tained in Infanticidal Death - It is a fatality

* n o rgan ism or a cell, w hich in clu d es w h ich in volves the killing of an in fan t
hoth the chrom osom es w ithin the le ss th an three d ays old.
n u cleus and the DNA in m itochondria.
Infantosexuality - A deviant s e x u a l b ut norm ally the gene nam e sh ould be

b eh avior m an ifested by fo n d n ess u se d to design ate the gene itself, as
tow ards an im m atu re person. Also this u s u a lly w ill con vey the most
know n a s PEDOPHILIA. inform ation.
Inundation - To flood or sw am p. Locus M inoris R esistencia A

p h ysical in ju ry w hich can be found in
K eeler’s Polygraph Test - Also know n som e a re a s offering the le a st resistan ce
a s lie detector test, it is an exam in ation to the force applied.
u se d to record the psych ological
ch an g es asso ciate d w ith lying in a Lust M urder - A ggressive sexu al
sub ject. behavior w h erein the offender perform h
se x u a l in tercou rse an d k ills the victim
Lacerated W ound - An in ju iy or afterw ards.
ab rasio n w h ich re su lts from b lu n t
objects or in stru m e n ts. M aceration - R efers to the softening ol
tis s u e s of the body w h en placed in n
Legal M edicine - Is th at b ran ch of fluid m edium in the ab sen ce ol
m edicine w h ich d eals w ith the b acteria w h ich o ccu rs in the death ol
ap plication of m edical know ledge to the the fetu s in the u te ru s.
p u rp o ses of law an d in the
ad m in istration o f ju stic e . M asochism - Also referred to it*
p assive algolagn ia it is a form of sexu al
Less Serious Physical Injury - A perversion in w hich the infliction ol
p h ysic al in ju ry w herein the offended pain b y an oth er is n e c e s s a ry for sexim l
victim is in cap acitated for w ork or enjoym ent.
req u ires m edical atten d an ce for ten
d a y s or m ore b ut not m ore th an 3 0 M arker - Also kn ow n as a genet l«
d ays. m ark er, a segm ent o f DNA with it it
identifiable p h ysical location on *
Leukem ia - A d ise ase of blood form ing chrom osom e w hose in h eritan ce can hr
tis s u e s ch aracterized b y an exten sive followed. A m ark er can be a gene, or It
an d ab n orm al production of m atu re can be som e section of DNA with net
an d im m atu re of white blood cells. know n fu nction. B e c a u se DNA
segm ents th at lie n e a r each other on *t
Liver Cirrhosis - It is the degeneration chrom osom e tend to be in h e rits I
of w hite blood cells b ut proliferation of together, m ark ers are often u sed nn
in tern al tis s u e s w ith fib rosis due to indirect w ays of track in g thr
m alnu trition, infection, toxins and in h eritan ce pattern of genes that Iwtvi
alcoholic re su ltin g to decrease of liver not yet been identified, but whom
fu n ction s. approxim ate locations are known.
Livor M ortis - R efers to the M asturbation - A form of sexual

discoloration of the body after death deviation done by fondling or touch Itin
w h en blood ten ds to pool in blood the extern al genital organ to uttnlM
v e sse ls of the m ost dependent p art of s e x u a l p le asu re.
the body, also referred to a s post
m ortem lividity. M edical Exam iner System - This im m
system u n d e r the control of the Chief
Locus - A point in the genom e, m edical E x am in e r that is a doctor *»(
identified by a m ark er, w hich can be m edicine an d appointed by the rnnytif
m apped by som e m ean s. It does not from the classifie d lists com piled !ty\^
n e ce ssa rily correspond to a gene. A the civil service by the ban!* I
single gene m ay have several loci com petitive exam in ation. The office itf
w ithin it (each defined by different the ch ief m edical exam in er is on ' I
m arkers) and th ese m ark ers m ay be h o u rs w ork w ith clerical s ta ff ulwwv»
se p arate d in genetic or p h ysical p resen t. His du ty is to in vestiâtr tit#
m appin g experim en ts. In su ch c a s e s, it ca u se of death e sp ecially violent d« nth
is u se fu l to define these different loci, of the victim .
a rse n ic an d glycerine an d covering the

M edical Jurisprudence - A b ran c h of sk in w ith the V ase lin g or p la ste r of
law w h ich co n cern s w ith the a sp e cts of p a ris before decom position se ts in.
law an d legal con cepts to m edical
practice. It in clu d es righ ts, d u ties, an d M utation - A perm an en t stru ctu ra l
liabilities of p h ysic ian , p atien t and alteration in DNA.
h ealth in stitution.
M utilation - The in tention al act of
M edicine - R efers to the scien ce an d looping a n y p a rts o f the living body.
art w h ich d eals w ith the prevention
and treatm en t o f illn e sse s or d ise a se s. N arcissism - A se x u a l p erversion
w hich a se x u a l p le a su re attain ed in
M edico Legal E xam ination System - w atch in g itse lf in the m irror.
The system u se d in the P hilippines,
w hich is h an d led b y a m edical ju r is t N atural Death - F atality due to d ise ase
who is a registered p h ysic ian d u ly or ailm en t in the body.
qualified to practice m edicine in the
Philippines. The N ational B u re a u of N ecrphilia - A se x u a l perversion
Investigation an d the Phil. N ational ch aracterized by erotic desire or actu a l
Police h ave their own m edical ju r is t se x u a l in terco u rse w ith a corpse.
who h a n d le s m edico-legal c a s e s. His
d u ty is to exam in e the victim or Necrosis - D eath of the cells a s a
assa ila n t, to m ake report, an d to re su lt o f d ise a se or in ju ry.
ap p ear in cou rt a s an expert w itn ess
w hen su m m on ed by the proper N egligent Death - It is a lo ss o f life
auth orities. due to re c k le ss im pu dence, negligence
lack of skill or la ck of foresight.
Micro Satellite - Repetitive stre tch e s
of sh ort se q u e n ce s of DNA u se d as N on-M ortal W ound - D am age or injuxy
genetic m ark ers to tra c k in h eritan ce in w hen inflicted to the body is not
fam ilies. im m ediately followed by death.
M olecular Death - It is the ce ssatio n N ym phom ania - It is an exce ssive

of life o f the in d ivid u al cells in the body d esire for s e x u a l in terco u rse in the
which o cc u rs one at a tim e after fem ale.
som atic death.
O pen W ound - C u t w h ere there is a
Moral V irgin ity - S tate of not know ing b re a k or ru p tu re of the sk in tis s u e s .
t he n atu re of se x u a l life an d not h avin g
experienced se x u a l relation. Partialism - A se x u a l deviation in m ale
w ho have sk ills on certain p a rts of
Mortal W ound - In ju ry or dam age fem ale to a ro u se se x u a l p re ssu re.
which w h en inflicted to the body is
im m ediately followed by death or is Paternity - Civil sta tu s of fath e r to h is
aerious en ou gh th at will en d an ger the begotten son.
life of the victim .
PCR A nalysis - Polym erase C h ain
M um m ification - A condition at w hich R eaction is u se d to m ake m illions o f
the body flu id s is rem oved before e xact copies of DNA from a biological
• lecom position sets in re su ltin g to sam ple. DNA am plification w ith PC R
sh rin kin g an d preservation o f the dead allow s DNA a n a ly sis on biological
body. M um m ification can be either sam p le s a s sm all a s a few sk in cells.
natu ral of artificial (em balm ing).
Natural for the fo rces of n atu re su c h a s Penetrating W ound - An in ju ry or
i»u nlight, w arm clim ate an d hot d ry soil dam age ca u se d b y an in stru m e n t or
influence the dead body. A rtificial a n y object w hich pierces solid organ
when the preservation is done w ith the an d tissu e s.
Introduction of som e ch em ical like
form alin, alcohol, phenol, m ercu ry,
Perforated Peptic - It is the ru p tu re of Pregnancy - Is a condition or state o f u

the stom ach or d u oden um to w om an who h a s w ithin h er body thr
deepenin g w oun d in the w alls o f the grow ing pro d u ct of conception or n
stom ach or du odenum . fecu n d ated germ .
Perforated T ubal Pregnancy - This Prim ary Flaccidity - The period of the
condition is the ru p tu re o f the fallopian m u scle irritability in w h ich thr
tube of the fem ale. m u scle s are relaxed and cap ab le of
con tractin g w hen stim u lated ; pupil urr
Perforating W ound - An in ju ry w hen dilated, in continence o f urin ation and
there is con tact on the in n er an d outer defection. L a sts 3 - 6 h o u rs after death
p ortions of a hollow organ.
Punctured W ounds - T hose in ju r i a
Petechiae - T h ese are m in ute, produced by sh a rp point r< I
pinpoint, circu m scribe e x trav asatio n s in stru m e n ts.
o f the blood in the tissu e .
Purine Bases - A denine and guanini
Physical V irginity - A condition are p u rin es. P u rin es are the larger c»l
w hereb y a w om an is co n scio u s of the the two typ es o f b a se s found in DNA
n atu re o f the se x u a l life b u t not The 9 atom s th at m ake u p the fu»r<|
e xperienced s e x u a l in tercou rse. Applies rin gs are 5 carb o n s, 4 nitrogen
to w om en who have reached se x u a l nu m bered 1-9 . With all ring atom s lit
m atu rity b u t not experienced se x u a l in the sam e plane.
in tercou rse. While tru e p h ysic al
virginity is d escribed a s a condition Putrefaction - R efers to the p ro cess ol
w h erein the hym en is in tact, w ith the d issolu tion of tis s u e s by the digest Iv*
edges distinct an d reg u lar, an d the action of en zym es and b acteria w hich
opening is sm all to b are ly adm it the tip re su lts to softening an d liquefaction of
o f the sm alle st finger of the exam in er tis s u e s , typically accom pan ied hy
even if the th ighs are sep arated . change of tissu e color and the
liberation o f foul sm ellin g g ase s.
Physiologic Death - A type of
m ortality w hen all the vital o rgan s Pygm alionism - A se x u a l deviation
h ave ce ase d to function. w h ereby a p erson h a s se x u a l d e sirr Ini
statu te s.
Pluralism - S e x u a l activity done by two
or m ore cou p les; group sex. Rigor M ortis - Also know n as poni
m ortem rigidity, it is a stage* of
Post M ortem C aloricity - R efers to m u sc u la r ch an ge w hich
the rise of tem perature of the body ch aracterized b y h ard en in g of mum'Inn
after death due to rapid an d early due to biological ch an g es of m u nr In
p u trefactive ch an g es or som e in tern al proteins.
ch an g es. It is u s u a lly observed in the
first two h o u rs of death. O ccur in the RFLP - R estriction Fragm en t Length
follow ing condition: C holera, T e tan u s, Polym orphism is a technique Ini
Sm all pox an d Peritonitis an alyzin g the variab le lengths of DNA
fragm en ts th at re su lt from digesting
Post-M ortem Lividity - A DNA sam ple w ith a sp ecial kind ill
discoloration o f the body after death enzym e.
w hen the blood ten ds to pool in the
blood v e sse ls of the m ost dependent Sadism - Also know n a s Actlvt
portions of the body. The onset of post Algolagnia, it is a form of s r ^t
m ortem lividity is 2 0 -3 0 m in u tes and perversion in w hich the infliction w
the color ch an ge in the body is pain on an o th er is n e ce ssa ry for sexual
com plete in approxim ately 1 2 h ou rs. enjoym ent.
Precipitin Test - T his exam in ation is Saponfication - Also known m

of valu e in determ ining w hether the Adipocere form ation, it is the format Inn
blood is of h u m an origin or not. of a soft, friable, and brow nish white
g re a sy su b sta n c e in the soft fatty O ccasion ally, one w ill m u tate b y the
tis s u e s of the body w h ich o ccu rs after gain or lo ss o f one repeat. (Also kn ow n
death. a s m icrosatellite)
Satyriasis - An exce ssive desire for Sodom y - Form o f s e x u a l p erversion

s e x u a l in terco u rse in the m ale. seen in p e rso n s in the p rison or m ental
h o sp ital w h ich se x u a l in terco u rse is
Scald - A b u rn du e to con tact w ith a done to the a n u s o f an o th er person .
hot or boiling liquid or g a s over the
body ch aracterized by re d n e ss, pain Som atic Death - It is a com plete,
an d b lister form ation. co n tin u es ce ssatio n of resp iration ,
circu lation an d alm ost all b rain
S capula - Is a p a ir o f b ones at the b ack fu nction of an organism .
w herein ch an g es m ay o ccu r to
determ ine the age of a person after Sprain - It is the stain in g or tearin g of
death. the p a rticu la r ten d on s, ligam en ts and
m u scle s ch aracterized b y sw elling,
Scars - T h ey are com posed of fibrous d iscoloration o f tis s u e s involved and
tissu e s w h ich tak e the place of the extrem e pain.
original tis s u e s w h ich h ave been
in ju red or destroyed. T hey are devoid Stab W ounds - R efers to in ju ries
of specialized tissu e so th ey do not pro d u ced b y sh a rp pointed an d sh a rp
con tain pigm ent laye rs, sw eat or edged in stru m en ts.
seb ace o u s glan d s. R ecent s c a rs of two
to three w eek s old are v a s c u la r w ith Stage o f Prim ary Flaccidity - R efers
red or p in k color. C ontracted b loodless to m u s c u la r ch an ge upon death
s ca rs w ith w hite an d glisterin g ch aracterized by relaxatio n of m u scle s
su rfa ce s are u s u a lly m ore th an six a n d lo ss of their n a tu ra l tone.
m onths old; S c a rs re su ltin g from
su p erficial w ou n d s an d from w ou n d s Stage o f Secondary Flaccidity - The
healing b y first intention develop p h ase of m o lecu lar ch an ge after death
earlier. ch aracterized by softening and
flaccid ity o f the m u scle s w h ich no
Second Degree Burn - It is the b u rn longer resp o n d s to m ech an ical
w hich in volves the su p e rficial la y e r of stim ulation.
the skin and tissu e , nerve endings an d
is ch aracterized b y the form ation o f State o f Suspended A nim ation - Also
b listers con tain in g fluid over the referred to a s a p p are n t death, it is a
tissu e s. T his is the m ost pain fu l tem porary an d tran sie n t c e ssatio n of
b ecause of the irritation of the nerve the vital fu n ction s of the body due to
r ridings. d ise a se , extern al stim u lu s or other
form s o f in flu ence.
Serious Physical Injury - A p h ysic al
in jury w here in the victim is w oun ded, STR A nalysis - S h o rt tandem rep eat
heater or a s sa u lte d and is in technology is u se d to evalu ate specific
cap acitated for w ork req u ires m edical regions (loci) w ithin n u cle a r DNA.
lit tendan ce for m ore th an 3 0 d ays. V ariab ility in S T R regions can be u se d
to d istin g u ish one DNA profile from
Sexual D eviation - Is an u n n a tu ra l another.
nrxual b eh avior b y certain in d ivid u als
that is done u s u a lly in p rivacy b ut m ay Suffocation - Stoppage of respiration ,
hr done in pub lic or done in pub lic or or a s p h y x ia due to su c h stoppage.
done in a bizarre m an n er.
Suicidal Death - A fatality or lo ss of
tlhort T andem Repeats (STR) - R efers life due to killin g or d estru ction o f
to genetic m a rk er co n sistin g of oneself.
m ultiple copies of an id en tical DNA
wsquence arran ged in direct su cc essio n Superficial W ound - An in ju ry w hich
In a p a rticu lar region of a chrom osom e. involves the ou ter layer of the skin .
and w h ose genital o rgan s h ave not

Surgery - A b ran ch of m edicine w hich been altered by carn al correction.
d eals w ith the p art of the body w hich
needs d ru gs an d operative tech n iq u es Virgo Intacta - R efers to a w om an who
in order to rem edy or alleviate the h a s h ad se veral s e x u a l in tercou rse*
defect or illn ess. b ut h ad not yet b orn a child.
Third D egree Burn - It is- the b u rn V oyeurism - A s e x u a l act perform ed by

involving the sk in , nerves, m u scle s and the m ale and som e tim es time tin-
b ones w hich is u s u a lly en cou ntered in fem ale w herein se x u a l p leasu re in
victim s of con flagration s. T h is is the attain ed b y seein g p e rso n s u n d re ssin g
m ost severe b u rn b ec a u se the victim or engaged in s e x u a l activity.
u s u a lly dies from lo ss of fluid and
electrolyte in the body an d m assive PO LYG R A PH Y
infection
1.5 - O hm s of sk in electrical resistanc e
T oxicology - Is the scien ce or stu d y of sensitivity.
poison s th at affects the body.
60 - M illim eter of m e rcu ry show n In
Trance - It is a profound or ab norm al the spyghm o- dial.
sleep.
A or M - A utom atic or m an u al ynlvn
T raum a - R efers to a n in ju ry or w oun d am plifier.
p ro duced b y e xtern al forces.
+ - A ch art m ark in g w hich in dicate* m
Traum atic Crush A sphyxia - Is a y e s a n sw e r of the su b je ct to a question
condition o f a s p h y x ia death to extern al - - A ch art m ark in g w hich in dicates .»
com pression of the th o rax and no a n sw e r of the su b je ct to a question
abdom en w ith con sequ en t prevention
o f resp irato ry m ovem ent. A dm ission - A se lf incrim inating
statem en t w hich falls short ol a it
T rench Foot - A condition u s u a lly ackn ow ledgem en t of guilt.
seem am ong those w alkin g over the
snow w here the foot is exposed to A ngelo M osso - A pioneei w|»m
freezing tem perature. developed in 18 9 5 a type of
sph ygm an om eter and utilized •*
Troilism - A s e x u a l act involving three scien tific cradle and focus on th«
p e rso n s perform ing se x u a l in tercou rse sign ifican ce
at the sam e tim e.
Balance Ordeal - This existed I n H ip
U rem ia - It is* the accW iu la tio n of 6 0 0 B .C . a s early a s the Institute Ilf
s u b sta n c e s the blood ordinarily V ish n u w herein the prartlrt of
elim inated in the urin e. determ inin g the veracity ol th f
statem en t of the a ccu sed by |»I«• lit|
V entricular Fibrillation - It is the him on one scale of b alan ce to i d lo I lift
irre g u lar tw itching o f the w alls of the other scale a cou n ter balance I
ventricle of the heart. the a ccu sed is ask ed to step d o w n I h i
scale w hile the ju d g e dellvtMi |
V ertigo - A d istu rb ed v isu a l sen satio n c atch p h rase to the b alan ce Anei it«§
in relation to space. exhortation, the accu sed ia nxkei! t*i £§
b a ck to the scale and if he is fcaitul
V iolent Death - It is lo ss of life due to be lighter th an before he wan n . l) V t
in ju ries by som e form s as outside force a s acquitted.
w here in the p h ysic al in ju ries inflicted
is the proxim ate c a u se of death. Black Lie - A kind of lie used
person to deceive others.
V irginity - A condition of a fem ale who
h as not experienced se x u a l in tercou rse
Blood Pressure C u ff A ssem bly - Part p n eu m o grap h tracin g s recorded from a

of the cardio com pon en t attach ed on se ries of q u estion s.
the right arm of the su b ject.
C onfession - R efers to the vo lu n tary
B oiling W ater O rdeal - T his w as statem en t m ade b y a p erso n an d given
prevalen t in A frica. T h is test of to p ro per au th o rities w h erein he
deception is u n d e rtak e n b y ask in g ackn ow ledges h im se lf to be gu ilty of an
those p e rso n s su sp e cte d o f com m itting offense an d d isc lo se s circu m sta n ce s of
a crim e to place th eir right arm into h is act an d p articipation he h ad in the
the boiling pot to the elbow, after felony.
p lu n gin g th eir arm th ey are a sk e d to
take a re st at the sam e tim e, the one C on trol Q uestion - A n sw erab le by NO
who after the n ext afternoon h a s lost it is design ed to produce a re sp o n se
som e of h is sk in or show ed a b lister from an in nocen t su b ject.
w ould be determ ined a s the p erson
gu ilty of com m itting a crim e. Deception - It is an act o f m islead in g
or deceiving u s u a lly acco m p lish ed b y
C ard T est - It is con ducted lying or u n tru th fu l rem ark s.
im m ediately after the com pletion of the
first test w hile the blood p re ssu re c u ff Deception D etection M ethod - It is a
is still deflated. The su b je c t is ask e d to m ethod of gath erin g an d kn ow ing
choose one from seven n u m bered in form ation from the su b je c t ab ou t the
card s, take it an d retu rn the sam e crim e in d isp u te em ploying the u se of
w ithout telling the e xam in er or m ach in e or device. D ru gs or
otherw ise identifying the ch o sen su b sta n c e s an d other a c c e sso ry
num ber. The card is th en sh u ffled by m e an s. M ost o f the te sts are not
the e xam in er an d in stru c ts the su b ject reliab le an d th u s the in form ation
to a n sw e r NO con cern in g the card s gath ered are not ad m issib le in cou rt a s
w hen show n. T h is is to sin gle out evidence b u t only im portant to be u se d
which am ong the a n sw e rs given b y the for fu rth e r in vestigation.
su b ject is a lie. T his is u n d e rtak e n to
stim ulate lying su b je c ts into specific D etection - R efers to the act of
resp o n siven ess to the su b se q u en t discoverin g the existen ce, fact or
relevant q u estio n s an d to afford the p resen ce o f som ething o b scu re or
lying su b je c t an opportu nity to try to am b igu ou s.
distort the polygraph exam in ation
l racings w h ich w ould re su lt in D iacritic Notch - A sh o rt horizontal
exposing h is deception w ith resp ect to line on cardio tracin g located at the
the m atter u n d e r in vestigation. m iddle of diastolic stern.
Cardiospygm oraph - A device w hich D iastobolic Blood Pressure - R efers to

co n sists o f blood p re ssu re c u ff and the dow nw ard blood p re ssu re
rubber pum p an d is fasten ed aro u n d rep resen tin g the low p re ssu re to the
the s u b je c t’s right arm . It records the closing of the valves and h eart relaxed.
• hunges in p u lse rate an d blood
pressu re. D onk ey’s Tail Ordeal - T h is is
u n d e rtak e n by p lacin g the a ccu sed and
C’csare Lom broso - An Italian scien tist a don k ey in one room , if after som e
who in 18 8 5 u se d hydrospygm ograph tim e, the donkey cries, the a c c u se d is
procedure and w a s credited to be the ad ju d g ed a s gu ilty o f the offense
pioneer who envision ed the id ea of ch arged a g ain st him .
lining scien tific p ro ced u res to lie
■ tte ctio n . He is con sid ered as the first E lectroderm al R esponse - It refers to
M rs o n to u se a n in stru m e n t for the h u m an body phenom enon in w h ich the
purpose of detecting deception. sk in ch an g es re sista n ce electrically
u p on the ap plication of certain extern al
rtmrt Also refers to p olygram s, it is stim uli. Also referred to a Psycho
the com bined record of the galvan ic sk in reflex or galvan ic sk in
l!«idiospygm ograph, g alvan o grap h and resp on se.
Initial Interview - U su ally conducted

Em otion - An acu te d istu rb an ce of an b y the in vestigator h an d lin g the case
in d ivid u al a s a w hole, p sychological in or a polygraph e xam in er w ho w as given
origin involving b eh avior co n scio u s b rief but sign ifican t d etails of the case
experience and v isce ral fu nctions. it is design ed to obtain pertinent
inform ation n e c e s s a ry for the conduct
E vidence C onnecting Q uestion o f the polygraph test.
Intended to stim u late the su b ject and
fo cus his attention on the probab ility of Interrogation - Forceful q uestion in g ol
in crim in atin g pro of th at w ould tend to a p erso n who is re lu ctan t to divulge
e stab lish h is guilt. inform ation.
Fear - R efers to an em otional reaction Interview - R efers to simple
to explicit or specific d an g er that qu estion in g of one w ho is w illing and
a p p e a rs to go beyond a p e rso n ’s cooperative.
defen sive power.
Irrelevant Q uestions - Are thosi
Finger E lectrode Plate - A p art of the q u ery th at do not relate to the mattei
galvan ograp h a sse m b ly attach ed on u n d e r in vestigation an d d eals with a
the left fingers of the su b ject. know n fact ab ou t w h ich the subjec t
can not lie.
Galvanograph - An a p p a ra tu s u se d to
record su b je c t’s sk in re sistan ce to a John A. Larson - A pion eer who in
sm all am oun t of electricity. It is m ade 1 9 2 1 developed a n in stru m en t capable
u p of electrodes attach ed to the finger of sim u ltan e o u sly an d con tinuously
o f the left h an d , or to the in dex an d recording blood p re ssu re , p u lse rnte
rin g finger of the left h an d , or to the an d resp iration . His invention wan
p alm ar or d o rsal su rface of the left design ated a s “the B re ad Lie D etecto i'
h an d .
Keym ograph - A m otorized component
G eneral Q uestion Test - C o n sists of th at p u lls or drives the chart papei
se ries of irrelevant and relevant u n d e r the recording pen concurrently
q u estion s a sk e d in a plann ed m ann er. at the rate of 6 to 1 2 in ch es j»ei
m inute.
G uilt C om plex Test - In c a s e s w here
the su b je ct is overly resp on sive, th is Know ledge Q uestions - Intended to
test is given w hich co n sist of a test probe w h ether the su b ject poftsesm s
pertain in g to a p u rely fictitious inform ation regard in g the identity "I
in cid en t of a sim ilar n atu re to the one the offender.
u n d e r query. It is design ed to com pare
the re sp o n sive n e ss on it w ith those Leonard K eeler - An A m e il......
th at ap p eared on the actu a l test record Crim inologist who in 19 2 6 he in venlM
w h erein q u estion s ask e d are those the keym ograph m ach in e. In tin
w h ich p ertain s to th at w hich is u n d e r “K eeler’s polyg rap h ” incorporated I lip
in vestigation. T his test is design ed for galvan ograp h w ith m easu rem en t, !»!•*• »»l
d iagnostic pu rp ose to aid in the post p re ssu re an d respiration compnntMfl
exam in ation interrogation of a lying and keym ograph com ponent, lie* a Jig
su b ject. devised a m etal recoding bellow, rnllM
ch art p ap e r an d the method of
H eredity - The tran sm issio n of m ental question form ulation used im
and p h ysical traits from p are n ts to p olygraph exam in ation.
offspring.
Lie Detector Test - Also known »#
H arold Burtt - A scien tist w ho in “K eeler’s Polygraph T e st” is a tent
1 9 1 8 , determ ined th at the resp irato ry to record physiologic ale Imngftf
ch an g es w ere sign s of deception and asso ciate d w ith lying in n mil)|n t n *
con cluded that systolic p re ssu re polygraph m ach in e will m o l d I lift
ch an g es are valu ab le in determ ining blood p re ssu re , respiratory intr
deception. the skin re sistan ce to electricity III j|
g rap h in g paper. This instrum ent In
a ccu rate , reliable delicately engineered a ctu a l p olygraph test. Its du ratio n
u se d as a scien tific m ethod to u s u a lly la sts 20 to 3 0 m in u tes. At this
exonerate the in nocen t an d to detect stage, the rights of the su b je c t are
the guilty. explain ed, h is co n sen t are obtained as
w ell a s p erso n al d a ta an d the
Lying - Is the con veying or u tterin g of d eterm ination w h ether the su b je ct is
falsehood or m islead in g im p ression , m entally, p h y sic a lly an d
w ith the intention of affectin g psych ologically p rep ared to un dergo
w ron gfu lly the acts, opinion or the polygraph test.
affection to another.
Polygraph - R efers to an in stru m e n t
M ixed Q uestion T est - T h is co n sists for recording ch an g es in blood
of an arran gem en t of first an d third p re ssu re , resp iration , p u lse rate an d
test q u e stio n s, ad m in istered for the sk in re sista n ce a s sign or in dication of
p u rp o se o f d isco u n tin g p ossib le factor em otional d istu rb an ce esp ecially of
of accid en tal re sp o n se s and to com pare lying w h en questioned.
the degree of reaction betw een control
an d relevan t q u estion s. Polygraph E xam iner - The p erson who
ad m in iste rs or con d u ct the lie
Norm al Response - A racin g on the detection test b y the u se of a polygraph
ch art w h erein the su b je c t an sw ered m achine.
the irrelevan t q u estio n s.
Polygraphy - It is the scien tific m ethod
N arco-Analysis - also know n as o f detectin g deception w ith the u s e o f a
N arco -syn th esis or A dm in istration of polygraph con traption .D erived from the
T ruth Se ru m , th is is a deception G reek w ords Poly = m an y or se veral
detection m ethod u sin g narcotic or an d G rap h = w ritin g chart) is a
an esth etic d ru g in order to get scien tific in stru m e n t cap ab le of
inform ation from the su b ject. recording sim u ltan e o u sly ch an g es in
blood p re ssu re , p u lse rate, resp iratio n
Norm al T racing - A tracin g of the an d sk in re sista n ce a s in dicative of
sub ject pro duced w hen no irrelevan t em otional d istu rb an ce esp ecially of a
question w a s ask e d . lying su b je ct w h en b eing question ed.
T h om as Je ffe r s o n (first m an to u s e the
Ordeal -R efers to the oldest te st of w ord “po lyg rap h ”)
Kuilt or in nocen ce b y su b jectin g the
itccused to tortu re or severe p ain an d Post Test Interview - It is sim ilar to
survival of w h ich w as tak en as divine the m ethod of interrogation
proof of in nocen ce. ad m in istered by the polygraph
exam in er w h ich is d esign ed to obtain
Peak o f T ension T est - A n sw erab le ad m issio n or con fession o f the su b ject.
only b y NO, th is test is only m ade An in terview is con ducted w h en the
possible w h en there is no w id esp read su b je c t in d icates an innocen t
publicity ab o u t a crim e w here in tim ate re sp o n se , w hile in terrogation is
details a s to the m ethod of com m ission u n d e rtak e n if sign s o f deception are
of certain facts of the ca se is only in dicated b y the re su lts of the actu al
Known b y the acto r of the crim e, the polygraph test. In c a s e s w h erein the
victim an d the in vestigator. polygraph re su lt in d icates that the
su b je c t is in nocen t, it is the d u ty of the
I’ncum ograph - It is a device w hich exam in er to cordially re lease the
records the ch an g es o f resp iratio n an d su b je ct an d to th a n k the su b ject for
b reathin g of the su b je ct, co n sistin g of giving con sid eration an d cooperation.
10 inch con voluted tu b e s fasten ed
together aro u n d the s u b je c t’s abdom en Psychological Leg Basic Prem ise -
mik I chest. S ta te s th at specific n ervo u s system
com ponent w hose stim ulation can th u s
9r«~test Interview - A dm inistered by be diagn osed are so stim u lated b y the
11 ic* polygraph e xam in er design ed to in volu n tary an d em otional p ro ce sse s of
fondition or p rep are the su b ject for the the in dividu al w ho is co n tin u o u sly
attem pting con cealm ent of deception sw allow a single grain he is a d ju d g 'd
e sp ecially if th at in dividu al h as a s guilty. T h is w a s b ase d on tin
som ething at stak e an d the prevailing prem ise th at a p erson con sciou s of
circu m stan ce s lead him to believe that th eir crim e an d fearfu l of Hit
exp o su re to deception is quite possib le p u n ish m e n t from God w ould frrl a
although u n d esirab le. su ffocatin g se n satio n in their throat,
they w ould th en fall on th eir kn ees mm.I
R eaction - It refers to an y activity con fess the crim e.
aro u se d in an organ ism b y a stim u lu s.
It is an action or m ental attitude Sacrifice Question - Reveulw <|
in duced b y an extern al influence. su b je cts norm s an d stim uli n*
excitem ent level it gives u s a rlu r
Red H ot Iron O rdeal - T his from of w h ich p ertain s to the attitude of tin
test w a s prevalent in India, specifically su b je c t’s accep tan ce.
from those living in the hill tribes of
R ajh am al in the North o f B en gal. The Secondary Q uestions - Also known mu
a ccu sed to prove h is innocence w as w eak relevan t q u estio n s it is furthfM
a sk e d to lick a red hot iron for nine classified as either Sacrifice rrlrvm il,
tim es u n le ss b u rn t sooner, if the know ledge or evidence-con nrrt in^
tongue is b u rn ed , the a ccu sed w as put q u estion s.
to death guilt w a s believed to m ake the
tongue dry. Silent A nsw er Test - Thin In
confirm atory test b ec a u se the su h jri t
Red W ater O rdeal - T his form o f trial is afraid of the u n fam iliar and Hm
is u n d ertak en w here the a ccu sed is un kn ow n . It is an exam ination in
ask e d to fast for twelve h o u rs, an d w hich the su b je ct is in structed by tin*
then he is a sk e d to sw allow a sm all exam in er to avoid aud ib le responnr hi
am oun t o f rice an d drin k d ark colored the q u estion s ask ed .
w ater. If this acts a s an em etic an d the
a ccu sed rejects all of the rice, he is Specific Response - It is an y vaiiutloii
determ ined innocent from the ch arges. or deviation from the norm al tracing «if
This w as b ase d on the b elief th at the the su b ject.
fetish of the victim en ters the body
throu gh the m outh w ith the em etic red Sphygm om anom eter - The part ol 11 ♦»
w ater; it exam in es the h eart of the cardio com ponent w hich indicatrn lit*
a ccu sed an d if it finds him innocent air p re ssu re in the system In
b rings u p the rice in evidence. m illim eters o f m ercu ry.
Relevant Q uestions - D irect q u ery Sticker - In 18 9 7 he w orked on 11 in

h avin g precise an d specific relation galvan ograph com ponent and NtudlPil
w ith the felony. It is design ed to the in flu ence an d relation of thr awt mi
produce em otional re sp o n se in glan d s to sk in resistan ce .
su b je c t’s trying to craft deceptive
statem en ts. It is an sw erab le by NO. Stim ulus - R efers to the motion •
force reach in g the organism miiiI
Response - R efers to a n y in hibition or excites the receptors. It is a force lliftl
activity o f p reviou s m otion o f an pro d u ces the organ ism or an y ol Mi
organism or of effector organ or p art of p art to activity.
the organism re su ltin g from sim u lation
or suggestion. Stim ulus Association Test in tin#
test, the su b ject will be interviewing
Rice Chew ing O rdeal - In 1 1 5 0 A.D. w herein a group o f stim u lu s wottU
the R om an C atholic clergy had m ade objects or person will be presented in
full u se of Indian practice of ordeals the su b ject. He will then be inatm* \*4
specifically that o f the rice chew ing to a n sw e r the q u estion s a s quickly *«•
ordeal. C oncentrated rice is the possib le. The tim e interval
articleselected in stead of ch eese and each relevant qu estio n s and miihwh*
bread, if the a ccu sed who is a sk e d to w ere noted down a s well mm Hi*
chew the con centrated rice is u n ab le to reaction of the sub ject to the Nthmiliia
w ords or object or person related to the m en an d could w ork fa ste r an d more

crim e in disp u te. The tim e in terval and accu rately.
the reaction of the su b je c t w ill be
stu d ied by the in terrogator. A p erson X / 60/1.5 A - The first m ark in g o f the
presu m ed to be gu ilty w ill u s u a lly e xam in er on a polygraph chart.
m ake a m istak e or w ill h ave long tim e
in terval in an sw e rin g q u estion s. X X - In a p olygraph ch art it in d icates
the end of the test or exam in ation.
Strong R elevan t Q uestion - R efers to
a ve rb al m otivation of prim ary FO R E N SIC C H E M ISTR Y
im portance projected in a form of a 3R Rule - A principle u se d for rad ial
qu estion w hich overcom es the c ra c k s w h ich sta te s th at s tre s s lines
psych ological excitem en t level an d on rad ial c ra c k s w ill be at right angle
ca u se s three m ajor com pon en ts tracin g to the re a r side o f the g la ss.
ch an ge from the s u b je c t’s
psych ological norm . A bsorption Elusion T echnique - Is an
in direct grouping techniq ue of
Subject - A lso know n a s exam in ee b lood stain s an d it depends on the
refers to a p erso n u n d ergoin g a detection of agglu tin ogen in the direct
polygraph exam in ation or test. blood.
Systolic B lood Pressure - The u pw ard A cciden tal Poisoning - T hose in

blood p re ssu re a s the ap ex of the curve w h ich the poison w a s tak en w ithout
cau se d b y the con traction of the h eart, intention to c a u se h arm or death.
valves are open and blood is ru sh in g
into the arteries. A cetic A cid - Acid found in vin egar
know n a s glacial acetic acid in its p ure
Trial by C om bat - A prim itive practice form .
of d etectin g deception w h ereby
con troversies in a c cu sa tio n s are settled A c e to n e - U sed a s solven t for cellu lose
by m e an s o f du el, the victor will be acetate an d n itro-cellulose it is a
spared from the co n seq u en ces while colorless liquid w ith fru ity odor.
the lo ser w ill be pro n oun ced guilty.
A cute Poisoning - One in w h ich there
Veraguth - In 19 0 7 , he form ulated the is prom pt an d m ark ed d istu rb an ce of
term P sych o -galvan ic sk in reflex. He fu nction or death w ithin a sh ort tim e.
claim ed th at electrical ph en o m en a are
due to the activity of the sw eat glan d s. Agglutinogen - Also referred to a s
Antigen, th ese are c h aracte ristics
Vittorio Bennussi - A pion eer who in ch em ical stru c tu re s or prin cip les th at
1 9 1 4 , noted ch an g es in in h alation an d are found on the su rface of each red
exhalation ratio occu rrin g du rin g blood cell w h ich stim u lates the
deception. He recorded the resp irato ry production of agglu tin in s or antibodies.
cu rves o f the pneum o graph.
A lluvial Soil - Form ed from soil
Weak R elevant Questions p articles that w ere w ash e d , blow n or
Secon d ary q u eries w hich are m oved b y gravity to the low land s.
concerned w ith the le ss im portant
elem ents of the offense an d d eals Alkaloid - A n itrogen ou s organic b asic
m ostly on gu ilty know ledge and partial com pound w ith b itter taste con tain in g
involvem ent. oxygen th at o ccu rs esp ecially in seed
p lan ts.
W illiam M. M arston - The creator of
the systo lic blood p re ssu re test, w h ich A niline Ink - M ade of coal ta r product
lead to the creation of the polygraph called nigrosine dissolved in w ater
(lie detector). B e c a u se o f h is discovery,
M arston w a s convinced that w om en A nim al Fiber - A fiber th at m ade of
were m ore honest and reliable th an protein. W hen su b jected to a b u rn in g
test its fu m es turn red litm u s to blue,
the fibers b u rn slow ly an d gives odor

sim ilar to th at of feath er Benzene - Also kn ow n a s benzol, II
a cts a s a solvent for ru b b er, gu m s, 1‘nlw
Antagonist - Also kn ow n as and re sin s.
physiolo gical antidotes w hich refers to
a n agen t th at acts u p on the system so Benzidine Test - R eliable and cany
as to cou n teract the effect o f the poison w a y to test blood even w hen il In
and m a sk s the sym ptom s produced. decom posed an d stain ed wi th
con tam ination.
A ntibody or A gglutinin - T hese are Black powder - C o n sists of mi
pro tein s or p rin ciples con tained in the intim ate m ixtu re of ch arcoal or cartoon,
seru m , w h ich ca u se d agglu tin ation or s u lfu r an d p o tassiu m nitrate 01
clu m pin g together of the red blood sodiu m nitrate.
cells.
Blood - R eferred to a s the circu latin g
A ntidote- R efers to an y agent, w hich tissu e of the body, w hich is m ade up of
n eu tralizes poison an d its effect. form ed elem ents su sp e n d e d in planttm
Arsenic - A ra t poison. Bufotoxin - P oisonous su b stam •

isolated from skin of poison ous frog*
A rtificial Silk - C ylindrical, lu stro u s,
ap p earin g like a g la ss rod. Burning Test - Also referred to an
Ignition T est it is an exam in ation that
A sperm ia - A condition w h erein m ales d eterm ines w h ether fiber is m im ia l
h ave no sperm atozoa at all in their an im al or vegetable.
sem in al fluid
Bursting Strength Test - Is ait
A sthenics -Also kn ow n a s E x h a u stiv e exam in ation u se d to detcunln*
are age n ts that produce e xh au stio n , w h ether a pap er is not e a sily torn.
m ark ed lo ss of vital or m u sc u la r
pow er, su ch a s hyd rocyan ic acid, C an n abin o id s- Active chem ical Ion oil
digitalis an d aconite. in m a riju a n a an d h ash ish .
A tropine - O btained from the p lant Cantharide - An aphrodiMlmi

group So lon aceae; kn ow n a s D ead ly (Provocative of or exciting Nr.mial
n igh tsh ad e. desire)
A uto A gglutination - D efined a s the Carbolic A cid - Also known an

agglu tin ation of in dividu al red cells by Phenol, it is obtained from coal tnr,
th eir own seru m due to the presen ce of
an ab so rb ab le agglu tin in in the seru m C arbon D isu lfid e- A solvent for Ntilhn
and a corresponding agglu tin ogen in b u rn s w ith b lu ish flam e giving cm i Iihm
the cell. dioxide and su lfu r dioxide.
A uxiliary H air - Is fairly long w ith C arbon Ink - Kind of in k is w hn^ltt

u n even ly d istrib uted pigm ent. the u se of ch em ical b leach m u
ineffective, it is the oldest ink mat* nal
Ball Point Pen Ink - M ade o f lights know n to m an. Also known a a Imil*
fa st dyes soluble a s carbitol, glycol or in k or C h in ese ink.
oleic acid.
C arbon M onoxide - A taut 1 1* <**
B arberio’s Test - The test is alm ost colorless an d odorless gas produced tfy
specific for h u m an sem en an d sem in al incom plete com bustion o f carbon , it
stain a s old as six y e a r s old are said to toxic to h u m an s.
respon d to this test.
Cast Coin - C oins made* in m o l d - 01
Barbiturates - A sleepin g pill; in d u ces coins m ade in castin g m ethod.
sleep: a derivative of m alonyl u re a or
b arb itu ric acid.
C astin g M aterial - A ny su b sta n c e Corrosive - H ighly irritan t poison

w h ich can be ch an ged from a liquid or w hich c a u se s local d estru ction of
p lastic state to solid condition. tis s u e s an d c a u se s n a u se a .
Cathartics - Are agen ts w h ich produce C o rte x -The in term ediate an d the
in testin al evacu ation . th ick est laye r o f the sh aft an d is
com posed o f elongated, sp in d le-sh ap ed
Celerit - B row n colored m aterial u se d fibrils w hich cohere. It is the race
for stren gth en in g an d b ack in g the determ in an t o f the h u m a n hair.
hom onit.
C hem ical A ntidote - A su b sta n c e that Cotton - A fiber, w h ich b u rn s rapidly,
m ak e s the poison h a rm le ss by the fu m es tu rn ed blue litm u s to red. It
ch em ically alterin g it, an d ren d ers the is a u n ice llu la r filam ent, flat, ribbon
poison in so lu b le an d inert. like an d tap e rs g rad u ally to a b lu n t or
ro un ded point at one end.
C hem ical T est - Involves the
treatm en t of the su sp e cte d sam p le w ith C rystalline Test - Involves the
a ch em ical reagen t and reaction su c h treatm en t of a su sp e cte d sam p le of a
a s color ch an g e is noted. ch em ical th at c a u se s the cry sta ls of
the question ed su b sta n c e to
Chloral H ydrate - U sed as kn ockout precipitate.
drops.
C ultivated Silk - Sm ooth, cylin d rical,
C hloroform - A colorless liquid w ith a lu stro u s th re ad s, u s u a lly single b u t
sw eet taste an d su ffo catin g odor; an often double, the tw in filam ent held
a n e sth e sia. together by an envelope of gum .
C hrom atographic T est - Is the C uticle- O uterm ost covering o f the

m ethod b y w h ich the com pon en ts of a hair.
com pound are se p arate d from one
an oth er b y p a ssa g e th ru a su p p ortin g D em ulcents- So oth es an d p ro tects the
m edium an d is u se d to identify part to w hich th ey are applied in
com plex organic m aterial. m e ch an ical antidotes.
Chronic Poisoning - Kind of poison ing D ensity G radient A pparatu s - Is a

in w h ich there is g rad u al deterioration sim ple a p p a ra tu s utilizing sim ple
of fu nction o f tis s u e s w hich m ay or pro cedure in d eterm inin g the id en tity
m ay not re su lt in death. or n on -identity of soil sam p le s b ase d
on the d en sity d istrib ution.
Clay M ineral - A p ro duct of
decom position of p rim ary m in erals D en sity G radient Test - Is the b est
found in n e arly all soil an d is the m ajor m ethod in com parative soil an a ly sis.
con stitu en t of m ost h e avy soil.
Depressants - S im ilar to se d ativ es it
C olluvial Soil -
Form ed from refers to agen ts th at retard or d ep ress
decom position of ign eou s, the physiolo gical action of an organ.
m etam orphic an d sed im en tary ro cks,
the decom posed particles m oved by Derm al Nitrate Test - A te st to
gravity. determ ine w h ether a p erson fired a gun
or not w ith h is bare h an d s.
Com bined - The effect o f the poison is
not only localized on the site b ut also D etonation - A violent explosion ,
affects rem ote o rgan s. re su ltin g from in sta n ta n e o u s and
direct decom position or com b ustion of
C on firm atory T est - Stag e o f blood u n sta b le com pou nds su ch a s TNT or
exam in ation w herein the a ctu al proof m e rcu ry fu lm in ate.
that su b je ct is definitely blood.
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION /A ASSESSMENT REVIEWER
Diphenylam ine Test -Also know n a s Forennsic Chem istry In

DPA T E S T it determ ines the presen ce a p p lic a t io n o f chem ical princi|»!« •»
and distrib ution of n itrates. the scsolution of problem s that a rln i
the adidm inistration of ju stic e .
Dose - R efers to the q u an tity of poison
adm in istered at one tim e. Form&ialin- An em balm ing liquid
D rug - Is a su b sta n c e th at h a s an Form h ic A cid - Is a toxic mibMi

effect upon the body or m ind. fo u n d d in a n ts an d spiders.
Dust - M atter, w hich is, d ry an d finely Fuzz : H a ir- A kind of h air in

divided form. sh o rt,t, fine, at tim es cu rly and vv.M.iy
Egyptian Papyrus - One of the earliest G allobtan ic Ink - The type of inU w'
su b sta n c e s u se d for w riting. age n m ayb e determ ined. ThiH 111U
penetrtrate into the interstice# nf
Em etics - S u b sta n c e or agent, w hich fiber j and not m erely on thr n m
pro d u ces vom iting. th u s i m akin g is rem oval m o ir dilli
to ao.ccom plish. Also known I
E rasu re- A ch em ical or m ech an ical Nutga;all Ink.
m ean s of rem oval of w ritin g from the
paper. G en ess - Is an y of the rom pll
ch e m iiical u n its in the chromoNnntPI
Ergot - It is a fu n gu s poison developed w h ich h h ered itary character#
on rye p lan ts an d other cereal grain s. tran sn m itted .
Erythrocytes - R eferred to a s the red G e n o b ty p e s - R efers to pair grnr#,

blood cells.
- A s u p e r cooled liquid i
G la s s s
E tching Fluid - Is a fluid u se d to possesess high visco sity and rigidity
restore tam pered serial n u m b ers.
Grimcie - Produced by m ixing du«t
Ether - H ighly volatile an d the sviweat or grease o f the huiim n I
in flam m able liquid u se d a s general
an e sth e sia. Guaiaiacum Test - A fairly d e lim it <
show i/ing the p resen ce of frrnh hlnuil
Ethyl A lc o h o l- Also know n a s E th an o l a soluution .
it is an alcohol found in w ine also
called grain alcohol. H air - - R eferred to a s append a K* diN
sk in \ w hich o ccu rs e v e ry w h rir mi ilm
Expert W itness - One w ho p o s se s s a h u m a a n body except on th r pul in** miH
skill, be it in art, trade or scien ce or soles * o f the feet.
one w ho h a s sp e cia l" know ledge in
m atters not gen erally kn ow n to m en of H em ooglobin - R efers to the* n*y
ord in ary edu cation or experience. carrie e r o f the blood.
Explosion - R efers to a rapid Heroi>ine . - A light brown )*««

com bustion , decom position o f g a se s, d e r iv a t iv e s o f m orphine; nIm<» <hI
an d con seq u en t violent in crease of diacetetyl m orphine.
p re ssu re , u s u a lly creatin g a loud noise.
High l E xplosive - U nstable ihhip
E xplosives - Is a n y su b sta n ce that w hichh detonates or explode# unit**
m ay ca u se an explosion by its su d d en in flu een ce of the shock of thr r»«)»l«»
decom position or com bustion . o f a p p rim ary explosive.
Florence Test - A test u se d to detect H om aonit - R efers to a hmIh

the p resen ce of sem en p articu larly in m atenrial u se d for m aking
stain ed clothing. from 1 negocoll negatives.
H ydrogen Cyanide - A poison found in Loading M aterial - S u b s ta n c e a d c ie d

“kam oten g-k ah oy” also could to p ap e r to give w eight.
H ydrocyannic Acid or P ru ssic Acid.
Local - An action of the p o iso n in
H ydrogen Sulfide - A g a s w ith a rotten w hich the d istu rb an ce or c h a n g e s is
rgg odor u s u a lly m ade by decayin g p ro duced on the p art w h ich th e p o is o n
body. com es in con tact.
Idiosyncrasy - A term applied to Logw ood Ink - It is a ch e ap in k w h iic h

individuals w ho exhibit u n u su al does not corrode steel p en s an d maftde
reaction to a certain su b sta n ce . u p of sa tu ra te d solu tion of logwocod,
p o tassiu m dich rom ate, h y d r o c h lo r ic
Illegible W ritings - U n n e ce ssary acid an d ph en ol a s p re servative.
writings th at are not cap ab le of being Lum inol Test - An im p o r t a n t
read u s u a lly m ade on ch e ck s, birth p resu m p tive id en tification te st :fo r
certificate, p a ssp o rt, an d tran sc rip t of blood.
records.
L y s o l- A d isin fectan t; a brow n liq u Jid
Indented W ritings - Term applied to from creso l an d soap em u lsio n .
the p artially visible dep ression
appearing on a sh eet o f p ap e r M am m alian Red B lood C ells - It is s a
un derneath th at one th at the visib le circu lar, b icon cave d isc w ithoout
writing ap p e ars. n u c le u s com m on to b ird s, fish a m d
reptiles; w here the red blood ce lls aare
Industrial Dust - In d u strie s like larger, oval an d n u cleated .
cem ent, button, pow dered gyp su m and
plaster o f P aris facto ries, flour m illing, M arijuana Leaves - It h a s palmaate
paint pigm en ts, in volves in d u strial stru ctu re, leaflet h a s se rrated e d g ^ s ,
processes like grinding, m illing or u p p e r layer h a s sh o rt h a ir call«ed
beating for the pu rp ose o f pro d u cin g cystolith h a ir sw ollen at the b a se w iith
finely pow dered ultim ate p ro d u cts C alciu m C arb o n ate, an d it is s h in y di/ue
which in the p ro cess im part to resin , u n d e r su rfa ce an d h a s loung
pronounced local ch a ra c te r to the d u st slen d er h air.
on the n eighborin g ro ad s and
buildings. M arijuana Plant - G row s from 3 fe e t to
16 feet tall, h a s 4 in ch e s to 2 0 in ch « e s
Irrita n ts - Those poison or toxic in terval o f n odes w h ere b ra n c h e s arisse,
aub stan ces w h ich produce irritation or leaflets grow s u p to 6 in ch e s bon y, 1 x/2
in Hamm at ion of the m em bran e, in ch es wide an d above e a ch le a f g r o v e s
• haracterized b y vom iting, p ain in the a b ran c h w h ich p ro d u ce s its ow^n
a Ix Iom en and purgin g. leaves an d flow ering tops.
leth a l Dose - Q uan tity o f poison th at M axim um Dose - It is the l a r g e rst

l<111m the victim or affected person. am ou n t th at w ill c a u se no h arm b u t sat
the sam e tim e p ro duce the d e s i r e d
Leucocytes - R eferred to a s the w hite th erap eu tic effect.
blood cells.
M echanical A ntidote - An ag e n t th s a t
U m b H air - Is a h a ir sim ilar to tru n k rem oves the poison w ithou t c h a n g in g it
hwirs but u s u a lly is not solving or so or co ats the su rfa ce o f the organ sso
ro u rse and u s u a lly con tain le ss th at ab sorp tion is prevented.
M gment.
M edulla - It is the ce n tral ca n a l o f th ae
M nen Is a m u lti-cellu lar filam ent, hair.
a! iaight and cylin d rical, not tw isted
§n<l flattened, tam perin g to a sh a rp M ellan in - A b ro w n ish -b lack p ig m e m t
point. in the h air, sk in , etc. It is the c h e m i c a l
resp o n sib le for the color of the h air.
M ercenized Cotton - Is a straigh t, Negocoll - R efers to a ru bb ery

cylin d rical w ith o ccasio n al tw ist; g elatin ou s m aterials con sistin g
u n even ly lu stro u s, sm ooth except for e sse n tially colloidal m agn esiu m salts.
o ccasio n al tra n sv e rse fold or w rinkle;
cuticle m ostly lacking. N eu ro tics- A n y su b sta n c e w hich act
chiefly on the n ervou s system
M etham phetam ine H ydrochloride - p ro ducin g delirium , con vulsion and
A w hite crystallin e pow der, a. drug com a w ith disordered circu lation and
h avin g su c h ch em ical com position resp iration as the outstan d in g
in clu d in g an y of its isom ers or sym ptom s.
derivatives in a n y form an d in
com m only know n “s h a b u ” . N itro ben zen e- A pale yellow , oily
liquid w ith sw eet odor, whit'll
M ethyl A lcoh ol - Also know n as resem b les the oil of bitter alm ond.
M ethanol it c a u se s b lin d n e ss; a solvent N itroglycerine - A m ixed nitric acid,
for va rn ish ; an anti-freeze in su lfu ric acid an d glycerin it is the moul
autom ob iles; also called wood alcohol. w idely u se d com m ercial explosive.
M ethylene-D ioxy- N on-Volatile Poisons - R efers to tho <

m etham phetam ine(M DM A) th at are isolated by extraction of
C om m only know n a s “ E C ST A C Y ” , it organic solvent.
refers to the dru g havin g su ch
ch em ical com position in clu din g an y of Obliterated W riting - The ob scurin g ol
its isom ers or d erivatives in an y form. w ritin g by s u p e r im posing in k, penc il
or other m ark in g m aterial.
M etallography - B ra n c h of m etallurgy
th at involves the stu d y of the O ligosperm ia - Condition w heirhv
m icro stru ctu res of alloys an d m etals. m ales h ave ab n orm ally low sp rn n
cou n ts or w ith few sperm atozoa.
M etallurgy - Is the art of extractin g
and w orking on m etals by application Opacity - The q u ality o f p a p rr 11 mi
of chem ical an d p h ysical know ledge. does not allow light to p a s s through ot
w hich p reven ts d ark ob jects from hr Inn
M icroscope - An optical in stru m en t seen throu gh the paper.
u se d to m agnify im ages of tiny objects.
O pium - R efers to the coagulated Jut* •
M inim um Dose - The sm alle st am oun t of the opium poppy, it embraccH r v n y
of m e asu re d qu an tity o f an y su b stan ce kind, c la s s an d c h aracte r of opium
w h ich pro d u ces th erap eu tic effect w h ether crude or prepared.
w ithout ca u sin g a n y harm .
Opium Poppy - R efers to any pan ••!
M olotov C ocktail - Fire bom bs or the p lan t of the sp ecies Pnp«vn|
in cen d iary d evices com posed o f acid s So m n iferum L., P ap aver Setigerum I .
m ixed w ith gasoline. P ap aver O rientale, P ap aver B riu in iiu m
and P ap av er R h oeas, w hich include th»
M orphine - Found in poppy plant; an se ed s, straw s b ra n c h e s, leaves or all ¥
alkaloid p resen t in opium ; a w hite p art thereof.
c rystal.
Paper Chrom atography Thr hr**
M ou la ge- The p ro cess taken in the w a y to determ ine and identify thr ty|t*
reproduction of p h ysical evidence by o f in k u se d in a ballpoint pen.
p la ste r m oulds. The faith fu l
reproduction of an im p ression w ith the Paraffin Test - Is the taking of tltf
u se o f castin g m aterials. ca st of the left and right hit tut ffi
extract the n itrates em bedded of
N arcotics - Toxic su b sta n c e s that im planted in the skin .
p ro d u ces stu p o rs and le sse n feeling.
Petrography A b ran ch of grology ihal
d eals with the system atic clfimilflt
an d identification o f ro ck s, rock ap p e ar bleach ed. W irier, have more

form ing m in eral an d soil. con striction, tw ists an d u s u a lly have
co n tin u o u s broad m edulla.
Phenotypes - A term u se d to denote
the exp re ssio n of the in herited Q uinine - A lkaloids o f cin ch o n a b a rk
ch a ra cte ristics as found in the w hite m icrocrystallin e pow der, w h ich is
in dividu al. co lo rless, w ith a bitter taste.
Picrotoxin - Locally kn ow n as R D X - C onsidered a s one of the m ost

“lag tan g ” th is poison is derived from im portant m ilitary explosive u se d in
fish. con tem porary tim es.
P la sm a - C om posed of n in ety percen t RFC Rule - A principle u se d for

w ater it is stra y yellow colored liquid it con cen tric c ra c k s, it sta te s th at s tre ss
com prom ises ab ou t sixty-five percent lin es on a con centric cra ck w ill be at
of the blood. right angle to the front side, th at is the
side from w h ich the im pact or blow
Poison - A n y su b sta n c e w h ich w h en cam e.
in trodu ced into the body, ab so rb ed
throu gh the blood stream ; actin g Rem ote - It is the ch an ge or
chem ically is cap ab le o f pro ducing d istu rb an ce p ro duced in d istan t part
noxious effect or destroy life. from the site o f application of toxin.
Polish M arks - S ta in of optical g la ss R oot - T h at portion em bedded on the

and other fine g la ssw a re w h ich o ccu rs skin . It is classifie d a s either living
du rin g its m an u factu re . roots or those found on h a ir in full
grow th an d dry roots or those referred
Posology - A b ran c h of scien ce, w hich to a s dead roots.
treats of the form an d q u an tity of
m edicine to be ad m in istered w ithin a Safe Dose - One th at does not ca u se
certain period. h arm fu l effect.
Precipitants - Prevents ab sorp tion of Salicylic Acid - An acid that found in

the poison b y precipitatin g them and “a p -a p ” solution.
m aking them in solu b le.
Scalp H air - T hey are m ore m atu re
Precipitin A test u se d to
T e s t- th an an y other kind of h u m an hair.
conclude w h ether blood is o f h u m an
origin or not. S c op o la m in e- A tru th serum .
Prim ary E xplosives - Com m only Secretors - R efers to m ales w ho are

known a s in itiators, th ey explode or cap ab le of pro d u cin g four h u n d re d to
detonate w h en su b jected to sh o ck or five h u n d red m illion sperm atozoa per
heated. ejacu lation .
Propellants - A lso kn ow n a s low Sedentary Soil - An in active loam or

explosives it refers to com b ustib le dirt.
m aterials con tain in g w ithin th em selves
nil oxygen needed for their com b ustion Sem en- A viscid gelatin o u s, w h itish
that b u m s b u t do not explode and fluid of the m ale reproductive tract
tunctions by pro d u cin g gas that co n sistin g of sperm atozoa su sp e n d e d
produces explosion . in secretion of a c c e sso ry glan ds.
Ptom aine - An organic b acterial Sem inal Fluid - It co n sists of w ater,

poison, found in dead or decayin g salt and carb o h y d rates.
body.
Serology - D eals w ith the stu d y an d
Pubic H air - It is sim ilar to a u xiliary identification of body fluid s.
hairs b ut are co u rse r and do not
Serum- A straw yellow liquid formed

w h en clotted blood is allowed to stan d Toxicology - Is th at b ra n ch of scien ce,
for som etim e an d the clot co ntracts. w h ich treats of p o ison s, th e ir origin,
p h y sica l prop erties, chem ical
Shaft - It is the m o st d istin ctive part of p roperties, p hysiological action,
the h a ir. It co n sist of the cu ticle or the treatm ent of th eir n oxio u s effect, and
o uterm ost covering of the h a ir; the m ethods of detection.
cortex w h ich is the th ick e st laye r of the
shaft; an d the m e d u lla or core w h ich is Toxic Dose - O ne th at is h a rm fu l to
the ce n tral ca n a l of the h a ir. both h e alth y and sick .
Spectrographic Test - An exam in ation Trunk Hair - V a ry in th ic k n e s s alonf.'

co nd u cted to determ ine the elem ent of the sh aft w h ich are im m a tu re b u t a rr
a glass. som ew hat s im ila r to head h a irs.
Sizing Material - A su b sta n ce w h ich Watermarks - It is a d istin ctive m ark
is u se d to im prove the q u ality of the or design p laced in the paper at th r
paper. tim e of its m a n u factu re by a roll
u s u a lly a d an d y roll.
Spectrophotometric Test - The
spectrophotom eter reveals the u ltra Wiremarks- M arks prod uced on p a p n
violet an d infrared color sp e ctra by the flexible w ire soldered to th r
p e cu lia r to ce rtain organic s u b sta n c e s su rface of the d an d y rolls th at carrirn
like b a rb itu ra te s, stry ch n in e , m o rphine the w ate rm ark.
and codeine.
X-ray Diffraction Test - Thlt
Spectroscopic Examination - M ost exam in ation is u se d to determ ine th r
delicate and reliable test for type of g la ss p attern.
determ ining p resence of blood in both
recen t and old sta in s. Yarn - M ade of fib ers, w h ich have b rrn
tw isted together, like th read.
Spermatozoa - A sm a ll object w ith a
pear shap ed head , b ehind w h ich is a FORENSIC MEDICINE
short n e c k an d a ta il of about ten
tim es as long as the head. Accidental Characteristics - Thrw»
are in d icatio n s u n u s u a l to one wcti|H»ii
Spermine Picrate - It is the positive or to e ach cartridge case and b u llH ,
re s u lt in the p relim in ary exam in ation a m m u n itio n or projectile fired in ih*
for sem en in B a rb e rio ’s Test. sam e gun.
Struck Coins - Made by strik in g or Accurate Range - The d istan ce will tin
stam pin g m ethod or th ese are co ins w h ich the shooter or gunnn !»*«*
m ade by m ean s of dyes. control of h is sho ts.
Strychnine- A n alkaloid found in Air Resistance - Refers to the fou r •*1

dried ripe seeds of n u x vom ica. the a ir e n co u n te r by the b u llrt In Mfl
flight.
Takayama Test - A test u se d to
determ ine positively the p resence of Alloy - B a re ly m e a n s the comblnMllmi
blood in stain ed m aterial. of m etals.
Tetanies - S u b sta n ce w h ich acts Ammunition - S h a ll refer to

directly u p on the sp in a l cord sh e ll for rifles, m u sk e ts, rmblttiHii
prod ucin g such sp a sm o d ic and sh o tg u n s, revolvers and pistol# Ihhh
co ntractio n of m u scle s as re su lts of w h ich a b ullet, ball, shot, s h rll m n t h t f
stiffn ess or im m obility of the p arts to m issile s m aybe fired by nininn n(
w h ich they are attached . gunpow der or other e x p lo tlvt* I Hi
term also in clu d e s am m u nitio n fin alf
Tip - Refers to the d istal end of the rifle.
u n c u t h a ir shaft.
Antimony - An elem ent u se d as an into four (4) an d th is is due to its

alloy w ith lead in b u lle ts for solidifying su b se q u e n t u se d in solving problem s
the projectile. in co nn ectio n w ith the a d m in istra tio n
of ju s t ic e p a rticu la rly ca se s involving
Anvil - Refers to a tin y piece of m etal, firearm s an d am m u n itio n w h ich is
w h ich is positioned in the p rim er cu p term ed a s F o re n sic B a llis tic s.
and form s the point of re sista n ce a s
the firing p in strik e s the prim er, Ball Type - Is a type of b u llet, w h ich is
th ereb y creatin g friction w h ich intend ed for an ti-p erso n n el and
d isch a rg e s the p rim in g com position. g eneral u se .
Air Rifle - A w eapon w h ich is designed Base - T h e bottom portion of the

to shoot pellets by m eans of cartridge ca se w h ich co n tain s the head
co m p ressed air. stam p m a rk in g on the b ase of the sh e ll
Armor piercing - Is a type of m ilitary co n tain in g the ca lib e r, m a n u fa ctu re r
b u llet designed to penetrate light steel an d in som e c a se s in clu d in g the date,
arm or. Its m e ch a n ica l co n stru ctio n trade n am e, an d b atch n u m b e r.
m a ke s it capable of p enetrating
through som e light v e h icles. Battery Cup - It is the sm a ll cu p
w h ich ho lds the p rim er.
Artillery - Are those fire arm s u se d to
propel projectile m ore th a n one in c h in Belted Type - A cartridge ca se s w here
diam eter. S u c h a s m o rtars, ca n n o n there is a p rotru d in g m etal aro u n d the
and bazooka. body of the cartridge ca se n e a r the rim .
Automatic - A ttrib uted to a w eapon Black Powder - B la c k pow der, the

w hen the m e ch a n ism is so arran ged oldest kn o w n explosive, w as in itially
that it w ill fire co n tin u o u sly w h en the m ade from saltp eter (75%), ch a rco a l
trigger is d ep ressed. (15%) and su lfu r (10%). T h e se
p roblem s in the u se d of b la ck pow der
Ballistics - Refers to the scien ce of the w as later rem edied . w ith the
motion of p rojectiles; or the stu d y of introd u ctio n of the sm o k ele ss powder.
the u se , m ovem ent, an d co n stru ctio n A ccord ing to H a rriso n , C a p ta in E .
of p rojectiles s u c h as bom bs, b u llets S c h u ltze of the P r u s s ia n A rm y, m ade
and sh e lls , etc. It is a scien ce in itse lf the 1st s u c c e s s fu l u se d of sm o k ele ss
for it is a n o rderly arran ged knowledge, pow der in shotg un in the y e a r 1864.
w hich is a p ro d uct of se rie s of (Although h isto rica lly nitroglycerine
experim entation, o bservation and com pound w as first d iscovered in
testing. B a llis tic s is an applied p h y sics 1846).
or applied scien ce , w h ich is su b je ct to
changes an d im provem ent depending Body - Refers to the c y lin d rica l p art of
upon the d em an d s of the m odern the sh e ll w h ich h o u se the gunpow der.
civilization. Th e word B a llis tic s w as
derived from two G re e k w ords. The Bolt Action Type - Refers to w eap on s
word “b allo ” and the w ord “b alle in ” in w h ich the b reech clo su re is in line
w hich lite rally m e an , “to th ro w ”. The w ith the bore at all tim es; m a n u a lly
irrm also said to have been derived recip ro cated to load, u n lo ad an d co ck;
liom the R o m an w a r m a ch in e called and is locked in p lace by b reech bolt
Uttllista”, a gigantic ca ta p u lt th at w as lugs.
u*cd to furl m is sile s or large object at a
d istan ce like stone, dead a n im a l or Bore - Refers to the cy lin d rica l p assag e
rv rn dead person. Th e stu d y of of the firearm trough w h ich the
B a llistic s in the e arly age is divided projectile travels.
Into (3) three D iv isio n s: In tern al
b a llistic s, E x te rio r or E x te rn a l Bore diameter - (caliber or gauge)
B a llistic s an d T e rm in a l B a llis tic s. From R efers to the d iam eter to w h ich the
Ilu* time the gun w as fired u n til it bore w as ream ed. The d istan ce
much the target and have its m a xim u m m e asu re d between two opposite la n d s
Hfcct. At p resent b a llistic s is b ra n ch e s insid e the bore in a h u n d re d th s or
th o u sa n d th s of an in c h . In m ost
e xp ress in either ca lib e r in in c h or in Bullet Recovery Box - It is a b ox-likr
m illim eters. stru c tu re m ade of m etal or wood with
one open end into w h ich the shot is
Breech - It is the re a r extrem ity of the fired, filled in w ith cotton or p u lp to
rifle. slow dow n an d trap the b u llet 01
projectile.
Breechblock - T h e steel b lock w h ich
clo ses the re a r of the bore aligned w ith Bullet Velocity - Refers to the speed
the force of the charge. or m o m en tu m at w h ich a b u llet travels
forward.
Breech face - T h e face of the b lock
th at com es in co ntact w ith the sh e ll Butt - U s u a lly asso ciate d w ith riflrn
head ag ain st the force of the charge. in d icatin g the low er end of the stock.
Breech Face Mark - F o u n d at the base
portion of the sh e ll ca u se by b ack w a rd
Button Rifling - Probably the mow!
m ovem ent to the b reech face of the
com m on m ethod u se d today to tiflr
b lock of the firearm . B re e ch M arks are
b arrels is button rifling. B u tto n riflinj-.
by far the m ost com m on im p resse d
u s e s a different ap p ro ach to forming
action m a rk s on cartridge c a se s are
the grooves in the b arrel. A button mm
b reech m a rk s. M ost fired cartridge
is a v e iy h a rd steel plug th at is f o r m I
c a se s are identified as havin g been
down an u n rifled b arrel. Th e groovr*
fired by a specific firearm through the
are th en form ed in the b arrel unclrt
identification of b reech m a rk s.
very high p re ssu re . Th e p re ssu n
created to form the rifling in the burn I
Browning - Type of rifling havin g (6)
h a rd e n s an d p o lish es the insid e of th«^
la n d s an d grooves, right h a n d tw ist,
barrel.
the w idth of the grooves is twice the
w idth of the la n d s. (6RG2X)
Caliber - Refers to the d iam eter of boi i
Buck Shots - Refers to large sized m e asu re d in h u n d re d th s of an in< h
shots m ade by molding. m e asu re d from lan d to lan d. Calih em
in cartrid g es in in c h e s and thrii
Bulging - Refers to the sw elling or approxim ate equivalent in mm him I
enlargem ent of a gun b arrel. u se :
In ch e s MM.
Bullet - It is a projectile or slu g C a l. .22 5 .5 9 m m - u se d in revo lv n ,
intended or designed to be fired from a pistol an d rifles
firearm . The wor<^ “B u lle t” w as derived C a l. .25 6 .3 5 m m - u se d in pistols mill
from F re n c h word “Bo u llette” w h ich rifles.
m e an s a sm a ll ball. T h is term is C a l. .30 7 .6 3 m m - (m auser) lm
generally u se d w h en we are referring to ca rb in e s an d other rifles
projectile fired from an y sm a ll a rm s, C a l. .30 7 .6 3 m m (luger)
w h ich h a s a variety of form, e sp e cially C a l. .32 7 .6 5 mm for autniimtlfi
d urin g the earlier histo ry. In a m ore p isto ls an d revolvers
te ch n ica l sen se, b u llet refers to a C a l. .38 0 9 m m - u se d for pistol*
m etallic or non -m etallic cy lin d rica l b all C a l. .3 5 7 u se d in m agnum Ilf
propelled from a firearm it is revolvers
som etim es called a s sho ts or slu g s. C a l. .45 11 m m - u sed in autonmHfl
B u lle ts have v ario u s types depending p istols
u p on th e ir specific n atu re and C a l.50 in .50 cal. M a ch in r gun
p u rp o se. In general b ullet ca n be
classified as either Lead or Ja ck e te d . Calipher - A m e asu rin g a p p m m u f
u se d in the calib ratio n of th r h u IM t
Bullet Comparison Microscope - It is and gun bores.
a n optical gadget u se d e sse n tia lly to
com pare two b u llets or fired cartridge CAP- Also kn o w n a s p rim er il i* ih#
c a se s to determ ine w hether or not they ignition system of the cartridge u*r»| »♦«
were both fired from the sam e firearm . a cen ter fire type, co ntain ing a highly
sen sitive ch e m ica l com pound th at Cartridge Case - It is tu b u la r m etallic

w ould e a sily ignite or b u rs ts into flame co n tain er, w h ich is designed to hold
w h en s tr u c k b y the firing pin. It m ay the b ullet, p rim er, and p rop ellant
either be B e rd a n or B oxer type. It is powder.
also kn o w n as the p e rcu ssio n cu p . The
B e rd a n is a type of p rim er Center Fire Cartridge - It is a
co n stru ctio n , w h ich w as designed in cartridge case w here the p rim in g is
186 0s by Co lon el H iram S. B e rd a n of located in the cen ter of the b ase.
the U .S A rm y O rd in an ce D ep artm en t.
T h e B oxer on the other h a n d , w as Chamber - It is the b a ck end of the
developed by Col. E d w a rd M. B oxer of b arrel, w h ich receives the sh e ll or
the R o yal Lab o rato ry at W oolwich cartridge or p art of the w eapon in
A rse n a l in the y e a r 1866 w h ich the cartridge is positioned for
firing.
Cannelure - Refers to a k n u rle d ring
aro u n d the body of the b u llet th at Chamber Marks - O ne of the m ost
serves a s lu b ric a n t to le sse n friction. com m on striated action m a rk s are
Th e cy lin d rica l groove in the outer called ch a m b e r m a rk s. R o u g h n e ss in
su rface of the cartridge ca se designed the ch a m b e r of a firearm ca n sc ra tc h
to se cu re the sh e ll to the ch a m b e r as the outer w a lls of a cartridge ca se
w ell a s p revent b u llet from being p u sh w h en loaded an d rem oved from the
down to the pow der charge. In som e ch a m b e r. M ost ch a m b e r m a rk s o ccu r
in sta n ce it is even being u tilized for after the cartridge is fired. Cartrid g e
identification. c a se s expand w h en fired p ressin g out
ag ain st the w alls of the ch am b er.
Cannelured Bullet - Refers to an
W hen they are p ulled out of the
elongated b u llet w ith grooves aro u n d
ch a m b e r, the sid e s of the cartridge
it, u se d for crim p in g p u rp o se s or ca se ca n be scratch e d .
holding the lu b rica n t.
Cartridge - Refers to a single u n it of Chilled Shot - Prod uced by m ixing

an tim o n y w ith the lead, it is' referred to
am m u n itio n co n sistin g of a cartridge
a s h a rd shot.
case, co n tain in g the p rop ellant powder,
w ith the p rim er at one end an d the
bullet at the other end. T h e word
Choke - The degree of co n strictio n
applied in the m u zzle of the shotg un to
cartridge w a s derived from the L a tin
d ecrease the sp re ad of shot
word “C h a r t a ” m ean ing - a “p ap e r” an d
also from the F re n c h word “C a rto u ch e "
Choke bore gun - D esigned w ith a
m eaning - a rolled paper. T h is only
d im in ish in g or red u cin g bore d iam eter
ind icates th at the first type of cartridge
type tow ards the m u zzle. T h is type is
w as m ade u p of a rolled p aper. It w as
designed to ca u se an effect to the
about the tu rn of the 16th c e n tu ry th at
travel of the sho ts. It m a k e s the shots
the term “cartrid g e” com es to u se .
travel longer before it sp re ad s.
Carbine - N am ed after D avid “C a rb in e ”
W illiam s is a ca lib e r .30 sh o rt b arrel
Class Characteristics - Are those
properties or attrib u tes of a firearm s
rifle havin g a b arrel not longer th a n 22
w h ich ca n be d eterm ined even before
inches. C a rb in e is a short b arrel rifle,
the m a n u fa ctu re of the gun. T h is is
w hich fires a single projectile though a
true for su ch ch a ra c te ristic s are
rifle-bore either sem i-au to m a tic or fully
co nsid ered to be a m a n u fa c tu re ’s
au tom atic, for every p re ss of the
d esign s or sp ecificatio n s an d secu rity .
trigger.
Carbine Type - Rifling havin g (4) la n d s Coated or Plated Shot - A chilled shot
coated w ith th in copper thro u gh
and grooves, right tw ist, the w idth of
electroplating d esign for greater
the grooves is two (2) tim es the w idth
streng th an d elasticity, great re sista n ce
of the la n d s (4R G 2X).
to deform ation an d leading an d better
pattern.
Colt - Type of rifling havin g six (6) b u llet to rotate a s it p a s se s through

la n d s an d grooves, left tw ist, the w idth the bore, in order to e n su re gyroscopic
of the grooves is twice (2) the w idth of stab ility in its flight.
the la n d s. (6LG 2X )
Disc - Is a th in p ap er or foil w h ich in
Combustion - It refers to the b u rn in g p resse d over the p rim in g m ixture in
of the pow der in the b arrel. order to protect it from m oisture
attack.
Cone - It is the red u ctio n of diam eter
in a b arrel w here the ch a m b e r bonds Double Action Firearm - It is a kind
the bore. of h a n d g u n in w h ich p re ssu re upon
the trigger both co ck s an d rele ase s th r
Corrosion - Refers to the deterioration ham m er.
w ith in the b arrel ca u se d by the
ch e m ica l action of the p rod ucts of Double-Base - It is a powder
co m b u stio n after firing. co ntain ing n itrog lycerin n 11<I
n itrocellulo se as b a sic explosive
Crimp - P art of the m o uth of the ingredients.
cartridge ca se th at is tu rn ed in u p on
the b u llet, it aid s in the holding of the Drop Shot - B a s ic a lly m e an s soft shot
b u llet out of the n e c k w h ich affects the
b u rn in g rate of the gun powder. Effective Range - The d istan ce within
w h ich w hen the b u llet w as fired it In
Crimping - It is a m e ch a n ica l still capable of inflicting fatal inju ry.
operation engaged in loading m etallic
cartrid g es, w h ich co n sists in tu rn in g Ejector - T h e ap p a ra tu s in a firm i m
over slig htly or co m p ressin g the m outh w h ich c a u s e s the em pty shell to hi*
of the m etallic sh e ll or ca se to hold the throw n out of the gun.
b u llet s e c u re ly in its place.
Ejector mark - G en e ra lly found mi
Cylinder - Refers to a ch a m b e r cartridge ca se fired from an autonm ttf
in co n siste n t in n u m b e r in different firearm s. It is located n e a r the rim h I
revolvers, w h ich is b rought in line w ith the ca se c a u se by the throw ing ol sh*lt
the b arrel w here a p a rtic u la r cartridge from the firearm to the arrn of
is to be fired. shooting.
Cylinder bore type - A b arrel Electrochemical Rifling Is n plot i n|

co n stru ctio n of shotgun w h ich the bore
th at e lim in ate s the convent lot ml
size is the sam e th ro u gh out the b arrel.
m a ch in in g of m etal, rifling is font in I
w et-etching the interior of n I i imih)
Damascus Barrel - Utilized in old
u n d e r an electric cu rre n t. T h r m< I h )
shotg u n s, the b arrel"is co n stru cted by
in sid e the b arrel is actu ally m t rn nwujf
b raidin g together steel an d iron an d
or d issolved to create grooves In ih i
b a rs or w ires.
b arrel. A n electrode (cathodr) tint I Im i
m etal strip s in the shap e of the tilling
Depth of the Grooves - The groove’s
is placed in the b arrel (anodr) and ( H j
depth if m e asu re d on a ra d iu s of the
assem b ly is subm erged in h «i|
bore. Grooves are u s u a lly few
solution. An electric curren t ih •»j#|*11?
th o u sa n d th s of an in c h deep, w h ich
and the electrode is moved down th§
equal to the height of the lan d s.
length of the b arrel and twistetl
create the sp iral shap ed groove*,
Direct Motion - Th e forw ard m otion of
the cu rre n t travels from th r hum* I
the bullet or shots out of the sh e ll by
the electrode m etal is remnv* •!
the action of the expansive force of
electrolysis th u s forming th r k io o v p |
g ases from a b u rn in g gunpow der.
the barrel. T h is p ro cess n n t l r * I
rifling in the b arrel very quit Uy _
Direction of Twist - Rifling in sid e the
does not require co n su m ab le tooling
b arrel of the gun is either tw isted to
the left or to the right w h ich ca u se
Explosive Bullet - Is a sm a l b u llet

co n tain in g a charge of explosive, w h ich Firearm Identification - It is the
w ill detonate on im pact. scien ce by w h ich one ca n determ ine
w h e th e r or not a p a rtic u la r b u llet w as
Exterior Ballistics - It is the stu d y of fired from a firearm . It is the
the flight of the projectile a s it leaves knowledge w ith w h ich one is able to
the b arrel of the firearm ; u n til it hits reveal any p ertin en t facts about
the target. A lso referred to a s extern al am m u n itio n or firearm s.
b a llistic s.
Firearm’s Identification Technician
Extracting grooves - T h e c irc u la r - Sam e as fire arm se xam in e r.
groove n e a r the rim of the sh e ll
designed for au to m atic w ith d raw al of Firing Pin Impressions - T h e y refer to
the ca se from the ch am b er. im p rin ts w h ich in d e n tatio n s are
created w hen the firing p in of a firearm
Extractor - T h e device in a firearm s trik e s the p rim er of cen ter fire
w h ich bring ab o ut the em pty sh e ll to cartridge ca se or the rim of a rim fire
be w ith d raw n from the cham b er. cartridge ca se . If the nose of the firing
pin h a s m a n u fa ctu rin g im perfections
Extractor Marks -Another action or dam age, th ese p otentially u n iq u e
m a rk , u s u a lly found in a striated form, ch a ra c te ristic s ca n be im p resse d into
are those created b y the extracto r of the m etal of the p rim er or rim of the
m ost auto-load ing or repeating cartridge case. Firin g pin im p re ssio n s
firearm s. T h e extracto r is a sm a ll part also ca n be found on live cartrid g es.
som etim es resem b lin g a hook th at is F irin g Pin M ark - G en e ra lly found at
u sed to rem ove a cartridge or cartridge the b ase portion of the cartridge case
case from the ch a m b e r of a firearm . more sp e cifically n e a r cen ter of the
As the slide of the p istol m oves to the p rim er cu p in a ce n te r fire cartridge or
rear, the extracto r p u lls the cartridge at the rim cavity of a rim -fire cartridge.
case along w ith it u n til it is ejected Co n sid ere d as one of the m ost
from the p istol. T h e extracto r m ay or im p ortan t m a rk s for identification of
m ay not leave a n identifiable m a rk on firearm s u sin g fired shell.
the cartridge ca se . T h is is tru e if the
cartridge is fired or sim p ly h a n d Flare gun-In battle it is u se d for
cham b ered an d extracted w itho ut tracin g or sen d in g sig n als or locating
f'i ring. enem y troops. C o n ven tio n al u se is to
ind icate position.
Firearm - A com m on term for an
in stru m en t u se d for the p ro p u lsio n of Flat-Point Bullet - O ne w ith u nfilled
projectile by the exp an sive force of or hollow point for the p u rp o se of
passes com ing from b u rn in g powder. in c re a sin g the m u sh ro o m in g effect
As d escrib ed u n d e r sec 8 7 7 of the u p on im pact.
Revised A d m in istrative Code, F ire a rm s
or a rm s in c lu d e s rifles, m u sk e ts, Foot Pound - Refers to the ca p a city to
ca rb in es, sh o tg u n s, revolvers and lift one p ound at the height of one foot.
pistols an d a ll other d eadly w eapons
from w h ich a b u llet, b all, shot sh e ll or Forensic Ballistics - Refers to the
nny other m issile m ay be d isch arg ed by stu d y of fire arm s identification by
W eans of gunpow der or other m e an s of the am m u n itio n fired
explosives. T he term also in c lu d e s air thro ugh them . F o re n sic B a llis tic s -
rifles except s u c h a s being of sm a ll T h is b ra n ch of b a llistic s is the p rod uct
calib er an d lim ited range u se d a s toys. of the ap p licatio n of the b a llistic s to
I hr b arrel of a n y firearm s h a ll be law . The idea com es w ith the u se d of
considered as a com plete firearm for all the w ord forensic. Th e word F o re n sic
purposes. w a s derived from the L a tin word
“forum” m ean ing a “m a rk et p la ce ”
Firearms Examiner - An in d iv id u al w here people gathered for p u b lic
working in the field of fire arm s d isp u tatio n or p u b lic d iscu ssio n . W hen
M am in atio n and identification. u se d in co nn ectio n w ith the word
b a llistic s or other n a tu ra l scien ce , it Groove - Refers to the cavities or voids

sug g ests a rela tio n sh ip to the co u rts of in sid e the rifle b arrel, by w h ich a b u ild
ju s tic e or legal proceedings. F o re n sic w hen forced forw ard, receives n
B a llis tic s is defined as the stu d y of the sp in n in g m otion, m a kin g its flight
motion of the projectile a s applied to a ccu rate .
law or sim p ly the scien ce of firearm
identification by m e an s of the Groove Marks - M arks found on a
am m u n itio n fired th ro u gh them . fired b u llet ca u se d by the grooves of
the b arrel w h ich is the sam e n u m b n
Foulings - Refers to the accu m u la tio n a s th at of the la n d m a rk s.
of a deposit w ith in the bore of a firearm
ca u se d by solid w aste p ro d u cts after Gun - A n y tu b u la r device intended foi
the cartridge is fired. projecting m issile s.
Freakish gun -C an e gun, knife p isto ls, Gunpowder - Also called as propel Inn I
cellphone gun, etc. = devices or Power Ch arg e is th a t mixture* nl
p rin cip ally designed for other purp ose ch e m ica ls of v ario u s compositionn
to w h ich a gun m e ch a n ism is designed to propel the projectile by
incorporated m e an s of its exp an sive force of y.nn
w hen b u rn ed . Two of the m ost populm
Full Automatic Pistol - Refers to a in d iv id u a ls w ho se n am e is alwnv«
firearm w h ich co n tin u e s to fire a s long attached to gunpow der d iscovery were
as the trigger is d ep ressed and Roger B a co n and B ertho ld S c h w m l/
cartrid g es stay in the feed belt or Roger Bacon, (1242 A.D .) a Franciru mi »
m agazine. m onk, w ho wrote the —-“De Mira hill
Potestate A rtis et N atu rae ” (On llu
Fulminate - Refers to one of the b a sic M arvelous Power of A rt and Nat in i’),
ing redients of the p rim in g m ixtu re. in clu d in g an an ag ram . Berthnlil
S ch w a rtz (whose real nam e wa»
Gallery Load - A com pact or light C o n sta n tin A nklitzen), a m ysterliaui
charge in cartrid g es for u se indoors. m o n k of Freib u rg , w ho according In
legend th at is supported by an
Gas gun - G en e ra lly referring to all engraving dated 1643, wlilli
fire arm s designed from firing tear gas. experim enting on som e powder In a
ca st iro n v e sse l, he ignited a clung#
Gauge - The diam eter of the shotgun an d th u s blew off the lid, and from Hit-
b arrel. Co m p ared w ith other types deduced the p rin cip le of containing «*
of firearm s, shotg un h a s very u n iq u e charge in a tube an d propelling u mIihI
ch a ra cte ristics in term s of its diam eter (En cyclo p ed ia of am m unition).
designation both for its firearm and
cartridge u se . „ The u n it of Hammer Forged Rifling The l»«i« i
m e asu re m e n t u se d in shotgun is m e ch a n ica l m ethod of rifling barrel* I*
exp ressed in G auge. T h is is determ ined acco m p lish ed through a proce«w «ullwl
by the n u m b e r of solid lead b alls of ham m er forging. H am m er Im g in i
pure lead, e ach w ith diam eter of the p ro d uces a type of rifling ruling
b arrel th at ca n be prepared from one polygonal rifling. A h a rd e n s !
p ound of lead. At p resen t the 10-gauge m and rel is produced with the- nIi*«|•«
shotgun is co nsid ered w ith the biggest the rifling formed on its outer mirtaui;
diam eter w hile the .41 0 a s the sm allest Th e m a n d rel is inserted into a but
one. Liste d below are the eq u ivalents of b la n k and the o uter surface of ttm
diam eter in gauge to in ch . b arrel is m a ch in e ham m ered !M
G auge In ch h am m erin g forces the barrel
10 .77 5 in c h down ag ain st the m and rel and ih f
12 .729 in c h in n e r su rface of the b arrel ta km mt ♦I*
16 .67 0 in c h shap e of the m and rel. The iiuuuIm I It
20 .615 in c h then removed from the barrel and I Hi
28 .55 0 in c h o uter su rface of the barrel \n « iM flflfl
up.
Handguns - T h o se type of firearm s place before the b u llet leaves the

th at are designed or intend ed to be m uzzle.
fired u sin g one h a n d . E .g . Pistols and
R evolvers Keyhole Shot - Refers to the p ro ce ss
of tu m b lin g of a b u llet in flight hitting
Hangs fire - Slow or delayed sid ew ays, u s u a lly due to w orn out or
co m b u stio n w h ich c a u s e s the cartridge over sized b arrels.
to fail to explode on tim e.
Land Marks - M ark s left on a fired
Harpoon Guns - Refers to a barbed b u llet ca u se d by its co n tact to the
s p e a r firearm u se d in h u n tin g large elevated portion (lands) of the bore of
fish. the firearm . It ap p ears a s slight
d ep re ssio n s or sc ra tc h e s the
Head stamp - It is the design the c y lin d rica l su rface of the fired bullet.
m a n u fa ctu re r p lace s on the b ase of a
cartridge ca se to in d icate nam e of the Lands - Refers to the raise d portion
m a k e r an d the y e a r it w a s m ade. betw een the grooves in sid e the b arrel.
Ignition of the priming mixture - The Leading - U se d to ind icate or denote

p rim in g m ixtu re (com posing of the the p resence of lead on the in sid e of a
K C L 0 3 , s u lfu r an d carbon) located b arrel.
either at the cavity rim or at the cen ter
of the p rim er u p on the strik in g effect of Lead Type - Refers to a type of a b ullet
the firing pin w ill ignite an d s u c h th at is b a s ic a lly com posed of lead
action is kn o w n a s “P e rc u ssio n action". m etal. Its u se d w as due to its d en sity;
h avin g a good w eight is a s m a ll size
Impact - A force or blow of a b u llet a n d e a sy for castin g .
strik in g a n object.
Lever Action Type - Are those
Incendiary Bullet - Type of m ilitary w eap ons designed w herein the b reech
bullet u se d to c a u se fire in a target, m e ch a n ism is cycled by an extern al
g enerally designed to u se by aircraft lever generally below the receiver.
arm a m e n t in order for the fuel ta n k s to
ignite. Liberator - U .S . governm ent m ade
sm ooth bore gun u se d in E u ro p e
Individual Characteristics -R e fe rs to d u rin g w ar designed to fire an
those ch a ra c te ristic s w h ich are being au to m atic colt p istol cartridge ca lib e r
d eterm ined only after the firearm w as .45.
alread y been m a n u factu re d . T h e y are
the p rod uct of m a ch in e im perfections Machine gun - A type of firearm th at is
und som e later due to the u se d of the p rim a rily designed for m ilitary u se .
firearm s. E v e n in investig atio n of shooting ca se s
done in the city, it is not u s u a l or
Interior Ballistics - Refers to the com m on to en co u n te r th is type of
Htudy of the m otions of projectile w hile firearm havin g been u se d . It c a n be
it is in the gun. grouped in three general types.
Jacket - it is the covering of a bullet. Magazine - R eservo ir or devise to hold

e xtra cartrid g es.
Jacketed Bullet - It is a lead core or
center b u llet w ith the outside covering Magazine Lip Mark - Refers to those
or ja c k e t is m ade of a n y n u m b e r of the m a rk in g found at the two sid e s of the
h ard er m etals s u c h a s b ra ss , copper, rim ca u se by the m agazine lips d urin g
plated steel, gliding m etal or cu p ro the loading of the cartridge into the
nickel. m agazine for firing.
Jump Is an o th er portion of the recoil Maximum Range - The d istan ce th at a

Motion ch a racterize d a s the b ack w a rd projectile ca n be propelled from a
ttiul up w ard m ovem ent of that takes
firearm . T h e farth est d istan ce the

b u llet could travel. Obturation - It is the p ro ce ss of
sealin g of the b arrel by both the case
Metal-Cased Bullet - A b u llet w ith a exp an sio n an d b u llet action.
ja c k e t of m etal w h ich com pletely
e n c a se s the nose. Ogive - A n am e u se d to denote the
c y lin d rica l head of the bullet.
Metal Point - It is b u llet havin g m etal
tip an d lead bearing. “Paradox Gun” - Still in a very rear
o ccasio n s an o th er type of shotg un can
Mid-Range - Refers to the d istan ce be observed to be havin g rifling only it
betw een the long an d sh o rt range. few in c h from its m uzzle points.
Misfire - Refers to the total failure of Penetration - Part of exterior ballistic'!*

the cartridge to explode. w h ich d eals w ith the im p act or entry ol
the b u llet on the target
Motion - Refers to the m obility or
m ovem ent of the projectile from the Percussion Cup - A tin y m etallic cup
tim e it leaves the sh e ll em pty, it leaves co ntain ing fu lm in atin g m aterial thrtl
the gun m u zzle and u n til it re a ch its explodes u p on the im p act of the g u n ’*
target or fall in the ground. h am m er.
Multi -Barreled gun -Refers to all Pin Fire - Are cartrid g es w here the pin
types of g un co ntain ing a n u m b e r of extends thro ugh the head of tin
b arrels. cartridge ca se into the p rim er.
Mushrooming - The expanding or Pistol - It is a firearm from w h ich tin

u p setting of a b u llet on im p act. sh e ll of a fired shot is ejected and tt
fresh cartridge p u sh e d from thr
Musket - Refers to an an cie n t sm ooth m agazine into the breech by m ean * of
bore w eapon intended to shoot a the g ases created by the preceding
n u m b e r of lead pellets in one charge. explosion.
Muzzle Blast - Refers to the so u n d Pitch of Rifling - It is the m easu re <»i

created at the m uzzle end of the b arrel. the tw isting of the lan d s and groovm h
refers to the m e a su re of the distnn. •
Muzzle energy - E n e rg y generated at ad van ce by the rifling in order to rntiU*
the m uzzle point m e asu re d in foot a com plete tu rn insid e the barrel.
pound.
Powder Charge - Refers to the amount
Muzzle Velocity - R efers to the speed of gunpow der u se d in the load.
of the bullet at the mufczle itself.
Primer - A m etallic cu p charged with »»
Neck - Refers to th at p art of the sh e ll p rim in g com position. It is \ihi 11v
w h ich is actu a lly occupied by the m ade up of p o tassiu m chloral**
b ullet. T h is is obvious in a b ottleneck a n tim on y sulfide and fulm inate
type of sh e ll but not w ith the straig ht m ercu ry.
type.
Primer Cup -Is the b ra ss gilding met*)
Nipple - U s u a lly located on m uzzle cu p w h ich co n tain s the pri mi ng
loading g u n s, it is a sm a ll m etal cone m ixtu re, the d isc and the anvil.
at the re a r of the b arrel through w h ich
the flam e from the p e rcu ssio n cu p Primer Pocket - Refers to that pm t
p a s se s to ignite the pow der charge. the sh e ll w h ich provides the m enn*
the p rim er to be put in th r rent t i l
Non-Jacketed Bullets - T h e y are position. Its function is extended In I*)
u s u a lly m ade of an alloy co m p rising of hold the p rim er in p lace; (b) to pinvtlM
tin , lead an d an tim on y, w h ich is m e an s to prevent the escap e of N
slig htly h a rd e r th an p u re lead.
to provide solid su p p o rt for p rim er into alig nm en t w ith the b arrel an d the
anvil. firing m e ch a n ism for s u c c e ssiv e firing.
Priming Mixture - Refers to the Ricochet - Refers to the ten d en cy of a

ch e m ica l co m p ound , w h ich ignites the b u llet to be deflected from its n o rm al
p rop ellant ch a rg e s in a cartridge or p ath after strik in g a re s ista n t su rface .
shotg un sh ell. A lso called p e rcu ssio n
powder. Rifle - A type of sm a ll w eapon
designed to be fired from the shou ld er.
Projectile - Refers to a n y m etallic on
n o n -m etallic b all w h ich is propelled Rifled Bore Firearms - F ire a rm s th at
from a firearm . Its m otion ca n be have rifling in sid e th eir g un barrel.
categories into three general types: E x a m p le s: P istols, Revolvers,
D irect m otion, Rotatory m otion an d an d other m odern w eapons.
T ra n sla tio n m otion.
Rifling - Refers to the n u m b e r of
Propellant - It is the fine p article s c y lin d rica l grooves w h ich cu ts the
w h ich , w h en ignited by the p rim er su rface of the bore.
flash , is converted to gas u n d e r high
p re ssu re an d propels the shot charge Rim - Is the p art of the cartridge
or b u llet th ro u gh the b arrel to the designed to lim it the forw ard
target. m ovem ent of the cartridge to ch am b er.
Pull of Gravity - It is the dow nw ard Rim-Fire - A firearm w h ich m a y be a

reaction of the b u llet tow ards the earth rifle or p istol; d isch arg e s one sho t w ith
surface due to its w eight. each p u ll of the trigger. Th e cartridge is
fired by a blow on the rim of the
Pump Gun - A com m on term cartrid g e-head .
designated to slide action repeating
firearm s. Rim-Fire Cartridge - Refers to a
cartridge ca se w here the p rim in g is
Rebated Type - A cartridge ca se w here placed in the rim of the case.
the d iam eter of the rim is s m a lle r th a n
the body of the cartridge case. Rimmed Type - C a rtrid g es C a s e s
w here the diam eter of the rim is
Range - Refers to the straig ht d istan ce greater th a n the d iam eter of the body
between the m u zzle of the gun an d the of the cartridge case.
target.
Rimless Type - A cartridge ca se w here
Recoil - Refers to the b ack w a rd the d iam eter is equ al w ith d iam eter of
motion of a gun in the a ct of the body of the cartridge case.
d ischarging. Reco il of the gun - Is the
rq u a l an d opposite reactio n of the gun Rotary Motion - T h e action of the
ugainst the forw ard m ovem ent of the b u llet p a ssin g thro ugh a rifled bore
bullet u p o n explosion. T h e b ack w a rd b arrel firearm w h ich is either tw isted
or rea rw ard m ovem ent of the gun in to the left or to the right
relation to the forw ard m ovem ent of
t lie bullet. Scorching - C a u s e d by the flowing out
of the hot pow der g a sse s from the
Repeating Arms - A type of firearm m uzzle w h ich are projected ag ain st the
designed to fire several loads (shot) in target.
one loading. E x a m p le s: A u tom atic
pistols revolvers rifles an d shotg un s. Semi-Automatic - A w eapon req u irin g
a sep arate p u ll of the trigger for e ach
Revolver - A h a n d firearm havin g at shot fired an d u s e s energy of d isch arge
the rea r of the b arrel a revolving to perform firing cycle.
Cylinder provided w ith a n u m b e r of
rh u m b ers, w h ich , by the revolution of Single Action - A w eapon w h ich m u st
the cy lin d e r are brought su cc e ssiv e ly be m a n u a lly cocked due to the
p re ssu re u p on the trigger rele ase s the

ham m er. Skid Marks - M arks th at are generally
found on fired b u llet from a revolver. It
Single-Base - It is a pow der co ntain ing is m ore or le ss located at the anterior
n itrocellulo se as the explosive portion of the fired b u llet due to its
ingredient. forw ard m ovem ent from the ch a m b e r
to the b arrel of the gun before it
Single shot firearm - Type of firearm in itia lly rotates.
designed to fire only one shot every
loading. E x a m p le s: Single shot p isto ls, Slide Action Type - A firearm w hich
Revolvers an d shotg un s. featu res a m ovable forearm w h ich I h
m a n u a lly actu ated in m otion parallel
Shaving Marks - M arks com m only to the b arrel of the shooter. Also
found on b u llet fired from a revolver referred to a s Pum p Action.
c a u se by its forward m ovem ent to the
b arrel th at is poorly aligned to the Slippage Marks - M arks found on firrd
cylinder. b u llets p a ssin g thro ugh either on oily
or oversize b arrel.
Shear Marks - A no ther com m on
striated action m a rk are s h e a r m a rk s Small Firearm - A general term used
p roduced by m ost p isto ls on cartridge for firearm s th at propel projectiles IcNh
ca se p rim ers. W hen a cartridge ca se is th a n one in c h in diam eter. S u c h mi
forced b ack w a rd s from recoil the m a ch in e g u n s, sh o u ld er a rm s and
p rim er im beds itse lf in the firing pin h a n d g u n s.
hole. A s the slide of the pistol sta rts to
recoil, the b arrel w ill drop slig htly as Smith and Wesson Type - Fire arm n
the action opens. T h e dropping b arrel w ith rifling havin g (5) la n d s and
forces the cartridge ca se to move down grooves, right h a n d tw ist , the width (if
slig htly an d w hen th is h a p p e n s the the lan d an d grooves are equal
lower edge of the im bedded p rim er is (5RG=L)
sh e ared dow nw ard and out of the firing
pin hole. Also kn o w n a s seco n d ary p in Smooth Bore Firearms - Fire arm *
m a rk s. th at have no rifling (lands and groov< m)
insid e th eir gun b arrel. E x am pi• *
Shock line Power - Refers to the force Sh otg un s an d M u sk et
d isp en sed by the projectile on im p act;
the re su lt brought ab out thro ugh a Soft-Point Bullet - It is a metal cum it
co m bination of strikin g energy an d bu llet w ith a tip of lead, so that It will
penetration. m u shro o m on im p act, in cre asin g tin
strik in g load.
Shot - Refers to the in d iv id u al rou n d
lead b a lls, a n u m b e r of w h ich are Squib Load - A defective load and
co ntained in the shotg un sh e ll excep tio nally w ea k-so u n d in g load.
d isch arged at one tim e.
Straitions - S m a ll grooves on till
Shotgun - A sm ooth bore w eapon su rface of the b ullet due to tool mm In I
designed to shoot a n u m b e r of lead or other irre g u laritie s in the inteiinf
pellets in one charge. su rface of the bore.
Shotgun Shell - Refers to a single u n it Steyer Type - Refers to the tvp« *♦!
of am m u n itio n for sho tg u n s. It co n sists rifling h avin g four (4) lan d * *n«f j
of a tu b u la r ca se either of m etal or grooves, right tw ist and the width
pap er w ith m etallic b ase co ntain ing the the la n d s grooves. (4 R G - L )
propellant, powder, shot and w ad s.
Stripping Marks M arks found
Shoulder _ The p art of the cartridge those bullet fired from a " l o o i r Ml*
ca se w h ich sup p o rt the n eck of the b arrel w herein the rifling are «I n mly I
cartridge w h ich is evident in a been badly w orn-out.
bottleneck type.
Sub Machine Gun - Is a light, portable

form of m a ch in e gun, u tilizin g a pistol Twist - It is the rate or p itch of tw ist in
size am m u n itio n , havin g a sh o u ld er the rifling of a p istol or rifle b arrel.
sto ck th at m a y or m a y not be folded
an d designed to be fired w ith both Velocity - M e asu re d in feet per
h a n d s. secon d, it is the forw ard speed at
w h ich the b u llet travels. V elocity of the
Tattooing - Refers to the are a bu llet in sid e the b arrel - It is the
s u rro u n d in g a g u n sh o t w ound w h ich relative speed of the b u llet p er u n it of
h a s been m a rk ed by the p ro d u cts of tim e w hile it is still in sid e the b arrel
co m b u stio n of the cartridge d isch arge. exp ressed in feet p er second.
Terminal Accuracy - Refers to the size Vent - Also kn o w n a s fla sh hole refers
of the b u llet grouping on the target. to a n opening in the bottom of the
prim er pocket th ro u gh w h ich the
Terminal Ballistics - Refers to the p rim er fla sh im p orts ignition to the
stu d y of the co n se q u e n ce s and effects pow der charge.
of the im p act of the projectile on the
target. Wad - Yield ing su b sta n ce , u s u a lly
m ade of felt, p laced over the pow der of
Terminal Energy - T h e force or poser a shot sh e ll for the p u rp o se of
of the b u llet u p on im p act. controlling the gas b last.
Terminal Penetration - M e a su re s the Webley - Rifling havin g seven (7) la n d s

depth traveled by the b u llet in sid e the an d grooves, right h a n d tw ist, the
target. w id th of the groove is three tim e larg er
th a n the board er of the la n d s. (7R G 3X)
Terminal Velocity - The speed of the
b u llet u p on hittin g the target. Winchester - Rifling havin g s ix (6)
la n d s an d grooves, right h a n d tw ist,
Test Bullet - Refers to b u lle ts fired the w id th of the grooves is three tim e
from su sp ecte d fire arm s in a b ullet larger the w id th of the lands.-
recovery box to be u se d for co m p ariso n
w ith the crim e b u llet or b u lle ts Windage - It is the allow ance m ade for
recovered in the crim e scene or body of drift of a bullet.
the victim .
Width of the Grooves - M easu red as
Tracer Bullet - A type of m ilitary the sh o rtest d istan ce between the two
bullet cap ab le of leaving visib le m a rk s dies or edge of a grooves.
or tra ce s w hile in flight giving the
g un n er the ch a n ce to observe the Width of the lands - D ep end ent u p on
strike of the shot or m ake ad ju stm e n ts the bore d iam eter of the gun, grooves,
in the event of a m iss. w id th an d n u m b er. T h e la n d s are the
rem ain d e rs of the circu m feren ce after
Trajectory - Refers to the carved path su b tra ctin g all the grooves w idth.
or tra il the projectile follows from the
m om ent it leaves the m uzzle of a Wobble - Th e u n ste a d y an d u n even
firearm u n til it strik e s the target or the sp in or rotation of a bullet; u s u a lly
first point of im p act. ca u se d by in su fficie n t tw ist in the rifle
b arrel.
Translational - Is the action of b u llet
once it h its a target an d su b seq u e n tly Yaw - Refers to the w obbling of the
ricocheted. bu llet a s it first leaves the b arrel of a
gun.
Traps - Refers to gun u se d for trapp in g
an im als th at are fired to woods. Zone of Contusion - It is a n arro w
spot im m ed iately su rro u n d in g the
Trigger Pull - It is the am ou n t of force w ound of e n tran ce , w here the
n ece ssa ry to release the trigger.
projectile’s im p act d ep ressed and Beard - A p relim in ary em b ellish m ent

d isten d s the tis su e s. w h ich u s u a lly o ccu rs in ca p ital letters.
Zip Guns - Are m isce llan e o u s g u n s Blue-Black Ink - Th e kin d of in k

w h ich are hom em ade or p roduced w h ich w rites blue an d d a rk e n s w ith
m a n u a lly on a sm a ll scale b a sis. age to a b la ck or m etal gray. T h is in k
co n tain s a blue dye, but the
QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS p erm an en t m a rk in g su b sta n ce are iron
ta n n a te s an d iron g allates w hich
Abbreviation - Strip p in g aw ay or g ra d u ally d a rk e n after exp osure to air.
red u cin g e sse n tia l p arts.
Blunt - T h is is a p art of a stroke-
Actual Breakage - A n y p e cu liarity of ch a racterize d by a su d d en beginning or
typew riting ca u se d by a c tu a l dam age end at w h ich the pen does not create
to the type face m etal. d im in ish in g stroke.
Addition - Refers to a n y m atter m ade Buckle Knot - A loop m ade as u

a p art of the docu m en t after its original flo u rish w h ich is added to a letter. A
p rep aration. b u ckle knot is a ho rizo n tal or loop
stroke u se d to com plete letters A, D, I'
Alignment - The relation on and H.
su cc e ssiv e c h a ra cte rs or letters of a
word, sig n atu re or line or w riting to an Carbon Impression - Refers to miv
a c tu a l or im ag in ary b ase line. typew riting w h ich is p laced on thr
p ap er by the action of the type farm
Alignment Defects - T h e se type face strik in g thro u gh the carb o n paper.
defect in clu d e ch a ra cte rs w h ich w rite
im p rop erly s u c h a s tw isted letter, Carbon Inks - It co n sist of finHy
vertical m a l alignm ent, ho rizo n tal m al ground p article s su sp en d e d in w ater
alignm ent, an d a ch a ra cte r “off its
feet”. T h e se defects ca n be corrected by Careless Scribble - It is u su a lly
sp e cial ad ju stm e n ts to the type b ar executed for signing receip ts and
an d type block. s im ila r in sig n ifican t d ocu m en ts.
Alteration - Refers to an y form of Central Part - Refers to the body ol m

ch an g es either an addition or a letter, u s u a lly ch a racterize d by c i r r i i Imi
deletion to the original content of the or sm a ll rou n ded strokes.
d ocu m en t w h ich is not a p art of its
original p rep aration. Characters - T h e term is usr<l o<
in clu d e either letters, sym bol*,
Altered Document - O ne w h ich n u m e ra ls or points of p u nctu atio n,
co n tain s som e change either as an
addition or deletion. Characteristics - Com m only known «l
identifying d etail in document
Aniline Inks - Also know n as exam in atio n s, it is an y p ro p rily ol
S y n th e tic Dye In k s. m a rk w h ich is u se d to d istin g uish <***
docu m en t form o thers, w h ich may tit
Arc - Refers to the rounded in n e r part classified as c la s s or individual
of an u p p e r bend, crook or cu rve. ch a ra cte ristics.
Ball Point Pen - Refers to a w riting Charred Document - Is one whl* h M

in stru m e n t w h ich h a s its m a rk in g tip becom e b lacken ed and <le|i«#|J
m ade u p of a sm all freely rotating b all through exp osu re to excessive heat
b earin g w h ich rolls the in k to the through a c tu a l b urning.
paper.
Chemical Erasure - Done with the fljfl
Baseline - Refers to the im ag in ary line or u se of b leachin g agent »a l j H
upon w h ich the w riting rests. in k eradicator.
Class Characteristics - C o m m o n ly O th e rs refer to it as a freehand

referred to as a group w h ich holds im itation forgery.
com m on ch a ra c te ristic s th a n other
e xam in ed d o cu m en ts. Copy Book Form - Refers to the
design of letters w h ich are
Clogged Type Face - A type face fu n d am e n ta l to a w ritin g system .
defect developed w ith co ntinu ed u sage
of the typew riter, the type faces Copy Pencil - A w ritin g in stru m e n t
becom e filled w ith in k , dirt, an d lint, w hose m a rk in g su b sta n ce co n sists of a
p a rticu la rly in e nclo sed letters. m ixtu re of graphite an d an an ilin e dye.
Collation - It is a critica l co m p ariso n Cross Mark - A sig n atu re u se d by

or side by side exam in ation of two p e rso n s who are u n a b le to w rite, a
d o cu m en ts. cro ss m a rk or cru d e X is deem ed th e ir
v alid sig n atu re . T h is a u th e n ticatin g
Collected Standards - T h e y refer to m a rk is still u se d by illiterate s, an d if
those w h ich are w ritten in the o rd in a ry p rop erly w itn essed , it ca n legally stan d
co u rse of b u sin e s s or in the reg u lar for a sig n atu re.
co u rse of m a n ’s activity. T h e y are
som etim es referred to as p rocu red Cursive Writing - In scrip tio n in w h ich
sta n d a rd s. the letters are for the m ost p art join ed
together.
Commercial Document - Any
docu m en t defined and regulated by the Cursory Signature - Also kn o w n as
Code of C o m m erce ( People V s. Co info rm al sig n atu re it is u s u a lly
Beng, C .A . 40 O G 1913) or a n y other executed in the co n d u ct of o n e ’s own
co m m ercial law . d aily affairs. P rim a rily of rou tin e
n atu re .
Comparison - Refers to the act of
setting two or m ore item s side by side Diacritic - It is a n elem ent added to
to w eigh th eir identifying q ualities. com plete a ce rtain letter.
Conclusion - R e s u lts from relatin g Decipherment - The p ro cess of

observed facts by logical, com m on m a kin g out w h at h a s been effaced or
sense reaso n in g in acco rd an ce w ith w h at is illegible.
estab lish ed ru le s or law s.
Defect - It d escrib es a n y deviation or
Connection - It is a stroke w h ich m a la d ju stm e n t in a typew riter w h ich is
u nites two s u cc e ssiv e stro k es or reflected in its w o rk an d re su lts to its
letters. It m a y be oval, arca d e or in d ivid u alizatio n or identification.
nngular in form.
Disguised Writing - T h e re su lt
Contemporary Document - Refers to obtained w hen a w riter m ay
docu m en ts w h ich are not more th an d eliberately try to m odify or alter h is
five (5) y e a rs before or after. w riting h a b its in hopes of hid ing h is
identity.
Contact Writing - Refers to p artially
visible in k stro k es ca u se by su d d en Disputed Document - It sug g ests th at
contact betw een a sheet of p ap er w ith there is a n arg um en t or co ntroversy
unother p ap er co n tain in g fresh in k . over the d ocum ent.
Cun be e n h a n ce d thro ugh fum ing or
ultra-violet light p ro cess. Document - A n y m a te ria l w h ich
co n tain s m a rk s, sym b o ls, or sig n s
Copied Forgery - Also kn o w n a s v isib le, p a rtially v isib le, or invisib le to
Nl m ulated Forgery, it is regarded as the the n ake d eye th at m ay u ltim ate ly or
■lost sk illfu l form of forgery, it is a fake p rese n tly convey a m essage or
M n a t u r e w h ich resem b les the g en u ine m eaning.
*IK«n itu re executed in free-hand.
Document Examiner -R e fe rs to one law su it. H is role in co u rt is to interpret

who stu d ie s scien tifically the elem ents the te ch n ica l inform ation in order to
and d etails of d o cu m en ts in order to a s s is t the co u rt in the ad m in istratio n
identify th eir so u rce or to d isco ver of ju s tic e .
other facts co n cern in g them is a
d ocu m en t exam in er. Extensor Muscles - Is a group of
m u scle s th at p u sh e s u p the pen to
Ductus Link - O r a D u c tu r b roken is form an u p w ard stroke.
the co nn ectio n betw een letters, either
jo in ed or disco n nected . Eyelet - R efers to sm a ll oblong
strokes.
Efface - M eans to scra tc h , ru b out, Flexor Muscle - R efers to a group ol
e rase or strike. m u scle s w h ich p u sh e s the pen down
form ing dow nw ard strokes.
Elite Type Face - Refers to type face
im p ressio n o rd in arily spaced twelve Foot - T h e lower p art of a letter w hich
(12) ch a ra cte rs to the ho rizo n tal in ch . re sts on the b aselin e.
Embellishment - Also know n as Forearm or muscular Movement

ru b ric, it is an ad d ition al, u n n e c e ss a ry W riting is p roduced by m ovem enl nl
stroke not im p ortan t to the legibility of both h a n d an d a rm s an d also fingcia
letter form s and w riting, its m a in in som e ca se s. The elbow is the pivol ol
pu rp o se is for o rn am en tatio n or to lateral m ovem ent.
serve as a decoration.
Forearm movement-writing show s Ihi
Engrave Printing - Letterh ead s an d u tm o st freedom an d speed.
other m atters w h ich are p rinted from a
m etal plate co ntain ing an etched Forgery - U se d syn o n ym o u sly w ilh
design. W ith th is k in d of w ork the in k fra u d u len t sig n ature or spin ion*
is slig htly raise d above the su rface of docu m en t, a legal term u sed in court
the paper. w h ich involves not only the quentinnetl
d ocu m en t b ut also the intent on I h i
Elaboration - Decorative stro k es are p art of its a u th o r or m a ke r to delay
added to the p lain letterform s, giving
w riting ric h an d am ple or too ornate Formal Signature - Also known »t*
ch a racter. com plete sig n atu re it is uni im My
executed in signing significant anil
Erasure - R efers to the rem oval of im p ortant d ocu m en ts and p a p e rs,
printing , typew riting, or w riting from a
docum ent. Fountain Pen - A w riting ......................
w h ich co n tain s a reservo ir of ink III A
Evidential Signature - Sp ecim en sp e cially designed ch am b er or sack
sig n ature w h ich w as executed in
p a rticu la r date, p a rticu la r tim e and Freehand Imitation - A fraudulent
place, u n d e r a p a rticu la r w rite r’s sig n ature w h ich w as executed !>v
condition an d for a p a rticu la r p u rp o se. sim u latio n .
Examination - It is the p ro cess or act Graphology - The art of try Inn

of m aking a critica l an d close stu d y of interp ret the c h a ra cte r or pn*.>H**Mff
an y m aterial w h ich in c lu d e s am ong of an in d iv id u al from his handwtHlttflj
others; v isu a l, m icro sco p ic, ch e m ica l,
photographic, u ltraviolet and infrared Guided Signature Also known «*
test. a ssiste d sig n atu re, they a i r com m #
w ritten d u rin g a serio u s illn e ** «•« (HI
Expert Witness - A legal term to deathbed. It is a sig n ature whli h
denote a p erson w ith sp ecial te ch n ica l executed w hile the m aker'» o» w ilt ff
train in g and experience perm itted to h a n d or arm is steadied in a way
exp ress an opinion regarding a certain
asp ect of the iss u e th at is involved in a
Habit - A w ritin g h a b it is a n y repeated Informal Signature - Also referred to

d etail or elem ent w h ich m a y serve to as c u rso ry sig n atu re u se d for signing
in d iv id u alize w riting. rou tin e d o cu m en ts.
Hand Lettering - Refers to an y Infrared Examination - T h is test

d isco n n ected style of w riting in w h ich em ploys in visib le rad iatio n beyond the
e ach letter is w ritten sep arately. red portion of the visible sp e ctru m
w h ich is u s u a lly recorded on a
Hand Writing - A visib le effect of sp e cially sen sitized photographic
bodily m ovem ent, w h ich is a n alm o st em u lsio n .
u n c o n sc io u s e xp ressio n of fixed
m u s c u la r h a b its, reactin g from fixed Ink - A v isco u s fluid m a rk in g m a te ria l
m e n tal im p ressio n of ce rtain ideas u se d for p rin tin g or w riting.
a sso ciate d w ith scrip t form.
Initial/Terminal Spur - A long
Handwriting Identification Expert - ru n n in g in itial or te rm in al stro k es.
A n o ther term u se d to denote a
d ocu m en t exam in er. Insertion - M ean s in te rlin ea tio n s, it
in c lu d e s the addition of w ritin g and
Hiatus - Refers to a gap between a other m a te ria l betw een lin e s or
co n tin u o u s stroke w itho ut lifting the photographs or the addition of whole
w ritin g in stru m e n t or pen. It u s u a lly pages in a docum ent.
o ccu rs due to speed an d also kn o w n as
pen ju m p . Invisible Writing - Refers to w riting
th at h a s no rea d ily visib le in k stro k es.
Hitch - T h e intro d u cto ry b ack w a rd M ade by Sy m p ath e tic in k s s u c h as
stroke added to the sta rt of m a n y a cid s, ju ic e and others. T h e y are
cap ital letters and in w h ich ca n also be p ossib le of developm ent depending on
seen o ccasio n ally in intro d u cto ry the in k u sed . M ethods of developm ent
stro k es of som e sm a ll letters. ca n be by heat. W ater, ch e m ica l
fum ing or by u ltra-vio let light p ro ce ss.
Holographic Document - A docu m en t
w h ich is com pletely w ritten an d signed Knob - Refers to th at tin y pool of in k at
by one person . the beginning or ending stroke.
Hook - Is a m in u te cu rve or angle Linear Pattern - W riting show s no

w h ich often o ccu rs at the end of co n cern for form so th at lin e s and
term in al stro k es. It also o ccu rs at the angles predom inate, an d loops an d
end b eginning of a n in itia l stroke and angles are not p ron ou n ced.
the te rm in al cu rv e s of letters “a ”, “d”
and “h ”. Line Quality - Refers to the visib le
record in the w ritin g stroke of the b a sic
Horizontal Mal-Alignment - It is a m ovem ents an d m a n n e r of holding the
typew riter defect in w h ich the w ritin g in stru m e n t. D erived from a
c h a ra cte r p rin ts to the left or right of co m b inatio n of factors to wit; w riting
its proper position. sk ill, rh yth m , sh ad in g , freedom of
m ovem ent an d pen e m p h asis.
Hump - T h e rou n ded side of the top
bend, cu rve , crook in sm all letters and Lithographic Printing - Also called
rven in som e ca p ital letters. offset p rinting , it is p rin tin g from a
sm ooth su rfa ce s plate, w h ich h a s been
Imitated - A term ta n tam o u n t w ith so treated th at the p rin tin g a re a s are
freehand forgery. in k attractin g an d n on -prin tin g a re a s
are in k repelling.
Individual Characteristics - Refers to
* hig hly p e cu lia r or p e rso n al e arm ark . Lock through of Paper - Th e form and
ap p earan ce of p ap er w hen viewed w ith
tra n sm itte d light.
Loop - A n oblong cu rve found in sm all Obliteration - The sm e arin g over ot

letters “h ”, “g”, “F an d “1”. a b lind loop blotting out of the w riting to m ake th r
is frequently the re su lt of the in k original u n d e cip h e ra b le .
havin g filled the open space.
Official Document - A docum ent
Lumbrical Muscles - C lu ste r of w h ich is issu e d by a p u b lic official in
m u scle w h ich p u sh e s the pen w ith the exercise of the fu n ctio n s of bin
co m b inatio n of extensor and flexor office. Am official docu m en t is also n
m u s c le s form ing the lateral strokes. p u b lic d ocu m en t as a larger
classificatio n .
Mai Alignment - Refers to defect in
the p rin tin g condition of the type Off Its Feet - A typew riter defect in
ch a ra cte r in w h ich the letters are w h ich the type face p rin ts heavier on
p rinted either at the top or bottom, left one side or co rn er th a n over th r
or right of in clin e d from its proper rem ain d e r of its outline.
position.
O p tical V a ria b le D evice - Refers to mi
Mechanical Erasure - Done by m e an s irid e sce n t im age th at exhib its varioiw
of ab rasive m ethod thro ugh rub b in g or optical effects s u c h as color ch an g es 01
scrap pin g . m ovem ent m a kin g it im p ossib le In
s c a n or photocopied nor they can In
Microscopic Examination - A n y stu d y a c cu ra te ly rep ro duced or replicated
or test w h ich is acco m p lish e d w ith the T h is is com m only u se d as security
m icroscope in order to discover device and anti-co unterfeiting men s u m
m in u scu le or m in u te p h y sica l details. of m oney, credit ca rd s an d government
issu e d identification card . O V D me
Model Signature - It refers to a p roduced or created by m ean s nt
genuine sig n ature w h ich h a s been p rin tin g an d em bossing.
u se d to prepare a traced or im itated
forgery. Patching - Also term ed a s retouching
it is going over a defective segment «>i n
Movement - An elem ent of w riting w riting stroke.
w h ich em b races all the factors w h ich
are related to the m otion of the w riting Pen - A w ritin g in stru m e n t u ard In
in stru m e n t; s k ill, speed, h e sitatio n , ap p ly in k on a paper.
freedom, rh yth m , trem or an d the like.
Pencil Grade - It is the quant it nh •
Natural Variations - Refers to the d escrip tion of the softn ess or hard lit
u s u a l or n o rm a l d eviations found of a p e n cil an d how d a rk a stroke im
betw een repeated sp ecim en of an y produced.
in d iv id u a l’s ha n d w ritin g or in the
prod uct of a n y typew riter. Pen Emphasis - Refers to period I*
in cre a se in p re ssu re of the writing "i
Natural Writing - A n y sp ecim en of the act of interm itten tly forcing the \t* n
w riting executed n o rm a lly w itho ut an y ag ain st the p ap er surface with
attem pt to alter or control its in cre a se d p re ssu re .
identifying h ab its.
Pen Lift - It is an interrup tion In ■*
Non-Aqueous Ink - An in k in w h ich a stroke ca u se d by rem oving the w iitin g
dye or pigm ent is ca rried in an y in stru m e n t from the paper.
m ed iu m other th an w ater.
Pen Nibs - Two points or divinint»|
Oblique Photography - Also called w h ich form the w riting portion «»| Mtf
sidelight photography, it is u n d e rta k e n pen.
in q uestioned docu m en t exam in atio n s
w ith the illu m in atio n so controlled that Pen Position - Refers to the telnUvf
it gazes or strik e s the d ocum ent from location of the pen in relation to tHfl
one side at a very sm all angle. pap er surface.
Pen Pressure - Refers to the average w h ich is related to the w riting

force w ith w h ich the pen co n tacts the m ovem ent itself.
paper.
Questioned Document - Any
Pen Scope - R e p rese n ts the re a ch of d ocu m en t w h ich is u n d e r s c ru tin y or
the h a n d w ith the w rist at rest. It is the about w h ich som e iss u e h a s been
average lim it of the pen d u rin g the raise d .
p ro ce ss of w ritin g w ith the w rist at
rest. Rebound - A typew riting defect in
w h ich the c h a ra c te r p rin ts a double
Permanent Defect - A n identifying im p ressio n w ith the lighter side slig htly
c h a ra c te ristic of a typew riter, w h ich offset to the left or right.
can n o t be co rrected by cle an in g the Reference Collection - U sed to denote
type face or rep lacin g the ribbon. m a te ria ls organized an d com piled by a
q uestioned d ocu m en t e xam in e r to
Pica Type Face- Type face im p ressio n a s s is t h im in sp e cia l q u estio n s.
o rd in a rily sp a ce d ten (10) c h a ra cte rs
to the ho rizo n tal in c h . Requested Standards - Also kn o w n as
“Post Lite l M otam S ta n d a rd s ” or
Platen - It is the roll or tube w h ich D ictated sta n d a rd is a stan d ard
serves as the b ack in g for the p ap er and d ocu m en t w h ich are executed an d
ab so rb s the blow from the type face. prep ared at one tim e u p on req u est.
Private Document - A deed or Restoration - Refers to the p ro ce ss in

in stru m e n t executed by a private w h ich erased w ritin g is b rought out
p erson w ith o u t the intervention of a again or developed on the docu m en t
n otary p u b lic or other p erson legally itself.
au thorized, by w h ich d o cu m en ts, som e
d isp ositio n or agreem ent is proved, Retracing - A lso term ed a s retractin g ,
evidenced or set forth. (US V s. O re ra , it refers to an y stroke w h ich goes b a ck
11 P hil 596). over an o ther w riting stroke. .
Proportional Spacing Machine - A Rhythm - T h e b alan ce d q u a lity of the

m odern form of typew riting m a ch in e w riting m ovem ent w h ich is m a rk ed by
w h ich rese m b les p rin tin g in all of the interm itten t or reg u lar re cu rre n ce of
letters, sym b o ls an d n u m e ra ls th at do ha rm o n io u s stre ss of im p u lse .
not o ccu p y the sam e h o rizo n tal sp ace
as th ey do w ith co nven tio nal Ribbon Impression - Refers to an y
typew riters. typew riting w h ich is m ade d irectly
th ro u gh cloth im p rin t.
Public Document - Refers to a
d ocum ent created , executed or issu e d Sample - A rep resen tative or selected
by a p u b lic official in resp o n se to the portion of the w hole.
exigencies of the p u b lic service, or in
the execution of w h ich a p u b lic official Secret Inks - A lso kn o w n as
intervened. A n y in stru m e n t au thorized sym p ath e tic in k , it refers to a m a te ria l
by a n o tary p u b lic or a com petent u se d for w ritin g w h ic h is not visib le
public official, w ith the solem n ities u n til treated by som e developing
required by law ( C a cn io , et.al. vs. p ro ce ss or su b sta n ce .
B ae n s, 5 P hil. 724).
Shading - It refers to the broad ening or
Qualification - Legal com petency w id en in g of in k stro k es due to added
w hich is a co m b inatio n of the p re ssu re on the p ap er su rface .
educatio n, p ro fessio n al experience and
l he ab ility of a d ocu m en t e xam in er. Signature - A nam e of p erson signed
by h im se lf on a d ocu m en t a s a sign of
Quality Refers to a p e cu lia r or acknow ledgem ent.
distin ct c h a ra c te r u tilized in depicting
hand w ritin g to an y identifying factor
Significant Writing Habits - Applied Slant - R efers to the angle or

to an y c h a ra cte ristics of han d w ritin g in clin atio n of the ax is of letters relative
w h ich is sufficien tly w ell fixed and to the b aselin e.
d istin ctive to serve a s a fun d am en tal
point in identification. Standards - C o m p act an d condensed
set of au th e n tic sp e cim e n s w h ich , if*
Simple Forgery - It is also kn o w n as a proper and sufficien t sh o u ld contain a
sp u rio u s sig n ature w h ich refers to a true cro ss section of the m a te ria l from
bogus sig n atu re w here no attem pt h a s a kn o w n sou rce.
been m ade to m ake a facsim ile or copy
of the g enuine w ritin g or sig n ature of a Surface Texture of Paper - D escrib es
person purported to m ake or sign a the paper p roperty w h ich w hen view rd
docum ent. u n d e r m agnification is not absolutely
Simplification - D isca rd in g of sm ooth an d flat b u t is rough and
u n e sse n tia l details an d m ay go as far irreg ular.
a s to strip the letter to the skeleton
m akin g it either cle a r-cu t an d p recise, Synthetic Dye Inks - Refers to any inl<
or bare an d ca re le ss. w h ich co n sists of sim p ly a dye
d issolved in w ater together w ith Ihr
Simulated Forgery - Also kn o w n as n e c e ssa ry p reservatives.
Copied forgery it refers to a w riting or
sig n ature w h ich resem b les the g enuine System of Writing - The com bination
sig n atu re w ritten in free-hand. of the b a sic design of letters and Ihe
C o n sid ere d a s the m ost sk illfu l type of w riting m ovem ent a s tau ght in school
forgery.
Through - Refers to a n y garland foiin
Skill - Relative degree of the ab ility of of a letter stro k es.
the w riter and a sp ecim en of
han d w ritin g u s u a lly co ntain ing Traced Forgery - Refers to any
evidence of a w rite r’s proficiency. d eceitful or fra u d u len t sig n ature win* h
w as executed by a c tu a lly following it ip
Slant - Refers to the in clin atio n or o utline of a genuine sig n ature with a
angle of the ax is of the letters relative w riting in stru m e n t.
to the b aselin e.
Transitory Defects - A n y id e i 1111\ imm
Smeared Over Printing - It is an typew riter ch a ra cte ristic w h ich may lit*
obliteration w h ich is often elim inated by rep lacin g the rib ho it »a
acco m p lish ed by covering or w iping clean in g the m a ch in e.
over the original w riting w ith an
opaque su b sta n ce . Transitory Change - Refem hi
alteratio n s w h ich only co ntinu e to enl#(
Speed - M ay not be m e asu re d from the w hile the b a sic ca u se ol il»p
fin ished han d w ritin g bu t m a y be deterioration is still affecting the
interpreted in broad term s a s slow, w riter, once s u c h ca u se han h^^H
m oderate or rapid w riting. rem oved from the w riter, hi ft wi hi.iM
w ill revert to its n orm al form.
Spur - R efers to a sh o rt in itial or
te rm in al stroke. Transmitted Light Examination
test in w h ich the docum ent 1* v im
Spurious Signature - A fra u d u len t w ith the so u rce of illum inution i»« hi#t
sig n ature in w h ich there w as no it and the light p assin g through ‘»*||
a p p aren t attem pt at im itation or paper.
sim u latio n .
Tremor - Refers to a w riting wej»||j|fl
Staff - A n y long dow nw ard stroke of a m anifested by s h a k y and iimumI
letter. It is the backbo ne of an y letter. strokes. T h is m ay be due to h* omK
A lso referred to as stem or sh a n k . trem ors ca u se d by eithei nit k»n
w e a k n e ss, old age or illlle ia iy itf»
trem or of fra u d .
Through - A n y g arlan d form of letter Writing Pressure - Th e average force

stro k es. w ith w h ich the pen co n tacts the pap er
su rface or the u s u a l force involved in
Twisted Letter - Type face defect w riting.
w h ich le a n s to the left or right of th eir
co rre ct s la n t due to w ear an d dam age Wrong Handed Writing - A n y w riting
of the type b lock an d the type b ars. executed w ith the opposite hand,
w h ich is a m e a n s of d isg uise.
Type Face - The p rin tin g su rface of the
type block. CRIME DETECTION,
INVESTIGATION AND PREVENTION
Type Face Defect - A n y oddity or CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
p e cu lia rity of typew riting ca u se d by
a c tu a l dam age to the type face m etal. Aborticide - act of destroying a fetus
in the womb. B etter kn o w n as
Vertical Mai Alignment - A typew riter “ab o rtion”.
defect in w h ich a ch a ra c te r is p rin tin g
above or below its p roper position. Accidental Death - Is th at w h ich
o ccu rs beyond the sw a y of o ne’s w ill.
Watermark - A tra n s lu c e n t design
w h ich is im p resse d u p on the paper Admission - Refers to a statem ent by
d urin g m a n u factu rin g . the a c cu se d w h ich do not d irectly
acknow ledge h is guilt in the
Whirl - The lone u p w ard stroke u s u a lly co m m issio n of the crim e b u t facts an d
located opposite the stem . circ u m sta n c e s p ertain in g to its
co m m issio n .
Writing - A co m b inatio n of certain
forms w h ich are the very visib le re su lt Alcoholics and Drug Dependents
of m en tal an d m u s c u la r h a b its Are p e rso n s w ho su b je ct th em selves to
intense artificial stim u la n ts, s u c h a s
Writing Conditions - In clu d e both alcohol or n arco tics.
circu m sta n ce u n d e r w h ich the w riting
w as p rep ared an d the factors w h ich Analysis - S tu d y of the u n k n o w n
influenced the w rite r’s ab ility to w rite evidence or item found in the crim e
at the tim e of execution. scene to determ ine its e sse n tia l
c h a ra c te ristic s.
Writing Habits - Refers to a n y
repeated elem en ts of once han d w ritin g Anonymous Informants - Refers to
w hich serves as an identifying p e rso n s w ho fu rn ish police officers
(h a ra c te ris tic s . inform ation bu t refu se to divulge th eir
identity.
Writing Impressions - T h e sm a ll
writing in d en tio n s com pletely devoid of Anxiety Approach - U sin g th is
nny pigm ent. strategy w ould create an em otional
co nfu sio n on the p art of the su b je ct
Writing Instrument - The u te n sil or w h ich w ill d istu rb an d d istra ct h im
m eans u se d to execute the w ritin g an d in tu rn w ould h a m p er h is ab ility
nuch a s b all point p en, fiber pen or to a n sw e r u n tru th fu lly .
fountain p ain .
Arrest - Is the takin g of a p erson into
Writing Movement - An im p ortan t cu sto d y in ord er th at he m a y be
rlem ent of h a n d w ritin g w h ich brought to a n sw e r for the co m m issio n
tm b races all the factors w h ich are of an offense in court.
rr lilted to the m otion of w riting.
Arson - Is defined as the m a licio u s
Writing Offsets R e su lts from a paper d estru ctio n of the p roperty by fire.
coming in co n tact w ith fresh in k
[Writing.
Associative Evidence - Refers to

p h y sica l evidence w h ich lin k d irectly Confession - Refers to a dim *!
the su sp e c t to the crim e scene. acknow ledgem ent of guilt for th r
co m m issio n of a crim in a l offense.
Bag Clipper - Are those w ho cu t the
strap by w h ich the bag is su sp en d e d , Confidential Informants - Tho se who
rem oves its co ntents an d throw aw ay provide inform ation w ith the agreement
bag. an d u n d e rsta n d in g th at th eir identity
w ill not be divulged or revealed.
Bag Opener - Refers to those who
su rre p titio u sly open the bag Corpus Delicti - Refers to facts w h ir l»
su sp en d e d from a w o m a n ’s arm an d prove the body of a crim e. T h is would
they got the money. e sta b lish th at a crim e w as committr<I
Cadaveric Spasm - T h is is the E .g . Th e dead body in ca se s involving
in sta n ta n e o u s rigidity of a group of hom icid e, m u rd e r, p arricid e mid
m u s c le s at the tim e of death due to infan ticid e; the proof th at an ob|r< I
extrem e n ervo u s ten sio n , e xh a u stio n w as stolen or lost in ca se of theft mid
or in ju ry to the n ervo us system . robbery; the b u rn e d m a te ria ls in arson
F req u en tly com m on w ith violent c a se s an d the likes.
d eath s.
Crime Laboratory - It is w h e rr tht
“Casing the Job” - Stage w here the te ch n iq u es and p rin cip les of n atu m l
robber before executing the robbery an d p h y sica l scie n ce s are applied nml
co n d u cts a re c o n n a issa n ce to stu d y practiced to the a n a ly s is of crim e s r r n r
th eir target. evidence.
Chain of Custody - P e rtain s to the Crime Scene Investigation - It in tin

num ber of p erso n s w ho h a n d le s co n d u ct of p ro ce sse s, m ore p articu lm ly
p h y sica l evidence from the tim e of its the recognition, se a rc h , collect inn,
collection from the crim e scene u p to han d lin g , p reservation mill
the d isposition of the case. docu m en tatio n of p h y sica l evident r in
in clu d e the identification an d interview
Chopping Method - The chop job is of w itn e sse s an d -the arrest nf
cru d e b ut effective. The operator s u s p e c t/ s at the crim e scene.
sim p ly tu rn s the safe u p sid e down so
th at the bottom is exposed. Crime Scene Processing Invnlvi
the b a sic crim e scene protocol win* l»
Close Tail - Also kn o w n as tight tail, in c lu d e s interview of com plainant mu I
th is refers to the m ethod em ployed w itn e sse s, photographing th r a im *
w hen the su b je ct is m oving b u t is kept scen e, m a kin g a sk e tch , collect Inn ••
on co n stan t view. T h is is co nd u cted evidences for laboratory exam ination
w ith m ore p recau tio n th a n an y other and a n a ly sis.
k in d of tailin g an d co n stan t
s u rv e illan ce is needed so a s not to Crime Scene Reconstruction !• i
loose the sub ject. to the u se of p h y sica l evld rin*
scien tific m ethod, deductive rruMnnitif
Coagulation of the Blood - T h is and th eir in te rre latio n sh ip to n» •pm#
o ccu rs in sid e the blood v e sse l from six definite and cle ar knowledge ol lh#
to eight h o u rs following death. serie s of events and circum atm n #§
th at s u rro u n d s the co m m issio n «•( *
Comparison - The p rocess of crim e.
exam in in g how the ch a ra c te ristic s of
the evidence gathered a s com pared Crime Scene Sketches A nm^h
w ith e stab lish e d p roperties of know n sk e tch is prepared ind icating I h i
item s. ac tu a l m e asu re m e n t of thiny,* wllIt
scale and proportion o b srrv rd mid
Compass Direction - Refers to a oriented to the North Polr AH
stan d ard arrow designating the north n e c e ssa ry inform ation is p lu rrd In Hip
to facilitate proper sk e tch orientation. sketch .
Criminal Investigation - Refers to the False Informants - Refer to those

art an d scie n ce w h ich d eals w ith the p e rso n s w ho give inform ation w h ich
iden tity an d location of the offender are concocted out of th in air. T h e y give
an d provide evidence of h is guilt in a facts w h ich are fictitio us w ith the
crim in a l proceeding. attem pt to deviate police efforts of
investigation from h im se lf or a n y of h is
Custodial Investigation - An a sso cia te s.
interrogation co nd u cted on p e rso n s
held in detention by law enforcers and Fear - Suffering u n d e r ap p reh en sio n of
ap p reh en d ed by virtu e of a rre st anger an d h a s becom e su s p ic io u s of
w itho ut w a rra n t. C u sto d ia l asso cia te s in the crim in a l enterp rise,
investig atio n s h a ll refer to the stage th is is a motive of in fo rm an ts who
w here the investigation co nd u cted by w orry of th eir own safety an d th at of
law e nfo rcers is no longer a general th e ir fam ily.
in q u iry to into an u n so lved crim e an d
h a s begun to focus on a p a rticu la r Final Survey - A clo sin g review of the
su sp e c t w ho had been ta ke n into crim e scene to d eterm ine w h e th e r or
cu sto d y by law enforcem ent officers not the p ro ce ssin g h a s been com pleted.
who c a rry out a p ro ce ss of U s u a lly u n d e rta k e n by the team lead er
interrogation that len d s itse lf to of the S O C O u n it.
eliciting in c rim in a tin g statem en ts. It
sh a ll also refer to in s ta n c e s w h en First Responder - A law enforcem ent
su sp e c t is taken into cu sto d y or officer w ho first arrives at the crim e
otherw ise deprived of h is / h e r freedom sce n e , w hose forem ost co n cern is to
of action in a n y sig n ifican t m a n n e r. co n d u ct verificatio n of death sh o u ld a
C u sto d ia l Investigation s h a ll also victim be in ju red on site an d to protect
in clu d e a n y q uestio nin g or probe an d se cu re the crim e scene.
involving a p erson "invited" by a law
enforcem ent officer in co nn ectio n w ith Floor Search - Th e su b je ct is in prone
an offense he / s h e is su sp ecte d to have p osition, face down to u ch in g the
com m itted. ground, w ith a rm s extended over head.
The investigator cro u ch e s at the side of
Degree of Decomposition of the the su b je ct at the region of the w aist of
Body - In tro p ical clim ate, sub ject.
decom position sta rts from 36 to 48
ho u rs after death. Finished Sketch - T h is draft of the
crim e scene is m ade for courtroom
Description - It is a n arra tio n of the presentatio n w here proper scale an d
su b je ct m atter of is s u e s w h ich dep icts proportion sh o u ld be detailed.
the size, color, design, q uality,
ch a ra cte r, location and sh ap e of the Fratricide - T h e act of one who
thing to be d escribed. m u rd e rs or k ills h is own brother.
Detailed Search - T he se a rc h for Friendly Approach - In th is strategy,

p h ysical evidence is done u sin g the the investig ato r sh o u ld be able to
accepted m ethods of s e a rc h depending e sta b lish th at they are w illing to help
upon the a c tu a l location to be the su sp e c t an d avoid h a rs h e r
searched . p enalties. He m u st be seen a s a friend,
a b rother and an ad viser. He m u st be
Double Crosser Informants - G ives able to relate to the su b je ct th at
inform ation to investig ato rs in the several ju stifyin g , m itigating
uttem pt to gather for h im se lf facts c irc u m sta n c e s are allow ed by o ur
related to the case. co u rts and those w ould be applied to
the su b je ct w henever appropriate w ith
Euthanasia- M ercy killin g or the act or the help of the police.
p ractice of p a in le ssly p utting to
death p e rso n s suffering from in cu rab le Homicide - T h e k illin g of one h u m a n
und d istre ssin g d isease. being by another.
for the w all se a rch . Th e su b je ct is

Incised Wound - T h is is prod uced by required to kn eel w ith h a n d s ra ise d of
forcible co ntact of the body by sh arp - secu re d b ehind him w ith h an d cu ffs.
edged in stru m e n ts, like bolo, k n iv es,
axe, b roken g lass or sh a rp edge of Known Criminals - R efers to p erso n s
oyster. w ith c rim in a l record s an d w hose
identity an d profile are availab le from
Individualization - Refers to the the police file or d atab ase.
u n iq u e n e ss of som e item of evidence
m ade p ossib le by the fact th at no two Lacerated Wounds - T h is is the
item s o ccu rrin g in n atu re are exactly tearing of the s k in due to forcible
the sam e. co ntact of a b lu n t in stru m e n t. The
edges are irre g u lar an d do not
Infanticide - T he killin g of an infan t correspond to the w ounding
le ss th an 3 d ays old. in stru m e n t.
Informants - Also kn o w n a s a s se ts, Legend - T h e exp lan atio n of sym b o l h

stool pigeons, they refer to p e rso n s u se d to identify objects in a ske tch .
who provide inform ation to police
investig ators. Line-Up Method - An anxiety
ap p ro ach w h ich c a u s e s confusion on
Information - Refers to a n y form of the p art of the su sp e c t or su b ject by
co m m u n icated knowledge. W h ich m e an s of a tech niq u e w h en u se d will
com es from p e rso n s, p lace s or thing s. e sta b lish cooperation from the s u s p n t
sin ce the co m p lain a n t and witnesn* >
w ill pin point the su b je ct a s the onr
Intent - Refers to the p u rp o se to u se a who com m itted the crim e.
p a rticu la r m e an s to effect a resu lt. T h is
m u st be proven. In ten t is alw ays Loose Tail - Method em ployed w h m
p resu m ed from the co m m issio n of the su b je ct is m oving an d is not constnntlv
u n la w fu l act. It a s s u m e s the exercise kept w ith in view. A type of shadow ing
of freedom an d the u se of intelligence. w herein the hab it, general imprenNinn
Interrogation - It is a sk illfu l an d an d a sso cia te s of the target m ust hr
thorough q uestio nin g of a relu cta n t a sce rtain e d
p erson who m ay be a su sp e c t in a
p a rticu la r crim e. Matricide - M u rd er of a m other by I in
own child.
Interview - Refers to the q uestio nin g
of a cooperative su b ject, u s u a lly Mercenary Informant - Refer* In
w itn e sse s to a crim e. those paid info rm an ts who yjvi
inform ation for valu ab le consideration
Involuntary Informants - Refers to
those w ho relu ctan tly give inform ation Modus Operandi - Refers to tin
even though they do not desire or ch a ra cte ristic or d istin ct way ||
know th at they are doing so. crim in a l co m m its a specific typr «if
crim e. D evised by M aj. G en Lrw«ly
Inquest Proper - S h a ll refer to an A tch e rly it operates u n d e r the' 1 1 •*»v
inform al an d s u m m a ry investigation “th at it is h u m a n n atu re that priNonnl
cond ucted by a p u b lic p ro secuto r in h a b its an d m a n n e rism do not chan gs
crim in a l c a se s involving p erson s e a sily b ut rem ain s w ith the indivldim)
arre sted an d d etained w itho ut the for y e a rs ”.
benefit of w a rra n t issu e d by the court
for the p u rp o se of d eterm ining w hether Motive - Refers to that reason Omt
or not said p e rso n s sh o u ld rem ain in d u ce s a p erson to com m it a c iim #
u n d e r cu sto d y an d co rrespo n din gly be Th e moving power w h ich com prln tinft
charged in court. to action for a specific and rirh itllt
resu lt. It is regarded a s an r**rn!M i|
Kneeling Search - T h is is u se d w here elem ent of a crim e.
no w all or u p rig ht object is available
Narrative Type - A k in d of tem p o rarily deprive liberty of a p erson

interrogation w h ich is utilized for by ta kin g h im into cu sto dy.
su b je cts w ho are w illing to ta lk an d
cooperate w ith the investig ato rs. Preliminary Searches of a Person -
T h is is o rd in a rily m ade at the tim e and
Necropsy Report - T h is refers to the sce n e of a n arre st. Its p rim ary p u rp o se
co m m en tary u n d e rta k e n after an is to d isco ver co ncealed w eap on s and
au to p sy h a s been com pleted. seizu re of in crim in atin g evidence w h ich
m ight o therw ise be destroyed.
One Man Shadow - Th e m ost com m on
form of tailin g sin ce it u tilize s the u se Punch Job - Th e d ial is first kn o cked
of le a st n u m b e r of p erso n n el. T h is is off the safe w ith ha m m e r. T h e p u n c h is
u s u a lly co nd u cted by m e a n s of th en held ag ain st spin d le of the safe
following the su b je ct on foot. A ll the an d h it s h a rp ly w ith a m allet or
d etails w h ich p ertain to the place ham m er.
w here the su b je ct w ent, the p e rso n s Punctured Wound - T h is is an in ju ry
an d a sso cia te s the su b je ct cam e into p rod uced by s h a rp pointed in stru m e n t
co ntact as w ell a s th e ir general like ice p ick, n a il, p in s, an d others.
d escrip tio n m u st be w ell noted by the T h is w ou n d is m ore likely to produce
perso n co n d u ctin g the one m an infection like te ta n u s as co nsequ en ce.
shadow .
Quadrant Method - Also kn o w n a s the
Opportunity - T h e p h y sica l p o ssib ility zone m ethod th is m ethod of s e a rc h is
th at allow s a c rim in a l to com m it an co nd u cted w h e re in the crim e sce n e is
u n la w fu l act. divided into four q u a d ra n ts w ith one
se a rc h e r assig n ed to e ach area.
Ordinary Informant - T h o se p erso n s
w ho fu rn ish police officers Question and Answer Type - A kin d
co m m u n icated knowledge on m atters of interrogation in w h ich q u e stio n s are
directly an d in d irectly involved w ith ask e d and the su b je ct su p p lie s the
crim in a ls, th e ir iden tity an d the crim e s an sw e r, th is w ould e n tail knowledge of
th at they com m it. U s u a lly of the the investigator regarding the crim e
an o n ym o u s type, in dealing w ith s u c h com m itted.
p e rso n s it is a m u s t for the investigator
not to reveal facts w h ich are alre ad y at Raid - T h is is a s u rp ris e in va sio n of a
the d isp o sal of the police. b u ild ing area. It is an a tta ck on sm all
sca le of a lim ited territory.
Pants Pocket Worker - T h ie v es who
extract w allet from a m a n ’s pocket Renumeration - A m oving ca u s e for a
w itho ut the knowledge of the victim . p e rso n to reveal inform ation to
a u th o ritie s in exchange for rew ard or
Parricide - T h e act of one who m oney.
m u rd e rs a p erson to w hom he is
related s u c h as h is p arent, a sce n d a n ts, Reverse Line-Up Method - T h is is
d e sce n d a n ts, legal sp o u se or ch ild u n d e rta k e n by req u estin g the su b je ct
w hether legitim ate or not. T h is is a to jo in a police line u p in w h ich several
generic term . p e rso n s w ill point to h im a s havin g
com m itted fictitious offenses. A s a
Patricide - T h e act of one who k ills h is re s u lt of w h ich , the su b je ct m ay tend
own fath er to co nfess to the real offense of w h ich
he h a s ta k e n p art of.
Police Line-Up - T h is refers to the
m ethod of crim in a l identificatio n by Rip Job - T h e g reatest n u m b e r of
selecting from a group of seven to ten safeb reaker em ploy the rip tech niq u e.
p erson s w ith sim ila r ap p earan ce. The req u ired tools in clu d e an electric
d rill an d a crow bar.
Police Restraint - Is a m e an s
em ployed by the investig ato rs to
Rival Elimination Informants - T h e y

are p e rso n s who give inform ation to Sketch - Refers to the sim p le st but
the police to do aw ay w ith com petition. m ost effective w ay of show ing actu al
m e a su re m e n t an d of identifying
Robbery - Is the takin g of p erso n al sig n ificant p h y sic a l evidences in their
property belonging to an o ther, by location at the crim e scene.
m e an s of violence ag ain st or
intim idatio n of an y p erson , or by u sin g Sororicide - T h e act of one who kills
force u p on an ythin g. h is or h e r own siste r.
Rogue’s Gallery - T h is is a com pilation Specific Event Reconstruction A

of p hotographic files of know n type of crim e re-enactm en t w herein tin*
crim in a ls kep t for identification seq u en ce, direction, condition, relation
p u rp o se s of w itn e sse s in ca se of futu re an d identity are the p rim ary co ncern ol
crim es. the investigators.
Roping - Also kn o w n a s u nd erco ver Specific Incident Reconstruction
assig n m e n t is a m ethod of The type of crim e re-enactm ru t
investigation in w h ich the investigator u n d e rta k e n for traffic a c c id e n t ,
a s s u m e s a different an d u nofficial hom icide an d bom bing ca se s.
identity to locate c rim in a ls an d obtain
inform ation. Specific Physical Evident*
Reconstruction - U n d ertaken to
Rough Shadowing - T h is is co nd u cted determ ine the rela tio n sh ip mul
w ith le ss sp e cial cau tio n sin ce the circ u m sta n c e s regarding I hr
object or target kn o w s th at he is being co m m issio n of a crim e by m ean s m!
followed by the police for h is u sin g the p h y sica l evidences g a th rrn t
protection. on the crim e scene in the i»
enactm en t.
Rough Sketch - T h is rough draft or
o utline is m ade by the investigator at Spiral Method - Method of searc h In
the crim e scene w here no scale and w h ich the se a rc h e rs follow up h
proportion is req u ired and other in the p ath of the Nplial
approxim ation is resorted to. T h is b eginning from the outside tun l
w ould serve as the b a s is of the fin ished s p iralin g in tow ard the center.
diagram .
Split Pair Method - Also known a
Search of a Person - Is co nd u cted to b luff m ethod is u tilized w hen th r r r ara
d isco ver w eap on s, or evidence to two or m ore c u lp rits and stating l<» lit*
determ ine identity. su b je ct th at the others have uln ml\
confessed and d irectly linked him /h af
Search Warrant - Is a n order in w ith the co m m issio n of the crim r,
w riting and iss u e d in the n am e of the
People of the P h ilip p in es, signed by Stab Wounds - T h is is produced hy Hi#
m u n icip a l or city jud g e an d directed to forcible ap p licatio n of a «ha»|i
a peace officer, co m m and ing h im to in stru m e n t, w h ich is sh a rp edged a Mi
se a rc h for p erso n al property and bring sh a rp pointed.
it before the court.
Standing Search - Th e subjec t l« lit
Seizure - Is the takin g into cu sto d y stan d in g position w ith feet a p a r t afttf
property w h ich is found by search in g . h a n d s raised . The se a rc h e r in ultuatfQ
to the re a r of the su b ject and unm I h i
Self-Aggrandizing Informants - Are tech niq u e in w all sea rch .
u s u a lly m em bers of the u nd erw o rld
who give bits of inform ation w ith the Strip Method - Refers to nea» ♦I*
desire to please h im se lf and gain m ethod in w h ich the se a rch e r* pun *a §
attention. slow ly at the sam e path along thr |M*>l»
p aralle l to one side of the- tr< ta h g lM
Shadowing - Also referred to a s tailing, tu rn in g only at the end of thr i n hmjile
it is the act of following a person. and proceed b ack along new lane lati
p aralle l to the first m ovem ent. Also from police au th o ritie s and delights in
kn o w n a s grid m ethod. doing so for self-aggrandizem ent.
Suicide - Is the k illin g of o neself an d it Verbal Description - R efers to the

is not p u n ish a b le by law , the cu lp rit m ethod of identification of crim in a ls by
being the victim him self. d escrip tio n of p e rso n s w ho has
perceived or w itn essed the co m m issio n
Surveillance - The d isg u ised of the crim e.
observatio n of p la ce s, p e rso n s an d
ve h icles for the p u rp o se of obtaining Voluntary Informants - Are p e rso n s
info rm atio n w h ich co n ce rn s the w ho give inform ation to shed light to a
iden tities or the activities of the p a rtic u la r ca se . Also referred to as
su b ject. legitim ate in fo rm an ts, th ey u s u a lly
refer to operators of kn o w n b u sin e s s e s
Sympathetic Approach - Also kn o w n w ho do not w an t th e ir e sta b lish m e n ts
as em otional ap p eal is a tech niq u e asso ciate d w ith c rim in a l elem ents.
w herein the investig ato r a cts a s a
p sycho log ist w ho w ould listen to the Wheel Man - A d d resse s the problem s
problem , provide co u n se lin g an d create regarding tra n sp o rta tio n to an d from
in the m in d of the su b je ct th at the the scene of the b an k. He u s u a lly
police are w illing to help and ste a ls a c a r and provides an o ther
u n d e rsta n d s the situ atio n w h ich lead lice n se plate on it.
to the co m m issio n of the crim e. T h is
w ould in tu rn develop tru st and Wheel Method - Method of se a rc h
confidence of the su b je ct to the em ployed in oval or c ir c u la r a re a s, in
investig ato r an d w ould aide in w h ich the se a rc h e rs gather at the
obtaining a co nfession . m iddle an d proceed outw ard along the
sp ike or rad ii.
Thermic Bombs - F o u n d exceedingly
difficult to control. T h e m a in body of Zone Method - M ethod of se a rc h by
the bom b co n siste d of powdered dividing the are a into q u a d ra n ts in
alu m in u m an d tita n iu m oxide. w h ich a se a rc h e r is assig n ed a
p a rticu la r q u a d ran t
Three Man Shadow - Also referred to
as A B C m ethod th is involves more TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT AND
perso n n el hen ce sig n als w h ich are ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
predeterm ined an d p lan for following
the su b je ct is pre arranged. Accelerator - Refers to the p rim a ry
speed control of a m otor vehicle, w h ich
Tracing Evidence - Refers to p h y sica l co ntrols the inflow of fuel to the engine
evidences w h ich a s s is t police d ecre asin g or in c re a sin g its revolution
investigators to locate the su sp e c t. per m in ute.
Two Man Shadow - T h is form of Accessory - A n y a tta ch m e n t to a

shadow ing en a b le s a change of m otor vehicle, not an e sse n tia l p art bu t
operatives w h ich w ould m ake it h a rd for a e sth e tic p u rp o se s.
for the su b je ct to e a sily recognize
I hem. Accident - Refers to th at o ccu rre n ce
in a ch a in of events w h ich u s u a lly
Unknown Criminals - Refers to those p ro d u ces u n in te n d e d in ju ry , d eath or
crim in a ls w ho se d escrip tion an d property dam age.
identity are provided by w itn e sse s.
Accident Analysis - Th e p ro ce ss of
Uxoricide - act of one who m u rd e rs d eterm ining factors on how accid e n ts
his wife. o ccu r an d how to mitigate and prevent
its effects th ro u gh clin ica l and
Vanity - A motive of in fo rm an ts s ta tistica l m ethod.
Intended to gain favorable attention
Adjudication - A co u rt fun ction in

traffic law enforcem ent, th is step Bicycle - A mode of transp ortatio n
d eterm in es the guilt or inn o cence of w ith two w heels propelled by the
the accu se d . p h y sica l p edaling of its rider.
Air Cooled Engine - An in te rn a l Biorhythm - A theory w h ich a sse rts

co m b u stio n engine u s u a lly of a th at m a n exh ib its co n stan t v ariatio n of
m otorcycle, statio n ary w h ich u s e s the life energy an d mood states.
flow of a ir in an d aro u n d cooling fins
on its cylin d er to d issip a te the heat Blood Alcohol Level - A form of
generated d urin g its operation. m e asu re m e n t th at d eterm in es the
volum e of alcohol in a n in d iv id u a l’*
Alternator - It provides electrical blood stre am by ch e m ica l a n a ly sis.
power to the ignition, a s w ell a s
recharg es the b attery w hile the engine Blow Out - E x p lo sio n or disintegration
is ru n n in g . of a p n eu m a tic tire due to its inability
to co ntain the a ir in sid e undei
Angle Collision - A n im p act between p re ssu re , frequently due to m aterial
two traffic u n its ap p roachin g on failure.
sep arate roadw ays or other p ath s th at
intersect. Brakes - The m a in m e ch a n ism used to
stop a m otor vehicle custom urllv
Apprehension - W holly a police activated by a b rake pedal.
resp o n sib ility , w h erein the arre st of the
traffic violator is req u ired to prevent Braking Distance - T h e sp ace throuK.I*
co ntinu ed an d futu re violations. w h ich b ra k e s m ay be applied to slow m
vehicle to avoid a collision.
ATV - All T e rra in V e h icle s
Bridge - A stru c tu re designed to c u m
Automobile - Refers to a m otor v e h id e a path or road over an d a c ro ss another
w ith a seating ca p a city of two to eight road, railw a y or a river or an y body of
people, u s u a lly w ith four w heels, w ater.
powered b y its own m e an s of
p rop u lsion , w h ich m ay be electric Bumper - Refers to the front and irm
motor, d iesel or gasoline engine. end com ponent of a vehicle u su ally
m ade of steel or fiberglass designed In
AUV - A sia n U tility V ehicle absorb p art of the force of a collinlmt
directly from the b a ck or front of «*
Bank - The degree to w h ich the outside vehicle.
edge of a roadw ay is hig her th an the
insid e edge at a specified are a on a Bus - A large m otor vehicle designed n*
curve. tra n sp o rt p asse n g e rs.
Barrier Line - A strip w h ich w h en Cannibalize - Refers to the m l nl

p laced p aralle l to a lane line or cen ter d issem b lin g a vehicle for the pul I"'****
line in d icate s that all traffic u n its m u st of sep ara te ly selling the componrnin m«
not cro ss the line for p u rp o se s of to u se them as rep lacem ent for bn»U# n
p assin g or overtaking. down p arts.
Battery - A vital com ponent of a Carnap - S la n g w h ich denotes th* ...«

vehicle w h ich h a s the ca p a city to store of forcefully stealing a motor vchtc lr
an electrical charge u se d to start the
engine of the vehicle and to provide Casualty - R efers to the p erson * wlm
power for its e lectrical com ponents are either dead or in ju red a s a rranlt
w hile the engine is not in operation. an acciden t.
Berm - A n arro w ra ise d ledge on the Cause - Sim u lta n e o u s

outer edge of the sh o u ld ers on m ajor co n se q u e n tial factors without any Mi l l
hig hw ays. of each re su lt could not huvr o n n il ml
Deceleration - Negative acceleratio n

Chain Reaction Accident - A serie s of or rate of slow ing down of a vehicle.
two or m ore traffic accid e n ts o ccu rrin g
one after the other in the sam e Delay - T h e tim e lost by traffic due to
location. traffic control d evices an d traffic
friction s.
Chop-Chop - A n illegally brought
v ehicle, b roken down as p arts an d Detour - Refers to a sh o rt d istan ce
com p on en ts to avoid paying hig her an d tem p o rary deviation p ath or an
taxes an d d u ties, th en rea sse m b led as altern ate route.
a com plete w orking u n it.
Detection of Violation - T h is w ould
City Roads - T h o se in te rlin k betw een en tail looking for defects in the
m u n ic ip a litie s an d w ith in city proper behavior of the m otorist, p ed estrian ,
w ith a right of w ay of 15 m eters. ve h icles, equ ip m ent and roadw ay
condition.
Co-Efficient of Friction - T h e n u m b e r
denoting the re sista n ce of two slid ing Diesel Engine - An in te rn a l
su rfa ce s in co ntact. Also called the co m b u stio n engine w h ich u s e s the
drag factor in traffic accid en t co m b u stio n of fuel w h ich ignites upon
investigation rep resen ted in by the ap p licatio n of p re ssu re and high heat.
G re e k letter, MU. It does not req uire an extern al
electrical so u rce s u c h as a s p a rk plug
Collision - A n event w herein two or to ignite the fuel a ir m ixtu re in the
m ore v e h icles p h y sica lly m ake co ntact cy lin d e rs.
w ith other w ith sufficien t force to
create dam age. Disengagement - It refers to the
sep ara tio n of a traffic u n it in m otion
Colorum - A term u se d to denote an y from an object w ith w h ich it h a s
vehicle u se d for co m m ercial p u rp o se s collided.
w ithout a n y valid fra n ch ise .
Diverging - D e p artu re of v e h icles from
Contact Damage - T h e ind en tation to one stream or flow to another.
a vehicle re su ltin g from d irect p re ssu re
of som e foreign object in co llision. Diversion Road - Refers to a hig hw ay
p lan n ed to b y p a ss the m a in d istrict of
Counter-Flow - Th e u n a u th o rize d or a city, town or m u n ic ip a lity or an o ther
au thorized u se of the opposite lane of a road system .
sep arated street or road to move
ag ain st the p ath of the proper flow of Drag Factor - The num ber
traffic. rep resen tin g the acceleratio n or
deceleration of a vehicle as d ecim al
Crossbar - A stru c tu re intended to fraction of the acceleratio n of gravity.
p h ysically prevent the e n try of v eh icles The ho rizo n tal force n e c e ssa ry for
situ ated on ra ilro ad cro ssin g s and acceleratio n in the sam e d irection
entry an d exit gates of e sta b lish m e n ts divided by the w eight of the body into
and resid en tia l a re a s. w h ich the force is applied.
Crosswalk - Refers to a p ed estrian Driver - R efers to a p erson w ho is in

lane control of a m otor vehicle, seated in the
front of the steering w heel w hile in
Curb - It is a concrete edge bordering motion.
the sid ew alk.
Driveway - Refers to a p ath to an d
Debris - Refers to the a c cu m u la tio n of from a road or street designed for
broken p arts of ve h icles, ru b b ish , d u st motor veh icles.
and other m a te ria ls left at the sce n e of
the accid e n t by the collision. Early Warning Device - A tria n g u la r
device co n sistin g of reflectorized folding
p ieces, u se d to provide stalled vehicle

w ith a m e an s of forew arning other Fixed Time Signal - Refers to a traffic
v e h icles of th eir p resence. control sign by w h ich traffic is
altern ately com m anded to stop and
Embankment - Refers to a raise d perm itted to proceed in accord an ce
portion of e arth , concrete or stone u se d w ith a p re-determ ined tim e sch ed u le.
to confine a ca n a l or river to c a rry a
street, road or railro ad . Flip - Refers to the m ovem ent of a
vehicle, w itho ut to u chin g the ground in
Emergency Light - A fla sh in g or a place w here its forward velocity in
rotating red light intended to inform su d d en ly stopped by a n object su c h aw
other road u s e r s th at the vehicle u sin g scru b or furrow .
it is in a n em ergency and sh o u ld be
given priority. Fog Lights - A hig h in te n sity u su ally
am b er in color h e ad lam p s intended lot
Encroachment - M ovem ent into the greater penetrating power d urin g heavy
path assig n ed to an o ther u n it. ra in s an d fogs.
Enforcement System - C o n sis ts of Four Wheel Drive - Refers to a vehicle

legislation, police an d co u rts in w ith the ca p a b ility to provide from it n
d eterm ining and defining acceptable engine to power its w heels through «
co rrect road u sa g e , an d in su rin g th at m odification of the tra n sm issio n .
traffic law s, o rd in a n ces, ru le s and
reg u latio n s are ad hered to. Franchise - It is a privilege granted by
the governm ent to a co m p an y or to mi
Event Oscillograph Method in d iv id u al to operate and u n d ertak e <1
Recording by m e an s of an in stru m e n t regulated service for transportation
the start and end of an o ccu rre n ce, su c h a s b u s an d taxi fra n ch ise .
th is is u se d in m e a su rin g satu ratio n
flow. Freeway - A hig hw ay w ith no toll
statio n s an d m ay be traversed by «
Factor - Refers to an y c ircu m sta n ce m otorist co n tin u o u sly without
co ntrib u tin g to a re s u lt w itho ut w h ich e ncou n terin g conflict w ith cro ss trailn
the re su lt could not have o ccu rred .
Gas Skid - Refers to a b reaking hKi«I
Farm to Market Roads - Co m m o n ly m a rk w h ich is interru p ted by relearn
called b aran g ay roads it h a s a right of and reap p licatio n of the b rakes ni
w ay of not le ss th an 2 m eters. w h ich te rm in ate s by release of braUr*
before collision.
Fatal Accident - Refers to an y motor
vehicle accid e n t th at re su lts in death Glare - In ten se an d disagreeabli
to one or more p e rso n s. b rig h tn ess th at c a u s e s discomfort am!
red u ce s visib ility.
Fatality - Refers to the c a su a lty or the
v ictim /s w ho have died as a re su lt of Gravity - Refers to the force w hir It
an acciden t. ten d s to p u ll all objects tow ards Hit*
cen ter of the earth.
Field Sketch - A freehand m ap of the
site or scene of a n accid e n t show ing Grill - Refers to the front portion -»l «>
ce rtain features of an accid en t and m otor vehicle w h ich u su a lly covet* the
road configuration. rad iator.
Final Position - P lace an d tim e w hen Guard Rail - It is a stru ctu re lot atn l
objects involved in an accid e n t fin ally at the ap p ro ach of bridges and aid* of
to rest w itho ut ap p licatio n an d power. critica l roads designed to prevrnt
v e h icles from falling off the road in 11
First Contact - Refers to the in itial event of a lo ss of control for any
to u chin g of the objects involved in a reaso n .
collision.
Hand Brake - A n em ergency b rake, facilities for traffic m ovem ent of the
w h ich is a vital com ponent of a motor area.
vehicle designed to prevent it from
u n in te n tio n a lly m oving w hile parked. Kilometer Post - It is a m a rk e r m ade
of concrete provided w ith the
Headlight - F ro n t light designed to ab b reviation s an d n u m b e rs to inform
illu m in ate 3 0 0 to 500 feet in the the road u se rs the d istan ce to other
forw ard d irection of travel of a vehicle. locatio ns.
Head on Collision - It is a frontal Lane - Se ries of p a ralle l m ark ed

im p act and overlap betw een two section of a street or road.
v e h icles.
Lane Line - A line sep ara tin g two
Highway - R efers to the entire road la n e s of traffic traveling in the sam e
syste m w h ich is u s u a lly w ide, paved direction.
an d designed for u n o b stru cte d high
speed traffic flow. License - A u th o rizatio n th at the
b e arer is au thorized by law to exercise
Hit and Run - Refers to a n accid e n t a ce rtain privilege.
w h e re in the d river d irectly ca u s in g said
o ccu rre n ce does not stop on site to give License Plate - A m etal galvanized
a s s is ta n c e or for identification as iron lam in ate co n tain in g em b ossed
req u ired by law . n u m b e rs and letters se c u re ly attached
to the re a r an d front of every registered
Humps - Co n crete p ro tru sio n s on a m otor vehicle for identification
street or road intended to slow down p u rp o se s.
traffic.
Load Limit - Refers to the m a x im u m
Ignition - T h e p art of a vehicle w eight th at a stru c tu re ca n safely c a rry
provided w ith a key an d designed to or hold.
tu rn on the e lectrical syste m and
engage the starter to the engine. Manhole - Ports p laced on a sid e w a lk
or road designed to provide a c c e s s to
Impact - Th e strik in g of anybody below su rface u tility facilities and
ag ain st an o ther. co nn ectio n s.
Impression - A n im p rin t of a tire or Maximum Engagement - T h e greatest

shoe p attern in soft m aterial. overlap or co llap se in a co llision.
Induced Damage - Im p airm en t to a Merge - Act of com bining an o th e r lane

vehicle other th a n co ntact dent. or form ing one lan e.
Interchange - A system of Middle Ordinate - Refers to the

intercon n ectin g roadw ays in p e rp e n d icu lar d istan ce betw een an a rc
co n ju n ctio n w ith one or m ore grade and its cho rd at the m iddle of the cord.
sy ste m s, providing for the m ovem ent of
traffic betw een two or m ore roadw ays Modifier - A c ircu m sta n ce th at
of different levels. ch an g es or alters an attrib ute
te m p o rarily or p erm an en tly.
Intersection - A p lace w here two or
more roads m eet or jo in an d in clu d e Momentum - A secto r of q u a n tity
the are a s w here v eh icles traveling on obtained by w eight or m a ss m u ltip lied
different jo in in g or in tersectin g roads by speed or velocity.
m ay collide.
Motor Vehicle - Is every device w h ich
Junction - T h e general are a w here two is se lf propelled and every vehicle
or m ore hig hw ay cro sse s or jo in s w h ich w h ich is propelled by e lectric power
in clu d e the roadw ay and roadsides obtained from overhead trolley w ires,
but not operated upon ra ils.
the su rface of the road m a k in g it more

Motor Vehicle Accident - Refers to d u rab le an d perm itting v e h icles to
a n y event th at re su lts in u n in te n d e d traverse at faster speed an d heavier
in ju ry or property dam age attributed loads.
d irectly or in d irectly to the action of a
m otor vehicle or its load. Pavement Markings - Also know n jim
road m a rk in g s, it refers to a n y traffic
Motor Vehicle Non-Traffic Accident - control device m ark ed on the su rface ol
C o llisio n betw een traffic u n its in an y the road or carriag ew ay u se d to
p lace other th a n a traffic w ay. regulate traffic, to w ard or guide road
u se rs. A solid yellow line refers to youi
Motor Vehicle Traffic Accident - driving lane an d p ro h ib its you from
Refers to an y m otor vehicle accid e n t p a ssin g other ve h icles, a solid white
o ccu rrin g on a traffic w ay. line is u se d to sep arate opposing
stream of traffic, b roken w hite li n e n
Multi-Unit Accident - A traffic p erm its cro ssin g from one lane l<»
accid e n t involving m ore th an two an o ther if there is am ple p assi
traffic u n its. d istan ce an d if opposing lan e is clear
Municipal Roads - All roads w ith in Pedestrian - Refers to traffic unith

town proper w ith a right of w ay of not w h ich go ab out on foot u tilizin g mu
le ss th an 10 m eters. p u b lic road system .
National Roads - C o vers the m a in Pedestrian Lane - A cro ssw a lk , w hich

road a s co n d u it syste m w ith a rig ht of is a p ainted portion of a street, loci tin I
w ay from 20 m eters to 120 m eters. u s u a lly on a n in te rse ctio n for allowing
p e d e strian s to safely cro ss the street
Non-Fatal Injury - A m otor vehicle
accid e n t that re su lts in in ju rie s to Pedi-cab - A tricycle arrangem ent
p e rso n s w h ich are not m ortal. w h ich u s e s a pedaled bicycle hh i u
m e an s of p rop u lsion .
Obstruction - A n ythin g on the road
th at prevents or h in d e rs free an d Penalty - Refers to the p u nishm en t lm
sm ooth flow of traffic. b reakin g the law.
Operational Factor - F u n ctio n a l Penalization - L a s t step in I hi

failure of the hig hw ay transp o rtatio n enforcem ent p ro cess w herein the cm il l
syste m w h ich co n trib u tes to the im p oses the p enalty upon the kiiIIin
o ccu rre n ce of traffic accid e n ts. traffic law violator.
Overpass - Refers to a roadw ay Perception Delay - The tim e from Hi#

p a ssin g thro u gh an o ther roadw ay. point of p ossib le perception to m I hh I
perception.
Overtaking - It is the act of p assin g
an o th er vehicle moving in the sam e Perception of Hazard - It in her’lm*
direction. feeling or hearin g and undenitnm Im #
the u s u a l or unexpected movement i»t
Passenger - Refers to a n y p erson who condition th at could be taken m m
is rid ing b u t not in control of a motor th at an accid en t is about to happen
vehicle.
Point of No Escape - Refer* it* ihnf
Passing Lane - A m a rk ed stre tch of place and tim e after or beyond whi< h
road or street w h ich is a designated the accid en t canno t be avoidet I m
safety zone for the p urpose of prevented by the traffic unit um fef
overtaking and p a ssin g an o th er traffic co nsid eration .
u n it.
Point of Possible Perception ilm|
Pavement - A sp h a lt or concrete place and tim e at w h ich the ununuul m
covering on the road to sm oothen out unexpected condition or m o vrm m l
co uld have been perceived by a n o rm al Road - T h a t p art of traffic w ay w h ich

person. in c lu d e s both the roadw ay w h ich is the
traveled p art an d any sh o u ld er
Primary Cause - A term g enerally alongside the road.
applied to the m ost obvious or e asily
exp lained factor ca u sin g an accid e n t or Road Markings - Coded color
the m o st e a sily modified condition p ain tin g s on a paved roadw ay
factor. identifying are as w here specific
in stru ctio n s apply.
Professional Reconstruction - The
attem pt to determ ine from all availab le Road Side - Portion of a street w h ich
info rm atio n how the a ccid e n t o ccu rred . is not occupied by a road or sid ew alk.
It is the fou rth level of traffic accid e n t
investig atio n ; it involves scien tific Road Sign - Refers to a sig n p laced
p rin cip le s to form ulate opin ion s co n sp icu o u sly on a road, m ade of
relative to events of the accid e n ts m etal p late s w ith specific sh a p e s and
w h ich are o therw ise u n k n o w n or being design for the p u rp o se of inform ing
d isp u ted. road u se rs of ap p licab le road
in stru ctio n s an d co nd itio ns.
Provincial Roads - Refers to the
lin k ag es betw een two m u n icip a litie s Road User System - In clu d e s
w ith a rig ht of w ay from 15 to 60 p e d e stria n s, p edal cy clists, d riv e rs,
m eters. p asse n g e rs an d o thers.
Pseudo Lane - It is the cen ter line of a Road Way - Portion of a hig hw ay
single lan e, an d in ca se of m u ltip le designed for v e h icu la r travel, exclu sive
lan e s lies betw een the cen terlin e of the of the term of sho u ld er.
n ea re st lan e and the cen ter of the
farthest lane. Round About - A n in tersectio n laid
out for m ovem ent of traffic in one
Reaction Distance - T h e gap traveled directio n to an o th er aro un d a ce n tral
or moved by a vehicle or a n y traffic islan d .
u n it d u rin g reactio n tim e.
Saturation Flow - Refers to the
Reaction Time - The tim e from num ber of m a x im u m num ber of
perception to reactio n . v e h icles th at ca n cle a r a n intersectio n
a ssu m in g th at there is a 100 p ercen t
Reckless Driving - D rivin g w ith a green tim e (go signal).
w anton d isregard for the safety of other
road u s e r s , p e rso n s or property. Scuff Marks - Are sig n s left on the
road by tire th at are slid ing or
Reference Line - A co lu m n often scru b b in g w hile the w heel is still
located on the edge of a roadw ay from tu rn in g .
w h ich m e a su re m e n ts are m ade to
locate spots. Separation Line - L in e m ark ed on a
p avem ent of a thoroughfare to divide
Reference Point - Refers to a point traffic traveling in opposite direction.
from w h ich m e a su re m e n ts are m ade to
locate spots in an area. Sequential Factors - A sp ects w h ich
m u st be follow one an o ther to
Reflex Reaction - A n in v o lu n tary co ntrib u te to the c a u se of the acciden t.
resp on se to a s tim u la n t, an in stin ctive
act re su ltin g from perception of an Shoulder - Refers to the paved or
im m in en t h a za rd o u s situ atio n . u np aved a re a or portion on the side of
the road w h eth er capable of h a n d lin g
Right of Way - T h e right to proceed traffic or not.
ahead of an o th e r vehicle or p ed estrian .
Sideswipe - A n accid e n t w herein a
v ehicle b u m p s or h its an o ther on its
side at a n angle inflicting dam age not

sufficien t to stop an y of the colliding Tactics - Refers to a n y action ta k e n by
vehicles. the traffic u n it to steer cle ar of a
h a za rd o u s situ atio n .
Sidewalk - Portion of the hig hw ay
designed p rim arily for p ed estrian Tail Light - E le c tric a l com ponent of a
travel. re a r of a vehicle intended to m ake it
Simultaneous Factor - R e aso n w h ich m ore visible to others following it
m u st be p resen t at the sam e tim e to e sp e cially at night.
g enerally ca u se an accid en t.
Tangent - Refers to a straig h t section
Skid Marks - M arks left on the of the road.
roadw ay by tires w hen the b re a k s are
applied. Terminating Road - A road w h ich by
virtu e of its fun ction , design or
Skid Skip - A b rakin g skid m a rk p h y sica l form end s the intersectio n .
in terru p ted at frequent reg u lar
in te rv a ls, it is the sk id m a rk produced Thoroughfare - A portion of road
by a b ou n cing w heel on w h ich the designed and u se d for v e h icu la r traffii
b ra k e s in h ib it the w heel from tu rn in g . exclu sive of the shou ld er.
Speedometer - Co m p o nent of a motor Tire Mark - S c ra tc h e s m ade on th r

vehicle designed to inform the d river on su rface of a road by a v e h icle ’s tirr,
how fast he is traveling. friction, m a rk an d tire p rin ts.
Speed Limit - Prescrib ed m in im u m Tow-Away Zone - A motor vehiclt

an d m a xim u m legal velocity by w h ich a length of a road w h erein p arkin g in
m otor vehicle m ay be operated for safe prohibited. A n y vehicle p arked in thin
travel. zone can be towed and p h ysical In
rem oved an im p ound ed is a specifirtl
Stalled Vehicle - Refers to a motor location an d released only after I hr
vehicle w h ich is u n a b le to propel or p aym en t of the co rrespo n din g towing
proceed u n d e r its own power. fee and fine.
Start of Evasive Action - F irs t action Track - Th e d istan ce on the ground

ta ke n by the traffic u n it to escap e from between the ce n te rs of the tire tread mi
a co llision co u rse or otherw ise avoid a one side of the vehicle t the cen tri 01
road h a zard . m iddle tire tread on the opposite side
Stop - To halt, zero forw ard or Traffic - R efers to the movement of

b ack w a rd speed. p e rso n s, gods and v e h icles, from Hit
point of origin to the point (if
Stopping - Com ing to rest. It u s u a lly d estin ation by u tilizin g p u b lic road* Ini
stab ilizes the acciden t situ atio n . the purp ose of safe travel.
Street - R efers to a road in a village, Traffic Accident - A m ish a p involving

town or city u s u a lly h a rd su rface d and traffic u n its on a p u b lic road or tmltti
provided w ith lighting and d rainage way.
and having b uild ing s and stru c tu re s
on one or both sid es. Traffic Arrest - An enforcem ent a> Hum
w h ich co n sists of takin g a person ittlft
Subway - A co nd u it ru n n in g entirely cu sto d y for the p u rp o se of holding lum
u n d e r the ground for fast travel route to a n sw e r ch a rg e s of law viola tliitt
of co m m u ters. before a court.
Swerve - T h e act of intentio n ally or Traffic Citation - A m e an s of having

u n in te n tio n a lly m oving su d d en ly into the violators ap p ear in court wtthnHf
an adjoining lan e w itho ut prior notice p h y sica l arre st,
to other road u se rs.
Traffic Control - T h e d irection of w h ich a n y p art is open for p u b lic u se

v e h icles or p e d e strian s at a ce rtain p a rticu la rly for v e h ic u la r travel.
point or a re a by m e ch a n ica l m e an s,
fixed objects or m anpow er. Trailer - A long w heeled vehicle u se d
for ca rryin g b u lk y or h eavy cargo and
Traffic Enforcer - Refers to a p erson req u ire s atta ch m e n t to an o ther vehicle
designated by law to d irect an d enforce to p u ll it as its m e an s of p rop u lsion .
traffic law an d o rd in a n ces, ru le s and
reg u latio n s. Transportation System Management
- A n activity w h ich co n cen tra te s on
Traffic Engineering - The scien ce of m e a su re s directed at the alleviation of
safety an d travel w h ich in c lu d e s the sym p to m s of tran sp o rtatio n
m e a su re m e n t, stu d y of the b a sic law s prob lem s ra th e r th a n treatm ent of root
relative to traffic an d the ap p licatio n of ca u se .
th is knowledge.
Triangulation - A m ethod of locating a
Traffic Island - Are a re a s w ith in the spot in an a re a by obtaining
roadw ay co n stru cted in a m a n n e r to m e a su re m e n ts from two or m ore
e sta b lish p h y sica l ch a n n e ls trough reference point, the location of w h ich
w h ich v e h ic u la r traffic flow is guided. are identified for futu re reference.
Traffic Light Signals - Refers to power Tricycle - Refers to an y mode of

operated control d evices by w h ich tra n sp o rta tio n or co nveyance w ith
traffic is directed or w arn ed to take three w heels.
som e sp ecific action.
Turn Turtle - A n accid e n t w herein the
Traffic Sign - A device m ounted on a m otor vehicle overtu rn ed an d e n d s u p
fixed or portable sup p o rt w hereb y on its roof w ith its w heels in the air.
m essage is conveyed by m e an s of
w ords an d sym b o ls, it either inform s, Vehicle - Refers to a n y device in , u p on
w a rn s, or guides traffic. or by w h ich a n y p e rso n or property
m ay be transp o rted o r'd ra w n u p on a
Traffic Stop - T he term w h ich denotes road, except d evices propelled by
the official act of h a ltin g a m otorist in h u m a n pow er or u se d e xclu siv e ly u p on
tra n sit for the p u rp o se of traffic law statio n ary rail.
enforcem ent or investigation.
Vehicular Pollution - P articu late an d
Traffic Supervision -D efined as ch e m ica l e x h a u st e m issio n intro d u ced
keeping inform ed on streets and into the atm o sp here by the operation of
h ig hw ays w ith in existing reg u latio n s to in te rn a l co m b u stio n engines of m otor
m ake th e ir u se expeditious an d safe. veh icles.
Traffic System - C o n sis ts of the entire Velocity - A vector q u a n tity m e asu re d

road an d vehicle com plex. in feet per second, it is u s u a lly u se d
in te rch an g ea b ly w ith speed. It
Traffic Unit - Refers to an elem ent of rep re se n ts the tim e rate of chan ge of
traffic, either a d river, p ed estrian , position in w h ich d irection a s w ell as
p assen ger. rap id ity are e sse n tia l elem ents.
Traffic Warning - A n enforcem ent Violation - A n y a ct or deed w h ich is

action w h ich does not contem plate co n trary to law.
possib le a ss e s sm e n t of penalty, it is a
p e rsu asiv e action w h ich m ay be either, Volume - The n u m b e r of veh icles
verbal, v isu a l or w ritten. p a ssin g a point d u rin g a specific tim e.
Traffic Way - The entire w id th Wheel Base - Refers to the d istan ce

between property line and either from the cen ter of the front w heel to the
b ou n d ary line for every w ay or place of cen ter of the rea r w heel. O r the d istan ce
to the m idpoint betw een two tan dem Arson - R efers to the m a licio u s and
axles. w illful d estru ctio n of property by fire.
Yaw - M ovem ent of a vehicle w hile Auto Ignition Point - Low est
tu rn in g . A m otion p rod uced w hen tem p erature at w h ich a su b sta n ce will
cen trifu g al force exceeds. a u to m a tically b u rn w itho ut the
ap p licatio n of s p a rk or a flame.
Yaw Mark - Refers to a scu ffm ark
prod uced w hile is vehicle is yaw n ing , Auto Ignition Temperature - The
the m a rk im p resse d is im p resse d on sam e a s ignition tem p erature except
the road by m e an s of a rotating tire th at no extern al ignition sou rce is
w h ich is slip p ing in a d irection p aralle l needed for ignition sin ce the m aterial
to the axle of the w heel. itse lf h a s been heated to re a ch ignition
tem p erature, it is the spo n taneo us
FIRE TECHNOLOGY AND ARSON ignition of vapor or g ases given off by
INVESTIGATION heated m aterial.
ABC Extinguisher - A fire extin g u ish er Back draft - E x p lo sio n ca u se d by thr

th at ca n be u se d on fires involving su d d en introd u ctio n of oxygen in a fire
o rd inary co m b u stib le s, flam m able are a w hen large q u a n titie s of
liq u id s, an d energized electrical su p erh eated fuel u n d e r p re ssu re ix
equipm ent; m ay also be know n a s a co ntained. A b a ck draft m ay occui
m u ltip u rp o se extin g uisher. b e cau se of inadeq u ate or impropet
ventilatio n p roced ures. The force of thr
Accelerant - Refers to a com b ustib le b a ck draft depends on v ariab les likr
liquid u se d to h a ste n the sta rt of the the size of the confined area, the extent
fire. to w h ich sm old erin g h a s occurred
(thus providing fuel), the degree u!
Accidental Fire - It is ca u se d m ostly heating of the atm o sp here, and thr
by h u m a n error and negligence. S u c h rate at w h ich a ir or oxygen la
as sm okin g in bed, defective L P G introd u ced. W hile the r is k of su ch tin
co n tain e rs, fau lty e lectrical w iring, o ccu rre n ce is low, a b a ck draft i*
leaving plugged electrical a p p lian ce s. alm o st alw ays fatal to anyone caught
in it.
Accordion Load - Refers to a system
of loading hose in the hose bed of a fire Biting Smoke - Irritatin g the n o sr mid
tru ck . throat an d throat an d causing
lacrym atio n (pertaining to tears) mid
Advanced Life Support - M edical care coughing in d icate s p resence •
provided by p aram e d ics train ed to chlo rin e.
a s s e s s a patient's
condition, ad m in iste f Black Smoke - In d icates burning
drug s, defibrillate an d provide m a te ria ls of a prod uct w ith petrolrm n
ad vanced airw a y m anagem ent prior to b ase su ch as ru b b er, tar, nm l,
tran sp o rtatio n to the ho sp ital. tu rp en tin e, or petroleum .
Alarm -A n y sig n al in d icatin g the need Boiling Point - Is the count nMl
for em ergency fire service resp o n se; tem p erature at w h ich the vaporn of the
also, the device th at tra n sm its the liqu id are equ al to the atnumpht-tta
alarm . p ressu re .
Alcohol - A flam m able liquid th at is

e a sily ignited rap idly b u m s and by
itse lf gives off no detectable sm oke.
Arcing - K now n as sp a rk in g , it is
p roduced w hen a sh o rt circ u it or b rea k
in electrical co nd u ctor o ccu rs.
co nd u ctin g agent s u c h a s C 0 2 an d dry

Boyle’s Law - State s th at the p re ssu re ch e m ica ls.
of a gas is in v e rse ly p roportional to its
volum e at a given tem p erature. Th e law Class D Fires - th is type of fire are
relates to the co m p ressib ility of gas rare , an d u s u a lly o ccu rrin g in the
an d the effect of tem p erature an d m a n u fa ctu rin g facilitie s, sin ce the
volum e on the p re ssu re in a co m b u stib le m a te ria l are certain
p re ssu riz e d co ntain er. m etals such as p o ta ssiu m an d
m a g n e siu m . It ca n be extin g uished by
Calorie - T h e am o u n t of h e at req uired u sin g d ry pow der A B C ch e m ica l,
to ra ise the tem p erature of one gram of b akin g sod a or san d .
w ater to one degree C e lsiu s .
Combustion - Is the rap id oxidation of
Carbon Black - Form ed by the s u b s ta n c e s acco m p anied by heat an d
incom plete co m b u stio n of acetylene or light.
n a tu ra l cra ck in g of hydrogen in the
ab sen ce of air. Compressed Gas - Is one w h ich at all
Carbon Monoxide - Is formed by the atm o sp h e ric tem p erature in sid e its
incom plete co m b u stio n of carb o n, it co n tain e r e xists solely in the g aseo u s
ca u s e s death by a sp h yx ia . state u n d e r p re ssu re .
Charring Pattern - the rule th at heavy Concentric Circle - T h e se a rc h e r

b u rn in g an d deep c h a rrin g w ill sta rts at a ce n tra l point. A s soon a s
g en erally be greater from w here the fire th is location h a s been thoroughly
originated is not ab solu te. Th e re are com bed a new an d larger circle is
other factors to be co nsid ered w hen d raw n.
exam in in g the c h a r p attern of an
extensive fire. It is th ese other factors Conduction - H eat tra n sfe r by d irect
th at the investigator m u st thoroughly co n tact from one body to another.
an alyze and co rrectly interpret.
Convection - Refers to the m e a n s by
Cellulose - T h e com ponent of wood w h ich h eat is transfo rm ed by a
th at is pyrolized. circu la tin g m ed iu m either liqu id or
gas.
Chemical Explosions - Are su d d en
release of energy by u p settin g the Convection Column - #Refers to the
ch e m ica l b a la n ce of u n sta b le ch e m ica l risin g co lu m n of heated a ir or g ases
com p ou n d s. above a co n tin u in g heat or fire so u rce.
Also kn o w n as th e rm a l co lum n.
Class A Fires - In a c la s s A fires, the
fuel is co m p rised of n orm al Cryogenic - D escrip tive of an y
co m b u stib le m a te ria ls s u c h a s wood, liquefied gas w h en by its n atu re a s a
paper, fibers, d rap eries an d tra sh . It re su lt of its reactio n w ith other
req u ires satu ra tio n by w ater or w ater elem en ts prom otes a rap id drop in
fog. tem p erature of the im m ediate
su rro u n d in g .
Class B Fires - In c la s s B fires, the fuel
is flam m able liquid s u c h a s gasoline, Deflagration - Is a type of explosion
kerosene, cle an in g flu id s, grease and w h ich o rd in a rily o ccu rs in a relatively
alcohol. In com bating s u c h fires, the slow “p u s h ” m a n n e r, w ith velocities
flam m able liq u id s m u st be sm othered from a few in c h e s per m in u te to
to deprive them of oxygen, hen ce foam u p w ard of 1,500 feet p er second. T h is
e xtin g u ish e rs and C 0 2 m ay be u tilized. is term ed a s a low order explosion. A
ch e m ica l reactio n p rod ucin g vigorous
Class C Fires - C la s s C fires are those heat an d s p a rk s or flam e, m oving
w h ich start w ith live e lectrical w ire s, th ro u gh the m aterial (as b la ck or
equipm ent, e lectrical ap p lian ce s. It is sm o k ele ss powder) at le ss th an the
com m only kn o w n a s electrical fires. It speed of sound. A m ajor difference
in e asily extin g uished by a n o n am ong exp losives is the speed of the
reactio n. C a n also refer to intense and ca u sin g ad d ition al dam age and
bu rn ing . A ch a ra cte ristic of C la s s B d estru ctio n to life a s w ell a s fatalities
explosives. and fire related in ju rie s.
Density - A term u se d to denote the Fire - Is an active ch e m ica l reaction

w eight per u n it volum e of a su b sta n ce . th at ta ke s p lace between fuel, h eat and
T h e d en sity of a n y su b sta n ce is oxygen in the form of light of noticeable
obtained by dividing the w eight by the heat.
volum e.
Fire Behavior - The m a n n e r in w hich
Detonation - Is regarded a s an fuel ignites, flam es develop, and heai
extrem ely rap id an d violent explosion, an d fire spread . Som etim es u se d to
w ith a p ra ctic a lly in sta n ta n e o u s refer to the c h a ra cte ristics of u
release of ch e m ica l energy. p a rtic u la r fire.
Dry Chemical - A n agent u se d for Fire Extinguishers - Th e most

C la s s A, B, and C fires th at com m on devise u tilized in p lan ts for
e xtin g u ish e s fire by in terru p tin g the fire fighting p u rp o ses.
ch e m ica l ch a in reactio n in the
co m b u stio n zone. Fire Gases - Refers to those gases th»l
re m a in s w h en the p rod ucts of
Dry Powder - The extin g uishin g agent co m b u stio n are cooled to norm h I
su itab le for u se on co m b u stib le m etal tem perature.
fires.
Fire Hazard - Co n d itio n s conducive In
Dust Explosion - Are the b u rn in g of fire or th at is lik e ly to in cre ase tin
the finely divided p a rticle s of extent or severity of fire.
co m b u stib les th at are su sp en d e d in
the air. D u st exp losion s g enerally are Fire Hydrant - A m e ch a n ica l drvh f
two exp losion s. A sm a ll explosion or strateg ically placed in an installation
sh o ck w ave creates ad d ition al d u st in or street w here a fire hose m ay lip
an atm o sp here ca u sin g the second and connected in ca se s of fire.
larger explosion.
Fire Point - Is the tem p eratun mI
Endothermic Reactions - Are chan g es w h ich a flam m able liquid form* m
w hereb y energy (heat) is absorbed or is vapor a ir m ixtu re th at ignites. I he
added before the reactio n takes place. m in im u m an d m a x im u m tem p ernlim h
T h is m e an s th at the s u b sta n ce s are referred to, as the lower and uppef
formed by change co ntain more energy flu sh point in air, respectively.
th an the reactin g m a te ria ls.
Fire Pump - Is a mechiinl* •*
Exothermic Reactions - Are those co ntrivance u se d for sup p lyin g w n ln
th at rele ase s or gives off energy th u s,
they produce s u b s ta n c e s w ith le ss Fire Resistance - A relative I p mm
energy th a n the rea cta n ts. referring to the am ou n t of tinip «
m aterial w ill re s ist a norm al I'll1* «m|
Explosion - R e su lt from a vigorous m e asu re d on a stan d ard IIiiipi
reactio n w ith su d d en release of a large tem p erature curve.
am ou n t of energy due to the rapid
production of g ases an d time liberation Fire Retardant - A term ut»» «l u|
of heat. ind icate th at m a te ria ls or s u b jo in
have been treated to retard ignltum M
Exposures - Refers to b uild ing s the sp read of fire.
or stru c tu re s th at are n ea r
the stru c tu re on fire and th at are Fire Safety Inspection A |tiil
placed at r is k by the fire. One of the req u isite to g rant p e rm it/ lic rn ^
p rim ary co n cern s of the resp on d ing fire local governm ent for any
fighters is to protect s u c h exp osu res to e stab lish m en t.
red uce the r is k of the fire spread ing
Fire Trap - A finely powdered a so u rce of ignition b a ck to the

s u b s ta n c e w h ich , w h en m ixed w ith all flam m able liquid's co ntain er.
in the proper proportion an d ignited
w ill c a u se an explosion. Flash Fire - T h is p henom enon m ay
o ccu r in sid e a b u rn in g b u ild in g w hen
Fire Triangle - Th e co m b inatio n of heated a ir in c re a se s the co m b u stio n
fuel, h eat and oxygen at one specific rate to in sta n ta n e o u s co m b u stio n .
o ccu rre n ce.
Flash Over - T h e p rod uctio n of
Fire Wall - D e sig n ed to p revent the fireb alls a s a re su lt of the ignition
sp re ad of fire, havin g a fire re sista n ce tem p erature of g asse s.
ratin g of not le ss th a n four h o u rs w ith
stru c tu ra l stab ility to rem ain stan d in g Flash Point - Is the tem p erature at
even if the a d jace n t co n stru ctio n w h ich a flam m able liquid form s a
co lla p se s u n d e r fire condition. F ire vap o r a ir m ixtu re th at ignites. Low est
w alls extend thro ugh roofs an d u se tem p erature at w h ich a co m b u stib le
p arap e ts above the roof to divide large su b sta n ce w hen heated ta k e s fire in
sectio n s of b u ild in g s to p revent the the a ir an d co n tin u o u s to b u rn .
overlapping or sp re ad of fire.
Free Burning Stage - T h is is the
Fire Whirlwind - A revolving m a ss of acceleratio n of p yrolitic p ro ce ss. It is
a ir created by a fire, n o rm a lly a forest d u rin g th is stage th at the m a x im u m
fire. h e at an d d estru ctive ca p a b ilitie s of fire
develop. T h u s com bating fire in th is
First Degree Burn - In ju ry ca u se d by stage is very difficult an d req u ire s
fire or intro d u ctio n of extrem e heat m ore th a n one firefighter. The th erm al
w h ich in ju re s the o uter layer of the co lu m n of fire ca rrie s d estru ctive g ases
s k in ca u s in g it to chan ge to color red s u c h a s co m b u stib le vap or an d carb o n
w ith an a c cu m u la tio n of liquid. m onoxide. The b ase tem p erature of the
fire is aro u n d 8 0 0 to 1 ,000 degrees
Flames - Are in c a n d e sce n t g ases F a h re n h e it an d ceilin g tem p erature up
w hich acco m p a n ie s b ris k or rap id to 1,600 degrees F ah re n h e it.
oxidation of an y co m b u stib le m aterial.
The b u rn in g gas or vap or of a fire that Free Radicals - Refers to g ases
is visib le a s light of v ario u s colors. liberated by heat.
Flame Front - T h e o uterm ost edge or Friction - Refers to the re sista n ce to

surface of the flame. m otion of two m oving o bjects or
su rfa ce s th at to u ch.
Flame Interface - Refers to the are a or
surface betw een the g ases or vap o rs Frictional Heat - R e su lts w h e n
nnd the visib le flam e. m e ch a n ica l energy is u se d in
overcom ing the re sista n ce to m otion
Flame Propagation Rate - T h e velocity w hen two so lid s are rubbed together.
lit w h ich co m b u stio n travels thro ugh a
gas or over the su rface of a liquid or Fuel - Is an yth in g th at w ill b u rn w hen
wolid. heated w ith sufficien t oxygen. It is the
m ost im p ortan t p art of the triang le, for
F la m m a b le - T he term u se d to refer to fuel is w h at b u rn s . The n a tu re an d
co m bustible m a te ria l th at ignites p roperties of the fuel are e sse n tia l in
ta sily , b u m s rap id ly, or h a s a rapid com bating fires. It com es in three form
rate of flam e spread . a s solid, liquid or gas.
Solid fuels m ay be ch a racterize d as
Flash Back - Also referred to as back m a te ria ls w ith definite volum e an d
flush, it is the tendency of flammable shap e s u c h a s wood, pap er, ru g s and
liquid fires to re-ignite from a source of the like. Liq u id fuels are those w h ich
Ignition after they have been have definite volum e but no shap e
rxtinguished. Vapors of a flammable takin g the sh ap e of its co n tain e r su ch
liquid may serve as a fuse leading from as gasoline, alcohol, petroleum
pro d u cts etc. And g aseo u s fuels w h ich Heat of Decomposition - Is the heat
have no definite volum e and sh ap e released by the decom position of
s u c h a s neon gas. com p ou n d s req u irin g the addition of
h eat for th eir form ulation.
A sb esto s, diam ond and
n ap h th ale n e b a lls are solid s w h ich are Heat of Fusion - The am ou n t of heat
kn o w n to have no ignition tem p erature n e c e ssa ry to convert solid to liquid.
ren d erin g th em fire proof.
Heat of Solution - Refers to the heat
Fuel Gases - Are flam m able gases released w hen a su b sta n ce is dissolved
cu sto m a rily u se d for b u rn in g w ith a ir in a liquid.
to produce h eat w h ich in tu rn is
utilized a s power, p ro ce ss, light and Heat Transfer - So m etim es referred to
comfort. a s heat flow, it is the m ovem ent and
d isp e rsio n of heat. H eat is transferred
General Alarm - A d istre ss sig n al by convection, co nd u ctio n , and
called b e cau se a large fire req u ires rad iatio n
callin g ad d ition al firefighters and
equipm ent. Heat of Vaporization - T h e am ount of
h eat absorbed w h en a su b sta n ce is
Grayish Smoke - M ay be ca u se d by altered from liquid to gas.
flying a s h e s or soot of loosely p acked
s u b sta n ce s s u c h as straw or hay. Hydrant - A n u p rig ht m etal casting
connected to a w ater su p p ly system
Grid Map - A m ap of a n are a overlaid an d equipped w ith one or m ore valved
w ith a grid system of rectan g u la r outlets to w h ich a p u m p er or hose lint
coordinates or azim u th b earin g s (polar ca n be connected. Also th is h a s been
coordinates) th at are u se d to identify given the nam e 'plug' or 'catch a pliiK
ground locatio ns. T h is term com es from e arly d ays <»!
firefighting w hen w ater m a in s w eir
Ground Cover Fire - A n y fire involving nothing m ore th an hollow ed out tr cr *,
n a tu ra l ground cover like g ra ss, b ru s h , b u ried in the ground. W hen a firr
or tim ber. co m p an y needed w ater, they would dig
down to the log, an d open a hole in tin
Grudge and Spite Fires - An tree for a w ater su p p ly. After the flu*,
in d iv id u al seeking to revenge a wrong the hole h a d to be 'plugged' in ordet In
m a y attem pt to in ju re or to c a u s e the stop the flow of w ater.
wrong b ecau se a fire m ay inflict both
p h y sica l an d fin a n cia l in ju ry . Ignition Temperature - The low> I
tem p erature at w h ich a fuel when
HAD - Heat actu atin g devices heated w ill ignite in a ir and continue In
th e rm o statically controlled an d u se d to b u rn ; the tem p erature required in
activate fire alarm , equip m ent or ca u se ignition of a su b sta n ce .
ap p lian ce s.
Incipient or Initial Phase - T h is in I In
Heat - So u rce of ignition or an y device beginning of fire. Th e product <•(
to start a fire. It ca n be a safety m a tch , p yro lysis is m a in ly w ater vapor mid
a lighted cand le, or of m ore carb o n dioxide. The b ase area of I In
so p histicated form s such as a fire h a s a tem p erature of 4 00 to MOO
ch e m ica l, m e ch a n ica l or electrical degrees F a h re n h e it. It is in th is HUig*
co ntrivance designed to sta rt a blaze. th at fire fighting is e asily controlled
an d sub d u e d .
Heat of Combustion - Refers to the
am ou n t of heat released d urin g the Industrial Gases - Refers to ganr*
com plete oxidation w here the organic u se d for m a n u factu rin g processen.
fuel is converted to carbon dioxide and
w ater. Intentional Fire ■ T h is is known t««t
in ce n d ia rism or classified as Ainnn
T h is kind of fire is set on p u r| h im
either to collect in s u ra n c e , cover-up Plant - Refers to the p rep aratio n an d

an o th er crim e or elim inate gathering of m a te ria ls to sta rt a fire.
p e rs o n a l/ b u sin e ss rivalry.
Providential Fire - C a u s e d b y acts of
Lamp Black - Prod u ced by b u rn in g of God. T h is k in d of fire ca n n ever be
low grade heavy oils or re sin o u s or prevented a s u s u a lly h a rd to control. It
ta rry m a te ria ls w ith sufficien t air. com es in the form of lightning bolts,
eru p tin g volcano es or a s a re su lt of
Latent Heat - T h e q u an tity of h eat trem o rs.
absorbed by a s u b sta n ce w h en the
s u b sta n ce from a solid to liqu id, and PSI - Po un d s p er sq u are in ch . The
from a liqu id to gas. p re ssu re m e asu re m e n t u s u a lly u se d
for p u m p s p re ssu re , nozzle p re ssu re ,
Lightning - Refers to the d isch arg e of friction lo ss, an d p re ssu re lo sse s in
an e lectrical charge on a clo ud to an ap p lia n ce s, hose, an d h y d ra n ts.
opposite charge to an o th er cloud or on
the ground. Pyra - O rigin of the w ord fire w h ich
m e a n s glowing em ber.
Liquefied Gas - O n e w h ich at n orm al
tem p erature in sid e its co n tain e r exist Pyrolisis - Th e ch e m ica l p ro cess
p artly in liquid an d p artly in gaseo u s w hereb y fires co n su m e s m ost solids.
form u n d e r p re ssu re a s long a s an y
liqu id re m a in s in the co ntain er. Pyromaniacs - Are p erso n s p o ssessed
w ith the u n co n tro lla b le d esire or
Luminous Flame - O range red in im p u lse to set th ing s on fire, w itho ut
color, it w ill deposit soot at the site of a n y motive.
the v e sse l heated due to its lower
tem p erature an d incom plete Pyrophorics - C h e m ic a ls th at w ill
co m b u stio n . ignite or react violently on co n tact w ith
a ir or oxygen; m u s t be m a in tain e d
Mechanical Heat Energy - Released u n d e r an inert a tm o sp h e re ..
by co m p ressio n an d is resp o n sib le for
sig n ifican t n u m b e r of fires. Radiation - A m e a n s of heat tra n sfe r
w h en energy travels th ro u gh m a te ria ls
Mechanical Explosion - A n y b last or an d sp ace a s w aves.
detonation th at ca n o ccu r only w ith in a
v e sse l or co ntain er. Second Degree Burn - In ju ry w herein
the heat or fire h a s p enetrated deeply
Non-Luminous Flame - B lu e in color into the sk in .
it rep re se n ts the com plete co m b u stio n
of fuel an d h a s a relatively high Sector Search - The fire sce n e is
tem p erature. sub d ivid ed into a re a s or secto rs, a
b uild ing into room s or floors. E a c h
Oxidation - U n io n of a s u b sta n ce w ith firem an or officer is th en assig n ed to a
oxygen a s in b u rn in g and rustin g . specific se a rc h area.
Oxygen - It is a ta ste le ss, odorless Size of Fire - Im po rtant w hen

co lorless gas w h ich is g en erally found correlated w ith the type of a la rm , the
w ith in the E a r th 's atm o sp here tim e received and the tim e of a rriv a l of
ap p roxim ately com poses 9 7% of the first five ap p a ra tu s.
n a tu ra l gas found on th is p lan et. It is
both vital to s u s ta in h u m a n life and Smoke - Refers to m atter m ade u p of
fire. very fine solid p a rticle s an d co nd en sed
vapor as a re su lt of co m b u stio n .
Polymarization - P ro cess of jo in in g
two or m ore m o lecules form ing a more Smoke Marks An experienced
com plex m olecule. investigator w ill d eterm ine the volum e
of sm oke involved and the c h a ra c te r as
re sid u e s deposited on w alls or else

w here. Thermal Balance - Refers to the
n o rm al m ovem ent or p attern of fire,
Smoldering - T h is stage is w here the sm oke an d fire gases.
fire glows an d the com b ustib le
m a te ria ls sm older. F la m e s w ould not Thermal Conductivity - M easure of
be visib le b u t a large am ou n t of carb o n the rate of flow of h eat, thro ugh u n it
m onoxide is produced. This, is the are a of the m a te ria l w ith u n it
rea so n w h y m a sk s are e sse n tial in tem p erature gradient.
firefighting. At th is point b a ck draft
m ay o ccu r, w h e re in the su d d en Third Degree Burn - Th e m ost severe
introd u ctio n of oxygen w ith fire in ju ry w h ich causes damage
su p erh eated fuel u n d e r p re ssu re w ill penetrating down the su b cu ta n e o u s fat
ca u se an explosion. of the sk in .
Solitary Fire Setters - Are those who Trailer - A devise u se d to sp re ad the

set fires by th em selves req u irin g no fire th roughout the stru c tu re .
a ss is ta n c e from o thers and acco m p lish Turbulent Flame - In ca n d e scen t
it in secret. g asse s having u n ste a d y an d irreg ular
sw irls.
Soot - T h e b u rn in g of low grade heavily
oils or re sin o u s ta rry m a te ria ls w ith Vandalism Fires - Are often set by
sufficien t a ir form s lam p b lack p a irs or group of boys or in the
com m only know n. p resence of o thers from a peer group.
T he p resence of the group encourages
Sparks - Refers to an y fla sh or sp a rk le the act.
of light. M ay originate from n ea rb y
fires, ch im n e ys, etc. A com m on type of Ventilation - Th e syste m atic removal
fires re su lt from n ea rb y field b ru s h and of sm oke from a building. V entilation is
woods fires w h ich are th em selves u s u a lly acco m p lish e d w ith one of two
frequently ca u se d from s p a rk s an d m ethods: positive an d negative
ca re le ss b u rn in g of th ra sh , leaves an d p re ssu re ventilation. Positive p ressu re
other debris. ventilation in c re a se s the atmospheric
p re ssu re in the b u ild ing u n til it in
Spontaneous Combustion - Is the g rater th a n the p re ssu re o utside the
p rocess of ca tch in g fire a s a re su lt of building. W ith negative p ressu re
heat generated by in te rn a l ch e m ica l ventilatio n, the p re ssu re insid e the
action. b uild ing is red u ced u n til it is le ss than
the p re ssu re outside the building.
Spontaneous Heating - Th e p ro cess of
in cre a sin g the tem p erature of a Vertical Shaft - A n enclo sed vertienl
m aterial as a re su lt of slow oxidation. p assage th at extends from floor to
floor, a s w ell as from the b ase to Ilu-
Static Electricity - R efers to electrical top of the b u ild ing
energy at rest or in e qu ilib rium .
White Smoke - In d icates the preserx «
Stem and Smoke - In d icate th at of p ho sp h o ro u s in a p a rticu la r fire
h u m id s u b sta n ce s come in contact incid en t.
w ith co m b u stib le s u b sta n c e s evaporate
before the su b sta n ce begins to b u rn . DRUG ABUSE AND VICE CONTROL
Temperature - W h ich is the m e asu re Abstinence - C e ssa tio n from u se <»!

of the degree of th e rm a l (warm) p sycho active s u b sta n ce previously
agitation of m o lecules. ab u se d , or on w h ich the u se r has
developed drug dependence.
Thamac Process - D eterm in atio n
w h eth er the fire h a s been d eliberately
ca u se d by m e an s of electrical overload
u sin g an ap p a ra tu s called TH A M A C.
Alcoholic Liquor - A n y beverage or

Abuse of Drugs - R eg ard less of w h at com pound, w h e th e r ferm ented, or
d ru g s are u se d it c a u s e s s u c h great otherw ise, w h ich w ill produce
ch a n g e s in the p h y sica l, p sycho log ical, into xicatio n or w h ich co n ta in s in
and so cial co nd itio ns of the dependent. excess of one percen t of alcohol an d is
u se d as a beverage.
Addict - A p erson w ith an
overpow ering p h y sica l and Alcoholism - State or condition of a
p sycho log ical need to take a p a rticu la r p erson , prod uced by d rin kin g
s u b sta n ce . into xicatin g liq u o rs exce ssiv e ly an d
w ith h a b itu a l frequency.
Administer - Act of in tro d u cin g an y
d an gerou s d rug into the body of an y Anesthetic Drugs - Are u se d for
p erso n , w ith or w itho ut h is knowledge, n ervo u s syste m d e p re ssa n t local
by injectio n , ingestion or other m e an s an e sth e tics b lock n ervo us system ,
or of com m itting an y act of g eneral a n e sth e tics act on the b ra in to
in d isp e n sa b le a s s is ta n c e to a p erson p rod uce a generalized of sen satio n ,
a d m in isterin g a d an gerou s d rug to stu p o r, or u n c o n sc io u sn e ss .
him self.
Amphetamine Group - D ru g s
Alcohol - Ferm en ted or d istilled liq u id s belonging to th is category are m o stly
or drug co n tain in g eth an ol an d appetite su p p re s s a n ts an d potent
into xicatin g s u b sta n c e s. s tim u la n ts. U s e rs are u n a b le to sleep
a n d m a y develop high fever w h ich m ay
Alcohol Abuse - U se of ethyl alco ho l or r e su lt to d eh yd ratio n. C h ro n ic u s e r s
liquor in a q u a n tity an d w ith a m ay undergo h a llu cin a tio n s, dry
freq uen cy th at c a u s e s the in d iv id u al m o u th, u lc e ra tio n s of the b u cca l
sig n ifican t p hysiolo gical, psycho log ical, m u co sa .
or sociological d istre ss or im p airm ent.
Anorectic - D ru g th at ten d s to cu rb
Alcoholic - A p erson w ho has the appetite.
experienced p h y sica l, psycho log ical,
so cial or o ccu p a tio n a l im p airm e n t as a Antacid - D ru g intended to relieve
co n se q u e n ce s of h a b itu a l, excessive sym p to m s of h e a rtb u rn , so u r sto m ach
co n su m p tio n of alcohol. an d / or acid ind ig estio n s.
Alcoholic Anonymous - O ne of the Antidotes - Refers to a m e ch a n ica l,

m ost s u c c e s s fu l ap p ro a ch e s in c h e m ica l agents w h ich n eu tra lize a
recovery from alco h o lism , alco h o lics poison.
an o n ym o u s is a fellow ship of problem
d rin k e rs w ho w an t help in m a in tain in g Antipyretic - D ru g th at red u ce s fever.
sobriety. A lco ho lic a n o n y m o u s (A.A) is
a self-help o rg anization founded in the Anxiety Neurosis - In d ivid u al suffers
U nited State s in 1935 by two p h y sica l co m p lain ts of v aryin g degree
a lco h o lics, B ill W. an d D r. Bob, for the as h e ad ach e , n a u se a , vom iting,
e xp ress purp ose of providing a s h o rtn e ss of b reath , p alp itation ,
fellow ship for co m p u lsive d rin k e rs m e n stru a l d is-fu n ctio n , in so m n ia .
d esirin g to obtain from alcohol.
Banker - Perso n who keep s the m oney
Alcoholic Dependence - A ch ro n ic from w h ich the w in n e r is to be paid.
loss of control over the co n su m p tio n of
alcohol beverages despite obvious Bankroll Man - G a m b le r’s sla n g to
psycho log ical or p h y sica l h a rm to the denote a p erson w ho w in s.
person: In cre a sin g am o u n ts are
required over tim e an d ab ru p t Barbiturate Group - Co m m o n ly
d isco n tin u a n ce m ay p recipitate referred to as d e p re ssa n ts, it m ay be
w ithd raw al sym p to m s. Relap se is taken o rally or in trav e n o u sly, its u se rs
frequent. are kn o w n to suffer from severe
w ithd raw al sym p to m s. B a rb itu ra te s,
tra n q u ilize rs and m eth aq ualon e are

kn o w n dow ners. Its u s e r s develop Blind Tiger - A place w here liqu o r is
to lerance to th is drug category. W hen sold illegally, a place w here liquor is
ta ke n w ith alcohol or other stim u la n ts sold w itho ut lice n se co n trary to law.
it becom es hig hly addictive an d m ay
ca u se su d d en or unexpected death. Board - Refers to the D ang ero u s D ru gs
P h y sica l exam in ation of the ch ro n ic B oard .
u s e r u s u a lly reveal b arb itu ra te b liste rs
on the s k in on the th orax, th ig h s, b a ck Bong - Is a tube w ith a s m a ll bowl at
and a rm s, b u t s k in le sio n s are not the end of a th in n e r tube inserted
u n u s u a l to the u s e r s of th is drug th ro u gh the side n e a r the b ase. The
category alone. bong is p artly filled w ith w ater for the
sm oke to bubble through.
Sedative or H ypnotic D ru g s
also belong to th is category have either Broken Home - A fam ily in w h ich one
a m ild calm in g effect or sedative or or both p are n t is ab sen t due to divorce
sleep p rod ucing effect or hypno tic in or sep aration , ch ild re n in s u c h an
the cen tral n ervo us system . U s u a lly environ m en t m ay from to anti-sociul
the effects depend on the am o u n t or behavior.
size of the dose ad m in istered. Legal
tra n q u ilize rs, m u scle rela x an ts s u c h as Brothel - Refers to a h o u se ol
chloriazepoxide hydrochloride p rostitution.
(Librium ) an d D iazep am (Valium )
u s u a lly d ep ress body fu n ctio n s w h ich Call Girls - Refers to p ro stitu tes who
m ay be dan gerou s w hen taken w itho ut m a k e s date arran g em en t v ia phone
a p h y s ic ia n ’s p rescrip tio n an d m ay an d th en provides services to
ca u se death due to overdose. Its cu sto m e rs at a pre-agreed venue.
kn o w n im m ediate effects are slu rre d
sp eech and poor jud g m en t. Cannabis - A general term s for any of
the vario u s p rep aratio n s of the hemp
Beta-Alcoholism - A type of alco ho lism p lan t, c a n n a b is sativa, and unuit
in w h ich severe m ed ical co m p licatio ns interchan g eab le w ith the trim
o ccu r, s u c h a s nerve irrita tio n s, g astric m a riju a n a . T h e y ren d er su b sta n tia l
d istu rb a n ce s, an d c irrh o sis of the liver. in cre a se in the h e art rate, blood hI iu I
eyes, dry m o u th an d increased
Betting - W aging m oney or a n y object appetite.
or article of valu e or rep resentative of
valu e u p on the re su lt of an y game, Centers - A n y of the treatm ent < i i h I
ra ce s and other spo rts co ntests. reh ab ilitatio n ce n te rs for drug
dependents.
Bhang - Refers to the dried leaves and
flowering shoots of the c a n n a b is p lant, Chance or Hazard - Is the u n certn ih h
co ntain ing sm a lle r a m o u n ts of T H C . of the re su lt of the game or w hen tin
outcom e of the game is incapable
Blackleg - A p rofessio n al sw in d le r or ca lcu latio n by hum an reuwnn,
gam bler, a ch a rt, a ca rd sh a rp . A foresight, sag acity or design.
gam bler who frequent race tra ck s an d
gam bling p lace s electing the b est odds Chemical - Is a n y su b sta n ce tnlti it
an d offering the le ast he can . into the body w h ich alters the why (ll#
body an d the m in d w ork.
Blackmail - E xto rtion by th re a ts to
expose som e derogatory inform ation Chemical Abuse - Is an in stan ce wh«»»
ab o ut the victim , fam ily m em b ers or the u se of the ch e m ica l h a s prndm ml
close asso ciate s. negative or h a rm fu l co nsequ en ce*.
Chemical Diversion - The * * «

d istrib u tio n , su p p ly or tranapoit
legitim ately im ported, in tranMI,
m a n u factu re d or procured controllm)
p re cu rso rs an d e sse n tia l ch e m ica ls, in extracted from o pium , m o st codeine is

d ilu ted , m ix tu re s or in co ncen trated syn th e sized from m o rph in e thro ugh
form , to a n y p erso n or entity engaged the p ro ce ss of O -m ethylatio n.
in the m a n u fa ctu re of an y d angerous
drug, an d s h a ll in clu d e packaging, Codeine is often u se d a s a recre atio n al
rep ackag in g, lab eling , relabeling or drug. T h is is p rim a rily b e ca u se of its
co n cea lm e n t of such tra n sa ctio n e a sy av a ilab ility over the co u n ter or on
th ro u gh fraud , d estru ctio n of p rescrip tio n in co m b inatio n p ro d ucts.
d o cu m e n ts, fra u d u len t u se of p erm its, M any u se it in order to o btain the
m is d eclaratio n , u se of front co m p an ies eu p h o ric effects asso ciate d w ith u se of
or m a il fraud. opioids. Co d ein e-co n tain ing cough
sy ru p s are often ta ke n w hole by
Chloral Hydrate - O ne of the oldest d rin k in g the sy ru p ; co m b inatio n p ills
sedative h yp n o tics still in u se today m ay be ta ke n w hole or c ru sh e d and
ch lo ra l hydrate w as first syn th e sized in m ixed w ith w ater for faster absorp tio n
1862. into the body, or the codeine m a y be
extracted u sin g m ethod s like cold
Chronic Alcoholics - Refers to a w ater extraction.
p erso n w ho from the prolonged and
excessive u se of alco ho lic beverages Coma - Th e su b je ct is stu p o r or in
fin ally develops p h y sica l an d p sycho com atose condition. So m etim es it is
ch a n g e s an d d ependence to alcohol. difficult to differentiate th is condition
w ith other co nd itio ns havin g com m a.
Circumstantial Situational Use - Compulsive Use - It is ch a racterize d
D ru g takin g on a short-term b a sis a s a by d im in ish e d so cia l integration an d
w ay of coping w ith som e im m ediate functioning, it h a s e scalated to the
d istre ss or p re ssu re . point w here a red u ctio n in the
in te n sity or freq uen cy w ill be
Clandestine Laboratory - A n y facility accom panied by in c re a sin g discom fort
u se d for the illegal m a n u factu re of an y on the p art of the in d ivid u als.
d an gerou s dru g a n d / o r controlled
p re cu rso r an d e sse n tia l ch em ical. Conductor - A p erso n who m anages or
c a rrie s the gam bling game.
Cocaine - A pow erful n a tu ra l
stim u la n t derived from the co ca p lant. Confirmatory Test - A n a n a ly tica l test
It is a n alkalo id co ntain ed in the leaves u sin g a device, tool or equ ip m ent w ith
of “E ry th ro x y lo n co ca”, a h a rd y p lan t a different ch e m ica l or p h y sica l
cu ltivated in B olivia. T h e first u s e r of p rin cip le th at is m ore specific w h ich
co ca le af w a s the In c a s in Peru. It is a w ill validate an d confirm the re su lt of
pow erful n a tu ra l s tim u la n t kn o w n to the scree n in g test.
m an. C o cain e a c ts im m ed iately a s it is
a q u ick -a ctin g drug. Its effects are Controlled Delivery - T h e investigative
rapid from the tim e of in tak e. It is tech niq u e of allow ing an u n la w fu l or
indeed, “s u p e r seed ”. su sp e c t co n sig n m en t of a n y d angerous
drug a n d /o r controlled p re cu rso r and
Codeine - O cc u rrin g n a tu ra lly as a e sse n tia l ch e m ica l, equip m ent or
m inor alkalo id ing redient in raw p a ra p h e rn a lia , or p roperty believed to
opium , codeine is m ore often prod uced be derived d irectly or in d irectly from
from m o rph in e. M ethylm orp hine is an a n y offense, to p a s s into, th ro u gh or
opiate u se d for its an alg e sic, out of the co u n try under the
an titu ssiv e an d a n tid ia rrh e a l su p e rvisio n of a n au thorized officer,
properties. It is m ark eted as the s a lts w ith a view to g athering evidence to
codeine sulfate an d codeine p ho sp hate. identify a n y p erson involved in an y
Codeine hydro chlorid e is m ore d an gerou s d ru g s related offense, or to
com m only m arketed in co n tin e n ta l facilitate p ro secutio n of th at offense.
Eu ro p e an d other regions. Co d ein e is
ftn alka lo id found in o pium in Conversation Neurosis - O therw ise
co n cen tra tio n s ranging from 0 .3 to 3 .0 know n a s H y ste rica l N eu rosis w h ich is
percent. W hile codeine ca n be converted into a p h y sica l asso ciated
w ith all p arts of the body, sym bolic of C h ro n ic u s e r s over tim e re s u lts in
the u n d e rly in g co nflicts, m otor tolerance to the drug, u rging the u se r
d istu rb a n ce s, im p aired m ovem ent to in c re a se the in tak e or dose of
p a ra ly sis w ith exam in ation revealing co n su m p tio n to gain gratification.
w ith no organic b a sis for sym ptom s.
T he onset of a predictable
Cough Syrup - O p iates som etim es co nstellatio n of sig n s an d sym ptom s
called n arco tics are group of drug th at involving altered activity of the cen tral
is u se d m ed ically to relieve p ain , bu t n ervo us system after the ab ru p t
have a high potential for ab u se . d isco n tin u a tio n of the in tak e of an
addictive su b sta n ce . The m ost common
Crack - A hig hly addictive crysta llin e w ith d raw al sym ptom s experienced in
form of co cain e co ntain ing re m n a n ts of d e p re ssa n ts or “d ow n ers” ran ges from
hydro chlorid e, an d so d iu m bicarb on ate in so m n ia , an xiety, r e s tle s sn e ss , and
w h ich em its a cra ck lin g so u n d w hen co n vu lsio n an d m ay c a u se death in
sm oked. som e extrem e ca se s.
Cultivate or Culture - A n y act of B a b ie s of m o th ers who arc

know ingly plan tin g, growing, raisin g , kn o w n to a b u se d e p re ssa n ts during
or p erm itting the plan tin g, growing or preg n an cy are u s u a lly born with
ra isin g of an y p lan t w h ich is the sou rce defects an d develop behavioral
of a dan gerou s drug. problem s.
Dangerous Drugs Board - A n office Detoxification - A p ro cess of

th at p rom ulg ates ru le s an d reg u latio n s w ithd raw in g a p e rso n from an
a s m aybe n e c e ssa ry to ca rry out the addictive su b sta n ce , in a safe and
law on d angerous drug. effective m a n n e r, by the rem oval of th<
toxic or h a rm fu l effects of the addictive
Deliver - Refers to a p e rso n ’s act of su b sta n ce .
know ingly p a ssin g a d an gerou s d rug to
an o th er p erson p erson ally. Designer Drugs - The m ost common
types of th is d rug are analog ol
Den - Also kn o w n as dive or reso rt it fentanyl, of m eperidine, of
refers to a place w here an y dangerous am ph etam in e an d of P C P . Illegal d m # *
drug a n d / o r controlled p re cu rso r and are defined in term s of th eir chemic al
esse n tia l ch e m ica l is ad m in istered , fo rm u las, to circu m v e n t the law s and
delivered, stored for illegal p u rp o se s, restrictio n s d esign er d rugs are thoac
distrib u ted , sold or u se d in a n y form. w h ich have been modified of thrii
m o lecu lar by ch e m ists of certain
Depressant - S im ila r to alcohol in its prohibited an d regulated d rugs.
effects to m a n , sm all a m o u n ts w ould
produce ca lm n e ss arid relaxed m u scle s D ru g s belonging to th is typr
w hile exce ss thereof w ould lead to are kn o w n to be m ore potent than tin
altered perception, staggering gait an d drug s w h ich they are designed hi
slu rre d speech. T h e y are d rugs th at im itate.
affect the ce n tral n ervo us system
c a u sin g it to relax. The u se of N arcotic analogs can c mi i m
d e p re ssa n ts cau ses both p h y sica l syste m s s u c h a s those m anifested In
dependence w h ich is a physiological P a rk in so n ’s d ise ase, uncontrollal>l#
state of a adaptation to a d ru g or trem o rs, im p aired sp eech, drooling,
alcohol u s u a lly ch a racterize d by the p a ra ly sis an d irreversible brain
developm ent of tolerance to drug dam age. Analogs of am ph etam in e and
effects an d the em ergence of a m eth am p hetam in e ca u se n a im ™ .
w ith d raw al sym ptom d urin g prolong c h ills, b lu rred visio n , sw eating and
ab stin en ce and p sycholog ical fain tn ess. Psycho log ical effects include
dependence w h ich is the em otional d ep ressio n , an xiety and p aranoia
state of cravin g a drug either for its lilted a s one dose m ay ca u se brain
positive effect or to avoid the negative dam age. Th e analogs of phencyclldtm
effects asso ciated w ith its ab sen ce.
ca u s e illu s io n s, im p aired perception or so cial w ell being of the u se r is

and h a llu cin a tio n s. referred to a s d ru g m isu se .
Dispense - Refers to an y act of giving Drunk - T h e m ind is co nfused ,

aw ay, sellin g or d istrib u tin g m ed icine b ehavior is irre g u la r an d the m ovem ent
or an y d an gerou s d ru g w ith or w ithout is u ncon tro lled . T h e sp eech is th ick
the u se of p rescrip tio n . an d the b ehavior is u n co n tro llab le.
Door Knocker - T h is is the o ccasio n al Drunkard - Refers to a p erson who

or selective type of p rostitute. h a b itu a lly ta k e s or u ses an y
into xicatin g alco h o lic liqu o r an d w hile
Drug - Defined a s ch e m ica l su b sta n ce u n d e r the influ en ce of su ch .
w h ich , w hen in tro d u ced into the body,
p ro d u ces ch a n g e s in its function. Ecstacy - Refers to the d rug havin g
s u c h ch e m ica l com position, in clu d in g
Drug Abuse - A n y u se of d ru g s th at a n y of its iso m e rs or derivatives in a n y
causes p h y sica l, p sycho log ical, form of M D M A .In 1912, M DM A
econom ic, legal or so cial h a rm to the M ethylene-d ioxym etam p hetam ine w as
in d iv id u a l u s e r or to others affected by developed in G e rm a n y a s an appetite
the dru g u s e r ’s behavior. d e p re ssa n t by the p h a rm a ce u tica l
co m p an y M erck. D u rin g the late 1 9 7 0 ’s
Drug Addict - A p erson who is p sy ch ia trists an d p sycho log ists u se d
p h y sica lly dependent on one or m ore the d rug a s treatm ent for em otional
p sycho -active su b s ta n c e s , or w hose and p sycho log ical d iso rd ers. Its street
long term u se h a s p rod uce tolerance, u se d w as p op u larized by the m id
w ho h a s lost control over h is in tak e, 1 9 8 0 ’s. Am ong the yo u th u s e r s it is
an d w ould m a n ifest w ithd raw al referred to a s the “sex d ru g .”
sym p to m s if d isco n tin u a n ce w ere to
o ccu r. E c s t a c y in its p u re st form is a
cry sta llin e w hite pow der w ith m u stic
Drug Addiction - A state of ch ro n ic or odor. It is com m only found in the
periodic d iso rd e r ch a racterize d by the illegal drug trade in tablet form,
co m p u lsive u se of a s u b sta n ce ca p su le or powder. It is g enerally
re su ltin g in p h y sica l, p sycho log ical, or ingested orally. T h is is a p sycho active
so cial h a rm to the u s e r an d co ntinu ed d ru g th at p o sse ss the stim u la n t
u se despite of h a rm . p roperties of m eth am p h etam in e and
h a llu cin o g e n ic q u a lities sim ila r to
Drug Dependence - A term w h ich m e scalin e .
refers to the state of p h y sica l or
p sy ch ic dependence or both on Enabling - Is an y action ta k e n b y a
d an gerou s d ru g s arisin g in a p erson co ncern ed p erson th at rem oves or
following a d m in istra tio n an d u se of softens the negative or h a rm fu l
drug s on a p eriodic or co n tin u o u s co n se q u e n ce s of d ru g u se u p o n the
b a sis. u se r. E n a b lin g only m a k e s thing s
w orse. It is like fighting the fire w ith
Drug Experimenter - Refers to one gasoline.
who is im p rop erly, illegally u s e s an y
n arco tic su b s ta n c e not m ore th a n a Etorphine - D erived from th ebain e,
few tim es for re a so n s of cu rio sity, peer etorphine is m ore th a n a th o u sa n d
p re ssu re or other rea so n s. tim es as potent as m o rph in e in its
an alg e sic, sedative, and resp ira to ry
Drug Free - O n going d isso cia tio n from d e p re ssa n t effects.
the u se of an y psycho -active
s u b sta n ce s. Experimental Use - It im p lies sh o rt
u se at one or variety of d ru g s, either
Drug Misuse T h e u n in te n tio n a l or sin g ly or co m b inatio n. C u rio sity to
inap pro p riate u se of p rescrib ed or non experience som ething new , or peer
p rescribed m ed icin e resu ltin g in the group p re ssu re are the m ajor
im paired p h y sica l, m en tal, em otional m otivations for exp erim en tal drug u se .
elem ents in ch e m istry are n on -m etallic

pactory Girls - T h e se are real elem ents s u c h as fluorine, brom ine,
^fessional type of p ro stitu tes who iodine an d chlo rin e w h en processed
wcrK in reg u lar h o u se s of prostitu tio n and tu rn ed into d ru g s such as
or brothels. p h e n cyclid in e (PC P), lyserg ic acid
d iethylam ide LSD , m e scalin e ,
p j^ sh b a ck - After repeated u se of p silo cyb in it in te rru p ts the fun ction of
pSy ch e d e lics a d rug u se r m ay the neo-cortex, w h ich is the section of
experience th is phenom enon, w h ich is the b rain th at controls the intellect and
an u n d e sira b le re cu rre n ce of a d ru g ’s keep in stin ct in ch e ck
etfects w ith no recen t d rug intake
(c(7nsu m p tio n ) to exp lain altern atio n of Hallucinogens - N atu ral or syn thetic
one ’s sen se of tim e an d v isu a l illu sio n s su b s ta n c e s th at produce vivid
and h a llu cin a tio n s. d isso lu tio n of the sen se w itho ut greatly
d istu rb in g c o n scio u sn e ss. P sych e d e lics
p r^ ebase - Purified co cain e cry sta ls - Som etim es know n a s “all a ro u n d e rs”
tj1^Lt are c ru sh e d an d sm oke to provide and “m in d e xp an d ers” these drugs
a jfiore pow erful high th a n cocaine. affect a p e rso n ’s perception,
aw a re n e ss, and em otions, an d ca n also
ffer - “T ag a ta ri” A p erson ca u se h a llu cin a tio n s (completely
know ledgeable in the art of arm in g g ro u n d less, false perceptions) a s well
ga ^n.ing co ck s w ith gaff or gaffs on as illu sio n s (m isin terp retatio ns o!
eitjie r or both legs. reality or som ething im agined).
Q ^ jtib lin g - refers to a game or schem e The effect of h a llu cin o g e n h

re su lt of w h ich d epends m ain ly v aries, b u t a sen se of d istan ce and
Up on ch a n ce or ha zard . estrangem ent is com m on to u se rs
Tim e and body m ovem ent are slowed
Qînbling Device - A device or down. M u sc u la r coordination w orsens
a p P#.ratus designed to ca rry out the and se n se s are d ulled, speech becom es
a c{u a l gam bling, for determ ining inco h erent an d blocked. C h ro n ic u se rs
w jêther the player is to w in or lose. report p e rsiste n t m em ory problem s
and sp eech difficulties. Mood
Q^jrie Machination - A n y other d iso rd ers, an xiety, violent behavior ns
^ g u d u le n t, deceitful, u n fa ir or w ell as d ep ression m a y o ccu r. Som e ol
^ ^ h o n e s t m e an s, m ethod, m a n n e r or these effects m ay la st from 6 m o n ths to
p r a c t ic e em ployed for the p u rp o se of one year. In later stages of ch ro n ic use
in flu e n c in g the re su lt of an y game, p aran o ia, h a llu cin a tio n s an d violetil
r a £ eS or s Ports contest. b ehavior b ecom es regular.
Qaf* ie Fixing - A n y arran gem en t, Large doses m ay product

scp em e, co m b ination or agreem ent by co nvu lsio n , lun g failure, an d ruptured
w j^ ich the re su lt of a n y game, ra ce s or blood v e sse ls in the b rain , h eart failure
£>rts co ntests s h a ll be predicted and com a. P h y sica l effects include
a n d / or kn o w s other th a n the b a sis of dilated p u p ils, trem o rs, sen satio n mi id
h Q ^ e st playing s k ill or ab ility of p layers feeling ra p id ly changing, loss nl
o r p a rtic ip a n ts. appetite an d sle e p in e ss. Som e use is
p a rticu la rly of L S D , m e scalin e mid
- In scrip tio n or draw in g m e an s p silo cyb in m ay experience punU,
o n a w all or stru c tu re an d u se d by co nfu sio n , su sp ic io n , lo ss of contm l
d e lin q u e n ts for gang m essag es an d tu rf and delayed effects of fla sh b a ck s can
d e fin itio n . o ccu r even after u se h a s come to an
end.
Q^llible Person - A p erson who e asily
hr e iv e d e sp e cially in crooked Hashish - A co ncen trated form m
g a m b lin g . ca n n a b is m ade from an adulterated
re sin from the fem ale c a n n a b is plant
Hallucinogenic Group - T h e 7th group
th e periodic system of table of
H erbal Drugs - S u b s ta n c e s u s u a lly Indian H em p - O therw ise kn o w n as

derived from p la n ts th at have drug “m a riju a n a ”, em b races every kin d ,
effects an d w ho se u se is not g enerally c la s s , genes or specie of the p lant
regulated by law . T h e se su b s ta n c e s c a n n a b is sativa.
generally req uire little p ro cessin g after
the p lan ts are gathered. Although they Inhalants - V olatile liq u id s th a t give off
m ay be p ro cessed or sold a vapor, w h ich is in h ale d p rod ucin g
co m m ercially, it is p ossib le for the short-term excitem ent an d eup h o ric,
c o n su m e r to p rep are the drug for u se if followed b y a period of d iso rien tation .
it ca n be grow locally. Its effects in clu d e n a u se a , sneezing,
coughing, n osebleeds, fatigue, an d la c k
H eroine - A n arco tic m ade from opium of co ord ination an d lo ss of appetite.
an d th en out w ith su g ar an d som e
other n e u tra l s u b s ta n c e s u n til it is N itrous oxide, am yl n itrate,
only 1 to 4 p ercen t p u re. Also kn o w n b utyl n itrate, hyd ro carb o n , chloro
as D iacetylm o rp h in e , is a sem i carb o n an d other wide variety of
syn th e tic opioid. It is the 3 ,6 -d iacetyl volatile su b s ta n c e s in clu d in g ethylene
derivative of m o rph in e (hence belongs to th is group. Its
diacetylm orp hine) an d is sy n th e sise d in sta n ta n e o u s ad verse effects in clu d e
from it by acetylatio n . The w hite n a u se a , sneezing , nose bleeds,
cry sta llin e form is com m only the coughing, an d la c k of co ordination,
hydro chlorid e sa lt d iacetylm orp hine fatigue an d lo ss of appetite. M ostly
hydro chlorid e. It m im ics en d o rp h in s in h ale d by so aking a piece of cloth
an d cre ate s a sen se of w ell-being upon in sid e a p la stic co n tain e r sniffing
entering the b loodstream u s u a lly th ru th ro u gh the nose or m outh. Solvents
in trav e n o u s injectio n . It is th u s u se d an d aerosol sp ra y s also d im in ish h eart
both a s a p a in -k ille r and a recreatio n al an d resp ira to ry ra te s an d are kn o w n to
drug. H eroin is five tim es stronger th an im p air the u s e r ’s ju d g m en t. Am yl and
m o rp h in e, a n is kn o w n as the m ost b u tyl n itrate ca u se rap id p u lse rate,
potent opium derivative. h e ad ach e an d in v o lu n tary excretion of
u rin e an d feces. Long term u se m ay
H ycodan - A w hite pow der derived bring about h ep atitis or b rain
from codeine an d it h a s two to four hem orrhage. D e ath m a y be ab ru p t due
tim es pow erful a s of codeine, how ever to vagal inh ib itio n . T h e h e art m u scle
its d u ratio n effect is h a lf th at codeine. ten d s to becom e sen sitive after sniffing
A vailable in cough sy ru p an d tablet in h a la n ts so th at su d d en em otion s u c h
form an d co m m o n ly u se d as su b stitu te a s an xiety and fear m a y c a u se the
for heroine by drug ad d icts. release of catech o lam in e w h ich m ay
lead to v e n tricu la r fib rillatio n and
H ypnotic - P ertain in g to h y p n o sis or ca rd ia c a rre st. C h ro n ic u s e r s m a y also
sleep die from la c k of oxygen of sh e e r
hypoxia.
Illegal T raffickin g - Refers to the
illegal cu ltivatio n , cu ltu re , delivery, Intram uscular Drugs (IM)
ad m in istra tio n , d isp e n satio n , A d m in istra tio n involves the injectio n
m a n u fa ctu re , sale, trading, of a drug into a large m u scle m a ss th at
tran sp o rtatio n , d istrib u tio n , h a s a good blood su p p ly, s u c h a s the
im portation, exportation and g lu teu s m a x im u s, q u a d rice p s, or
p o ssessio n of an y d an gerou s drug tricep s.
an d /o r controlled p re cu rso r and
e sse n tia l ch e m ica l. Intravenous Drugs (IV)- The m ost
efficient m e an s of a d m in istra tio n
Illicit Drugs - T h e se are d ru g s w hose w h ich involves the depositing drug
sale, p u rch a se d or u se d is generally d irectly into the bloodstream , th is is
prohibited by law . C rim in a l p enalties also the m ost rap id m ethod of drug
u su a lly apply to the violators of these a d m in istra tio n
law s.
Insufflation - Co m m o n ly know n a s
“snorting," “sniffing," or "blowing" is
the m ost frequent m ethod of ingestion or fru itin g tops, or an y p art or portion
of recreatio n al pow der cocaine in the of the p lan t an d seed s thereof, and all
W estern world. its geographic v arieties, w h eth er a s a
reefer, re sin , extract, tin ctu re or in any
Intensified Use - Im plies the reg u lar form w hatsoever.
an d long-term co nsu m p tio n of a drug
or serie s of d ru g s by an in d iv id u al to The p rim ary biologically
achieve relief from p e rsisten t problem active ch e m ica l com pound in ca n n a b is
or stre ssfu l situ atio n on h is desire to is te tra h yd ro can n a b in o l, com m only
m a in ta in a ce rtain self-p rescrib ed level referred to a s T H C . It h a s psycho activc
of perform ance. an d p hysiological effects w hen
co n su m e d , u s u a lly by sm oking,
Interstitial Group - D elin q u en t group injestion or sniffing. The m in im um
th at fills a c r a c k in the so cial fabric am ou n t of T H C sufficien t to have o
an d m a in ta in stan d ard group perceptible p sycho active effect is aboul
p ractices. 5 mg.
K etam ine - Trad e n am e K e tala r, C a n n a b is is also know n b n

K etajet, K etaset A .K .A . Sp e cial K or Ket g anja in its h e rb al form an d h a s h is h in
or Vit. K A b u se of K etam ine its re sin o u s form. Th e h erb al form ol
(Pronounced K E E -ta -m e e n ) goes h a n d the d rug is m ade u p of dried m ature
in h a n d w ith gam m a hydroxyl butyrate in flo rescen ces an d sub ten d in g leave ft
(GHB) an d M DM A (Ecsta sy ). W here you of p istillate ("female") p lan ts. Tin-
find one, yo u w ill lik e ly find the others. re sin o u s form co n sists m ostly ol
All three are very p op u lar w ith the g la n d u lar tricho m es collected from tl»c
R A V E p arty crow d. K etam in e h cl, a cat sam e p lan t m aterial. It h a s been
tra n q u ilize r and the m ost com m only observed th at co m m ercial h a sh is h i»«
u se d a n e sth e tic in the V ietn am W ar, is often no m ore potent th a n high quality
also u se d in se x u a l a s s a u lt on o ccasio n seed less m a riju a n a . However, carefully
sin ce it p u ts the victim in a frozen screen ed h a s h is h is u p to three time*
state for at le ast a b rief period of tim e. as potent as the hig hest q uality herbwl
varieties.
Lottery - It is a game for the
d istrib u tio n of p rizes by ch a n ce am ong C a n n a b is is an idenl
p e rso n s w ho have paid or agreed to th e ra p e u tic drug for ca n ce r and AII>N
pay a v alu ab le co nsid eration for the p atie n ts, w ho frequently suffer from
ch a n ce to obtain a prize. c lin ica l d ep ression , an d from natin* «
resu ltin g to w eight lo ss due In
M aintainer - Refers to a person w ho chem o therap y an d other aggremilvi
sets u p and fu rn ish e s the m e an s w ith treatm ents. It is alleged th at cannitbln
w h ich to c a r iy on the gam bling game. m akes th ese other treatment H
tolerable. The n a u s e a su p p ressio n win!
M a n u fa c tu re - M ean s the production, m ild an alg esic effects of ca n n a b is y.ivm
p rep aration , co m p ound ing or a degree of relief for p e rso n s sulTeim#
p rocessin g of a dangerous drug. from m otion s ic k n e s s, an d it can mImm
be u se d by h y p e rh id ro sis sufferern fm
M arijuana - O b tained from a n In d ian tem porary relief of excessive sweating
hem p p lan t kn o w n as “C a n n a v is
S a tiv a ” a strong, h a rd y a n n u a l sh ru b M assage C linics - T h e se h o u se m h i #
th at grows w ild in m ost tem perate an d operated u n d e r a licen sed or prrm lt
tropic regions. The dried leaves of the iss u e d by the governm ent but act* *
ca n n a b is p lant. E m b ra c e s every kin d , front for p rostitutio n w here the mi «
c la s s , g en u s, or specie of the p lant m aybe done or as per arrangem ent
C a n n a b is S a tiv a L. in clu d in g , but not
lim ited to, C a n n a b is A m erican a, M iscellaneous Drugs - Refers to II mu*
h a s h is h , b han g , g uaza, c h u r r u s and s tim u la n ts th at in cre ase alertnea* *nn<
ganja, an d em b races every kin d , c la s s in d u ce a sen se of w ell being.
and ch a ra cte r of m a riju a n a , w hether
dried or fresh and flowering, flowering
M oderate Inebriation - The p erson is m e lan ch o ly or d u lln e s s of m in d w ith

arg um en tative an d overconfident. d elu sio n an d w h ich m ay be habit
T h e re is a slight im p airm e n t of m en tal form ing.
d ifficulties, difficulty of articu latio n ,
an d le ss e r co ord ination of fine Narcotics - Is an y d rug th at p ro d uces
m ovem ents. sleep or stu p o r an d relieves p ain due to
its d e p re ssa n t effect on the cen tral
M orphine - T he ch ie f alkaloid n erv o u s system . Th e term n arco tic
ing redient of o pium , ranging from 4 to cam e from the G re e k word for sleep
21 p ercen t co ncen tratio n . M orphine is “N arko tiko s”, som etim es kn o w n as
a strong o piatean alg esicd ru g an d is the “O p ia te s”.
p rin cip a l active agent in o pium it acts
d irectly on the ce n tral n ervo us Neurosis - P rod u ces anxiety,
system relievin g p ain . It is claim ed to be d ep ressio n , or phobia.
s ix tim es m ore potent th an opium .
H ighly ad dictive w hen com pared to O pium - Refers to the coagulated ju ic e
other s u b s ta n c e s , an d to lerance and of the opium poppy. O b tained from a
p h y s ic a l an d p sycho log ical fem ale poppy p lan t kn o w n as “ P ap aver
d ep en den ces develop very rap idly. It is S o m n ife ru m ” w h ich w as kn o w n to be
ad m in istere d to the body by m e a n s of cu ltivated in low er M esopotam ia as
injectio n . long ago a s 3 4 0 0 B C . Th e figure of the
poppy ca p su le w as an attrib ute of
F irs t isolated in 1804 by the deities, long before opium w as
G e rm a n p h a rm a c ist F rie d ric h W ilhelm extracted from its m ilk y latex. At the
A d am S e rtiirn e r, w ho n am ed it M etropolitan M u se u m 's A s s y ria n relief
"m orphium " after M o rp heu s, the G re e k g allery, a w inged deity in a b a s-re lie f
god of d re am s. In G re e k m ythology from the p alace of A s h u rn a s irp a l II at
M o rp heu s w as the son of H ypn o s, the N im rud , d edicated in 879 B C , b e ars a
God of Sleep. b ouquet of poppy c a p su le s on long
ste m s, d escrib ed by the m u se u m as
In 1853 by the developm ent of "pomegranates". In De M edicin a (30
the hypo d erm ic needle its u se spread . AD), A u lu s C o rn e liu s C e ls u s specified
It is a kn o w n "cure" for opium and v ario u s u s e s for "poppy tears", as an
alcohol ad d ictio n. Its w ide u se d urin g em ollient for p ain fu l jo in ts an d an a l
the A m e rica n C iv il W ar allegedly cre v ices, in an o d yn es p ills prom oting
resu lte d in over 4 0 0 ,0 0 0 sufferers from relief of p ain thro u gh sleep, in
the "soldier's disease" of m o rphine antidotes for p oisoning , in c lu d in g the
ad d iction. P o sse ssio n of m o rph in e is M ith rid atiu m for u se in colic an d to
p rohibited by law . Altough in tim es of promote m ictu ratio n . The ju ic e of
w ar, M orphine is ro u tin ely ca rried by boiled poppy h e ad s m a y be intended
sold iers on o perations in an for p ro cu rin g sleep, treating e a ra ch e s,
au toin jector. It w as the m ost in te stin a l gripings, inflam m atio n of the
com m only a b u se d n arco tic an alg e sic in w om b, an d red u ce the flow of phlegm
the w orld up u n til h ero in w as into the eyes. However, C e ls u s did not
syn th e sized and cam e into u se . co n sid ert the poppy a s im p rob ab ly
p ow erful, bu t d escrib ed it a s one of
M orphine Group -A lth o u g h m ost m a n y em ollient h e rb s an d m in e ra ls,
opoid d ru g s are legal p h a rm a ce u tica l u se d as an ingredient in som e
s u b s ta n c e s , if a b u se d th is ca n lead to form u latio n s for p ain .
dependence. M ost of the drug s
classified u n d e r th is p rod uce sleep and Th e p ractice of sm okin g w as
stu p o r s u c h a s h eroin , m ethadone, introd u ced to E u ro p e and A s ia after
m o rph in e, codeine, m eperedine an d to b accosm o king in the A m ericas it w as
opium . It gives a feeling of e u p h o ria or observed an d copied, o pium w as
a false sen se of w ell being followed by m o stly either eaten or d ru n k . A n early
d ro w sin e ss, n a u se a and vom iting. form of opium sm okin g im p licated the
co n su m p tio n of m a d a k , a blend of
Narcotic D rug - Refers to an y drug tobacco and opium th at becam e
w h ich p ro d uces in se n sib ility , stu p or, com m on in A sia in the 17th and 18th
ce n tu rie s. B y the 19th cen tu ry, due C h in e se co m m u n ities aro u n d the

to the b an on m a d a k in C h in a , w orld, w ith "opium dens" being r u n by
sm okin g of p u re o pium b ecam e more L a sca rs an d becom ing notorious
com m on. B y th is tim e, opium u se had fixtu res of m a n y C h in ato w n s.
becom e w id esp read a c ro ss m u ch of the
w orld, althoug h co nsu m p tio n p atte rn s Largely outlaw ed, the
an d ro u tes of a d m in istra tio n differ. p rod uctio n of opium h a s sig n ificantly
d ecreased aro un d the w orld, despite an
In 1757 the territo rial in cre a sin g d em and. O p iu m is still
co nq u est in In d ia, the B ritis h E a s t being p roduced today legally for
In d ia C o m p an y p u rsu e d a m onopoly m ed icine. A fg h an istan is cu rre n tly the
on opium p rod uctio n an d export in n u m b e r one p ro d u cer of the drug.
In d ia. T h is w as m et w ith varying B e sid e s A fg han istan , sm aller
degrees of s u c c e s s , b u t had a serio u s q u an tities of opium are prod uced in
influ en ce on the p e a sa n t cu ltivators P a k ista n , the G old en Trian gle region of
(ryots) who w ere often coerced or S o u th ea st A s ia (p a rticu la rly M yanm ar),
offered c a sh ad v an ce s on th eir crops to C o lom bia an d Mexico.
encourage cultivation. T h is w as
som ething th at w as not done for an y Opium Poppy - Refers to a n y part of
other crop s, except for indigo. O p ium the p lan t of the sp ecies papaver
w as traded by the ch e st in a u ctio n s in som n iferu m in clu d in g the seeds
C a lc u tta an d th en sm uggled into thereof.
C h in a . T h e B ritish E a s t In d ia C o m p an y
u se d the profit to p u rch a se teas w h ich O rganized C rim e - C rim in a l group
w ere in high d em and in B rita in . w h ich cen ters on vices s u c h as
d an gerou s d ru g s, illegal gambling,
B e c a u se of the in cre a sin g p rostitu tio n , an d other illicit m e an s of
B ritish dem and for C h in e se tea, and m akin g m oney such as piracy,
the C h in e se refu sa l to accep t paym ent k id nap pin g , b a n k robbery, smuggling
other th an silver b u llion , the B ritish and the like.
sought to replace an o th er com m odity
for w h ich C h in a w as not self sufficien t Overdose - The inadverten t 01
to ease the silver d ra in , w h ich w as deliberate co nsu m p tio n of any
ca u sin g a b u rd en on the B ritish su b sta n ce .
econom y. O p iu m w as su c c e s s fu lly
u se d by the B ritis h tra d e rs to O ver The C ounter Drugs - T h e se an
su b stitu te silver in exchange for co m m ercially prod uced d rugs th at may
C h in e se tea for a period of d ecad es. be p u rch a se d legally without
M any C h in e se b ecam e addicted to p rescrip tio n . T h e se d ru g s are alno
opium , inflicting havo c am ong m u ch of know n a s p ropriety drugs.
C h in a 's population. In resp o n se, the
Im perial Q ing D y n a sty ended the PA G C O R (Philippine A m u sem en t and
im port of opium , dem anding silv e r to G am b lin g Corporation) - office thnt
be traded in stea d . T h is led to the controls gam bling gam es like tin
O p iu m W ars, the B ritish not w illing to casin o .
rep lace the ch eap opium w ith costly
silver. The first opium w ar led to PCP - P h en cyclid in e w as developed in
B rita in seizing Hong Kong an d to w h at the 195 0s as an intravenous
the C h in e se term the "century of a n e sth e tic, b ut th is u se h a s b trn
sham e". T h is illegal trade becam e one d isco n tin u ed due to serio u s adver**
of the world's m ost v alu ab le single affects.
com m odity trades.
The u se of P C P as «n
O p ium co nsu m p tio n approved an e sth e tic in h u m a n s wan
throughout n in e te e n th -ce n tu ry B rita in d isco n tin u ed in 1965 b e cau se patient*
w as w id esp read , sin ce it could be often b ecam e agitated, d elu sio n al, uiul
obtained legally for the p u rp o se of irra tio n al w hile recovering from it**
killin g p ain . Late r, opium sm oking an e sth e tic affects. PCP is m
becam e asso ciated w ith im m ig rant “d issociative d ru g ,” m ean ing that It
disto rts p ercep tio n s of sight an d sou n d Point Sh aving - Any su ch

an d p ro d u ces feelings of d etach m en t arran g em en t, co m b inatio n, sch e m e or
(dissociation) from the environ m en t agreem ent by w h ich the s k ill of ab ility
an d self. F irs t introd u ced a s a street of a n y p layer or p articip a n t in a game,
d ru g in the 196 0s, P C P q u ick ly gained ra ce s or spo rts co n te sts to m a ke points
a rep u tatio n a s a drug th at could or sco re s s h a ll be lim ited d eliberately
c a u se bad rea ctio n s an d w as not w orth in order to influ en ce the re s u lt thereof
the ris k . However, som e a b u se rs are in favor of one or other tea, p layer or
attracted by feelings of streng th, p articip an t th erein.
power, an d in v u ln e ra b ility as w ell as a
n u m b in g effect on the m in d th at P C P Polydrug A buse - U se of two or more
ca n in d u ce . psycho -active su b sta n ce in q u a n titie s
an d w ith freq uen cies th at c a u se the
PD EA - P hilip p in e D ru g E n fo rce m e n t in d iv id u a l sig n ifican t p hysiological,
Agency, the p rim a ry law enforcem ent p sycho log ical or sociological d istre ss or
ag ency charged w ith enforcing RA im p airm ent.
9 1 6 5 u n d e r the office of the p residen t.
Prescription Drugs - T h e se are
Percodan - A w hite pow der also co m m e rcially p rod uced d ru g s th at ca n
derives from codeine an d com m only be legally sold at d isp en sed only by a
p rescrib e d for relief of p ain . It is le ss p h y s ic ia n or on a p h y s ic ia n ’s order.
potent th a n the m o rp h in e, b ut m ore T h e y are lie, o ver-the-counter dru g s in
potent th a n the codeine an d m o stly th at they are m a n u factu re d by
encou n tered in form of tablets. p h a rm a ce u tica l co m p an ies, b u t they
differ, in th at the d ecisio n to u se d rugs
Peyote - Peyoti in Aztec is a sp in e le ss is legally vested in a p h y sicia n not in
ca c tu s w ith a sm a ll “button" an d a long the u se r.
carro t like root.
Prizes - It is the u n e q u a l am o u n t due
Physical D ependence - A p hysiological to the w in n er.
state of an ad ap tatio n to a drug or
alcohol u s u a lly ch a racterize d by the Prohibited D rug - In clu d e s opium an d
developm ent of to lerance to drug its active com p on en ts and derivatives,
effects an d the em ergence of a s u c h as h ero in an d m o rph in e; co ca leaf
w ith d raw al sym ptom d u rin g prolong and its d erivatives, p rin cip a lly co cain e,
ab stin en ce. a lp h a an d b eta co cain e; h a llu cin o g e n ic
d ru g s, s u c h a s m e sca lin e , lyserg ic acid
Pim p - O ne w ho ow ns or m anages diethylam id e (LSD) an d other
h o u se s of ill-refute w here the b u sin e s s s u b sta n ce s p rod ucin g sim ila r effects;
of p rostitu tio n is conducted. In d ia n hem p an d its d erivatives; all
So m etim es they are called “m ad am or p rep aratio n s m ade from a n y of the
m a m a s a n ”. foregoing; an d other d ru g s, w hether
n a tu ra l or syn th e tic, w ith the
Planting o f Evidence - T h e w illfu l act p hysiolo gical effects of a n arco tic drug.
by a n y p erso n of m a licio u sly and
su rre p titio u sly in sertin g , placing, Prom oter - A p erson w ho c a lls and
adding or atta ch in g d irectly or ta k e s care of bets from ow ners and
ind irectly, th ro u gh an y overt or covert bettors, a bet taker.
act, w hatever q u a n tity of an y
d an gerou s drug an d /o r controlled Protector - Also kn o w n as coddler
p re cu rso r and e sse n tia l ch e m ica l in refers to an y p erso n who know ingly
the p erson , h o u se , effects or in the an d w illfu lly co n se n ts to the u n la w fu l
im m ediate v icin ity of an in n o ce n t a cts an d u s e s h is / h e r in flu en ce, power
in d iv id u al for the p u rp o se of or position in shield ing , harb o rin g ,
im p licating , in crim in atin g or im p u tin g scree n in g or facilitating the escap e of
the co m m issio n of a n y violation of the an y p erson he /s h e kn o w s, or h a s
D ang ero u s D ru g s Act. reaso n ab le gro u nd s to believe on or
s u s p e c ts , h a s violated the p rovisio ns of
the dan gerou s D ru g s Act in order to
prevent the a rre st, p rosecution an d p h y sica l, psycho log ical, so cia l an d h is
conviction of the violator. sig n ificant others.
Prostitute - A w om an w ho Relapse - R e cu rre n ce of alco ho l or

in d iscrim in a te ly co nso rt w ith m en for d rug dependent behavior in an
h ire. in d iv id u al w ho h a s p revio u sly achieved
an d m a in tain e d ab stin en ce for a
Prostitution - It is an act or p ractice sig n ificant tim e beyond the period of
of a w om an w ho engages or h a b itu a lly detoxification.
ind u lges in sex u a l in te rco u rse for
m oney or profit. Sedatives - D ru g s of the b arb itu rate
fam ily th at d ep ress the ce n tral n ervo us
Psychedelics - Som etim es kn o w n as system into a sleep -like condition.
m in d exp an d ers or h a llu cin o g e n s,
these d rugs affect a p e rso n ’s Sell - M ean s the act of giving a
perception, aw a re n e ss, and em otions, dan gerou s drug, w h eth er for m oney or
and ca n also ca u se h a llu cin a tio n s an y other m aterial co nsid eration .
(com pletely g ro u n d less, false
perceptions) as w ell as illu sio n s Shabu (M etham phetam ine
(m isin terp retatio ns of reality or Hydrochloride) - P o p u larly know n as
som ething im agined). “poor m a n ’s co cain e ”. It is a Ja p a n e se
form of d rug ab u se . It is am phetam ine
Psychoactive D rug - Often d escrib ed type of stim u la n t th at w a s originally
as a p sycho tro pic (mind-affecting) or kn o w n a s “K a k u s e iz a i”. “K a k u s e i” in
m in d-alterin g drug, a p sycho active the Ja p a n e s e w ord for w akin g and “Z a i’
drug is a ch e m ica l su b sta n ce th at the term for d rugs. T h e stim u lan t
ch an g es ones th in k in g feelings, started in J a p a n im m ed iately after the
percep tio n s, an d behavior. end of the Pacific W ar an d brought into
the P h ilip p in es by J a p a n e s e to u rists.
Psychological D ependence - The
em otional state of cravin g a dru g either M etham p hetam ine wan
for its positive effect or to avoid the discovered in J a p a n in 1919. Thin
negative effects asso ciate d w ith its crysta llin e pow der is solube in watei
ab sen ce. m aking it an ideal drug for injection
D u rin g W orld W ar II, the drug wnn
Pusher - Refers to a n y p erson who u se d a s stim u la n ts for com bat soldi ci n
se lls, a d m in iste rs, d elivers or gives After the w ar, it w as regarded as u
aw ay to an o ther, on an y term s cu re -a ll for treatm ent in mild
w hatso ever, or d istrib u te s, d isp atch e s d ep ressio n an d a good w eight control
in tra n sit or tra n sp o rts an y d angerous su b sta n ce . In the m id -8 0 ’s it wiih
drugs. introd u ced in the P h ilip p in es and lm
gained p o p u larity not only in u rb an
Regulated D rug - T h is in clu d e s self- su b c u ltu re s b u t a s w ell a s propagating
in d u cin g sed atives, such as self the ru r a l co m m u n ities w ith devastatinp
in d u cin g secob arb ital, p enobarbital, im pact. Its w id esp read u se , led to tin
b arb ital, am ob arb ital, an d a n y other enactm en t of the Com prehensive
drug w h ich co n tain s a sa lt or an y D ang ero u s D ru g s Act of 2 0 0 2 , whieh
derivative of a sa lt of b arb itu ric acid ; stip ulated h a rs h e r p enalties lot
an y salt, iso m er or sa lt of an iso m er of p o ssessio n , prod uctio n, importation
am p h etam in e, s u c h a s b enzed rin or and u se of the drug sin ce it targets tin
D exedrine or an y drug w h ich p rod uces n a tio n ’s m ost p recio u s reso urce thf
a p hysiological action sim ila r to Filip in o Y o u th , it is the d rug of chm< <
am ph etam in e; and hypn o tic d ru g s, of ap p roxim ately 9 0 % of Filipino
s u c h as m eth aq ualon e, nitrazep am or su b sta n ce a b u se rs.
an y other com pound p rod ucin g sim ila r
physiological effects. Th e chem ie«i
m eth am p hetam in e hydrochloridr
Rehabilitation - Th e restoratio n of an regarded a s the poor m a n ’s cocaine, n
optim um state of h e alth by m ed ical, is higly p op u lar am ong Filiplim
s u b sta n ce u sers. Its is u s u a lly h e art rate d ilates the p u p ils and
in su fflated , ingested or injected . It is d ecre ase s o n e ’s appetite. O cc a sio n a l
called ice b e cau se it rese m b les ro ck u se c a u s e s ru n n y nose, w hile ch ro n ic
ca n d y or a ch ip of ice an d is odorless. u se generally u lce ra te s the m u co u s
S h a b u is syn th e sized in a ch e m ica l m em b ran e of the nose. P h y sica l
lab o rato ry an d n o rm a lly p ackag ed in a d ep en den cy w h ich is an adaptive state
p e n n y size p la stic bag. S h a b u is ca u se d by repeated drug u se th at
co m m o nly ad m in istere d by p lacin g the reveals itse lf by developm ent on
s u b sta n ce in a g lass pipe an d heating in te n se p h y s ic a l sym p to m s w h en the
it an d in h a lin g the vap o rs, an o ther d ru g is stopped, as w ell a s tolerance or
p o p u lar m ethod is u sin g foil in stea d of the p hysiolo gical ad ap tatio n to the
g la ss. A pow erful stim u la n t, effect of d ru g s so as to d im in ish the
m e th am p h etam in e even ta ke n in sm a ll effects w ith co n stan t dosages or to
dosage in c re a se s p h y sica l activity and m a in ta in the in te n sity an d d u ratio n of
w a k e fu ln e ss an d ad versely d ecre ase s effects thro ugh in cre ase d dosage
appetite. develops rap idly.
Slight Inebriation - Degree of S tim u la n ts are extrem ely

into xicatio n w here there is a reddening addictive, and its effects are felt alm o st
of the face. T h e re is no sign of m en tal im m ed iately after in tak e or
im p airm e n t an d difficulty of speech. ad m in istra tio n to the body. The
com m on types of stim u la n ts are:
Social R ecreational Use - S im ila r to
exp erim en tal u se of drug s o ccu rs C o cain e - A n a tu ra l s tim u la n t derived
w ith in so cia l settings and is m otivated from the p lan t eiyth ro xylo n co ca
by d esire to sh a re p le a su rab le
exp erien ces am ong frien ds. Although M etham p h e ta m in e /A m p h e ta m in e -
th is type of u se ten d s not to e scalate to M an m ade stim u la n t d ru g s.
o thers u s e s , it is m ore patterned th an
the exp erim en tal u se . Caffeine - A stim u la n t found in coffee
Solvents/In halants - V olatile liq u id s Nicotine - An addictive su b sta n ce

th at give off a vapor, w h ich is in h ale d u s u a lly obtained from cigarette
p rod ucin g sho rt-term excitem ent and sm oking.
eup h o ric, followed by a period of
d iso rien tation . Its effects in clu d e Sub Cutaneous (SC) D rug-
n a u se a , sneezing, coughing, A d m in istered by injectin g the d ru g ju s t
n osebleeds, fatigue, and la c k of below the su rface of the s k in ; th is is
co ord ination an d lo ss of appetite som etim es called s k in popping.
Speed Freak - A m p h e tam in e s taken Substance A buse - U sin g d ru g s or

o rally ca n be u se d in e x ce ss w ith alcohol in s u c h a w ay as to c a u se
u n fo rtu n ate re s u lts ; b u t eno rm o us p h y sica l h a rm to the u se r.
q u a n titie s of oral am p h etam in e s w ere
co n su m e d in the U nited State s d urin g Tetra-H ydro-C ann abinol - It is the
the 1 94 0s an d 195 0s w ith ap p are n tly p sycho active agent of M ariju a n a . The
little m isu se . m ore T H C p rese n t in m a riju a n a , the
m ore potent is the drug. It is also
Steroid A nabolic - D ru g s u se d by kn o w n as the “s in iste r elem ent” in
athletes an d body b u ild e rs to gain m a riju a n a . T h is is w hat c a u s e s the
m u scle b u lk an d strength. “h ig h ”, “lift” or “trip ” in m a riju a n a
u se rs. Th e D elta 9, T H C or T e tra hydro
Stim ulants - C h e m ic a l su b sta n ce th at ca n n a b in o l is the com ponent
g enerally speed u p ce n tra l n ervo us resp o n sib le for the adverse p h y sica l
system fu n ction , re su ltin g in ale rtn e ss an d m e n tal effect as w ell a s alteration
and excitab ility, (“u p p e rs ”, "speed”, in the n ervo u s syste m of the u se r.
“pep p ills ”) are syn th e tic d ru g s that
stim u late action in the ce n tral n ervo us Thebaine - O ne of the m inor
system . It in c re a se s resp irato ry and com p on en ts of opium , th ebain e is
ch e m ica lly sim ila r to both m o rphine d rin kin g or o therw ise in tro d u cin g into
an d codeine. the p hysiological syste m of the body,
an d of the d angerous d rugs.
Tolerance - The physiological
adaptation to the effect of drug s so as V ery Drunk - Degree of intoxication
to d im in ish the effects w ith co n stan t w here the m in d is co nfu sed and
dosages or to m a in ta in the in te n sity disoriented.
an d d u ratio n of effects through
in cre a se d dosage. W ager - It is the bet or co nsid eratio n
p laced on gam bling gam es.
Totalizer - refers to a m a ch in e for
registering an d in d icatin g the n u m b e r W ern ich e’s Syndrom e - Related to
an d n a tu re of bets m ade in ho rse th iam in e (part of the v itam in B
race s. complex) deficiency, is ch a racterize d by
total be w ild erm en t an d diso rien tation ,
Toxic Reaction - T h e effect of a toxic p a ra ly sis of the m otor nerves of the
or poison o us reactio n due to overdose eye, rh y th m ica l o scillatio n of the
a cco m p a n ie s the u se of an y drug. eyeb alls, lo ss of m u s c u la r
coordination, an d d ise a se s of the
T rading - T ra n sa c tio n s involving the p erip h eral n erves.
illegal trafficking of d angerous drugs
a n d /o r controlled p re cu rso rs and W hores / K nockers - T e rm often used
e sse n tia l ch e m ica ls u sin g electronic for all types of p rostitu tes.
devices s u c h a s, b u t not lim ited to, text
m essag es, em ail, m obile or lan d lin e s, W hite Slavery - Th e p rocu rem en t and
two-way rad io s, intern et, in sta n t tran sp o rtatio n of w om en a c ro ss state
m essen g ers an d ch a t room s or acting line for im m o ral p u rp o ses.
as a b roker in an y of s u c h tra n sa ctio n s
w hether for m oney or an y other W ith draw al - C e ssa tio n of drug or
co nsid eration . alcohol u se by an in d iv id u al in whom
dependence is estab lish e d .
Tranquilizers - Relieves uncom fortable
em otional feelings by red u cin g an xiety W ithdraw al Sym ptom s - the onset ol
and prom oting relaxatio n. a p red ictab le co nstellatio n of sig n s and
sym p tom s involving altered activity ol
Treatm ent - The ap p licatio n of the ce n tral n ervo us syste m after tin
p lan ned p ro ced ures to identify an d a b ru p t d isco n tin u a tio n of the intake ol
change p atterns of b ehavior th at are an addictive su b sta n ce .
m al-adoptive, d estru ctive, h e alth
in ju rin g or to restore ap propriate levels POLICE IN VE STIG A TIVE REPORT
of p h y sica l, psycho log ical or so cial W R ITING
functioning.
A bstract - A sh o rt s u m m a ry of a lot if
T upada - An illegal cockfighting article u sin g the w ords of the originnI
co nd u cted on a d ay or at a co ckp it not article. In m any in sta n c e s, 1hr
perm itted by law . su m m a ry is w ritten in the w ords ol
w riter, s u c h the a b stracto r m ay not
U nrecognized Drugs - T h e se are u se the w ords of the original.
co m m ercial p rod ucts th at have a
p sycho active drug effects but are not A ccuracy - The report should k ,v‘
u s u a lly co nsid ered d rugs. T h e se exact inform ation for the reader to art
s u b sta n c e s are not generally regulated co rrectly an d ju stifia b ly . It should n*»i
by law except inso far as sta n d a rd s of co nfu se the reader by u sin g vhkup
san itatio n an d p u rity are required. w ords an d general statem ents.
U se - Refers to the act of injectin g Action Form - A typ r »»l

in trav e n o u sly or in tra m u s c u la rly or of co rrespo n den ce to w h ich officra mid
co n su m in g , either by chew ing, p erso n n el su b scrib e to.
sm oking, sniffing, eating, sw allow ing,
A ction Report - Report on the w ork or

deed ta k e n on a sp e cial assig n m e n t Brevity - Sh o rt, brief, sim ple,
given. sen ten ce s no vague w ords no
seem in gly verbs th at give other
A ddressee - The au thorized recip ient m ean ing s.
of a w ritten co m m u n icatio n , u s u a lly
au thorized ab b reviation are u se d to C ircular - Inter-office co m m u n icatio n
in d icate the co m m and ing officer, or dealing w ith official m atters.
head of an office or u n it by h is tile and Interpreted in the sim p le st w ay and
ra n k . m essage is boiled down to the fewest
w ord p ossib le.
Adjective - Are w ord s w h ich d escrib e
a n o u n or pron ou n . Clearance Report - D e ta ils u se d to
d o cu m en t the d isp ositio n of a c rim in a l
A dverb - Refers to w ords u se d to case.
depict a verb, adjective or an o th er
adverb. C rim e Report - A lso kn o w n a s “face
sh e e ts”, it is a report w h ich in c lu d e s
Antonym - W ords w ith opposite the re su lt of the p re lim in a ry
m eaning . investig ation, s u s p e c t’s identity,
d escrip tio n , m o d us operandi, evidence
A fter Patrol R eport - Also kn o w n as collected an d in ju rie s to the victim .
beat in sp ectio n report.
C om plaint Letter - T h is is a
A rrest Report - U se d to d ocu m en t the co m m u n icatio n w ritten to e xp ress
events th at tra n sp ire d in c rim in a l d issatisfactio n w ith goods, service s or
ap p reh en sio n . co m m u n icatio n s received by the
p e rso n s co ncern ed.
Article Report - T h is is a report that
u s e s the form at of a m agazine article. C om plim entary C lose - A flattering
The report in the m agazine or rem ark , com m only u se d p h ra se are:
n ew sp a p er is u s u a lly an innovative S in ce re ly y o u rs, tru ly y o u rs,
project, p lan , an d syste m , operation of resp e ctfu lly yo u rs.
PNP w ho se p u rp o se is to inform the
p u b lic of th e ir p ro g ress, new ta ctics, C opy Furnished Notation - Nam e of
in v e n tio n s, an d d isco veries. office to w h ich a copy of the letter is
sen t for inform ation.
A rticle - It p rese n ts b rief su m m a ry of
the article , the co ntent of the article, D aily A ctivity R eport - It typ ically
its valves, relevan ce to hum an in c lu d e s the location of the activity,
experience and society. am o u n t of tim e spen t, an d the n am e s
of the p e rso n ’s involved an d b rief
A ttention Line - Name of the Perso n d isp ositio n.
or Office or O fficer w ho n eed s to attend
to the co m m u n icatio n . D iction - Refers to m anner of
sp eaking , e n u n ciatio n an d proper
A udience - Refers to the read er of the choice of w ords.
report, in w riting reports yo u have to
co n sid er the reader of yo u r report. The Double Report Form - A report w ritten
read er perform s a ctio n s after receiving both in te ch n ica l E n g lis h and E n g lis h
the inform ation in y o u r report. for the laym an is called double report
Form .
B ibliograph y - Is a collection of
so u rce s inform ation arran ged E fficiency - A report m u st be u se d for
a lp h a b e tically by the a u th o r of the w hat it is intended. It m u st not co ntain
book p lace in the end of prin cip le. other su b je ct m atter to w a rra n t its
valve for an o th e r project. You have to
Body - T h e body sho u ld be short m ake a sep arate report for an o th er
sim ple and co n cise. su b ject.
General C irculars - It co n ta in s
Exam ination Report - A specific ad m in istrative in stru ctio n s w h ich are
exam in ation report on a specific ad viso ry, directory or inform ative in
problem , project, syste m or operation. n a tu re , general in ap p licatio n an d
It is one th at p rese n ts inform ation p erm an en t in d uration an d req u ire s
u se d as a b a sis for action. co m p liance by or o bservance from or
inform ation of the em ployees an d the
E xtracts - T h e se are the exact general p u b lic.
rep ro du ctio n of the original article an d
m ay be u se d a s p art of to u r long article Gram m ar - Refers to the form s of
or report. E x tra c t u s u a lly streng then w ords an d th eir arran g em en t in
yo u r point of d is c u s sio n s m akin g it sen ten ce s, a syste m of ru le s in w riting
factu a l an d au th e n tic. an d sp e ak in g a language.
E vidence Report - D etailed acco u n t of H om onym - Refers to w ords w ith

the collection an d p reservation of sim ila r so u n d s bu t w ith different
evidence obtained at the crim e scene. spelling an d m eaning.
In d icatin g am ong others q uantity,
q u a lity of the evid en ces an d the ch a in Identifying Initials - C a p ita l Letters of
of custo dy. the letter sen d er, sm a ll letter of the one
w ho encoded or typed the letter.
Feasibility Study - T h is is m u ch
longer an d m ore detailed report th an a Incident Report - A cco u n ts and
proposal. It arg ues on a ce rtain d etails of events not am ou n tin g to a
advantage or viab ility, ap p licab ility, or crim e.
operation.
Inform ative - A report m u st give new
Field W ork - In the field, the w riter inform ation ab o ut the su b je ct. It must
co llects inform ation and d escrib es give ad d itional knowledge to w hat you
them carefully. H is m ay be a careful alread y know.
a n a ly s is of the problem , a crim e, an
accid e n t, a system , or operation. Instruction Report - Report on what
or how to take action on a m issio n
File Num ber - It is the file reference. taken .
Footnote - A u thor, title of the book, Introductory Paragraph - Readily

page etc. info rm s the read er the n atu re of poller
report an d its su b ject.
Form R eport Style - T h is kin d of
report is done by the w riter by ju s t Letterhead - Refers to the nnm r
filling u p the, the inform ation a sk e d for a d d re ss, of a firm or p erson printed mm
by the form. T h is is the e a sie st w ay a head in g on a sheet of paper.
and the routine job done in the office.
T h is m ay be called insid e report. Letter D irectives - It co n tain s routm*
in stru ctio n s, its effectivity is u su ally
Form al Report - It u s u a lly co n tain s two y e a rs u n le s s sooner rescinded 01
the following: In tro d uction , body, sup erceded .
su m m a ry , co n clu sio n and
reco m m en d atio n . Letter Orders - Refers to in stru ct it hi m
sen t in the form of a co rre sp o n d e d c to
Functional - The report m u st be u se d the p erson co ncerned.
either now or in the fu tu re. A report
w itho ut u se today or som etim e later is Linking Verb - V e rb s that conneet tl»#
a u se le ss report. It does not valu e at sub jective com plim ent to the simple
all. sub ject.
Gathering Facts - R efers to the first Linking W ords - W ords that join ’hi
b a sic step in w riting police report. idea of a p revious parag rap h to
another.
h o u rs after an im p ortan t in cid e n t in a

M em orandum Circular - T h is p a rtic u la r a re a of resp o n sib ility.
iss u a n c e d eals w ith su b je cts s u c h a s
exp lan atio n or c la ssifica tio n s of ce rtain S tanding O perating Procedures - A
ru le s/re g u la tio n s w h ich are com plied set of in stru ctio n s p ertain in g the
w ith or executed by su b o rd in ate s. co u rse of action to be followed on a
ro u tin a ry b a sis.
Noun - Refers to those group of w ords
th at in d ica te s or n am e s a p erson , Subject Verb A greem ent - Refers to
object, p lace, th ing or action. the g ra m m a tical rela tio n sh ip of w ords
w ith resp e ct to th e ir p erson , n u m b e r,
Office C irculars - T h is ad m in istrative gender or case.
is s u a n c e info rm s the m ajo rity of a
p a rticu la r d irectorate or office only and Synonym - W ords w ith s im ila r
not intend ed for those p e rso n n e l in the m ean ing s b u t w ith different spelling
field. and sound.
Office O rders - T h e y refer to in te rn a l Topic Sentence - Th e m ain su b je ct of

in stru ctio n s w h ich are reg u lato ry in the p arag rap h , u s u a lly found in the
n a tu re , m a n d ato ry in c h a ra c te r an d it b eginning of the first sen ten ce.
ca lls for definite co m p liance by the
p erson n el. Verb - T h a t p art of speech w h ich
Police R eport - A n a c cu ra te n arra tio n e x p resses an action , state or condition
of facts discovered in the co u rse of an or p ro ce sse s.
investig atio n w h ich serves as a
p e rm an en t w ritten record for p resen t V ocabulary - Refers to all the w ords
a n d futu re reference. u se d by a p a rtic u la r p erso n , a
glo ssary.
Police Sentence - A g ram m atically
stru c tu re d sen ten ce w ith a su b je ct and O R G A N IZE D C RIM E IN VE STIG A TIO N
a pred icate w ith a d istin ctive u se of
police w ord s, p h ra se s and A bu S a y y af Group (Arabic: Ja m a y e h
term inologies. A b u Sayyaf; A SG ) - A lso kn o w n a s al-
H a ra k a t a l-Isla m iy y a is one of several
Pronoun - Refers to w ords w h ich are m ilitan t Is la m is t se p a ra tist groups
u se d in p lace of a n ou n . b ased in and aro u n d the so u th ern
isla n d s of the P h ilip p in es, in
Progress R eport - It m a y be in a form B an g sam o ro (Jolo, B a s ila n an d
of a n acco m p lish m e n t report, th is is M indanao) w here for alm o st 3 0 y e a rs
sim p ly a follow u p v e rsio n of the in itial v ario u s g roups have been engaged in
report. a n in su rg e n cy for a n Isla m ic state,
ind ep en d ent of the p red o m inantly
Punctuation - Little cu sto m a ry m a rk s C a th o lic P h ilip p in es. Th e n am e of the
th at determ in es w h e th e r a sen ten ce is group is derived from the A rab ic , A b u
c le a r or h a s a doubtful m eaning. w h ich m e an s "father of' an d sa y y a f
w h ich m e an s "Sw o rd sm ith”. S in ce its
Situation R eport - T h is is done on a incep tion in the e arly 1 9 9 0 s, the group
need b a s is, to d eterm ine the a c tu a l has ca rried out a s s a s s in a tio n s ,
condition of a p a rtic u la r in cid e n t w h ich b om bings, extortion, kid n a p p in g s in
ca n be of p u b lic interest. th e ir fight for an ind ep en d ent Is la m ic
State in w estern M ind an ao an d the
Special O rder - A directive affecting S u lu A rchipelago w ith the stated goal
the s ta tu s of in d iv id u a ls, s u c h as of creatin g a p a n -Isla m ic su p e rstate
app ointm ent, prom otion, tra n sfe r, a c ro ss S o u th E a s t A sia , sp a n n in g from
relief from duty, leave of ab sen ce or e ast to w est; the isla n d of M ind an ao,
sep aration . the S u lu A rchip elag o, the isla n d of
B orneo (M alaysia, In d on esia), the
Spot Report - Also kn o w n a s a sp ecial S o u th C h in a Sea, and the M alay
report, th is is done w ith in tw enty four
P e n in s u la (P en in su lar M alay sia, Civil D isorders - A form of collective

T h a ila n d an d M yanm ar). violence interfering w ith the peace,
se cu rity , and n o rm al fun ction ing of the
A l-Q aeda (also a l-Q aid a or al-Qa'ida) co m m u n ity.
(Arabic: ^ ^ a l- q a d id a , tra n s. 'the
base') - Th e n am e given to an C om puter N etw ork - Refers to a
in te rn atio n al a llian ce of m ilitan t collection of co m p u ters an d devices
terro rist org anizations e stab lish e d in connected to e ach other. The netw orks
A fg h an istan in A p ril 1988 by O sa m a allow s co m p u ters to co m m u n icate w ith
B in L ad en for fighting Soviet Troops. e ach other an d sh a re re so u rce s and
Al-Q aeda's ideology ca n be p laced inform ation.
w ith in the Q u tb ist stra in of S u n n i-
Is la m b u t h a s also been heavily C om puter Server - A co m p u ter or
influ en ced by T ak fir. O sa m a b in Lad en device on a netw ork th at m anages
oversees A l-Q aeda's fin a n ce s and, w ith netw ork re so u rce s. Eg. A file server is a
A ym an al-Z aw ah iri, provides co m p u ter and storage device dedicated
ideological an d strategic g uid ance. A1 to storing files. A n y u s e r in the
Q aeda's objectives in clu d e the netw ork ca n store files on the server.
elim in atio n of foreign influ en ce in A p rin t server is a co m p uter that
M u slim co u n trie s, erad icatio n of those m anages one or m ore p rin ter, and a
deem ed to be "infidels", elim in ation of netw ork server is a co m p u ter that
Isra e l, an d the creatio n of a new m anages netw ork traffic. A datab ase
Isla m ic calip h ate. The nam e of the server is a co m p u ter syste m that
organization com es from the o rd inary p ro ce sse s d atab ase queries.
A rab ic n o u n qa'idah, w h ich m e an s
"foundation, b asis" -- a s in a m ilitary Consigliere _W h ich refers to an
or n av al "base". T he in itia l al- is the advisor. T h e y are often low profile
A rab ic definite article "the", hen ce, "the gangsters th at ca n be tru sted. T h e y are
base". O sa m a B in L ad en explained the u se d a s a m ediator of d isp u te s or
origin of the term in h is videotaped rep resen tatives or aid s in m eetings
interview w ith Al Ja z e e ra jo u rn a lis t in w ith other F a m ilie s. T h e y often keep
O ctober 2 00 1. the F a m ily looking a s legitim ate as
p ossib le, an d are, them selves,
Bakuto (gamblers) - Had a m u ch lower legitim ate ap art from som e m inor
so cial stan d in g even th a n tra d e rs, as gam bling or loan sh ark in g . Often
gam bling w as com pletely illegal. M any C o n sig lie res are law yers or stock
sm a ll gam bling h o u se s cropped u p in b ro kers, are tru ste d an d have a dost
abandoned tem ples or s h rin e s at the frien d ship or rela tio n sh ip w ith the
edge of tow ns an d villages all over Don. T h e y u s u a lly do not have crew ol
J a p a n . M ost of these gam bling h o u se s th eir own, b u t still w ield great power in
ra n loan sh a rk in g b u sin e s s e s for the Fam ily.
clie n ts, and they u s u a lly m ain tain ed
th e ir own s e c u rity p erson n el. Cybercrim e- A term u se d broadly to
depict crim in a l activity in w hich
Caporegim e - “Regim e head", a co m p u ters or n etw orks are a tool, a
ca p tain who co m m an d s a "crew" of target, or a place of crim in a l activity
aro u n d ten Sg arriste or "soldiers". C yb ercrim e is also u se d to includr
T here are u s u a lly four to six crew s in trad itio n al crim e s in w h ich computer,
e ach fam ily, p o ssib ly even seven to or n etw orks are u se d to enable thr
n in e crew s, each one co n sistin g of up illicit activity. C y b ercrim e in w hich thr
to ten So ld iers. C a p o s ru n th eir own com p uter or netw ork is a tool of thr
sm a ll fam ily, b ut m u st follow the crim in a l activity in clu d e spam m ing
lim itation s an d g uid elines created by an d ce rtain in te lle ctu a l property m»<l
the B o ss, a s w ell as p ay h im h is cu t of crim in a l copyright crim e s, p articu lm lv
th e ir profits. C ap o s are nom inated by those facilitated thro ugh perr-to pen
the U n d erb o ss, but typ ically ch o sen by netw orks. C y b ercrim e is sim ply mu
the B o ss him self. crim in a l activity involving thr
inform ation technology in f r a s t r u c t iu r ,
in clu d in g u n a u th o rize d a c c e s s , ille^MI
intercep tio n , d ata interference group of w o rkm en , an d later

(un au thorized dam aging, deletion, u n d erw en t pejoration. It could refer to
d eterioration, alteration or su p p re ssio n h a rm le ss a sso cia tio n s of yo u n g ste rs,
of co m p u ter data), syste m s interference and co uld ca rry sen tim en ta l and
(interfering w ith the fun ction ing of a positive asso cia tio n s (e.g., the 1917
co m p u ter syste m by inp u tting , d rin k in g song "Hail, H ail, the G ang's
tra n sm ittin g , dam aging, deleting, A ll Here"). In m od ern u sag e, gang often
deteriorating, alterin g or su p p re ssin g refers to loosely organized "street
co m p u ter data), m isu se of devices, gangs" stereo typically co ntrolling a
forgery (ID theft), an d electron ic fraud. territo ry or "turf' th ro u gh re a d in e ss to
C y b er C rim e - a n y illegal b ehavior u se violence ag ain st other gangs. The
com m itted by m e an s of, or in relation word "gang" g en erally c a rrie s negative
to, a co m p u ter syste m or netw ork, co nn o tation s, though w ith in a gang
in clu d in g such crim e s as illegal w h ich defines itse lf in opposition to
p o sse ssio n , offering or d istrib u tin g m a in stre a m n o rm s, m em b ers m ay
inform ation m y m e a n s of a co m p u ter adopt the p h ra se in proud iden tity or
syste m or netw ork. (UN Definition) defiance.
C yber stalking - Defined a s the Giovane D 'Onore -Refers to an

repeated a cts of h a ra ss m e n t or asso ciate m em ber, u s u a lly som eone
th reatenin g b ehavior of the cyber not of Ita lia n or S ic ilia n a n ce stry. An
c rim in a l tow ards the victim by u sin g A sso cia te is not a m em b er of the mob,
in tern et services bu t m ore of an e rra n d boy. They're
u s u a lly a go-between or som etim es
D om ain Nam e - Identification label to deal in d ru g s to keep the h e at off the
define rea lm s of ad m in istrative a c tu a l m em b ers.
auton om y, au th o rity , or control in the
intern et, b ased on the D o m ain Name H acking or C rack ing (Lifted from
System . R.A. 8792 Sec 33 para A) - Refers to
u n a u th o rize d access into or
Electronic Crim e Scene - A crim e interference in an co m p u ter
scene w here there are electron ic sy ste m /se rv e r or inform ation and
evidence found. co m m u n icatio n syste m ; or a n y a c c e s s
in order to co rru p t, alter, steal, or
Electronic Evidence - Is an y destroy u sin g a co m p u ter or other
probative inform ation stored or sim ila r inform ation and
tra n sm itte d in digital form th at a p arty co m m u n icatio n devices, w itho ut the
to a co u rt ca se m ay u se at trial. knowledge and co n se n t of the ow ner of
the co m p u ter or inform ation and
Electronic M ail - Often ab breviated as co m m u n icatio n s syste m , in clu d in g the
em ail, is a m ethod of exch an gin g intro d u ctio n of co m p u ter v iru s e s an d
digital m e ssa g e s, designed p rim arily the like, re su ltin g in the co rru p tio n,
for h u m a n u se . A m essage at le ast d estru ctio n , alteration,
co n sists of its co n ten ts, an au th o r, theft, or lo ss of electronic d ata
ad d re ss, an d one or m ore recip ient m e ssa g e s or electron ic d o cu m en ts
ad d re sse s. s h a ll be p u n ish e d by a m in im u m fine
of O ne H u n d re d T h o u sa n d pesos
Gakdoogi - T h e stereo typical im age of (10 0,0 00 .00 ) an d a m a xim u m
gangsters in K o rea w ith h a ir (sides co m m e n su rate to the dam age in c u rre d
sh aved , h a ir on top), big b u ild , b lack an d a m a n d ato ry im p riso n m en t of six
attire, ta ck y s u its, b la ck lu x u ry c a rs , (6) m o n th s to three (3) y e a rs;
huge tattoos an d 'saturi' ta lk (regional
d ialect). H um an trafficking - It differs from
people sm uggling. In the latter, people
Gang - A group of in d iv id u a ls th at vo lu n tarily req u e st sm uggler's service
sh a re a com m on identity, even if th at for fees an d there m ay be no deception
identity c o n sists of little m ore th a n involved in the illegal agreem ent. O n
th eir asso ciatio n w ith one another. In arriva l at th e ir d estin ation , the
early E n g lis h u sage, it referred to a sm uggled p erson is either free, or is
req uired to w ork u n d e r a job arranged Lim ited Political Terrorism

by the sm uggler u n til the debt is G en u in e p olitical te rro rism is
repaid. On the other h a n d , the ch a racterize d by a revo lution ary
trafficking v ictim is enslaved , or the ap p roach; lim ited p olitical terro rism
term s of th eir debt bondage are refers to “acts of te rro rism w h ich are
fra u d u len t or hig hly exploitative. The com m itted for ideological or p olitical
trafficker ta k e s aw ay the b a sic h u m a n m otives b ut w h ich are not p art of a
rig hts of the victim . concerted cam p aign to ca p tu re control
of the State.
Internet Protocol (IP) Address - A
n u m e rica l identification an d logical M afia (its S ic ilia n b ra n ch kn o w n as
ad d re ss th at is assig n ed to devices C o s a N ostra, or the "Mob" in other
p articip ating in a co m p u ter netw ork countries) - Is a crim in a l secret society
utilizin g the In tern et Protocol for w h ich first developed in the m id -1 9 th
co m m u n icatio n . C e n tu ry in Sicily. An offshoot emerged
on the E a s t C o ast of the U nited States
Jem aah Islam iyah (JI, A rab ic p h rase d urin g the late 19th ce n tu ry following
m ean ing "Islam ic G roup" or "Islam ic w aves of S ic ilia n em igration. Th e word
Com m unity") - Is a So u th e a st A sia n "mafia" is ta ke n from the old Sicilian
m ilitan t Isla m ic organization dedicated adjective m a fiu su , w h ich h a s its roots
to the e stab lish m en t of a D a u la h in the A rab ic m ahj(g)as, m eaning
Isla m iy a h (Islam ic State) in So u th E a s t "sanctuary".
A s ia incorp orating In d o n e sia, M alaysia,
the so u th e rn P h ilip p in es, Singapore Non-Political T errorism - T e rro rism
and B ru n e i. th at is not aim ed at p olitical p u rp o ses
bu t w h ich exh ib its “co n scio u s design
K kangpae (som etim es spelled to create and m a in ta in high degree of
ggangpae or gangpeh) - A K orean fear for coercive p u rp o se s, b ut the end
gangster. K kan g p ae lite rally tra n sla te s is in d iv id u a l or collective gain rather
to "gangster" in K orean. O ther w ords th an the achievem en t of a political
for gangster in clu d e g und al and jop o k objective.”
(refers more tow ards organized
g an gs/g an gsters). Although the h isto ry Official or State Terrorism
of K orean gangs is som ew hat vague, Referring to n atio n s w hose rule In
h isto ria n s believe th at the rise of based u p o n fear and o pp ression that
K orean gangs started b a ck in the re a ch s im ila r to te rro rism or such
1 80 0s, the fading d ays of the Jo se o n proportions.
D y n a sty. W ith the rise of com m erce
an d the em ergence of investm en t from Organized Crim e - Is a co ntinu in g and
w estern pow ers, p re-existing street self-perpetuating crim in a l co nsp iracy
gangs, often co n sistin g of low er c la s s engaged by congregation th at an
m u scle an d operated by w ealthy h ie ra rc h ic a l in stru c tu re , feed on fnn
m e rch a n ts, gained influ en ce. an d co rru p tio n, an d are motivated by
the probable generation of profit*,
La Cosa N ostra (LCN) - Is one of the im p acting p a rtic u la r regions or thr
m o st sig n ificant organized crim in a l n atio n a s a w hole. O rganized crim e ii
th reat to A m erican society. B e h in d L a com m only referred to a s the encmv
C o sa N ostra are Ita lia n o rg anizations - w ith in the 2nd governm ent, the 5th sta ir
the four Italian O rganized C rim e (OC) or crim e confederation. O rg a n ic >1
groups cu rre n tly active in the U nited Crim e g roups s u s ta in th eir position In
State s are the S icilia n M afia, C a m o rra, m e an s of u sin g violence or threat of
'N drangheta and S a c r a C o ro n a Unita' violence, co rru p tio n of p u b lic official*
(United S a cre d Crow n). L a C o s a N ostra an d extortion. In th eir operation it I n
penetrated som e the largest A m erican sim ila r to the m u ltin atio n al
trade u n io n s by u se of force and conglom erates they b ear a resem blan* «
co rru p tio n it gained control of the to.
trade u n io n s of the food, port, building,
hotel an d re sta u ra n t w o rkers. Picciotto - "Little m an", a low ranking
m em ber who serves a s an "enforcer",
protection of th e ir co m m ercial
Political T errorism - V io len t c rim in a l activities.
behavior designed p rim arily to generate
fear in the co m m u n ity, or su b s ta n tia l T errorism - Is a term u se d to describ e
segm ent of it, for political p u rp o se s. violence or other h a rm fu l acts
com m itted (or threatened) ag ain st
Q uasi-T errorism - The activities civ ilia n s by g roups or p e rso n s for
in c id e n ta l to the co m m issio n of crim e s political or ideological goals. It is a
of violence th at are sim ila r in form an d form of u n co n v en tio n al w arfare,
m ethod to g en u ine te rro rism b ut w h ich te rro rism is som etim es u se d w hen
n ev e rth ele ss la c k its e sse n tia l attem pting to force p olitical chan ge by:
ingredient. It is not the m a in p u rp o se co nvin cin g a governm ent or population
of the q u a si-te rro rists to in d u ce terror to agree to d em an d s to avoid futu re
in the im m ediate victim a s in the ca se h a rm or fear of h a rm , d estab ilization of
of g enuine te rro rism , bu t the q u a s i a n existing governm ent, m otivating a
te rro rist u s e s the m o d alities an d d isg ru n tled p op u latio n to jo in an
te ch n iq u es of the genuine terro rist an d u p risin g , e scalatin g a conflict in the
p ro d u ces s im ila r co n se q u e n ce s and hopes of d isru p tin g the sta tu s quo,
reaction. e xp ressin g the severity of a g rievance,
or d raw in g attention to a neglected
Sgarrista or Soldati - "Soldier", m ade ca u se . In the P h ilip p in es, T e rro rism is
m em b ers of the M afia w ho serve defined a s - A crim e com m itted by an y
p rim a rily a s foot sold iers. S o ld iers are p erson who p erpetrate a n act
m em b ers of the fam ily, an d ca n only be p u n ish a b le u n d e r an y of the following
of Ita lia n b ack g ro u n d . So ld ie rs sta rt as p rovisio ns of the Revised P enal Code
A sso cia te s th at have proven w h ich are a s follows: P ira cy in G en e ra l
th em selves. W hen the books are open, or M u tin y in the H igh S e a s or in the
m ean in g th at there is a n open spot in Philipp in e W aters; Rebellion or
the fam ily, a C ap o (or several Capos) In su rre ctio n ; C o u p D ’ E ta t, M urder,
m a y recom m en d an up -an d -com in g K id n ap p ing or Se rio u s Illegal
A sso cia te to be a new m em ber. In the D etention; C rim e s * Involving
ca se th at there is only one slot and D e stru ctio n ; or u n d e r the Law on
m u ltip le recom m en d atio n s, the B o ss A rso n (PD 1613); Toxic S u b s ta n c e s
w ill decide. T he new m em ber u s u a lly an d H a zard o u s and N u cle ar W aste
becom es p art of the Capo's crew th at C o n trol Act of 1990 (RA 6969); Atom ic
recom m end ed h im E n e rg y Regulatory an d L ia b ility Act of
1968(RA 5207); A nti H ijack in g Law (R A
Sn akeh ead s(C h in ese: she tou) - Are 6235); A nti P ira cy an d A nti Robbery
C h in e se gangs who sm uggle people to L a w of 1974(PD 532) an d ; D ecree
other co u n trie s. T h e y ap p ear often Codifying on Illegal an d U n law fu l
e sp e cially in the F u jia n region of C h in a P o sse ssio n , M an u fa ctu re , D ealin g in ,
an d sm uggle th e ir "custom ers" often A cq u isitio n an d D isp o sitio n of
into m ore w ealth y W estern co u n trie s F ire a rm s , A m m u n itio n s or E xp lo siv e s
like the U K or U SA . S n a k e h e a d s u se (PD 1866) th ereb y sow ing an d creatin g
v a rio u s m ethod s to get th eir cu sto m e rs a condition of w id esp read an d e xtra
to the W est. T h e y m a y em ploy the u se o rd in a ry fear an d p a n ic am ong the
of stolen or altered p assp o rts, p op ulace in order to coerce the
im p rop erly obtained v isa s, an d the u se governm ent to give into an u n la w fu l
of b rib es to move people from n atio n to dem and.
natio n u n til th ey fin ally arrive in the
destin atio n of choice. Tongs - Are sim ila r to tria d s except
th at th ey began am ong the early
Tekiya (peddlers )- W ere co nsid ered im m ig rant C h in ato w n co m m u n ities
one of the low est of E d o ca ste s. A s they ra th e r th a n an extention of a m odern
began to form o rg an izatio n s of th e ir triad in C h in a . The first tongs formed
own, th ey took over som e in the secon d h a lf of the 19th ce n tu ry
a d m in istra tiv e d u ties relatin g to am ong the m ore m arg inalized m em b ers
com m erce, s u c h as sta ll allocatio n and of e arly im m ig rant C h in e se A m erican
communities for mutual support and also operating in Taiwan, mainland

protection from white racists. China, and countries with significant
Chinese populations. The Triads were
T raffickin g in hum an beings - Is the started as a resistance to the Manchu
recruitment, transportation, transfer, Emperor of the Qing Dynasty. In the
harbouring or receipt of people for the 1760’s, a society called the Tian Di Hui
purpose of exploitation. Trafficking (Heaven and Earth Society) was formed
involves a process of using illicit means in China. Its purpose was to overthrow
such as threat or use of force or other the Manchu-led-led Qing Dynasty and
forms of abduction, of coercion, of restore Han Rule.
fraud, of deception, of the abuse of
power or of a position of vulnerability. W eb H osting Service - Refers to an
Exploitation includes persons forced individual or organizations providing
into prostitution or other forms of website or internet hosting service that
sexual exploitation, forced labor or allows individuals or organizations to
services, slavery or practices similar to provide their own website accessible
slavery, servitude or the removal of via World Wide Web.
organs. For children exploitation may
include also, illicit international W eb site (Group o f W eb pages) -
adoption, trafficking for early marriage, Refers to a collection of related web
recruitment as child soldiers, for pages, images, videos or other digital
begging or for sports (such as child assets that are addressed with a
camel jockeys or football players). common domain name or IP address in
an Internet Protocol-based network. A
T ransnational crim e - A term used by web site is hosted on at least one web
some elements of law enforcement and serer, accessible via the Internet or a
academe. The word "transnational" private local area network.
describes crimes that are not only
international, that is, crimes that cross Yakuza - Organization which arc*
borders between countries, but crimes referred to as boryokudan, literally
that by their nature have border "violence groups". Yakuza members
crossings as an essential part of the consider this an insult, as boryokudan
criminal activity. Transnational crimes is a term which can be applied to any
also include crimes that take place in violent criminal. In the Western press
one country, but their consequences they are sometimes called the*
significantly affect another country. "Japanese Mafia", by analogy with
Examples of transnational crimes are: other traditionally Italian-Sicilian
trafficking in human beings; people organized crime groups of the same
smuggling; illegal arms trade; sex name. The term "Yakuza" was derived
slavery and terrorism. from a Japanese card game, Oicho
Kabu which means "good for nothing"
Transnational organized crim e - akuza organizations developed from
Groups may be involved in crimes different elements of traditional
ranging from drug trafficking, human Japanese society. In the later part ol
trafficking, piracy, money laundering, the Japanese feudal time, especially in
extortion, and gambling, to political the Edo period (1603-1867), the legal
assassination. The complexity and power of the feudal lords shifted away
seriousness of the crimes committed from direct ownership of land to it
by global crime groups pose a threat broader feudal tax system based on
not only to law enforcement but to land "products", with rice being thr
democracy and legitimate economic predominant example. Yakuza began
development as well. as Japanese "Robin Hoods" and
protectors, some scholars trace thrii
Triad - pinyin: literally meaning "Black beginnings to the kabukimono (ravin#
Society", a general term for criminal ones), also known as hatamoto yakkn
organizations is a term that describes (servants of the shogun).
many branches of Chinese
underground society and/or Yubitsum e - Finger-cutting is a form ol
organizations based in Hong kong and penance or apology. Upon a firit
offense, the transgressor must cut off basis to determine the relation between
the tip of his left pinky finger and hand social phenomena and crime.
the severed portion to his boss.
A nom ie - A condition which is a direct
SO C IO LO G Y OF C R IM ES AND result of total disregard for norms and
ETH ICS rules due to rapid changes to moral
values.
IN T R O D UC T IO N TO C R IM IN O LO G Y
W ITH PS Y C H O LO G Y O F C RIM ES
A n th ropom etry - The attempt to
A cciden tal - Are those
Crim inals obtain character traits by measuring
persons who unintentionally commit the human body. Anthropometrical
criminal acts as a result of approaches to crimininality include
unanticipated circumstances. Lombroso's measurement of atavistic
stigmata, and Sheldon's measurement
A cquaintance Rape - Forcible sex in of general physique, or "somatotype."
which the offender and the victim are
familiar with one another.
A ppliedC rim inology - Refers to the art
A cquaintance R obbery - The act of of creating typologies, classifications,
taking personal property belonging to predictions, and especially profiles of
people known to the thief. criminal offenders, their personalities
and behavior patterns.
A cquisitive C rim e - Is a crime wherein
the offender acquires something as a
consequence of his criminal act. A rousal Theory - Often associated
with violence and aggression, it is a
A ctive A ggressive C rim inal - Refers standpoint of crime which suggests
to those who commit crimes in an that individuals with high stimulation
impulsive manner usually due to level seek powerful motivation in their
aggressive behavior of the offender. environment to maintain an optimal
level of arousal.
A ctive Precipitation - The analysis
that the source of many criminal A sthen ic Type - Persons whose body
occurrences is the provocative or type is skinny and slender.
aggressive behavior of the offended
party. A tavism - Reversion of man to the
physical characteristics his apelike
A ctus Reus - An affirmative or failure ancestors.
to do an act. It is an unlawful act.
A tavisticA n om alies - It refers to those
A cute C rim inal- Are persons who physical characteristics as studied by
violated criminal law because of the Lombroso, which distinguish born
impulse of the moment, fit of passion criminals from other members of the
or anger or spell of extreme jealousy. general population and are throwbacks
to primitive people. Most individuals
A dolescen tLim itedO ffender - Law evolve; some devolve, becoming
violator who pursue the regular primitive or "atavistic". These
criminal path, wherein their anti-social evolutionary "throwbacks" are "bom
behavior is at the highest during criminals," the most violent criminals
adolescence and diminishes as they in society. Bom criminals could be
grow in age. identified through their atavistic
stigmata.
A dolph eQ uetelet - A Belgian
mathematician who started the A thleticType - Persons who are
“Cartographical School of Criminology” muscular and strong in physique.
wherein statistical data and
demographic information were used as A uguste C om te - (1798-1857) -
Renowned as the “Father of Sociology”,
he applied scientific methods in the relationship between crime and social

study of societies. phenomena as a focal point and basis
in probing criminology.
A uthority Conflict Pathw ay - The
C elerity - Swiftness. Beccaria argues
route to a criminal career that starts
that in order to be an effective
with early intractable and stubborn
deterrent, punishments must possess
behavior and particular defiance of
celerity. A punishment that occurs
parents, elders and figures of
quickly after the crime helps to form a
authorities.
strong connection between the
punishment and the crime in the
Ballistics - Study of firearms and
minds of the general public, so that
bullet.
whenever a citizen contemplates a
criminal act, he will instantly recall the
B attery - A physical show aggression
punishment and weigh it into his
that includes hitting, slapping,
deliberation.
punching, kicking or other offensive
contact with the victim.
C erebrotonic - Introvert person full of
B iasCrim es - Also known as hate functional complaints, allergies skin
crimes, it refers to violent acts directed troubles, chronic fatigue, sensitive skin
against a particular member of a group and to noise; and shrinks from crowd.
due to the victim’s ethnic, racial,
religious or gender characteristic. C ertainty - According to Beccaria, a
punishment must be certain to follow
BiologicalD eterm inism - A view that from the crime in order to be an
crimogenic traits may be acquired effective deterrent. The greater the
through indirect heredity from a extent to which a would-be offender
degenerate family member, who thinks that she can get away with a
suffered from alcoholism, insanity crime, the less she will weigh the
syphilis or through direct heredity from punishment into her deliberation of
relatives who are known criminals. whether or not to commit the crime.
B iosocialTheory - A development and C esareB ecarria - Most notable

trend of criminology that spotlight on advocate of Classical Criminology, hr
the relationship and interaction theorized that people want to achieve
biological and social factors as they pleasure and avoid pain, and that free
relate to crime. will leads them to choose between
criminal or legitimate solution to meet
BlueC ollar C rim es - Are those crimes and satisfy their needs. To control
committed by ordinary professional unlawful behavior there is a need for
criminal to maintain their livelihood. severe, certain and swift punishment.
Booster - A shoplifter with the Cesare Lom broso - (1835-1909)

intention of reselling his stolen Known as the “Father of Criminology”,
merchandise. he was a doctor who served much ol
his career in the Italian army. He wan
Bot - An old English rule, which refers the most ardent proponent of Positiv*
to restitution paid for killing someone Criminology which focuses more on
in an open fight, similar to blood- biological determinism and criminal
money. anthropology.
C artographic School o f C rim inology C hicago School - Refers to urban

- This advance in criminology relies on sociologists view and analysis of thr
statistics which provides important relation between crime and
demographic information on environmental conditions.
population including density, gender,
religious affiliations and economic C hivalry H ypothesis - The suggest mu
standing. Developed in Europe in the that low female crime and delinquency
early 19th century, this views the rate are an indication of the leniency
and compassion with which law Confidence Gam es - A type of

enforcers treat female offenders. swindling operations involving get -rich
quick schemes, usually with illegal
Chronic C rim inal - Are persons who overtones which prevent victims from
commit crimes and acted in reporting said incident to law
consonance with deliberate thinking. enforcement authorities.
C hronic V ictim ization - Refers to C onflict C rim inology - Inspired by

crime victims who maintain a the writings of Carl Marx, it states that
significantly higher probability of being economic and political forces are
future targets of crimes due to their significant factors to the commission of
personal characteristics that makes crimes. And that crime is a function of
them magnets for crimes. Also known competition for limited resources and
as repeat victims. power, class conflict would result to
crimes.
C hurning - A white-collar crime which
involves a broker making repeated C on stitutional T heories
trades to increase commission. Philosophies such as Lombroso's or
Sheldon's that locate the origins of
C lassical School o f C rim inology - A criminality in a person's biological or
theory which advocates that people psychological make-up. Refers to one's
have free will to choose between physical constitution
normal or criminal conduct and
behavior; that crimes are committed C onstructive Possessions - The act of
for greed or personal need and voluntarily giving up possession of
satisfaction and crime can be property but retaining legal ownership.
controlled by fear of criminal
punishment and sanctions. C on tact W ith R eality - Refers to the
extent to which a person can learn
C losure - Refers to people from middle from his past experience, especially his
class background having no or little past mistake, as well to the extent to
identification with criminal sub-culture which he can evaluate accurately the
but cash bouncing checks for an present situation and foresee the
immediate financial resolution of a consequence of his present action in
crisis. relation to his future.
C ognitive Theory - Refers to the C on tin uin g Crim es- Those crimes
study of perception of reality and of that can be committed in several
mental processes required to places.
understand the world we live in.
C ontrol B alance T heory - An
C om m ercial T heft- Refers to expansion hypothesis that attributes
business theft that is part of criminal criminal and deviant behavior to
laws without such decrees free imbalances between the amount and
enterprise system could not survive. degree of control that individual has
over others or the influence of others
C om plex C rim es - A single act over him or her.
constitutes two or more grave felonies
or when an offense is a necessary C orner Boy - Prevalent in lower-class
means for committing the other cultures, this is the condition wherein
offenses. young men stay in their birth
neighborhood, raise families and
C on centration Effect - Refers to unskilled labor and adjusts to the
poverty areas or ghettos, which results demands of their environment.
from the flee of the working and middle
class families from the inner cities in C orporate C rim e - White collar crimes
urban areas. which involves violations of law by a
corporate entity such as: hazardous
waste dumping, unfair labor practices, C rim inal Exploitation - The use of
restraint of trade and price fixing. persons to commit crimes by
inducement of price, reward or
C rim e - An act committed or omitted consideration.
in violation of a public law forbidding
or commanding it. Crim inal Statistics - It involves
measuring the trends and frequency of
C rim e Discouragers - They refer to criminal activities used as basis for
three groups namely: guardians, who criminal behavior.
monitor the targets; handlers, who
monitors potential offenders and C rim inality - A personal trait of an
managers, who monitors places. individual as distinguished from a
crime which is an event.
C rim e T ypology - The analysis of
criminal behavior involving research on C rim inal or Penal Law - The branch
the different types of crimes and of public law which defines, crimes,
criminals. treat of their nature, and provides for
their punishment.
C rim inal - In the criminological sense,
a person is already considered criminal Crim inal Physical A nth ropology
the moment he committed the anti Study of criminality in relation to
social act. Legally, it refers to any physical constitution of men.
person who has violated the penal law
and has been found guilty of the crime C rim inal Psychiatry - The study of
charged upon observance of due human mind in relation to criminality.
process of law.
C rim inal Psychodynam ics - The
C rim inalist - Refers to a person who study of mental processes of criminal
reconstructs a crime scene or works in action; genesis, development, and
with crime scene evidence for forensic motivation of human behavior that
purposes. conflicts with accepted norms and
standards of society.
C rim inal A nth ropology - Refers to
early factors to discover a biological C rim inal Psychology - The study of
origin of a crime by means of human behavior in relation to
measurement of both physical and criminality.
mental processes.
C rim inologist - Refers to persons who
C rim inal Career - Refers to a person conduct researches with the use ol
who repeatedly violates the law and scientific methods to analyze tin
patterns his or her lifestyle around nature, cause, extent and control of
criminality. criminal behavior.
C rim inal D em ography - Study of C rim inology - Refers to the entin

relationship between criminality and body of knowledge of regarding crimm,
population. criminals and the effort of society to
prevent and repress them. The sciencr
Crim inal Ecology - Study of of crime rates, individual and group
criminality in relation to special reasons for committing crime, iind
distribution of men. community or societal reactions to
crime.
C rim inal E pidiom ology - Study of the
relationship between environment and Crim inogenic Process - It explain*
criminality. human behavior and the experiment
which help determine the nature of thr
C rim inal Etiology - Refers to the person’s personality as a reacting
study or attempt at scientific analysis mechanism criminality.
of the causes of crime.
C ultural C on flict - An argument D oing G ender - Manifestation of men’s

among societies because of contrary struggle to dominate women to prove
beliefs or substantial difference in their their manliness.
respective customs, language,
institution, habit, learning, tradition, D ysplastic or M ixed Type - Those
etc. persons who are less clear evident
having any predominant body type.
C ultural D eviance Theory - Part of
social structure theory that views E clectic Theory - Explains that crime
strain and social disorganization which in one instance maybe caused by one
produces a lower-class culture that or more factors, while in other
conflicts with norms. instances it is caused by another set of
factors.
C yber crim e - The commission of
criminal acts by means of a computer. Ecological V iew - A view which states
that social forces operating in urban
Cycle o f V iolence - This theory states areas create or produces criminal
that victims of crimes especially child interactions.
abuse are more likely to commit crimes
themselves. E conom ic C rim e - A violation of
D actyloscopy - Refers to the science criminal law intended to bring financial
of fingerprinting. reward or gain to the offender.
Date Rape - Forcible sex during a E ctom orphic - Persons whose body
courting relationship. shows relatively predominance of skin
and its appendages which includes the
D econstructionist A nalysis - Refers nervous system lean, fragile, delicate
to postmodernism which is a study bones droopy shoulders small face,
that gives attention to the use of sharp nose, fine hair relatively small
language by people in power to define body mass and relatively great surface
crime based on their values and area.
biases.
Elite D eviance - Refers to white collar
D elin quent - A person who merely crimes.
committed an act not in conformity
with norms of society. Em ile D urkh eim - A social positivist,
who believed that the inevitability of
D evelopm ental T heory - An area of crime is related with the differences
criminology that scrutinizes the change among members of society. He noted
in a criminal career over the life that the commission of crimes paves
course. the way for social change and calls the
attention of society to social ills.
D ifferential A ssociation Theory -
Study of Sutherland which reveals that E ndom orphic - Characterized by
criminal acts are related to an relatively great development of
individual’s exposure to an excess digestive viscera; tendency to put on
amount of antisocial values and fat; soft roundness though various
attitudes. regions of the body; short tapering
limbs; small bones; smooth velvety
D ifferential R einforcem ent Theory - skin.
An attempt to explain criminality as a
type of learned behavior. E nterprise Crim es - The use of illegal
scheme by a business to make profit in
D iffusion of Benefits- The result the market place.
which occurs when an effort to control
a specific type of crime reduces or Episodic C rim inal - A non-criminal
lessen the incidence of another. person who commits a crime when
under extreme emotional stress.
Episodial C rim es - Crimes which are children of the group to another group.
committed by a series of acts in a It is a denial of the right of existence of
lengthy space of time. entire human groups a crime under
international law . In the generic sense
it means the mass killing of
Etiology - The study of the origins of
substantial numbers of human beings.
behavior. Positivist approaches to
criminology are characterized by their
G en trification - Is a residential
interest in determining the etiology of
renewal phase in which obsolete
criminal behavior.
housing is either renovated or
E xpressive C rim es - A criminal act replaced, such areas undergoing this
whose main purpose is to accomplish stage has shown increased crime rate.
behavior at hand.
G uerilla - Means little war. It started
E xpressive Violence - Aggression out of the Spanish rebellion against
intended to vent anger, frustration or French troops in 1808 after Napoleon
rage. Bonaparte’s invasion of the Iberian
Peninsula. The term is used
E xternal Inhibition - This refers to all interchangeably with insurgence and
types of external forces which may terrorism.
prevent an individual from committing
a crime. H abitual C rim inal - Are those who
continue to commit criminal acts for
E xtinctive Crim e - The end result of diverse reasons due to deficiency of
the unlawful act is destructive, such as intelligence and lack self-control.
death or property damage.
Hate Crim es - Refers to those acts ol
Felonies - Acts and omissions intimidation and violence designed to
punishable by law. (RPC) frighten and intimidate persons who
are undesirable by reason of racr,
Feticide - Killing or endangering an religion, sexual orientation or ethnic
unborn fetus. origin.
Fence - Refers to the act of buying and H eels - Refers to professional

selling of stolen goods. shoplifters who filch with the intention
of selling the merchandize at half tin
Flash House - A term used to denote price of pawning them.
criminal headquarters.
H yperm asculine - Men who
G ang Rape - Forcible sex involving distinctively have an uncaring sexual
multiple offenders. attitude and believe violence is manly.
G ay B ashing - Violent crime directed Inchoate C rim es - Refers to

against people due to their sexual incomplete crimes.
orientation.
Index C rim es - Serious and frequml
Genocide - Under article 6 of the crimes.
Rome statute , It refers to any of the
following acts committed with intent to Inheritance School - This discipline
destroy , in whole or in part a national traces the activities of sevrinl
, ethical , racial or religious group as generations of families believed to h«vf
such a - killing members of the group a large number of criminal member*
causing serious bodily or mental harm
to members of group . deliberately Instant C rim es - Crimes which nu
inflicting on the group conditions of life committed in the shortest poinlhli
calculated to bring about its physical time.
destruction in whole in part. Imposing
measures intended to prevent births
within the group. Forcibly transferring
Instrum en tal Violence - Aggression M afia - A criminal league which

intended to improve the financial or originated in Sicily, Italy and has a
social standing of the offender. wide control and influence in
racketeering in Northern America.
Instrum en tation - Applied science
used in crime detection, chemistry, M anslaughter - Killing of a person
physics, ballistics, question document without malice.
and legal medicine.
M arital Rape - Forcible sex between
Interaction Theory - States that couples who are legally married to each
crimogenic influences evolve over time other.
due to the relations with institution
and events which determines criminal M ark - Refers to the target of a con
behavior patterns. man or woman.
Internal Inhibition - It refers to all M ass M urder - The act of killing a

types internal forces which may number of people in a single incident.
prevent a person from committing a
crime. M esom orphic - Persons with relatively
predominant muscles, bone and motor
Interpersonal Coercion - Refers to the organs or the body; large wrist hand; if
use of force, intimidation or threat by lean a hard rectangular outline.
peers, parents or other significant
persons. M ission Hate C rim es - Violent crimes
committed by concerned individuals
Just D esert - A philosophy of law, who view it as their duty to rid the
which states that people who violate world of specific evil.
the rights of others deserve to be
punished, the severity of which should M osaic C ode - Refers to the laws of
be commensurate with the seriousness the early Israelites contained in the Old
of the crime. Testament of the Judeo-Christian
Bible.
Irrational C rim e - Committed by
persons who do not know the nature M otivated O ffenders - Refers to
and quality of his act on account of the persons who are considered as
disease of the mind. potential offenders in a given area. The
increase in their numbers has a direct
L arceny - Also referred to as theft, impact on the crime rate.
wherein a personal property belonging
to another is taken without the M ultiple Factor Theory - Argues that
consent of the owner; by means other crime is not a product of a single cause
than threat, force or intimidation on or factor but a combination of several
the victim for gain and use. factors.
Left R ealism - A component of conflict N ature Theory - Asserts that

theory which asserts that social intelligence is genetically determined
problem experienced by the lower and that low-intelligence is associated
classes which must be addressed by with criminal behavior.
radical measures.
Need Frustration - The person before
Liberal Fem inist T heory- The view committing the crime is likely to feel
that suggests that lower crime rates for unhappy, unsatisfied, resentful or
women is a result of their “second angry about something in particular
class” social and economic position. about life in general.
Life C ourse Persister - Group of Neurotic Crim inals - Persons whose

offenders whose criminal career criminal actions arise from infra
continues well into adulthood. psychic conflict between the social and
anti-social components of his Passive Inadequate Crim inals

personality. Commonly known as “ulukans”, they
are those who commit crimes by
Neutralization Theory - Criminals inducement, by reward or promise
adhere to conventional values after without considering its consequences.
overcoming legal and moral values into
period of illegal behavior. Passive Precipitation - Asserts that
certain social and personal
N orm al - Refers to an
C rim inal characteristics of persons make some
individual who commits crimes, whose people attractive targets of criminals.
psychic organization resembles that of
typical and ordinary person except that Penology - Refers to jail management
he/she identifies self with criminal and prison administration.
prototype.
Phrenology - Also known as
Nurture Theory - Asserts that Craniology, it is the study of the
intelligence is a product of external formation of the skull that
environment. indicates the conformation of the and
the development of its various parts in
O bscenity - Sexually overt material relation to the behavior of the criminal.
which lacks serious purpose and
appeals only to the prurient interest of Physiognom y - This is the study of
the viewer. the relationship between the facial
features and human conduct of a
O ffender Specific - The view that person in relation to his criminal act.
criminals evaluate their motives, needs
and skills before deciding to commit Pleasure Principle - Id dominated
the offense. persons who increase their personal
gratification without due regard for the-
O rdinary Crim inals - Refers to the consequences.
lowest form of criminal career,
requiring limited skill and goes about Poachers - Thieves who gain income*
felonious ways without organization from game or animals either protecte*eI
and influence. or belonging to others.
O rganized Crim e - Illegal activities of Police Photography - Refers to black

people and association whose sole and white photography as applied in
purpose is profit through illegitimate police work.
business enterprise.
Polygraphy - Refers to the science of
O rganized Crim inals- Are those lie detection examination.
criminals who have "high degree of
Positivism - In the study ol
organization to enable them to commit
criminology,'positivism' has two
crimes without being detected because
meanings. (1) Specifically, it refers to
of organization and contact with other
the evolutionaiy assumptions and
professional criminals.
scientific methods of the 'positivist
school' of criminology. (2) More
O vert Pathw ay - Trail to criminal
generally, it is used to characterize* nil
career that begins with minor
approaches to criminology that wre
aggression, physical fighting and
primarily concerned with question h of
eventually results to violent crimes.
etiology, and which believe that soe i«l
phenomena can and should !>»
Part I Crim es - Another term for index
explained in the manner of the natural
crimes, which are categories of serious
sciences.
and frequent crimes.
Potential Satisfaction - Refers to th»
Part II C rim es - A general term which balance of gain and loss that a pet non
denotes non index crimes. may experience if he commits a given
crime.
considered a society's fundamental

Predation - Direct form of physical "social contract."
aggression.
R eeve - A senior law enforcement
figure, the forerunner of “sheriff.”
Prim ary Deviance - The abnormal act
which do not help redefine the self or
R elative D eprivation - The state that
public image of the offender.
exists when people with wealth and
Proportionality - The Classical School poverty live in close proximity with one
assumed that punishments could only another.
deter if they were "proportional" to
their crime, where proportionality R om otonic - Active and dynamic
means (1) that the severity of person, walks, talks, and gestures
punishments correspond to the assertively and behaves aggressively.
severity of the harm done by the crime,
so that more serious crimes receive Serial M urder - Killing of a number of
more serious punishments, and (2) people over a period of time.
that the type of punishment resembles
the crime, so that others in society can Seasonal Crim e - Unlawful acts which
best associate the punishment with the are committed only during a certain
crime. Beccaria further argues that period of the year like violation of tax
proportionality is the only punishment law, violation of election law.
that is morally acceptable according to
the social contract. Sim ple C rim e - A single act constitute
only one offense.
Pyknic Type - Those persons whose
physique are stout and with round
Single or U nitary Cause - This theory
bodies.
on crime causation explains that crime
is produced only by one factor or
Q uestioned Docum ent Exam ination
variable which may be social, mental
- Pertains to the study of disputed
or biological.
documents.
Situational Crim e - Those committed
R ational C rim e - Committed with
only when given the situation
intention and offender is in full
conducive to its commission, such as
possession of his sanity.
murder, infanticide, parricide.
R eality Principle - The ability to learn
Situational C rim e Potential - Refers
regarding the consequences and
to the cultural opportunity to commit
results of one’s action through
crime.
experience.
Situational Inducem ent - Short term
R eciprocal A ltru ism - Acts outwardly
influence on an individual’s behavior.
intended to help others but have their
primary purpose is to benefit the doer.
Skeezers - Prostitutes who trade
R eciprocal O bligation - It is the basis sexual services in exchange for drugs.
of the social contract according to the
Classical School. Because people are Snitch - Amateur shoplifter who steals
hedonistic, driven by their self-interest, for personal use.
yet rational, capable of rationally
considering what is really in their self- Social Control Theory - Asserts that
interest, they will come to the people commit crime due to the
conclusion that life is more pleasurable weakening of social forces that bind
with a degree of security— attained by them to society.
everyone in society promising not to
act in ways that will harm others. Social Contract - It is the idea of
These "reciprocal obligations"—the Beccaria and other members of the
promises that all rational individuals Classical School that government can
would muke in a society—can be be thought of as created by its citizens
for certain shared and common ends.
"Social contract theory" uses this Theoretical Elaboration - Efforts to

notion to determine when laws are just figure out the implications of a theory,
or unjust, by arguing that just laws what other variables might be added to
ought to be thought of as promises the theory; also associated with the
that everyone in society would realize belief that theory competition is better
is in their best interest to make to one than theoretical integration.
another.
T heoretical Integration - Refers to
Socialized Delinquents - Those who the efforts to come up with grand,
are normal in their behavior but merely overarching theories which apply to all
defective in their socialization types of crime and deviance.
processes.
T heoretical Specification - Efforts to
Social D isorganization Theory - figure out the details of a theory, how
Study of the breakdown of social the variables work together; usually
institutions such as the family, the associated with a belief that many,
community, the school, religion in a competing theories are better than
particular area and its effects to integrated efforts.
criminality.
T heory B uilding - Efforts to come up
Som atotyping - The derivation of with formal, systematic, logical, and
behavioral types from particular forms mathematical ways in which theories
of the body. Somatotyping was first are constructed.
applied to criminology by William Theory C onstruction - An informed,
Sheldon and Eleanor and Sheldon creative endeavor which connects
Glueck. something known with something
unknown; usually in a measurable
Static C rim es - Refers to those crimes way.
committed in one place.
Stigm ata - As a term of medicine, U tilitarianism - The opinion that
'stigmata' refers to the physical marks people’s behavior is motivated by thr
and characteristics, that suggest an pursuit of pleasure and the avoidance
individual is abnormal. For Lombroso, of pain. Utilitarianism refers to thr
'atavistic stigmata' were those physical theory of Jeremy Bentham and John
characteristics that suggested an Stuart Mill that the overall utility 01
individual to be atavistic. Such benefit produced by an action ought to
stigmata included abnormal skull be the standard by which we judge the
sizes, hawk-like noses, large jaws and worth or goodness of moral and le^nl
cheekbones, and fleshy lips. action. More generally, utilitarian
Strain T heory - Part of social principles can be seen in thr
structure theory whfch views crime as arguments of the early social contract
a function of conflict between an theorists: the idea that government
individual’s goals and the means was utilitarian in nature followed from
available to him to obtain it. their understanding of human nature
as hedonistic, and bringing about
Street Crim es - Illegal acts intended government because they realize it is in
to victimize the public. their benefit. See the social contract,
"Promoting the Greatest Good for th*-
Subculture - A small group which is Greatest Number," and
loosely a section of a dominant culture instrumentalism.
but maintains a distinct, unique or V ictim ology - Refers to the study of
queer set of values, beliefs and the role of the victim in the
traditions. commission of a crime.
T arget H ardening - The act of making V ictim ologist - A person who

one’s home or business crime proof. examines the victim’s role in criminal
transactions.
CRIMINOLOGY LICENSURE EXAMINATION/ASSESSMENT REVIEW RN
V ictim less Crim es - Unlawful acts threat of force, physical or ot hr* i Imini
that violate moral order, but there is or threat of physical or other harm, mi
no actual target, victim or offended intimidation directed against tin
party. In these crimes such as drug woman or child.
abuse, gambling and the like the
offended party is society as a whole. A D H D - Attention Deficit Hyperactive*
Disorder, it is a psychological disordn
V igilantes -Concerned persons who manifested by a child with
go on moral crusades without any inappropriate impulsivity, lack of
support and organization from legal attention and hyperactivity.
authorities.
A dolescen t Lim ited O ffender
V iscerotonic - Persons characterized Delinquent whose anti-social behavior
by the tendency to relax; comfortable; peaks in adolescence and later
loves luxury; an essentially extrovert. diminishes with age.
W ergild - Refers to money given by the A du lthood - Period covering twenty-

offender for compensation of the one to forty years of human life.
aggrieved party and the state, a
common practice in the Medieval A gin g O ut - Known as spontaneous
period. remission, it is the manner by which
an individual reduce the rate of their
W hite C ollar Crim es - Crimes which aberrant behavior as they age.
are committed by persons of
respectability and of higher socio A nti Social B ehavior - Characterized
economic class in the course of their by disobedience to or disrespect for
occupational activities. authority.
W ite - Part of the wergild that goes to A t-R isk - Refers to the youth and
the victim’s family. young adults who lack skills and
education necessary to be in demand
JU V E N ILE D E LIN Q U E N C Y A ND in modern society.
PR EV E N TIO N
B abyhood - Period of human life which
Abandoned C hild - Refers to one with starts from the second week to the
no proper parental care or second year.
guardianship, whose abandonment is
for a period of at least six months. B attered W om an Syndrom e - Refers
to a scientifically defined pattern of
A cts o f Violence A gainst W om en and psychological and behavioural
T h eir C hildren - The crime of violence symptoms found in women living in
against women and their children is battering relationships as a result of
committed through any of the following cumulative abuse.
acts: (a) Causing physical harm to the
woman or her child; (b) Threatening to B attery - Refers to an act of inflicting
cause the woman or her child physical physical harm upon the woman or her
harm; (c) Attempting to cause the child resulting to the physical and
woman or her child physical harm; (d) psychological or emotional distress.
Placing the woman or her child in fear
of imminent physical harm; (e) B arangay Protection O rders (BPOs) -
Attempting to compel or compelling the Who May Issue and How. - Barangay
woman or her child to engage in Protection Orderd (BPOs) refer to the
conduct which the woman or her child protection order issued by the Punong
has the right to desist from or desist Barangay ordering the perpetrator to
from conduct which the woman or her desist from committing acts under Sec.
child has the right to engage in, or 5 (a) and (b) of this act. A Punong
attempting to restrict or restricting the Barangay who receives applications for
woman's or her child's freedom of a BPO shall issue the protection order
movement or conduct by force or to the applicant on the date of filing
after ex parte determination of the slapping, tickling, headlocks, inflicting

basis of the application. If the Punong school pranks, teasing, fighting and
Barangay is unavailable to act on the the use of available objects as
application for a BPO, the application weapons;
shall be acted upon by any available
Barangay Kagawad. If the BPO is b. Any act that causes damage to a
issued by a barangay Kagawad the victim’s psyche and/or emotional well
order must be accompanied by an being;
attestation by the Barangay Kagawad
that the Punong Barangay was c. Any slanderous statement or
unavailable at the time for the accusation that causes the victim
issuance of the BPO. BPOs shall be undue emotional distress like directing
effective for fifteen (15) days. foul language or profanity at the target,
Immediately after the issuance of an ex name-calling, tormenting and
parte BPO, the Punong Barangay or commenting negatively on victim’s
Barangay Kagawad shall personally looks, clothes and body; and
serve a copy of the same on the
respondent, or direct any barangay d. Cyber-bullying or any bullying done
official to effect is personal service. The through the use of technology or any
parties may be accompanied by a non electronic means.
lawyer advocate in any proceeding Capable Guardians - Refers to persons
before the Punong Barangay. and individuals who are effective
deterrents to crime and delinquency
Best Interest o f the C hild - The such as police or watchful and
totality of the circumstances and concerned neighbors.
conditions which are most congenial to
the survival, protection and feelings of C hild Abuse - Refers to the
security of the child and most maltreatment which may be habitual of
encouraging to the child’s physical, a child which maybe physical abuse,
psychological and emotional psychological abuse neglect, cruelty,
development. It also means the least emotional and sexual maltreatment.
detrimental available alternative for
safeguarding the growth and C hild at R isk - A child who is
development of the child. vulnerable to and at the risk of
committing criminal offenses because
B iogenic Approach - Explains that of personal, family and social
human misconduct is a result of faulty circumstances. Such as, but not
biology. limited to, the following: (1) being
abused by any person through sexual,
Bullying - shall refer to any severe or physical, psychological, mental,
repeated use by one or more students economic or any other means and the
of a written, verbal or electronic parents or guardian refuse, an*
expression, or a physical act or unwilling, or unable to provide
gesture, or any combination thereof, protection for the child; (2) being
directed at another student that has exploited including sexually or
the effect of actually causing or placing economically; (3) being abandoned or
the latter in reasonable fear of physical neglected, and after diligent search and
or emotional harm or damage to his inquiry the parent or guardian cannot
property; creating a hostile be found; (4) coming from <i
environment at school for the other dysfunctional or broken family or
student; infringing on the rights of the without a parent or guardian; (5) beiiiK
other student at school; or materially out of school; (6) being a street child.
and substantially disrupting the (7) being a member of a gang; (8) living
education process or the orderly in a community with a high level of
operation of a school; such as, but not criminality or drug abuse; and (())
limited to, the following: living in situations of armed conflict.
a. Any unwanted physical contact
between the bully and the victim like C hildhood - Divided partly in two,
punching, pushing, shoving, kicking, early and late childhood which sturtn
from pre-school years to the individual’s sub-cultural affiliation

elementary school years. disagreement with the role demands o f
conformist society.
C hild C aring Institution - Refers to a
facility which provides 24 hour C ustody o f children - The womarx
resident group care for nine or more victim of violence shall be entitled to»
mentally gifted dependent, abandoned the custody and support of hen
or neglected child, handicapped or child/children. Children below seven
youth offenders. (7) years old older but with mental or
physical disabilities shall automatically
Child in C onflict W ith Law - Refers to be given to the mother, with right to
a child who is alleged as, accused of, or support, unless the court finds
adjudged as, having committed an compelling reasons to order otherwise.
offense under Philippine laws.
D ating relationship - refers to a
C hild Placem ent C enter - An situation wherein the parties live as
institution or persons assuming the husband and wife without the benefit
custody and care of children for of marriage or are romantically
placement in any child caring involved over time and on a continuing
institution or home under the care and basis during the course of the
custody of a any person for purposes of relationship. A casual acquaintance or
adoption, foster care or guardianship. ordinary socialization between tvo
individuals in a business or social
Children - refers to those below context is not a dating relationship.
eighteen (18) years of age or older but
are incapable of taking care of Decadence - Irrational and spur of the
themselves as defined under Republic moment acts.
Act No. 7610. As used in this Act, it
includes the biological children of the D elin quent - Refers to one whose
victim and other children under her behavior brings him to repeated
care. conflict with the law.
C hronic O ffender - A term coined by D ependent C hild - One who is

Wolfgang to denote a delinquent without a parent, guardian or
offender who is arrested more than custodian or whose parent or guardian
four times before the age of majority for good cause desires to be relieved of
and stands a good chance of becoming his custody and care.
an adult criminal.
Desist - To refrain or cease from
C ivic A ssociation - Shall refer to any committing a crime usually as the
club or organization of individuals 21 subject ages.
years of age or over, which is directly
or indirectly involved in carrying out Detention H om e - Refers to a 24-hour
child welfare activities and programs. child caring institution which gives
short term resident care for youthful
C on tainm ent Theory - This asserts offenders awaiting court disposition.
that strong self-image protects the
youth from the influence and pressure Deviant B ehavior - A behavior that go
of criminogenic pulls in his away from the social norm.
environment.
D ifferential O pportunity - Assterts
C ruelty - An act by word or deed that lower-class youths with limtitei
which debases or degrades the legitimate opportunity, join gangs and
intrinsic dignity and worth of a human pursue a criminal career to achieve
being. alternate means universal success
goals.
C ulture Conflict - Sellin’s study which
asserts that it is a condition which Diversion - An alternative, chiild-
results from rules and norms of an appropriate process of determining the
responsibility and treatment of a child pornographic materials for selling and

in conflict with the law on the basis of distribution.
his/her social, cultural, economic,
psychological or educational Fam ily - Basic unit of society, whose
background without resorting to formal nucleus is compose of father, mother
court proceedings. and children.
Diversion Program - The program that

H azing - An initiation rite or practice
the child in conflict with the law is
as a prerequisite for admission into
required to undergo after he/she is
membership in a fraternity, sorority or
found responsible for an offense
organization by placing the recruit,
without resorting to formal court
neophyte or applicant in some
proceedings.
embarrassing or humiliating situations
such as forcing him/her to do menial,
Drift - View that youth can move in
silly, foolish and similar tasks or
and out of delinquency and that their
activities or otherwise subjecting
lifestyle can adjust and embrace both
him/her to physical or psychological
deviant and conventional values.
suffering or injury.
Early A dolescence - This covers
puberty to seventeen years of human Initial Contact with the C hild -
life. Refers to the apprehension or taking
into custody of a child in conflict with
E arly C hildhood - This refers to the the law by law enforcement officers or
two years to six years of human life private citizens. It includes the time
which corresponds to pre-school years. when the child alleged to be in conflict
with the law receives a subpoena
E conom ic A buse - Refers to acts that under Section 3(b) of Rule 112 of the
make or attempt to make a woman Revised Rules of Criminal Procedure or
financially dependent, which includes, summons under Section 6(a) or Section
but is not limited to the following: 1. 9(b) of the same Rule in cases that do
Withdrawal of financial support or not require preliminary investigation or
preventing the victim from engaging in where there is no necessity to place the
any legitimate profession, occupation, child alleged to be in conflict with the
business or activity, except in cases law under immediate custody.
wherein the other spouse/partner
objects on valid, serious and moral Infancy - Refers to the first two weeks
grounds as defined in Article 73 of the after birth of a child.
Family Code;
2. Deprivation or threat of deprivation Inform al Sanction - Anger or stigma
of financial resources and the right to directed towards offender by influential
the use and enjoyment of the conjugal, persons resulting in shame, loss of
community or property owned in respect and embarrassment.
common;
3. Destroying household property; Intervention - Refers to a series of
4. Controlling the victims' own money activities which are designed to
or properties or solely controlling the address issues that caused the child t<>
conjugal money or properties. commit an offense. It may take the
form of an individualized treatment
Elder Abuse - An alarming form of program which may include
domestic violence by children to their counseling, skills training, education,
elder relatives living with them. and other activities that will enhance
his/her psychological, emotional and
Exploitation - Refers to the psycho-social well-being.
employment, hiring persuasion or
inducement of coercion of a child to Juvenile - Refers primarily to persons
perform in indecent shows, obscene below the age of minority or below
exhibitions and publications or eighteen years of age.
J uvenile D elin qu ency - Refers Parens Patria - A doctrine in which

generally to any anti social act or the state acts as the father of its
behavior which deviates from norms citizens.
and standards of society attributed to
children. Perm anent Protection Orders
Permanent Protection Order (PPO)
Juvenile Justice and W elfare System refers to protection order issued by the
-Refers to a system dealing with court after notice and hearing.
children at risk and children in conflict
with the law, which provides child - Persistance - This view asserts that
appropriate proceedings, including children who started delinquent
programs and services for prevention, careers early and committed violent
diversion, rehabilitation, re-integration acts throughout their adolescence
and aftercare to ensure their normal would likely to continue as adults.
growth and development.
Phallic Stage - Phase of development
Late A dolescen ce - This refers to the wherein children focus their attention
period covering seventeen to twenty on their genitals.
one years old.
Physical Violence - Refers to acts
Late C hildh ood - The period covering that include bodily or physical harm.
six to eleven years corresponding the
elementary school years. Physically H andicapped C hildren -
Refers to disabilities which inflicts
Latency - A developmental phase that children such as being cripple, deaf,
begins at age six, characterized by mute blind or otherwise defects which
repressed feelings of sexuality until the restrict their means of action and
genital age begins at puberty. communication with others.
M aternity H om e - An institution or Pre-N atal Period - Starts at

place of residence whose primary conception at the ovum, development
function is to give shelter and care to of the embryo to fetus to birth of a
pregnant women and their infants. child.
M iddle A ge - Refers to the period Protection O rders - A protection order

covering forty years to sixty years of is an order issued under this act for
human existence. the purpose of preventing further acts
of violence against a woman or her
Neglect - Failure to provide for child specified in Sec. 5 of this Act and
reasons aside from poverty adequate granting other necessary relief. The
food, shelter and clothing, basic relief granted under a protection order
education, medical care which serve the purpose of safeguarding the
seriously endanger the social, mental, victim from further harm, minimizing
physical, emotional development of a any disruption in the victim's daily life,
child. and facilitating the opportunity and
ability of the victim to independently
N eglected C hild - Refers to a young regain control over her life. The
person whose basic needs have been provisions of the protection order shall
deliberately unattended or be enforced by law enforcement
inadequately attended. agencies. The protection orders that
may be issued under this Act are the
Nursery - A child caring institution barangay protection order (BPO),
that provides basic education and care temporary protection order (TPO) and
for more than six children under six permanent protection order (PPO).
years of age.
Psychological V iolence - Refers to
Old Age - Human existence which acts or omissions causing or likely to
starts from sixty year and beyond. cause mental or emotional suffering of
the victim such as but not limited to
intimidation, harassment, stalking, which is willing temporarily to receive

damage to property, public ridicule or the victim.
humiliation, repeated verbal abuse and
mental infidelity. It includes causing or Sam ahan - Refers to aggregate persons
allowing the victim to witness the working in commercial, agricultural
physical, sexual or psychological abuse and industrial enterprises whether
of a member of the family to which the belonging to labor or management.
victim belongs, or to witness
pornography in any form or to witness Sexual relations - Refers to a single
abusive injury to pets or to unlawful or sexual act which may or may not
unwanted deprivation of the right to result in the bearing of a common
custody and/or visitation of common child.
children.
Shelter Care Institution - A facility
Puberty - This marks the end of which provides protection to children
childhood and the start of adolescence. in need of emergency reception
brought about by fortuitous events,
R eceiving H om es - Refers to family abandonment, dangerous conditions,
type homes which gives temporary and being without adult care.
shelter from 10 to 20 days for children Social D evelopm ent M odel - A theory
under observation. that point criminal behavioral patterns
to childhood socialization and pro- or
R eflective R ole-Taking - A anti-social attachments over the life
phenomenon that occurs when youth course.
who regard themselves as delinquents
are giving an inner voice to their "Stalking"- Refers to an intentional
perception or view of how significant act committed by a person who,
others feel about them. knowingly and without lawful
justification follows the woman or her
Rehabilitation C enter - A facility that child or places the woman or her child
receives and rehabilitates youthful under surveillance directly or indirectly
offenders or other disturbed children or a combination thereof.
for the purpose of determining the
appropriate care for them or Status O ffense - Refers to offenses
recommending their permanent which discriminate only against a
treatment in other welfare agencies. child, while an adult does not suffer
any penalty for committing similar
R estorative J ustice - Refers to a acts. These shall include curfew
principle which requires a process of violations, truancy, parental
resolving conflicts, with the maximum disobedience and the like.
involvement of the victim, the offender
and the community. It seeks to obtain Tem porary Protection Orders
reparation for the victim; reconciliation Temporary Protection Orders (TPOs)
of the offender, the offended and the refers to the protection order issued by
community; and reassurance to the the court on the date of filing of the
offender that he/ she can be application after ex parte
reintegrated into society. It also determination that such order should
enhances public safety by activating be issued. A court may grant in a TPO
the offender, the victim and the any, some or all of the reliefs
community in prevention strategies. mentioned in this Act and shall br
effective for thirty (30) days. The court
Safe place or shelter - refers to any shall schedule a hearing on thr
home or institution maintained or issuance of a PPO prior to or on thr
managed by the Department of Social date of the expiration of the TPO. Thr
Welfare and Development (DSWD) or court shall order the immediatr
by any other agency or voluntary personal service of the TPO on thr
organization accredited by the DSWD respondent by the court sheriff who
for the purposes of this Act or any may obtain the assistance of law
n t h e r suituble place the resident of enforcement agents for the service. Thr
TPO shall include notice of the date of socially functioning individuals.

the hearing on the merits of the Physical mobility of residents of said
issuance of a PPO. centers may be restricted pending
court disposition of the charges against
Tru ancy - Refers to not attending them.
classes without any reasonable cause
for more than twenty school days. H UM AN B E H A V IO R A ND C RISIS
M AN A G E M E N T
"Violence against w om en and their
children"- Refers to any act or a series A dult Ego State - Human interaction
of acts committed by any person characterized by being factual, worthy
against a woman who is his wife, and value for reason.
former wife, or against a woman with
whom the person has or had a sexual A dvance Party - Selected teams, who
or dating relationship, or with whom proceed upon notification immediately
he has a common child, or against her to the incident scene to select a
child whether legitimate or illegitimate, suitable location for a tactical holding
within or without the family abode, area, coordinate with the first
which result in or is likely to result in responders and initiate collecting
physical, sexual, psychological harm or intelligence on the target area.
suffering, or economic abuse including
threats of such acts, battery, assault, A ndrogen - Refers to a male sex
coercion, harassment or arbitrary hormone.
deprivation of liberty
Anticipatory Phase - Refers to the
Youth A ssociation - Any club, period wherein a potential victim starts
organization or association of to recognize and perceive that a
individuals below twenty one years of precarious situation exists.
age which is directly or indirectly
involved in carrying out youth or child A nti-S ocial Personality - Human trait
welfare activities and programs. usually distinguished by intentional
and willful acts which violates the
Youth D etention H om e - Refers to a rights of others through unethical
24-hour child-caring institution behavior.
managed by accredited local
government units (LGUs) and licensed Assault Team - A mobile fast response
and/or accredited non-government and light reaction unit. An assault
organizations (NGOs) providing short team shall be alerted for deployment in
term residential care for children in case the negotiation fails. Members of
conflict with the law who are awaiting the assault team shall wear authorized
court disposition of their cases or and easily recognizable uniform during
transfer to other agencies or the conduct of the operation. Bonnets
jurisdiction. shall not be used.
Youth R eh abilitation Centers - A 24- A ttitu de Survey - Analysis that

hour residential care facility managed measure the beliefs, attitudes and
by the Department of Social Welfare values of different groups.
and Development (DSWD), LGUs,
licensed and/or accredited NGOs A uditory - Human sensation brought
monitored by the DSWD, which about by means of hearing
provides care, treatment and
rehabilitation services for children in Autophobia - Fear of being alone or
conflict with the law. Rehabilitation fear of one’s self.
services are provided under the
guidance of a trained staff where Avoidant Personality - Behavior
residents are cared for under a which is distinguished and
structured therapeutic environment characterized by hypersensitivity to
with the end view of reintegrating them rejection.
into their families and communities as
A w areness - It refers to a C om m itm ent to C on form ity - A

psychologicalactivity which is personal investment in conformist
according to man’s experience and individuals, institutions and processes
interpretation of stimulus or object. that thwart people from engaging in
behavior and activities that might
Behavior M odeling - Manner of harm and jeopardize their achievement
learning aggression by means of and reputation.
observance.
C om pensation - Refers to individual
Behaviorism - The branch of desire to counterbalance inferiority
psychology that deals with the study of with something in which he may
observable behavior rather than succeed. Usually a defense reaction
unconscious motives. This gives against feelings of inadequacy and
attention to the relationship between inferiority.
particular stimuli and an individual’s
response to it. C om plex H um an B ehavior - Refers to
two or more type of human conduct
B estiality - Abnormal sexual behavior which occurs in one situation.
by having intercourse with living
animals. C om plim entary Transaction - Occurs
when stimulus and response patterns
Biom etry - Calculating or measuring from one ego state to another are
of probable duration or length of parallel.
human life and attempt to relate the
frequency of crime between parent and C om pulsive N eurosis - This is the
offspring and siblings. uncontrollable or irresistible impulse to
do something.
B iophobia - A view which states that
no serious consideration to organic C om pulsive Personality - Human
factors in attempting to understand trait which is characterized by concern
human nature. with rules and orders and work called
insistence.
B iosocial Behavior - Refers to natural
and organic heritage, environment and C onduct D isorder - A psychological
its effects on man’s social activities. state characterized by repeated and
severe episodes of anti-social behavior.
Bipolar D isorder - Refers to an
emotional disturbance in which moods C onduct Norm s - Refers to the
change between periods of wild ecstasy behavior and manners expected of
and profound depression. social group members.
Borderline Personality - Exemplified Conflict V iew - The assertion that

by instability reflected in drastic mood human behavior is molded by
and behavioral problems. interpersonal difference and that who
maintain social influence and power
Chem ical Straight-Jacket - A will use it to further their own goals
common term for as chemical and desires.
restraints, antipsychotic drugs such as
Haldol, Proloxin, Risperdal and C onscience - Part of the superego
Stelazine which help control levels of which determines what is wrong and
neurotransmitters such as what is correct.
dopamine/serotonin, used to treat
violence-prone people. Contagion Effect - Genetic tendencies
and early experiences which m a ke
Child Ego State - Human interaction some people susceptible to deviant
which is characterized by dependence, social behavior which is relayed by th r
demands, impatience, being rebellious presence of anti-social siblings in the
and emotional. household.
C on tainm ent - Means controlling and

stabilizing the situation and area Ego Ideal - The component of the
wherein crisis occurs. superego which directs individual into
morally responsible and acceptable
C on tin uity o f C rim e - The assertion behaviors which may not be
that crime begins early in life and pleasurable.
continues throughout the life course.
Electra C om plex - A phase in the
C overt Pathw ay - A course to criminal development wherein girls start to have
career that starts with minor sexual feelings for their fathers.
underhanded behavior and progresses
to petty crime commission. Electro-E ncephalograph - A
contrivance that record the electronic
C ultural T ransm ission -The scheme impulses given off by the brains known
that conduct norms are handed down as brain waves.
from one generation to another so they
become stable and predictable group E pilepsy - This is a condition
lifestyle and behavior. characterized by convulsion seizures
and a tendency to mental
C utaneous - Refers to man’s sense of deterioration.
touch.
E quipotentiality - Assertion that all
D elusion - Refers to a false belief individuals are equal at birth and are
about self, caused by morbidity, thereafter influenced by their
present in paranoia and dementia environment.
praecox.
E rotom ania - Refers to a morbid
D em entia Praecox - Mental disorder propensity to love or make love;
that begins at, or shortly after puberty, uncontrollable sexual desire.
and usually leads to general failure of
the mental faculties, with the Exhibitionism -Refers to deviant
corresponding physiological injury or sexual behavior by means of exposing
impairment. private organs of the body in public.
Denial o f R eality - This pertains to Extensity - An attribute of human

attempts made to screen out behavior which connotes size, distance
disagreeable realities by ignoring them. and location.
D epression - A withdrawal reaction Fantasy - Refers to day dreams, which

which is characterized by undesirable is a form of physical flight as a
thoughts. temporary escape from frustration of
reality.
D ipsom ania - The compulsive desire
to drink alcohol. Feeble-M inded Persons - Those in
whose case there exist mental
D irect C on ditioning - Differential defectiveness which though not
reinforcement it is behavior which is amounting to imbecility, is yet so
reinforced by being punished or pronounced that they are requiring
rewarded while interacting with others. care, supervision and control for their
own or for the protection of others.
D uration - An attribute of human
behavior which determines how long in Fetishism - Deviation in sexual
terms of time. behavior by substitution of inanimate
objects to replace human love.
Ego - This form part of man’s physical
organization between his stimuli on Fixated - Refers to an adult that
one hand and his motor activity on the demonstrates behavior traits
other. The ego operates on the basis of characteristics of those encountered
expediency. during the infantile sexual growth.
Focal Concerns - Refers to the value Id - Are impulses or instinct of social

orientation of lower class cultures drives. It contained that is inherited,
which includes the need for that is present at birth.
excitement, personal autonomy, fate,
smartness and trouble. Identity C risis - A psychological
condition in which youth face inner
Free Floating Anger - Refers to confusion and uncertainty about life
chronic reaction pattern of angers. ' roles.
Functional - An abnormal behavior Idiots - Persons with mental

brought about by the effect of defectiveness of such a degree that
environment on people. they are unable to guard themselves
against common physical dangers.
G rand M ai Seizure - There is a Im beciles - Persons with mental
complete loss of consciousness and defectiveness which though not
general contraction of the muscles. amounting to idiocy is yet so
pronounced that they are incapable of
Gustatory - Refers to man’s sense of managing themselves or their affairs.
taste.
Im pact Phase - The moment wherein
H abitual H um an Behavior - A type of the victim recognizes that he or she is
human behavior which is said to be the target or subject of a criminal act
emotional, motor and uses language. and ends with its actual commission.
H istoronic Personality - A human Incest - Refers to sexual intercourse

trait which is usually manifested and between closely related persons whose
characterized by emotional instability, marriage is prohibited by law.
self-dramatization and immaturity.
InferiorityC om plex - People who
H om icidal Com pulsion - The have feelings of inadequacy and
irresistible urge to kill somebody. compensate for them with a drive for
supremacy.
H om ophobia - Extremely negative
overreaction to homosexuals. Instinctive Human Behavior - Refers
to a human trait which is unlearned
H om osexuality - Deviation in human and said to be inherent to man.
sexuality by stimulation and
gratification and erotic interest in Intensity - Human behavior attribute
members of one’s own sex. which speaks in terms of magnitude
whether mild or strong.
H ostage - Refers to" persons held
involuntarily and held as a security to Isolation - A compromise reaction
serve the purpose of hostage taker. used to avoid conflict by seclusion.
H ostage T ak er - Persons who hold in Jacksonian Type Seizure

custody others as a means of Characterized by localized contraction
protection and bargaining tool in of muscles with or without loss of
exchange for demands and for other consciousness.
purposes.
Kleptom ania - The compulsive desirr
H um an Behavior - Refers to reaction to steal.
to facts of relationship between the
individual and his environent. Latent Traits - A stable characteristic,
feature, condition or property present
H um anistic Psychology - A branch of at birth that make some people crime
psychology hat emphasizes self- prone later in life.
awareness and getting in touch with
feelings.
M asochism - Sexual deviation

characterized by gratification by N euro-Physiology - Refers to the
enduring pain inflicted upon himself. study of the activities of the brain.
M aturation - This refers to the growth Neurotics - Refers to people who fear
following birth that is primarily that their primitive instincts will
influenced and determined by genetic dominate their personality.
factors.
Nom adism - A form of physical flight
M egalom ania - Disorder in mentality characterized by moving from one
in which the afflicted person thinks of place to another.
himself as exalted or great.
N on -C om plim entary Transaction -
M elancholia -
Refers to a mental Occurs when stimulus and response
disorder with depression, excessive patterns from one ego state to another
brooding and often accompanied by are not parallel.
delusions and hallucinations.
O edipus C om plex - A phase of
M ental D eficiency - A condition of development when males start to have
arrested or incomplete development of sexual feelings for their mothers.
the mind existing before the age of 18,
whether arising from inherent causes O ral Stage - First phase of life, when a
or induced by disease or injury. child achieves pleasure by biting and
sucking.
M entally D eranged - A person
suffering from delusion and O rganic - An abnormal human
hallucination. behavior caused by physical factors
such as injury and impairment.
M iddle Class M easuring Rod -
Standards by which teachers and other O vercom pen sation - A compensatory
representative of state authority activity which tends to get out of
evaluate lower class youth. This gives control and ceases to be of value and
rise to failure, frustration and anger at use.
conventional society.
Overt Pathw ay - Trail to a criminal
N ecrophilia - Sexual gratification by career that starts with minor
means of intercourse with dead body. aggression which leads to physical
fighting and later to violent crimes.
N ecrophilism - Craving of an erotic
nature for dead bodies. Paraphilias - Abnormal and bizarre
sexual practices that may involve
Negative A ffective States - It refers to persistent sexual urges focused on
depression, anger, fear, children, humiliation or objects.
disappointment and other adverse
emotions that result from strain. Parent Ego State - Human interaction
which is said to be protective, idealistic
N egative R einforcem ent - The and righteous.
process of using negative stimuli or
loss of reward to restrain unwanted Pedophilia - A deviant sexual behavior
behavior. characterized by child molestation and
intercourse.
N egotiate - Means to settle or arrange
by conferring and discussing terms. Perception - Refers to the knowledge
of stimulus.
N egotiator - A member of the hostage
crisis team, chosen by the ground Personality - A stable pattern of
commander to establish behavior, thoughts and emotions that
communication between the police and distinguish one person from another.
hostage takers.
Personality D isorder - An anti-social really are and what kind of person an

behavior brought about by abuse and individual is.
maladaptive patterns of conduct.
Regression - Refers to infantilism
Petit m al Seizure - Mild or complete which is a form of physical flight which
loss of consciousness and contraction returns to earlier work.
of muscles.
Scapegoating - An aggressive reaction
Phobia - Man’s morbid and abnormal which is characterized by blaming
fear of something. others for one’s own failure or
disappointment.
Possibility A ssum ption - These refers
to hypothesis which pertains to how Schizophrenia - This is sometimes
things would be, probabilities for called dementia praecox which is a
change, opportunities for personal form of psychosis characterized by
growth and social progress. thinking disturbance and regression to
a more relatively unimpaired but
Post Traum atic Recall Phase - This intellectual function are well preserved.
period begins immediately after the
commission of a crime. Sensation - Refers to feelings or
impression of stimulus.
Post T raum atic Stress D isorder -
Reaction to a highly stressful event, it Self-A ctualization - Human need
is manifested by anxiety, depression, which according to Maslow is the apex
flashbacks and persistent nightmares. of all needs in hierarchy.
Prem enstrual Syndrom e - The Social E cology - Refers to

typecast that several days before and environmental forces that have direct
during menstruation females are influence on human behavior.
overwhelmed by irritability and poor
judgment as a result of hormonal Social Learning T heory - The
changes. assertion that human behavior is
patterned after observation of human
Preservation o f Life - Most important social interactions.
priority in all hostage situation crises.
Status Frustration - A type of culture
Psychopathic Personality- It is conflict experienced by lower class
characterized by infantile level of youth due social conditions that
response lack of conscience, deficient prevent them from attaining success.
feeling of affection to other and
aggression to environment and to other Stockholm Syndrom e - An ideal
people. relationship between hostage takers
and hostages brought about by
Pyrom ania - Compulsive desire to set negative feelings against authorities
fire. and positive feelings for each other.
Q uantity - An attribute of human Sublim ation - Compromise reaction

behavior which focuses on man’s by seeking new goals which are socially
normality and abnormality. acceptable.
Reaction Form ation - Excludes from Subterranean V alues - Morally shaded

consciousness, awareness of influences that have deep-rooted power
unacceptable desires or impulses in the culture but are publicly
which develop conscious attitude that condemned.
disagree with his original wish.
Super Ego - Means the conscience of
Reality A ssum ption- These are man. It is the role of agencies outside
notions with reference to how things the home which tries to control the
ego.
propitious conducts and are

Support Personnel - Consists of an importance measures in the
ambulance with medical crew and a development of personality.
fire truck shall be detailed at the
incident wherein crisis is ongoing. A ddress - Also known as title.
Sym bolic H um an B ehavior - A type of A nniversary - The birth or

human behavior which focuses on institutional establishment of a
substitution. command or unit it is commemorated
in an anniversary ceremony.
T actical H old ing A rea - Quarter
wherein the crisis command prepares A ppropriation s - The fund allocation
and plan for deliberate assault. necessary for the effective propagation
and development of programs and
T han atos - Instinctual drive toward objectives.
violence and aggression.
A ttention - Refers to awareness to the
T raitT h eory - A belief that criminality concern of society in general. It is an
is the result of abnormal biological important factor contributing to the
and/or psychological traits. dependability of public service.
T ransactional A nalysis - Refers to the C am araderie - The binding spirit that

study of social interaction among enhances teamwork and cooperation in
human being. the police organization, extending to
the people they serve, is manifested by
V alues - The main catalyst and defines the PNP members deep commitment
the meaning of life and the reason for and concern to one another.
existence.
C arnivorous Cops - Also known as
Value A ssu m ptions - These are belief “Meat Eaters”, they are police officers
about the way things ought to be, good who actively seek minor type of
or bad, desirable and undesirable. corruption opportunities as they
present themselves.
V irility M ystique - The view that
males must separate their sexual C asuistry - Refers to the application of
feelings from needs for affection, love case-based reasoning to applied ethics.
and respect.
C erem ony - A formal act or set of
V isual - Sensation by means of using formal acts established by customs or
the eyes or sense of sight. authority as proper to a special
occasion.
V oyeurism - A form of sexual
deviation by gaining gratification by Citizen R elation - Include all dealings
seeing persons in the nude. or contacts with the citizen in relation
to the enforcement of the law in the
W ith draw al Reaction - Defense maintenance peace and order,
mechanism against frustration by Together with the giving of information
means of flight. to the public.
PO LICE ETH ICS A ND C O M M UN ITY Civic A ction Program - This endeavor

R E LATIO N S attempts to impart to the members of
the community that police officers are
Accepted Lying - Deception which is their friends and the partners as well
used as a deceptive ploy which is as their defenders.
advisable for discreet police operations
to be used in tailing and surveillance. Code o f Ethics - An important agency
for social control, promulgated for all
A ct o f C ourtesy - Are disciplinary professions and prescribes the duties
reminders of the importance of of an individual towards others.
Courtesy C all - A practice undertaken

Com m and - The authority of a person by police personnel who are newly
lawfully exercised over subordinates by assigned or appointed to a unit or
virtue of rank, position or assignment. command to report or call on the chief
of the unit or command and to other
Com m itm ent to Public Interest - All key personnel for accounting,
PNP members shall always uphold orientation and other purposes.
public interest over and above personal
concern. All government properties C reed - Is a statement or statement of
resources and powers of their belief.
respective offices must be employed
and used effectively, honestly and Custom - Established usage or social
efficiently particularly to avoid wastage practices carried on by traditions that
of public funds and revenues. have obtained the force of law.
C om m unication - Refers to the Dem onstration and Display

process of passing information and Demonstration and display in lobby or
understanding others. anteroom of the hall the speech is
given before the meeting convenes and
Com m unity - More or less definite after an adjournment, it arouses
group of people living - in a specific interest and affords an opportunity to
area - in accordance with an present additional information to the
acceptable general system of moral audience.
values.
D evotion to D u ty - Police members
Com m unity Relation - Consist of a performing their duties with
person dealing with citizens of the dedication, thoroughness, efficiency,
community, city or town where a enthusiasm, determination, and
person lives in and his membership or manifest concerned for public welfare
contribution to the civic organization and shall refrain from engaging in any
or community association in the activity which shall be in conflict with
community. their duties.
Com m utative Justice - A virtue that D iscipline - Pertains to self control

regulates those actions that involve the and obedience. PNP members shall
rights that exist between one individual conduct themselves at all times in
and others. keeping with the rule and regulation of
the organization.
Conduct - Refers to personal behavior.
D istributive J ustice - Regulates the
actions that involve the rights which
Conflict o f Interest - Arises when a
an individual may claim from society.
public official or employee is a member
of a board, an officer, or a substantial
D ivestm ent - The transfer of title or
stockholder of a private corporation or disposal of interest in property by
owner or has a substantial interest in a
voluntarily, completely and actually
business, and the interest of such
depriving or dispossessing oneself of
corporation or business, or his rights
his right or title to it in favor of a
or duties therein, may be opposed to or person or persons other than his
affected by the faithful performance of
spouse and relatives
official duty.
Conversation - An exchange of ideas D om estic R elatio n - Consists of
between and among persons. persons dealing with his family,
parents, and immediate relatives, with
Courtesy - It is a manifestation of whom he has to have good relationship
sportsmanship of good manners, and to deserve a respectable family prestige
an exposition of gentility and culture. and community relations.
E lection eering - Refers to directly or include an unsolicited gift of nominal

indirectly participating in partisan or insignificant value not given in
political activities. anticipation of, or in exchange for, a
favor from a public official or employee.
E ndurance - One’s ability to last.
Grass Eaters - Also known as
“Vegetarian Cops”, they are police
E quality in the Service - A judicious
officers who engage in minor type of
and equitable distribution of
corruption opportunities as they
opportunity to prove one’s worth in the
present themselves.
police service.
G reeting - Brief expression of thought
E sprit de Corps - Refers to group
or salutation at a meeting.
spirit; sense of pride, honor shared by
those in the same group or
H a lf M ast - The flag is raised at half-
undertaking.
mast in deference to decreased
uniformed members of the command.
E thical Standards - Shall refer to
established and generally accepted
H appy H ours - Usually on Fridays or
moral values.
any other days suitable for the
occasion PNP members gather together
E thics - Is branch of moral science
at their PNP club for a light heated
that treats of the correct performance
jesting or airing of minor gripes.
of public service and human acts of a
public officer. Rules of conduct.
H onesty - It is the virtue that speaks
of the highest moral values of dignity
Exit C all - The process wherein police
and honor.
personnel pay tribute to their superior
in the unit or command when relieved
H onor C erem ony - Arrival and
or resigned out of the said unit or
departure honor ceremonies are
command.
rendered to visiting dignitaries, VIPs,
PNP officers with the grade of chief
Flag Low ering C erem ony - At the end
superintendent and above and AFP
of the official days work, the PNP
officers of equivalent grade, unless
members pause for a moment to salute
waived.
the lowering of the flag.
H um an R ights - Refers to human
Flag R aising C erem ony - The PNP
dignity and man’s inalienable right to
members honor the flag by hoisting it
life, liberty and property.
and singing the National Anthem
before the plant of the official days
H um ility - All PNP personnel shall
work.
recognize the fact that they are public
servants and not the masters of the
Fortitude - Refers to man’s courage to
people and towards this end; they
endure without yielding. It is a virtue
should perform their duties without
which incites courage and
arrogance.
characterized by firmness of the mind.
Integrity - Is that ability to withstand
G en tlem anliness - Refers to
temptation not merely to avoid, to
uprightness in character, gentle in
maintain integrity, we need to be above
manners dignified in appearance, and
reproach but also above suspicion. And
sincere in their concern for their
includes acts not allowing themselves
fellowmen.
to be victims of corruption and
dishonest practices
G ift - Refers to a thing or a right to
dispose of gratuitously, or any act or Intra-D epartm ental Relations
liberality, in favor of another who Consist of police officers relation with
accepts it, and shall include a the officers and men of his own
simulated sale or an ostensibly department his superiors, the chief of
onerous disposition thereof. It shall not
police executive of the city or

municipality. Non-Solicitation o f Patronage - Police
personnel seeking self improvement
Introduction - The act of formally through career development and not
making persons known to each other directly or indirectly soliciting influence
or art of presenting one person to each recommendation from politicians, high
other. ranking government officials,
prominent citizens, and person
Judicial Relations - Consist of the affiliated with civic or religious
police officer duties toward the court organization with regard to their
when appearing as a witness and the assignment, promotion and transfers.
honesty in testimony.
Opportunistic Theft - This refers to
Loyalty - Allegiance to the state and taking advantage of the situation as
the constitution. when properties left in the crime scene
are taken without reporting it to
M alversation - Means corrupt authorities.
administration, misuse or wastage.
Orderliness - All PNP personnel shall
M ass Com m unication Program - It is follow logical procedure in
designed to influence the opinions, accomplishing tasks assigned to them
attitudes, behavior and emotions of the to minimize waste is to use of time,
public in a manner that they will money and effort.
behave in accordance with law.
Paternalism - Is a quality found in
M axim um T olerance- Policy laid men who are mindful of the welfare of
down to exercise utmost restraint and the others. It is vital and fundamental
self control in the performance of to police leadership because public
official functions. welfare is a primary responsibility of
police service.
M oral A scendancy - Is the influence Patience - Refers to composure and
usually that one person exercise over calmness in enduring something.
a group of person’s by reason of the
exemplaiy nature of his character. Patriotism - PNP members are
traditionally patriotic by nature. They
M oral C haracter - Refers to an manifest their love of country with a
evaluation of a person's moral and pledge of allegiance to the flag and a
mental qualities. Such an evaluation is vow to defend the Philippine
subjective. Constitution.
M orality - Is the quality of measure of Peace and O rder C ouncil - It replaced

human act which are good, bad or the integrated police advisoiy councils
indifferent. A high standard of decency which involves civil officials and the
and setting good examples for others to members of the community in the
follow. preservation of peace and order and
promotion of public safety.
M oral Virtue - It concerns those
actions that pertain to one’s duties Personal D ignity - Is indicative of a
towards others. policeman’s appreciation of the honor
of his position. It is an excellent
Non-Partisanship - PNP members manifestation of his “esprit de corps"
shall provide services to everyone and is a powerful factor in creating
without discrimination regardless of public respect.
party affiliation in accordance with
existing laws and regulation. Perseverance - Refers to the ability to
proceed and go on despite of opposition
Non-U niform ed - Refers to all civilian or obstacles.
non-police personnel assigned to the
various auxiliary or support unit.
Police Ethics - A practical science to gain public support for police

that deals with principles of human policies and to win friendly citizen
morality and duty as applied to law cooperation in department programs
enforcement. and procedure in order to facilitate the
accomplishment of police task.
Police Lifestyle - Refers to acceptable
and respectable way of living in the Public R elations Program - It is
eyes of the public. Setting good focused on building a good image for
example to the subordinates and the police organization through actual
following good example from the performance without inefficiency and
superiors. Free from greed, corruption corruption. Its objective is to gain
and exploitation. The public expects a public support and win citizen’s
police officer to live a simple yet cooperation to accomplish police tasks.
credible and dignified life.
Public Service - Refers to the
Prescribe - Lay down as a course or performance of the public officer of the
rule to be observed and followed. sworn duties with honesty, integrity,
strong sense of responsibility and
Professional Ethics - The practice of a respect for human dignity and human
profession cannot be entirely regulated rights.
legislations each profession therefore
subscribe to a set of moral rules which R eception - An activity tendered in
serves as their guide in the practice of celebration of a significant day or
their profession special where the law occasion.
is silent or inadequate.
R esponsibility- The obligation to
Prudence - It is one's ability to govern perform duties and functions as a
and discipline himself by means of consequence of activities under one’s
sound judgment and reason. command.
Public Inform ation Program - This R H IP - Rank has its privileges. Police
evolves upon the concept of keeping members recognizing the practice that
members of society informed so that different position carry with them
they will appreciate and understand corresponding benefits.
the complexity of police work and the
services rendered by our men in R ight - Refers to one’s moral power to
uniform. own, use, or to exact something.
Public O fficials - Includes elective and Salute - Is the usual greeting rendered
appointive officials and employees of by uniformed acts establishment by
the government, permanent or customs or authority persons entitled
temporary, whether in the career or to a salute.
non-career service including military
and police personnel, whether or not Secrecy Discipline - Confidentiality of
they receive compensation, regardless classified information against
of amount. unauthorized disclosure including
confidential aspect of official business,
Public Office - Refers to the right, special orders, communication and
authority, and duty created and others documents, roster of personnel
conferred by law by which for a given or any portion thereof.
period either fixed by law or enduring
at the pleasure of the appointing power S e lf C onfidence - Faith in oneself and
an individual is invested with some it is predicated upon knowledge, skill
portion of the sieving function of the in applying knowledge and in the
government to be exercised by him for ability and willingness to pass one’s
the benefit of the public. knowledge on the benefit of others. It is
a mental satisfaction that arises from
Public Relations O fficer - The being able to put the possession of
mission of the public relation officer is knowledge to constructive cause.
W arning - Either verbal or written. It

Shakedow n - An act of extortion would be given when the offender
committed by policemen in cases believes that the violation was
involving arrests without warrant, it unintentional and of a minor nature
usually involves bargaining release in not involving real hazard to lives and
exchange of monetary consideration or property.
favor.
W hite Knight - Police who are honest
Social Decorum - Refers to set of and straightforward and often make an
norms and standards practiced by extreme position on ethical issues.
members during social and other W ord o f H onor - The act of standing
function. by and committing to uphold a spoken
promise.
Straight Shooters - They refer to
honest policemen who are ready to C R IM IN A L JU STIC E SYSTEM
hide the corrupt practices of their
comrades. A ffidavit - A sworn statement
subscribed and executed before
Strong Sense o f R esponsibility - Is competent authority.
the faithful performance of a duty not
with standing the absence of the A ffiant - Refers to a person executing
commander or a superior. an affidavit.
Tem perance - Refers to one’s ability to Bar - Refers to persons authorized to

moderate or avoid something. practice the legal profession duly
admitted to the roll of attorneys of the
Tolerated Lying - Untruthful words Supreme Court and a member of the
spoken which is necessary to explain Integrated Bar of the Philippines.
police inefficiency.
Bench - Refers to the courts in
T radition - Refers to bodies of beliefs, general.
stories, customs, and usages handed
down from generation to generation Bureau o f Corrections - Formerly
with the effect of an unwritten law. known as the Bureau of Prisons. It was
prescribed to oversee the
T urn-O ver C erem ony - The administration, supervision,
relinquishment and assumption of management and control of all state
command or key position is publicly prison institution in the Philippines.
announced in a turn-over ceremony by The president of the Philippines
the out-going and in-coming officers in appoints its head with the confirmation
the presence of the immediate superior of Congress by the Commission on
or his representative. Appointment.
V alor - Courage in the line of duty. Bureau o f Jail M anagem ent and
Penology - By virtue of Republic Act
V alues - Refers to something that a 6975 the Jail Bureau was created. The
person prices, cherishes and esteems composition of the personnel of the
or something important to him. It BJMP was to be taken from the
includes ideas, things or experiences. members of the Jail Management and
Shared conceptions on beliefs and Penology Service as constituted under
convictions in what is considered as P.D. 765. It is vested with the authority
contributory to the welfare of the to exercise supervision and control
group. over all city and municipal jails.
V irtue - A habit which inclines man to Case Law - Judicial decisions,

act harmoniously with nature. A virtue published precedents which are
is a character trait which is evaluated considered as a fixed body of legal rule.
as being good
Civil Society - Refers to the sector of They are all appointed by the
society composed of NGOs, People’s President. It operates in 10 divisions,
Organizations, cause-oriented groups, each comprising of five members. The
and advocacy groups that promote the Court sits by divisions, each division
welfare of the people against all forms being composed of three members.
of exploitation and abuse.
Courts o f Superior Jurisdiction -
C leared C rim es- A situation or Often referred to as higher courts or
condition in which the suspect is appellate courts, are generally those to
arrested and turned over for which appeals are made from decisions
prosecution. Police term to indicate of courts of inferior jurisdiction,
solved criminal cases. referred to as lower courts, inferior
courts or trial courts.
C om m u nity - The fifth pillar in the
criminal justice system it refers to the C rackdow n - Refers to the focus of
“elements that are mobilized and police resources on a specific problem
energized to help the authorities in area.
effectively addressing the law and order
concerned of the citizenry,” C rim inal J ustice System - The
totality of all the concerted efforts and
C on sensus V iew o f C rim e - The activities of all agencies involved in the
outlook that the greater part of society prevention, reduction and control of
share common ideals and work toward crimes.
a common good and crimes are
outlawed acts because they are C rim e C on trol - Refers to the
harmful and conflict with the rules of restraining or isolating criminals
society. behind prison to effectively control
them from further endangering the
C on textual D iscrim ination - A society thus protecting the public from
practice in which members of the harm and damage.
minority receives harsher punishments
in some instances. C rim e Deterrence - Refers o the
political will of the State to punish all
C ontract Law - Law which covers criminals in accordance with law, to
personal agreements. serve a lesson for others to refrain from
further committing crime.
C orrections - Is the system of taking
care of the custody, treatment and C rim e D isplacem en t - The effect of
rehabilitation of all convicted persons crime prevention drives which
of prisoners punished by law for the transfers or shifts illegal activities to
commission of an offense. another.
C orrectionalism - Research C rim e Prevention - Pertains to all

conducted by positivists which intends government and non-governmental
to unmask the weak and powerless activities or programs designed to
members of society so they can be thwart, deter, preempt, and stop the
better dealt with by the legal system. crime from happening.
C ourt - A body or tribunal officially Crim es o f R epression - Offenses

assembled under authority of the law committed to members of a group who
in which judicial power is vested or the are being prevented from achieving
administration of justice is delegated. their fullest potential due to racism,
sexism or other biases.
C ourt o f Appeals - Established under
Batas Pambansa Bilang 129 known as C rim inological E nterprise - Refers to
"The Judiciary Reorganization Act of all the disciplines involved in the study
1980". The Court is Appeals is of crimes and criminals. The practice of
composed of one Presiding Justice and certain disciplines such as research
sixty eight (68) Associate Justices. and statistics, natural science, law,
penology, sociology, medicine, LTO - Land Transportation Office

psychology, forensic science, etc. which controls land transportation
makes up the entire criminological industry and enforces transportation
venture. laws and regulations. Investigates,
arrests and prosecutes “colorum” or
D etention Prisoner - A person out of line vehicles.
temporarily detained while his case is
pending in court and awaiting final M arginalization - The act of
judgment. displacing workers and pushing them
outside the social and economic
Differential Social C on trol - An act of mainstream.
labeling that may produce a
reevaluation of the self, which reflects M ittim us - A warrant issued by a
actual appraisals made by others. court bearing its seal and the signature
of the judge directing the jail or prison
D iversionProgram s - Rehabilitation authorities to receive the convicted
programs that remove offenders from offender for service of sentence impose
normal channels from the criminal therein.
justice system, thus avoiding the
stigma of a known criminal. M oral C rusaders - Interest groups who
seek to crush out behavior that they
Forfeiture - The seizure of personal see objectionable and offensive.
property by the state as a criminal or
civil penalty. NACS - National Anti-Crime Strategy
which refers to the blueprint for a
G atew ay M odel - Drug abuse study responsive and well-suited anti crime
that asserts that addicts begins with a machinery that shall operate its
more benign drug and later advance to strategic purposes.
more potent ones.
NBI - National Bureau of Investigation,
Instrum entalists - The assertion that it is the oldest law enforcement agency
criminal law and criminal justice of the Philippines is under the
system is primarily an instrument for Department of Justice. It was created
controlling the poor members of society by the enactment of Republic Act No.
and the state acting as tool for 157
capitalists.
Peacem aking M ovem ent - A branch
Interdisciplinary Science - Involves of conflict theory that stresses
two or more academic fields. mediation, humanism and conflict
determination as a means to end
J ail - A place of confinement for person crime.
awaiting court action and the convicted
offender serving short sentence. PD EA - Philippine Drug Enforcement
Agency, an attached agency of the
Judge - A public officer so named in office of the president is tasked to
his written evidence of appointment implement and undertake drug law
(commission) assigned to preside over enforcement.
and to administer the law in a court of
justice. PLEB - The People’s Law Enforcement
Board which acts as the central
J ust Desert - The viewpoint of justice receiving entity for any citizen’s
that asserts that those who violate the complaint against the officers and
rights of others deserve to be members of the PNP which it has
punished. cognizance over such cases which are
acted within three days upon filing of
La Cosa Nostra - A syndicate of Italian the complaint.
dominated crime families who control
crime in distinct geographical areas. Police - A body of civil authority,
which is tasked to maintain peace and
order enforce the law, protects lives accused. Under Philippine jurisdiction,
and properties and insures public it represents the second pillar of the
safety. The initiators to the criminal criminal justice system. It performs an
justice system, our first line of defense executive function since it is under the
against crime. Department of Justice.
Police C om m u nity R elations Unit - Prosecutor - A public official, serving

Created to establish harmonious the purpose of conducting preliminary
relationship between the police and the investigation to find probable cause,
citizen. filing the information in court and
proving in trial the guilt beyond
Prelim in ary Investigation - An reasonable doubt by evidence and
inquiry or proceeding for the purpose testimony of the guilt of the accused.
of determining whether there is In criminal cases, they represent the
sufficient ground to engender a well government or the state in the
founded belief that a crime cognizable prosecution, also referred to as “fiscal”.
by the Regional Trial Court has been
committed and that the suspect is Public O rder C rim es - Acts that are
probably guilty thereof, and should be deemed illegal because they challenge
held for trial. accepted moral principles and threaten
the general well-being of society.
Probable Cause - The knowledge of
facts, actual or apparent, strong R egional Trial C ourt - Also known as
enough to justify a reasonable man in the “courts of first instance”, they are
the belief that he has lawful grounds Regular Courts which is presided by
for arresting the accused. Such facts any of the 720 Regional Trial Judges in
and circumstances, which would lead a each regions of the country. Its
reasonably discreet and prudent man jurisdiction of criminal cases are said
to believe that the person has to be general.
committed an offense, sought to be
arrested. The existence of such facts Safekeeping - Refers to the temporary
and circumstances as would excite the custody of a person or the detention of
belief, in a reasonable mind, acting on the person for his own protection or
the facts within the knowledge of the care to ensure from liability, harm, or
prosecutor, that the person charge was injury, or danger.
guilty of the crime for which he was
prosecuted. Sandigan bayan - A special court
which was established under
Probable Cause as ground for an arrest Presidential Decree No. 1606. Its rank
or issuance of a warrant of arrest. is equivalent to the Court of Appeals. It
Probable Cause is such facts and is a special court tasked to handle
circumstances, which would lead a criminal cases involving graft in
reasonably discreet and prudent man corruption and other offenses
to believe that the person has committed by public officers and
committed an offence, sought to be employees in connection with the
arrested. performance of their functions or the
so-called service-connected duties. The
Probable Cause as a protection against Sandiganbayan shall sit in five (5)
false prosecution and arrest. Probable divisions of three justices each. The
Cause is the knowledge of facts, actual five (5) may sit at the same time.
or apparent, strong enough to justify a The first three divisions shall be
reasonable man in the belief that he stationed in the Metro Manila area, the
has lawful grounds for arresting the fourth division shall be in Cebu City
accused ( for cases coming from the Visayas
region, and the fifth division shall be in
Prosecution - Refers to the course of Cagayan de Oro City for cases coming
action or process whereby accusations from the Mindanao region. Two (2)
are brought before a court of justice to Justices shall constitute a quorum for
determine the innocence or guilt of the sessions in divisions. By virtue o f
R epu blic A c t ___________ 10660 the Stare D ecisis - Means to stand by

Sandiganbayan is now composed o f decided cases.
seven (7) d ivisions , the new law
provides fo r an expansion o f jurisdiction Statute o f Lim itation - It specifies or
o f the court, and prescribes a new prescribed the amount of time by
procedure fo r decision by majority vote. which action must be taken by the
Sentenced Prisoner - Refers to a state in a criminal matter.
person who is convicted by a final
judgment. Suprem e Court - The court of last
resort, the highest court of the land
Social A ltruism - Mutual and acting as final arbiter on issues and
voluntary support systems that cases before them. The Supreme Court
reinforce and strengthen social and is composed of one Chief Justice and
moral obligations. fourteen Associate Justices, all of
whom are appointed by the President
Social D efense - Refers to all the from a list of recommendees presented
systems and interplay of activities in by the Judicial and Bar Council. The
the community which addresses all the Supreme Court shall have
negative factors affecting the health, administrative supervision over all
security and welfare of the public e.g., courts and the personnel thereof.
natural calamities, disaster, famine,
drought, criminality, health, epidemic, Terrorism - An illegal use of threat
etc. and force against innocent people to
achieve political objectives.
Social H arm - An assertion that
behaviors harmful to other people and V ictim C om pensation - Refers to
society must be controlled. damages awarded to the offended party
in reparation for a crime.
Social Reality o f Crim e - The analysis
that the main purpose of criminology is V RB - Video Gram Regulatory Board -
to promote a just and peaceful society. Operates against the proliferation of
pirated and fake VHS format, CD, VCD
and DVD format tape
Assum ption - A fundamental principle

C R IM IN O LO G ICA L RE SE A R C H AND that is accepted as being true based on
STATISTICS reason and logic lacking proof and
verification.
Action research - Undertaken with the
aim of improving strategies, practices, Case study - A research strategy, an
and knowledge of the environments empirical inquiry that investigates a
within which they are practiced. Action phenomenon within its real-life context.
research may be defined as “a Case study research refers to single and
comparative research on the conditions multiple case studies, it may include
and effects of various forms of social quantitative evidence, relies on multiple
action and research leading to social sources of evidence and benefits from the
action” that uses “a spiral of steps, each prior development of theoretical
of which is composed of a circle of propositions.
planning, action, and fact-finding about
the result of the action”. Categorization - The procedure in which
ideas and objects are recognized,
Anom ie -Refers to a condition or malaise differentiated and understood. It implies
in individuals, characterized by an that objects are grouped into types,
absence or diminution of standards or usually for some specific purpose. Ideally,
values. When applied to criminology, a category shows and highlights a
anomie implies a social unrest, similar to relationship between the subjects and
the use of the word anarchy. objects of knowledge.
Chicago School - Is a Positivist School, Conflict o f C ulture T heory (by Thorsten
applying scientific methods and Sellin) - It emphasized that the
techniques to the collection and deductive multiplicity of incompatible culture is the
analysis of data to explain different types main source of social disorganization. The
of individual and social phenomena. It high crime and delinquency rates of
has focused on human behavior as certain ethnic or racial group is explained
determined by social structures and by their exposure to assorted, diverse and
physical environmental factors, rather incongruent standards and code. Their
than genetic and personal characteristics. own standards and codes conflicts that of
The Chicago School arose in the early a larger society. The high degree of
twentieth century, through the work of population mobility magnifies the cultural
Robert Ezra Park, Ernest Burgess, and diversity and exposure of children to
other urban sociologists at University of varied cultures. The more intricate the
Chicago. culture becomes, the greater is the
chance that the worms of various groups
C lassical School - Developed in the mid will conflict.
18th centrury, the Classical School was
based on utilitarian philosophy. Its Constructive research - Is the most
proponents were Cesare Beccaria, author ordinary computer science research
of On Crime and Punishments (1763-64), method. This type of approach demands a
Jeremy Bentham, inventor of the form of validation that doesn’t need to be
panopticon. The classical school of quite as empirically based. The
thought argued that: People have free will conclusions of constructive research have
to choose how to act, Deterrence is based to be objectively argued and defined. This
upon the utilitarian ontological notion of may include evaluating the “construct”
the human being a 'hedonist' who seeks being developed analytically against some
pleasure and avoids pain, and a 'rational predefined criteria or performing some
calculator' weighing up the costs and benchmark tests with the prototype.
benefits of the consequences of each
action, Punishment can deter people from C ontainm ent T heory - This argues that
crime, as the penalties outweigh benefits, criminality is brought about by the failure
and that severity of punishment should of the group to contain the behavior of its
be proportionate to the crime. The more members. And that of effective
swift and certain the punishment, the containment of the individual into the
more effective it is in deterring criminal value of system and structure of society
behavior. will minimize crime. Containment is
better accomplished when the group is
C om parison - It should also include homogenous, isolated, undisturbed by
comparison or contrast of the study in the migration and cultural conflict. A group of
light of other previous researches where people coming from a common ancestry
perceptive meaning maybe inferred. isolated from outside influence, living in
harmony and in cohesion, having a
C onclusion - It gives hints of deduction common religion, exercises maximum
and proposal, which will eventually be containment over the behavior of the
presented in detail in the last or members.
concluding chapter of the research study.
Crim e analysis - Is a law enforcement
Conflict crim in ology - Based on the profession dedicated to identification
writings of Karl Marx, claims that crime is analysis and solutions to patterns,
inevitable in capitalist societies, as trends, and problems in crime and
invariably certain groups will become disorder. Crime analysts work for all
marginalized and unequal. In seeking levels of law enforcement agencies.
equality, the minority or marginalized
groups may often turn to crime in order C rim e Idexes - Are generated to examine
to gain the material wealth that and analyze crime statistics. The most
apparently brings equality in capitalist ordinary source of such statistics are
economic states. It derives its name from records reported to the police.
the fact that theorists within the area
believe that there is no consensual social C rim e rate - Amount of the rate of
contrnct between state and citizen. occurrence of crimes committed in a given
area and time. Most commonly, crime
rate is given as the number of crimes Italian law professor Raffaele Garofalo
committed among a given number of coined the term "criminology.
persons. Often, the type of crime is
exactly specified a crime rate might be Cum ulative case studies - Combine
given as the number of murders (or rapes, information from several sites collected at
robberies, thefts, etc.) per 100,000 different times. The cumulative case
persons per year within an area. Crime study can have a retrospective
rate is a practical and useful statistic for concentration, collecting information
many purposes, such as evaluating the across studies done in the past, or a
effectiveness of crime prevention prospective outlook, structuring a series
measures or the relative safety of a of investigations for different times in the
particular city or neighborhood. future.
Crim e statistics - Attempt to provide a D escriptive statistics - Used to depict

statistical computation of the level, or and illustrate the basic features of the
amount, of crime that is prevalent in data in a study. They provide simple
societies. Given that crime, by definition, synopsis and summaries about the
is an illegal activity, every way of sample and the measures. Together with
measuring it is likely to be inaccurate. simple graphics analysis, they form the
There are many ways of assessing crime, basis of virtually every quantitative
including household surveys or checking analysis of data. Graphical description in
hospital or insurance records, but the which we use graphs to review and
term "crime statistic" usually refers to summarize data. Tabular description in
figures compiled by the Police and other which we use tables to recap and go over
law enforcement agencies. data. Summary statistics in which we
calculate certain values to summarize
C rim inal D em ography - Study of the data.
correlation between criminality and
population. D eviant behavior - Is conduct that is a
recognized violation of social norms.
Crim inal Ecology - study of the Formal and informal social controls
connection between environment and attempt to prevent or minimize deviance.
criminality. One such control is through the
medicalization of deviance. It is not the
C rim inal E pidem iology - study of act itself, but the reactions to the act,
criminality in relation to "spatial that make something deviant.
distribution in a community.
Differential A ssociation Theory - An
C rim inal Physical anthropology - study Inter-actionist theory of deviance. This
of criminality in relation to physical theory centers on how individuals learn
constitution of man. how to become criminals, but does not
concern itself with why they become
C rim inal Psychiatry - study of human criminals. They understand how to
mind in relation to criminality. commit criminal acts; they learn motives,
drives, rationalizations, and attitudes. It
C rim inal Psychology - study of human grows socially simpler for the individuals
behavior in relation to criminality. to commit a crime. Their inspiration is the
processes of cultural transmission and
C rim inology - The scientific study of construction. Sutherland had formulated
criminals as an individual and crime as a the idea of the "self’ as a social construct,
social phenomenon. Criminological like when a person's self-image is
research areas include the occurrence, continuously being reconstructed
prevalence and forms of crime as well as especially when interacting with other
its causes and effects. It also covers social people.
and governmental regulations and
reactions to crime. Criminology is an Differential Identification Theory
interdisciplinary field in the behavioral Asserted by Daniel Glasser: It maintained
sciences, deriving especially on the that a person pursues criminal behaviot
research of sociologists and psychologist, to the extent that he identifies himscll
as well as on writings in law. In 1885, with real or imaginary persons from
whose perspective his criminal behavior
seems acceptable. A person with the a perceived problem does not actually
susceptibility of becoming a thief will exist. Exploratory research often depends
consider thieves as their ideal person to on secondary research such as reviewing
identify themselves. The identification available literature and/or data, or
need not be in intimate personal qualitative approaches such as informal
association but it may done by identifying discussions with consumers, employees,
themselves with characters in movies, management or competitors, and more
radio and televisions. formal approaches through in-depth
interviews, focus groups, projective
D ifferential Social O rganization Theory methods, case studies or pilot studies.
- This is sometimes referred to as social
disorganization. There is social G ianell Index to C rim inality - A is
disorganization when there is breakdown crimino-synthesis which explains the
and changes, conflict of values between reason why a person may commit a crime
the new and the old; when there is or restrain himself from doing so under
condensed influence of the social the following circumstances:
institutions over behavior; and when
there is declining influence of a solid Need Frustration. The person before
moral and ethical front. Some individuals committing the crime is likely to feel
accordingly break through the lines of angry, aggrieved, bitter,. indignant,
social control, and society has difficulty in unhappy, unsatisfied, and resentful
maintaining effective social order. There is about something in particular about life
social disorganization when there is lack in general.
of well-defined regulation to behavior, a
breakdown of rules and the absence of Internal Inhibition. It refers to all types of
definite role for the adolescent to play. internal constrains which may prevent a
person from committing a crime. These
E m pirical research - Refers to any forces may be the person’s conscience, or
research that roots its findings on direct his principles, or his sense of self-respect
or indirect observation as its test of or the particular conception he has of
reality. It may be conducted according to himself or a sense of guilt or remorse that
hypothetico-deductive procedures. In he may experience if he commits certain
practice, the collection of evidence for or criminal acts.
against any particular theory involves
planned research designs for the External Inhibition. This constitutes all
collection of empirical data, and academic types of external factors which may
rigor plays a large part of judging the prevent an individual from committing a
merits of research design. crime.
E nvironm ental C rim inology - Focuses Contact with Realitu. This refers to the
on criminal patterns within particular extent to which person can learn from his
built environments. It analyzes the effects past experiences, especially his past
of external variables on people’s cognitive mistakes, as well as to the extent to
behavior. It forms a part of the Positivist which he can evaluate accurately the
School in that it applies the scientific present situation and foresee the
method to examine the society that consequence of his present action in
causes crime. The criminal event has five relation to his future.
dimensions: space, time, law, offender,
and target or victim. These five Situational Crime Potential This is
components are a necessary and centered on the cultural chance and
sufficient condition, for without one, the opportunity to commit the crime.
other four, even together, will not
constitute a criminal incident. Potential Satisfaction. This refers to the
balance of gain and loss that a person
Exploratory Research - A type of may experience if he commits a given
research conducted because a problem crime.
has not been clearly defined. It is used to
determine the best research design, data G en eralizations- A sweeping and
collection method and selection of comprehensive statement as a result of
subjects. Given its fundamental nature, the insightful thinking done by the
exploratory research often concludes that researcher.
Cesare Becarria remains an important
Graphic M ode - It is used to present data and relevant social philosophy in policy
by means of charts to explain further the term for using punishment as a deterrent
relationships, trends of information that through law enforcement, the courts, and
were not clearly presented in tables. imprisonment.
Im itation-Suggestion Theory (Gabriel Paradigm - A way of looking at natural

Tarde) - Delinquency and criminal phenomena that encompasses a set of
matters are learned and adopted. The philosophical assumptions and guide
learning process may either be conscious one’s approach to inquiry.
type of copying (imitation) or unconscious
copying (suggestion) of confronting Phrenology or C raniology -This is the
pattern of behavior. The pattern of crime, analysis of the external formation of the
like fashion may easily fade, may last for skull that indicates the conformation of
a long time and maybe transmitted from the brain and the development of its
generation to generation. It may also various parts in relation to the behavior of
spread from the place of its origin going the criminal.
outward to the periphery.
Physiognom y - This is the study of the
Im plications- It explains the inference of relationship between the facial features
the data in relation to the problem. and human conduct of a person in
relation to his crimes. It includes
Interpretation o f data - An essential observation of his physical appearance
component in research study. At this and measurement of the outward
point, collected information are organized, appearance. Both claimed that bald men,
classified and analyzed to obtain their bearded woman, shifty eye, weak chin
significance in relation to the problem and arrogant nose are criminal
which researchers are trying to solve. inclinations.
Interpretation of data includes the
analysis and synthesis of figures, Positivist School - Advocates that
numbers, records and facts. Analysis criminal behavior is caused by internal
involves the tabulation and categorization and external factors outside of the
of data collected. Synthesis, on the other individual's control. The scientific method
hand, entails the formulation of was introduced and applied to study
generalizations or principles. human behavior. Positivism can be
broken up into three branches which
M arxist C rim inology - Parallels the work include biological, psychological and
of the functionalist school which focuses social positivism.
on what produces stability and continuity
in society but, unlike the functionalists, it Postm odernist School - Applies
adopts a predefined political philosophy. postmodernism to the study of crime and
criminals, and understands "criminality"
M eaning - It sheds light to the as a product of the power to limit the
importance of the material or the data. behavior of those individuals excluded
from power, but who try to prevail over
Natural Laws - Rooted in core values social inequality and behave in ways
shared by many cultures. Natural laws which the power structure prohibits.
protect against harm to persons (e.g. Postmodernism focuses on the identity of
murder, rape, physical injuries, assault) the human subject, multiculturalism,
or property (theft, robbery, estafa), and feminism, and human relationships to
form the basis of common law systems. deal with the concepts of "difference" and
"otherness" without essentialism or
Narrative case studies - Present findings reductionism, but its contributions arr
in a story or account format. It involves not always appreciated.
presenting the case study as events in an
unfolding plot with actors and actions. Questionnaire - Invented by Sir Francis
Gal ton, questionnaire is a research tool
N eo-C lassical School- Continued the consisting of a series of questions and
traditions of the Classical School within other prompts for the purpose of
the framework of Right Realism. The gathering information from respondents,
Utilitarianism of Jeremy Bentham and Although they are often designed for
statistical analysis of the responses, this Statistical significance testing and
is not always the case. Prediction
R ational Choice T heory - Based on the Statistics - The word statistics ultimately
utilitarian, classical school philosophies derives from the New Latin term
of Cesare Becarria, which were statisticum collegium ("council of state")
popularized by Jeremy Bentham. They and the Italian word statista ("stateman
argued that punishment, if certain, swift, or politician"). The German Statistik, first
and proportionate to the crime, was a introduced by Gottfried Achenwall (1749),
deterrent for crime, with risks originally designated the analysis of data
outweighing possible benefits to the about the state, signifying the "science of
offender. In Dei delitti e dell pene (On state" (then called political arithmetic in
Crime and Punishment, 1763-1764), English). Statistics acquired the meaning
Beccaria advocated a rational penology. of the collection and classification of data
generally in the early 19th Century. It was
Research - An offshoot from the French introduced into English by Sir John
word recherche, from rechercher, to Sinclair.
search closely where "chercher" means "to
search"; its literal meaning is 'to Statutes - Are enacted by legislature and
investigate thoroughly'. Research is reflect current cultural mores, albeit that
basically a systematic collection of data some laws may be controversial, e.g. laws
for the purpose of explaining, describing that prohibit shabu and marijuana use
or making predictions. Basic research and gambling.
also known as pure or fundamental
research has as its primary purpose the Strain T heory - Advocated by American
advancement of knowledge and the sociologist Robert Merton, suggests that
theoretical understanding of the relations mainstream culture between what society
among variables. expected of its citizens and what those
citizens could actually achieve. If the
R ecom m endation - It refers to the social structure of opportunities is
proposal arrived at by the researcher to unequal and prevents the majority from
adequately addressed the problem realizing the dream," some of them will
focused on the research. turn to illegitimate means and turn to
crimes in order to realize it. Others will
Social C ontrol T heory - Proposes that retreat or drop out into deviant
exploiting the process of socialization and subcultures (gang members, "hobos":
Social Learning Theory builds self-control urban homeless drunks and drug
and limits the propensity or inclination to abusers).
indulge in behavior recognized as
antisocial. It is based on Functionalist Subcultural Theory -Emerged from the
theories of crime. work of the Chicago School on gangs and
developed through the Symbolic
Social D isorganization - Theory suggests Interactinism School into a set of theories
that neighborhoods beleagured with arguing that certain groups or
poverty and economic deprivation tend to subcultures in society have attitudes and
experience high rates of population values that are favorable to crime and
turnover. These neighborhoods also tend violence. The primary focus is on juvenile
to have high population heterogeneity. delinquency because theorists believe
With high turnover, informal social that if this pattern of offending can be
structure often fails to develop, which in understood and controlled, it will break'
turn makes it hard to maintain social the evolution from teenage offender into
order in a community. habitual criminal. Subcultural Theory.
focused more heavily on the issue of
S tatistical Inference - An assumption category of people or class, where some
about a population from a random sample criminal activities were seen as 'imaginary
drawn from it or, more generally, about a solutions' to the problem of belonging to a
random process from its observed subordinate class.
behavior during a finite period of time. It
includes: Point estimation, Interval Sym bolic Interactionism - Based on the
estimation, Hypothesis testing or phenomology of Edmund Husserl and
George Herbert Mead and, as well as sub
cultural theory and conflict theory. This Victim studies are canvasses of the public
school of thought centered on the which request them to report any crimes
relationship between the powerful state, which they have experienced, whether or
media and conservative ruling elite on the not they have reported them. This is one
one hand, and the less powerful groups of the main ways in which the dark figure
on the other. of crime is exposed particularly in cases
of abuse. Such surveys usually show the
T abular M ode - It is employed to present level of criminal activity is at least double
the information in a tabularized form or that which appears in the official crime
presentation of data by means of tables. statistics.
T extual Mode - It is used to explain the C O R R E CTIO N A L AD M IN ISTR A TIO N

data, to analyze it and to formulate
generalizations out of the tabulated data. A ct No. 1533 - Law on working detention
UCR - Uniform Crime Reports contain A ct No. 3316 - Basis for granting Good
official data on crime that is reported to Conduct Time Allowance for prisoners.
law enforcement agencies it focuses on
index crimes. UCR is a summary-based A ct No. 3326 - Law on prescription of
reporting system, with data aggregated to penalty
the city, county, state, and other
geographic levels used primarily in the
A ct No. 4103 - Refers to the
United States.
Indeterminate Sentence Law
U tilitarianism - The ethical principle that
A breactions - Intense emotional feelings.
the moral worth of an action is solely
determined by its contribution to overall
A bsolute Pardon - A form of executive
utility. It is a form of consequentialism.
clemency, which can be granted at any
Society is based on social contract which
time after conviction by the Chief
convene for the exchange of liberties for
executive/President which exempts the
freedoms. All people being equally
convicted person from suffering from his
possessed of free will and the ability for
criminal liability; without any condition
rational thought should be treated equally
whatsoever.
People should be treated with due process
and they should have civil rights; there
A ccessory Penalties - Those that are
should be rules of evidence. The law
deemed included in the imposition of the
should be extensively known, this is
principal penalties.
referred to as cognoscibility, or a person
being "cognizant" of the law at all times,
A dm inistrative Supervision - Refers to
at least in knowing what the actus reus is
the relationship between the probation
of each and every crime. Utilitarianism
officer and the assistance probation
(Bentham's version of hedonism) should
officers during the conduct of operational
be the basis of social supremacy as it is
supervision.
for most human behavior. Punishment
should be the minimum required to
A dm ission C lassification M eeting
discourage the individual and others from
Sometimes called the initial classification
doing or mimicking it. Judges should not
meeting, used to plan a program for and
enjoy too much discretion in sentencing;
with the inmate directed towards the
sentences should be about equal for equal
latter’s rehabilitation.
crime (determinate sentencing).
Adm ission Sum m ary - It is undertaken
V alues- It shows the usefulness of the
by the RDC staff for all prisoners
study as a result of reflective thinking.
entrusted to their custody. It is utilized in
carrying out the treatment programs for
V ictim study - Also known as
convicted criminal offenders.
victimization survey asks a sample of
people which crimes have been committed
A dversarial Process - A system of
against them over a fixed period of time
determining guilt in which the state must
and whether or not they have been
prove its case against a defendant who is
reported to the police. Victim studies may
defended by an advocate.
be carried out at a national or local level.
individual could be born with criminal
A ffliction - Distress of mind or body; pre-dispositions.
that which causes continuing anguish or
suffering. A tonem ent - Group vengeance as a
justification of punishment, when
A ggressive - Is useful as an explanation punishment is exacted visibly for the
of certain interpersonal processes purpose of appeasing the social group.
particularly in reference to those victim
types that Von Hentig calls the A uburn System - It is the one the
Tormentor. forerunners of modern correctional
system wherein they confine the prisoners
A lcatraz - A super security facility which in single cells at night but allow them to
opened in 1934, closed on March 21, work in congregate shops during the day.
1963. It was closed primarily due to its
high cost of maintenance. Estimated were A versive T herapy - The coupling of a
the repairs would run between $4 % and previously desirable stimulus with an
$5 million. As 1940, it had per capital extremely painful or undesirable
cost over twice of average of all federal conditioned response, as coupling alcohol
institutions when it closed, it has 260 with chemically induced vomiting.
inmates.
B ail - Monetary amount for or condition
A m n esty - Is a general pardon for of pre trial release from custody of the
offenses against the state extended to law. Or a money payment in return for
group of persons, classes or sects usually which a defendant is given freedom
to political offenders by executive pending trial or appeal.
clemency with the concurrence of
congress. Bail Bond - It is a multi party contract
involving the state, the accused and the
A nal Stage - Sensual gratification shifts surety and under which the latter
to the excretory function and the control guarantees the state that the accused will
of the sphincter muscles. According to appear in subsequent proceedings.
Freud the sexual gratification, is focused
on the elimination of body wastes it B anishm ent - An early form of penalty
occurs on the second and third year of life wherein the convicted offender is
of an individual. transferred to another place and cannot
return a procedure similar to exile.
A nth ropology - Study of mankind, its
societies and customs. B aroning - A process by which a prison
inmate obtains wealth, influence and
A rresto M ayor - Imprisonment imposed power by means of selling tobacco.
by the RPC from one month and one day
to six months. B ehavior R eport - A document which
calls attention of inmates for certain
A rresto M enor - Penalty imposed by law misconduct or positive traits manifested
wherein the convicted person shall suffer while serving sentence.
one day to thirty days of incarceration
and/or a fine not exceeding 200 Pesos. B ehavior T herapy - A strategy of
behavior change that focuses on behavior,
A social A ggressive - This is the its causes, and its consequences rather
commanding individual who responds than on internal or indirect "causes"
with open hostility or physical or verbal Based primarily on learning theory. Also
aggression when frustrated. known as behavior modification.
A social Passive - This individual pouts Benefit o f the C lergy - From the
and sulks and reacts with passivity thirteenth to the early nineteenth
complaining or withdrawing when centuries, clemency shown to clergy guilty
frustrated. of crimes and extended eventually to any
offender who could read.
Atavism - It is the reversion of man to his
ape-Ukc ancestors, and states that an Bifurcated Process - The separation of
the guilt determination process from the*
sentence-determination process in the
criminal court system. C lassical C onditioning - The pairing of
an initially neutral stimulus with a
Big School - Slang for penitentiary. conditioned response through the
repetitive association of the conditioned
Black M aria - A van used to transport stimulus with an unconditioned stimulus.
prisoners, Paddy-wagon.
Classical C rim inology - The criminology
Boundary Subsystem - That component of Beccaria and Betham, important to the
of an organization that deals with the reform of stern and arbitrary criminal
external environment of the organization. processes in the eighteenth century.
Based on utilitarian philosophy of
B ridew ell - The term applied to houses of deterring crime by scheduling penalties
corrections, which were used for locking for a crime that would be of greater cost
up, employing and beggars, prostitutes than the gain obtained committing the
and other misfits. These were built offense.
around the acceptance of the value of the
regular work and the formation of the C lassification - Is a method placing
“habits industry”. prisoners into type of categories by which
Bridewell Workhouse was built in 1557 in diagnosis treatment planning and
London for the employment and housing execution of treatment program are
of English prisoners. coordinated in the individual case.
Bureaucracy - A complex organization Classification Com m ittee - Body which

characterized by a specialization of labor, carries out the treatment and training
a hierarchy of offices described by rule, plan of the prisoner.
and recruitment and promotion practices
based on merit. Close C onfinem ent - For those
incorrigible prisoners when lighter
Burgandian C o d e - It originated about punishment has been proven to be
500 AD, specified punishment according ineffectual the use of bartolina or solitary
to the social class of offenders, dividing confinement is justified when a foreseen
them into nobles, riddle and lower danger to the convict or others is
classes, and specifying the value of the apparent.
life of each person in the society
according to his social status. Club A ctivities - An endeavor or pastime
which develops inmate’s initiatives. A
C arpeta - The institutional record of an means for inmates to learn to accept
inmate which consists of his commitment responsibilities improve their education
order, the prosecutor’s information and and keep abreast with what is going on
the decision of the trial court, including the community.
the appellate court, if any.
C oercion Treatm ent - Analysis of
Cat O ’ Nine Tails - A lash of nine knotted treatment in corrections, crucial issues
hongs of raw attached to a solid handle sometimes do not get the emphasis they
used in the administration of flogging deserve.
which was the most popular methods of
corporal punishments in the Cognitive System - An overlap between
18th Century. memory and language which gives priority
to rational process in learning.
C asew ork - In correctional work includes
the professional services rendered by C olony A ssistant Superintendent -
professionally trained personnel in the Should have the rank of Chief Inspector,
description and social treatment of who must have finished at least second
offenders. year Bachelor of Laws or earned at least
twenty-four (24) units in a master’s
Change Agent - A person or group degree program in management, public
responsible for helping a client to administration, public safety, criminology,
undertake planned changes in behavior penology, sociology, national security
or situation. Often a professional, outside administration, defense studies or other
consultant. related disciplines from a recognized
Philippine Criminal justice system and CPPO respectively of the jurisdiction
charged with the unenviable task of where probationer resides.
reforming and rehabilitating convicted
criminal offenders. Crim e C ontrol M odel - Term for the
ideology of criminal justice that
Correctional A gency Referrals emphasized speed and efficiency of
Individual counseling and casework prosecution and the presumption of
services are made available to the factual guilt as important mechanisms in
prisoner and his family from the-time of the maintenance of social order.
arrest to the time of release from legal
control. C rim inal Process - The process of
investigating, arresting, charging,
Correctional Program M anagem ent - prosecuting, sentencing, and punishing.
This division is vested with the
responsibility of research and planning of Cultural Conform ist - This type of
treatment of the inmates based on juvenile identifies strongly with his
individual circumstances and widely delinquent peers and who considers
accepted methods of reformation. himself tough.
C orrections Tech nical O fficers - Are C ultural Identifier - Responds to

personnel employed in the identification with a deviant value system
implementation of reformation programs by living out his delinquent beliefs.
and those personnel whose nature of
work requires proximate or direct contact C ulture Shock - A psychological and
with inmates. Corrections Technical social disruption experienced by a person
Officers include priests, evangelists, suddenly placed in an unfamiliar culture.
pastors, teachers, instructors, professors,
vocational placement officers, librarians, Cum ulative Case Sum m ary - Starts form
guidance counselors, physicians, nurses, the admission report of individual
medical technologists, pharmacists, inmates to his behavior and response to
dentists, therapists, psychologists, treatment programs and serves as the
psychiatrists, sociologists, social workers, basis in granting parole.
engineers, electricians, agriculturists,
veterinarians, lawyers and similar C urfew - Imposition on people the
professional skills relevant to the obligation to remove themselves from the
implementation of inmate reformation streets on or before a certain time of
programs. night.
C ounsel and Reprim and - This is mild Custodial C orrectional O fficer - The
form of punishment for minor infractions observation made by the custodial officer
but is ineffective for the convicts who are will determine how will the convict react
known not to comply with rules and with other inmates and would play a role
regulations. in choosing the type of custody of the
prisoners. They refer to prison guards.
Counseling - Is a process of establishing
a cooperative relationship and then using C ustodial D ivision - It handles matters
that inter personal interaction to help the pertaining security of the institution and
client learn his or her desired appropriate custody of the prisoners, handled by the
behavior. assistant superintendent or assistant
warden.
Courtesy Investigation - Investigation
conducted by another probation officer in C ustody - Is defined as penal safe
behalf of the probation officer on case of keeping includes measures and activities.
the petitioner.
Dark Figure - The number of crimes
Courtesy Supervision - Undertaken by committed that are unreported to police.
another probation office in case a
temporary change of residence and when Death Penalty - Early form of
control and supervision of the probationer punishment which was carried out by
are not transferred by the executive judge hanging, immersing in boiling water,
burning and feeding to wild animals, in
the Philippines it is still practiced by with persons who have a positive
means of Lethal injection. perception of crime rather than with
persons who have a negative perception of
D efinite Sentence - A condemnation to crime.
prison for which the date of release is
known on the day that the sentence is D iversification - Penal system’s
rendered. implementation of segregation.
D e-Institutionalization - One which D iversification by A ge - Minors is

characterizes many groups in which the separated and confined in a different
two phases of the social structure are not facility from the older group.
highly integrated.
D iversification by Degree o f Custody
D elin quent -A person who merely Prisoners are segregated based on the
committed an act not in conformity with duration or length of their sentence
the norms of society. imposed by the judge in the final
judgment.
D esen sitization - The process of
removing the anxiety inducing qualities of D iversion - Process of reducing an
a feared object or situation. offenders penetration into the criminal
justice system, at any of its decisions
Detainee - A person who is detained for points, by establishing a new or
the violation of law or ordinance and has alternative path.
not yet been convicted.
Doctrine - A rule, principle, theory of the
D etention Prisoner - Are those without law.
judgment and are not required to work
but only required to polish themselves for D om ainC onflict - Disagreement or clash
hygienic or sanitary purposes. However, over resources, mission, responsibilities,
by RA 6127 a detention prisoner should or markets among several organizations.
manifest in writing his intention to work
and if permitted he would be entitled for Due Process - Is a legal concept reflecting
fifth 4/5 credit for time spent in jail while concern with the utilization of correct
under trial. Otherwise. 1/5 credit for time legal procedures in the determination of
spent in jail shall be given in case he is an individual’s guilt.
convicted by final judgment and would be
deducted from his jail or prison service. Due Process M odel - Term for the
ideology of criminal justice that assumes
D eter - To prevent. that the criminal sanctions is the most
severe sanction in a free society and,
D eterrence - It is the aim of the state to therefore, that prosecution should include
prevent crimes in order to have a peaceful a variety of safeguards, such as judicial
society, it is a justification for fact finding and the presumption of legal
punishment. It is an action intended to innocence.
reduce future crime by punishment. - it is
commonly believed that punishment gives E cological Approach - The study of how
a lesson to the offender, that it shows social and geographic arrangements
others what would happen if the violate correlated with crime and deviance.
the law.
Education C ounselor - Part of the
D iagnosis - Study of personality of admissions committee who determines
individuals of the person. the educational strength and weaknesses
of the individual.
D iagnosis C enter - Specialized service
designed to examine and assist in the Educational Program - The most
classification of new inmates of a big important program that aide in the
correction system. (RDC) rehabilitation of prisoners.
D ifferential A ssociation Theory E.O. No. 292 - Administrative code o

Sutherland’s theory that criminal 1987.
behavior is learned through association
iN _ n i T R V A R A 7RQ
institution of learning, and must have to extend the benefits of parole to those
satisfactorily passed the necessary not entitled to it and to save lives of
training or career courses for such person sentenced to suffer the capital
position as may be established by the punishment. Specific cases where
BuCor. commutation is automatically provided:
When the convicted person sentenced to
C olony Superin ten den t - Should have death is over seventy years of age; when
the rank of Superintendent, who must be there is a failure to obtain the vote or
a graduate of Bachelor of Laws or a affirmation of eight justices of the
holder of a master’s degree in Supreme Court en banc In both cases the
management, public administration, degree of penalty is reduced to reclusion
public safety, criminology, penology, perpetua.
sociology, national security
administration, defense studies or other C om purgation - An early practice
related disciplines from a recognized whereby the accused swears an oath of
institution of learning, and must have innocence backed-up by a group of oath
satisfactorily passed the necessary helpers who would attest to his character
training or career courses for such and claim of innocence.
position as may be established by
BuCor '.Provided, That in prison_and-p€nal C on ditional Pardon - Serve the purpose
farms with an inmate population of two of releasing through executive clemency a
thousand (2,000) but below three prisoner which exempts the person on
thousand (3,000), the Colony whom it was bestowed within certain
Superintendent shall have the rank and limits or condition.
qualification of a Colony Senior
Superintendent. Conflict T heory - A variety of social
theories based on the assumption of class
C om m itm en t O rder - Writ issued by the conflict in which conflict is seen as the
court ordering the confinement of person inevitable result of unequal power
so named in penal institutions. distribution.
Com m u nication - Is a tool or important C on jugal V isit - Method undertaken to

element in discipline. allow prisoners opportunity for normal
sex life with legal spouse.
C om m u nity A gencies - A formal group
or association organized to promote social C on tagion - A condition in which prison
or individual welfare. inmates kept together without any
attempt to divide them the involvement
C om m u nity Field Services - Assistances with crime, would transmit to each other
and programs associated with probation, means and techniques to commit further
parole, or other types of community crimes once outside of prison.
correctional programs.
C on tin gency M anagem ent Program -
C om m u nity Resource M anagem ent Structuring behavior through operant
Team - A group of probation or parole conditioning, as with token economy
staff providing services that focus on the programs.
hard or "normative" needs of offenders
rather than on their psychological C ontraband - Anything which is
problems. Includes teaming of specialized prohibited under rules and regulations,
officers on cases and the provision of such as jewelry, deadly weapons and
supportive services to clients to improve dangerous drugs.
access to programs.
Corporal Punishm ent - Physical injuries
C om m utation - It is a change in the inflicted on the body of the person, the
decision of the court made; by the offender is inflicted with penalties such as
President by reducing the degree of mutilation disfiguration flogging and
penalty inflicted upon the convict, or by maiming.
reducing the length of imprisonment or
amount of fine imposed by the court in C orrections - Defined as the
the verdict of conviction. Commutation is community’s reaction to a convicted
cxerriftrd to break the rigidity of the law, offender. It is the fourth pillar of the
Escape Prone Prisoner - An inmate Fixed or Revolving A ssignm en t -
having the natural inclination to evade Predetermined and rigid designation of
custody against the will of the custodian manpower, it may not involve
or from the place where he is held in consideration of competence or desire.
lawful confinement. Required specialization is a principle for
making assignments permanent.
Evaluation - Assessment of the offenders
personality, including a description of his Flat Term - Prison punishment in which
customary behavior, particularly under there is no discretionary release date.
stress and evaluation of his personal Similar to a definite sentence.
strengths and weaknesses or special
problems in terms of the proposed Form alization - Refers to the process of
treatment, analysis or his current inter-organizational behavior in which two
environment demand on him and or more organizations solidify their
supports for him. relations with each other by increasing
awareness, agreeing on domain, engaging
Ex G ratia - State is acting and out of its in joint programs.
benevolence.
Frustration - Derived from the
Executive Leadership - Responsibility of inaccessibility of effective institutional
a warden in seeing to it that he attainment of economic or any other type
continually motivates his staff and of highly valued success.
personnel to perform at their best.
Functionalism - Social developments are
Executive T echniques - This is a method evaluated on the basis of their capacity to
of helping parolees by which the people promote or to negate society harmony.
office perform referral services.
Furlough - Temporary release from jail or
Existentialism - Is a philosophy that prison. Typically for a day, weekend, or
emphasizes that importance of mans holiday or for special visits such as a job
existence and self-determinative faculty test or interview or family crises, often
and the meaning that life has for him. part of a prerelease program.
Experience - Knowledge of common Gate Fever - The feeling of an immediate

situations and problems confronting release from the penitentiary and the
offenders. feeling of uncertainly in the part of the
suppose parolee at the ebb of his release
Expiation - Group vengeance as a to the community.
justification for imposition of punishment
(same as atonement). G em einschaft Pattern - It is
characterized by persons of homogeneous
E xtinction - Process of extinguishing a attributes similar to those providing for
conditioned response by uncoupling the mechanical solidarity.
unconditioned and conditioned stimuli.
Generalization - When response to a
False Positive - The inaccurate particular conditioned stimulus is also
prediction or diagnosis that a person has produced by similar stimuli.
a condition or tendency when in fact he or
she does not. Gesellschaft C onfiguration - It is
characterized by persons having
Fine - Monetary sanction for a criminal heterogeneous attributes, interact with
offense, the most frequent sanction in each other in an impersonal manner and
United States, but usually for minor do not associate the welfare of the group
offenses. with their own.
First National Prison Congress Golden Age o f Penology - The period

Congregation of prison officials in covering 1870 to 1880 was regarded as
Cincinnati in 1870 resulting in Golden age of penology. The highlights of
declaration of principles aimed at the the said period were as follows: The
rehabilitation of offenders. organization of the National Prison
Association last 1870, now referred to as
American Correctional Association; The G reyhound O perations - A method in
International Prison Congress was held in searching the prisoner for possession of
1872. It Served as a forum attended by contrabands inside the prisoner cells and
representatives from different countries compound.
wherein improvement to prison systems
were tackled in the assembly every 5 Group C ou nseling - Modeled after group
years; in 1876 the Elmira Reformatory therapy, a process of placing clients in
was established which "was considered groups as means of discussing and
the forerunner in modern penology; and solving mutual problems.
In Indiana, Massachusetts USA the first
separate was established. Group Psychotherapy - The technique
and process of clinical therapy for
G ood T im e C onduct - A
Allow ance individuals who meet in small groups
reward whereby a prisoner receives with the therapist.
partial remission or reduction of his
prison sentence. It is automatically G uard - Refers to a member of the
appliedjo reducejtjiesentence by may be custodial force of a prison.
taken awayTrorrfme prisoner if he fails to
obey the rules and regulations of the H am m urabi Code - Penal code of
prison. Emperor Hammurabi in Babylonia, 1950
B.C. Regarded as the earliest known
"1. During the first two years of explicit codes of crime and penalty or first
imprisonment, he shall be allowed a written criminal code.
deduction of twenty days for each month
of good behavior during detention; H oly Inquisition - A general label for a
succession on Roman Catholic tribunals
"2. During the third to the fifth year, change with the detection and
inclusive, of his imprisonment, he shall punishment of heresy. Inquisition proper
be allowed a reduction of twenty-three did not begin until 1215 AD when the
days for each month of good behavior Lateran Council decided that the use of
during detention; torture was appropriate which was
supplemented by an extensive system of
"3. During the following years until the informers and detailed records kept of
tenth year, inclusive, of his imprisonment, every element in proceedings.
he shall be allowed a deduction of twenty-
five days for each month of good behavior H om e Placem ent - It is the responsibility
during detention; of the parole officer to help find a foster
home for the parolee.
"4. During the eleventh and successive
years of his imprisonment, he shall be H ospicio De San M ichelle In
allowed a deduction of thirty days for 1703, Pope Clement XI built Hospicio De
each month of good behavior during San Michelle in Rome to house
detention; and incorrigible youths under 20 years of age,
and which was the home for delinquent
"5. At any time during the period o f boys. This institution had the MOTTO
imprisonment, he shall be allowed another inscribed over the door “It is insufficient
deduction of fifteen days, in addition to rest rain the wicked by punishment
numbers one to four hereof, for each unless you render virtuous by corrective
month of study, teaching or mentoring discipline.”
service time rendered.
Hulks - Abandoned or unusable transport
"An appeal by the accused shall not ships, which were converted into prisons
deprive him of entitlement to the above as means of relieving prisons congestion
allowances for good conduct." when transported systems were
abandoned in rivers harbors and also
Grand J ury - A panel of adjudicators, known as “floating hells.”
typically of 23 persons, composes a
council for the duration of a court session Idleness - The most persistent problem in
or for special investigations which almost all prison facilities which
determines the guilt of the accused. contribute to failure of the reformation
programs.
Italian School - Advocated by Dr.
I-Level T heory - Hypothesis which Lombroso, Ferri and Garofalo, also known
associates types of deviance and types of as the positivism or positive school of
control with stages in the life cycle. penology.
Incapacitation - Incarcerating or Jail - A local country institution for

otherwise controlling the behavior or an incarcerating misdemeanants and
offender so that he or she is incapable of defendants who are detained pending
offending again for the period "o f trial. Refers to institutions for the
incarceration. confinement of untried prisoners and
sentenced prisoners serving
Indefinite Sentence - Is a prison term in imprisonment of not more than three
which release date is under the years
discretionary control of a release board.
Judean Christian Theory - Emphasized
Indeterm inate Sentence - A sentence of that punishment has a redemptive
imprisonment for the maximum period purpose.
define by law subject to the termination
by the parole board at anytime after J udicial Reprieve - It is a means for
service of the minimum period. It is one modifying the severity of the law which
with minimum and maximum periods of was a temporary withholding /
imprisonment. withdrawing of a sentence for an interval
of time and to give room to apply to the
Indictm ent - Formal charging of a crown for either an absolute or
defendant by a grand jury. conditional pardon.
Individual C ounseling - Undertaken to K angaroo C ourts - Existence of a

minimize the anxiety of the offender in discredited method of discipline where
returning to the free society. due process is not observed. The rule of
the majority governs the regulations upon
Individualization - It is based upon the which the inmates must conform.
right of the client to be treated not just as
any human being but as this particular Labeling Theory - A theory originating
being with his own unique personal with Howard Becker that emphasized the
differences. self-fulfilling prophecy in deviance
processing that deviants behave in
Initial Interview - Reassuring proof of accordance with the labels they are given
the probation officers sincerely in wanting in the judgmental process.
to help the probationer.
Latency Stage - There are no sexual
Inspectional Techniques - As there is conflicts because sexual feelings are not -
too much to inspect • individually, dominant.
sampling must be used. It should extend
to the study of records on the time spent Latent Functions - Utilities, tasks or
on calls. consequences of social groups that are
unintended but are the by-products of
Intensity - Prestige of the source of a social interactions.
criminal or anti-criminal pattern and with
emotional reactions related to the Lock-Up Jail - This is a security facility
associations. operated by personnel of the local law
enforcement units for temporary
Inter O rganizational Behavior detention of persons under investigation.
Interaction among to or more independent
organizations. M ’ Naghten Case - Basis for exempting
law violators form their criminal liability
Irish Prison System - Crofton system of by reason of insanity.
rewarding inmates with marks a sufficient
accumulation of which lead to release M agistrate - All judicial officers
prior to expiration of sentence. empowered to judge whether there is
probable cause to arrest, and who at the
initial appearance sets bail and informs violations incurred with reference to the
defendants of their rights. rule book.
M aintenan ce Sub-System - That M isdem eanor - Usually any state or

component of complex organizations federal crime for which the punishment is
which maintains internal structure and one year or less served in a country jail of
procedures in order to assure that the federal institutions.
work of the organization is done.
M ittim us - A warrant issued by the court
M aison De Force - Was founded by Jean bearing its seal and the signature of the
Jacques Phillippe Vailain at Ghent , judge directing a correctional facility to
Belgium , in lwith 773. felons and those receive the convicted offender for service
misdemeanors were separated, women of sentence imposed therein.
had separate quarters, as did in children
M odern C linical School - Derives its
M am ertine Prison - Early Roman place belief on the biological inheritance of man
of confinement which is built under the influenced by the conditions which he
main sewer of Rome in 64 B.C. was developed as well as his experience in
life.
M andatory R elease - A release from
prison requirech^bv statute where an M oral - Mental condition of individuals or
inmate has been ccfrrftned—for" a time groups regarding courage, zeal, hope and
period equal to his or her full sentence. confidence in the present principles and
way of life.
M anipulative T echnique - Are ways of
helping the parolee by altering his M unicipal Prisoners - As classified
environmental conditions going to under PD 29, they are persons convicted
bringing out satisfactory social to serve a period of imprisonment of not
adjustment in the individual. more than six months.
M anipulator - Is the one who attempts to National Prisoners - Person convicted to

subvert or undermine the power of the serve a sentence of more than three years
authority figure or attempts to arrogate it of imprisonment. Also known as Insular
to himself. prisoners as classified by law.
M edium Supervision - Given to N egative R einforcem ent The

probationer’s needing moderate attention employment of a negative stimulus (such
and requiring twice - a - month office as punishment or removal of reward) for
reporting. Use yellow plan card tab. undesirable behavior rather than
rewarding desired behavior.
M edium Security Facility - Utilized
instead of walls the structures is created Neurotic A cting O ut - Resorts to
for prisoners housed in dormitories. diversionary tactics to distract himself
and others from his feelings of
M ental R etardation - A term which inadequacy rejection or self
designates those people whose general condemnation.
intellectual functioning is below what
considered to be normal. Neurotic A nxious - Responds with
symptoms of emotional disturbance to
M inim um Security - To keep civilians conflict produced by feelings of
away and not created for purpose of inadequacy and quilt.
preventing escapes of the convicts.
Neutral A ttitudes - The policemen is not
M inim um Supervision - Probationer’s inclined to sympathize with protest and
needing minimal attention and requiring nonconformity and he should be
not more than once-a-month office prevented from punishing the group for
reporting. Use green plan card. the breach of individuals.
M isconduct Report Written report N orm al - Refers to the prevailing

detailing particular inmate and the standard the dominant mode or average.
Observation Distortions - Subjective
preconceptions often give distorted from Parole - It is a conditional release after
to mental images. The person who is the prisoner has served the minimum
different may be invalidly seen as the sentence of imprisonment imposed by
potential lawbreaker. law. Or release of an incarcerated offender
to supervision prior to expiration of a
Open Institution - Penal facilities usually maximum term.
constructed without a fence.
Parole D H oneur - Word of honor
O perational Supervision - Refers to the
joint processes that take between the Parum Est Coercere Im probos Poena
probationer officer and the probationer Nici Probos E fficias Discipline - It is
form the time probation is granted until it insufficient to restrain the wicked by
is terminated. punishing unless you render them
O ral Stage - It is characterized by oral virtuous by corrective discipline.
gratification that is the child mouth
becomes the primary source of sensual Passive Agent - A term used by Glaser to
satisfaction. represent parole officers who have a low
emphasis on both assistance and control
O rdeal - Based on the principle of divine of parolees.
intervention it is a method of determining
guilt with the belief that innocent persons Pathology - A medical term which
would be protected from harm. indicates the presence of disease.
O rientation Procedure - This is the P ecuniary Liabilities - It consists of the

initial contract of the prisoner with the reparation of the damage caused,
center and is deemed meaningful towards indemnification of the consequential
the aim to reform him. damages, fine and cost of proceedings;
imposed upon persons who are criminally
O rganizational Dom ain - An liable.
organization claimed or actual
environmental niche, as designated by its PD 28 - Law establishing regional prisons
mission, claims on resources, extent of
clients or consumers, share of market PD 603 - Child and Youth Welfare Code
and other indicators.
PD 968 - Refers to the Probation Law
Pacta Sunt Servanda - A pact must be
observed a treaty must be honored. Penalty - Means of social control. It is the
suffering that is inflicted by the state for
Panopticon - Institutional building the transgression of a law.
designed by the English philosopher
Jeremy Bentham to allow a single Penology - Study of punishment of crime,
watchman to observe inmates On a prison a branch of criminology dealing with
facility without being able to tell whether prison management and the treatment of
they are being watched or not. This would offenders.
in turn effectively control inmate’s
behavior. Penitentiary - Characterized by silence
and complete segregation of the inmates.
Pardon - An act of grace and a sovereign
power inherent in the state, which Period - Is one of three equal portions
exempts the individual from the called minimum, medium and maximum
punishment, which the law imposes for a of a divisible penalty.
crime. Pardon is a form of executive
clemency which is an act exercised by the Personality - Integrity, intelligence and
President which exempting an individual good judgment as to command respect
on whom it is bestowed from the and public confidence.
punishment the law inflicts for the crime
he has committed. This is a privilege and Phallic Stage - Attention shifts to the
only vested within the powers of the chief genitalia and they become the source of
executive and not subject to judicial sensual satisfaction.
review.
Port Project - Minnesota residential political, educational, religious, and
programs for offenders who otherwise family institutions.
would have been incarcerated. A step
between probation and prison, or a Principal Penalties - Those penalties
halfway-in house. expressly imposed by the courts in the
judgment of conviction.
Positive C rim inology - The criminology
of Lombroso and Ferri, emphasizing the Prior R ecords - Previous criminal record,
condition of the individual offender rather if any or any violations of the law.
than the type of crime.
Prision C orreccional - Penalty of six
Positive D iscipline - Includes the work months and one day to six years of
control and restWnt inherent to a imprisonment.
person, it is not ba&iâlly punitive but
focuses more on instruction^ regulation Prision M ayor - Penalty of six years and
and training. one day to 12 years of imprisonment.
Positive School - Referred to as the Prison - Are institutions for confinement

Italian School of Criminology. of sentence prisoners serving
imprisonment for more than three (3)
Post Sentence Investigation R eport - Is years. Prisons are administered by the
to assist the court in determining whether state or national government (In the
or not the end of justice will be served by Philippines, the Bureau of Corrections).
granting probation to the petitioner.
Prisoner - A person confined in jail or
Praising - There is a strong motivating prison to serve a sentence after a
force in sensing one is appreciated. The conviction by a competent court or
supervisor must extend his praise to a authority. Also referred to as a convict.
wide area of virtues and values.
Prison Guards - Custodial officers who
Pre-Board Sum m ary - It is a brief are deemed instrumental in the
summary of the inmate’s case including reformation of prisoners due to their most
his case history and the silent points frequent contact with the inmates.
which are considered necessary whether
or not parole is to be granted. Prison R ecords - Information which
pertains to an inmate’s personal
Pre-R elease Leave - The prisoner to room circumstance, offense committed,
outside the prison for a minimum period sentenced imposed by the court, criminal
per day to make work out arrangement case numbers in the trial and appellate
for his release. courts, the date he started service of his
sentence, place and date he was received
Pre-R elease Program - Any prison for confinement, the date of termination
program designed to prepare an inmate of sentence, the number of previous
for release. May include halfway house convictions, if any and his conduct and
replacement, home furlough, or merely behavior while in prison.
special housing and discussion sessions
in prison. Probation - It is a disposition under
which the defendant after conviction and
Pre-Sentence Investigation R eport - sentence is released subject to the
Study by probation officers concerning an conditions imposed by the court and the
offenders condition, past crimes, life supervision of a probation officer.
history, and other information deemed
relevant to sentencing. Probation O fficer - One who investigates
for the courts a referral for probation or
Preventive D iscipline - Form of advice, supervise a probationer or both.
reprimand and warning to avoid
misbehavior in the future. Probationer - Refers to a person placed
under probation.
Prim ary Institu tion - One of the basic
patterning influences of social behavior. Prosecutor - District attorneys,
Typically recognized are economic, assistants, federal prosecutors or nthrr
officers of the court responsible for categories as part of its control
charging and proving the guilt of the mechanism.
accused.
Proselytizing - To convert or induce R eality Therapy - William Glasser's
another to change his religious belief, sect program of behavior change based on a
or the like to another. therapist attempt to get a client to own
his behavior and to take responsibility for
Protection - Justification of punishment its consequences.
come after prisons were fully established...
Reception Diagnostic C enter - Unit in
Provincial Prisoners - Those convicted prison or specialized facility with the
and sentenced to serve imprisonment of function of orientation, testing,
more than six months but not more than classification, and distribution of
three years. offenders in prison programs.
Psychiatrist - Examines the convict and R eclassification - The prisoners appears

prepares an abstract of the emotional and before the classification committee
mental constitution of the individual. periodically after his initial classification
to keep current his treatment and
Psychotherapy - Treatment of the mind, training program.
soul, or immaterial aspect of the human.
R eclusion Perpetua - Penalty imposed by
Public W orks System - Prison labor law wherein the convicted person suffers
utilized in the construction of public twenty years and one day to forty years of
roads, bridges, buildings, dams and other incarceration.
similar structure.
Reclusion Tem poral - Penalty of twelve
Punishm ent - It is the infliction of some years and one day to twenty years of
sort of pain on the offender for violating imprisonment.
the law, or is an instrumental use of one
man for the benefit of other men. Recognizance - Is a legal device deeply
embedded in English law originated as
Quarantine U nit - A receiving area where measures of preventive justice and as
a newly convicted prisoner is housed for such it consist obliging persons. - It is a
at least a minimum period of five days for mechanism whereby a person accused of
the conduct of medical examination, crime may be released on his own
vaccinations, x - ray to prevent physical strength pending trial of his case or on
contamination. the assurance of a reputable person in
the community that he will appear if
RA 6981 - Witness Protection Program called during the trial to testify.
Act o
Recreation - An integral part of their
RA 7438 - Defines the rights of the adjustment be given guided recreational
accused under custodial investigation. activities, otherwise, they will frequent
pool rooms, bars and other unwholesome
R A 7659 - An act re-imposing the Death recreational joints.
penalty.
Reduced Diet - This punishment is
R A 9344 - Juvenile Justice Welfare Act of carried out with punitive segregation.
2006.
Reform ation - Latest justification of
RA 9372 - The Human Security Act of punishment. It is the act of restoring to a
2007. good condition, re- establish in good
repute or accept responsibility; restore to
RA 9623 - The Bureau of Fire Protection formal standing, rank, right or privileges.
and Bureau of Jail Management and
Penology Professionalization Act of 2004. Reformation, which is the
rehabilitation component of the BuCor’s
Radical C rim inology - It is contended present corrections system, shall refer to
that the state liberally creates deviant the acts which ensure the public
(including families of inmates and their
victims) that released national inmates R elie f - When a parole or his family is in
are no longer harmful to the community desire need of the basic necessities of life
by becoming reformed individuals such as food, clothing or medicine the
prepared to live a normal and productive parole office refers the parole to a social
life upon reintegration to the mamstream welfare agency which an external them
society. \ relief.
R egional Superintendent - Should nave R eprieve - Temporary stay in the

the rank of Senior Superintendent oh execution of the court ordered by the
Chief Superintendent, who must be a president verdict to enable review of the
graduate of Bachelor of Laws or a holder merits of the case.
of a master’s degree in management,
public administration, public safety, R esiden tialC enter - Facility which has
criminology, penology, sociology, national been described as standing between the
security administration, defense studies captivity of prisons and the relative
or other related disciplines from a freedom of probation and parole.
recognized institution of learning, and
must have satisfactorily passed the R esignation - Describes behavior
necessary training or career courses for characteristics of the depressed and
such position as may be established by lonely types described by Hentig.
the BuCor: Provided, That in prison and
penal farms with an inmate population of R esponsibility - Ability to fulfill one’s
three thousand (3,000) but below five needs and to do so in a way that does not
thousand (5,000), the Regional deprive others of the ability to fulfill their
Superintendent shall have the rank and needs.
qualification of a Colony Senior
Superintendent: Provided, further, That in R estitution - Payment by offender to
prison and penal farms with an inmate victim for damages caused by an offense.
population of over five thousand (5,000), Sometimes, particularly with juveniles
the Regional Superintendent shall have service is rendered in lieu of cash
the rank and qualification of a Chief payment.
Superintendent.
Restorative Justice - Refers to
R egression - Refers to the process that humanistic and non punitive means to
entails a simplification of behavior which restore social harmony and correct
may contribute to harm inflicted upon wrongful acts.
oneself or render one vulnerable to
others. R etaliatory R etribution - Refers to the
intentional infliction of an appropriate
R eh abilitation - Refers to treatment by amount of suffering on a competent
means of therapy, vocational training, individual who has breached some code.
education and counseling to help
criminals to adjust to society and to avoid R etreatism - Describes many violent
deviant social behavior. crimes in which offenders have replaced
normal ideas of success with
R einforcem ent - An act or statement hat demonstration of individual toughness or
leads to the increased or sustained powers.
performance or a learned stimulus -
response connections. R etribution - Primitive justification for
punishment of the transgressor was
R eintegration - The process of convict carried out in the form of personal
reentry into the community from a vengeance (an eye for an eye, a tooth for a
correctional institution. tooth).
R eintegrative Sh am ing - A means of R evocation - The cancellation of

corrections that encourages offenders to probation or parole because of a new
confront their wrongful acts and crime, or for breaking probation rules.
misdeeds, experience dishonor as a result
of the harm they caused and later re Safekeeping - Temporary custody of a
included in society. person or the detention of the person for
his own protection or carte to ensure from dangerous chronic criminals and
liability, harm, injury or danger. recidivists.
Safekeeping, which is the custodial Sentenced Prisoner - A person who is

component of the BuCor’s present convicted guilty by the court for
corrections system, shall refer to the act the commission of an offense.
that ensures the public (including
families of inmates and their victims) that Sentencing - The stage in the criminal
national inmates are provided with, their process when punishment of convicted
basic needs, completely incapacitated defendants in pronounced.
from further committing criminal acts,
and have been totally cut off from their Sentencing Circle - A practice in
criminal networks (or contacts in the free restorative justice in which community
society) while serving sentence inside the members meet with the accused and the
premises of the national penitentiary. victim to suggest ways the offender may
This act also includes protection against provide ways of restitution to the
illegal organized armed groups which community.
have the capacity of launching an attack
on any prison camp of the national SentencingD isparity - An individual
penitentiary to rescue their convicted convicted of similar acts may be given a
comrade or to forcibly amass firearms different punishment.
issued to prison guards.
Service Brokering - Process of collecting
Salient Factor Score - An individual information to increase access to
score for inmates in the Federal Bureau of available human service agencies,
Prisons used by the Federal Parole referring clients and providing advocacy
Commission to estimate the chance of for clients. May include specialty services.
parole failure.
Sing Sing - A maximum security prison
Script Analysis - Involves the exploration operated by the New York State
of ones entire human life drama. Department. The third prison built after
Greenwich Village and Auburn State
Se Defendendo - Established the legal prison.
status of the crime with which the
offender will be charged although there is Social C asew ork - Social work practice of
no explicit reference to the individual assigning cases to individual workers who
victim. are asked to diagnose, lend assistance,
and supervise clients.
Search ing the Prisoner - Often called a
complete body check of cavity check it is Social C on trol - Ultimate objective of
undertaken to look for contrabands. psychoanalysis. It is the process by which
subgroups and persons are influenced to
Securing Sanctuary - In the conduct themselves in conformity with
13th Century, a criminal could avoid group expectations.
punishment by claiming refugee in a
church for a period of forty (40) days at Social D arw inism - A corruption of
the end of which time he was compelled Darwin's theory of evolution applied to
to leave the realm by a road or part social relations, used to explain that the
assigned to him. Charlemagne- gave most evolutionarily advanced humans
bishops the power to act as real judges were those who gained social advantage.
which enables bishop’s tribunal to rule on
secular matters. Social M odeling - Imitative learning;
having a client copy the behavior or
Segregation - A prison system by subject who is behaving correctly.
separating group by institution to prevent
moral or physical contamination of one Social Service E xchange - Prisons
group by another and to prevent probation and parole agencies
unnecessary custodial risks. conveniently avail of the services of social
service agencies by referring to them
Selective Incapacitation - The strategy problems of inmate or parolee's
of enhancing prison sentences for dependents.
Social W ork - Is the general term forlthe Study Release - Daily release during
combined art and science which has\ as school hours so offenders can attend
its objective the remediation of soc\al school. Modeled on work release program.
problems. \
Sub-C olony Supervisor - Should have
Sociologist - A member of the reception the rank of Senior Inspector, who must
diagnostic center who studies the have finished at least-second year
personal history of the inmate to Bachelor of Laws or earned at least twelve
ascertain his/her situation and (12) units in a master’s degree program in
circumstances in life. This task is mainly management, public administration,
undertaken by means of interview with public safety, criminology, penology,
the family, friends and relatives of the sociology, national security
convict. administration, defense studies or other
related disciplines from a recognized
Solitary C on finem ent - It is a method of institution of learning, and must have
punishment resorted to in extreme cases satisfactorily passed the necessary
when lighter penalties are ineffectual. training or career courses for such
position as may be established by the
Special tim e allow ance for loyalty. - A BuCor.
deduction of one fifth of the period of his
sentence shall be granted to any prisoner Sub-C ultural Theory - A variety of social
who, having evaded his preventive theories emphasizing the differentiation of
imprisonment or the service of his cultural pockets that differ form the
sentence under the circumstances parent culture and which lead to
mentioned in Article 158 of this Code, perception of deviance on the part of
gives himself up to the authorities within subculture members.
48 hours following the issuance of a
proclamation announcing the passing Subsidiary Penalty - It is a personal
away of the calamity or catastrophe liability to be suffered by the convict who
referred to in said article. A deduction of has no property with which to meet the
two-fifths of the period of his sentence fine at the rate of one day for each eight
shall be granted in case said prisoner pesos.
chose to stay in the place of his
confinement notwithstanding the Sublim e - To make the punishment fit
existence of a calamity or catastrophe. the crime.
Specific D eterrence - A crime control Suicide R isk - Inmate prone to taking his
guiding principle suggesting that own life.
punishment be made severe enough to
convince criminal offenders never to Super Security Facility - Designated
replicate their criminal activities. place of confinement for hardened
criminals and those troublemakers and
Split Sentence Law - Mandated that escapes.
offenders as punishment would have
serve a portion of their sentence in Super Ego - It is the idealized self.
institutions and thereby released to
undergo probation. Su pervisory C om m u nication - The team
has a trapped feeling when it senses itself
Staff C onference - Referred to as case in a communication vacuum.
conference or guidance conference Communication up and down, should be
wherein the tentative formulation of channeled through the supervisor.
rehabilitation program is conducted with
the inmate concerned. Supervisory Liaison - The supervisor is
the representative of the men and
Status Passage - Transition from one management alike.
social status to another, as from
defendant to convict or inmate to parolee. Systematic
System atic D esen sitization
counter-conditioning often to relieve
Stigm a - Generally refers to labeling, anxiety; for example, removing fear of
murk or brand.
airplane travel by associating plane flight more -Realistic solution to their basic
with some enjoyed stimulus. problems of accepting themselves and
relating to others.
Tatooting - The act of pricking and
making patterns on the skin with Treatm ent Planning - Formulation for
indelible pigments. the tentative rehabilitation program of the
convict.
T ech nical V iolation - Breaking of either
parole or probation regulations regarding Tw elve Tables o f W o o d (4 5 1-450 B C )- It
supervision. May result in revocation of represented the earliest codification of
parole without the commission of a new Roman Law. The influence by the twelve
crime. tables extended to the 6th century AD
when they were largely incorporated into
T herapeutic M odel - The design of the Justinian Code. (529 AD)
corrections as guided by the rehabilitative
ideal that the offender’s condition should Unreported C rim e - The dark figure or
be improved or behavior changed in the crime unknown to law enforcement
course of criminal punishment. agencies.
Ticket to Leave - A document provided V ocational C ounselor - Part of the

to offenders in both Maconochie's and admissions committee who interviews and
Crofton’s system that legitimizes the tests the convict to determine his general
offenders absence from the prison system. and special interests and skills.
Analogous to parole papers.
W elfare W orker - A term used to denote
T oken E conom y - A behavior therapy parole officers who have a high emphasis
program in which a client earns tokens on assistance to parolees and a low
are reinforcement or reward for desired emphasis on control.
behavior.
W ork H ouse Jail - Also known as jail-
Tort - Is an individually sustained injury farm or camps such facility operates
for which one can attempt to secure small-scale cultivation of crops by
damages from the offending party. minimum security prisoners. This would
be ideal for municipalities with a large
T ranquilizers - Refers to a rather large number of inmates.
group of drugs introduced since the early
1950. Used to counteract tension and W ork M otivation - A desire for security,
anxiety producing sleep or significantly esteem and self-realization in the group
lessens mental and physical function. predominates. Work plays a part in life
which makes it inseparable from living
T ransactional Stim ulus - First person to itself.
speak in an encounter sends.
W ork R elease - Program in which
Transference - Rapport that is incarcerated offender is released during
established by the patient with the working hours to find and maintain a job,
therapist. and who returns to prison or jail after
work.
T ransition Shock - A term generalized
from the term culture shock to Connote Youth O ffender - A child, minor
the jarring experience of a person including those emancipated by law, who
undergoing any rapid or unexpected is over nine but under eighteen years of
social change, such as loss of spouse by age at the time of commission of the
divorce or death. offense.
T ransportation - Method of disposing

offenders supplies other colonies with
cheap labor.
T reatm ent - Covers the different arts and

attitudes which are used in attempts to
help patients, the treated, to arrive at

CRIMINOLOGY Licensure Examination 2015 - Guevara

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

CRIMINOLOGY Licensure Examination 2015 - Guevara

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

agencies of the national and local governm ent, as w ell as

private research foundations, com m ercial an d bu sin ess

The pa ssag e of republic Act 6506 paved the w ay

1. G ath er the best m aterials w hich com prehensively

2. Prepare an organized an d realistic tim etable an d

3. Choose y ou r review center wisely.

4. Devise w ay s an d m ean s to study effectively and

5. M ake it a habit to gain know ledge d u rin g daytime, to

6. W rite all significant an d im portant term inologies on

7. Develop an optimistic attitude.

8. Attend all y ou r review class w ithout fail.

9. Learn to m an age you r time well an d learn how to

10. E at well, sleep well an d have time for rest an d

11. Invoke the aid of divine providence.

G O O D LUCK A N D MAY O U R G O O D LO RD B LE SS AND

As a law enforcem ent officer, my fu n dam ental

H onest in thought an d deed in both my personal

I will never act officiously or perm it personal

I recognize the badge of my office as a sym bol of

Scope 107 -108

Scope 206 - 207

CRIM INAL LAW AND JURISPRUDENCE

Refers to the body of official rules and regulations, generally found in

Criminal law is the division or branch of law which defines crimes

The Principal parts of the Revised Penal Code are: Articles 1 to 20 -

Wliat are the sources o f Crim inal Law?

Tin- sources of Criminal Law are:

REPUBLIC ACTS - Congressional enactments from the declaration of

What are the Characteristics o f Crim inal Law?

Generality is a characteristic of criminal law which means that the

Territoriality a responsibility of the right of a state to self preservation,

Criminal Law must be uniform in application - An act described as a crime

Prospectivity is a characteristic of criminal law which means that no

What are the Theories o f Crim inal Law?

The Positivist Theory emphasized that man is occasionally subservient to

What are Felonies?

Acts and omissions punishable by law are felonies (delitos). Felonies

Negligence usually involves lack of foresight. Failure to observe proper

When is Crim inal Liability Incurred?

Criminal liability shall be incurred Criminal liability. — Criminal

Proximate cause refers to natural, unbroken consequence by any

What are the stages o f developm ent o f a felony?

A felony is consummated when all the elements necessary for it

A felony is frustrated when the offender performs all the acts of

There is an attempted felony when the offender commences tin-

When are Light Felonies punishable?

What is the difference between conspiracy and proposal?

A conspiracy exists when two or more persons come to an agrcrin<vii

conspiracy to commit insurrection, conspiracy to commit rebellion and

What are the classification o f felonies according to the degree o f the

What are justifying circum stances?

Justifying circumstances are those where the act of a person is

jit ilrfense of a stranger, anyone who acts in defense of the person or

ill lcn:-if of necessity, civil liability is assumed by the persons benefited.

causes damage to another, provided that the following requisites are

Any person who acts in obedience to an order issued by a superior for

Imputability refers to the quality by which an act may be credited to

What are exem pting Circumstances?

Exempting circumstances or non-imputability are those reasons for

An imbecile or an insane person is exempted from criminal liability, unless

The age of conditional responsibility is between 9 and fifteen. A person

of a minor between nine and fifteen years of age to fully appreciate or be

Any person who acts under the impulse of an uncontrollable fear of an

What are M itigating Circum stances?